Sanskrit

Sauter à la navigationSauter à la recherche

Cette page contient des caractères d'alphasyllabaires indiens. En cas de problème, consultez Aide:Unicode.

Certaines informations figurant dans cet article ou cette section devraient être mieux reliées aux sources mentionnées dans les sections « Bibliographie », « Sources » ou « Liens externes » (juillet 2014).

Améliorez sa vérifiabilité en les associant par des références à l'aide d'appels de notes.

Sanskrit

संस्कृतम् (saṃskṛtam)

^{Langues
filles}

Hindi, Penjabi, Konkani, Marathi, Gujarati, Cachemiri, Dogri, Népalais, Bengali, Oriya, Assamais

^Pays

Inde et Népal

^Région

monde indien

^{Nombre
de locuteurs}

14 346

^{Classification par famille}

-langues indo-européennes

-langues indo-iraniennes

-langues indo-aryennes

-sanskrit

^{Statut officiel}

Langue officielle

Inde

^{Codes de langue}

sa

san

san [archive]

sa

^Échantillon

saṃskr̥tam

modifier

Le sanskrit ou sanscrit1 (संस्कृतम् (saṃskṛtam)) est une langue indo-européenne de la famille indo-aryenne, autrefois parlée dans le sous-continent indien. De nos jours, certains érudits le parlent encore et publient des œuvres académiques ou tiennent des colloques en sanskrit2.

Le sanskrit est notamment la langue des textes religieux hindous et bouddhistes ainsi que des textes littéraires ou scientifiques et, à ce titre, continue d'être utilisé, à la manière du latin en Occident, comme langue liturgique, culturelle et même véhiculaire (un recensement de 1981 indique qu'il y aurait encore environ 6 100 locuteurs ; en 1961, à peu près 194 400 personnes disaient l'utiliser comme langue secondaire). C'est d'ailleurs l'une des langues officielles de l'Inde. La grammaire du sanskrit est celle d'une langue hautement flexionnelle et très archaïsante, dont l'étude est fondamentale dans le cadre de la linguistique comparée.

Sommaire

1Histoire

2Les écritures du sanskrit

3Étude de la culture d'expression sanskrite en France

4Caractéristiques principales

4.2.1Morphologie

6Notes et références

7.1Articles connexes

7.2Liens externes

Histoire[modifier | modifier le code]

Article détaillé : Histoire du sanskrit.

Le sanskrit appartient à la famille des langues indo-européennes, dans la branche indo-iranienne, dans la sous-branche indo-aryenne. Le sanskrit a profondément influencé les langues du nord de l'Inde, comme l'hindi, l'ourdou, le bengali, le marathi, le cachemirien, le punjabi, le népalais, voire le romani (tsigane).

India map

Son nom, saṃskṛtam, qui signifie « parachevé », est assez récent3 ; la langue a pendant des siècles été simplement désignée par भाषा (bhāṣā), वाच् (vāc) ou शब्द (śabda), « la parole, la langue », le sanskrit étant senti comme la seule langue possible ; quelques désignations métaphoriques, comme गीर्वाणभाषा (gīrvāṇabhāṣā), « langue des dieux », marquent bien son caractère éminemment religieux.

Le premier sens de sanskrit est celui d'« indo-aryen ancien », langue mère qui a donné naissance à une multitude de dialectes et est parallèle à la langue sœur de l'iranien ancien (sous-branche attestée par deux langues, l'avestique et le vieux-perse), dont elle se sépare à peine. L'étude de plusieurs langues indiennes ou indo-aryennes moyennes conduit cependant à se demander si, parallèlement au sanskrit, au moins une autre langue indo-aryenne ancienne n'a pas pu coexister en Inde du Nord, dans l'Antiquité, léguant notamment à l'hindi moderne un vocabulaire et des variantes phonétiques héritées du tronc commun mais non attestés en sanskrit, à moins qu'il ne s'agisse que de niveaux de langues (par exemple propres à la caste des commerçants).

D'après des documents retrouvés en pays hittite et rédigés dans cette autre langue indo-européenne, comprenant quelques mots indo-aryens, noms communs (sur l'équitation) et noms propres (théonymes), il est possible de déterminer qu'une forme d'indo-aryen était parlée au xiv^e siècle av. J.-C. en Asie occidentale. Toutefois, sur les attestations indianisantes d'Asie Mineure à l'Âge du Bronze, plusieurs linguistes considèrent qu'il ne s'agit pas à proprement parler de « vieil indien » ou d'indo-aryen, mais d'une forme d'indo-iranien de niveau culturel ou religieux proche du pré-védique. Autrement dit, l'émergence du vieil-indien aurait été favorisée dans un groupe socioculturel parlant l'indo-iranien commun, groupe formé de négociants, mercenaires cavaliers (les Mariyanu), orfèvres (en lapis-lazuli), non seulement immergés en Mésopotamie, mais aussi en Égypte et en Asie Mineure, où ils auraient été associés aux marchands assyriens comme aux groupes des Hourrites descendus des régions subcaucasiennes vers la Syrie et la Cilicie (empire du Mitanni en Syrie du Nord, Kizzuwatna des Louvites de Cilicie)^{[réf. nécessaire]}.

La plus vieille forme de sanskrit attestée de manière plus tangible est nommée védique : c'est la langue dans laquelle sont rédigés les Vedas. Il n'y a qu'un Véda (connaissance) sous la forme de quatre volumes : dont le Rig-Veda ou « Veda des hymnes (rig-) », le plus ancien ensemble de textes de l'hindouisme. Il est cependant extrêmement difficile de dater le Rig-Veda lui-même, et donc les débuts de l'histoire réelle de la langue védique : les textes sacrés, en effet, étaient avant tout récités et appris par cœur (ils le sont d'ailleurs encore). Les linguistes s'accordent à discerner maintenant plusieurs strates historiques dans le védique (au moins deux ou trois), d'après la grammaire, les théonymes et le style. Les neuf premiers livres du Rig-Veda contiendraient en particulier ce qu'il est convenu d'appeler le « védique ancien ». Cette langue archaïque et peu normée est l'une des plus proches de l'indo-européen commun, langues « anatoliennes » mises à part (hittite, louvite notamment), et elle s'avère précieuse pour la linguistique comparée tant le volume de ses textes, l'ampleur de sa grammaire et la richesse de son vocabulaire prêtent à des analyses.

Le sanskrit védique est la forme archaïque de sanskrit dans lequel les quatre Védas (le Rig-Véda, le Yajur-Véda, le Sama-Véda et l´ Atharva-Véda) ont été composés (la plupart d'après la linguistique ont été rédigés en « védique moyen » et « védique récent »). Le sanskrit védique diffère du sanskrit classique dans une étendue comparable à la différence entre grec homérique et grec classique. À titre indicatif, on peut indiquer les principales différences entre le sanskrit védique et le sanskrit classique :

Le sanskrit védique avait une consonne fricative bilabiale sourde (/ ɸ /, Upamādhamīya) et une consonne fricative vélaire sourde (/ x /, jihvāmūlīya) — qu'il a utilisées jusqu'à ce que le souffle visarga apparaisse devant les consonnes sourdes labiales et vélaires respectivement. Les deux ont été perdues en sanskrit classique.

Le sanskrit védique avait une consonne spirante latérale rétroflexe voisée (/ ɭ /), qui a été perdue dans le sanskrit classique.

Nombreuses formes parallèles et irrégularités, que le sanskrit classique nivellera.

Flexions nominale et pronominale plus développées.

Plus de formes de participes et de gérondifs.

Utilisation fréquente d'un subjonctif absent du sanskrit classique.

Douze formes d'infinitifs, contre une en sanskrit classique.

Présence d'un accent de hauteur ; aujourd'hui, l'accent de hauteur peut être entendu seulement dans les chants védiques traditionnels.

Règles de sandhi moins contraignantes, etc.

Le sanskrit classique a aussi emprunté de nombreux mots aux langues dravidiennes.

Une forme tardive du védique, déjà évoluée (on note la disparition du subjonctif, par exemple), forme un sanskrit préclassique, utilisé aux alentours du v^e ou iv^e siècles av. J.-C.. On pourrait parler à son égard de « védique récent terminal ». C'est ce sanskrit que Pāṇini, sans doute le premier grammairien de l'Antiquité (quoique son approche structuraliste puisse être le fruit d'un héritage plus ancien), décrit de manière phonologique et grammaticale, dans un ouvrage d'une précision et d'une rigueur formelle inégalée jusqu'à ce que la linguistique moderne se développe, bien plus tard. Celui-ci s'attache à décrire dans son traité, l’Aṣṭādhyāyī, la langue qu'il parle et souligne les formules qu'il considère propres aux hymnes védiques, sans réellement dire qu'elles sont archaïques. La langue commence à se normaliser.

Au iii^e siècle av. J.-C., les premiers prâkrits (ou prākṛta, « [langue] ordinaire ») sont attestés, notamment grâce aux inscriptions d'Ashoka. Ces langues ainsi désignées correspondent à des dialectes moins « nobles » que le sanskrit, c'est-à-dire des langues vulgaires et vernaculaires d'usage quotidien qui, rapidement, se séparèrent les unes des autres et donnèrent naissance à la multitude des langues indo-aryennes présentes dans le sous-continent indien. Toutes issues du vieil indo-aryen des origines, elles connaissent chacune une évolution ainsi qu'un destin différents. Ce sont de tels prâkrits que proviennent, entre autres, les langues modernes comme l'hindī, la pañjābī (punjabi), ou encore la bangālī (bengali). Ces langues sont « vulgaires » au même titre que le latin vulgaire, c'est-à-dire « parlées par le peuple » ; leur statut d'idiomes vernaculaires vivants, donc de langues considérées inférieures, explique pourquoi ce n'est qu'au xix^e siècle que la littérature en langues modernes remplace celle en sanskrit. Outre les inscriptions d'Ashoka, de nombreuses citations en prâkrits sont aussi attestées dans des textes sanskrits, surtout dans le théâtre, où les personnages de rang inférieur s'expriment généralement en langue vernaculaire ; ces témoignages, cependant, sont d'essence littéraire, et ne peuvent être pris pour argent comptant. On peut établir ici une analogie avec le « patois » utilisé dans certaines pièces de Molière, comme Dom Juan, servant à représenter un parler populaire ; ce qu'il en donne ne peut être considéré comme une attestation réelle des langues vernaculaires françaises de son époque, mais sont susceptibles, mutatis mutandis, de renseigner quelque peu sur ces idiomes ; Molière donne en effet à entendre une synthèse littéraire et artificielle de traits linguistiques probables. La littérature prâkrite est pourtant représentée de manière indépendante, mais souvent masquée par le sanskrit classique. Un des prâkrits, le pāḷi, connaît un destin différent : devenu lui aussi langue sacrée, celle du bouddhisme theravâda, il n'évolue quasiment plus et reste employé tel quel dans la liturgie et les exégèses jusqu'à nos jours. Enfin, le canon jain, rédigé dans un prâkrit nommé ardhamāgadhī, offre de nombreux témoignages, bien qu'encore une fois littéraires, d'une des langues vulgaires réellement parlées dans l'Antiquité indienne.

C'est dans les commentaires que Patañjali fit de la grammaire de Pāṇini (dans son ouvrage nommé Mahābhāṣya), au ii^e siècle av. J.-C., qu'apparaissent les premières critiques : le commentateur prouve que le sanskrit, est encore une langue vivante, mais que des formes dialectales peuvent l'émailler ; l'existence des prâkrits est donc reconnue et l'utilisation de formes vulgaires blâmée ; la notion de norme grammaticale apparaît plus fortement, et c'est à partir de ce moment que le sanskrit se figea pour devenir le sanskrit classique, enfin désigné dans les textes au moyen du vocable saṃskṛta (lequel n'est cependant pas utilisé par Patañjali), proprement « parachevé », « parfaitement apprêté » (se dit aussi de la nourriture). La langue, après l'ère chrétienne, n'est plus parlée de manière naturelle, elle est entièrement décrite par la grammaire et n'évolue plus. C'est une langue culturelle et religieuse, sans lien direct avec les langues vivantes, utilisée souvent comme lingua franca et comme langue littéraire (même par les peuples ne parlant pas une langue issue du vieil indien, comme les locuteurs d'idiomes dravidiens), jusqu'à ce que les langues néo-indiennes issues des prâkrits, aux alentours du xiv^e siècle, ne commencent réellement à s'imposer à l'écrit pour, au xix^e siècle, remplacer le sanskrit dans la production littéraire. Il est notable que le tamiḻ, langue dravidienne sans rapport de filiation avec le sanskrit, fort d'une culture très ancienne lui aussi, fut en concurrence avec le sanskrit bien plus tôt, dès les premiers siècles apr. J.-C. On y trouve cependant des emprunts au sanskrit.

L'histoire du sanskrit peut se résumer ainsi :

1. le vieil indien théorique, ancêtre de toutes les langues indo-aryennes, est surtout représenté par le védique puis le sanskrit classique qui, se figeant, abandonne son statut de langue vivante pour devenir un idiome littéraire et immuable ;

2. continuant d'évoluer, le vieil indien donne naissance à une multitude de langues — le moyen indien — nommées prâkrits, parmi lesquelles le pāḷi, qui n'évoluera plus ;

3. enfin, le moyen indien évolue en néo-indien, c'est-à-dire les langues vivantes modernes, comme l'hindī ou le bangālī.

« Pendant des siècles, le sanskrit est la langue du savoir en même temps que la langue littéraire, religieuse ou philosophique. Il est le véhicule de la communication générale en Inde et en Asie orientale, avant d'être concurrencé par le persan quand s'imposent des guerriers musulmans »4.

Les écritures du sanskrit[modifier | modifier le code]

Article détaillé : Écritures du sanskrit.

Longtemps de tradition purement orale, ou peut-être progressivement à l'aide de symboles logographiques ou idéographiques, voire de signes syllabiques (via l'acrophonie) liés aux cultes, la religion hindouiste n'a pas eu besoin de fixer ses textes. C'est tardivement que l'emploi de la brāhmī, d'abord (semi-syllabaire utilisé pour les édits d'Ashoka), puis de la multitude d'écritures qui en dérivent, est généralisé, pour les textes profanes, puis sacrés. Chaque région de l'Inde utilise l'écriture qui lui sert pour noter sa propre langue afin d'écrire les textes sanskrits ; le sanskrit n'a ainsi pas d'écriture attitrée et, surtout, peut être noté par différents semi-syllabaires qui doivent donc être capables de représenter certains phonèmes dont ils n'ont pas l'usage autrement. L'on peut donner un exemple de cette souplesse d'emploi des écritures indiennes avec une même phrase sanskrite notée dans plusieurs graphies :

Que Śiva bénisse les amateurs de la langue des dieux. (Kālidāsa)

Au début du vii^e siècle, à l'époque de la dynastie chinoise des Tang, lorsque le grand chercheur bouddhiste chinois Xuanzang étudia le dharma bouddhique en Inde et qu'il ramena en Chine des centaines de soutras et commentaires, l'écriture utilisée en Inde et celle des textes bouddhiques était une écriture appelée le siddham, xītán (悉昙) en chinois.

Ce sont les colons britanniques qui, pendant leur suprématie, ont imposé une de ces écritures, la devanāgarī, elle aussi issue de la brāhmī. C'est maintenant en devanāgarī que l'on écrit majoritairement le sanskrit en Inde et dans les éditions occidentales.

En outre, en se transmettant par le bouddhisme, des termes sanskrits ont été adaptés en chinois puis en japonais, dont les écritures logographiques réclament la création de caractères phonétiques destinés à cet usage ou l'utilisation de caractères indépendamment de leur sens ; ainsi, le terme sanskrit bodhisattva est noté par 菩提薩埵, qui se lisait vraisemblablement bu-dej-sat-thwa en moyen chinois (de nos jours pútísāduò, abrégé en 菩薩 (púsà), d'où vient d'ailleurs le mot français poussah, « jouet à bascule » puis « gros homme ventru et débonnaire »). De ces caractères seuls 提 (tí), « tirer », et 埵 (duǒ), « terre compacte », ont un sens, qui est évincé dans le composé au profit du son, tandis que 菩 et 薩 n'ont jamais servi qu'à cette transcription et n'ont par ailleurs aucune signification.

Enfin, le X^e congrès des Orientalistes fixa, en 1894 à Genève, une transcription latine qui, de nos jours, est la seule utilisée dans les ouvrages didactiques occidentaux. C'est cette même transcription, qui, quelque peu augmentée, permet aussi de transcrire toutes les autres langues indiennes, qu'elles soient ou non indo-aryennes, au moyen des mêmes symboles. Cette transcription est décrite en détail dans l'article consacré à la transcription traditionnelle des langues de l'Inde.

L'étude de l'écriture de la civilisation de l'Indus, basée sur des sceaux et des empreintes de sceaux « harappéens » datés du III^e millénaire av. J.-C., conduit certains chercheurs, notamment indiens, à suggérer qu'elle exprimait aussi, non pas une langue dravidienne(opinion la plus répandue), mais bien, au moins sur certains documents dénotant des rites pré-hindous assez explicites, une langue indo-iranienne voire indo-aryenne. ^{[réf. nécessaire]}

Plus récemment, un linguiste a proposé également, sur la base des fréquences de caractères et de l'épigraphie comparée, de discerner dans le crétois minoen noté en linéaire A (écriture syllabique de la première moitié et du milieu du II^e millénaire av. J.-C. en Crète) une langue de la famille indo-iranienne, dont le niveau religieux de langue (appliqué aux tables à libation de pierre) s'apparente étroitement au sanskrit védique ancien (voir références et liens, infra). Des théonymes comme Indra, Asura, y auraient leurs équivalents (I(n)tar, Asirai) qui ne sont pas sans rappeler des divinités du Mitanni et celles de l'Iran préislamique. ^{[réf. nécessaire]}

Étude de la culture d'expression sanskrite en France[modifier | modifier le code]

La littérature sanskrite étant une des plus riches du monde, tout à la fois par son extension dans le temps et par la variété des sujets dont elle traite, elle a fasciné de nombreuses personnes en dehors de l'Inde. En France, les plus importants contributeurs à la connaissance de la culture d'expression sanskrite sont le grammairien et indianiste Eugène Burnouf (1801-1852) qui fut titulaire de la chaire de langue et de littérature sanskrites du Collège de France de 1832 à 1852, le grammairien et indianiste Hippolyte Fauche (élève de Burnouf et connu pour sa traduction du Rāmāyaṇa et du Mahâbhârata), l'indianiste Louis Renou (1896-1966), l'indianiste Madeleine Biardeau (auteur de la version du Mahâbhârata publiée au Seuil)) et évidemment Louis Dumont enseignant à l'EPHE et à Oxford et célèbre auteur de Homo Hierarchicus.

Un important ouvrage de référence en français, très utile pour la connaissance de cette culture, est L'Inde Classique, Manuel des études indiennes (2 volumes), que Renou a dirigé avec son collègue Jean Filliozat [archive] (1906-1982).

Caractéristiques principales[modifier | modifier le code]

Phonologie[modifier | modifier le code]

Article détaillé : Phonologie du sanskrit.

Le sanskrit classique possède 48 phonèmes :

voyelles, par paires brève-longue

monophtongues : /a/-/ā/, /i/-/ī/, /u/-/ū/

diphtongues : /e/-/ai/, /o/-/au/

consonnes syllabiques :

spirantes latérales /ḷ/

roulées rétroflexes /ṛ/-/ṝ/

consonnes

plosives aux points d'articulations respectifs vélaire, palatal, rétroflexe, dental, bilabial:

sourdes

non aspirées: /k/, /c/, /ṭ/, /t/, /p/

aspirées : /kh/, /ch/, /ṭh/, /th/, /ph/

sonores

non aspirées : /g/, /j/, /ḍ/, /d/, /b/

aspirées : /gh/, /jh/, /ḍh/, /dh/, /bh/

nasales : /ṅ/, /ñ/, /ṇ/, /n/, /m/

fricatives aux points d'articulation palatal, rétroflexe, dental, glottal (sonore) : /ś/, /ṣ/, /s/, /h/

liquides aux points d'articulation palatal, rétroflexe, dental, labio-dental: /y/, /r/, /l/, /v/

prolongeant la consonne précédente :

prolongation fricative glottale sourde /ḥ/

prolongation nasale /ṃ/

Grammaire[modifier | modifier le code]

Article détaillé : Grammaire du sanskrit.

Morphologie[modifier | modifier le code]

Article détaillé : Morphologie du sanskrit.

Le sanskrit est une langue flexionnelle.

Les verbes se conjuguent selon trois voix (active, moyenne, passive), trois modes (indicatif, optatif, impératif), quatre systèmes temporels et aspectuels :

présent (présent, imparfait),

futur (futur, conditionnel),

et trois personnes.

Existent également des formes pour l'infinitif et le gérondif, ainsi que pour différents modes de procès (fréquentatif, causatif, etc.). L'inflexion utilise préfixes, suffixes et infixes, ainsi que le redoublement et l'ablaut.

Les substantifs et les pronoms connaissent trois genres (masculin, féminin, neutre), trois nombres (singulier, duel, pluriel) et huit cas (nominatif, vocatif, accusatif, instrumental, datif, ablatif, génitif et locatif). L'inflexion utilise l'affixation et l'alternance vocalique.

La langue possède des traits agglutinants en ce qui concerne la construction de mots composés à l'instar de l'allemand.

Syntaxe[modifier | modifier le code]

Article détaillé : Syntaxe du sanskrit.

L'ordre des mots en sanskrit est relativement libre avec une tendance SOV.

Bibliographie

Phrase sanskrite.png

http://aboutworldlanguages.com/sanskrit

Sanskrit vocabulary consists mostly of words of common Indo-European origin. They can be formed by compounding and reduplication, e.g.,matara-pitara ‘mother [and] father,’ dive-dive ‘day by day.’ Some compound words can be extremely long.

Hello

namaste, नमस्ते

Goodbye

punarmilāmah, पुनर्मिलाम

Excuse me/sorry

kripayā kshamyatām, कृपया क्षम्यताम्

Please

kripayā, कृपया

Article 1 in Sanskrit

Thank you

dhanyawādāh, धन्यवादाः

Yes

astu, अस्तु

No

ma, मा; na न

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

shūnyá

ekah

dvau

tryah

catvārah

pañca

șaț

sapta

așța

nava

daś

Writing

Sanskrit nouns are marked for the following categories:

three genders: masculine, feminine, and neuter;

three numbers: singular, dual, and plural;

eight cases: nominative, vocative, accusative, instrumental, dative, ablative, genitive, and locative; vocative has limited use;

at least ten declensions (the exact number is debated);

Modifiers agree with the nouns they modify in gender, number, and case.

Sanskrit, meaning ‘perfected’ or ‘refined’, is one of the oldest, if not the oldest, of of all attested human languages. It belongs to the Indo-Aryan branch of the Indo-European family. The oldest form of Sanskrit is Vedic Sanskrit that dates back to the 2nd millennium BCE. Known as ‘the mother of all languages,’ Sanskrit is the dominant classical language of the Indian subcontinent and one of the 22 official languages of India. It is also the liturgical language of Hinduism, Buddhism, and Jainism. Scholars distinguish between Vedic Sanskrit and its descendant, Classical Sanskrit, however these two varieties are very similar and differ mostly in a some points of phonology, grammar, and vocabulary. Originally, Sanskrit was considered not to be a separate language, but a refined way of speaking, a marker of status and education, studied and used by Brahmins. It existed alongside spoken vernaculars, called Prakrits, which later evolved into the modern Indo-Aryan languages. Sanskrit continued to be used as a first language long after it was no longer spoken.

India map

Status

In India and in Southeast Asia, Sanskrit enjoys a status similar to that of Latin and Greek in the Western world. According to the 2001 census reported in Ethnologue, it is used as a first language by 14,100 in India and by 15,770 worldwide, as well as by 194,000 as a second language in India. Even though it is not a spoken language, its significance is such that it is one of the 22 official languages of India. As an integral part of Hindu tradition and philosophy, Sanskrit is mostly used today as a ceremonial language in Hindu religious rituals. is a required subject in many schools.

Sanskrit exerted a great deal of influence on all languages and cultures of the Indian subcontinent and beyond it. Sanskrit mantras are recited by millions of Hindus and most temple functions are conducted entirely in Sanskrit, often Vedic in form. The vocabularies of prestige varieties of Indian languages, such as Hindi, Bengali, Gujarati, and Marathi, are heavily Sanskritized.

There have been recent attempts to revive Sanskrit as a spoken language, so that the rich Sanskrit literature could become accessible to everyone. India’s Central Board of Secondary Education has made Sanskrit a third language in the schools under its jurisdiction. In such schools, the study of Sanskrit is compulsory for grades 5 to 8. An option between Sanskrit and Hindi exists for grades 9 and 10. Many organizations are conducting ‘Speak Sanskrit’ workshops to popularize the language. Sanskrit is the language of the two great Hindu epics, Rāmāyana and Mahābhārata, read by people all over the world.

There is no data on the dialects of Sanskrit.

Structure

r̥

r̥̄

l̥

l̥̄

ṁ

ḥ

Sound system

Classical Sanskrit has 48 phonemes (Vedic Sanskrit has 49). Phonemes are sounds that make a difference in word meaning.

Vowels

Classical Sanskrit has the following vowels.

i

u

e

o

a

The vowels /i/, /a/, and /u/ can be either long or short. Vowel length makes a difference in word meaning.

Vowels can be nasalized.

There are four diphthongs /ei/, /ai/, /ou/, /au/.

Consonants

Classical Sanskrit has a large consonant inventory, although the exact number of consonants is not agreed upon. In the table below, consonants with limited distribution and those that occurred in Vedic Sanskrit but were lost in Classical Sanskrit, are given in parentheses. The use of consonant clusters is extremely limited.

alveolar/palatal

unaspirated voiceless

t

ʈ

aspirated voiceless

pʰ

tʰ

ʈʰ

kʰ

unaspirated voiced

ɖ

aspirated voiced

bʰ

dʰ

ɖʰ

gʰ

voiceless

(θ)

ʃ

(x)

voiced

(ʒ)

unaspirated voiceless

ts

tʃ

aspirated voiceless

tʃʰ

unaspirated voiced

dz

dʒ

..ŋ.

aspirated voiced

dʒʰ

.

.(.)(ɳ)

ɲ

(ŋ)

.

...

.

ɽ

.

ʋ

There is a contrast between aspirated vs. unaspirated stops and affricates, including voiced ones, e.g., p—pʰ, t—tʰ, k—kʰ, b—bʰ, d—dʰ, g—gʰ, tʃ – tʃʰ, dʒ – dʒʰ. Aspirated consonants are produced with a strong puff of air.

There is a contrast between and apical vs. retroflex consonants, e.g., /t/ – /ʈ/, /d/ – /ɖ/, /n/ – /ɳ/, /r/ – /ɽ/. Apical consonants are produced with the tip of the tongue touching the roof of the mouth, whereas retroflex consonants are produced with the tongue curled, so that its underside comes in contact with the roof of the mouth.

/ʃ/ = sh in shop

/tʃ/ = ch in chop

/dʒ/ = j in job

/ɲ/ = first n in canyon

/ŋ/ = ng in song

/ʋ/ is realized as /w/ or /v/

/j/ = y in yet

Grammar

The oldest surviving Sanskrit grammar is Pāṇini’s prescriptive Eight-Chapter Grammar of Classical Sanskrit, dating back to about 500 BC. His rules helped systematize Sanskrit grammar.

Sanskrit is a highly inflected language which uses prefixes, suffixes, infixes, and reduplication to form words and to represent grammatical categories. Many of these categories have been lost or simplified in the modern Indo-Aryan languages. There are numerous sandhi forms. Sandhi (from Sanskrit word meaning ‘joining’) refers to sound changes that occur at morpheme or word boundaries. They occur in all languages, for instance, in English the consonant /f/ changes to /v/ before the plural marker, e.g., knife – knives.

Nouns

Sanskrit nouns are marked for the following categories:

three genders: masculine, feminine, and neuter;

three numbers: singular, dual, and plural;

eight cases: nominative, vocative, accusative, instrumental, dative, ablative, genitive, and locative; vocative has limited use;

at least ten declensions (the exact number is debated);

Modifiers agree with the nouns they modify in gender, number, and case.

Verbs

Sanskrit verbs are marked as follows:

Sanskrit verbs belong to ten classes.

Verbs are divided into in two broad groups: athematic and thematic.Thematic verbs are so called because the theme vowel -a- is inserted between the stem and the ending. Thematic verbs tend to be more regular than athematic ones.

person: 1st, 2nd, and 3rd;

number: singular, dual, plural;

aspect: imperfective and perfective

mood: indicative, imperative, optative;

tense (inexact term, since more distinctions than tense are expressed): present, perfect, aorist, future;

voice: active, middle, passive;

Word order

The usual word order in Sanskrit sentences places the verb in final position, but there are fewer restrictions on the order of the other elements in the sentence.

Vocabulary

Sanskrit vocabulary consists mostly of words of common Indo-European origin. They can be formed by compounding and reduplication, e.g.,matara-pitara ‘mother [and] father,’ dive-dive ‘day by day.’ Some compound words can be extremely long.

Hello

namaste, नमस्ते

Goodbye

punarmilāmah, पुनर्मिलाम

Excuse me/sorry

kripayā kshamyatām, कृपया क्षम्यताम्

Please

kripayā, कृपया

Thank you

dhanyawādāh, धन्यवादाः

Yes

astu, अस्तु

No

ma, मा; na न

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

shūnyá

ekah

dvau

tryah

catvārah

pañca

șaț

sapta

așța

nava

daś

Writing

Sanskrit is usually written in the Devanāgarī script, a descendant of the Brāhmī script, although other scripts have been used and continue to be used. The Devanāgarī script is also used for writing Hindi, Marathi, and Nepali. It is a syllable-based writing system in which each syllable consists of a consonant plus an inherent vowel /ə/. Vowels are written differently, depending on whether they are independent or follow a consonant. Devanāgarī is written from left to right. Sentences are separated by vertical lines.

There are several transliteration systems for writing Sanskrit with the Latin script, The following transliteration schemes are the most commonly used:

IAST (International Alphabet of Sanskrit Transliteration), the academic standard that includes diacritics;

ITRANS, widely used on the Internet.

File:इन्स्क्रिप्ट कळपाटाची ओळख.ogv,https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/9/99/Devanagari_INSCRIPT_Keyboard.JPG/880px-Devanagari_INSCRIPT_Keyboard.JPG

https://upload.wikimedia.org/wikipedia/commons/thumb/9/96/AKphonetic.jpg/220px-AKphonetic.jpg

File:Marathi Wikipedia ULS.webm

vantala or vanthala, as,

spade, shovel, boe; a boat; a kind of battle, the

contest of heroes; [cf. vandala.'}

vanth, cl. i. A. vanthate, vavanthe,

' ''x vanthitum, to go or move alone, go un-

accompanied.

Vaniha, as, a,am, crippled, maimed; unmarried ;

(os), m. an unmarried man; a servant; a dwarf; a

javelin ; [cf. vanda.]

Vanthara, as, m. the new shoot of the Tai or

palm tree; the sheath that envelopes the young

bamboo; a rope for tying a goat, &c.; the female

breast; a dog’s tail; a dog ; a cloud.

vand (connected with rt. vant),

vaydate, vavande, vanditum,

to partition, apportion, share, divide; to surround,

encompass; to covcr; cl. io. P. vandayati, 8cc

to partition, share, divide.

vanda, as, d, am (said to be fr. rt.

I. van or van), maimed, defective, crippled (espe-

cially in the hands or feet or tail), one whose

hands have been cut off [cf. vantha]; impotent,

emasculated [cf. paiitfa}; (as), m. a man who is

circumcised or has no prepuee, (probably a wrong

reading for vanda); an ox without a tail [cf. a-vanda];

(d), f. an unchaste woman, (probably a wrong reading

for randa.)

Vandara, as, m. a niggard, miser; a eunuch or

attendant on the women’s apartments.

A SANSKRIT-ENGLISH

DICTIONARY

WITH special

GREEK, LATIN, GOTHIC, GERMAN, ANGLO-SAXON,

AND OTHER COGNATE INDO-EUROPEAN LANGUAGES

BY

MONIER WILLIAMS, M.A.

EODEN PROFESSOR OF SANSKRIT IN THF. UNIVERSITY 01 OXFORD.

AT THE CLARENDON PRESS.

AT THE OXFORD UNIVERSITY PRESS. WAREHOUSE, 7, PATERNOSTER ROW, LONDON;

AND BY \V. II. ALI EN AND CO.

13, IVATF.RLOO PLACE, I.ONDON.

A. WORK of the kind here submitted to the students of Sanskrit must be left to prove

its usefulness by actual experiment. Nevertheless the plan of the prescnt Dictionary is so

novel that I must crave permission to introduce it with a longer explanation than might

otherwise be needed. To conduce to greater clearness I propose distributing my prefatory

statements under the following separate heads:

1. Reasons for undertaking a New Sanskrit Dictionary.

2. Plan and Arrangement of the Present Work.

3. Extent of Sanskrit Literature comprehended.

4. Alphabet-and System of Transliteration employed.

5. Principal Sources drawn upon in the Process of Compilation,

6. Aids and Encouragements received.

7. Defects and Inconsistencies acknowledged.

Reasons for undertaking a New Sanskrit Dictionary.

In the forefront must be placed the growing importance assigned by pl ilologists to the

oldest branch of the great Indo-European speech-stem, of which English is a modern offshoot.

An intricate language destined to occupy the foremost rank throughout Europe as an instrument

of linguistic training needs greater facilities for its acqui.sition. Sonu may smile at the idea of

any Oriental language acquiring greater weight as an instrument of training among Occidental

peoples whose vigorous mental faculties require a more suitable discipline for their development.

Be it remembered, however, that Sanskrit is, in one sense, the property of Europe as well as of

India. Its relationship to some of our own languages is as close as to some of the Hindu dialects.

It is a better guide than either Greek or Latin to the structuro, historical connection, and correlation

of the whole Indo-European family. It is a more trustworthy authority in the solution of recondite

philological problems. Its study involves a mental discipline not to be surpassed.

Not even the most superficial observer can possibiy be blind to the educational movement

now spreading everywhere. Perhaps, however, some of us, trained under the old system, are

scarcely yct alive to the forces which are at work for infusing new blood (if I may be allowed

the phrase) into the whole body of our teaching. Not only must Greek and Latin be taught

more thoroughly and scientifically, if they are to hold their own as the best trainers of thought

and enforcers of accuracy *, but modern languages and modern literature can no longer be thrust

aside or only employed to fili up the gaps in our system of instruction. All the nations of the

* Thoroughness in nur teaching of Greek and Latin will never stand its connection with Latin in every part of its grammatica)

be effecled until we lead our pupils to look more into the inti- structure. I hail such an excellent work as the ‘ Historica!

mate intemal constilution of these languages in their correlation Grammar of the French Tongue by Auguste Biachet,’ trans-

to tach other and to the other members of the Aryan fimily. lated by the Re\. G. W. Kilchin, as an evidence tbat we are

To this end Sanskrit is indispcnsable. French again will never btginning to realize the defects in our present system of linguistic

be taught as it ought to be till our boys are made to under- training.

PREFACE.

civilized world are being drawn into closer intercommunion. The rapid advance of Science in

England, Germany, France, and Italy has forted natural Science upon us as a necessary elcment

of ali mcntal culture, making also an interchange of thought bctween thesc countries indispensable.

Eastern languages too, both Semitic and Aryan, are pressing peremptorily on the attention of

our Universities*. Hebrew and Aramaic must now bc studied by ali our younger clergy, if they

are to hold their own in the conflict of theological parties or present a bold front towards sceptical

assailants. A knowledge of Arabie is essential to a right understanding of the literature, religion,

and social institutions of the millions of our Muslim fellow-subjeets. Some of the dialects of India

must be mastered by ali who have communication with the tens of millions of our Hindu brethren.

Lastly, ali the branchcs of the tvvo great stems of speech are now proved to be so closely inter-

dependent, and the permutations of sounus in passing through the varying organs of varying types

of the human family are shewn to obey such curiously definite laws, that a new Science has been

cstablished f. This Science has for its field of investigation not any one particular language, but

the whole area of human speech, and as it inquires into the laws govcrning the living organs of

utterance as uell as the living organic growth of the actual sounds themselves, may be said to

trench not only on Ethnology, but even on Biology. This ‘science of language’ might with more

propriety be called ‘Glossology’ than Philology. In its method of investigation it has much in

common with the natural Sciences, and though its analogy to these ought not to be strained beyond

a mere analogy, yet as a veritable science dcaling with one of the grandest distinctive attributes

of human nature, it can no more be left out of any modern educational programme than any of

the natural Sciences properly so called. With the ‘ Glossologist ’ eveiy spoken word is like a piant

or animal in the hands of a Biologist; its birth, growth, transformations, and decay must ali be

accounted for; its whole structure dissected limb by limb; every appendage traced to its

appropriate use and function; its deepest internal constitution analyzed.

Wrll it be denied, then, that Sanskrit is destined to increasing cultivation, as the one typical

scientific language whose structure is a master-key to the structure of all languages, whose very

name implies ‘Synthesis,’ and whose literature, commencing with the Rig-veda about 1500 B.C.,

extends in a continuous line for nearly 3000 years, throwing a flood of light on the operation

of linguistic laws?

In point of fact the Hindus may be said to be the original inventors of the ‘ science of language.’

"Like the Grecks, they are the only nation who have worked out for themselves the laws of thought

and of grammar independently. If their system of logic is inferior to that of Aristotle, they^r are

uncqualled in their examination into the constitution of speech. The name Vyakarana. which they

give to their grammar, implies ‘ decomposition’ or ‘resolution of a compound into its parts,’just as

Sanskarana implies the re-composition or re-construction of the same decomposed elements.

Every single word in their classical language is referred to a Dhatu or Root, which is also a name

for any constituent elemcntaiy substance, whether of rocks or living organisms. In short, when we

follow out their grammatical system in all the detail of its curious subtleties and technicalities, we

scem to be engaged, like a Gcologist, in splitting solid substances, or, like a Chemist, in some

elaborate process of analysis.

* Sce Lht notes on the Semitic an'! Aryan languages at pp. viii,

ix of this Prefact Cambridge is at this moment engaged in esta-

blishing both a Semitic and Indian languages Tripos. Although

our system of ‘Schools’ at Oxford is somewhal different, yet,

1 hope, we shall not be behind the Sisler Ur¹ vcr.,ity in our

encouragement of these languages.

t The debt which we Lngli.sh scholars owe to Proft-sor Max

Miilltr for having first introduccd us to this Science by his well-

known lectures, is too universally acknowledged to require notie»

here. I am not sure whether twelve lectures on the principies

of linguistic science by William Dwighl Whitney, Professor of

Sanskrit in Yale College, art quite so well known in this counlry.

If they are not, I here commend them to all interested in the

study of language, merely remarking that. their excellence is too

obvious to require any praise from me.

P R E FA C E.

Having said so much in support of an efforf to facilitate and generalize the study of Sanskrit,

I have now to state my reasons for having addressed myself to a task like the present.

It may not be generally known that the late Professor H. H. Wilson once intended the

compilation of a Dictionary not wholly dissimilar in character and plan to that here offered to

the students of Sanskrit and its cognate languages. This I have heard from himself was what he

intended by the last words of the Preface to his second edition, in which he stated that it

would be his wish as Boden Professor to offer to the cultivators of Sanskrit ‘other and better

assistance.’

It is pcrhaps also not known that he actually made some progress in carrying out this

intention, though eventually debarred from its prosecution by his other numerous literary labours.

He therefore, about the year 1852, when I had completcd the printing of the English-Sanskrit

Dictionary compiled by me for the East-India Company, made over a large manuscript volume,

containing the commencement of his new work, to me, with a request that I would continue it on

the plan sketched out by himself. At the same time he generously presented me with a copious

selection of examples and quotations made by Pandits at Calcutta, under his direction, from

a considerable range of Sanskrit literature. It has become necessary for me to state these

circumstances at the risk of being charged with egotism, because the publication of the first part

of Professor Goldstucker’s Dictionary has made Orientalists aware that Professor Wilson entrusted

the printing of a third edition of his Dictionary to that learned scholar, whose recent death is felt by

all Sanskritists to be an irreparable loss *. From what I have now notified, however, it will, I trust,

be quite understood that the work committed to me by one who was first my master, and

afterwards my wisest guide and truest friend, was not a new edition of his Dictionary, but an

entire remodclling of his scheme of lexicography, consisting of a re-arrangement of all the words

under Roots, according to native principies of etymology, with addition of the examples collected

as above described. Having already completed the English-Sanskrit part of a Dictionary of my

own, I naturally undertook as a sequel the work thus assigned me, especially as the plan com-

mended itself to my own judgment and predilections. Moreover, I actually carried on the task for

a considerable period between the intervals of other undertakings. Soon, however, it began to be

manifest that the third edition of Professor Wilson’s Dictionary was assuming, under Professor

Goldstiicker’s editorship, almost interminable proportions, so as to become no longer a new edition

of a previous Lexicon, but rather a many-volumed Encyclopaedia of Sanskrit learning, which no one

scholar, however persistent, could hope to carry beyond the letter A. At the samc time the

Sanskrit-German Worterbuch of Professors Bohtlingk and Roth, though conducted by two of the

most encrgetic scholars of the day, and put forth with singular perseverance, appeared to be

expanding into vast dimensions, so as to be quite beyond the compass of ordinary English

students. These circumstances having forced themselves upon my observation, I suddenly deter-

mined to abandon the design of a wholly Root-arranged Dictionary—which could only be useful,

like the works above-named, to the highest class of scholars—and to commence a work on a more

* It is stated in a notice of the late Professor GoldstiicWs

life, which appeared in a recent number of a well-known scientific

periodical, that many thousands of notes and references for the

new edition of Wilson’s Sanskrit Dictionary and other works, the

resuit of an unremitting stndy of the MSS. treasures at the India

Honse 5cc., are left behind by Professor Goldstiicker. W ith refer-

ente to this mattcr, I ought in justice to the present learned and

courteous librarian of the India Office, as well as in justice to my

own Dictionary, to put on record, that soon after his appoint-

ment, Dr. Rost offered to allow me also the use of any of these

MSS. treasures if I would name any likely to he useful to myself.

Knowiug, however, that abont eighty MSS., including those I

needad most, were doing good Service at the house of Professor

Goldstiicker, aiding him day by day in the elaboration of his

Dictionary, I did not feel justified in interrupting the prosecution

of so large a work for the sake of any advantage that might have

accrucd to my own less weigbty performance. Moreover, I felt

that I could not in justice interrupt the continuity of Professor

Goldstiicker’s labours, when I had the use of the WiLonian Col-

lection belonging to the Bndleian, which, however inferior to

those at the India Office in the departments required by a lexi-

eographer, were stili freely placed at my command by our own

learned and obliging librarian, the Rev. H. O. Coxe.

viti P R E F A C E.

practical plan, which, although raised as far as my powers went, to the lcvel of modcrn scholarship,

so as to be a sufficiently trustw orthy aid in studying the chief departments of literature, tncluding

the Veda, should yet be procurable at a moderate cost, and not extcnd beyond the limits of one

compact volume. Thts leads me thcrcfore to

Section 2.

Plan and Arrangement of the Present Work.

Those who appreciate the value of Sanskrit in its bearing on the philosophy ot language will

understand my motive in endeavouring so to arrange this lexicon as to exhibit most effectively that

peculiarity of constrttction which distinguishcs the highest type of the great Indo-European line of

speech. Such persons will comprehend without much explanation the plan pursued by me

throughout thesc pages in the collocation of words connected by mutual affinities. For the

benefit, however, of younger students, I now proceed briefly to point out the one grand distinctive

peculiarity of the Arjan dialects which the arrangement of the present Dictionary is intcnded to

demonstrate—a peculiarity separating them by a sharp line of demarcation from the othcr great

family of human speech usually called Semitic *.

Happily it is now a familiar fact to most educated persons that the Indo-European or Aryan

languages (of which Sanskrit is the ddest sisterf, and English one of the youngestj proceeded from

a common but nameless and unknown parent, whose very horne in Asia cannot be absolutely fixed,

though the locality may conjecturally be placed somewhere in the region of Bokhara, near the

river Oxus. From this centre radiated, as it were, eight principal lines of speech; first, the two

Asiatic lines, i. Indian, 2. Iranian, (the former eventually comprising Sanskrit, Pali, Prakrit, and the

modern Prakrits or spoken languages of the Hindiis, such as Hindi, Marathi, Gujarati, Bengfdi, &c.;

the latter comprising (a) Zand, old Persian, Pahlavi, modern Persian, and Pushtu; (b) Armenian);

and then the stx European lines, viz. i. Keltic, 2. Hellenic, 3. Italic, 4. Teutonic, 5. Slavonic,

6. Lithuanian, each branching into various sub-lines or ramifications as exhibited in the present

languages of Europe J. Now, if the question be asked, What most striking feature distingUishes all

* I u«e the term ‘ Semitic’ <>ut of deferencc to established

usage, though it leads to snmc confusion of ideas, bceause if

‘ Semitic,’ or more propcrly • Shemitic.’ be used for the languages

of the descendant, of Shcm, then ‘ Japhetic’ (instead of' Aryan’)

should be used for the descendants of Japhet. We cannot, how-

cvtr, givc up the epilhet Aryan 'from the Sanskrit cryi, ‘noble’)

for our own Indo-European languagfs, suited as it certainly is to

that noblest of all families of speech. The Rev F. W. Farrar

suggests adopting the tcrm • Syro-Arabian’ as well as Semitic for

the other family. Stili the name Semitic may well be applied

to Hehrew, Aramaic [ir.cluding perhaps one set of cuncifurm

inscriptions, Chaldee and Syriae], and Arabie, becausc in the tenth

coapter of Genesis, Shem is represented as falher of Elam (who

ptople 1 Elymais), Assur (Assyria), Lud (Lydia), Aram (Syria),

and of Arphaxad. gran jfather of Eber, from whom came the

llebrcws—or Trans-Euphratian race, the name Hebrew really

meaning ‘one who lives beyond a river’—and Joktan, father of

Shtba, father of llimyar, whenee came the Aral ians. Mr,

Farrar states in his useful lectures that the Semitic nations may

numlier about 40 millions, compared with about 4 >0 millions of

'he Indo-Europeans. Among Semitic raees come the pcople of

Abyssinia. Thesc have special languages of their own, vii. the

Ethiopic or Geez, which is their sacred and literary language

only. and the spoken dialects called Tigrd, Iigrif.a, for the

north and north-east, and Amharic, for the centre and soulh,

'he iurmer betng nearcr to Ethiopic than the latter, and all being

connected with the Semitic, as derived through the ancient Ilim-

yaritic Arabie of South Aral ia (Yarnan).

t Though the younger sisters sometimes preserve older forms.

4 As this is the first Oriental Dictionary put forth by any

Fnglish scholar which attempts to introduce abundant com-

pari ions bctween the various members of the Indo-European

family, I here append a brief account of the Aryan cognate

languages bcginning with the Indian. 1. By Pali or Pali is meant

one of the oldest forms of the ancient provincial Hinda-i lan-

guage of which Sanskrit is the leamed form, (see p xiii of

Pretace.) It must have heen spoken either in Magadha or in

«orne district not far from Oude where Buddha flourishcd, and

being carried by the Buddhists into Ceylon became their sacred

language, and is preserved in their canonical scriptures called

Tri-pitaka. Prikrit is the nante given to othcr and later pro-

vincial forms of Sanskrit, which were the prteursors and parents

of the present llindQ dialects, Hindi, Marsjhl, &c., see note,

p. xvii. These latte, may be called modern Prikrits. 2. Now

as to the Iranian: (a) Zand or Zend (old Bactriani is to old

Persian and Iahhvl what Sanskrit is to Pali and Prikrit. It

is that ancient language of Persia in which the sacred books are

wri*ten, called Zand A vasta, belonging to the Parsis (or fugitives

from Persia scaltered on the coa₀t of India, and stili believers in the

religi m founded by Zardusht or Zoroaster). Old Persian is a name

given to thectialect preserved in one set of runeiform inscriptions,

about contemporancous with Zand. Pahlavt (sometimes wntten

FRF.FACE.

IX

these languages from the Semitic ? My answer is, that the main distinction lies in the character of

their roots or radical sounds; for although both Aryan and Semitic fornis of speech are called

‘ inflective it should be well understood that the inflectiveness of the root in the two cases implies

two wholly different processes.

Let me first briefly advert to the Semitic form. A Semitic root then may be described as a

kind of hard frame-work consisting generally of three consonants which resemble three sliding but

inflexible upright limbs, moveable hither and thither to admit on either side the intervenient vowels

and certain merely ancillary consonants, usually called ‘ servile.’ These subservient letters are, it is

true, of the utmost importance to the diverse colouring of the radical idea, and the perfect precision

of their operation is noteworthy, but their presence within and without the rigid frame of the

root is, so to speak, almost overpowered by the ever prominent consonantal skeleton. In illustra-

tion of this we may take the Arabie triliteral root KTB, using capitals for these radical consonants

to indicate their prominence; the third pers. sing. past tense is KaTaBa, ‘he wrote,’ and from the

same three consonants, by means of various vowels and servile letters, are developed a number

of other forms, of which the following are specimens : KaTB, writing; KaTiB, a writer; maKTuB,

written; taKTlB, causing to write; muKaTaBat, corresponding by letter; iKTaB, dictating;

taKfiTuB, writing to one another; mutaKaTiB, one who keeps up a correspondence; maKTaB,

the place of writing, a writing-school; KiTaB, a book; KiTBat or KiTaBat, inscriptionf.

Pehlevl) is a later Iranian dialect, which once possessed an exten-

sive literature. A more reeent Iranian dialect is Parsl or Pazand,

leading to the modem Persian which sprang up in Persia not long

after the Muhammadan conquest (about A. D. iooo), the earliest

form of which, as represented in the Shah-namah of Firdausi, has

litti e admixture of A rabie, while the lateris floodedwith it. Pushtu

is the present language of Afghanistan. (b) Armenian is of course

the language of Armenia; it has two forms, the old Armenian or

literary language, which is dead, and the modem Armenian, said

to be split into four dialeets containing many Turkish words.

Connected with these is the Ossetic of the Ossetes, a Caucasian

tribe. We now come to the six European lines: i. The Keltic or

Celtic (of the K*ATot, Herod. II. 33) is the oldest of the Aryan

family in Europe, and as it has had the longest life, so it presents

the greatest divergence from Sanskrit: it has been driven into

a comer of the continent, viz, Brittany, by Romanic French, and

into the extremities of Comwall, Wales, Ireland, and the High-

lands of Scotland by Germanic English : it has two lines, (a) the

principal Keltic or Gaelic (of the Galli), comprising the Irish,

Highland-Scotch, and Manx, of which the Irish is most interest-

ing in relation to Sanskrit; (6) the Kymric form of Keltic, in-

cluding Welsh, Comish (now extinct), and Armorican, which last

is the name given to the language of Brittany. 2. The Hellenic

eomprises ancient Greek with its dialeets (most interesting in its

close affinity to Sanskrit, and most important in its bearing on

the original of the New Testament, though far less remarkable

in its bearing on other European languages than Latin), and

modem Greek, usually called Romaic (infmitely nearer to the

ancient Greek than the Romanic languages are to Latin). 3. The

Italic eomprises, of eourse, Latin with its Romanic (or Romanee)

offspring, viz. Italian, French, Spanish, Portuguese, Wallachian,

and Prove^al; and includes some old Italian dialeets, such as

the Oscan of the Samnites in Southern Italy, Umbrian spoken in

north-easlem Italy and Sabine. 4. The Tenlonic eomprises (a)

Gothic, which is the Sanskrit of the Teutonic languages, espccially

of Low German ; it was spoken by the ancient Gothic peoples who

belonged to the Germanic race, and were divided into eastern and

Western Goths; a part of the latter being allowed by the Romans

to settle in the provinee of Mccsia, near the mouth of the Danube,

became converts to Christianity, and happily their bishop Ulfilas

*

fixed their language by translating nearly all the Bible; a remnant

of his translation has been preserved, otherwise this dialect,

sometimes called Moeso-Gothic, would have been lost, and with

it a most important key to Teutonic philology: (6) German,

divided into two branehes, viz. ist, Low German, which is subdi-

vided into four, viz. Saxon (sometimes called Old Saxon), leading

to Anglo-Saxon and English; Frisian, once largely spoken by the

Frisian tribes (Lat. Frisii) who dwelt on the north-west coast of

Germany,and closely connected with English; Dutch, current of

course in Holland; Flemish, spoken in that part of Belgium called

Flanders ; 2ndly, High German, subdivided into old, middle, and

new, the last bringing us to modem German t (c) Scandinavian,

divided into four, viz. Norse, i. e. old and new Icelandic (nearly

alike and most valuable as preserving the original structure of the

whole Scandinavian group), Swedish, Norwegian, and Danish,

the two latter only differing in pronuneiation. 5. The Slavonic

eomprises (a) old Slavonic or old Bulgarian, being to the Slavonic

what Gothic is to the Teutonic, and similarly preserved in a trans-

lation of the Bible made by Cyril: (b) Russian, divided into

Russian proper, Little Russian ; (c) Polish, with other less notice-

able Slavonic dialeets, viz. Polabian, Bohemian, Sorbian, Servian,

Kroatian, and Slovenian. 6. The Lithuanian is sometimes regarded

as a branch of the Slavonic line, to which it is more nearly

relatedthan to the Teutonic ; it is interesting as eoming nearer to

Sanskrit in some of its forms than any other member of the Aryan

family, and as having a dual, like the Gothic, and seven cases; it

is stili spoken by a limited number in Russian and Prussian pro-

vinces on the coast of the Baltic, but is disappearing before

Russian and German; a more modem form of it is Lettish,

spoken in Livonia: another kindred dialect is Old Prussian, once

spoken in north-eastem Prussia, but now extinct.

* As distinguished from ‘ monosyllabic/ like the Chinese;

and * agglutinative,’ like the Dravidian, Turkish, and other mem-

bers of an immense class of languages in which the terminati on

is easily separable from the body of the word. These are stili

called by some Turanian (from Tfir, eldest son of Fandvtn, to

whom he assigned Turkistan, thenee called Turan).

+ For a further insight into these Arabie formations, the student

is referred to a chapter on the use of Arabie words in my ‘ Prac-

tiial HindustanI Grammar,* published by Longman & Co.

\ ‘

X

PREFACE.

An Aryail root on the other hanJ, as bcst typified by a Sanskrit radical, is generally a single

munosyllable, which may be comparcd to a malleable substance capable of being drawn out to

express every moditication of an original conccption. And this malleability, as it were, ariscs

chiefly from the circumstance that the vowel is recognized as a constituent part of the radical,

blending with its very substance, and cven sumetimes standing alone as itself the only root.

Sanskrit exhibits better than any other member of the. Aryan line of speech this characteristic

root-expansibility. More than this, it exemplifies better than any other that excessive root-

accrctivcncss (if I may use the term) by which not only terminations and prefixes are grafted upon

or welded into the original monosyllabic stock, but afnx is affixed to affix, prefix is prefixed to

prefix, derivative is derived from derivative, compound is compounded with compound in an almost

interminable chain. In illustration of this the student is referred to such roots as i.kri, p. 245 ;

1. bku, p. 714; 1. sru, p. 1026; i.stha, p. 1145 of this volume.

Hence it becomes evident that the original plan of Professor Wilson, by which every single

word would have been represented in regular sequence.growing, as it w ere, from its own parent stem,

would have realized the true conception of a perfect Sanskrit Dictionary. \ erily if Greek

lexicography has been occasionally so treated, much more has Sanskrit, the great' type of Unguistic

construetiveness, a right so to be.

I have now to show how far the present work satisfies this ideal. It is sometimes calculated,

that there are about two thousand distinet roots in this language. If it be supposed that there are

about cighty thousand distinet vvords growing out of these two thousand roots, a Dictionary on the

usual alphabetical plan must have consisted of a series of eighty thousand monographs, each

independent of the other; and, indeed, such a Dictionary might have been thought most agrecable

to the common notion of a really praetical work. It seemed to me, however, that a Dictionary so

planned would have affnrdcd little effective aid to the study of Sanskrit, in its conncction with

comparative philology. On the other hand, it must be confcssed that the idea of taking root by

root, and writing, as it were, two thousand biographies, each giving a connected history of a distinet

family allied together by a common pedigree was a philological dream too unpractical to be wholly

realized. Some middle course, therefore, satisfying the requirements both of philology and of

ordinary practice seemed most to be desircd, and the following publication, though not answering

the perfect philological ideal, is intended as an attempt at combining a partial root-arrangement

with a convenient alphabetical order suited to rcady rcference.

In unison with this design, the roots of the language—always brought prominently before the

eye by large Nugari type—will be found treated more exhaustively in the present work, both as

regards the meanings given and the forms exhibited, than in any other Sanskrit-F.nglish Dictionary

yet published*. It is evident that a great many of these roots, or Dhatus, as they are called by

native lexicographers, are not really elementary radicals, but compounds or developments of simpler

elements. I have not always ventured to pronounce categorically as to which of two or more roots

;s the simplest form, but when roots are evidently allied, their connection is conspicuously indieated

in the following pages. Thus I hope to have drawn attention to a point which English scholars

have hitherto greatly overlooked f.

* I cannot suffici en tly r.cknowledge my debt to \Vestergiird’s

Radices. The copy I have had for about thirty years telis

a tale of constant referente Indeed vte have to thank 1'anish,

quite as much as German scholars, for vrhat they have dnne

towa.ds promoting linguistic culture.

+ The number of distinet radical f ums in Wiikins’ collection

is 1750, but a‘- many forms having the same sound have diffcrect

meanings, and are eonjugated differently, they are held to 1«

disfmct roots, and the number is thereby svvelled to 2490.

I.iobably, the real number of elementary radicals in Sanskrit

.light be reduced to a cnmparatively small catalogue. Some

roots containing dent iis have been cerebralized or vice versi, and

both forms are allowed to co-exist, as bhan and bhaa, dhart and

dium; others whose initials are aspirated consonatis have paesed

into other aspirated consonants or retained only the aspirate; and

all forms co-exut in bhri, diri, dhvri, hvyi, &c. Again, such a

P R E FA C E.

xi

Furthermore, the plan now first carried out of arranging ali verbs formed from roots by prefixing

prepositions in their proper alphabetical order and at the head of their own derivativos, will be

noted as a marked feature of originality and individuality. The labour entailed by the simple

process of thus re-arranging the verbs in a language so rich in prepositions, can only be urderstood

by other lexicographers *. But even this re-arrangement has not caused so nmch difficulty as

the attempt to exhibit what may be termed the kinship of words, by distributing the greater part of

the vocabulary of the language in families, or rather, if I may so express myself, in family-groups f.

These groups are, as far as pOssible, collected under roots or leading words, which stand, as it were,

at the head of the family, and are always distinguished from the rest by Nagari type in the manner

more fully explained in the table of directions at the end of the Preface. Such a re-distribution of

the vocabulary has often necessitated the separation of roots and homonymi under two, three, or

more heads, each with its train of derivatives, subderivatives, and associated words, which in other

Dictionaries would be brought together undtr one article An abundant return, however, has been

reaped, if philological precision has been thus promoted, and facility afforded for viewing .synoptically

and comparing together the etymological history of the words so collocated.

Resides the obvious advantage of this arrangement to the philologically-mindcd student, great

saving of space has been thus effected; all necessity for repeating derivations under each head

being thus avoided, and the power gained of leaving many meanings to be inferred from one or

other member of a group, instead of constanti}) reiterating them. For it must be borne in mind

that all the series included under the same heading in Nagari type are to be regarded as cohering ;

so that all derivatives, whether primary or secondary, and all compound words following in

regular sequence, may be studied in their mutual bearing and correlation both as illustrating each

other and as contributing to throw light on the modifications of meaning evolved from the radical

idea. These meanings, too, have not been thrown together in a heap, as they have been hitherto in

some Oriental Dictionaries, but an attempt has been made to set them forth according to their

logical development. The further advantage gained in space by the free use of Roman type

will be explained under Section 4.

Conspicuously, again, in an enumeration of the more noteworthy features of the present publica-

tion, should certainly be placed the introduction of abundant comparisons from cognate languages,

which no other Lexicon published by English scholars has,'I believe, hitherto attempted to the

same extcnt. I must at once distinctly notify that for these comparisons I have not trusted to my

own judgment, but have followed the authority of the eminent German scholars whose names

will be mentioned subsequently.

Another distinctive characteristic of this Dictionary consists in the articles on mythology,

literature, religion, and philosophy, which will be found scattered everywhere throughout its pages.

By Consulting Professor Aufrecht’s catalogues, Dr. Ballantyne’s wmrks, Dr. Fitz-Edward IIalFs

writings, Dr. Muiris Sanskrit Texts, Professor M. Mulieris Ancient Sanskrit Literature, Dr. Weberis

Indische Studien,Wilson’sVishnu-Purana,some Oriental Articles inChambtrs’Encydopaedia—written,

I believe, by the late Professor Goldstucker,—and my own collection of notes, I have been able to

furnish the student with much valuable infurmation on many subjects not hitherto treated of in any

root as svad is probably nothing but a compound of su and ront

rd, and such roots as slubh, stumbh, Jambh are pliinl) mere modi-

fications of each other.

* Why should not Sanskrit lexicons have been brought into

hirmony with Greek in this respect long ere this? Greek is

almost as free in its use of prepositions, e. g. tn///rrz, a/3aA Acu,

c vpurapaKaBtfoftat.

t Even in English this might advantageously be done, as, for

example, it wonld be very instructive to see such words as share,

shire, shore, shears, & c. arranged under ‘ shemr,’ to cut off, separate.

Richardson in his great Dictionary has to a certain extent carned

out this idea. See on this subject ‘Archbishop Tiench on the

Sludy of Word».’

t See, for example, the roots i.sa, 2. su, 3. su, 4. su, at p. 1117,

and 1. Itala, 2. hala, at pp. 224, 225.

XI)

r R E FAC E.

Dictionary. Let him observe, for instance, what is written under the words Vishnu, Siva, Veda,

Manas, Saman, Soma, Sankhya, Sauptika-parvan. It will be doubtless said that too many names

of persons, places, and books are introduced. In excuse I have to plead that greatcr liberty ought

to be allowed to a Sanskrit Dictionary in this respect than to Greek and Latin Lexicons, because

Oriental alphabeta have no capital letters. As to thc names of books, it may often be useful to

have attention drawn to works, stili unprinted, ascertained to exist either in Europe or India.

It may perhaps be objected that there are too many compound words; but again it may be

urged that a Sanskrit Dictionary must not be tried by ordinary laws in this respect, for here again

Sanskrit stands eminently forth as the grand typical represcntative of the whole Aryan line of

speech, wliich is throughout distinguished by its love of composition. To exclude compounds from

a Sanskrit Lexicon, wuuld be, so to speak, to ‘ Unsanskritize’ it. Not only are there certain com-

pounds quite ptculiar to Sanskrit, but in the grammar composition almost takes the place of

syntax, and the various kinds of compound words are classified and defined with greater subtlety and

minuteness than would be possible in any other known language of the world. When a student is

in doubt whether to translate compounds like Indra-satm as Bahuvrihis or Tatpurushas, the

Dictionary is surely bound to aid in clearing up his perplcxities. Moreover, as few examples are

given or passagcs quoted in the present work, a limited admission of compounds, under certain

restrictions, serves to illustrate the use of a leading word; for to such words, let it be observed,

they have ahvays been subordinated. After I had formulated my plan, and a large portion of the

work was in type, the Sanskrit Dictionary of Professor Benfey appeared*, and I was glad to find

that, working independently, I had devised a system supported in some of these particulars by that

philologist. Ali must agree that as Sanskrit exceeds every other language in its infinite capacity for

composition, no Sanskrit Lexicon, if it admits compounds at ali, ought to treat them as if they

were independent entities entitled to a separate existence of their own.

Nevertheless I could never have followed Professor Benfey in placing compound words under

their last member. This method, howevcr philosophical, seems to sacrifice at the shrine of logical

propriety what I have set before myself as a paramount consideration in arranging my own

Dictionary—facility of rcference. For a further explanation of points of detail the student is

reftrred to the table of directions at the end of the Preface. I now therefore pass on to my

third point.

Section 3.

Extcnt of Sanskrit Litcrature comprehcnded.

I have sometimes been gravely asked by men learned in all the classical lore of Europe,

Has Sanskrit any literature? Such a question provts the urgent need for a work like the present,

which aims at facilitating and making more gcneral the study of a language closely allied

to our own, and stili more closely connected with the spoken dialects of our great Indian

Empire a language, therefore, about whose history every well-educated Englishman ought surely

to know something.

Conscious, then, as my present office has made me of the general ignorance prevalent on

Indian subjccts, I may be excused if I preface this part of my Introduction by stating preciscly

what I conceive to me implied by the words Sanskrit and Sanskrit literature. By Sanskrit, then,

is not meant any really spoken language of India or even, I hold, any once generally spoken

language. What the word Sanskrit properly represents is, I conceivc, a certain form of the

* The Sanskrit-French Dicti' nary of M. Emile Burnnuf, which also appeared after much of my woik was in type, is an inde-

pendent working out of some idea; similar to my own.

PREFACE.

Xlll

*

languagebrought by the Indian branch of the great Aryan race into India, thc ancient spoken language

of the Hindus being more suitably styled Hindu-i, just as its principal later development is called

Hindi*. For in fact that happened in India which has come to pass in all civilized countries. The

spoken vernacular of the people has separated into two lines, the one elaborated by the learned, the

other popularized and variously provincialized by the unlearnedf. In India, however, from the

greater exclusiveness of the educated few, the greater ignorance of the masses and the desire of

a bigoted priesthood to keep the key of knowledge in their own possession, this separation became

more marked, more diversified, and progressively intensified. Hence, the very grammar which witl

other nations was regarded only as a means to an end, came to be treated by Indian Pandits as

the end itself, and was subtilized into an intricate Science, fenced round by a bristling barrier of

technicalities. The language, too, elaborated pari passu with the grammar, rejected the natura!

narne of Ilindu-i, or ‘the speech of the Hindus,’ and adopted an artificial designation, viz. Sanskrita,

or ‘the perfectly constructed speech,’ to denote its complete severance from the common

tongue (called by contrast Prakrita), and its exclusive dedication to literary and religious purposes.

This of itself is a remarkable circumstance; • for although something similar has happened in

Europe, yet we do not find that Latin and Greek ceased to be called Latin and Greek when they

became the language of the learned, any more than we have at present two names for the common

and literary languages of modern nations. These remarks will perhaps conduce to a right appre-

ciation of the nature of a literature which, although elaborated by a learned caste, is stili the only

real literature of the IIindu race, the vernaculars having hitherto produced little worthy of

consideration.

Sanskrit literature, it should be remembered, embraces two distinet periods, Vedic and post-

Vedic. The former, beginning with the Rig-veda, and extending through the other three Vedas

(viz. the Yajur-veda, Sama-veda, and Atharva-veda), with their Brahmanas, Upanishads, and Sutras,

is most valuable to philologists as presenting them with the nearest approach to the original Aryan

language, its earlier works being composed in an ancient form of Sanskrit, which is to the later

what Chaucer s writings are to modern English. The latter commencing with the Code of Manu,

with its train of subsequent important law-books, and extending through the six systems of

philosophy J, the vast grammatical literature, the immense epies ||, the lyric, erotic, and didactic poems,

the Niti-iastras, moral tales and apothegms, the dramas, the various treatises on mathematies, rhetoric,

prosody, music, medicine, &c., brings us at last to the eighteen Puranas with their succeeding Upa-

Puranas, and the more recent Tantras, all of which are worthy of study as the great repositories

of the modern mythologies and popular creeds of India. No one person, indeed, with limited

powers of mind and body, can hope to master more than one or two departments of so vast a range,

in which scarcely a subject can be named, with thc single exception of Historiography, not

furnishing a greater number of treatises than any other language of the ancient world. In some

* I use (he word Hindu-i as a convenient term for the ancient

Bhiisha of the Aryan settlers in the neighhourhood of the Sindhn or

rather of the Hapta Hcndu = i.apta sindhavas. It may be Ihought

that this Bhasha was identical with thc language of the Vedic

hymns. But even Vtdic Sanskrit represents a considerable amount

of elaboration scarcely compatible with the notion of a vernacular

dialect (as, for example in the use of complicated grammatical

fornis like Intensives). Panini, in distinguishing between the com-

mon language and the Vedic, uses the terms Bhash.1 and Ioka.

+ Of coursc the provincialized Prlkrils, though not, as I

conctive, derived directly from the learned language, borrowed

largely from the Sanskrit after it was thus elaborated.

t The systems of philosophy are properly only three: i. the

Nyaya by Gautama, which is the most practical, and contains

the Ilindil system of logio; 2. the Sarrkhya by Kapila, which is

dualistic, asserting the ieparate existence of soul and matter;

3. the Vedanta by Vyasa or Badariiyana, which a^serts the unity

of all being: but of each of these respectively there are branches,

viz. (a) the Vaiseshika by Kanada; (6) the Yoga by Patanjali;

(c) the Purv a-mlm.iasa by Jaimini.

|| Some idea of the extent of Sanskrit literature may bc gained

by comparing the two great epic or heroic poems called the

Maha-bharata and Ramayana with the Iliad and Odyssey, as I

have attempted to do in the small volumc called ‘ Indian Epic

Poetry,’ published by Messrs. Williams and Norgate. The

MahS-bhSrkta, printed at Calcutta, contains 107,3^9 verses, each

verse being supposed to consist of two lines. See also my edi-

tion of the ‘Story of Nala,’ published at the Clarendon Press,

d

XiV

P R E FA C E.

subjects too, especially in poetica! dcscriptions of nature and domestic affcction, I vJian works do

not suffer by a comparison with the best spccimcns of Gfeece and Rome, whila in tlie wisdom, depth,

and shrewdness of their mural apothcgms they arc unrivalled. More than this, the learned Hindus

had probably made Kre.it advances in astronomy, algebra, arithmctic, botany, and medicine, not

to mention their admitted superiority in grammar, long before any of these Sciences were cultivated

by the most ancient nations of Europe. Hencc it has happcned tliat I have been painfully

reminded during the progress of this Dictionary that a Sanskrit lexicographer ought to aun at

a kind of quasi omniscience. Nor will any previous classical education, such at least as has bcen

hitherto usual, enable him to expiain correctly the scientific expressions whieh— not borrowed from

the Greeks—are liable to be brought before him. To pretend therefore that the present work,

although probably containing nearly three times as much matter as any other Sanskrit Dictionary

yet publishcd (excepting of course the great Thesaurus of Professors Bohtlingk and Roth, and that of

Radhakanta-deva), is competent to satisfy the student in every branch of Sanskrit literature, would

manifestly display either ignorance or conceit. Perhaps the departments in whieh it must be

admitted to be weakcst are those of the Vcda and philosophy with their respective native com-

mentaries. Stili an attempt has been made to supply what has hitherto bcen almost entirely

neglected by English lexicographers.

In truth, I have felt that no modern Lexicon ought to exclude Vedic words, important as

these are in their philoJogical bearings. I must nevcrtheless plainly confess that the interpretation

of these words is often so doubtful—often so purcly tentative—that I have been sorely perplexed

in mj efforts to fumish the student with Inustworthy renderings. Of course with the Veda, as with

every other profoundly obscure subject, there is a natural craving for an infallible guide. At the

same time no priestly infallibility is here thought to be attainable; for although the great Brahman

and Acarya, Sayana, lived about five bundred years ago at Vijaya-nagara, an ancient Indian

capital and seat of learning, yet this eminent authority has bcen altogether put out of court

by modern philological critics. When, however, it is found that modern scholars themselves

frequently differ as much from each other as they do from that once trusted and certainly most

learned Brahman, it scems hopelcss to expect sccurity from error in any particular sect or section

of modern critics and philologists. Notwithstanding these perplexities, I cannot express too

strongly my apprcciation of what German scholars have effected in this difficult field of rcscarch,

and my gratitude for the aid received from the interpretations of Professors Bohtlingk and Roth.

The authority of these scholars has bcen generally followed by me, though I have been careful

to give, in addition, the renderings of Sayana (according to Professor Max Muller’s edition *),

feeling, as I do, rather enthusiastically that this great native commentator, even if hc occasionally

misleads, ought never to be ignortd.

The foregoing sketeh of the nature of Sanskpt literature will, I trnst, expiain the impossibility

of covering its vast arca by any⁷ Dictionary in one volume. It will also expiain my non-admission

into my pages of the ample store of cxamples made over to me by my predccessor, the late Professor

II. H.Wilson. These would, at least, have swelled out my one compsct volume to an inconvenient

size, if they had not expanded it into two. P'or the same reason I have been obliged, as a rule, to

forego authenticating my meanings by more than a few scattered references either to passages in

• It should be mentioned however, that for Ilie lattcr part of trust to an imperfcct MS. of Sayana’s commentary in the

lhf Rig-veda I have not had the advanlagt of Professor Max Wilsonian Colleetion belonging to the Bodleian I.ibrary. This

Miiller’s edilorial skill. The firsl volume of his edition of this is the only Rig-veda MS. of any value that I have had it in my

work, with S*ya?a’s commentary, was brought out under the powcr to employ, as I have not bcen afcle to consuit the excellent

patronage of the Easl India Company in 18^9. T hree other MSS. belonging to the India Office Library, whieh others had a

volumes have since pptared, completing as far as the end of the greater right to use than myscli I am informed that a fiflh volume

e.ghth M*p^ala, For the remainder I have been obliged to of the Rig-veda is al*out to appear.

P R E FAC E.

XV

the literature or to the modern authnrities on which I have dcpended for guidance. In this I had

better ground for abstention than my predccessor, seeing that the great work of Professors

Bohtfingk and Roth, the completion of which may be looked for in a few years, will provide

advanced scholars with abundant examples and references to cvery department of the literature.

I should add that as my main object has been to facilitate and gencralize the study of a

difficult language, I have of course abstained from complicating the typography of this volume

by placing accents on Vedic words *. For a knowledge of these the scholar must again apply to

the great German Worterbuch.

I come in the next place to a feature in the present publication which, as the four Govern-

ments of India have liberally patroniz.ed this work, demands an ample cxplanation.

Section 4.

Alphabct and System of Translitcration cmployed.

1 fear the great Indian Pandits, if they deem this Dictionary worthy of their notice, will be

somewhat surprised that a work intended as an aid to the study of their literature should exhibit

their venerable Sanskrit clothed in a modern European dressf. Let me then crave leave to remind

them that the Romanized character employed in these pages will be found, if its history be inves-

tigated, to be neither modern nor European, and may possibly tum out to be even more ancient

than their sacred Nagari, and even more suited to the expression of their sacred Sanskrit.

After all, we English are not only Eastem in our origin, but in many of our most important

surroundings. First, we have received our religion and our Bible through an Eastem people; next,

our language is certainly Asiatic in its affinities; thirdly, we are known to have derived our

invaluable decimal notation, commonly called the ten Arabie numerals, from India through the

Arabs; lastly, the written symbols which I am now employing, and by which this useful vernacular

of ours is, as it were, materialized and sent to the ends of the earth, are certainly Asiatic too.

The East is, we must candidly own, the first source of all our light. We cannot, indeed,

localize in Asia the precise spot whence issued the springs of that grand flow of speech which

spread in successive waves—commencing with the Keltic—over the whole area of Europe ; but the

local source of the first alphabet, without which each of these waves of speech must have bcen in

the end swallowed up and lost in its successor, is well known to have been rhoenicia. The great

centre of the commerce of antiquity naturally gave birth to what was felt to be indispensable to

the intercemmunion of national as well as individual life. By the very necessities of trade Phoenicia

invented the first, so to speak, locomotive power which tnabled language, embodied in a kind

of material form, to be in a manner exported to distant countries and bartered, lilce any other

commodity, for language imported in return.

Probably the first Phoenician graphic signs were, like the Chinese, of an ideographic character,

but of this there is said to be no certain evidence. Ilowever that maj- be, it is tolerably ciear that

the first Phoenician graphic system, about which we know anything, had not advanced beyond

* See the note on Vedic accents, p. xix of this Preface.

t Though some Sanskrit books—such as Professor Aufrecbfs

Rig-vcda—printed in the Roman character are much used by

European scholars, it is doubtful whether these have obtained even

a limiled circulat ion in India. I trust, therefore, that when this

volume falis into the hands of any great Pandit, to whom one

of our Indian Governments may present it, he will not consider

that I am degrading Sanskrit like the man who pollutes eow’s

milk byputting it into a dog's skin. Nahiputam syddgo^Jtshlram

iva-dritau dhritam; cf. Muir's Sanskrit Texts, vol. ii, p. 53, note

97. Of course I know that many native books are printed in

which Sanskrit words are transliterated by Roman letters, but

my desire is to see some Standard texts accurately printed in this

character and circulated throughout India. At piesent the loose

and careless way in which the Roman alphabet is applied tends

to bring the whole system into disrepute. This is exemplificd

in writing the names of places and persons as well as in books. A

little work called the Durga-puja [sic] by Pratapachandra Ghosha

has just been received by me from Calcutta. It contains much

useful information, but here we have Sanskrit words transliterated

without any attempt at exaetness, e. g. Devi, Dttrga, pvja, Purana,

ashtami, Krshna, Savifri, and numberless others.

XVI

PREFAC E.

the second stage of alphabetic progrcss. It was, in fact, cssentially syllabic, and even to this day thc

Semitic alphabets coming immediately from it—viz. the Hebrew, Syriae, and Arabie are very little

better than syllabic systems. Such an alphabet then, though well suited to Eastern s.alligraphic'

tastes, was manifestly impcrfect. It provided chiefiy for consonants, as if they were the lords of

sound, instead of its dependents, and often its impediments. The real want for civihzed nations,

eager for intercommunication, was a phonetic alphabet, by which neither ideas noi consonants, but

rather sounds should be symbolized. As therefore vowels are the only real representatives of

sound, and indeed the very life of the word which without them would bc a mere hard and

helpless skeleton, it was essential to an effective phonetic system of graphic symbols that vowels

should have at least as prominent a position in a written word as their attendant consonants.

This was very soon felt by the Greeks, who no sooner received a consonantal a.phabet from

Phoenicia than they began to remedy its defects, and forthwith invented a system by which the

vowel sounds were properly symbolized and distributed side by side with their consonantal fellows

—not as mere appendages, but as close companions. The Greek expansion of the Phoenician

alphabet was stili further developed by the more practical Romans, and by them spread every-

where throughout Europe*.

Now, although the Semitic origin of Indian alphabets has not yet been satisfactorily proved,

it is stili probable that the Eastern branch of the Aryan stock which settled down in India, derived

their first idea of symbolizing language by written marks indircctly from Phoenicia through some

neighbouring country whose system was borruwed from Semitic modelsf. They appear also, like

the Greeks, to have felt the defects of a syllabic or merely consonantal method, and just as they

worked out for thcmselves their own theory of grammar, so they elaborated for themselves their

own ‘vowelized’ system of writing. Note, however, how the subtle-minded Hindus, working out

their own ideas in their own philosophical way, have produced an alphabet, not only free from the

defects of the Semitic, but so overdone in its abundance of vowel symbols and its theory of

the mutual relationship of vowels and consonants, that this very elaboration becomes practically

a serious hindrance.

Let me for the benefit of those who may use this Dietionary for philological purposes, without

having acquired a complete familiarity with the Nagari letters, briefly point out the most con-

spicuous merits and demerits of the European and Indian systems.

From what I have before advanced, it will, I think, be ciear that it ought to be a fixed rule in

ali good alphabets, ist, That every vowel, short and long, should be properly symbolized and

admitted to close companionship with its consonant, no vowel Symbol being ever allowed to stand

for any other vowel sound but its own. For example, the ‘ a ’ sound of ‘ ka ’ should be properly

symbolized ; it should not be supposed to inhere in ‘ k •' nor should it be represented by a mere dot

or stroke, above or below the ‘k,’ as if it were a simple appendage to the consonant, as in Semitic

alphabets. Nor should the symbol‘a’be allowed to stand for different vowel sounds short and

long, as in ‘tape,’ ‘tap,’ ‘tali,’ ‘tar,’ ‘ mortar,’ in every one of which the vowel ought to be variously

symbolized. 2ndly, That every simple consonant should have one single fixed symbol, and never

more than one. For example, the symbol ‘ k ’ should not be interchangeable with ‘ c ’ to express the

samc consonantal power as in ‘cap’ and ‘kcep.’ 3rdly, That modifications of any particular simple

* The Romans, however, having no proper aspirated conso- tions, and that of Kapurdigiri is decidedly Iraceable to a

nantal sounds, rejected the Greek 0, <p, x, and to represent these Phoenician source. Those on the rock of Gimar (Giri-nagara)

unhappily originated the clumsy tk>ph, ch, writing also ps for if/. in Kattywar, Gujarat, which are said to be most important

t According to Mr. Edward Thomas {Prinscp s Indian Anti- in their relation to the present Indian alphabets, are not so

quities, vol. ii. p. 42), the theory by which Professor Weber has clearly traceable. Mr. Thomas appears to have good ground

sought to establish a Pho>nician origin for the Indian alphabets for thinking that many of the Nagari letters were derived from

is untenabje. There are, however, two sets of Buddhist inscrip- the Dravidians of the South.

PREFACE.

xvn

vowel or consonantal power should not be represented by two letters, but by some modification

of a single Symbol. For example, the long form of the vowels a, i, u should not be denoted by

two letters, as in our word ‘hoop,’ but by some mark or stroke placed over these vowels (so thati

‘hoop’ should be written ‘hup’). Similarly, the aspiration of k, t, p, ought not to be represented

by two letters as in kk, th, ph, but by some mark attached to k, t, p; thus such a word as phala

should be written pala, and dkatia, <Mana; or perhaps according to the Anglo-Saxon method with

a horizontal stroke above, as in it for the dh sound of the.

Tricd by these rules, the Nagari alphabet shows itself in many respects superior to the old

Roman alphabet, and certainly to our use or abuse of the Roman symbols commonly called the

English alphabet.' But tried by the same rules, it will be found, I believe, inferior to the Indo-

Romanic system, by which name I call the modification of Sir William Jones’ method of

applying the Roman alphabet to the languages of India, adopted in the present Dictionary.

The fact of the matter is, that Hindu grammarians have so overdone the true theory

of the necessary vocalization of consonants, that they declare it impossible for any consonant to

stand alone without its associated vowel, not only in a single word, but in a whole sentence, unless,

indeed, the consonant come at the end of ali, when the mark , called a Virama or stop, must be

employed. Moreover, the dependent position of a consonant is so insisted on that every simple

consonant must perforce possess an inherent vowel by a necessary condition of its own existence,

so that when it is written without vowel or stop the vowel ‘a’ must always be pronounced after

it. Ilence, such a word as ‘bind,’ would have to be pronounced ‘binada,’ unless a conjunct

symbol be employed, compounding 11 and d into one letter, the use of the Virama or stop, except at

the end of a sentence, being an infraction of orthographic laws. Thus it arises that an immense

assortment of conjunct consonants is needed. More than this, the excessive elaboration oftheir

vowel-system by the Hindus necessitates the introduction of two new vowels, ri and Iri. Again, each

of the fourteen vowels (except a) has two symbols, according as it is initial or non-initial, and the

form of some of these obliges them to be printed before the letter after which they are pronounced

and in various awkward places, thereby exposing them to fracture, and increasing the general

complication. So that with unusually numerous vowel-symbols, with thirty-five consonants and an

almost indefinite number of intricate conjunct consonants, the number of distinet types necessary

to equip a perfect Sanskrit fount amounts to about 500 (see the table opposite to page 1).

Now will any one maintain, that in these days of railroads, electric telegraphs, cheap printing,

and the Suez canal, such an overstraining of alphabetical precision can be maintained much longer

for the expression of any language belonging to the same family as our own, and in any country

forming an integral part of the British Empire ? Indeed Sanskrit ought to be made a potent

instrument for uniting England more closely with India, and a powerful means for exciting more

real sympathy and fellow-feeling between Englishmen and tholr Indian fellow-subjects; but on

this very account it requires every facility to be conceded to its acquisition, and every contrivance

to be adopted for harmonizing it with those kindred European tongues whose structure is

above ali capable of illustrating.

Be it remembered that we are not expecting either absurdities or impossibilities. We are not

so foolish as to suppose that the Hindus will evtr abandon their own national forms of speech.

On the contrary, we expect that they will tenaciously adhere to them, even as their brethren of

Wales hold to their own separate and distinet branch of the same speech-stem. But because we

cannot change the organs of speech or fuse the twenty-two languages* of India into one common

* Viz. Sanskrit, with its kindred Hindi, Marathi, GujaratI, Bengall, Uriya, Asamese, PanjabI, Gurumukhi, Sindhl, Nepalese,

Kasmiri, the Singhalese of Ceylon ; the Pushtu of Afghanistan; the five Dravidian languages, Tamil, Malayalam, Telugu, Kanarese,

Tulu; the half Dravidian Brahu-I; the composite Urdu or Hindustani current throughout India; and lastly Burmese.

e

xvm

P R E FA C E.

tonguc, are we thcrcforc not to do whart we really can to promote intercourse and com-

munion between kindrcd races united under one government and descended from the same

ancestors ? If our great Indian Pandits are made familiar with our graphic systema, will they not

be more likely to study our language and literature, to benefit by our knowledge, and to use our

numerous appliances for economizing time, labour, and money* In short, is it fatuous to expect

our fellow-subjects to imitate us in adopting a common system of symbols for a common line of

cognate languages?—a system, be it thoroughly understood, not to be confounded with our

English ‘free and easy’ abandonment of ali system in our treatment of the Roman alphabet—but

a system capable of complete adjustment to the expression of Aryan sounds, whether Roman,

Greek, Welsh, English, or Indian, and probably little more different in form from the present

Nagari than that Nagari is from the characters prevalent in India when Sanskrit was first

committed to writing*. For since the fact is patent, that the further we go back, the more plainly

do the Indian alphabets point to a foreign origin, the power of ancient and sacred association

cannot certainly be pleaded for the maintenance of the present Nagari.

Nor can our Indian brethren shelter themselves under any plea of impossibility, when all the

logic of historical facts is against them. Is any nation more tenacious of everything national than

the Jews ? and yet have they not abandoned their ancient character for a more modern form ? Ilave

not also the Arabs and Persians, not to mention the Keltic and Teutonic races, done the same ?

Have not the Hindus themselves renounced many of their most ancient usages, and allowed the

rigidity of caste to relax under the pressure of steam and other Europcan forces. Even in the very

matter of alphabets the facts of their own history are also against them, for if they deny the

foreign origin of their venerated Nagari, they have confessedly adopted the modern Persianized

Arabie alphabet—a consonantal, if not a purely syllabic system—to express IlindustanT. Now,

IlindustanI, notwithstanding its flood of Arabie and Persian words, is as much a form of Hindi—the

language of ‘pakka’ Ilindustan—as English with its flood of Norman French is of Anglo-Saxon.

Surely then all must admit that HindustanI, at least, has a far better right to the Indo-Romanic

alphabet derived from kindred British rulers, than it has to be saddled with the consonantal system

of foreign Muslim invaders. Eor that system, be it noted, is wholly Scmitic in its essential features,

and therefore quite unsuited to the fundamental Aryan structure of a Persianized Aryan dialect.

If after whaf I have thus advanced, our great Indian Pandits remain, as I fear some of them

will, unconvinced, let any ordinary scholar who consults the pages of this work say whether they do

not derive murh of their typographical clearness from certain apparently trifling, but really

important contrivances, possible in our Indo-Romanic, impossible in the usual Nagari type. One

of these, of coursc, is the power of lcaving spaces between the words of the Sanskrit examples given.

Will any student say that such an cxample as sadhu-mitrany akuhalad varayanti does not gain in

clearness by bcing properly spacedf? Again, the power of using capitals and what are called

italies (to say nothing of¹ F.gyptian ’ and other forms of European type) is manifestly an advantage

to be plaeed to the credit of Indo-Romanic typography. Who will deny the gain in clearness by

the ability to make a distinction between smith and Smith—brown and Brown—bath and Bath?

And will any one examine the pages of this Dictionary, and then compare those of the Sabda-kalpa-

druma, without admitting the advantage gained in the power of employing italic type ? Lastly, the

* II is certainly reracrk r.blethat the whole Vyakarana ofPanini,

unlikc ihc Greck gramraar or appears to ignore w nllcn

fymbols, as if Sanskrit was never inlcnded to have any peculiar

graphic sy 'em of its own. In South India Sanskrit is written in

different characters; and the first inscriptions found on rocks art

in Pali and PrSkfit, not in Sanskjit. They are refeired to the

Luddhisl sovertigns who possersed political power in India about

three centuries B.C. The present form of Nagari is thought to

be little older than the tenth or eleventh century of our era.

+ W hat should we think of an English Dictionary which, dis-

daining to aid our overtried vision by any typographical contri-

vance.b at the supposed sacrifice of euphonic propriety, should

insist on presenting the corresponding example in proper pho-

nctic conjunctiori thus—‘ goodfriend guardfromevil ?’

PREFACE.

xix

power of applying thc hyphen to separate long compounds in a language where compounds prevail

more than simple words *, will surely be appreciated by ali. I can only say, that without that

most useful little mark, the present volume must have lost much of its clearness, and probably half

its compactness, for besides the obvious advantage of being able to indicate the difference between

such compounds as su-tapa and suta-pa, which could not be done in Nagari type, it is manifest that

even the simplest compounds, like sad-asad-viveka, sv-alpa-kehn, would have required without its

use an extra line to explain their analysis f.

Notwithstanding all my advocacy of the Indo-Romanic graphic system, it is st'11 my duty

to point out that so long as the natives of India continue to use their own alphabets, so long is

it incumbent upon us Englishmen who study Sanskrit in its bearing upon the Indian vernaculars,

to master the Nagari character. Under any circumstances there must be a long transiticn period

during which the Indian and Romanic systems will co-exist, and however the struggle between

them may terminate, the end is not likely to be witnessed by the existing generation. For this

reason the Nagari alphabet is by no means ignored in these pages. On the contrary, it is pressed

into the Service of the Romanic, and made to minister to a most useful purposc, being employed

to distinguish the leading word of a group in a manner best calculated to strike the eye and

arrest the attention.

Fairness, moreover, demands that a few of the obvious defects of the system of transliteration

adopted in this volume should be specified. In certain cases it confessedly offends against philo-

sophical exactness; nor does it always consistently observe the rules stated in a preceding

paragraph. The vowels ri and fl ought to be represented by some one symbol—such as that used

by many German scholars—though r, r seem to me somewhat unsuitable for vowel sounds. So

again the aspirated consonants ought not to be represented by a second letter attached to them.

In the case of ch employed by Sir W. Jones for 5 and ckh for the inconvenience appeared

to me so great that in the third edition of my Sanskrit Grammar, I ventured to adopt 6 for =3, the

pronunciation, however, being the same as ch in ckurck, which might therefore be wrltten turi.

Had I dared to innovate further, I should have written Ii for kh, t' for th, p' for ph; and so with

the other aspirated consonants. c being then employed for The fact, of course, is that an aspirated

consonant is merely a consonant pronounced with an emphatic emission of the breath, much as

an Irishman would pronounce p in pcnny, and to indicate this, a stroke placed on one side or over thc

letter seems more appropriate than the mark of the Greek hard breathing adopted by Bopp, which

may well be used alone to utter a vowel, but is scarcely suitable to emphasize a consonant %.

I also prefer the symbol s for the cerebral sibilant. Should a second edition of this Dictionary

be ever called for, some of these improvements may possibly be adopted. With regard to the

letter w, I have discarded it, and retained only v, because the Nagari only possesses one character

for the labial semivowel, viz. <r, and to transliterate this or any other single Oriental character by

two Roman representatives must certainly lead to confusion. As to the German method of using

tuting the piactical Englishman in his Parliamentary compounds,

such, for example, as habeas-corpus-suspension-act-conlinuance-

Ireland-bill.

J A hint might be laken from Angto-Saxon d, as beforc

observed, especially if ^A be used for long vowels. The mark ' is

perhaps too much like that required for accentuation. I hope,

however, that the system of aceentuating classieal Sanskrit will

never be allowed. Why complicate a subject already sufficiently

intricate by introducing another element of perplexity which

native scholars themselves do not sanction? Let accentuation

be kept for the Veda; and in Vedic words a more upright and

conspicuous stroke might. in my opinion, be used with advantage.

* Forster gives an example of one compound word consisting

of 152 syllables. I rather think this might be matehed by even

longer specimens from Campu composition.

+ At any rate, it is to be hoped that the hyphen will not be

denied to Sanskrit for the betier understanding of the more com-

plex words, such, foi example, as vaidika-manv-adi-pranfrta-sviri-

tilvaty karma-pltala-rupa-garira-dhari-jiva-nirniilatvabhava-matrena,

taken at hap-hazard from Dr. Muir’s Texts. We may even express

a hope that German scholars and other Europeans, who speak

forms of Aryan speech, all of them equally delighting in compo-

sition, may condescend more frequenlly to the employment of the

hyphen for some of their own Sesquipedalia Verba, thereby imi-

XX

P R E FAC E.

K, kh for c, th, and g,gh for j,jk; the philologieal advantage gained by thus exhibittng the phonetic

truth of the interchange of gutturals and palatals, appears to me outweighed by the dtsadvantage

of representing sounds differing so greatly in aetual pronunciation by sinnlar symbols.

Notwithstanding the shortcomings and inconsistencies thus fairly aeknowledged, I have no

hesitation in asserting that the Romanic system expanded by the marks and signs now generally

agreed upon and stili further to be improved hereafter, may be adapted to the Aryan languages

of India quite as completely and apprupriately as to the Aryan languages of Europe.

Ilaving felt obliged by the form in which this Dictionary is printed to dwell thus at length

on a point of vast importance both to the general cultivation of Sanskrit and the diffusion of

knowledge in our Eastern Empire, I must now beg permission to record my sense of the great

assi^tance this cause has received from the energetic tffbrts of one who has ever been a true

friend to the natives of India, Sir Charles E. Trevelyan. He was the first Indian offictr of

eminence who appreciated the real bearing of this matter upon native education, and the hrst

writer who in his able minute, dated Calcutta, January 1834*, cleared away the confusion of ideas

with which the subject was then perplexed by many prejudiced persons and even by some seholars.

He also was the first to awaken an interest in the question throughout England about thirtecn

years ago, aided as he was by the able advocacy of ‘the Times’ newspaper. To him and to ‘the

Times’ I owe the first impressions which corrected my own prejudices. Sinee then, many Onental

books printed on a plan substantially agreeing with Sir W. Jones’ Indo-Romanic system have been

published, both by eminent seholars in Europe and by missionaries in India t, and the form in

whieh the present Sanskrit Dictionary is now put forth affords, I trust, another evidence of the

reality of the movement and of its gradual advance.

Section 5.

Principal Sources drawn upon in the Process of Comptlaiion.

I have now to enumerate the various works consulted by me in compiling this Dictionary.

My only reason for not indicating these authorities in the body of the various artieles as they

have been written, has been that the volume—whieh even» now has outgrown the dimensions

originally fixed—would have thercby lost much of its convenient eompactness, and could not

have been produeed at a moderate cost. The eye, too, would have been eonfused in passing

from one meaning to another. Justice, however, requires that before commencing my enumeration,

I should specially reeord my debt to particular authorities most frequently consulted and relied

upon. I do so with a deep conseiousness that nothing I am about to state ean add to the

celebrity of any one of the eminent seholars to whom I owe most. Indeed, it is impossible for

me to express adequately my sense of obligation to the great work of Professors Bohtlingk and

Roth. Although I have referred to every other dictionary, glossary, and vocabulary, including

those of Professor Benfey and Westergaard and the eight-volumed Encyclopaedia of Radhakanta-

* This will be found at p. 3 of the ‘ Original Paper; illustra-

tirg the llirlory of the Application of the Roman Alphabct to the

Ijar.guagcs of India,' editerl by me at the request of Sir Charles

Trevelyan in 1859, and published by Mcssrs. Longman. I com-

mend this volume to every one interested in the diffusion of

education among the natives of our Indian Empire.

+ Amongst other publications the Rig-vcda itself, edited by

Professor Aufrecht, has been printed and published in the Roman

chiracler; also part of the Katha-sarit-sapara by Dr. Ilernunn

Brockliaus. Dr. Mu:r in his Sanskfit Texis has also extensively

ustd the Indo-Romanic System, as well as Dr. Weber in the

Indische Studien, where some of the Upanisliads are so trani-

litPratcd. Let any one compare Professor Aufrecht’s one com-

pact and cheap octavo volume with the six massive quartos to

which the Rig-veda will extend, now being edited in the native

character. Even if the Romanized edition had the commentary,

it would probably not extend heyond two moderate octavo

volumes. With regard to the series of valuable Hindflstanl

works printed in the Anglo-Hindustani character by missionaries

in India, a full account of them will be found in Sir Charles

Trevelyan’s ‘Original Papers’ referred to in a previous note.

The wholc Bible has been beautifully piinted in this form, and

carried through the press hy the Rev. R. Cotton Mather; also

a glossary to part of the Bible by his son Mr. Cotton Mather.

PREFACE.

xx i

. *

deva, commonly called the Sabda-kalpa-druma*, and although I have striven to weigh and verify

for myself all fhe words and meanings given by my fellow lexicographers, yet I have ahvays

considered an appeal to the St. Peteraburg Worterbuch as the most satisfactory available means

for deciding doubtful questions.

Naturally, I have kept Professor H. H. Wilson’s Dictionary on my working-table, and have

constantly had recourse to its pages. Indeed, I must own that I commenced by looking to my

predecessor’s labours as my chief authority. And let me here assert most emphatically, not

only that, considering the condition of Sanskrit scholarship when it was compiled, Professor

Wilson’s was a wonderful production, but that, like many other scholars, I could never have

learnt Sanskrit at all withnut its aid. Nevertheless, sincerity obliges me to confess, what other lexi-

cographers may perhaps admit to be not without a parallel in their own mental history, that my

mind has had to pass thrnugh a kind of painful discipline involving a gradual weakening of

faith in the performances of my fellow men, not excepting those of my own venerated teacher.

I began, indeed, with much confidence in the thought that one man existed on whom I could

lean as an almost infallible guide; but as the work grew under my hands and my sensitiveness

to error sharpened, I discovered to my surprise that I was compelled to reject much of his

teaching as doubtful. Mortover, the truth must be told, that as I advanced further my trustful-

ness in others, besides my old master, began to experience occasional disagreeable and unexpected

shocks ; till now that I am arrived at the end of my work, I find myself left with my confidence in

the accuracy of human beings generally—certainlynot excepting myself—rather painfully disturbed.

Nevertheless, I am bound thankfully to acknowledge that my faith in the general scholarlike exact-

ness of the great German authorities already named has never been materially shaken. I ought also

to make particular mention of Dr. John Muir’s ‘ Sanskrit Texts,’which have been constantly referred

to by me, and have been found by experience to be invaluable, both for their general accuracy and

for the judgment the author has displayed in his interpretation of Vedic words.

To these acknowledgments of special obligations I now subjoin an alphabetical list of all

the principal works (not including of course all the mere texts anu manuscripts) consulted by

me, or in any way drawn upon for information, during the progress of my labours.

Andre\v’s (E. A.) Latin-English Dic-

tionary.

Asiatic Rcsearches.

Asiatic Society’s (Royal) Journal.

Aufrtchfs (Th.) Gataloguc of Sanskrit

MSS. in the Bodleian Library,

Oxford.

— Catalogue of Sanskrit MSS. in the

Library of Trinity College, Cam-

bridgc.

— Hulayndha’s Vocabulary.

— Rig-vcda-samhita.

— Unadi-sutras.

Ballantyne’s (James) various lectures

on Hindu Philosophy, and transla-

tions of some of the Aphorisms.

— translation of the Sahitya-darpana.

— Laghu-kaumudT.

Banerjea’s (K. M.) Hindu Philosophy.

Banerjea’s Kumara-sambhava (with

notes).

Benfey’s Chrestomathie (with vocabu-

lary).

— Sama-veda (with vocabulary).

— Sanskrit-English Dictionary.

— Sanskrit Grammar.

Eohtlingk's (and Roth’s) Sanskrit-

Worterbuch.

Bohtlingk’s Indische Spriiche.

— edition of Par.ini’s Grammar.

— edition of Vopa-desa’s Grammar.

— (and Rieu’s) Hemacandra’s Glossary.

Bombay edition of the Maha-bharata.

— of the Ramayana.

Bopp’s Glossary (first and second edi-

. tions).

— Comparative Grammar (Eastwrck).

Bosworth’s (Dr. J.) Anglo-Saxon Dic-

tionary and Grammar.

Brockhans’ (Hermann) Katha-sarit-

sSgara.

Burgess’ translation of the Surya-

siddhanta.

Burnoufs (Eugene) Bhagavata-Purana

(books I—III, translated by Bur-

nouf).

Burnoufs (Emilc) Sanskrit-French

Dictionary.

Chambers’ Encyclopaedia.

Colebrooke’s Amara-kosha.

— Indian Algebra.

— Essays on the Religion and Phi-

losophy of the Hindus.

— Daya-bhaga.

— Mitakshara.

CowelPs (E. B.) Kusumaiijali (with

translation).

* A fine copy of this valuable work, now very difiicult to procure in its perfect state, was ;earched for, some years ago, at

Calcutta and most kindly presented to me by my friend Mr. Walter Scott Seton-Karr, Eorcign Secretary to the Governments

of Lord Iawrence and Lord Mayo, and Vice-Chancellor of the Calcutta University.

XXU

PREFACF,,

CoweH’s (E. B.) translation of the Yi-

kramorvasl.

— cdition of Elphinstone’s History of

India.

Curtius’ (Gcorg) Grundziige der

Griechischen Etymologic.

FarrarV (F. W.) Families of Speech.

Foucaux’s (Ph. Ed.) Epi' odes of tht

Maha-bhiirata.

Goldstiicker’s (Thtodor) Sanskrit -

English Dictionary (parts 1-VI).

Griffith’s (Ralph T. H.) Specimen* of

Old Indian Puctry.

Hall’s (Fitz-Edward) edition of the

Surya-siddhanta.

— Contribution tou ards an Index to

the Bibliography of the Indian

Philosophical Systems.

— translation of NIlakantha’s Rational

Refutation of the Hindu Philoso-

phical Systems.

— San-khya-pravacana-bhashya.

— edition of Wilson’s Vishnu-Pumna.

Haughton’s (Graves C.) Bengall Dic-

tionary.

Haug’s (Martin^-) Aitareya-Briihmana

(with translation.)

Hilperfs (J.D.) German Dictionary.

Johnson’s (Francis) Hitopadesa (first

and sccond cditions, with transla-

tion and vocabulary).

— Seiections from the Maha-bhirata

(with vocabulary).

— Megha-duta (ist and 2nd edit^!ons,

with vocabulary).

Jones’ (Sir William) translation of

Manu.

Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society.

Lassen’s Sanskrit Anthology (with glos-

sary).

Liddelfs and Scott’s Greek-Englhh

Ltxicon.

I.udvig’s Iniinitiv im Veda.

Moleswortb’s (James T.) Murathee

Dictionary.

Mooris Hindii Pantheon.

Muiler’s (Maxj Ancient Sanskrit Litera-

ture.

— Ghips from a German Workshop.

— Hymns to the Maruts.

— Lectureson theScienceof Language.

— Rig-veda-samhita.

— Rig-veda-pratisakbya.

— Sanskrit Grammar.

Muir’s (John) Original Sanskrit Texts

(five volumes).

Prinsep’s (James) Indian Antiquities

(edited with notes and addenda by

Edward Thomasl.

Radhakanta - deva’s Snbda - kalpa-

druma.

Rajendralala-Mitra’s noticcs of Sanskrit

MSS.

Regnier’s Etude sur 1’idiume des Vedas.

— Rigveda-pratisakhya.

Rieu’s (and Bohtlingk’s) Hemacandra.

Roer’s (E.) Upanishads (with transla-

tions).

— (and Montriou’s) Hindu Law.

Roth’s (and Bohtlingk’s) Sanskrit-Wor-

terbuch).

Roth’s Nirukta.

— (and Whitney’s) Atharva-vtda-

samhita.

Schlegel’s (A. G.) Ramayana.

Scott’s and Liddell’s Greek-English

Lexicon.

Stenzler’s edition of the Raghu-vansa.

— Yajnavalkya.

Taranathi Tarkavadaspati’s Dhatu-

riipadarsa.

Thompson’s (J. C.) Bhaga\ad-glta (with

translation).

Thornton’s Gazetteer.

Troyer’s Raja-taran-ginI.

Vigfusaon’s (G.) Cleasby’s Icelandic

Dictionary.

\Veber’s (Albrecht) Vajasaneyi-sam-

hita.

— ^atapatha-Brahmana.

— Katyayana-srauta-sritra.

— Indische Studien.

— Indische Streifen.

\Vestergaard’s Radices Linguae San-

scritae.

\Vhitney’s (W. D.) Atharva-veda-pra-

tisakhya.

— (and Roth’s) Atharva-veda-samhita.

— Language and the Ptudy of Language

(twelve lectures).

WiIson’s (H. H.) Glossary of Indian

T erms.

— Sanskrit-English Dictionary.

— Sanskrit Grammar.

— San-khya-kurika.

— Theatre of the Hindus.

— translation of the Rig-veda (vols.

I-IV).

— translation of the Vishnu-Purana.

Yates’ (W.) octavo edition of \Vilson’s

Sanskrit Dictionary with addenda

(partly edited by J.AVenger).

Zeitschrift der Deutschen morgenland-

ischen Geselischaft.

Section 6.

Aids and Encouragcmcnts rcceivcd.

M.y first ackncnvlcdgments are due to the Delegates of the Clarendon Press, without

whose kind patronage this tvork eould never have been published. It does not become me

to commend the cflbrts these gentlemen are making for the furtherance of education, exeept

so far as to say that they fitly represent the mind and wishcs of the University of Ox-

ford. Nor does the Clarendon Fress itself need any monument of my rearing. I^et those

who desire proofs of its effieiency look around and note the series of valuable educationa¹

books eonstantly issuing from its founts, models of ciear and accurate typography, in almost

every department of seience.

Perhaps, however, I may be permitted to mention specially the narhe of one who has

rccently left us, but who was a member of the Press-Deltgacy when the publication of this

P R E F A C E.

XXlll

Dictionary was undertaken, the late Master of Balliol and now Dean of Rochester, Dr. Robert

Scott. He has been one of my kindest friends and wisest counsellors ever since the day

I went to him for advice during my first undergraduate days at Balliol, on receiving an

appointment in the Indian Civil Service. It is not too much, I think, to aver that without

his support, encouragement, and sympathy,—all the more prized as coming from an experienced

fellow-labourer, able to estimate the difficulties of a less experienced disciple,—I could not

have persevered in this vvork to its termination.

My next acknowledgments must be tendered to the Representatives of the Governments

of Bengal, Madras, Bombay, and the North-West Provinces of India, as well as of the India

/

Office, for the substantial aid received from them in the patronage they have accorded to this

undertaking.

I have in the third place to express in the most cordial manner my thanks to each and

all of the gentlemen who have aided me in the compilation of this Dictionary.

No one but those who have taken part in similar labours can at all realize the amount

of tedious toil—I might almost say drudgery—involved in the daily routine of small details,

such as verifying references and meanings, making indices and lists of words, sorting and

sifting an ever-increasing store of materials, revising old work, arranging and re-arranging

new, correcting and re-correcting proofs, writing and re-writing and interlineating ‘copy,’ till

reams upon reams of paper have been filled, putting the eye-sight, patience, and temper of

compilers, readers, and compositors to a severe trial. I mention these matters, not to magnify

the labours undergone, but to show that I could not have prosecuted them persistently single-

handed. This statement may also give an idea of what I owe to the persevering co-operation

of my kind assistants, whose names in the chronological order of their Services are as follow :

the Rev. J. Wenger, who is now I believe engaged in valuable literary work connected with the

Baptist Mission in Calcutta; Dr. Franz Kielhorn, who is now Superintendant of Sanskrit Studies

in Deccan College, Poona; Dr. Ilermann Brunnhofer (whose assistance was not ^-of very long

duration); Mr. A. E. Gough, M.A., of Lincoln College, Oxford, now Professor of Sanskrit at

the Government College, Benares; lastly, Mr. E. L. Ilogarth, M.A., of Brasenose College, and

formerly Head Master of the Government Provincial School at Calicut, who has been my

constant and painstaking assistant for about three years and a half, continuing with me to the

termination of the work. I must also thank my old friend Professor Francis Johnson, who

was one of my first instructors in Sanskrit when a student at Hailcybury, and afterwards my

colleague as Professor, for the k^;nd interest he has shown in my labours, and the aid I have

received from him at various times, including recently a list of words collected by himself in

preparing a new volume of Selections from the Maha-bharata, shortly to be published.

Finally, I must express my gratitude for the extreme care with which the reading of my

often intrieate manuscript has been conducted by the Oriental Reader, and the prinling of the

whole book exccuted by the Managers of the Clarendon Press.

* %

Section 7.

Dcfects and Inconsistencies acknowledged.

When some one pointed out to Dr. Johnson the imperfections of his great Dictionary, he

is said to have retorted on his critics that mere fault-finding was often an indication of ignorance.

His work was too large, he affirmed, not to take in errors, and the quicksightedness to these

was a symptom of the dulness which could not comprehend the merit of the performance as

a whole. Without imitating this convenient way of disposing of criticism in my own case,

\X'V

PREFACE.

I may yct request leavc to inform an> mere Chidrauveshin, of whom it may be said chidram

nirupya sahasa pravisati, that no one can be more keenly alive to the fkws and defects of this

volume than I am myself. No one, indeed, can be more desirous to criticize it, with a vrew

to its improvemcnt in a future edition.

Tf any rcal scholars—always considerate and temperate even if severe—having had practical

experience of lexicography, vili aid me in my efiforts to attain greater accuracy, I shall be

thankful. ■ Frum them I do not fear but rather court criticism. Such critics will quite under-

stand how a compilers sense of responsibility may grow with the gruwth of a work like this,

putting him out of conceit with his own performance, and filling him with earnest cravings

after an accuracy more than human. Such critics will appreciate the difficulties besetting the

produetion of so many closely printed pages abounding with countless dots and diacritical

marks. Nor will they be surprised at inequalities of exeeution and occasional inconsistencies

in a work representing efiforts spread over numerous years. Nor will they need to be reminded

that occasional distractions, trials of health and weariness of spirit, are incident not only to

a human compiler but to his human assistants. Indeed it is no disparagement to those who

have contributed to the detail of this work to assume that a compilation which has passed

through many different hands must refleet the infirmities of all. No other apology will here

be attempted for its errors and inadvertencies; nor do I ask that the blame be laid at the

door of any one but myself, who alone am responsible. Some explanation, however, of a few

intentional inconsistencies and almost unavoidable defects is here appended.

In the first place, there has not been absolute consistency in the collocation of words

connected by a common etymology. I have not bound myself in this respect by any fixed

rules. Hence some words are given in the usual alphabetical order of the Nagari type which

might be expected to fall under a previous classification in the Indo-Romanic order. Facility of

refercnce has been my only guide in this matter.

Again, in the arranging of a whole chain of words etymologically allied, some formations

have been placed under compounds which ought properly to have a separate line assigned

to them. Others again have separate lines which ought more consistently to come under

compounds. For example, abstract nouns formed with the affixes ta and tva, and possessive

adjectives formed with vat, mat, &c. are placcd in the order of the compounds, when they are

really not compounds at all. Stili it is plain that such a word as svdmi-ta, ‘ ownership,’ is

really equivalent to svami-bhdva, and such a word as srt-mai, ‘possessed of fortune,’ to srl-ynkta.

In these cases my motive for sacrificing absolute consistency has rather been to gain space.

Other liberties indulged in with regard to the use of the hyphen are noticed in the table of

dircctions following the Preface.

With regard to the nominative cases of adjectives and of a few participles—such as those

of Parasmai-pada Intensives—and even of a few substantives, I fear this Dictionary cannot

always bc quite trusted ; though it may perhaps be conccded that I have improved upon my

predecessor in this respect. In point of fact it has not been possible to settle with certainty

the nominative cases, cspecially in the feminine forms, of all adjectives. The German Worterbuch

avoids exhibiting the nominative cases of adjectives and participles, and rarely gives their

Tminines, leaving also the nominative cases of substantives to be inferred from their gender.

Although I studied Panini’s chapter on feminine formations with great care, I was unable to

discover either in his Grammar or in any other Grammar or Dictionary a solution of all my

difficulties. My rule has been to give the nominative cases both of substantives and adjectives

in all their genders vherever there was ground for certainty or for a reasonable inferencc,

PREFACE.

XXV

and in other rare cases to exhibit only the crude base. Sometimes I have merely given

the nominative case masculine of adjectives, omitting the feminine when that alone appeared

doubtful, and leaving the neuter to be inferred; but throughout the Dictionary the omission

of a nominative case has been quite an exccption. Thus I have endeavoured to increase the

usefulness of this publication even at the risk of occasionally misleading.

Another point requires a few words of explanation. I shall probably be told that mean-

ings and synonyms are needlessly multiplied; but before the book is hastily censured on

this score, let it be fairly tested by a repeated and extended application to various branches

of the literature. I can vvith truth affirm that having myself constantly put these pages to

a trial during their progress through the press, so far from having to regret any superfluity

or surplusage, I have too often had to lament sins of omission, and have frequently discovered,

when too late, that some one meaning has been rejected, because thought to be h mere

synonym, when this very apparent synonym was really the precise word required to suit a

particular passage.

With reference to the philological comparisons given throughout this work, I fear that occa-

sional n consistendos and violations of orthography will be found. For indeed I do nut pretend

to even a '^:mited knowlcdge of some of the numerous languages compared, and my private

library has not furnished the means of verifying all the words. It should be noted that I have

not generally indicated the cognate English words with the Anglo-Saxon, because these are self-

evident, and will generally be found among the meanings. As to other comparisons, I can only say

that when I commenced my compilation, Bopp was considered the chief authority in comparative

philology. I have not generally adopted what more modern scholars substitute for his teaching,

because some of these later writers have themselves yet to undergo the full test of an extended

criticism, which may not always support their opinions. Besides trusting to Bopp, I have generally

followed Professors Benfey and Curtius, and I request that the comparisons given be accepted

on the authority of these three scholars, subject to the undcrstanding that more recent views

have been propounded on many points.

Most of the errors and omissions hitherto discovered, whether typ<'graphical or caused by

my own want of knowledge, have, I trust, been corrected and supplied in the supplementary

matter at the end of the volume.

With these explanations I close my present labours, profoundly conscious of their imper-

fection, but full of thankfulness that my life has been spared to bnng them, such as they are,

to a completion.

Oxford, May 1872.

MONIER WILLIAMS.

DIRECTIONS TO BE STUDIED BEFORE USING THIS DICTIONARY.

Thfrf are two alphabetical orders; i. that in the Nagari; 2. that in the Indo-Romanic t', pe.

Roots are always in large Sanskrit tvpe. ...

Verbs formed by prefixing prepositions to roots are arranged in the alphabetical order of the prepositione o

affixed, e.g. anu-kp mu>t not be looked for under the root kri, as in other Sanskrit Dictionaries, but in its own alpF ibetical

order, as in Greek lexicons, and at the head of its own group of derivatives. See p. 32, coi. 1. .

M\ the Sanskrit words in Indo-Romanic type arranged in alphabetical order under a leading word- which

leading word is always either a root in large Nagari type or some otht r uord in small Nagan type -must b regarded

as mutually connected. They must be suppo-ed to form a family of words bound together by a common origin

or dep- n dent on each other by some tie of relationship. The derivation or etymology is gtnerally given in a parenthesis

alter the leading uord in Sanskrit type, and this etymology is supposed to apply to all the group which follows, until

a ncw classification of words is introduced by a ncw word in Nagari type. Other derivations are sometimes notieed

when authorities differ in explaining the etymology of particular words.

The Nagari type is thus employed to strike the eye and direct it to the leading word in each group. By this

means also a repetition of the etymology is avoided. ...

AII the meanings of a word belonging to a group are not always given in full, if they may be manuestly

gathercd from its other members; this applies especially to participles and participial formations, e. g. the meaning

‘charged with,’ uhich belongs to 5-ropita, p. 128, coi. 3, may readily be inferred from d-ropa, which stands above it in

the same classification.

Again, all the derivatives from a Ridical or Verb at the head of a family arc not always given when they may

be readily supplied; this applies especially to participles, and occasionally to verbal nouns, e.g. under •vt-hins at the head

of a group. p. 952, it is easy to supply -vi-hinsana, am, n. the act of injuring.

Observe, that meanings which appear to be mere amplmcations of preceding meanings are sepwated by a comma,

whereas those which do not clearly run into each other are divided by a semicolnn. All remarks upon meanings and

all descriptive and explanatory statements are given betv-een ( ); comparisons, between [ ].

Compound words are always arranged in alphabetical order under th. first word in the compounds, a hyphen marking

the division of each member of the compound, and when the final and initial vowel of tu o members of a compound

blend, the separation of the<=e vowels is denoted by a hyphen in brackets, (see, for example, kritodaka for krita-udaia,

p. 248, coi. 1, line 4.) For greater tleamess, some words are thus treated, which are formed by 1 addhita affixes, supposed

to bc add.d to the whole word, and which therefore ought not strictly to have a hyphen at all.

Compound words divided by a hyphen or hyphens have no etymology given because the employment of the

hyphen makes their several elements manifest at once, so that it is always easy to refer to the separate members

of the compound for the several etymologies, e. g. an-oka-sayin is manifestly separable into an + oka 1- sdyin, to each of

which it is easy to refer for an explanation of the several etymologies.

Wben no etymology of a simple word is exhibited its derivation is either unknown or too doubtful to deserve

recording.

The nominative cases of all nouns, substantive and adjective, and of all participles, are given immediately after the

crude base, except in the cases explained at the end of the preceding Preface. Thus guru, us, -vi, u, means that the

adjective guru makes in its nominative case masc. fem. and neut., gurus, gurvi, guru; similarly -vi-vid-vas, an, ushi, at

(p. 919, coi. 2), stands for nom. masc. fcm. and neut., -vi-vidvan, vividushi, -vivid-vat.

Under roots and verbs the 3rd pers. singular of the various tenses is given, other fornis being notieed in parentheses.

The names of the tenses are genenlly left to be inferred, except when an unusual tense, like the Precative, is given,

and the form of the ist Future can always be inferred from the Infinitive: thus the Infinitive being veditum, the

ist Future 3rd pers. sing. will be nvdita; similarly from dagdhvm will be inferred ist Future 3rd pers. sing. dagdha.

'W hen words really dissimilar appear similar either in Roman or Nagari type, the figures 1, 2, 3, &c. arc placed before

them; see, for example, 1. sa, 2. sa, 3. sa, 4. sa, 5. sa; 1. suta-pa, 2. su-tapa; 1. sam-dna, 2. samana; 1. saha, 2. sana;

1. sv-ap, 2. svap.

It i' bclieved that few common words or meanings likcly to be met with in the classical literature have been

omitted in thiswmrk; nevcrtheless the Supplement at the end of the volume should occasionally be consulted: thus

in the two pages, 623, 624, one or two words and the common meaning ‘affix,’ belonging to praty-aya, have accidently

dropped out, but are supplied in the suppkmentary pages.

ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS USED IN THIS DICTIONARY.

[In the progress of a work extending over severalyears it has been found almost impossible to preserve uniformity in

the use of symbols, but it is hoped that most of the inconsistencies are noticed in the following table.]

A. = Atmane-pada; the long

mark over the A. has been

omitted for convenience

in printing.

abi. or abi. c. = ablative case,

acc. or acc. c. = accusative

case.

accord. = according.

Adi-p. = Adi-parvan of the

Maha-bh5rata.

adj. = adjective.

iEol. = iEolic.

alg. = algebra.

Angi. Sax. = Anglo-Saxon.

anom. = anomalous, irregu-

lar.

Aor. = Aorist.

Arab. = Arabie,

arithm. =arithmetic.

Arm.orArmor. = Armorican

or the language ofBrittany.

Armen. = Armenian.

astrol. = astrology.

astron. = astronomy.

Atharva-v. = Atharva-veda,

edited by Roth and Whit-

ney.

Bh3gavata-P. = BhSgavata-

Purana, Burnouf’s edition,

or Bombay edition for the

later books.

Bhatti-k. = Bhatti-k5vya,

Calcutta edition.

Boh. or Bohem. = Bohemian.

B. R. «= Bohtlingk and Roth.

Br. = Br3hmana.

Bret. = Breton.

Buddh. = Buddhist.

c. = case.

CambrO'Brit. = the language

of Wales.

Caus. = Causal.

cf. = confer, compare,

chap. = chapter.

cl. = class,

Class. = Classical,

tol., cois. — coi um n, coi umns.

comm. = commentator or

commentary.

comp,, comps. = compound,

compounds.

compar. = comparative de-

gree.

Cond. or Condit. = Condi -

tional.

cons. = consonant.

dat. or dat. c. = dative case.

d e fect. = defective.

Desid. = Desiderative,

dimin. = diminutive.

Dor. = Dorie.

du. = dual number.

ed. or edit. = edition.

e. g. = exempli gratia.

Eng. = English.

Ep. or ep, = Epic, i. e. such

works as the Maha-bha-

rata, Ramayana, &c,

epith. = epithet.

esp. = esperially.

etym. = etymology.

explet. = expletive.

f. or fem. = feminine,

fr. — from.

Fut. = Future.

Gael. = Gaelic.

gen. orgen.c. = genitive case.

gend. = gender.

geom. = geometry.

Germ. = German or High-

German.

Goth. = Gothic.

Gr. = Greek.

Gram. = A Practical Sanskrit

Grammar by Monier Wil-

liams, third edition, pub-

lished at the Clarendon

Press.

gram. = grammar.

Hib. = Hibernian or Irish.

Hind. s= Hindl.

Icel. = Icelandic.

i. e. = id est.

impers. = impersonal, i. e,

used impersonally.

Impf. = Imperfect tense,

lmpv. = Imperative,

ind. = indeclinable, either an

indeclinablj participle or

an adverb or a case used

adverbially.

Inf. or infin. = Infinitive

mood.

inst. or inst. c. = instrumental

case.

Intens. = Intensive.'

Ion. = Ionie.

Island. = the German form

of Icelandic.

Kirat, or Kirataij. = Kir3-

t5rjunlya.

Kum3ra-s. — Kum3ra-sam-

bhava.

Lat. = Latin.

lat. = !atitude.

Lett. = Lettish,

lit. = literally.

Lith. = Lithuanian.

loc. or loc. c. = locati ve case,

long. = longitude.

m. or masc. = masculine gen-

der.

Maha-bh. &c. = Maha-bha-

rata, Calcutta edition.

mathem. = matbematies.

medie, n medicine.

Megh. = Megha-dOta, John-

son^ second edition. .

Mod. = Modem.

MS., MSS. = manuscript,

manuscripts.

N. — Name.

n. or neut. = neuter gender.

Naigh. = Naighantuka.

neg. = negative.

Nir. = Nirukta.

Nom. or nom. =s Nominal

verb.

nom. or nom. c. = nomina-

tive case.

num. or numb. = number.

obs. = obsolete,

occ. ■= occasionally.

Osc. or Osk. = Oscan or Os-

kan,

Osset. = Ossetic (see p. ix).

P. = Parasmai-pada.

p. = page.

-p. *= parvan or section of

the Mah3-bh3rata,

P3ij. = Panini.

Part. or part. = Participle.

Pass. = Passive voice.

patron. = patronymic.

Perf. *= Perfect tense,

Pers. = Persian.

pers. = person.

phil. —philosophy.

pl, or plur. = plural number.

poet. = poetry,poetic license.

Pol. = Polish.

Pot. = Potential.

Pr. — proper.

Pr3k. = Prakrit.

Prep. = Preposition.

Pres. = Present tense,

priv. = privative,

pronom. = pronomina!.

Pruss. =Prussian.

q. v. = quod vide,

Raghu-v. = Raghu-vanSa.

Reflex. = Reflexive or used

refiexively.

Rig-v. — Rig-veda.

rt„ rts. = root, roots.

Russ, = Russian,

Sabda-k. « Sabda - kalpa-

druma.

Sabin. = Sabine or Sabellian

(old Italic dialect).

Sama-v. = S3ma-veda.

Sans, = Sanskrit.

Sax. 3= Saxon.

S3y. = Sayana or according

to Sayana.

Schol. = Scholiast or Com-

mentator,

sdl. = scilicet.

Scot. = Scotch or Highland-

Scotch.

sing. = singular number.

Slav. = Slavonic or Slavonian.

subst. = substantive,

superi. = superlative degree.

s. v. = sub voce.

Them. = Thema or base.

Umbr. = Umbrian.

Unadi-s. = Unadi-sutras (Au-

frecht’s edition),

usu. = usually.

Vajasaneyi-s. = Vajasaneyi-

samhita.

Vart. or Vartt. = Varttika.

Ved. = Vcdic or Veda.

Vish.-Pur. = Vishnu-Pur3na.

voc. or voc, c. — vocative

case,

= , equal, equivalent to, the

same as, explained by.

+ plus.

&c. = et cetera,

o denotes that a vowel or

syllable is to be noted as

sbort.

- that a vowel or syllable is

1 rng.

° that the rest of a word is

to be supplied, e. g. °ri-

irt° after harlndra is for

hari-indra.

9

THE DICTIONARY ORDER OF THE NAGARl LETTERS

WITH THFJR INDO-ROMANIC EQPIVALENTS AND THEIR PRONENCIATION EXESIPLIEIED BY

ENGLISH WORDS.

VotVELS.

Initial. Medial. Equivalenta and Pronnndation.

— a

in mica, rural.

W\

T a

,, tur,father(tar,father).

fi

„ fili, hly.

t

1 i

,, police 'police).

■3

0 ^u

,, ftill, busli.

«N ^Q

,, rude trude).

t ^

,, merrily (merrily).

e ^fl

,, marim (marine).

,, revelry (revelri).

<2

Iri

,, the abcve prolonged.

V

"S e

. prej therc.

T*

ai

,, aisle.

0

gn. stone.

T au

Haus (GermanU

8IGN8

OR 8VMBOL8.

f eithrr the true Anu-

•

svara, sound>-d like n

n or

*•* I inFreneh mnn, or the Lsymboi of any na»al.

* •

h

f symhol for the sibi-l lant called Visarga.

* Smnetime:; printcd in the fonn see pp. 147, 354.

Note--Th< coniunrt consonant8 are too numcrous to be exhihited above, but the most common will be found at the end

of ‘ A Practical Sanskrit Grammar by Monier Willian»,’ published by the Delegates of the Clarendon Press, third edition.

For the correct pronunciation of the aspirated consonant», kh, oh, [h, th, ph, &c., set p. xix of the preoeding Preface.

THE DICTIONARY ORDER OF THE INDO-ROMANIC LETTERS

WITHOUT THEIR NAGARl EQUIVALENTS.

a, a; i,

n J—t, th ;

i; u, u ; ri, ri; Iri, Iri; e, ai; o, au ;—n or m, h;—k, kh ; g, gh_{; n}-;—d, dh ; j, jh ;

d, dh ; n ;—t, th ; d, dh; n ;—p, ph ; b, bh; m ;—y, r, 1, 1, lh, v;—s, sh, s ;—h.

Observe—p represcnts thp true Anusvara in the body of a word before the sibilant» and h, as in ansa, ansa, anhati: m as

the Symbol of ai.y nesal will often be found at the end of a word, as in danani 6a; but rcay also represent Anusvara, when

final 7n is followed by ini* al sibilant» and h, and in word» forinjd with preposition sam, like saip-saya, sa>n-ha^ta: in the word

Sanskpt the seeond s is not initial, but introduced into the body of the word, so that wc might properly write Sanskrit. Visarga

as a substitute for final s is a dietmctly audible a^apiratc, so that the h at the end ot devah must be elearly heard.

a.

^ i.a,thefirst lettcr of the alphabet; the

first short vowcl inherent in consonants. —A-hara,

as, m. the letter or sound a.

^ 2. a_f ind. an interjection of pity (Ab !).

3. a (hefore a vowel an), a prefix cor-

responding to Gr. a, &v, Lat. in, Goth, and Germ. un,

Eng. in or un, and baving a negative or privative or

depreciative sense; e.g. eka one, an^tkd not one;

anta end_t an-anta endless; paiyat seeing, a-patyat

not seeing. Sometimes this prefix denotes com-

parison. It is occasionally an expletive.

^ 4. a, the base of some pronouns and pro-

nom. forms; (substituted for idam, in asya, atra, &c.)

5. a, the augment prefixed to the root

in the formatioo of the imperfect, aorist, and con-

di tional tenses, by some considered as connected with

3. a, and by others as connected with 4.a.

^T6. a,GS,m.,N* of Vishnu (especially asthe

first of the three sounds in the sacred syllable om), also

ofBrahmS, Sfiva, and VaisvSnara; (am), n. Brahma.

vi ^ fVLi^T a-rinin_t i, int, i, free from debt.

ans, cl. io. P. ayJayati, -yiium, to

^ \ divide, distribute; also occasionally A.

anfayate; also anfapayati.

Ama, as, m. a sime, portion, part, party;

partition, inheritance; a share of booty; eamest

money; a fractionj the denominator of one; a

degree of lat. or long.; N. of an Aditya; the

shoulder or shonlder-blade, more usually spelt ansa,

q.v. [cf. Old Germ. ahsala; Mod. Germ. achsel;

Lat. axilla]. — Ansarharana, am, n. act of dividing.

— Antia-bhaj, k, k, k_? one who has a share, an heir, a

co-heir. — An4a-vat,an, m. a species of the Soma piant.

— Anicwavarnana, am, n. reduction of fractions.

— Antasvara, as, m. the key-note. — An^a-hara,

as, a or i, am, or antfa-harin, t, ini, i, one who

takes a share, a sharer.— An$an$a (°ga-an°), as, m.

part of a portion (of a deity), a secondary incamation.

— Anidnii, ind. share by share. — AnGavatarana

(°4a-av°), am, n. descent of parts of the deities;

partial incamation; title of sections 64-67 of the

first book of the Mah5«bh5rata.

Antfaka, as, d or xkd, am, having a share ; m. f. a

co-heir, a relative; m. a share; n. a day.

Anfona, am, n. the act of sharing or dtviding.

Anfoniya or antoyitavya, as, d, am, divisible.

Antiayitri, ta, tri, tri, a divider, sharer.

Anfala. See ansala next coi.

AnMta, as, d, am, divided, shared.

Antfin, i, ini, i, a sharer, co-heir.

Antfu, us, m. a filament, especially of the Soma

piant; end of a thread; a minute particle ; a point or

end; a garment, dccoration ; a ray, light, the sun ; N.

of a Rishi or of a princc. — An4u~jala, am, n. a collec-

tion of rays,a blaze of light. — An^u-dhara, as, m.the

bearer of ray s, the sun. — An<u-patta, am, n, a kind

of cloth. — Antiu-pati, is, or -bhartri, ta, m. tbc

lord of rays, the sun. — Anfu-mat, an, ati, at, fibrous,

rich in filaments; radiant, luminous; pointed; (an),

m. the sun, the moon; N. of various persons, especially

of a prince ofthe solar race, son of A-samanjas, grand-

son of Sagara; (ii), f. the celestial river YamunS; a

piant, Hedysarum Gangeticum. — An.4umat-phald, f.

a piant, Musa Paradisiaca. — Aniu-mala, f. a garland

of light, halo. — A n^malin, i, m. the sun. — An$u-

vana, as, m. having rays for arrows, the sun. — Ans^!u~

hasta, as, m. having rays in his hand, the sun.

AnsuTca, am, n. a leaf; .cloth; fine or white cloth;

muslin, an upper garment; a mantle.

<rv

a-kavafa.

AnAula, as, d, am, radiant; (as), m., N. of the

sage CSnakya.

An<ya, as. d, am, divisible. .

♦

ans, cl. 10.P. ansayati, &c., — ans.

ansa, as, m. (fr. rt. am), the shoulder,

shoulder-blade; N. of a king; a share, see ania;

(au), m. du. the two sboulders or angles of an altar

[cf. Goth. amsa; Gr. &(ri\\a; Lat. humerus,

ansa]. — Ansa-kuta, as, m. a bulTs hump, the pro-

tuberance between the shoulders of the Indian ox.

— Ansa-tra,am, n. armour to protect the shoulder;

a bow —Ansa-dhrt, f. a cooking vessel (?). — Ansa-

phalaka, as, m. upper part of the spine. — Ansa-

bhdra or anse-bhara, as, m. a yoke or burden put

upon the shoulder. — Ansa-bharika or anse*bhdrika,

as, i, am, or ansa-bhdHn or anse-bharin, t, ini,

i, bearing a yoke.

Ansala, as, d, am, lusty, strong.

Ansya, as, d, am, belonging to the shoulder.

wrx ayh (allied to angh), cl. 1. A. anhate,

* \ Alitum, to go, set out, commence; to ap-

proach: cl. 10. P. anhayati, to stnd; to speak; to

shine. [The rt. anh seems to have had originally

another meaning, viz. to press together, strangle; =

Gr.

Anhati, is, f. (probably fr. the preceding rt., said

to be here a substitute for han), anxiety, distress,

trouble, illness [cf. Lat. ang0] ; a gift, (in this sense

also anhati, f.)

Anhas, n. (said to be connected with rt. am),

anxiety, trouble ; sio [cf. agha, agas ; Gr. &xvvpcu,

^7os]. — Anhasas-pati, is, m., Ved. lord of

the perplexity, i. e. an intercalary month. — Anhas-

vat, an, ati, at, sinful. — Anho^mut, k, k, k, Yed.

delivering from distress.

Anhiti, is, f. a gift, donation. See anhati.

Anhu, us, us, u, Ved. strait, narrow; (?«), m.,

N. of an Asura; (&), n. anxiety, distress; Pudendum

Muliebre [cf. Gr. ^771'js; Goth. aggvus; Lat.

angustus, anxius, &c.]. — Anhu-bhedi, f. having

a nanow siit, having the pudendum divided.

Anhura, as, a, am, straitened, distressed; sinful.

Anhurana, as, d, am, distressing, sinful; (am),

n. sin, distress.

Anhoyu,U8,U8,uyed. troublesome; freed from sin.

Anhri, is, ni. a foot, the root of a tree [cf.

anghri]. — Anhri-pa, as, m; a tree (foot-drinker).

— Anhri-skandha, as, m. a part of the foot between

the ancle and the heel.

ak, cl. 1. P. akatx, akiium, to move

* \ tortuously, like a snake [cf. Gr. aysij,

d7*at, ayKdcv; Lat. angulus]. Compare rt. ag.

Aka, as, d, am, moving tortuously; (am), 11. pain,

trouble, sin (also derived from rt, not +^.-a,happiness).

a-kada, as, d, am, destitute of hair,

bald; (as), m., N. ofKetu, the dragon’s tail or descend-

ing node, the Symbol of which is a headless trunk.

a-kantaka, as, d, am, free from

thorns, troubles, difficulties, or enemies.

_r^»i a-katthana, as, d, am,notboastful.

a-kathya, as, d, am, unspeakable;

not to be uttered or mentioned.

vi a a-kanishtha, as, a, am, not the

youngest; elder, superior; (as), m. a deified Buddhist

saint, Buddha. — Akanishtha-ga, as, m. Buddha,

^r^TT a-kanya, f. no virgin.

Itui' l_jf. 3 %fl W+ffej

+.1/i* .Ai.

ist =)7^ akapivat, an, m., N. of a Rishi.

vHotir<-MJT a-kampita, as, d, um, unshaken,

firin*; (n*), m., N. of a Jaina saint, a pupil of the last

Tirtha-kara.

A-kompya, a.s, d, am, net to b_ shaken.

V{cfj;a-kara,as,d ora, am, han dless, rnaimed;

exempt from tax or duty, privileged; not actine; (a),

f. tmblic Myri balan, Phyli- nthus Emblica.

<'i a-karana, am, n. absence of action.

A-karoni, is, f. non-acc jmplishm ,nt, failun, disap-

piintmjit (used in imprecation , e. g. ta-yaLarahlr

t tostu, mavhi experimee a failur. 1).

A-karaniya, as, d, am, not to be done.

"STofiWI a-karvna, as, d, am, merciless, re-

lentless, — Akaruna-tva,am, n. harshncss, cmelty.

a-karka.ia, as, d, am, not hard,

not rtggtd, soft, tender.

'•Mcbbi a-karna or a-kamaka, as, d, am,

without ears, doaf.

A-karnya, as, d, ani, not fit for the ears; not in

the ears.

- a-karnadhdrfl,as, d, am, without

a helm-nun, destitute of a piiot.

di cfi rt'?¹ a-kartana, as, m, a dwarf I :).

vi a-karfri, ta, m. not an agent; an

inferi' ir -geot. — Akartri-ira, am, n. condition of an

inferior agent, a subordinatt station.

'Si=b^ia-karman, d, d, a, without work,

idle; inefficient; disqualified for pertnrming e -entirJ

rites, destitute of good works; (in grammar¹ intransitivt;

(a), n. ab«ence of work; ab'enct of e-seotial observ

ances; improperwork,crim<.. -> Alco > ma-bhoga,as, m.

renunciatinn of self-righteousness; enjoyme>.t of free-

dom from the fruits of action. — .f-larmdnvita(°i.M-

an°), as, d, am, unt .cv.pied, disqualified; crirnii..il.

A-karmaka, as, d, am, (in grammarl intran itive.

A-kanianya, -as, a, am, improper to be done;

unfit for work; inefficient.

'ⁱdiofi'o5 c-kala, as, d, a,n, not in parts, entire

di <+. e «t, a-kalke, as, d, am, free from sedi-

m.nt; pure; sinlesr; (d), t. rmonlight.~Aka’fc<l-

ta, f. honesty. f

■■‘Jicb^if a-kalkana or a-kalkala, as, d, am,

free from pride, modest, honest.

vt=ti -"i a-kalpa, as, d, am, not subject to

rules, uncontrolled; inccmpaiable; unable, weak.

Ai.alpita, os, d, am, not manufactured, not arti-

ficia!, not pretended ; natui d, eenuine.

diet-HR a-kalmasha, as, d, am, sinless,

faultless.

dici,"-mq a-kalmasha, as, m., N. of a son

of the fourth Manu.

■dJ4 -M a-kalyo, as, d, am, nnwell, ill, sick

A-l-alycna, as, a, ani, not prosperor i, inauspiciou';

(am), u. adversity.

viefi I a-kava, as, d, em (fr. t. ku, q.v.),

Ved. not ronttmptiblt, not bad — A kaniri (°va-

ari), is, is, t, Ved. not coutemptiblc as an enemy,

or to his enemus, or in his enemiej; not having

weak enemies.

a-kavnda, as, d, am, Ved, without

a coat of mail,

B

2

a-kavi. aksh.

a-kan, U, is, i, Ved. unwise.

^!Hofimnr a-kasmat, ind. without a whv or

a whereforc, acddoetally, 'uddcnly.

‘HofTTT? -knnda,as,d,aru, withoutatrunk,’

causcless, unexprct-d. — Akanda-pata-jato, as, d,

arr, dying as sooo as born. — Akiindi-sida, ar,i,

n. suddeit attack of colL.

A-kdnd, ind. causelcssly, on ixpectedly.

TsfTnrr a-kdlara, as, n, am, not down-

hearted, ch..rfui, hearty.

'.Tsm < -kuma, as, a, am, without desire

or affectiori, without iutention; unint 'iitioual re-

luet .nt; (in grammarl th - Sandhi which cmse* the

dropping of a firisl r befort a succe -ding r; (a*), m.

ibsence of desir. or rffectiGn. — a3-tdma-.⁷.*arsafta,

«i,, m.,Ved. not disapfointing desires.— Akama-tas,

ind. unintontionally, unwJlingly. — Akama-H, t.

treedom from dtsire or "ffection or iotention. — A-

kmna-hata, a», a, an., not smittui with desire or

-ffection; free from d sire, calm.

A-kan.in, i, «ni, i, the same as a-kama.

STefiTO n-kdya, as, d, am, incorporeal.

^TefiiCT a-kdrana, as, a, am, causeless;

(am), n.absjnce of r c-.use; ind. causelessly. — A-ka-

■anatpanna at, a, am, produced spoo-

taneoudy.

A-ka,in, i, ini, i, inactive, not perl-jtmiug.

ii fi a-kai nareshtakika, as, i, am,

not adrpt-d for txr-rings. See kania-veshfaka.

^ToRTT} a-kdrya, as, c, am, not to be done,

impractic-ble, impropjr; (am), n. r criminJ nction.

— Alarya-karin, i, ini, f, an evil-dier; one who

ueglects hi» duly.

i-karsh.iya, am, n. absence of

blackness.

■5JTWTF5 a-kala, as, m. a \vrong or bad or

inauspicious time; (as, d, am), unseasonabl?.— A-

kala-kushmanda, as, m. a pumpkiD produced out

of season; a useless birth.— Akdla-kusnma, am,

n. a flower blossoming out of season. —Akala-ja or

alcala-jdta or a-Jcdlotpanna (°la-ut°), as, d, am,

bom or produced at a wrong time, unseasonable.

— Ahala-jaladodaya (°da-«d°) or akala-megho-

daya^gka-ud?),as,m.unseasonable rise of clouds; a

mist. — Ahala-veld, f. unseasonable or unusual time.

— AJcala-8aha,as,a, am, unable to bide one’s time.

A-halya, as, d, am, nnseasonable.

a-kindana, as, a, am, without

anything, utterly destitute, poor; disinterested ; (am),

n. that which is nothing, or worth nothing.— A-

kiridana-ld, f. voluntary poverty (as the duty of a

Jaina ascetic).

A-kindaniman, d, m. destitution, poverty.

a-kitava, as, in. no gambler.

a-kilvisha, as, d, am, sinless,

faultless.

-kirtii, is, f. bad reptite. — Akh iti-

l ara, as, d, am, disrepulable.

T3RT3 a-kimtha, as, d, am, not bluntcd

or wom out; fre h, vigorous, fiXi d. — A-kun(ha-

(lhishnt/a, am, n. heaven.

A-kuyfliita, as, a, am,= akunjha above.

■BToprH a-kutas, ind. (usnally found in

composition), not from anywherc cr any caus.. — A-

kuiad-tola, as, m. nnt mov.rblc from any ue.se;

a title of Siva. — A-kiUa-bhdya, as, d. am, not «fraid

or threatened from any qurrter, secure.

A-kutra or a-katra, ind.,Ved. nowhere, i. e. astray.

sr^f^nr a-kutsita, as, a, ani, unreprcar hed.

'T^Typg a-kadhryand, on, dhrici, ak (ku-

dhri for karlha tor knha = hldra), Vcd. going no-

wh»re, Corning tu nothing; (Say.) fruitlcss, warthle^s.

5T^nj a-kupyn, am, n. ‘not bade metal,’

gold or silver; anv bas. metal, (sec 3. a at end.)

TT^*nT a-kumdra, as, m. not a boy; an

epithet ofVishnu.

■=!7^o5 a-kul», as, a, am, not of a good

fomily, lnw; (as), m., N. of Siva; (d), f., N. of

Parntl —Alula-ta, f. lowness of family.

A-hulina, as, a, am, not of a good family.

a-kusala, as, d, am, inauspicious,

cvil; not elever; (am), n. evil, an inauspicious or

evil word.

W^TTtK a-kuvda, as, d, am, not wishing

for interest or gain; (also a-lmiida.)

a-kvsuma, as, d, am, destitute of

flowers or blossom».

3T^a -kuka, as, m. no deceiver.

'UebUIXLa-ku-para, as, d, am (probably fr.

alii, for o.-ku, not bad, nnt contemptible, >nd para,

oppo lite shorc or limiti, having a gold isnae or effect;

unbou>ided; (as), m. the sta; the sun; the king of

tortoises,who upboldj the world ;any tortoise or turtle.

A-ltuvara = a-kii-pdra abov«

a-kiirca, as, d, am, guileless; (as),

m. BuJdha.

■=5«i-kritthra, as, am, m. n. absence

of difficulty; fecility.

A-Pricihrin, i, ini, i, free from trouble.

dSfif a-krita, as, d, am, undone, un-

performed ; not made, uncreated ; not prepared, not

ready, incomplete; one who has done no works;

(am), n. an unperformed act; an unheard-of action

or crime; (5), f. a daughter not placed on a level with

sons. — Akrita-karam, ind. as has not been done be-

fore. — Akrita-jim, as, d, am, ungrateful. — Akrita-

jna-ta_f f. ingratitude. — Akrita-buddhi, is, is, i,

having an unformed mind. — A kritabuddhz-tva,

am, n. ignorance. — Akrita-rrana, as, m., N. of

an expounder of the PurSnas. — Akpitdtman (°ta-

at°), a,a, a, having an unformed mind; not yet identi-

fied with the supreme spirit. — Akritartha (°ta-ar°),

as, d, am, having one’sobject unaccomplished, unsuc-

cessful. — A~l’ritdstra(°ta-a3°), as_td,am, unpractised

in arms. — AAcfitainas (°ta-en°), as, as,as, innocent.

— Akritodvaha (°ta-iuP), as, a, am, unmarried.

A-kritin, ?, ini, i, urifit for work, clumsy.

— Akriti~lva, am, n. unfitness for work.

A-kfitya, as, d, am, not to be done, crimioal;

(am), n. crime. — Akritya-karin, i, ini, i, evil-doer.

-kvitta, as, a,am, uncut, unimpaired.

— Akritta-TudJc,k,k, possessing unimpaired splendor.

a-kritnma, as, a, am, inartificial,

unfeigned, natural.

^iPJa -kritsna, as, d, am, incomplete.

a-kripa, as, d, am, merciless, unkind.

a-kripana, as, d, am. not miserly.

a-kriia, as, d, am, not slender or

emaciat d ; strong, full. — A-krisa-lahJinu, is. i*, t,

enjoying full pav-ptrity. — A-krtta&a (^csa~a.i°), as,

m., N. ot a king of Ayodhya.

'wJUldci a-krishivala, as, d, am, not

griculturel.

5I^i? a-krishta, as, d, am, unploughed,

untilled; not dpwn. — Akri-hki-pakya, as, a, am,

ripening in jnpioughed bnd, growing wild.

H^a-krishna-karman, d, d,a, free

from black deeds, guiltless, virtuous.

• • ' ^

■JTsliifiT i-ketana, as, d, am, houseless.

a-kelu, us, us, u, Ved. shapeless,

unr cognisabL; (S5y.) uncoi.tcious.

a-kesa, as, d, am, destitute of hair.

"HeKfj o-kata, as, m. the \reca or lletel-

nut palm, (‘ without a bend.’)

IT^irtiT a-kapana. as, d, am, not trascible.

H4tr=lda -korida, as, d, am, unwise, stupid,

igDornt.

5T5iT^rc5 a-kauiala, am, n. want of dexte-

rity or skill; evil [ct. a-kusala].

aHdil "kkd, f. a mother. [Supposed to be

a term of foreign origin; d. Lat. Acca.]

*T?Ri. akta, as, d, am (part. of rt. and or anj

in the sense ‘ to gu’l, gone.

2. akta, as, d, am (part. of rt. anj),

smeared over; diffused; bed,.ubed,ting^d,d.'iracterizcd.

Itis ofien thelast part of a compornd word; as ,rateikta,

tinged with red or blood; (am), n. oil, ointment.

Akta, f., V^d. night.

Aktu, us, f.(m.?), Ved. ointment; tinge, rav, light,

star(?); dark tinge, darkness, night.

Aktos, ahtvbhit, ind., Ved. at night.

Aktid (ind. part. of rt. o»j), having besmuared.

okna, as, d, am (fr. rt. and), bf nt.

i. akra, as, d, am, Ved. violent [Lat. acer!].

TT3 2. a-kra, as, d, am (fr. 3. a and rt. 1.

kri ?), Ved. iuartivt, bootless.

va sfirf a-ki a/u,us,us,ii,Yed. destitute of will

or energy; powcrless, fcolish; (Say.) without sacrifices.

tHsfiTT a-kromn, as, m. want of order,

c mfusion.

a-kravi-hasta, as, d, um, Ved.

not having bloody hatids; (Say.) not having nig-

gardiy hands, not closu-tisted.

W^tTITT a-kraryada, as, d, am, or a-kra-

vyad, i, t, t, not carnivorous, not eating flesh.

il JTRf it-kranta, as, d, am, unpassed, un-

surpa-sed, unconquered; (d), f. the Egg piant.

- -kriya, as, d, am, without works ;

inactivo, torpid ; abstainmg from religioni rites ; good

for nothing; (d), f. inactivity; ncglect of duly.

VTsffrSrT a-kridal, an, anti, at not playing.

iJTrtT a-krvra, as, d, am, not cruel, gentle;

(as), m., N. ot Krishna’s paternal uncle and friend.

vlT^V a-krodha, as, m. suppression of

anger, one of the chief virtues among Hindus; (as,

a, am), free from anger.

A-krndkava, at, a, am, tree from anger; (as),

m., N. of a prince, son of Avulayu.

i!TiWa -klam a, as, m. frcedom from fatigue.

HrAoST aklikd, f. the Indigo piant.

vrftqV a-klishta, as, d, am, nntroubled;

undistui^ed ; unwearied. — Aklwktci-Jiarman, d,d_f(i_t

or aklwhfctJcdrin, t, ini, i, unwearied in action.

- AldUhtci-vrata, a8,a,am, unwearied in keeping

religious vows.

A-hleto, as, m. freedom from trouble.

a-kledya, as, a, am, incapable of

moisture, not to be wetted.

aksh (probably not a simple rt.,

* % perhaps a kind of o!d Desid. form of rt.

I. a£)_f cl. 1. P. akshati, d. 5. akshnoti, anaksha,

akshishyati, akshyati, Akshit, akshitum or aditum,

to reach; to pass through, penetrate,pervade, embrace;

to accumulate (to form the cube?): Caus. akdiayati,

/

SH5J aksha.

dkshauhint.

3

-yitarn, w-ikahat, to cause to pervade. Desid. a<H-

kshishati or a<Hkshati.

1. aksha, as, m. (fr. rt. i. as or aj ?),

an axle, axis, pivot, (in this sense also am, n.); a

wheel, car, cart; pole of a car; the beam of a balance

or string which holds the pivot of the beam ; a snake;

terrestrial latitude; the lower part of the temples

[cf. Lat. axis; Gr. &^ccp; Old Germ. ahsa; Mod.

Germ. Achse; Lith. assis). —Aksha-kania, as, m.

the hypotenuse, especially of the triangle formed with

the gnomon of a dial and its shadow; (in astronomy)

argument of the latitude. — Aksha-ja, as, m. a dia-

mond; a thunderbolt; a N. of Vishnu. — Aksha-dJtur,

ur, f. the yoke attached to the fore part of the pole of

a car. — Akaha-dhurtila, as, m. a bull, an ox, i. e.

yoked to the pole of a cart. — Aksha-pidd, f.,

N. of a piant. — AJcsha-bhdga, as, m. a degree of

latitude. — Aksha-bhdra, as, m. cart-load, carriage-

load. — Akshdnsa {°sha~an°), as, m. a degree of

latitude. — Akshagra (?sha-ag°)_y am, n. the end of

an axle; the anterior end of the pole of a car; an

axle. — Akshagra-kila or -ktlala, as, m. a linch-

pin; the pin which fastens the yoke to the pole.

— Aksha-nah, t, t,t, Ved. tied to a cart or its pole.

2. aksha,as, m.(said to be from rt. i.

a£), a die for playing with; a cube ; a seed of which

rosaries are made (in compound words, like Indrd-

Jcsha, Rudrdksha); a shrubproducingthat se^d(Eleo-

carpus Ganitrus); a weight called Jcarsha, equal to i6

m5shas; Beleric Myrobalan (Terminalia Belerica), the

seed of which is used as a die; (am), n. sochal salt;

blue vitriol (from its crystallized shape). — Aksha-

IcuAala, as, d, am, skilted in dice. — Aksha-glaha,

as, m. gambling, playing at dice. — Aksha-jna, as, d,

am, skilled in gambling. — Aksha-tattva, am, n.

Science of dice, — Akshatattva-vid, t, t, t, skilled in

the principies of gambling. — Aksha-devana, am,

n. gambling, dice-playing. — Alcslia-devin, i, m. a

gamester. — Aksha-dyu, us, m. a gambler, a dice-

player. — Aksha-dyuta, as, m. a gambler, a dice-

player; (am), n. gambling. — Aksha-dyutika, am,

n. dispute at play. — Akxha-drugdha, as, d, am,

hated by, i. e. unlucky at dice. — Aksha-dhara, as, d

or i, am, one who has dice; (as), m. a piant, Trophis

Aspera; see sdkhota. — Aksha-dhurta,as, m. a game-

ster, a gambler, i. e. a dice-rogue. — Aksha-naipuna or

-naipunya,am,n. skill in gambling. — Aksha-para-

jaya, as, m. loss in gambling, —Aksha-pdta, as, m.

castofdice. — Aksha-pdtana,am, n. actofcastingdice.

— Aksha-priya, as, d, am, fond of dice, or (perhaps)

favoured by the dice, lucky. — Alcsha-mada, as, m.

intoxicating passion for dice. — Aksha-mdtra, am, n.

dice, anything as big as dice; the twinkling of an eye, a

moment of time. — Aksha-mdld, f. a rosary, a string

or necklace of beads, especially of the seeds of the

Eleocarpus; a N. of ArundhatT, wife of Vasishtha,

from her wearing a rosary; (as, d, am), or aksha-

mdlin, i, ini, i, wearing a rosary of seeds. — Aksha-

rdja, as, m. the king of dice, the die called Kali.

— Aksha-wat, dn, ati, at, having dice, relating to

dice, gambling; (fi), f. a game of dice. — Aksha-

vdma, as, m. an unfair gambler. — i. aksha-vid,

t, t, t, skilful in gambling. — Aksha-vritta, as, d, am,

what has occurredin gambling. — Aksha-^aunda,as,

d, am, fond of gambling. — AJcsha-sutra, am, n. a

string or rosary of Eleocarpus seeds. — Aksha-stusha,

as, m. Beleric Myrobalan. — Aksha-hridaya, am, n.

innermost nature of dice, perfect skill in gambling.

— AJcskahridaya-jna, as,d,am, perfectly skilled in

gambling. — AJcshavapana (°sJia-dv°),am, n. a dice-

board, —.4kshdvdpa or akshativapa (°sha-at°),

as, m. the keeper of the dice, or of a gambling table.

AkshaJca or akshika, as, m. the tree Dalbergia

Oujeinensis.

3. aksha,am, n.(fr. rt, i.as?),&n organ

of sense, an object of sense; (ds), m. the soni; know-

ledge, religious knowledge; the law; a lawsuit;

x person bom blind; N. of Garuda, of a son of

R5vai?a, of a son of Nara, &c. — AJcsfia-dartfaka, as,

m. a judge, i. e. one who sees lawsuits; also aksha-

drte, k. - Aksha-patala, am, n. court oflaw; de-

pository of legal document. — Aksha-pdta, as, m. an

arena, a wrestling ground, place of cootest. — Aksha-

pataka or aksha-patika, as, m. a judge, i. e. ar-

ranger of a lawsuit. — Aksha-pdda, as, m. a foliower

of the NySya or logical system of philosophy; N. of

the Rishi Gotama. — Aksha-vata, see aksha-pdt a.

— 2. aksha-vid, t, t, t, versed in law.

4. aksha, am, n. the eye, especially

substituted for akshl at the end of adjective com-

pounds, the fem. being akshl [cf. Gr. utraa, okko,

for #£o; Lat. oculas; Germ. Auge; Russ. dfco].

a-kshana, as, d, am, inopportune.

a-kskata, as, a, am, not crushed;

uninjured, unbroken, whole ; (as), m. Siva ; thrashed

and winnowed rice which has been dried in the sun;

barley; (as, am), m. n. an eunuch ; (d), f. a virgin;

N. of a piant, Karkatasrin-gl or Kankadasrin-gT; (am),

n. and (as), m. pl. whole giain, fried grain. — Ahshata-

yoni, is, f. a virgin, an unblemished maiden.

a-kshatra, as, d, am, destitute of the

Kshatriya caste, apart from the Kshatriya caste.

substituted for akshi,the eye,

in the weakest cases, see Gram. 122 [cf.Goth.aa#a?f|.

Akshan-vat, dn, ati, at, having eyes.

a-kshama, as, d, am, unable to en-

dure, impatient; incompetent. — A-kshama or aksha-

ma-ta, f. impaticnce, envy ; incompctence.

a-kshaya, as, d, am, exempt from

decay, undecaying; (as), m., N. of the twentietb year

in the cycle of Jupiter; (d), f. the seventh day of

a lunar month, if it fall on Sunday or Monday; the

fourth, if it fall on Wednesday. — Akshaya-guna, as,

d,am, possessing imperishable qualities; (ag),m. £>iva.

—Akshaya-ta, f. or akshaya-tva, am, n. imperish-

ableness. — Akshaya-trithjd, f. a festiva!, the third

day of the bright half of VaHikha, which is the first

day of the Satya-yuga, and secures permanency to ac-

tions then performed, — Akshaya^puruhuta, as, m.

SfivaAkshaya-mati,i8_f m., N. of a Bodhi-sattva.

— Akshaya-loka, as, m. the undecaying world, hea-

ven. — Ahshayd-lalita, f. festival observed by women

on the seventh day of the second half of Bhadra.

A-kshayin, i, int, i, undecaying; (fwt), f., N. of

Sjva*s wife.

A-kshayya, as, d, am, undecaying.

a-kshara, as, d, am, imperishable;

unalterable; (as), m. a sword; Siva; Vishqu; (am),

n. a syllable; the syllable 0m; a letter; a vowel, a

sound ; a word ; speech; Brahma ; final beatitude ;

abiding merit, religious austerity; sacrifice; right,

justice; the sky; water; a piant (Achyranthes Aspera).

— Akshara-6aii6u or akshara-dundu, us, or aksha-

ra-fana or akshara-^ana, as, m. a writer, scribe.

— Ak8hara-Mhanda8,as, n. metre regulated by the

number and quantity of syllables. — Akshara-janam,

f. a reed or pen. — Akshara-jivaka or akshara-

jivika,as, or akshara-jivin, i, m. a scribe. — Aksha-

ra-jwr, ur, m. a sage, one who knows and enjoys

Brahma. — Akshara-tuUkd, f. a reed or pen.

— Akshara-nydsa or akshara-vinydsa, as, m. array

of syllables or letters, writing; scripture ; the alphabet.

— Akshara-pankti, is, is, i, containing five syllables;

(is), f., N. of a metre of four lines, each containing

one dactyl and one spondee; also called pankti or

hansa. — Akshara-bhdj, k, k, k, Ved. entitled to a

share in the syllables (of a prayer). — Akshara-mukha,

as, m. having the mouth full of syllables, a student,

scholar.— Akshara-vinyasa, see akshara-vydsa.

— Ahshara-tias, ind. syllable by syllable. — Aksha-

ra-ffunya, as, d, am, inarticulate. — Akshara-

sam8thdna,am, n. scripture, writing. — Akshardnga

(°ra-anga), am, n. part of a syllable.

Aksharaka, am, n. a vowel.

Aksharya, as, d, am, relating to syllables or letters.

a-kshdnti, is, f. impatience,

jealousy, intolerance.

y sjfTC. a-kshara, as, d, am, free from facti-

tious salt; (as), m. natura! salt. — Akshdra-lavana or

akshardlavana, am, n. natural salt; food that may be

eaten at a season unfit for performing religious duties.

aSfEJ akshi, n. (fr. rt. 1. as or ahjf Instr.

akshnd, Dat. akshne &c., fr. akshan, substituted for

akshi in the weakest cases. At the end of comp.

aksha is substituted, see 4. aksha), the eye; the

number two; (1), du., Ved. the sun and moon [cf.

Lith. akis]. — Akshi-ku(a or akshi-kutaka, am, n.

the eyeball, the pupil of the eye. — Akshi-gata, as,

d, am, visibly present, seen ; hated. — Akshi-gola,

as, m. the eyeball. — Akshi-jdha, am, n. the root

of the eye. — Akshi-tdrd, f. the pupil of the eye.

— Akshi-pakshman, a, n. the eyelash. — Akshi-

patala, am, n. a coat of the eye. — Akshx-pat, t_f t,

t, Ved. (falling into the eyes), hurtful; (2), ind. as

much as could fall into the eyes, a little. — Akshi-

bhu, U8, U8, u, visible, perceptible, manifest, present.

—Akshi-bheshaja, am, n. a medicament for the

eyes, collyrium, &c.; (as), m. a tree, Red Lodh.

— Akshi-bhruva, am, n.the eyes and eyebrows to-

gether. — Akshi-mat, dn, ati, at, provided with eyes.

— Akshi-loman,a, n. the eyelash. — Akshi-vikunita,

am, n. a g1ance,alook with the eyelidspartially closed.

Akshika or akshika, as, m. the tree Dalbergia

Oujeinensis. See akshaka.

^[Vrt akshini, f. (fr. 3. aksha?), one of

the eight conditions or prmleges attached to landed

property.

'HftSJiT a-kshifa, «s, a, am, underayed, un-

injured; undecaying; (am),n. water. — Akshitd-vasu,

us, m., Ved. epithet of Indra (possessed of undecaying

wealth). - Akshitoti (?ta-uti), is, m., Ved. epithet of

Indra (granting permanent help).

A-kshiti, is, f. imperishableness; (is, is, i), im-

perishable.

^rfgnnr a-kshiyat, an, ati, at, Ved. not

inhabitim;, destitute of a dwdling, umettli d; (S5y.)

not decreaiing (in richest

akshiva or akslilva, as, m. a piant,

GuilandinaorHyperantheraMuringt; (rim),n sea salt.

Suujloh akshika, as, m. See akshika.

a-kshlva, as, a, am, not ntoxieated,

sob.r. See also akshiva.

\m akshu, us, m., Ved. a kind of net.

u-kshunno, as, a, am, unbroken, un-

curtailed, unconquered; in^xperienced, in, Xpert. — A-

Icshunna-td, f. uncurtailed condition; inexperttnee.

--kshudra, as, d, am, not small.

'STQ" • -kshudh, t, f., Ved. aatiety.

A-kihudhi/a, as, d, am, not liabla to hunger.

■“.S a-kshetra, as, d, am, destitute of

fields, uncnltiv-ited; (am), n. not a proper teid, a bad

field; not a proper ecometrical figure. — Akshetra-

jna, as, d, am. or aJcshetra-vid, t, t, t, destitute of

'piritu.il knowledge.

A-kshctrin, l, ini, i, having no fields.

Akshaitrajnya, am, n. spiritual igimranco.

akshota, as, m. a walnut (Pistacio

nut ?); N. of a tree, Pilu; of anotlier tree, A.eurites

Triloba. Also spelt akstnda, akshodaka, akshota,

dkshodaka, akhata.

'3T5!t'P? a-kshobha, as, d, am, unagitated,

uumoVed; (as), m. the post to which an elcphant is

tied; fr_edom from agitajion, imperturbabiiity.

A-lcshol liya, as, d, am, imm veable, imperturba-

ble; (as), m., N. of a Buddha; an immense number,

said by Buddhists to be 100 vivaras.

ckshna

srfhifMW

4

of ten auIkinU, or 2i,870vlephants, 21,870 chariots,

65,610 horse, and 109,350 ioot. (The antldnl con-

sul' of 27 vSh.nis; and 17 b.ing th cnbc, akeha,

of 3, it is pr ibable that akshauhlm is a ompound

from alsia and vahini.)

SH&rj akshnn, am, n. (fr. rt. 1. as), Ved.

time (=a-khayi}a Scbot. to Un-siltris).

akshnaya (probubly the Instr. of

anobs. wird ul.-ltna, tr.aiid), ind.,Vtd. cir-uitously

(like a wheelt, in 1 tortuou »m/; wrongly. — A fohna-

yn-druh, -dhrnk, k, ?q, Ved. senking_ to injur in 1

turtnotu manner. — Akshya-pdtmn, n, ari, a, Ved.

going across; (Say.) going tlirougl,, pcnetrating.

'TTTTf;" akhatta, os, m., X. of a trre,

Bi -hanania Latifolia.

TiTTfg akhatti, is, m. cbUdkh ubun.

:f WR c-khanda, as, 5, am, not frifrment-

ary, cntitc, wholc; {am), n. time (?). A-kknndi

ttv&dafi is the tweltlh day of thc first half of the

luior mooth Miigafirsh-.

A-lhanda:\a,r,r>, n. not breaking; leaving entire;

non-refutation, -dmission; (as), m. time.

AJ-handila, as, a, am, tot rcduced to pieces, un-

br.iken, ondividcd,unimp 'ired; nnrefiited — APhnn-

ditartuCta-ritu),VK,*s,u,be-ring fruitevery se .son.

— AkhanditoUava y'ta-ut"'i, as,a, am, tver festive.

a-khnra, as, a, am, not h trd, soft.

ciei d a-kha,TO, as, a, am, not 'hort, not

tuntef, not m, U not dwarfish.

■UtflH a-khdta, as, d, am, not dutt fbf

m-n); unburi-J; (a*, am), m. n. a naturi p< nd 01

lake, a pool before a temple.

TJTRT a-kbadya, as, d, avi, uneatable.

.1 fVi 5 a-khidra, as,a,am, unweftried. —A-

Hiidra-yaman, d, a, a, Ved. nnwoiri :d in course.

■frfcn? i-khila, os, a, am, .without a gap,

complete, wholi,.—il/iAflofman ("la-af), o, m. the

ur.ivenai spirit, Bnhma

AkhUma, ind. completely. -

^L-^v H fi 4i akhs(ikc or akhetika, as, m. a dog

traincd to thv. ch 1 e.

\q fi; H c-klicdir, F, mi, i, not tvearisome;

onwrricd. — Akhrd^:-tra, am, n. conti.iuous flow (of

spe ch); 00- of the vtggunas of thc Jainas.

a akhkhala, ind., Ved. an ex clama-

ti on of joy. — Akhkhali-kri, d. 8. P. -karoti, -kn r-

tum, Ved. to utter the exdam tiou pkhkhaJa.

vncscit a-khydta, as, d, am, not famous,

i nknown, objeure; infamous.

A-lhyati, is, f. w'nt »f fame; 'nfamy, bad reputc.

— AkhyaH-kam, as, a, am, disreputablc.

«17, ei. t. P. agati, aya, agitum, to

move tortuously, wind : Cam. agayati,

-yitwn, to cau«e to move tortuously [ef. rt. onp].

I. ana, a*, m. a smke; the son; a water-jar.

’5T⁷T 2. a-ga, as, a, am (fr. rt. gam), unablp.

to walk; unapproach. ble; (as), ni a inountain, a

tree; (in arithm.) seven. — Aga-ja, ac, d, am, pro-

duced on a mounuin, or from a tree; (am), n.

bitimur — Aq Vmnjd (agr-nC), f., N. of PSnati,

th< 1 .afhtcr of Himi ilaya. — Agqvp.ha (aga-ilas,

m., N. of a son of Kp-hna and of otbcrs. — Agaukas

(aga-otd), a,, m. a lior.; a fcird; the sarabha, a

&bulou' animal with tight l,.g>.

A-gaAAha, at, d, am, not going; (aa), m. a tree.

di¹ ffflrf '■-gan^:,a, as, a, am uneounted.

— Aganita-bja, as, d, am, disregarding rhamc.

a-gata, as, d, am, not gone ; unfrr-

quciited; (am), n ,Vcd.notcoming, non-retnm(?).

d-gali, is, f. want of rr<ort or rciource, uec-ssity.

A-gatika 01 a-gatika, as, d, am, destitute of rc-

sort or of rcsouicci. — Agatika-gaii, is, f. the ^ri‘sort

of oni who has no resort, a bst resouro..

,i-gnda, as, 3, am, frep from disease,

btalthy, salubrious; free from ludicial filicti on; (as),

m. fi-cdom from disease, hcalth; a medicine, m .di-

cament, drug; the scicnce of antidotes. — Ajodrn-

kdra, as, m. f. a phy .iciao, (‘ who n.ake; well.’)

A 1'tdja, nom. P. agadyati, to have good h.alth,

^LW 'ifd rl a-gadita, as, a, am, untold.

HtlH a-gama, as, a, am, not going, unable

to go; (as), m. n monntain, a tree [cf. 2. a-ga}.

A-yamyn or a-ganiori/a, as, c, am, unfit to

be walked in, or to be appruached; inaccessible

fphysicilly or metrphorii ally), inappr larhabL; un-

vttainable, incomprehensiblc, uu«irpas6able.«- Aga-

mya-rupa, as, a, am, of unsurp-ss_d fomr, nature,

or t.auty. — Jgnmya-gamana, am, n. illicit sexu J

intercourse.—Agnmyagamaiuya, as, d, am, relat-

ing to illicit intercourse. — Agnmyd-ydmin, i, ini, i,

practising illicit iotercoursv.

WTVt a-gari, f, a kind of grass/commonly

calbd Dcotar, Andropogoo Serratus [cf. gari].

iH^j1K ngaiu, as, u, m. n. Agallochum,

Amyris Agallr dia.

Wl"^ p-garva, as, a, am, free from pride.

WTftTT a-garhita, as, d, am, nndeapised,

unr, proaclicd, blamJc^cs.

Vnwfif a-garyuti, is, is, i, Ved. w.thout

geod pasturage for catti e, barren.

TPTftr agasbi, is, m. (said to be fr. 2. a-ga,

a mount"in, -nd asti, tr. rt. 2. as, thrcw-rl, N.of a

JJ.i-hi, author of sevcral Vcdic hvmns, (he is said to

have bem the son of t oth Mitra and V .rana by

Urvasf; to have btan bom in a wator-jar; to have

baen of shurt stature; to have swallowed thc ocean,

and compdied the Vindhyi mountairs to prottrate

themselves btfore him; to have cenqnerrd -nd dvi-

lized the South; to havt wntteo or. medicine,&c.);

the star Canopus, of whirh \gastya i: thr regent;

a piant, Sesban- (or iE»chynomene) Gr-nditlors.

— Agasii-dru, «s, f. ? piant, Scsbana Griodiflora.

Aqastayas, m. pi. the descendants of Agastya.

Aqastl, f. a femaie descendant of Agastya.

Agasliya, as, d, am, relrting to Agasti.

Agastyc ,«,m. = agasti,Pi.oiSm.—Agastya-gCd,

as, f.pl. Agastya’s hymns, forming part of the Adi-

varSha-Purana. — Agastya-iaru, as, m. the cour.e of

C’nopus. — Aga*tya-"ambitn, f. Agastya’s c illection

(of Ir.w). — Agostyodaya (' ya-udA), o«, m. the rue of

Canopus; thi sevcnthdavoftheSecondhaltofBhadia.

'flf|[ n.gd, as, m. f., Ved. not going.

VTTTTV a-gddha, as, a, am (see gedha),

veiy deno, unfjthomi blc, bottomlt's; (as, am), m.

n. a hole, chasm; (as), n,., N. of one of the hve lires

at Cre SvJhakara (cf. Gr. ayaPos and Goth. gdth‘,

fr. thc crude fonn q ‘d r]. — Agadha-iala, as, d, am,

hrving d :ep water; (as), m. a deep lake.

VBTTt n-gdra, as, am, m. n. house, apart-

me.it [cf. a-qaia].

Hf^PT agina, as, m. tlie sun(?). See aglra.

tlfcK agira, as, m. (fr. rt. ag), the sun;

fire; a R-k¹ h a.

1 C ltl a-girankos, ds, as. as (fr. a -f-

gtrd, Instr. of gb and okas), Ved.' not to b. -t .pped

ly threatening shouts flit. ‘having no station by

sptech’), epithet of the Maruts.

a-gu, us, us_t u (fr.yowitha),Ved. desti-

tute of cows, or of rays; poor; destitute of hymns,

wicked; (tw), m., N.of Rahu or the ascending node.

ad-flOjavs.au.^u.Ved. destitute ofcovvs. — Ago-ta,

f. want of cows.

agni-rit.

'STfpi a-guna, as, a, am, destitute of qua

lities or attriboMc (sometines said of the supreme

beirigl; destitute of good qi.al.ti. s; (as), m. a fault.

— Aguna-td, f. abstncc of good qu .lities — Agu-

qp-vaP, an, ati, at, destitute of qualities, especi Ily

of good qualities. — Aguna-radirt, i, ini, i, fault

finding, c-nsorious, — Aguna-Hla, as, d, am, of a

wortbless character.

a-gupta, as, d, am, unh’dden, uncon-

cealed; unprotected; not keeping a secret.

-PTK a-gurv, vs, ii or vi, u, not heavy,

light; (in prosody) short as a short vowel aloae or

before a single consonant; (us, u), m. n. the fragrant

Aloe wood and tree, Aquiluria Agallocha; the Sisu

tree; the tree which yields Bdellium, Amyris Agallocha.

— Agu,ru-4in4apd, f. the ^i^u tree, (probably distinet

words, tfndapa being added to explain aguru.)

a-gudha, as_f d, am, unconcealed,

manifest. — Agudha-gandha, as, d, am, having an

unconcealed smell; (am), n. Asa Foetida, — Agudha-

bkdva_ta8,a, am, having a transparent disposition.

a-gribhita, as, d, am, Ved. not

seized or taken, unsubdued. — Agnbhita-ioHs, is, is,

is, Ved. having inconceivable splendor; (S5y.) of

unsubdued splendor.

a-griha or a-graha, as, m. a houseless

man, a V3naprastha or Brahman of the third order.

a-go6ara, as, d, am, not obvious,

impercepti ble by the senses; (am), n. an^^thing that

is beyond the cognizance of the senses; Brahma;

the not being seen, abscnce.

a-gapa, ds, ds, am, Ved. without a

cowherd, not teoded by one.

a-ga-rudha, as, d, am, Ved. not

repulsing tbe cow; (S3y.) not repelling or disdaining

praise.

a-gahya, as, d, am, Ved. uncon-

cealable, not to be covered, bright.

agaukas. See 2. a-ga, coi. 1.

agndyi. See p. 6, eoi. 1.

v-ifrvf agni, is, m. (fr. rt. ang or ag or ahj ?),

firc; sacrificial fire of three kinds, Garhapatya, Aha-

vanlya, and Dakshina; the number three ; the god of

fire; the fire of the storaach, the digestive faculty; the

gastric fluid ; bile ; gold; N. of various plants, Semi-

carpus Anacardium, Plumbago Zeyianica and Rosea,

Citrus Acida; mystical substitute for the letter r

[cf. Lat. ignis; Lith. ugni-s; Slav. ognj, Goth.

auhn’s; atyky and «7X0^5 may be related to agni].

— Agna-marutau, m. du. Agni and Marut. — Agnd-

vishnu, m. du. Agni and Vishnu. — Agnidtana, as,

m. a spark. — Agni-larman, a, n. action of fire or

of Agni; cauterization. — Agni-kdrika, f. and agni-

kdrya, a m, n. kindling or feeding the saaificial fire

with elarified butter, 8cc. — Agni-kash(ha, am, n.

Agallochum. — Agni-kukkuta, as,m.a lighted vvisp of

straw, firebrand. — Agni-kunda, am, n. a hole or cn-

closed space for the consecrated fire. — Agni-kumdra,

as, m. a particular preparation of various drugs.

— Agni-l:rita,as, d,am, made by fire, oftered by fire.

— k,U8, m.,N .of a Rakshas. — Agni-kona/ts,

m. the south-east quarter, ruled overby Agni. — Agni-

hriyd, f. obsequies or any other refigious act performed

by means of fire.-^j7?u‘-A-ri^d, f. firework, illumina-

tion ,&c. — Agni-garbha ,a8,d,am, pregnant with fire;

(as), m. a gem supposed to contain and give out solar

heat.silryakanta; N.ofaplant,Agnijara; (a),f.,N.ofa

piant, Mahajyotishmatl. — Agni-griha, am, n. house

or place for keeping the sacred fire. — Agni-grantha,

as, m., N. of a work. — Agni-faya, as, m. a heap of

fire. — Agni-Sayana, am, n. or agni-titi, is, f. or

agni-dityd, f. arranging or preparing the sacred or

sacrificial fire-place. — Agni-tit, ind., Ved. like Agni;

5

agnilit-vat.

cgny-alaya.

(?,), m. one who has arranged a saaed fire-place.

— Agnitit-mt, an, ati, at, having householders or in-

babitants that have prepared a saaed fire-place. — Agni-

ja or agni-jdta, as, a, am, produced by fire, bom

of or in fire; digestive; (as), m., N. of Vishnu; a

medicinal piant, Agnijara. — Agni-jamnan, a, m.

Skanda, the god of war. — Agni-jara or agni-jala, as,

m. a medicinal piant, — Agni-jihva, as, a_t am, having

a fiery tongue; (a), f. a tongue or flame of fire; a

tongue of Agni (who is said to have seven tongues);

a medicinal piant, Langall. — Agnijvalita-tejana, as,

«, am, having a point hardened in fire. — Agni-jvald,

f. glow or flame of fire; a piant with red blossoms,

osed by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa; another piant with

red blossoms, Jalapippal!.— Agni-tap, p, Ved. enjoy-

ing the warmth of a fire. — Agni-tapas, as, ds, as,

hot as fire, glowing. — Agni-tapta, as, d, am, heated

by fire, glowing. — Agni-td, f.the state of fire. — Agni-

te jas, as, as, as, having the power of fire or of Agni;

(as), m., N. of one of the seven Rishis of the eleventh

Manvantara. — Agni-traya, am, n. or agni-treta, f.

the three saaed fires, called respectively Garhapatya,

AhavanTya, and Dakshina. — Agni-trd_tds,d8,am,Ved.

protected by Agni. — Agni-da or agni-ddyaka, as,

d, am, supplying with fire, stomachic, tonic, incen-

diary. — Agni-dagdha, as, d, am, bumt with fire;

burnt on the funeral pile; bumt at once, without

having fire put into the mouth, because destitute of

issue; (ag), m. pl. a dass of Pitris or those who on

earth maintained the saaed fire. — Agni-datta, as,

m. , N. of a prince. — Agni-damani, f. a narcotic

piant, Solanum Jacquini. — Agni-ddyaka, see agnida.

— Agni-ddha, as, m., N. of a disease. — Agni-did,

k, f. Agni’s quarter, i._ e. the south-east. — Agni-

dlpana, as, t, am, stimulating digestion. — Agni-

dlpta, as, d, am, blazing, glowing; (d), f., N. of a

piant, Mahajyotishmatl. — Agni-dlpti, is, f. active

state of digestion. — Agni-duta, as, d, am, Ved.

having Agni for a messenger, — Agni-dushita, as,

d, ani, branded. — Agni-deva, as, m. Agni; a

worshipper of Agni; (a), f. the third Iunar mansion,

i. e. the Pleiades. — Agni-devata, f. the deity Agni.

— Agni-dsvatya or agni-daivata or agni-daiva-

tya, as, d, am, referring to Agni or to his divinity.

— Agnidh or agnidh, t, m. (fr. agni-idh), Ved.

the priest who kindles the saaed fire. — Agni-dhdruz,

am, n. the receptacle for keeping the sacred fire.

— Agni-nakshatra, am, n. the third lunar mansion,

the Pleiades. — Agni-nayana or agni-pranayana,

am, n. bringing out the sacrificial fire. — Agni-

nirydsa, as, m. a medicinal piant, Agnij5ra.

— Agni-mtnna, as, d, am, Ved. struck by Agni or

lightning. — Agni-nttra, as, d, am, Ved. having

Agni for a guide. — Agni-pakra, as, d, am, cooked

with fire. — Agni-paha, am, n., N. of a piant or a

man. — Agni-parikriyd, f. care of the saaed fire.

— Agm-pariHhada, as, m. the whole apparatus

used in a sacrifice with fire. — Agni-paridhdna, am,

n. enclosing the saaificial fire with a kind of saeen.

— Agnl-pariksha, f. ordeal by fire. — Agni-paruata,

as, m. a volcano. — Agni-puMha, as, am, m. n.

end or extinction of the fire, Iit. tail of the fire.

— Agni-purana, am, n., N. of a Purana. — Agni-

purogama, as, d, am, having Agni for a leader.

— Agni-pranayana, am, n. brioging out the sacri-

ficial fire. — Agni-pranayanlya, as, d, am, re-

ferring to the bringing out that fire, — Agni-

pratishtka, f. consecration of fire, especially the

nuptial fire. — Agni-prave&a, as, m. or agni-

pravefrtna, am, n. entering the fire; self-immola-

tion of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband.

— Agni-prastara, as, m. stone producing fire; flint.

— Agni-bdhu or agni-vahn, us, m. smoke; N. of

a son of the first Manu; N. of a son of Priyavrata

and K5mya. — Agni-bha, am, n. (shininglike fire),

gold, — Agni-bhu, n, n. water. — Agni-bhu, us, m.

Skanda; N. of a teacher, K§syapa, who was taught

by Agni ; (in arithm.) six.— Agni-bhuti, is, m., N.

of a pupil of the last TTrthakara, being one of the

eleven chiefs of the Jaina Rishis. — Agni-bhrajas, as,

as, as, Ved. possessing fiery splendour. — Agni-mani,

is, m. the sun-stone or sQryakanta. — Agni-mat, an,

ati, at, haviag a fire, enjoying it; maintaining a

saaifidal fire, having a good digestion. — Agni-

mantha, as, d, am, producing fire by friction ; (a$),

m., N.ofa piant, Premna Spinosa. — Agni-manthana,

am, n. production of fire by friction. — Agniman-

thamya,as,a, am, referring to such friction. — Agni-

maya, as, i, am, fier y. — Agni-mdihara, as, m.,

N.of an expouader of the Rig-veda.— Agni-mdndya,

am, n. dyspepsia. — Agni-mdruti, is, m., N. of

Agastya. — Agni-mitra, as, m._f N. of a prince of the

Sunga dyuasty. — Agnim-indha, as, m. the priest

who kindles the saaificial fire. — Agni-niukha, as,

m. a deity; a Brahmana; a tonic medicine; N. of

two plants, Semicarpus Anacardium and Plumbago

Zeylanica. — Agni-mukhi,f. Semicarpus Anacardium;

Gloriosa Superba. — Agni-mudha, as, d, am, Ved.

made insane by Agni or lightning. — Agni-yuta, as,

m., N. of the author of a hymn in the Rig-veda.

— Agni-y&jana, am, n. causing the sacrificial fire to

blaze up. — Agni-rahshana, am, n. preservation of

the saaed (especially the domestic) fire. — Agni-raja,

as, ot agni-rajas, as, m. a scarlet insect. — Agni-

rahasya, am, n. mystery of Agni, the title of the

tenth book of the Satapatha Brahmana. — Agni-radi,

is, m. a heap of fire, a buming pile. — Agni-ruhd, f.

a piant, M3nsarohinT. — Agni-rupa, as, i, am, fire-

shaped. — Agni-retasa, as, d, am, sprung from the

seed of Agni. — Agni-rokini, f. a hard inflammatory

swelling in the arm-pit. — Agni-loka, as, m. the

world of Agni. — Agni-vat, an, ati, at, having or

enjoying a fire, maintaining a sacrificial fire, having a

good digestion; (vat), ind. like Agni, fire. — Agni-

varfas, as, m., N. of a teacher of the PurSnas.

— Agni-var?ia, as, d, am, having the colour of

fire; closely related to fire, hot, fiery; (arf), m., N.

of a prince, the son of Sudariiana; (a), f. a kind of

strong liquor. — Agni-vardkaka, as, d or i, am,

feeding or cxciting fire; tonic; (as), m. a tonic,

stomachic. — Agni-vallabka, as, m. a tree, Shorea

Robusta; the resinous juice of it. — Agni-vdna, as,

m. a fiery arrow, a rocket. — Agni-vasas, as, ds, as,

wearing a fiery or red garmcnt. — Agni-vdha, as, m.

the vehicle of fire, i. e. smoke. — Agni-vdku, us, m.

= preceding; N.of two men, see agni-bdhu. — Agni-

vimofana, am, m. the ceremony of lowering the

sacrifia'al fire. — Agni-visarpa, 08, m. spread of in-

flammation, pain arising from an inflamed tumour.

— Agni-viharana, am, n. removing the saaificial

fire from the AgnTdhra to the Sadas Mandapa.

— Agni-vija or agni-virya, am, n. gold. — Agni-

vriddhi, Is, f. improved digestion. — Agni^veJa, as,

m., N.of an early medical authori ty. — Agnivatiya,

as, d, am, descended from Agnive^a. — Agni-farana

or agni-^ala, am, n. or agni-dald, f. house or place

for keeping the sacrificial fire. — Agni-ilkka, as, d,

am, having a aest of fire, fiery; (a?), m. a- lamp;

a fiery arrow, rocket; an arrow; the Safflower piant;

saffron; N. of Vararu6i’s father; (am), n. saffron,

gold. — Agni-Hlcha, f. a flame; N. of two plants,

Gloriosa Superba and Menispermiim Cordifolium.

— Agni-^uMskd, f. careful attentipn to the sacri-

ficial fire. — Agni-ifekkam, am, n. saffron. — Agni-

4csha, as, m. appendix to the chapter on Agni in the

Taittiriya Samhita.— Agni-^ri, is, is, i, Ved. visiting

Agni or fire. — Agni-shtnt, t, m. (laudatory of Agni),

the first day of the Agnishtoma saaifice; one day of

the Sattra Pancadasar5tra. — Agni-shhibh, p, m. son

of the sixth Manu, Cakshusha, by NadvalS ; see the

next. — Agnishtoma, as, m. (praise of Agni), N.of

a protracted cercmony or sacrifice, extending over

several days in spring, and forming an essential part of

the Jyotishtoma; a passage of the S5ma-veda chanted

at the Agnishtoma ; the first day of the Sattra Panca-

dasaratra; a species of the Soma piant; N. of the son

of the sixth Manu; see agnishtvhh. — Agnishtoma-

ydjin, i, ini, i, one who has performed the Agni-

shtoma. — Agnishtha, as, d, am, placed in, or over,

or near the fire ; (««), m. an iron frying-pan ; in the

A^vamedha sacrifice, the eleventh Yupa or sacrificial

post which, of all the twenty-one, is oearest the fire;

(a), f. the corner of the sacrificial post which, of all

the eight, is nearest the fire. — Agni-shvatta otagni-

svdtta, as, d, am, tasted by the funeral fire; (ds).

m. pl. Manes, especially of those who on earth

neglected the sacrificial fire. — Agni-sanshdra, as, m.

the consecration of fire; performance of any rite in

which the application of fire is essential, as the buming

of the dead body. — Agni-sanhdSa, as, d, am, re-

splendent like fire. — Agni-sandaya, as, m. preparing

the sacrificial fire-place, see agnidayana. — Agni-

sakha, as, m. the wind. — Agni-sambhara, as, d,

am, sprung from fire; (as), m. wild safflower; the

resuit of digestion, lymph. — Agni-sahaya, as, m.

the wind; a wild pigeon. — Agni-sakshiha, as, d,

am, taking Agni, or the domestic or nuptial fire, for

a witness. — Agnisahshilca-marydda, as, d, am,

one who, taking Agni for a witness, gives a solemn

promise of conjuga! fideiity. — Agni-sdra, am, n. a

medicine for the eyes, a collyrium. — Agni-sdvarni,

is, m., N. of a Manu. — Agni-sinha, as, m., N. of the

father of the seventh black Vasudeva. — Agnisinha-

nandana, as, m. the son of Agnisinha. — Agni-sutra,

ani, n. thread of fire; a girdle of sacrificial grass put

upon a young Biahman at his investiture. — Agni-

8tambka, as, m. the (magical) quenching of fire.

— Agni-stoka, as, m. a spark. — Agni-svatta, see

agni-shvdtta. — Agni-hut, t, t, t, or agni-huta, as,

a,mn,sacrificed byfire. — A/7tt^-Ao^r2,£«,ni.,Ved.saai-

ficing to Agni,or having Agni for a priest; see agni-

hotrin. — Agni-hotra, as, m., Ved. oblation to Agni;

the saaed fire ; (am), n. an oblation to Agni, chiefly

of milk, oil, and sour gniel;—there are two kinds of

^gnibotra, ohe is nitya, i. e. of constant obligation;

the other hdmya, i. e. optional;—the saaed fire; the

maintenance of it; the placing the saaificial fire

on the ground prepared for it, see agny-ddhana;

(as, i, ani), Ved. saaifiring to Agni; destined for

the Agnibotra, or connected with it, — Agnihotra-

havani, f. a ladle used for sacrificial libations. — Agni-

hotra-hut, t, Ved. offering the Agoihotra. — Agni-

hotrdhuti (^tra-dh°), is, f. invocation connected

with the' Agnihotra, — Agni-hotrin, i, ini, i, prac-

tising the Agnihotra; maintaining the sacrificial fire;

one who has prepared the sacred fire-place, or con-

veyed the sacrificial fire to it. — AgnihotroMJrishta

(°tra-u^°), am, n. that which is left of the Agni-

hotra.— Agnidh (°ni-idh), t, m. the priest who

kindles the fire. — Agnidhra, as, m. = the preced-

ing; N.of two men, see agni-bdhu. — Agnidhri,

f. feeding the saaificial fire. — Agnindra (°ni-in⁰),

au, m. du., Ved. Agni and Indra. — Agnindhana

(?ni-indh^Q), am, n. kindling or feeding the fire.

— Agrii-parjanya, au, m. du., Ved. Agni and

Parjanya. — Agni-varuna, au, m. du., Ved. Agni

and VarunaAgni-slioma, au, m. du. Agni and

Soma. — Agnishoma-pranayana, ani, n. bringing

out the fire and the Soma, a ceremony in the Jyoti-

shtoma sacrifice^ — Agnirshomiya or agni-shomya,

as, d, am, relating or saaed to 'Agni and Soma.

— Agni8homiya-nirvdpa, as, m. making libations

with the cake saaed to Agni and Soma, a ceremony

in the DarSapurnam5sa sacrifice. — Agnishomiya-

patfu, us, m. a victim, generally a sbeep or goat,

saaed to Agni and Soma. — Agriishoniiyapatv-anu-

shthana, am, n. the proceedings with that victim, at

the Jyotishtoma saaifice. — Agnishomiya-purodd^a,

as, m. cake sacred to Agni and Soma, which must be

baked in eleven bowk. — Agnishoniiya-ydga, as, m.

one of the three sacrifices of the Purnam5sa. — Agnl-

8homiyaihdda^a-hapdla(⁰ya-eh⁰), as, m. cake saaed

to Agni and Soma, see above. — Agni-shomya, see

agni-shomiya. — Agny-agdra or agny-dgara, as,

m. house or place for keeping the saaed fire. — Agny-

abhava, as, m. lack or Ioss of the saaed fire; loss of

appetite.— Agny-astra, am, n. fire serving as a

weapon, a rocket, fire-arms (?). — Agny-dgdra, see

agny-agdra. — Agny-dtmaka, as, d, am\ Ved.

having Agni’s nature. — Agny-ddhana or agny-

ddheya, am, n. or agny-dhiti, is, f. placing the fire

on the saaificial fire-place or ground previously pre-

pared. — Agny-alaya, as, m. a house or place for

C

G

agny-ahita,

kccping the sacred fire; a. cavit? with scveralcom-

partments, for thc scvcral sacred fires.— Agny-dhita,

as, m. one who has pcrformed thc Agny5dh5ua,

— Agny-utpdta, as, m. a fiery portent, meteor, a

comet. — Agny-uddkarana, am, n. taking the sa-

cred firc from its usual place, prcvious to a sacrifice.

— Agny-upasthdna, am, n. worship of Agni, at the

condusion of the Agnihotra, &c. — Agny-ed/ui, as,

m. an incendiary.

AgnayX, f. the wife of Agni, and goddess of firc ;

thc Treta-yuga.

Agnika, as, m. an insect of scarlctcolour,CoccineIla.

Agnisat, ind. to the state of firc, used in composi-

tion with X*r» and bku, as agnisat Icri, to reduce to

firc, to subject to fire.

Agnlya, as, a, am, rcfcrring to firc or to Agni»

fiery.

agman, a, n. conflict, battle; see

ajman, with wbich it is connectcd.

agra, as, a, am (said to be fr. rt. ang,

the nasal beiog dropped), foremost; anterior, first;

chief; prominent, best; projecting» supemumerary,

exccssive; much; («m), n. foremost point or part; tip;

front; uppcrmost part, top, summit, surface; point,

and hence, figurarively, sharpness; the nearest end, thc

beginning; the dimax orbest part; goal, aim, resting-

plice; multitude, assemblage; a weight, equal to a

pala; a measure of food given as alms; (in astronomy)

the suns amplitude; (am), ind. in front, before, a-

head of, chiefly in answer to the question whither?

[cf. Gr. &Kpov). — Agra-lcara, as, m. the fore part

of the hand or arm ; the right hand ; the fore part of

rays, the focal point. — Agra-kaya, as, m. the fore

part of the body. — Agra-ga, as, m. a leader. — Agra-

ganya, as, d, am, that should be counted or regarded

as the foremost, best, principal. — Agra-gdmin, i, ini,

i, preceding, taking the lead. — Agra-ja, as, d, am,

or agra-ja, as, ds, am, Ve d. bora first or earlier;

(a«), m. the first-bom ; an elder brother; a BrShman;

Vishnn; (a), f. an Uder sister. — Agra-jmtghd, f.

thc fore part of the thigh. — Agra-janman, d, m.

thc first-bom; an elder brother; a BrShman; a

member of one of the three highest castes; BrahmS.

— Agra-jataka, as, or agra-jdti, is, m. a BrShman.

— Agra-jihva, am, n. the tip of the tongue. — Agra-

jya, f. (in astron.) the sine of the ampiitude. — Agra-

ni, is, is, i, taking the lead, foremost, first.

— Agra-mlti, is, f., Ved. the first offering.— Agra-

tldnin, i, m. a degraded Br5hman who receives

presents from Sodras, or takes things previously

offered to the dead. — Agra-nakha, as, m. the tip

of the nafl. — Agra-mdsika, f. the tip of the nosc.

— Agra-nirupana, am, n. determining beforehand,

predestination, prophecy. — Agra-parni, f. cowage,

CarpopogonPruriens. — Agra-pdni, is, or agra-kasta,

as, m. the fore part of the hand or arm; the right

hand. — Agra-pujd, f. the first or highest mark or

act of reverence. — Agra-ptya, am, n. precedence in

drinking. — Agra-bhaga or agranfa (°ra-an°), as,

m. part of the top, &c., fore part; (in astron.) degree

of amplitude. — Agra-bkuj, k, k, k, ha ving the prece-

dence in cating.— Agra-bhumi, is, f. the place

aimed at, goal, objecU — Agra-mahisJd, f. the prin-

cipal qoeen.—A^ro-mdnsa, am, n. thc heart;

morbid protubcrance of the liver. — A gra-ydna, am,

n. stepping in front to defy the enemy, — A gra-

yayin, i, ini, i, going before, taking the lead ; (i),

m. a leader. — Agra-yavan, d, d, a, Ved. going

before. — Agra-yodhin, i, m. the foremost man or

leader in a fight; a Champion. — Agra-lohita, f. a

kind of pot-herb, red pcpper(?).— A gra-vija, as, d,

am, (said of a piant) propagating itself by menns of

the top; (as), m. a viviparous piant, according to

HindQ notions. — Agra-rira, as, m. the principal

hero. — A gra-sarulhani, f. the register of human

actions, kept by Vama, — A gra-sanithya, f. early

dawn. — Agra-sara, as, i, am, going in front, taking

the lead; (in BengSlt), going ahead, advancing.

— Agra-sanu, us, m. the front part of a table land.

— Agra-sdrd, f. a compendious method of countiog

immense numbers. — Agra-sena, as, m., N. of Jana-

mejaya’s son. — Agra-kasta, as, m. = agra-pdni,

thc tip of an elephants trunko — Agra-hayana, as,

m. commencemcnt of thc year; N. of a HindQ month,

commendng about the I2th of November. — Agra-

hdra, as, m, royal donation of land to BrShmans;

land thus given. — Agrantfa, see agra-bkdga. — Agrd-

n£u (°ra-an°), ««, m. the end of a ray of light, the

focal point. — Agrdkskan, a, or agrdkshi (°ra-a£ '),

i, n. the fore part of the eye, sharpness of vision.

— Agranguli t^ra-ang*), is, m. the tip of the

finger.— Agrddvan (°ra-a(V), d, d, a, ha ving pre-

cedence in eating. — Agrdnika (°ra-GM°), as, am,

m. n. the front of an army, vanguard. — Agrdyaniya,

(°ra-ay°), am, n. title of the second of the fourteen

oldcst Jaina books. — Agropaharana (^ra-up*), am,

n. first or principal supply. — Agropakaraniya, as, a,

am, that which has to be first or principally suppiied.

A gratas, ind. in front of, before, in the prescnce

of; at the btad, first. — Agratah-kri, d. 8. P. A.

-karoti, -kurute, -kartum, to place in front or at

thc bead, to considcr most important. -mAgratah-

sara, as, l, am, going in front, taking the lead;

(os), m. a leader.

Agrima, as, d, am, foremost; prior, preceding;

elder, eldest; principal, best; furthest advanced, first

ripe; further; (d), f. a fruit, Annona Reticulata.

Agriya, as, d, am, foremost, oldest, best; (a*), m.

elder brother; (am), n. the first fruits, the best part.

Agriya, as, d, am, Ved. same as thc preceding.

Agre, ind. (loc. of agra), in front; before; in the

presence of; at thc head; first; ahead, beyond,

further on, i.c. subsequently to. — Agre-ga, as, d,

am, going in front or before; (as), m. a leader.

— Agre-ga, ds, or agre-gu, us, or agre-ni, is, m.

a leader. — Agretvan (°gra-U°), d, ari, a, Ved. going

in front or before. — Agre-didhishu, us, m. a man

belonging to one of the first three dasses, who at his

first marriage takes a wife that was married before;

(us or u, ds), f. a married woman wbose elder sister

is stili unmarried. — Agre-pd, ds, ds, otagre-pu, us,

us, m. f. baving thc precedence in drinking. — Agre-

bhru, iis, m. roaming in front. — Agre-vana, am, n.

the border of a forest. — Agre-vadha, as, m. hitting

or killing whatever is in front. — Agre-sara, as, d or

i, am, going in front, preceding, taking the lead.

— Agre-sara or agre-sarika, as, m. a leader.

Agrya, as, d, am, foremost, topmost, prinapal,

best, profident; pointed, i.c. intent, dosdy attentive ;

(aa), m. an dder or eldest brother; (am), n. a roof.

a-grabhana, as, d, am (fr. grabh,

old form of rt. grah), Ved. baving nothing which

can be grasped.

A-graha, as, m. non-acceptance. — A-graha or

a-griha, as, m. a houseless man, i.c. aVSnaprastha,

a BrShman of the third dass.

A-grdhin, i, ini, {, not taking, (said of a leech)

not holding.

A-grdhya, as, a, am, unfit or improper to be

received, acccpted, peroeived, obtained, ?idmitted,

trusted ; deserviog to be rejected or refused.

^TTJTT^ a-grdmya, as, d, am, not rustic,

town-made ; not tame, wild.

(igru, us, m. unmarrted; (h), f. a

finger; a river [cf. Zend aghru).

^jti agh, cl. io. P. aghayati, -yitum, to

* \ go wrong, sin.

Agha. am, n. a going wTong; mishap, evil; mis-

deed, a fault; sin ; passion ; impurity; pain, suffering;

(as, d, am), evil, bad, sinful, subject to passion,

miserable, undean; (as), m., N. of ao Asura, the

general of Rapsa; (d), f. the goddess of sin ; (as), f.

pl. the constellation usually called MaghS. — Agha-

krit, t, t, t, doing evil or harm, an eviWoer.

— Agha-dvishta,as, a,am, Ved. hated by the wicked.

— Agka-na4aka,a*,d, am, or agha-ghna, as, i, am,

or agha-ndfana, as, t, am, sin-destroying, expiatory;

(g«), m. an expiator; an epith. of Vishnu. — Agha-

nishkrita, as, d, am, freed from guilt. — Agha-

maya, as, i, am, sinful. — Agha-marshana, as, d,

am, expiatory, usually applied to a particular prayer

daily offered by Brithmans; (a^), m., N. of the author

of friat prayer, son of MadWchandas. — Agha-ma-

lapaha (°la-ap°), as, d, am, removing thc filth of

sin, — Agha-mdra, as, d, am, Ved. fearfully fatal.

— Agha-rud, t, t, t, fearfully howling. — Aghu-vat,

an, ati, at, sinful; [voc. aghavan or aghos, see s. v.]

— Agha-viska, as, d, am, Ved. fearfully venomous.

— AgJia-fansa, as, d, am, wicked ; sin-destroying;

(as), m. a wicked man. — Aglutiansa-han, d, m.

slaying the wicked. — AgJia-&msin, i, ini, t, Ved,

reporting sin. — Agha-karana, am, n. reraoval of

guilt. — Agha-hdra, as, m., Ved. remover of guilt,

pious (?); or, a wicked (notorious) robber (?). — Agha-

6va (°gha-af ), as, m. a bad or vidous horse; N. of

a snake. — Agkasura (°gha-as°), as, m. Agha,

Kansa’s general. — Aghdka (°gha-ah°), as, m. an

inauspirious day, time of impurity from the death of a

relative, &c. — Agkaugka-marshana (°gha-ogha-),

as, d, am, destroying the mass or whole of sin.

Aghala, as, d, am, Ved. evil, sinful.

Aghdya, nom. P., Ved. aghayati, -yitam, to be

malidous, to sin, to threaten. — Aghdyu, ns, us, v,

malidous, wicked.

vi ^6WM a-ghatamdna, as, a, am, tncon-

gruous, incoherent.

vi m ^1 a-ghana, as, d, am, not dense or

sol id, liquid.

vi a-gharma, as, d, am, not hot, cool.

— Agharma-dhaman, d, m. the moon, wbose light

is supposed to be cool.

vmifri*T a-ghdtin, ?, ini, i, not fatal, not

injurious, harmless.

vi m if< a -ghdrin, i, ini, i, not anointing.

yiy a-ghrina, as, d, am, destitute of

compassion. — A-gkrmin,«, ini, i, not contemptuous,

not disdainful.

a-ghora, as, d, am, not terrific;

(as), m. a eupbemisric title of Siva; a worshipper

of Siva and Durga ; (a), f. the fourteenth day of the

dark half of Bhidra, which is sacred to S’iva. — Agkora~

ghora-rupa, as, m. a name of ffiva (‘ having a form

or nature both not terrific and terrific ’). — Aglwra-

pathin, -mtkas, or aghora-mdrga, as, m. a follower

of Siva. — Agkora-pramdna, am, n. a terrific oath.

^nfhT a-ghosha, as, m. (in grammar) the

hard sound of a consonant; (a.<, a, am), hard-sound-

ing; destitute of cowherds.

vniYfl aghos, ind. a vocative jmrticle ;

properly another form for aghavan, voc. of agha-

vat, q. v.

^TTTrT a-ghnat, an, anti, at (fr. rt. han),

not killing, not injurious.

A-ghiiya, as, d, am, improper to be killed; (a$),

m. BrahmS ; a bull; (a), f. a cow; a doud (?).

vi a-ghreya, as, d, am (fr. rt. ghrd),

improper to be smelled at.

ank, cl. t. A. anhate, ananke,

ankishyatc, ankitum, to move in a

curve; to mark; d. io. P. ankayati,-yitum, to

move in a curve; to mark, stamp, brand; (this rt,

is related to a«d.)

anka,as, m. (fr. rt. aiic, but connected

with preceding rt. a?ril*), a book ; a curve or bend ; the

curve in the human, espcrially the female, figure above

the hip, wherc infants (sitting astride) are carried by

HindQ mothers or nurses (hence ofteo equivalent to

the English breast or lap); the side or fiank; the

body; proximity, place; the bend in the arm ; any

hook or crooked instrument; a curved line; a nn-

■mka-karana.

•T^Txn angunja.

7

merical figure, cipher; a figure or mark braoded on

an animal, &c.; any mark, line, stroke, omament,

stigma; a number; the number nine; a coeffident;

an act of a drama; a drama; a military show or

sbam-fight; a misdeed, a sin ; moving in a curve [cf.

Gr. oyaos and Lat. uncus]. — Anka-karana, am,

n. the aet of marking or stamping. — Anka-tantra,

am, n. title of a book treating of magica! marks or

figures. — Anka-dhdraaa, f. manner of holding the

body, figure. — Anka-parivartana, am, n. tuming

the body, tuming on the other side. — Anka-pada-

rrata, am, n. title of a ehapter in the Bhavishyot-

tara Pur5na.— Anka-pdli, is, f. or dnka-palika,

f. embracing, an embraee. — Anlca-pali, f. an cm-

brace; a nurse; a piant, Piring or Medicago Escu-

lenta. — Anka-pa$a, as, m. a peculiar concatenation

of numerals or numbers. — Ankapaga-vyarahdra,

as, m. the use of that concatenation. — Ankapaia-

dhyaya (?4a-adh⁰), as, m. the study or use of that

concatenation. — Anka-bandfia, as, m. branding with

a mark that resembles a beadless body. — Anka-bltaj,

k, k, k, an infant earried on the hip; forced finit,

nearly ripe, early ripe. — Anka-mukka, am, n.

the act of a drama whieh gives a clue to the whole

plot. — Anka-lodya, as, m., N. of a piant or its

root, ginger, Cindoda or Cindotaka.— Anka-

ridyd, f. arithmetic. — Ankanka (°kaan°), am, n.,

Ved. water. — Ankdvatdra (°ka-av°), as, m. the

closing part of a dramatic scene.

Ardeati, is, m. wind ; fire ; Brahm5 ; a BrShman

who maintains the sacred fire.

Ankana, am, n. the act of marking, stamping,

branding, dphehng, writing; (as, d, am), marking.

Ardeas, as, n. tortuous motion, a mark; the body.

Ankasa, am, n. the flanks (?) or the trappings of

a horse.

Ankita, as, d, am, marked, branded; numbered,

counted, calculated.

Ankin, i, ini, i, having an anka, q. v.; (i), m. a

small drom; (inV), f. a number of marks, &e.

Anki, f. a small drum.

Ankuta, as, m. a key.

Ankupa, am, n.,Ved. water.

Ankura or ankura, as, m. a sprout, shoot, blade;

a hair; blood ; water; a swelling, a tumour.

Ankuraka, as, m. a nest.

Ankurita, as, d, am, sprouted.

AnkvAa, as, am, m. n. a hook, especially an

elephant-driver’s hook; (d) or (i), f. one of the

twenty-fourjaina goddesses [ef. Gr. tyuiarpov; Germ.

Ange . . — Anku^a-graha, as, m. an elephant-driver.

— AnkvAa-durdhara, as, m. a restive elephant.

AnkuAita, as, d, am, urged on by the hook.

Ankuiin, f, ini, i, having a hook, laying hold of

with a hook.

Ankuyat, an, anti, at, Ved. (fr. a nom. ankuya,

related to a?*£a), moving tortuously (to escape).

Ankura, as, m. a sprout. See ankura. .

Ankusha, as, am, m. n. a hook; an ichneumon.

Ankya, as, d, am, fit or proper to be marked

or counted; (as), m. a small drum [ef. anki].

ankdra,as, m. diminution in music.

ankota or ankotha or ankola or

ankolaka, as, m. a piant, Alangium Hexapetalum.

— Ankolla-sara, as, m. a poison, probably prepared

from the piant called An-kola, &c.

ankolikn, f. (a corruption of

anka-palika, q. v.), an embraee.

'-'id-^iT anktvd, ind. (part. fr. rt. aitj),

having besmeared.

ankh, cl. 10. P. ankhayati, -yitum,

\ to move slowly, to crawl; to ding to, to

hold back.

ang, cl. i. P. angati, dnanga,

^ angitum, to walk, go round (connected

with rt. ag) ; cl. io. P. angayati, -yitum, to walk,

go round; to mark (in the last sense connected with

rt. ank); [cf. Gr. iyybs, ?].

Angana, am, n. walking; place to walk in, yard ;

see s. v.

^ fj’ i. ang a, ind. a particle iraplying at-

tention, assent or desire, and sometimes impatience;

it may be rendered by well; indeed, true; please;

rather; quick. It is often used (changed to angi,

q. v.) to form compound words, as angbkartum, to

assent, promise; see under angi [ef. fryxO-

2. anga, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. am,

but rather fr. rt. ang), ? round limb; a member;

the body; a division or department, especially of

a Science, as the six VedSn-gas; seienee; a subdi-

vision, a supplement; (in grammar) the base of a

word; (in rhetorie) an illustration; (in the drama)

the whole of the subordinate eharacters; an expedi-

ent ; a mental organ, the mind; the number six;

(as), m. sing. or (as), m. pl., N. of Bengal

proper, near Bhagalpur, or its inhabitants; in the

sing. it may denote the name of a king of An-ga;

(as, d, am), having members or divisions, eontiguous.

— Anga-kartana, am, n. cutting offa limb. — Anga-

karman, a, n. or anga-kriya, f. a supplementary

sacrificial act. — Anga-graha, as, m. seizure of a

limb, i. e. spasm. — Anga-ja, as, a, am, produced

from or on the body; ornamental; produeed by a

supplementary ceremony; (as), m. a son; hair of

the head; love personified; intoxicating passion;

drankenness; a disease ; (d), f. a daughtcr; (am), n.

blood. — Anga-janvs, us, m. a son. — Anga-jata, as,

a,am, produced from oron the body.omamental» pro-

dueed by a supplementary eeremony. — Anga-jvara,

as, d, am, Ved. causing fever. — Anga-dvipa, as, m.

one of the six minor Pvipas.— Anga-nyasa, as, m.

ceremony oftouebingcertain parts of the body. — Anga-

'pali, is, f. an embraee. — Anga-praya^Htta, am,

n. expiation of bodily impurity, especially that an sing

from death in a family. — Anga-bheda, as, d, am,

Ved. causing rheumatism. — Anga-marda or anga-

mardaka, as, m. or anga-mardin, i, m. a servant

who has to shampoo his master’s body. — Anga-

marsha, as, m. pain in the limbs, rheumatism.

— Angaraar&ha-praAamana, am, n. alleviation of,

or medicine for, rheumatism. —Anga-yaga, as, m.

a subordinate sacrificial act. — Anga-rakta, as, m. a

piant, Gund2ro£anI. — Anga-raJcshani or anga-

rakskini, f. a body-protector, i. e. a coat of mail,

doak, garment.— Anga-raga, as, m. application of

scented unguents or eosmeties tothe body, especially after

bathing; scented cosmetic. — Anga-raj, t, or anga-

raja, as, m., N. of Kama, the king of An-ga. — Anga-

rajya, am, n. the kingdom of An-ga. — Anga-ruha,

as, d, am, what grows on the body, as hair, wool, down,

&c, — Anga-lifd, is, f. written character of An-ga.

— Anga-loka, as, m. the country called Anga.

— Anga-lodya, as, m. a sort of grass, ginger, or

its root, commonly den<5r3.— Anga-vdk-pdni-mat,

an, ati, at, possessing mind (?), speech, and hands.

— Anga-vikriti, is, f. ehange of bodily appearance,

eollapse; fainting, apoplexy. — Anga~vik$hepa, as,

m. gesticulati on; a kind of dance with movement of

the arms. — Anga-vidyd, f. knowledge of lucky or

unlucky marks on the body — Anga-vaikrita, am,

n. a wink, nod, sign. — Anga-samkdra, as, m. or

anga-sanskriyd, f. embellishment of person, doing

what is needed to secure a fine persona! appear- ;

anee, as bathing, perfuming, and adorning the body.

— Anga-samhati, is, f. compactness, symmetry or

strength of the body. — Anga-sanga, as, m. bodily

contact, eoition. — Anga-skandha, as, m. a subdi-

vision of a Science. — Anga-sparGa, as, m. bodily

eontaet. — Anga-hara, as, or anga-hari, is, tn.

gesticulation. — Anga-hina, as, d, am, mutilated ;

incorporeal; (as), m. K2madeva. — Angangi (°ga-

an°), ind. (Iit. limb and limb), jointly or reeiprocally,

in eonsequence of being related, as one limb to another

or to the body. — Angangi-ta, f. intimate relation,

as between the limbs, or a limb and the body, or

the subordinate and the principal. — Angdngi-bhdva,

as, m. existenee or working of sueh intimate relation.

— Angddldpa (°ga-adh°), as, m. Kama, the king

of Anga. - Anganulepana (°ga-an°), am, n.

anointing the body. — Angdpurva (°ga-ap°), am,

n. effect of a secondary sacrificial act. — Ange&ara

(°ga-if), as, m. the king of Anga. — Ange-shthd,

as, as, am, Ved. situated in a member or in the

body.

Angaka, am, n. a limb, member, body; (ikd),

f. a bodice, a jacket.

Angin, t, ini, i, having limbs, corporeal, having

subordinate parts, principal; having expedi en ts.

Angiya, as, d, am, referring to the Anga country.

— Angya, see s. v.

angana, am, n. (a place to walk in),

a yard, eourt, area; see angana below.

angati, is, m. (fr. rt. ag), fire; a

Brlhman who maintains a sacred fire; BrahmS;

Vishnu.

anga-da, as, m. (fr. anga -f da),

N. of a brother of Rama; of a son of Gada ; of an

ape son of B5li; (a), f. the female elephant of the

south (or the north ?) ; (am), n. a braeelet worn on

the upper arm.

angana, am, n. (fr. rt. ang, q. v.),

the act of walking; place to walk in, yard, eourt,

area; (d), f. a woman with well-rounded limbs; any

woman or female; (in astronomy) Virgo; the fe-

male elephant of the north. — Angana-gana, as, m.

a number of women. — Angana-jana, as, m. a fe-

male person. — Angana-priya, as, m. (Iit. dear to

women), N. of the tree Jonesia Asoca.

^ angava, as, m. (fr. angu?, a cor-

ruption of agni), dried or withered fruit.

^^ angas, as, n. (fr. rt. aiij ?), a bird.

angara, as, m.; (rarely am), n.

(said to be fr. rt. ag or ang, d.agm), charcoal, either

heated or not heated ; (as), m. the planet Mars; N.

of a prinee of the Maruts; a piant, Hit2vall; (as), m.

pl., N. of a people and country [cf. Lith. angli-s ;

Russ. ugolj; also Germ. Kohle; Old Germ. coi

and colo; Engl. coal]. — Angdra-kushthaka, as,

m. a piant, HitSvall. — Angara-dhani or angara-

dhanika, f. a portable fire-plaee. — Angara-pari-

paHta, am, n. roasted food. — Angara-parna, as,

m. an epith. of Citraratha, the chief of the Gandhar-

vas. — Angdra-pdtrl, f. a portable fire-plaee. — Anga-

ra-pushpa, as, m. a piant, In-gudI; Vulg. Ingua.

— Angdra-manjari or angara-manji, f. a shnib,

Cesalpinia Banducella. — Angara-vallari or angara-

valli, fi. N. of various plants; Galedupa Arborea;

OviedaVerticallata; Bh5rgT; Gurij2. — Angara-fakati,

f. a portabit fire-plaee or wheels. — Angara-setu, us,

m. , N. of a prinee, fatber of G2ndh2ra. — Angara-

vakshayana (°ra-av°), am, n. vessel or receptacle

for extinguishing coals.

Angaraka, as, m. charcoal; heated charcoal; the

planet Mars; Tuesday; N. of a prinee of Sauvlra;

also of a Rudra; N. of two plants, Eclipta (or Verbe-

sina) Prostrata, and white or yellow Amaranth ; (am),

n. a medicated oil in whieh turmerie and other

vegetable substances have been boiled. — Angaraka-

dina,as,am, m. n.a festivalof Marson the fourteenth

of the latter half of Caitra. — Angaraka-mani, is, m.

eoral (amber). — Angaraka-vara, as, m. Tuesday.

Angarakita, as, d, am, charred, roasted, bumt.

Ang ari, is, f. a portable fire-plaee.

Arrgarika, f. the stalk of the sugar-cane; the bud

of tht Kinsuka or Butea Frondosa.

Angarinx, f. a small fire-plaee; the region heated

by the sun, though no longer exposed to its rays;

N. of a ereeper.

Angarita, as, d, am, charred, roasted, bumt;

(d), f. a portable fire-plaee ; a bud ; N. of a ereeper;

of a river; (am), n. the early blossom ofthe Kirriuka.

Angariya, as, d, am, fit for making charcoal of.

Angdrya, C a heap of charcoal.

8

artffika.

ST53; afiha.

ingika. f. a bodice, a jacket. See

angaka.

aitgir, ir, m. (fr. rt. ang i³), N. of a

Rishi, who rcccivcd the BrahmavidyJ (rora Athar-

vae, and imparted it to Satyavlha, the teacher of

Angiras.

Ang ira, as, or usually angiras, as, m. (related to

&yyt\ot or&77«f)of!),a cclebratcd mytho! ogical narae,

usually ascribed to a Rishi, the author of a nuraber of

hymos in the Rig-veda, of a code of laws, and of a

treatise on astronomy; he is said by some to have

bcen born from BrahmiTs mouth, and to have been

the husband of Smriti, of Sraddha, of two daugbters

of Maitreya, of several daughters of Daksha, &c.; he

is considered as one of the seven Rishis of the first

Manvantara, as a PrajSpati, as a teacher of the Brahma-

vidy3, which he had 1 carat from SatyavSha, a descend-

ant of BharadvSja, &c. Among his sons, the chief is

Agni, others are Samvarta, Utathya, and Brihaspati;

among his daughters are mentioned SinlvSH, KuhG,

Rska, and Anumali; but the Ridas (or Vedic hymns),

the manes of Havishmat, and mankind itself are

styled his offspring. In astronomy he is the planet

Jupiter, and a star in Ursa Major, (artte), m. pl.de-

scendants of An-giras or of Agni, mostly peisonifications

of luminous objects; the hymns of the Atharva-veda;

priests who, by using the raagical formulas of those

hymns, protect the sacrifice against the effects of

inauspicious accidents. — Angiras-tama, as, a, am,

veiy rapid, espccially (like Agni) in devouring food.

— Angiras-rat, ind. like Angiras; (an, aii, at),

connected with or accompanied by the Angirasas.

Angirasa, as, m. an enemy of Vishnu in his

incamation of ParaS urama.

Angirasdm-ityana, am, n. a Sattra sacrifice.

^-1 a»^7 (substituted for anga in com-

pound words) implies assent.

Angi-kri, d. 8. P. A. -karoti, -lextrvie, -tor-

tum, to agree to, promise, confcss.

Xwjj-Awana, am, n. act of assenting, agreeing,

promisi ng.

Angl-kdra, as, m. agreement, promise.

Angl-krita, as, a, am, agreed to, promised.

Angi-kriti, is, f. agreement, promise.

ang uri, is, or an guri, f. (for anguli,

q.v.), a finger; a toc. — A nguriya or angurlyaka,

as, am, m. n. a finger-ring; the riog-finger (?).

angula, as, m, (for rt. ag or ang),

a finger; the thumb; a fingeps breadth, a measure

equal to eight barley-coms, twdve an-gulas making

a vitasti or span, and twenty-four a hasta or cubit;

(in astron.) a digit, or twelfth part; N. of the sage

CSnakya.— Angula-pramaiia or angula-mdna,

am, n. the measure or length of an angula(as, d,

am), having the length of an angula.

Artgulaka at the end ofcompounds^an-gufe, t.e.

so many angulas or fingers long.

Artguli, is, or arrgull, f. a finger; a toc; the

thumb; the great toc; the finger-liike tip of an ele-

phanl’s tnrnk; the measure angula, — Anguli-to-

rAna, am, n. a sectarial mark on the forehead con-

sisting of three fingers or lines shaped like an arch or

doorway (torana), drawn with sandal or the ashes of

cow-dung. — Anguli-tra, am, n. or anguli-trana,

as, am, m. (?), n. a finger-protector, a contrivance

like a thimble, used by archers to protect the thumb

or finger from being injured by the bow-string.

— Angui it ra-vat, an, ati, at, provided with such a

finger-protector. — A nyuH-mukha or anguU-mvkha,

am, n. the tip of the finger,-An-guli-mudrd or

anguli-mudrikd, f. a scabri ng. — Anguli-motana,

am, n. snapping or cracking the fingers. — Anguli-

shanga, as, m. contact of the fingers; act of finger-

ing; (os, d, am), sticking to the fingers. — Anguli-

sandofa, n^, m. snapping or cracking the fiDgers as

a sign. — Aitgnll-spfiofana, am, n. snapping or

craddng the fingers, — Anguli-pandaka, am, n. the

five fingers. — Anguli-panan, a, n. a finger-joint.

— Anguti-sambkutd» as, m. produced ftom or on

the finger, i. e. a finger nail.

Ang ulli’a or anguliya or anguliyaka, as, am,

m. n. a finger-ring.

angushtha, as, m. (the smaUest

anga or limb?), the thumb; the great toc; a thumbs

breadth, usually regatded as equal to an angula.

— Airgush(ka-mdtra_f as, i, am, or angusktka-

matrato, as, ika, am, having the length or size of

a thumb.

Aitgushtliya, as, m. the thumb nail.

angusha, as, m. (rapid in raotion,

fr. rt. ait[f or ag), an ichneumon; an arrow.

Xi jylangashin, 7> ini, i, Ved. re-

sonant (?), praiseworthy (?).

angya, as, d, am (fr. anga), be-

longing to or connected with the limbs of the bedy,

corpore.il, &c.

~~gra~~ angh, cl. i. A. anghate, dnanghe,

'^angkitum, to go, set out, set about, com-

mence; to hasten ; to speak hastily, scold, blame.

Angha (not in use, but equivalent to agha), evil,

sin. - Anghas, as, n. sin. - Angkdri (°gha-ari), is,

m. (an enemy to sin or evil), eptlh. of Soma, and of

a particular altar.

AngM, ot better anghri, is, m. a foot; the root

of a tree [cf. anhr(]. — Aitgkri-namaka, as, m.

or anghri-ndman, a, n. a synooym of anghri, a

root. — Angkri-pa, as, m. (drinking with the foot

or root), a tree. — Angkri-parni or anghri-valli,

ts, or anghri-vallika, f. a piant, Hedysarum Lago-

podioides. — Anghri-pana, as, d, am, sucking his

foot or toes (as an infant). — Angkri-skandha, as,

m. the ancle.

^ a6 (connected with and, q.v.), cl.

^ n, I. P. A. adaii, andati, -te, d nanda, -e,

anditum, to go, move, tend; to honour; to make

round or carved; to request, ask; to speak in-

distinctly. See 2. adita, adishtu.

a-dakra, as, d,am, having no wheels;

immoveable; not vacillating; automatous (?).

a-dakshus. iis, n. a bad or miser-

able cye, no eye; (m, us, us), biii.d. — A-fahhJr-

vitham.as, a, am, not or no louger witiiin ruch of

the eyos, invuiblo. — Arahuhush-ha, am, i., blin Jners.

A-cak»hiu<Kkn, a», a, ant, d stituto of -yes, blind.

'i-canda. as, a ot t, pm, not of a

hot tempjr, gentle, ti.ctable; (i), f. a tractablo cow.

H-Mdt a-Satura, as, a, am, destitute of

four, hi,ving loss than fjur; not cunning, not dextjroiia.

r-fandra, as, a, am, moonless.

a-6opa.hi, as, a, am, not oscillating

or vibntinj; unmoveablsteadv.

A-tapchja, am, n fr.edom from unsttadiness,

finnness.

a-(ara, as, c, am, or a-carat, an,

anti, at, nrmoveablo.

'JpJfTH a-Sarama, as, a, am, not last, not

]ea:t. tj

f -iala, as, n, am, not stacr^eritir^ or

mo'ing, immoveable; (as), m. n mountain or rock;

a boli ot p>n; the number seven; N. ot Siva

and of the fiist of the nine duified pei oicalled

‘ whit*¹ Bdas' aruong the Jatnas; (d), f. the earth;

one of the ten earth. of the Buddhist,. — Afala-

kHa, f the earth. — Afalc-tAnh, t, m. the Kok.la or

Indian cuckO'’. — AfriJa-ithriti, is, f. a metre of four

iinrs, ot sixtecn short syllabi.j each, also called

GltySryt. — Afala-bhrotrt, ta, m., N. of a BrUhman

from Oude, whc becam. one of the eleven h.ads of

Q^ijaa amoog the Jlnas. — Idafa-n.ali, is, m., N.

of a RJkshasa. — Afnla-srtxhthn, as, m. chief of

mounfms. — Afalmthipa (Tk-fcoVt⁰), os, m. (king

of mountains), the HimSkya. — AMla-mptaml, 11

title of a book in the Bliavishyottara PurJ ia.

aBVTF a-darti, us, ri, u, not pretty, in-

elegant.

aHpMvtikkupa, us, d, am, not smootli,

rongh.

'JrfNffT i. a-cit, t, t, t (fr. rt. cit), without

undeistanding.

A-Hkitva», an, mhl, as, Vcd. not knowirig,

igi.orant of.

A-citta, as, a, am, unnotic_d, nnexpect.d; not an

object of thougl.t; inconc-ivable; destitute of intellect

or sense.

A-citti, is, Ved. v,ant of «ense, in&tuation; an

inratuatcd man (?).

2. a-cit, t, t, t (fr. 6it or citi, a pile;

rt. di), negl.cting the Agnidayan’, irreligious.

i. a-tttn, as, d, am, not collected.

wfNrr 2. acita, as, a, am (fr. rt. ad), gone.

AHshtu, us, us, u, Ved. going everywhere.

a-ditra_t as, a, am (not variegated),

undistinguishablc, indistinct.

'Rp^^fTT a-dinta, f. thoughtlessness, dis-

regard.

A-dinttta, as, a, am, not thought of, unexpected,

disregarded.

A-dintya, as, d, am, surpassing all thought or

conception; (as), m., N. of Siva. — Adintya-kar-

man, d, d, a, having or performing inconceivable

actions. — Adintya-rupa, as, d or i, am, possessing

inconceivable beauty.

-(ira, as, a, am, not of long dura-

tion, brief; not of long date, recent. — Arira-dyn'i,

is, f. or attm-prahha, f. lightning. — AtHm-prasuta,

f. (havioj; recently brought forti ), r. atw that has

recently crlved. — AC-irn-hhas, as, f. lightning.—

Artra-mrita, as, d, am, recantly deceased.— Ariru

rocls, is, f.or adranSu (^cra-an ), us, f. or aiirabbn

(°ra-abhd\ f. lightning.

afd/raui or aHrdt or adirent», ir.d. not long, not

for long; not long ago; soon, ip -ediiv.

AHrd, f. the mott.r of the Jaina-saint Santi.

"ibfjn? i (ishtv, Ved. See under 2. adita.

_ t

a-Mana, as, d, am, or a-('etas, as,

as, as, destitute of consciousness, inanimate; (of men)

inconjdous, insensiblo, senselr s, fainbng, Scc

A-cetdna,as, d, am, Ved. thoughtless, irifatuated.

A-taitanya, am, n. nn<_mreioa<ne's; insensibility ;

sensele isnt-s., ignorance in spiritual ti; ings; that which

is destitute ot consciou.n.ss, i. e. the material world ,

matter.

a-(eshta, as, d, am, effortless, mo-

tionles6. — A(esJijp-ta, f. loss of m-nion from faint-

ing. &c.

a-cadas, as, as, as, Ved. free from

compulsi on or extern al stimulus, spontaneous.

t. a-(6ha, as, d, am (not shaded or

covered, fr. a + (ha for (had or (haya, rt. (had),

pollucid, tranrparent, ciear; (as), m. a ciystal.

-A((hoda (ae(ha-uda), as, d, am, having ciear

water; (a), f., N. of a nver; a covering or garment

of Vishnu (?); (am), n., N. of a like in the HimSlaya

formed by the river AdchodS.

A-((hdya, as, d, am, without' shadow, casting no

shadow.

STSi 2. a(6ha,as, m.(corruption of riksha),

a btarA((ha-bhalla, as, m. a bear; (bhatla

itself means * a bear.’)

1!ra:.i.adcAaoruaua.llyadd/td,rarflyadd/iam,

ind., Ved. to, towurds (govemiog the accusative and

*T33i attha.

0

rarely the Iocative). It is a kind of separable pre-

position or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, as in

thc following.

A66ha-i, cl. 2. P. -eti. -tum, or addka-gam, cl.

I. P. -gaddkati, -gantum, to aitain, go towards.

Addha-naksk, cl, 1. P. A., Ved. -nakskati, -te,

-IsMtum, to go towards, approacb.

AMha-nad, cl. 1. P., Ved. -natati, -ditum, to

come near.

Addha-nz, cl. 1. P., Ved. -nayati, -metum, to lead

towards or to.

Addha-nu, d. 2. P., Ved. -nauti, -ncivitum or

-nuritum, to call out to, to cheer.

Addha-pat, cl. 1. P., Ved. -patati, -titum, and

Caus. P. -patayati, -yitum, to fly towards.

A66ha-vad, cl. l.P.,Ved.-vadati, -ditum, to salute.

Addhd-vad, cl. 2. P., Ved. -vakti, -ktum,to invite.

— Addha-vaka, as, m. ‘the inviter/ title of a par-

ticular priest or Ritvij, one of the sixteen required to

perform the great sacrifices with the Soma juice.

— Addhavdikiya, as, a, am, referring to thc Addha-

v5ka; containing the word addhdvaka.

Addheta (°dha-ita), as, d, am, Ved. approached,

attained.

Addhokti (°dha-uk°), is, f., Ved. invitation.

-ddhidra,as,d,am(free from clefts

or fiaws), unbroken, unintemipted, uninjured ; (am),

n. unbroken or uninjured condition, an action free

from defect or fiaw; (ena), ind. uninterruptedly, from

first to last. — Addhidra-kanda, am, n. title of a

chapter of the Taittirtya-Br5hmana. — Addhidroti

(°dra-uti), is, is, i, affording perfect protection.

— Addhidrodhnz (°ra-udh°), f., Ved. (a cow) having

a faultless udder.

A-ddhidyamana, as, d, am, uncut, uncurtailed;

not fragile.

A-ddhinna, as, d, am,uncut,uncurtailed, uninjured;

undivided, inseparable, — Addhinna-pattra, as, d,

am (of a bird, or, in the Vedas, of an altar shaped

like a bird), having the wiogs uncurtailed, uninjured;

having uninjured leaves. — Addhinna-parna, as, i,

am, having uninjured leaves.

A-ddhedika or a-ddhaidika, as, d or i, am, not

fit or needing to be cut.

A-ddhedya, as, d, am, improper or impossible to

be cut, indi visible.

a-ddhvpta, f. (not touched by sin),

N. of one of the sixteen Vidy5devls of the Jainas. ^{* i,}

addhotana, am, n. hunting.

a-dyuta, as, a, am, what has not

given way or fallen; firm, solid ; imperishable, per-

manent; not Ieaking or dripping; (as), m._f N. of

Vishnu or Krisbna; also of a physician; N. of a piant,

Morinda Tinctoria; N. of a gift to Agni. — Adyuta-

kshit, t, m., Ved. having solid ground, an epithet of

Soma. — Adyuta-dyut, t, t, t, Ved. throwing down

that which is fixed.—Adyuta-ja, as, m. pl. a class of

Jaina deities produced by Vishnu. — Adyuta-jallakin,

i, m._f N. of a commentator of the Amara-Kosha.

— Adyuta-danta or adyutanta, as, m., N. of the

ancestor of a warrior tribe called Afyutadanti or

A<5yutanti, though possibly the names refer to two

distinet persons and tribes.— Adyuta-murti, is, m.,

N. of Vishnu. — Adyuta-rush, t, f. inveterate hatred.

— Adyutarvasa, as, m. the sacred fig-tree, Ficus

Religiosa. — Adyuta-sthala, am, n., N. of a place

in the Pahjab. — Adyutagraja (^cta-ag°), as, m.

(Visbnus elder brotber), BalarSma; lndra. — Adyuto-

padhyaya (°ta-up°), as, m. = adyuta-jallakin,q. v.

aj, cl. 1. P. (defect. verb, supple-

\ mented ff. rt. vi), ajatl, ajlt, ajitum, to

go,to drive, propel, throw, cast: Desid. ajijishati, to

be desirous of driving [cf. Gr. tyw; Lat. ago].

l. aja. as, m. a drove; a driver, mover, instigator,

leader; epithet given in the Vedas to lndra. Rudra,

one of the Maruts, Agni, and the sun ; in later works

to Brahma,Vishnu, Siva, and K5ma (see also 2 a-ja);

thc leader of a flock; a he-goat or ram [cf. Gr. at£,

a-javas.

aly6s; Lith. ozys] ; the sign Aries; the vehicle of

the sun ; N. of a descendant of Visvamitra, and of

Dasaratha's or DTrgbabahu's father ; N. of a mineral

substance; of a kind of rice ; of the moon; (as), m.

pl., N. of a class of Rishis; of a people mentioned in

the Vedas ; (d), f., N. of Prakriti or Nature, of May3

or lllusion; a she-goat; N. of a piant whose bulbs

resemble the udder of a goat. — Aja-karna, as, m.

a goat's ear; a piant or tree, Terminalia Alata

Tomen tosa. — Aja-karnaka, as, m. the Sal-tree,

Sborea Robusta. — Aja-kula, f., N. of a town of the

Bodhis.—Aja-hthvra, am, n., Ved. goat*s miik.

— Aja-gandha, as, m. smell of a he-goat; (m, d,

am), smelling like a goat. — Aja-gandha or aja-

gandhika, f. shrubby basii, Ocymum Gratissimum.

— Aja-gandhmi, f. a piant, also called ajadringi,

q. v. — Aja-gara, as, m. (that swallows a goat), a

huge serpent, probably boa constrictor; (i), f., N. of a

piant. — Ajti-gaUika, f. ‘goat’s cheek/ an infantile

disease. — Aja-jiva or aja-jivfka, as, m. ‘ who lives

by goats/ a goat-herd. — Aja-ta, f. a multitude of

goats; the being a goat. — Aja-tva or aja-tva, am,

n. the being a goat. — Aja-dandi, f. a piant, also

called brahmadandi.—Aja-devata, as, f. pl. the

25th lunar mansion. — Aja^namaka, as, ni. (named

Aja or Vishnu), a mineral substance. — Aja-pa, as,

m. a goat-herd. — Aja-patha, as, m. ‘ goat’s road/

probably synonymous with aja-vithi, q. v. — Aja-

pada or aja-pada, as, d, am, goat-footed. —Aja-

pad, t, m., Ved. epithet of the divinity called Aja.

— Aja-parsva, as, m. (having black sides like a

goat), epithet of S'vetakarna’s son Rajivalodana.

— Aja-pdla, as, m. a goat-herd ; N. of Da£aratha's

father. — Aja-bhaksha, as, m. ‘goat’s food/ N. of a

piant, Varvura. — Aja-mayu, us, m., Ved. bleating

like a goat. — Aja-mara, as, m., N. of a tribe or a

prince. — Aja-midha or aja-mzlha, as, m., N. of a

son of Suhotra, the author of some Vedic hymns; of

a grandson of Suhotra; surname of Yudhishthira.

— Aja-mukha, as, I, am, goat-faced; (z), f., N. of

a RakshasT. — Aja-meru, N. of a place, Ajmir(?).

— Aja-moda, as, m. or aja-moda or aja-modikd,

f. ‘goat’s delight,’ N. of various plants, common

Carroway, the species called Ajwaen (Ligusticum

Ajwaen), and especially a species of Parsley, Apium

Involucratum. — Ajarshabha (^cja-risk⁰), as, m. the

best goat. — Aja-lambana, am, n. antimony. — Aja-

loman, d, m. or aja-lomi, f.,N. of a piant, Cowage,

Carpopogon Pruriens; (a), n. goat’s hair. — Aja-vasti,

is, m., N. of a tribe; (ayas), m. pl. the members of

that tribe. — Aja-vaka, as, m., N. of a district.

— Aja-vithi, f. ‘ goats road/ N. of one of the thice

divisions of the southem path, or one of thc three

paths in which thc sun, moon. and planets move,

comprehending the asteiisms mula, purvdshadha,

and uttarashddka. — AjaSringz, f. ‘goats hoin/

N. of a shrub, Odina Wodier, used as a charm and as

a remedy for sore eyes,—the fiuit resembles a goat’s

horn. — Aja-stunda, am, n., N. of a town. — Aja-ka,

f. Cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens. — Ajd-kripaniya,

as, d, am, like the goat and shears in the fable.

— Aja-kshira, am, n. goat’s milk. — Aja-gala, as,

m goat’s neck. — Ajdgalastana, as, m. nipple or

fleshy protuberance on the neck of some lndian goats,

and an emblem of any useless or worthless object or

person. — Aja-jiva, as, m (who lives by goats), a

goat-herd. — Ajd-taulrali, is, m., N.of a Muni who

lived on the milk of goats; (given by grammarians as

an example of eompounds in which the middle term

is left out).— Ajada (aja-ada), a<, m. ‘ goat-eater/

the ancestor of a warrior tribe. — Ajddanz ( ja-ad ),

f. a species of prickly night-shade. — Ajantrz ( ja-

an ), f. a pot-herb, Convolvulus Argenteus — Aja-

payas, as, n. goat’s mi:k —Aja-palaka, as, d, am,

leiuiing goats; («*), m. a goat-herd. — Ajavika (aja-

av ), am, n. goats and sheep small caule. — Ajatfva

(aja-ai ), am, n. goats and liorses; (as), m. Pushan

or the Sun who has goats for horses —Ajaikapad

(aja-ek \ t, m epi het of Vishnu; of one of the

cleven Rudras. — Ajaidaka (aja-ed ), am, n. goats

and raras.

Ajaka, as, m., N. of a descendant of Pururavas;

also of a king of Magadha; ajaka or ajika, f. a

young she-goat; a disease of the pupi! of the eye,

small reddish tumours (compared to kids), protruding

through the transparent comea and discharging pus.

— Ajaka-jata, am, n. the same disease of the eyes.

Ajana, ajani, aji, ajma, &c., see s. v.

2. a-ja, as, d, am, not bom, existing

from ali eternity; (as), m. Brahma, Vishnu, ?iva,

Kama; (a), f. Pralqiti or Nature, M5y5 or lllusion

(see also 1. aja, s. v. aj and 1. ajana).

^nT^i^T ajakava, as, m. (etymology un-

known), S'iva’s bow. — Ajakava, as, am, m. n. S'iva’s

bow; (o$), m. a venomous kind of vermio, cen-

tipede or scorpion; (am), n. sacrificial vessel dedicated

to Mitra and Varuna. — Ajagava. or ajagava, am,

n. S'iva’s bow; the southem portion of the path of

the sun, moon, and planets; N. of a snake priest.

^ rj y rq a-jaghanya, as, d, am, not last;

not least.

a-jaghnivas, an, ushi, at (perf.

part. fr. rt. hau), not having killed.

a-jata, f. a piant, Flacourtia Cata-

phracta ; also ajada and ajjhata.

a-jada, as, d, am, not torpid or

stupid; (d), f., N. of two plants; sec Aja\a and

KapikaAdhu, Carpopogon Pruriens. — Ajada-dhl, is,

is, i, of a vigorous mind, energetic, bold.

^T-SmT ajathyd, f. yellow jasmin (fit for

goats?).

x. ajana, as, m. (fr. rt. aj.), Brahma

* the agitator(am), n. act of instigatiDg or mov-

iog. — Ajana-yoni-ja, as, m. (bom fr. Ajana, i. e. A

Brahm5); N. of Daksha.

Ajani, ts, f. a path, road; see also aji.

2. a-jana, as, d, am (rt. jan), desti-

tute of living beings, especially of men; desert; (as),

m. an insignificant person.

Ayanani, is, f. privation of birth, cessation of exist-

ence; ajananir astu tasya, * may he cease to exist I*

A-janya, as, d, am, improper to be produced or

bom; unfit or unfavourabie for mankind ; (am), n.

any portent or natural pbenomenon unfavourable to

mankind, as an earthquake.

^TtTT i. a-japa, as, m. (rt-jap), one who

does not repeat prayers; a reader of heterodox works;

(d), f. the mantra or formula called haesa, which con-

sists only of a number of inhalations and cxhalations.

^npT 2. aja-pa, as, m. a goat-herd. See

s. v. 1, aja.

^Trpffcjr aja-midha, as, m. See s. v. 1. aja.

^ fia-jambha, as, m. (toothless), a frog.

a-jaya, as, m. non-victory, defeat;

(as, d, am), unconquered, unsurpassed, invincible; (as),

m., N. of Vishnu; of a lexicographer; of a river; (a),

f. hemp ; N. of a friend of DurgS ; M5y5 or lllusion.

A-jayya, as, d, am, invincible, improper to be

won at play.

a-jara, as, d, am (rt.yn), not subject

to old age, undecaying, ever young; (d), f., N. of two

plants. Aloe Per foliata and jTrnapanjhl. — Ajaramara-

vat (°ra-am°), ind. as if undecaying and immortal.

A-jarat, an, anti, at, not suffering from old age,

not decaying.

A-jarayu, us, us, u, not subject to old age or

decay.

A-jaras, another form for ajara, used only in

some cases.

A-jarya, as, a, am, not ffiable, not digestible;

not subject to old age or decay; (am), n. friendship.

^n^M^a-javas, ds, ds, as,\ed. not qutck,

inactive.

D

g afit-a.

'er>lH a-7 aera.

10

a-jasra, as, a, am (rt.jas, ‘ to injure’

not to K; killjd or intcrrupt- d), perpctuftl. — AjasrrMH

or ajasrena, ind. p .rpetually, for ever, ever.

S^id^rT --jahat ipres. part. fr. rt. ha with

a), not droppin£ 01 losing (used in compotinds).

- Ajahat-svartka, f., N. of a rhetorical figure, an

«Uiptii.il use of words ia which their original m-ming

ts not dri.pped, ns “white one«" tor “white hoises,”

•'ln.-es for “men with lances—Ajahal-lUnja,

an, m. (in grammar) s*id of a nonn r.ot dropping its

original gendor, when ustd like an adjective.

TTiTTo>'a,f. agoat; 1’rakriti; Maya. Sees.v.

l. aja, wherc thecompound' aiaja will also bt fonnd.

o-jagara, as, a, am., not atvake, not

wakciul; (as), a piant, Edipta or Vcrbesina Pro-uata.

-tiinfil aja-ji, is, or aja-fi, f. (aja with rt.

jit, that overcom.s goats); Cnmin seed, Cuminum

Cyminum; Ficus Oppo;itifolia; Nigella Indici.

SUoffir . -jata, as, 5, am, unhorn, not yet

bim, not yet develop d. — Aj it 't-Luij; .id, t m. a young

bull who e bump (kakwi) is yet undevi loped. — Ajata-

paksha, as, a or i, am, having undevel.-ped vtings.

— Ajitr-ryanjara. as, d, a.n., having an und--

veloped beard,—Ajita-ryavahara, as, m. having

his majoritv ur.attained, a minor, a youth under fif-

tcen.-4,'«<a-JfWr«, :is, vs, u, having no cncmy;

having no -dverary of c jnal standing; (as), m., N.of

Siva, ot Yudhishthira, of a ldng of KsSl, of a son ot

S? amlka, of a son of Vidmisdra or BimbisSra, and con-

temporary ofSfskyamuni. — Ajitc.uudnt/a(°(a-auv. ),

as, d, am, having no itgcet, — Ajutari ( ta-a.i), is,

m. (having no enemy), YudhLhthira.

vSYTPUt a-jdnat, an, ati, at (pres. part. of

rt. jnd with a), not knowing, un-warc.

arnrrfsT a-jani, is, or a-janika, as, m.

having no wife.

ajaneya, better ajaneya, as, a, am

(from djana, ajant, birth, descent), of high breed ;

undauuted, fearless; (a«), m. a horse of high breed.

^ilTTfH a-jdmi, is, is, i, Ved. not of kin,

not related; unfriendly; (in grammar) not corres-

ponding. — Ajami-ta, f., Ved. absence of conuection,

friendliness, or sirailarity.

a-jayamdna, as, d, am (rt.jan),

not being bom, not subject to birth.

vhfsf aji, f. (fr. aj, q. v ), a road.

ajikd, f. (fr. aja), a youiig goat

[cf. 1. aja].

wfjTiT ‘i-jito, as, a, am, not conquered,

unsubdued, unsurpassed, invincible, irrcsistible; {as),

m., N. of an antidote, a poisonous sort of rat; N. of

various persons, viz. Vishnu ; Siva; one of the Saptar-

shis of the fourteenth Manvantara; Maitreya or a future

Buddha; the second of the Arhats or saints of the

present (Jaina) Avasarpinl, a descendant of lkshvSku;

the attendant of Suvidhi, who is the ninth of those

Arhats; (as), ra. pl. a dass of deiiied bcings in the

first Manvantara.—Ajita-keJa-kambala, as, m., N.

of a Brahman. — Ajita-bala, f., N. of a Jaina deity,

who acts under the dircction of the Arhat Ajita.

— Ajita-vikrama, as, m. (having invincible power),

epithet ofkingCandraguptathe second. — Ajitalman

(°ta-at^a), d, d, a, having an unsubdued self or spirit.

— Ajitapida (⁰ta-dp°),as, m. having an unsurpassed

crown ; N. of a king. — Ajitenclriya (°ta~ind“), as,

d, am, having an unsubdued sensuous nature, whose

passions are not controlled.

Sn f*i ajina, am, n. (probably at first tbc

skin of a goat, aja, with the hair on, then any skin

which would answer the same purpose); the hairy

skin of an antelopc, especiafly a bbde antelope,

which serves the religious student for a couch, scat,

covering, &c.; the hairy skin of a tiger, &c.; (cw),

m., N. of a descendam of Pfithu. — Ajina-paitrd or

ajina-paitri or ajhia-pattrikd, f. a bat. — Ajina-

phald, f., N. of a piant (?). — Ajina-yoni, is, m.

(origin of the skin), an antelope, deer. — Ajina-

vdsiu, ?, ini, i, clad m a skin. — Ajina-sartdha,

as, m. (who joins or prepares skins), a furrier.

^TfrR ajira, as, 5, am (fr. rt. aj), agile,

quick, rapid; («.*), m., N. of a snake priest; (d),

f., N. of DurgS, and of a river; {am), n. place to run

or fight in, area, court [Lat. ager ?] ; the body; any

object of sense, air, wind ; a frog; (am), ind. quickly.

— Ajira-vati, f., N. of the river on which the town

Sr5vasti was situated. — Ajira-tfodis, is, m., Ved.

having a quick light, glittering, epithet of Agni and

Soma. — Ajirddhiraja {°ra-adh°), as, m., Ved. an

agile emperor, epithet of death.

Ajiraya, nom. A. ajirdyate, -yitum, Ved. to be

agile or quick.

Ajiriya, m, d, am, connected (by proximity or

ownership &c.) with an ajira or court &c.

a-jihma, as, a, am, not crooked,

straight, straightforwaxd, upright; (as), m. a frog, a

fish; see a-jiJiva, of which this may be a corruption.

— Ajihma-ga, as, d, am, going straight on ; {as),

m. an anow. — Ajihmdgra {°hma-ag°), as, d, am,

having a straight point.

-.1 krf^ a-jihva, as, d, am, tongueless;

(as\ m. a frog.

afikava, am, n. Slva s bow. See

ajakava. -

a-jigarta, as, m. (that has notbing

to swallow), N. of a Rishi, SunahSepha^s father.

^nfhT a-jita, as, a, am (rt. jyd usnally

makesjwia), not faded, not faint. — Ajita-punarva-

nya, am, n.,Ved. (unfaded and recoverable), N. of a

twofold rite to be performed by Kshatriyas.

A-jiti, is, f.,Ved. unfadingness; freedom from decay,

prosperi ty.

a-jirna, as, a, am (rt. jri), not de- ¹

composed ; unimpr.ired; undigested; (am), n. free-

dom from decay, indigestion.

yl-^7rwt, is, f. indigestion.

A-jirnin, ?, ini, i, sulTering from indigestion. -

_v a-jiva, as, m. (non-life), non-ex-

istence, death ; (as, d, am), lifeless.

A-jivat, an, anti, at, not living, destitute of a

livelihood.

A-jivana, am, n. non-existence, death; (as, d,

am), destitute of a livelihood.

A-jivani, is, f. non-existence, death; ajivanis

tasya bhuydt, * may death befal him 1’

A-jivita, am, n. non-existence, death.

a-jugupsita, as, d, am, not

blamed.

w a-ju.ra or a-jurya, as, d, am (rt.

y«r),Ved. not subject to old age or decay.

a-jushta, as, d, am, Ved. not enjoyed,

unsatisfectory.

A-jitskti, is, f.,Ved. non-enjoyment, feeling of dis-

appointment.

a-jetavya, as, d, am, intdncible,

insuperable, irrcsistible.

A-jeya, as, d, am_? invincible; (am), n., N. of an

antidote.

mTWTTJ^ ajaikapdd (aja-eka⁰), t, or ajai-

lapdda, as, m. an epithet of Vishnu; N. of one

of the cleven Rudras.

ajaidaka (aja-edeka), am, n. goats

and sheep.

a-jasha, as, d, am, Ved. not gratified,

not yet satisfied. — A-joshya, as, a, am, Ved. not

easily gratified, never satisfied.

TT^cfPf ajjukd, f. (in the drama) a cour-

tezan; (camiption of arjukd.)

ajjhatd, f. a piant, Flaeourtia

Cataphracta. (Also ajata and ajadd.)

ajjhala, as, m. (corruption of

ttjjvala ?), a buming coal; (am), n. a shield (?).

TITsT a-jna, as, d, am (fr. a and rt. jnd),

not knowing; ignorant, inexperienced ; unconscious;

unwise, stupid. — Ajna-tva, am, n. or ajna-td, f.

ignorance.

Ajnakd or ajnika, f. diminntive form for ajnd,

an ignorant woman.

A-jnata,ax, a,am,unknown; unexpected; unaware.

— Ajnata-kula-fita, as, d, am, whose lineage and

character are unknown. — Ajndta-keta, as, d, am,

Ved. having unknown or secret designs. — Ajnata-

bliukta, as, d, am, eaten unawares.— Ajnata-

yakshma, as, m., Ved. (insidious consumption ?),

N.of a disease. — Ajnata-vdsa, as, d, am, whose

dwelling is unknown — Ajddta-^ita, as, a, am,

whose character is unknown.

Ajndtaka, as, d, am, unknown, unaware.

A-jndti, is, m. not a kinsman, not related.

A-jnatva, iad. not having known or ascertained.

a-jhana, am, n. non-cognisance;

ignorance, especially (in philosophy) spiritual ignor-

ancc; not merely a negative, but an active prinriple,

which consistiog of the three Gunas (fetters or qualities)

8attva, rajas, and tamas, and preventing the soul

from realizing its identity with Brahma, causes self to

appear a distinet personality, and matter to appear a

reality; hence equivalent to Prakriti or Nature, and

termed a divine^akti (power), synonymous withM5y5,

Illusion; (ow, d,am), ignorant, unwise. — Ajnana-tas

or ajnandt, ind. unawares, ignorantly, inadvertently.

— Ajndna-krita, as, d, am, done inadvertently.

— Ajndna-tva, am, n. or ajiidna-ta, f. ignorance.

— Ajiidna-bandhana, am, n. the bond of ignorance.

A~jnanin, t, ini, i, ignorant, unwise.

Ajnds, ds, m.,Ved. not a kinsman.

A-jneya, as, d, am, baffling or passing knowledge,

unfit to be known.

ajma, as, m. (fr. rt. aj), Ved. eareer,

march, battle [cf. oy/tos].

Ajman, a, n., Ved. eareer, passage, battle; a house,

a babitation [Lat. agmen],

'3TH|Tf*T a-jyani, is, f., Ved. undecaying

nature.

r-jyeshtho, as, a, am, not the nldest

orbest; having no dc’'ir brother. — A-jt/rsh the^rr itti

is, is, i, not b< having ar tbf eldest brother ought to

btduve, or (aji/eshtha-vritti) behaving likc one who

has no elder brother.

^T’5? ajra, as, m., Ved. a field, a plain;

(os, S, am), Ved. agile, quick [Lat. ager; Gr. aypis;

cf. ajira). _

Ajrya, as, a, am, Ved. being in or connected with

a field or plain.

m Prd>T ajvin, i, ini, i (fr. rt. aj), Ved.

active, agile.

- i. /mc (connected with ad, q. v.),

\cl. i. P. A. andati, -te, inania, -e, <m(i-

sliyati, -tc, anditum; to boid, airve, incline, curi;

to reverence (with indined body), to hnnour; to tend,

move, go, wander about; to rcqurst: cl. IO. or Caus.

ancayati, -yitv.m, to unfnld, mak'- ciear, produce:

Desid. P. rndidisJiati, -te, to be desimus of bend-

ing: Pass. ancyat.e or adyate, to bi bent.

2. and (at the end of compoundsl, tnmed to, going

or dimeted towards; see akvdkryand, arand, udand,

deeadryand, &c. It may also mean honouring, see

prand.

An^Aa, ce, m. fonly u^ced as the last part of com-

pound words), curling, a' in romanda, sensation of

| the hair' of the body curling, thrill of rapture.

*pgfrT ahtatu

'snjsft cmvu

11

Ahdati, is, m. or ahdati, f. wind ; fire.

Ahtana, am, n. act of bending or curving.

Ahtala, as, m. (perhaps alsoam), n. the border or

comer of a garment, especially of a womans garment,

of a veil, shawl, (ln BengSlt, a strip of country,

district.)

Andita, as, a, am, bent, curved, cprled, arcbed,

handsome; gone, walked in; reverenced, honoured,

distinguished,— Ahdita-pattira, as, m. lotus with

curved leaves. — Anditapattraksha (°ra-aksha), as,

i, am, having lotus eyes.— AhHta-bh.ru, us, f. wo-

man with arched or handsome eyebrows.— AhHta-

langula, as, a, am, having a curved tail (as a

monkey),

m ahj, d. 7. P. A. anakti, ankte,

^ \ ananja, ahjiskyati or ankshyati, angit,

ahjitum or anlctum, to apply an oiotment or pig-

ment, smear with, anoint; to decorate, prepare; to

honour, celebrate; to cause to appear, to make ciear,

distinguish, represent; to be beautiful; to go : Caus.

anjayati, -yitum, dhjijat, to smear with ; to speak,

shine, to cause to go [cf. Lat. ungo].

Ahjaka, as, m., N. of a son of Vipraditti; ofia son

ofYadu.

Anjana, as, m. a kind of domestic lizard; N. of a

fabulous serpent; of a tree ; of a mouotain ; of a king

of Mithila ; of the elephant of the west or south-west

quarter; (am), n. act of applying an ointment or pig-

ment, embellishing, &c.; black pigment or collyrium

applied to the eye-lashes or the inner coat of the eye-

lids; special kind or material of this pigment, as

lamp-black, Antimony, an extract of Ammonium,

Xanthorrhiza, &c.; paint, espedally as a cosmetic;

magic ointment; iok; night; fire. (ln rhetoric)

suggesting the special meaning allnded to in an ex-

pression, as in a pun» &c. — Ahjana-keH, f., N. of a

vegetable perfume. — Ahjana-ndmika, f. a swelling

of the eyelid, stye. — Ahjana-vat, ind. like collyrium.

— Ahjanddhika (ⁿna-adh°), f. a species of lizard.

— Ahjanambhas (°na-am°), as, n. eye-water.

Ahjanaka, as, m. portion of the Vedas containing

the word anjana. — Ahjanaki, f., N. of a medicinal

piant.

Anjana, f., N. of Hanumat’s mother; of Pravara-

sena’s mother.— Ahjana-giri, is, m., N. of a moun-

tain. — Ahjana-vati, f. the female elephant of the

north-east (or the west ?) quarter.

Ahjanika, as, d, am, connected with collyrium;

(5), f. a species of lizard ; a small mouse.

Ahjani, f. a woman fit for the application of oint-

ments.pigments,sandal,&c.; N.oftwo medicinal plants.

Anjala, ahjali, see s.v. below.

Anjas, as, n., Ved. ointment, preparation (?);

smoothness, sliding, spced (?); a good fit, adaptation (?);

(according to others, as, as, as), level, straight,

right. — Ahjas-pa, as, as, aw,Ved.’drinking the Soma

preparation. — Ahjah-sava, as, m. rapid preparation

of Soma.

Anjasa,as, d, am, straight, straightforward, honest;

(T), f., Ved., N. of a heavenly river.

Ahjasa Or anjas, ind. straight on, right, truly, justly;

quickly, soon, instantly.

Ahjasayana (°sd-ay°), as, t, am, having a straight

course, going straight on.

Ahjasina, as, d, am, Ved. going straight on,

straightforward.

Ahji, is, is, i, applying an ointment or pigment;

ointment, brilliancy, unctuous, slimy; shining, bril-

liant; (is, t), m. n. the sexual organ, i. e. distinguishing

the sex; (is), m. a sender, commander. — Anji-mat,

dn, ati, at, Ved. coloured, bright, adomed. — Ahji-

saktka, as, m. (a victim) that has coloured thighs,

Anjin, i, ini, i, Ved. making ciear or manifest.

Ahjiva, as, d, am, Ved. slippery, smooth.

Ahjishtka, as, m„ Ved. (highly brilliant), the sun;

also ahjishnu, U8, m.

anjala (only at the end of com-

pounds), another form for anjali, q. v.

^ ^ fe ahj ali, is, m. (fr. rt. ahj), the open

hands placed side by side and slightly hollowed, as if

by a beggar to receive food ; hencc when raised to the

forehead, a mark of supplication, reverence, salutation

or benediction; a libation ; a measure ofcom, sufficient

to fili both hands when placed side by side, equal to a

kudava. — Ahjali-karman, a, n. making the anjali

or respectfol salutation. — Ahjali-kdrikd, f. an earthen

doli, making the anjali; N. of a piant, probably

Mimosa Natans. — Ahjali-puta, as, am, m. n„ cavity

produced io making the anjali. — Ahjali-bandhana,

am, n. salutation with the ahjali raised to the fore-

head. — Ahjali-krita, as, a, am, (hands) placed to-

gether to form the ahjali.

Ahjalika, as, am, m. n., N. of one of Aijuna’s

arrows; see Karna-parva,4788; (a), a young mouse.

aiijika, as, m., N. of a son of Yadu.

See ahjdka.

\Mp5i f^l ahjihishd, f. ( fr. Desid. of rt.

anh), desire of going. ,

ahji, f. a blessing (?).

ahjira, am, n. a species of fig-tree

(Ficus Oppositi folia); a fig. (Tn BengSli) a guava.

(Ahjira is a Persian word.)

~~M j~~ at, cl. 1. P. A. atatiy-te, ata,atfshyati,

^ S dtit, atitum, to roam, waoder about (some-

times with acc.), frequently used of religious mendicants:

Intens. atatyale, to roam or wander about zealously

or habitually, especially as a religious mendicant:

Desid. atitishati, to be desirous of roaming.

Ata, as, d, am, roaming, wandering; (a), f. the

act or habit of roaming or wandering about, especially

as a religious mendicant.

Ataka, as, t, am, roaming.

At ana, am, n. act or habit of wandering about.

Atani, is, f. or atani, f. the notched extremity of

a bow.

Atamdna, as, d, am, roaming about, vagabond.

Afavi, is, or atavi, f. (place to roam in), a forest.

■ Atavi-Hkhara, ds, m. pl., N. of a people or

country.

Atavika, better d tavika, as, m. a woodman,forester.

Atata, f. (habit of) roaming or wandering about.

Atdtyamdna, as, d, am, roaming excessively.

Atdtya, f. (habit of) roaming.

Atdya, nom. A. atdyate, to enter upoo a roaming

life, to become a religious mendicant.

Atya, f. act or habit of roaming about as a religious

mendicant.

^see under

at above.

atarusha or atarusha or atarushalca,

as, m., N. of the shrub Justicia Adhatoda.

a-tala, as, a, am, not shaky, firm,

solid.

att, cl. 1. A. attale, dnatte, attitum,

* ^ to exceed, kill; d. 10. P. attayati,-yitum,

to contemn, lessen, diminish.

Atta, ind. high, lofty, loud ; (o«), m. lop-heavy (?),

exceeding; shaking ; injuring; N. of a Yaksha; (as,

am), m. n. addition to a building, apartment on the

roof, upper story; tower, buttress, back of a building;

(corruptioo of hatfa), a market, a market-place;

(a), f. overbearing conduct?; (am), n. (corruption of

anna?), boiled rice, food; (as, d, am), dried, dry.

— A tta-pat i-bhdgdkhya-grika-hritya (°ga-akh⁰),

am, n. business of the house called the market-

masteris department (an office in Kashmir). — Atta-

8thali, i (site of an atta), a name, — Atta-hasita,

am, n. loud laughtcr, a horse-laugh. — Atta-hdsn,

as, m. idem; a name of S'iva. — Afta-hdsaka, as,

m., N. of a shrub, Jasminum Multiflorum or Hirsutum.

— Atta-hasin, i, m. epithet of Siva, — Atta-hdsya,

am, n. loud laughter; a horse-laugh. — Attdtta-hasa

(°(ta-att°), as, m. vcry loud laughter.

Attaka, as, m. an apartment on the roof. “

, Attalia, ind. very high» very loud.

Atiana, am, n. a weapon sbaped like a discus.

Atta, f. overbearing conduct (?), excess(?).

Attdya (nom. fr. atta), A. attdyate (meaDing

doubtfulj, to be overbearing (?).

att ala, as, or attalaka, as, m. an

-partmcnt on the roof, an upptr story; (ita)! f.

a houso ot tu 0 or more stories, a lofty house, palace;

N. of a country. — Attat il-a-karn, as, m. a Incklayer,

mason. — Attalika-bandho, as, m. (in architecture)

a kind of base.

atdlika, f., N. of a town.

■^<nnrc atnera, as, m. a king of Kos'ala.

atya, f.; see under rt. at.

ciJi, cl. 1. P. A. at Mi, -te, to go.

'rrftiTi 1 ttiilla, i., N. of a Prakrit rm tre.

ad, cl. 1. P. a (lati, to endeavnur.

2. ad, cl. 5. P,,Ved. adnoli, to per-

\ vade, attain ; various reading for ah(?).

i cirTrft adakavati, N. of a fabulous palace

on Meru; also of a city,

~~jm-j~~ add, cl. 1. P. addati, dnadda, additum,

^ ^ to jnin; to iofer, argue, meditate, discem; to

attack.

Addana, am, n. a shield.

~~sq^lj~~ 1 .an, cl. 1. P. anati, ana, anitum, to

\ sound.

~~-n jj~~j 1 2. an, cl. 4. A. anyate, to breathe ;

* \ another form of rt. q. v.

Anaka,as, d, am, insignificant, small, contemptible.

Anakiya, as, d, am, connected with what is

insignificant, &c.

Anavya, am, n. a field of (anu) Panicum Milia-

ceum; see anu.

Ani, is, m. or ani, f. the point of a needle; the

linch-pin; the pin or bolt at the end of the pole of

a carriage; the comer or part of a house which serves

for slaughtering; a bound, boundary, limit. — Ant-

mandavya, as, m., N. of a Rishi said to have been

impaled on an ani or linch-pin.

Animan, d, m. (fr. anu, q.v.), minhtencss, fine-

ness, thinness; atomic nature ; the superhuman power

of becoming as sfnall as an atom; (a), n., Ved. the

small est partide.

Anishtha, as, d, am (fr. anu, q. v.), most minute,

Aniyas, dn, asi, as (fr. anu, q. v.), or aniyaska,

as, d, am, more minute than usual.

Anu, U8, iis or vi, u, fine, minute, atomic; («*),

m. an atom of matter; an atom of time; the

54,675,oooth part of a muhurta (of 48 minutes);

N. of a grain, Panicum Miliaceum; N. of Swa;

(m), n. (in prosody) the fourth part of a m2tra.

— Anu-tara, as, d, am, very fine or minute, gentle.

— Anvs-taila, am, n., N. of a medical oil.-^»tt-

tva, am, n. or anu-ta, f. minuteness, atomic nature.

— Anu-hha, f. lightning. — Anu-madhya-rija, am,

n. titie of a hymn. — Anu-matra, as, i, am, having

the size of an atom. — Aiiu-mdtrika, as, a, am,

having the size of an atom; containing the atomic

elcments (matra) of the body.- Anu-renu, us,

m. f. atomic dust (as seen in sun-beams). — Anu-renu-

jdla, am, n. an aggregate of such atomic dust.

— Anu-rcvati, f., N. of a piant, Croton Polyandrum.

— Anu-vedanta, am, n. titie of a book. — Anu-

vrihi, is, m., N. of a fine sort of rice. — Anu-6as,

ind. into or in minute particles. — Anu-bhu, d. I, P.

-bhavati, -vitam, to become minute or atomic.

— Anu-bhdva, as, m.the becoming an atom. — Anv-

anta, as, m. a hair-splitting question.

Anuka, as, a, am, fine, minute, atomic; acute,

elever, subtle.

Anva, am, n„ Ved. fine interstice or hole in the

strainer used for the Soma juice.

Anvi, f., Ved. a finger.

12 «

anuha, as,in.,N.of a son of Vibhraja.

jttjt anth or a[h, cl. i. A. anthate,

^Wd/u/nfdf, anfAitw», to go, move, tend.

Jnfdfra, as, a, am, gone; pained.

<(d a»da, as, am,m. n. (fr. rt. am), an egg,

a testide; the scrotum; the musk bag; Semen Virile;

epithet of Siva, from his beiog identified with the

BrahmJnda or mundane egg,— Anda-kataha, as,

m. the shell of the mundane egg. — Anda-kotara-

pushpi, f., N. of 2 piant. Convolvulus Argenteus (?).

— Anda-ko4a or anda-kosha or anda-koshaka,

as, m. the scrotum. — Arida-ja, as, a, am, born

from an egg; (as), m. a bird ; a fish; a snake;

a lizard ; (a), f. musk. — A ndajch ara (°'ja-isP),

as, m. Garuda, the king ofbirds,— Anda-dhara, as,

m. epithet of Sfiva.— Anda-rardhana, am, n. or

anda~rriddhi, is, f. swellmg of the scrotum, hydro-

cele. — Anda-su, iis, f. oviparous. — Anddkarshana

(°da-dk°)’ am, n. caslration.-(^arf«-

dk°), as, a, am, egg-shapcd, oval, elliptical; (as),

m. an ellipsis, — Arjddkriti (°da-dk°), is, is, i,

egg-sbaped, oval, elliptical; (fs), f. an ellipsis.

Andaka, as, m. the scrotum; (am), n. a small

^cgg> ™ ^egg-

Andara, as, i, am, N. or epithet of a tribe.

— Aqdaraya, nom. A. aiidarayate, -yitum, to be-

have like an Andara. .

Anddlu, us, m. a fish (full of eggs).

Andira, as, m. a full male, a man; strong.

W i. at, tnd. a prefix said to imply ‘sur-

prise,' probably a contraction of ati, meaning ¹ extra-

ordinary.'-Jd-l>duf a, as, d, am, extraordinary,

mysterious, wonderful; see s. v.

j 2. at, cl. i. P. atati, dta, atishyati,

* ¹ \ dtlt, otitum, sometimes A. atate, &c., to

go constantly, walk, run ; to obtain.

Atana, as, m. a passer on; (am), n. act of

passing on. — Atana-rat, an, m. one who wanders.

Atasi, atka, see s. v.

^TcTr^ a-taj-jha (for a-tad-jha), as, d, am,

ignorant of (tat) that, i. e. Brahma and the souls

identity with it.

vtfld a-tata, as, d, am, having no beach

or shore, predpituous; (a*), m. a predpice; the

third hell.

a-tattva-vid, t, t, t, ignorant of

(tattva) the soul's identity with Brahma.

A-tattvartha-vat ('°tva-ar°), an, ati, at, not con-

formable with the nature of truth.

‘Stridi a-tatha, as, m., Ved. not such,

different; saying a-tathd, ‘not so,' 'no/ refusing;

carelcss. — A-tathtfita ('tkd-ut?), as, d, am, not

deserving of such (a fate), not thus deserving, not

used to this (with gen.).

A-tatkya, as, d, am, untrue, unreal, not really so.

a-tad-arha, as, a, am, not deserv-

iog that; (am), ind. undeservedly, unjustly.

A-tad-guna, as, m. (in rhetoric) the use of pro-

dicat es not descriptive of the essentia! nature of the

object.

a-tantra, as, %, am, havtng no ropes

or no (musica!) strings; unrestrained; (am), n. not

the object of a rule or of the rule under consideration.

a-tandra, as, ei, am, or a-tandrita,

as, d, am, or a-tandrin, i, ini, i, free from lassi-

tude, alcrt, unwearied.

a-tapa, as, d, am (rt. tap), not hot, not

exdtcd, not eager; cool; impassible, unostentatious ;

unemployed; (as), m. pl. a class of deities among

the Buddhists.

A-tufHts, as, as, as, or a-tapaska, as, d, am, or

a-tapasya, as, m. one who neglccts iapas or the prao

tice of ascetic auiterities; an irreligious character.

ntha. at\

A-tapta, as, a, am, not heated, cool - Atapta-

tanu, us, m., Vcd. whose body or mass is cool.

— Atapta-tapas, ds, m. whose ascetic austerity has

not been (fully or properly) endured.

A-tapyamana, as, a, am, not suffering.

a-tamisra, as, d, am, not dark,

not benighkd.

a-tatera, us, ws,w,Ved. not languid.

WrT§ a~tarka, as, m, an illogical reasoner;

bad logic.

A-tarkita, as, d, am, unconsidered, unthought of;

unexpected ; (am), ind. unexpcctedly.

A-tarkya, as, d, am, baffling or surpassing thougbt

or reasoning. — Atarkya-sahasra-dakti, is, m. in-

comprehensi bly endowed with a thousand powers.

^nTc5 a-tala, am, n. bottomless; N. of

a hell beneath the earth; (a.?), m. Siva.— AtaXa-

spar&a, as, d, am, or ataia-sprU, k, k, k, touching

the atala; bottomless; (or it may be a-tala-sparfa,

whose bottom cannot be touched or reached.)

a-tavyas, an, asi, as, Ved. not

stronger, not very strong.

atas, ind. (ablative of the pronora.

base a, synonymous with asmat), from this, than this;

hence; benceforth, from that time; from this (or

from that) cause or reason. — Ata-urdhvam, ind.

henceforth, afterwards. — Ata-eva, ind. for this very

reason; therefore. — Atah-param, ind. henceforth,fur-

ther on. — Ato~nimittam, ind. on this ground, for this

reason.—Ato~nya( tas-an ), as, d, ai,differing from

this. — Ato-rtham £tas-arⁿ), ind. for this object

WiHT atasa, as, m. (fr. rt. ^HT), wind, air;

the soul; a (missile) weapon; a garment made of the

fibre of [atasi) flax; (am), n., Ved. shrubs.

Atasi, f. common flax, Linum Usitatissimum; ^ana,

Bengal sun used as hemp, Crotolaria Juncea.

atasi, is, m. (fr. rt. ^HT), Ved. q

wandering mendicant.

Atasdyya, as, a,am, Ved. to be got by begging.

^rfffa/t,ind. [probably neut.of an obsolete

adj. atin, passing, going, beyond; see rt at and cf.

Old Germ. anti, unii, inti, unde, indi, &c.; Eng.

and; Germ. und; Gr. tri, avtI; Lat. ante; Lith.

ant; Arm.ti ; Zend aiti]. As a prefix to verbs and

nouns, expresses beyond, over; too far past; as ati-

kramitum, to overstep. — Ati-krarna, transgression.

When prefixed to nouns, not derived from verbs,

it expresses beyond, surpassing; as ati-ka^a, past the

whip; attonamiska, superhuman, &c.; see s. v.

As a separable adverb or preposition (with acc.),

Ved. beyond.

Ati is often prefixed to nouns and adjectives. and

rarely to verbs, in the sense excessive, extraordinary,

intense; excessively, too; exceedingly, veiy — Ati-

kathora, as, d, am, very hard, too hard. — Ati-katkd,

f. an exaggerated tale; (as, d, am), exaggerated;

see also s. v. — AtUkarskana, am, n. excessive

exertion. — Ati-kalyam, ind. very early, too early.

— Ati-kanta, as, d, am, excessively beioved.

— Ati-kdya, as, d, am, of extraordinary body

or size, gigantic; (as), m., N. of a R2kshasa.

— Ati-kutsita, as, d, am, greatly despised.—Ati-

kulva, as, d, am, Ved. too bald. — Ati-fcritehra, as,

m. extraordinary pain or hardship; extraordinary

penance. — Ati-krita, as, d, am, overdone, exagge-

rated. — Ati-kri4a, as, a, am, very thin, emaciated.

— Ati-krtsfuja, as, d, am, very or too dark, very or

too deep blue. — Ati-kruddfia, as, d, am, excessively

angry — Ati-krush{a, am, n. extraordinary cry or

wailing. — Ati-khara, as, d, am, very pungent or

piercing. — Ati-ganda, as, d, am, having large

cheeks or temples; (as), m., N. of the yoga (or

index), star of the 6th lunar mansion. — Ati-gandha,

as, d, am, having an overpowering smell; (os), m.

sulphur; lemon-grass (Andropogon Schienunthes);

-prasiddha.

the Champac flower (Michelia Champaca); a kind of

jasmin. — Ati-gandhaln, us, m.. N. of a creeper, Pu-

trad5tr!. — Ati-gariyas, as, n. (compar, of ati-guru),

a higher price. — Ati-garvita, as, d, am, very con-

ceited — Ati-gahana, as, d, am, very impcnetrable.

— Ati-gana, as, d, am, having extraordinary

qualities. — Ati-gupta, as, d, am, closely concealed,

very mysterious. — Ati-guru, us, us or vi, u, very

heavy — Ati-go, aus, f. an excellent cow — Ati-

grdhya, as, d, am, very accepfable; (as), N. of

three successive libations made (or cups filled) at the

Jyotishtoma sacrifice. — Ati^anda, as, d, am, very

violent. — Ati-darana, am, n. excessive practice.

— Ati-dapalya, am, n. extraordinary mobilhy or

unsteadiness. — Ati-Chattra or ati-thattraka, as, m.

(extraordinary parasol), a mushroom ; (d), f. Anise,

principally Anisum or Anethum Sowa j another

piant, Barleria Longifolia. — Ati-jara, as, d, am, or

(as a supplementary form) ati-jaras, ds, ds, as, very

aged. — Ati-jala, as, d, am, well watered. — Ati-

jara, as, m. extraordinary speed ; (as, d, am), very

fleet. — Ati-jdgara, as, d, am, very wakeful; (as),

m. the black curiew. — Ati-jirna, as, d, am, very

aged. — Atijirna-ta, f. extreme dd age — Ati-fixa,

as, d, am, quite alive, very lively. — Ati-dina, am,

n, extraordinary flight (of birds). — Ati-tapasvin, r,

ini, i, very ascetic — Ati-tikshna, as, a, am, very

sharp. —Ati-tivra, as, d, am, very sharp, pungent

or acid; (d), f. dOb grass — Ati-trinjia, as, d, am,

seripusly hnrt. — Ati-tripti, is, f. too great satiety.

— Ati-trishnd, f. excessive thirst, rapacity; (as, d,

am), excessively thirsty, rapacious. — Ati-tramu,

us, us, u, very timid, over timid. — Ati-dagdha,

as, d, am, badly bumt; (am), n. (in medicine) N.

of a bad kind of bum. — Ati-darpa, as, m. excessive

conceit; N. of a snake; (as, d, am), excessively con-

ceited. — Ati-dar.Hn, i, ini, {, very far-sighted. — Ati-

datri, td, m. a very literal man. — Ati-dana, am, n.

munificence. — A ti-daruna, as, d, am, very terrible.

— Ati-ddha, as, m. great heat; violent inflamma-

tion. — Atl-dirgha, as, d, am, very long, too long.

— Ati-duhkhita or ati-dushkhita, as, d, am,

greatly afflicted. very sad. — Ati-duhsaha, as, d, am,

very hard io bear, qui e unbearable. — Ati-durgata,

as, d, am, very badly off. — Ati-durdharsha, as, d,

am, very hard to approach, very haughty. — Ati-

durlambha, as, d, am, very hard to attain or obtain.

— Ati-dushkara, as, d, am, very difficult. — Ati-

dura, as, d, am, very distant; (am), n. a great

distance. — Ati-doska, as, m. a great feult. — Ati-

dhavala, as, d, am, very white. — Ati-dhenu, tis,

us, u, distinguished for his cows, — Ati-nidrd, f.

excessive sleep; (as, d, am), given to (or over-

powered by) excessive sleep; (am), ind. past (or

after) sleeping time. — Ati-nipuna, as, d, am,

very able or skilful. — Ati-nifa, as, d, am, exces-

sively low. — Ati-pathin, antlias, m. a better road

than common. — Ati-pada, as, d, am, (in prosody)

too long by onepada or foot. — Ati-paroksha, as, d,

am, fer out of sight, i. e. no longer discemible.

— A t ipa roksha-vri 11 i, is, is, i, (in grammar)

having a nature that is no longer discemible, i. e.

obsolete. — Ati-pdtaka, am, n. a very heinous sin,

incest. — Ati-puruska or ati-purusha, as, m. a fi r st-

rate man or hero. — Ati-puta, as, d, am,_ quite

purified; refined to excess. — Ati-pe.iala, as, d, am,

very dexterous or elever. — Ali-prakatfa, as, d, am,

Ved. very manifest, notorious. — Atl-prage, ind. very

early. — Ati-pranaya, as, m. excessive kindness,

partiality. — Ati-pranudya, ind. having pushed far

forward. — Ati^rabandka, as, m. complete con-

tinuity. — Ati-pravarana, am, n. excess in choosing.

— Ati-pravritti, is, f. issuing abundantly or too

freely. — Ati-^rravHddha, as, d, am, enlarged to

excess, overbearing. — Ati-pra$na, as, m. an ex-

travagant question, a question regarding transcendental

objects. — Ati-pratnya, as, d, am, fit to be asked

such an extravagant question. — Ati-prasakti, is, f.

or ati-prasanga, as, m. excessive attachment; un-

warrantable streteh of a rule nr principle. — Ati*

prasiddha, as, d, am, very famous, notorious.

OTTOTC ati-pravdha. ^rfirTT ati-gava. 13

— Ati-praudka, as, d, am, full-grown. — Ati-

praudha-yauvarui, as, a, am, being in the

full enjoyment ofyouth. — Ati-bala, as, a, am, very

stroug or powerful; (as), m. an active soldier; N. of

a king; (a), f., N. of a medicinal piant (Sidonia

Cordifolia and Rhombifolia, or Annona Squamosa);

N. of a powerful charm; N. of one of Dakshas

daughters. — Ati-balaka, as, m. an infant; (as, a,

am), childish. — Ati-baku, us, m. ‘ having extraordi-

nary armsN.of a Rishi of the fourteenthManvantara.

— Ati-bibhatsa, as, m. excessive avei^ion. — Ati-

brakmadarya, am, n. excessive abstinence or con-

tinence. — Ati-bhara, usually ati-bkdra, as, m. an

excessive burden; excessive obscurity (of a sentence);

N. of a king. — Atibhdra-ga, as, m. a mule. — Ati-

bhi, Is, m. (very terrific), ligbtning. — Ati-bkiskana,

as, a, am, very terrific or fonnidable. — Ati-bkrita,

as, a, am, well filled. — Atirbhojana, am, n. eating

too much; morbid voracity. — Ati-bhru, Us, us, u,

having extraordinary eyebrows. — Ati-ma/tgalya, as,

a, am, very auspicious; (as), m. a fruit, jEgle or

Crataeva Marmelos. — Ati-mati, is, f. haughtiness.

— Ati-madhyandina, am, n. the height of noon.

— Ati-marto, as, m. close contact. — A ti-mana, as,

m. great haughtiness. — Ati-manin, i, ini, i, very

haugbty, — Atimani-ta, f. great haughtiness. — Ati-

mdruta, as, a, am, very windy; (as), m. a hurricane.

— Ati-mukta, as, d, am, entirely liberated; quite

free from sensual or worldly desire ; seedless, barren ;

(a#), m., N. of a tree, Dalbergia Oujeinensis; of a

creeper, Gsertnera Racemosa. — Ati-muktaka, as, m.

*=the preceding; mountain ebony; a tree called

Harimantha. — Ati-mukti, is, f. final liberation (from

death). — Ati-murti, is, f. ‘highest shape,’ N. of a

cercmony. — Ati-maithuna, am, n. excess of sexual

intercourse. — Ati-moksha, as, m. final liberation

(from death). — Ati-moda, f. extraordinary fragrance;

N. of a tree, Jasminum Arboreum. — Ati-yava, as, m.

a sort of barley. — Ati-ya4a, as, d, am, or ati-yatas,

as, as, as, very celebrated or illustrious. — Ati-ydja,

as, m. ‘ great sacrificer/ N. of a Rishi. — Ati-yuvan,

va, vati, or uni, ra, very youthful. — Ati-yoga,

as, m. (in medicine) excessive union, excess.

— AH-ranhas, as, as, as, extremely rapid. — Ati-

rakta, as, d, am, very red; (d), f. one of Agni’s

seven tongues. — Ati-ratha, as, m. a very great

warrior fighling from a car. — Ati-rabhasa, as, m.

excessive or extraordinary speed. — Ati-rasa, f. (very

succulent); N. of various plants, as Murv3, R3sn5,

KlTtanaka. — Ati-rdjan, d, m. an extraordinary or

excellent king; one who surpasses a king [cf. also

s. v.]. — Ati-rudira, as, d, am, very lovely; (d),

f., N. of two metres, one a variety of the Ati-

gagati, the other also called Cudika or Culihd.

— Ati-rush, t, f, t, very angry, — Ati-rupa, as, d

or i, am, very beautiful; (am), n. extraordinary

beauty. — Ati-roga, as, m. consumption. — Ati-

romasa, as, d, am, very hairy, too hairy; (a»), m.

a wild goat, or a kind of monkey. — Ati-lakshmi,

ts, is, i, very prosperous; (is), f. extraordinary

prosperity. — Ati-langhana, am, n. excessive fasting.

— Ati-lamba, as, d, am, very extensive. — Ati-

lubdha or ati-lobha, as, d, am, very greedy or

covetous, — Atirlulita, as, d, am, dosely attached

or adhering. — Ati-lobha, as, m. or atllobha-ta,

f. excessive greediness or covetousness. — Ati-loma

or ati-lomaia, as, d, am, very hairy, too hairy.

— Ati-lomaAa, f. a pot-herb, Convolvulus Argenteus.

— Ati-lohlta, as, d, am, very red. — Ati-laulya, am,

n. excessive eagemess or desire. — Ati-vaktri, d, rl,

ri, very loquacious. — Att-vakra, as, d, am, very

crooked or curved; (a), f. one of the eight descrip-

tions of planetary motion. — Ati-vartuia, as, d, am,

very or quite round; («s), m., N. of a grain or

pot-herb. — Ati-vata, as, m. high wind, a storm.

— Ati-vada, as, m. extraordinary, i. e. abusive lan-

guage; (reproof); N. of a Vedic verse recited on certain

occasions. — Ati-vadin, i, ini, i, talkative. — Ati-

valaho, as, d, am, childish; (as), m. an infant.

— Ati-vahana, am, n. excessive toiling. — Ati-

vikata, as, d, am, very fierce; (as), m. a vicious ele-

phant. — Ati-vipina, as, d, am, having many forests.

— Ati-vilambin, i, ini, i, very dilatory. — Ati-

vUrabdha-navodhd (°va-udha), f. a fond but pert

young wife. — Ati-visha, as, d, am, exceedingly poi-

sonous ; counteracting poison; (d), f. a very poisonous

yet medicinal piant, Aconitum Ferox. — Ati-Vfiddhi,

is, f. extraordinary growth or increase. — Ali-vrishti,

is, f. excessive rain. — Ativristyi-hata, as, d, am,

injured by heavy rain. — Ati-vepathu, us, m. exces-

sive tremor; (us, us, u), or ativepathu-mat, an, atl,

at, trembling excessively. — Ati-vaitakskanya, am,

n. great proficiency. — AttoaUasa, as, a, am, very

adverse or destructive. — Ati-vyathana, am, n. in-

fliction of (or giving) excessive pain. — Ati-vyatha,

f. excessive pain. — Ati-vyaya, as, m. lavish expen-

diture. — Ati-vydpta, as, d, am, slretched too far

(as a rule or principle). — Ati-vyapti, is, f. unwarrant-

able streteh (of a rule or principle). — Ati-fakta, as,

d, am, or ati~4akti, is, is, i, very powerful; (is), f.

or attedkti-td, f, great power or valour. — AtLiakti-

bhaj, k, 1‘, k, possessing great power. — Atirtianka, f.

excessive timidity. — Ati-£arvara, am, n., Ved. the

dead ofnight. — Ati-$asta, as, d, am, very excellent.

— Ati-Sukra, as, d, am, too bright.— Ati-^ukla,

as, d, am, very white, too white. — Ati-fobhana,

as, d, am, very handsome, distinguished. — Ati-iri,

is, is, i, very prosperous. — Atisanskrita, as, d,

am, highly finished or adomed or educated. — Ati-

sakti, is, f. excessive attachment. — Atisakti-mat,

«7i, ati, at, excessively attached. — Ati-sandaya, as,

m. excessive accumulatinn, a hoard. — Ati-santapta,

as, d, am, greatly afflicted. — Ati-sandhcya, as, d,

am, easy to be settled or conciliated. — Atisamartha,

as, d, am, very competent. — Ati-samipa, as, d, am,

very near. — Ati-samparka, as, m. excessive sexual

intercourse. —Ati-sddhvasa, am, n. excessive fear

or alarm. — Ati-santapana, am, n. a species of severe

penance, inflicted especially for eating unclean animal

food. — Ati-sdyam, ind. very late or in the dusk. — Ati-

siddht, is, f. great perfection or proficiency. — Ati-

sujana, as, d, am, very moral, very friendly, very

respectable. — Ati-sundara, as, d or i, am, very hand-

some, very beautifiil; (as, d), m. fi a metre belonging

to the dass Ashti, also called Citra or Caiidald.

— Atisulabka, as, d, am, very easily obtainable.

— Ati-siikita, as, d, am, excessively kind, over-

kind. — Ati-sriskti, is, f. an extraordinary or excel-

lent creation. — Ati-seva, f. excessive indulgence (of a

habit). — Ati-saurabha, as, d, am, very fragrant;

(am), n. extraordinary fragrance. — Ati-saukitya, am,

n. excessive fondness, or the effect of it, e. g. being

spoiled, stuffed with food, &c. — Atirstuti, is, f. extra-

ordinary praise. — Ati-sthira, as, d, am, very stable

or durable. — Ati-stkula, as, d, am, excessively thick,

or stout, or big, or clumsy; excessively stupid. — Ati-

8nigdha, as, d, am, very smooth, very nice, very

affectionate. — Ati-spar£a, as, m. too marked contact

(of the tongue and palate) in pronundation. — Ati-

sphira, as, d, am, very tremulous. — Ati-svapna,

as, m. excessive sleep; (am), n. excessive tendency

to dreaming. — Ati-srastka., as, d, am, enjoying ex-

cellent health. — Ati-kasita, am, m or ati-hasa, as,

m. excessive laughter. — Ati-krasva, as, d, am, ex-

cessively short. — Aty-agni, is, m. .morbidly rapid di-

gestion. — Aty-adbkuta, as, d, am, very wonderful.

— Aty-adhvan, d, m. a long way or joumey, exces-

sive travelling. — Aty-amarshin, i, ini, i, quite out

of temper. — Aty-amla, as, d, am, very add; (as),

m. a tree, Spondias Mangifera ; (d), f. a tree, a spedes

of citron. — Atyamla-parni, f. having very add leaves,

N.of a medidnal piant or creeper. — Aty-alpa, as, d,

am, very little. — Aty~a$ana, am, n. immoderate

eating. — ^4tij-a^nat, an, ati, at, eating too much.

— Aty-asama, as, d, am, very uneven, very rough.

— Aty-ddara, as, m. excessive deference. — Aty-

ddana,am,n. taking away too much. — Aty-apti,is,f.

Complete attainment. — ^iy-drudA£,28,f.mountingtoo

high. — Aty-aia, f. extravagant hope. — Aty-ahara,

as, m. excess in eating. — Aty-aharin, i, ini, i, eating

immoderately, gluttonous. — Aty-ahita, am, n. great

calamity; great danger; fadng great danger; a daring

action. — Aty-ukti, is, f. excessive talking; exaggera-

tion; hyperbole. — Aty-ugra, as, a,am, very ficrce;

very pungent; (a?u), n. Asa Foetida. —Aty-uddais,

ind. very loudly. — Atyuddair-dhvani, is, m. a very

loud sound; a very high note. — Aty-utkata, as, d,

am, very imposing, immense, extraordinary. — Aty-

ut8aha, as, m. (in medicine) excessive vigour or

activity. — Aty-udara, as, d, am, very liberal. — Aty-

ulbana or aty-ulvana, as, d, am, very conspicuous,

immense, excessive. — Aty-ushna, as, d, am, veryhot.

ati-katha or ili-katha, as, d, am,

past tradition or law, deviating from the rules of his

caste, lawless; (see also under ati.)

ati-Tcandaka, as, m., N. of a

phnt or tree, Hastikanda.

c U-kasa, as, a, am, past the whtp,

i. e. uamanareable. ,

cl. 4. P. -kupyati, -knpi-

tum, to bcc mu: very angry.

ati-kurd, cl. I. P. -kurdati, -ditum,

VvC ³

to jump about.

ali-krtli or abhikriti, is, f., N. of a

metre of four lines, eachcontainingtwenty-five syllables.

ati-krish, cl. 1. P. -karshati,

-karshtum or -l'rash*iim_t to drag over or beyond.

ati-kesara, as, m. an aquatic

piant, Trapa Bipinosa.

'-qfrirf.R aii-kram,cl. i. P. A.,4.P.-^rdma^‘,

-te, -kramyati, -kramitmn, to step or go or get

beyond or over or ?xross; to pass, cross; to surpass,

excel, overcome; to pass by, neglect; to overstep,

transgress, violate; to pass on or away; to step out;

to part from, lose: Caus. -kramayati or -kramayati,

-yitum, to allow to pass, to leave unnoticed.

Ati-krama, as, m. act of passing or overstepping;

lapse (oftime); overcoming, surpassing, conquering;

excess, imposition, transgression, violation; neglect;

determined onset.

^^'-itramarta, am, n. passing, surpassing, over-

stepping; excess; spending (time).

Ati-kramaniya, as, d, am, proper or practicablc

to be passed by or negiected or overcome.

Ati-kramin, ?, ini, i, exceeding, violating, &c.

Ati-kramya, ind. having passed beyond, behind,

&c.

Ati-kranta, as, d, am, having passed or trans-

gressed; exceeded, surpassed, overcome. -Atikranta-

nishedha, as,d,am,gu\\ty of neglecting a prohibition.

Ati-kramaka, as, d, am, exceeding, transgress-

ing, &c.

ati-kshar, cl. l. P.,Ved. -ksharali,

-ritum, to overflow.

ati-kship, cl. 6. P. -kshipati,

-ksheptum, to throw beyond.

Ati-kshipta, as, d, am, thrown beyond ; (am), n.

(in medicine) sprain or dislocation of a particular kind.

ali-khatva, as, d, am, past the

bedstead, able to do without a bedstead.

^rfrnpTT ati-khya, cl. 2. P., Ved. -khyati,

-khyatum, to survey, overlook, neglect, abandon,

repudiate.

ati-gam, cl. 1. P. -gadehati, -gan-

tum, or ati-ga, cl. 3. P. -jigati, -gdtum, to pass,

overcome, succeed ; to escape; to pass by, pass over,

neglect; to pass away, die.

Ati-ga, as, d, am (used at the close of compounds),

exceeding, overcoming, surpassing; as &kdtiga (?ka-

at°), overcoming grief.

Ati-gata, as, d, am, having passed; being past.

ati-gava, as, d, am, having passed

or surpassed a cow.

E

14

■erfimnr

ifrfXTT?. ati-gdh, cl. i. K.-guhate, -hitv.m,

or -gidhton, to emerge over; to rise upon.

VTnPJT ati-gwr, oi. 6. P., Ved. -gurali,

■ritum,, to shout, uxclaitn (?).

afrfXT^I ati-guhc, f. a p’ant, llemionitea

Cordifolia.

sTriJJV ati-grnh, cl. g. P., Ved. -gribhmti

or -grihnati, -gratiitum, to taku beyond or over

the U'ual measure ; tu overtake, surpass.

Ati-graha, as, m. act of overtaldng or surpassing;

onc wh j takes or seizes to an extr ordinary extent,

(in philosophy) the same as atirjraha.

AH-jrt ha, as, m. object of a grato, i. e. of an

ipprehensivu organ; theri are eight snch grahas, viz.

prona, ‘ intaling or nos-;’ tat, ‘speeh;’ jihva,

‘tongue;’ tahshm, ‘eyc;’ irat-a, ‘tar; mana*,

‘ miod, hasta, ‘haud;’ itat, ‘skinf these hive

eight corresponding a.ti-grdhas or ob.ects, viz.

opina, ‘exhalingsubstance;’ nomam, ‘name;’ rasa,

* sap or tastcrapa. ‘ fnrmdahda, ‘ sound;’ hama,

‘d-sirckannan, ‘actam;’ and sparta, ‘toueh.’

Ati-grSkya, as, m.,Ved., N. or tbree successive

libations made (or cups hlied) at tbe Jj otishtoma

sacrifice; ^very accepubl-; se. under (Oi. )

ati-gha, as, m. (fr. oti and rt. han,

‘ very de-tructive¹), a we-.pon, n bludgeon; wrath.

At.i-ghna, a\ i, am, V-d. very or vtterly de-

stractive; (i), f., Ved. a happv state rf utter oblivion

or profi mnd .leep obliterating a!l tha! is disagreeable

in the past.

Ati-ghnya, at, a. am, Ved. overpow-ring, over-

cnming (?!.

VTfri^ ati-tamm, us, is, v, \ictorious over

arrni-s.

VrfrTVr at i-tar, cl. X. P. -iarati, -ritum, to

pass or pass by; to overtake, surpass; to transgress,

offend, be unfaithfiil to.

Ati-tara, as, a, am, transient, chansreable; (a),

f., N. of the shrub Hibiseus Mutabilis.

Ati-Corana. See s. v. ati.

Ati-cava, aa, m. «et of passiiig, ovjrtaking, sur-

passing; accelerat d motion, tspecially ot pianets.

Ati taiin, i, ini, i, surpa^sing, transgressing.

-Sfri-Mrt iti-trit, cl. i. P. -cartati, -titum,

lo stick on, fasten together.

ati-6eshl, cl. i. A.-teshtate, -litum,

to make extraordinary or excessive efforts.

frt «o ati-66handa, . as, a, am, past

woridly des ires, free from them.

Ati-Mhandw, as, ax, as, Ved. past woridly desires,

free from them; (ds, as)_f f. n., N. of two extensive

classes of metres; (as), n., N. of a particular brick in

the sacrifidal fire-place.

'tffrf rfl ati-jagati, f., N. of a genus of

metres (belonging to the class Atitehcimlas), of four

lines, each containing thirteen sylhbles.

ati-jana, as, a, am (‘ past men’),

uninhabited.

^rfn^riT ati-jata, as, a, am, superior to

his parenta ge.

STfprfiT uti-ji, cl. i. P. -gagati, -jetum, to

conquer.

dfir!JiT=T "ti-jir, cl. i. P. -jivati, -vitum,

to survive; to surpass in the mode - f living.

"JrFrtrid 'tti-tata, as, ii, am (fr. ati-tan), far-

tretcl-ed, makiog ones self very big, conceited.

ati-tap, cl. I. P. -tepati, -toplum,

to be ray hot; to he.it; to 'ffect greatly: Caur..

-tapauati, -yitum, to heat nui:h

eifd tu 'W nti-taram, ind. (compar, of ati),

ati-ijiih. wfinrT (•

above in rank (with ace.); bett..r, higher, more (with

abi.); very much, exceedir.gly, excesively.

^ffA^ati-trid,Q\.-.V.-tTinatti,-tarditnm,

to pierce, penetrate.

vrfrjXJ o.ti-trip, cl. 4, P. -tripyati, -tarp-

tmn or -traptum, to te cr becnmc satisHed, satiated

or glutted.

TjftTT ati-tri, cl. i. P. -tarati, -taritvm or

-taritum, to pass, cross, get over, overcome, escape;

to attain : Desid. -titirshati, to be desirous of Crossing

or overcomiog.

Ati-tarln, i, ini, i, Crossing.

Ati-tarya, as, a, am, proper or practicable to be

got over or overcome.

VrffTTT ati-tyad, surpassing that; (a

£ctiti< >ns compound coiiied by grammarians.)

VTfifiVXT ati-tvam, surpassing thee; (a

rraniniatii.al compound, see the last); alitndin, citi-

<ran (ace. sing. and pl.), him that surpa<ses thee,

thera tliat surpass thee.

vUf,i.-4t cti-tvar, cl. i. A., occasionally P.,

Ararate, -ti, -ritum, to ha^ten greatly.

dtithi, is, ‘i, i, m. f. n. (etymology

nncertain; if, accnrding tn native authnnties, fr. rt. at,

it would then first mean ‘ a travcller;’ if fr. a and

tithi, the first idea wuld be ‘ one who has no fixsd

time for comir.g or staying;’ if from ati and sth I,

< one who has the pre-eminence over the member; of

the housjhold'), a guest, entitled tu hospitality; (is),

m. wrath; N. of Avni or an attendant of Soma; N.

of Suh. itra, king of AycdhyS, and gtandson of Rarna.

—AtHhi-kriya, f. hospitality, as (mhgiously) duc to

a guest. — Atithi-gva, as, m. (‘to whom guests sbould

go’), an epithet of Divolasa. — Atitl>i-tra, am, n.

cundition cfa guest, hospitality. ^ Atithi-dera, no,

a or t, am, treating the guest as a divmity. — A&tki-

dvesha, as, m. inhospitality — AtkM-dharma, os,

m. titlfc to hospitality. — Ait ith’-dharmin, l, ini, i,

entitled to hospitality. —AtimifOti, is, m. the host

or enteTtainer of a guest. — Atithi-pujana, am, n. or

at.ithipvjci, f. honourable and rcligions reception of

a gpest. — Atithi-iat, ind. like a guest. — At.ithi-

nthara, as, m. honourable treatment of a guest.

— Atithl-stvd, f. attei tion paid to a guest.

Atithin, i, ini, i (fr. rt. at), Ved. travelling; (T),

m., N. of a king, niso cilled Suhotra and Atithi, q.v.

^fcT-fVT 'iti-dotta, as, m.. N. of a brotlicr

of Datta and son of RajSdhidcya.

aii-dah. cl. i. P., poct. also A.,

-dahati, -te, -dagdkum, to bum or blaze acrnss; to

bum or distress gn.atly.

TrfinT oti-do, cl. 3. P. -daddti, -datam, to

surpass in giving; to pas: over or neglect in giving.

vrfrt1 ni ati-ddnta, as, m., N. of a prince.

Vlfri fri -1 ati-dir, cl. 4. P. -diryati, -debitum,

to play higb, lose at play.

setfetfri ul ati-dis, cl. 6. P. -disati, -deshtum,

to assign, make over, transfer: Pass. -dityate, (in

granimar) to be verruled or attiaeti d 'ir assimilated.

Ati-dishta, as, d, am, overrukd, atlracted, in-

fluenced, infened, substitnted.

Ati-deta, as, m. transfer, extended applicat^:on,

inference, inalogy, overruling influence, assimilation;

a rule providing for more than the usual rule; putting

onc thing ins*ead of another, substitution; ropati-

dcia, sudi a rule as afiecting the form of a word;

(as, a, am), overruling, prtvnusly stated.

VTffTVivf ati-dipya, as, m. (very brilliant),

a piant. Plumbago Rosea.

VrfrT^"t^ ati-drip, cl. 4. P -dnpyati,

•darptum or -draptum, to be excessively conceited.

'i-para.

HTfiT^jT rti-dris, cl, 1. P.,Ved. -pasyatl,

-drashtum, to look beyond, look through.

%’l frld^ ati-dera, as, m. a supe:rior god;

surpassing the gods.

ati-dhanvan, a, m., N. of a

descendant of S uuka.

vfir-rPi ati-dhdm, A. 1. P.-dhnrati, -vitum,

to run or rush over.

vrfTPJfd c ti-dhriti, is, f., N. of a genus of

metres belonging to the class Atiddhandas, and con-

sisting of four Unes, each containing nineteen syUables;

(in arithm.) nineteen.

VTwT7(j( ati-vom, cl. 1. P. -namati, -nantum,

to bend aside, keep on une side.

Vrr.lellHd ati-ndman, a, m., N. of a

Saptarshi of the sixth Mnnvantan 1.

ati-nishtra, as, c, am, past danger.

out of danger.

ati-nifrit or ati-nirrit, t, f., N.

of a Vedic metie of three pSdas, containing respec ■

t:ve!;- seven, s'x and seven syllables.

VrfiTfd^R c.ti-nidram, ind. past slecping

time. Kees. v. ati.

sJ. frifririVT ati-nish-taa (-nis-tan), cl. 8. P..

Ved. -tanoti, -notum, to penetrate.

'il Pri di ati-ni, cl. 1. P. -nayati, -netum, to

lead over or beyond, t j help a per-on over anything;

to allow tjpass away: Intens. A. -nemyate, to bring

furward.

vlffirg ati-nu, Oaus. -nacayati, -yitum, to

tum away.

vrfnrF" f ti-nud, cl. 6. P. A., Ved. -nudati,

-te, -vottum, to drive by.

ati-ned, cl. 1. P., Ved. -nudati,

-ditum, to stream or flnw over, to foam over.

-1 Privi T ati-nav,, aus, aus, u, disembarked.

^tf?Pr3T ati-pahia, f. a girl vvho is past five.

^:"friH dlVH ti-patikshepa or a-pniikshcpn,

as, m. omissiem of removing the theatrical curtain.

^TftTV7 ati-pa\h, Pass. -pathyote, to be

proclaimed, named or celebrated.

vSfdttTT nti-pat, cl. 1. P. -potati, -titum,

to 611 or fly by, past, beyond. over; to neglect: Oaus.

-patoyati, -vitum, to cause to fly by; to drtg

away ; t d make effectle-..

Ati-patana, am, n. act of 6Uing or flying beyond,

passing, mi-sing, transgressing.

Ati-patita, as, d, am, missad, transgressed, past.

Ali-pata, as, m. passing awav, lapse; neglect,

transgression; ill-usage, opposition, contrariety.

Ati-patita. as, c, am, quite displaeed or brokeu;

(am), n. (in medicine! complute fracture of a bone.

AH-pdtin, i, ini, i, overtaking, exceiling in speud

(in medicine! mmiing a lapid coume, acute.

Ati pdtua, as, d, am, fit or proper to Ire neplectcd.

tsfrtqVT ati-pattra, as, m. the Tcak tree;

another true, Hastikanda.

VirfiniT ati-pnd, cl 4. A. -podyate, -pattum,

to go beyond (with ace.), jurnp over, neelect, trans-

gre>«: Caus. -padayati, -yitum, to allow to pa-« by.

Ati-patti, is, f. goinp beyond, passing, lapse;

krivaiipntti, the passing by of an icrion unaceom-

plished.

Ati-pnma, as, a, am, gone beyond, transgressed,

missed; past.

vrfiPIT; ati-paro, as, a, am, having over-

come his tnemy or enemies; (as), m. a great enemy.

srfsm ati-pa.

ati-spndham.

V

15

TlfiT^T ■■ti-pa, Caus. P. -paijayati, -yitvm,

to give to drink in preat qnantity.

a frl 41-J’r^T^rT ati-pddani&rit or ati-pada-

nivrit, t, f., N. ofa Vedic metre of threc pddas, con-

taining respectively s% eight and «cven syllr.blos.

ftiri ati-pitri, -ta, m. surpassing his

own father. — Ati-prtMnaha, as, m. surpassing his

«wn paterna! grandfather.

ati-pii, cl. 9. P., Ved. -punati,

jiavitum, to purify by overflowing.

mrftj ati-pri, P., Ved. -prinati(i), Caus.

-piirayati, -yitvm, to convey across.

frl Uf=b7f ati-pra-kit or -Ut, cl. 3. A.,Ved.

■dekite, to be distinet or distinguishuble.

ati-pra-iyn, cl. 1. A. -Cyavate,

-cyntum, to pass by: Caus. -dyavayati, -vitam, to

cause or allorv to pass by.

vTtrjPTII oti-pra-nas (rt. nas), cl. 4. P.

-nadyati, -naiitum or -nanshtum, to be deprived

of (with aoc.).

■"tfnvHul ⁿti-prc-ni (rt. nt), cl. 1. P. -nayati,

•■netum, to lead past.

ati-pra-mtd (rt. nnd), cl. 6. P. A.

-nudati, -Is, -nottum, to press a per.on veiy 'trongly.

WTWm aH-pranana, as, a, am, past

measuTc, immense.

iStlTirPIPT ati-prunaM, ind. above life.

' — AHprdna-priya, as, a, am, dutrer than life.

TTfinrfViT ati-preshita, am, n. the time

after the ceremony in which the Praisha Mautras ire

used.

^rfrTSrePT. ati-hrahman, 5, m..N.of a king.

osPniJ ati-bru, cl. 2. P. -braviti, -vallum,

to insuit, abu_e.

ati-bhv, cl. I. P. -bhavati, -tritum,

to excel, overcome,

Ati-bhdva, as, m, superi ority; overcoming.

ati-bhmni, is, f. extensive land;

rultrunation, eminence, S'.ip_vr;nrity; excess.

ali-hhush, cl. 10. A. -bhvshayate,

-yitum, tr. precede in adoming oneself.

P ati-manv •ihyn-bnddhi, is, is,

f, having a superhuman intellect.

vrfk*n*T ati-martya,as, a,am, superhuman.

TTfiTHVrj ati-maryada, as, ii, am, exceeding

the proper limit; {am), ind. beyond bounds.

"3rfiiHr.4 ali-mdtra, as, a, am, exceeding

the pr>per measure; (am), ind. or atimatra-das,

ind. beyond measure.

ati-munusha, as, i, om, super-

human, divine.

aft-mam face, of aty-aham, q. v.),

him or her that surpasses me.

'.s Prt¹ i' q ati-mdya, as, d, am, emaneipated

from May5 or Ulusion ; funlly liberated.

vrPrfttlf ati-mara or ati-hhdra, as, m., N.

of a priuce.

"TftTfifH 1. ati-mita, as, d, am, over mea-

sured, beyond measure, exceeding.

^firfiTiT 2. a-timita, as, a, am, not moist-

ened, not wet.

ati-mukta and ati-muktaka, as, m.

(rt.mud), N. of certain shrubs or trees; see under

ati (surpassing pearis in Vvhiteness),

Ati-mukti, is, f. final liberation. See under ati.

Ati-mutya, ind. part. having dismissed or given up.

SHfrWlg ati-mrityu, us, us, u, overcoming

death.

wfrrm ati-ya, cl. 2. P. -yati, -tum, to

pass by.

TF^ati-yuyam (nom. pl. of ati-tvam,

q. v.), persons surpassing thee.

^rfrRT5T^ ati-rajan, d, m. an extraordinary

king; superior to a king. — Ati-rdjakumari, is, is

or l, i, superior to a princess.

Atirajaya, nom. P. atirdjayati, -yitum, to sur-

pass a king.

Ati-rajni, f. (a woman) superior to a king.

ati-rdtra, as, d, am, Ved. pre-

pared or performed over-night; (as), m. an optional

part of the Jyotishtoma sacrifice; commencement

and conclusion of certain sacrificial acts; concluding

Vedic verse chanted on such occasions; N. of a son

ofCakshusha the sixth Manu. — Atirdtra-savaniya-

paAu, us, m. the victim sacrificed at the AtirStra.

^rfrtfc ati-ri, neut. of ati-rai, q.v.

ati-rid, Pass. -r%6yate, to be left

with a surplus, to surpass (in a good or bad sense

with abi. or acc.).

Ati-rihta, as, d, am, left with or as a surplus, left

apart; redundant, unequalled. — Atirikta-ta, f. re-

dundancy, &c. — Atiriktanga (°ta-an°), as, a, am,

baving a redundant timb or finger or toe; (am), n. a

redundant limb or finger or toe.

Ati~reha or ati-reha, as, m. surplus, excess; redun-

dancy; difference; (as, d, am), redundant.

Att-rekin, i, ini, i, surpassing.

atx-ru6, cl. i. P. -rodati, -ditum, to

outshine.

AH-rud, h, m. a horse’s fetlock or knee.

wf?lT ati-rai, ds, ds, i (‘ exceeding one’s

inedme’), extravagant.

^fri fo5riT atiliha or athilla, f. (etymology

uncertain), N. of a PrSkrit metre of four lines, each

containing sixteen Matras.

^rfrnr^R ati-vayam(nom. pl. of aty-aham,

q. v.), persons surpassing me.

^TffRrNr ati-vartana. See under ati-vrit.

ati-valita, as, d, am, well sur-

rounded or covered (?), full of folds (?), well suppiied (?).

ati-vah, cl. i. P. -vahati, -vodhum,

to carry over or across: Caus. -vahayati, -yitum, to

let time pass, spend.

Ati-vahana, am, n. excessive toiling or enduiing.

Ati-vahita, as, a, am, swifter than the wind;

(according to Colebrooke) an epithet of the Stikshma-

krlra, also (according to Carey) of the Preta-^arira, or

misery-enduring body, which is of the size of a

thumb ; (a^), m. an inhabitant of the lower world.

Ati-valiya, as, d, am, practicable or proper to be

passed (as time, &c.); (am), n. the passing of time.

Ati-vodhrl, dka, m. one who carries over or across.

1« ati-vdsa, as, m. fast on the day

before performing the ^riddha.

ati-riddha, as, ii, am (rt. vyadh),

transfixed, badly wounded —Atividdha-liieshaja,

as, t, am, curing de :p wuunds.

ati-visva, as, m. (' superior to ali

or to the universe’), N. of a Muni.

7T ati-vrit, cl. i. A. -vartate, -titum,

to pass, surpass, cross; to get over, overcome; to

transgress, violate, offend, especially by unfaithfulness;

to pass away; to delay.

iAti-vartana, am, n. a pardonable offence or mis-

demeanour.

Ati-Tartin, i, ini, i, Crossing, passing; guilty of a

pardonable offence or of pardonable irregulariiy,

Atl-vritti, is, f. surpassing; hyperbolical meaning;

(in medicine) excessive action.

ati-vela, as, d, am, passing its

proper boundary, excessive; (am), ind. excessively.

ati-vyadhin, i, ini, i ^rt.

vyartii), piercing, wounding.

Ati-ryadhya, as, a, am, vulnerable.

'JiPrtSfjfcO ati-sahkari or ati-sakrarl, f. a.

dass of metres of four lines, each containing fifteen

syllablcs. It has eighteen varieties.

ati-sakra, as, a, am, superior to

Indra.

xHfrf.T^j ati-sank, cl. i.A.-sanko.te, -kitum,

to suspectato be enneemed ab<'ut.

atisaya, &c. See under ati-st

below.

viPn^i^ ati-hstra, as, d, am, superior to

weapons or missiles.

vi Pri JW. atisaJcvara, as, d, am, written in

or connected with the Ati-^akvarl metre.

ati-ii, cl. 2. A. -Sete, -Sayitum, to

precede in Iying down; to surpass, excel, exceed;

to act as an incubus, annoy.

Ati-6aya, as, m. pre-eminence, eminence; superi-

ority in quality or quantity or numbers; advantagequs

resuit; one of the superhuman qualities attributed to

Jaina Arhats; (as, d, am), pre-eminent, superior,

abundant.—AtUayam or atUayena, ind. eminently,

very. — Ati^ayokti (°ya-uh°), is, f. hyperbolical lan-

guage; extreme assertion; verbosity.

Ati-fayana, as, d, am, eminent, abundant; (am),

ind. excessively. — Ati-fayani, f., N. of a metre of

four lines, also called Citralekha.

Ati-^ayita, as, a, am, superior.

Ati-tfayin, %, ini, i, excelling, abounding.

Ati-^ayana, am, n. act of excelling; excessiveness,

Ati-ftdyin, *, ini, i, excelling, abounding; excessive.

Ati-^eta, as, d, am, excelling, exceeding; superior.

Wfir^jhTH ati-iitam, ind. past the cold,

after the winter.

ati-sesha, as, m. remainder, rem-

nant, especially of time.

ati-Sreshtha, as, a, am, superior

to the best, best of ali. — Atiireshtha-tva, am, n.

pre-eminence.

Ati-dreyasi, is, m. a man superior to the most

excellent woman.

ati-slish, cl. 4. P. -slishyati,

-tflcshtam, to fasten or tie over.

vN ati-iva, as, i, am, superior to, or

worse than, a dog; (a), m., N. of a tribe.

vtati-shel (rt. sel or sel), Caus. P.

-shelayati, -yitum, to make one go to a great

distance.

ati-shkadvari, f. (rt. skand),

(transgressor), a dissolute woman.

vi Pri a rf a-tishthat, an, anti, at, not stand-

ing, unstable.

vt Pri a I ati-shtha (rt. sthd), cl. r. P.-tishthati,

-shlhatum, to excel.

Ati-shtha, f. precedence, superiority; (as), m. f.,

Ved. or ati-shthavan, a, m. or atishtha-vat, an,

ati, at, superior in standing, surpassing.

vlPri^^VT ati-san-dhd (-sam-dhd), cl. 3. P.

A. -dadhati, -dhatte, -dhatum, to overreach, de-

ceive.

Ati-sandham, ind. in violation of an agreenient

or of the settled order.

atyashti-sdmagrl.

1(5 ati-san-dhanct.

Ati-snn-dhann, am, n. cvcrreachin^, cheafir.£.

Ati-san-dtuta, as, d, m, ovcrrtiichtd, chi.»Vd.

AH-sam-dksya, as, d, am, easy to be cunciliatcd

or settlcd.

irfinni ati-sarra, as, a, am, superior to

ali; (aut, m. the supreme.

STfinrVfWt ati-samratsara, as, », am,

«•totiding over more than a ycar.

srfrreTmT ati-sdmyh, f. tlie sweet juice of

the Bengal Maddcr, Rubia Manjith.

im PrtW ati-sri, Caus. P. -sarayati, -yitum,

to extend; to esert (?).

Atisara, as, m., Ved. effort, exertion.

A'i-sdm or a'\ sdra, as, m. violent stmimng at

stool, dy^entery.

At^:-sdrakir or ati-idralin or at-'sa,in or ntj-

sdrin, i, ini, i, dfhcted w.th dysentery.

'SrfinpT ati-srij, cl. 6. P. -srijati, -srashtum,

to dismiss, abandon; to leav,. as a r.mnant; to remit,

forgive, to give away.

Atisarga, as, m. act of parting with, dLmissal,

giving away, gnnting permissii >n.

AH-satjana, am, r. litarality, grnting, engaging,

a gift; sending out of the World, k.lluip.

AH-srijya, ind. ptrt. having dismiss^d, &c.; ex-

cessively.

vi fri Mati-spp, cl. i. P. -sarpati, -sarptum

or sraptum, to plide ever, get over.

SnlnfTT oti-stna, as, m., N. of a prtnee,

a son of Simbaia.

~~Vlfri#~~T^l5 ati-sauparna, as, %, am, superior

to Suparna’s or Garuda’s (vision, &c.).

ati-stri, is, is or t, i, -surpassing a

wonrn; Grani. 153. b. The feminine may .nd in i.

TTfir?77PI al^:-hostayo, Xom.tfr. uti-has'a j,

P. afihastuyati, -yi^f um, to stretidi out the hands; (fr.

aiihaitir), to overt-dto on an ehphant.

ati-himnm, ind. after the cold

or th frust.

'Tfrft ati (ati-i), cl. 2. P. aty-eti, -tum,

to pass» elapse, pass over, overflow; to pass on; to

get over; to defer; to enter; to overcome, overtake,

outdo; to pass by, neglect; to overstep, violate; to

be redundant; to die: Intens. atlyate, to overcome.

Atlta, at, a, am, gone by, past, passed away,

dead; having gone through, having got over or be-

yond, having passed by, having neglected; negligent;

passed, left behind; excessi ve; (a«), m. modem N.

ofa particular Sfaiva sect; (am), n. the past. — At ita-

Icala, at, m. the past time or tense. — AtUa-nauka,

as, d, am, landed.

Atitvari f., Ved. (transgressor), a bad

woraan. — Aty-aya, aty-aya, see s. v.

a-tikshna, as, a, am, not sharp,

blunt, dulL

aiindriya (a/z-tV), as, d, am, be-

yond the cognisaoce of (indriya) the senses; (a#), m.

in the SJnkhya phil. the soul or purutka ; (avi), n.

in the SJnkhya phil. nature or pradhana; in the

VedJnta phil. the mind or manas.

virflttK. See under ati-rid,

ati-sri.

^ rfl^ ativa (ati-ivn), ind. exceedingly,

very; excessivcly, too; quite; surpassing (with the

ace.).

ⁱmfh7 a-tirra, as, a, am, not sharp, blunt;

not pungent.

a-tunya, os, a, am, not tali, phort,

dwartiih.

a-tunda, as, a, am, not atout, thin,

hnk.

Mtrilf a-tura, as, o. am, Ved. not liberal,

not rich.

TTrJc? a-tula, as, a, am, uncquallcd; (as),

m. (destituti: of w, ight), the Se>amum sevd and piant.

— A-tulya, ai, a, am, nnequalltd.

Td H a-tuska, as, a, am, without husks.

iHrimt a-tushcra-kaia, as, m. (havinef

not cold rays), the sun.

5PTft a-lushti,is, f. displeasure, discontent.

a-tuhina, Ved. not cold; used in

compounds, thus a<‘ihina-dhaMav, a, or atuhhta-

mimi, is, or afMna-nM, is, m. the sun.

a -tutuji, is, is, t, Ved. not quick,

slow.

a-turta, as, d, am, Ved. not in a

hurry; not outrun or outdone or obstructed; unhurt;

(am), n. illimited space. — Aturta-daksha, as, m.,

Ved. having designs that cannot be obstructed (epithet

of the AsvinsJ. — Aturta-patkin, anthds, m., Ved.

having a path that cannot be obstructed.

'3TrpTrrc[ a-trinnda (°na-ada), as, m. (not an

eater of grass), a newly-bom calf.

a-trinyu, f. a sraall quantity or

short supply of grass.

a-tridila, as, d, am, Ved. not

fragile, solid, or ‘ having no holes/

Jtip-. -tripa, as, e, om, Ved. not satinfied.

Atripnnvat, an, at’, at, Ved. insatiable.

A tripla, o*, a, am, un.atiified, i.jatiable, eajer.

— Atripta-drii, k, k, h, lookinp with eagemess.

A-tripti, is, f. unsatisfied condition, insatiability.

?njf<ra a-ti-ishita, as, 5, am, Ved, not

thirsty, not grfvdy. .

A-tiishjiaj, ?c, k, V., Vid. not thirsty.

A-trishya, as, d, am, Ved. beyond the reach of

thirst.

A-trishyat, an, antl, at,Ve d. not thirsting after,

not greedy, not eagir.

^vWd^7T a -tejos, n. ahsence of hria;htnes.s

or vipour; dimntss, shade, shadow; feebleness, dul-

ness, insipniticance; (as, as, as), or a-ttjaska, as, d,

am, or o-ttjasvin, f, ini, i, not briphr, dim, not

viporous.

"3T rtl a-tnshaiuya,as, a, am, impoisible

or iniproper to be pLased or ppeased.

VTRi nijca, as, u, am (fr. rt. at), travellin^;

(c.«), m. a travJler; 3 limb or member; (Ved.) water,

liqnid ; lightnmg; armour, mail; garm^nt; N. ot an

Ascra.

iHp+lc-i atkila or uthla, as, m., N. of the

author of some Vedic hymns, a descendant of VifvS-

mitra.

HTWfa? > Itali, is, m., N. of a man.

attarya, as, a, am (fr. rt. ad), fit or

proptr to be eaten.

Atti, is, m., Ved. an ea(er; f., see ako s.y. alta.

Attri, td, m. an eater.

Wt at id, f. (etym. uneertain, probably

i word b rrowed from the I'eccan, occurring chiefly

in dramas); a mothtr; moth-r¹' sister j elder sister;

(in Prakrit) a mntherdn-law. See (tkbi.

Atti, is, or atlika, f. eldor sister.

vifrirt, nttra, &c. SeeV?,

atna,as,oratnn,us,m.(fr.al%tlie sun.

Atya, ai, m., Ved. a courser, stetd.

‘5TP1?'⁵? aty-a/ihas, as, as, as,Ved. beyond

the rcach of (or emancipated from i sin or evil.

smfrrr aty-agm, is, m. morbidly rapid

dipestion, see s. v. ati; {is, is, i), surpasiinp fire.

— Aty-agni-so,narka (’mti-or ), as, a, am, brighter

than fire or the muon or the sun.

aty-agnishtoma, as, m., N. of

the optiona! seconi partofthe Tyotishtoma saoifici;

the Vedic ven,e chinted at the close ot that cere-

mony.

>17^ 1^31 aty-onkusa, as, a, am, past the

(elephant-drivei^s) hook, unmanageabte.

r ty-angnla, as, a, am, exceeding

an an-pula (fingeps breadth).

ei rM fn aty-ati-kram, cl. I. P. -kruruati,

■kratrMtm, to .pproach for sexual inttreourse.

WTTcS aty-anila, as, d, am, suqmssing

the wind.

'-‘i N aty-anta, as, d, am, past its proper

end or limit; excessive, very great or strong, &c.;

endless, unbroken, perpetual; absolute, perfect; (am),

ind. excessively, exceedingly; in perpetuity; absolutely,

completely; to the end. — Atyanta-lcopana, as, d,

am, very passionate, outrageous. — Atyanta-ga, as,

d, am, going or walking very much or very fast.

— Atyanta-gata, at, d, am, completely pertinent;

always applicable. — Atyanta-gati, is, f. complete ac-

complishment; (irt grammar) the sense of ‘ completely/

— Atyanta-gamin, i, ini, i, going or walking very

much or very fast. — Atyanta-gurrin, i, ini, i, having

extraordinary qualities. — Atyanta-tiraskrita-va&ya-

dhvani, is, f. (in rhetoric) a metaphoric or hyper-

bolical use of depreciating language. — Atyanta-

pidana, am, n. act of giving excessive pain. — Atyan-

ta-vasin, i, m. a Brahman who perpelually lodges as a

student with his teacher. — Atyanta-8aittyoga,as, m.

(in grammar) immediate proximity. — Atyantasam*

parka, at, m. excessive sexual intercourse. — Atyavta-

suhumara, as, i, am, very tender; («s), m. a kind

of grain, Panicum Italicum. — Atyantabhdva (°ta-

abh^Q), at, m. absolute non-existence.

i. atyantilca or atyantlna, at, d, am, going

much or fast or far.

'TTTaiVsii *. aty-antika, as, d, am, too close,

too near, very dose; (am), n. too great neamess.

'iAMM aty-aya, as, ra. (fr. rt. i with ati, see

ati), passing, lapse, passage ; passing away, perishing,

death; danger, risk, evil, suffering; transgression, guilt,

vice; getting at, attacking; overcoming, mastering

(mentally); a dass.

Atyayika, better atyayiJca, at, d, am, tempo-

raiy, occasional.

Atyayin, i, ini, i, passing, surpassing.

viKKlfrT aty-arati, is, m., N. of a son of

Janantapa.

aty-artha, as, d, am (beyond its

proper worth), exorbitant, excessive. — Atyartham,

ind. excessively, exceedingly.

^HrQVf aty-ard, el. i. P* -ardati, -ditum, to

press hard, to distress greatly.

r<lI aty-arh, cl. i. P. -arhati, -^z/r/77i, to

excel in worth.

aty-avi, is, m., Ved. passing over

or through the strainer, which consisted of sheepV

wool or a sheep’s lail (an epithet of Soma).

aty-as, el. 9. P. -asnati, -abitum, to

precede in eating.

^ mft aty-ashti, is, f. a mette of foui'

lines, each containing seventeen syllables; the number

seventecn. — AtyashtisdmagrJ, f. title of a particular

book.

aty-as.

a-datta.

17

1. aty-as (ati-as), cl. 2. P. -asti, to

:xcel, surpar-i.

2. aty-as {ati-as), cl. 4. P. -asyati,

-sitim, to fhoot beycad or ut, overpow.r (with

anows).

Aty-asta, as, a, am, havin" shot beyond, having

.urpatsed. .

^Tct'cH aty-aham, s1.1rpa.3ins me, (a ficti-

nous word coined by vrammariaus.)

aty-chna, as, a, am, exceeding a ilay

in duration.

‘^rPTRir’ ety-a-kara, as, m. (rt. kri), con-

tempt, blam :.

aty-d-krar.t (ati-a°), cl. 1. P.

-krmnati, -hamitum, to walk pa-.t.

uty-dfdra, as, m. perf irmance of

tvorlrs of supererogation; (os, a, aut), neghgent of

or dcparti^g from the eslablished customs.

STiTTr^m aty-ad'tya, as, a, am, surpassing

the sun.

^rwriVnT aty-a-dkana, am, n. act of im-

posing or placiog npon; inrpositon, de, ‘-ption.

aty-anandd, f. morhid indiffer-

ence (of a wifel to the pleasnre of sexu d intercour e.

Wnm "ty-dyo, as, m. (fr. rt. i with ati),

transgression, «xcess; (as, d, am), going beyond,

transgressing.

?IHrPTiT cty-a-yat (ati-a°), cl. I. A.-yatate,

-tttmn, to make extraordinery etforts.

■'SiSJTpS aty-ala, as, m., N. of a piant,

Plumbago Rose l.

aty-asramin, i, m. f superior to

the forr A. ramas), an ascetic of tbe highejt degrej.

TfFTTH aty-asa, as, m. act of allowing to

elapse; only used in the acc. as th„ concluding part of

»mplund word', thus dvyahdtydsam, afttr an in-

terval of two days.

■»il 1IJ ebl oty-ukta or aty-v,ktha, f., N. of a

elass of metres of fou^r line s, each con-aining two

syllables.

⁵S?p5T "iy-uksk (ati-uksh), cl. I. P. -ukshati,

-kshitum, to urpass.

->H.Ursh*T aty-vt-kram (ati-vt'), cl. 1. P.

-kramatt, -kramitum, to stirpas», excel.

^r^TVT aty-upadha, as, d, am, superior to

any test, tried, trustworthy.

aty-uh. See aty-uh.

1 aty-umasa, ind. (etym. unknown),

particle of abuse, used in comp. with as, bhu, kri.

aty-urmi, is, is, i, Ved. overflowing,

bubbling over.

aty-uh (ati-uh), cl. i. P. uhati,

•latum, to convey across. Spelt aty-uh in some

forms.

ru ^ aty-uha, as, m. close meditation ; a

gallinule, a peacock; (d), f. a piant, Jasminum Vil-

losum or Nyctanthes Tristis.

aty-rij (ati-rij), cl. i. P. A. -arjati, _:

-te, -jitum, to convey across, admit; lo remove.

^TrIF^aty-esh, cl. i. P. -eshati, -shitum, to

glide over.

1. a-tra or Ved. a-tra, ind. (fr. pro-

nominal base a substituted for ctad; the word atra

being often used for the loc. case etasmin), in

this matter, in this respect; in this place, here; at

this time; there; then. — Atra-daghna, as, t, am,

reaching so far up, having this (or that) stature.

— Atra-bhavat, an,ati, at, honourable (used chiefly

in dramatic language, to indicate a person who is

present). .

Atratya, as, d, am, connected with this place,

produced or found here.

^2. a-tra, as, d, am (rt. trai), Ved. not

enjoying for not affording) protection.

^3. atra, as, m. (for at-tra, fr. rt. ad),

Ved. a devourer, demon; a Rakshasa; (am), n.,

Ved. food.

Atri, is, m. (etymologically at-tri, fr. rt. ad), a de-

vourer; N. of a great Rishi, author of a number of Vedic

hymns; (in astronomy) one of the seven stars of

the Great Bear. — Atrayas, pl. m. the descendants of

Atri. — Atri-daturaha, as, m. (the four days of Atri),

N. of a sacrifice. — Atri-jdta, as, m. the moon, said to

have been produced by Atri s look; for a-tri-jata, see

below. — Atri-drig-ja, atri-netra-ja or atri-netrar

prasuta or atri-netra-prabhava or atri-netra-

suta, as, or atri-netra-bhu, us, m. the moon; (Jn

arithm.) the number one. — Atri bkaradvdjikd, f.

marriage of Atri and BharadvSjl. — Atri-rat, ind.

like Atri. — Atri-samhita, d, or atri-smriti, is, f.

the code ascribed to Atri.

Atrin, i, m. a devourer, demon ; a Rakshasa.

a-trapa, as, d, am, destitute of shame.

atravas, ind. (a doubtful word),

the year before last.

TTonfa -trasnu, us, us, u, or a-trasa, as, d,

am, fearless.

a-tri-jata, as, d, am (not born

thrice, but twicc); a man belonging to one of the

first three classes [for atri-jata, see s. v. atn].

atraiva (atra-eva), ind. on this very

spot. _/

a-tvad, k, k, k, skinless.

^rlTT a-tvara, f. freedom from or absence

of haste.

atha or Ved. athd, ind. (probably fr.

pronom. base a), an auspicious and inceptive particle,

often not easily expressed in English; now; then ;

moreover ; rather ; certainly ; but; else ; what ? how

else? &c. — Atharkim, ind. how else? what else?

certainly, assuredly, sure enough. — Atha-kimu, ind.

how much more; so muchthe more. — Atha-da, ind.

moreover, and likewise. — Atha-iu, ind. but, on the

contrary. — Atha-va, ind. or; (when repeated) either

or; or rather; or perhaps; what ? is it not so ? &c.

— Athavdpi (°vd~api), ind. or, rather. — Athdtas

(°tha-at°), ind. now. — A thdnantaram (°tha-an^c),

ind. now. — Athapi (°tha-api), ind. so much the

more; moreover; therefore; thus. *

Atho, ind. (has much the same meaning as atha, and

probably the same etymology), now; likewise; next;

therefore. — Atho-va, ind. the same as atha-va.

athari, is, or athari, f. (generally in

the plural; etymology doubtful; said to be fr. rt. at,

to go, or fr. an obsolete rt. ath), meaning doubtful,

probably spark or flame having a pointed shape;

(according to others) the point of a lance; (according

to others) a finger.

Atharya, as, m., Ved. lambent; moving con-

stantly ; or (a<x:ording to some) pointed like a lance ;

or (according to some) shooting forth points like

those of a lance.

Atharya, nom. P. atharyati, Ved. to move con-

stantly.

Atharyu, us, m„ Ved. = a^arya, as.

atharvan, d, m. (said to be fr. an

obsolete word athar, fire), a priest who has to do with

fire and Soma; a BrShman ; N. of the priest who is said

to have been the first to obtain fire and offer Soma and

prayers: he is represented as a PrajSpati, as BrahmSs

eldest son, as the first leam er and earliest teacher of

the Brahma-vidyS, as the author of the Atharva-veda,

as identical with An-giras, as the father of Agni, &c.:

epithet of Snva, Valishtha, Soma, Pr5na; (d, a), m. n.

the fourth or Atharva-veda, consisting chiefly of for-

mulas intended to obviate the effects of any mistake

or untoward incident attending the performance of

a sacrifice. — Athamanas, pl. m. descendants of

Atharvan, often coupled with those of An-giras and

Bhrigu; the hymns of the Atharva-veda.—Atharva-

bhuta, as, m. pl. (who have become Atharvans),

epithet of the twelve Maharshis. — Atharva-vat, ind.

like Atharvan or his descendants. — Atharva-vid, t, m.

one versed in the Atharva-veda (a qualification essen-

tial to the special dass of priests called Br5hmanas).

— Atharva-veda, as, m., N. of the fourth Veda,which

strictly speaking is not a Veda at ali, like the Rig,

Yajur, and Sama-vedas, but a collection of formulas

to avert the consequences of mistakes or mishaps in

sacrifices. — Atharva-tfikha, f. title of an Upanishad.

— Atharva-Hras, n. = preceding; (ds), m. an epithet

of Mahapurusha. — Atharva-hridaya, am, n. title of

a Pariiishta.

Atharva, as, m., N. of BrahmSs eldest son, to

whom he revealed the Brahma-vidy5. See atharvan.

Athamana, as, m., N. of STiva.

Athamani, is, better dtharvani, m. a Brahman

versed in the Atharva-veda; a family priest.

Athamdngiras (°va-an°), as, m. a member of the

sacerdotal race or class called Athamangirasas, m.

pl., i. e. the descendants of Atharvan and of An-gtras;

this latter word is also a name of the hymns of the

Atharva-veda.

•Atharvdngirasa, as, i, am (fr. the precediog), con-

nected with the sacerdotal class called Atharvan-giras;

(am), n. the work or office of the Atharvan-giras;

(as), m. pl. the hymns of the Atharva-veda.

Athamana, am, n. the work, i. c. ritual of the

Atharva-veda, — Athamana-vid, t, m. one versed in

that ritual.

Athami, f., Ved. (doubtful) not moving (?); pierced

by a lance (?); surrounded by fire(?).

ad, cl. 2. P. atti, dda, atsyati, attum,

* to eat, devour; to destroy [cf. Lith. edmi ;

Slav. jamj for jadmj ; Gr. 25«; Lat. edo ; Goth.

rt. AT, pres. ita; Germ. essen; Eng. to eat;

Arm. utemJ.

Ad, t, t, t, at the end of compounds, eating; as

matsyad, t, t, t, eating fish.

Ada or adaka, as, d, am, eating.

i. adat, an, ati, at, eating. (For a-dat, see below.)

Adana, am, n. act of eating; food.

Adanlya, as, d, am, to be eaten, what may be eaten.

Attavya, atti, attri, adman, adya, advan, &c.,

see s. v. *

a-daksha, as, d, am, not handy,

unskilful, r.wkward.

a-dakshina, as, d, am, not handy;

not right, left; not giving or bringing in a dakshinS

or present to the priest. — Adakshina-tva, am, n.

awkwardness; peculiarity of not bringing in a dakshina.

— Adakshiniya or adakshinya, as, d, am, not

entitled to a dakshina.

a-dagdia, as, d, am, not burnt, not

scorched.

a-danda, as, d, am, free from punish-

ment; (am), n. impunity.

A-dandya or a-dandaniya, as, d, am, not

deserving punishment; exempt from it.

^7T2.a -dat, an, ati, at, or adotka, as, d

am, toothltss. (For adat, see abnve.)

"Sa-datta, as, d, am, not given; given

unjuotly; uotgiven in marriage; having given notlJnv;

F

18

•3?=en n-dattvd. adnsktdsruta-purratva.

(a), f. an unmfttricd girl; («m), n. a donation which

is null and void.

A-dativa, ind. not having given, withont having

givcn.

A-datraya, ind., Vcd. not through a present.

adadry-ahd, an, iti, ak (a word

coincd by grammarians, fr. ad as + and), indining or

going to that.

^ r\ adana, adaniya. See under ad.

*ri i. a-danta or a-dantaka, as, d, am,

toothlcss; (a«), m. a leech.

A-dantya, as, a, am, not suitable for the teeth ;

not dcntal; injurious to the teeth; (am), n. tooth-

lessness.

2. ad-anta, as, a, am, (ita grani.)

ending in at, i. e. in the short inherent vowel a.

^31 a-dabdha, as, a, am (rt. dambh or

dabh), Ved. not deceived or tampered with, unim-

paired, unbroken, pure. — Adabdha-dhiti, is, is, i_t

Ved. whose works are unimpaired. — A dabdha-vrata,

as, m., Ved. whose devotions or religious observances

are unbroken. — Adabdka-vrata-pr amati, is, m.,

Ved. of unbroken observances and superior mind ; of

superior mind from having unbroken obServances.

—Adabdhdyu (°(Uia-dyu), us, m.,Ved. having un-

impaired vigour or pure food; leaving uninjured the

man who sacrifices. — Adabdhasu (aka-asu), us,

its, u, Ved. having a pure life.

A-dabka, as, d, am, Ved. ffee from deceit, unim-

paired.

A-dabhra, as, d, am, not scanty, plentiful.

A-dambha, as, d, am, free from deceit, straight-

forward; (as), m. an epithet of Siva; freedom from

or abscncc of deceit; straightforwardness.

A-dambhl-tva, am, n. sincerity.

adamudry-and, an, i6i, ak, in-

dining or going to that. (Like adadryanf, coincd

by grammarians frora adas + and.)

Adamuy-an6 or adamuy-an6—iht preceding.

a-damya, as, d, am, untameable.

a-daya, as, d, am (rt. day), merciless,

unkind; (am), ind. ardently.

A-daydlu, us, t«, u, unkind.

a-dara, as, a, am, not little, much.

— Adaraka, as, m., N. of a man.

-darSa (for d-dar 6a), as, m. a mirror.

2. a-dar4a, as, m. day of new moon.

A-dardana, am, n. non-vision, not seeing; dis-

regard, neglect; non-appcarance, latent condition,

disappearance; (a^, d, am), invisible, latent.—

Adariana-patlm, am, n. a path beyond the reach

of vision.

A-dardanlya, as, a, am, invisible; (am), n.

invisible condition.

a-dala, as, a, am, lcafless ; (as), m.

a piant, Eugenia (or Barringtonia) Acutangula; (d),

f. Socotorine Aloe, a Perfoliata or Indica.

a-daian, a, not ten.—A-da£a-

masya, as, d, am, not ten months old.

1. adas, m. asau, f. asau, n. adas, pron.

that; a certain. — Adas, ind. thus, so; ever. — Adah-

kritya,, having done that — Ado-bharati, he becomes

that. — Ado-maya, as, i, am, made of that, contain-

ing that. — Ado-mula, as, d, am, rooted in that.

Adasya, nom. P. adasyati, to become that.

2. adas, eating, (only at the close of

compound words.)

a-ddkshinya, am, n. unkindness,

rudeness.

a-datri, td, tri, tri, not giving; not

liberal, miserly; not giving (a daughter) in marriagt;

not paying, not liable to payment.

ad-adi, is, is, i, having ad at the

head, i. e. belongiog to the second dass ofroots headed

by ad.

a-dana, am, n. (rt. da), not giving,

act of withholding; (as, d, am), not giving.

A-danya, as, d, am, not giving, miserly.

A-ddman, d, d, a, Ved. not liberal, miserly.

A-dayin, t, ini, {, not giving.

A-da^u, us, us, u, Ved. or a-dd£uri, is, m. or

a-datvas, an, m. not giving, not sacrifidng, impious.

I. a-diti, is, f., Ved. having nothing to give, desti-

tution ; for 2. aditi, 3. a-diti, see below.

^T^PtT a-ddnta, as, d, am, unsuhdued.

a-ddbhya, as, d, am, Ved. free from

deceit, trusty; not to be trifled with ; (a«), m., N. of

a libation (graha) in the Jyotishtoma sacrifice.

M l^ a-ddyada, as, a, am, not entitled

to be an heir; destitute of heirs.

A-ddyika, as, i, am, unclaimed from want of

persons entitled to inherit; not relating to inheritance.

\. a-dara, as, m. having no wife.

^T^TT. 2. a-dara, as, m. (rt. cfrF), non-in-

juring. — Adara-srit, t, t, t, Ved. escaping unhurt.

a-ddsa, as, m. (not a slave), a free

man. ,

■*-M$1 ^ a-dahya, as, d, am, ineomhustihle.

"Xf&b a-dikka, as, d, am, Ved. harag no

share in the horizon, banished from beneath the sky.

2. aditi, is, m. (fr. rt. ad), Ved.

devourer, i, e. death ; for I, a-diti, see above.

3. a-diti, is, is, i (rt. 4. da or do,

dyati; for 1, a-diti, see above), not tied, free; bound-

less; unbroken, entire, unimpaired; happy; pious; (is),

f. freedom, security, safety; boundlessness, immensily;

inexhaustible abundance ; unimpaired condition, per*

fection; Creative power; Aditi, the mother of the

Adityas, or of the gods; a cow; a wife; milk; the

earth; speech (,as symbols of the above ideas). — Aditi,

du., Ved. heaven and earth. — Aditi-ja or aditi-

nandana, as, m. a son of Aditi, an Aditya, a divine

being. — Aditi-tva, am, n. the condition of Aditi, or

of freedom, unbrokenness, &c.

^rf^rHrT a-ditsat, an, anti, at, or a-ditsu,

us, us, u (Desid. fr. rt. da), not inclined to give.

adi-prabhriti, is, m., ad &c., i. e.

bdonging to the second class ofroots [cf. a^-ac?i],

a-dlkshita, as, d, am, one who

has notperformed the consecrating ceremony (dikska)

connected with the Soma sacrifice; one who is not

concemed in that ceremony; one who has not re-

ceived Br5hmanical consecration.

'--i0 ri a-dina, as, d, am, not depressed;

not low; noble-minded; rich, happy ; (as), m., N. of

a prince, also called AhTna. — Adina-sattra, as, d,

am, possessing undepressed (or unimpaired) goodness

or mettle. — Adhiatncan ( na-af), d, d, a, unde-

pressed in spirit; high-spirited.

a-d'pita, as, a, am, not illnmin-

atnd.

a-dirgha, as, a, am, not long.

— Adirpha-mtra, as, «, am, not dilatory, not

tedlons, prompt.

a-duhkha, as, d, am (free from evil

or trouble’1, propitious. — ArhiMha-navixini, f. the

propitious niuth day in the firft fortnight of Bhadra-

pad¹, when the wom. n worahip Devi to avert evil for

the emuing y_tar.

o-dvgdha, as, a, am, not milked

out, not sucked out.

a-da66huna, ®s, d, am, Vcd. free

from evil, propitious.

a-durga, as, a, ,am, not difficult of

access; destitute of a strong hold or fort. — Adurga-

rishaya, as, m. an unforrified country.

a-durmakha, as, d, am, Ved. not

reluctant, unremitting, cheerful.

a-durmangala, as, d, am, Ved.

not inauspicious.

a-durvritta, as, d, am, not uf a

b"d char.ctcr or di;position.

a-dushta, as, d, am, not vitiated, not

brd, not gniltv; mnocent. — Adixshla-tva, am, n.

the being not vitiated ; innocenc.

a-du, iis, iis, u, Ved. dilatory, withouf

zcal, not wor hipping.

a-dnaa, as, d, am (rt. du), uninjured,

unimpaired.

a-diira, as, d, am, not distant,, near;

(am), n. vicinity, — AdUre or adurat cr ariit.aftt*.

ind. (with abi. or gen.) not far, near; scon.—Adura-

bhava, na, n, am, situated at na gre t distinet.

a-dushita, as, d, am, unviriatcd:

uiispotted, irT. proachable. — AdiisHta^lhi, ia, m. po^c-

sessing an una rrupted m^;nd.

vta-dridha, as, d, am, not fimi; not

decidtd, !rresuiu»e.

a-dripita, as, d, am (rt. drip), Ved.

not treated haughtily (?), not thoughtless.

Adripta, as, a, am, Ved. not conceited, not vab.

— Adripta-kratu, us, us, u, having not vain de-

signs; sober-minded.

Adripyat, an, anti, at, Ved. not conceited.

a-dris, k. k, k (rt. dris), siglitless,

blind.

A-dritya, as, d, am, invisible, latent; not fit to

be seen. — AdrUya-karana, am, n. act of rendering

invisible; title of a part of a treatise on magic.

A-drUyat, an, anti, at, invisible; (F), f., N. of

Vasishtha’s daughter-in-law.

A-drishta, as d, am, unseen, unforeseen; invisible;

not experienced; unobserved, unknown ; unsanction-

ed ; (a«), m., Ved., N. ofsome venomous substance or

vermin; (am), n. unforeseen danger or calamity; that

which is beyond the reach of observation or conscious

ness; cspecially the merit or demerit attaching to a

man’s conduct in one state of existence (such as a

former birth), and the corresponding (apparently arbi^

trary) reward or punishment with which he is visited

in another (which may be either the present life or a

future birth); destiny, fate; luck, bad luck. — Adrishta-

karman, d, d, a, one who has not seen practice.

— Adrish(a-kama, ds, m. passionatc attachment to

an object that has never been seen. — Adrisltta-ja, as,

d, am, produced or resulting from fate. — AdrisJita-

nara or adrishfa-pumsha, as, m. (no third person

or mediator being seen), a treaty concluded by the

parties personally. — Adrishia-para-samarthya, as,

m. one who has not experienced the power of an

enemy. — Adrishta-purva, as, d, am, never seen

before, — Adriskta^phala, as, d, am, having con-

sequences that are not yet visible; (am), n. resuit or

consequence which is not yet visible, i. e. hidden in

the future. — Adriskta-rupa, as, a, am, having an in-

visible shape. — Adrish(a-vat, an, ati, at, connected

with or coming from destiny; lucky or unlucky;

fortunate. — Adrishta-han, d, m., Ved. destroyer

of venomous vermin. — AdrishtartJia (°ta-ar°), as,

d, am, having a transcendental object, metaphysical,

having an object not evident to the senses (as a

science). — Adrishtdftruta-piirvatva (°ta-aJ^J), am,

n. quality of never having been seen or heard before.

ssr|fE a

A-driskti, is, or a-drisktika, f. a displeased or

malicious look, an evil eye.

a-deya, as, a, am, improper or unfit

to be given; (am), n. an object which, in law, it is

either not right or not necessary to give or surrender.

— Adeya-dana, am, n. an illegal gift.

a-deva, as, a, am (rt. div), not divine,

not of divine origin, not referring to any deity; godless,

impious; (os), m. one who is not a god.— Adeva-

■matrika, as, a, am, not having the gods as mothers,

not suckled by any deity, i. e. not rained upon.

A-deraka, as, d, am, not referring to or intended

for any deity.

A-devata, f. one who is not a deity.

A-devatra or a~deva.tr a, ind., Ved. not towards

the gods.

A-devayat, an, antl, at, or adevayu, us, us, u,

Ved. indifferent to the gods, irreligious.

A-daiva, as, l, am, not referring to or connected

with the gods or with their action; not predetermined

by them or by fate.

-rif. 1 a-devri-ghm, f., Ved. not de-

structive to her brother-in-law.

^Ja -desa, as, m. (rt. dis), a wrong place,

an improper place. — A-de^a-kala, am, n. wrong

place and time. — Ade6a-ja, as, d, am, grown in a

wrong place. — Acle&i-stha, as, d, am, out of place,

in the wrong place, one absent from his country, an

absentee.

A-defya, as, d, am, improper or unfit to be or-

dered or advised or indicated; not on the spot, not

present on the occasion referred to.

a-doma-da or a-doma-dha, as, d,

am, Ved. not occasiooing inconvenience.

ado-maya, &c. See adas.

-doha, as, m. (rt. duk), season wlien

railking is impracticable.

A-dogdhn, dhd, dhrl, dhri (not milking), not

exacting; considerate.

adga, as, m. (fr. rt. ad), a sacrificial

cake, also called purodafa; (according to others) an

oblation of clarified butter.

adi or ^rt^add. See s.v. att.

W21 ad-dhd, ind. (fr. ad or a, this),

Ved. in this way; manifestly; certainly, truly.— Ad-

dha-tamam, ind., Ved. most certainly. — Addka-

purusha, as, m., Ved. a veritable or true man.

— Addha-bodheya, as, m. pl. adherents of a parti-

cular S^J5kha or recension ofthe white Yajur-veda.

Addhdti, is, m., Ved. a wise man, a seer.

^&\rtl^addhyd-loha-karna, as, d or

i, am, Ved. having ears quite red (?).

adbhuta, as, d, am (perhaps cor-

ropted from ati-bhuta, ‘exceeding that which is;’

see I. at), transceodental, supernatural, prodigious,

wonderful, marvellous; (as), m. the marvellous

(in style); surprise; N. of the lndra of the ninth

Manvantara; {am), n. a marvel, a wonder, a prodigy.

— Adbhula-Jcarman, d, d, a, performing wonderful

Works; exhibiting wonderful workmanship. — Adhku-

ta-Aratu, us, us, u, Ved. possessing wonderful in-

telligence. — Adbhuta-gandha, as, d, am, having a

wonderful smell. — Adbhuta-tama, am, n. an extra-

ordinary wonder. — Adhkutu-tva, am, n. wonderful-

ness.— Adbkuta-dartana, as, a, am, having a

wonderful aspect. — Adbhuta-dharma, as, m. a

System or series of marvels or prodigies.— Adbhuta-

brahmana, am, title of a portion of a BrShmana

belonging to the S3ma-veda.— Adbhuta-bkiTna-

harman, d, d, a, performing wonderful and fearful

works. — Adbhuta-rasa, as, m. the marvellous style

(of poetry). — Adbhuta-ramdyana, am, n. title of

a work ascribed to Valmlki,— Adbhuta-rupa, as, d

drishti.

or i, am, having a wonderful shape,— Adbkuta-

danti, is, m. or f. (?), N. of the sixty-seventh PariS ishta

of the Atharva-veda. — Adbhuta-sanl-ada, as, d, am,

resembling a wonder. — Adbkuta-sdra, as, m. the

wonderful resin (of the Khadira tree, Mimosa

Catechu); title of a book on the “ Essence of Prodi-

gies.” — Adbhuta-svana, as, m. (having a wonderful

sound or voice), a N. of Swa. — Adhhutainas (°ta-

en°), as, as, as, Ved. one in whom no fault is visible.

— AdbkutottaraJcanda (^ota~iitt⁰), am, n., N. of a

work, an appendix to or rather an imitation of the

R5m5yana.— Adbkutopama C^ia"^uP°)t ^as> «m,

resembling a wonder.

adman, a, n. (fr. rt.ad)', Ved. eating;

a mcal; a house. — Adma-sad, t, m., Ved. seated

(with others) at a meal (?); seated at or busy in the

preparation of a meal(?); a cook(?); a mother(?).

— Admasadya, am, n., Ved. the condition of an

admasad. — Admasadvan, d, d, a, Ved. fit to be

a companion at a meal.

Admani; is, m. fi re. .

Admara, as, d, am, gluttonous.

i. adya, as, d, am, fit or proper to. be eaten;

{am), n. food, anything eatable.

2. a-dya or Ved. adyd, ind. (fr.

pronom. base a, this, with dya for dyu, Lat. ko-die),

to-day; now-a-days; now. — Adya-dina or adya-

divasa, as, am, m. n. the present day, — Adya-

parvam, ind. before now. — Adya-prabkriti, ind.

from and after to-day. — Adya-dvlna, as, d, am,

likely to happen to-day or {dvas) to-morrow; (<z), f.

a female near delivery. — Adya-sutya, f. preparation

and consecration of the Soma on the same day.

*~Adydpi Cya-api), ind. even now, just now; to

this day; down to the present time; henceforth.

— Adyavadhi {°ya-av°), is, is, i, beginning or

ending to-day; from or till to-day. — Adyaiva (adya-

eva), ind. this very day.

Adyatana, as, i, am, extending over or referring

to to-day; occurring or current to-day or now-a-days,

modern; {as), m. the period of a current day, either

from midnight to midnight, or from dawn to dark;

(i), f. (in gram.) the aorist tense from its relating

what has occurre d on the same day. — Adyatana-

bhuta, as, m. the aorist.

Adyataniya, as, d, am, extending over or refer-

ring to to-day; current now-a-days.

a-dyu, us, us, u, Ved. blunt.

^ST^TiT a-dyut, t, t, t, Ved. destitute of

brightness.

a-dyutya, am, u., Ved. unlucky

gambling; (according to others) the watch just before

the dawn; (as, a, am), not derived from gambling,

honestly obtained.

-drava, as, d, am, not liquid.

a-dravya, am, n. a nothing, a

worthless thing.

adri, is, m. (said to be fr. rt. ad, but

perhaps from a, not, and dri, to split, not Iiable to be

split), a stone, a rock, a mountain ; a stone for pound-

ing Soma with or grinding it on ; a stone for a sling,

a thunderbolt; a mountain-shaped mass of clouds; a

cloud (the mountains are the clouds personified, and

regarded as the enemies of lndra); a tree; the sun ;

N. of a measure; the number seven; N. o^a grandson

of Prithu. — Adri-l-arnl, f. a piant, Clitoria Tematea

L\n. — Adri-lald, f. the earth. — Adri-1'rita-sthali,

i., N. of an Apsaras. — Adri-ja, as, d, am, produced

from or found among rocks or mountains; {a),

f., N. of a piant, SaichalT; N. of P3rvatl or Dmg5 ;

{am), n. red chalk. — Adri-ja, as, m., Ved. produced

from (the friction o£) stooes,—Adri-juta, as, d,

am, Ved. excited by (the friction of) stones. — Adri-

tanaya, f. the mountain-daugbter, i e. PSrvatT; N.

of a metre of four lines, each containing twenty-three

syllables. — Adri-dugdha, as, a, am, Ved. milked,

id

i. e. expressed with stones. —Adri-drish, t, m. the

enemy of mountains or clouds, i, e. lndra. — Adri-

nandini, f., N. of Parvatl. — Adri-pati, is, m. the

HimSlaya as the lord of mountains. — Adri-barhas,

as, as, as, Ved. mountain^~h\gh. — Adri-badkna,

as, d, am, Ved. rooted in or produced on a rock or

mountain. — Adri-bhid,t,t,t,Ved.spliuing mountains

or clouds; (£), m., N. of lndra. — Adri-bku, us, iis,

и, mountain-bom, found or living among mountains ;

{iis), f. a piant, probably Salvinia Cucullata. — Adri-

matri, ta, tri, tri, Ved. having a rock or moun-

tain for a mother. — Adri-murdhan, d, m. the head

or summit of a mountain. — Adri-raj, t, or adri-

raja, as, m. Him3laya as the king of mountains.

— Adrl-mt, an, voc. as, m., Ved. armed with

stones or thunderbolts. — AdH-vakni, is, m. fire on

or in a mountain or rock. — AdriSayya_tas, m. having

the mountain for his couch, i. e. S'iva. — Adri-^ringa,

am, n. a mountain-peak. — Adri-skuta, as, d, am,

Ved. prepared with stones. — Adri-samhata, ets, d,

am, Ved. expressed with stones. ^Adri-sanu, us,

us, u, Ved. lingering on the mountains. —Adri~

sara, as, m. essence of stones, i. e. iron. — Adri-

sara-maya, as, t, am, made of iron. — Adrind,ra

{°dri-in^Q) or adrisa (°dri-if), as, m. the lord of

mountains, i. e. Himalaya.

Adrika, f., N. of an Apsaras.

a-druh, dhruk, k, k, or adruhvan, a,

d, a (rt. druh), Ved. free from malice or treachery.

A-drogha, as, d, am, Ved. free from falsehood,

true; {am), ind. without falsehood. — Adrogha-vad,

к, Tc, k, Ved. free from malice or treachery in speech.

— Adroghavita {°gha-av°), as, d, am, Ved. Ioving

freedom from malice or treachery.

A-droha, as, m. freedom from malice or treachery.

— Adroha-vritti, is, f. conduct free from malice or

treachery.

A-drohin, i, ini, i, free from malice or treachery.

advan, d, a, a (fi*, rt. ad), eating;

(used at the end of compound words.)

a-dvaya, as, d, am, not two, without

a second, only, unique; (as), m., N. of Buddha;

(am), n. non-duality, unity; identity, espedally the

identity of Brahma with the universe or with the

soul, or of spirit and matter; the ultimate truth.

— Advaya-vadin or advaita-vadin, %, m. Buddha;

a Jaina; one who teaches advaya or identity.

— Advaydnanda (^aya-dn^<>), as, m., N. of an

author, and of a founder of the Vaishnava sect in

Bengal, who lived at the close of the fifteenth century.

A-dvayat, an, or a-dvayas, as, m., Ved. free from

duplicity.

A-dvaydvin, i, or a-dvayu, us, m., Ved. free

from double dealing or duplicity.

a-dvdra, am, n. a place without a

door; an entrance which is not the proper door.

a-dvija, as, d, am, destitute of

BrShmans.

ril q a-dvitiya, as, a, am, without a

second, sole, unique ; matchless.

?rfg"ETI?r a-dvishenya, as, d, am (rt. dvish),

Ved. not to be disliked; not malevolent.

A-dvesha, as, d, am, Ved. not malevolent. — A-

dveska-ragin, ?, ini, i, free from malevolence and

passionate desire.

Adveskas, ind., Ved. without malevolence, without

opposition.

AdvesMn, i, ini, i, free from malevolence.

Adveshtri, a, m. not an enemy; a friend.

a-dvaita, as, d, am, destitute of

duality, having no duplicate; peerless; sole, unique;

epithet of Vishi.iu; (am), n. non-duality; identity,

especially the identity of Brahma with the universe

or with the soul, or of spirit and matter; the

ultimate truth ; title of an Upanishad. — Advaitena,

ind. solely. — Advaitdnanda (°ta-dn°), as, m. =•

advaitdnanda.

advailopaniskad. ^Thrrmj >i'ni-karana.

advayannnda, q. v. - Advaitopanishad (°ia-up°),

t, f., N. of -a Vpanithad.

TSV aJha or adha, ind., Ved. (mucli the

saino as at ha, uscd chiofly as an inceptive partide),

now; th-Q, therefore; moreovcr, so maeh th< more;

and, partiy. — Adha-a/lha, as wJl ss, pntlv-partly.

— Adha-priya, a*, j, am, or adha-pri, is, is, i,

Ved. pltaced or plad then.

',M VJi ad}' ah, &c. See WMTT.

a-dhuna, as, a, am, destitute of

w.alth or proporiy.

A-dhanya, a', a, am, not richb, suppli-d vadi com

or oth-r pr duce; not pr' spcious; unhappy, wr.tchcd.

^TVPT adhama, as, a, am (see etymology of

adhara), lowest, vilcst, worst; vety fow or vile or

bad; of en used at the dose of comp., as in uira-

rlho ma, the vilest or worst of menj fas), an un-

blushing paramour; (a), a low or bai l ndstress [cf. I^at.

iitjin’ ii>].^— Ad tu¹ Iiai-tdi lita or a‘t haiaa-hfi fitaka,

as, ni. a servant of the lowest das», r porter.

— Adhaiiiania (^uma-ri°), as, or adhamarrtika,

as, m. ono rcduccd to inferioriti by debt, a debtor.

— Adhnma-sahha, as or am (?), m. or n.(?), N.

of i region.— Adhamditga ( ma-anT), am, n. (the

lowe.t memlier), the foot. — idhamarara ( ma-d<f),

ar, d, am, guilty of vile condact. — Adh amardha,

(°ma-ar), am, n. the low^r nalf, the lower art.

— Adhauardfrja, ns, a, am, conneeted with or

refcning to the lower pirt.

arrVHr', &e. See above, under

adhama.

^T<JT adhara, as, d, am fsaid to come

rrora adhas or ^rrom a base adh, whence adha*

may be dorived), lower, interior; tonding down-

wards; low, vile; worsted, Silenat; prior; (as),

m. the lower lip, the lip; (d), f. the lower re-

gion, mdir; (am), r. th, lower p.irt; a reply;

ludendum Muliebre [Ossetic, dalag; Goth. d,ala-

th. fj; Lat. inferii-].— Adharartas or ndhara-

stat or adharasmat or adharat or odhareaa, ind.

below, ben-ath; in the lower r-gion.— Adhara-

hnntha, os, am, m. n. the lower neck. — Adhara-

haua, aa, m. the lower part of the body. — AdTw,ra-

pa,,a, am, n. drhikmg the lower lip, kisring.

— Adhara-madtns, ti, n. the moisture of the lipa.

— Adhara-zsastiha, am, n. tht mdd. — AJhard-

mrita f ra-am°), am, a. the nectar of the lips

— Adhararani (‘ra-ar), is, f., Ved. the lower of

the two pieccs of wood used in produara fire by

fnction. — Adhard-ahipa (' ru-at”), as, m. bitiDg

tlio lip, — Adha.mttara (°ra-ut°), as, d, am, lower

ind higher; wurse and better; qnt-tion and answcr;

nearer and turthi r; sooner and later; upside down,

topsy-turvy. — Adharoshtha or adharomhtha (°ra■

oshas, m. the lower lip; (am), c. ths lower and

ipper lip.

Attbxrdk, ind. beneath, in the lower r jgion.

Adharafina or adharadya, as, a, am, or

adhnrdhi, dn, adi, dk, Ved. tending downwards, to

the n~dir or tht lower region, tending towards the

outh (or wcjt?).

Adhardttdt, ind., Ved. below, beneath.

idl/trl-krita, as, d, am, worst.d; in validat ,d.

Adkarina, as, d, am, vilified.

AdhariJdiUa, as, <x, am, worsted; invalidrted.

Adharu-dyut;, ind. the dny befire yesterday; on a

prtvious day.

Adkarcya, as, d, am, inferior in quality or worth.

(t-dharma, as, m. unrightcousness,

injosticc, irreligion, wickedness; demerit, guilt; N. of

a Prajapati, son of Brahma, husband of Hiqs5 or

Mrisha ; N. of an attendant of the suo; (a), f. un-

righteousness personified and represented as the bride

of death. — Adhsirma-tdrin, r, ini, f, practising

wickedness. — Adharma-tas, ind. unrighteously, un-

justly. — Adharma-dandana, am, n. unjust punish-

ment. — Adharma-maya, as, i, am, made up of

wickedness; downright wicked.— Adharmdtman

(®mardt°), d, d, a, having a wicked spirit or dis-

position. — Adharmastikaya as, m. the

category (astikaya) of adharma.

Adharmin, t, imj, nnrighteous, wicked, impious.

Adharmishtha, as, d, am, most wicked, impious.

Adharmya, as, d, am, unlawful, contrary to law

or religion, wicked.

a-dhava, f. a widow (usually vi-

dkava, withont a husband).

aSTTl^adhas, ind. (said to come from adh,

see adhara), below, down; in the lower region;

beneath, under; from under (with acc., gen., and abi.);

also applied to the lower region and to the Pudendum

Muliebre [cf. Lat.infra].- Adtos-taram, ind. very

far down. — Adha-upasana, am, n. sexual inter-

course.-^d^-£ara, as, m. the lower part of the

hand. - Adhak-l'dya_tas,mA\iti lower part ofthebody.

— Adhah-krita, as, a, am, put down, cast down.

— Adhah-krishnajinam ind. under the

black skin. — Adhah-hhanana, am, n. undermin-

tDg. — Adhah-qyadma, am, n. (in architecture) a cer-

tain part of the cupola. — Adhah-pata, as, m. a down-

fall. — Adhah-push-pi, f. (having fiowers looking

downwards), N. of two plants, Pimpinella Anisum

and plephantopus Scaber (or Hieracium?). — Adhah-

pravaha, as, m. a downward current. — Adhah-

prastara, as, m. seat or bed of turf or grass for

persons in a state of impurity. — Adhah-prd7t-4dyin,

t, ini, i, sleeping on the ground, towards the east.

-Adhcut-Saras as, m. a thief (‘creeping on the

ground’).-Adhah-taya, as, a, am, sleeping on the

ground, — Adhah-^ayya, as, d, am, having a pecu-

liar couch on the ground; (a), f. act of sleeping on

the grouod and on a peculiar couch. — Adhah-diras,

as, as, as, holding the head downward; head fore-

most; (as), n., N. of a hell. — Adhas-tala, am, n.

the room below anything. — Adhas-pada, am, n.

the place under the feet. — Adhaspadam, ind. under

foot. — Adhah-stha, as, d, am, placed low or below;

inferior. — Adhak-sthita, as, d, am, standing below;

situated below. — Adhah-svastiha, am, n. the nadir.

— Adho-’n4uha, am, n. a lower garment. — Adha-

'ksfia or adho-aksha, as, d, am,Ved. (situated) below

the axle or uoder a car; (am), ind. under the axle.

— Adho-’kska-ja, as, m. an epithet of Vishnu or

Krishna; the sign ?ravan5. — Adho-ganta, f. a piant,

Achyranthes Aspera. — Adho-gaia, as, d, am, gone

down.dcscended. — Adhcbgati,is,{.OTadho-gama,as,

m. or adho-gamana, am, d. d escent, downward mo ve-

rnent, degradation. — Adho-gati, is, is, i, going down-

wards, descending. — Adho-gamin, i, ini, f = preced-

ing. — Adho-ghantd, f. a piant, Achyranthes Aspera.

— Adho-'nga, am, n. the anus, Pudendum Muli-

ebre. — Adho-janu, ind. below the knee. — Adho-

jihvika, f. the uvula. — Adho-dara, u, n. the under

timber. — Adho-dii, h, f. the lower region, the nadir.

— Adho-drishti, is, f. a downcast look; (is, is, %),

having a downcast look. — Adko-de4a, as, m. the

lower or lowest part, especially of the body. — Adho-

dvara, am, n. the anus. Pudendum Muliebre.

— Adhomdbham, ind. below the navel. — Adho-

'para, am, n. the anus. — Adhopahdsa (°dhas^up°),

as, m., Ved. sexual intercourse. — Adko-bandkana,

am, n. an under girth. — Adho-bhakta, am, n. a

dose of medicine to be taken after eating. — Adho-

bhava, as, d, am, lower. — Adho-bhaga, as, m. the

lower or lowest part, especially of the body. — Adho-

bhdga-dosha-hara, as, a, am, curing or strengthen-

ing the lower part of the body. — Adho-bhurana,

am, n. the lower world. — Adko-bhumi, is, f lower

ground; land at the foot of a hili. — Adho-marman,

a, n. the anus. — Adho-mukha, as, d or i, am, having

the face downwards; headlong; upside down; (as),

m. Vishnn ; (d), f. a piant, Premna Esculenta; (am),

n. a division of hell. — Adho-yantra, am, n. the

lower part of an apparatus; a stili. — Adho-rakta-

pitfa, am, n. discharge of blood from the anus and the

urethra. — Adhfr-rdma, as, m., Ved. (a goat) having

peculiar white or black marks on the lower part of

the body. — Adho-lamba, as, m. a plummet; the

perpendicular; (as), m. the lower world.

vadana, as, a, ani, the same as adho-mukha.

— Adha-vardas, ds, as, as, powerful io the lower

regions. — Adho-vas⁽a, as, m. the bottom, Pudendum

Muliebre. — Adha-ydyu,us, m. vita! air passing down-

wards ; fiatulency — Adho-vekshi (adhas + am +

ikshin), looking down. — Adho-^ra-pitta, see adho-

raktapitta. — Adho-4vam, ind. under the horse.

Adhastana, as, I, am, lower, being undemeath.

Adhastat, ind. the same as adhas, q. v.

Adhastdd<lU, k, f. the lower region, the nadir.

^TVT adha, Ved. See adha.

adhdmargava, as, m. a piant,

Achyranthes Aspera.

m i ofc a-dhdranaka, as, d, am, unable

to support, unremunerative.

>iUllfHcp a-dharmika, as, i, am, unjust,

unrighteous, wicked.

a-dharya, as, a, am, unfit or improper

to be held or carried or kept up.

i. adhi, is, m. (better Wfa, q. v.)_T

anxiety, perplexity; f. a woman in her courses.

^2. adhi, ind., as a preax to verbs anu

nouns, expresses above, over and ab“ve, besides.

As a sep irable adverb or proposition; (with abi.)

Ved. over; from above; trom; from the presence of;

for; (with gen.) Ved. amon?; (with loc.) Ved.

over; on; at; snbjeit to; (with „cc.) over, upon,

contxm ng. — Adhy-atlhi, ind. o.i liigh, just above.

Adhika, as, d, am, udditional; subsequent, later,

urpassirig (in number or quaitity or quality), superior

more numerous; abundant; excellent; ,up-mumerary,

redundant; secondar, inferior; intercalate!; (am),

n. surplus; abunlance; redundancy; hvptrbole: ind.

exceedinglv; too mu’h; more. — Adhike&ft-hu) motc-

over. — Adhika-Tcshoya-kari/i, t, ini, i. causing

excessive wast.. — Adhiko-ta, f or adhika-tva,

am, n. addition, excess, redundancy, prepo. derance.

— idhiha-ti>hi, is, m. f. an intercaluy lunar day

— AdMka-datda or adhi-dant a, os, m. a rojur,

dant tc.oth which grows over ..lother, — Adhik"-dina

or nlhi-dir.a, am, n. an intercalatcd day. — Adhika-

manearman (°»a-tw°), a, a. proul Hesh intlit eye,

see adhimansa, — Adhika -mesa, as, m. an inter-

calatcd month. — Adkikarddki (°i-a-r<ri°), i., is, i,

abnndantly pre>'pcrous. — Adhika-rdkyokti (hja-

uV), is, f. exaggeration, hyperbole. — Adhika-Aid

shtika, as, t, am, (containing or costing) more than

sixty — AdMka-samvatsara, as, m. an intercalat, d

moiith. - Adhika-saptatika, as,i, am (containing or

osting) more than seventy. — Adhikanga (^ka-an³),

as, d or i, am, h-.ving some redundant member or

n. mbers; (am), n. bclt wom over the coat of mail.

— Adhikddklka ( kha-adji'), os, d. am, outdoirg

ooe another. - Adhikdrtha ( ka-at³), as, 5, am,

exaygerated. — Adidkdxtka^ea^Aana, am, n. exagger-

ation, hyperbvle,

adhi-karmakara, as, m. or

adhi-karmakrit, t, m. an overseer of w'rkmen.

iKfVoirf^ adhi-ka¹pin, i, m., Ved. a

sharp gambler.

adhi-karma, am, n., N. nf some

place uiikmuvn.

srftJVi adhi-kri, cl. 8. P. -karnti, -kartum,

to phee at the head, appiint; to aim af, regard;

to reier or alludo to; to superinteud, be at the head

of: A. -kumte, to be or become entitled to; to be

or become superior to.

Adhi-karona, am, n. tbe act of placing at the

head or of subordinating govemment, supremacy,

magistracy, couri: of iustice; a receptafie, sup

port; a daim; a topic, subiect; (in philo'ophy) a

21

srfvrarrwfaRi xdhikarana-bhojaka. ■■dhi-muntha.

substratum; a subject (e.g. atmd is the adhi-karana

of knowledgc); a category; a relation; (in grammar)

regimen, government, comprehension, location, the

sense of the locative casc; relationship of words in a

sentence, which agree together, either as adjective and

substantive, or as subject and predicate, or as two sub-

stanti ves io apposition ; (in rhetoric) a topic; a para-

graph or minor section; (a$, a), m. f. one who has to

superintend. — Adhikarana-bhojaka, as, m. a judge.

—Adhikarana-mandapa, as, am, m. n. the hall

of justice. — Adhikarana-siddhdnta, as, m. a syl-

logism or conclusion which involves others. — Adhi-

karanaitavattva (°na-et°), am, n. fixed quantity of

a substratum.

AdM-karanika or better ddhlkaranika, as, m.

a government offidal; a judge or magistrate,

Adhi-karanya, am, n. authority, power.

Adki-karman, a, n. superintendence. — Adhi-

karmakrit or adhi-karmakara, see s. v. — Adhi-

karma-krita, as, m. person appointed to superin-

tend an establishment.

Adhikarmika, as, m. the overseer of a market.

Adhi-kdra, as, m. authority; office; government,

rule, administration, jurisdiction; royalty, prerogative;

title; rank; claim, right, especially to perform sacri-

fices with benefit; privilege; ownership; possession;

property; reference, relatioo; exertion, effort; a topic,

subject; a paragraph or minor sectioa; (in grammar)

government; a headiag-rule; (as, i), m. f. having

much to superintend. — Adhikara-stha, as, d, am,

established in an office. — Adhikarddhya (?ra-adk^a),

as, d, am, invested with authority.

Adki-karin, i, ini, i, possessing authority; en-

titled to; fit for; (f), m. a superintendent, govemor;

ao offidal; a rightful claimant; a proprietor, master;

one possessing the right of sacrificing; a man pro-

fident in the VedSnta; man as the lord of creation.

— Adhikdri-tva, am, n. or adhikari-ta, f. author-

ity ; rightful claim; ownership, &c.

Adhi-krita, as, d, am, placed at the head of;

appointed; ruled, administered; daimed; (as), m.

a superintendent, espedally a comptroller of public

accounts. — Adhikrita-tva, am, n. the being engaged

in or occupied with.

Adhi-kriii,, is, f. a right, privilege; possession.

Adhi-krUya, ind. having placed at the head, having

made the chief subject; regarding; conceming; with

reference to.

adhi-kram, cl. i. P. -krdmati,

. n

-kramitum, to ascend, mount up to; to attack, scale.

Adhi-krama, as, m. an invasi on, attack.

Adhi-kramana, am, n. act of invading or scaling.

adhi-kshi, cl. 6. or cl. 2. P., Ved.

-kshiyati or -ksketi, -kshetum, to be settled in or

over, rest upon; to inhabit, to obtain ; (occasionally

adhi-kshi p occurs for this rt. by mistake.)

adhi-kskit, t, m., Ved. a lord,

ruler (fr. rt. 2. kshi and not fr. adhi-kshi above).

adhi-kship, cl. 6. P. -kshipati,

-ksheptum, to lay upon; to bespatter; to insuit, abuse,

scold; to superindnee (disease); (occasionally this rt.

appears to be used by mistake for adhi-kshi, q.v.)

Adhikshipad-abja-netra, as, d or i, am, having

eyes which edipse the lotus.

Adhi-kshipta, as, d, am, insulted; scoldcd;

thrown down; placed, fixed ; despatehed.

Adhi-kshepa, as, m. abuse, contempt; dismissal.

adhi-gan, cl. io. P. -ganayati,

-yitum, to enumerate, to value highly.

WfxfTTiT adhi-gam, cl. i. P. -ga66fiati,

-gantum, to go up to, approach, overtake; to have

sexua! intercourse with; to fall in with; to meet,

find, discover, obtain ; to accomplish; to study, read :

Dcsid. P. adhi-jigamishati, to seek; A. adhi-

jigdmate, to be desirous of studying or reading.

Adhi-gata, as, d, am, found, obtained, acquired;

gone over, studied, learnt.

Adhi-gantavya, as, d, am, attainable.

Adhi-gantri, t, a, m. one who attains or acquires.

Adhi-gama, as, m. the act of attaining, acquisi-

tion; acquirement, mastery, study, knowledge; mer-

cantile return, profit, &c.

Adhi-gamana, am, n. acquisition; finding; ac-

quirement, reading, study; marriage, copulation.

Adhi-gamaniya or adhi-gamya, as, d, am,

attainable, practicable to be learnt.

adhi-gartya, as, a, am, Ved.

(found) on the d riveris seat.

^TfV7T=r adhi-gava, as, i, am, Ved. (found)

on or in a cow, derived from a cow.

adhi-gd, cl. 2. P. A. or cl. 3. P.

-gdti, •te, -jigdti, -gatum, to fall in with, obtain ; to

notice, to go over, leam, read, study, remember;

to attempt, resolve: Caus. P. adhi-gdpayati, -yitum,

to cause to go over or teach: Desid. of the Caus.

adhl-jigdpayishati, to be desirous of teachicg.

adhi-guna, as, d, am, possessing

superior qualities,

adhi-gupta, as, d, am, protecte d,

guarded.

adki-dankrama, as, d, am, Ved.

walking or creeping over something.

adhi-dar, cl. 1. P. -darati, -ritum,

to walk or move on or over something.

Adhi-darana, am, n. the act of walking or mov-

ing or being on or over something.

adhi-H, cl. 5. P. -iinoti, -6etum,

to pile or build upon.

Ul il^ridhi-jan, cl. 4. A.-jayate, -janitum,

to 6e bnm.

Adhi-ja, as, d, am, bom, :^:up crior by birth.

Adhi-janana, am, n. birth.

wfxTiTUT adhi-jann, ind. on the knees.

iSfvftr adhi-ji, cl. 1. P. -jayati, -jetum, to

win in additicio, conquer.

adhi-jihra, as, m. or adhi-

jihvika, f. a pecuhar swelling of the t mgue or

epiglottis.

odhi jva, as, a, am, having the

bowstring (jya) up or strefr hed, i. e. strung.

^ITfvsftfrPPT adhi-jyotisham, ind. on the

subject of light or th> mundane luminaries (a chapter

in the Upanishads).

^rrgfirsfTT adhi-tidithati. Sei U| H T.

fdhihja, as, d, am (fr. adhi), being

above.

Adhityahd, f. land on the upp :r part of a moun-

tain, table land.

adhi-danda-netri, td, m. (ruler

appointed to punish), epithet of Yarna.

adhi-danta, as, m. a redundant

tooth which grows over auother.

?TiY^Tfng adhi-ddrva, as, i, am (fr. dani),

wooden.

(Vid/f adhl-dina, am, n. an intercalated

day.

dHnid 4 adhi-deva, as, m. or adhi-devatd,

f. a presiding or tutelary deity. — Adhi-deram or

adhi-deva>am, ind. conci irning the goda or tiie deity.

adhi-devana, am, n.,Ved. part of

the housa allotted to gambling; the table or board

for gambling.

'UftfiihT adhi-daim or adhi-daivata, am, n.

a presiding or tutelary deity; the supreme deity; the

divine agent operating in matenal obhets.»- Adh i-

daivam or adhidaivatam, ind. on the subject ot

the deity or the divine agent.

Adhi-duirika, as, l, am, spirimal.

'iITfV -TT pdhi-dhd, cl. 3. V.-dadhati,-dhntuni,

to give, present; A. -dhatte, to acqu’re additionally.

adU-dhri, Caus. P. -dharayati,

to carry over or across.

adhi-natha, as, m., N. of the

author of the KSIayoga-SSstra.

"hfVfvpit adhi-ni-dha, cl. 3. P. -dadhdti,

•dheitum, to deposit, impart.

af adhi-nirnij, k, k, k, Ved. veiled.

adhi-ni-vas, cl. i. P. -vasati,

-vastum, to dwell.

adhi-ni, cl. 1. P. -navati, -netum,

to I :ad away from (with abi.); to raise above the

ordinary mcasure, enhance.

■>3i fv^ T adhi-nrit, cl. 4. P. -nrityati,

-nartitum, to dance upon (with acc.j.

^,TrftPT adhi-pa, as, m. a ruler, commander,

regent, king.

Adhi-yati, is, m. same as adhi-pa, (in medie.)

a particuiar part of the head, where a wound proves

instaotly fatal. — Adhtpa^-vati, f., Ved., N. givtn to

certaiu ftmale divinities.

Adhi-patnl, f. a female sovereign or ruler.

Adhi-pa, as, m., Ved. a ruler, king, sovereign.

ndhi-patham, ind. over or across

a road.

VfOj^isjrv adhi-pdniula,as, d, am, hecome

dusty from abov.; dusty. Also adht-punsula.

adhi-purusha, as, m. the su-

prtme spirit.

adhi-pu, cl. 9. P., Ved. -punati,

-pavitum, to besprinkle, to sprinkle.

^f>Fffi*ri[*{adki-puta-bhritam, tnd., Ved.

over the (vessel) full of purified Soma.

adhi-peskana, as, a, am, semng

to pouad or grind upon.

^rfVTT^T adki-prajam, tnd. on the subject

of procreation as a means of preserving the world (a

chapter in the Upanishads).

adhi-prashti-yugu, am, n. yoke

laid upon the prashti or foremost of three horses,

used on certain sacrificia! occasions, to which a fourth

hone could be attached; (as), m. the fourth horse

thus attached (?).

^fiRlV adhi-badh, cl. i. A. -badkate,

-dhitum, to vex, annoy.

^TftrST adki-bru, cl. 2. P. -braviti, -vaktum,

to give orders to.

adhi-bhuj, cl. 7. A. -bhunkte,

-bhoktum, to enjoy.

i&f adhi-bhu, iis, rn. (rt. bhu with adhi),

a master, a superior.

Adhi-bhuta, am, n. the spiritual orfine substratum

of material or gross objects; the all-penetrating in-

fiuence of the supreme spirit; the supreme spirit

himself; nature. — Adhi-bhutam, ind. on the subject

of material objects (a chapter in the Upanishads).

Adhi-hhautika (better adJUbhautika, q. v.), as,

i, am, natural (?).

adhi-bhojana, am, n. an addi-

tional gift.

adhi-mantha or adhi-mavtha, cs,

m. (chuming of the eyes), severe ophthalmia.

" G

22 adhi-manthana. adhUvara.

Adki-manthana, am, n., Ved. frictioa for pro-

ducing firc; (a«*, d, am), suitable for such frictioo

(as wood).

Adhi-manthita, a*, d, am, sufiering from Oph-

thalmia.

^rfUKT^T adhi-mivQsa or adhi-mdysaka, as,

m. proud flesh or cancer, especially in the eyes or

the back part of the gums. — Adhimansarman (°$a-

ar’), a, n. ophthalmic dlsease produced by proud

flesh or cancer.

adhi-mdtra, as, d, am, past or

above measure, excessive; (am), ind. on the subject

of prosody. — Adkimdtra-kdrwiika, as, m. (ex-

cccdingly merdful), N. of a Mah5-brahmana among

the Buddhists.

adhi-masa, as, m. an intercalary

month,

adhi-mukti, is, f. (with Buddhists)

intuition (?); implicit faith (?). — Adhimukti-sara,

<ts, d, am, wholly given to intuition or to implicit

faith (?).

Adhi-muktika, as, m. (with Buddhists) an epi-

thet of Maha-klla. *

adhi-muhya, as, m., N. of Sakya-

muni in one of his thirty-four former births.

^rnn$T adhi-yajha, as, m. the ckief or

principal sacrifice; influence or agency affecting a

sacrifice; {as, d, am), rebting to a sacrifice; (am),

ind. on the subject of sacrifices.

adhi-yat, cl. i. A., Ved. -yatate,

-titnm, to fastcn, flx, stick.

cdhi-yam, cl. i. P. -ya66hati,

-yantum, to glve, present.

adhi-yd, cl. 2. P. -yatt, -tum, to

esca pe.

vTlWrr^ adhiydnga, am, n. a redundant

limb; (bettcr adhikdnga.)

adhi-yadha, as, m. a worrior who

fights in the fint lines (?).

adhi-rajju, us, us, u, Ved. canying

a rope, fastening, fettering.

adhi-ratha, as, d, am, heing upon

or over a car; (us), m. a charioteer; N. of a

charioteer who was a prince of Ai>ga and Kaina’s

fostcr-father; (am), n. a cart-load.

Adhi-rathi, is, m. (vaiious reading for uda-rathi),

the sun (?); the sea (?).

Adhi-rathyam, ind. on the high road.

adhi-raj, (, m. a supreme king,

emperor.

Adhi-rdja, as, or adhi-rdjan, d, m. an emperor.

Adhi-rajya or adJii-rashfra, am, n. supremacy,

imperial dignity; an cmpire; N. of a country.

— Adhirdjya-bhaj, 1% m. possessor of impcrial dig-

nity.

adhi-rukma, as, d, am, wearing

gold.

adhi-ruh, cl. i. P. or poet. A.

adhi-rohatl, -te, -ro/jhum, to rise above, to ascend,

mount: Caus. -ropayati,-yitum,to raisc, place above.

Adhi-rudha, as, am, asccnded, mounted.

— Adhirudha-samddhi-yoya, as, d, am, engaged

io profound meditation.

Adhi-ropana, am, n. the act of raising or causing

to mount.

Adhi-ropUa, as, a, a?n, raised, placed above.

Adhi-roha, as, m. ascent, mounting, overtopping.

AdM-rohana, am, n. act ofasccnding or mounting

or rising above; (f), f. a ladder, flight of steps.

Adhi-rofdn, z, ini, i, rising above, ascending, &c.;

(liu), f. a ladder, flight of steps.

adhi-lakam, ind. onthe subject

of the universe (a chapter in the Upanishads). — Adki-

loka-ndtha, as, m. lord of the universe.

(VH^adhi-vad, cl. 2. P., Ved.-rafcfi, - vak-

tum, to speak in favour of; to advocate; to side with.

Adhi-vaktri, ta, m., Ved. an advocate; a com-

forter; an orator.

Adhi-va/ana, am, n. advocacy; speaking in favour

of; an appellation, epithet.

Adhi-vaka, as, m., Ved. advocacy, protection.

adhi-vap, cl. i. A., Ved. -vapate,

-raptum, to put on; to shatter.

i. adhi-vas, cl. i. P. -vasati,

-vastum, to inhabit; to scttle or perch upon.

I. adhi-vdsa, as, m. an inhabitant, a neighbour;

one who dwelis above; a habitation, abode, settle-

ment, site; sitting before a person’s house without

taking food till he ceases to oppose or refuse a demand,

commonly cilfed ‘sitting in dharn.!;' pertinacity; (for

2.3. adhi~rd8a, see below.) —Adhivasa-bhumi, is,

f. a dwelling-place, settlemcnt.

1. adki-vdsana, am, n. act of causing the diviaity

to take up its abode in an image; sitting in dharn5

[cf. s. v. adki-rasa above]. (For 2. adM-vdsana,

see below.)

Adki-vasin, f, ini, i, inhabiting, settled in.

— Adhivdsi-td, f. settled residence.

Adhy-uskita, see s. v.

^sfirrJT 2. adhi-vas, cl. 2. A. -vaste,

-vasitum, to put on or over (a. clothes <Xc.).

Adh.i-va.dra, as, c, am, dothed.

3. adhi-vasa or aihl-idsri, as, m. an opptr par-

ment, mantis.

1. adhi-nmta, as, d, am, inwsted wkh, dothed

with ; see also s. v. adhi-vas below.

^ farree adhi-vdjya, am, n., N. of a

country; correctly adki-rajya.

wftrnil adhi-vas, cl. io. P. -vdsayati,

-yitum, to sccnt, perfume.

3. adki-vdsa, a*, m. applieation of perfumes or

fragrant cosmetics. (For r. 2. adhi-vdsa, see above.)

2. adhi-vasana, am, n. applieation of perfumes,

&c.; touching a vessel containing fragrant objects, that

have been presented to an idol, as a ceremony; pre-

liminary purification of the image.

2. adhi-vdsita, as, d, am, tcented.

adhi-vdhana, as, m., N. of a

man, said to be a son of An-ga.

^TfvrRftiSirTrT adki-vi-kartana, am, n. the

act of cutting off.

adhi-vi-kram, cl.l. A. -kramate,

-mitum, to step forth towards or fop some one.

adhi-vid, cl. 6. P. -vindati,

-ireditum, to obtain; to marry in addition to.

Adhi-vinna, f. a wife whose husband has married

again; a neglected or superseded wife.

Adhi-rcttavyd or adhi-vedamyd or adhi-vedyd,

f. a wife in addition to whom it is proper to many

another.

Adhi-rcttri, ta, m. a husband who marries an

additional wife.

Adhi-vedana, am, n. manying an additional wife.

adhi-vidyam, ind. on the sub-

ject of Science (a chapter in the Upanishads).

adhi-vedam, ind. conceming the

Veda.

adhi-sl, cl. 2. A. -6ete, -sayitum,

to lie down upon, to lie upon, to sleep upon.

Adhi-^ayana, as, a, am, lyingon, sleeping on.

Adhi-itayita, as, d, am, recumbent upon; used

for lying or sleeping upon.

adhi-sri, cl. i. P. -srayati, -yitum,

Ved. -trayitaval, to ascend; to put on fire, make hot.

Adhi-iraya, as, m. a receptacle.

Adld-trayana, ara, n. act or ceremony of putting

(a kettle) on the fire; (f), f. a fire-place, oven.

— Adhi-6rayaniya, as, d, am, relating to or con-

nected with die Adhi-^rayana.

Adhi-6rita, as, d, am, put on the fire (as a pot).

“iffv^qRtr adhi-shavana, am, n. (fr. rt. su

with adhi), Ved. hand-press for extracting and strain-

ing the Soma juice; (o«, d, am), used for extracting

and straining the Soma juice.

adhi-skthd (adhi-sthd), cl. i. P. or

poet. A. -tishfkati, -te, -skthdtum, to stand upon,

depend; to inhabit, abide; to be, stand; to super-

intend, govem; to step over or across; to overcome ;

to ascend, mount.

Adhi-shthdtri, ta, In, tri, superintending, presid-

ing, governing, tutelary; {d), m. a ruler; espedally

the supreme ruler, or Providence personificd and

identified with one or another of the Hindu gods;

a chief; a protector.

Adhi-shtkdna, am, n. standing by, being at hand,

approach; standing or resting upon; a basis, base ;

a wheel (as the basis of a car); a position, site, re-

sidence, abode, seat; a settlement, town ; govemment,

authoiity, power, dominion; a precedent, nile; a

benediction. — Adkiskthdna-^arira, am, n. (in

San-khya phil.) a body which forms the medium

betwecn the subtle and the gross body.

Adki-skfhdyaka, as, d, am, governing, super-

intfnding, guarding.

Adhl-shtkita, as, d, am, settled; inhabited; super-

intended; regulated ; appointed; superintending.

^TVr^ adhi-stri, Ind. concerning a \vo-

man or a wife. — Adhi-stri, f. a superior or distin-

guished wornan.

adhi-hari, ind. concerning Hari.

^nr)¹ adhi (adhi-i), cl. 2. P. adhy-eti, -tum,

to meet with, attain, notice, observe, understand; to

mind, remember, care for, long for; to know, know

by heart; to go over; study, leam, read, recite, de-

clare; A. adkite, to study, leam by heart, read,

recite, dcclare : Caus. P. adky-dpayati, -yitum, to

make one read or study, teach, instruet; Desid. of the

Caus. adhy-apipayishati, to be desirous of teaching:

Desid. adhiskiskati, to be desirous of teaching.

Adhita, as, d, am, attaincd; studied, read; well

read, learned. — Adkita-veda, as, m. one who has

studi :d the Vedas or whose studies are finished.

AdhTti, fs, f. perusal, study; Ved. desire, recollection.

Adkltin, t, ini, i, well read, proficient.

Adhitya, ind. having gone over, having studied. ^

Jd/teyai,a?t,a^t,ai,remcmbering,proficientinstudyo

Adlttyana, as, m. a studeat; onc who goes over

the Veda either as a student or a teacher.

Adhy-ayana, adhy-dpaka, adhy-dpana, adhy-

ctavya, adhy-etri, &c., sce s. v.

adhi-kdra = adhi-kdra, q. v.

adhiksh (adhi-iksh), cl. I. A. adhi-

kshate, -kshitum, to discover.

adhina, as, d, am (fr. adhi), subject,

subservient (generally forming the last member of a

compound). — Adhina-ta, f. or adhina-tva, am, n.

subjection, depcndence.

adhi-mantha—adhi-mantha, <J. v.

a-dhira, as, d, am, not fixetl, move-

able ; confused; deficient in calm self-command; cx-

cited, excitable; fitful, capridous; querulous; weak-

minded, foolish; (a), f. lightning; a capridous or bel-

licose mistress. — Adhlra-td, f. want of confidence.

^TVhTTH adhi-vdsa = adhi-vdsa, q. v.

Adki-vasas, ind. over the garment.

?HV^T adhisa (adhi-isa), as, m. a lord,

a master over (others).

AdhUvara (adhi-if), as, m. a supreme lord or

king, an emperor; (among the Jainas) an Arhat.

23

'sretP iidMshta. 'mit odhy-vdhm.

yvfil; adindit a (adhi-ishta), as, a, am,

solicited, honorary; (am), n. solicitation; honorary

office.

WU*TT a-dhund, ind. (fr. the pronom. base

a, substituted for idam), at this time, now.

Adhunatana, as, i, am, belonging to or extend-

ing over the present time.

\fTy*La-dkura, as, a, am, not laden.

a-dhumaka, as, a, am, smokeless.

a-dhrita, as, a, am, not held, un-

restrained, imcontrclled; (as), m. an epithet of Vishnu.

A-dhriti, is, f. want of firniness or fortitude; laxity,

absence of control or restraint; incontinence; (fg, (s,

i), unsteady.

a-dhriskta, as, a, am (rt. dkrisk), not

bold, modest; not put down, invincible, irresistible.

A-dhrishya, as, a, am, unassailable, invincible;

unapproachable; proud ; (d), f., N. of a river.

a-dhenv, us, us, u, Ved. yielding no

milk or advantage ; not nourishing.

a-dhairya, am, n. want or loss of

calm self-command; paroxysm of excitemenr; excita-

bility; (as, d, am), deficient in self-command;

swayed by excitement or violent feeling.

^rnft adko. See under adhas.

adky-aysa, as, d, am, (placed) on

the shoulder.

adhy-akta, as, d, am (rt. aiij),

equipped, prepared.

adhy-aksha, as, d, am\ observable;

exercising supervision; (as), m. an eye-witness; an

inspector, superintendent; N. of a piant, Mimusops

Kauki (Kshirikd).

adhy-aksharam, ind. on the sub-

jeci of syllables; above all syllables (as the mystic om).

adhy-agni, ind. over or by the

nuptial fire, property givento the hzi&z.—Adhyagni-

krita, am, n. property given to the wife at the

wedding. — Adhyagny-updgata, am, n. property

received by a wife at the wedding.

WVX^^adhy-aiid, an, tdi, ak, tending up-

wards, eminent, superior.

adhyanda, f., N. of two plants,

Cowage (Carpopogon Pruriens) and Flacourtia Cata-

phracta.

adhy-adhikshepa, as, m. ex-

cessive censure; gross abuse.

adhy-adhina, as, a, am, completely

subject or dependent, as a slave.

^^TUn? adhy-aya or better adhy-aya, as, m.

(fr. adhi-i, see adhi), a lesson, lecture, chapter.

Adhy-ayana, am, n. reading, studying, especially

the Vedas (one of the six duties of a BrShman).

— Adhyayana-tapasi, n. nom. du. study and penance.

— Adhyayana-punya, am, n. religious merit ac-

quired by studying.

Adhy-ayanlya, as, d, am, fit or proper to be

read or studied.

adhy-ardha, as, am, baving an

additional half, i. e. one and a half; (in compounds

synonymous with) adhy-ardhalca, as, ikci, am,

amounting to or worth one and a half. — Adkyardha-

hansa, as, am, m. n. one and a halfkansa; (as, i,

am), amounting to or worth one and a half ka^sa.

— Adhyardka-kdkinika, as, d, am, amounting to

or worth one and a half kakinT. — Adhyanlha-

kdrshapana or a/lhyardha-kdrshapanika, as, i,

am, amounting to or worth one and a halfkSrsha-

pana. — Adhyardha-kkarilca, as, d, am, amount-

ing to or worth one and a half kh5r!. — Adkyardka-

panya, as, d, am, amounting to or worth one and

a half pana. — Adhyardha-pddya, as, d, am,

amounting to one foot and a half. — Adhyardka-

pratika, as, i, am, amounting to one and a half

karshSpana. Adhyardka-mdskya, as, d, am,

amounting to or worth one and a half mSsha. — Adky-

ardha^nn4atikina,a$, d, am, amounting to or worth

one and a half score or thirty. — Adhyardha-tiata

or adkyardka~datya, as, d, am, amounting to or

bought with one hundred and fifty. — Adhyardka-

datamdna or adkyardha-ddtanidna, as, i, am,

amounting to or worth one and a half Salamina.

— Adkyardha-ddna or adhyardha-danya, as, d,

am, amounting to or worth one and a half Sina.

— Adhyardka-durpa, as, i, am, amounting to or

worth one and a half Snrpa. — Adhxjardha-sahasra

or adhyardhaysdhasra, as, i, am, amounting to

or worth one thousand five hundred. — Adkyardha-

surarna or adkyardha-sauvarn ika, as, i, am,

amounting to or worth one and a half suvarna.

adky-arbuda or adky-arvuda, am,

n. a tumour, goitre (dating from the time of birth).

WUprtft adhy-ava-so, 4. P. -syati,

-satum, to undertake, grapple with, attempt; to

determine, consider.

Adhy-ava-sana, am, n. determining; attempt,

effort, exertion; energy, perseveraoce; (in rhetoric)

concise and forcible language.

Adhy-ara-saya, as, m. = the preceding; (in pbi-

losophy) mental effort, apprehension. — Adhyava-

saya-yukta, as, a, am, or adhyavasayin, i, ini, i,

resolute.

Adhy-am-sayita, as, d, am, attunpted.

Adky-ava-sita, as, d, am, mentally apprehended,

ascertained, determined.

adhy-avahanana, as, d, a?rc,Ved.

serviog as an implement on which anything is peeled.

adhy-asana, am, n. eatlng too

soon after a meal, before the last ineal is digested.

adhy-as, cl. 4. P. -asyati, -situm, to

throw or place over or upon.

Adhy-asta, as, d, am, placed over; disguised;

supposed.

adky-asthi, f, n. a bone growing

over another.

adhy-ah, Defect. Perf.. -aha, to

address; to bless.

adhy-a-kram, cl. 1. P. -krdmati,

-kramitum, to attack; to fix upon, occupy.

adhy-a-gam, cl. 1. P. -gaddhati,

-gantum, to fall in with, meet with.

1M i adhy-d-6ar, cl. 1. P. -darati,

-ritam, to bestride, occupy as a seat.

adhy-dnda, f., N. ■ of a piant.

See adhyanda.

adhy-atma, am, n. tbe supreme

spirit; (as, a, am), own, belonging to self; (am),

ind. concerning self or iodividual personality. — Adhy-

dtma-detas, ds, m. one who meditates on the su-

preme spirit — Adhy-dhna-jndna, am, n. or adhy-

Qtma-vidya, f. knowledge of the supreme spirit or

of dtman. — Adky-atma-ilrM, 1c, or adhyatma-vid,

t, m. a sage proficient in that knowledge. — Adky-

atma-rati, is, m. a man delighting in the conteni-

plation of the supreme spirits or of dtman. — Adky-

dtma-rdmayana,am, n. a R5m5yana, in which every-

thing is referred to the universal spirit; it forms part of

theBrahm5nda-Pur5na. — Adkydtma-dd$tra,am, n.,

N. of a work. — Adhydtmottara-kanda (°ma-uC),

am, n„ N.of the last book of the Adhy3tmar5m3yana.

Adky-atmika or better ddhydtmika, as, i, am,

connected with or relating to the soul or the supreme

spirit.

^rW¹T3i‘ adhy-apaka, as, m. (fr. adhi-i, see

adhi), a teacher or professor, especially ofsacred know-

ledge; N. of a priest (?). — Adhydpakodita (^cjta-

ud ), as, m. entitled an adhyapaka, styled a professor.

Adhy-dpana, am, n. instruction or lecturing,

especially on sacred knowledge.

Adfty-apayitri, t, d, m. a teacher.

Adhy-dpita, as, d, am, instrucled.

Adky-dpya,as, d, am, fit or proper to be instructed.

Adhy-aya,as, m. a lesson,lecture, chapter; reading;

proper time for reading or fora lesson; (at the elose

of comp. words) a reader, student, as Vedddkyaya, a

reader or student of the Vedas. ~ Adhyaya-dator

patha, as, m. an index of the One Hundred Chapters,

N. of a work. ^y

Adhyayin, i, ini, i, studious, engaged in reading

or study.

adhy-d-ruh, cl. 1. P., poet. A.

-rohati, -te, -rodkum, to ascend, mount: Caus.

-ropayati, -yiium, to cause or order to mount.

Adhy-arudka, as, d, am, mounted, asceoded;

(with the instr.) above, superior; (with the abi.)

below, inferior.

Adky-aropa, as, m. or adky-dropana, am, n.

act of making one mount or of raising; act of

attributing, especially through mistake.

Adhy-dropita, as, a, am, falsely attributed; hy-

perbolical.

adhy-d-vas, cl. 1. P. -vasati,

-vastum, to inhabit, dwell in (with acc. or loc.).

adhy-d-vapa, as, m. (rt. vap), the

act of sowing or scattering upon.

adhy-d-vakanika, am, n. that

part of a wife’s property which sbe receives when on

a visit to her parents.

adhy-as, cl. 2. A. -astc, -situm,

to sit down or (of beasts) lie down upon, to settle

upon; to occupy as one’s seat or habitation; to get

into, enter upon; to be directed to or upon; to

affect, concera; to infiuence, rule; to cohabit with:

Caus, P. adhy-asayati, -yitum, to make (onc)

sit down; Des. adhy-asisishate, to be about to

get upon (a seat &c.).

Adhy-dsana, am, n. act of sitting down upon;

presiding over; a seat, settleraent.

Adhydsa-yoga, as, m. (with Buddhists) a kind of

meditation (?).

Adhy-asita, as, d, am, seated on; seated in the

presidential cbair; settled, inhabited.

Adhy-adn, i, ini, i, sitting down or seated upon.

Adhy-dsina, as, d, am, seated upon.

adhj-dsa, as, m.(rt. 2. as), impos-

iog; erroneously attributing; an appendage.

adhy-d-harana, am, n. or adhy-

d-hara, as, m. (rt. hri), act of supplying (elliptical

language); supplement; act of inferring or arguing.

Adhy-dharaniya or adhy-dhartavya or adhy-

ahdrya, as, d, am, proper to be supplied; proper

to be argued.

Adhy-dhrita, as, d, am, supplied, argued.

adhy-ushita, as, d, am (rt. vets,

see 1. adhi-vas), inhabited; obtained(?). — Adhy-

ushitdh'Ct or adhyushUdGva (Ha-af⁰), as, m., N.

of a prince descended from Dasaratha.

adhy-ushta, as, d, am (rt. ush =

uddh?), coiled up three and a half times. —Adhy-

ush(a-mlaya, as, m. (snake) forming a ring coiled

up three and a half times.

adhy-ushtra, as, m. conveyance

bome or drawn by eam eis.

adhy-udha, as, d, am (past pass.

part. fr. rt. vah with adhi), raised, exalted; affluent;

abundant; (a?), m. Siva ; (a), f. a wife whose hus-

band has married an additional wife.

"TTUCin adhy-udhni, f. (fr. udhan or udhas,

24

adhy-ushivaa.

TTHTJSI an-atyudya.

uddi r, with adhi), a tubuiar v^sel ibo ve thc udd ir,

or abov„ tbe scrotum, i. e. uredini (?).

^rwm^T adhy-iishiras, an, ushi. as (perf.

p,.rt. of rt. ros with adii), having iuhabitcd.

TTW? adky-uh, cl. t. P. -dhati, -hitum, to

Vsv * t • ,

lay on, overlay; to place upon, to nuse above.

- Adky-uhana, am, n. puttiog on a layer (of ashes

or rinders).

adhy-ridh, cl. 5. P. -ridhnati,

-ardkitum, to cxpand.

adhy-etavya or adhy-eya, as, a,

am (fr. rt. i with adhi, sec adhi), fit or proper to

be studied or read.

Adhy-etri, t, a, m. a student, reader. ^

Adhy-eshyamana, as, a, am (fut. part.), intending

to study.

adhy-edh, cl. I. A. -edhate, -dhitum,

to increase, prosper.

7TUTW adhy-eshana, fl/n, a, n. f. (fr. rt.

3. {sk with a^Ai), solicitatioD, entreaty.

a-dhri, is, w, i (rt. dAri), unrestrained,

irresistible. — Adhri-gu, us, plur. oras, m., Ved.

irresistible; N. of a heavenly killer of victims; N. of

a formula conduding with an invocation of Agni.

— Adkri-ja, as, a, am, Ved. irresistible. — Adkri-

;pu&kpalika, f. a spedes of the Pan piant, Piper Betel.

A-dhriyamana, as, a, am (pres. pass. part. of rt.

dhri with a), not held; not to be got hold of, not

forthcoming, not surviving or existing, dead.

a-dhruva, as, a, am, not fixed, not

permanent; uncertain, doubtful; separable, admitting

of se ver an ce without disastrous effects.

adhrusha, as, m. quinsy, a kind of

sore throat (etymology doubtful).

adhvan, d, ra. (said to be from ad,

* to eat,’ d being changed to dk, or fr. rt. at), a

road, way, orbit; a joumey, coursc; distance; time;

means, methcd, resource; the zodiac(?), sky, air;

a place; a recension of the Vedas and the school up-

holding it; assault (?). Adhvan becomes adkva, as,

at the end of some compounds. — Adhva~ga, as, d,

am, travelling; (n»), m. a traveller; a camel, a mule;

the sun; (a), f. GangS (the river). — Adhva-gai, t,

m. a traveller. — Adhva-gaty-.anta or adhva-ganta-

vya, as, m. mcasure of length applicable to roads.

— Adhvaga-bhogya, as, m. (tra velleris delight), N.

of a tree (Spondias Mangifera). — Adhva-gamana,

am, n. act of travelling. — Adhva-gdmin, i, ini,

i, wayfaring. — Adhva-jd, f. a piant, also called

Svarnull.— Adhva-pati, is, m. (lord of the orbits or

of the zodiac), the sun. — Adhm-ratka, as, ni. a

travelling car. — Adhva-tialya, as, m. a piant, Achy-

ranthes Aspera. — A dhvddhi pa (°va-adh) or adhvzSoC

(°va-i^), as, m. officer in charge of the police on

the public roads.

AcUivariina or adhmnya, as, a, am, speeding on

a joumey; (os), a traveller.

Adhvayat, an, anti, at, Ved. mnoiog, quick.

W a-dhvara, as, d, am (fr. a, not, and

dhvara, crookedness, injury), Ved. not crooked,

unbroken, nnintemipted ; durable ; sound; intent;

(<u), m. a religious or liturgical Service, a sacrifice,

espedally the Soma sacrifice; N. of a Vasti; of the chief

of a family; (am), n. sky or air. - Adkvara-karman,

a, n. performance of the Adhvara or connected with

it. — Adhvara-kalpd, f., N. of an optional sacrifice

(KSmyeshti). — Adhvara-kdndu, am, n. title of the

book in the Satapatha-Brahmana which refers to

Adhvaras. — Adhvara-krit, t, m. performing an

Adhvara. — Adhvara-ga, as, d, am, intended for

an Adhvara. — Adhvara-dikshaniya, f. consecration

connected with the Adhvara. — Adhvara-praya£<Htti,

is, f. expiation connected with the Adhvara. — Adkva-

rapsat, an, ati, at., containiog the word Adhvara.

- Adhvara-tri, U, m.,Ved. glory (i.e.patron) of the

Adhvara. — Adhrarasamiskfaryajvs, us, n., N. of

an aggregate of nine libations connected with the

Adhvara. — Adhvara-stha, as, d, am, or adhvars-

sh(kd, as, as, am, Ved. standing at (or engaged in)

an Adhvan.

Adhvarayu, etymological substitute for adkvaru.

Adhvariya or adhvarya, nom. (fr. adhvara), P.

adhvariyati or adkvaryati, P. to be desirous of

having an Adhvara performed ; to institute one(?).

Adhvaryu, us, m. one who institutes an Adhvara;

any officiating priest; technical nam e of a priest of a

particular ciass (as distinguished from the JIotri, the

Udgdtfi, and the Brahman classes). The Adhvarya-

vas “ had to measure the ground, to build the altar,

to prepare the sacrificial vessels, to feteh wood and

water, to light the fire, to bring the animal and

immolate it.” Whilst engaged in these duties, they

had to repeat, without intemiption or mistake, the

hymns of the Yajur-veda ; hence that Veda itsclf is also

called Adhvaryu or Adhvaryavas, and the latter word

also means adherents of the Yajur-veda, — Adhvaryu-

Jcanda, am, n. title of a book of mantras or prayers

intended for Adhvaryavas. — Adhvaryu-lcratu, us,

m. sacrificial act performed by the Adhvaryu.

— Adkraryu~vcda, as, m. the Yajur-veda.

a-dhvasman, d, d, a, Ved. im-

perishable (?); not causing to fall (?); unveiled, open

to the light (?).

a-dhvanta, am, n. (not positive

darkness), twilight, gloom, shade. — Adhvanta-da-

trava, as, m. a piant, Cassia Fistula or Bignonia

Indica (not an enemy to darkness, i. e. blossoming in

the shade).

an-, occasionally ana-, (before

a vowel) the 'ubstitute for 3. a, or n privative.

(Beibre terminations cjmmencinp witi. vowels) the

substitutt for the prouuniinal baac a, as in antna

(ana-iwi).

^1 j 2. an, cl. 2. P. aniti or Ved. anati,

ar>a, anwhyatt, auit, anHnm, to breathe,

gasp, move, po, live [cf. Gr. Uve/ios; Lat. anit/tus]:

Caur. anoyati, : Disid. aninuhati.

Ana, as, m. breath, spiratio».

Avana, am, n. breathing, bving.

5TTSI an-ansa, ea, a, am, or an-ansin, i,

ini, i, portioni, ss; not entitled to a sh..rt in an

inhentance.

aH W-.oi I m-ansurnat-jihali, f. a plan-

tain (the ame ?s aninmai-pha^a).

iiHdt o.vala, as, a, am, inferior —a.iaka,

q.v.

’ii ri ^15 r-naka-dunduhha, as, m. a name

of Krishna's [Taotifather. — Annka-dmidnljhi 01

better inakcultmdubhi, is, m. a name given to

Krishna‘s fother, Vasudeva; (a name aid to be derived

from the beating of drom. at his birth.)

'JTrRTOTiT r.n-akosmiH, ind. not without a

cano or an obiect; not accidtntally, not tuddenly.

cn-aksh, k, k, k, Ved. or an-aksna,

as, i, am, <ightle*s, blind.

An-aksht, n. r bad eye.

un-akshara, as, a, am, unfit to be

uttered; unabie to aniculate.

X5T«Tappr^T^,:f an-aksha-Sitambham, ind. so

as not to interiere with tbe "rxle-tree.

^T'«f⁷TT^T an-agada, as, ra. (houselcss), an

ascetic who hr.s adoptfd a bousele s or vagrant con-

dition.

An-agarika, f. the houselers lifc of tuch an ascetic.

.1 rp/TT a-naqna, as, d, am, nnt naked.

— Anagna-ta, t. the not being naked.

¹ dd0 r| an-c.gni, is, m. non-flre; substancc

difforing from fire; absence of fire; (is, is, i), rc-

quiring 110 fire or Cre-place; not maintaining the

sacred fire, irreligioun; unmarried; dispensinp with

the use of fire; dy^pcptic. — An-ayni-trtt, as, a. am,

or an-aqni-hr., as, as, am, not maintaining the

sacred fire, irrelieious(?); not eDjoying Agnis pro-

tectiun (?) — A itsaijni-datjdha, as, d, am, not bumt

with fire; not bumt on tbe funeral pile .,but buricd);

(os), m. pl„ N. of a ciass of manes. — Anagni-

shvatta, as, m. pl. = preceding; see agni-dayUui

and nrpii-sh-cdtta und .t agni.

an-ayha,as,d₁am, sinless, innocent;

faultless; lundsome; (as), m. white mustard ; N. or

epithet of various persons, espedally ^iva. — Ana-

ghdsktamJ (³ghd-ash )_t f., N. of the fifty-fifth

AdhySya of the Bhavishyottara-Pur2na.

an-ankusa, as, d, am, unrestrained,

ungovernable. %

an-anga, as, d, am, incorporeal ;

(as), m. Love, N. of K5ma, ihe god of love, so called

because be was reduced to ashes by a flash from the

eye of Siva, for having attempted to disturb his penance

by filling him with love for Parvati; (am), n. the

ether, air, sky; the mind,manas; that which is not

the anga, q, v. — Ananga-krida, f., N. of a metre

of two verses, ihe first containing sLxteen long syllables,

the second thirty-two short ones. — Ananga-devd, f.,

N. of a queen-consort of Kashmlr. — Anaitga-pala,

as_y m., N. of a king’s chamberlaiD at Kashmir.

— An-angam~ejaya, as, d, am, not shaking the

body (?). — Ananga-ranga, N. of an erotic work.

— Ananga-lekha, f. a love letter; N. of a queen of

KashmTr. — Ananga-Jekhara, as, m., N. of a mptre

of four verses, each containing fifteen iambL — An-

anga-sena, f., N. of a dramatic personage. — An-

angdpida (°ga-dp^a)> as, m., N. of a king of Kash-

mlr. — Ananga8uhrid (°ga~as^a), t, m. K5ma*s

enemy, i. e. Siva.

An-angaka, am, n. the mind.

an-anguri, is, is, i, destitute of

fiogers.

an-a66ha, as, a, am, not pellucid,

turbid.

^T=nT^T an-ajaka or an-ajika, f. a miser-

able little goat.

•>X *f an-ahjana, as, a, am, free from

collyrium or pigment or paint; (am), n. the sky,

atmosphere; Vishnu.

anad-uh, dran, m. (fr. anas, a

cart, q. v., and vah, to drag), an r<x; buil; the sign

Taut os. — Atuuluj-jihva, f. a piant, also calbd Gojihvi,

Elephantopus Scab.-r. — AwiduA-da, as, m. donor of

a buil or m. — Anadvhi or anadeahi, f. a cow.

Anadutka, as, d, am, having oxert (?).

Anakuha, as, m., N. of the chief of a certain

Gotra.

w dfil an-anu, vs, us or ri, 11, not minute

or fine, coarse; (ns), m. coarse grain, ptas, &c.

'H d fi a-nata, as, a, am, not bent, not

bow< d down ; erect; stiff; haughty.

xfGTnf- an-ati-, not very-, not too-, not

pa«t-. (Words commcncing with an-ati are so easily

analysed by referring to ati, &c , that tew nced be

eimmixatedl. — An-ati-kmma, as, m. modcratioii,

propriety — An-at’kramatiiya, as, d, am, not to

be avoided, not to bt tranare sed, inviolable. — An-

atidrifya, as, d, am, Vtd. not tran parent, opaque;

(or equivalent to aty-adridya), quite indiscemible.

— An-attd>)hiita, as, m., Ved. unstirp?"cd — An-

ativritti, is, f. congmity, — An-atiryadhya, as,

d, am, Ved. invjlnerablc, — An-atynnta-gati, is, f.

the sense of “ not exceedingly,” sense of dimlnative

words. — An-atyaya, as, d, am, unperishable, un-

broken. — An-dmi/Ii/a, as, d, am, Ved. feqnivaltnt

to aty-an-udya), quite unfit to be mentioued.

'SttHrf an-adat.

an-adat, an, ali, at, not eating, not

consuming,

an-addha or (with part. u) an-addho,

ind., Ved. not trnly, not really; not dearly. — An^

addhd-purimha, as, m., Ved. one who is not a true

man, one who is of no use either to gods or men or

the manes.

an-adya, as, a, am, not fit to be

eaten ; (a-s), m. white mustard.

^ rj n ^1 an-adyatana, as, m. tense which

is not applicable to the current day.

an-adhika, as, d, am, incapable of

being enlarged or excelled; boundless; perfect.

as, m. absence of

aurhority or right or claim. — Anadkikdra-darda, f.

intermeddling, officiousness.

An-adhikarin, i, ini, i, not entitled to.

An-adhihrita, as, d, am, not placed at the head

of, not appointed.

an-adhigata, as, d, am, not ob-

tained, not acquired; not studied.— Anadhigata-

manoratha, as, a, am, disappointed. — Anadhigata-

fastra, as, d, am, unacquainted with the Sastras.

An-adhigamya, as, d, am, unattainable.

an-adhishtkana, am, n. want of

superintendence.

An-adkishtkita, as, d, am, not appointed; not

present.

or an-adhinaka, as, d, am,

independent; (a?), m. an independent carpenterwho

works on his own account, see kauta-taksha.

an-adhyaksha, as, d, am, not ob-

servable; destitute of a superintendent.

Ki*i an-adhyayana, am, n. not stndy-

ing; intermission of study.

An-adhyaya, as, m. = the preceding; time when

there is or ought to be an intermission of study.

— Anadhyaya divasa, as, m. a vacation day.

~-*R^:ri«d anana, am, n. (fr. rt. an), breathing,

living.

•s .

fi *i #** n M an-anangamejaya, as, a, am,

not leaving the body unshaken ; see under an-anga.

^nr^TsUlT an-anujndta, as, d, am, not

agreed to, not permitted, denied.

an-anubhdvaka, as, i, am, un-

able to comprehend. — AnanubhdvaJcada, f. non-

comprehension; unintelligibility.

an-anubhashana, am, n. not

repeating (for the sake of challenging) a proposition;

tacit assent.

an-anubhuta, as, d, am, not per-

ceived» not expericnced, unknown.

an-anumata, as, d,^ am, not

honoured, not liked, disagreeable, unfit.

an-anushangin, i, ini, i, not

attached to, indifferent to.

^ fi d a [ fi an-anushthdna, am, n. non-ob-

scrvance, neglect; improprlety.

an~anukta, as, d, am, not reeited

or studied; not responded to.

^Tn^fT an~anta, as, d, am, cndless, bonnd-

lcss, etemal, infinite; (as), m., N. of many persons,

particularly of Vishnu; of Vishnu’s couch, the snakc

king Sesha; of Sesha’s brother VSsuki; of Krishna;

of his brother Baladeva; of Siva, Rudra, one of the

Viiva-devas, the l4th Arhat, &c.; a piant, SinduvSra,

VitexTiifolia; Tale; the 23rd lunarasterism, Sravana;

a. silken cord ticd round the right arm at a particular

WQfR an-

festival; the letter d; a periodic decimal fraction?; (d),

f. the earth ; the number one ; N. of various females,

especially of Parvatl; N. of various (perennial ?)

plants, pariicularly one also called SarivS, Periploca

Indica or Asclepias Pseudosarsa (or Asthmatica), the

root of which supplies a valuablc medicine; (am), n.

the sky, atmosphere; Tale. — Ananta-kara, as, i,

am, rendering endlcss, magnifying indefinitely.

— Ananta-ga, as, d, am, going or moving for ever

or indefinitely. — Ananta-guna, as, d, am, having

boundless excellencies. — Ananta-daturdagi, f. the

fourteenth lunar day (or full moon) of Bhadra, when

Ananta is worshipped.— Ananta-darttra, as, m., N.

of a Bodhisattva. — Anantar-jit, t, m., N. of the

fourteenth Jaina Arhat of the present AvasarpinT.

— Ananta-td, f. or ananta-tva, am, n. etemity,

infinity. — Ananta-tdna, as, d, am, extensive.

— Ananta-tirtlia, as, m., N. of an author. — Ananta-

tirtha-krit, t, m. the same as Anantajit. — Ananta-

tritiya, f. the third day of Bhadra, said to be sacred

to Vishnu. — Anantatritiya-vrata, the twenty-fourth

Adhyaya of the Bhavishyottara-Pur5na. — Ananta-

drishti, is, m. epithet of Siva. — Ananta-deva, as,

m., N. of various persons, especially of a king of

KashmTr. — Ananta-nemi, is, m., N. of a king of

Malava, a contemporary of S^kyamuni,— Ananta-

para, as, d, am, of boundless md\h.*~Ananta-pdla,

as, m., N. of a warrior chief in KashmTr. — Ananta-

bhatta, as, m., N. ofi a man. — Anantarmati, is,

m., N. of a Bodhisattva. — Ananta-mdyin, t, ini, i,

endlessly illusory or delusive or deceitful. — Ananta-

mula, as, m. a medicina) piant, also called Sariva.

— Ananta-rama, as, m., N. of a man. — Ananta-

radi, is, m. (in arithm.) an infinite quantity; a

periodic decima! fraction (?). — Ananta-rupa, as, d

or 7, am, having innumerable forms or shapes. — An~

anta-vat, an, ati, at, etemal, infinite; (an), m.

(in the Upanishads) one of BrahmSs four feet, earth,

intermediate space, heaven, and ocean. — Ananta-

varman, d, m., N. of a king. — Ananta-vata, as,

m. a disease of the head, somewhat Iike tetanus.

— Anantarvikramin, i, m., N. of a Bodhisattva.

— Ananta-wijaya,as, m.,N. ofVudhishthira’s conch-

shell. — Ananta-virya, as, m., N. of the twenty-third

Jaina Arhat of a future age. — Ananta-vrata, am, n.

ceremony or festival in honour of Ananta or Vishnu

on the day of the full moon in Bhadra; title of the

roand AdhySya of the Bhavishyottara-Pur3na. — An-

anta-gakti, is, is, i, omnipotent; (is), m., N. of a

king. — Ananta-gayana, am, n. Travancore. — An-

antarslrsha, f., N. of the snake king Vasuki*s wife.

— Ananta-gushma, as, d, am,Ve d. possessing bouod-

less strength (?); endlessly blowing (?). — Anantatman

(°tOrdf), a, m. the infinite spirit, — Ana?itds'rama_}

anantegvara, &c., names of persons unknown.

Anantaka, as, d, am, endless, boundless, etemal,

infinite; (am), n. (among the Jainas) the etemal

(i. e. the aggregate of spirit and matter); the infinite

(i. e. infinite space).

Anantya, as, d, am, infinite, etemal; (am), n.

infinity, etemity.

^TaTT. an-antara, as, a, am, havtng no

interior; having (or leaving) no interstice or interval

or pause ; uninterrupted, unbrokcn ; continuous;

immediately adjoining, contiguous; next of kin, &c.;

compact, close; (am), n. contiguousness; Brahma,

the supreme soul, as being of one entire essencc; (am),

ind. immediately after; after; afterwards.

Anantara-ja, as, m. (next-bom), the son of a

Kshatriya or Vaisya mother by a father belonging to

the caste immediately above the mother’s. — An-

antara-jata, as, m. = preceding; also the son of a

Sudr5 mother by a Vaiiya father.

An-antarayam, ind. without a break.

An-antarita, as, d, am, not separated by any

interstice; unbroken.

Anantariya, as, d, am, concerning (or belonging

to) the next of kin, &c.

^TVRrfttT an-antar-hita, as, d, am (past

-upatrapa. 25

part. Pass. of antar-dha, q. v., with an), not con-

cealed, manifest; not separated by a break.

n a-nanda, as, d, am, joyless, chcer-

less; (as), m. pl., Ved., N. of a purgatory.

an-anna, am, n. rice or food unde-

serving of its name.

an-anya, as, a, am, no otber, not

another, not different, identical; self; not having a

second, unique; not more than one, sole; having

no other (object), undistracted. — Ananya-gati, is,

f. sole resort or resource. — Ananya-gati, is, is, i,

or ananya-gatika, as, d, am, having only one (or

no other) resort or resource left. — Ananya-gdmin,

i, ini, i, going to no other. — Ananya-dinta, as,

d, am, or ananya-detas, ds, os, as, giving one’s

nndivided thought to, (with loc.). — Ananya-dodita,

as, d, am, self-impelled. — Ananya-ya, as, m. epi-

thet of Kama or Love. — Ananya-ta, f. or ananya-

tva, am, n. identity. — Ananya-driskii, is, is, i,

gazing intently. — An-anya-dtva, as, d, am, having

no other god. — Ananya-nlshpadya, as, d, am,

(requiring) to be accomplished by no other. — An~

anya-pdrva, f. a female who never belonged to

another, a virgin. — Ananya-pratikriya, as, d, am,

having no other means of resistance or redress.

— Ananya-bhava, as, d, am, originating in or with

no other. — Ananya-bhava, as, d, am, thinking of

the only one, i. e. of the supreme spirit. — Ananya-

manas, ds, ds, as, or ananya-manaska, as, d, am,

or ananya-manasa, as, i, am, exercising undivided

attention. — Ananya-yoga, as, m. not suitable to any

others. — Ananya-visliaya, as, a, am, exclusivcly

applicable. — Ananya-vishayatman (^cya-dt°), d, d,

a, having the mind fixed upon one (or the sole)

object. — Ananya-vritti, is, is, i, closely attentive.

— An-anya-hrita, as, d, am, not carried off by

another, safe. —Ananydmtbhava (^cya-an°), as, m.,

N.of theteacherofPrakSsatman. — Ananyartha(°ya-

ar°), as, d, am, not subservient to another object;

principal.—Ananyadrita (°ya-ag°), as, d, am, not

having resorted to another; independent; (am), n.

(in law) uoencumbered property.

An-anyadriga, as, i, am, not like others, singular.

an-anrayn, as, m. want of con-

rexion; (in rhetoric) comparison of ao object witb

its own ideai, (as, a iady-like lady.)

An-anvita, as, a, am, nneonnected, ioconsecutive,

desultory, incoherent,irrel>.vant, irrcgular; not attended

with, destitute of.

an-apa, as, a, am, destitute of water.

v! an-r,pakarana, am, n. (rt. hi),

not injuring; (in law) non-pajment, nun de-

livery.

An-apaJcavman, <*, n. or anrpakriya, f.=pte-

ceding.

An-apdkara, as, m. hinnlessness.

A',i-apa!:anu, t, itu, i, innocuou».

An-apakrita, as, 5, am, nnh rmed.

an-apakarsha, as, m. (rt. krish),

m. n m-degradation, superiority.

'.TTPtJT an-apaga, as, d, am, not departiDg

f.om.

an-apaCyuta, as, d, am, Ved.

not fallen olf, not dcclined ; not dispiaced.

an-apajayya, as, d, am (rt. ji),

Ved. impir ,ib!e to have its victorious character te-

v :rsed or neutralized.

an-apatya, as, d, am, ehildless;

Ved. causing cliildlessness, uopropitionstt» (am\ u.

childlessnes— Anapatya-ta, f. childlessness. —

apatya-vat, an, ati, at, Ved. ehildless.

Anapatyaka, as, a or i, am, childle.s.

ejrT¹! an-npatrapa,as,d,am, shamcless,

H

2(3 -[

'•'H »1M l «rfer an-upanilAta, as, a, am, Ved.

not curtailcd or mutilated.

an-apayati, ind.,Ved. (before the

sua makes a start); very early. (Apayati is said to

bc fr. rt. i with apa, pcrhaps ihe loc. of the pres.

part.)

an-apaia, as, a, am, without an-

othcr; having no follower; sole (as ao epithct of

Brahma).

an-aparaddha, as, a, am, having

sustained oo injury; (am), ind. without injury.

An-aparadha, as, m. innoccnce, innocuousness;

(as, a, am), innocent, faultless; frcc from dcfects.

— Anaparadka-tra, am, n. freedom from fault.

Amparadkin, l, i iit, i, innocent

'"«•moiljjcti an-apaldshuha, as, a, am, not

thirsty.

rjqm-mrf an-apavadana, as, a, am, Ved.

impossiblc to be talkcd away or wisbed away.

an-apavrijya, as, a, am, Ved.

ciear of objccts that shoold be shunned as impure.

vTMM^ri an-apavyayat (apa-vy-ayat),

an, anti, at, Ved. unremitting, not letting go/able.

'IHM^< an-apasara, as, a, am (having no

hole to creep out of), inexcusable, unjustifiable; (as),

in. an usurper.

An-apasarana, am, n. absence of an outlet

an-apaspris, k, k, k, Ved. not

refusing, not obstinate.

^T*T*&*^!fc.an-apasphur,us,oran-apaspkura,

as, a, am, or an-apasphurat, an, anti, at, Ved.

(a cow) not withdrawing, i. e. not refusing to be

milked.

rTMiHirf an-apahata-papman, a,a, a,

Ved. not freed from evil (epithet of the Pitris).

^T^fT an-apahrita, as, a, am, not carri e d

off, not stoleo.

an-apakarana, am, n. or an-

apakarman, a, n. (in law) non-payment, non-

dclivery.

an-apaya, as, d, am, free from

loss, undiminishcd; not passiog away, imperishable;

(as), m. freedom from loss or from wear and tear;

permanence, imperishable nature; epithet of Siva.

Anapayin, f, ini, i, not transient, imperishable;

unfailing.

(\an-apavrit, ind., Ved. not turned

away, unremittingly.

an-apdsraya, as, d, am, not de-

pendent

a-napunsaka, am, n. (in gram.)

not a neuter.

an-apiiplya or an-apvpya, as, d,

am, unfit for (apupa) cakes. See apupa.

-s

an-apsksha, as, d, am, regardless,

careless; indi fierent; impartial; irrespective; irrele-

vant; (d), f. disregard, carclessness, indifference; (am),

ind. without regard to; regardlessly, carelessly, acci-

denta) ly. — Anapeksha-tra, am, n. disregard; irrele-

vance; irrespectiveness; (-tvat), from having no refer-

cnce to, since (it) has no refercnce to.

An-apckshita, as, a, am, disregarded; unheeded;

unexpected.

An-apckshfn, t, ini, i, regardless, careless; io-

different, &c.

An^apekshya, ind. disregarding, irrespective of.

an-epeta, as, d, am, not gone ofF,

not past; not separated, faithful to, possessed of.

i-apanihita. WHcS

■wHh an-apta, as, d, am, Ved. not watery.

ITTT5TF an-apnas, as, as, as, Ved. destitute

of (?), m.rit(?), shap*(?), [cf. Lat. inops.]

an-apsaras, as, f. unlike an

Apsar», unworthy of an Apuras.

'ST^nSI anapha, f. a particular configuration

of thr plonets. [Gr. ii/atp^.]

an-abhijiia, as, d, am, unac-

quainted with, ignorant.

an-abhidruh, dhruk, k, k, Ved.

not malicious.

an-abhipreta, am, n. something

different from (or the reverse of) what was intended.

an-abhibhvla, as, a, am, not

overoome, unsurparc-d; not besct, unobstruct .d.

^Trrf*T*nr a,i-abhimata, as, a, am, not to

one’s mind, di iik d.

<1 f*rn7r . n-abhi-mldta, as, d, am, nn-

faded. — Andbhimlatastania, as, d, am, Ved. of

unf ded colour or brigbtniss.

An-ahhimlaiui, an, m. (non-f’ding), N. of the

chief of a Gotr i.

iHr( fiTFTf an-abhiriipa, as, d or l, am, not

handrume, not pLasing.

an-abhilakshita, as, m. desti-

tute of (maronic ?) mat* or symbnls, an impostor.

•i! df*?T5T'^£l an-abhildsha, as, m. non-relish;

want of ppetite; »ant cf desire.

Au-abhilashln, 5, ini, l, not desirous.

nn-abhivyakta, as, a, am, in-

distinct.

tt <1 Pm i)|H / n-ahhisastc, as, d, am, or an-

ahhisasti, is, is, i, or an-ohhUw tyn, as, a, a,n,

Ved. blameless, faultless.—Anahhis.astc-m, Is, Is, i,

Ved. leading to f .rfection or to beavsn.

an-abhishanga or an~abhi-

shvanga, as, m. absence of conncction or atlach-

ment.

an-abhisandhana, am, n. or

an-ahkisaiidhi, is, m. absence of a (latent) design;

disinterestedness. — Anabkisandhi-krita, as, a,am,

done undesignedly.

an-abkisambandka, as, d, am,

unconnected.

an-abhisneha, as, a, am, not

affectionate, impassible.

H an-abhihita, as, d, am, not

named; (Ved.) not fastened; (a#), m., N. of the

chief of a Gotra.

an-abhisu, us, us, w, Ved. unbridlcd;

epithet of the sun.

^nr^TTsTT an-abhyanvjhd (abhy-anu-jnd),

f. non-permission.

I an-abhyarudha, as, d, am, not

ascended, not mounted.

^,5T?T«rr5T an-abhydsa or an-abhyasa, as, a,

am, not near, distanr. — Anabhyasam-itya, as, a,

am, improper to be approached.

an-abhydsa, as, m. want of prac-

tice or skill.

an-abhraka, as, m. * cloudless

N. of a class of Bauddha divinities (generally in m.

p!.).

■■Jrrrfa an-abhri, ii, is, i, Ved. (requiring)

no shovel or scraper; epithet of rain-water.

vMH a-nama, as, m. one who needs not

makc a salutation to others; a BrShman.

A-namasya, as, d, am, unworthy of a salutation.

an-amitam-paca, as, a, am,

(the samc as mitam-pa<*a), not cooking what has

not first bcen weighed, niggardly, miscrly.

^3 H an-amitra, as, d, am, having no

enemies; (am), n. condition of having no enemies;

(as), m., N. of various persons, particularly a king of

AyodhyS.

HhT ^ an-amiva, as, d, am,Ved. free from

discase, well, comfortable; salubrious, salutary; sinless;

(am), n. good health, happy state, comfort, pros-

perity.

an-ambara, as, d, am, wearing no

clothing, naked; (a«), m. a Buddhist mendicant.

i. a-naya, as, m. bad management;

bad conduct (gambling, &c.).

m 2. an-aya, as, m. evil course, ili

luck; misfortunc, ?dversity. — Anayan-gata, as, d,

am, unfortunate.

an-aranya, as, m., N. of a king of

AyodhyS, said by some to have been Prithu’s father.

an-arus, us, us, us, Ved. not sore

or wounded, healed, well, sound.

«i

^TTc7 an-argala, as, d, am, free from

bars, free, licentious.

an-argha, as, d, am, priceless, in-

v Juablc; (os), m. wrong value. — AitargJia-ragha ra,

am. n. title of a drama by Murari, treating of R rma.

Av-arghja, as, d, am, pncelesr, not to be had at

any pnee; anything but valuable, — Anarghya-tva,

am, n. pricelessnesi.

^ M M an-artha,as, m. non-value; a worth-

less or useless object; disappointing occurrence, reverse,

evil; nonsense ; (as, d, am), worthless, useless; un-

fortunate ; having no meaning; having not that (but

another) meaning; nonsensicat. — Anartha-kara, as,

l, am, doing what is useless or worthless; unprofit-

able; producing evil or misfortunc. —Anartha-tva,

am, n. uselessness, 8cc. — Anartha-dar4{n, T, ini, i,

minding useless or worthless things. — Anartha-naiin,

i, m. (dcstroyer of evil), Siva. — Anarthadmddhi,

is, is, i, having a nonsensical intellect. — Anartha-

bhava, as, a, am, malicious, — Anartha-lupta, as,

d, am, freed- from ali that is worthless. — An-artha-

sam.iaya, as, m. not a risk of one’s moncy; safety of

ones money or wealth.

Aib-artfoika, as, d, am, useless, vain, worthless;

meaningless, nonsensical.

An-arthya, a«, a, am, worthless, useless.

an-arpana, am, n., Ved. non-sur-

rendering, not giving up.

an-arva, as, d, am, or an-arvan, d, d,

a, Ved. not liable to be stayed or limited; unob-

structed; irresistible; permanent.

1. anar-vis, t, m., Ved. seatcd on

the car (ancw) or cart; a driver.

2. an-ar-vis, t, m. (ar for aram,

rt. fi), one who fails to reach his destination.

an-arSani, is, m., Ved., N. of a

demon slain by Indra ; (etym. doubtful.)

?HbKlfrT an-arsa-ra/i,t5,?5,t,Ved. giving

of uninjurious things, one whose gifts do not hurt.

an-arha, as, d, am, or an-arhat, an,

anti, at, undeserving of punishment or of reward;

unworthy; inadequate, unsuitable.

Anarhya-ta, f. condition of not being properly

estimated; inadequacy, unsuitableuess.

anala, as, m. (fr. rt. an, q. v.), fire;

vi*lri'{l⁽l^rf iMi

Agni, the god of fire; digestive power, gastric juice,

bile; wind; N. or epithet of Vasudtva; of a certain

Muni; of one of th. eight Va-us; of a certain moiJciy;

N. of various plants, as Plumbago Zeylanica and

Rosea, and Somicarpw Anacardium; tho letter r;

the number three; (in a tron ) the fiftieth year of Bri-

haspati’s cyde; the tliird lunar mansion or Krittik3(?).

— Anala-dlpana, as, i, am, stomaehie. — Anala-

prahha, f. a piant, Halicacabum Cardiospermum.

—A.jzla-p, iyd, f. Agni’s wife. — Anala-rdta, as,

m., N. of ancient Pattana. — Artala-sada, as, tn.

dyspepsia.— .dnaldrer/ida (“la-an"), as, m., N. of

a Vedantic writer, *nthor of the VedSntakalpataru.

an-alankarishnu, us, us, v,

not given to the use of omaments; not omamented.

■“-1 do4an-alam, ind. not enough; in-

sufEciently.

nn-alasa, as, a, am, not lazy, active.

■dMfc5 anali, is, m. a tree, Sesbana

Grandifiora.

an-alpa, as, a, am, not a little,

much, numcroui. — Analpa-ghoska, as, a, am, very

damorous, very noisy. — A,ia'pa-hianyti, us, vs, u,

greatly enraged.

3PT f anava, as, m., N. of a man or a

tribe, = an' t.

an-o.vakaia, as, a, am, having

no opporiunity; uncall-vl for (there being no “ occa-

non for it), inapplicablc.

an-aragdhin, i, ini, i (rt. gdh),

not dipping into, not studying.

An-anv/ahya, as, a, am, untathomabL.

an-avagita, as, 5, am,, not made

an object of a contemptuous snog, not blamed.

'M>1an-avagraha, as, a, am, resistless;

not to be intercepted.

^tfefiTilTiT on-avagldyat,an, anti, at,Ved.

not growing remiss.

^•1 nn-avaffhinna, as, a, am, not

intersected, unioterrupted; not marked off, u: bounded,

■jnlimittd, immoderata; undehned, undrcriminated.

— AnavaMkirma-hasa, as, m. continuous or im-

moderate laughter.

ana-vat, an,«fi, at (fr. ana, see under

rt. «n), endowed with breath or life. — Anavat tva,

am, n. condition nf being endowed with lite.

'vGTTiTfT an-av at apto,, as, m. tamong

Buddhbts) N. of a serpent king; N. of a lake,=

RJvana-hrada.

an-avadya, as, a, am, irreproach-

able, faultless; unobjectionable; (d), f., N. of an

Apsaras. — Anaradyn-td, f. or anavri/li/n-tva, am,

n. faoltlessn.ss.—Anavatbia-rupa, as, d or r, am,

of faultless form or bemty. — Anavadt/dnga ( 'ya-

ii’i), as, d or I, am, having fauitless body or linibs.

an-avadrana, as, d, om (rt. drd),

Ved. not going to r,leep, not si.iepy.

-atr,"'¹ M '4 ‘‘.n-avadharshya, as, a, am, Ved.

not to be dcfied.

'Sirl^aTnT an-azadhdna, am, n. inattention,

inadvertence; (as, d, am), inattentive, careless.

— Anavadhana-td, f. inadvertency.

an-avadhi, is, is, i, unlimited.

-I«1 gtjni m-avadhnshya, as, d, am, im-

po'sible to be put down or injurtd.

an-avana, as, d, am, affording no

help or protection.

vH H H u i rt --i u M adcn-arandmita-vaijayav -

ila-dipana. an-

ta, as, m. (having victonous banner, unbwtred, -ver

pri sperous; Buddbist term for) a future universe.

SSTpnPTT m-avaprigna, as, d, am (rt. prid),

Ved. not closely united, but spreading ali around.

Mrje| eiujJTTrf un-avabudhyamdna, as, d, am,

deranged.

an-avahrava, as, d, am,Ved. not

speaking without effect; peaking authoritatively; or

hreproachable (?).

an-avabhra, as, d, am, Ved. not

carried off (’); undimioished (?); enduring(?).—An-

avabhra-rddhm, as, as, as, Ved. having undi-

minished (or durable) we-dth; able to give a lasting

reward.

an-avama, as, d, am, not low;

exalted.

an-avamarsam, ind. without

touching.

an-avara, as, a, am, ’not inferior;

excellent.

VHrJcRff an-avarata, as, d, am, incessant;

{am), ind. incessantly.

HMISI an-avaratha, ps, m., N. of a son

of Madhu and father of Kuruvatsa.

*i^ < I an-avarardhya, as, d, am, chief,

principal.

an-avalamba, as, d, am, having

no prop or support.

An-avalambana, am, n. independence.

An-avalambita, as, a, am, not propped up, not

supported, not dependent.

virHrtTj an-avalepa, as, d, am, free from

(monti) veneer, unvarnished, unassuming.

an-avalobhana, am, n. ( non-

longing’), N. of a ceremony to be observed by a

pregnant woman; title of a particular treatise in an

Upanishad.

an-avasa, as, d, am, Ved. not

stopping to eat by the way.

VM an-avasara, as, d, am, having no

interni of leisure, busy; coming when there is no

such interval, inopportune; (as), ra. absence of

leisure; unseasonableness.

an-avasadya, ind. (part. of Caus.

of ava-sad with 3. a), without annoying.

an-avasdna, as, d, am (rt. so),

having no setting, free from death; endless.

An-avasita, as, d, am, not set, not terminated;

(a), f., N. of a species of the Trishtubh metre, con-

sisting of four lines with eleven feet in each.

An-avasyat, an, anti, at, unceasing.

an-avaslcara, as, d, am, free from

dirt, clean, cleansed.

an-avastha, as, d, am, unsettled,

unstable; (a), f. unsettled condition or character;

instability, unsteady or loose conduct; (in phil.) non-

finality (of a proposition), endless series of statements,

An-avasthdna as, d, am, unstable, fickle; (a«),

m. wind; (am), n. instability; unsteadiness orloose-

ness of conduct.

An-avasthayin, 1, ini, i, transient.

An-arasthita, as, d, am, unsettled, unsteady, loose

in conduct. — A na vasthita-titia, as, d, am, or an~

avastkitatman ( ta-at°), d, d, a, unsteady-minded.

— Anavasthitatitta-tva, am, n. unsteadiness of

mind. — Anavastkita-tua, am, n. unsteadiness, in-

stability.

An-avastkiti, is, f. instability; unsteadiness; loose-

ness of character.

an-ava-syat. See an-avasdna.

■a/tanJcdra. 27

^HVrrfviT an-arahita, as, d, am, heedless,

inattentive.

STff^5T cn-avohvara, as, d, am, Ved. not

aooked, ftraightforward.

an-arjit, k, k, k, not speechleps,

the revera of speechless.

an-avand, an, adi, dk, not inclining

downwarjs, lcoking up or straighttorward.

an-ardnarn, ind. without breath-

ing (between), in one breath, without interruptior, vno

tenore. — Aitavana-ta, f. unintemiptedness, con-

tiguitv.

TO if? an-avapta, as, d, am, not obtained.

An-avapti, is, f. non-attainment.

irnTTOV*? an-avdyam, ind., Ved. uninter-

rupte lly, unyieldingly.

an-arithya, as, d, am (fr. avi,

q. V.), not sulted to ‘heep.

'5nT=f?T an-aveksha, as, d, am, r< gardleas;

(am), ind. in"'spectively; without regard to; (a), f.

or a.n-avekshana, am, n. regardlessness.

SSHT d an-avrata, as, d, am, not (wholly)

destitutt ot ascetio p^rfirmances; (as), ni. a Jaina

devotee of that description.

an-asana, am, n. abstinence from

food, fasting, especially as a form ot suicide adopted

from vinJiuive motives; (as, a, am), fasting.

— Anaiana-td, f. not eating.

An-aAandya, as, d, am, Ved. not hungry.

Ayi-iu'ita, am, n. condition of not hai mg catcn,

fasting.

Au-ai.iat, an, ati, at, not eatimt, not enjoying.

— AnaSnant-sangamana, a-s, m., Ved. the sacrificial

fire in the Sabha (which is approached before break-

fast).

An-a-ivdra, as, d, ant, not eating.

an-asru, us, vs, u, tearless.

an-asva, as, d, am, having no horse

or horses; (as), m. somcthing that is not a hene.

— An-asva-da, ds, ds, am, Ved. one who does

not give horses.

etr* vjvf an-asvan, d, m., N. of Parlkshifs

fither. ^s

-, -nasvara, as, i, am, imperishable.

A-nash{a, as, d, am, undestroyui, unimp-ired.

— Anashta-padv., ns, vs, n, Ved. having his cattle

unimpaired. — Anashta-vedas, ds, ds, as, Ved.

having his pr^perty unimpaired.

VToTTr anas, as, n. (said to be fr. rt. an),

a cart; a mother; birth; offs;ring, living creature;

boiled nce. — Anas-vat, au, ati, at, Ved. yoked to

a cirt.

Anad-nh, anar-iis, see s. v. (t changed to d and r).

VTVftnT an-asdya, as, d, am, not spiteful,

not envinus; (di, f. fterdom from spite; -bsence of

ill-will or envy ; N. of a daughter of Dak ha, and of

on.. of JakuntalS^ friends.

An<tsvyaka, as, d, am, or an-asuyu, ns, vs, u,

not rpiteful or envious.

'iirffr^r an-a-suri, is, is, i, Ved. not un-

wisc, wise.

an-astam-ita, as, d, am, not

gone down; not subject to sttting or declining.

rn-astha, as, d, am, or an-asthi, vs,

is, i, or anasthika, as, d, am, or annsthi-mat, an,

ati, at, boneiess.

an-ohaitkdra, as, m. (non-ego-

tism), absence of or treedom from self-conceit, or

the tendency to regard self as something d' itinct from

28 an-

tlie supreme spirit; fre-dom from pride; (as,d,am),

free from self-c mceit or pridc.

An-cjuvtlnta, am, d, au, or aa-aham-radin,

i, «ni, f, fr-c trom s-Jt-conceit or pridc.

An-ahankriti, is, f. = nn-ahnnkara; (is, is, i),

fr< e Irom self-conceit or pridc.

■et ri F H un-ahon, as, n. a day which is no

day, an cv ;1 or nnlncny day.

'5FP and, ind., Ved. (inst. of pronom. base

a), hrreby, thus, mdeed; niso rald to be a sub .titutc

for ari or ana, * nnt,’ iu one or two words.

■dMloVC an-dhira, as, 5, am, snapeless.

»“«fMiiftft an-akarifa, as, a, am, not

d.irned, not exactcd.

T?rT?T?5 'in-alala, as, m. unseasonable

tme; femine. — Anaifda-h/' rita, as, m. ? s'ave

who t came onj voluntarily to ‘void rtrrvtion in a

time of scarcity; also spclt annakala-bhrita.

an-dkdsa, as, a, am, having no

trnparent atmetphere, differing from it; opaqne.

dark; (as, am), m. n. air or atmosphere undeserving

of its name.

>Uri 1 d?fd m-aku^ra, as, a, am, not beset;

not cunfbsed; nnperplexed, calm, consistent, regular.

TW3Trf an-akrita, as, a, am, Ved. unre-

cLimed, unr-claimrblc.

«*rsM'il an-dkranta, us, a,am,unassailed(

unassail blt; (d), f. a piant, Prickly Nightsbade, So-

lanum J cqnini.

^RIBTTf^T n-aksharita, as, a, am, unre-

praached.

an-akshit, t, /, t, Ved. not re-

siding or resting.

vtHwi an-aga, as, a, am, Ved. sinless;

see an-agas ; (a), f., N. of a river.

ViT^TmcT an-agata, as, a, am (rt. gam), not

come, not arrived; future; Dot attained, not Ieamt;

unknown; (am), n. the future» — Anagata-vat, an_f

ati, ai, connected with or rebting to the future.

— Andgata-vidhatri, a, m. (disposer of the future),

provident; N. of a fish.—Andgatabadka (^cta-ab°),

as, m. future trouble. — Anagatartava (°ta-dr°), f.

a girl who has not yet sttained to puberty. —

agatavekshana (°ta-ar°), am, n. act of looking at

that which is to come next.

An-agati, is, f. non-arrival; noD-attainment, non-

accession.

An-agama, as, m. non-arrival, non-attainment;

(as, a, am), not come, not present; (in law) not

constituting an accession to previoos property, but

possessed from time immemorial, and therefore with-

out documentary proof. — Anagamopabhoga (°ma- ^:

up°), as, m. enjoyment of such property.

An-agamishyat, an, anii, at, one who will not

appro^ch.

An-agamya, as, a, am, unapproachable, unattain-

able.

An-agamin, *, ini, i, not coming, not arriving;

not future, not subject to returning; (f), m. epithet

of the third among the four Buddhist orders.

An-agamuka, as, a am, not in the habit of

coming, not likely to come.

an-agas, as, as, as, sinless, hlame-

less; conferring sinlessncss or bliss.— Anayas-tra,

am, n., Ved. sinlessncss. — Anago-Jiatya, f. murder

of an innocent person.

■•-MHIan~adarana, am, n. or better

an-dddra, as, m. Impropcr behaviour; departure from

that which is customary or right.

An-a<*ara, as, a, am, or anatarin, 1, ini, i,

Improper in behaviour; regardless of custom or pro-

prietyorlaw; unprincipled.

ahankrita. ^TTTFPnr an-amayat.

an-atarya-bhogina, as, a,

am, unfit or improper for a spiritual teacher to eat or

enjoy.

1$1H an~ajiiapla, as, a, am (rt.jha), not

commandcd.—Anajnapta-karm, i, tni, t, doing

what has not been commanded.

Wr^TfT an-ajhata, as, a, am, unknown,

surpassing ali that has ever becn known.

^TfTTSJ an-adhya, as, d, am, not wealthy,

poor. — An-adhyam-bhavisbtu, vs, us, u, not be-

coming wealthy; beconiing poor(?).

an-atata, as, a, am, not stretehed

or strung (as a bow).

W^Tm an-atapa, as, m. freedom from the

blaze of the sun ; shade; coolness.

^ fi i rt T an~atura, as, d, am, Ved. free

from suffering or wcariness; well.

an-dtman, d, m. not self, an-

other; something different from spirit or soul; (d,

d, a), not spiritual, eorporeal; destitute of spirit or

mind. — An-atma^jna, as, d, am, destitute of spi-

ritual knowledge or true wisdom. — Andtma-qtraiya-

veksha, f. (with Buddhists) reflection that there is

no spirit or self. — An-atma-vat, an, ati, ai, not

self-possessed; (ra£)> >nd. unlike one’s self.

An-atmaka, as, d, am, (with Buddhists) unreal.

An-atmanina, as, d, am, not adapted to self;

disinterested.

An-atmya, as, d, am, impersonal; (am), n. want

of affection for one’s own family.

^ rj i f^rri an-atyantika, as, i, am, not

perpetual, not final; intermittent, recurrent.

a-natha, as, d, am, having no

master or naturrri protector ; widowed ; fatherless;

hdpless, poor; (am), n., Ved. want of a protec-

tor, helplessness. — Anatha-pinda~da or a-ndtha-

pindika, as, m. (‘giver ofcakes or food to the poor’),

N. of a merchant, in whose garden S'akyamuni used

to instruet his disciples. — Andtha-sahha, f. a poor-

house.

^rj 1 r( a-ndda, as, m. absence of sound (in

pronouncing aspirated letters).

A-nadin, F, ini, i, not sounding.

^rji^qiri an-ddaddna, as, d, am, not

aocepting.

«ii^< an-ddara, as, m. disrespeet, con-

temptuous neglect; (as, d, am), Ved. not we*

struck, ralm; iodifferent.

An-adarana,am, n. disrespectful behaviour, neglect.

An~adarin, F, ini, i, disrespectful, irreverent.

rjif^ an-adi, is, is, i, ha\ring no begin-

ning, existing from etemity. — ylnadi-tva, am, n.

state of having no beginning. — An-adi-nidkana, as,

a, am, having neither beginning nor end, cternal.

— Anddi-mat, an, ati, at, having no beginning.

— An-ddi-madhyanta ('dhya-an ), as, d, am,

having no beginning. middle or end. — Anady-

ananta, a*, d, am, without beginning and without

end, — An-adyanta, as, a, am, without beginning

and end; (as), m., N. of Siva.

HjfriV an-ddishta, as, d, am, not indi-

cated ; not commanded or inslructed; not allowed.

an-ddinava, as, d, am, faultless.

vHI ^ n an-ddrita, as, d, am, not respccted,

disrespected, despised.

An-adritya, ind. without respecting, regardless of.

an-adeya, as, d, am, unfit or

improper to be received, unacceptable, inadmissible.

vi»ii«ii<anadesa-kara, as, d, am, doing

what is not commanded or not allowed.

SHri 1 £1 i, an-adya, as, d, am, = an-adi,

having no beginning.

"^nnU 2. an-adya, as, d, am, — an-adya,

not eatable. .

wfq an-ndhrish, k, k, k (rt. dhrish),

Ved. not eh cking.

An-adhrishfa, as, a, am, Ved. unchecked, unim-

paired, invincible, perfect.

An-adhrishti, is, m. (‘superior to an> check’), N.

of a son ol Sflra; Jso of a son of 1'graicna and

gcneral of the Yadava.

An-ndhritbj'’, as, d, am, Ved. invincible, not to

be raeddled «vith.

inrnTiT an-anata, as, d, «m, Ved. unbcnt,

not humbled; (as), m., N. of a Rishi.

1SnH<*rtt an-dnukriit/n, as, d, am (rt. kri

ftith ana for anu), Ved. inimitable, unparall :led.

an-anuda, as, a, am (rt. dd \vi‘h

anu for an»), Ved. not giving way, ut.viJding,

obstinate; ur.aided (?), nnsnrpiised in giving (?).

an-dnudishta, as, a, am (rt. dii

with anu for anu), Ved. unsolicited.

an-dnupurvya,am, n. separation

of the different parts of a compound word by the

intervention of others; the not coming in regular

order, tmesis. — An-dnupurvya-samhitd, f. the

manner of eonstmcting a senlence with the above

tmesis.

wnprfir an-d-oukhiiti, is, f., Ved. inai-

tenrion, neglect; (tavas), pl. ncglcctful or irreligious

peopL.

d IH<T av-dpud, t, f. absence of misfor-

tnne or calamity.

'CPTm an-dpanna, as, d, am, not ritaltyed,

unattamed.

“-nftrnT < n-cpdna, as, m., N. of a jirince,

son of An-ga.

Vte)lPm an-dpi, is, is, i, Ved. having no

kindred or fr.ends (epithet of Iurira).

xqrfVgftnT au-apupito, as, ii, am, Ved. not

stinking.

'STrfTH an-apta, as, d, am, unattaine d, un-

obtained; unsurce-sfcl in the effort to attain or obtain;

not apt, unfit; (as\, m. a rtrar^er.

Ah-apti, is, f. non-attainment,

An-apya, as, d, am, unattainable, nnobtainable.

-H'H |3TrT an-apluta, as, d, am, unbathf d,

unwashed. — An-aplutimja (ta-aif), as, d or f,

am, having an umv,.shtn body. •

vVj ITTV rn-dbiidka, as, d, am, free from

obstacLs or troubles.

•eidI»rftqTf an-dhhayin, i, ini, i, Vtd. fcar-

less (epithet of Indral.

an-vhhv, ds, iis, a, Ved. negleetful,

disobliging, irreligioos.

'fTWr(fal⁰h an-abhyudayika, as, t, am, in-

auspiciou' ill-omened, unlucky

■eS'(T5frf a-naman, a, d, a, nameless; in-

famous; (a), m. the ring-hnger. — Anama-tra, am,

n. namelessness.

A-mdmaka, as, a, am, nameless, infamons; (as),

m. the intercahry month; (am), n. piler, h emorrhoids.

A-namika, f. the ring-finger.

an-rmoyu, as, d, am, free from

disetse, healthy, salubiions; (as), m. Sivi; (am), n

health. _ _

An-amnyat, ah, anll, at, Ved. not can ing pain,

not hurting; (t), n., Ved. health.

an-amayitnu.

in-amayitnu, vs, us, u, Ved. salubrious, earative.

riI*\ a-namin, l, ini, i, Ved. unbending.

A-hauya, m, a, am, imposnble to bt bei.t.

an-dmisha, as, d, am, without

flesh; bootless, profitless.

■ST-TTmil an-omrina, as, a, am, Ved. having

no enemy that can injure.

Wn^ir an-amrita, as, a, a.n, immortui.

⁵¹a-ndyaka, as, a, am, havmg no

leader or rui er, disorderly.

m-ayata, as, a, am, uncheeked,

■rtestrained; net propped or supported; dose, con-

tinuous, unseparated ; unextendfd, having no length.

- rT av-dyatana, am, n. that which

« not really u rrsting-place or -n altar; (as, i, am),

havmg no resting-plaee or dtar.-Andyatpnarat,

am, ati, at,*= the last.

^1,3 1^1 n-ayatta, as, a, om, independent,

■meontroNed. - A, myattarvritti, is, is, f, having a,

independent \\vt\\hoo&,—Anayattavritti~ta,> f. i_n-

dependence. *

* rfTWTT an-ayasa.gr a (°sa-af), as, a, am,

having no iron point.

VltiKim an-dydsa, as, pi. absence of ex-

ertion, fe< ility, case, idleness, neglect; (as, a, am),

<Jiy, ready; (ena), lnd. easi.y. - AnaySaaJiHta a»

a, mn donc readily or casily; (am), n. an'infusio^

prepared extemponvieously (in mediane).

-S d f O V an-dyvdha, as, a, am, Ved. weapon-

less; having no impiements (for -acnfice). _____„_0j ,

«i i m an-dyushd, f. or an-dyus, f. N. of ^{W< und(}“d. unhurt, unmoved by. .

tho mother of Bala and Vritra. ar-avila, as, a, am

An-dyv&hy/a, as, d, am, not impartin; long life,

ita tn Innp- lifc ° ° ’

an-ikshu„

duce of the countiy of Mleichas or barbariam. - An-

arya-jushta, as, d, am, practised, obs.rvcd, or ros-

sessed by men who are not Aty*.-Anarya-td, f.

, or anarya-tva,am, n. vileness, unworthiness, baseness

- Anarya-tikta, as, m. a medicinal pia t, i kind

of Gentwn (Gentiana Cherayta Rox).

An-aryaka, am, n. Agaliochum or Aloe wood

'Aquila Agallccha Rox;.

"-H e|l H an-drshu, as, am, not referring or

bdonging te a Rishi jr to the genuine text of a V dic

hymn; e. g. the w. rd Ut, .dded for gr*mmatical

^,^Ur?.^0Ses, !ⁿ *"^c Pada-pStha to certain words, which in

the Saiphits-pstha are not tolicwed by iti; not appli. ,d

to a Rishi, not added to his name, as an affix.

An-arsheya, as, i, am, the same as the last.

an-dlamba, as, a, am, unsupported,

without stay tr support; (as), m. want of support;

despondi ncy.

An-alamhana, as,d,am,unsupported; despondinv

An-alamU, f. Siva’s lutt.

An-dlambuka or an-dlaiubhukd, f. a woman

dunng memtruation.

aSWIrtPT an-dldpa, as, d, am, reserved,

tacitum, (as), m. reserve, tadtumity.

“-‘irilrtir^ir an-alo6ita, as, u, am, unseen,

mbeheld; unweighed, unr.nsidered, rash. impendent.

An-alocya, ind. not having considered.

n-avayd, as, ds, am, Ved. un-

yielding, not desisting.

an-dvarti, is, f. non-return, i. e.

nnal emancipation. See an-avrit below.

^nrn^

29

Wrp , T an-diiarya, as, d, am, not won-

derful.

an-thamin, i, m. one who

does not belong to or follow a.iy ot the four Alrama

^K .^g>ons orders to which BrShmans at different

penods of lite are_b"Uud to atrarh themselves.

An-asrawa-vasa or an-atrame-stasv, as, m. onr

. ’ ^d°^e-_J ^{not belon}g to the Aframas; n jn-rtsidence

in a rebgious retreat.

“tTVPI< n-dsraya, rs, m. absence or wani

of any person or thing to lepmd upon; defenceiess-

ness, salfdependenM, LoUtion; (as, d, am), defence

less; unprotected; isolated.

An-a: /ita, as, d, am, detached; disengaged; un-

connected with, independent; non-inherent.

en-afr-as,

hrving eaten, festine.

a-ndshlra, as, d, am, free from

dangers or dangerous opponents.

»t M^an-as, ds, n. f. having no mouth or

face.

tdn, usihi, vat, not

an-dviddha,

as, d, am, not

fetal to long life

^^MUrt 'm-drata, as, d, am, etemal; [am),

and. etemally.

i. "n-drabhya, as, d, am, improper

or impiacticabli. to be cnmra-riced or undemken.

- Anarahhya-tva, am, n. impxsibility of bcine

commeuced. *

a. tm-drabhya, ind. without C' rmiRncin'; this is

“en f comp .unds in the sense • detach. dthus em-

arabhya-rada, as, w a detached ren. irk (upon

sacnfices, &c.); a*arabhyddhita ( ya-aih\ as, d

am, taught or studied or read as t detached sub>tct

(not as_ part of a nguiar or authoritative treatise).

Aa-arambka, as, m. -'bsence of bepinnine, non-

commencemern, not aUempting o_r nn-tertakn,»; (os

a, am), having no commencement.

an-drambnna, as, d, am, Ved.

(for analambana) having no support.

VipTTtm an-drambhana, as, d, am, Ved.

without support (?), or intanaible II).

"^!RTV2I an-druhya, ind. not having sur-

mounted.

_an-droyya, am, n. sickness; <as,

a, am), nnheaithy. — An&rogya-karto,, as, a or l,

am, miwholesome, nt,heaithy, causing sickne -.

-'id 1 vtsf an-arjara, am, n. crookedness,

miral ur physicd; disease.

Aisun-f an-drtava, as, l, am, unseasonable.

e.r-artcijina, as, d, am, unfit

or unsuitable for a priest.

^ * ^an-arya, ad, am, not respectable,

-trvss'* 77^- ⁱ“^tenor- ^b=»d, vile; destitute of

r m do!n. "}• ⁿ°! “ ^kry*—Anarya.karmin,

onlv a nr r J^{VOfk unbe}?^,ming ^an Arya or becoming

u w irthv as, d, am, of vile or

y origm; (am), n. Agaliochum, being a pro-

, .......—? not turbid,

ciear, pure, not marshy.

1 ^ it, t, t,t,Ved. no⁺ returning.

An-mritta, as, d, am ,not tumed ubout or r mnd; not

retreating; iot freqeented or appr ached; not chosen.

1 n-mrittl, is, f. non-rctum; tmal emancipation.

!ATfpT an-d.vrifa, as, d, am, uncovered,

nndroesed, uninclosed, open.

an-drrishti, is, f. want of rain,

drought. ’

7*ll^cif<nT m-avedita, as, d, am, not noti-

faea, not made known.

^^^"1 in-dvyddha, as, a, am, Vtd.

impossible to be broken or f irced open.

on-avraska, as, m. (rt. vrasA),

^uT!.^{condilion: (<M}’ ^{not kjurio}“-

'TfrTJT i. an-dsa, as, d, am (fr. dsd), hone-

less, despairing. ^r

^^731 2. a-ndfa, as, d, am (rt. nas), un-

destroyed, living. ■

A-ndJm, i, ini, t, ,mperishable.

A-jiafya, as, d, am, indestructible.

^77315 m-aiaka, am, n. fasting, ab-

^{from fond} _L^evep to d< ath. — Anasaka-y i-

'■Tita, m.m.onf v-ho har abaudoncd the practice of

tobng.-Anaiakayana, (^uka-ay°), am, n. a o rae

of festing (as a penance).

"m-asasta, as, d, am,, not praised ;

not comoseiicable (?), inglorious (?), hopeless (?).

^fdlblV.i an-rslr-dd, ds, m. not giving

a blessing; ungratefel.

^’¹¹^ ¹' ^vs, us, u, not quick, slow.

, ^^^l3i ²’ ^an'«su, us, us, u (rt. a/), not

diffunvc, not pervading.

• 7^^ ^a~^nki<u> us, us, u, Vtd. indestruc-

tible.

vHdtti a-pasc, as, d, am, Ved. withouf a

nose (epithet of demons).

A-na8ika, as, ,a, am_} noseless.

^Tnrrf^TT an-asadita, as, d, am, not met

wth, not found or obtained, not encountered or attack-

ed; not oarurred; not having happened; non-existent.

- Anasadita-vigraha_f as, d, am, unused to war.

^!rr=r'. an-asthi, f. unfixedness, want of

conHdc.ice; disrespect; wa.it of consid iration; wm

ot taith or devotediicss; unconcer.., inditferenco.

-p-astiana, as, i, am, having or yijding no

basis or tuleram; without a fixed seat ,r site. '

an-dsvada, as, m. want of t&ste,

lmipidity j. (jfs, d, am), without taste, imipid.

An-dsvudita, os, d, am, untajted.

vnilprt an-ahata, as, d, am, nnbeaten,

unwounded, intet; new and unbkached (as doth) •

produced otherwisc than by beating; not mufeiplied;

rj ^f'"l^{rth of 1,16} toysdeal iakras or cirdes

ot the bxiy,-Anohatasidda, os, m. a lound pro-

duced otherwise than by beating; the sound om.

an-dhdra, as, m. abstinence, not

feky food ; non-seizuic; non-prodnetion; (as, d,

am), one wno abstains trom food.

Av-dhdrln, l, ini, i, not taking (food); faiting.

Ar-aharya, as, d, am, not to b; seiaed or taken

not producible j not to be eaten.

ji d I f? n id an-ahitdgni (°ta-agis, m.

Agti°_y[J‘⁰^lf^r^Wh° ^{t3S neglected} ‘° P*¹*™ die

i an-ahvti, is, f. non-sarrificing;

a sacrifice unworthy of its name.

7*77^77 an-dhnta, as, d, am, uncalled,

uninvited. — AnahutopajaIpin (°ta-up'A i _m. at.

nncallcd-for boasl^r. — Anahntapavishta C'ta-up°)

as, d, am, seated as an uninvited guest. ^,

Tdl^rif en-dhlada, as, m. absence of jny_;

(us, a,_ am), gloomy, not cheerful. •

An-aMadita, as, d, am, not cxhilarated.

a-nihsasta, as, d, am,, unpraised.

THfdWTRim a-nikdmatas, ind. involun-

tanly, uriintentinnally.

^fddifT a-niketa or a-niketana, as, d, am,

housdess. ii’ ’

^TfyrfB7?njJ a niksVpta-dhdra, as, m., N.

of a Bodhisattva or deified Buddhist saint.

an-ikshu, us, m. not (true) sugar-

cane; a snrt oflong graor reed, baccharum Sponta-

neum. (An may here denote ‘comparison,’ see 3. a.)

30

stfipfaT! a-mgirna.

~~wfdpftq~~TW anila-vyadhi.

'i-mffirna, as, d, am, not swal-

Iow«d, not supplied (as an ellipsis).

igraha, as, a, am, unrestrnined;

(as), m. non-restraint; non-refiitation; not owning

onc’s self refiited.— Anigraha-sthana, am, n. (in

philosophy) occasion of non-refiitation.

■».N4 a-nighateshu (°ta-ishu), us, m.,

N. of a man (baving arrows that strike no one).

an-ingya, as, a, am, not divisible;

a word not divisible.

an-\66ha or an-\66haka, as, a, am,

or an-i&hat, an, antl or atl, at, or an-iMhu, us,

ne, u, or an-itthuka, as, a, am, undesirous, averse,

unwilling; not intending.

An-i&ha, f. absence of wish or design, indifference.

■«f*i a-nijaka, as, a, am, not one’9

own, belonging to another.

^5rfVnT anita, as, a, am (etym. doubtful),

destitute of. — Anita-bha, f., Ved. not endowed with

splendor, N. of a river (?).

vrfTTRT a-nitya, as, a, am, not everlasting,

transient; occasional, incidental; irregular, unusual;

unstablc ; uncertain; (am), ind. occasionally. — Anu

tya-karman, a, n. or anitya-hriyd, f. an occasional

act of worship, sacrifice for a special pnrpose. — Ani-

tya-ta, £ or anitya-tra, am, n. transient or limited

existencc. — Anitya-dattaor anitya-dattaka or ani*

tya-datrima, as, m. a son surrendered by his parents

to another for temporary or preliminary adoption.

— Anitya-pratyavckshd, f. (Buddhist) consdousness

that ali is passing away. — Anitya-bhava, as, ra.

transi toriness. — Anityasama, as, a, m. f. sophism,

consisting in generalizing what is exceptional (as perish-

ableness).— Anitya-sama-prakarana, am, n. a sec-

tion in the Ny3ya discussing that sophism. — Anityar

samaea, as, m. a compound, the sense of which may

be equally expressed by resolving it into its constituent

parts.

a-nidana, as, a, am, causelesg,

groundless.

p-nidra, as, a, am,, sleepltss, awake;

(d), f, sleeplessness.

A-nidrita, at, a, am, not asleep, awaku

'3Tf*T'JTT n-nidhrifhta, as. a, om.unrherked,

unsubdned.

aH-idkma, as, a, am, having or

rcquiring do fuci.

an-ina, as, d, am, Ved. having no

mcster.

jrfdP-dd *nindita, as, a, am, irrepronch-

abk, not dcspif-d, pioiij, virtuou', free.

A-rmdya or a-nindanhja, as, d, am, unblum-

ablc, Lulllc ..

vtfrt^ an-indra, as, a, am, deprived of

lndra; dlspersing with or disregardiiig Indra.

ar-ir.drtyu, am, n. that whieh

is rot the s. inses, the soul, the n ason.

T a-nipodiiamdnn, as, d, am. not

falling dow' (to sic p), untiring.

irfvnTnr -« ipata, as, m. (not a fall), con-

tinuance of life.

yftT^f a-mpuna, as, d, am, unskilled,

not elever or conversant.

a-nibaddha, as, d, am, not tied

down, not bound, unattached, incoherent, uncon-

nected. — Anflwldka-prafapin, i, ini, i, chattcring

incohcrently, talking at random.

^fjpfTV a-n ibddha, as, a, am, unob-

structed, unlimited; (as), m. liberty.

a-nibhrita, as, a, am, not private,

not reserved, iminodest, bold, public.

a-nibhrishta, as, d, am, Ved.

unabated; unimpaired; undefeated. — Anibhrishta-

tavl'hi, is, m., Ved. having unabated power.

an-ibkya, as, d, am, not wealthy.

d, ra. a mote. See animan.

a~nimantrita, as, d, am, un-

invited. — A-nimantrita-bhojin, i, ini, i, eating

without being invited.

a-nimana, as d, am, Ved. un-

bounded, immense.

Mh* a-nimitta, as, d, am, having no

adequate occasion, causeless, groundless; (am),n.absence

of an adequate cause or occasion, groundlessness. —

mitta-tas, ind. groundlessly. — A-wimitta-niraJcrita,

as, d, am, grouodlessly rejected. — Animittarlinga-

natia, as, m. (unaccountable loss of distinet vision);

N. of an ophthaknic disease, ending in total blindness,

perhaps amaurosis.

a-vimish, f., Ved. absence ot

winking i^only used in acc. ar.d inst. c~ses). — Ani-

.nishnm or ammishd or animesham, ind., Ved.

withnnt wi.iking, i. e. vigilantly or inc ssandy.

A-nimit’ or a-riime«ka, as, a, am, not wink-

ing, Ic )king stodily, vigilant; op :n cs eyes or fiower ;

(as), m. n< t winking; a god; a fidi. — Ani.rishaksha

(isha-ak ), as, l, rr f. one whos^ eyes ar- fixed.

— .'.nirrishacanja (' sha-a.6 ), as, m., N. of Vrihas-

pati.

AnimhMya, as, d, am, relating to thosi wfco do

aot wmk (i. e. to the gcxM.

i-.uyata, as, d, am, not rtftulated,

uneontrolled, not fixed, uncertain, unrtstricted, irregu-

lar, casual - A-niyata-pnwika, f. a woman irregu-

lar or uneb—te in coniuet. — Anit/uta-vritti, is, is,

i, having no tixed >r regular employment or incom^.

— AnimtanVa ( ta-an ), as, m. (in arithm.) an

ind jterminat digit. — A-niyntat,nan ('ta-dt'), a,

m. one whose self or spirit is not r-guiated or under

proper costrol.

A-niyama, as, m. absence of control or nile or

fixed order or obligation, unsettledn. ss; indecorous or

in.proper conduct; uncert-inty, doubt; (as, d, am),

having no rule, irr.gular.

A-aiyamta, as, S, am, having no rule or Iaw;

imguhr.

' - a-niyukta, as, a, am, not ap-

pointed, not authoritative; (as), m. an ase"»r at a

CTiirt who ha> not beeri fonnally appointed ind is not

entitled to vote.

A-niyngin, i, ini, i, not attaihed or dinging to.

-iCdt an-ira, as, a, am, Ved. destitute of

food (or vigour?), or of a sacrificia! otfiring; (r), f.

want of food ' languor ?).

■■dfdt,lstAu¹! a-mrakarishnu, as, us, a,

not obs'ructive, not cen orious.

J-rirdljifa, as, a, am, unobstrneted.

■xfumidi a-nirukta, as, d, am, unuttered,

not articulated, not clearly explained, onspealuble,

not plain, vague. — A ni ivkta-gava, am, n. indistinct

'inging; hurnining (ofhyma"), i particular mode of

chanting the Sama-veda.

a-nirvddha, as, a, am, unnh-

structed, ungovernable, sotf-wBled; (as), m. a spy, a

secret tmiseiry (?); the son of Pradvumna, a form of

kama, and husband of Vsha; fiiva; N. of an Arhat

contemporary of Sfakyumuni; N. of a descendant of

Vrishni; (am), n. the rope for fastening cattle. — A-

niruddha-patJia, am, n. an unob-tructed path; the

itmc;phere, < ther. — A-niniddha-bharini, f. Ani-

ruddha’s wife.

xH r^J-fsfTT a-niriipita, os, o, am, not de-

temiined, uudefined.

vrffTtVfrf nirjita, as, a, am, unconquered,

unvanquished.

xSTfvTTVxr a-nirnuya, as, m. uncertainty,

want c f decision.

A-niniVa, as, a, am, unascertained, lindetermined.

A-uirntya, as, S, am, not to be decided.

^rfirtur a~nirdasa or a-nir-dasaha (°sa-

ah°)y as, d, am, within the ten days of impurity

after childbirth or a death ; (ara), ind. = preceding,

used adverbially.

a-nirdishta, as, a, am (rt. dis)₇ ■

unexplaiaed, uodefined.

A-nirde.<a_f as, m. absence or unsatisfactoriness of

rule or direction.

A-nir-defya or a-nirdUya, ae, u, am, undefin-

able, incxplicable, incomparable.

^^TfriT o-n irdhdrita, as, a, am, unde-

termined, unascertained, undefined.

A~nirdharya, as, d, am, undeterminablc, not to

be agreed upon.

-nirbhara, as, a, am, little, slight,

fight.

xsfrpTf a-nirbhsda, as, m. (the act of not

blurting ont), not revtaling.

a-nirmala, as, d, am, dirty, foul,

turbid.

A-nirmdiyd, f. aplant(Mendicago Esculenta, Rox),

a~nirlo6ita, as, d, am, not

carefully looked at, not considered.

a-nirrar.aniya or o-nirra^ya,

at, a, am, unuttcrrble, indescrib ble; improp t to

be mentioned.

vtf^sIrsjHTsT a-nvrartyamana, as, d, am,

not being brough» to a dose.

vtfri a i«( a-nirrdna, as, d, am, unextin-

guished.

a-nirvaha, as, m. non-accom-

plishment, non-compl :tion; mc inclmiveoes ■; iosuffi-

ciency of income, the state of being straitencd in

means.

A-uircdhya, as, a, am, difikult to be managed.

a-nirvinna, as, a, am, not down-

cast.

A-nirvid, t, t, t, free from causes of depression.

A-nirveda, as, m. non-deprussion, self-reliance.

a-nirvrita or a-nirvritta, as, d, am,

unaccomplished, unfiilfilled; discontented; unhappy,

il! at ease, unquiet, discomposed.

A-nirvriti or a-nirvritti, is, f. incompleteness,

discontent, raisery.

a-nirvesa, as, d, am, destitute of

eraployment, wretehed.

th M rt anila, as, m. (fr. rt. an, cf. Irish

anal), air or wind, considered also as a deity; one of

the subordinate deities, forty-nine of whom form the

dass of Anilas or winds; one of the eight demi-gods,

called Vasus; wind, as one of the humors or rasas of

the body; rheumatism, paraliis, or any affection re-

ferred to disorder of the wind; N. of a Rishi and

other persons; the letter y; the number forty-nine;

(f),f.thefifteenth Nakshatra(?). — Anila-kumara, as,

m.p!. amongthe Jainas.a dass ofdeities. — Anila-ghna,

as, f,am, or anila-han, hd_t»ghin, ha, or anila-hrit,

t, t, t, or anilapaha (°Za-ap°), ow, d, am, curing dia-

orders arising from wind. — Anikt-ghnaka, as, m. a

large tree (Terminalia Belerica). —-paryaya or

anila-paryaya, as, m. pain and swelling of the eye-

lids and outer parts of the eye. — Anila-prakriti, is,

is, i, having an airy or windy nature. — Anila-vyddhi,

31

^Tf?T75W anila-sqkha. ■mu-kalpa.

ts, m. derangemeot of the (intemal) wind.— Aniia-

sakha, as, m., N. of fire (the friend of wind).

— Anilatmaja f7a-o£°), as, tn. the son of the wind,

Hanuniat or Bhlma. — Anildntaka (°la-an°),as, m.,

N. of a piant, In-gudI or An-gSra-pushpa (wind-de-

stroying).— Anilamaya (°la-dm°), as, m. morbid

affection of the wind, flatulence, rheumatism. — Anila-

yana (°la-ay°), am, n. way or course of the wind.

— Anilasin (°la-df), t, ini, i, fasting, Iit. feeding

■on the wind.

^ f»i fil a-nilambha-samadhi, is,m.

(i. e. unpropped meditation), N. of a peculiar kind of

meditation among Buddhists.

^ fr a-nilayana, as, a, am, having no

(fixed) home.

u-niloiita. See o.nirlocita.

a-nilodita, as, a, am, incx-

p<:nenced.

^rf<TTn'T" -nivartana, as, a, am, not turning

away, firm, steadfast; improper to be abandoned, right.

A-rdvartin, i, ini, t, not turning back, brave, not

retuming.— Anivarii-tva, am, n. not tumiog back,

brave resistance.

wRvrfc-r ■ -nivarita, as, a, am, unchecked,

unimpeded, unopposed, unforbidden.

A-nivdrya, as, a, am,, not to be warded off, io-

avertible, unavoidable, irresistible.

a-nirisamana, as, ii, am,, Ved.

not retiring to rest, rcstiess.

--.M Ph M rt a-nivrita, as, a, am, unchecked,

not impeded.

frrrftTT a-nivedita, as, d, am, untold, un-

mentioned. — Anivedita-vijiidta, as, a, am, known

without being told.

A-nivedya, ind. not having announced.

'^r^3R a-nivesana, as, a, am,\ed. having

no place of rest.

a-nisa, as, d, am, Ved. nightless,

u e. sleepless, uninterrupted, incessant. — Aniiam,

ind. iocessantly.

A-nidita, as, d, am, Ved. incessant. — Anidita-

sarga, as, d, am, Ved. having an incessant flow.

a-niidita, as, a, am, unascer-

tained, not certain.

A-niddityd, ind. not having ascertained.

^ fr frj a-niidintya, as, a, am, not to

be comprehended (by thought), ineonceivable.

■sffr M jj- a-nishanga, as, d, am,Yed. having

no quiver, unarmed.

^fr a-nishavya, as, d, am, Ved. not to

be killed.

wfrrf^ a-nishiddha, as, d, am, unpro-

hibited, unforbiddeo.

A-nisheddhra, as, d, am, Ved. unimpeded, un-

checked.

an-ishu, us, us, u, having no arrows,

having bad arrows.

a-nishkrita, as, d, am, not done

with, unfinished, not settled. — Anishkritainas (°fo-

m°), as, as, as, having one s guilt not settled, i. e.

unexpiated.

vtfrtf i. an-ishta, as, d, am (rt. ish), un-

wished, undesirable, disadvantageous, disagrecable, un-

favourable; bad, wrong, evil, unlucky, ominous; (d),

f. a piant, Sida Alba; (am), n. evil, detriment, disad-

vantage, calamity, crime. — AnUtya-graha, as, m. an

evil plaaet. — Anishta-dushfa-dht, is, is, i, having an

evil and corrupt mind. — Anishta-prasanga, as, m.

connection with a wrong object or a wrong argument

or a wrong rule. — Anishta-phala, am, n. evil resuit.

— Anishta-danka, f. foreboding or fear of evil or

misfortune. — Anishta-sudaka, as, ikd, am, forebod-

ing evil, ominous. — Anishta-ketu, us, m. an evil

omen. — An-ishtapddana (°ta-dp°), am, n. not ob-

taining what is desired or (fr. anishta and apddana)

obtaining what is not desired. — An-ish(dpti(^ata-ap⁰),

is, f. — preceding. — Anisktddansin (°(a-dd°), l, ini,

i, indicating or boding evil. — Anishtotprekshana

(°ta-uf\ am, n. expectation of evil.

srftre 2. an-ishta, as, d, am (rt. yaj), not

offered in sacrifice, not honoured with a sacrifice.

An-ishtin, i, m. one who does not sacrifice or

has not sacrificed.

^TT a-nisktrita, as, d, am, Ved. un-

hurt, unchecked.

^tfr y I a-nishtha, f. unsteadfastness, un-

steadiness.

^fr$< a-niskthura, as, d, am, not harsh,

not scurrilous.

a-nishndta, as, d, am, unskilled.

a-nishpatti, is, f. non-accom-

plishment, incompJetion.

A-niskpanna, as, d, am, imperfect, incomplete.

-vish-pattram, ind. so that the

arrow de es not ci ime out (on the other side), i. e. not

with excessive ft ree.

viPrl^Ti a-nisarga, as, a, am, unnefural,

nnnaturally rfTect .d.

wfdHar a-nistabdha, as, a, am, not ren-

dered immoveable or stiff; not paralysed; not fixed.

a-nistlrna, as, d, am, not

crossed over j not set aside ; not rid of; unanswered,

unrefuted. — Anistirnabkiyoga (°na-abK°), as, m.

(a defendant) who has oot yet (by refutation) got

rid of a charge.

anika, as, am, m. n. (fr. rt. an),

face; appearance, splendor; edge, point; front, row,

array, march; army, forces; war, combat. — Anika-

vai, an, m., Ved. having a face, or constituting the

face, or occupying the front or foremost rank (epithet

of Agni). — Anika-vtdarana, as, m. (shatterer of

armies), N. of a man. — Anilca-tos, ind. in rows or

marchiog columns. — Anila-stha, as, m. a warrior or

combatant; an armed or royal guard, a sentinel; the

trainer of an elephant, an elephant-driver; a mark,

a sign, signal; a military drum.

Anikini, f. an army, a host, forces; a certain force;

three CamQs or one-tenth of an AkshauhinT, i.e. a com-

plete army; 2187 elephants and as manycars, 6561

horses, and 10935 foot; a lotus.

an-ikshana, am, n. not seeing or

looking at.

a-nifa, as, d, am, not low, decent,

respectable; not pronounced with the Anudatta accent.

— A-nltanuvartin fda-an⁰), i, ini, i, not keepiog

low company; (i), m. a faithful lover or husband.

A-nidi-dar£in, z, m., N. of a Bauddha saint(?).

Anidais, ind. not in a low voice, loudly,

a-niJa, as, a, am, having no nest

or settled abr de, i. e. inr riporeal; (as), m. an epithet

of Agni or fire.

1. a-niti, is, f. impropriety, im-

morality, injustice; impolicy, foolish conduct, indis-

cretion. — Aniti-jna, as, d, am, or amtirvid, t, t, t,

elever in immoral conduct or (fr. a and nitijna)

ignorant of morality or policy, not politic or discreet.

2. an-iti, is, f. freedom from a

calamitous season.

^ an-if/nsfl, as, i, am, unlike, dis-

similar.

an-ipsita, as, a, am, undesired.

?R|TTT7| a-nirasana (a-nir-rasana), as, d,

am, nof; destitute of a waistband.

an-isa, as, d, am, one who has not

a lord or superior, pararaouot; powerless, unable;

(a«), m. Vishnu; («), f. powerlessoess, heiplessness.

— Anida-tva, am, n. powerlessness.

An~idvara, as, d, am, without a superior; un-

checked, uncontrolled, paramount; without power,

powerless, unable ; not belonging to the deity; athe-

istical, — Anidivata-td, f. or anidvara-tva, am, n.

absence of a supreme ruler. — An-i4rara~vddin,i, ni.

ao atheist, one who denies a supreme ruler of the

universe.

an-iha, as, d, am, listless, indifferent;

(as), m., N. of a king of AyodhyS.

An-iha, f. indifference, apathy, disincli natio n.

AnAMta, as, d, am, disagreeable, displeasing, un-

wished ; (am), n. displeasure.

■3nft3C-i -ri}la,\ed. See a-nuja.

a,m, us, ni, n. See anu.

■3R 2. anu, us, m.,Ved. man; N. of a

king, one of YaySti’s sons; (possibly) N. of a non-

Aryan tribe.

^3. anu, ind. as a prefix to verbs and

nouns, expresses after, along, alongside, lengthwise,

near to, under, subordinate to, with.

(When prefixed to nouns, especially in adverbia!

compounds) it implies repetitioo, according to, seve-

rally, each by each, orderly, methodically.

(As a separable preposition, with accusative) after,

along, over, near to, through, to, towards, at, according

to, in order, agreeably to, in regard to.

(As a separable adverb) after, aftenvards, thereupon,

again, further, theo, next.

anu-ka, as, d, am, lustful (fr. anu-

kam, q. v.; or, according to others, fr. 3. a/nu with

affrx ka).

anu-kath, cl. 10. P. -kathayati,

•yitum, to relate after (some one else); to repeat

(what has buen heard).

Anu-kathana, am, n. orderly narration, dis-

course, conversation.

Anu-kathita, as, d, am, related, repeated.

anu-kaniyas, an, asi, as, the

next youngest.

anu-kam, Caus. P. -Jcamayati,

-yitum, to desire.

Anu-ka, as, d, am, libidinous; see s.v. above.

Anu-kama, as, m., Ved. desire; (as, d, am),

according to one’s desire, agreeable; (am), ind. as

desired, at pleasure; wish after wish (?), after one’s

wish(?). — Anukamaskrit, t, t, /,Ved. Milling one’s

desire.

Anukamina, as, m. one who acts as he pleases.

auu-kamp, cl. 1. A. -kampate,

-pitum, to sympathize with, compassionate: Caus_;

-kampayati, -yitum, = the same.

Anu-kampaka, as, m. (sympathizer), N. of a king;

(as, d, am), (at the close of compounds) sympathizing

with, compassionating.

Anu-kampana, am, n. or anu-kampa, f. sym-

pathy, compassion.

Anu-kampayin, i, inJ, i, condoling.

Anurkampita, as, d, am, compassiooated. — Anu-

kampitdtman (ⁿta-dt°)_f d, d, a, having a compas-

sionate spirit.

Anu-kampin, i, ini, i, sympathizing with, com-

passionating.

Anu-kampya or anu-kampaniya, as, d, am,

pitiable, worthy of sympathy; (a«), m. an ascetic; a

courier,

anu-karsha. See under anu-krish.

©h anu-kalpa. See under

\

32

anu

-xnti-kdnksh, cl. I. P. A. -kan-

hhiti, -tc, -* jhitmu, to long for, desire, se-k.

Anu haitMa, f. desire after.

Anu-kankshin, i, ini, i, longiDg for.

tnu-kala, as, a, am, opportune,

occa onal; (om), ir.d. opportuouly, occosionally, on a

propvT occasum.

anu-klrtana. See anu-krit.

^nprPTif inv-kuMta, as, a, cm, bent,

made crooked.

anu-kush, cl. 9. P. -kttshnat’,

deoihitmn, to pull or drag along (to lift ?).

ann-kuj, cl. 1. P. -kujati, -jitum,

to f dlow io oooing or singiog or groaning.

anu-kula, as, a, am, following the

bank (kula), slope ■ >r dedivity, ,-ucjrdio.g t* tlie uin -nt,

favouubie, agrecable; cooform bljto; fnendly, land,

wdl-disp^-d; (at), m. a Lithful or kind and obliping

husband; (a), f. Croton Polyandrum; N. of a metre;

(am), n faveor, kindnes. toften in an irouic-1 scds_).

- Anukula-to, f. concord, good-will, favnur, con-

formlty, conserit, prosp.rity. — Anukula-nayaka, as,

m. a k.nd husband or lover. — Anukula-vayu, ut,

m. a fzvoarabli wir.d.

An-dculvja, nom. P anuknlayati, -yitum, to

act in • ffieodly way.

SPPf ■mr-kri, cl. H. P. urpoet. A. -karOti,

iurnlt, -Icartum, to do afteiwards, to follow ?n do-

ing, imitate, qu. J, rvquite, odopt: Cau-. -karaydti,

■vitmn, to cius, ooe to imitate.

iru-hara, os, a, am, imitating; (as), m. an

assistant.

Ana-karana, am, n. imkafien, Mlowin" an t-i-

mpl ; rcocmblanc., simi! irity.

Anu-kartrt, td, tri, iri, an imitator, imitating j

(ta), m. a mimic , actor, performer.

Avu-karman, a, n. imitation; a subs-quent rit:

ur c rernony.

Anu-karx, (l~, m. imitation, r-jembhnce.

Anit-karin, f, vni,«, imitating, an imit tor, icting,

mimidng.

Anu-karya, us, a, am, fit t bc imttated or

(dmm-tic lly) acted; (am), n. subroqu~nt business;

snbseqnent aay (7).

Anu- krita, at, a, am, copi J, imitat A, made or

doae lik .

Ai urkrit i, is, f. imitation, a copy, conphanc..

Am-kritya, at, a, am, fit to be imitated or

1 pr.ser.ted.

Anu-lriya. f. imitation, doing jnythini» snbse-

quentiy or in likt manner; a subsequent rite.

Amt-kri, f. a sub' ajutnt rite or cerjnony.

W*Jdiif inu-krit, cl. 6. P. -kfintati, -karti-

tttm, to go on shattcriog or destroying.

anu-krip, cl. 6. A., Vcd. -kripatt,

to moura; nom. A. -kripayat,, -yitum, to com-

passiouate, condi 1. with.

vl ^ <4 U anu-krisk, cl. 1. P. -karska^f!,

■karthlum or •krashtum, to drag after ooe’; self,

ittiact: Cau;. -kareiuiyali, -yitum,"the sam.; to

jubject.

Ann-larthn, as, m. or amt-karthana, om, n.

attraaion, dnwing; invoking, summoning by incan

tatirn; the b-ittom or the -xle-tree of a errriage;

prammatiml attr ction; inciuding a subsequent in a

precedinp ruk j lagging behind in a ceremony; de-

laye i p rformanc. of a duty.

AnUrkanhan, a, m. the bott m ofa carri-.ge.

Ann-kHthta, at, a, am, -'ttracfed; induded or

impii.:i in a 'ubs quc.it rule.

TnTofT anu-kri, cl. 6. P. -ktrati, -karitvm,

^ t ’

•ritum, to scitter along, to crowd: Pass. kiryate,

to bec >m. crowdcii or fiiled.

cl. 10. P. -kirlayati,

So relate after t^or jn order), to narr te.

-kanksh,

Anu-kir«a, at, 5, am, c.owded,

3T5T=F?r anu-krit,

a S s

-yitum, .

Anr.-kotara, am, n. act of prodaimiog or pul-

lishmg.

<Hr[c)i'>3 ar,u-klr.p, cl. I. A. -kalpate,

-katpttmn, -kalptum, to follow dulj Cau;. -kalpar

yati, -yitum, to get (others) to follow or unitate

duly.

A.iu-kalpa, at, m. pormission t“ adopt an alt-T-

nativ or si ibstitutc, as “ instead of Kusa gras you

may use DOrbS.”

Auu-bdyiita, as, a, am, follow ,d, attended.

aSfpi an-ukta, as, a, am (rt. va6), un-

uttered, unsaid, u.ih.urd of, extraordiimry, “ A,V’kta-

nirmkta, am, n. a r.ason whiji is unuttered or un-

h.ard of or extr ordin iry; (as, a, am), having such

a r.ason. *

An-ukti, U, f. th. nnt speaklng, impr per spt eh.

5T«JT®f on-ukthn, us, a, am, Ved. hymn-

l.ss, not siligini’ hi nn.s.

?nu-krpka6a, as, o, am, serrated,

dentated likt a saw.

anu-krand. cl. I. A. -krandate,

-ditum, to shoot or cry after one.

anv-kram, cl. 1. P. -kramati,

-h-a,,litum, to go on, go after, follow; to go thnuith

in order, enumerate, supf ly with an absbact or index.

Anu-krama, as, m. successior, amangement, order,

method; an index showing the suoce-siv. contents

of a book; (am), ind. in duo order.

An'i-kra,,iana, am, n. proceedinir mothodie-Uy or

in order; following.

Arm-kratmuika or cmu-kramaui, f. a table or

chapter of contents, tspecially of the oollectiin of

hymn.. &c. in V. dic beoks.

Anu-krai,ta, as, a, am, gon. over, read, or done

in duc order.

Urtsnld anu-krid, cl. I. A.-kridatn, -ditum,

to plry.

anu-krus, cl. 1. P. -krosati,

-kruth/um, to rhout at: C-us. -kmtayati, -yitum,

to join in lamenting, ..buw synipathy.

Anu-kroia, at, m. t.naemess, campassii m.

ann-kshanam, ind. momentarily,

perpetually, tvery instant.

«rin.^,y ' Pu-kshattri, ta, m. the door-

(J { *

keepcr’i or chariotcer’s mate or attendant.

■dfrjSjVP anu-kshapam, ind. night after

night.

anu-kshar, cl. 1. P. -ksharati,

•ritum, to flow into or upon.

anu-kshi, cl. 6. P., Ved. -kshiyati,

-Ishetum, to overspread, reach: Pass. -Jcshiyate, to

decay or vanish gradually*

^ ri $ anu-kshetra, am, n. stipend (in

commutation probably of the proceeds of an endow-

ment) given to temple-servants in Orissa.

anu-khahja, as, m., N. of a

country,

ana-khya, cl. 2. P., Ved. -khyati,

•tum, to descry.

Anu-khyati, is, f. act of descrying or revealing or

reporting.

Anu-lcfojatri, ta, m. a discoverer, revealer, re-

porter.

anu-ganyam, ind. uiunjr the

Gangei.

nnpftfif cmu-gUi.

SHrjtirif anu-gan, cl. io. P. -ganayati.

•yitum, to count over.

Anu-yaiy ta, at, d, am, cuunted over.

Anu-guiiitin, i, ini, i, one wl.o has cou.ittd over.

\Wriii*i unu-gam, cl. I. P. -gadihati, -gan-

tum, t a go after, tollow, seek, appr- ach, visit, arrivj;

to practis., observe, obey, imitate; to enter into; to

die out, be xtingurihed: Caus. -gamayali, -yitum,

to imitate, cause to Jie out.

Anu-qa, us, a, am, g»ing after, following, cor-

rtsponding with, adapted to; a companion; a tollow r,

a servant; tat tiie close of compound ) having tol-

lowers, as ba^funiuja, having a forer filiowing him,

i. e. leader of a force or sririy; (a), f., N. of an

Apsaia...

Anu-gata, at, a, am, follow.d (iit. or fig), as ly

a depend-nt; covered (as by a drt.s h .ngiog behind);

following; a follower; atquired; extinsuished; tally-

ing with; (am), n. moderate time in music, — Ai,u-

qatartha (^Jta-ar ), as, a,am, having a correspor.dine

(easily discovcrable) meaning.

Arn-gatika, a*, m. a follower, an imitator.

Anii^yuntavya or ruM-qan.ya, as, a, am, proper

to be f .llowed (especially in death) ; wortl<y ot being

imiteted.

Aru gatiia, at, m. or anu gn.nana, am, n. fol-

lowing, going after in life c r death; pr stcremation of

a wid< iw • imitating, apprraching.

Anii-gamya, as, a, am, to be foDowed ot imi-

tated.

Anv-gamin, j, ini, i, following, a follower, a

companion.

Anit-gamuka, us, a, am, habitually or cnrstantly

folluwii.g or attending.

^TIH anu-garj, cl. I. P. anu-gorjati,

-yitum, to sheut or roar after.

Ar.u-garjita, am, n. roarine echo.

xSTrTJlslH vu-gavam, ind. so as to svu⁺ the

oxen.

anu-gavina, as, m. a cowherd.

anu-gd, cl. 3. P. -jigdti, -gdtum, to

go after, follow, seek, be guided by.

a.iu-gadin, i, ini, i, f.illonin^

in speaking, echoing.

TT^rnT? f au-gah,c\. I. A. -gdhcte,-gakit.um,

-jadhmn, to plunge ifter, be immers-d in.

AuU-gadha, as, c, am, plung-d, immersed.

anv-giram, ind. on the mottn-

tain.

■wvrtq anu-gu, ind. behind the oxen or

cows.

•UrPTUT anu-guna,as, a, am, ha;ins similat

qualities, conpenioJ with; ao-ording or suitabi; to;

(am), ind. naturally; (as), m, uatural peculiarity.

3MntI awi-gup, cl. f. P. -gopayati, -gop-

tum, to protr't.

Am-gupta, as, a, am, p otectjd, shelbred, con-

ccaled.

TT^ipj anu-gridh, cl. 4. T. -gridhyali,

•gardhitum, to bt grtedy after.

^r^nrm-yrl, cl. 9. P. -grinati, -garitum,

-ritum, Ved. to join in praising; to rejoin, answer,

repeat.

^?rpt anu-gai, cl. 1. P. -gayati, -gutum, to

sin afier or to (a person or a tunc); to celebrate in

sonit: Caus. gapayc.ti, -yitum, to makc one sing

after or to.

Anm-giti, it, f, N. of a metrr of tw" verses, the

fir.t containing tweiity--even, the second toirty-two

I mStras.

33

an-ugra.

M* * an-ugra, as, a, am, not harsh or

violent, mild, gentle.

vTfTZr? anu-grah, cl. 9. P. -grihnati or Ved.

-gribhnati, or cl. 9. A. -grihnite, -qrabituni, to

tollow in taking or plnndering; ti > snpport; nphoid;

to 1 jceive, welcome; trc.it with kindness, favour,

oblige; fos*er.

Aau-grihita, ai, a, am, fav iured, obliged.

Anu-graha, as, m. or anu-gmhana, am, n.

favoiir, kindness, shnwing fav onr, conterrlng benefits,

pnmoti.ig or fnrthering a good object; assistance;

facilitating by incantations ; rear-guard ; (in thc Pnra-

nas) N. ot the eightii or fifih creation. — Amigraha-

latara, as, a, am, anxiou» to pkase or for favour.

— Anugraha-sarga, as, m. (in San-khya phii.) crea-

tion of thc feelings or mental conditions.

Anu-grahin, i, m., Ved. proficient in magic skill.

Aru-grahaka, as, ika, am, favouring, furthering,

facilitati’ ig; favo'rr;ible, kind, cracious.

, Anu-grahita or anu-gt ahita (i), a*, a, am,

favoured.

Anu-grahin, i, ini, i, gracious, f vuur.ble.

Anv-grahya, as, a, am, fit or des-rving to be

favoured or forthered.

Aiia-jiqhriksi a, f.desire toahow favour orkindnesi.

anu-gramam, ind. village affer

villagi.

I Wqri anu-grasaka, as, m. a mouthfrl

(of boiied rice), the equivalent of a mouthful.

anu-ghatt, cl. to. P. -gtiaHayati,

•yitum, to stroke, rub lengthwist.

anu-ghush, cl. i. Y.,Yed.-ghoshati,

-shitum, to name aloud.

Sh «j-sfET anu-daksh, cl. 2. A., Ved. -dashte,

-dashtum, to look at or up to.

anu-dar, cl. 1. P. -darati, -ritum,

to walk or move after or along, to follow, pnrsue,

traverse, seek after; to follow out, adhere to, attend,

to behave : Caus. -darayati, -yitum, to let or caese

to traverse.

Anu-dara, as, i, am, following, attending; (as),

m. companion, follower, servant; (a ori), f. a female

attendant.

Anu-daraka, as, m. a follower, attendant; (a), f.

a female follower or attendant.

Anu-darin, «, ini, i, following, attending.

anu-dardi, is, is, i, Ved. reciting

or repeating (in a chorus).

i. anu-di, cl. 5. P. -dinoti, -detum,

to set or place along or in regular order.

1. anu-dita, as, a, am, set or placed along or

lengthwise or in rows.

SsfRpM 2. anu-di, cl. 3. P., Ved. -diketi, to

remember.

2. an-udita, as, a, am, improper,

wrong, unusual, strange. — Anuditartha (°ta-ar°),as,

m. an unusual meaning.

anu-dint, cl. 10. P. -dintayati,

*yitum, to meditate, consider, recal to mind : Caus.

to make to consider.

Anu-dinta, f. or anu-dintana, am, n. thinldng

of, meditating upon, recalling, recollecting; anxiety.

Anu-dintita, as, a, am, recollected, recalled,

thought of.

an-udda, as, a, am, not high, low,

humble.

An-uddais, ind. not aloud, in a low voice.

an-uddara, non-pronunciation,

skipping words. See ud-dar.

anu-ddhdda, as, m. (fr. rt. dhad

with anu), a garment which hangs down, or probably

an-

o \

that part of the lower garment which hangs down

in front ftom the waist to the feet.

vrriP«a.Pa an-ud-dhitti, is, f. or an-ud-dheda,

o

as, m. (rt. dhid with ud), not cutting off, non-ex-

tirpation, non-destruction, indestructibility. — Anud-

dhitti-dharman, a, a, a, possessing the virtue (or

law) of being indestructible.

1. an-ud-d/iindat, an, ati, at, not destroying.

An-ud-dhinna, as, d, am, not cut off, unextirpated,

undes troyed.

A n-ud-dhedya, as, a, am, indestructible, not

severable. ,

arm-ddhid (ann-dhid), cl. 7. P.

-ddhfnatti, -(ibidium, to cut along or lengthwist.

2. arm-((hmdat, an, ati, at, cutting lengdiwisc.

o.n-ucdhishta, as, d, am (rt. sish

with ud), not rejected, pure tby ansterity and devotion).

■stMvat anu-ddho (anu-dho), cl. 4. P.

-ihyati, -chdtum, to cut open or cut up.

'i.Hafsf nnu-jon, cl. 4. A. -joynte, -junUvm,

to follow m being bom or prodnced or ariiing; to

take after (one’s parents). -

Atm-ja, as, a, am, born afttr, later, yonnger; (as),

m. a younger brutht r, a cadet; N. of a piant, also

calied TrayamSna; (am), n., N. of a piant, also ca'led

Pripanndarika; ^a), f. a yonnger sister.

Anu-janmaa, 5, m. a yonnger broth.r, yonnger.

Anu-iatn, as, a, am, after-bom, later, yonnger;

taking after (the patents) ; after tecthii.g (?) ; bnm

agaiD, i. e. invested witfc the saertd cordj [as), m. a

yonnger brnther; (a), f. a yonnger sister.

anv-janam, ind. accnrding to

peopL, popu’arly.

'iiVjjfti ann-jup, cl. 1. P. -japati, -pitvm,

to fiJlnw or imitate in mutlering.

Vtviit auu-jalp, cl. 1. P. -jalpati, -pitvm,

to follow in talking: A. -jalpats, to entertain by

conven ation.

anu-jagri, cl. 2. P, -jagarti,

-jagarttum, to watch «s an attendant

fil anu-ji, cl. 1. P. -jayati, -jetum, to

subduc: Desid. -jighhate, to be de :r0U’ ot sutduing.

anu-j'ghrikshd. See under

ann-grah.

anu-jiv, cl. I. P. -jivati, -vitum, j

to follow or imitate in living; to live for any one; to

live by or upon something; to live submissively un-

der : Caus. -jivayati, -yitum, to restore to life.

Anu-jivin, i, ini, i, living by or upon ; dependent;

(i), m. a dependent, follower. — Anufivi-sat-krita,

as, d, am, made wholly subservient.

Anu-jtvya, as, d, am, to be followed in living.

^ann~j^usK cl. 6. A., Ved. -jushate,

-joshitum, t& seek.

^anu-jri, cl. 4. P. -jiryati, or cl. 1. P.,

Ved. -jarati, -jaritum, -ritum, to follow in getting

old or decaying.

Anu-jirna, as, d, am, grown old or decayed after

or in consequence of.

^an-vjjhat, an, and or ati, at, not

quittiog, not leaving.

An-ujjhita, as, d, am, undiminished, unimpaired,

not left or lost.

1 1. anu-jna,cl. 9. P. rarely A. -janati,

•janlte, -jnatum, to permit, grant, allow, consent;

to excuse, forgive; to authorize; to allow one to take

leave, dismiss, bid farewell; to entreat; to behave

kindly: Caus. -jnapayati, -yitum, to request, ask

permission, ask for leave, to take leave: Desid.

-jijnasati or -te, to be willing to grant.

■uttamdmbhas,

2. anu-jnd, f. or anu-jnana, am, n. assent, assent-

ing, permission ; leave to depart; allowance made for

faults; an order or command. — Anujnd-prarthana

ot anujnaishana (°jnd-esh°), f. asking permission,

taking leave.

Anu-jndta, as, d, am, assented to, permitted,

allowed; ordered, directed, instructed; accepted ;

authorized, honoured ; allowed to depart, dismissed.

Anu-jnapaka, as, m. one who commands or

enjoins.

Anu-jnapana, am, n. or anu-jnapti, is, f. author-

ization; issuing an order or permission.

anu-jyeshtha, as, d, am, next

eldest; (am), ind. after the eldest, according to

seniori fy.

H rfET anu-taksh, cl. 1. P.,Ved. -takshati,

*kshitum, -tasJitum, to sharpea or stimulate by

offeri-ngs.

anu-tan, cl. 8. P. -tanoti, -tanitum,

to extend along, to carry on, continue, develop.

anu-tap, cl. 1. P. -tapati, -taptum,

to heat, to vex, annoy: Pass. -tapyate or poet.

-tapyati, to suffer afterwards, repent; to desiderate,

miss: Caus, -tapayati, -yitum, to distress,

Anu-tapta, as, d, am, heated; filled with regret.

Anu-tapa, as, m. repentance, heat.

Anu-tdpana, as, i, am, occasioniog remorse,

repentance or sorrow.

Anu-tapin, i, ini, i, penitent, regretting.

anu-tara. See anu-tri below.

anu-tark, cl. 10. P. or poet. A.

-tarkayati, -te, -yitum, to follow in thought, to

regard as or take for.

anu-tarsha, as, m. thirst, vnsh,

desire; a drinking vessel, one used for drinking

spirituous liquors.

Anu-tarshana, am, n. a vessel from which spi-

rituous liquor is drunk; distribnting liquor.

anu-tilam, ind. grain after grain

(of Sesamum), i. e. very minutely or by grains.

anu-tishthamana. See anu-

shtha.

^ rj riej anu-tunna, as, a, am, (rt. tud),

Ved. deprt vsed or rcpre«ed (in joundl, muiH-d.

anu-tulayo, uom. P. -tulayati,

•yitum, to rub lengthwise (with a brush or cotton ?).

anv-trid, cl. 7. P. -trinatti, -tardi-

tum, to let go, let out; split, sevor, open.

VTJHtf anu-trip, cl. 4. A. -tnpyate, -turpi

tum, -tarplum, -traptnm, to take oni’s fili (or

refreshmcntl after or later than another.

’iHrf anu-tri, cl. 1. P. -tarati, -ritum or

-rituui, to follow amvss or to the end; to streteb

lengthv.ise or prostrat-: Pass. -tiryate, to be iaid or

lay one’s self lengthwije.

Anu-tara, am, n. fere, freight.

an-utka, as, a, am, free from regret,

not rtgretting, self-compl icent, not repenting of.

an-utkarsha, as, m. inferiority,

n m-elevati jn.

a-nuHa, as, a, am, Ved. not cast

down, in.uncible; (or, not moistened, = an-vttat).

— AmiUa-maityu, as, m. of invincible wrath, i. e.

Indra.

an-uttama, as, a, am, unsurpassed,

incomparably the best or chief, excellent; not the

best; (in gram.) not used in the uttama or first

person. — An-uttamdnibhas (°ma-am°), as, n. (in

San-khya phil.) indifference to and consequent absti-

K

34

^TTTtFTlDTftlcF nnullamumbhtxsika.

munusikojmdha.

ncnce frora sensual cnjovment, as fatiguing. — Jtt-

uttamambhasika, am, n. indiffcrence to and absti-

nence from sensual enjoyment as involving injury to

externa! objects.

an-uttara, as, d, am,chicf, principal;

best, excellent; without a reply, unable to answer,

silent; fixed, firra; low, inferior, base; south,

southem; (am), n. a reply which is coherent or

evasi ve and therefore held to be no answer; (a*), m.

a dass of gods among the Jainas. — Anuttara-yoga-

tantra, am, n. title of the last of the four Bauddha-

tantras. — An-uttaropapatika (°ra-up°), as, ra. pl.

the same class of gods. — Anuttaropapatika-dasa,

as, f. pl. title of a book treating of those gods.

an-uttdna, as, a* am, lying with

the face towards the ground ; not supine.

an-utthana, am, n. (rt. stha), the

not rising, want of exertion.

An-utthita, as, a, am, not risen, not grown up

(as grain).

vi rM P* an-ulpatU, is, f. failure, non-pro-

duction; (is, is, i), or anrutpatttka, as, i, am, not

(yet) produced. — Anutpattika-dkarma-kskartti, is,

f. (with Buddhists) acquiescence in the state (and

raoral condition) which is stili future, preparation for

a future state. — Anutpalti-mma, as, a, m. f. (in

NyJya phil.) arguing against a thing by trying to

show that nothing exists from which it could

spring. _

An-utpanna, as, a, am, unbom, unproduced;

uneffcctcd, unaccomplished.

An-utpada, as, m. the not coming into existence;

the not taking effect. — Anutpada-kshanti, is, f.

acquiescence in not having to undergo another

birth.

An-utpadana, am, n. not produring, non-pro-

duction.

An-utpadya, as, a, am, not to be produced or

created, i. e. etemal.

an-utsaha, as, m. want of adequate

efTort; want of energy or determination; listlcssness;

(as, d, am), deficient in determination. — Anutsdha-

ta, f. want of determination.

sppr* an-v.tsuka, as, a, am, not pager,

cJm, retiring; inodorate.— Anutmka ta, f. mode-

rafnoss.

«'j r« d c.n-utsutra, as, a, am, not sno-

iniJom.

m 'j un-utsrka, as, m. absenre of arrn-

ganec or hiphmindedntss.

An-utsMn, i. nu, i, not arrogant or pnffiJ up.

an-udaka, as, a, am, waterless.

an-vdagra, as, d, am, not lofty,

low; not projecting.

an-udaya, as, m. non-rising, the

not rising (of a luminary).

i. an-udita, as, d, am, not risen, not appeared.

(For a. an-udita, see next colum n.)

V an-udara, as, ii, am, thin, lank.

^ 3^ ^anu-dah, cL i. P. -dahati, -dagdhum,

to btim over agam, to bum up.

anu-dd, cl. 3. P. -daddti, -datum, to

give back, restore, give way, yield, grant, remit; to

pay one out (?).

Anu-da, as, d, am, Ved. yielding, emulating

others in giving, a follower.

Anurdatta, as, a, am, granted, remitted, given

back.

Anu-dsya, as, d, am, to be given back or restored.

Anu-doft, f., Ved. restitutiem; a female follower

or companion.

an-udatta, as, u, am, not raised,

not elevated, not pronounced with the UdStta accent,

grave; aocentless, having the neutral general tone

neither high nor low: the terra Anudatta is used

by PSnini both for the grave or non-elevated accent

(explained by him as sannatara, q. v.) which im-

mediately precedcs the UdStta, and also for the

general aocentless, neutral tone, neither high nor low,

explained as eka-4ruti, i. e. the one monotonous

ordinary intonation which belongs to the generality

of syllables in a sentence; (aa), ra. one of the three

accents to be observed in reading the Vedas, the

grave accent, — Anudatta-tara, as, in. more than

Anudatta, stili lower in sound .than Anudatta, i. e.

the very Anudatta accent (or a syllable having this

accent) which immediately precedes a syllable bav-

ing the Udatta or Svarita accent, and is therefore

more depressed than the ordinary Anudatta. — An-

udattadi ifta-dd?), n. (in grara.) a nominal base

of which the first syllable is Anudatta. — Anudattct

(°ta-it°), t, m. a verbal root having for its Anubandha

the Anudatta aocent to indicate that it takes the

Atmane-pada terminations only; also anudattopa-

<le$a. — Anadattodaya (°ta~ud°), am, n. a syllable

immediately preceding the Anudatta accent.

1. an-udara, as, u, am, niggardly,

mean; liberal, munificent.

2. anu-dara, as, d, am, adhered to

or followed by a wife.

^nrffiT 2. an-udita, as, d, am, unsaid, un-

uttered, interdicted (see I. an-udita under an-

udaya).

anu-dinam or anu-divasam, ind.

daily, e very day.

W^f^l anu-di^, cl. 6. P. -disati, -deshtum,

to point ont, to assign.

Anxtrdtiam, ind. in every quarter.

Anu-de^a, as, m. a rule or injunction, especially

one that points back to a previous rule; reference to

6omething prior.

Anu-d&in, i, ini, i, pointing back, referring back;

being the object of an Anudefe.

^^llp^anu-dribk, cl. 6. P., Ved. -dribhati,

-darbkitum, to make into bundles or chains.

^T*pi£3T anu-drti', cl. I. P. -pasyati, -dra-

sk(um, to survey, behold; to keep in view or in mind,

to foresee: Caus. P. -darfayati, -yitum, to show,

teli, teach: Pass. -dfifyate, to become or be visible.

Anu-dar^ana, am, n. consideration, regard, refer-

ence.

Anurdar^in, i, ini, i, considering, foreseeing.

Amir-drishti, is, f., N. of the ancestress of Anu-

drishtineya.

An~udrash(avya, as, d, am, capable of being ob-

served, visible.

anu-dfi, Pass. -diryaie, to break

through after (another); to be scattered or confused

(in consequcnce of the confusion of oth^-s).

anu-deham, ind. behind thebody.

anu-dairghya, as, u, am, longi-

tudinal.

^T^jT^TTT an-udgirna, as, d, am, not vomited

forth, not disdained; not spumed.

an-uddhata, as, d, am (rt. han), not

lifled up, humble, unsurpassed, unequalled, unopposed.

an-uddharana, am, n. (rt. hri),

non-removal; not offering, nof establishing or proving.

An-uddhara, as, m. non-partition, not taking a

share; non-removal.

An-uddkrita, as, a, am, non-removed, not taken

away; uninjured, undestroyed; unofiered; undivided,

unpartitioned; uneslablished, unproved. — An-ud-

dkritdbkyastamaya fta-abk⁰), as, m. sunset (abhy-

astamaya), taking place whilst the AhavanTya fire

continues (an-uddkrita) unremoved from the G5r-

hapatya.

an-udbkata, as, d, am, not exalted,

unassuming,

an-udya, as, u, am, unutterable.

an-udyata, as, d, am (rt. yam), in-

active, idle, destitute of perseverance.

nalM an-udyaga, as, m. absence of ex-

ertion or effort, inactivity, laziness.

An-udyogin, t, ini, i, inactive, lazy, indifferent.

^ an-udra, as, d, am, waterless.

anu-dru, cl. 1. P. -dravati, -dratum,

to run after, follow; accompany; to pursue.

Anu-druta, as, d, am, followed, pursued; (am),

n. a measure of time in music, half a Druta, or one-

j fourth of a Matr5 or of the time taken to articulate a

short vowel.

an-udvaha, as, m. non-marriage,

celibacy.

an-udrirma, cs, a, am, free from

apprehenHon t: peiplexiiy, ea^v in mind.

Atirud:-ega, as, a, am, free from anxiety; (ns),

m. Ire ,do;n irom uniauiiess. — An-wlvgc-kiira as,

l, am, not causinff apprehensi-m, not overawing.

i nu-dha, cl. 3. P. -dadhiiti, -dhatum,

to wi-Icome, reccive kindly,

^^TVT^r 1. anu-dkav, cl. 1. P. -dhavati,

-ritum, to run after, to run up to.

Anu-dhavat, an, anti, at, running after.

1. anu-dkavana, am, n. chasing, pursuing, run-

ning after; close pursuit of any object, going after

a mistress.

Anu-dkavita, as, a, am, pursued, run after,

literally or figuratively.

2. anu-dhdv, cl. I. P. A. -dharati,

-ie, -vUum, to cleanst.

2. anv-dhavarui, am., n. deansinr, purifirit.-in.

anu-dkyai, cl. 1. P. -dhydyati,

-dkyaium, to consider attentively, to think of, to

muse, to be anxious.

Anu-dhyana, am, n. raeditation, rcligious con-

templation, solicitude. -

Anu-dhyayin, i, ini, i, contemplating, meditating.

virir|^ anu-nad, cl. 1. P. -nadati, -ditum,

to sound towards, (with acc.): Caus. P. -nadayati,

-yitum, to make resonant or musical.

Anu-nada, as, m. sound, vibration, reverberat ion,

echo.

Anu-nadita, as, a, am, made to resound.

Anu-nadin, t, ini, i, resounding, echoing, resonant.

anu-nam, cl. 1. P. -namati, -nantum,

to incline to.

anu-naya, anu-nayin, &c. Sec

anu-ni.

anu-nasika, as, a, am, nasal,

uttered through the nose (as one of the five nasal

consonants, or a vowel, or the three semivowels y,

v, l, under certain circumstances; in the case of

vowels and semivowels, the mark'^ is used to denote

this nasalization); the nasal maik m;; (am), n. a nasal

twang. — Anunasika-tva, am, n. nasality — Anund-

sika-lopa, as, m. dropping of a nasal sound or letter.

— Anunasikatva (^cka-at°), am, n. nasal pronuncia-

tion of a. — Anunasikadi (^cka-adi), is, m. a com-

pound letter commencing with a nasal. — Anuna-

sikanta i?ka-an°), as, m. a radical euding in a nasal.

— Anunasikopadha ^ka-up⁰), as, a,am, having a

nasal penultiinate; succeeding a syllable with a nasal

sound.

35

'STjfVrJPT anu-ni-kram. an-upalambhana.

^^WrTrfffrl an-apaghdtdrjita (°ta-arj°),

'-'iHut anu-ni-kram, cl. I. P. -kramati,

■hramitum, to follow in the steps.

, nv-niksh, cl. i. P.,Ved. -nikshati,

-fohitum, to pierce along.

WHm nd onit-ni-tud, cl. 6. P. -tudati,

v5 v5 v

tottum, to wound with a stab, to goad.

^Trifrianu-ni-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate,

■pattum, to lie down by the side of.

vHfrjTi $lri anu-nir-jahana, as, a, am (rt.

ha), proceeding out of(?).

anu-nir-dah, cl. 1. P. -dahati,

-dagdhum, to bum down in succession.

anu-nirdesa, as, m. descriptiori

or relation following a previous model.

^TrifriTR anu-nirvapa, as, m. subsequent

libation (with clarified butter).

Anu-nirvapya, f. ceremony connected with this

subsequent libation.

anu-ni, cl. 1. P. -nayati, -netum,

to bring near, to lead after; to persuade, induce, win

over, conciliate, to coax, pacify, supplicate.

Anu-naya, as, m. conciliation, salutation, courtesy,

civility, showing respect or adoration to a guest or a

deity; humble entreaty or supplication, reverential

deportment; regulation of conduct, discipline, tuiti on;

(as, a, am), conciliatory, kind; (am), ind. fitly,

becomingly. — Anunaya-pratigha-prahana, am,

n. (with Buddhists) abandoning the obstacles to

conciliatory behaviour. — Anunayamantrana (°ya-

dm°), am, n. conciliatory address.

Anu-nayamdna, as, a, am, conciliating, honour-

ing, showing respect.

Anu-nayin, i, ini, i, courteous, humble, suppli-

cating.

Anu-nayaka, as, ikd, am, submissi ve, humble.

Anu-naylka, f. a female character, subordinate to

a nayilca or leading female character in a drama.

Anu-ninishu, U8, us, u, desirous of conciliating

or grati fying.

Anu-nita, as, a, am, trained, disdplined, obtained,

acquired, taught, respected; pleased, pacified, appeased,

humbly entreated.

Anu-niti_t is, f. conciliation, courtesy, supplication.

Anu-neya, as, d, am, easily conci)iated.

^^anu-nu or-?iii,cl.6.and cl. 2. P.,Ved.

-navati or -nanti, -navitum or -mivitum, to praise

again and again: Intens. -nonavitt, to cheer after.

^TJ*TWarcM-rcn7,cl.4. ¥.-nrityati,-nartitum,

to dance after (with acc.) ; to dance before (with acc.).

an-unnata, as, d, am, not elevated,

not lifted up. — Anvnnata-gatra, as, a, am, (with

Buddhists) having limbs that are not too stout, pro-

minent or protuberant. — Anunnatanata (°ta-dn°),

as, d, am, not raised nor lowered, level.

an-unmatta or an-unmadita or an-

unmada, as, d, cm, sane, sober, not wild, not mad.

^Tri^T anupa, as, a, am, watery, marshy;

see anupa. — Anupa-ja or better anupa-ja, am, n.

ginger (in its undried state).

an-upakarin, i, ini, i, not

assisting, disobliging, ungrateful, not making a retura

for benefits received ; unserviceable, useless.

An-upakrita, as, d, am, unassisted.

^^fsTTT an-upakshita, as, d, am, un-

injured, undestroyed.

'-M an-upagita,as, d, am, not praised

or celebratcd (?); not accompanied in singing(?);

(am), ind. so that no other person accompanies in

singing. “

as, a, am, acquired without detriment (to the pater-

nal estate).

An-upaghnat, an, ati, at, not detrimenta! (to the

paterna! estate).

^ri M ^ anu-pad, cl. 1. P. -padati, -paktum,

to make ripe by degrees: Pass. -padyate, to becorne

ripe by degrees.

^riTrifarifal an-upafivanlya, as, a, am,

yielding (or granting) no livelihood; having no live-

lihood.

^J^aznf-^a^, cl. 1. P. -pathati,-thitum,

to say after, repeat.

Anu-pa/Jiita, as, d, am, read through (aloud),

rccited.

Anu-patMtin, i, m. (one who has read through or

redted), proficient.

viMMrT anu-pat, cl. 1. P. -patati, -titum,

to fly to (with acc.); fly after, ran after, go after,

follow: Caus. -patayati, -yitum, to fly to j to throw

a person down together with oneself.

Anu-patana, am, n. falling on or upon; follow-

ing; (in mathem.) proportion.

Anu-patita, as, d, am, fallen, descended; fol-

lowed.

Anu-pdta, see s. v.

vi anu-pati, ind. after the husband.

^ anu-patha, as, d, am, following the

road; having favourable roads?; (as), m. a road;

(am), ind. along the road.

anu-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate,

-pattum, to follow, attend, be fond of; to enter; to

enter upon; to notice, understand ; to handle.

2. anu-pad, t, i, t, Ved. coming to pass; or (/), f.

food (?).

Anu-pada, as, d, am, following closely; (as), m.,

N. of a man or tribe; (am), n. a chorus, burdea of

a song or words sung again after regular intervals;

(am), ind. step by step, word for word; on the beels

of, dose behind or after. — Anupada-siitra, am,

n. title of a commentary explaining the text (of a

Brahmana) word for word.

Anu-padavi, f. a way.

Anu^padin, i, m. a searcher, an inquirer, one who

follows or seeks for.

Anupadina, f. a boot, a buskiu.

an-upadasvat, an, ati, at, Ved.

not drying up, not decaying (?).

an-upadishta, as, a, am, un-

taught, uninstructed.

An-upadeshtri, ta, m. one who does not point

out or teach.

an-npadha, as, ra. (having no

penultimate), a letter or syllable (as a sibilant or h)

when not preceded by another.

an-upadhi-desha, as, ra. that

in which there is no longer a condition of indivi-

duality(?).

an-upanaha, as, m. (with Bud-

dhists) want of dose attachment or adherence (?).

^3 H rq Hi an-npanyasta, as, d, am, not

laid down clearly, not established.

An~upanyasa, as, m. failure of proof or deter-

mination, uncertainty, doubt.

an-upapatti, is, f. non-accom-

plishment, failure, inconclusive argumentation; irre-

levancy, inapplicability, impossibility, insuffidency of

means, penury, adversity.

An-upapanna, as, d, am, not done, unaccom-

plished, uneffected ; unproved, undemonstrated; irre-

levant, inconclusive, inapplicable, impossible, inade-

quately supported.

An-^tpapadaka, ds, m. pl. (having no material

parent), N. of'a class of Buddhas, called Dhyani-

buddhas.

Viri MAJ an-upaplava, as, d, am, free from

any overwhelming calamity.

An-upapluta, as, d, am, not overwhelmed (with

calamity).

Virimlan-upabddha, as, a, am, Ved. un-

obstructed, unimpaired.

an-npabhukta, as, a, an, unen-

joyed, unpossesscd.

An-iijiabhuj/jamaita, as, d, an, not bung en-

joycil.

an-upama, as, d, am, incompar ible,

m .tchltss; excellent, best; (d), f. tbe female tlephaot

of the south-.ast or of the north-tast. — Anupatna-

mati, is, m., N. of a contemporary of Sskya-muni.

An-upamita, as, d, am, unnomparcd, matchless.

An-upameya, as, d, am, incompaiable.

an-upamardana, am, n. non-

d mol tion or refutation of a charg..

ah-^tjTRfi an-upayukta, as, a, am, unsuited,

nnsnitable, improper; useless, unserviceable.

An-upayoga, as, m. unserviceableness, melessness.

An-upayoijin, i, ilii, i, unsuitable, useless.

an-vporota, as, d, am, uninter-

rupted, not sfopped.

anv-para-pat, cl. i. P. -patati,

-titum, to fly or hasten by tbe side of another.

auu-pari-kri, cl. 6. P. -kirati,

-baritum, -ritum, to scrtter ilongside, to beitrew.

WjqfctliW anu-pari-kram, cl. i. P. -krd-

nati, -hramitum, to walk rouad in order, to make

the circuit of, visit in a regular round.

^O.i|l anu-pari-ga, cl. 3. P. -jigati,

-gatum, to make the round of, traverse.

anu-pari-ni {-ni), cl. i. P.

-nayati, -netum, to lead or carry about.

virjMftfil anu-paridhi, ind. along or at

the three Paridhis of the sacrifidal fire.

anu-parisrit, ind. along or at

the surrounding fenee.

VirimJ anu-pari (-pari-i), cl. 2. P. -pary-

eti, -tum, to follow in going round, to make the

round of.

viri m < anu-pare (-para-i),cl. 2. P.-paraiti,

-tum, to follow in walking off.

^,5PTT4TJ11 anu-pary-a-go, cl. 3. P. -jigati,

-gatum, to revolve, accomplish a revolution.

anu-parye (-pari-5-i), cl. 2. P.

-paryaiti, -tum, to make the whole round of.

an-upalakshita, as, d, am, un-

traced, unpcrceived, unmarked, undiscrimiuated.

An-upalahshya, as, d, am, not to K ti.oed.

— Auupalahshya-vaHmon, d, d, a, having ways

(or a way) that cannot be traced.

urstroTV an-vpnlahdhn, as, d, am, unob-

taintd, unperceived, unascertained.

An-upalabdhi, is, f. non-percepti. m, non-recogni-

tion, — Anvpalabdhi-mma, as, d, m. f. sophism,

trying to establish a fact (e. g. the reality and etemity

of sound) from the impossibility of perceiving the

non-perception of it.

An-npalahhyamana, as, d, am, not 'oeing per-

ceived.

An-upalainbha, as, m. non-perception.

An-upalambhana, am, n. want of appreh-ns"ou

or knowledge.

30

an-upavitin.

5TTpPT am-plava.

'5Rtril fd"»T an-upavltin, t, ra. onc who

docs not vji the sacred cord, uniavtttgd with the

^picrificid thr-ad.

es H M yl^ in-vpcsayo, as, m. any ag-

grav-ting thing or circum; tanc_ that incrcases a

diseasc.

'HVnr^ITVff an-upasonta, as, 5, am, not

c-lm; (as), m., N. of a Buddhist mendicant.

anu-pasya, as, a, am, follow.ng

with n.s looks, ke.piug m vi.w or in miod.

vt<-te|WB an-upasarga, as, m. a word that

is not ao Upasarga, thrt has not lhe force o. onc,

that is destitute of onc; that which needs no additione

or 'nppicmcnts tas a divine being).

'itsjiltl-MH an-upase(ana, as, a, am, having

nothing (e. g. no sauce) for maisteniog.

5iHMPT.iT an-npaskrita, as. a, am, un-

finishcd, nopoLhed; not ccohed, i. e. genuine, biame-

less; unrequitcd.

51HM H an-opasthdno, am, n. abaence,

th_ not being at h-nd.

An-upasthdpnna, arr, n. not prodncing, not

offering, not p) cing; not hav.ng r-ady or at hrnd.

An-upasthafiayal, an, antl, at, not pr.senting,

not having at hand.

An-upo thepita, as, 5, am, not ready, not at

har.d, n >t ofiered or produwd.

An-upasthaym, i, ini, i, ab eot, distmt.

An-upaethita, os, a, om not come near, not

present, not at hrnd, not current; (am), n. a word

not ipaslhita (q. v.) in the gramm itii al sense of that

term.

An- upasthiti, is, f. absence, not t-ing si hand.

***** an-upahata, as, d, am, unim-

paired. uovitiated; not rendered impure. — An~upa-

hata-l-ruskta, as, a, am, (with Buddhists) ntither

affected by injury nor by anger.

an-vpahiita, as, a, am, not called

upon or invited; not called upon aloud ; not acoom-

panied with invitations.

i. anu-pa, cl. i. P. -pibati, -patum,

to drink after or thereupon, follow in drinking, drink

at: Caus. -payayatl, -yitum, to cause to drink after-

wards.

Anu-pana, am, n. a fluid vehide in medicine;

drink taken with or after medicine; drink dose at

haod.

Anu~pantya, am, n. driok close at hand; (as, a,

am), fit lo be drunk after; serring as a liquid vehide

of mediane.

5HJTTT 2. onv-pn, Caus. P. A. -palayati,

-te, -yitum, to presorva, kecp.

Amt-pikma, am, n. preserving, keeping np.

Anv-palayal, an, enti, at, k--ping, maintaining.

4ku-palin, i, ini, i, pre anvir.g, kctping np.

Anu-pd’u, n., N. of a piant, w.ld Calladinm (?).

5i Hmctiit 'in-updkrita, as, a, am, not ren-

d ired fit f jr-icriticial purpeses. — Aniqtdhrita-memsa,

am, n. fle sh of an animal not prep-red for sacrifice.

cirtciisuj on-upikhya, as, a, am, not

dearly discemible.

dtHMM anu-pdta, as, m. falling subse-

quently upon, alighting or descending upon in sncces-

rion; fcillowing; aoing, proce.-ding in order, or :s a

consequonc-'; a degree of latitnde opposite to one

glven, the Antaei (?); proporti..n (in arithm.); arith-

metical progressi. •□, rute of lhree.

Anu-pdtika, "m, n. a htinoo, crin.e, as falsthood,

frrnd, theft, adultcry.

Anu-patam, ind. m mccessioo.

Anu-patin, i, ini, i, tollowing as a cons-qncnct

or resuit.

ThHUM anv-pdna. See s.v. i.anu-pa.

rJTSfmsltHr an-vpnnatka,as,a,am, shoeless.

an-ttpoyin, i, ini, i, no* using

means or wpedients.

vm m vy unu-parsva, as, a, am, lateral;

olong or by the side.

vi H 91 ~vT ar-iiparrilta, as, m. ph, N. of a

p ople.

tfHVjnjTf aa-upasana, am, n. vvant of

atie-i.tion to.

An-updsita, as, 5, am not attended to, neglcrttd.

'bfiJMrPT ami-pumsha, os, ra. the bofore-

mentioned man, a fi 'llower.

Jl^u| onv-pvshpa, as, m. a hind of rced

(Saechamm Sara Roxb.).

vi<i ^e( anu-purra, as, a, am, regular,

orderly, successive, from the prec. ding. Annpur.ena

or anupurM-gae, ind. in regular order or suco.'^-ion,

irom the firt, ffom the b-ginning, from abov down-

wards. — Aaupurm-kesa, as, m. ooe who h is

regular tair. — Anupurra-gatra, as, m. one who

has regularly shaped lin.ts. — Anvpurea-ia, a«, a,

am, descended in a regular line. — Anupiin-u-

danshtra, as, a, am, having regular teeth. — Anu-

purva-uSbki, is, m. having regularly «haped navel.

— Annpurva-pani-lckha, as, a, am,, having regular

lines in the h. nds. — Ar rc-rabsd, f. a cow

which calva, regularly.

AnajriLvya, as, a, am, regal-r, orderly, successi v-

vtrjMrti anu-prikta, as, r, am, mixed 'vith.

anu-prishthya, as, a, am (held or

extended), lengthwhe.

a/nt-pri, Caus. P. -paraycti, -yitum,

to fili, tu fnlfih

5T^^tT an-upeta, as, a, au, not endowed

with, not ii vested with <tht saaed cordi.

5T^nftW an-vposhana, am, n. not fisting.

'TT^ST an-upta, as, a, am (rt. rap), unsosvn

(as seed). — Anupta-inaya, as, a, am, fiJIow,

meadow (ground, ts-cA.

An-np>rima, a>,d,am, grown without beioy sown.

«ri HotiHa anu-pra-kamp, Caus. A. -komp-

ayaie, -yitum, to fullow in swinging or agitating.

‘itHil-f anu-prach, cl. 6. P. -pric(huti,

-prishtmn (with two acc. cases of the perjon and

thing), to ask, to inquire after.

Anvpraina, see s.v.

ii H H H H omt-pra-jan, cl. 4. A. -jayate,

■genitum, to be bom ifter; to procreate again and

igain: Caus. -janayati, -yitum, tocause to be bom

snbsequently.

TllJjrsTT nnu-pra-jna, cl. 9. P. -jandti,

j.iiiturp, to traek, trace, discovrr.

Annsprajuana, am, n. tracking, tracing.

ann-pra-nnd (-nud), cl. 6. P. A.

-nudati, -te, -nottum, to pu b away from one’s self;

to frighten nway, ppt to flight.

vsHUfri stiH o.nv-prati-kram, cl. 1. Y.-lr am-

ati, -Iramitum, to retum.

vSHtl’ⁱ| anu-prath, cl. 1. A. -prathate,

-thitum, to praise, celebrate.

5rmT^T anu-pra-da, cl. 3. P. -dadeti,

-dotum, to surrender, makr over.

Anu-pmilana, om, n. a gift, donation.

51^U%riT auu-pra-dhdir, cl. 1. P. -dkavati,

•vitam, to ru.h after.

An u-pradhavita, as, a, am, harric d, eager.

TTTTsUTiT anv-pra-pnt, cl. 1. P. -patati,

-titum, to fly towards.

An u-pro.patam, ind. going in suee-ssion.

5THTHPT a.iu-pra-pad, cl. 4. A. padyate,

-pattum, to folluw.

Anu-prapunna, as, d, am, f ‘Uowing after, con-

formed to.

Anu-prapadam, ind. g iing in succession.

5T?TTPTT ann-pra-pd, cl. I. P. A. -pibati,

-te, -patum ; P. to driok one atter the other; A. to

drink after another (with acc.).

■w«sn^|<n anu-pramana, as, d, am, having

a snitable size or length.

anu-pra-yuj, cl. 7. A. -yunkte,

-yokt",n, to employ, ’pply.

Anv-pragujyamana, as, d, am, employed in

addition.

Aau-prayoktacya, as, d, am, pr .per to be joined

or employed in addition.

Anuprayoga, as, m. -dditinnal use.

anu-praruha, as, d, an,, coming

np or growing in accordacce with.

anu-pra-vah, cl. 1. P. -vahati,

■aiodhnm, to drag (or cany) abont.

sHHHfrir avv-pra-vis, cl. 6. P. -vlsati,

-veshtum, to follaw in enterisg, to attack, enter;

to sleep with.

A.n-prai dya, ind. having entered.

Anu-praiela, as, m. or anv-pra, e<ana, am, n.

retum, entrance; imitati n.

Anu-pra 'tianiya, as, d, am, connected with re-

tun.ing or with entenng.

anu-pra-dut, cl. i. P. ~io6ati_y

•ditum, to regret or moum deeply.

anu-prasna, as, ra.(fr. anu-pradh),

a subsequent question having reference to what has

been previously said by the teacher.

anu-prasakta, as, a, am, strongly

attached, dosely coonected.

Anu-prasalti, is, f. dose connection with.

anu-prastha, as, d, am, latitudinal;

according to width, following the breadth or latitude.

^ H^ <<j anu-praharana, am, n. knock-

ing into or throwing into.

anu-prnn (-pra-on), cl. 2. P.

-prmiHt, -yitum, to breathe after.

THTTTtl ana-prap (-pra-op), cl. 5. P.

-apnoti, -aptum, to come or go np to, re.ich, at*ain,

overtak (?); to arrive, to get, obtain; to get back;

to imitate.

Anu-prapta, as, d, am, arrived, retum.d; ob-

tained; having re-ched, having gol.

5THTPET onu-prasi-pra-as),c\. 4. T.-asyati,

-asitum, to throw or shoot after.

Aau-praia, as, m. allitaration, repetihon of similar

letters, svllable,, rnd words.

SriH anu-pre (-pra-i), cl. 2. P. -praiti,

■tum, to tollow; to loliow in death; 10 seek after.

5!rtlC f anu-preksh (-pra-iksk), cl. I. A.

-prd -hate, -hekitmn, to follow with lhe eyes.

5f*TTTW anu-presk (-pra-ish), Caus. P.

-preshayati, -yitum, to send f irth after.

5nT$nT anu-plava, as, m. (rt. plu), a com-

p .nion or follower.

iJTppv anu-bandh.

anuyuja-prasava.

ISrTsny anu-haadh, cl. 9. P. -badhnati,

-banddkum, to attach, tie; to bind (by an obliga-

tion); to stick, adhere, follow, endure.

Anu-baddha, as, d, am, bound to, obliged to,

connected with, related to, belongfng to.

Anu-bandka, as, m. bioding, connection, attach-

ment, the encumbrance or clog of a family ; uninter-

rupted successi on ; sequence, consequence, resuit; in-

tention, design, motive or cause of an action; obstacle;

the inseparable adjunct or sign of anything, secondary

orsymptomatic affection, supervening on the principi

diseasc ; an indicatory letter or syllable, marking some

peculiarity in the iaflection of the word to which it

is attached (for instance, an t attached to roots, de-

notes the insertion of a nasal before their fiaal conso-

nant) ; a child or pupil, who imitates an cxample set

by the parent or preceptor; commcnccment, begin-

ning; anything small or little, a part, a small part;

(ia arithm.) the junction of fractions; (in phil.)

an indispensable element of the Ved3nta; (i), f.

hickup; thirst.

AnuA)andkaha, as, ika, am, connected, allied;

related.

Anu-bandkana, am, n. binding, connection, suc-

cession, unbrokea series.

Anu-bandkin, i, im, i, connected with, attached;

baving in its train or as a consequence, resuhiog.

* — Anubandkl-tva, am, n. the state of being accom-

panied.

Anu-bandkya, as, d, am, principal, primary, what

may receive an adjunct, as a root, a disease; (as), m.

one of the three principal sacrificial animals a£ the

Jyotishtoma sacrifice.

^3*4 <7 anu-bala, am, n. rear-guard, or an

auxiliary army following another.

¹H anu-badh, cl. i. A. -badhate,

-dhitum, to press closely, pursue.

anu-budh, cl. 4. A. -budhyate,

-bodhitum, to awake, to recollect, to leam (by in-

formati on).

Anu-bodha, as, m. reviving the scent of a faded

perfome, replacing perfomes removed by bathing; an

after-thought

Anu-bodkana, am, n. recollecting.

Anu-bodhita, as, d, am, informed or convinced

by recollecti on.

anu-brdhmana, am, n. a work

resembling a BrShmana.

Anu-brakmanika (or perhaps more correctly arntr

brahmanilca), as, or anu-brahmanin, i, m. a

knower of an anu-brdhmana.

^ H d anu-bru, cl. 2. P. -braviti, -vaktum,

to pranounce, utter, vow.

anu-bhdsh, cl. 1. A. -bhdshate,

-shitum, to pronounce clearly, to confess.

Anu-bhashana, am, n. repeating what has been

said; repeating a proposition in order to refote it.

anu-bhdsa, as, m. a species of

crow.

anu-bkid, cl. 7. P. -bhinatti,

-bhettnm, to split, break.

Anu-bkitti, ind. along a cleft.

anu-bhuj, cl. 7. A. -bhunkte, -bhok-

tum, to suffer the due consequence of ones actions.

Anu-bhoga, as, m. (in law) enjoyment, a grant of

hereditary land in retum for Service.

anu-bhu, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -vitum,

to be after, to notice, perceive, understand; to expe-

rience, to attempt.

Anu-bhava, as, m. perceprion, apprehension, fru-

ition; understanding; impression on the mind not

derived from memary; experience, knowledge derived

frotn personal observatioa or experiment; resuit, con-

sequence. — Anubhava-siddha, as,a,am, established

by experience or perception. — Anubhavdrudha (°ro-

dr°), as, d, am, subjected to trial or experiment.

Anu-bhava, as, m. a sign or indication of a feeling

(bhava) by look or gesture; dignity, authority, con-

sequence; firm opinion, ascertaiament, good resolu-

tio n, belief.

Anu-bhavaka, as, ika, am, causing to apprehend,

making to understand. — Anubhavaka-ta, f. under-

standing.

Anu-bhavana, am, q. the act of indicating feelings

by sign or gesture.

Anu-bhavin, i, ini, i, percciving, knowing, an

eye-witness; showing signs of feeling.

Anu-bhu, us, us, u, perceiving, understanding.

Anu-bhuta, as, d, am, pcrceived, understood,

judged, experienced, apprehended ; resulted, followed

as a consequence; that has experienced, tasted, tried

or enjoyed.

Anu-bhuti, is, f. perceptioa, apprehension; know-

ledge from any source but memory; (in phil.) know-

ledge from four sources, viz. perception by the senses,

inference, comparison, and verbal knowledge; dignity,

consequence. — Anubhuti-prakata, as, m. title of a

metric paraphrase of the twelve principal Upanishads,

by Vidy5ranya-muni. — Anubhuti-svarupdddrya

(pa-ad*), as, m., N. of the author of the grammar

S5rasvatI-prakriyS.

Anu-bhuya, ind. having perceived, having experi-

enced.

Anu-bhuyamdna, as, a, am, under trial, under

enjoyment.

anu-bhri, cl. i. P., Ved. -bharati,

-bKarhrm, to prais-t conf jraiably (?), to commit to,

throw iato.

Anu-bhartri,ta,tn, tri,Ved. praising conformably,

imitati ng. '

anu-bhrdj, cl. 1. P. -bhrdjati,

-jitum, to illuminate.

^PT^ITIT anu-bhratri, ta, m. a younger

brother.

anu-mad, cl. 1. P., Ved. -madati,

-ditum, to rejoice over, to gladden, to praise.

Anu-matta, as, d, am, intoxicated (with joy,

&c.); recovered from intoxication (?).

Anu-mddya, as, d, am, to be praised ia succession,

to be granted with aedamation or praise.

dnn-madhyamam, ind. next

oldest to the middle.

anu-man, cl. 4. A. -manyate, -man-

tum, to approve, assent to, permit, grant: Caus. P.

-manayati, -yitum, to ask for permission, to honour.

Anu-mata, as, d, am, approved, assented to, per-

mitted, allowed; agreeable, pleasant; loved, beloved;

conairred with, beiag of one opinion; (am), n. con-

seat, permission, approbation. Anumate, loc. c. with

consent of. — Anumata-karma-karin, i, ini, i, doing

what is allowed, acting according to a.n agreement.

Anu-mati, is, f. assent, permission, approbation;

the fifreenth day of the moon’s age, on which it

rises one digit less than fu 11, when the gods or manes

receive oblations with favour; the former personified

as a goddess and worshipped especially ia the R5jasQya

sacrifice; oblation made to this goddess. — Anumatl-

pattra, am, n. (in law) a deed expressing assent.

Anu-manana, am, n. assenting; independance.

Anu-mantn,ta, tri, tri, consenting to, permitting.

Anu~manyamdna, as, d, am, minding, assenting.

anu-mantr, cl. 10. A. (P. ?) -mantr-

ayate, -ti, -yitum, to accompany with or consecrate

by magic formulas; to dismiss with a blessing.

Anu-mantr ana, am, n. consecration by hymns

and prayers. — Anumantrana-mantra, as, m. a

hymn used in consecrating.

Anu-mantrita, as, a, am, so consecrated. j

^njFTT7TT anu-marana. See anu-mri.

37

anu-tnciTU, us, m. a country next

to a desert.

Tnpn.. anu-md, cl. 3. A. -mimite, -matum,

to infer, conclude, guess, conjecture; to reconcile, to

equal: Pass. -miyate, to be iaferred or supposed,

2. anu-md, f. iaference, a conclusion from given

premises.

Anu-mana, am, n. the act of inferring or drawing

a conclusion from given premises; inference, consi-

deration, reflectioa; guess, conjecture; one of the

means of obtaining knowledge (pramana) according

to the SSnkhya or Ny5ya systems, but not according

to the Vedanta. — Anumana-khanda, am, n., N.

of a work on inference, by CintSmani. — Anumdna-

prakafa, as, m. a similar work by Ru<fidatta.

— Anumdna-mani-dldkiti, is, f. a similar work by

Raghun5tha. — Anumanokti (^Jna~uk°), is, f. rea-

soning, logic.

Anu-mapaha, as, ika, am, causing an inference,

as an effect.

Anu-mita, as, d, am, inferred, conjectured.

Anu-miti, is, f. inference, conclusion from given

premises.

Anu-mimdna, as, d, am, concluding, inferring.

Anu-miyamdna, as, d, am, being inferred.

Anu-meya, as, a, am, inferable, to be inferred,

pro ved or conjectured.

'-SHnitf anu-mddya. See under anu-mad.

anu-masham, ind. like a kidney

bean.

^Trprn-T anu-masa, as, m. the following

month.

anu-mud, cl. 1. A. -modate, -ditum,

to join ia rejoicing, to sympathize with, to rejoice; to

allow withpleasure, to express approval,applaud, permit.

Anu-moda, cis, m. a subsequent pleasure, the feel-

ing of pleasure from sympathy.

Anu-modaka, as, ikd, am, assenting, showing

sympathetic joy.

Anu-modana, am, n. pleasing, causing pleasure,

applauding; assent, acceptance; sympathetic joy.

Anu-modita, as, d, am, pleased, delighted, ap-

plauded; agreeable, acceptable.

'^15^ anu-muh, cl. 4. P. -muhyati, -mog-

dhum or -modhum, to feel distressed at, to be trou-

bled about.

anu-mri, cl. 6. A. -mriyate, -martum,

to follow in death.

Anu-marana, am, n. following in death; post-

cremation of a widow whose husband’s corpse is not

on the spot, and with part of whose dress she there-

fore ascends the pile; this is prohibited to Brahman

women; it is often synonymous with the opposite

term saha-marana, con-cremation or burning with

the body.

Anu-marishyat, an, att or anti, at, about to follow

in death.

Anu-mrita, f. the woman who bums with a part

of her husband s dress.

anumrigya-dasu, us, m. (rt.

mrig and da), granting ali that is sought.

anu-mrij, cl. 2. P. -mdrshti, -murji-

tum or -marshtum, to purify.

*rg*pi_N anu-mri4, cl. 6. P. -mrisati, -mar-

shtum or -mrashfum, to consider, think of, reflect.

Anu-mar^am, ind. having repeatedly considered.

anu-mlata or unv-mlodanti, {.,

N. of an Apsans.

unu-ypjus, ind. (rt. yaj), aocord-

ing to th: Yajur-veda.

A/iu-yaga, as, m. a subsequent or after-sacrifice.

Anu-vaja, as, m. a serondarj or final sacrifice or

offering. — Anuyaja-prnxava, as, m. permission to

38 ~~«twm~~anuydja-p7\'Jtsh(i. vnjTPfTT anu-vakya.

pjrform ar. AnsySja. — Armyaja-praisha, mi m. pl.

the formubs beiongiug to the ALnySja.— Anuydja-

rat, an, atl, at, having s mday socrihc" —Atm-

yajafmmamtrtma (°ja an ), am, n. redting those

formulis. — Anuyaiartha ( ja-ar’’), ar, a, am, be-

longiog to or uxd at an AuoySja.

'TriHH inu-yam, d. i. 1’., Ved. -yaiSkak,

-tfantum, to covct.

^ETyi«nT anti-yavam, tnd. Iike barley.

vi*im i. anu-ya, cl. 2. P. -yati> -tum, to

follow, attcnd ; to takc (off) seriatim._

a.anu-ya^SfdSfam, following; (««), f*_fVed. food.

Anu-yata, as, d, am, followed, pursued, practised.

Anu-yataiya, as, d, am, to be followed.

Anu-ydtri, td, m. a follower, companion.

Anu-yatra, am, d, n. f. retinue, attendance, that

which is required for a joumcy.

Anu-yatrika, as, a, am, following 'as attendant.

Anuyana, a m, n. goiog after, following.

Anu-ydyin, 1, ini, i, going after; a follower, a

dependant or attendant; following, consequent upon.

— Anuyayi-ta, f. or anuydyi-tva, am, n. the state

of being a follower, successioo.

anu-yuj, cl. 7* A. -yunkte, -yoktum,

to examine, questioo, put upon trial; to order; en-

join ; to select (a husband).

Anu-yukta, as, d, am, ordered, enjoined; asked,

inquired; examined, questiooed, repreheoded, cen-

sured. ₀ ,

Anfryuktin, t, m. ooe who has enjoined, ex-

amined.

Anu-yugam, ind. according to the Yugas or four

^ag«* ... ,

Anu-yoktfi, td, m. an examiner, inquirer, teacher.

Anu-yoga, as, m. a question, examination, asking,

solidtarion; censure, repeoof; religious meditation,

spiritual union. Anuyoga-krit, t, m. an AiSrya or

spiritual teacher.

Anu-yogin, », t«T, f, what combines or unites;

connected or combined with, situated in or od, ques*

tioning, examining.

Anti-yojana, am, n. questioo, questioning, ex-

amining.

Anu-yojya, as, d, am, to be examined or ques-

tioned; to be enjoined or,ordered; censurable; 2

servant, agent, delegate,

anu-yupam, ind. alang the Yupa

or lacrifidal post.

anu-raksh, cl. i. P. -rakshati,

-shitum, to preserve.

Anu-rakshana, am, n. the act of preserving.

viMCni anu-rajju, ind. along the rope.

anu-ranj, cl. 4. A. -rajyate, -rank-

tum, to be attached or devoted; P. -rajyati, to

bluih, be deeply affectcd: Caus. P. -ranjayati, -yitum,

to win, condiiate, gratify.

Anurralta, as, d, ani, fond of, attached or devoted

to, pleased; beloved. — Anurakta-praja, as, d, am,

beloved by his subjects. — Anuralta-loka, as, m. z

person to whom every one is attached.

Anu-rakti, is, f. affection, attachment, love, de-

votion.

Anu-ranjaka, as, ika, am, attaching, condliatiog,

causing affection, gratifying, pleasing.

Anu-ranjana, am, n. attachment, the act of attaeh-

ing or condliating affection, love; pleasing, giving

delight to.

Anu-ranjita, as, d, am, conciliated, inspired with

affection, pleased, delighted.

Anu-raga, as, m. attachment, affection, love, pas-

sion, goodwill. — A nuraga-vat, an, atl, at, affec-

tionate, attached, in love with. — Anurdgcngita (°ga-

ing°), am, n. gesture expressive of passion.

Anu-ragin, i, ini, i, impassioned, attached, ena-

moured, causing love; (ini), f. personi fica tion of a

musical note. — Anuragi-td, f. the state of being in

love with.

anu-ranbna, am, n. sounding

conformably to.

anu-rata, as, d, am, fond of, at-

V»

tached, devoted to.

Anu-rati, is, f. love, affection; attachment, good-

will.

vtanu-ratha, as, m., X. of a son of

Knravatsa and father of Purnhotra.

Anu-rathya, f. a path long the margii. of a road;

a sido road, the margir, of a Street.

TTTOfT nnu-rasa, as, m. (in poetry) a sub-

ordinate foeling or passio:;; (in medi- ^ a sec jodary

flavour, at a little sweetn^ss ili a sour fruit, iste.

'Jt si t f W anti-rahasa, as, a, am, solitarv,

private; (am), ind. in seor.t, ap'.rt.

sHHt anu-ratram, ind evtry night.

irgTrg' am-rdddha, as, a, am (rt. radh),

herted, acr miphshed.

AlM-radha, ar, a, am, causing welfan ; se; anu-

radha; bom und;:r the asterijm Auuradh2; (di, f.

the seventeenth of the tw.nty-eight Nakshatras or

Innar mansio>ts, a constellation desrribed as a row

of oblations,—Anuradha-grama, as. m. or anu-

radha-pura, am, n. the annent capital of Oeylon

tounded by man r-mcd AnurSdha.

s»«tO anu-ri, cl. 4. A. -r~yat°, -retum, to

flow after.

wri an-arn, us, ds or ri, », not great,

not large.

cnu-ruc, Caus. P. -radayati, -yitum,

to choosc, pr ‘fer. ,

silsT^rf anu-rud, cl. 2 P -roditi, -tvm, to

lament.

I. (irxu-rddh, cl. 7. P. -ruraddhi,

-rcdtlhnM, to retria, keep tack: cl.4. A. rudhyate

or po-.t. P. -rndkyati, to love, to be food of or to

spare; to coax, s"Othe, entreat (^spcdallv in B.n-

gSli).

Anu-rud-Iha, as, d, am. ihecked, restral.n d, oja

possd; sootlxd, coaxed, pacif;ed; (as), m., N. of a

couriu of Sakjn-mnni.

2. miu-rvdh, t, t, t, Ved. lnving, adh.nng to,

favouring.

Anu-rodho, as, m or anu-rvdhana, cm, n.

obligiog an. ther or fulfilliog hi wishes; obligingness,

compliancc, gratitication, satis&cti'>n, confomiity, enn-

sideration, respect; r jf rence or be iring of a nile.

Anu-rodhaka, as, ,ka, am, or •am-rndkir,, i,

ini, i, complying with, compliant, obliging, conform-

ing to, having respect or regard to.—Anurndhi-ta,

f. the state of being so.

anu-ruhd, f., N. of a grass

(Cyperus Pertenius).

M anu-rvpa, as, a, am, following the

form, conformable, corresponding, likc, reserabling;

fit, suitable; adapted to, agrecablc to, according to;

(as), m. the Antistrophe which has the same metre

as the Stotriya or Strophe (understand pragatha or

tynYa); the second of three verses recited together;

(am), D. conformity, suitability. Anurupam or anu-

riipena or anurupatas, ind. conformably, agrec-

ably to, according. — Anurftpa-6esh{a, as, d, am,

endeavouring to act becomingly.

nl anu-revati, f., N. of a piant.

anu-lagna, as, d, am, attached to;

followed ; intent on, pursuing after.

anula, f., N. of a female Arhat or

Buddhist saint; also of a queen of Ceylon.

anu-ldpa, as, m. (rt. lap), repeti-

tion of what has bcen said, tautology.

anu-ldsa, as, m. or anu-lasya, as,

m. a peacock.

>1^^ anu-lip, cl. 6. P, limpati, -leptum,

to sinoint, besnK.r; ci. 6. A. -limpats, to anoint onc’s

selt (previuus to or after bathing); to b^the: Caus

-lepat/aH, -yitum, to get ont an linted.

Anu-lipta, as, a, am, smear -d, amdnted. — Anu-

Uptanga ('ta-an-' ), as, a, am, having the liaibs

auointed.

Anu-hpa, as, m. nnction, anuinting, sm.aring-

btdaubing.

Am-lpaka, as, lia, am, or anu-lcpin, i, ini, i,

anointing tlie b ady with ungu ants.who or what "noints.

Auu-trpana, am, n. anointing tlie body; unguent

so used ; oily or emollient appliution.

anu-lubh,Caus.-Inbhayati,-yitum,

to entic;; to go astriy (?)•

'A H cdfa ann-lama, as, a, am, in a natural

direction, in rtgulfr order, regular, successive, w th

the hair (laman) or grain (opprr .d to piaMorr i);

(d), f. a woman of a lower cast. than that ol the

man’s with whom sht is connected; (as), pl. mixed

castes.—Anulmnr-kalpa, as, m. the th-rty-r mrth of

the Pariiishtas belonging to the A:harva-v\.di. — A /1 'l-

lonia-brishta, as, d, am, ploughed in the regular

direction (with the grain). — ArMloma-ja, as, d, am,

preduced orbom 111 due gradation; appl.-d eipceially

to the n.ixed Uibes; or i.fispring of a mother inhnor

in caste to the father, as the Milrdhivasikia of a

Biahman fathei and KshutriyS mother, and so on

with the Ambashtha, Nishdda or PSrasava, MShishya,

Ugra, Kararia. — Anahmr-paiiniti, f. married in

rtsular gradation. — Anulohiaya (°ma-aya), as, d,

an,, having fortuna favour blc.

Anu-lmuano, am, n. du> reguhtion, s.nding or

pntting in the rigjit direction; (in medicin t carryi .ig

off by the right ehann-ls, purging.

Anu-lomaya, nom. P. anu-h.mayati, -yitum, to

stroke or rub w,th the ba.r or thi grain, to go with

the grain, to send in the right direction or carrying

off by the r,ght channels.

m-ulbana or an-ulvana, as, d, am,

not excessivt, not prominent, smc3*h m, fre from

disturb.ng circumtinces.

anu-vansa, as, m. a genealogical

Jist or table; (am), ind. according to race or family,

a new family.

Aiiuvanfya, as, a, am, relaring to a geneabgieal

list or table.

■'TsplsJi anu-vakra, as, d, am, somewhat

aookedoroblique. — Amnakrana,as,d, am, having

a somewhat oblique coursc (as a planet, &c.).

anu-rai¹, cl. 2. P. -rakti, -tum, to

repeat, reiterate, recite, sp; ak after, reply.

Anv-vakiavya, as, d, am, to be repented.

Anu-mktn, ta, tri, Iri, sptaking after, repeating,

replyirg.

Anu-ta^ana, am, n. or anu-rd-*, k, f. sptaking

after, repetition, redting, r^ading; lecture; a chapUr,

a jeetion; recitation of certain trxts (rnantra) in

const^nence of and in conn iction or coutormity with

ininnetions 1[praisha) spoken by other prissts.

Anu-vadanlya, as, d, am, referring to the ona-

va^fana.

Anu-rdka, at, m. saying aftjr, redting, r.peating,

reading; a chapter of the Vedas, a sutdivision or

section; a compil tion trom the Rig or Yainr-vedas.

— Anurdka-san) hya. the fourth of the eighteen

ParHshtas of the Yajur-veda. — Anuvdkai rkra-

manl ( ka-an ), f. a wnrk reterring tu the Rig-veda,

attribnted to Sannaka.

Anu-.dkyd, f. the ven-. to be redted by the Hotri

priest, in wh'eh the god is invoked to partake of the

anuvakya-vat. -.*rH«41*!TT anu-vyahdra.

39

jffering intended for him. — Apnrdkya-ral or anu-

•abjd-vat, an, ati, at, tumished or accompanied with

an Annvakya.

Anu-vatava, am, n. t}je act of causing to recite;

the redtitiou of mantras or pasvges of th- Rig-veda

by the Hotri in obedLnce to the iuiunction | proitha)

of the Adhvaryu priest. — Anuvadana-praisha, as,

m. an injunction to recita as abnve.

Anu-raiita, a?, d, am, beiore-m-ntioned, before-

named.

Anukta, &c. See s. v., p.42.

'■'d^dr+R anu-natsara, as, m. a vear; (in

astronomy) the fhth of five cycle- of twelvt ytars in

the Vfihaspati cycl„. — Amp-jatsaram, ind. every

yt-ar, yearly.

ann-rad, cl. i. P. -vadati (with

acc.), or A. -vadate, -ditum (with gen.), to imitate

in speaidnpr, to mock, to repeat.

Anu-vada, an, m. saying after or again, repeating

by way of explai-ation, -xplamtory r,.pctition or reiter-

ition with corroboration or illustrati'n, expboatory

referenc- to anythin» aki adv said, transiatiur; any

portion of the Brahnianas which comments on, ex-

p ains or illnstrates dn inicnctinn Uidhi) prcviously

prop> ‘unded, and which does pot itself prop und rule*

( uch a passage is sometim-s called anuuddavn-

i'ara); confirmation; repit, rumoiir, on dit; slan-

der, reviiing

Anu-vadaka, as, Ika, am, or anu-vddin, i, ini,

i, repeating with crmnient and explanatam, c irrobora-

tive, concurrent, conformabk, in harmon» with. Th»

mascnline of the la st is also the name of any on». of

the three note s of the gamut.

Anuvddya, as, d, am, to be explain"! by an

AnuvJda, t» bo made the s»ib;ect of one; (am), n.

the «ubiect of a predicate. — Anvrddya-tC(t, am, n.

the state of requiring to be cxpHned bv an Aou-

v5da.

Anudita. See s. v., p. 42.

'SPTR* apu-vanam, imi. along side of

the wood.

anu-varn, cl. 10. P. -varnayati,

-yitum, to mention, describe, reeount.

>.1 et J*i7f &c. See anu-vrit.

ti^'451 anu-voAa, as, m. obedience to the

«rill of another; (as a. am), obedient to the will of

another.

¹ anu-vashatkara,as,m.or anu-

sashatkplta, am, n. a ncondary txdamation of

vashat, on making an oblanon to a deity.

4« anu-vas, cl. i.P. -vasati, -vastum,

to dwell near to; to inhabit along with.

Anu-runn, i, ini, i, residing, resident.

. anu-rasita, as, d,am((r.ri.vas,

to put on), dre sed np, wrapped.

Vi«Jejfart 2. ann-va-sita, as, a^am (for anv-

ava-sita, rt, «?), fastened to, bound to, attached.

weiMtr nnu-vaha, as, m. (rt. vah), one of

the seven tongues of fire; (‘ bearing after.’)

‘iiristi avu-vd, cl. 2. P. -vati, -tum, to blow

upon, fan.

Anu-vate, ind. with the wind blowing in the samt

directior., with the winu from behmd, tu windwatd.

vi«j-ti3i anu-vdka. See under anu-rad.

anu-raram,’ind. time after time,

repeatedly.

anu-vdsa, as, m. or avu-vasana,

am, n. (rt. vas), perfuming the clothes, especially

iipping the ends of the clothes in perfumes; per-

fiiming, scenting in general; an oilv enema; ad-

miuislering oiiy enemata.

Anu-vinta, as, d, am, soeuted, perfamed, fumi-

gated ; prepared or -dmimstered as an enema.

Anu-vasya, as, d, am, or anusjdsaniya, as, d,

am, to be scented or fumigated, reqmnne an toema.

anu-vi-kas, cl. 1. P. -kasati,

-situm, to bl jw, expaiid, as a flower.

p4 er anu-vi-kri, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kar-

tum, to tollow in shaping.

>Hl^TcF anu-vi-kri, cl. 6. P -ki, ati, -kari-

turn, -ritum, to hestrew.

^SPjfVgiW ann-vi-kram, cl. 1. A., Ved.

-kramate, -mitum, to walk after, follow.

anv-vi-(ar, cl. 1. P. -(arati,

-ritum, to walk or pass through, to w.dk up to.

1^175 etuu-vi-(al, cl. 1. P. -(alati,

-litum, to follow in cha lgine place.

anv-vi-(dkas, Intens., Ved.

trate with one’s yision.

VT^f'-l fVoT ■mu-vi-dnt, cl. io. P. -(inta-

yati, -yitum, to recal to mind.

vtanu-vi-tan, cl. 8. A. -tanute,

■mitum, to extend ali -long or ali over.

1. anv-rid, cl. 2. P., Ved. -vetti,

•veditmn, to know thoroughly.

■JTrjf^frT 2. anu-vid, cl. 6. P. A. -vindati,

-te, -veditum, to find, discover; to deam; to many.

Anu-ritta, at, d, am, found.

Anu-rftti, is, f. fiodmg, obtaining

anu-ri-dris, cl. I. P. -pasyati,

-drashtum, to perreive, view.

^SfrjfaVT anu-vi-dhd, cl. 3. P. -dadhati,

-dhdtum. to regulate, lay down a rule: Pars,-dhiyatc,

to bt trained to follow ruler; to oKy.

Anu-vielhatavya, as, d, am, to be perfimied

accordii.f' to an order.

Anu-aidham, am, n. obedience, acting con-

lormably to order.

Anu-vidhayin, i, ini, i, conforming to, compliant,

< bedient.

anu-vi-nad, Caus. P. -nddaqati,

-yitum, to make resonant or musical.

anu-vi-nard, cl. 1. P. -nardati,

•ditum, to answ< r with roais.

H r( 31 anu-vi-na(, cl. 4. P. -nasyati,

-naiit-im or -nanshtum, to disappeer, perish, vanish

after or with another.

Anu-vi-ndda, as, m. perishing after.

am-vinda, as, m., N. of a king

of Oujein.

'd •jfq M d anu-vi-pat, cl. 1. P. -patati,

-titurn, to fly away towards (with acc.).

■yid r*jsd3' anu-vi-mris, cl. 6. P. -miisati,

-marshtum, -mrashtum, to consider, think over.

anu-vis, cl. 6. P. -visati, -veshtum,

tn tollow.

AmtrVeia, as, m. or ‘irrr-rciann, am, n. entering

atter, following.

anu-visva, is, m. pl., N. of a

p :ople in the north-east.

".v u-v^:shfambha, as, m. the bitng

impeded in consequence of.

vtujJ o.nn-vishnu, ind. after Vishnn.

aru-vi (-vi-i), cl. 2. P. -vyeti, -tum,

to follow or ioin in going off or separating.

■Aakafiti, to

■JTrpfhfT anti-eiksh (-vi-iksh), cl. 1. A.

-tiksluite, -kshitum, to snrvty, exnmirie.

anu-vij, cl. 10.P. -vijayati, -yitum,

to fan.

anu-vrit, cl. I. A. -rartate, poe^f.

P. -variati, -titum, to go after; to follow, pursue;

to attend; obey, resp vt, imitate; to rescmble; to

a*sent, to exp_ct: Cans. P. artoyati, -mtiMn, to

roll after or forward; to follow up, carry out.

AiM-varta%a,aw, n.obliging, seryingor gratifyiny

another; complunce, obedience; following, attend

ing; concurring; consequence, resuit; eontinuance;

sjpplymg from a pre\ i.ms nile.

Ann-iartumya, as, d, am, to be snppliea trom a

previous nile.

Anu-vartin, i, ini, i, following. compliant, obe-

dient, resembling. — Anwarti-tva, am, n. the state

of being so.

Anu-rartman, d, d, a, following, attending.

Anu-vritia, as, d, am, following, obey in y, com-

plying; r randtd off; (am), h. obedi-uce, conlormity,

comphance.

Anu-rritii, is, f. following, acting suitably to,

having reqard or respect to, complying with, the act

of coutinuarce, continued course or influenoe of a pre-

cedir.g rule or assertion on what folljws; reverting

to; imitating, doing or acting in like manner.

c.nu-rridh, cl. 1. A. -rardhale, -dhi

tum, to grow, merease.

Anu-rriMhi, is, ii, i, Ved. tnneasing (as in

cleame*s or emphasis) in repular ratio.

anu-vedi, ind. abmg the ground

prvpared for saaitice. — Anu-vedy-artam, ind. along

the edg< of this sacrifieial ground.

^(r£Wt&{anu-velam, tnd. constantly.

fVl H anu-rellita, am, n. (rt. eel or

veli or vehi), bandaging, securing with bandages (in

mrgerv), a kind of bandage applied to the extremi-

ties; (os, d, am), bent in canformity with, b»nt

under.

anuraineya, N. of a country.

anu-vyahjana, am, n. a secon-

dary mark or token.

svr^vi(XIanu-vyadh,cl.4.V.-vidhyati,-vyad-

dhum, to follow in striking; to hit again and agam ;

to wound.

Anu-viddhn, as, d, am, pierced; obstructed,

cl». cked, variegated; foll of, aiwuiiding in; set (as a

jewel).

Anu-i'eelha or ann-vyadhr, as, m. pierdng; ob-

structiog, biending. ' .

anu-vyam, ind. (rt. vi with anu),

Ved. belund, after, following.

inu-vy-ava-ga (-vi-ava-ga), cl.

3. P. -iigdlt -gdtum, to come between successively

or io «ucces*ion to another.

omi-ry-ave (-vi-ara-i), cl, 2. P.

-auaiti, -tum, to follow in interveoing or comius:

between.

■STrpTST mu-vy-as (-vi-a(), cl. 3. A. -vyas-

nute, -titum, tn overtake, reach.

inu-vy-a-khya (-vi-a-khyc), cl.

2. ?. -Ihyati, -tum, to explain furthtr.

Ann-vyakhydua, am, n. that portiou ot a Braii-

maua which explaiiis or illustrates difticnlt Sutras,

texts, or obscure statements occarriog in another

position.

nnu-vydharaaa (-vi-u-harana),

am, n. or anu-ryahdra, as, m. cursing, exeaation;

repeating, repeated utterance.

40

.hiu-vyaluirin. o.nu-san-sn.

Anu-i-yahirin, i, tni, t, txecrating, cursi ng.

^TT³⁷" “nu-ry-ud-dar (-ri-ud-dar), cl. I.

P. -/arati, -ritum, to iollow in going forth or s'cp-

pinp lorwlrd.

anu-ry-iih (-vi-uh), ci. i. P. -ry-

uhati, -hitv.m, to distribute.

TT^dvJ anu-rraj, cl. t. P. -vrajati or

poct. A. -rrajate, -jUmn, to tollow, espeually a de-

paiting gnast, as a maik of respeet; to visit «uiatim;

to obey, do homige.

Aiiu-vrajana, ani, o. or anu-rrajya, f. foliowing

as afcov .

Anu-vrajya, an, a, am, to be fillowed, as by the

relatives of a dead p.rson to the cemetety.

'qrjsld anu-vrata, as, a, am, devoted to,

faithfu" to. rdently :ittach„J to, {as), m. a particular

kuid of Jaina devotee.

anu-sak, Desid. Caus. P. -siksha-

o . n I .

yati, -yitum, to tr-ch, i astruet.

Anu-iikehtn, », ini, exercising one’3 self in,

pnetising.

~~xH^~~r~~Tir~~gi anu-satika, as, a, am, accom-

panied with or bought for a hundred (the derivative

anuddtika has Vpddhi in both members).

anu-daya, &c, See under anu-di.

y»pTT anu-sara, as, ra. (rt. Sn with anu),

a Rlkshasa, a sort of demon.

anu-sastra, am, n. anything used

in place of a regular surgical instrument, as a finger-

nail or bambu; any subsidiaiy weapon or instrument.

anu-sas, cl. 2. P. or poet. A.

-dasti, -te, -situm, to nile, govem; to order; to

teach, direct, advise, address; to punish, chastisc,

correct.

Anu-iosaka, as, ilea, am, or anu-dasin, i, ini, 4,

or anu-<a8tri, ta, tri, tri, one who govems, instructs,

directs or punishes.

Anu-dasat, t, ti, t, instructing, ruling.

Anu-dasana, am, n. instruction, direction, com-

mand, giving mles, order, preccpt, law.— Anudasana-

para, as, a, am, obedient.

Anu-ddsaniya or anu-ddsya, as, a, am, to be

instruet ed.

Anu-ddsita, as, d, am, directed, governed, defined

by rule.

Anu-dasitri, id, tri, tn, rnling, governing, com-

manding, directing, a rulcr.

Anu-dishta, as, d, am, taught, revealed; adjudged,

done conformably to law.

Anu-dishfi, is_r f. instruction, tcaching, ordering.

Anu-dishya, ind. part. having ruled or ordered.

Ouanu-sikshin. See anu-sak.

anu-iikha, as, m., N. of a serpent

which at a certain sacrifice officiated as Potri priest.

anu-sivam, ind. after S"iva.

anu.-di.4u, us, f. ¹ an animali fol-

lowed by its yonng (as by a foal, &c.).

oMbll anu-di, cl. 2. A. -sete, -sayi^fum, to

slucp or -pend the night with, to lit aloug or close, to

4di .re dosdy to.

Anu-saya, at, m. dost coimection ac with a con-

...quence, clos. atfichmcnt to any object; (in phil.)

the consequti,ce itself, the evil resuit of an -,ct which

dings to it ind ctuses the soni after enjoying the

lemporary frecdnni from iransmigrrtion, wh.th is the

itwa-d of its Rood dteds, to enter other bodies;

rtpei.tance. regrer; ha'rid; andent or intense cumity;

(i), f. n distat of the ftet, a boil or nbsxess on the

upper part, :ils« one on th. head. — Ahn<aya-rat,

an,ati,at; ssc ann-tf/tyin.

Anu-Jayana, us, 6, am repevuug, rcgrettmg;

(o\ f. a particular kind ot heroine or female cha-

racter.

Anu-Jayitcm/i», as, d, am, to be regretted.

Anu-sayin, F, ini, i, hav.ng the coutequence of

an act, tonutrltd as with a consequenct; devotedly

'ttached to, f itlnu'; repentant, penitem, regretful,

snrry for; hotiog dttply.

Anu-sajin, i, ini, i, odh.ring to, lying along or

upon.

anH-SUana, am, n. constant

study or pnrsuit (of a scitncc, &c.), reptated and

devoted Service.

Anu-Mita, as, a,am, studi .d car.fully, attcnd.d to.

"TnpTxr anu-iuC, cl. I. P. -sudati, -ditum,

to mnum over, regret, bew-il: Caus. P. -iodayati,

-gttum, to inoum over.

Anu-suiHka, f. any ctremonv enjoined by the Vc-

das ?. (This word, given by Wilson, is very d nbttiil.)

Anti-soka, as, m. s >rrow, r-pentanct, regn t.

Anu-dodaka, as, ika, am, grieving, on<- who

repents; octasiocing repx ntance.

Anu-iodana, am, n. sorrow, r-pentance.

Aiiu-Socita, as, d am, r gr-tted, rcptntcd of.

Ann-io<Hn, i, ini, i, pemtent, r gretful, sarrowful.

'■> *T nPflT anu-sobhin, i, ini, i, shining.

anit-srv, cl. d. P. -srinoti, -sratum,

to hear repeatedly, especially from a sacred authority:

Desid. A. -hitirushate, to obey.

Anu-^rava, as, m., Vedic tradition (acquired by

repeated hearing).

Anu-4ruta, as, d, am, handed down by Vcdic

tradition.

y a n u - s A a hj (-sahj), cl. t. A. or Pass.

skajjatc, -shajyate, -skanktum, to cling to, adhere,

be attached to.

Anushak or anu-shat, ind. in continuous or close

ordex; one after the other [cf. anushak].

Anushakta, as, d, am, closely connected with,

supplied from something preceding.

Anu-shanga, as, m. cl<»e adherence, connection,

association, conjunction, coalition, commixture; con-

nection of word with word, or effect with causes;

necessary consequence, the connection of a subsequent

with a previous act; the nasals connected with certaio

roots ending in consonants (such as trimph)', tender-

ness, compassion.

Anu-shaitgika, as, », am, consequent, foliowing

as a necessary resuit; connected with, adhering to,

inhereut, concomitant.

Anu-shangin, f, »«?, i, addicted or attached to;

connected with ; common, prevailing.

Anu-shasjana, am, n. connection with what

follows, concord; grammatical relation.

Anu-shanjanlya, as, a, am, to be connected,

supplied.

anushanda, as or am (?), m. or

n. (?), N. of a place or countiy (?).

anu-shit. See anu-sid.

■j .^s

Anu-shikta, as, d, am, re-watered or sprinkled.

Anusheka, as, m. or anu-shedana, am, n. re-

watering or sprinkling over again.

’3rTf<ni anu-shidh (-sidh), Ved., Intens.

-seshvihiti, to br.ng back.

anv-shtuti, is, f. (rt. sta), (iraise.

•• anu-shtubh (-stubh), cl. i. P.,

Ved. -shtobhati, -bhitum, to praise afler, to follow

in praising.

a. anushtubh,p. f.foliowing in praise or invocation;

speeeh ; SarasvatI; a kind of metre consisting of four

PSdas or quarter-verses nf eight syllables each (sn

callcd because it anush{obkati follows with its praise

the G2yatrl, which consists of three P5das); in later

metrical systems, the Anushtubh eonstitutes a vvhole

class of metres, consisting of four times eight syllables.

• Anusk{ub-garbhd, f. a metre in the Vedarof the

class Ushnih.

Anushfobhana, am, n. praising after.

Stf tjg an-ushtra, as, m. no camel, i. e. a

bad camel. .

anu-sktha (-sthu), cl. i. P. -tiskthati,

shfkdtum, to stand near or by, to follow out, to

cariy out, attend to, perform, do, practise ; to govem,

nile, superintend; to appoint: Pass. -shthiyate, to

be done, to be foliowed : Desid. >tish(ho8ati_} to be

desirous of doing, &c.

Anu-tishtkamdna, as, d, am, foliowing, per-

forming, attending to.

Anu-sktha, as, a, am, standing after, i. e. in

succession.

Anushthdtavya, as, d, am, to be done or ac-

complished.

Anushthdtri, ta, m. the undertaker of any work.

Anusktkdna, am, n. commencing, undertaking;

doing or engaging in any work, performance, religious

practice; acting in eonformity to; (I), f. performance,

action. — Anushthdna-krama, as, m. the order of

perfbrming religious ccremonies. — Anuskfhdna-tia-

rira, am, n. (in S2n-khya phil.) a body presumed

to be intermediate between the linga-darira or

8ukshma-darira and the sthula-darira. — Anu-

shthana-smdraka, as, ika, am, reminding of re-

ligious ccremonies.

Anushthdpaka, as, ika, am, causing to perform.

Ann-shthdpana, am, n. the causing to perform

an act.

Ami-shthayin, r, ini, i, doing, performing an

act.

Anu-shthi, is, f., Ved. proper order, succession;

only used in inst. anu-shthyd.

Anu-shthita, as, d, am, done, practised ; effected,

exeeuted, accomplished; followed, observed; done

conformably.

Anu-shthu, us, f., Ved. proper order, succession;

only used in inst. anu-shthuyd; (u), ind. in proper

order, in regular succession, properly.

Anu-shtheya, as, d, am, to be effected, done of

accomplished; to be observed; to be proved or e$-

tablished.

■Ct rl tf!I an-ushna, as, d, am, not hot, cold,

chilly, apathetic; lazy, sluggish ; (am), n. a blue

lotus, Nymphsea Casrulea; («), f., N. of a river.

—Anu8tina-gu, us, m. (having cold rays), the moon.

— Anushna-vallikd, f., N. of a piant, Nlla-dQrba.

— Anushndfita (°na-ad°), as, d, am, neither hot

nor cold.

An-ushnaka, as, d, am, not hot, cold, chilly, &c.

■Ctrlanu-shyanda, as, m. (rt. syand),

a hind-wheel.

anu-shradhc, as, a, am, aroom-

psrr i by food: (am), ind. ..ccordinq to tnod, thronyh

tood; after food ; after vveiy -aerifice; atxording to

one’s will, voluntary.

"3TqH-MI onu-sam-ya, cl. 2. P. -ydti, -tum,

to advauce against ieriatim, attack one after the other.

anv-samrakta, as, a, am, attat hed

or devoted to.

HWHdrirRvT anu-samvatsaram, ind. year

after y_tar.

atm-smn-vi-dar, cl. t. P. -dar-

ati, -ritum, or Ved. -radhyai, -ritare, -rase, to visit

succesuvely, meke the ronnd of.

'■M ri M P-i DI anu-sam-ris, cl. 6. P. -viso.ti,

-reskmn, to follow in rctiring for sLep.

anu-samsarpurn, ind. at each

ocr^sion of appro; chlng.

Vq«1«mu-sam-sri, Caus. P. -sdrayati,

-yituir., to disnns».

vsrrraw anu-

O t

auu-sa>ii-smri, cl. i P. -morati,

O £ * * ,

-smartum, to remembvr, to Iong for (the dead or

absent).

^prffrrT^anu-samkitam, ind. according

to the SamhitS text.

anu-san-kal (-sam~kal)_tc\. io. P.

Icalayaii, -yitum, to follow in driving.

■Si'^ $^_v^arm-sa»--A:r am(-sam-&ram),cl. i.

P. -kramati, -kramitum, to walk or go up to,

to reach.

anu-san-khya (-sam-khya), Caus.

P., Ved. -khyapayati, -yitum, to ihow, to cause

one to observe.

anu-san-grah (-sam-yrah), cl. 9.

P. -grihnati, *grahitum, to oblige, favour; to salute

one by laying hold of the feet.

anu-san-dar (-sam-dar), cl. 1. P.

-darati, -ritum, Ved. -radhyai, -Htave, -rase, to

walk along side, to follow, join; to visit; to pursue,

seek after; to penetrate, traverse, cross; to become

assimilated: Caus. P. -darayati, -yitum, to join,

become identified or assimilated with.

Anusandaranam, ind. at tach occasion of coming.

‘Si anu-sah-dint (-sam-dint), cl. 10.

P. -dintayati, -yitum, to meditate.

st r|« >t^ < anu-san-jvar (-sam-jvar), cl. 1.

P. -jvarati, -ritum, to take after (another) in feeling

distressed, to be troubled, become envious.

anu-san-tan (-sam-tan), cl. 8. P.

-tanoti, -nitum, to overspread, diffuse, extend every-

whcre, to join on, continue.

am-san-tfi (-sam-tfi), cl. i. P,

-laro*i, -ritum, Ved. -taradhyai, to foHow to the

in d.

VT.ftl.dd nnu-san-dah (-scm-dck),c\. I.P.

-dahaM, -dag/Hmm, to bn -n up along the wh^e

length.

anu-san-dis ^-sam-dts), cl.6. P.

-dicati, -deMum, to assien, to mak. over.

yHH.'<J31 anv-san-dns (-sam-dris), cl. i.

P. -pafyali, -cbrathtwm, to tons.der successively.

VT.|*i.<JT unu-saa-dha i-sam-dha), cl. 3. P.

A.-dadhat’, -dkatte,-dhatum, to explou, ascertain,

inspect, pian, arrange, calm, compose, set in order,

im at.

Anv,-mrd.hatai"ya, as, d, ani, to be explored, to

be invejtigated, to Ve Iooked after, &c.

Anu-sandhana, am, n. investieation, inquiry,

searching into, close mspection, setting in order, ar-

rangine, planmng, aiming at, plan, scheme, congruous

or suit.ble conne lion; (in the VaiJeshika phil.) the

fourth step in a syllogism, i. e. the applh ation.

Anu-sandhanin or anu-samdASym, i, ini, i,

iewestigating, searching, skiltul at concerting pians

or contineing schemes.

Anu-sandhcya, as, d, am, to be investigated,

>\orth) of iuquiry or scrutiny, &c.

0.1 anu-sandhyam, ind. evening

after evening, every twilight.

--THtWH anv-sumaya. See under anu-

snm-i next coi.

VTH hh ji anv-sam-aS, cl. 5. A. -asnute,

-abitum or -axhtum, to overtake, reach.

VTTnWTT ann-sam-as, cl. 4. P. -asyati,

-situra, to add further.

( riv-sam-d-dar, cl. I. V.-(arati,

-ritum, Ved. -radhyai, -ritare, -rase, to carry

out, accomplish.

■nam-smri, gpT~~gT?~~ amt-hlada. 41

viwmn anu-sam-a-dha, cl. 3. P. A.

-dadhati, -dhatte, -dhatum, to calm, compose.

anu-sam-ap, Caus. P. -apayati,

-yitum, to complete or accomplish further or sub-

sequently.

Anusamapana, am, n. regular completion.

anu-sam-i, cl. 2. P. -eti, -tum, to

(5 ^{7
57}

visit conjointly or successively; to join in following

or being guided by; to join, become assimilated

with.

Anusamaya, as, m. regular conoection (as of

words).

anu-sam-iksh, cl. 1. A.-ikshute,

-Jcshitum, to keep in view, have in view.

anu-samudram, ind. along the

sea.

anu-sam-prdp (-pra-ap), cl. 5.

P. -prapnoti, -praptum, to arrive, reach, get.

Anu-samprapta, as, d, am, arrived, come.

anu-sambaddha, as, d, am (rt.

bandh), connected with, accompanied by.

anu-savanam,ind.,Yed.&t every

sacrifice.

unu-sdtam, ind. according to

delight.

VlVf i-MH anu-sama, at, d, am, conriliated,

appv d, frivodly.

a3-HTT,T(4. n.rri-snyam, ind. evening after

evening, cveiy evening.

■3PT8TT anu-saro, am-soriv, &c. See

undtr anu-sri bel >w.

aH .f anu-s^;{, cl. 6. P. -sin dati, -sektum,

« \ ₍ ⁷ _j

to water or sprinkle consecutively ; (better spelt anu-

8hit, q. v.)

rr*T anu-sitam, ind. along the furrow.

k^anu-siram, ind. along the plough.

^ ws, m., N. of a work.

anu-su6aka, as, ika, am (rt. sud),

indicative of, pointing out.

Anu-sudana, am, n. pointing out, indication.

anu-supam, ind. in every con-

diment.

WrpJ anu-sri, cl. i. P. -sarati, -sartum, to

follow: Caus. P. sarayati, -yitum, to pursue.

Anur8ara, as, m. a oompanion.

Anusarana, am, n. following, going after; oon-

formity to, consequence of; custom, habit, usage,

Anusara, as, m. going after, following; custom,

usage ; nature, natural state or condition of anything;

prevalence, currency; received or established authority,

especially of codes of Iaw; conformity to usage; con-

sequence, resuit. — Anusdra-tas or anusarena, ind.

conformably to.

Anusaraka, as, d, am, or anu-sarin, i, ini, i,

following, attendant on, according or conformable to;

penetrating, scrutinizing, investigating.

Anu-saryaka, am, n. a fragrant substance.

Annsrita, as, d, am, followed, conformed to.

Anu-sriti, is, f. going after, following, conforming

to; N. of a woman (?).

anu-snp, cl. i. P. -sarpati, -sarp-

tum or sraptum, to glide after or tovvards, to ap-

proach.

Anu-sarpa, as, m. a serpent-like being.

^ anu-srishta, as, d, am (rt. srij),

Ved. created in succession.

anu-sev, cl. i. A. -secate, -vitum,

to practise, observe.

Anu-sttin, i, ini, i, practising, observing, habitu-

ally addict.d.

anu-sninya, am, n. the rear of an

irmy.

anu-somam, ind, near the Soma,

as with the Soma.

anu-skandam, ind. hrving gone

into in succession.

VTy we'¹! uau-starana, os, t, am (rt. stri),

-trewins; round; (i), f. the oow sacrifc, d at the

funerJ Cvt.mony.

VT tMu-stotra, am, n. pratsing after;

N. of a treatise relating to the S3ma-veda.

-y _{#
t}

anv-sneham, ind. after tadiing)

oil. ^

^pnr anu-spashta, as, d, am, plain,

manifest.

am-spbtra, as, d, am, Ved.

whizving (as an am-wV

vt anu-smri, cl. i. P. -smarati, -smar-

titm to rcm.iub-T, rerolket: Caus. P. smdruynti

or -ninarai/ati, -yitum, to renvnd ipaiufully).

Auv^smarana, am, n. rememb.ring, repeated

recollection.

Ahii-emi Ita, as, d, air, remembered

Anu-mni iti, is, f. ch risbed recoliectiou, recailing

sonti idea to thv ( xclasion of «II others.

anu-syuta or anu-shyiita, as, d,

am (rt. sir), stwtd consecuti.ely, struog tog. thvr or

connected regul.rly and unirtetroptedlj.

ct .1« dl*-VT an-usra-ydman, d, m., Ved.

not going (in a waggon drawn) by oxen.

vt ^i d anu-rrvdr.a, os, m. aoundtng con

ftrmably.

anu-srdro, as, m. (rt. svri'', after

sound, tLe na'al sound which i", marked by a dot

above tht line, and wh.ch always belong. to a preced-

ing vowel. — Anusvdra^at, an, ati, at, havi.ig the

Anu-vara. — Anutvdra-cyavdya, as, m. separitioo

t.tween two sounds caused by an AnusvJra. — Anu-

svaragama ( ra dg ), as, m. an augment oousisting

in the addition of an Anusv .ra.

anwha, as, m., N. of a son of

Vibhratra and fathur of Brahma-datta.

y «irtd anu-hava, as, m. (rt. hna for hve),

Ved. inviting, stining up.

anu-hd, cl. 3. A., 'Ved. -jihite,

-hatum, to grant.

■»M anu-hun-kri, cl. 8. A. -kurute,

, ^ j T .... _r

-kartum, to roar m lmitation ot.

anu-hri, cl. r. P. -harati, -kartum,

to imitate, to exhibit; A. -harate»to take after (ones

parents).

Anu-harana, am, n. or anu-hara, as, m. imi-

tat ion ; resemblance.

Anu-karat, an, antl, at, imitating; (an), m., N.

of a man (?); (the deriv. dnuharati takes Vriddhi in

both members.)

Anu-karamana, as, a, am, imitating.

Anu-hdraka, as, ika, am, imitating.

Anu-hdrya, as, d, am, to be imitated; (as), m.

raonthly obsequies on the day of the new moon.

anu-hoda, as, ra. a cart(?); (the

deriv. anuhaudika takes Vriddhi in both members.)

anu-hrdda or anu-hldda, as, m.,

N. of a son of Hiranya-kaSipu.

M

42

^TTTS ajiuJca.

Cv

anekairaya.

sT^Sfi anuka, as, am, m. n. (fr. and with

anv), the backbonr, spinc; the buek part of the

iIlj ; a former state of cxistenc,; (am), n. race,

family; peculiant)' of nce, disposibon, clrncttr; (d),

f., N. of en Aptans.

Anukyn, am, n. baekbone; flesh on the skull.

'SPpfiT^I anu-kdsa, as, m. (rt. kas), re-

ficctioj (of light), dearness; regard, reLrcnce.

\JT5JT5I oniiksh (anu-vksh), cl I. A. ant’~

kehate, -kshitvm, tt spnnklc, l.edew.

- aniidina, as, a, ara (fr. anv-o.V),

oming rftor, successive; anudindham, 011 the fol-

lowing dav. — AnilAina-gaddia, as, a, am, bam in

succusive order.

I. aiii-ya, am, n., Ved. the t aard on the sid. of a

couch. (for 2. anticya, see below.)

on\i*yate ('nu-ud"), Pass. of anu-

ta/, q. v., p. 38.

Anikia, as, a, am tpoken 'fler, recheu nfter;

occumng in the {sacred) text; steded; (am), n. «=

the next. _

Anukti, is, f. mi .Uiooing after, repeitd m_ution,

repetition by way of exp anation; study of the Vedi.

—Anukti-ten, am, n. state of requiring repetiti m

or expl-nation.

Avuddna, as, a, am, desotid to stedy; one -o

well versed in the V_das and VedSngas as to be abi,

to rep< at th m; one who repeat: his lesson after his

rnaster; well-behaved.

2 anutya, as, a, am, to K studied.

Uri P-ST aniij-ji (anu-ud-ji), cl. 1. P -iayati,

-jduir,, to follow ii. being victonous.

*H«T7^r an-iidha, as, a, am (rt. vtfk), not

bome, not cmried; -mmarrisd; (fi), f. an unmai-

ried wotmo,- Apndha-mana, as, a, am, basnful.

*- Armdha-gamana, am, l. fornicatiori. — Anndha-

bhratfi, ta, m. thebr»ther of ,in unmrrrLd wonwi,

the brother of th< concubin of ? king.

an-iti, is, f.,Ved. not hdping, not

connr g to aid.

rnut-kramfanu-ud-kram), cl. I. P.

-hramaH, -kramitum, to follow in going up or out.

eS anutta, as, a, am (for anu-datta, rt.

da), given baik.

aSIrTr^n anitthd (anu-vd-sthd), cl. I. P.

imiittlshthati, anutthatum, to follow in risiog;

Ved. to "ppro: ch.

8!T»jr<nT anut-pat Ipnn-ud-pat), cl. I. P.

-patati, -litam, to Hy up after another (with ace.),

raise one’s self into the air, jump up nfterwards.

vttjiUI anut-pii (anv-ud-pa), cl. I. P.,Ved.

-pibuti, -pa‘u,n, to empty by driuking after an-

other.

efsjteti an-iidaka, am, n. (for an-udcka),

waiit of water, aridity.

anud-as (anu-ud-as), cl. 4. P.

-atyati, situm, to toss up behind or after.

anud-i (anu-ud-i), cl. 2. P. -eti, -tum,

to follow in going up or out

^nrfinT anudxta (°nu-ud°), as, a, am (rt.

rad)_t spoken after, spoken according to.

1. anftdya, as, a, am, to be spoken to afterwards

or in reply to.

2. unudya, ind. having said in reply.

Anwlynmana, as, a, am, spoken in reply to, ac-

cording to.

anud-e (anu-ud-a-i), cl. 2. P. anud-

niti, -tum, to follow in Corning up or rising.

aSt^JT onuddna (anu-ud°), as, m. (rt. dis),

deserit g, mentioning acoording to or cxmformably

with.

SPpW cn-adhas, cis, f., Vtd. udderless.

au-una or an-uuaka, as, a, am,

wholi, entire; having full powef; not kss, not infe-

rior; ^d), f., N. of .n Ap*aras. — Anuua-guru, us,

u* or ri, it, of jodimir.ish d wright, very he-.vy.

- Anuna-varias, as, m., Ved. havng full splen-

dor.

o.nun-ni (anu-ud-ni), cl. i. P. -nayati,

-netum, to tak. out and fili after -nothrr.

sSvPT 1. aniipa, as, a, am (fr. ap, q. V., with

arui), sibiated near the water, watery, wet, - wateiy

country ; (<w), m. pond, tank of a river; a bufialo;

N. of a king. — Anujia-Ja, am, n. moist ginger.

- Anupa-deJa, as, m. a marihv coi’ntr_r._- Auupa-

praya, ax, 5, am, nw hy. — Anvpa-vilam, as, m.

title of a work.

Anupya, as, a, am, being in pands or ligs (as

water).

aST|"q 2.aniipa, as, a, am (fr. anu-vap),Ycd.

bestowiog in order. (For I. aniipa, see above.)

"nupe-das (anu-vpa-das), cl. 4. P.

-dasyat¹, -situm, to fail (or beeome extinct) in

oosequcnce.

aniipascdam (ann-up”), ind. s.t

evjry Upasad (a kind of religious reren.ony).

"d ri q .«1 unu-haiidhya,as, a.am (rt.bandh),

Ved. to be f-stened (ar a sacrificial ammal); see also

anurbandhya, p. 37.

_unv-ydja. See anu-yaja, p. 37.

a.iu-.-odha, as, a, a.m,\ed. causing

welfar , happiness; (d), f. = anu-radhd, q. v., p. 38.

an-uru,us, us v, thighless; (us), m.

the diarioteer of the sun, the dawo. — Anitt u-sara-

thi, is, m. whos. charioteer is AnOm, i. e. the sun.

V( ri Palrf an-nrjita, as, a, am, not strong,

Cv

weak; not proud.

an-iirdhra, as, d, am, not high, low.

— Anurdhva-bhds, as, m., Ved. one whose spleo-

dor dots riot rise, who ligfrts no saiied fires.

an-urmi, is, is, t, Ved. not waving,

r,ot fluetuating; invudable.

'JlsJMT anula, f., N. of a river in Kasmlra.

anu-vrij, {, m. f. (?), Ved. a part

of the ^Kody near the r.bs.

WTTi. an-iishura, as, d, am (fr. iishara

with 3. a as an expletive or denoting comparison),

saline.

viriui 2. an-ushora, as, ii, am, not saline,

r a 1 annshita, as, d, am (rt. ras with

anu), living near another.

nn-iishma-para, cs, d, am, (in

gram.) not fdlowed by a sibilant.

THriri an-nha, as, d, am, thoughtless,

carele s.

sflsJiS JP-nkka. See an-fi( helow.

an-riksbara, as, d, am, Ved. thom-

less (as: path or a couch).

<f'f an-rid, k, k, k, or an-rida, as, d, am,

not containing a verse from the Rip-veda, hymniens,

nnt conversant with the Rig-veda.

An-rikka ox ar-riJka, as, d, am, containing no

Rii.

r| an-riju, us, us, u, not straight,

crooked, perverse, wick d.

an-rina, as, d, am, free from deht.

— Anrina-ta, f. 01 anrina-tva, am, n. fr-edom

from debt.

An-riuin, i, ini, i, unindobted, frec from debt.

TTVIH an-rita, as, d, am, not true, false;

(am), n. falsehood, lying, che-ting; agriralture.

— Anrita-dita, as. m., Vad. ooe whnse gods are

not true; playing uutairly (?). — Anrita-dv¹ sh, f; t,

t, Ved. per lecairirig untruth. — A nrita-maya, as, i,

am, full of untruth, false. — Avrita raitana, am, n.

or anrita-bhdskana, am, n. or anritdkhyana ( ta-

dkk ), am, n. speaking falsehood, lying — Aarita-

uddin, i, ini, i, or anrita-vad, k, k, k, speaking

untmth. — Anritastrata, as, a, am, false to vows or

engagements.

Anritin, f, ini, i, one who telis untraths, lying, a

liar.

an-ritu,as, m. unfit season —Anritu.-

kany& f. a giri before meiistruatmii,

£W3ifT c-nrUansa, as, d, am, not crud,

mild. — Anrid<m?a-t<i, f. mildness, kindnes .

■^nfoC an-eka, as, d, am, not one, many,

muci,; separated. — Aneka-katam, ind. a luiig hme,

for a long fime.—Anekai'5ld^adhi { ), ind.

long sinet, — Aneka-krit, t, m. doing much, ipithet

of Siva, — Ahtka-gMra, as, m. having more tamilies

than one, i. e. two, belonging to two famihes (or to

o.ic as an adoptet! son). — Aneka-fara, as, d, am,

gr-garious. — Antka-Hlta-rnantra, us, m. one whose

counsel are ms.nv-iTjind.d — Arfka-ja, as, a. am,

bom moro than once; (as), m. a bird. — indea-ta,

f. or ancka-tva. am, u. muchness, mannold candi

tion. — Aruka-ttu, ind. in many places. — A neka-

dharma-kalka, f. ditlerent expasition of the law.

— Aneka-dha, ind. in varous ways, nften. — Avka-

dha-prayoqa, as, m. us^:ng stvcral rimes, — Ancka-

pp, a \ d, am, driuking cttener tha.i onct; (as, a),

m. f. an elepLant, because he drinks with his tmnk

and with his liiecth —Aneka-bhirya, as, d, am,

having more wives than one. — AitekcMHtckha, as, d,

am, having several faces, having different ways.

— Anfka-yddha-rijayin, i, m. victorious in manv

battles.— Aneka-randhra, as, d, am, having many

holes, weaknessec or troubles. — .-1 luka-rupr, as, 6,

am, multifarm; of vaiious kinds or sort!; nckle, of

variabL mind. — Aneka-todana, as, m. having seve-

ral (threc) eyes, N. of ffiva. — Aneka-vadana, am,

11. the plural number. — Anekn-rarna, (in aritl.metic

conipounded with various words to denote) mau/ un-

known quantities (colours repre^ntiiig x, y, z, &c.),

e. g. aneka-variia-gunana, multiplicatum of many

unknown quantities. (Similarly, if for gmiana

be substituted Ihajana • division,’ madhyamaho-

rana ¹ taking away the middli term,’ ryarakatana

¹ subtraction,’ sankalana * addition,’ other algebt ical

proeesses may be expxesseA). — Aneka-varam, ind.

many times, repeatediy. — Aneka-uidha, as, d, a m,

of many kind. , in different ways, various, — Antka-

snphn, as, d, am, cloven-hooied. — Aruka-sabda,

as, n, am, expressed by several w ird-, synonymous.

— Aneka-sa*, ind. in great numbers, severa! times,

repeatedlv, bv large numbirs or qvunrilies. — Aitcke ■

kara (^cka-ak ), as, d, am, multif imi —Anckd-

kshara (' ka-ak ), as, d, am, polysyllabic, hiving

more thin one syllablc. — Anckaqra ( ka-ag ), as,

d, am, engaeed in various ptirsuits. — Anckrl/ ( ka-

ad), having more than one V''wel or syllable (aif in

gram. being the technical term for vowel). —-4ne-

kan.ha (^Jl "-or), a", d, am, having mor than one

meaning (as a word). — Anekdrtha-dhvani-rnan-

jari, f. and antkartha-sangrahr, as, m. t.tlcs of

two works on such words. — Ahtkal (°kasrl), con-

sisting of more than one al or letter (in the technical

phras. of gram.). — Anckddraya ( ka-Gd ), as, m. cr

*r»r<firfW anekasrita.

'-InT.wj antah-stha.

45

anekasrita (^c'ka-df), as, d, am, (in Vaiseshika

phiL) dwelling, abiding in more than one.

An-ehakin, i, ini, i, not alone, accompanied by.

An-ekanta, as, d, am, not alone and excluding

every other, uncertain.— Anekdnta-tva, am, ». un-

certainty. — Anekantarvdda, as, m. scepticism.

— Anekdnta-vadin, i, m. a sceptic; a Jaina, an

Arhat of thc Jainas.

Aneki-karana, am, n. making manifold.

Aneki-bkavat, an, anti, ai, being manifold, i. e.

divided in two.

Anckiya, 'us, a, am, having several.

an-ejat, an, anti, at (rt. ej with

jan), not moving, immoveable.

an-eda, as, m. (an being an expletive

or denoting comparison), stupid, foolish.

An-eda-muka, as, d, ani, deaf and dumb; blind;

wicked, fraudulent.

1. a-nedya, as, a, am (rt. nid), Ved.

not to be blamed.

2. a-nedya, as, d, am (fr. a and

nedyas, a contraction of nedlyas t), Ved. not near,

infinite.

i. an-ena, as, d, am, Ved. (according

to native authorities) sinless, faultless; (according to

German scholars) without a variegated set (of horses),

See eta.

An-enas, ds, as, as, blameless, sinless, not liable

to error; N. of various personages.

An-enasya, am, n. freedom from fault, sin.

^ 2. anena, as, m. (fr. ina and ana

for an); this doubtfol word may signify ooe who has

oo superior, * a sovereign or paramount lord;’ see ina

and ana for an.

'-M r\H H a-neman, d, d, a, Ved. to be praised.

an-eva, ind. otherwise(?), or (?).

an-ehas, d, d, as (fr. rt. ih with an),

Ved. without a rival, incomparable, unattainable; un-

menaced, nnobstructed; (a), m. time.

^RcJTRT an-aikanta, as, d, am (fr. eJcdnta),

viriable, unsteady; (in logic) oocasional, as a cause

not invariably attended by the same effects.

An-aikantika, as, i, am, unsteady, variable, hav-

ing many objects or purposes. — Anaikantika-tva,

am, n. unsteadiness, uncertainty.

an-aikya, am, n. (eka), want of

oneness, plurality, the existence of many; want of

union, anarchy.

JCQ a-naipuna or a-naipunya, am, n.

unskilfulness. See anaipuna.

an-auvarya, am, n. weakncss.

See anaisvarya.

ano, ind. no, not. (An unusual

form of no.)

'■fldtaaji(*H an-oka-sdyin, i, m. not sleep-

ing in a house (as a beggar).

An-oka-ka, as, m. not quitting the house, a tree;

(oka is for okas, q. v.) ^x

STTr^-rT an-on-krita, as, a, am, not ar-

t ’

companied by the holy syllable om.

^Rtf^rT anodita (ana-ud°)₇ as, d, am, un-

addressed (?).

’-M HI'4 i^T ano-vahya,as,d, am, to be carried

on a carriage.

^Rtf^RT an-auditya, am, n. unfitness.

^RT*TR an-aujasya, am, n. want of

vigour.

an-auddliatya, am, n. freedom

from haughtiness.

an-aupamya, as, d, am, unpa-

ralleled.

an-aurasa, as, m. not one’s own

son, adopted.

ct —i ant, cl. i. P. antati, -titum, to

^ ¹ \ bind [cf. and, inf].

anta, as, m. (fr. rt. am?), end, limit,

boundary, term ; end of a texture ; end, conclusion;

end of life, death, destruction (in these latter senses

sometimes neut.); a final syllable, termination ; last

word of a compound ; panse, settlement, definite as-

certainment, certainty; whole amount; border; near-

ness, proximity, presence (e. g. gramdnte, in the

neighbourhood of the village); inner part, inside; con-

dition, nature; ante, loc. c. in the end, at last; in the

inside; antani at the end of a compound means

‘ as far as/ thus udakantam, as far as the water;

(as, d, am), near, handsome, agreeable [cf. Goth.

aiulcis, Theme andja; Germ. Ende; Eng. end:

with anta are also compared the Greek 5^ra, duri;

Lat. ante; the Golh. anda in anda-vaurd, &c.; and

the Germ. ent, e. g. in entsagen].— Anta-kara, as,

i, am, or anta-karana, as, i, am, or anta-karin,

i, ini, i, causing death, mortal, destructive. — Anta-

kala, as, m. time of death, death. — Anta-krit, t, t,

t, making an end ; (0» m. death. — Antakrid-da4a,

as, f. pl. a sacred book of the Jainas, containing ten

chapters, — Anta-ga, as, d, am, going to the end,

thoroughly conversant with. — Anta-gati, is, is, i,

or anta-gamin, i, ini, i, going to the end, pe-

rishiog. — Anta-gamana, am, n. the going to the

end of something, finishing; the going io the end,

dying. — Anta-fora, as, i, am, going to the fron-

tiers, walking about the frontiers. — Anta-ja, as, d,

am, last bom. — Anta-jdti, see antya-jati.— Anta-

tas, ind. from the end, from the term; lastly, finally;

in the lowest way; in part; within. — Anta-dipaka,

am, n. a figure in rhetoric. — Anta-pdla, as, m. a

frontier-guaTd. — Anta-bhava, as, d, am, being at

the end, last. — Anta-bhdj, k, k, k, standing at the

end (of a word). — Anta-rata, as, d, am, delighting

in destruction. — Anta-llna, as, d, am, hidden, coa-

cealed. — Anta-lopa, as, m. the dropping of the final

of a word (in grammar). — Anta-vat, an, ati, at,

having an end or term, limited, perishable; (^vat),

ind. like thc eod. — Antavat-tva, am, n. limited

existence, perishableness. — Anta-vakni, is, m. the

fire of the end, by which the world is to be bumt.

— Anta-vdsin or ante-vdsin, t, ini, i, dwelling

near the boundaries, dwelling close by; (?), m. a

pupil who dwells near or in the house of his teacher;

a Candala (who lives at the end of the town).

— Anta-vela, f. hour of death. — Anta-dayya, f. a

bed or mat on the ground; death; the place for

burial or buming; bier. — Anta-satkriya, f. the fu-

neral ceremonies. — Anta-sad, t, m. a pupil (who

dwells near his teacher). — Anta~stha, as, d, am,

standing at the end; see also antah-stha. —Anta-

svarita, as, m. the Svarita accent on the last syllable

of a word; (am), n. a word thus accentuated.

— Antadi (?ta-ddi), i, du. m. end and beginning.

— Antavasayin or antavaidyin (ta-av°), i, m. a

barber; a Candala; N. of a Muni or saint; see

antijdvasayin. — Ante-vasa, as, m. a neighbour, a

companion, a pupil. — Antc-vasi, ind. in statu pupil-

lari ; see anta-vdsin above. — Antodatta (°ta-ud^a),

as, m. the acute accent on the last syllable; (as, d,

am), having the acute accent on the last syllable.

Antaka, as, m. border, boundary; (as, d, am),

making an end, causing death ; (cw), m. death; Ya-

ma, king or lord of death. — Antaka-druk, -dhruk,

k, k, Ved. offending or provoking destructive demons,

or death, or Yama.

Antaki, is, m. wind(?).

Aniama, as, d, am, next, oearest, intimate (as a

friend); Ved. last.

Antaya, nom. P. antayati, -yitum, to make an

end of.

Antika, antima, antya, &c. See antika, p. 45.

SW*n t antah. See f _t

* as. m. worms in the intes-

VPtT.WT antah-kl

Ved. -Ihyali, -twn, t p _anda({>_to

\{ 'riH aatama.

3PiTTan«ar,u^ldl"?: . , , ,

\ ⁷ . anau, us, f. or anduka or an-

in the middle or ichain for an elephaots feet; a ring

(As a prep. wiili^, _aQj_C-

to; (with acc.) be;

(Wh :n 'loeJ at tlic c (Wi antika, q. V.;, fire-

in the middle of, between, o_u.

Zend antarS; Lat. inter; Goth. u. mdolayati,

Sometimes antar is compounded with « ^}

word like an adjective, meaning interior,

intermediate. — Antah-karana, am, n. the im

and spiritual part of man, the seat of thought and

feeling, the mind, the thinking faculty, the heart,

the conscience, the soul. — Antah-kalpa, as, m.-a

certain number of years (in Buddhism). — Antak-

kutild, as, d, am, iutemally crooked; fraudulent;

(a^), m. a couch. — Antah-kriml, is, m. a disease

caused by worms in the body. — Antah-kotara-push-

pi_t a various reading for a nda-kotara-ptishpi, q. v.

— Antah-kona, as, m. the inner comer. —Antah-

kopa, as, m. inward wrath. — Antah-kosa, ara, a.,

Ved. the interior of a store-room. — Antah-pata, as,

am, m. n. a cloth held between two persons who

are to be united (as bride and bridegroom, or pupil

and teacher) until the right moment of union is

arrived. — Antah-padam, ind. in the middle of an

inflected word. — Antah-paridhana, am, n. the in-

nermost garment. — Antah-paridki, ind. in the inside

of an eaclosure. — Antah-pariavya or antah-par-

gvya, as, d, am, being between the ribs (as flesh).

— Antah-pavitra, the Soma when in the straining-

vessel (?). — Antah-patu, ind. from evening till morn-

ing (while the cattle is in the stables). — Antah-pata

or antah-pdtya, as, m. (in gram.) insertion of a

letter; a post fixed in the middle of the place of

sacrifice. — Antah-pdtita, as, d, am, or antah-patm,

1, ini, i, inserted, included in. — Antah-pdtra, am,

n., Ved. the interior of a vessel, — Antah-pddam,

ind. within the Pada of a verse. — Antah-pala, as,

mu. one who watehes the inner apartments of a palace.

— Antah^pura, ani, n. the king's palace, the female

apartments, gynseceuni; those who live in the female

apartments; a queen. — Antahpura-tara, as, m.

guardian of the women^ apartments. — Antahpura-

jana, as, m. the women of the palace. — Antahpura-

pradara, as, m. the gossip of the women’s apart-

ments.— Antakpura-rakskaka, as, m. or antah-

pura-vartin, i, m. or antahpuradhyaksha (°ra-

adh°), as, m. superintendent of the gynaeceum, cham-

berlain. — Antah-purarsahdya, as, m. belonging to

the gynaeceum (as an eunuch, &c.). — Antah-purika,

as, m. superintendent of the gynaeceum; (a), f. a

woman in the gynaeceum. — Antah-puya, as, a,am,

ulcerous. — Antah-peya, am, n., Ved. supping up,

drinking. — Antah-prakriti, is, f. the heart, the

soul, the intemal nature or constitution of a man.

— Antah-prajha, as, d, am, internally wise, know-

ing one’s self. — Antah-pratishthana, am, n. resi-

dence in the interior. — Antah-pratishfhita, as, d_f

am, residing inside. — Antah-^ara, as, m. an internal

arrow or disease. — Antah-?arira, am, n. the inter-

nal and spiritual part of man. — Antah-falya, as,

d, am, having a pin or extranecus body sticking in-

side. — Antah-£ild, f., N. of a river. — Antah-tilesha,

as, m. or antah-sleshana, am, n., Ved. internal sup-

port. — Antahsanjna, as, a,am, internally conscious.

— Antah-eattva, f. a pregnant woman; the mark-

ing nut (Semecarpus Anacardium L.). — Antah-sada-

sam, ind. in the middle of the assemb\y, — Antah-

sdra, as, d, am, having internal essence; (m?), m.

internal treasure, inner store or contents. — Antah-

sukka, as, d, am, internally happy, — Antah-senam,

ind. into the midst of the armies. — Antah-stha, as,

d, am, beiog io the midst or between; a term ap-

plied to the semivowels, as standing between the con-

sonants and yowels; (a), f. the god of the vital

\

42

antuhstha-mudffara. mtarikshya.

Znpf anuta, as, am,of the Rij-vula m. intra?

ani'), thi. backbooe, spinc; ^m> (‘ⁿ anatomy) th>.

alta/; a inrmtr state of exist^,™^°i ^e*®"

family; peculiarity of racc, dispoPS)’

f,, N. of an Apsaras. between the shoul*

Aniikya, am, n. backbone; fles ^int-ⁿ°^rtlrc'

, a, am, mtenor,

^•J=b!3l ani-kiia, as, m.^ ₀r having refcr-

flection (of light), dearness; regart>*/« or base of a

aniksh («n»_:«^_ndC;x,l;not

kshati, -k8hUum_Atfifii₉ n. the state or condition of

x «T^ll rfg** — Antar-aem/ava, as, m. an inner

ooming t^rt.-Antar-akdCa,as, m. the sacred ether

j_owj_nfSnma in the interior part or soul of man.

— jtntar-akuta, am, n. hidden intention.— Antar-

dgama, as, m. an additionai augment between two

letters (in grani.). — a4ntor-a^ara, as, m. the ioterior

of a house — .4n/ar-a/m«n, d, m. the soul, the inhe-

rent supreme spirit; the intemal feelings, the heart

or mind. — Antar-atmcshtakam (°man-ish°), ind.

in the space between one’s self and the (sacrificial)

bricks. — Antar-apana, as, m. a market inside (a

town). — Antardya, see antar-i. — Antar-drama,

as, d, am, rejoicing in one’s self (not in the exterior

world). — Antar-dla or antar-alaka, am, n. inter-

mediate space; antarale, in the midst, in midway;

(dia is probably for dlaya).*- Antar-indriya, am,

n. an intemal org.in, of which there are four, v!z.

manas, buddhi, ahankara, and titia.— Antar-

ipa, as,am, m. n. (fr. ap), an island, a promontory.

— Antar-ushya, am, n. (rt.rcw),Ved. asecret abode.

— Antar-gangd, f. the Ganges, as supposed to com-

municate under-ground with a sacted spring in Mysore.

— Antar-gadu, us, us, u, unprofitable, usdess (fiUed

with worms). — An ia r-gata, &c.; see unaer antar-

gam. — Antar-garbha, as, d, am, indosing young;

pregnrnt — Antur-giramorantor-giri, ind. among

the mountains, — Antar guda^talaya, as, m. (in

medicine) the sphincter muscle. — Antar-giidha-

visjia, as, d, am, having hidden poison within.

— AnZar-griha, am, n. an inner apartment of the

house; antar-griham or antar-geham, ind. in the

interior of a house. — Antar-ghana, as, or antar-

ghana, as, m. a place between the entiance-door and

the house; N. of a village. — Antar-ghata, as, m.

striking in the middle—Antar-ja, as, d, am, bred

in the interior (of the body, as a worm). — Antar-

ja(hara, am, n. the stomach. — Antar-janman, a,

n. inward birth. — Antar-jambha, as, m. the inner

part ofthe jaws. — Antar-jala-Cara, as, i, am, going

in the water. — Antar-jdta, as, d, am, inbom, inbred,

innate. — Antar janu, ind. between the knees; (us>

us, u), being between the knees. — Antar-jnnna, am,

n. inward knowledge. — Antargyotis, is, is, is, having

the soni enlightened, illuminated. — Antar-jralana,

am n. intemal heat, inflammation. — Antar-dagdha,

as, d, am, bumt inwardiy. — Antar-dadhana, am,

n. the distiHation of spirituous liquor, or a substance

used to cause fermentation. — Antar-dadhana, as,

d, am, vanishing, disappearing, hiding one’s self

[cf. antar-dha]. — Antar-daCd, f. a technical term

In astrology. — Antar-daCaha, am, n. an interval of

ten days; so antar-daCdhdt, before the end of ten

days. — Antar-ddva, as, d, am, Ved. contaimng

fire. — Antar-daha, as, m. intemal heat, or fever.

— Antar-dahkha, as, d, am, afSicted in mind, sad.

— Antar-dush[a, as, d, am, intemally bad, wicked,

vile. — Antar-drish\i, is, is, i, looking into one’$

own soul. — Antar-dcCa, as, m., Ved. an interme-

diate region ofthe compass.-Antar-dcara, am, n.

a private or secret door within the house. -;bi/ar-

dha,8cc. ;see s.v.an/ar-cf/id,p.45. — Antarslhydna,

am, n. profound inward m^diution. — Antar-nagara,

am, n. the palace of a kirig. - Antar-nhuhfa, as,

d, am, gone within, being within. — Antar-mshtha,

as, d, am, engaged in intemal reflcction.- Antar-

bharana, am, n. the interior of a house. — Autar-

ii tuiva, &c.; seeantar-bhu,p.45. — Antar-bhdrand,

f. inward meditation or anxiety; a technical term in

arithmclic; rectification of nnmbers by the differenccs

of the produets. — Antar-bhiimi, is, f. the inner

part of the earth. —.4 ntar-bhauma, as, d, am, being

in the interior of the earth; subterraneam — Antar-

manas, as, as, m, sad, perplexed. — Antar-niukha,

as, d, am, going into the mouth; (am), n- a kind

ofsrissors used in surgery. — Antar-mudratf), sealed

inside; N. of a certain form of devotion. — ^4n/ar-

mrita, as, d, am, still-bom. — Antar-yama, as, m.

the suppression of the breath and voice; a Soma liba-

tion during this act. — Antar-ydma*graha, as, m.

the Soma libation Antar-y2ma; the performing of

such a libation. —Antar~ydmin, i, m. checkmg or

regulating the interna! feelings; the soul; providence;

the supreme spirit as regulating and guiding mankind;

BrahmS. — Antar-yoga, as, m. deep thought, ab-

straction. — Antar-lamba, as, d, am, acute-angular;

(cw), m. a triangle in which the perpendicular falis

within, an acute-angied triangle. — Antar-lina, as, d,

am, inherent. — Antardoma, as, d, am, covered

with hair on the inner side. — Antar-ranfo, as, m.

the gynaeceum; see antah-pura. — Antar-van4ika,

as, m. superintendent of the women’s apartments.

— Antar-vana, as, d, am, situated in a forest;

(am), ind. within a forest. — Antar-vat, dn, ati, at,

being in the ioterior. — Antar-ratl, Ved. or antar-

vatrii, f. a pregnant woman. — Antar-rami, is, m.

flatulence, indigestion. — Antar-vartln, i, ini, i, or

antar-vasat, an, anti, at^ intemal, induded, dwelling

in.—Antar-vasu, us, m._t N. of a Soma sacrifice.

— am, n. an under garment. — Antar-

vani, is, is, i, skilltd in sacred Sciences. — Antar-

vavat, dn, anti or atl, at, Ved. abounding inter-

nally with precious things, hidden ; (ra/), ind. in-

wardly. — Antar-vdshpa, as, m. suppressed tears;

(as, d, am), containiog tears. — Antar-vasas, as, n.

an inner or under garment. — Antar-vigahana, am,

n. entering within. — Antar-vidvas, vdn, ushi,

vas, Ved. knowing (the paths) between (earth and

heaven); knowing exactly. — Antar-vega, as, m. in-

ternal uneasiness or anxiety; inward fever. — Antar-

vedi, is, is, i, belonging to the inside of the sacri-

ficial ground ; (f), ind. within this ground; (& or t),

f. the Doab or district between the Gan-gJ and Ya-

mun3 rivers. — Antar-vetfman, a, n. the inner apart-

ments, the interior of a building. — Antar-veAmika,

as, m. superintendent of the women’s apartments.

— Antar-hanana, am, n. striking in the middle.

— Antar-hanana, as, m., N. of a village.—^4n/ar-

hadam, ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand.

— Antar-hastina, as, d, am, being in the hand or

within reach. — Antar-hasa, as, m. laughing inwardly;

suppressed laughter; (am), ind. withsoppressed laugh.

— Antar-hita, see antar-dhd, p. 45. — Antar-hrir

daya, am, n. the interior of the heart. — Antas-tapta,

as, d, am, internally heated or harassed, — Antas-

tdpa, as, m. inward heat; (as, d, am), buming

inwardly, buming with passion. — Antas-tushara, as,

d, am, having dew in the interior. — Anlas-toya, as,

d, am, containing water. — Antas-patha, as, d, am,

Ved. going within the clefts or hollows (of moun-

tains), being on the way.

Antastya, am, n. intestines, bowels, entrails.

antara, as, d, am, being in the in-

terior, interior; near, proximate, related, intimate;

l)Tng adjacent to; distant; different from ; exterior;

(an»), n. the interior; a hole, opening; the interior

part of a thing, the contents ; soul, heart, supreme

soul; interni, in‘ermediate space or time; period;

term; opportunity, occasion ; distance, absence ; dif-

ference, remainder; property, peculiarity; weakness,

weak side; reprefentation; surety, guaranty; respect,

regard; (at the end of compounds) different, other,

another, e. g. decantaram, another country [cf.

Goth. anthar, Theme anthara; Lith. antra-s,

' the second;’ Lat. alter). Antaram or antara-tas,

ind. in the interior, wiihin.-^ntara-da£ra, am, n.

a technical term in augury. — Antara-jna, as, d, am,

knowing the in^ferior, prudent, provident, foreseeing.

— Antara-tat, t, t, t (rt.tan), spreading death or

destruction — Antara-tama, as, d, am, nearest;

Immediate, intimate, intemal; like, analogous; (as),

m. a congenial letter, one of the same class. — Antara-

tara, as, d, am, nearer, more intimate. —Antara-

da, as, d, am (rt. da for do), cutting or hurting the

interior or heart. — Antara-disd, f. or antard-di£,

k, f. or antar~deCa, as, m. an intermediate region or

quarter of the compass. — Antara-pnrusha, as, m.

the intemal man, the soul. — Antara~prabhava, as,

d, am, of mixed origin or caste. — Antara-praCna,

as, m. an inner questi on; a question which is contained

in and arises from what has been previously stated.

— Antara-stha, as, d, am, or antara-sthdyin, i,

ini, i, or antara-sthita, as, d, am, interposed, in-

terna], situated inside, inward ; separate, apart. — An~

tarapatya (^vra-ap ), f. a pregnant woman. — Anta-

rdbhara, as, m., Ved. (if fr. antara and dbhara)

taking away intervals; (if fr. antara and bhara)

bringing into the midst or near; procuring.

Antara, ind. in the middle, in the interior, inside,

within, among, between; on the way, by the way;

in the ncighbourhood, near, nearly, almost; in the

meantime, now and then; for some time; (with

acc. and loc.)between,during, without. — Antardnsa,

see under antar. — Antara-bhava-deha, as, m. or

antara-bhava-sattva, am, n. the soul in iis middle

existence between death and regeneration. — ^n/ara-

vedi, is or t, f. a veranda resting on columns.

— Antard-Cringam, ind. between the homs.

Antariya, am, n. an under or lower garment.

Antart, ind. amidst, among, between.

Antarena, ind. amidst, between; (with acc.) within,

between, amidst, during; except, without, with re-

gard to, with reference to, on account of.

Antarya, as, d, am, inteiior.

antar-anj, cl. 7. P., Ved, -anakti,

-anktum, -anjitum, to assume, take upon ones self.

&c. See antar-i.

^Tnr?Te5 antar-dla. See under antar.

?RTfic antar-i, cl. 1. P. -ayati, -etum, to

come between; d. 2. P. -eti, -tam, to stand in any

ones way, to separate; to exdude from (with abi.);

to pass over, omit; to disappear: Ved., Intens. orPass.

-iyate, to walk to and fro between (as a mediator).

Antar-aya, as, m. impediment, hindrance.

Antar-ayana, am, n. going under, disappearing.

Antar-dya, as, d, am, going between; (aa), m.

intervention, obstade, impediment.

Antar-ita, as, d, am, gone within, interior,

hidden, concealed, screened, shielded; departed, re-

tired, withdrawn,disappeared_tvanished,perished, dead;

separated, deL^ched ; impeded, hindered; (am), n. (?)

remainder (ip arithmetic); a technical term in archi-

tecture.

antariksha or antarlksha, am, n.

(either fr. antar, * within,’ and iksh, ¹ to see,’ or fr.

antari, loc., and ksha, ¹ dwelling within bodies

ksha being fr. rt. kshi), the intermediate space be-

tween heaven and earth; (in the Veda) the middle

of the three spheres or regions of life; the atmo-

sphere or sky; the air; tale. — Antarii’eha-kshlt, t,

t, t, dwelling in the atmosphere. — Antariksha-ga or

antariksha-Cara, as, m. a bird. — Antarik*ha-prd,

ds, ds, m. f., Ved. filling the sky, irradiatlng the

firmament; travelling through the atmosphere (?).

— Antariksha-prut, t, t, t (rt. pru for plu), Ved.

floating over the atmosphere. — Antarikshadoka,

as, m. the intermediate region or sky as a peculiar

woild. — Antariksha-samtita, as, d, am, sharpeotd

in the atmosphere. — Antariksha-sad, t, t, t, Ved.

dwelling in the atmosphere. — Antariksha-sadya,

am, n., Ved. residence in the atmosphere. — Antar-

ikshodara (^ksha-vxV), as, -d, am, having an in-

terior as comprehensive as the atmosphere. — An ta r-

tksha-ga, as, d,am, going in the atmosphere; (aa),

m. a bird. — Antariksha-?ara, as, i, am, moving

through the atmosphere. — Antarikeha-jala or an-

tariksha-jala, am, n. the water of the atmosphere.

Antarikshya, as, d, am, atmospheric, aerial.

~~■aiUtH~~lii» antar-uputi. andltra. 4«>

antar-updtx (-upa-ati-i), cl. 2.

P. -upatyett, -tum, to enter over a threshold or

boundary.

VT*tfTi*T antariam, cl. x. P. -gaddhati,

-gantum, to go between (so as to exclude from, with

abi.); to disappear.

Antar-gata, as, a, am, or antar-gamin, 1, ini,

i, gone between or into, being in, induded in ; being

in the interior, intemal, hidden, secret; disappeared,

perished; slipped out of the memory, forgotten.

— Antargata-manas, as, ds, as, whose mind is

tumed inwards, engaged in deep thought, sad, per-

plexed. — Antargatopama (°ta-up°), f, a concealed

simile (the particle of comparison being omitted),

TO¹11 antar-ga, cl. 3. P. -jigati, -gatum,

to go between, separate (so as to exclude from; with

abi.).

^H»ri antar-dris, cl. 1. P., Ved.-pasyati,

-drashtum, to look between or into.

=T5tT§T 1. antar-dha, cl. 3. A. -dhatte,

-dhatum, to place within, deposit; to receive within;

to hide, conceal, obscure; to hide one’s self: Pass.

-dhiyate, to be received within, lo be absorbed; to

be rendered invisible; to disappear, vanish; to cease;

Caus. -dhapayati, -yitum, to render invisible, to

cause to disappear.

2. antar-dha, f.concealment,covering,disappearing.

Antar-dhana, am, n. disappearance, invisibility;

antardhanam i or gam, to disappear; {as)', m.,

N. of a son of Prithu.— Antardhana-gata, as, a,

am, disappexed. —Antar dhana-dara, as,'i, am,

going invisibly.

Antar-dhdpita, as, a, am, rendered invisible.

Antar-dhdyaka, as, ika, am, rendering invisible,

conceal ing.

Antar-dhi, is, m. concealment, covering, disap-

pearance.

Antar-hita, as, a, am, placed between, separated;

covered, concealed, hidden, made invisible, vanished,

invisible; hidden from (with abi.). — Antar-hitat-

man (°ta-dt°), a, m. epithet of Swa (‘of con-

cealed mind’).

antar-bliu, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -vitum,

to be (contained or inherent or implied) in.

Antar-bhava, as, a, am, being within, inward,

internal, generated intemally.

Antar-bhavana, antar-bhavana. See s. v. antar.

Antar-bhava, as, m. the being induded by, in-

temal or inherent nature or disposition.

Antar-bhavtta, as, d, am, induded, involved, im-

plied.

Antar-bhuta, as, a, am, being within, intemal,

inner. — Antarbhuta-tva, am, n.; see antar-

bhava.

Antar-bhumL See under antar.

■‘-M antas-dar (antar-dar), cl. 1. P. A.

-farati, -te, -ritum, Ved. -radhyai, to move be-

tween, to move within.

‘‘-M *n v>.r^ antas-dhid (antar-6hid), cl. 7. P.

-thinaiti, -dhettum, to cut off, to intercept.

WTfTH antas. See antar.

Tirfjfr i . anti, ind. before, in the presence

of, near; (with gen.) within the proximity of, to

[cf. Lat. ante, Gr. clvtC). — Anti-griha, am, n., Ved.

a house near one*s own dwelling; a place before the

house, the neighbourhood of the house. — Anti-tama,

as, d, am, very near. — Anti-tas, ind., Ved. from near.

— Anti-deva, as, d, am, Ved. being in the presence

of the gods, near the gods; playing against another,

an adversary (at dice), — Anti-mitra, as, d, am,

Ved. near or at hand with friendship. — Anti-rama,

as, d, am, Ved. near with wealth or loveliness.

— Antishad, t, t, t, Ved. sitting near. — Anti-

shumna, as, d, am, Ved. near with happiness or

kindness. — Anty-utt, is, is, i, Ved. near with help.

I. antika, as, d, am, (with gen. or abi.) near, prox-

imate ; compar, nedlyas, superi, nedishtha ; {am), n.

vidnity, proximity, near, e.g. antika-stha, remaioing

near; (am), ind. (with abi., gen., or as last member

of a compound) until, near to, into the presence of;

(at), ind. from the proximity; near, close by; within

the presence of; (e), ind. (with gen. or as last mem-

ber of a compound) near, close by, in the proximity

or presence of; (ena), ind. (with gen.) near.

— Antika-gati, is, f. going near. — Antika-ta, f.

nearness, vidnity, contiguity. — Antikas⁽raya (°ka-

atf*), as, m. contiguous support (as that given by a

tree to a creeper),

1. antima, as, d, am, immediatdy following (in

this sense as the last member of a compound, e.g.

datiantima,¹ the eleventh’) ; very near.

Antiya, jas, d, am, Ved. near; (am), n. a proxi-

mate place.

'srfa 2. anti, is, f. an elder sister (in

theatrica! language). For 1. anti, see last coi.

Antika, f. an elder sister (in theatrical language;

perhaps a corruption of attikd); a fire-place; a piant,

Echites Scholaris.

Anti, f. an oven.

2. antika, as, d, am (fr. anta),

reaching to the end of, reaching to (e.g. nasantika,

reaching to the nose), lasting till, until.

2. antima, as, a, am, final, ultimate, last. — Anti-

mdnka (?ma-an°), as, m. the last unit, nine.

Antya, as, d, am, last in place, in time, or in

order; immediately following (used as the last mem-

ber of a compound, e. g. ashtamdntya, ‘the ninth’);

lowest in place or condition, undermost, inferior, be-

longing to the lowest caste; (as), m., N. of the piant

Cyperus Hexastachyus Communis; (am), n. the num-

ber 1000 billions; the twdfth sign of the zodiac;

the last member of a mathematical series. — A ntya-

karman, a, n. or antya-kriyd, f. funeral rites.

— Antya-ja, as, d, am, younger, latest born; of the

lowest caste; (as), m. a S^,Odra; a man of one of

seven inferior tribes; a washerman, currier, mimic,

Varuda, fisherman, Meda or attendant on women, and

mountaineer or forester. — Antyaja-gamana, am,

n. intercourse (between a woman of the higher caste)

with a man of the lowest caste. — Antyarjanman, d,

d, a, or antya-jati, is, is, i, or antya-jdtiya, as,

d, am, of the lowest caste. — Antyaja-gamana,

am, n. intercourse (between a man of the higher

caste) with a woman of the lowest caste. — Antya-

dhana, am, n.last member of an arithmetical series.

— Antya-pada or antya-mula, am, n. (in arithm.)

the last or greatest root (in the square). — Antya-bha,

am, n. the last Nakshatra (RevatI); the last sign of

the zodiac, the sign Pisces. — Antya-yuga, as, m.

the last or Kali age. — Antya-yoni, is, f. the lowest

source; (is, is, i), of the lowest origin. — Antya-

varna, as, d, m. f. a man or woman of the last

tribe, a Sudra. — Antya-vipula, f., N. of a metre.

— Antyavasaym (°ya-av°), i, ini, m. f. a man or

woman of low caste, the son of a Csndala by a Ni-

shSdT, esperially one of the following classes: C5n-

dala, Svapada or executioner, Kshattri, Sflta, Vaide-

haka, Magadha or bard, and Ayogava. — Antyahuti

(°ya-dh°), is, f. funeral oblation or sacrifice. — An-

tyeshti (^Jya-ish°), is, f. funeral sacrifice. — Anty-

eshti-kriyd, f. funeral ceremonies.

Antyaka, as, m. a man of the lowest tribe.

vi antra, am, n. (contraction of antara ;

or fr. rt. am ?; Gr. evrepov), entrail, intestine; (?),

f„ N. of a piant, either Convolvolus Argenteus or

Ipomoea Pes Caprae Roth (?). — Antra-kuja, as, m.

or antra-kiijana, am, n. or antra-vihijana, am,

n. rumbling of the bowds. — Antran-dhami, is, f.

indigestion, inflation of the bowels from wind. — An-

tra-pddaka, as, m., N. of a piant, iEschynomene

Grandifiora. — Antra-maya, as, ?, am, consisting of

entrails. — Antra-vriddhi, is, f. inguinal hernia,

rupture. ~ Antra-4ild, f., N. of a river. — Antra-

sraj, ky f. a kind of garland worn by Nara-sinha.

— Antrada (°ra-dd°), as, m. worms in the intes-

tines.

and, cl. 1. P. andati, -ditum, to

^ xr bind.

Anda, as, m. binding.

Andu, vs, f. or andu, us, f. or anduka or an-

diika, as, m. the chain for an elephant’s feet; a ring

or chain worn on the ancle.

«r<d»i andika, f. (for antika, q. v.), fire-

place.

andolaya, nom. P. andolayati,

-yitum, to agitate, to swing.

Andolana, am, n. swinging,- oscillating.

Andolita, as, d, am, agitated, swung.

andraka, as, m., N. of a king.

~~an»~~ andh, cl. 10. P. andhayati, -yitum,

* \to be or become blind.

Andha, as, d, am, blind; making blind, prevent-

ing the sight, dark; (am), n. darkness; turbid

water, water; (ds), m. pl., N. of a people. — Andha-

kara, as, am, m. n. darkness. — Andhakdra-maya,

as, i, am, diik.^Andhakdrasan^aya, as, m.

intensity of darkness. — Andha-karita, as, d, am,

made dark, dark, — Andha-kupa, as, m. a well of

which the mouth is hidden; aiwell over-grown with

plants, &c.; a panicular hell. — Andhan-karana, as,

i, am, making bliod. — Andha-tamasa or andha-

tdmasa or andhd,-tamasa, am, n. great darkness.

— Andha-ta, f. or andha-tva, am, n. blindness.

— Andha-tamUra, as, m. complete darkness of

the soul; (am), n. a division of Tartarus, the second

or eighteentb of the twenty-one hells; doctrine of

annihilation after death. — Andha-dhl, is, is, i,

mentally blind. — Andha-putana, f. a female demon

causing diseases in children. — Andha-mushd, f.

a small covered crudble with a hole in the side.

— Andha-mushikd, f., N. of a grass, Lepeocercis

Serrata. — Andham-bhavuka, as, d, am, or andha-

bhavishnu, us, us, u, becoming blind. — Andha-

rdtri, f., Ved. dark night. — Andhdlaji (°dha-aF),

f. a blind boil, one that does not suppurate. — An-

dhdhi (°dha-ahi), is, or andhahika, as, m. a blind

snake, not poisonous; (is, is), m. f., N. of a fish,

commonly called ku<5ik5.

Andhaka, as, d, am, blind, (as), m., N. of an

Asura, a son of Ka^yapa and Diti; N. of a descen-

dant of Yadu and ancestor of Krishna and his descen-

dants ; N. of a Muni. — Andhaka-ghdtin, i, m. or

andhaka-ripu, us, m. or andhakari (°ka-ari), is,

m. or andhaJcdsuhrid (°ka-08^o), m. epithet of S'iva,

the slayer or enemy of the Asura Andhaka. — Andha-

ka-varta, as, m., N. of a mountain. — Andhaka-

vrishni, ayas, pl. m. descendants of Andhaka and

Vrishni.

1. and.has, as, n., Ved. darkness, obscurity.

Andhika, f. night; a kind of game, bUndman’s

bufF; a woman of a particular character; one of the

classes of women; a disease of the eye; another dis-

ease; see sarshapi.

Andhi-kri, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kartuni, to make

blind, to blind. — Andhi-krita, a$, d, am, made or

become blind. — Andhikritdtman (°ta-at°), d, d,

a, blinded in mind.

Andhi-gu, us, m., N. of a Rishi.

Andhi-bhu, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -vitum, to become

blind. — Andhi-bhuta, as, d, am, become blind.

2. andhas, as, n. (fr. rt. ad, to eat ?;

Gr. &v6os), food, Soma, ghee, boiled rice; herb in

general, herb of the Soma piant, Soma juice, juice;

grassy ground. (For 1. andhas, see above.)

andhu, us, m. (fr. rt. am or andh?),

a well.

andhula, as, m., N. of a trec,

Acacia Sirissa.

andhra, as, m., N. of a people, pro-

bably modem Telingana; N, of a dynasty; a man of

N

msVSTTTH anclhra-juti.

^Tarpj anyonya.

46

a low caste, the offrpring of a Vaideha fathcr and

KSrSvara raother, who lives by killing gamc. — An-

dhra-) dii, u, f. the Andhra tribe. — Andhra-jatiya,

as, a, am, belongiag to this tribe. — Andhra-

bhfitya, as, m. pl. a dynasty of the Andhras.

1. anna, as, m. (fr. rt. at or am?),

the sun.

2. anna, as, a, am (fr. rt. ad), eaten;

(am), n. food or victuals in general; food in a mys-

tical sense, or the lowest form in which the supreme

soul is manifcsted, the coarsest envelope of the su-

preme spirit; boilcd rice; bread cora; Ved. water;

Vishnu; earth. — Anm-kama, as, a, am, desirous

of food. — Anna-kala, as, m. meal-time, proper hour

for eating. — Anna-koshthaka, as, m. cupboard,

granary; Vishnu; the sun. — Anna-gati, is, f.

the oesophagus, gullet. — Anna-gandhi, is, m. dy-

sentery, diarrhoea. — Anna-ja or anna-jaia, as, a,

am, springing from or occasioaed by food as the

primitive substance. — Anna-jala, am, n. food and

water, bare subsistence. — Anna-git, i, t, f, Ved. ob-

taining food by conquest. — Anna-jtvana, as, i (?),

am, liviog by food. — Amia-tejas, as, as, as, Ved.

having the vigour of food. — Anna-da, as, a, am,

or anna-datri, td, tri, tri,or anna-dayin, i, ini, i,

or anna-prada, as, a, am, giving food; epithet of

Siva and DurgS.— Anna-dana, am, n. the giving

of food. — Anna-decata, f. the divinity supposed to

preside over artides of food, — Anna-dosha, as, m.

a fault committcd by eating prohibited food. — Anna'

dveska, as, ra. want of appetite, dislike of food.

— Anim-pati, is, m. possessor of food, an epithet of

Savitri, Agni, Siva. — Awia-pU, ds, m., Ved. puri-

fying food, epithet of the sun. — Anna-purna, as, a,

am, filled with or possessed of food; (d), f. a goddess,

a form of Durga. — Anna-purvd (?), f., N. of Durga.

— Anna-peya, am, n., Ved. another name for the

Vaja-peya sacrifice. — Anna-pralaya, as, a, am, be-

ing resolved into food or the primitive substance after

dtath. — Anna-praJa, as, m. or anna-praiana,

am, n. putting rice into a child’s mouth for the first

tinie, after oblations to fire, a ceremony performed

between the fifth and eighth month : it is one of the

sixteen SaoskSras mentioned in the second book of

Manu. — Anna-bubhukshu, vs, us, u, desirous of

eating food, — Anna-brahman, a, n. or annatman

(^na-df), a, m. Brahma as represented by food.

— Anna-bhaksha, as, m. or anna-bfiakshana, am,

n. or anna-bhukti, is, f. eating of food. — Anna-

hhdga, as, m., Ved. a share of food. — Anna-bhuj,

k, k, k, eating food; (k), m. an epithet of Siva.

— Anna-maya, as, i, am, made from food, com-

posed of food or of boiled rice; (am), n. plenty of

food. — Annamaya-kota or annamaya-kosha, as,

m. the gross material body, that Which is sustaioed by

food (the sthOla-Sarira).— Anm-mala, am, n. ex-

crement ; spirituous liquor. — Anna-raksha, f. caution

In eating food. — Anna-rasa, as, m. essence of food,

chyle; meat and drink, nutriment, taste in distin-

guishing food. — Anna-lipsa, f. desire for food, ap-

petite.— Annabat, an, atl, at, possessed of food.

— Anna^tasira, am, n. food and dothing, the ne-

cessarie* of life. — Anna-vahi-srotas, as, n. the

oesophagus, gullet. — Anna-^idkdra, as, m. transform-

ati⁰*¹ of food; disorder of the stomach from indiges-

tion ; the serainal secretion. — Anna-vid, t, t, t, Ved.

knowing food; possessed of food. — Anrta-fesha, as,

m. leavings, offal. — Anna-sanskara, as, m. conse-

crating of food. — Anna-hariri, td, trl, Iri, taking

away food. — Anna-homa, as, m. a sacrifice con-

nected with the Alva-medha. — Anndkdla, see

andkdla. — AnnaMhddana (°na-dMh°), am, n.

focxJ jmd dothing. — Annattri (°na-at ’), td, m. or

annadxn ('■na-dd⁰), ?, ini, i, eating food. —^Inna-

da (°na.-ad), as, d, am, eating food; (as), m., N.

of Vishnu, — Annadana (°na-a<V), am, n. eating

of food.-Annddya (°na~ad ), am, n. food in

general, proper food. — Annadya-kama, as, m. de-

sirous of food. — Annayu or annayus (°7ia-dy°), vs,

m. living by food, desirous of food.— Annarthin

(°KO^ir°), t, ini, i, asking for food, — Anna*

vridh (final a lengthencd), t, t, t, Ved. inaeasing

food. — AnndhdHn (°na-dh°), i,inl, i, eating food.

annambhatta, as, m., N. of the

autbor of the Tarka-san-graha, or compendium of the

NySya philosophy, especially the Vaifeshika branch.

anya, as, d, at (according to native

authorities fr. rt. an ,but more probably from a pronora»

base a or an), other, different; (with abi. or as the

last member of a compound) other than, different

from, opposed to; another; another person; one of

a number; anya anyU or eka anya, the one, the

other [cf. Zend anya; Armen. ail; Lat.alius ; Goth.

aljis, Thera, alja; Gr. &A\os for &Xjo~s; cf. also

Inoi]. — Anya-kama, as, d, am, loving another.

— Anya-kdruka, f. a worm bred in excrement.

— Anya-krita, as, d, am, or anya-karita, as, a,

am, done by another. — Anya-kshetra, am, n. an-

other territoiy or sphere. — Anya~ga, as, d, am, or

anya-gqmin, ?, ini, i, going to another, adulterous.

— Anya-gotra, as, d_t am, of a different family.

— Anya-titta, as, d, am, whose mind is fixed on

some one or something else.— Anya-dodita, as, d,

am, moved by another. — AnyaA‘da (°yad-da), ind.

and another, besides, moreover, on the contrary.

— Anyaga or anya-jata, as, d, am, bom of another

(family, &c.), of a different origin, — Anya-janman,

a, n. another birth, being bom again, metempsy-

chosis. — Anyartd, f. difference. — Anyat-kdma, as,

d, am, desirous of something else. — Anyat~kri, to

make a mistake in readlog, &c. — Anyad^artha

or anyartha (°ya-ar°), as, d, am, having another

meaning, purpose, sense. — Anya-durvaha, as, d,

am, difficult to be bome by another. — Anya-devata

or anya-devatya or anya-dairata, as, d, am,

having another divinity, i. e. addressed to another

divinity. — Anya-dharma, as, m. different character-

istic; characteristic of another; (as, d, am), having dif-

ferent characteristics. — Anya^dhi, is, is, i, one whose

mind is alienated (from God). — Anya-nal)hi, is, is,

i, of another family. — Anya-para, as, d, am, de-

voted to something else, zealous in something else.

— Anya-pushta or anya-bhrita, as, a, m. f. the

kokila or Indian cuckoo, supposed to be reared by

the crow. — Anya-purva, f. a woman previously pro-

mi sed or betrothed to one and married to another.

— Anya-hhrit, t, m. a crow (‘nourishing another ;*

the crow being supposed to sit upon the eggs of the

kokila). — Anya-manas, as, ds, as, or anya-ma-

naska or anya~manasa, as, d, am, one whose mind

is fixed on something else, absent, fickle, versatile;

having another mind in one's self, possessed by a

demon. — Anya-niatri-ja, as, m. a half-brother, who

has the same father but another mother. — Anya-

rajan, d, d, a, having another for king, subject to

another. — Anyarrashtrlya, as, d, am, from another

kingdom, belonging to another kingdom. — Anya-

rupa, am, n, another form; (ena), in another form,

disguised; (as, d, am), changed, altered. — Anya-

rupin, i, ini, i, having another shape. — Anya-

linga or anyaAingaka, as, d, am, having the

gender of another (word, vtz. of the substantive), an

adjective. — Anya^'arna, as, d, am, having another

colour. — Anya-vapa, as, m. the kokila or Indian

cuckoo (‘ sowing for others/ i, e. leaving his eggs in

the nests of other birds), — Anya-vijaga or anya-

vija-samudbhava or anya-rijotpanna (?ja~v.t°),

as, m. (‘ bom from the seed of another’), an adopted

son. — Anya-vrata, as, m., Ved. following other

(than Vedic) obscrvances; devoted to other (gods),

infidel, unbelieving. — Anya^ialchaka, as, m. a

Br5hman who has left his school; an apostate.

— Anya-sangama, as, m. intercourse with another,

adulterous intercourse. — Anya^sddh&rana, as, d,

am, common to others. — Anya-xtri-ga, as,

m. going to anothers wife, an adulterer. — Anya-

driksha, as, d, am, or anya-driY, k, k, k, or anya-

dyita, as, i, am, of another kind, like another.

— Anyadhlna (°ya-or?A°), as, d, am, subject to

others, dependent, — Anyagrayana (°ya-a£), am,

n. going to another (as an inheritance). — Anya-

irita (°ya-d^), as, d, am,* gone to another.

— Anyasakta (°ya-G«°), as, d, am, intent on some-

thing else. — Anydsadhdratia (⁰ya~as°), as, i, am,

not common to another, peculiar, — Anyodha (°y«-

udh°)_t f. married to another, anotheris wife. — Am-

yotpanna (°ya-ut^), as, d, am, begotten by another.

— Anyodarya (°ya-ud°)_t as, d, am, bom from

another womb; (as), m. a step-mothers son.

Avyaka, as, m. another, other.

Anya-tama, as, d, am, any one of many, either,

any.

Anyartara, as, a, at, either of two, other, differ-

ent ; anyatara anyatara, the onc, the other;

anyaiarasyam, loc. f. either way. — Anyatara-

tas, ind. on one of two sides. — Anyatarat^danta,

as, a, am, having teeth on one side (only). — Anya-

tare-dyvs, ind. on either of two days.

Anya-tas, ind. from another; from another mo-

tive; cn one side (anyata-h anyatah, on the one,

on the other side); elsewhere; on the other side, on

the contrary, io one direcrioo; towards some other

place. — Anyata-eta, etas, enl, ra. f., Ved. variegated

on one side. — Anyatah-kshnut, t, t, t, Ved. shaip

on one side. Anyatah-plaJcshd, f., N. of a Lotus

pond in Kurukshetra. — Anyato-ghatin, i, m., Ved.

strikingin one direction. — Anyato-’ranya(°ta8-a?’),

am, n., Ved. a land which is woody here and there,

or only on one $ide(?). — Anyato-vata, as, m. a

certain disease of the eye.

Anyatastya, as, m. opponent, adversary.

Anyadra, ind. (equivalent to anyaxmin, loc.

of anya), elsewhere, in another place (with abi.);

on another occasi on; (as last member of a comp.) at

another time than; otherwise, in another manner;

to another place; except, without [cf. Goth. aljathrd).

—Anyatra-manas, ds, as, as, whose mind is di-

rected to something else, inattentive.

Anya-tha, ind. otherwise, in a different manner

(with atas, itas or tatas*= in a manner different

from this; anyatha anyatha, in one way, in another

way) ; inaccurately, untruly, falsely, erroneously ; from

another moti ve; in the contraiy case, otherwise [cf.

Lat aliutci]. — Anyatha-kara, as, m. doing other-

wise, changing; (am), ind. otherwise, in a different

manner. — Anyatha-kri, to act otherwise, alter, vio-

late (a law),destroy (a hope), &c. — A nyatka-krita,

as, d, am, changed. — Anyathd-khydti, is, f. erro-

neous conception of spirit; title of a philosophical

work. — Anyathd-tva, am, n. an opposite state of the

case, difference. — Anyathd-bhava, as, m. alteration,

difference. — Anyathd-bhuta, as, d, am, changed.

— Anyatha-vadin or anya-vadin, t, ini, i, speak-

ing differently; (t), m. speaking inconsistently; (in

law) prevaricating or a prevaricator. — Anyatha-

vritti, (s, is, i, altered, disturbed by strong emotion.

— Anyathd~siddha, as, d, am, wrongly defined,

wrongly proved or established ; effected otherwise, un-

essentiai. — Anyathasiddha-tva, am, n, or anyatha-

suldhi, is, f. wrong arguing, wrong demonstrati on;

that demonstration in which arguments are referred

to which are not the true causcs. — Anyatha-stotra,

am, n. irony. — (From anyatha comes the nom. verb

anyathaya, P. anyathayati, -yitum, to alter.)

Anya-da, ind. at another time; sometimes; one

day, once; in another case [cf. Old Slav. inogda,

inUda].

Anyadlya, as, d, am, belongiag to another. ^

Anyarhi, ind. at another time.

Anye-dyus, ind. on the dther day, on the following

day; the other day, once. — Anycdyushka, as, d,

am, occurring every other day, daily, diuraal; (as),

m. a qnotidian fever.

Anyonya or anyo-nya, as, d, am, one another,

mutual [this word is said to be fr. anyas, nom. sing.

m., and anya; cf. paraspara. In most cases, ac-

oordingly, it will be found that the first anya may be

regarded as the subject of the sentencc, while the

latter assumes the acc., inst, gen., or loc. cases as re-

quired by the verb; there are many instances, however,

in which the first anya, originally a nominative, mu st

srsft^R anyonyam.

anv-a-nl.

be regardcd as cquival .nt to an iMicne case]; amyo-

nyam or anyonya-tas, ind. mutually.— Anyonya-

Icalaha, as_i m.mutual quarrel. — Anyonya-ghata, as,

m. mutual conflict, killing one another. — Anyonya-

paksha-nayana,am, n. transposi ng (of numbers) from

one side to another. — Anyonyarbheda, as, m. mutual

division or enmity. —Anyomja-mithiina, am, n. mu-

tual union; (as), m. united mutually. — Anyonya-vi-

bhaga,as,m.mutual partition (ofan inheritance). — A-

nyonya-vritti, is, m.mutual effectof one upon another.

— Anyonya-vyatikara, as, m. reciprocal actioo, re-

lation or infiutnce. — Anyonya-samtfraya, as, m.

reciprocal relation (of cause and effect). — Anyonya-

sdpcksha, as, a, am, mutually relating.— Anyonya-

hdrabhihata (°ra-abh°), as, a, am, (two quantities)

mutually mulliplied by their denominators.— Anyo-

nyapahrita Cya-ap⁰), as, a, am, taken or secreted

from one another, taken secretly. — Anyonyabhava

(°ya-abh^c)» os, m. mutual non-existence, mutual

oegation, relative ditference. — AnyonyaSraya (°ya-

a$ ), as, m. mutual or reciprocal support, connec-

tion or dependance; mutually depending. — Artyo-

nyadrita (°ya-aas, d, am, mutually supported

or depending. — AnyonyoHi (⁰ya-uk°), is, f. con-

versalioo.

WiMft a-nyanga, as, a, am, Ved. spotless.

— A-mjanga-Sveta, as, d, am, Ved. white and

without spot (as a sacrificial animal).

vraTT, '~~%H^iiV~~, -j-srer,

Sce under anya.

a-nyd, f., Ved. (nya contr^cted fr.

niya ?), not drying up (as the milk of a cow ?) ; or

anya, f. of anya, other (the aceent being altered ?).

a-nyuya, as, m. unjnst or unlawful

action; impropriety, indecorum; irregularity, disor-

der. — Anyaya-vartin, i, ini, i, or anyaya-vritta,

as, d, am, acting unjustly; following enl eourses.

A-nyayin, i, ini, i, or a-nyayya, as, d, am, unjust,

improper, indecorous, unbecoming.

a-nydna, as, d, am, not defective,

entire, complete. — A-nyunddhika (°na-adh°)_f as,

d, am, not too little and not too much; neither de-

ficient nor excessive.

•a cfcH a-ny-oleas, as, ds, as,notremaming

in one’s own (o&as) habitation.

anv-aksha, as, d, am (fr. aksha,

the eye, with anu), following; (am), ind. afterwards ;

immediately after; directly.

anv-akshara-sandhi, is, m.

a kind of Sandhi in the Vedas, euphonic conjunction

of a vowel and consonant.

anv-angam, ind. after every

member or part.

anvahd, an, udi, ak (fr. rt. ahd with

anu), following the direction of another, goiog after,

following; lying lengthwise; anudi, loc. c. in the

rear, behind; (a£), ind. afterwards. — Anvag-bha-

vam, ind. afterwards; friendly disposed. — Anvag-

bhuya, ind. becoming friendly disposed.

WTTfft anv-ati (anu-ati-i), cl. 2. P. -atyetiy.

-tum, to follow in Crossing or passing.

anv-adhyayam, ind. according

to the chapters (especially of the Veda), according to

the sacred texts.

anv-aya, as, am, m. n. (fr. rt. i with

anu, see anv-i), following, succession; (as), 'p, con-

nection, association, being linked to or concemed

with; the natural order or conneetion of words in a

sentence, syntax, construing; IogiSKconnection^ of

words; logical connection of caus& ana-effect, or pro-

position and conclusion; drift, teror, purport; de-

scendants, race, lineage, family. — Anvaya-gna, as,

m. a genealogist,—Anvaya-vat, an, ati, at, having

a connection (as a consequence), following, agreeing

with; belonging to race or family, — Anvaya-vat,

ind. in connection with, in the sight of. — Anvaya-

vyatireka, am, n. a positive and negative proposition;

agreement and contrariety; species aad difference;

rule and exception; logica! connection and discon-

nection. — Anvaya-vyatirebin, t, ini, t, (in phil)

affirmative aad negative, — Anvaya-vyapti, is, f. an

affirmative argument.

Anvayin, i, ini, t, connected (as a consequence).

— Anvayi-tva, am, n. the state of being a necessary

consequence,

anv-ard (anu-ard), cl. 1. P. -ardati,

-ditum, to honour with shouts or songs of jubilee.

'^'Ar^anv-arj (anu-arj), cl. 1. P. -arjati,

-jitum, to let go.

•Sircjfrf7T anv-artitri, ta, m. (fr. anu-art

for anu-arth), Ved. an inviter, one who allows to

take.

c.

anr-artha, as, a, am, ha”ing the

meaning obviou;, intelligible, ciear. — Anvartha-gra-

hana, am., n. the literal acceptation of the meaning

of a word <a* opposed to the conventionali. — Anvar-

tha-sarljna., f.a term wluse mearing is intelligible

in itseif (opposed to such technical termi as Iha,

ghu, &c.).

■oi.it 4 arv-ar (anu-av), cl. i. P. -avati,

-ntnm, tn enconrage.

vtHscj ■m-ava-Tcfi (ann-ara⁰), cl. 6. P.

-lirati, -karit,*m or to scatter or strew

'bont: Cass. P. -klrnyati, -yxtnm, to mak^ one

scatter ibout

Arv-avaMrana, am, n. scattering about succes-

sively.

vt.nqanv-ava-kram (aru-ava°), cl. i.

P. -kramai*, -hramitum,, to dt cend or enttr in

SBCcessioo.

viw inv-ava-ga (anu-ava”), cl. 3. P.

■jigatt, -gatum, to go and join another.

-1^-qT anv-ava-6ar {ann-ava"), cl. 1. P.

-frrati, -ritnin, to iiisinuate one s self into, -nter

steaithily.

Anv-am/am, as, m., Ved. descending and going

after.

vl itJT anv-avc.-pc., cl. 1. P. -pibati,

opalum, to drink after others.

vi.qqH^I anr-arasergo, as, m. (fr. rt. srij

ttith anu and ava), letting down, slackininr;

friendly invitation; permission to do as one likes.

VT^T-irHri unv-avasita, as, a, am (fr. rt. si

with anu and ara), tastened to, bound to, attached;

see anuvasita.

vi -l ^_-i I ii' anv-avarj (anu-ava-arj), cl. 1. P.

-arariati, -jitum, to cause to go after or in a par-

ticular directi in; to visit with anything.

t •■'■i '-i nn v-ave (anu-ava-i), cl. 2. P. -avaiti,

-tum, to follow, walk up to or get into.

Anv-axaya, as, m. race, lineage.

inv-avagana, am, n., Ved. d< cending and goiog

after.

/tnv-aveksh (anu-ava-iksh), cl. 1.

A. -avtkskate, -icshifum, to look at, inapect.

An v-aveksha, f. regard, coni iderabon.

anK-as (anu-oJ), cl. 5. P. A. -asnnti,

-nute, -aMtvm or -aihtum, to reach, come Up to,

e ]ual.

Vi--i«cnl anr-ashtaku, f. the ninth day in

the latter half of the three mmiths following the full

moon in AgrahSyana, Pausisa, Magha, PhSlguna.

Anrashial-ya, am, n. a S'r5ddha or faneral Cere-

mony performed on the Aovarhjakas.

47

a,iv-as (anu-as), cl. 2. P., Ved. -asti,

to be at hand, to reach.

WV7T3 anv-asta, as, a, am (fr. rt. 2. as,

axyati), shot along, shot; interwoven (as in silk),

chequered.

anv-ah (anu-ah), perf. -6,ha, to pro-

nonnee, < specially a ceremonial tormula (Oram. 384 b).

anv-aham (anu-aham), ind. day

after day, every day.

aHeTTih¹! anv-a-kratn (anu-a"), cl. 1. A.

-Ira,nat.“, -multum, to ascend toward or to; P.

-Jcramati, to "isit in succerjon.

virtjl**il anv-a-khya (anu-a"), cl. 2. T

-khyati, -tam, to enumerate. .

Aw-akhjana, au, n. emimeration; section;

chapter.

vS .'d IJtanv-c-gam (anu-a°), cl. 1. P.

-gaMhati, -qantum, to follow, c ime after: Desid.

-jigarsati, to wish or mtend to follow.

^»=iT*TT arv-a-ga (anu-a°), cl. 3. P., Ved

-jigati, -gatum, to follow.

a.nv-a-6aksh (anu-a"), cl. 2. A.

-rioshte, Ved. Inf. -,'akshast, to name after.

anv-a-dam (anv-u°), cl. 1. P.

-iamati, -(amitum, to follow in rinsing the mouth.

iST^TTsU anv-ddaya, as, m. (rt. di), laying

down a rule of .econdary importance after that whicb

is pra^hana or piimary; conuecting of a seconda.y

action with the mJn action (e. g. th. oninnetion ,^:a

is somebmes used anva^Aaye). — AnraSuya-sishta,

as, d, am, propjui.ded as a rule or matter of secon-

dary importance.

Anv-a&ta, as, d, am, sacondary, inferior.

vS.f l^iT anv-a-dc.r (anu-af), cl. 1. P.

-darati, -ritum, to follow or imitate in doing.

-'t -MiVT anraje (fr. anu and aj F), only used

in connection with rt. bri, e g. anvajt kri, to sup-

port, aid, assist

anv-a-tan (anu-ii"), cl. 8. P

-tanoti, -nitum, to extvnd, spi..ad; to overspread,

extend over.

Tr-TTcTT anv-a-da (anu-a"), cl. 3. A. -datte,

-datum, to resume.

vt r-mP.lK anv-a-dis (anu-d°), cl. 6. P.

-didati, -deshtmn, to name or m.ntion atresh; to

empioy agatn.

Aar-adixhta, as, a, am, mcnrion-d after or ac-

cording to, employed -gain; inferior.

Anr-adc.iu, as, m. menti-nnng after, a repeated

meution, reierring tn what h..s baen stated pre<nously,

rtoiiipioyiiic.it of the ^eame Word in a ab equ-nt

part of a sentence, the employmeot agaio of ti.e samc

tbing to perform a nubsequent operation.

anv-adhc.na, am, n. (fr. rt. dita

with ctmi and S), putri ng fuci (on the three sacred

fires’l, dep isiting.

I. am^adhi, is, m. a bail or deposit delivered to

a tl ird pirson, sce anv-ahita below; 1 seotnd dep jsit

Anx-adheija or anv-ddhtyaha, am, n. property

presented after mrrriage to the wite by her husbands

family.

Air"-ahUa, as, a, am, depo-ited with a pitson to

be delivered ullimite!;^- to the right t wricr.

2. anv-adhi, is, m. (rt. dhyai),

reptntanc:, remorse, melancholy reflecti in after (the

commission of a bad act).

Anv-adhya, as, m. a kind of divinity.

vft 1 rjl anr-a-ni, cl. 1. P. -nayati, -natum,

to Iead to, to Iead along.

48

«jrnrr anv-d-nu. 'TPI^Uc^ apakrish^a-tva.

vit-4 i«j ann-a-nu, Intens., Ved. -rionavlti,

to sound througb.

anv-antrya, as, a, am, Ved. being

in the entrails.

*1 anv-ayatana, as, a, am, lati-

tndinal.

vi 1M rt anv-ayafta, as, a, am (fr. rt. yat

with a and ana), Ved. follawing after, in accordance

with.

*T*Tntrm anv-ayatya, f. a deity invoked

by the verb anv-d^ya.

anv-a-rabh (anu-a°), cl. i. A.

-rabhate, -rabdknm, to commence; to receive; to

touch.

Anv-drabdka, as, a, am, in contact with.

Anv-drabhja, as, a, am, to be touched, tangible.

Anv-arambha, as, m. or anv-arambkana, am,

n. tooching, contact.

Anv-drambkanit/a, f. an initiatory ceremooy.

anv-a-ruh {anu-d*), cl. i. P.

-rahati, -rodhtim, to follow or join by ascending.

Anv-arohana, am, n. (a widow’s) ascending the

funeral pile after or with the body of a husband.

Anv-arohaniya, as, d, am, belonging to the

Aovirohana, or rite of creniation.

vt ifq3T anv-a-vis (anu-a°), cl. 6. P. -viJ-

ati, -vcshtum, to en ter, occupy, possess, engross.

vi|Pzjanv-a-srx (anu-a°),cl. i. P.-frayati,

-yxtum, to resort to, repair, to go (or come) up to.

anv-as {anu-as), cl. 2. A. -aste,

•situm, to follow io taking a seat; to be seated at or

near or rouod; to be engaged in (especially in a reli-

gious act).

Anc-asana, am, n. sitting down after (another),

service; regret, afflictioo; a place where work is done,

a manufactory, a honse of industry; an unctuous or

cooling enema.

Anv-dsita, as, a, am, made to sit down after

or alongside.

Anv-asina, as, a, am, sitting down after, seated

alongside of.

Ant-asyamana, as, d, am, being accompanied by,

attended by.

anv-d-stha, (anu-d°), cl. i. P.

-tishthati, sthatum, to go towards, to meet

anr-ahnrya, as, am,, m. n. or

anv-ahUryaka, am, n. (rt. Ari), a certaio gift

presu tui to the priests; (am or akam), n. tue

monthly Sr^ddha or funtral mpast in boo' >ur of the

manes, held on th_ daj of netv moon; .ccordiug

to M-irni, it -hould be of meat eatcn nfter the pre-

sentatinn of a Pinda or baH of ricc. — Anraharya-

paCana, a., m. th: Southern sacrintiai fire, used in

the Anv.th.irya -aerifice.

Pristi nnr-aliko,as,i,am, da^;ly,diurnal.

'SffVd aiw-ahita. See anv-adhdna,p.47.

!'•-( anr-i (anu-i), cl. 2. P., Ved. -eti,

-tum, -lenr, -ta^ai, to go -fler or alnnpside, to

folbw; to seek; to be guidcd by; to fall to ont ’s share.

Anv-aya. See ,. v., p. coi. 1.

Aur-ita or annita, as, d, arm, joined, attmded,

e mnerted w.th, linked to ; hftvkig as an es>ential or

iahernnt part, end( wed v, irh, pos.e'sed cf, po-sessing;

fcquirvd, reictud by the mind, understood; follow.

ing; connected a- in grammar or conjtmction. — Anr-

itartha ( ta-ar ), as, e, am, having adtar meaning

underst xxl from the c-ntext, penpicuoi-s.

Anv-iti, is, f. foll- wine afle-: f_0od (-s the com-

panlon of the body ?).

An^-iyamana, a«, d, am, being foMowed.

nm-idh or anv-indh (anu-indh), cl.

7. ord.i.A -iniidkeor-mdhtde, -t&kitwm,tokmdle.

. anv-ish (anu-ish), cl. i. P. -\66hati,

-€shitum,-€8htum, to desire, seek, seek after, search,

aim at.

2. anv-ish (anu-ish), cl. 4. P. -isk-

yati, ~eshitum, to go after, seek, search: Caus.

-eskayati, -yitum, to seek.

Anv-ishta or anv-ishyamana, as, d, am, sought,

required.

Anv-eska, as, m. or anv-eshana, am, d, n. f.

seeking for, searching, Investigatiog.

Anv-tshaka, as, iled, am, or anv-eskin, 1, int,

i, or anv-€shtri, (d, (ri, tri, searching, enquiring.

Anv-cshtavya or anv-eshya, as, d, am, to be

searched, to be investigated.

anv-ihsh (anu-lksh), cl. 1. A. -ik-

shate, shitum, to follow with 0De’s looks, to keep

looking or gazing, to keep in vicw,

Anv-ilshana, am, n. or anvdkska, f. refiection,

meditation, searching.

anvipa, as, a, am (fr. ap, q.v., with

anw), near the water; or (fr. rt. dp with anu),

attainable; friendly(?).

anv-ri (ann-ri), cl. 3. P. -iyarti,

-artum or 'aritum or -artium (?),. to follow; to

follow in rising.

vi anv-ridam, ind. verse after verse.

anv-fidh (anu-ridh), cl. 6. P._} Ved.

-ridkati, -ardhitum, to carry out, accomplisb.

* _."^s .

anv-e (anu-a-i), cl. 2. P. -a^;ti, -tum,

to corii¹' after, to follow as an adherent or att dant.

ap (in the Ve das used in sing. and

plur., but in the dasjical languagc ₀oly in plur.l, apas,

f. water; air, the ii.termediatv regii in; the star 8 Virgi-

nis. S imetimc , particuiarly in the Veda¹, the Apah

are consid jred as divinities. As the last memb.r of a

c impormd, ap may tecume apa, ipa, iipa. [Cf.

La*. aqi'fi: Goth. (Ara, ‘ a riverOid Germ. aha,

and affa at the .nd of compound ; I ith. v.ppS, ‘ a

nverperb ip- Lit. amnis, ‘a river,’ for ajm‘s; cf.

also iippns]. — Apa^iat, an, ati, at, Ved. watery.

— Apah samvarta, as, m. (Buddh.) d.atnrction (of

the World) by water. — Apam-vatsa, as, m., N. of a

star (* calf of the waten,’). — Apam-nupat, t, or

npdm-napti i, td, or apam-garbha, as, or apan-

napdt, or apo-napat, t, &c., m., Ved., N. of Ag.ii

or bre as sprur.g from water. — Apim-naptriya or

apd.n-naptmva or apn-nuptriya or apn-naptnya,

as, d, am, Ved. rclating to Agni.-Apam-natfui,

a.", n. thi o ean. — Apdm-nidhi, is, m. the oceao.

— Apam-pati or ap-pati, is, m. the oceaa; N. of

Varuna. — Apom-pitta or apfAtta, am, o. fire; a

piant. — Ap-f:rils7i(\ am, n. deep meditation per-

formed by ninan» of wnter. — Ap-^ara, as, m. an

aqualic animal. — Apparas, see s. v.

Aptya, apya. See s. v.

Apsava, apsarya, apsa. See s. v.

Apsu, for word. btghjiing thus. See apsu-.

Ab-, for wurds beginning thus. Sec aMndhana,

&c.

VTF apa, ind. (as a prefit to nouns and

verbs, expresses) away, off, back (opprsed to apa,

anri, sam, prn), down (opposed to ud).

Wheir prefixed to nouns, it mair sometim. s = the

neg. parficlt a, e. g. ajia-bl i, feirhss; or may ex-

press d.teriorilioii, infcriorify, &c., e. g. apa-pdiha,

q.v.

(As a separabit preposilion or adverb. with abi.)

aw-y from, on the outside of, without, with the ex-

cepti-n of. It is separated only in the Vedas [cf. Gr.

Coro; L-.t. cb; Cioth. af; Eng. o/J.

apa-karuna, as, d, am, cruel.

‘-1'iebofjj; opa-kalcnka, as, m. an indcbble

disgrace, a deep s'ain.

vt eir+ npa-kalmusha, as, a, am, stain-

iess.

'-f 4 apn-kash, cl. i. P. -kasliati, -shitum,

to scr-pe off.

>.Sl|eblri apa-kdma, as, m.,Ved. aversion,

abhoneoce; abominableness; deprivation of what is

dear; (ani), ind. against ooe’s liiJng, unwdlingly.

VTtrflfff apa-kirti, is, f. infamy, disgrace.

apa-kukshi, is_s m. a bad or tll-

shaped belly (?). This word may also be used as a

Bahiirvnhi and as an Avyayi-bhdva.

apa-kuhja, as, m., N. of a younger

brolher of ihe serpent king Sesha.

apa-kri, cl. 8. P. A. -karati, -kurute,

-kartum, to carry away, remove, drag away; (with

gen. or acc.) to hurt, wrong, injure (any one): Caus.

-•karayati, -yitum, to hurt, wrong.

Apa-karana, am, n. acting improperly; doing

wrong; ill-treating, offending, injuring.

Apa-kartri, td, tri, tri, injurious, offensi ve, hos-

tile, inimica), an enemy.

Apa-karman, a, n. discharge (of a debt); evil doing,

improper conduct, wickedness; oppression, violeoce;

laziness, iocompetence ; any impure or degrading act

or rite.

Apa-kara, as, d, am, acting wrong, offending;

{as), m. wrong, offenee, injury, hurt; wickedness;

oppression, enmity. — Apakara-gir, is, f. or apa-

kara-tabda, as, m. an offending or menacing speech.

— Apakara-ta, f. wrong, offenee. — Apakdrarthin

(°ra-ar°), i, ini, i, malidous, malevolent.

Apa-karaka, as, ika, am, or apa-karin, ?, ini, i,

(with gen.) acting wroog, doing ili (to any one),

offending, injuriog.

Apa-krita, as, d, am, dooe wrong, maliciously,

offensively or wickedly committed; observed or

practised as a degrading or impure act, as servile

duties, funeral rites, &c.; {am), a. injury, offenee.

Apa-kritl, is, f. oppression, wrong, injury; en-

mity, appositian; any degrading or impure act or

rite.

Apa-kritya, am, n. damage, injury, hurt.

Apa-kriya, f.delivery, clearing off (debts); offenee;

any impure aet or rite.

apa-krit, cl. 6. P. -knntati, -kar-

titum, to cut off.

apa-krish, cl. i. and 6. P. A.-karsli-

ati, -te, -krishati, -te, -karshtum or -krasktnm,

to draw off or aside, drag down, cany away, take

away, remove; to omit, diminish; to put away; to

anticipate something which occurs later (as a word of

a sentence); to bend (a bow); to detract, debase,

dishonour: Caus. -harshayati, -yitum, to remove,

diminish, detract.

Apa-karsha, as, m. drawiog or dragging off or

dowo, detraction, deficiency, dirainution, decay; low-

cring, deteiioratlon, depression; decline, degradation,

inferiority, infamy; anticipated performance of a

duty; (in poetry) anticipation of a word occurring

later. — Apakarsha-sama, as, a, m. f. a sophism

in the NySya, e. g. * sound has not the quality of

shape as a jar has, therefore sound and a jar have no

qualities in common.’

Apa-karshaka, as, ikd, am, drawing down, de-

tracting (with geo.).

Apa-karshana, as, i, am, taking away, forcing

away, removing, diminishing; {am), n. taking

away, depriving of; drawing down; abolishing, de-

nying.

Apa-krishfa, as, d, am, drawn away, taken away,

removed, lost; dragged down, brought down, de-

pressed; low, vile, inferior; (a#), m. a crow. — Apa-

krishta-Jdana, as, a, am, mentally debased. — Apa-

krishfa-jdti, is, is, i, of a low tribe. — Apakrishta-

td, f. or apakfishta-tra, am, n. inferiority, vileness.

■jjxjcR apa-kri. ■ipatya-katru. 49

ITU* apa-kri, cl. 6. P. -kirati, -karitum,

■ritum, to spout ont, spurt, scatter; to throw down;

to scr..[ t with the feet.

^nTSRT^lc^ apa-kauiaK, f. news, Informa-

tion.

■>.t n P?h a-pakti, is, f. (rt. pac), immaturity;

mdigestion.

A-pakva, as, a, am, urripe, immature; undi-

gested. — Apakva-ta, f. immatuiity; incompleteness.

— Apah-a-huddhi, is, is, i, ot immature under-

st&nding. — Apakvu ,'iu (°va-af ), I, ilii, l, eatmg

raw, uncooked food.

'iiM rfi^T "pa-kram, cl. x. P. -krdmuti, poet.

A. -Ira-,nate, -initum, to go away, fly, ritreat, re-

tin_ frum ; to glide away ; to measure off by stips.

Apa-krama, as, m. going away; pas.ing ofF or

ary; flight, retreat.

Apa-kramana, am, n. or apa-krama, as, m.

passlnp oft or away, retiring.

Apa-kramir, i, ini, i, going away, retinng.

i pa-kri, cl. 9. P. A. -krinati, -nite,

■krdum, to buy, purchase.

vUlFJjl apa-krus, cl. I. P. -krosati, -krosh-

turu, to revile.

Apa-krosa, as, m. reviling, abusing.

a-paksha, as, a, am, without wings;

not on the same side or party; adverte, opposid to.

— Apak-ha-la, f. opposition, hosti.ity. — A-paksbx-

pcta, as, m. impartiality.

’5nifn' apa-kshi, cl. 5. 9. or I. P. -kshinoti,

-kshinati, -k-Iuvjnii, -kshetnm, to destroy, anni-

hilate ; bring to an tnd: Pass. -kshiyate, to didint,

wane fas the n.oon).

Apa-kshaya, as, m. declin., dec-.y, wane.

Apa-kshita, as, a, am, wmed.

Apa-ksMna, as, a, am, declined, decayid, di-

minished.

apa-kship, cl. 6. P. A. -kshipati,

-te, -kskeptum, to throw away or dowt, tak : away,

remove.

Apa-kshipta, as, a, am, thrnwn or cast down or

awjy.

Apa-kshepana, am, n. lasting away, throwing

down.

airsnJT apa-gam, cl. 1. P. -gadchali, -gan-

tura, to go away, depart; to give way, vanish.

Apa-ga, as, a, aut, going away, tnming away;

(d), f. a river.

Apa-gata, as, a, ara, gone, d.parted, remote,

goni off; dead, distaaed. — Apagata-ryadhi, is, is,

i, one who has recovered from a disease.

Apa-gama, as, m. or apa-gamana, a ni, n. going

away; giving way; separata ,n, departure, death.

arnTXR apa-gara, as, m. (rt. gri\ reviler.

'UmifvfrT tpa-garjita, as, a, am, thunder-

less (as a cioud).

« Mr I ’ apa-galbha, as, m., Ved. fculing in

boldne-s; abortive; being on the side (not in the

middle ?); separated trom the olde. t by one.

TOT apa-ga, cl. 3. P. -jigSti, -gdtum, to

go away, vanish, retire.

aliMJJ< rpa-gur, cl. 4. A. -gurate, some-

times P. -gurati, -ritum, to reject, disapprove,

thrtatm; to inv-Jgh against any one; to deprive

of(?): part. of the Inteni . apa-jargurana, as, a,

am, Ved. rejecling, &c.

Apargaram or upa-gnram, ind. having rnised.

vtM']*: apa-guh, cl. x. P. A. -gfihati, -te,

-guhitum, -godhum, to conceal, hide.

Apa-gnha, as, m., Ved. hiding place; secret.

■EPXxftxjT ipa-gopura, as, a, am, without

gates (as a towu).

ET*T?T? apa-grah, cl. 9. P. A. -grihndti,

■nite, -grahltum, to take tway, disioin, tear off.

'irtJTtvf upa-ghana, as, m. (fr. rt. han with

apai, a limb or mtmber, a» a h-nd or foot.

Aj-a-ghdta, as, m. striking or cutting off; ward-

ing off; killing; a violent d rth.

Apa-ghdtaka, as, ikd, am, warding off.

Apa-ghatin, i, ini, i, murderous, killing. See

apa-han.

v^-q apanktya. See apanktya.

aHlW a-pada or a-paiamdna, as, m. not

cool ing; not being able to coi k; a bad ciok.

afftr^T apa-dar, cl. 1. P. -6arati, -ritum,

to depart; to act wrongly.

Apa-darita, as, 5, am, gon away, departed,

derd; (am\ n. fauit, oftinct.

Apa-dara, as, m want, ahsence; dcfect; ftsit,

impropur conduct, offence; uowholesom . or improper

regimen.

Apa-darin, i, ini, i, doing wrong, wicked, bad.

-ri IXX apa-day, cl. I. P. A. -ddyali, -te,

-yifum, to fear; to respect, honour.

Apa-dayita, as, a, am, hononred, respected.

5PTfN x. apa-6i, cl. 3. P., Ved. -ciketi,

■detmn, to pay attention to, to respeot; to invite

respvCtfiilly.

I. apa-dita, as, 5, am, honoured, respected, sa-

luted; (am), n. honouring, esteemiog.

1. apu-diii, is, f. honouring, wonhip, reverenc .

— Apaditi-mat, an, ati, at, honoured.

2. apa-di, cl. 5. P. A. -fi,not', -nute,

-cetum, to gathcr, collecti Pass. -dli/ate, to be in-

jured in health or prosperity; to grow iess; to wane;

(with abi.) to lose anything.

Apa-daya, as, m. diminution, decay, d^creas^,

loss, privation, d eline; N. of several plau_tary man-

sions.

2. apa-dita, as, c, a,m, diminished, expended,

wasted; emaciat.d, thin.

2. apa-diti, is, f. Icjs; expensa; exclnsion; com-

pcn5ation ; punidiing; N. of a dauyhter of M^rTci.

Apa-ci, f. a di ea e consisting in an enlargement

of the glands of the n.ck.

Apa-detri, ta, m. a spendthrift.

apa-fikirshc, f. (rt. kr^; in

Desid.), desire of hurting any one.

. apa-fit, Caus.P. A. -6etayati^ -te,

or Ved. *Htayati, -te, -yitum, to become faithless:

Desid. -tikitmti, -te, to wish to leave or to abandon

any one.

3. apa-tit, t, f., Ved. a noxious flying iosect.

^ apa-tthattra, as, d, am, not having

a parasol.

apa-66kaya,as, a, am, shadowless,

having no shadow, as a de ity or celestial beiog; hav-

ing a bad or unlucky shadow; (a), f. an unlucky

shadow, a phantom, apparition.

^ M apa-66heda,as, m.or apa-66hedana,

am, n. (rt. <?hid), cutting off or away; loss; inter-

ruption.

apa-fyu, cl. i. A. -tyavate, poet. P.

-dyarati, -dyotum, to fall off, to perish, to go off,

desert, wilhdraw: Caus. -dyavayati, to expel.

Apa-tfyava, as, m._f Ved. going or coming out;

moving down (as a pestle ?).

Apa-fynta, as, a, am, fallen off, departed, gone

away, perished,

^PT^TTfT apa-jdta, as, m. a bad son who

has turned out ili.

apa-ji, cl. i. P. -jayati, -jetum, to

defeat, conquer, to ward off, keep off or out.

Apa-jaya, as, m. defeat, discomfiture, overthrow.

Apa-jayya, as, a, am, conquerable, to be de-

feated.

^ M f»! 141 ^ apa-jighdjisu, us, us, u (fr. apa-

han io Desid.), desirous of keeping off, wishing to

avert. ^

^TXfpTi^l^ apa-jihlrshu, us, us, u (fr. apa-

hri, q. v., in Desid.), wishing to carry off or take away.

^nTsTT apa-jna, cl. 9. A. -jariite, -jhatum,

to deny, repudiate; to dissemble, conceal; to cause

not to be recognized.

Apa-jdndna, as, a, am, denying, concealing.

a-pah6i-krita, am, n. simple

elementary substance, not compounded of the five

(panfari) gross elements; the five subtle dements.

a-patdntara (°ta-ant°), as, d, am,

not separated by a curtain ; adjoining, cootiguous.

apafi, f. a screen or wall of cloth,

especially the kanat or screen surrounding a tent.

—Apati-Jcshepa or apata-kshepa, as, m. tossing

aside the curtain; apati-kshepena, with a toss of

the curtain, precipitate entrance on the stage, indi-

cating hurry and agitation.

a-patu, as, us or vi, u, not elever,

awkward, un-onth; ineloquent; sick, dise»sed.—A-

patu-ta, f. or apatn tva, am, n. awkwardness;

sickness.

MMd a-patha, as, m. unahle to read, not

nading.

v(MfiisiT a-pamita, as, a, am, unleamed,

illiterate.

VTXXfxI r -panyo, as, a, um, unrtaleable, un-

fit for sale.

STXTrTCT apa-taksh, cl. x. P., Ved. -takshati,

-shitum or -tashtum, to chip off.

vi M ri rrJ>h apa-tantraka, as, m. spasmodic

contraction of tlie body or stomach, emprosthotonos.

v; n i;! «1 di apa-tanaka, as, m. spasmodic

contraction.

Apa-tandkin, t, ini, i, affected with spasmodic

contraction.

a-peti, is, m., Ved. not a husband

or mastir; (is, is, i), without a husband or ir.aster,

uvwmied, — A-pati-ghni, f. not kiliing the husband.

—Ayjati-ta, f. state of being without a husband.

— Apatisputra, as, d, am, without a husband and

childri.i. — A'_txiti-ri-ai<i, f. an unfaithful orunchastt

wife.

A-patika, as, d, am, without a husbond.

^PTriV§ vpo-tirtha, as, ams, m. n. a bad or

improper Tlrtha, q. v.

offXTffTT 'pa-trip, Caus. P. -tarpayati, - yi-

tum,, to starve, cuse to tast. .

Apa-tarj.ana, am, n. fasting (in sick uess).

a-pattra, as, d, am, leafless; (d), f.,

N. of a piant.

c -patnika, as, d, am, without a

wife.

Vtilrf, apatya, am, n. (fr. apa or acrording

to native ctvm. ff. rt. jnif with a, be< ause a family is by

offspring prevented from falling into decay); offspring,

child, descendant; a fatronymical affix. — Apatya-

hama, as, 5, am, der.rous of offspring. — Apatya-

jira, as, m., N. of a pl int. — Agatya-tu, f. tate of

chiidhood. — Apatya-da, as, d, mn, giving oflspring;

(a), f., N. of various plants. — Apaiya-patha, as,

m. the vulva, — Apatya-pratyaya, as, ni. a patro-

ttymical dfix. — Apatya-vat, an, ati, at, possessed

of offspring. — Apatya-vikrayin, i, m. a seller of his

offipring; a father who receives a gratuity ffom his

son-in law. — Apatya-satru, us, m. ¹ having his de-

apntya-saL

ipama.

50

"endants for -nemies,’ a crb (<aid te- p rish in

produci ng yorn.gApatya-sai, k, k, k, Ved. ac-

ompime I with offrpring. — Apatyartha-iabda ('ya-

nr ), as, m. a pi tronymic.

apa-trap, cl. i. A. or poct. P.

trapatf, -ti, -trapilum, -traptum, to b: ashamed

or bLshiuI, tim away thc. fac-

Apa-trapana, ani, n. or apa-hapa, f. b??htul-

nes6; emb'rrassmcnt.

Apa-trapis\nu, us, us, u, bashfal.

apa-tras,cl. 1.4. V.-trasati,-syati,

ritum, to bc dcterr.d, to bc afraid of, to fle. from

in terror. •

Apa-trasta, as, a, am, (with abi.) afnid of, fle.-

ing or retiring from in terror. I

:;qvr a-patha, am, n. not a way, absenre

of a rcad, pathlces state, irrsgukrity, deviation;

her.sy, heterodoxy; the vulvn; (at, a, am), path-

Icss, re adless; (a), f., N. of vurious plants. — Apathar

yamin, t, fni, f, g 'ing b) a wronp road, pursuiny

bad practics, heretical. — Apatha-prapanua, at, a,

am, out of plact, in th. wrong place, m sapplied.

A-patbin, wthas, m. absene. of road, pathle?s

stato.

A-pathia, fl«, a, am, uriit; cnsuitablc; ineo' -

sistent; (in m.die.l umvhol.som as food or dnok

in p'rticular complaints. — Apexthya-nm itta, a , a,

an , caused by nnfit food or unr.k. — Apathya-bbii,

l- Ic, h, eating what is forbi iden.

sim? a-pad. t, t, t, or at, at or adi, at,

Ved. footle s, having no fcet; going on a road which

does not exist or is unknrevn (?).

A-pada, at, a, avi, footloas; having no office;

(0»), m. a reptile; (am), n. 00 place, na abode;

thc wrong place or time; eth#r. — A -pada-ruha

or a-vada-rohini, f., N. of r pamsitical plact, Fpi-

d.ndron Tvselloides. — A-pada-stha, at, i, am,

out of ofiice. — A-padantar.t ("da-an"), as, a,

am, not separt-d by a foot, adjoiniog, contigimus;

(am), n. pmximity.

apa-daktkinam, ind. away from

the right, to the left side.

apa-drma, as, 5, am, with.out self-

restront; of wav.ring fortun..

TltrysI apa-dava, as, 0, am, free from

forc t-fire. — Apadr-dpad (”va-dp”), t, t, t, free

from the c-lamity of fim.

TTtld^l apn-dasa, as, a, am, (any number)

off tcn.

'^TtTTIT apu-das, cL 4. P., Ved. -dasyati,

-situm, to fail, i. e. becom : dry.

aHM<JV apa-dah, cl. t. P. -dahati,-dnr/dhutn,

to bnm up, to bum out so as to drive out.

■>« e;, i r| npa-ddna or apn-dnnaka, am, n.

(rt. dat), con et or pur: conduot, approved occupa-

t ,on; a great or nobl. Work; work well or com-

ple tely dom (for aradana, q. v.).

Sftrrri} a-paddrtha ( da-ar°), as, ta. non-

entity, nothing.

apa-dis, cl. 6. P. -difati, -deshtum,

to assign, to point out, indicate, betray, to pretend,

hold out as a pretext or disguise.

Ajxx-difam, ind. in an intennediate region (of

the co/npass), half a point.

Apa-dishta, as, d, am, assigned as a reason or

pretext.

Apa-dcfa, as, m. tuming away, refusal; pretence,

feint, pretext, disguise, contrivance; the second step

in a syllogism, according to the Vaiseshikas, i. e. the

statement of the reason, adducing a reason or cause;

a butt or mark ; place, quarter ; fame, reputation.

Apa-deHn, t, int, i, assuming the appearance or

semblance of.

^TUcTu/ip-r/r!, used in part. of Intens.A ed.

apa-dardrat, ut, at i, ai, tearing open.

TfPfTTirT npa-decato, f. an evil spirit. a

goblin.

•flt-Tm apa-dosha, as, 5, am_K free from

blame. .

apa-dravya, am, n. any fcad tbing.

■JUT^TT apa-dvara, am, n. a «ide-entrance

(not thc rcgular door).

^XTiilupa-dha, f.,Ved.hiding, shutting up.

TirpjTsi apa-dhtw, cl. x. P. -dhdcati,

•vitam, to depart i^frcm a previous statement), pre-

varicate.

W’ apa-dhuma, as, a, am, free from

smoke.

TPTJ apa-dhri, Caus. P. -dharcyati, -yitut.i,

to carry off.

THnflT upa-dhma, cl. I. P. •dhamatl,-dhmd-

tum, to blow - way or off.

apa-dhyai, cl. i. P. -dhi/dyati, -dhyd-

tu/n, to have a bad opmion of, to curse mcntally.

Apa-dbyaiui, am, n. evil thnnghts, wickcdness.

apa-dhvajis, cl. i. P., better A.,

-dkmmsati, -te, -situm, to scold, revile, repel; to

fail away, be degraded.

Apa-dhi-ansa, as, m. falling away, degradation,

di.graee; coocc Imcni. — Ayidh^av^a ja, as, m. a

man of a mixed or impure casta (whose father be-

longs to a lower caitc than his mother’s).

Apa-tlhramin, l, ini, i, causing to fail, drstroy-

iog, aboli ;hing.

Apa-ihvosta, as, 5, am, reviled, curse d; aban-

don-d, pounded or pjnndtd badly; (as), m. a vile

wr.tch lost fo ali sen: e of right.

Uqid M •ⁱpa-dhvnnta,as. d, am (rt. dhrar),

soundiug wrong.

apa-nata, as, a, am, bulffin^ out.

•M apa-nas, cl. 4. P. -nasyati, -nasi-

tum and -nan ktnm, to disappear, go away.

epa-nasa, as, 3, am, withnut p nose.

apa-nah, cl. 4. P. A. -nahyrti, -te,

-naddh <im, to unbind; to loosen.

vtM<ii*(fT 1 pa-naman, a, n. a bad name;

(u, a, a), having a bad nrrne.

siTh ^ apa-mdro, as, a, am, sleepless.

■.MMfsIM I¹'! 'pn-nirvana, as, a, a,n, not yet

txtinct.

MMefl apa-m, cl. 1. P. -navati, -netum, to

Icad away or off; to rob, steal, takc or drag away;

to remove, frightcn away; to put oft or away (as

garments, omamente, or fettirs); to extiact, takc

from; to deny; to except, ixclud. from rirule: Desid.

-ninishali, to wish to remove.

Apa-mya, as, m. leading away, taking away;

bad policy.

Apa-nayarm, am, n. taking away, withdr wing,

r-moving; destroving, healing; acquittanc. of n debt

or obligation.

Apa-rita, as, a, am, takcn asvay, re.noved; pa;d,

disohaiycd; led awav from, contradictory; badly

cxecu*cd, spoiled; (am), n. ir lprudent or bad bc-

haviour.

Apa-netri, ia, m. a removet, taking asvay.

apa-nud, cl. 6. P. A. -nudat¹, -te,

■nottum, to remove.

Apa-wUti, is, f. or apa-roda or apa-nMaba,

as, m. removing, taking or Scnding away ; expiation.

Apa-nwla, as, a, am, removing, drising away.

Apo-nunutsu, us, us, u, desirons of removing,

expiating.

Apa-nodana, as, t, am, removing, driving away ;

(am), n. removing, destroying.

Apa-nodya, as, a, am, to be rem ived.

ms(4TJa-panna-griha, as, 5, am, \’ed.

having an inde-tructible house.

apa-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate, -pattum,

to escape, run away.

TUmio apa-pbthn, as, m. a mistake in

reading; a wrong reading in a text.

HTO5 apa-patra, as, 5, am, using se-

parr.te vesscls (trom which no on. else will eat); of

low reste. _

ApO-patrita, as, m. a person not aliowed by hi?

kindred to eat or drink from a e-mmon vessel; a

penon who ha? lost hi? caste.

apa-padatrn, as, a, am, having

no protection for the feet, shoeless.

■*J( M MIH apn-pana, am, n. a bad or im-

proper drink.

-H 4U!rri apa-pitva, am, n. (for apa-apitva,

fr. rt. ap or ap with apa), Ved. sevetanoj; tuming

away, separation.

aPPJtf epa-puta, au, m. du. badly formed

butti cks; (as, d, am), having badly formed but-

tocks.

vrqtr apa-pfi, cl. 3. P., Ved. -pipari^{* 1 * * * * * *}, to

take away, remove.

WTTnTTin apa-prajata, f. a femalc tbat

ha? Lad a misea.iiasie.

'HMMdlril apa-pradano, am, n. a bribe.

•JTTO apa-pre (-pra-i), cl. 2. P. -pra.iti,-tum,

to go awav, to withdraw.

vSMUiPTiT apa-proshita (-pra-nsh", rt. vas),

am, n., Ved. the having depart-d, a wrong departure

or evil caured thereby.

xqrpqv upn-hodh or apa-radh (defect.

verb), to repel, avert.

apa-barhls, is, is, is, not having

tbe portion constituunt the Barhis.

apa-baJh, cl. I. A. -hudhale,

-dbilum, to drive away, repel, remove.

H417"Ti apa-bahuka, as, m. a bad arm

stiffness in the arm.

-ynPTg apa-bhaya, as, 3, am, or epa-bht,

it, Is, i, fearlcss, undaunted. t

apa-bharoru, f. (fr. rt. bhri with

apa), the last lunar mansion.

Afa-bhartn, ^ta< ^tr'< M. ^Ved- ^takin.⁸: ^awav. ^de‘

stroying.

vfHHTTI apt-bhash, cl. I. A. -bhashate,

-shitum, to revile.

Apa-’d'd*hana, am, n. abuse, bad words, vitu-

peratinn.

?5F» apa-bhu, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -vitum,

to be absent.

Apa-hhiiti, Is, f., Ved. defect, damage.

(■pa-hhrania or apa-bhransa,as, m.

falling down or away; a bad 611; a e lrrupted word,

a c irruption; unyrammati-al languagc, the most

o rrnpt ot the PrSkrit dial cts. (The spelling apr-

bhransa is iuc-rrect according to some grammarians.)

Apa-bhreshta, as, d, am, fallt.1 away, e imipted

(as a Prakrit dialect).

iSxpT apama, as, 3, am (fr. apa), Ved. the

apama-kshetra. s quivtu a-paritosha. 51

inost distant, the last; (as), m. the declination in

astronomy; the ecliptic. — Apama-kehetra, see

kranti-kshctra. — Apama-jya, f. the sine of the

ecliptic. — Apama-m(mdala or apa-heaydala or

apama-rritta, am, n. tht ecliptic.

inurit apa-mnnyu, us, us, u, free from

grief. ^

•-M M*t^J. epa-marda, as, m. (rt. mrid), what

is swept away, dirt.

’h4H3t apa-tmrh, as, m. (rt. mris), touch-

ing, erazing.

'TRTTPT apa-mdna, as, ara, m. n. (rt. man),

disrespect, contempt, disgrace.

Apa-mdmta, as, a, am, dishonoured, disgraced.

Apa-manin, i, ini, i, dishonouring, despising.

Apa-manya, as, a, mn, disreputable, dishonourable.

>3tTITTTt apn-mdrga, as, m. a by-tvay.

i. apa-mPya, as, a, am (rt. mi?),

Ved. to be thrown awav ; see under apa-me below.

apa-mukha, as, d, am, htiving the

tace ave tcd; having an ill-formed fece or muuih ,

(am), ind. except i ir without the fece, &c.

rpa-miirdhan, d, d, a, headless.

STHIT-T apa-mrij, cl. 2. P. -mdrshti, -mar-

jitvm, ^aarstyum, to wipe otf, remove.

Apa-mdrjana, am, n. deansing; shaving, paring,

chips.

Apa^mrishta, as, d, am, cleansed.

apa-mrityu, us, m. sudden death,

dying by sume acddent, not of sickne-s or decay; a

grcat dangi :r or illness, from vvhich a ptuion, contrary

to expectation, recovers.

apa-mrishita, as, d, am, unin-

telligible (as a spcech).

et>4*1 apa-me, cl. i. A. -mayate, -matum,,

to change.

3. apa-mitya or apa-mityakn, am, n. debt.

apa-yasas, as, n. disgrace, infs my.

— Apaya Sas-karra, as, t, am, occasionine infemy,

disgrace fili.

M^TTt apa-yd, cl. 2. P. -yati, -tum, to go

awav, to depart, feli off, go over to.

Apa-ydta, as, a, am, gone away, having retired.

Apa-yato,vya, am, n. tp be gone away (used im-

personally).

Apa-yana, am,, n. retreat, hight.

apa-yu, cl. 3. P., Ved. -yuyoti, to

repel, disjoin.

d < 1. a-para, as, a, am, having nothing

beyond or after, having no rival or superior. — A-

parra-vat, an, atl, at, having nothing following.

2. apara, as, a, am (fr. apa), posterior,

hinder, later, latter (opposed to purva and often

occurring as the first member of a comp.); following;

westem; inferior, lower (opposed to para); other,

another (opposed to sva); different (with abi.); dis-

tant, opposite. Sometimes apara is used as a con-

junction to connect words or sentences, e. g. aparanda,

moreover. (as), m. the hind foot of an elephant;

(a), f. the west; the hind quarter of an elephant;

the womb; (i), f., Ved. the future times, future;

(am), n. the future ; the hind quarter of an elephant;

(am), ind. in future, for the future; again, more-

over ; (ena), ind. (with acc.) behind, west, to the west

of [cf. Goth. and Old Germ. afar; and the Mod.

Germ. aber, in such words as Aber-mal, Aber-

witz]. — Apara-kdmjahut)ja, as, i,am, situated in

the westem part of K5nyakubj5. — Apara-Icaya, as,

m. the hind part of the body. — Apara-kala, as,

m. another or later period.— Apara-godana, am,

n. (in Buddhist cosmogony) a country west of

the Maha-meru. — Apara-ja, as, m., Ved. born

later, or at the end of the world (the destroying

fire).— Apara-jana, as, m. an inhabitant of the

west. — Apara-ta, f. or apara-tva, am, n. distance;

posteriority (in place or time); opposition, contra-

riety, relativeness; neamess. — ripara-fra, ind. in

another place; ekatra, aparatra, in one place, in

the other place. — Apara-dakshitiam, ind. South-

west.— Apara-nidagha, as, m. the latter part of

the summer. — Apam-paksha, as, m. the latter half

of the morfth, the other or opposing side, the defend-

ant. — Apara-pakshiya, as, d, am, belonging to the

latter half of the month. — Apara-paudala, as, m. pl.

the westem Pah6alas. — Apara-para, as or e, as, ani,

pl. one and the other, various. — Apara-praneya, as,

d, am, easily led by others, tractable. — Apara-bhava,

as, m. existing after, succession, continuation. — Apara-

rdtra, as, m. the latter half of the night, the end of

the night, the last watch. — Apara loka, am, n. an-

other world, paradise. — Apara-vaktra, f. a kind of

metre of four lines, having every two lines the same.

— Apara-vat, ind. like what comes after. — Apara-

varsha, as, f. pl. the latter part of the rains. — Apara-

iarad, t, f. the latter part of the auturrm. — Apara-

saktha, am, n. the hind thigh.—1. aparas-para,

as, d, am, one after another; continued, uninter-

rupted. — Apara-svastika, am, n. the westem point

in the horizon. — Apara-fomanta, as, am, m. n.

the latter part of winter. — Apara-haimana, as,

i, am, belonging to the latter half of the winter

season. — Aparagni (°ro-a^°), i, m. du. the dak-

shina, i. e. southem, and garhapatya, i. e. westem

fire (of a sacri fice ).<-Aparan ta (°ra-an°), as, d,

am, living at the westem border; (as), m. the west-

em extremity, the country or the inhabitants of the

westem border; the extreme end or term; death.

— AparantaJca, as, m. the same as aparanta; N.

of a song; (ika), f. a metre consisting of four times

sixteen m5tr5s. — Aparanta-jnana, am, n. prescience

of ones latter end. — Aparapara (°ra-ap°), as or e,

as, ani, pl. another and another, various. — Apar

rarka (°ra-ar°), as, m. the oldest known com-

mentator of Y5jnavalkyas law-book. — Apararka-

dandrika, f. the name of his comment.— Aparar-

dha (°ra-ar^rt), as, m. the latter, the second half.

Aijardhna (°ra-ah°), as, m. aftemoon, the last

watch of the day. — Aparahnatana or aparah-

netana, as, %, am, belonging to or produced in the

close of the day.

Aparetara (°ra-it°), f. opposite to or other than

the west, the east.

Apare-dyus, ind. on the following day.

apa-rakta, as, d, am, colourless,

bloodless, pale.

^TCfiT apa-rati, is, f. (rt. ram), stopping,

ceasing.

apa-rava, as, m. contest, dispute;

discord. — Aparavojjhita (^va-uf*), as, d, am, free

from dispute, undisturbed, undisputed.

-am+MX 2. a-paraspara, as, a, am, not re-

ciprocal, not one (by) the other. — A-paraspara-

8ambhuta, as, d, am, not produced one by the

other; or (fr. 1. aparas-para above), produced by

an uninterrupted series (?).

apa-raga, as, m. (rt. raiij), aver-

sion, antipathy, enmity.

^ a-parad, an, adi, ak, not averted,

i. e. fronting, in front. — A-paran-mukha, as, d or

i, am, with unaverted face, not tumed away; pre-

senting a firm front.

a-pardjita, as, d, am (rt. ji),

unconquered, unsurpassed; (as), m. a poisonous in-

sect; Vishnu; Siva; one of the eleven Rudras; a

class of di vi niti es, constituti ng one portion of the so-

called Anuttara divinities of the Jainas; N. of a

sage; (a), f. Durg5; a name applied to several

plants, Clitoria Tematea, Marsilea Quadrifolia, Ses-

bania /Egyptiaca; a species of the Sarkari metre of

four lines, each containing fourteen syllables. — Apara-

jitd-did, k, f. the north-east quarter.

A-parajishnu, us, us, u, or a-parajeya, as, d,

am, unconquerable, invincible.

cl. 4. or 5. P. -radhyati,

-radhnoti, -rdddhum, to wrong (with gen.), to

offend, sin ; to annoy, prohibit.

Apa-rdddha, as, d, am, sinned; criminal, guilty;

erring. — Aparaddha-prishatka, as, or aparad-

dheshu ("dha-isK'), us, m. an archer whose arrows

always miss the mark.

Apa-radditi, is, f. wrong, mistake.

Apa-raddhri, dha, dhrt, dhri, offendi ng, an

offender.

Apa-rddha,as, m. offence, transgression, fault; mis-

take; e. g. aparadham kri, (with gen.) to offend any

one. — Aparadha-bhanjana, as, m. the destroyer

of sin, epithet of Sm. — Aparadhabhanjana-stotra,

am, n. a poem of ^an-karSdSrya, in praise of S'iva.

Apa-radhin, t, ini, i, offending ; criminal; guilty.

— Aparadhi-ta, f. or aparadhi-tva, am, n. crimi-

nali ty, guilt.

^PTTPTTTtT a-paraparana,as, m. nothavtng

descendants or offepring.

a-paramrishta, as, a, am, not

touched. .

c-parikalita, as, a, am, un-

knowu, uiwen.

^mfTTTv'i a-parihrama, as, d, am, unable

t^-) walk round.

A-parlt-ramam, ind. without going about, ^tanding

stili.

a-pariklinna, as, d, am, not

moist, not liijuid, dry.

^TTiTiOT a-pariganya, as, a, am, in-

calcuiable.

'WXjftTiT a-parigata, as, d, am, unobtaincd,

unknown.

’3TTfr?n^r a-parigraha, as, m. non-acrept-

ance, renouncing; deprivation, dcstitution, poverty;

(as, d, am), destitute or without attcndants.

A-jnrvjrahya, as, d, am, nnfit or improper to

be accepied, not to be taken.

a-pari£ayin, t, ini, i (rt. di),

haviog no ac}uai'ntane»s, mi«anthr >pic.

A-pari>'ita, as, d, am, i-iacquamted with, un-

known to.

A-parifcya, as, d, am, unsodable.

WTU5T? a-pariddhada, as, d, am (rt.

6had), without retinuc, not wealthy, poor.

A~parV(hanna or a-partcihadita, as, d, am,

uncovered, unciothed.

■^trfrfeTT o-po,ri66hinna, as, d, am, with-

out interval or division, continuous, connected, un-

d.stinguished.

A-parikheda, as, m. want of difmction or

division; want of arrangement or order; want of

discrimination or discen.mtnt; want of judgmcnt;

continuance.

■snrfrsnfs a-parijydni, is, f. not growing

old; not losing; ishtr.purtasyapanjydni t^ya-ap'),

is, f., N. of a sacrificia! ceremony.

xrnqfxTTTptT a-pannayana, am, n. (rt. ni),

celibacy.

A-pannVa, f. an unmarried woman.

a-parindma, as, m. (rt. nam),

unchangeablfness. — A-parinama-(lar<in, x, ini, i,

not providing for a change, impnvidxnt.

A-parlndmin, i, ini, i, unchauging.

■^rqfrdt^I '-paritosha, as, d, em, unsatis-

fied, discontented.

I

I

52

wnrfrUB a-paripakca.

■rnnfsfii opa-varjita.

a-parlpolcva, <**> a, an, no* quite

■^rq' V(T a-paryanta, as, a, am, unboundtd,

maturi.

WqfrqT a-paripcra, as, a, am, Ved. not

gning by a tortuous cours^.

snA$nTT a-parlmana, as, a, am, without

musure, immearurabL, immens.;.

A-parimita, as, a, nm, unmfsurcd, tmlimittd,

unbounded. — Aparimita-guna-gana, as, a, ani,

cf unboundcd excJlcncts.

A-pari.ih.ya, a., 5, am, immeasur.ble, illimitabh.

bmfi a Id a-parimlann, as, 5, am, not

withcnng, not dacaying; (as), m., N. of a piant,

Gomphrti,. Glob «a.

viH fiU^rftu a-panyani, is, f. not walking

ab^nt (uscd in oxtcraliuns only); a variius n-ading

has a-jxiripani.

^rqftrfrq i-panlnpa, as, m. non-violution.

-parirartanuja, as, a, am,

not to be «jcchyngul.

'^rq.Tm a-paricadya, as, a, am (rt. vad),

not to tx. r^pnmandbd.

?TtrfT%P l-parivishtn, as, a, om, Ved. not

endcsed, unb"i’nded.

a-panrnta, as, a,am, uninelosed,

BBatuTOunded.

^fTTfcEPl r-parisesha.as, a,arn, not leaving

• r.mainder, ll-surrounding, all-,.ncle>ng.

-parishkara, as, m. want of

poiish or fi nidi, moral or physical; coars unuss, niie-

nes.

A-pariMrita, as, a, am, unpnlishid, unadi med,

coars., rude, moraily or physiadly.

>:t M Te st*l [ 1M n a-parisamaptika, as, a, am

(rt. np with pari -nd mn>), not -nding, endlesv.

WTiTHT i -parlsura, as, a, am, non-con-

tipuous, dis^nt.

inift +'tiw. a-parkkanda, as, a, am, not

moving, moticnhss.

^Tqfr^TTrhtl q-pariharan~wa or a-pari-

karga, as, a, am, not to be ivoided, inevitabb ;

not to be at indoned or lost; not to be degraded.

a-parihrrita, as, a, am,Ved. un-

ftlictiii, nut endangered; going str ightforward.

TTqrtftfTT a-parikshHa, as, a, am (rt.

ilsh), inconsiderate; untried, unprovj.

TRfhr a-parita, as, a, am (rt. i), Ved.

unobstructed, irresistible; (as), m., N. of a nation.

■o M *. tj a-parusha, as, a, am, not rough,

not hai h.

'-MM► 4 rpa-riipa, as, a or 7, am, deformed,

ugly, ill-leoking, ill-mad^, strange, edd-fhaped; (am),

n. monstrosity, deformity.

aparedl/us. See under apart.

a-paraksha, as, a, am, not in-

visible; perccptible; (am), ind. (with gen.) in the

sight of; (at), ind. perceptibly, manifestly.

Aparokshaya, nom. P. aparokshayati, -yitum,

to make perccptiblc.

TqqftV apa-rvdha, cs, m. (rt. rndh), ex-

duriou, prohibitinn.

Vnm a-ponya, as, a, am, leafless; (a), f.

N. of PurgJ or PSrvr.tl; (the -oddess not having

even leaves for food during her p-rformance of rcu-

giouj austerities.)

apar^fu (apa-ritu), vs, us, u, Ved.

untimdy, unseisoaable.

nnlimited.

..WqilTtT a-paryapta, as, a, am (rt. dp), in-

complete, unable, insuffid :nt; not enongb; unfimittd,

unbeunded._a

STTprnT K-paryaya, as, m. wwit of order or

method.

^TT «PT a-parran, a, n. no joint or point of

junction; a day whicb is not a parva# i. e. a certain

day in the lunar month, as th full and cl ange of

the muon, and the eighth and fourteenth , f each

h-Jf month,; (d, n, a), without a ioint. — Aparca-

danda, as, m. a kind of sug-r-cane.

A-parraka, as, ikd, am, jointLss.

1. apala. am, n. a pin or bolt.

2. a-pala, as, a, am, flesbless.

apo-lnp, cl. i. P. or poet. A.

■lopati, -te, -pitun,, to jxplain away, to d- ny, re-

fus:, conceal; to d.tract trom slandor: Caus. A.

•lapayate, -yitum, to outwit.

ApoAapana, am, n. or apa-lapa, as, m. denial

or conc.Jment of knowledge, evasion, tuming oft

the troth, detr iction; concealing, hiding; nffection,

regard; (in medic.l the part betwem the shoulder

lui the xibs. — ApalSpa-rlanda, as, m. (in law) a

fine iatd on onc who denies his conviction.

Apa-lapita, as, d, am, denied, cncealcd.

ApoAapin, i, ini, i, cne who denies, evades;

concealing (with the object in the gen. case).

et 4 rt 1 "5 a-paiala, as, rn., N. of a Rakshas

or of a Naga (• nut tond of flesh?’).

Umco m a-palcs'a, as, a, am, Ved. leafless.

aHl|-4lPT«ST apo-lashika or apa-lmika, f.

thirst. ,

Apa-lashin, i, ini, i, or apn-lajiuka, as, a,

am, thirsty; free from desire.

’-t M ['coi. a-palita, cs, a, am, not grey.

xSrqr5^I apn-hip, used in tbe aco. case

opaAnpam -s Ved. inf. of the verb apa-ktp, to

nt otf.

•AXF^TWiT a-palyvlana-Jcrita, as, a, am,

not deaned by cleansing substances. Some read

palpulana.

apa-vaktri, ta, m,, Ved. speaking

away, i. e. waming off, averting.

Apa-vadana, am, n. the act of speaking away or

waming off, removing.

^M^< apa-vad, cl. i. P. A. -vadati, -te,

-ditum, to revile, abuse; (A. only) to disown, deny,

contradict: Caus. -vadayati, -yitum, to oppose as

unadvisable.

Apa-vadamdna, as, a, am, (with dat.) revilieg.

Apa-vad it fi. See apa-vaktri♦

Apa-vdda, as, m. evil speaking, reviling, blam-

ing (with the gen.); denial, refutation, contradiction;

a special rule setting aside a general one; exception

(opposed to utsarga); order, command. — Apavdda-

pratyaya, as, m. an exceptional affix, — Apavada-

sthala, am, n. case for a special rule or exception,

Apa-vadaka, as, ikd, am, or apa-vadin, ?, ini,

i, reviling, blaming, defaining; opposing, objecting

to; excepting, exduding.

Apa-vddita, as, a, am, blamed, censured; opposed,

objected to,

Apa-vddya, as, a, am, to be censured, to be

excepted.

apa-vadh (defective in most of its

tenses, see vadh\ to repel, avert.

i. a-pavana, as, a, am, without air,

sheltered from wind.

M^T^f 2. apa-vana, am, n. a grove.

apa-varaka, apa-varana, apa-

varana. See apa-vri below.

apa-varga, apa-varjita. See apa-

vrij below.

apa-varta, &c. See under apa-vrit.

m? apa-vah, cl. I. P. -vahati, -vadhum,

to carry off; to deduct: Caus. P. -vakayati, -yitum,

to ha ve (something) carried off or taken away.

Apa-vdka, as, m. or apa-vdhana, am, n. de-

ducti on, subtraction (of fractioris); N. of a metre;

N. of a people.

Apa-vahya, as, d, am, to be canied away,

Apodka. See s, v., p. 56.

apa-vada, &c. See apa-vadabove.

apa-vdsa, as, m. (rt.ros)>Ved. dis-

appearance, going away, vanishing; N. of a piant.

■ct M fq ki rt apa-vikshata, as, d, am, un-

wounded; unviolated.

apa-vighna, as, d, am, unob-

structed, unimpeded; (am), ind. free from obstruc-

tion.

a-pavitra, as, a, am, impure, un-

de^in.

vi hfq d apa-viddha and apa-vedha. See

apa-vyadh, p. 53.

vt m M apa-visha, as, d, am, free from

poison; (a), f. a species of grass, Kyllingia Mono-

cephala.

v<mUd apa-vishnu, ind. except or \vitb-

out Vishnu.

apa-vina, as, d, am, baving a bad

or no lute; (a), f. a bad lute; (am.)» ind. without

a lute.

vi M d a-pavira-vat, dn, ati, at, Ved.

not armed with a lance.

apa-vri, cl. 5. P. -vrinoti, -varitum,

-ritum, to open, uncover, exhibit

Apa-varaka, as, m. an inner apartment, the lying-

in chamber.

Apa-varana, am, n. covering, screening; gar-

ment.

Apa-varana, am, n. covering, concealment, dis-

appcarance.

Apa-vdrita, as, d, am, covered, concealed, dis-

appeared.

Apa-rdritaka, am, n. concealed, seaet manner;

apavdritakena, (in theatrical language) apart, aside

(speaking so that only the addressed person may

hear; opposed to prakdtom).

Apa-vdrya, ind. apart, aside; having concealed.

Apa-vrita, as, d, am, uncovered, opened.

Apa-vriti, is, f. uncovering; concealing (?).

vi4^^ apa-vrij, Caus. P. -varjayati, -yi-

tum, to quit, get rid of, to pay, to fulfil.

Apa-rarga, as, m. completion, end (e. g. panda-

pavarga, coming to an end in fi ve days) ; exception

(to a rule); gift, donation; the emancipation of the

soul from the body and exemption from further

transmigration ; final beatitude. — Apavarga-da, as,

d, am, conferring final beatitude.

Apa-varjana, am, n. abandoning, abandonment;

gift or donation, making good a promise, discharging

a debt or obligation ; final emancipation or beati-

tude.

Apa-varjamya or apa-vrijya, as, d, am, to be

abandoned, to be avoided,

Apa-varjita, as, d, am, abandoned, quitted, got

rid of, given or cast away; made good as a promise,

discharged as a debt.

snrertf apa-variya. ^,snr?T apa-hu. 53

Apa-varjya, ina. xctptiug, except.

Apa-irikta, os, a, am, fiaished, completed.

dpa-vrikti, is, f. fulfilment, complet^:on.

ipa-vrit, cl. i. A. -vartate, -titwm,

to tum away, depurt; to tum back, to comt to an

end.

Apa-varto, as, m. takmg away; (in arithmetic

or algtbra) reduetion to a o unmon measure; the

divisor, which is applied to both or either of the

quantities of an equation.

Apa-,<ar*aka, ai, m. a crmmon measur...

Apa-varpmn, arti, n. taking away; removal;

transferring hom one pia' e to anoth.r; abbreviation,

abridging; rednctioi of a ftaction to its lowest terms;

division without remainder; divisor.

Apa-varUta, os, a, am, taker away; removed;

divided by a common measure without remainder.

Apa-vriHa, ai, a, at,i, rcvei.ed, imerted, ovcr-

tumed; ended; (am), n. edlptic (in astronomy).

Apa-vritti, is, f. erd.

SPT*pi apa-vyadh, cl. 4 P. -vidhyati,

-vyoddhum, to pierce badly, to throw away, to

neglect.

Apa-rbldka, as, a, an , pi rced; thr-wn awy, re-

jected, dismissed, removed. — 4p(Vid(lToi~[mtm, a",

m. a sen reject.d by his naturi p-rents ai.d dopfd

by a strang:r; oue of the tw.Ive obiccts of fibation in

l«w. — Apaii,ldka-hka, as, a, am, dtad.

Apa-vedhO; as, m. piercing ai ythine in the wrong

direction or manner (spoiling i jewel bv so piercu.g

it).

apa-vyayp, as, m. (rt. i with apa

and m), prodigality.

Apa-vym/at, an, a,ili, at, g"ing away.

Ajia--,:y't,jammut, as, a, am, sq_uandering; deny-

ing a debt.

Apa-vyoyln, i, ini, i, jjuondering, wa^tiog, pro-

digat.

apa-vy-c-da (-vi-a-da), cl. 3. P.

Padoti, -datum, to open.

*4sJrl opa-vrato, as, a, am, Ved. dis-

obedi^.it, unfaithful; not performing holy acts, irre-

ligious; perverse.

■ct apa-sakuna, am, n. a bad omen.

vt hj( -j; apa-sonko, as, d, am, fearless,

having no f.ar or hesitation; (am), ind. fearlessly.

ei MJld apa-sada 01 apa-sada, as, m. a

•ow man.

vi 4^1 ad' apa-iabda, os, m. common or

vulgar sp> ech; a bad word; any form oi language

not hanskrit; ungrammatical language. See apa-

bhrania.

viMluH ipa-sama, as, m. cessation

opa-iiras, as, as, as, or apa-iir-

‘ha, as, d, am, or ctpa-iirshan, a, a, a, headless.

^rq3T a-pasu, us, m. not eattle; (us, us, u),

deprived of eattle, poor. — A-paS”-han, ha, gkni, ha,

not killing eattle.

v^li45i^ 1. apa-M, Intens. P., Ved. -$o-

sokti, to disappear, vauirh.

2. apo-(u(, k, m. (without sormw), the s,oul.

Apctrfoka, as, d, am, sorrowless; (as), m. a tree,

Jonosir, Afoka.

a-paifd-daghvan or a-pasdad-

daqhvan, d, m., Ved. not staying behir.d; not

Corning sh^rt of, not being a loser.

"Tqfsaq a-pasiima, as, a, am, not having

another in the rear, last; having no end.

'i-padyo, as, c, am Ved., or a-paiyat,

an, anti, at, not seen.g.

A-patjanc, f. not reeing(?i.

apa-iraya, as, m., Ved. a bolster;

sec upa-draya,

apa-srt, Is, is, i, deprived of beauty.

^ M ^yJ I^ apa-Svasa, as, m. one of the five

vital airs; see apdna.

apa-shtha, am, n. (rt. sthd), the end

or point of the hook for driving an elephant.

Apa-shthv, us, U8, u, contrary, opposite; per-

verse ; left; (w), ind. contrary, perversely, badiy;

weil, properly; handsomely; (us), m. time.

Apa-shthura or apa-shthula, as, d, am, oppo-

site, contrary.

'SnTH apas, as, n. (fr. obs. rt. ap), Ved.

Work, action; sacred act, sacrificial act; water; (as),

m. f. (asas), m. f. pl., Ved. active, skilful in any art:

apasas, f. pl., is a name of the hands and fingers

which are busy in kindling the sacred fire and in

performing the sacrifices; also a name of the three

goddesses of sacred speech, or of the ihree divinities,

fire, wind, and sun; also of the active or running

waters [cf. Lat. opus].

Apas-tama, as, d, am (superi.), Ved. most active

or rapid.

1. apasya, as, a, am, active, fit for an act, running

away; watery; (a), f. a kind of brick (twenty are

used in building the sacrificial altar); activity; water.

2. apasya, nom. P. apasyati, to be active.

Apasyu, us, us, u, Ved. active.

apa-sada, as, m. the children of

six degradmg connections, viz. of a Br5hman with

the women of the three lower classes, of a Kshatriya

with women of the two lower, and of a VaiSya with

one of the Sfldra; a low man; an outcast (in this

sense genemlly as last member of a comp., e. g.

brah manapasada).

apa-samam, ind. last year (?).

apa-sarjana, am, n. (rt. srij),

abandonment; gift or donation; final emancipation

of the soul [cf. apa-vrij].

apa-salavi, ind., Ved. to the

left (opposed to prarsalavi); the space between the

thumb and the forefinger (sacred to the Manes).

apa-savya, as, d, am, or apa-

savyaka, as, ika, am, not on the left side, right;

opposite, contrary; (am), ind. to the right; the

same as apa-salavi. •• Apasavyam Jcpi —pradak-

shijmni hri, to circumambulate a person keeping

the right side towards him; to put ihe sacred cord

on the right shoulder. — Apasavya-vat, an, ati, at,

having the sacred thread worn on the right shoulder,

(as during a SrSddha, &c.)

apo-siddhdnta, as, m. (rt. 1.

sldh), »n erroueous conc'u. ion.

^PrfttV ape-sidh, cl. I. P. -sedhati, -sed-

dhum, -sedhitum, tn ward off, remove, drive iway.

^PTH apa-sri, cl. 1. P. -sarati, -sartum, to

w.tlk off, go away: Caui. -sdrvjati, -yltum, to mnke

or let or.c go away, to re-mrve.

Apa-sara, as, m. excuse, apology.

Apa-iarana, o,m, n. going .w:y, retreating;

egress.

Apa-vara, as, m. going out; egress, passage tor

going forth; escape.

Apanarana, am, n. removing to a distance.

Apasdt it», as, a, am, removed, put away,

thrnwn aside.

tHqijq apa-snp, cl. I P. -sarpat% -sarp-

tuni, -rraptnm, to glide or move off.

Apa-sariia or apa-sarpaka, as, m. a secret emis-

sary or ag ;ut, spy.

Apa-«a,-pana, am, n. going back, retreating.

Apa-cfipH, is, f. going away.

vM 1 WiT T apa-skambha, as, m., Ved. fasten-

ing, making firm.

aiiqfmr apa-skara, as, m. any part of a

carri age, a wheel, &c.; faec.s; anus; vulva.

Apa-skara, as, m. the root or under part of the

knee.

apa-skhala, as, m. leaping off,

jumping off; ouUiJ.e 01 a threshing fioor ('.').

SIM-tH apas-tama. See under apas.

v<4—t^T apa-stambha, as, m. a vesstl in

the side of¹ the breast containing vi«J air.

Apa-staiubhini, f., N. of a piant.

vt4tau apa-sndta, as, d, am, bathed or

biithing affer death or mouming, or upon the death of

a connection, preparatory to other ceremonies.

Apa-snana, am, n. funeral bathiug, upon the

death of a connection, affer moumin";, &c.; impure

bathiog, or bathlng in water in which a person has

previously washed.

qPT^lfir apas-pati, is, m., N. of a son of

rtt,Inap..da.

1. apa-spris, cl. 6. P. -spriJati,

-sparsilium, -sprashtnm, to touch.

Apa-spar^a, as, d, am, having no touch, insen-

sible. •

2. apa-sprU, k, k, k, Ved. not lettinj one’s self

be touch„d

■ct m^mTT 3. a-paspri.4, k, k, k, Ved. not

touching, not hurting.

t pa-sphiya, as, d, am, one who

has badly form.d buttock*; (am), ind. except the

buttocks.

’4i4”5< opa-sphur, iis, us, iis, or apa-

sphura, as, d, am, or apa-sphurat, p.n, anti, at,

Ved. bounding or bursting forth, swelling, inrreasing.

According to Dative authorities, both apa-sphnra

and apa-sphurat may mean • injured.’

affqwjT apa-smara, as, m. or apa-ssmriti,

is, f. forgetfuli.ess; epHepsy, falling sickner,.

Apa-thinriv, i, Ini, i, jpileptic, convulsed.

Apa-stnriH, is, k, i, forgetful.

eSMUl apasya, apasyu. See under apas.

apa-svara, as, m. an unmusical

note or sound.

vi e| F d apa-han, cl. 2. P. -ha.iti, -tum, to

beat off, ward off, repel, destroy.

Apa-ha, as, d, am, keepirg bark, repclling, re-

moving, destroying (e. g. ioicipaha, as, d, am,

r-moring sotrow).

Apo-hata, as, d, am, d^stroyd, rvrdvd off, killed.

Apa-hati, is, f. removing, destroying.

ApOfhananr,, am, n. or apa-yhata (q. v.), ward-

ing off.

Apa-hantri, ta, m. beating off, destrt.ying.

Apa-tjhdtin, apa-ikjhdn-u. See s. v.

npa-hala, as, d, am, having a bad

plough.

apa-has, cl. 1. P. -hasa>i, -situm,

to der.de: Caus. P. -hdsnyati, -yitum, to deride

ridicule.

AparhaHta, am, n, or apa-haja, as, m. silly or

ciuseless laughter.

Apa-hasya, as, a, am, to be laughtd at.

■ciUftH apa-hasta, am, n. takmg or throw-

ing awav or off; stealing, plundering.

Apa-hastaya, nom. P. apo-hastayati, -yitum,

to throw away, lose.

App-hastito,, as, a, am, thiuwn away, lort, pari .d

with.

1. apa-hd, cl. 3. A. -phite, -hatum,

to go 1 ff, come to an end.

t

54

STUTT apa-M.

apa-lamba.

CnT?T 2. apa-hd, cl. 3. P. -jchati, -hrtam,

to lcavi, abandon. _

Apa-hdr.a, ns, d, n (or fr. I. apa-frd t), Laving,

bandoolng; viso writtm djta-hdyana

Apa-hdri, is, f. leaving; leaving off, aba-dor.moit,

stipping, vanrhing; cxoeptioo, erdusiou.

Apa-hdya, ind. leavinj' out of vi.w, excepting,

rtii.pt, besides.

apo-hitt-kdra, as, c, an, without

tke syllabi- hin,, which is pronounced in 'inping the

Sima verses.

apa-hri, cl. 1. P. A. (?) -hurati, -te,

■hartum, to snntch away, erry cft, plunder; to re-

move, to thtow away: Cius, -hdrayati, -yifum,

to have (inything' cirried off.

Apa-htiranc, am, n. takiog awry, cany r.g off;

stcalmg.

Ap i-harcmiya or apa-hartat ya or apa-hdrya,

as, a, am, to be tak.n iwiy,carri-d off, stoler,&c.;

to t s tken ba k or resume-¹.

Apa-hariri, ta, m. (with gen. or aoc.; takng

iway; expiating.

Aya-hdm, a„, m. taking away, stealiDg; sp.nding

-notha peiSoii's prop.rty; secreting, concealment;

e.g. atradpaharam kri, to oonceal onc’s rtal cha-

racter.

Apa-hirrla, as, 0-5, are, or aperhArin, t, ini,

i, cne whu take- awry, seizes, steals, tsec.; a plau-

derer, a thief.

Apa-hdra,vi, am, n. causiog to tJcc -way, spoiling.

-pa-hrita, a-, c, an, takcn -iwjy, carried off,

stolen, dcc.; takon back, reoimed. — ApahrUu-vi-

jnana, as, S, ara, bereft of s.nse.

vlMtlcAl apa-held, f. disre-ptet, enntempt.

5ft^T apa-hnu, cl. 2. A. -hnute, -hiatum,

to cor-tal, disguise; to refus.., deny, disown.

Apa-hnava, as, m. conc almeot of knowledge;

denial of or tuming off oi thi truth; di-simulation;

ippeasing, satiiifying; affretion, loye.

Ajm-hnuta as, e am, conccl-d, denicd.

Apa-hn/uti, it, f. denial, concealment of know-

ledge; a figure of rhetoric, applying a d -scription ot

simile tr, otb r th-u its obvie i' applicatiore

Ajta-hhuranu, as, a, am, cone, ding, denying.

Apohnntri, ta, Un, trl, one who emctals or

derues or disowns.

apa-hram, as, m. diminifhing,

ndndng.

apak, ind. westword, Rnuthsvard;

see apdd next coi.

=erqr=F i. aprka,as,d,am f’fr. apa), gifcuated

aside or 1 ehind; distant; coming from a dutant

pi ce; incomp’tabIe. — Apaka-dakshas. as, m., Ved.

l oking or shinin- far; of incomparabl brightness.

Apakd or apakat, ind., Ved. aside, datant. — Aj>5-

ke-stha, as, d, am, ViJ. s*anding behind.

Apahtdt, ind., Ved. irom behind, from the west.

viMrxi 2. a-pdka, as, a, am (rt,. pad), im-

mature, raw, uuripe, undwested; (as), m. Immaturity,

indigestion. — A-paka-ja, as, a, am, not produced

by cooking or rip aiing; oiiginal; naturi.—Apa!:a-

sdka, am, n. ginger.

A-pdkin, i, ini, i, unripe, nndigested.

«H' <J app-kn tapa-a"), cl. 8. P. A. -karati,

-knrutt, -karttrm, or Ved. -kart ts, to remove,

drive 'wav, keep away; to t ike away; to r .jcct (an

opinion); to e rst off, reject; to desist fom, to drop;

to free one’s s_lf from; to piy,

Apd-karnna, am, n. djiving awa), removil; pay-

ment, liqjidation.

Apd-karlihiiu, ut, as, >1, drivirg asvay; cxcelling.

Apa-karman, a, n. p-yment, liquidation.

Apa-kj-ita, as, a, am, takcn awry, removed, de-

stroyed, vo.d of; paid.

Apa-kriti, is, f. taking asvay, removal.

♦

snrranf apa-krish (apa-a°\, cl. 1.6. P. A.

-ltarshaM, -te,-kriskaH, -te, -karMum, -kroshtum,

to tum off or away, to "vert.

•fftTTof, tpa-kri (apa-a°), cl. 6. P. -kirati,

•karitum, -ritum, to throw any one off; to abandon,

to enntemn.

‘STRTSiH aph-kram (apo-a°), cl. 1. P. poet.

A. -h-imat’, -k,'amat,, -kra,niturn, to retire trom.

vinitsj aphksha (ape-ak"), as, a, am, pre-

sent, pcic-ptible; (as, f, am), eyelcss, haviog bad

eyes.

a-plnkta or a-pcnlteya or a-

pankUja, as, d, am, not in a line or 1 w; not in

the sani- degree or class, Uiiworthy, nadnnssibl. ioto

soaety, ejected fr"m cast i, exduded, outc ist. — A-

pdnlctyopaluita (°ya-«p⁰), as, d, am, defled or

c intiminated by the presence ( f impui- or improper

persians.

aHMIfl- npanga (apa-cn") or aprngaka, as,

d, am, maim.d, crippbd; wantin» or defirmed in

ome linib; (as), m. the outer comer of the eye

(sometimes as last membvr of a timimne comp. eoding

in d or i); a seefarial m:.rk or cirdet on the foreh.ad;

N. of K"ma, the god of lovc; a piant, Achynnthes

A'pera. — Apanga-darsaua, am, n. a 'id- glance, .

leer, 1 vnrik.—Apdnqa-dth, a«, m. the place ronnd

the out ir comer 01 the eye. — Apdnga-ne‘ra, os, u,

am, hnving eyes with beautiml outer angles.

ipa£ or cpnhd, n, di, k (fr. and with

apa), going or rituated backward”, behind; Western

(oppr ed to prdnd); suuth m (oppo^cd to udant¹);

(k), ind. behind, w stward, souffro rd.

Apddi, f. th south, — Apaditard (”di-if°), f. the

north, i. c. other than tlie south.

Apa rna, as, d, am, situated backvards, behind;

westem; tumed back; Southern.

Aphya, as, 5. am, westem, southem.

Cimd apaj (apa-aj), cl. I. P. apdjati,

•jitum, to drive away.

vi c|' d ipah^(apa-cnd), cl. I. P. A. aprhd-

ati, -te, -ditum, te push away, to drive away.

a-pdtava, am, n. awkwardness,

inelepance; sickne s, discas—

' -pathya, as, d, am, illegible.

a-pShgrahana, am, n. ce

libicy.

A pdiv-pado, as, d, om, witliout hand, and feet.

vtmcq a-pdtra, am, n. a worthless or

commoa utensil; an inferior, undeserving 1 r worth'«s

persm, unfit as a recipient, nnwortiiy to r.ceivt gifts.

— A-patra-kritya, f. or a-patr-lcarona, am, n.

actine unbecor..ingiy, deiog d-gr-ding ofEces (as for

a Brahman to receive wcalth improperly acquircd,

to .trad', to serve a ffodn, and to utter an untmth);

excommurication, disqualific ition. — Apaira-Aqyin,

i, ini, i, giving to the undeserving. — Apatrn-hhrit,

t, t, t, fjpporting the unwsTthy, cherishing the un-

dsScTving.

’ii MId a-prd, footless. See apad, p. 50.

A-pddya, as, d, am, anything (as svaterl unfit for

the feet

vi h 1; 1 <ipd-dd (opa-d°), cl. 3. A. -datte,

-datum, to takt off or awr.y, to remove.

Apd-dana, air>, n. taking away, removal, ablation;

a thing fiom which anoth c th-ng is removed; the

sense of the fifth or ablativ- case.

viSi-ifeHUf .i-pddadi-bhdj (°da-ad°'', k,

k, k, not standing at the beginning ot a Pada.

A-padmitiya, as, t, am, not standing at the end

of a Pada.

apddhvan (apa-adh), d, m. a bad

road.

sniTVT apdn (apa-an), cl. 2. A. apnni/i,

-httum, to tr-ithc out or away, to expire, respii—

Apann, as, m. expiration, breathing out (.piposed

to prdria); that of the five vital airs whidi ?oes

downwards and out at th< amis; (am), n. the anus;

ventris cr-pitus. — Apd.ui-dd, d», m., Ved. giving

the vital air Apana. — Apdna-d''dTa, am, n. the

anus. — Apdua-pa/eana, as, m. the vital air Ap lina.

—Apana-pa, as, m., Ved. protecting the ApSna.

— Apdi aihrit, t, f. chi rishing the vita! air, a sacn-

f.aal brich..—Apam-edyu, ue, m. the ai' Ap"na;

v.Dtris crepitus,

apa-nud (apa-a°), cl. 6. P. A

-nudati, -te, -notium, to remov., repel, rspudiate.

vc M Iri ri apdnfda (°pa-an°), as, d, am, free

from falsehood, true.

vimrimri^ apdn-napdt or apahi-napdt, &c.

Sce under ap, p. 48.

TPTPT a-pdpa, as, d, am, or a-popin, i, ini, i,

smless, virtuous, pure. — Apapa-kdSi.i, t, ini, i, not

ill-lootring; net revealing -vil. — A-pdpa-krii, t, t, t,

not committing sin. — A-pdpn-rasynsa, am, n.,Ved.

non-increas- of evd; health, pr^sperity. - A-pdpa

vitMha, os, d, am, not afflicted with evil.

«nr» apdm. See under ap, p. 48.

«Ml*im epa-marga, as, m. (rt. mry), N.

of a plsnt (Aehyranthet Asperat, cmploycd very off :n

in miantations, in medicine, in svashi lg hnen, and in

sacrificis.

Apa-tndrjnnn, am, n. deansing, keeping back,

rciuovinf (of diseas s and other cvils).

apd-Mrityu. us, m. ^udden death;

see apa-mrityu.

■41Q IU npdya. See under ape.

opnr (apa-_ti), cl. 5. P. aparnati,

apartum, -ritum or -ritum i?), to remove; to open. .

sU glT 1. apdra, am, n. the opposite bank

of 1 river; the same as para, q. v.

W 2. a-para, am, n. (in the San-khya)

a bad shore, i. e. a kind of mental indiffera.ee or ac.

quiesci nec (t.ushti); it mry also me >n the reverse of

para or o(p&eapdra, i. e. the reverse of mental ac-

quiescence; (as, d, am), shoreless, unbounded, b >und-

le>s, interminable; an epithet ofheaven and earth;

out of rcach; inexhaustible. — A-pdrapara, am, n.

noD-acquiescence.

A-paraka, as. ikd, am, or a-pdrayat, an, antl,

at, incsmpetont, impotent.

Apdraniya, as, d, am, out of r-ich.

«rrnrmf^F a-pdramarthika, as, i, am,

not conc .med abont the highest truth.

gI ri apdrdh (apa-ridh), cl. 6. P. aparddh-

ati, -dhitum, to go aw*v, retire.

ifimfriff aparjita, as, d, am (rt. rij with

apa), flung asvay.

■ipdrna, as. d, am (rt. ard), distant,

fer.

CiMiri aprrtha (apo-ari), as, a, am, or

apdrthakn, as, ika, om, svitbout any object, useles ,

unprofitable; unn.eaning; (am), n. inooh rent argu-

ment. - Apartha-ka.mja, am, n. a fals- pka in a

lasvsuit.

;ie|'oi a-pala or a-pdlana or a-polita, as,

d, an‘, unpuarded, unprotected, undefend-d.

-'lMIoi'5; ipclanka, as, m., N. of a piant,

Cassin Fistula.

Vf<4ioi*i apd-lamba, as, m., Ved. the

\

snnfc5

hioder part of a carriagt; mechanism tb stop a

arriape(r).

SiWrfcT apali (apa-ali), is, is, i, free from

ali or bees, &c.

^niP| apd-vri (apa-d°), cl. 5. P., Ved.

-I rincti,-varilvm, -ritum, to open; to cover; (in the

first sense apivri is soid tn be lor apa-vrthe final

of apa b-ing lengthcucd.)

Apa-irita, an, d, am, opta, laid open; covered,

concealed, enclosed; nnrestrained, self-willed.

Apa-rriti, is, f. or apa-varana, ara, n. laying

open, erdosing, surrounding; covering, concealing,

scretcing.

VimHri apa-vrit (apa-d°), cl. 1. A. -vartate,

-titum, to tum ’way, to retnm, to abstain from, to

come to nought.

Apa.~mrtc.na, ara, n. tumi.ig away or from; re-

neat, retuming; repulse.

Apa-vrit, t, t, t, Ved. retenim*.

ApA-vritta, ac, a, am, (with abi.) turned away

from ; averted; abstainm,* from, r-jecting, despising;

stversed, repelled; (ara), n. the rolling on the ground

(of a 'none;.

Api-wrttU, is, f. retreat, r.tuming; repuls..

TPTT^P a-paAyd, f. no Treat number of

lOOSeS or fetters |i. e. a few).

"i m ei 1. apdiraya (apa-as°), as, d, am,

htlpless, destitui .

Wlftl I. apd-sri (apa-d"), cl. 1. P. -sra-

yati, -yitum, to resort to; to us.-, practic-.

?. apd-Araya, as, m. refuge, recurse, the p_rson

or thing to which recourse is had for refuge; an ’wn-

ng spr .ad over a court or yarc’.

Apa-irita, os, a, am, restir.g on; resorting to.

apdshti, is, f., Ved. the heel. _t

miPf apa-shtha, as, m., Ved. barb of an

arrow; (am), n. what remains of the Soma piant

after it has been pressed out. — Apiehtha-vat, an,

at', at, Ved. having b.irbs: (eat), i"d. liki the re-

mainder of the Soma piant (?).

Mlitf cpds (apa-as), cl. 4. P. apasyati,

•silum, to fling awav, throw away or of}; to discaid;

to scaidrive away; l.ave brh.nd, Lavo in r desertrd

rondition; to des-it, to taKe no notio, of, disr-gard;

reiect.

Apasara, em, n, thiomnp. *way; quitting, fore-

going, discarding; killing, slaughter.

Apasita, as, a, au, turown or cut down, injured,

destroy.d.

Apasta, as, a, am, thri 'wn off, set ar ide; driven

away, exp_'l A; il andoned, diso rded: disregarded,

contemned. ^v

Apasya, iod. having thri.wn iway or discarded,

hivlng left, havine disregarded, having xcepted.

Ap&syat, an, anti, at, discarding, throwing off, &c.

vfMitijf npd-smtga, as, m. (rt. senj), a

quiver; also upasattga.

VrmtTntl ape-sarana, am, n. (rt. tri), de-

parting, departuru, removal.

Apa-srita, as, a, am, gone, d.parted, gone away.

MI ^r« apasi (apa-asi), is, is, i, having a

bad or no sword.

STmT rpdsu (apa-asu), us, us, v, lifeless.

S M¹ *= l npa-hd (ape-d"), cl. 3. P. -jahdti,

-hdtum, to leave, omit, reject

Apa-haya, ind. excepting; except.

api, or sometimes pi fas a particle or

preposition pref?x.d to verts and nounst, expresses

placiag near or over, uniting to, annexinp, reaching

to, proximity, Ser. [cf. Gr. M; Teod api; Germ.

and Eng. prefix f)e} ; in .ater Sansknt its place seems

frequeutly supplied by ahlii.

apuli. 'Cixfra^

(As a saparabie adv.) and, also, moreover, besides,

aasuredly, surelv; api api or api-in, as weli -s; na

vapi or na apiva or na naiapi, neither, nor; (api,

tand at the beginnin? of a sentence) api-ca, moreov .r.

Api is often used to expre-s emphasis, in the sense

of even, also, very; e. g. a.vyad, api, also ai other,

somethmg more: adjapi, this very day, even now ,

tathapi, oven thus, notwithstanding; yadj api,

even if, althou*h; yadyapi tathapi, aldiough,

nevertheless; 1.0 hvdaHd api, never at any time:

som times in the sense of but, only, at least, e. g.

muhiirtain api, only a momeut.

Api may b- ariix J to an interrogativa to make it

indehnite, e. g. h> ’pi, anv on.; laitrdpi, anywhere.

Api imparts to numerals the notion of totality, e.g.

6at"rnar,i api -arnhvntn, of all the tour castes.

Api may be interrogative at the be"inning of a

senti nce.

Api may strenpthen the origmal force of the po-

tential, or may sotten the imperative, like the English

‘ be pleas.d tosomedmt» it is a mere e qilctiv..

Api tu, but, but yet.

Api-tva, am, n.,Ved. having part, hare.—Api-

tvin, i, ini, i, Ved. having part, sharing.

Api-nama, perhaps, in all probabilit;.

-es Pm c*i k) api-kahsha, as, m., Ved. the re-

gion of th. am.-pits and shoulder-biades, .specially in

animals; N. of a man; (ds), m. pi. the di sceadants

of rhi' man.

Ap.-lcakshya, as, a, an,, Ved. c 'nnect -d with

the region of the arm-pit,, or that which binds to the

Aflfsfta.

vi I api-karna, am, n., Ved. the region

of the ears.

vi P>1 n api-krit, cl. 6. P. -krlntati, -kar-

titum, to cut off.

'Hftlfsj' api-kshi, Caus. -kshapayati, -yi-

tum, to annihilate, tn mak. -way with.

viP<4i|*l api-gem, cl. 1. P. -gaKhati, -gan-

tum, to go into, enter, approaeii, ioin; to «pproach

a woman.

Api-gata, os, a, am, gone into, entered, come

near, approached, joined.

viPifilT api-gd, cl. 3. P. -jigati, -gdturr., to

enter, get into, mingle with.

api-gtrna, as, a, am, praised,

edebrated.

viPHils* api-grah, cl. 9. P. A. -grihiuti,

nite, -grahiti/m, to receive; to stop; to close (the

mcuth, r ose, &c.).

Api-grihya Ved., or api-grakyc., as, a, am, to

bc received.

St Pmm" api-ghas, cl. 1. P. -ghasati, -ghas-

tum, to eat off or away.

■■ Pos ci a-pirChila, as, a, am, ciear, fiee

from s .diment or soil.

‘Hpefif api-ja, as, m. horn after, horn

again; epithat of several divinities.

vif<U|d a-pinda, as, 5, am, without funeral

cakes.

eiPsn 1. a-pit, t, t, t (rt. pi), Ved. not

swelling, dry; waterle-s.

fiftlri 2. a-pit, t, t, t, (in gram.) not

having the it or Anu-b mdha p.

sfalT a-pitri, tu, m. not a father.

A pi'riJ:a, as, 5, au, not ance.^rfral or patemal,

oninherited; fatherless.

A-jiitnpi, as, a, am., uninheritH, not anci stral or

patemal.

viPsq^ api-dah, cl. I. P., Ved. -dahati,

-dagdhum, to singe.

ipUya. 55

vi Ph api-dri.hh, cl. 6. P., Ved. -drbhati

or -drimbhati, -darbhitum, to rely upon.

■viPse'. api-do, cl. 4. P.,Ved. -dyati, -datum,

to cut off.

^rfw api-dha, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhati,

-dhatte, -dhdtum, to put to, shut, dose, cover, con-

ceal.

Api-dhana or pi-dhdna, am, n. covering, con-

cealment; a cover, a lid, a doth for covering. — Api-

dhana-vat, an, ati, at, Ved. having a cover; con-

cealed.

Api-dhi, 18, m. concealment.

Api-Mta or pi-kita, as, a, am, shut, covered,

concealed.

viPsit! api-ttahor pi-nah,c\. 4. V.-nahyati,

-•mddhum, to tie on, tasten.

Ap^!-na/ldka or pi-naddha, as d, am, tied on;

cl< toed, -ccoutr d.

api-ni, cl. I. P. -nayati, -netum,

to lead towaids or to, bring to a state or condition.

■dtPmt' api-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate, -pattum,

to go in, enter.

Vi l«4141 *a r-p-pdsa, cs, d, am, free from

thirst; satisfied.

^tPm^ ap^:-prisci. 7. P. A., Ved. -prinakti,

-prini te, -percitum, to mix with.

viPelU l'1 npi-prdna, as, l, am, Ved. hreath-

ing upon, vivfying, animating (?).

vSPn^^l api-baddha, as, d, am, fastentd;

connected w.th.

vsrfTWin api-bhapr, as, d, am, Ved. having

part in, shanng iu.

'•nPMlj'¹^ api-mrish, cl 4. T. A. -mushvati,

-te, -marshitum, to fnrget, neglect.

srfxr| api-rri, cl. 5. P. -vrinoti, -varitum,

-ritum, to cinceal.

Apl-vrita, as, S, am, concealed, covered.

JTfqWrT ap^:-vrata, as, m. sharing in the

same r Jigious acts, r ahted by blood.

viP«44151.api-iareara, as, d, am, Ved. con-

tignous to the night; being at the bvginning or end

of the riight; (ani), n. . vening-time or moming-

time.

-'iPsairt apis ala, as, m., N. of a man,

(as), m. pi. the descendants of Apifala.

viPssiti /pi-sas, f. (only used in abi.),

Ved. slitting, ripping np.

■viPtlSITf a-pisuna, as, d, am, unmalicious,

upright, honest.

Vi pq^ ri api-sh{uta, as, d, am (rt. stu),

pra^;sed.

vi Pg Pti ^ api-siC, cl. 6. P. -sm6ati, -sektum,

to sprinkle with

hPhPfH npi-hita. See api-dhr.

api (api-i), cl. 2. P. apv-eti, -tum,

to go in or near, to enter into or uprn; tocome near,

appma-h; to partake, have a sha-e in; tc- suffer; to

ioin; to povr out (as a river); to dissolve; to enter

the other World, to die.

Api-yat, an, ati, at, Corning near.

1. apita, as, a, am, gone into, entered, approached.

Apiti, is, f., Ved. entering into, encountering, jom-

ing battie, junction; dissolvinp.

Apy-aya, Corning near, union. See s. v.

vt m1 -uq apidya, as, d, am (fr. api-ah*),\t&.

.seret, hidden (incorrectly tor apivya, q.v.).

5(5 snfoj api-jvt. cpobh.

upi-ju, is, us, a, Ved. stirrinq; up,

impelling.

a-pitfana, am, n. or a-pida, f.

not giviog piin, genthness, kindnos.

A-pidayal, an, and, at, without distr-ssing, not

paining.

TTrftrT 2. a-pita, as, a, am, not drunk.

A-pUva, ind. not having dranlwithout drinking.

HiflsfH api-ncsa or p~-nasr, as, m. (api

for api and nat,a. for naHkd), drvn.s« of the nos_,

want of th- pituitary s-cretion and loss of smcll, coid.

vi 4*i J rt ap>-vnta = api-writa, as, c, am,

oovered.

vfql-it c.pivya, as, d, am, verv handsome,

most excJLnt (f).

p-p'ijs, -ptimdn, m. not r m»n, a

cunuch. — Apuns-tva, am, n. the stat- of a uinoch.

A-pumka, f. without a husi and.

a-put.cha, as, d, am, tailless; (c),

f. the tree Dalb .rgia Sifu.

a-punya, as, d, am, unrlee.n, im-

pura, w.ckcd, bid. — Ajjunya-krit, t, t, t, acting

wickodl", wick-d, brd.

a-pntra, as, m. not a ion; [as, a, am),

or a-pulraka, as, ika, am, having no son, sonias.

— Apntra-ta, f. sonlcssnoss.

A-putrikd, f. the dnughtcr of a lOnkss father, who

horseif has no male ofisprinp; (o«), m. the tath j of

.uch a daught.. . •

a-pvnar, ind. not agam, once for

ever. — A-pv.rah-prapya, as, d, am, irreoovorobl-

— A-pun-xr-un" aya, as, d, am, not seturuing, dt_J

— A-qnmar-amtti, is, t final eiemption from life

or transmigiation. — A-punar-diya.adna, as, d, am,

not being given back. — /.-punar-lha-a, a., m. not

bting ag in; exemption of the loul from further

transmigiation, final boatitudn. — A-punar-bham,

as, m. not bcino bom igain.

^mTTO a-purdna, as, d, am, or a-purdtnna,

as, i, am, not old, med-m, now.

-i a-pvrusho, as, d, am, unmrnlj.

— A-p’*rusadrtha ( sha-at^p), as, m. a rite which

i» not *br the benefit of the -icrificur; not th- chiof

obiect of the soul.

vigdSeptimi c-puvo-'nuvakyaka, as,

aka or ika, am, without a Puror.uv 5kyS.

A-purorukka, as, a, am, without a Purorufi.

- -pushkala, as, d, am, not emi-

nent; mean, low.

H-NMk n-pushta_: as- d, am, unnourifihed,

Ion; mfi.

iHTpq a-pushpa, as, d, am, not flowering;

(as), m. the glomerous fig tret. — A-pu‘lpa-phata

or a-yukpp-jMa-da, as, a, an, htaring fruits

without Hov/ering; hiving neither fl iwers n >r fruit ;

(d. ), m. the jack troe, Artnorpus Integrifnlia, the

glomerou fig tree.

THpl apua, us, n., Ved. «hape; the rame

as vespas, q. v.

TnpRi a-pitjrka, as, ika, am, irreverent,

irreligious.

A-puja, f. irrev.rreoce, disrespect.

A-pnjita, i fi, am, not revorenCvd or worshipp .d,

ccutemneii, di regarded.

A-punja, as, fi, am, aot to bu wor hippei or

revered.

a-puta, as, d, am, impure; not having

nxeivcd the iuvoc dory lite.

dtt^q apiipa, us, m. cake of flour. meal, &c.;

a sort of bn ad; wheat; hon y-comb (7f.—Apiipa-

■ndbki, is, m., Ved. haviug a navel which eonsists of

or is decoi rted with cake. — Apvpa-maya, as, i, cm,

consisting of cake — Apapa-vat, an, ati, at, accom-

paided w’th cake. — ApupajiiMta (°pa-ap ), as, d,

am, covor.d w'th cak:.

ApupVja, f-s, d, am, bJonging to rak-

Apupya, au, n. fliur, meal.

opvranl, f. the silk cotton tree,

Bomha- H ptaphylium.

a-purvsha, as, d, am, liiiless, in-

animate; s.iullcss; uiiponpled. — A-put Mika-phra, as,

m., Ved. not killing men.

TTt^t a-purna, as, d, am, not full or entire,

imp rfect, inc implete, defiri-nt; (am), n. an incom-

pleto number, i iraction.—Aph* na-l dia, at, a am,

premature; (as), m. incompleto time. — Apunia-

J ala-ja, as, fi, an , bom boforc the proper time, 'bor-

tive. — Apmrna-td, f. incompieteooss.

A-puryaniana,as,d,an-,notb ingfiili incomplete.

a-purra, as, d, am, unpreceded, nn-

prec-dontod; not havino .xisted b-foio, quite new;

unpara'1-ied, incomparable, woi.dortul, cxtranrdin.iry;

not fint; (in PSnini) pr.cedod jf aor d; tam),

a th. remote or unforese n cons-qnenc- of in «ct,

as heaven of religious rites; a consequ.nc. not im-

mediatdy procedod by its ciuso, — Apvrca katitirni,

a, n. a rcligous rite or ...icrifice, the powor ot which

on the future is not befnre seen. — Apurga ta, t. or

apnnartva, am, n. the being unpreceded, not hav-

ing xisted before, incompir bieness, &c, — A-p'trva-

pati, is, f. ono who has bad no ht iband before.

— Apui vacat, ind. sinoularly, uulike anythir.g Jse.

— A-pf<r:e?ia, ind. never before.

A-purviya, as, d, am, refomng to the remote or

unfor seou consoquence of in act.

A-purrtja, as, d, am, Ved. unpreceded, first;

havin? nothing similar befor. onc’„ self, incompar-

ablo, unhi ird of.

a-prikta, as, d, am, unmixed, un-

combi.ied; (a«), m. (in PSnini) a word or an 'ffix

consisting of a singlc letter, i. e. of on- not cnmbined

with an-riher; (in the PrStif Jkhyas ] tho prepo ition

a and the p-rtide u.

^fMbjr( a-ppiya¹, an, ati, at,Ve d. not fill-

ing, not pnpitiating by gift;; stingy.

a-prithak, ind. not «eparatdy,

witli.tuoetber with, collectiv Jy. — Aptitkag-dhpnna-

Mla, as, d, am, of the sam. religiori. — AprUhag-

<lh~, is, U, i, regarding Gcd in ali things.

Tnre a-ppshta, as, d, am, unasked, nnad-

drtsaed, not sp ’kcn to.

Vrq ape (apa-i), cl. 2. P., cl. I. A. apaiti,

apayatc, apaitum, to p> away, wlthdiiw, retirf, run

iwav, escape, vanish; to be wai.tine, to be cmittod;

to .tart.

Apdya, as, m. going awiy, departuro ; destructu n,

d. ati., annihiiation; injury, detrim.nt, loss; misfor-

tune, evil, ili, calrmity, danger; end (ot a word).

Apayin, t, ini, i, going away, doparting, vanish-

ing, perisb ibie.

Apeta, as, d, am, -scaped, depart-d, gone; i .aving

retired from, freo from (with ibi. or a. last memter

of a c-tmp). — Apctn-hM, t», is, l, one wbose fear

is gone. — Apcta-i akshas*,, f., N. of a piant, Ocimum

Sanctum.

Apeya, as, 5, am, remo’ ed (^,).

Apihi. Ste s. v. ne.£t coi.

VrqVI apsksh (apa-iksh), cl. i. A. ape-

kshate, shitum, to look away, to look r-mnd, to

look ab lut for something; to hive som- design; to

have regard to, to rr.pect; to iook for, wait for,

xpect, hop:; to require, to hive an eye to; with

na, not to iike.

Apekshana, am, n. or apeksf d, f. loddng round

m ibuut; fv ith the object either in ioc. or is tho

preceding m-mber of a compiund) considet tion,

reterence, regard; connoction of muto with effect or

of indi.idual with spod-s; xpectation, hop ., desire,

nted, requirement — ip,]cshayd, with rcierjnce to.

— Apeksha-buddhi, is, f. a mental process in th;

Vaifoshika pLilosophy, the faxiity ot arranging and

methodising; deumess of under tanding.

ApekAianiya or apdcshitavya or apekshya, as,

d, am, to be comider-d or regarded, to be look-d fo>

or expect. d,to be wishcd, desired, or r-quircd; derirablc.

Apekshito, as, d, a>n, considered, regarded, refer-

r-d to, Ich ked for, oxptctod; wisiiod, hnptd, required;

tam), n. con-id-r '.tion, reference, regard.

Ayelcsliin, i, ini, i, (with the object in gcn. or ai>

tho prectding member of a compound) cor .idering,

respectinn, regarding, looking to; ioo'ung for, xpect-

lng, hoping, requiring.

Apekshya. ind. hiving considaed, having regard

to, with regard or refrrenct to.

vtQ(apa-ej),ot. i. A. apejate,-jitum,

to removdrivo away. (Seo Gram. 7S4. o.)

siMnJ apeadre. ('pa-in°), as, d, am, without

Indra.

-m<l a-poya, as, a, am, nnfit for drinking,

undrinkible.

luqJlod a-pesala, as, d., am, not elever, in-

oXpert.

vt«43W, a-pesas, as. as, as, Ved. formlesa,

shapjes,.

vt q M 1. aptsh t apa-i sh), cl.4. A.apeshyate,

-shUwn, to strive -fter, aspiro to.

^PTV 2. apesh (apa-ish), cl. I. A. apeshate,

-uhitum, to withdraw from, to retire.

'vSqfri rpehi (imperative of rt.»' with apa),

at the beginning of sevoral comj .ainds, mean exdud

ing, expelling, deiying admission; e.g. apeh‘-pra-

kasd, f. a cer mony wherc pe iple aro not adn.itted.

— Apthi-baniid, f. 1 ceren.ony from which merchants

are exduded. — Apih&rrdtd, f.₍ N. of a piant usefu'

in exp dling wind (^Pa-dcriaV

'vjq 31 *f a-paisuna, am, n. integrity,honesty,

uprightaess.

a-pogenia. as, d, am, not under

.ixteen years of ago; a child or infant; timid, learfiil

flacc^:d; having a limb too miny or too few.

apatfhad (apa-ud-Shad), cl. 10.

P. A. -^Ahddavati, -te, -yiturr, to uncover.

vnPif apodha, as, d, am (fr. rt. vah with

apa), carried oft, removed, t-.ken away.

j TfA^apat-krish (apa-ud-krish), cl. 1.6.

P. A. -karsha‘{, -te, -Lri>7~ati, -te, -karshtum,

-krad 'um, to siparato, disjoin.

HTVrTi*' podaka (°pa-ud"),as, d, am.water-

less, water-tight; not wattvy, not fluid; (US), f. a

pot-horb, Basdl" Rubr or lucida.

apod-i (apa-ud-i), cl. 2. P. -eti,

■tum, to gn away dtogtthor, to givo way, to with-

drw.

Apod-itya, as, fi, am, to Le completely gone

awiy irom <>r left.

vrVTjTPi "pad-dbdryc, as, d, am (fr. rt. hri

with apa and ad), liabie to havo something tiken

away.

'Cnfhnrn' apo-uapat. &c. See undtr ap.

VTTptfiJ apobh (apa-uhh), cl. 6. P.,Ved. apo-

hiati, -a,nhha.n, -blitum, to bind, fettor.

*

«rtffrft apornu.

'snrnM a-pratibha.

57

'STTrhS apornu (apa-iirnu), cl. 2. P. A.

apornauti, -noti, -nide, *:navitum, -nuvitum, to

uncover, to naveil, to open ; A. to uncover one’s self.

WWfaT aposh (apa-ush), cl. i. P., Ved.

apo8hati, apo66Kati, to dispel darkness (said of the

dawn).

apoh (apa-uh), cl. i. P, A. apahati,

-te, -hitxm, to strip off, tn pu=h iway, to frighten

away; to remove, to heal (sickness); A. to keep

away from one’s self, to avoid, to give up; (in dis-

putation) to object, to dcny, to reason, argue.

Apoka, as, m. or apohana, am, n. pushing away,

removing; removal of doubt by the exercise of the

reasoning faculty ; reasoning, argumg.

Apokaniya or apokya, as, a, am, to be taken

away, or removed, or expiated.

Apohita, as, d, am, taken away, removed; estab-

lisbed by reason.

a-paurusha, am, n. unraanlinesa,

cowardice; superhuman power; (as,a, am), unmanly,

cowardly; superhuman.

■•-M M ia-paushhalya, am, n. immaturity.

apta, as, d, am (fr. obs. rt. ap for later

ap), Ved. obtained ; watery (?).

Aptas, as, n. a sacrificia! act.

Aptu, us, m., Ved. busy, active, diligent; the

body; Soma ; a sacrificial animal.

Aptur, us, m., Ved. active, busy; giving water;

running as water.

Apturya,am, n., Ved. zeal, activity; the giving

of water.

Aptor-yama. as, or aptor-yaman, d, m., Ved.,

N. of a sacrificial ceremony, and of a verse in the

SSma-veda closing that ceremony [cf. vairaja],

Aptya, as, d, am, active, spacious; watery (?).

Apna, as, m. or apnas, as, n., Ved. possession,

property; work, sacrificial act; progeny; shape [cf.

Lat. ops]. — Apnah-8tha,as, m.,Ved. superintending

work. — Apna-raj, t, m., Ved. possessing property;

illustrious through work. — Apnas-vat, an, atx, at,

Ved. productive, having sacrificial acts or work.

Apnavana, as, m., Ved. having progeny; the

arm; N. of a Rishi; poor (?).

Apya, as, d, am, obtainable, to be reached;

active, belonging to or connected with work or sacri-

ficial acts, watery.

appa, as, m., N. of an author of a

book on prosody.

^rffT appati, is, m. See under ap,

■^rnp^fETrf appadikshlta or apyad^:kshita

or apyayadiksHta, as, m., N. of an author of the

feteenth century.

vt (“t u ap-pitta, am, n. firt; see under ap.

■5PZT^ apy-ai, yon, ici, yak (rt. ani),

rcachiiig, gone into, hiddcn.

'.'tfcMrqn apy-aty-arj (api-ati"), cl. i. P.,

Ved. -arjati, -jitum, to add over and above

TPini apy-aya, as, m. (fr. rt. i with api, see

api), approadi, raeeting, joining; pouring ont; enter-

ing, vanishing; junfion; (e. g. svdpyaya, entering

into one’s relf, absorpti' >n.) — Apyayardikshita, as, m.,

N. ofa DrSvida saint and writer, the author of various

works, celebrat.d as a Saiva, and thought to be an

incamation c f S*iva; (also apydya ‘ or apyai⁰, &c.)

Apy-ayana, am, n. union, joining; copulaiing

apy-ardham, ind., Ved. within

proximity, near.

opy-as (api-as), cl. 2. P. -asti, (with

V>c. or with an adv. of place1 to be in anythh.g; to

be ciosely connected with, to b.long to.

WQJ7T apy-uta — api and vta, q. v

itu«04 a-prakata, as, a, am, unmaniftsted,

unapparent, obscur-. .

< -prakampa, as, d, am, unshaken,

literally and metaphorically; firm, steady; unanswer-

td, unreiuted.— AprdkaiUpaAd, f. fimmess, stability,

unam i.erableness.

SHH dfr n-prakara, as, d, am, not artinsf

c 'icellently.

A^prakarana, am, n. not the principai topic,

not relevant to the main snbject.

A-prakrita, as, d, am, not prini tpal, not r ilevant

to the main topic under d^:scussion, not chief; occa-

sional or incidi ita., not natural. .

A-prokriti, is, f. not the inher.nt or insep-rable

frepert), Occidental pr .perty or nature; spiritnal being.

a-prakarshita, as. d, am, not cx-

ceed ,d, not more than; unsurpa-sed.

A-prakrishta, as, a, am low, vile; (us), m.

a crow.

oH H di djsb a-prakalpaka, as, ika, am, not

prescribing as ubligatrry.

A-prakhipta, as, d, am, not explicitly enjoined.

a-prakanda, as, d, am, stemleas;

(as), m. i bush, a brub

a-prakd^a, as, d, am, not shining,

dark; selt-illuminat d; not visible, bidden, secret;

not manilest or evident; (am ), ind. in secrit; (as),

m. indistincte ss, secresy, a secn.t.

i-prahaiaka, as, ika, am, not ren iermg bri ht;

making dark.

A-prahaiamana or asp, aldsXta, as, d, am, not

manifested, urdivutged, nnrcvt Jed, not evidtot or

public.

A-pmkd4yn„ as, a, am, not to be manifeste d or

Jivulged.

a-praketa, as, d, am, Ved. indis-

criminate, unrecognizable.

■-H d fyi d a-prakshita, as, d, am, Ved. un-

dimirished, undecaved.

a-prakhara, as, d, am, dull, o’)tuse;

bland, mild.

’W H ’i*i a-pragama, as, d, am, going too

fest for otbers to tullow, not to be surpassed.

a-pragalbha, as, d, am, not arro-

gant, modest.

^irrita a-pragita, as, d, am, not chaunted

alond.

x-praguna, as, d, am, corfoundi d,

perplexed.

l r a-pragrdha, as, d, am, unre-

'trained, unbridled.

Hwmjsi a-praiankasa, as,'a, am,Ved.

withont power of seeing; not be-utifu!(>).

d-prainra, as, d, am, little, few.

vfHVrT^T n-praietas, as, as, as, Ved. de-

ficient in under itanding, foolish.

A^pra*c?ita, as, d, am, nnkwwn

W^TfidrT a-pra6adita, as, d, am, unde-

sired, not bidden or commanded; nndeclared, not

said; unasked.

a-pra66hedya, as, d, am, inscru-

table.

^ n a-pra&yuta, as, d, am, unmoved ;

(with abi.) not fallen or deviating from, observing,

following.

a-praja, as, d, am (rt. jan), without

progeny, childless; unbom; unpcopled; (a), f. not

bearing, unprolific, having no child.

I. a-prajajni, is, is, i (rt jan), withont progeny.

A-prajas, as, ds, as, without progeny, childless.

— Aprajas-ta, f. or apraja8-tva or aprajas-tva,

am, n. childlessness*

A-prajata, as, d, am, childless, having do progeny.

2. a-prajajhi, is, is, i (rt.jnd),\ed.

inexperienced, inexpert.

"^nTTuYrT a-pramta, as, d, am (rt. ni), un-

consecrated, profane, common; (am), n. the act of

frying clarified butter without consecrated water.

a-pranodya, as, d, am (rt. nud),not

to be tumed away.

a-prat, n, ti, t (rt. pra), Ved. not

affluent; aprata, inst. c. without wealth.

a-pratarkya, as, d, am, not to be

discussed; incomprehensible by reason, undefinable.

ma-pratapa, as, m. want of brilliancy,

dulness; meanness, want of dignity.

srafk -prati, is, is, i, Ved. without op-

pmenfs, irresistible; uneqnalled; (i), ind. irrejistibly.

— i. o,prat'-rupa, as, d, aro,, of une jialled form,

incompanble [cf. 2. a-pratirupa, p. 5%]. — Jpratl-

Tupa-kathaA.inc imparableor unancw r^blediscour u.

— Aprati-rirya, as, d, am, of in-sistible power.

xSiffii^TT a-pratikarn, as, d, am, trusted,

trusting, confidential.

A-pratikarinan, d, d, a, of unparalleled deed..

A-pratikdra or a-pratikara, as, m. not remedy-

ing, non-r.qmtal, non-refaliation; (ai, d, air), irre-

mediable, helpless, di ifcnceless.

A-pratik'rin, i, iifi, i, not remedying, not

counteracting.

'-TfffrRT-T a-pratigrihya, as, a, am, one

trom whom one must not accept anjrtbbjg.

A-praflyrCiluika, as, ika, am, not aocepting.

A-pratigrahya, as, d, am, not to be taken, nn-

acceptablc.

i-pratigha, as, d, am (rt. hanI, not

to be kept off, not to be vanquished.

^rofirVVg' c-pratidrundva, as, d, am, not

having an adversary ir, fcatde; not to be vanqulshtd;

irresistible. — Apratllvandva-td, f. unr?.valledne«s.

vtufiTV^ a-pratidhura, as, d, am, Ved.

vith.iut a mateh m carryiDg burdens or the yoke

(said of a horaei.

vmfrftJS a-pratidhrishta, as, d, am, not

to be opposed, irresistible. — Apratidhrishta-iavas,

as, as, as, Ved. of irresistible powi 1.

A-pratiAhrishya, as, d, am, Ved. irresistible.

snrrfrcrer a-pratipaksha, as₉ d, am, without

a rival or opponent.

-ilHfrfu™ a-pratipanya, as, d, am, not to

be bartered or exebanged.

^mfrPlfvT a-pratipatti, is, f non-asetrtain-

c ment; non-performance, taiiure; neglect, disregard.

A-j>rat^;farl, t,, t, t, not stopping; not to be

lepended on.

A-pratipa/uia, as, d, ani, mu^r :erUined, unac-

complishid, neglected.

sinTffnn a-pratibandka, as, m. ab^ence

of obstructi''i; (as, d, am), Uuimpe led, undisputed,

direct (inhi ntance), not collateral or pre umptive.

STTTf(T«n7 -pratibala, as, d, am, of un-

equailed power.

'.i h Pri =Tl q q rt^ a-pratibadhavat, an, ati, at,

without the sense of personal consciocs. e.s.

irtUfri tf a-pratibruvat, an, ati, at, Ved.

not speaking against, not contradicting.

TlJTfrPT a-pratibha, as, d, ani, modest,

bashful; (a), f. shyncss, timidity.

Q-

58

emfim a-pratima.

~~-MHfrf~~*T a-pratima, as, a, am, unequolled,

■ncompTablc, with rnt a niatch.

Till^PW a-pratimanyu yamrna, as,

a, am, Vcd. being unabL to sb>w oae‘< resentment

to anrti^er, or to retaliate angtr tor «nger.

Tnrfirtp^ a-pratiyatna, as, m. ndtural or

spontaneous state or condition.

■nTTfwf-T^ a-pratiyagin, t, ini, i, with-

out advcnary; not oppascd (to onc anothei), havinp

no opposite.

'srnfirni i-pratiratha, as, m. having no

antagonist, an invinciblc warri, >r; N. ot a Kishi;

(am), n., N. of a hymu composed by Apiutiratha.

■'HEjfdTT i-pratirara, us, a, am, uncon-

teted, undisputvd.

MUfri*’ t| 2. a-prntirupa, as, a, am, not

cprresponding with,unfit. (Fori.ser under a-prati.)

■>P| H ^rH ot" y <Si W a-pratmtbdha-kama, as, d,,

am, nnsatiated in oue's desirer

Troftrfrr o-pratishiddha, as, a, am (rt. 2.

sidh), unprol ibited, nnforbidden.

A-pn.tishedha, as, m. non-prohibition, noo-ne-

gation.

’.SHfriati i -pratishkuta, cs, a, am, Ved.

aot to be kapt orf, not to be res isted, not coi.tradicttd,

not refused.

Wfirff a-pratishtha, as, a, am, having no

solid ground, F-ictuatine ; thrown away, unprofit-

ible; infamous, disrepntable; (as), m., N. of »hell;

(a), f. instability, absence ot rtput .tiou, ill-&me, dis-

'.onour.

A-pratmhthina, as, a, am, Ved. without silid or

Crm ground ; (am), n. instability.

A-pratishthita, os, 0, am, unsettlU, unfixcd j

jnconsemttd; uncelebrated, obscure.

'HHfdH^;¹! n-prat'sankramo, as, a, am,

naving no intermixture.

iUlTriTilfJ a-pratiscnkhya, as, d, am, un-

obscrve 1. — Aprrtisonkhyo-ru 1 odJia, as, m. the

unobscrved nullity or a.inihilatioii of an object.

-'iUfririrl a-pratihata, as, d, am, uninter-

rupted, unobstructed, irre astibL; unaffected, unir.r-

pairo 1, indestructibi , uninjured; not diraop >inted.

— Apralihata-netra, as, m., N. of a Buddhist deity

(whcie eycs are unimp. ded).

vrJTtf^FTT a-praKkara. See under a-pra-

tik ira, p. 57.

'fflrinrhfT*¹" prattksham, ind. withoutlook-

ing backw ird.

tmrfhr a-pratita, as, a, am (rt. i with

prati)' unappruach.d, unatt ickabie; unopp sed; on-

intelligible, not underjtood. — Apratito-ta, f. unin-

telligibltness.

irretiti, is, f. the stato of not being understo xi;

mistru t, want of confidence.

a-pratitta, as, d, am (for a-pra-

tidalta, fr. rt. da with prati), Ved. not given back.

HUrflt:

c-pratipa, as, m., N. of a king of

Magadha.

df i 1 rt a-pratula, as, m. want of weight,

want, necessity.

^TUW a-pratta, as, d, am (for a-prndatta,

fr. rt. da with pra), not given away; (a), f. not

given awny in maniage, a girl.

WHriiFT a-ptatyaksha, as, d, am, not pre-

stnt to the sight, invisio!;, iruperceptiblci unknown.

— Apratyakdia-ta, f. imperceptibiiity. — A-prqty-

akshn-si»h(o, an, a, am, not distinctly taught.

snUTO n-prasaliya.

HTTSPT •i-pratyaya, as, m. distrust, dis-

bdief, doubt; not an aflix; (as, d, am), dHrastful

(with loc.); having no affix. — A-pratyaya-stha, as,

a, am, (in grani.) not pvrtainiog to an affix.

vlHOUfdJlfl -pratyakhydta, as, d, am, un-

cootiad.cted, unrefutcd, arsented to.

A-pratyakhijanu, am, n. non-retutatior.

A-pratyakhycya, a», d, am, not to be contra-

d iCtcd, undeniable.

VBtTTrT ■.-pratyAtu, as,a,am, not attaoked.

vnrPzpff r-prothita, as, d, am, unpublnhed;

unnoted, unlomwn, not odebrated.

f a-pfadvptdgni (ⁿta-ag'),is, is, i,

dyspeptic.

*2TTP7V a-pradagdha, as, d, am, Ved. not

tuilkcd to the end.

SH^r<4tf i-piadripita, as,a, am, Ved. not

proud, not arrogant; not humbled, not careless(r).

^ntVt *T a-pradhdna, as, d, am, not princi-

pal, sub ordinate, seamdaiy, —Apradhdna-ta, f. or

"prad\an i-tra, am, n. subordination, inferiority.

vi M U Uf a-pradhrishya, as, d, am, not to

be vanquished, invinable.

^nTMrf^T p-prnpadana, am, n., Ved. a bad

place of refuge..

HTR75 a-prahala, as, d, am, inefficaci >us,

weak.

WUH i-prabha, as, c,am, without radiance,

obscure; dull; 11,em.

a-prabhu, us, us, u, wanting power,

nnabl., incompetent (with loc.). — Aprabbu-tva ,arr,

n. want of power, insufficiencv.

A-prabhilta, as, a. am, ‘nsufficient, inadi quate.

A-prahJMi, is, t. littlt effort.

HUHrl r-premaita, as, d, am, not careless,

carefiil, atteative, vigilant, sober.

A-prauiada, as, m. care, viVilanre; (as, d, am),

car fui, cautious, steady; (am), ind. attentively,

carefully; without interruption.

A-pramadin, i, ini, carefiil, atteotive.

STIPT? a-pramada, as, d, am, without

pltasur., joyless.

a-pramaya, as, d, am, Ved. un-

limitcd, imperishable.

.1 rtHT n-prama, f. a rule which is no

authority (see a-prar.idna); incorrect knowledge.

•kHHW a-pramdna, as, d, am, immeaaur-

«ble, unlimited; without woight or preof, without au-

thority; (am), n. a rule whrch is no Standard of action.

— A-pramana-vicl, t, t, t, intapabl’ of weighing

evidence. — ApramanaAubha, as, m. pl. of irimea-

surable virtue; N. of a clas, of Bnddhist divinities.

— Apramanabha (°na-ahha), as, m. pl. of unlimited

splendor; N. of r class of divinities in Buddhism.

A-pramanika, as, d, am, unauthiriaed; pr iperiy

a-primanSca, q. v.

A-pramita, a», a, am, unbounded, urmea>"red;

not proved, not establishe i by authority.

A-pramnya, as, d, am, immi nvrabie; uurathom-

able, inscrutable; not to be proved. — Apranu-

ydtman (°ya-at), d, m. of inscrutable sp^:rit, an

:pithet ot ffiva. — Apramm/dnubhara (°ya-ari^>), as,

d, am, of unlimited energy.

*nTRTpS a-pramayukd, as, d, am, Ved. not

dying 'uddenlv (?), immeasurably long (?).

-:rn*rl^JI a-pramiya, as, d, am, Ved. not to

be kdled.

'■yijjljtq i-pramrishyn, as, d, am, not to

be dcstroyed, inde structible.

'U UB I? a-pramoda, am, n. inability to re-

rnove’ pain.

-.i n of^T a-prayatm, as, m. absence of

effort, indifference, laziness; (as, d, arri), not ener-

vctic, indifferent, apathetic, not devoted to (with

oc.).

••-praydni, is, f. not going, not

moving.

A-prmj&paifi or a-pmrjdpani, is, f. not causing

to go on; not allowing to progres;.

ar a-prayaeam, ind. (rt. yu), Ved.

without interruption, attentively.

A-prayuithat, an, auti, at, Ved. unceasine, eare-

ful, attentive.

A-prayuta, as, d, am, Ved. unaltered, continual.

A-prayntvan, d, d, a, Ved. not separat;, conr-

bined, cereful.

a-pToybsa, as, m. ease, absence

of trouble.

a-prayogo, as, m. non-applica-

bility, bad applicati .a.

A-prayojaka, as, ika or aka, am, inapplieable,

cau ele-s, irrelevant.

5RIP5g a-pralamba, as, d, am, not slow,

quick, e: peditrous.

a-pravartaka, as, ikd, am, ab-

staining from action, inert; not exciting to action.

A-pravartana, am, n. the act of refrainmg from,

not engaging in; not exciting to any action.

A-pravritta, as, d, am, not acting, not engaged

in, not commenced, not imtigated.

A-provritH, is, f. not pr, ceedin?; abstainiag

trom action, rne-rtion; non^xcitemer.t; (in medie.;

supprassion of the natural evacuati. ;ns. constipatton,

isdiury, &c.

u-provine, as, d, am, unskilful.

aHHsiVrT a-pravitu, as, d, am, Ved. unap-

pnached; r,ot approachtng (to impregi.atei; not un-

pregnated.

xefu pf a-prarriddha, as, d, am, not ex-

cessivelv grcwn.

xSinff a-pravtda, as, d, am, Ved. difficult

to be found or obtained; silent (?).

aSTCTIJRG a-prasakta, a-praSakti, probably

for a-prasalta, a-prasaktl, q. v. below.

WIT5IH . a-prasasta, as, d, am (rt. s'ans),

not praised, wortbless, contemptible; not approved,

forbiideu.

A-pradasya, as, d, am, not praisrworthv, nnt

good.

vflTjTfrT .i. a-prasasta, as, d, am (rt. sus),

Ved. indocile, disobedient.

a-prasakta, as, d, am (rt. sahj), not

addicted, not attached to; moderate, temperate.

A-prasakli, is, f. or a-prnsanga, as, m. non

addiction, non-attachm.nt, moderation.

VTinivt a-prasanra, as, d, am (rt. sad 1, not

qui< t, not ciear, turbid, moddy; displeased, dissatbfied,

unfevonrable.

A-prosdda, as, m. disfevour, disapprobatlor

A-prcsadya, as, d, am, not to bt propitiated;

nnappeasable, implacable.

OTH a-prasava, as, d, am (rt. su or sii.),

not being prolific; (as), m. the not being boni.

A-prnsiita, os, d, am, not haviog ofispring, bar-

ren, childless.

‘-S «Hr a-pramura, Ved. or a-pramiriikito,

as, d, am, not foolrsh, pruueut.

c-prasahya, as, d, am, intok rabie,

insufferable.

STPftrg a-prosiddha. a-buddhi-purvaka. T)9

HTTTraU a-prasiddha, as, a, am, not settled

or estabmhed; unhnown, uncelebrited; unusual, un-

common, of no real exislence, not current or generally

knu>vn. — Aprasiddhu-pada, am, n. an obsolete

word.

a-praetuta, as, d, <m, unconnected

witb, irrdevant, unsuiuble to the time or subject; not

principal, not being the chief subject-matter; acci-

dental or extnneous; not rtady.

A-prastdvika, as, I, am, irrtievant to the subject-

matter.

vMj.ri a-prahata, as, fi, am, unhurt, in-

tact; untilled, wastc; uncultivated.

A-prahan, a, a, a, or a-prahantri, td, trl,

Iri, not hurting.

dniftnT a-prohita, as, a, am, Ved. not

■itirred up, not sent out unas ailed ^by foes).

^ntY^Tff a-prdkrita, as, a, am, not princi-

pal ; not original; spedai, particuL'; not vulgar.

TTUTOT a-prrfgrya, as, a, am, secondary,

subordinate.

■*3mT<tn -prdB.ua, os, a, am, modern, re-

cent; not eistcm, westem.

'.THI sT a-prajna, as, a, am, unlearned,

ignorant; unci nscinus,— Aprajiia-ta, f. ignorance,

unconsciousuess.

WT a-prana, as, a, am, or a-pranin, i,

ini, i, inanimate, lifeless.

TnmTOT a-pradhdnya, am, n. inferiority,

snbordination.

STHTH a-prapta, as, a, am (rt. ap withpra),

nnubtamed; nnarrived; unproved. — Aprapta-kala,

as, a, am, out of season, inopportune, iil-timcd; un-

der age; (am) m an irrepular debate. — Aprapta-

youvana, as, a, am, not anived at puberty. — A-

prapta-tyavahdra or aprapla-vayas, as, as, as,

a minor in Iaw; under age, not of years to engage

in law or pubhc business. — Aprdptavasara (yta-

av°), as, a, am, umeaonable, inopportune.

A-prapli, is, f. nou-attaoiment, non-acquisition,

'carcity.

A-prapya, ind. not having fonnd; (as, a, am),

unobtainable, nnattai .able, scarce.

'j-pramarpko, as, i, am, un-

..rthertic, • nwarrauted, unanthoritative, unworthy of

being tmsted or b Jievtd.

A-pramdnya, am, n. absenct or insuffid-ucy of

pro )f or authoiitj.

tnrrfiWW a-prumi-satya, as, d, am (rt. mi

with pra), Ved. of unimpaireJ tmthfuhiers; unalter-

ably truc.

•STTnrW a-prdyatya, am, n. impurity, un-

govemablene ••

diUI-U a-prayu, us, us, 11, Yed. assiduous,

unceaiing, not going forth (?).

A-prayus, "is, m., Ved. not ocasing; with unde-

parted Iife, with unimpaired or ever brilliant vigour.

■difud a-priya, as, d, am, disagreeable,

didiked; unkiad, unfriendiy; (a*), m. a foe, an

enemy; N. of a Yaksha; (a), f. a sort of rkeat fish,

Silurus Pungentissimus. — Afriya-kara, as, dori,

am, or aprlya-kdrin, i, mi, i, doing an unkind-

ue;s; unfnendly, ill-disposed. — Apriya-hhdgin, i,

ini, i, uuf irtunate. — Apriya-vddin, i, ini, i, or

apriyam-vada, as, a, am, speaking unkindly or

harshly.

A-prili, is, f. didiku, aversion, unfriendliness, en-

mity; p-.in. — Apriti-kara, as, i, am, unkind, rd-

vcne; dbagreeable, offeniive, — Aprity-dtmaka, as,

ika, am, copsisung of pain.

stMtu'tygfl apreta-rakshasi, f., N. of a

piant, Ocuuum Sanctum j see apda-takshasl, p. 56.

'STOTO a-preman, a, n. dislike, aversion ;

(d, d, a), uufritndly.

^TJPT a-proisha, as, d, am, not invoked

witli a praieka (q.v.) mantra.

a-proshivas, -van, -shushi, -vat

(rt. vas, perf. part.\ Ved. not gnnc away, staying.

a-prandha, as, d, am, not arrog ant,

timid, gentle; (d), f. an unr..arried girl, or one very

rectntly married and not come to won.; uihcod.

'ST3PT a-plava, as, d, am, without a ship;

not swimming. — A-plavda (°va-i$a), as, 5, am,

nt able to swim.

SHWT apra, f. (fr. apa or fr. obs. rt. ap P),

dise.ue; danger; the region 1 if the throat or n sck.

ITO 1. ap-sa, as, m., Yed. giving or

yielding (ap) water [cf. cp-sd below].

TTO 2. a-psa, as, m., Ved. not destroying.

^TOT np-sara, as, m. water-goer, any

aquatic animal (see etym. of nent).

^TOTO upsaras, as, or apsara, f. (fr. ap,

q.v., and rt. sri, ‘going in the waters or between

the waters of the ch iuds’); certain fen.ale divinities,

who reside in the sky and are the wives of the Gm-

dharvas; they have the raculty of changing their

rhapes, are vory fond of bathing, and are raid to have

been prodnced at the chnming of the ocoan. — Apsa-

rah-pati, is, m. Indra, lurd of the Apsara-as. — Apsa-

ras-tirtha, am, n. a poni in which the Apsara: at

bathe. — Apsara-pati, is, m. lord of the Apsarauar.;

N. of the Gandharra biklrai.din.

Apsaraya, nom A. apsardyate, -yiium, to behav e

like an Apsaras.

YTO7 apsava, as, d, am, Ved. (if from

apsas) possefscd of form or shape; (if from up)

giving water.

Apsavya, as, d, am, fit for water, being in tbe

water.

YTOF apsas, as, n. (fr. obs. rt. epi, Ved.

cheek; shape, beauty (?).

STTOT ap-sa, as, m. (fr. ap and rt. seni, Ved.

giving water.

1!TO 1. a-psu, us, us, u, Ved. without food;

not beautiful (?).

^TO 2. apsu (loc. pl. of ap, q. v.), in the

water or waters. This W' ird forms the f rt member

of various componnds, thns;—apsu-kshit, t, m.,

Vdh dwelling withia the clouds, in the region be-

twcen heaven and earth.—Apsv,-(ara, as, i, am,

Ved. going in the waters.—Apsu-ja, as, d, am,

or apsu-ja, as, as, m. f., Ved. bom in the waters.

— Apsu,-jit, t, t, t, Ved. vai.quL.hing fcetween the

waters or in the region of the clouds.—Apsu-mat,

an, ati, at, posstssed of what is in the waters: not

b sing one’s nature in the water (e. g. the lightning

does not Iose his tieiy nature iri the rioud¹,); con-

tahfing the word apm. — Apsu-yoya, as, m. the

c 'unecting power in water. — Apsu-ynni, is, m.,

Ved. bura fr :m thi wrters. — Apsu-vah, t, m., Ved.

driving mvazT.—Apsu-shad, t, t, t, Ved. dwelling

in the waters. — Apsu-shnvM, as, m. Soma in water;

a cnp idled with water. — Apsv-sa,.t£iUi, as, d,am,

\ ed. raised or excittd in the waters.

^T*fio5 a-phala, as, d, am, unfruitful,

barren; vain, unproduitive; deprived of virility; (as),

m., N. of a piant, Tamarix Indica; (d), f. the Alie

piant, Aloes Perfoliata; anoth. r piant, Flrcourfia Cata-

phracta. —A-phala-kditkshin, i, ini, i, disintereste i,

not 1 >oking to b neficial consequ-ncr . — Aphalo.-td,

f. or aphala-tvo,, am, n. barrenne»., r.npr''il:iblene s.

—A-p}tⁿla-prcpsu, us, us, n, one who desires no

recompense.

"HTfpTI a-phalgu, us, us, u, not vain, pro-

ductive, profi’able.

xSI ijjR a-phulla, as, d, am, unblown.

Wtfir-i 1. a-phena, as, d, ara, frothless,

witiiout scum or fuam.

2. a-phsiia, am, n. (corruption of

ahi-phena, f< >am ot a snake ?), opiupi.

'ii q d a-baddha, as, d, am, or a-baddhaka,

as, ika, am (rt. handf ), unb .und, at liberty; un-

meaning, nonstnsicil. — Ahaddha-rmvkha, as, a,

am, foul-mouthed, scutrilous; mendacious.

I. o-bvlhya, as, d, ara, uumeming, nonsensicai.

AJmndhaka, as, ika, am, not binding; (as),

m., N. of a man; (as), m. pl. the descendants of this

man.

A-bandhana, as, a, am, without fetters, frec.

A-bandhya, See s. v. bilow.

A-handhr p «E d, am, Ved. without bonds or

ligaturus, failing asunder.

W=?V a-badha, as, m. (rt. badh), not killing;

(d), f. a scqtmnt of the base of a triangle, ree a-

vadha. — Abarlharha (°dha-ar°), as, d, am,, not

vorthy of death.

3. o-badkya, as, d, am, not to be killed, invio-

lable; see aiso a-vadhya.— ihadhyc-bhdva, as,

m. immunity, ".acredness of char-cter, as that of an

ambassador.

xWq rU a-bandhu, us, us, v, without kindred,

without companion-, friendle.r. — Ahan‘thu~k rit, t,

t, t, Ved. causing w^nt of ccimpanions.

A-bdndhova, as, d, am, having no relation or

kindred- Ione, ui.acknowledged, UDOW.—d.

'ii q .Ui a-bandhya, as, d, am, not barren,

not unfiuitfui, fruitful, pn ductive.

a-bala, as, d, am, weak, feeble, in-

firm; (as), m., N. of a piant, Tapia Crataiva; N. of

a king ot M .gadha; (a), f. a woman ; one of the

ten Buddhiut earth»; (am), n. wart of strength,

we Jcness [with ahala have been compared, Goth.

ubih_t Them. ubila; Mod. Germ. uebel; Eng.

‘ evil’]. — Abala-dhauvan, d, d, a, porsessing a weak

bow. — Abaldhala ( la-db ‘), as, m. ‘ neither power-

fiil uor powerle»';’ an epithet of Siva.

A-baldsa, as, d, am, not copsumptive.

Abaliyas, an, as>, as, weaker.

A-balya, am, n. weaknco, sicknes .

iTW? a-bohu, us, vs, or vi, u, not many,

fivf. — Ahahv-akshara, as, d, am, or abahv-a(,

d, (, (, having not more than two syllabi »>.

st <h 1 i -bddha, as, d, om, unobstructed,

u- uwstrained; free from pam; (d), f. segment of the

base of a triangle [cf. a-badhd under aAⁿdha above].

A-bddhaka, as, ikd, am, or a-lmlhita, as, d,

am, unimpeded, unobs^fructed; unrefntcd.

A-hailhya, as, d, am, improper to be opposed or

pamed.

eiqTrVT c -bdndhara. See a-bandhu.

?rrn>5$I a-hvlisa, as, d, am, not ehUdish.

st HIrt "l a-bdlendu (°la-in'), us, m. full-

•o

moon.

q m a-bahya, as, «, am, not exterior,

interaal; without an exterior.

ab-indhana, as, m. * having (ap)

water for fuel,’ snbmarine fire.

•HfWhTiT a-bibhivas, dn, bhyushi, at, or

a-bibhyat, at., ati, at, Ved. fearlers, confident.

a-buddha, as, d, am, unwise, foolish.

— A-bvddha-tra, am, n. foolishne-s.

A-buddhi, is, f. wrnt of nnderstanding; ign rance;

stupidity; (is, is, i), ignorant, stupid. — A-huddhi-

purva or a-buddhi-pUTvaka, as, d, am, not

60 obuddhi-mat. ^rRraif^ir alhi-kankshita.

prc-cedcd by lntelligciice; btginning with non-in-

telligtuix.; (ani), ind. ignorantly. —Abu<Mhi-mat,

an, at i, at, unwiso, ignornt, f'<ilish.

A-budh, hhat, t, t. ot a-h o-dha, at, d, am, stu-

pid, toolieh; (a.), m. a Tool.

A-budhya, at, d, am, VeJ. not to be perceived;

not to be awakencd.

A-budhyarodnn, at, a, am, not being awake.

A-bodha, at, m. ign''ranc_, dupidity; cm, a, am),

ignorant, stupid; pnzzlcd, p 'tpl .xed. — A-bodha-ga-

mya, a*, a, am, incompnshcnsiblc.

A-bodhaniya, at, a, am, un^:nte'ligibl,; not to

be awakened or aroused.

^Tpi a-bvdhna, am, n.,Ved. ' uving no

bott >m or root,’ the air or intcrmodiatc region.

■.iy ab-ja, at, d, aro (fr. ap and vtt.jam),

born in witer; (at), m. tho conch; tho mo m ; tb<

tree Barrii gtonia Acutam rh; Dhanvantari, pbysidan

oi the gocL, produced "t the chuming of the ocean;

N of a son of Visala; (am), n. a lotus; a large

mmbtr of m.Hions. — Atja-ja, at, m. an cpithet of

Brakmd (sprung at tho creatinn trom the lotus,

whirh aroso from the navol of \ is.hnu). — Abja-driA,

k, k, k, or abja-nayana, a„, d, am, or abja-netia,

as, <1, am, lotus-eyed, having large fine eyes. — Abja-

bandhava, as, m. the suu (frier d ot the lotus).

— Abjo-bhava, as, m. Bnhnri, a Brahm-n. — AJjja

bhoga, a*, m. tho root of - lotus.—Abja-yon‘, is,

m. epithet of Brahma [cf. aJtja-ja]. — Ahja<nhann,

as m. epithetof ‘Mva, ‘carrving the moon’ on his

forehead. — AHa-hasta, ao, m. the sun (rcpreoentcd

as h-ilding a lotus in one hand).

Ah-ja, at, m., Vtd. boru in water

Abjini, f. a mnititude of lotu» tlowers. — Abjim-

pati, U, m. the sun.

abjas, as, n. sLape, bcauty [of.

aptas).

>.1 PtI ri ab-jit, t, t,- t (fr. ap and rt. ji),

Vtd. conqueri' _g w ters.

'■t'd ob-da, as, a, am (fr. ap and rt. da),

giving water; (a}), m. a doud; a year; tht gr-s,

Cyp.i rusRotu idus; N.of amountain. — Abd'a-tontra,

am, n.,N.ofai itrommicalWork. — Abdn-idJama,

as, m., N. of b'iva (? bom. on a clond or Loaring the

donds).—Abda-iata, am, n. a ceutury. — Abda-

saharra, am, n. ; thousand years.— Abda-udra,

as, m. a iord of lamphor, — Ahdardha (da-ar '),

am, n. a half year.

Abdaya, ind., Ved. ojt of desire of giving wattr.

Ab-di, is, m., \ed. a dou 1. — Abdi-mat, an,

ati, at, Ved. possessed of ckaids, giving water, ini

pregn*ting(?).

•-r«'l ab-darqo, am, n. (see ap), a tortross

urrr lnded by a moat or lako.

-Wdrt n ab-devatdka or ab-dairata, os,

a. an l (see ap), hrving the wators as divinitits, priis-

ing tht water,.

infll ab-dhi, is, m. (fr. ap and rt. dhd), a

P"nd, late; tht ocean; samo-times us.d to denotc the

numeral. j or (?) 7. - Ahdhi-kapha, at, m. cuttle

fish t-ori., bting consid .red as th. rroth ot the sta.

— AMhi-ja, as, n, am, bora in the ocean; (au),

m. the ASvin ; (a), 1 spirituou, liquor. — Alylhi-

ihasha, as, m. sⁿa-fish. — Abdhv-dvipd, f, earth;

in island around d by the ocean. - Ahilhi-mtgxri,

f., N_: ot DvSraka, the c-.pital of Krishna. - Ahdhi-m-

vrwulaka, as, m. tl e moon. — Ahdhi^phsoa, as, ni

cuttlt fith b >n:. — Ahdhi-miayditki,f. the p .ari oyster.

-A^lHlhi-Suyana, at, m., N. of ViJinu. sletping

on the *cean it tht p T.ods oi tht d< to ction and

rtnovatbn of the World. — Abdhi-sarc, as, m. a

gem. — A bdhy-agni, i», m. 'ubmarine nr-.

ab-bhaksha, as, d, am (fr. ap and

rt. hhaksk), living upon wafir; (_at), m. a snakj.

A^ihabhana, am, n. living upjn water, a kind

of fiisting.

ab-bhra. See abhra_f &c.

a-brahma6arya_i as_f a, am, un-

chaste.

A'brahma'6aryaha_t am,n. incontinence, coition.

a-brahmanya, am, n, act not

proper for a BrShman; an unbrahmanical or sacri-

legious act; in theatrical language an exdamation,

meaning ‘ help I*' to the rescue I’ * a disgracefiil deed

is perpetratcdl’

A-brahman, d, d, a, Ved. unaccompanied by de-

votion or devotional hymns, wanting in knowledge

or divine wisdom; separated from the BrShmans.

— Abrahma-ta, f.» Ved. want of devotion or trne

divine knowledge. m A-brahma-vid, t, t, t, not

knowing Brahma or the supreme spirit.

A-brahmana, as, m. not a Brahman; (as, d,

am), without BrShmans.

A-brahmanya, am, n. violation of sanctity, or of

the duty of a BrShman.

^nr -i ■brurat, an, ati, at, not speak-

ing, silent.

vtsjcen "bru-krita, am, n. making (obrii)

a growling; indistinctntss oi speedi r used by shntting

the lips.

-f [■'rt tb-linpa, am, n. (see ap), a Svkta

or verst "d ire^aed to th . water,.

gtfa ab-vindu, us, m. (see ap), a trar.

See ambh.

5T»7^i t. a-bhakta, as, d, am, unbdipving,

not dtvoted, not worJiipping; not attached to, de-

tachi J, nnt amected with; not laepted.

A-bbal-ti, is, f. want of devotion to, want of faith,

unbjiet, incr dulit/. — Ahlakti-mat, an, ati, at,

un levoted to, nnbelLvuig.

‘•■"♦Ish 2. a-ohckta, as, a, am, not eaten.

A-bJiakta-MJw.ndaii, as, n. or a-bbnkta-ru/,

k, f. want of app.tit..

■^WET a-bhaksha, as, m. or q-bhakshaaa,

am, n. not eating anything, fastinn.

A-bhakbya, as, d, aro1, not to be eaten. — A-

hhakthya-b/Kd-thona, am, n. cating of prohibited

food. — Abhakshya-bhokthin, i, ini, i, eating for-

bidJen food.

“IWT a-bhaga, as, d, am, witbout enjoy-

ment, na‘ortun:te.

Wi( -i-bhagna, as, d, am, unbrnken,

entire; uniot rrupted.

A-hha.trjura, as, a, am, unbrok^n; firm; un-

di iturbed.

A-bliaygamam, as, a, am, not being d -tached,

as ociated, attondvd with.

a-bhadro, as, d, am, not good, bad,

wiuked; (am), n. badness, sin, wickedm =s.

a-bhaya, as, d, am, unfearful, not

dangerous, secure; f .aries., undauuted; (as), m., N.

of Siva; n son of I>harma; (a), f. a pla.it Termi-

nal^;- Citrira; (am), n. bsenct or umoval of fear,

pe.ee, safity, secunty; N. of a sacrifinal hymn; the

root of a fiagraiit grrss, Andropogon Muricatum.

*• Abhaya-giri-vtHtin, i, m. dwelling on th< moun-

tain ot nafety; N. oi a division of Katyayana’s pupils.

— Ahhayn-giri-vilrlra, as, m. Bnddhist monastery

on th„ Abhayagiri. — A^J'hayan-lcara, as, d, am,

or nhhayan-krit, t, t, t, causing peace or 'afety.

— Abhaya-gata, as, m., N. of a man. — Ahlutya-

iindima, as, m. a war-drum.—A-hhaya-da or

abhaijan-dada or a}<haya,n-prada, as, d, am,

giving fearle,sness or 'afety; (as), m. an Arhat of

the jaiiias; M. of a king, the jon of Manasyu and

father of Sn- Jhanvan. — Abhaya-dakshina, f. promise

or prrs.nl cf protcation from danger; a gift to a

Brahman, whidi he may receive .vcn fr im a SOdra.

— Abhava-ddna or ahhatja-praddda, am, n. giv-

ing assuranco of safety or protection. — Abhaya-

patlra, am, n. (a modera term),a written document

Of pupi r granting assurance of safety, a safi. condnct.

— Ahhaya-vafana, am, n. or ahhayaoai, k, f.

as -uranc. of safety, f ncouragement. — Ahhaya-^ani,

it, is, i, Ved. giving safety, - Ahhagdnanda (ya-

an’), as, m., N. of a man.

a-bhi rtrika, f. an unmarried wo-

man; a widow.

a-bhava, as, m. non-existence; de-

structu ,u, end of the w.rid.

A-bhn.vaniya or c-hho.vitarya, as, d, am, what

is not to be, what will not bc.

A-bharan-mata-yago or a-bhsivan-mata-sam-

handha, as, m. (io rhetoric) a defect in composition;

want of harm-ny betwt.n the iders, whirh are to be

expri ai d, and the word, by which they art e .pressed.

A-hhar ya, as, a, am, Lot to be, n> 't preieitined ;

what ought not to bc, improper, inauspicious.

^<X*f$%a-bhastra,as, d, air, without bellows.

A-hhastrdka or 'V-btia tnka or a-hhastrdkd, f.

a badly made or inferior pair of bellow.. 1 he fom. ir

two ari said to mean a'so, *a small womm who has

no bJlows.’

WRT a-bh iga, as, d, am, or a-bhdgin, i,

ivi, i, not sharing or dividing.

A-bhagya, as, a, am, untortunate, wretched,

iHHTT a-bhava, as, m. non-existenee, ab-

lence; to-n-entity, negafi'»n, nullity, the seventh cate-

gory in KanSda s System; annihJation, deatl:.

A-bhdvana, am, f. n, absince of judgment or

right percc-pti' u; "bst nec of religious nicditation or

contemplation.

A-bhavanrya, an, d, am, not to be infetred or

cnntemplated, incnnceivable.

A-bhdvavitri, td, tri, tri, not perceiving, not

inferring, not compreb nding.

A-hhdmn, i, ini, i, or arbhavya, as, a, am,

what is not to bv or will not bc, not desfined to be.

■JW1 m¹) a-bhdshcna, am, n. not spcaktng,

silence.

vrfW abhi, ind. (a prefix to verbs and

n.ums, expressing) to, towards, into, over, uf on.

(As a prefix to vrrbs of motion) it expre ies the

notlon of moviog or going tow..rds, pproaching, &c.

(As a preux to nnuns not derived from verbs) it ex-

pressos ruperiority, intensity, te.; e. g. abhi-tiinra,

abhi nava, q.v.

( \s a separable advi ,rb or prepeuition) it cxprts.es

(with acc i to, toward , in th< directi in of, against;

in, into, to; tor, for the sake of; on ’ccount of; on,

upon, with regard 10; by, before, in fiont of; over.

It mav even express c ne after the other, everally;

e. g. vrikshnm vriksham abhi, tree after tree [cf.

Gr. &U(pt; Iat. ob; Zend aibij Gnth. hi; Old

High Germ. 5?].

Abhika, as, a, am, luetful, libidinous; (as), m. a

lovct, a hu-band. ? )m( regard tliis as derived from

abhi-kam [cf. anaka].

Abid-taram, ahhi-tas. See s. v.

r.wfn «fi*! abhi-kam, perf. -6aknme, -kamitum,

to des ire, love.

Abhi-kama, as, m. affection, desire; (as, d, aro),

affectionate, 1 oving, desirous, witii obi. in acc. or ren.,

(Ira), ind. with desire.

Ahhirkdmika, as, a, am, voluntary.

vd>fcfi^c( ahhi-kamp, cl. 1. A. -kampate,

-pitum, to tr-mble vehemcntly, to shake: Caus.

-kampayati, -yitv m, to stir, allure.

^abhi-kdnksh, cl. I. Y.-kdnkshati,

-shttum, to ask, request, long for, desire; to strive.

Ahhi-ka ttknha, f. longing, wssh, desire.

Abhi-kankshita, as, d, am, 1 anged for, w^:shed

desired.

C1

abhi-kankshin. abhi-larita.

Abhi-kdnkshin, i, ini, i, longi,ig for, wishing,

desiring.

’tf*tonir«J abhi-kala, as. m., N. of a town;

see RSmSyana II. €8.

^rf*T^TTIH^abhi-kas, Intens.,Ved. -(akasiti,

-idkaAyale, to illuminate, irradiate; to look on, to

perceive.

Vlfa^TF ( bhi-kufs, cl. io. P. A. -kutsayati,

-te, •yitum, to rcvile, to inveigh aprinst.

abhi-kush, cl. 9. P. -kushndti,

■koshitum, to poli, to tear.

vtIhabhi-kuj, cl. 1. P. -kvjati, -jitum,

to twltter, w«rble, coo.

abhi-kri, cl. 8. P. ■ karoti, -kartum,

to do w,th reference to or in behalf of; to procure,

effect; to render, makt: Desid. -dikirshati, to wish

to do; to long for. •

AhH-karana, am, n. effecting; uicant*tion.

Ahhi-kriti, is, i, N. of a metri., containing eme

Qondred syllables.

Jbhi-kritvan, va, rari, m. f., Ved. magica!; a

magici an, a spint (prodndng diseasts?).

^TnfiTSFil abV-krish, cl. 1.6. P. A.-karshati,

-te, -krishati, -te, -karsJi(um or -krashtum» to

overpower, to pull down.

abhi-krl, cl. 6. P. -kirati, -karitum

or -ritum, to pout over, throw over, cover; to fili.

^rfirasTr abhi-klrip, cl. i. A. -kalpate,

-pitum or -ptum, to be adequate to, to answet; to

have the same meaning: Caus. -kalpayati, -yitum,

to put ia order.

Abhi-klripta, as, d, am, prepared, prodnced.

abhi-knuy, cl. i. A. -knuyate,

-yitum, to bemoisten, bedew.

abhi-kratu, us, m., Yed. insolent,

haughty (as an enemy).

abhi-krand, cl. i. P. -krandati,

-ditum, to shout at, roar at, to neigh.or whinay at.

Abhi-kranda, as, m. a shout.

abhi-kram, cl. i. P. A., cl. 4, P.

kramati, -kramate, -krdmyati, -kramitum, to

step or go near to, approach ; to fly at, attack; to

step npon; to undertake, begin: Caus. -kramayati,

-yitum, to briDg near.

Abhi-krama, as, ra. assault, attack; ascending,

mounting; undertaldag, attempt, beginning. — Abhi-

krama-nata, as, ra. onsuocessfb! effort.

Abhi-kramana, am, n. or abhi-krdnti, is, f.

stepping near, approaching.

Abhirkranta, as, a, am, approached; attacked,

begun.

Abhi-kranlin, i, ini, i, one who has undertaken ;

conversant with (with loc.).

Abhi-krdmam, ind. having stepped near.

abhi-krl, cl. 9. P. A. -krlnati, -nite,

-kretum, to buy for a certain purpose.

^rfwi^N^abhi-krudh, cl. 4. P. -krudhyati,

-kroddhum, to be angry with (with acc.).

abhi-krus, cl. 1. P. -krotfati,

-kroshtum, to cry out at, call out to; to call to any

one in a scolding manner; to laraent with tears, to

bemoan. _v

Abhi-krotfaka, as, m. a reviler, one who calls

out; a herald (?).

abhi-kshattri, ta, m.,Ved. mur-

derer, destroyer.

abhi-kshada, f., Yed. (according

to native interpretation) destroying, a destroyer. It

is better, perhaps, to divide thus, a-bhiksha-da, as,

^m- gi^ing without having becn asked.

W^M^abhi-ksham, cl. I. A. -kshamate,

-kshantum, to be gracious, propitious, to allow, to

pardon.

^fk^^abhi-kshar, cl. 1. P. A. -ksharati,

-te, -ritum, Ved. -radhyai, to flow near or round,

to pour on,

abhi-kship, cl. 6. P. -kshipati,

-ksheptum, to fling at (as the lash of a whip at a

horse), to insuit; to excel.

Abhi-kshipat, an, atl or antl, at, surpassing.

abhi-khan, cl. 1. P. A. -khanati,

-te, -nitum, to dig up, to tum up (the soil).

i.abhi-khyd,cl. 2.P., Yed. -khydti,

-tum, to see, view, perceive; to cast a kind or gradous

look upon any one, to be gradous: in later Sanskrit

the rt. khya conveys the idea of telling, makiag

known; Caus. -khyapayati, -yitum, to make known.

3. dbhi-khya, f. look, view; splendor; beauty; fime,

glory ; notoriety; telling; calling, addressing; a narae,

appellation.

Abhi-khyd ta, as, d, am, become known, mani-

fested.

Abhi-khyatri, ta, tri, tri, Ved. looking, super-

vising, snperintending.

Abhirkhyana, am, n. fime, glory.

^f^rm^abhi-yam, cl. 1. P. -gaddhati, -gan-

tum, to go near to, approach (with acc.); to follow;

to meet with, to find; to cohabit, have intercourse

with a woman; to undertake; to get, gain, obtain:

Caus. -gamayati, -yitum, to cause to obtain, to

cause to apprehend, to explain.

Abhi-g addhat, an, anti, at, approaching, &c.

Abhi-gata, as, d, am, approached, &c.

Abhi-g antri, td, m. one who approaches, one who

has intercourse with a woman ; one who understands.

Abhi-gama, as, m. ot abhi-gamana, am, n. ap-

proaching, visiting; sexual intercourse.

1. abhi-gamija, as, d, am, to be visited ; accessi-

ble; inviting.

3. abhi-gamya, ind. having approached.

Abhi-gamin, l, ini, i, having intercourse with.

abhi-g ara. See abhi-gn below.

abhi-garj, cl. 1. P. -garjati, -jitum,

to roar at, to bawl at; to raise savage or ferodous cries.

Abhi-garjana, am, n. ferodous roaring, uproar.

Abhi-garjita, am, n. a savage cry, uproar.

abhi-g5y cl. 3. P. -jiguti, -gbtum,

to go near to, to apptoaJi, arrive at; to get, gain.

^riWTliT * bhi-gahy cl. i. A. -gahate, -hitum,

-gadkum, to penetrate luto.

abhi-gup, cl. 1. P. -gopayati, -gop-

tum, oe Caus. -gepnyatt, to guard, protect.

Abhi-gnpto., as, 6, am, guarded, protectui, hid-

den, (encealed.

Abhi-guvU, is, f. guarding, pn tecting.

Abhi-goptri, ta, tri, tri, giuding, proti rting.

nbhi-gv.r, cl. 6. P. A. -gurati, -te,

-ritum, to a'ient, agree, -pprovi. of.

Ahhi-gurta, as, d, am, approved of, dest ned for

(an <itiering, &c.), accompanied with applaus- (?).

Abhi-gdrti, is, f., Ved. makiug resolution or effort,

song of praise, hymn (?).

^sU^abld-gri, cl. 9. P. A., Ved. -gnnati,

-nite, ■garitum or -ritum, to call to or addrcss with

approbation; to join in; to welcome, praise; to ap-

prove of, to accept propitioudy, to allow.

Ahhi-gara, as, m., Ved. song of praise; praising.

abhi-g ai, cl. I. P. -gagati, -gdtv.m,

to call to to sing to; to ull with song; to enchant;

to sing, releLrate in song.

abhi-gras, cl. 1. A. -grasate, -si-

tum, to overome.

Ahhi-grasta, as, d, am, s',bdned, overcome.

^,3f>T?JV abhi-grah, Ved. -grabh, cl. 9. P. A.

-jrihndt', -riitc, Ved. -gribhndti, -nite, -gra/utum,

to seize, catch, tabe hold of; accept; to set (as a blos-

som); to lay together, to told ; to receive (as a guest);

Caus. -grChagati, -yitum, to catch, .urptisc in the

aut; to let one’s sell be caught; e. g. rupahhi-

grahHa, as, d, am, taken in the very act.

Abhi-grihita, as, d, am, seiz.d, taken hold of.

— Abhigrihita-pdni, is, it1, i, having the handi

joined.

Ahhi-grahn, as, m. attack, nnsct; defrmee, chai-

lenge; seiaing, robbir.g,plund-ring; anthoiJty, wcight.

Abhi-jrahana, am, n. robbing, seizing auything

in presence of die owner.

a!i fw fj mTH abhi-gharshaua, am, n. (rt.

ghrish), rubbing, triction; possession by an evil spirit.

i^tMItf abhi-ghata, as, m. (rt. han),

striking, attack, infliction of injury, damage; striking

baiik, driving away, warding off; abiupt or vehement

articidation of Vtdic texts; (am), n. the combina-

tum ot the fourth letter of any class with the first ot

third letter; of the second with the first letter; and

of the third with the econd letter of any class.

Abhi-ghataka, as, ika, am,, ke-ping back, re-

moving.

AbM-ghatin, i, (ni. i, striking, attacking, hurting;

inflicting injury; (i), m. an asiailant, enemy.

abhi-ghn, Caus. P. ■ghdrayati, -yi

tum, to canse to trickle down; to sprinkle with.

Abhi-ghdi a, as, m. ghee or clarified butter, drop

ping it on the oblation.

Abhi-gliSrana, am, n. the act of sprinkling ghee,

bi iprinkling.

Abhi-gharitn, as, d, am, spiinltled (as ghee),

dropped npon.

Abld-glidrya, as, d, am, to be sprinkled.

isfirsrf abhi-ghrd, cl. I. P. -jighrati, -ghra-

tum, to snulfle, smcll at; to bring the nose dose to

-inotheds forehead fn carering, or as a token of af-

fection.

abhi-(aksh, cl. 2. A. -dashte,

-shlum, to look at, view, perceive; to oversf“; to

cast a kind or gracious look npon anj one; to address,

to assail with harsb language; to call.

Abhi-(akshana, am, n., Ved. cantion, means ot

defence; magie remtdy; (d), f., Ved. viewiog, indi

cating (?).

Abhi-dakskya, as, d, am, to be spoken of every-

where.

abhi-dar, cl. i, P. -6arati> -ritum,

Ved. -ritave, -ra», -rase, -radhyai, to act wrongly

towards any one; to be fiithless (as a wife); to

charm, eachant, exorcise; to possess.

Abhi-dara, as, m. a servant.

Abhi-faraya, am, n. enchanting, exorrising.

Abhi-daranlya, as, d, am, fit for enchanting or

exorcising.

Abhi-Jarat, an, antl, at, employing spells or en-

chantments.

Abhi-daritu, us, f., Ved. enchanting. •- Abhi-Jari-

tos, to eachant.

Abki-dara, as, m. exorcising, incantation, employ-"

ment of spells for a malevolent purpose; magie, one

of the UpapStakas or minor crimes. — Ahkiddra-

kalpa, as, m. title of a work on incantations, belong-

ing to the Atharva-veda. — Abhidara-jvara, as, m.

a fever caused by magical spells. — Abhiddra-mantra,

as, m. a formula or prayer for working a charm, an

incantation. — AbhidaTa-yajna or aWii6dra-homa_f

as, m. a sacrifice for the same purpose.

Abhi-daraka, as, ikd, am, or abhi-darin, l,

ini, i, enchantiag, exorcising, conjuring ; a conjurer, a

magician.

Abhi-ddranlya or dbhi-darya, as, d, am, to be

enchanted.

Abhi-darita, as, d, am, enchanted, charmed.

R

62

'TrfW^iowOfri abhi-iakaiiti. ^rf^vr abhi-dha.

"irrf^^lohJUITT abhi-dakaslti. Sre abhi-

kau, p.6r, cnl. i.

^r^r-M-rT abhi-cint, cl. IO. P. -6'mtayati,

-yitum, to tcllcct on.

sufiffajni abhi-cihnaya, nora. P. -6ihna-

i/ati, -yUmn, to rn.uk, characterize.

abhi-iud, Caus. P. -rudayati, -yi-

lum, to imp-1, drive; to inflame, animatv, < mbold.n;

to i' 'vite; to fix, scttlc; to nnuunce, inquire ior.

HpH-4^1 abh i-6aidya, as,m., N. of SlsupSla.

abhi-dhad (-ihad), cl. io. P.

-<?chadayut’ or -Mhadc.yati, -yitum, to cover over.

abhi-dfhayam, ind., Ved. in

darkness.

abhi-jagmivas, van, mus hi,

vaty perf. part. of abhi-gant, q. v., p. 6l, coi. 3,

ssfaapr abU-jm, cl. 4- A. -jayate, -jani-

tu,n, to b.. Wn for or to; to ctrim >s oo< = birth-

tight; to bo bom or prtiuced ; to be reprodnctJ or

bom ■ gain; to bcoomv.

Abht-ia, as, a, am, p- duced ali aruund.

Abhl-ia'a, a», m. family, race; desceodants; an-

ceitors; nobL descent; the bead c r omament of a

family; nativv euntry; 1 ime, notoriety. — Abhijcna-

,xU, an, ati, ai. of noblt d.steut.

Aljki-jcmUtt, us, f., Vtd. the bting bom or pro-

duced. — Ahhd-janitos, to produc-

Abhi-jata, as, a, am, pnducod ali round; bom

in consequ nc- of; bom, pn>ductd; nobL, well-bom;

obtained by birth, inbrcd; fit. prope ; wise, le med;

handiomi.; {am), n. oatiuty — Abhijata-ta, f. high

birtbi, oot lity.

Abhi-jatr, is, f. doicent, birth.

VffHrru abhi-jap, cl. i. P. -japnti, -pitum,

to muttor over or wiusper to.

a!<W-jahh, Intens., Ved. -jahjabh-

yate, to try to swallow, op.n the m( oth to ao «o.

abhi-jalp, cl. I. P. -jalpati, -pi-

tnm, to addr es, to accompany with i-marka; to ad-

vocate, to settfc ly conversation.

MfMfvT abhi-ji, cl. i. P. -jayati, -jetum, to

conqucr compLtcly, to acquir. by conque t: 1 Jtsid.

-jifiehati, to try to win, to att ck.

ibhi-iaya, as, m. c nquest, eomplete victory

Abhi-jit, t, t, t, victori' us; bcri under thv con-

teliatiou Abhijit; (t), m., N. of Vishnn; of a Soma

acrifi.-, put of the cre.it srcnfii. t’av5in-' vana;

N. of a son of Pun*rva u, or of lfis farina; {t), f.,

N. of a star (o Lyra); one of the Naksha'ras or

lunu mnnsior i; (t), n. the e ighth Muhurta of the

dr.y; middav. — Abhijin-v,uhd.-ta, as, m. the

eighth Muhilrte or jv-riod comprising twenty-f >ur

immites b .fore and tw. nty-four -fler mu iday.

Ahhi-jita, as, m., N. of an asterion.

AbM-jiti, is, f., Ved. victory, cooqur 't.

■ bhi-jighrana, am, n. the act of

smelling at or tnuching the forehvad of another w.th

the nos;. Sce ahhi-ijhra, p. 6i, coi. 3.

VrfsTrPI abhi-jush, cl. 6. A., or Ved P.

_:jusitati, ii, -joshitun., to visit, to frvqnent, to be

plcascd with, to be contenti d with, to like.

Abhi-jush(a, as, a, am, visited, &tqne uted, sur-

rnunded by, posse: xd ot.

^f*fr^K{abhi-jrimbh, cl. I. A. -jrimbbate,

-hhitum, toopso the mouth w'de (ior swallowing).

rrifastl abhi-jhd, cl. 9. P. A. -janati, -nite,

-initum, to reco^ize, perceive, know, be or b.come

awar. of; ti > arknowledge, rgn e to, own.

Abhi-jnc,, as, a, am, knowing, skilful, dever; (with

gen.) one who undentands or is conversant With,

(a), f. remembrance, recoli.ction, recognitioo; sup-r-

n.-tural science or faculty, of wh:ch five are enume-

r-icd, viz. I. taking ar.y form at will; 2. hearing

to any distanee; 3. sceing to any distanra ; 4. pem-

tntioK mtn's thonehts; 5. knowing thvir state arid

antecedenti. _

Ahhi-jnann, am, n. remembrancv, recollection;

luiowledge; a-ccrtainirunt; a sign or token of re-

membranee, — Ahhijnana-pattra, am, n eertifieate.

— Abhijnana-Munfala, am, n. title of a play of

KaliJSsa, i. e. (the nat alea or phy! on the uibjcct of

‘tokcn-^recognizedl-Sakuntala.’

Abhi-jnupaba, as, ika, am, makhn’ kuown, io-

forming.

Abp.i-jnaya, ind. having tecognized.

abhi-jhu, ind., Ved. on the knees,

up to the knees.

’?rfvrgo5 ubhi-jval, cl. 1. P. -jvalati, -litum,

to blaze forth, burst into flame.

^rf>T3hT hhi-tbna, am, n. (rt. di), act of

flyine toward .

abhi-tans, cl. 1.10. P.,Ved.-fassali,

-silum, -sayati, -yifwm, to shake out or, to rob.

abhi-tad, cl. 10. P. -tddayati, -yi-

tum, to thump, hit, knock, b.at, wound, bmisv ; (in

astron.) to eclips- the greate: part cf a disk.

Abki-tadita, as, a, am, knceked, struJc.

'~~afililti~~ abhi-tan, cl. 8. P. -tanoti, -nitum,

to -treteh or spread in front of or aacss or over; to

place in front of.

iHf»TKTl abhi-tap, cl. 1. P. -tapati, -ptrni,

to irradiat, with hvat, to hvat; to pain, distress: Pws.

-tapya.tr., to suffer mteoselj : Caus. -tapayat\ -yitum,

to distress. _#

Abhi-tapta, as_t d_t am, scorched, bumt, afSicted.

Abhi-tapa, as, m. txttvme heat; agitation, afflic-

tiori, emotioi.; great pun.

-n6lrfTt*l abhi-taram, ind. (compar, fr.

aibhi), nearer to.

TSfrTiTW abhi-tarj, cl. 1. P. or poet. A. -tar-

jati, -te, -jitum; d. 10. P. or piet. A. -tarjayati,

-te, -yitum, to scoid, abuse.

VTfWTW abbi-tas, ind. (Lat. apud, Eng.

ahr.ut), near to, towarvls; near, in the proximity or

present ; (with acc.t on bith sides; befor- and

ifter; on ali sides, everywhtre, abont, round; quickly;

entirely. — Abhito-blava, as, m. thv state of b.ing

on both sides. — AbhUo-ratram, ind., Ved. near th<

night, i. e. either just at the t jginning or end. - Abhi-

to-’sthi (tas-as ), is, is, 'i, snrround id by bones.

^TfHirra ibU-tamra, as, 5, am, dark-red,

very red, murry coloured.

abhi-tigmarasmi, ind. to-

wards the sun.

vrf>Tir^r abhi-trid, cl. 7. P., Ved. -trina’ti,

-tarditum, 10 burst opeu ; to let out; get a\ prneure.

abhi-tnp, Caus. P. -tarpayati,

-yitum, to satiate, refresh.

AbhUHpta, as, a, am, satiated, re&eshed.

'fffHr^abhi-tri, cl. 1. P. -tarati, -ritum or

-ritum, to overtake, get up to.

Tlfafe a-bhitti, is, f. nnt vplintering or

breaking.

abhi-tvar, cl. 1. A.-tvarute, -r itum,

to be in haste.

abhi-tsar, cl. 1. P., Ved. -tsarati,

-ritum, to catch, entrnp.

abhi-dakshiuam, ind. to or

tow. ids the right.

„bhi-dadhat, at, ati, at, addrts.i-

ing. Sce 1. abhi-dha below.

vgfHdhld abhi-darsana. See abhi-dris

below.

abhi-dashta, as, a, am (rt. dans),

bitten.

vrfirC? ahhi-dah, cl. 1. P. -dahati, -dag-

dhunt, to singe, bum.

■rrrr^l abhi-dd, cl. 3. P. -dadiiti, -datum,

to give, bestow (for a purpose).

Abhi-dapana, am, n. the being tramplcd on by

elephanti as 0 puuishment (?).

'srforpff bhi-das, cl. I. P., Ved. -dasati,

-situm, to consider and treat as an enemy.

abhi-digdha, as, d, am (rt. dih), ‘

besmeared, especially with poisoo.

abhi-dipsu, us, us, u (dips, Dedd.

of rt. dambh), Ved wishing t» de&Ive, inimical,

cunning.

cl. 6. P. -disatiy-deshtum,

to point out.

Ahh*-dishta, as, d, am, pointed out.

abhi-dush, cl. 10. or Caus. P.

-du, hayatl, -yitum, to contaminate, to wound.

Abhi-Juthto, as, a, am, c mtamiuat.-d, poli uted. _N

Abhi-dvihi*a, as, a, am, wom.Jed, injured.

bhi-duti, ind. to or towards a

female messenger.

abhi-drU, cl. 1. P. -pasyati, -dra-

shtum, to look at: Caus. P. -rlarssyati, -yitum,

to show, poir.t out; to snow one'_ selt, i. e. appear:

Pa:s. -d.Asyatf, to be visible, be io view, appear; to

be c msiderrd or thought. _

Abhi-dariana, am, n. seeing; beooming visible,

appearance.

«rf»T?r abhi-dyu, us, us, u, Ved. directed

to heaven, tending or going to he'ven; hvavenly,

bnght; (us), m. a halt mooth.

-~~^f*ra~~7T abhi-dyut, cl. 1. A. -dyotate, -ti-

V» \

tum, to bum.

abhi-dru, cl. 1. P. and poet. A.

-dramti, -te, -d/otum, to ran up to or near; to

attack, ovenun, infest.

Abhi-druta, as, 3. am, ran towaids, attached.

Ahhl-drutya, iod. having attacked.

1. ahhi-druh, cl. 4. P. -druhyati,

-drogdhum, -drodhum, to hat< seek to injure or

maliviouslv assaii.

Ahhi-dmgdha, as, a, am, injured, oppre^ d.

3. ahH-druh, -dbruk, k, l, Ved. seeki.ig to in-

jure, mimica!, cunning. _ _ _

A^hhi-druh.yamana, as, a, am, be.i.g injured or

oppresstd.

Abhi-droha, as, m. injuring, hurting, oppre: rion,

craclty.

abhi-dhanr, cl. 1. P. A., Ved.

-dhanvati, -te, -litum, to come up in ha-te.

TlfiTVW abhi-dharma, as, m. the supreme

truth according to the Bud lhists, thr dcymas of tnd

dhistphilosoplo ormetaphysies,— AhHdhnrma-k Sa

as, m. title of 1 work on the preceding. — Abhi-

Pdlarma-pitnka^as,m. ‘hasket oi netaphysies,'title

of that section of Buddhist writiogs which contains

the abhi-dharma.

rfffrnfitV' abhi-dharshanc ,am, n.(rt .dkrsh),

posse«ion by demoniac spirits.

1 bht-dhrtshnu, us, us, u, Ved. overpoweting,

subduing (with acc.).

1. abhi-dha, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhati,

tsrfwt abhi-dha.

abhi-nislipatti.

3

•dhatte, -dhatmn, to sct forth, txpiain, te.ll, 'peak to,

addresi, say, name; A., Ved. to ree.ive; P. (corrup-

tion of ahhi-d.bdvati!), to a.sail: Pass. -dhZyatt, to

bc ium. d or crlled.

2. ahhi-dhi, t. name, app Uatlon; the literal power

or sense of a wurd; a wurd, sound; (a<t, ds), m. f.,

Ved; naming; prais ed ; iuvoked (?). — Abhidhd-

dhvansin, i, ini, i, losing ones nam...—Af.hidh d-

miilet, a", d, am, founitd on the literal meaning of

a worJ.

Abhi-dh dtarya, as, a, um, t > be told or named,

to bt mar,ifested.

Abhi-dhdna, am, a. telling, naming, «peakiog,

■peech, manifesuny; (as, am), m. n. a name, title,

ppellation, expre-sion, wurd; vocabeLiy, a diction-

ary. — Ahlidhd.M-tintdma.ni, is, m. title of Hema-

£andra’s vocabulary of synonyms (the jewel thtat gives

every word that can be iuag ined). — AbhidhOna-

tca, am, n. the state of being used -s a name or ex-

pre sion. — Abhidhana-mdld, f. a dictiouary. — Ahhi-

dhd.M-rahutittdld, f. title of Hal5yudha’s vocabulary.

Ahhi-dhdnaka, am, n. a souud, a noise.

Ahh i-dhani, f., Ved. a halter, « rofk..

Abhi-d.hdriiyu, as, a, am, to bc named.

Abhi-dhdya, ind. having said, having called.

Abh’-dMyaka, as, ika, am, or abh^{~dhayiii, i,

ini, i, naming, cxpressing,; xprtssive jf, denominat-

ing; telkng, speaking. — Ahkidh&yaka-tva, am, n.

tue itate of being expresivc.

Abhi-dbagam, ind. expreising.

Abh i-dhiUa, f. desita of expres iog or naming.

Abhi-dhiya, as, d, air, to be named or mention-

cd; to bc expressed, to be sprken of; (am), n. sig-

nificatiou, m aoing. — Abhidlteya-rahi*a, as, a, am,

having no sense i >r meaning, unmcaning, non nsical.

Abhichlta, ahhi-hiti. See s. v. b-low.

VrfwVT^ ahhi-dhav, cl. i. P. A. -dhavati,

-tc, -litum, to ruo up toward, to rush upon, attrck.

Abhi-dhdraka, as, ika, am, running np, hasten-

ing toward', assiiung; an assabant.

AbM-dharema, am, n. running np, pursuit, chase,

attack.

abhi-dhri, Caus. P. -dharayati,

■yitum, to uphold, maintain.

dtr*nq abhi-dhyai, cl. x. P. -dhydyati,

-dhydtum, to consider, refleat, m 'ditate npm.

Abhi-dhyd, f. coveting another’s prnpi rty • disire,

wish, longing for in general.

Abhi-dhydna, am, r. d liring, longi:,g Cor; wish;

meditation, profouod thonght.

Abhi-dh.ydyai, ari, arti, at, covetimr, desiring.

Abhi-dh jayarnina,as, d,am, being meditated on.

abhi-dhvan, cl. i. P. -dhvanati,

-nitum, to rcsound, shont.

abhi-naksh, cl. i. P. -nnkshati,

-kfhitum, to encompass; Ved. to bring, to approacn,

come to. arrive at

'SrfWefi^abhi-nad, cl. i. P. -nadati, -ditum,

to sound tow’rds a person (with acc.); to sound,

rai.e no-se: C~us. -addayntl, -yitum, to caosc to

sound, nll with notie; Pass. to rtsound.

ibhi-naddha, as, d, am (rt. nah),

bound, tied round, fastened on or upon. — Abhi-

naddhdksha ("dha-ak 1, as, i, am, blindfold.

VrfM'1'r; ahhi-nand, cl. i. P. A. -nandrti,

-te, -ditum, to rejoice at, salute, welcwne, addrws,

cougntulate; to praise, appiand, approvr, respect, care

for; to acknowledge: Caus. -naniryati, -yitum,

to g‘adden.

Abhi-nanda, as, m. rejoieing, delighting; ap-

p' luding; wish desire; N. of a comm.r tator or com-

m< ntaiy on the Amara-kosha • N. of: nother inthor;

(a), f. delight, wish.

Abhi .randana, am, n. delighting, rejoieing; prais-

,ng, applauding, -pproving; wish, desire; (<xs), m.

the f lurth Jaina Arlut of the present AvasarpinT. .

Abhi-nanda,inya or i. abhi-nundya, as, d, am,

to bc acknowlrdged or appiauded.

Abhi-nandita, as, d, am, delighted, mad. happv,

saluted, appiauded, &c.

Abhi-nandin, {, ini, i, rejoieing at, wishing,

desiring, &c.

2. abhi-nandya, ind. having rejoiced at, having

gladdentd.

' * abhi-nabhyam, ind., Ved. to-

ward' the douds or heaven.

r\H^_abhi-nam, cl. I. P. -namati, -nan-

tum, to bow, ben d, curve; to turn towards a person.

Abhi-nuta, as, d, am, bent, indin J.

Ahhi-namra, as, d, am, bent, deeply bowed or

curved.

ahhi-naya. See i. abhi-ni, p.64.

^rfir«pr abhi-nard, cl. 1. P., ep. aleo A.

-nard/xti, -te, -ditum, to roar towards.

abhi-nava, as, a, am, quite new or

young, very young, fr.sh; oot havinp experieni u.

— Abkiiiava-dandriirgha-vidhi ( ra-ar°), is, m.

a eeremony performet at the time ot the new moon.

— Ahhina'c,-yau.rara,as, d, am, youthful. — Abhi-

nava-vaiyakarana, a’, m. one who has iust begun

grammar.—Abhinatadbhid (‘'ja-t!<i⁰l/yn.anew hud.

Abhinarl-bhii, d. 1. P. -hhavati, -vitam, to be-

come new. — Abhinavi-bhuta, as, d, am, renewed.

«(*HST abhi-nas, cl. I. P. A.,Ved. -nasati,

-te, -iitum, to attain, seize; to assail.

abhi-nah, cl. 4. P, A. -nrhyati, -te,

-naddhum, to bind up (as the eyes).

Ahhi-naha,ia, am, n. a bandagt (espedally over

th- eyes.)

abhi-ndsikarivaram,

ind. to the opening of the nnse.

VTfvrftf.t Habhi-nih-stan (-nir-stan), cl. 1.

P. -sfaiMti, -nitum, to souud.

Ahhi-nishtdna, as, m. a sound whirh dies away;

the Visarga; a letter of the alphabet.

Vlftffri st>J( abhi-ni-kram, cl. 1. P. A., cl. 4.

P.-krumati, -keamate, -kramyatl, -iramittm, to

tread d wn.

abhi-ni-gad, cl. 1. P. -gadati,

-ditum, to spe A to.

nrfHf?|V«T abhi-nidhana, am, n., N. of cer-

tain verses of the S5ma-veda.

VffwffTtrxi bhi-nidhana, am, n. puttin^

on; an enphonic suppresdon or weak-ning (in the

pronunclation ot words), e'peaally the suppressi an of

an 'nitial a afiter e, 0.

Ahhi-nidh'yauidna, ae, a, am, being suppr issed.

bhi-ni-dhyai, cl.i. P .-dhydyati,

-dhydtum, to investigate.

ahhi-ni-pi, cl. 1. P. A. -nayati,

-te, -netum, to povr out (water &e.) upon.

abhi-ni-nnt, cl.4. P.,Ved.-nrif-

yati, -nartitum, to ace ampli, h step by step, repe it

separ tely.

^ in(*<^«ie(r' abhi-ni-pat, Caus. P. -pdtayati,

-yitum, to throw down.

abhi-ni-pid, cl. IO. P.-pidayati,

-yitum, to press, squeeze, trouble.

Abl'i-y.ipidita, as, a, am, exciedingly pained,

tomiented.

aH PH fef^ abhi-ni-mlud, cl. I. P. -mloiati,

-ditum, t > set (as the sun) upon a person (while some

act is being done by him).

cbhi-niyukta, as, a, am (rt. yuj),

rceupied in.

aafiiPdsi« ■'bhi-nir-gam, cl. 1. P. -gaUhati,

-ganttm, to g' 1 ont, go away troni.

■5rfWf^W"iT abhi-nirjita, as, d, am (rt, ji),

conquered.

aUfvrfvfPpr abh'-nir-nud (-vir-nud), cl. 6.

P. A. -nudati, -te, -nottv.ru, to drive out, ftighten

away, remove.

abhi-nir-dL’, cl. 6. P. -disati,

-desiltum, to point out, indicate., appoint, vharacterize.

aii (*i Pr(H eki^abM-nir-bharts, cl. 10. A. or P.

-bhartsayate, -fi, -yitum, to sooll, threaten.

^<3Tf>rf»rf*ttT abhi-nirmita, as, d, am (rt. ma),

made, aeated.

'SjfH {i\*\ibabh^:-nirmukta,as,d, am (rt. muti),

I jl>. quitted (by the sun whe n it sets), i. e. one asleep

at snnset.

abhi-nir-ya_t cl. 2. P. -yati, -tum,

to march ont.

Abhi-nirydria, am_t n. march of an assailant,

invasion.

abU-ninjfitta, as, a, am_; ac-

compli hed.

Abhi-idrvritti, is, f. jx implishmeut.

aSrfWfcefil abhi-nivarta, as, m. tuming to-

wards j (am), iod. haviog tumed tow&rds.

abhi-ni-vis, cl. I. A. -visate,

-veshtum, to enter into possession of; to sit down in

or be settled in, to occupy: Caur. -veiayati, -yitum,

to make one enter into or sit down, apply, &c.

Abhi-nivish(a, as, a, am, well versed or profi>

cient in, conversant or familiar with; intent on ;

attenti ve, engrossed; eodowed with ; determined;

(am), n. persevering. — Abhinivishta-td, f, state of

being so.

Abhi-niveta, as, m. application, perseverance, in-

tentness, study, affection, devdtion ; determinatioD to

effect a purpose or attain an object; tenacity, adher-

ance; ignorant fear causiog death (?),

Abhi-nive4ita, as, a, am, made to enter into,

plunged into.

Abhi-nivcfm, t, irit, i, intent upon, devoted to,

determined.

abhi-ni-Sam, cl. 4. P. -famyati,

-Ramitum, or Caus. P. -Jamayati, -yitum, to ob-

serve, perceive.

abhi-nM6ita> as, a, am (rt. 6i),

quite convinced of.

dbhi-nish-karin, i, ini, i

(rt. kri), Ved. intending anything evil against, in-

juring.

Abhi-nkhkrita, as, d, am, directed against (as

an evil action).

r*\*>$tf{^abhi-nish-kram (-nis*kram), cl.

1. P. A., cl. 4. P. -krdmatl, -kramate, -krdmyati,

-kramitvm, to go out or forth, to lead towards.

Abhi-nkhkramana, am, n. going forth; (with

Buddhists) leaving the house in order to become an

anchorite.

Abhi-nwhkranta, as, d, am, gone out or forth.

abhi-nistitdna. See abhi-nih-

stan last coi.

^nfM?r\u{i[abhi-nish-pat(-nis-pat), cl. i. P.

-f.atati, -titum, to fly away, rush -ot; to spring

forth, shoot forth.

Abhi-nish.pidana, am, n. issning, sailying.

XUPTfvroTF qbhi-nish-pad (-nis-pad), cl. 4.

A. -padyate, -paVum, to come to; to enter into, be-

come (with are.'); to app ;ar: Caus. -piidayati, -yi-

t 'tm, to bring to, hclp to.

Abhi-nUhpatti, is, f. o nipletion, end, termina'

ton; appcaranc. (?).

(J4 ~~^rfirfvp~~tru abhi-nishpanna. wHTTT? abhi-pra-paa.

Abhi-nishpanna, as, a, am, £nished, compl.ted.

ahhi-nih.mra, as, m. (rt. Anu),

denial.

i . ebhi-m, eJ. I. P. -nayali, -netam,

to brir.g near, condi et tow ids, idduo., intrcduce,

quote; represent dr-matimlly, net.

Ahhi-aaya, as, m. indicaturi of a pnsion or pur-

pot' by k*<k, gesture, &c.; aaing, dr matic 'etion

expressive of stntiment, dramatic persomneation.

Ahhi-i.ita, "s, c, am, brooght near, adduced;

perfomi.i; highly finish.d or oruara.nted ; fit, pro-

fer; friendly, tand, patient; impatii nt, passi ate

AbM-nlti, (s, f. gesturo, expressive ge.ticuiatiun;

ftietlihip, civility, kindnss.

Abh^!-n ymnan,r, at, a, am, being brought near,

ace.

Abhi-n 'tarya or ahh>neya, as, a, am, to be re-

prosented droiuabcally.

Ahhi-Mtri, to, tri, m. f. an actor, an ctress.

2. abhi-m (abhi-ni-i), cl. 2. P.

-nyd^:, -tum, to go in to, to approach a woman.

abhi-nila, as, a, am, very black,

vny dnrk.

^s3Tf*T»T i. obhi-nu, cl. 2. 6. P. -nanti,

-nurati, -naritam or -nuvitum, to extcl, prais-

uftf!? '. cbh’-nu, cl. 1. A., Ved. -narate,

to tum one’s self fi wards.

-tifu^-i abhi-nud, cl. 6. P. A. -nudati, -te,

■nattam, to push, prnss: Cau.. -ntylayati, -Jlitum,

to eidtfc, to spur or urge on.

a-bhinna, as, a, am (rt. bhid), unout,

unbrnken; unchanged, nnaltrred, not different; un-

divided, One; sam» identical; (as), m. an integer,

a whole number fin arithmi tic). — Abhinna-td, f.

wholeQes,, identity. — Athinna-purikar mdshlaka

( ma-ash°), am, o. eight processes in wrrking inte-

gers or whole numbeit. — jV^hinuatri an na-at ),

a, a, a, of uudauntcd spirit, firm.

irrfa-i -M*-( abhi-ny-as (-ni-as), cl. 4. P.

■asyati, -‘itum, to depre

Ahhi-nyasa, as, m. a kind of fever.

=5T abhi-ny-ubj (-ni-uhj), cl, 6. P.

-ubjati, -jilam, to pre^rs down, to h»ld down.

abM-pat, cl. I. P. A. -pacati, -te,

■paktum, to boil up (as milk).

"ITftnTfyfr abhi-pathita, as, a, emJ denomi-

nated, lumed.

f*f 4 < i.ahh^:-pat, cl. r \\-patati,-t',tum,

to fly near, hasten near; to asaail; to tali down, feli;

to feli into, come into; to overtake in flying: Caus.

-petayati, ■ yitum, to thraw ou • ir down.

Abhi-patana, am, n. approaching, assailing, seiz-

mg; talling into.

2.abhi-pat, cl. 4. A., Ved,-patyate,

to be master or lord over, to pooess.

viJhsc abhi-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate, -pat-

tmn, to draw near, approach; to o ime np (as an

auxiUaryl, assist; to hon-ur; to sere, catch, over-

power, master; to takc posses sion of; to accept; to

indertike, devote one’s stlf to -nything.

Abhi-patti, is, f. driwing near, pproaching.

Ahht-panna, as, a, am, gone near; approached,

obtaincd; flown, fugitive; sceking refuge; subducd;

nnf irtunate. eaiamitous; guilty; removtd to a dis-

t-ncc, d' ad.

erfaftJU abhi-pad:na, as, 'i, am, cxcecdingly

handsome (lit. superior to the lotus).

gtai), tired, exhausted.

ibhi-pari-plu, cl. 1. A. -plavate,

-jilatum, to strum or flow so as to iiundate, to

ovi mow.

Ahhi-paripluta, as, a, am, ovcrwhelmed,- over-

flowed, filled with; shakeo; ntta detd, aff.cted by.

XT^HMfs '•bhi-pari-shrahj (-sranj), cl.

I.A. eh cajate, -shvanlctum, to embrace.

TTfWtTrttT abhi-parita, as, a, am (rt. i with

abhi-pari), surronndtd, overpowered by, over-

whelm.d witfi.

abhi-pare (-para-i), cl. 2. P.

-paraiti, -tum, to go aw-y towards.

snfanpf abhi-pary-e (-pari-a-i), cl. 2. P.

-paryaili, -lum, to go about; gl.de aw»y, pajs away.

a^tiftrr ., abhi-pa, cl. I. P.-pibati,-patum,

to drink of.

Abhi-plta, as, a, am, water. d (as cattle), filltd

with drink.

TtfvpTt *. e.bhi-pa, cl. 2. P. -pati, -tum, to

protect: Ceus. P. -palayati, -yitum, to pmtect, to

assist.

TTHUIr? aohi-pitva, am, n. (for ohhi-

apitva, ft. obs. rt. ap ; see apa-pitvai, V.d. ap-

proachiog, vuiting, puttinir up (for the night at an

inn), close or depaiture of dcy, evening; d..wn; sacri-

fice.

abhi-p’d, cl. 10. P. -pidavati, -yi-

tum, to oppress, torment, ffiict.

Ahhi-pidita, as, a, am, haras-td.

VlfHtJVJ abhl-puth, Caus. P. -pothayati,

-yitum, to thrmv witli violtnce; dash -gainst.

'nHfaiT⁰! abhi-pushpa, as, d, am, covered

with flowers; (am), n. an excellent flower.

rhhi-pu, cl. 1. A., Ved. -pavate,

-ritum, to be deartd, to flow puritieJ towardr 01 for;

to tlow against; to make bright, glority.

ahhi-pT’j, cl. 10. P. -pujayati, -yi-

tum, to hnnour, approve, assent to.

Ahhi-pujita, as, d, am, honout -d; npprov d.

Abki-pujyaird.ia, as, d, ata, being grertly rever-

enced.

abhi-purvam, ind. one after the

other.

asrfHVtU abhi-pnn, cl. 6. P. -prinati, -par-

tum, to be filled ; to be glad.

'tfcn^abhi-pri, cl. 3.9. P. -piparti, -pr indti,

-paritam or -ritum, tn fili: Pass. -puryaic, to fili

ont’s self, b .com- full: Cau.,. -purajati, -vitum, to

fiM, make mll; to load w.tb, cover with; to present

with; to ni ster completely.

Ahhi-piirana, am, n. falling.

Abhipurna, as, a, am, full of (with inst. or

gen.); filled; fr>ught; laden.

ahhi-pyai, cl. 1. A., Ved. -pyayate,

•pyatum or -pyayilum, to swell, to abound with.

«it **\abhi-pra-kavip, Caus. P.-ka.np-

ayati, -yitum, to stir, allure.

H ctil a(abhi-prr-kds, cl. 1.4. A.-kasate,

-kasyatt, -ditum, to becnme visible, to show one’s

self.

abh’-pra-kram, cl. 1. P.A., cl. 4.

A. brumali, -kramate, -Iramyatt, -hamUum, to

go up to, approach.

Tnfinrep" abhi-pra-kslwr, cl. 1. P. A.

-Isharati, -te, -ritum, Ved. -radhyui, tj striam

towards a place.

nSfii u Uj cb abhi-pra-kshal, cl. 10. P. -kshal-

cynti, -yitum, to dean thoroughly, polish up.

srrfvn4tT^rt' abhi-pra-yah, cl. 1. A. -gahate,

-hiturr, -gadhum, to pemtratt, dip or plunge into,

ioin: Cau-. -gahat/ati, -yitum, to imtnerit, dip.

abhi-pra-gai, cl. 1. P. gagati,

-gatum, to b.gin to praiso.

iilWH^ KJ abhi-pra-iaksh, cl. 2. A., Ved.

■Aashle, -‘hlum, to throw ligbt upon; to see (?).

abhi-pra-iiud, Caus. P. -ivdayati,

-yitum, to impel, induce, persuade.

vrfWjT^ abhi-pra-fyu, cl. 1. A. -6ya^rate,

-tfyotum, to move towirds, arrive at.

xSfHITS abhi-prach, cl. 6. P. -prMhati,

-prashtum, to ask or inquir. after.

xaTHmn^aAAt-prayjaa, Caus. P. -janayati,

-yitum, to beget for (a purpi ise).

abhi-pra-jvul, cl. 1. P. -jvalati,

-litum, to flart up.

sirtsfTPTCT abh’-pra-uaksh (-naksh), cl. 1.

P., Vfcd. -nakshati, -shtium, to ovtrpower.

xSrffflUl^ ahhi-pra-nad (-nad), cl. 1. P. A.

-nodati, -te, -ditum, to sh< ut at, to acre-m; to

begin to roar or ound.

^TpWTO^-aAAt-prp-nain (-nam), cl. 1. P. A.

-namati, -U, -nantnm, to Low befon (with dat. or

acc.).

Abh^!-pranata, as, d, am, bent, bowing before.

tJffHTnrt ‘'bhi-pra-ni (-nt),cl. i..P.-payafi,

-netum, to lend forth; bring t jwards.

Ahhi-pranaya, ps, m. propitiation; affection

(avour.

Abhi-pranita, as, d, am, brought, attracti;

c, nsecrated; invoked, propitiated.

TSrfirfP^ abhi-pra-nu (-nu), cl. 2.6. P.,Ved.

-nauti, -nuvati, -navitum or -nuvitum, to prais.

highly, extnl.

TrfifITtrff e-bhi-pratapta, as, d, am (rt. tap),

intenseiy heated; dried up; exhauttd with piin or

fever.

SrfVnTiTTfVrr abhi-pratarin, i, m., N. of a

d< Cendant of K ksha-scn..

MlfifJlfiT⁷! abhi-prati-gn, cl. 9. P. A.

-gplydli, -«ift, -gariturr or -ritum, to call out to;

to wJcomt; to answer in singing; to assoit.

VrtoTnrTf cbh.i-pcati-prd, cl. 4. A. -pad-

yate, -pattum, to begin with or at.

vrf*iu Tn ^*ei u abhi-prati-pish, cl. 7. P.,Ved.

-pinashti, -peshtvm, to dash or cru h out.

'HfaWifn c hh^;-praty-are (-prati-ava-i), cl.

3. P. -pratyarniti, -tum, to step down tmvards.

•eifWn-sJ abhi-praty-e (-prati-a-i), cl. 2. P.

-pratyaiti, -tum, to come 1 ack towards, retum.

bh^:-pra>hnno.am, n. (rt.prath),

spreading or < xtending over.

wfviHq Pbjfjabhi-prr daksh’nam, ind. to

the rigfct; (e. g. with krl, to circumambulate keepir.g

the obiect on the right.)

'irfhiHrc 3(abh^:-pra-dis, Caus. P. -desayati,

-yitum, to urgf on.

Vrfinr^T' abhi-pra-dris, cl. t P., Ved.

-patyati, -drashtum, to look at, Ijok out for.

ahhi-pra-dfi, Pass. -diryute, to be

scattered or divided asunder.

abhi-pra-pai, cl. I. P. A. -paiati,

-te, -paktum, to cause to cook, ripen; to developt.

vfpTIPPT ebhi-pra-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate,

*mrcr-t5T abhi-prapanna. abhi-mati. G-J

-pattmn, to corriv towards, euter, hasten towardr,

^re>ort to (with acc.); to wwkrtafce.

Abhi-prapanna, as, a, mn, approached, attained.

abh-pra-pid, Caue. P. -pidayati,

-yitum, to ctuse pain, torture.

Pass. -puryate, to be

filled, fili one’s self completely.

"SrfwTPTl fi* ahhi-pra-bhangin, i, mi, i (rt.

hhcmf), Ved. breaking completely.

.fi abhi-pra-mand, cl. i. P., Ved.

-mandati, -ditum, to gladdtn.

'SrfilTPTT >rb¥-pra-mur, ur, ur, ur, Ved.

(if fr. rt. murih or ;r. ur) completely raised, sur-

ornded ; (if fr. rt. mrM datroyinp: (?).

•JlGniWlJI abhi-pra-mris, cl. 6. P., Ved.

-mriSahi, -inarihlum, -mrashtum, to offer, grant.

sfffvnpn abhi-pra-ya, cl. 2. P. -ydti, -tum,

to march against.

Abhi-prayayam, ind. by pproachiog, having ap-

pr( ached.

abhi-pra-vrit, cl. 1. A. -vartate,

-titurn, to idvaoce up to; to flow or fall into; to

become conversant with.

Abhi-prarartana, mn, n. com.ng torth, fi >wing;

advancing up to.

Ahhi-pravritta, as, d, am, advancing; cccurring;

ocrupied or cngaged in.

vi ^ kl abhi-pra-rridh, Caus. P. -vardh-

ayati, -yitum, to enlargc, rcnd r prosperos..

■TTfHJTf* '•bhi-pra-vrish,cl. I. P.-varshati,

-shitum, to p 'ur down rain.

'fffHUSIfT abki-pra-sovs, cl. 1. P. -sansati,

-situm, to praiso highly.

^rf-TTTivr^i abhi-prasnin,i,ini, i (rt. pra6h),

desirous of asking many questions.

abhi-pra-sad, cl. i. P.,Ved. -sid-

at i, -sattum, to corae near, approach: Caus. P. sad-

ayati, -yitum, to propitiate, make happy, console.'

abhi-pra-stha., cl. i. P. -tishthati,

-stkdtum, to step up towards.

abhi-prahata, as, d, am (rt. han),

struck at, hurt.

abhi-pran (-pra-an), cl. 2. P.

-prdniti, -nitum, to exhale, breathe forth.

Abhi-pranana, am, n. exhaling (opposed to

apdnana, q.v.).

^rfWmric abhi-prdtar, ind., Ved. towards

morning, early.

abhi-prap (-pra-dp), cl. 5. P.

-prapnoti, -ptum, to reach, obtain, arrive at.

Abhi-prdpta, as, d, am, reached, obtained, arrived.

Abki-prdpti, Is, i. reaching, obtainiog, arrival.

Abhi-prepsu, us, us, u, desirous of gaining, &c.

abhi-prdya. See abhi-pre.

abhi-prard (-pra-ard), cl. 1. P.

-prartati, -ditum, to celebrate in song.

^ abhi-prarth (-pra-arth), cl, 10. A.

-prartkayate, -yitum, to long for, desire.

^rfHTTPPT abhi-pras (-pra-as), cl. 4. P. -pra-

syati, -prdsitum, to throw on or upon.

abhi-pri,is, is, i, Ved. gladdening,

pleasing, gaining.

Abhi-priii, is, f. rejoicing in; wish, desire.

J^abM-prush, cl.5. A., 1. P,,Ved.-j?rM-

shnute,^-prushdyati, -proshitum, to sprinkle with.

abhi-pre (-pra-i), cl. 2, P, -praiti,

-tum, to go near to, approach; to approach with

one's mind, to think of, aim at, intend.

Abhi-prdya, as, d, am, going near, approaching;

aiming at; (as), m. aim, purpose, intention, wish,

desire; goal; meaning, sense, reference.

Abhvprcta, as, d, am, meant, iijtended 5 wished;

accepted, approved; wishing, desirous.

Abhi-pretya, ind. aiming at, intending, meaning by.

"STfirira abhi-preksh (-pra-iksh), cl. 1. A.

-prekshate, -shitum, to look at, to see, view.

Abhi-prekshya, ind. having looked at or towards.

mn U ^abhi-prepsu. See abhi-prap above.

abhi-prer (-pra-xr), Caus. -prera-

yati, -yitum, to drive forward, impel towards: Pass.

-preryate, to be impelled towards.

Abhi-preryamana, as,d,am, being driven towards.

abhi-presh (-pra-ish), cl. 4. P.

-preshijati, -shitum, to summon, command.

abhi-prokshana, am₃ n. (rt.

uksh), sprinkling upon, affiision.

abhi-plu, cl. 1. A. -plavate, -plotum,

to overflow, to overwhelm.

Abhi-plava, as, m., N. of a religious ceremony,

performed as part of the sacrifice Gav2m^ayana.

Abhi-pluta, as, a, am, overflowed, overrun; filled

with; overwhelmed, affected by, labouring under.

abhi-bala_} am, n. an agreement

to meet at some place of rendezvous in disguise (the

technical name of a dramatic scene in rhetoric).

abhi-buddhi, is, f. a Buddhmdrtya

or organ of apprchension.

abhi-bhanga, as, m. (rt. bhanj),

Ved. breaking down, one who destroys.

Abhi-bhanjat, an, atl, at, breaking down, &c.

abhi-bhartri, ind. to a lover, be-

fore a husbaad.

abhi-bharts, cl. 10. A. P. -bharts-

ayate, -ti, -yitum, to scold at, threaten so as to terrify.

abhi-bhava. See abhi-bhu below.

^fWT 1. abhi-bhd, cl. 2. P. -bhati, -tum,

to glitter (around).

2. abhi-bhd, {., Ved. apparition, phenomenon, in-

auspicious omen; state of being overpowered, calamity;

act of overpowering, superiority. — Abhibhayatanu

(°bhd-dy°), am, n. abode of superiority; N. of the

eight sources of superiority with Buddhists.

^TfwiT abhi-bhdra, as, d, am, very beavy.

srfvrmM abhi-bhash, cl. 1. A. -bhashate,

-8hitum, to address, converse with, speak to, confess.

Abhi-bhashana, am, n. the act of addressing or

speaking to.

Abhi-bhdsliamdna, as, d, am, speaking to.

Abhi-bhdshita, as, d, am, addreSsed, spoken to.

Abhi-bhashin, t, ini, i, addressing, speaking to.

Abhi-bhdshya, as, d, am, to be addressed.

Abhi-bhashyamdna, as, d, am, being addressed.

. abhi-bhu, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -vitum,

to overcorae, cverpower, predominate, conquer, sur-

pass, overspread; to attack, defeat, humiliate.

Abhi-bhava, as, d, am, overpowering; (as), m.

addition; prevailing, overpowering, excessive power,

predominance; defeat, subjugation; disregard, disre-

spect; humiliation, mortification, disgrace.

Abhi-bhavana, am, n. overpowering, overcomiog.

Abhi-bhavanzya, as, d, am, to be overcome or

surpassed.

Abhi-bhdvaka, as, ika, am, or abhi-bhavin, i,

ini, i, or abhi-bhdvuka, as, d, am, overpowering,

surpassing, overspreading.

Abhi-bhdvana, am, n. causing to overcome, mak-

ing victorious.

Abhi-bhu, us, or 2. abhi-bhu, iis, m., Ved. one

who surpasses, a superior.

Abhi-bhuta, as, d, am, surpassed, defeated, sub-

dued, humbled ; overcome, aggrieved, injured.

Abhi-bhuti, is, f. superior power, overpowering,

defeating; disrespect, disgrace, humiliation; (is, is,

i), Ved. overpowering, superior. Abhibhuty-ojas,

as, n., Ved. superior power; (ds, as, as), having

superior power.

Abhi-bhuya, am, n., Ved. superiority.

Abhi-bhitvan, va, vari, m. f., Ved. superior,

victorious over.

abhi-mad, cl. 1. P., Ved. -madati,

-ditum, to gladden, inebriate.

Abhi-mdda, as, m. intoxication, inebriety.

Abhi-madyat, an, anti, at, being inebriated.

Abhi-madyatka, as, d, am, partially intoxicated,

half-drunk, stammering.

abhi-man, cl. 8. A. -manute, -ntum,

to think one’s self equal to, to think of self; cl. 4.

A. and poet. P. -manyate, -ti, to assent to, approve

of; to covet, desire; to consider, imagine, fency, think.

Abhi-mata, as, d, am, admitted, assented to;

agreed, accepted; wished, desired; honoured, re-

spected; (am), n. desire, wish. — Ahhimata-td, f.

agreeableness, desirableness; desire, love.

Abhi-manas, ds, as, as, having the mind directed

towards ; desirous of, longing for.

Abhi-manaya, nom. A. -ndyate, -yitum, to be

desirous of, to long for.

Abhir^mantavya, as, d, am, to be cfensidered ; to

be desired.

Abhi-mantu, us, f. injuring, destroying. — Abhi-

manto8, ind., Ved. to injure.

Abhirfnantri, ta, tri, tri, admonishing, longing

for, refening ali objects to self, self-conceited.

Abhi-manyamdna, as, d, am, conceiving, ima-

gining, regarding.

Abhi-mana, as, m. high opinion of ones self,

self-conceit, pride, haughtiness, honourable feeling;

consdousness; referring all objects to self (as the

act of Ahan-kSra or personality); conception, con-

ceit; affection, love, desire; laying claim to; injury,

hurting. — Abhimana-td, f. pride, arrogance. — Abhi-

mdna-vat, an, atl,' at, conceiving or having ideas

about self; proud, arrogant. — Abhimana-tfunya, as,

d, am, void of conceit, humble.

Abhi-mdnita, am, n. the condition of an egotist;

copulation, sexual intercourse.

Abhi-mdnin, i, ini, i, thinking of one’s self, proud,

self-conceited, arrogant; imagining; (I), m., N. of

a deity.— Abhimdni-ta, f. or abhimdni-tva, am,

n. the state of self-conceitedness.

Abhi-mdnuka, as, d, am, Ved. striving to hurt.

abhi-mantr, cl. 10. A. -mantr-

aijate, -yitum, to consecrate or accorqpany with

Mantras or magic formulas; to address, invite.

Abhi-mantrana, am, n. calling out to, addressing,

inviting; connselling; charmiog, consecrating; malring

anything sacred by a special formula, called abhi-

mantrana-mantra.

Abhi-mantriia, as, d, am, consecrated, charmed ;

made sacred by a certain formula.

abhi-mantha, as, m. Ophthalmia,

disease of the eyes.

abhi-manyii, us, m., N. of a son

of Manu Cakshusha; of a son of Aijuna by SubhadrS;

of two kings. — Abhimanyu-pura, am, n., N. of a

town. — Abhimanyusvdmin, i, m., N. of a temple.

abhi-mara, as, m. (rt. mri), killing,

slaughter; war, combat; treachery, danger from one’s

own party or friends; binding, confinement.

abhi-marda. See abhi-mrid, p. 66.

See abhi-mris next coi.

^rfwrfw abhi-mati, is, is, i (rt. ma= man

S

(5(3 *rf»**nf!Tftr!T abhimati-jit. abhi-vaimta.

Ved. striving to injuri, hurting, -.limical; (is, ts),

m. f. striving to injure, hurting, plottinp ngainst; an

enemy, fbe.—Abhimati-jit, t, t, I, Ved. mbduing

enemies. — Ahklmdt-'-shdh, (, (, (, Ved. conquering

enemies. — AbUmdU-hmi, a, m., Ved. strildng, do-

■troying odo’' encmie.

Abki mdtin, i, m., Ved. injuring; an enemy.

'SrfH^TT abhi-mada. See abhi-mad abovt.

nbhi-mana. See abhi-.nan above.

abhi-maya, as, a, am, jierplexed,

eewild _red, stupid, ignorant.

■st [•<(««( 'ibhi-mihya, as, d, am (rt. ,nih),

Ved. to be wett.d (by nrining up»n).

abhi-tmlita, as, d, am, closed

(as the eyesV

abhi-mukha, as, d or t, am, with

the fhc. directed towird^r; tum. j toward», facing;

going near, epproachinj ; dispnsed to, intcnding to,

reedy for, taidng onJs pari; neariy ralated to;

fntndly di sposed; (i), C one oi' the tcn earths of

Buddhist*; (arn), ind. towirds, in tht dir-ction «f.

in front or pres nce of, ntar Io.—Abkimukha-td, 1".

presence, pmximitv.

Abhimukki-karana, am, n. c^using to tum the

face towards, -ddrrssing.

Abhimnkhi-bhuta, as, a, am, being in presenc^

of or iacing.

-bhi-murdchita, as, d, am, di»-

tracted, utterly confus d.

abhi-mrid, cl. i. P. -mardati, -di-

tum, to oppres*, to dev-state.

AbM-marda, crs, m. rubbing, ftiotion; opprf ssion,

levastation of a country &e. by an eaemy; war,

b-ttle; 'pirituou, liquor.

Abhi^nnrdana, as, d, am, oppressiog; (am),

n. opprcssion.

Mhi-marclin, i, in*, f. oppressing, ore who de-

v States.

abhi-mris, cl. 6. P. -mrisati,

maTshtum or -mraJi(um, to tnoch, Strokc, com.

in contact with.

AbU-maria, as, m. or abhi-marsara, am, n.

(less correctiy) abhi-marska, as, ir.. or abhi-mar-

-hana, am, n. tonching, contact; (as. i, am). rub-

bing, dcstroying.

Abhi-mas iaka or (less correctly) abhi-mm shaka,

as, idea, am, touching, ooming in contuet with.

MU-mrishta,as, d, am, touched, rubt -d, bmught

ciose to, gr azing.

‘M f*-IH Pii) e«»T abhi-methika, f. (rt. i»eth),

Vtd. irculting or injurions specch: ot-cenc expression;

irnprecation.

■ateJam abhi-mldta or abhi-mtdna, as, d,

am (rt. mlai), Ved. altogether wither d, taaed ; de-

cayed.

iffW^fsrnT^rr abh-yojna-gatha, f. a sarri-

hcial vers*:.

. vbhi-ya, cl. 2. P. -ydti, -tum, to

go up to. ~ppro ch. eucountcr, attack, assaii.

2. abhi-ya, is, de, m.f.going upto, pproaching,

assailing.

f! a‘-r/c'. dr, d'* or aidl, at, asrailing, an as ailant.

1! taayata, a,, a, am, pproachd, attacked.

Abhi yati, is, m. or abhi-yatin, i, m. or abhi-

ycitri, td, m. an rssaihnt, fo* , enemy.

Ahhi-ymta, am, n. cnming near, appr^aching, at-

tacldng.

Abhi-y iyin, i, tm, i, cnming near, 'pprnachinp,

attacking.

^ffvnrr^- abh-yac, cl. i. A. or ep. P.

■ydda'r, -ti, -ritum, to isk for, soiicit, requed.

AbK-ydfana, am, n. or abhi-ydi 'ni, f. a king for,

•ntmaty, requeet.

AbM-yddta, as, d, am, ?sked for, requ sted.

i. phhi-yuj, cl. 7. A. -yunktt,

-joktnm, to ;.pply to, exett .(fori, make onA self

r ady; to eoenunt. r, attack, assail; to ac-.use; to hurt.

Psis. -yujyat:, to be -iccusd, fscc

Abki-yukta, as, a, am, pplied, intent on, dili-

gent, absorbed in meditati jn, versed in; appamted;

s«id, /poken; attacked by *n cn.my, a-saulted, as-

saili d ; blamed, rebi ked; (in Lw) chargcd, prosc-

cuted, a defendant.

Abhl-ywjvan, d, m., Ved. hurth.g, attacking; an

entmy.

2 ohhi-yuj, Ic, f. -.tt. ckir.g; an enemy.

ibhi-yuiycmdna, as, d, am, being pnsecutud

(as a defendant).

Abhi-yolctarya or ahH-yojya, as, d, am, tr be

r tproved or rebuked; to be pro«ecutcd, indictable;

assailable.

Ahhi-yiitri, td, tri, tfi, assailing, attacking; (td),

m. an enemy; a plamVT, claimant a pr< tender, an

■ocuser; a stronger p-rty.

Ahhi-yoya, as, m. Application; energetic ' ffort,

exertion, pvr.-.v rance, ]( Tiiing; attarlc, assault, chal-

leuging to fight, w-.r, brttle; (in Irw) a plaint, r,

charge, an accusatio i. — Ahhiyrya-paitm, acn, n. a

potitioo nr writing of compkiiit.

Ahhi-yogin, l, ini, {, intent upon, -bs *rbed (in

meditition 1; ttacking; (i), m. i pilaintitf, a proie-

cutor

AbH-yngya, as, d, am, as'a^:lable

Abht-ycyana, am, n., Ved. haruessing (one horse)

(>n to inother.

cbhi-yvdh, cl. 4. A. P. -yudhyatt,

-ti, yoddhuui, to fight against, to acquire by fight-

ing, to onquer for (anoth.r).

abM-raksb, cl. 1. P. or ep. A.

-1'oJshati; -te, -shitum, to mccour, to protect, to

preserve; to gnvem or oommand.

Ahhi-rakshd, f. univ isal protection, wid< b:ne-

vol.nct.

AbM-Tokshita, as, d, am, protected, preserv.d,

giard( d; govemed.

Abhi-raJc-hitri, td, tri, tri, prestrvinr, protectiog,

gr uding.

Abhi-ralrshyn, as, d, am, to be protected or go-

vemed.

vtl*i<y abhi-ranj, cl. 4. A. or Pass.

-rajyate, -ranktum, to be oilourtd, to be tfuihed

with piensur.: C-us. P. -rarijayati, -yitum, to

colour.

Abhi-raijHa, as, d, am, tinted, flushid, lJudly

affected.

SHahhi-ram, cl. 1. A. -ramate, -ran-

tum, to delight in, to be drlighttd.

Ahhi-ratCs as, d, am, pleased or conte.it. d with,

satistied; engaged in; rttentiv: to; p.rtorming,

practising.

Ahhi-rati, is, f. pleasure, delirhting in; occuprtion,

practice.

Abhi-ran ana, am, n. delighting in, delirhting.

Ahhi-ramoniya, as, d, am, to be dehghted in,

delightfnl.

Abhi-rdua, as, d, am, pkasing, delightful, agree-

r. ble, beautiful; rn epithet of friva; (acn), ind., see

s. v. next coi. — Abhirdma-td, f. or ubhirdma-tva,

c.in, n. loveliness, beanty, splendor.

TrfirrfVsfrt ahhi-rambhita, as, d, am. ob-

tained (?).

t. ablr-rcj, cl. 1. A. -rdjatn,

-jttum, to shine, be brillr rt.

2. ccbM-rij, (, t, t, reigning eveiywhere.

Abhirruja, as, w., N. of ?. Burme.a king.

AW-rashfra, as, d, am, Ved. onc whohas gained

Jomimon.

abfti-rddh, Pass. -rrdhyate, to bc

'endertd pr< pitiou...

TffvrmF abM-ramam, tnd. referring to

Rima (see also under abhi-iam last coU.

abhi-rud, Caus. P. -radayati, -yi-

tum, to long for, derire, bc indined to, liave a Uste

for, to like.

Abhi-rud, is, f. desire, delight, taste, relish, piea-

sure ; desire of fame, ambifon; splendor

Abh^{-rudta, as, d, am, pleased, delightcd, de-

lighting in.

Ahhl-rudra, as, d, am, very pleasant, desirablc

or pretty.

abhi-ruta, as, d, am (rt. tu),

sourdcd; cooed, vo^al (as the yoices of bhJs, &c.).

abhi-ruh, cl. 1. P. -rohati, -rodhuni,

to ascend, ruount. ,

Abhi-ruhya, ind. having ascended.

abhi-rvpa, as, d, am, rorrespon ding

with; cunfomiable to, conPTUous; in accordance with;

pi-asin’, baiidsome, desirable, well formed, b.autiful;

wise, leamed; (as), m. th< moon; Ssiva; Vishnn;

Kamadeva. — Ahhirupa-pati, is, m. having an agree-

able rn-ster (a rite) to secure mch a ma-ter in the

next world.

Ahhi.-rupaka, as, d, am, corresponding; pletsing,

handsome; leamed.

abH-roruda, as, d, a.n (Intms.

of rt. rud), Ved. causing tears (of eam Jt desire).

irfWfffSj rf uhhi-lakshita, as, d, am, marked

with siajis, bearinr mark..

Abhi-takshya, os, d, am, to b- mirked or noted;

(am), ind. tt.svards - ma-k or aim.

HfWoio' cMi-langh, cl. 10. P. -iannha-

yoti, -yitum, to jump across or over.

Abbx-lnngbana, am, n. jumpinr aeros, or ov<J.

airftTcJW cbhi-labh, Desiti. A. or poet. P.

■lipsatt, -ti, to desire to ob: in, cov jt.

Abbi-lanMana, am, n. obtaining transition (?).

Abhi-lipsa, f. desire of obtaining.

'sfacTq abhi-lash, cl. 1. 4. P. -lashati,

-Inshyati, -shitum, to desire or wi h for, cavet, crave.

Abh--laslmna, am, n. craving after, desiring.

Ahhi-lashamya, as,d,atii, desirable, to b< eoyettd.

Abhl-lashita, as, d, am, desired, wished; (nm),

n. desire, wi .h, wdl, pleasure.

Abh^!-ldsha or (less correctly) dbhi-Hsa, as, m.

desire, wish, covetousne-s, affectio.,, love.

Abhi-ldtbnka, as, ikd, am, or ahhi-UsJiin, i,

ini, i, or alhi-ldshika, as, d, am, er (lrss tor-

rectly) abh^!-ldsin, I, ini, i, wishing, de,irine, de-

sirom, coveti as, greedy.

VrffFTTtl ihhi-ldpa, as, m. (rt. lap), ex-

pressit n, word, sp^ech; d daration of the objeci of

a vow or religious obligation.

iif*fo5fT "bhi-lava, as, m.(rt.Zi), cutting,

reaping, roowing.

vrfkf-in abhi-Ukhita, as, d, am, in-

scribed inserted in writing.

Abhi-hkharn, am, n. writing ipon, inscribing.

ahhi-Una, as, d, am (rt. f>), ad

hering to, hrouding; embiactd; emb,acing.

TrfWr^y abhi-lupta, as, d, am, disturbed,

iniured.

aHfffprfcTiT abhi-lulita, cs, d, am, ptayful,

unsteady ; agitata d, disturb.d, iniured.

irrfHcTKT ab hi-tuta-, f. an insect, a kind of

spider.

irfvnr^I obhi-vad, cl. 2 P -vakti, -ktum,

to spt.sk to. ddress; to teli.

Trfarfenf abhi-vantita, as, d, am (rt.vand),

dieated, deceived.

vrnrTfT abhi-vat. ^firsrrrT abhi4apa. G7

abhi-vat, an, ati_} at, containing

the word abhi.

abhi-vad, cl. I. P. A. -vadati, -te,

-ditum, to rddress or salute with reverence: Caus.

-vadayati, -te, -yitum, to address or salute rever-

ently; to salute tlnough another person ; to play on

an instrument.

Abhisvadana, am, n. addressiog, salutation.

Abhi-vada, as, m. reverential salutation; (for aii-

vada), opprobrious or unfriendly speech, abuse.

Abhi-vadaJca, as, Oea, am, a saluter, saluting,

offering salutation; dvil, polite.

Abhi-vadana, am, n. respectful salutation, induding

sometimes the name or title of the person so addressed

and followed by the mention of the persons own

name; salutation of a superior or elder by a junior

or inferior, and especially of a teacher by his disciple;

(in general it is merely IifHng the joined hands to

the forehead and saying aham abkivadaye, I salute).

— Abhivadana-fda, as, d, am, <?ne who habitu*

ally salutes, respectful.

Abhi-vadayitri, ta, tri, m. f. a respectful saluter.

Abhirvadita, as, a, am, saluted respectfully.

Abhirtiadtn, ?,»ni,i,telling, enundating, describing.

Abhi-vadya or abhi^vadamya, as, a, am, to be

respectfully saluted.

abhi-vand, cl. i. A. -vandate,

-ditum, to salute respectfully.

Abhi-vandana, am, n. saluting respectfully.

abki-vap, cl. i. P., Ved. -vapati,

-ptum, to join, come together.

abhi-vayas^ as, as, as, Ved. very

youthfiil, fresh ; possessed of food.

abhi-varta, &c. See abhi-vrit.

wRTcT^IT abki-varshana, &c. See abhi-

rmi

abhi-vas, Caus. P. -vdsayati, -yi-

-tum, to dothe, cover.

Abhi-vasa,as_tm. orabhi-vasana,am,n. covermg.

Abhwasas, ind. over the cloth or covering.

abhi-vaha, as, d, am, conveying

near or towards, driving near.

AbM-vahana, am, n. conveying towards or near»

Abhl-vahya, as, d, am, to be carried near; (am),

n. conveyance, transmission; presentation, offering.

Wf>T^T abhi-va, cl. 2. P. -vati, -tum, to

blow upon or towards.

Abhi-vatam, ind. towards the wind, windwards.

ahhi-vahdh, cl. I. P. -VMidhati,

to long for, desire.

11 *M I abhi-ranyn or abhivanya-vatsa,

f. (fr. abhioi, obtained 'f, and anya), Ved. a cow

■ho snckies an adopted calf.

abhi-vi-khya, cl. 2. P. -khy&ti,

-tum, Vtd. to look at, vu-w. In later Sansk.it, to

teli, to call.

Alhi-rikhydta,, as, a, am, univ< rsaliy krnwn, re-

uOwaed, k nown .“, talled.

■*!^u[ rfiM-vi-6aksh, cl. 2. A. -dashte,

Ved. to look towaid . In later Sanrkrit the idea of

speakiog is usually inherent in daksh.

tsfafrgT

ahhi-vi-far, cl. i. A. -(arate,

-ritum, Ved. -tave, -tarai, -rase, -radhyai, to ap-

proaui; cl. io. P. ufarayali, -yitum, to diseuss.

abhi-vi-jonh Ved., Intens. 3rd

hig. -jaurjauc, t > twiteh convabively.

fb st r abhi-vi-jrtu, cl. 9. P. -janati, -fria-

tum, to be aware, to know, perceive.

Abhi-vimcpla, as, a, am, notifkd nadt Known.

'TfWfeTSJt? "bhi-ri-jval, cl. I. P. -jvalati,

•litum, to tat or blazx against or 'Pposite to.

^TSffwiTrr abhi-vi-tan, cl. 8. P. A., Ved.

-tanati, -'rute, -nitum, to str. iteh (the string) over

or acr.«s (the bow); to streteh over, cover.

abhi-rid, cl. 6. P. A. -rindati, -te

reditum, to find, obtain; to seek.

31 abhi-vi-drie, cl. 1. P., Ved.

-paJyuti, -draxhtum, to look at, b hold.

"iTWfrfv tbl i-vidhi, is, m. complete co-

incidsnce, complete compreh nsion or indusion.

abhi-vi-nad, cl. 1. P. -nadati,

-ditum,, to raisi a loud oois..

TlfH f=( rfl abki-vi-ni, cl. 1. P. A. -nayati,

-tf, -tutum, to inform, ii.itruct.

Abhi-ninUa, as, d, am, wdl-bdnved; well-disd-

plined; pious, pnre, dev mt.

abhi-vi-nud, Caus_P nodayati,

•yitum, to gladd n, cause to reioice.

TrfnfWT -.bhi-vi-bha, cl. 2. P.,Ved.-iAa<»,

-tum, to illuminate.

^fWri abhi-vimana, as, a, am, of un-

limited dimensions.

^rf*rftnn abhi-vi-ya, cl. 2. P., Ved. -yati,

-tum, to appr ach, visit.

abhi-vi-raj, cl. I. A: -rajate,

-jihtm, to shine, be radiant.

abhi-vUankm,i,lm, i, afraid.

abhi-visruta, as, a, am, widely

celebiated.

abhi-vi-has, Caus. P. -faasa-

yati, -yvtmn, to render conhdent or ^ecur:.

abhi-vi (-vi-i), cl. 2. P. -vyeti, -tum,

to come togetiier towards, meet together in.

’3lf»TTh!^ abhi-viksh (-vi-iksh), cl. 1. A.

ikshate, -kshitum, to look at, view, p.rceive; to

aim ?.t, to examin ; tn be -ffected toward ..

Abh-'-vikshita, as, d, am, seen, perceit .d.

Abhi-v~kshya, md. having seen ir obs^rv.-d.

ahhi-vira, as, m., Ved. lurroundea

by men or hero< s.

"SrficpT abhi-vrit, cl. 1. A. -vartate, -titum,

to go towards, to fac_s to pproacb, com_. up, atc-ck,

to tnrn up, arbe.

Alhi-rartiu, 5, ini, i, going toward',, approachic t,

attacking.

Ahhi-vritta, as, a, am, gone tow-rd:; tuming

‘owards.

abhi-vrita, os, d, am (rt. vri),

cbosen, seleeted.

obhi-vridh, cl. 1. A. -vardhate,

•dJittum, to increase, prosper.

AbM-vrict Iha, as, a, am, increased, augmented.

Abi i-criddly. is, f. increas., additien, succe--,.

abh'-vrish, cl. I. P. -rarshati, -shi-

tum, to rain npon, water, bedew, cover with a shower

(e. g. of blossoms); to shower down; to caust to rain.

Abhi-rarshana, am, n. watering, bedesvine’; ram-

ing upon. ■

Abhi-varshin, i, ini, i, bedewhn»; rainmg upon.

Abhi-vrishta, as, d, am, bedew.d; rained upon.

abh^:-vetja, as, m. (rt. vij), con-

sideration, determination.

nf^siiy abhi-vy-ahj (-vi-aiij), cL 7. P.

-anakli, -anjitum or -anitum, to marjfest, rev^al.

Ahhl-iyokta, as, d, am, manifest, avid .nt, distinet,

piain ; declarcd, revealed ; (am), md. mamlestly,

pl-inly.

Abhi-ryakti, is, f. manifestation, distinction; de-

dar-tion, revel-tii n.

Ahii t yangya, os, a, am, to be manife ted or

made dear.

AhH-vyujyan ana, as, d, am, being manifeste i.

Alhi-ryanjaka, as, ili, am, ravjaling, mani-

festing; indicative, shuwing.

Jlhi-ryai jana, am, n. making manifest, act of

rev^aling.

vi 1*1^73 abhi-vy-an (-vi-an), cl. 2. P.

-aniti, -nitum, «to- breathe through, to fili with

br< ath.

nbb.-vy-a-da (-vi-a-dd), cl. 3. P.

A. -AaddH, -datte, -datum, to open ooe’s monti,

(fbr .wallowing). -

Abhi-vyiddna, am, n. suppres«ed siund; repeti-

tion of th« saine sound.

vi f*i =c| 1 fu abhi-vyadhin, t, ini, i (rt.

iyadh), strikmg at, hurting much, injuring grtatly

sriHWPT abhi-vy-ap (-vi-dp), cl. 5. P.

-apnoti, -aptum, to extend to, to comprehend, in-

dude, perv de, surrrund.

Ahhi-tyapala, as, ikd, am, or abhi-vydpin, i,

ini, i, iodnding, comprehendim».

Abhi-iydpta, as, d, am, mdnd^d o imprehendea,

cc-extendtd, tscc.

AbH-vyapti, U, f. co-.xtjiding, univeisal perva-

sion, indu ion, comprehension,

1. ahhiu:ydpya, ind. up to a certain point induuve.

2. dbhi-vynpya, as, d, am, to be indnded; (am),

n. validity of a rule (?).

^rfdsil¹ abhi-vy-a-hr (-ri-a-hri), Caus.

P. -ha, ovati, -yitum, to utter, pronounc , teli,

explain.

Abhi-a-yaharana, am, n. or ahJii^ryahdra, as,

m. pronumi tiun, utt;ranc< ; nn rticulate si-mificant

w ird or pbrase.

AbM-rydhai in, i, ini, i, pronoundng, tclling.

Abhi-vyahrita, as, d, am, prooouuc d, spoken,

t Id.

vl(htQ%i^ubhi-vy-uksh (-vi-uksh), cl. 1 P

- ikshati, -shitum, to spnnkle toward:.

PfWabtjf abhi-vluitga. as, m. (rt. vlartg),

V-i. a sault, shaldng off.

vb fis ^ abhi-(ans, cl.i. f. -sansoti, -s^;turp,

to 1 ccu' e, blame, calumniate, •'buse.

AbH-ianxaka, as, ikd, am, or dbhi-iansin, t,

ini, i, accusing; insulting; abusive.

Abhi-sansanc, am, n aauiation; insuit

I. abhi-ia-t, as, f., Ved. accusation, imprecatioi.,

solicitation (?). for 2. see next co!.

I. abhi-iasta, as, d, am, falsely ccused, cdumni-

ated; d.femed, infanioj'; «iuf 1, wickrd. See next eoi.

Ahhi-sastaka, as, fla, aru, falsely accn-ed, cun xi;

c ,used by impr xrtion.

Ahhi-itmti, is, f. impr cati™ ; curse, damnatio- ¹

efLct of imprecati n, m^;sfortui,-, -vil; on^ who curses

or injures; calumny, detaniation, scandsl; isldng,

btgging. — AbhiSastb dtar.a, as, m., Ved. keeping

off imprecation. — Abhisodv-pa, b, or abhiJasti-

pavar, d, m.,Ved. defending from msults or impre-

cations.

abhi-(ak, Desid. Caus. -£ksha-

yati, -yitum, to tcach.

abhi-iank, cl. 1. A. -sankate,

-litum, to doubt, suspect, be suspicimus.

Ahhi-yojtka, f. donbt, ilarm, suspicion

Ab/d-Sanllta, as, d, am, d mbtftd, frigbten.d,

alarmed.

abh^:-sap, cl. 1. P. A. -fapati, -te,

•(aptum, to exeerate, curse.

Abhl-fiapana, am, n. or abhi-iapa, as, m.curs.,,

ng 'SfasimxU abhisapa-jrara. WTHHsfi31_x abhi-san-krus.

imprec tion; charae, accusati on ; falso aori«ation,

talum.jy. — Abhidapa-jvara, at, m. fever caused by

i curse.

Ahhi-dayta, at, d, a,n, cur.id, accur? d; falsclv

‘ocused, cilumniaKd; rcviled.

Abhi-dapam, a,n, n. pronouncing a curs,. or

malediction.

ibhi-dabdita, as, a, arn, de-

cfered, announced.

2. abh^:-sas, cl. i. P. -susati, -si-

tam, to hurt, injure, ittack. (See under abhi-dans.)

3. atdr-dns, f., Ved. injuring(?). for I.abhi-das,

se_ under ahhi-sans, p. 6/, coi. 3

1. abhi-dasta, as, d, am, injured, hurt, attack-d.

Abhi-sasti i, tb, tri, tri, aa injurer, an etKmv.

See abhi-sans and

abhi-^as.

Jrf*T^TPrI ahhi-santv, cl. 10. P. -santra-

yati, -yitum,, to padfy, appcase, recondi., eomlort.

See ohhi-sdntv.

Abhlsanim, am, n. graciousntos, complaisauce.

-rrf^nfhl < bhi-dita or abhi-sydta, as, a, am

(rt dyai), cold, chiHy.

Ahhi-tfma or ubhi-dijava, as, 5, am, coagulated,

eongcaled.

^rfvT3Tt=(i [. abhr-doka, as, m. (rt. 1. du6),

Ved. intens. grief.

I. ah/U-dc 'a, as, a, am, Ved. causing great grief.

Abhi-dodcma, am, n. great griei, pain; a torment-

ing 'pirit or djnori.

1. aWii-sotayishnu, as, vs, u, tnrm-nting.

3lfvr5r,t6 t. abhi-soka, as, m. (rt. 2. sad),

Ved. ardour.

2. abhi-doda, as, a, am, shining, glowing with

heat.

2. abhi-dobayishnu, u», vs, u, glowing with heat.

^tfit9iiahhi-sauri, ind. tow.irds Scauri

or Krishna.

abhi-drarana, am, n. (rt. dru),

repeatirig Vedic texts, sitting dnwn to a Sraddha.

Abhi-srava, as, m. hearing, beojmin? renown-d.

=srftrf^ abhi-dri, cl. I. P.-drayati, yitum,

to r.sort tu.

Ablr-dri, is, is, m. t (&om iri conn ct< J with iri),

Ved. joining, c nnecting onc’s self with, mi-nng;

combining, holding togeth r, arranging, putring n

arder, umtod, appr»aching; having recoLis. to,

worthy to b. had reoourst to; respecta!; shimng;

p iwerfuL

abhi-drish or abhi-dlish, t (rt.

ilish ), Ved. a ligature.

Abki-ilt«hana, am, n. a bandage, ligature.

n f*t vjti abhi-dvas, as, m., Ved. one who

bre ’thes up on or tow 'rds.

Ahhi-svasa, as, m., Ved. br athing forth cr 011,

ructatioo.

Abhi-dvma, as, m. breatliing upoo or hnvards,

blowing into a fiam..

abhi-shafij(-sahj), cl. i.P.-shnjati,

-shanktu,n, tn be in contact with; to reviL, cu">e.

Abhi-slakfa, at, d, am, possessed by evil spirits,

hwniliitted, dcfcated, revilod, cursed.

Ahhi-thanqa, as, m. or ubhi-hanjana, am, n.

complete contact, union; connecticn, copulat,on, as-

sodation, compiny; embracine; posse .sion by evil

sp'rits; oath; curse or impre ation; fnlse accusation,

calumny; deflat, blow, hock, snddeo filiction.

— Abkiskaitga -i,,ara, as, m. 1 fever supprwed to be

caused by evil spirits.

abhi-shava. See abhi-shu.

^fim^abhi-shah (-sah), cl. 1. A. -shahatv,

hilum or -ihadhum, to attack.

Abhi-shahya, ind. violently, by force, insolentiy.

abbi-shdS, k, k, k (rt. sad), Ved.

following; honouring, prying i ttention to, devoted;

defeating.

^rftTftrq- abhi-shid (-sid), cl. 6. P. A.

nshin6ati_t -Ui-shektum, to sprinkle; to water, wet;

to consecrate, anoint, appoint by consecration; A. to

be consecrated or inaugurated: Desid. shishikshath

to be desirotis of watering, &c.: Caus. •shefayati,

-yitum, to have (another) consecrated.

Abhi-shiita, as, a, am, sprinkled; anointed, in-

stalled, ioaugurated, enthroned.

AbhUhishilcshaU an, and, at, desiring to in-

augurate.

Abhi-sheJca, as, m. sprinkling, anolnting; inaugu-

rating or consecrating by spriDkling water; inaugu-

ration of a king, royal unction ; the water or liquid

used at an inauguration ; religious bathing; ablution ;

bathing of the divinity to whom worship is offered.

- Abhigheka-dala, f. the hall of coronation.-^6/(t-

shekardra-giras (°i'a-dr°), as, as, as, wet on the

head with the royal unction. — Abki-sheJcaha (°£a~

ah⁰), as, m. day of inauguration.

Abhishektri, ta, m. an anointer, one who inau-

gurates.

Abhi-shedana, am, n. sprinkling; initiation, in-

auguration.

Abkishedaniya or ahhi-skefya or ablii-sliekya,

as, a, am, worthy of inauguration; belonging to in-

auguration; (-ntyas), m., N. of a sacrificial cere-

mony performed at the inauguration of a king.

Abhi-shetHta, as, a, am, caused to be sprinkled,

inaugurated.

abhi-shu (-sa), cl. 5. P. -shuvoti,

shotum, to express the Sima juice or any other

juice; to moisten.

Abhi-shava, as, m. or ahhisharana, am, n.

pressing out the juice of the Soma piant; distilhtion;

religious bathing, ablution prcpara'orv to religious

rites; drinking Soma juice, .aerifice j feiment, yoast,

any -ubstance produdng vinous termentation; (am'),

n. 'our gruel.

AbV-shm ani, f.an apparatus for pressing the S <ma.

Abft-ehavaniya, as, d, em, to be erpressed as

Scina juice.

Abhirthdvnka, as, or ahhi-shotr¹, Id, m. the

priest or any one who expresses the Soma juice.

Ahhi-sMroJctya, n->m. P. -yati, -yitum, to long

for «uch a priesr.

Ahhi-nhuta, as, a, am, expressed as Soma juice;

(am), n. sour gruel.

^!Tf»TiT3i abhi-shuka, as, m., N. of u piant.

'i *i”HT abhi-sbena, as, m.,Vrd. approach-

ing v an cn.my with su, army: dire«mg arrows against.

Abhi-shenaua, am, n. march to attack t repel

an enemy.

Abhi-shenaya, num. P. -sheaayati, -yitum, to

appro.i¹ h with «n army, to mar h wi*h an army

against the eoemy, —Ahhi-sHxhenayishu, tis, vs,

u, desirous of approaebing wuh an armv.

abhi-sho (-so), cl. 4. P. -shyoti,

-shatnm, to put an eud to, to destroy.

A^hhi-shyat, an, an*i, at, destroying, killiny.

"SrfsrErJf abhi-shtana, as, m. (rt. sfan),Ved.

roaring, bawling, a 'hont.

abhi-shti, is, m. (fr. 1. abhy-as; ar-

cording to other authoritie ■ fr abhhh or {r.abhi-jbtbd,

q. v.), Ved. an assistant, a pre itector; one who is to be

praistd or woishipped (as a prot ctor); on< who sp-

proache' in order to assist, one wha approaehta to

attack; one who asciis an enemy, onawno ovttpowers

an enemy, on, who approarm s in order to obtain; de-

siring, desire; (is), f. assistancc, protectioni favour, Help,

wor hipptng, praising; a racr fice, a hymn; approach-

ing in order tc assist, approaching in generai, aaess.

—Abhishti-knt, ', t, t, Ved. aisLstmg; granting

desires. - AbhlsUi-dymnna, as, d, am, Ved. giving

happine s. — Abhishti-pd, as, m., Ved. guarding from

enemies, keeping otf enemi.s. — Abhisht* mot, an,

aK, at, Ved. desirabie, favourablt. — AbhishU-iastas,

ds, tu., Ved. rendering a^ist-ace, -ble to overcomi

niemies.

abhi-shtu (-stu), cl. 2. P. -shtputi,

-shtotum, to praisc, extol.

Ahhishtava, at, m. praise, tulogj.

Abhi-shtuta, as, d, am, prai.ed.

Abhi-nhturat, an, ori, at, ptauing.

■ZifHTt■j.bhi-shthn(-stha), cl. I.P,-tishthati,

-shthatuM, to trample upon, destroy.

^TfiTvriT cbhi-shyat. See under abi-sho.

cbhi-shyanda or abhi-syanda, as,

m. (rt. syavd), oozing or flowiDg; weakness of or

running at the tyes; great increa<c or enlargement.

Ahhi-shyandin or abhi-syaadin, i, ini, i, oozing,

trickling; laxative; causing deriuxion- or serous efifii-

sion. —.ihhi-hyandi-rantana or chhi yamli-ra-

mana, at», n. a ,ubu :b, a smallor city appended tc

a larger one.

Lq abhi-shrnnga, as,ra. (rt. sruhj), .

intense attachment or affection.

abhi-samyogr, as, m .ntimate

union, dose contact.

?rf>TOT»i abhi-sam-rabh, cl. 1. A., Ved.

-rahhate, -rahdhum, to support one’⁵ self on.

fHfiTiiKV abhi-sam-rudh, cl. 7. P. -runaddhi,

•roddhum, to warJ off.

Trfi-U-i^ri abhi-samvrita, as, d, am (rt. v tri),

covered, clad, clothed.

nrffpTsftri bhi-samsiv.a or abhi-samsyan a,

as, d, am (rt. dyai), coagulated, enngealed.

abhi-samdraya, as, m. (rt. iri),

refupre.

srnraw abhi-sanisara, as, m. (rt. sri),

ipproa hing together or in multitudes; (am), ind.

having approached togethi r.

aTTHffFfi ibhi-sans-kri (-sam-kri), cl. 8. P.

-lamii, -Icadum, to shape, form • to make, render;

to consecrati.

Abhi-sanshara, as, m. imaginatiun; vain or profit-

lc« performance.

abhi-sam-stambh, cl. 5. P.

-cstahhnpti, -stambhitum, to 1 jpport, render firm.

^ abhi-samstava, as, m. (rt. stu),

pra.se, praising highly.

Ahhi-samtuta, as, d, am, highly praised.

abhi-sam-spris, cl. 6. P. -sprid-

ati, -sprnshtnm, -spamhtvm, to wash one’s self.

■ibhi-sam-smn, cl. 1. P. -smarati,

-Sfiiartum, to recjllect.

’3rf>TF^»I abhi-sam-haa, cl. 2. P. -hanti,

■tum, to surrom.d, < nelose.

Ahhi-samhala, as, d, am, ioined, United.

See under abhi-sandha.

ibhi-san-krudh (-sam-krudh),

cl. 4. P. -krudhsjati, -Iroddbun, to be angty with.

Ahhi-mnh uddha, as, d, am, angry with (with

8^cn0- , .

Ahhi-sankrdhyat, an, anti, at, being angry

with (with acc.V

. hhi-san-krus (-sam-krud), cl. 1

P. -krssati, Kroshtum, to eall out to.

abhi-san-kship. «bhisneha. 69

^(fanTyg*{abhi-Son-kship (-sam-kship), cl.

6. P. -kshipoti, -bshrptum, to compress, to crowd

t igether in a small space.

Abhi-sankshipta, a*, d, am, tbrown together or

at; castir.g, thrjwing, shooting, airning or aimed at.

Abhi-sankshepa, as, m. compresaing, compre-

hending.

TrfHiT^T abhi-san-khyd (-sam-khgd), cl.

2_nP. -khyati, -tum, to enumerate; infer.

AbM-sankhya, as, a, am, infetable, clearly ascer-

tainable.

Abh'-sanNiysya, as, a, am, to be enumerated.

Vrf*ttjy*¹ abhi-san-gam (-sam-gam), cl. i.

P. -gaddhati, -gantam, to approarh together; to

join in wekoming; to meet with.

i ibhi-sangupta,as,a,,am, guarded,

protected.

abhi-san-gil(-sam-gri) cl.9. P. A.

-grindti, -nite, -paritum, -ritum, topmmise.

abhi-san-grah (-sam-grah),cl.g.

P. A. -yrihniti, -nite, -grahltum, to grasp at once

w.th ali the fingers.

vt!*t*v«i nbhi-sad, cl. 1. A., Ved. -satate,

-ditum, to tollow; to revere, tavour.

■41 (im abhi-sah-dar (-sam-carj, cl. 1. P.

-daratl, -ritui,1, Ved. -ritave, -rase, -radhyai, to

go up to, to seek for, to move or wander about.

Abhisandarin, l, ini, i, moving in every direction,

inconatant, changcable.

abhi-sah-6i (-sam-di), cl. 5. P. A.

-dimti, -nute, -detu.m, to arrange with reference to

(anvthing).

abhi-sah-Cint (-sam-dint), cl.

10. P. -cintai/ali, -yitum, to remembtr.

vi(*t«^tin abhi-sahjdta, as, d, am (rt. jan),

prcluced, con,ing into existence.

■et(*itl»st( abhi-sah-jhd (-sam-jhd),cl.9. A.

-jar.lte, -gnatum, to aiiow, acquiesce in.

vl ^ abhi-sah-jvar (-sam-jvar), cl. 1.

P. -jrarati, -ritum, to envy, regard with ^cp!te.

^rftt*tr^ct^?r abhi-satvan, a, m., Ved. sur-

ruunded by brave beings or heroes.

VrfWwtt «7^ abhi-san-tan (-sam-tan), cl. 8.

P., Ved. -tanoti, -nitum, to spm»d or stretch across,

to use for bridging over or stretching across.

Ahhi-santata, as, d, am, stretched aeros», spread

over, covering.

vi r*t«rfl abhi-san-tap (-sam-tap1, cl. 1.

P. -tapati, -ytuhL, to press ha.d on ali side».

Ahhi-santapta, as, d, am, tormented.

Abhi-santapa, as, m. wur, battle.

abhi-san-tn (-sam-trl), cl. 1. P.

-tarati, -ritum, -ritum, to cross over towards.

vt(*t,t»ntM abhi-san-tyaj (-sam-tyaj), cl.

I.P. -tyajati, -tyaktam, to abandon, give up, desist

from.

abhi-santrasta, as, d, am (rt.

trns), territied, much alarmcd.

iSfifiTrSV abhi-sandashta, as, d, am (rt.

dans), compresse-', tightened.

abhi-samdeha, as, m. (rt. dih), ex-

change; organ of generation. In the last sci.se also

written ahhi-mntloha.

1. abhi-san-dhd {-saw-dhd), cl.

3. P. -dadhiti, -dhdtnm, to aim at; overcomi ;

aeteive; Humniate; declare; add; prefer.

Abhi-smnhita, as, d, am, agreed, contracted; at-

tached to, interested, following any object e agerly.

Abhi-sandha or ahhi-sandkahi, as, m. a deceiver,

a calumniator.

a. abhi-sandha, t. sptech, declaration, promise.

Abhi-saudhdna, am, n. speecii, deliberate declara-

tion ; atlacl iment or interest in any object; speual

agreement; cheating, deceiving; rnaku.g p.-ace or

alliance.

Ajht-sanihdya, iod. having aimed at, shooting at.

Abhi-savdhi, is, m. speaking or dedaring deliber

ately, purposc, intention, object, meaning; special

agreement, cheating, deceiving; makiog peac. or

allhnee; Juiiit, junction. — Abhisa ndhi-k> itu. a*, a,

am, done intentionally or on purp se.

"Crf*THeI*T abhi-san-nam (-sam-nam), cl. 1.

P. -immoti, -mantum, to inflect.

srfirevrtr abhi-san-aah (-sam-nah), cl. 4.

P. A. -nahyati, -te, -naddhum, to bind or string

together; to ..rm one’s self againstf?).

Abhi-sartnaddha, as, d, ar„, accuvtred, armed.

nfp+tei^ bki-san-m (-sam-nl), cl. 1. P. A.

•nayati, -te, -netum, to lead to or upon.

abhi-san-nu (-sam-nu), cl. 2. P.,

Ved. -pauli, -namtum, -nuvitum, to rejoice or cheer

together at or towards.

Vrftt+tvim-M abhi-samavaya, as, m. (rt. i),

uni n, association.

abhi-sam-d-gam, cl. 1. P.

-gaddhati,-gantum, to appreach together, come to.

wfHiUTTO?, abhi-sam-a-pad, cl. 4. A. -pad-

yate, -pattum, to appr- -ach, enter upon.

vi (*t et f*i abhi-sam-i, cl. 2. P eti, -tum, to

come together or meet at (a particular placej; to

invade.

TlfH7T*ftTir abhi-sam-lksh, cl. 1. A. -ikshate,

-shitum, to see, lo jk at, have in view; to conipre-

hend, examine.

•irfiTWtr abhi-sam-ir, Caus. P. -irayati,

-yitum, to put in motion.

abhi-sam-uh, cl. 1. P. A. -v.hati,

~te> -hitum, to cover by bringing together.

abhi-sam-riy cl. 5. A., Ved. -rinute,

-iartum, -ritum, ‘Titum, to reach, seize.

viabhi-sam-e (-a-i), cl. 2. P. -aiti,

-tum, to join in coming near or approaching, to go

in quest of.

abhi-sam-pat, Pass. -pafyate,

to become ripe at a certain time (with acc.).

\abhi-sam-paty cl. 1. P. -palati,

-titum, to fly to, hasteo to, jump upon ; to fly along.

Abhi-sampata, as, m. concourse, war, battle.

1. abhi-sam-pad, cl. 4. A. -pad-

yate, -pattum, to btcome anything, become similar

to, be changed to; to come to, arrive at; to obtain :

Caus. -pddayati, -yitum, to make equal, change into.

Abhi-sampattl, is, f. becoming or being effected

completely; transition.

2. abhi-sampad, t, f, becoming complete, complete

number.

Abhi-8ampanna, as, d, am, complete, completely

effected.

abki-samparaya, as, m. (rt. i

with para and sam), futurity.

abhi-sam-pvj, cl. 10. P. -pvja-

yati, -yitum, to honour, revere greatly.

abhi-sam-pra-pad, cl. 4. A.

*padyate, -pattum, to come towards, share in.

^rfW*i>y[4 abhi-sam-prap (-pra-ap), cl. 5.

P. -dpnoti, -aptum, to reach, come to, arrive at,

get, obtain. ,

abhi-sam-preksh {-pra-iksfi),

d. 1. A. -prekskate, -shitum,, to look at, perceive.

abhi-sam-bandh, Pass, -badh-

yate, to be connected with, to relate or refer to.

Abhi-sambaddha, as, d, am, connccted with, re-

ferring to.

Abhisambandha, as, m. connection; contact,

conjunction, relation ; sexual connection.

abhi-sambadha, as, d, am, very

confined or contracted.

abhi-sam-bhu, cl. 1. P.,Ved. -bha-

vati, -vitrum, to be near to, to enjoy.

3TMVW77 bhi-sammukha, as, d or l, am,

tronting, facing; looking respectfallv towards.

nfiTOT abhi-sara, abhi-sarga, &c. See

ablr-sri, abhi-srij.

abhi-sarpana, am, n. (rt. srip),

coming near.

x!rf*TTrr.T^aSAt-_Sa,₁ft, ₀r better abhi-sdntv,

d. 10. P. -santiayuti, -yitum, to conciliate, pacify,

comtort.

Abhi-sdntva or ahhi-santra, as, m. cnnsolation,

conciliat ion.

^rfa^TPPTabhi-sdyam, ind. about evening,

at sunset.

Trf>77rr7<7i obhi-suraka, &c. See abhi-shu.

abhi-susush, iis, us, iis, or abhi-

soshyat, an, atl or i. uti, at, desirou of expressing

Soma juice. Set abhi-shu.

an pbhi-sud, cl. 10. P. -sudayati, -yi-

tum., to point unt, show.

Abhi-sudita, as, d, am, pointed ont.

abhi-sud, cl. 10. P. -sudayati,

•yitum, to kill outrigbt, destroy utterly.

abhi-sri, cl. i. P. -sarati, -sartum,

to approarh, go tow irds, advmce in order to meet, to

ittack: Caus. P. -sdrayaH, -yitum, tc visit, approacii.

Abhi-sara, as, m. a companion. a tollow_r; N.

of a people.

Ahhi-sanna, am, n. approaching, meeting, ren-

dezvous, going to mett.

Ahhi-sarat, an, ardi, at, going to meet, attackinv,

Abhi-sartri, ta, trl, tri, ittacking, assailant.

Ahhi-sara, as, m. »ttack, assault; meetini» rendea-

vous; companion, fi llower; war battle; a punticatory

rite; going to meet i lover, an as ignation, appoint-

ment; (as), m.pl., N.of a peupic; (i), f., N. of a town.

Ahhi-sanka f. a wonun who goes to meet her

lover or k^eps an assi"nation.

Abhi-sarin, l, ini, i, going to meet, visiting,

ittacking; (ini), f. a woman wbo keeps an assigna-

tion or goes to meet her lover; N. of a species of

the Trishtubh motre, in whieh two Pidas contain

twilve instt id )f eleven syllables, and whieh therefore

is said to approach another metre i alled Jagati.

Ahhi-saryemana, a*, d, am, boing approachH.

Abhi-sritya. ind. having gone near.

JrfaflTvT abhi-srij, cl. 6. P. -srijati, -sro-

shfum, t<~ pour torth, to give.

Abhi-sarga, as, m. creatu n.

Abhi-sa gana, am, n. gift, donation; killing (?).

Abhi-srishla, as, d, am, given.

srftn-nPT abhi-sevana, am, n. practising,

cultivating.

abhi-skanda, as, m., Ved. as

sault; an agailant; (am), ind. by assailing.

V vt ■!\ ablii-sthiram, ind. very firmly.

TTf»TW abhi-sneha, as, m. attachment,

affecti m, desire.

T

/

70

srfanffriT abld-sphurlta.

■CTuft o-bhuri.

Cv

TfWwsfTi? abhi-sphurita, as, a, am, ex-

pandtd to thc fuil (as a blossom).

jrfaffJ? uhhi-smi, cl. i. A., poct. P. -sma-

yate, -ti, -mutum, to smile upon.

trfkHT? abhi-syanda, &c. See abhi-

shyarda, &c.

HHIijnH' bhi-svayamntrimiam,nid.,

Ved on thc brick (used in s icrificts rnd calkd) sva-

jam-atHnna (perforated in it,elf, i. e. full of hola;.

thht-srri, cl. t. P., Vtd. -srarati,

scortum, -ritum, tc appsove, praif., invok-

1 hhi-nur, at, f., Vtd. invocation; caH.ng mto

font's) pnscnr-; a hyn.r ar song of pra-se.

Abhi-ocartri, ta, m., Ved. invoking, praismg, an

invoker.

■nfirtTH abhi-han, cl. 2. P. -hanti, -tum, to

thump at, strik ., kiH; to beat off, dnv. off.

ibki-hakt, a», d, nui, struck; bcaten; smitten;

laiit i i humbkd, llbducd. brok.n down ; ob- tructed ;

TiW-Aat»,*, f.striking; (in arithm.)multipIic-tio.i.

Ahhi-hangamana, as, a, am, being smitten, kill-

td, &c.

Abhi-yhdla. Sees.v.

jrfvr?^ 1. ahhi-hava, as, m. (rt. Are), in-

voc-tion; (for 2. sec uni.r uhhi-hu beh w.)

AW-hvti, b>, f- invocation, worshipping.

afiryfR ahhx-hasya, as, a, am (rt. has),

Ved. ridiculous, laughable.

Ahhi-haw, as, m. jett, joke, mirth.

^tfafriT abiv-hita, as, a, am (fr. ahki-dha,

q V.), hei 1 forth, «aid, dedared, sp ken; deaermined;

spoken to, adde sr :d, accosted whispered, prompt d

to scy; pl ced upon; (as), m., N. it a chicf; (am',

n. a nanie, expr -t'ion, word. — Abkthftil4vu, am, n.

ihe state of being said or spoken; a holdii.g torth,

dedaration; authority, test.

Abht-kiti, is, f. tclling, manifesting, title. See

ahhi-dhana.

abh.-hu, cl. 3. P. -juhoti, -hatv.m,

V_td. -hntnrai, tr mikc an rblatiun, acnfice.

3. nhbi-hara.as, m.f biation, sarrihee. Ser abov-

AbM-homa, as, m. moking the oblation of clanfied

butter.

Sffai? ahU-hf., cl. 1. P. -harati, /tortum,

to snatch away, carry off; to bring: Caus. P. -hara-

yati, to make 2 sjddcn attack.

A^hhi-harn, as, d, am, c-rrying off, renioving.

Abhi-tuumia, am, n. bringing near, conveying,

\hH h arantya or chhi-hartam/a or ablti-hmya,

as, a, am, to b, brought near.

Abki-kartri, ta tr., tn, onc who snatehes away,

seiaes, takes by violence; a ravisher.

A^hi-hdrc, as, m. tobbing, seizing anything in

the owncr’s prescuc.; a brisk attack; 1 iffort; arming,

t:king up rrms; mingling together.

vtpM7rI obhi-hrut, t, t, t (rt. Atri), Ved.

bendin~°causin” crookednesr, acting injurioudy; ((),

f. fall, deieat, daniagc.

Abki-hruti, is, f. trusing to lall; deteat, damage,

offence; offensive, injnricus.

Ahki-ktara or ahhi-hvdra, at, a, am, felling

off; emokedness, sin.

1. c-hhi,is,is, i, witheut fear, fcarlcss.

2. ahhi (ahhi-i), cl. 2. P, abhy-eti,

-tum, to ojme near, pproacb; to go «p to or

towards (».th acc.); to go along, go alter; to go into,

enter; to juin; to go over to; to reach; to come

to, to fall to onc’s 'hare (with aoc.); to get; to fall

into: Ved. Intens. or Pass. -7yale, to ask, reqnest;

etskaiim. or samipam 'ibhl, to go near.

j. al>hiti,is, f.,Ved. ppto- ch, assault. See next c<>1.

Ablntvan, fu, rari, m. f., Vtd. pproachiog, at-

tacking: also written abhittara, as, i, am.

Abhy-aya. Sec s. v„ p. 71, coi. 2.

■apfrjff 1. ahhika, as,a, am (-rzahhlha, q.v.,

fr. ahhi), longing after; la.tfbl, libidinous; anxioys,

disirous; (at), m. a lovcr, a husband, a master.

"SWlo|7 e. obhika, am, n. (fr. obt l-aii; cf.

a.tuila.apaba,/rraflAi),Ved.meeting together, do‘v

ne-'s, neamess; collision, combat, ■ 'pposition; ahklke,

ind. in thc neighbourhood, thc same place or time,

at the right time, just in time ; in a moment, instan-

taneously; (with abi.) from, out of; on account of, .

with regard to; from (in connection with verbs ex-

pressing defeDding from, &c.).

VT^fiSF 3. a-bhlka, as, i, am (fr. bh), ftar-

lers; (as), m. a poct; a master.

■SWtBI ohhiksh (abhi-iksh), cl. 1. A. -ik-

shate, -shitum, to look towards.

ahhlkshm, as, a, am (contraction

of abhi-kshana), rrpeatcd, trenuent; constant, per-

pitual: (ani), ind. repatediy, again md again;

ptrp tually, con tantly; very, exctedingly; .juicklv.

— Abkikeima-.ias, ind. repeattdly. ■

VWTTjri. nhhi-ghata. See ahhi-ghatd.

abhxjya, as, a, am (rt. yej), to be

sacrificed to, onr to wbom sacrihce is offercd ; (as),

m. a god. !

a-bhlta, as. a, am, not terrified,

fearlcss - MhitasM, ind. as cnc not afraid, fear-

lessly.

2. a-hhlti, is, f. f-arlessness. Se^ last line fifst coi.

obhmdh (abhi-indh), cl. 7. A.

•inddhe, -mdhitmn, to sutiound with flames, to in-

flame. _{# t}

Abhlddha, as, a, am, infiamed, shining.

^TVrtHrT chhipat, m. (fr. ahhi and op;

cf. aniipa), Ved. a pond or any spot in which water

collects; fevour(?).

vWhfire abhipaios. ind. (fr. rt. ap with

abhi),Ved. ccordmg to the event, at the right time (?).

abaftf^TrT abhipsita, as, a, am (ips, Desid.

of rt. ap; sec ahhy-ap), dc«ired, wishcd.

Abhipsin, 7, ini, i, or ahhipsu, us, us, n, de-

simus of obtaining, whhing.

twtH c-bh'ma,as,a,am, unterrific, causing

no ftar; (as), m., N. ofVishnu.

5JvrfHT«f abhi-mana, as, m. (rt. man),

pride, &c. See ahhi-mdna under ubhi-man.

VTHfal? abhi-moda, as, m. (rt. nmd) joy.

- AbliwvH-mwl (only nsed in pl.), Ved. intense

joy and pleasur.; or alhi-mndairud, exctssivcly

joyful (fr. ineg. intens. of rt. mud).

TTaffT nbhlra, as, m. a cowhcrd; N. of a

people ; (7), f. the language of this ptaple; (am),n.,

N. ot e loetre, containinp fnur Padas with eleven

Mitrils in each PJda.

^SDfftnft abhirnnl, f. (rt. ir?), a kind of

serpent.

Jtafkjvft ahhiraji, f. a kind of poisonous

insect. .

VrvftK a-bh~ru, us, us or «s, u, unterrific;

ftarless, undauoted; (n*),m.,N.ofBhairavaor Siva;

(us OT iis), f., N. of a piant, Asparagus Racemosus.

— Abhin-pattri, f. a piant, the leaves of which are

lik those cf thc piant Abhiru (see above): the piant

Abhlru. _#

A-bliiruna, as, a, am, unt tiific, fearlvs, innoccnt.

A-hhlln, us, us, u (for a-hhiru), or ahlrhika,

as, a, am, fearless.

abhi-rud. Sec abhi-ruci.

HfafiWPleJU abhilhpa-lap (only u?ed in

pl.), Ved. discourst and '..Ik; or abhi-ldpalap, talk-

ing excessivcly, whimpering (fr. irreg. intens. of rt.

lap, cf. nhlii-modamn l last coi.).

nbhi-varga, as, m.(rt.rry), circuit,

compar.

3fWl«iii uhhi-varta, as, m. (fr. abhi-rrit,

q.v.), Ved. existing iverywhere, going towrds, ap-

proauang, -ttackine successfully; succe sful assault,

.ctory ; a hymr. recitxl in attackine the enemy.

Abhi-vrit, t, t, t, Ved. ‘biding .verywhere.

TTr^f^TrT abhi-vrita, as, em (rt. rrt),

co.er.d, surrounded

VIikfbTR chhi-sdpa, as, m. (rt. £ap), curse,

impr.ction. See abki -iapanc.

abhUu or less correctly rbhishu. vs,

m. (rt. ik or l.as with ahhi ?),Ved. rein, bndle; "rni,

finger; ray of light.— I. ahhishu-jnat, uu, ati, ot,

splendid, brilliant.

ibhish (abhi-ish), cl. 6. P. abhif-

(hali, ahhy-eshitum, -shlum, to s.ek for, long for,

endeavour to gain.

Abhitthat, an, a>i or unii, at, wis.hing, desiring.

Ahhishu, us, m. attachn.mt, love, lust, passion

[c/. chh~iu above].-3. abhlshu-.nat, an, ah, at,

attached, eoamoured.

Ahhhhta, as, a, am, wished, desimd; acceptabl.,

dear, favourite, darling; oplional; (u), f. a mistress;

t tel. - Ahhishta-td, f. state of being desired.

- Abhishtarde.natd, f. beloved voddjss, ftvonrite

deity. — Abh'sh'a-l<P<ha, as, m. or abhishta-sid-

dhi, is, f. the gaining a desired objcct.

,M~--shan^rjo., os, m. curse, m-

prxation. See abhi-ihxihj.

VTvffrTTT n-bhisho.ya, ind. (inst. case of

ahhUha), fearlessly.

vjsftRT? abhl-shhh, t, t, t, Vtd. over-

jowering; (t), f. immen e powei.

a-bhvkta, as, a, am (rt. bhvj), un-

eaten; unenjoyed, unustd, unexpended; .f>e who

has not eaUn, enjoyid or expended. — Ahbukta-

eat, an, ad, at, one who has not caten.

A-t-huj, k, k, l, V^red. one who has mt expen-

enced or enjoyed, onc who docs not k< ep (a promise).

A-bhvijat, an, ati, at, not .ating; Ved. not Uow-

ing to enjoy; not protecting.

a-hhagna, cs, a, am, not bent,

straight; well, free from distase.

'■'fipT n-bhvjn, as, d, am, armless, ntaimcd.

a-bhnjishya, as, d, m. f. not a

slave, not a servant.

. a-hhii, iis, m. unborn ; an epithet of

Vishnu. .

A-bhuta, as, a, am, non-existent^ whatever is not

or has not been, — Abhutci-tcidbhava, as, m. the

coming into being of that which has not existed before.

- A-bhida-pOrra, as, d, am, unpreccdentcl. - ,1-

hhuto-pradurbhdva, as, m. th l. -Corning maniti st

of what h..s not been before. — Aihntii-rn.jp*, asa*,

m. pl., N. of some deities suppos^d to haye existed

i the fifth Manvintara. - A-l‘huta-4a‘ru, us,us,u,

having no enemy.

A-hh uti,is,(. non-c xi itence; want ofpowcr; poverty.

VTWftf a-bhumi, is, f. non-earth, anything

but earth; no proper object, unfit piace or ibieCt.

— Ahhunii-ja, as, d, am, produc d in unfit or un-

suitable ground.

a-hhuyishtka, as, d, am, fcw,

scanty.

vwft a-bhumi, is, is, i, few. some, scvcral.

a-bhusha. abhy-ava-hri. 71

a-bhusha or a-bhushita, «5, a, awi,

unadomed.

^TKrf a-bhrita or a-bhritrima, as, a, am,

not receiving hire, not hired, not paid.

a-bhrisa, as, a, am, not much, little,

few,

^f>T^ a-bheda, as, m. absence of difference

or distinction; identity; not breaking, compactness,

closeness of array; (as, a, am), undivided, identical,

alike.

A-bhedaka, as, ika, am, not dividinj», not dis-

tinguishing. 4Wui’ii » Wl ?

A-bhedya, as, a, am, or q-bfaxidilca, as, i, am,

not to be divided or broken or pierccd ; indivisible;

(-yam), n. a diamond. — Abhedya-ta, f. indivisibility,

impenetrability.

a-bhoktri, td, tri, tri, or a-bhogin,

t, ilii, i, not enjoying, not using, abstemious.

A-bholctavya, as, a, am, not to be enjoyed or

used.

A-bhoga, as, m. non-enjoyment, not making use of.

A-bhogya, as, a, am, not to be enjoyed.

A-bhoj, k, m., Ved. not affording enjoyment (to

the gods, i. e. refiising to sacrifice). —Abhog-ghan,

d, m., Ved. killing the stingy (who will not sacrifice).

A-bhojana, am, n. not eating, fasting, abstinence.

A-bhojita, as, a, am, not fed, not feasted.

A-bhojin, ?, ini, t, not eating, fasting.

A-bkqjya, as, d, am, not to be eaten, prohibited

as food, impure. — A-hhojyanna (°ya-an°), as, d,

am, one whose food is not allowed to be eaten.

^THtffT^T a-bhautika, as, i, am, not ele-

menta), not relating to or produced by the gross ele-

ments, mental.

^ P' H abhy-agni, is, mN. of a son of

Etas'a or AitaSa ; (i), ind. towards the fire.

abhy-agra, as, a, am, near; fresh,

new; (am), n. proximity.

abhy-anka, as, a, am, recently

marked.

abhy-aj (abhi-aj), cl. 1. P. -ajati,

gitum, to unite, join.

' abhy-ahj (abhi-ahj), cl.7. P,-anakti,

-anjitum, -anktum, to smear, anoint; to decorate.

Abhy-aJcta, as, d, am, oiled, anointed.

Abhy-anga, as, m. rubbing with unctuous sub-

stances, smearing the body with oil, inunction ; un-

guent, liniment.

Abhy-anjana, am, n. smearing the body with oil,

inunction; oil; applying collyrium to the eyelashes;

omament; embeliishment.

abhy-at (abhi-at), cl. i. P. -atati,

-titum, to visit.

abhj-ati-kram (abhi-ati°), cl. 1.

P. A., cl. 4. P. -kramati, -kramate, -kramyati,

-kramitum, to step over, to walk through ; to

overpower; to transgress ; to violate.

abhy-ati-kshar (abhi-ati°), cl. I.

P. A. -ksharati, -/e, -ritum, Ved. -radhyai, to flow

over to.

abhy-ati-ni (abhi-ati⁰),cl. i.P. A.

-nayati, de, -netum, to mix with (?).

abhy-ati (abhi-ati-i), cl. 2. P. abhy-

f-dy-eti, -tum, to go past, glide away; to pass over;

to gct through.

Abky-atita, as, d, am, dcad, passed away.

abhy-adhika, as, d, am, surpassing

(in number, power, kind); exceeding the comraon

measure, excellent; pre-emineot, extraordinary; su-

perior, more excellent, baving more authority or

power; (am), ind. exceedingly.

abhy-adhvam., ind. towards the

way, on the way; (e), ind. on the way, near.

1. abhy-anu-jna (abhi-anu°), cl. 9.

P. -janati, -jndtum, to allow, permit; to authorize,

direct; to allow one to depart, dismiss ; to take leave :

Caus. -jndpayati, -yitum, to ask for leave to depart,

to take leave.

2. abhy-anujna, f. or abhy-anujnana, am, n.

assent, permission; granting leave of absence, dismiss-

ing; order, command.

Abhy-anujndta, as, d, am, allowed, permitted,

assented to, dismissed ; ordered, commanded.

vS abhy-anu-pradh (abhi-anu⁰), cl.

6. P. -pritthati, -prashtum, to inquire after, ask for.

oS? abhy-anu-mud (abhi-anu⁰), Caus.

P. -modayati, -yitum, to permit one to leave, to

dismiss.

abhy-anukta (-auu-uk°), as, a, am

(rt. vad), said confbrmably to what was dedared befi ire.

^J abhy-antara, as, a, am, interior,

being inside; initiat-d in, converrant with; i,ext,niarly

related, intimate: (am), n. inner part, intinor, in-

side, niiddk ; inclnded space; (arr or atas), ind.

in *he interior, in« ardi. — Alhyantara-h-.ram, see

antahkaraya. — Ahhyautara-kala, f. tbi sacret art

orthe \rt ofcequarv. — Aiihyu.ntnrnya.ina ( ra-ay°),

as, m. curvaturi cf the spine by spa«m; emprosthonos.

Ahhu-anlarnka, r/>', m. an intimati Iriend.

Ahhyaiitaii-kri, d. 8. P. -karoti, -Icadum, to

initiate, inanpurah ; to make a near friend fof a per-

soni; to familiarize. — Abhyantari-karana, arr., n.

initiating in, inangurating; making a near friend (of

a person). — Ahhjmdam-krita, as, d, am, put be.

tween, mani interior; initiated; mado intimate or

familiar with.

TTHprgiTT abhy-apa-kram (abhi-npa'), cl.

i. P. A., cl. 4. P. -kramati, -kramate, -krdmyat\

-kramitum., to go away to, to go up to.

abhy-apan (abhi-apa-an), cl. 2. P.,

Ved. -afavitl, -nitum, to breathe on.

abhy-am (abhi-am), cl. 1. P.,Ved.

-amati, -mitum, to advuice vi'Jentiy again.1, to at-

tack, to pain, hurt; to be angry with; to ov roome.

Ahhj-aniana, am, n. attackin?, asianlt, disease.

— Ahhjaruana-vat, ar>, atl, a*, with assaults or

attarks with di.itases.

Ahhy-amita, as, d, am, diseased, sick.

Ahhy-amin, t, ini, i, attacking, inclined to attack.

Ahhy-an*a. See s. v.

’3TVt(|JTej abhy-arritra, am, n. assault on

ar rnemy; (am), ind. towards or againstthe enemy.

Ahhy-amitrina or ahhy-amitriya or aHiy-ami-

trya, as, m. a soldier who face the enemy valiantly.

'hi -mt abhy-aya, as, m. (fr. abhi-i, see

ahhi), going ni ar, approaching, arriving ; entiring ;

'itting (of the sunj.

abhy-ari, ind. towards or agr.inst

tht <nemy.

Uhqotireig- cbhy-arkabirrbam, ind. to-

ward' the disk of the sin.

cbhy-o.ri (abhi-ard), cl. I. P. -areati,

-ditum, to prai-e, alebrate in song; to worship,

reverenca: Pass. -a.rdyate, to b. honoui -d.

Abky-ardat, an, antl, at, wor hipping,reverancing.

Ahhy-ariana, am, n. or ahhy-ardd, f. worship,

revrence.

Abhy-arrauiija or abhy-areya, as, d, am, to bt

worihipped, to be reverenced.

Abhy-artita, as, d, am, praised, wrshipped.

TOT! abhy-arna, as, d, am (fr. rt. ri or

ard wifh uhhi ’), near, proximate; (a,/i), n. near-

ness, ptoximity

' ^ abky-arth (abhi-urth), cl. 10. A.

-artkayate, -yitum, to a<k, requeat.

Abhy-orthava, am, d, n.f. petition, reqnest.

Abhy-arthamyc or abhy-arthya, as, a, avi, to

be reque ted or asked. — Abhv-arthayaindna, as, a

am, asking, one who asks.

Ahhy-adhita, as, d, am, asked, invited.

Abky-adhin, i, ini, i, asking.

abhy-ard (abhi-ard), cl. 1. P. -ardati,

-ditum, to opptess, afhict, pain.

Ahhy-ardita, as, d, am, distressed, oppressed.

abhy-ardha, as, d, am (fr. ardh

for ard with abhi, cf. abhy-arna), Ved. being on

this side; proximate, near; inercasing; (am), n. the

being situated on this side, near. — AhJlyardha-

yajvan, d, m., Vtd. granting giits; inaeasing the

wjrshipper’s prosperity.

abhy-arsh (abki-arsh), cl. 1. P. -ar-

shati, -shitvm, to fli iw near, to run near (with ace.) ;

to caas- to fi >w near.

^T«r?n/tTi dbhy-arhnniya, as, d, am (rt.

arh), to be gre-tiy hononred, venerable. — Abhy-

arhaniya-ta, fi honuurablene^s, honour.

Abhy-arhita, as, d, am, greatly honoured, venera-

ble ; fit, prop-r, becoming.

vi -MoJ j; abhy-alankri (ubhi-alnm-kri), cl.

8. P. -karoti, -kaHum, to decorate.

Abhy-alankrita, as, d, am, decorattd.

vivtldshHtT jhby-arakarshana, am, n. (rt.

krtsh), -xtraction drawing nnt.

V?Vn"s(,[^i abhy-avakasa, as, m. (rt. kds),

an npen spac:.

dbhy-ava-kfi (abhl-ava⁰), cl. 6. P.

-kirati, -kuritum, -ritum, to tlirow or cast on, to

poui on, to cover.

viur^i •' 'ihy-ava-6ar(abln-ava°),cl. i.P.

-Parati, -ritum, Ved. -tam, -tovai, -raw, -radhyai,

to presa on, penetrate: Caus. -fe.rayati, -yitv.m, to

Sind away.

VT^TTrivl abhy-ava-tan (abhi-ava"), cl. 8.

P., Ved. -tamti, -nitmti, to xtend along or to.

'3fwrPJY'^,-I abhy-avaddnya, as, d, «i/i,Ved.

w.thh- Jding gitts, not liberal.

ahhy-ava-do (abhi-ava°), cl. 4 P.

-rbjatl, -ddtnm, to divide into pieces for any purposv

'dWsTtrT abhy-ava-dha (abhi-ava°), cl. 3.

P. A. -dadhati, -dhatle, -dhatum, to lay down on

ali sides, ovetlay.

Abhy-avahita, as, d, arr, allayed, IaiJ, -. g. dust.

"-1HM "bhy-aro-nam (abhi-ard¹), Cf us.

P. -ndmayati, -yitum, to bow, incline.

TT«rrf7nT abhy-ara-nij (abhi-ava°), cl. 3.

P. A. -neu(Mi, -nenikte, -wktvm, to wipe or w-sh

oflF, clian: Cau- -ncjayati, -yitum, to cause to wash

offi

rfl abhy-ava-ni(abhi-ana°), cl. 1. P. A.

■wayati, -te, -netum, to Kad down, prar into.

STVqqtlW abhy-ma-pat (ahhi-ava°), cl. 1.

P. -f atati, -titum, to fly or tali down.

v3«jcfTTtT abhy-ava-man (abhi-ava"), cl. 4.

A. -manyate, -mantum, to despise, scoro, reject.

- abhy-ava-skand (abhi-ava⁰), cl.

I. P. -skandati, -rkantum, to inmp up (or out?).

Ahhy-aiadcanda, as, m. or abhy-tvaskandana,

am, n. impetu rus assault, facing an enemy; striking

so as to disabli an enemy.

ViVqria- abhy-ava-hri (abhi-ava⁰), Caus.

72 abhy-avaharana. abhy-asaaana•

-harayati, -yitum, to get onc to oppose another; to

caosc one to takc or eat.

Abhy-avaharatia, ani, n. throwlng a\vay or down;

taking food, eating.

Alhy-avahara, as, m. taking food, eating, enjoy-

ing; food.

Ahhy-avaharya, as, a, am, eatable, fit for eating;

(am), n. food, eating.

Abhy-avahfita, as, a, am, taken (as food), de-

voured.

abhy-avas (abhx-ava-as)_i cl. 4. P.

-asyati, -situm, to throw upon.

^0*1% abhy-ave (abhi-ava-i)_y cl. 2. P.

-avaiti, -tum, to go down ; to descend; to get an

insight, to condescend; to perceive.

Abhy-avayana, am, n. going down, descending.

Abky-aveta, as, a, am, descended, immersed.

abhy-aveksh (abhi-ava-iksh), cl. 1.

A. -avckshate, -shUum, to look at or upon.

alhy-ai (abhi-a£)_y cl. 5. P. A. -ad-

noti, -mute, -abitum, -ashfum, to pervade, reach

to, gain ; to make one’s self master of.

Abhy-adam, am_f n. reaching to, pervading,

gaining.

Abhy-ada, as, m. reaching to, pervading; prox-

imity, niighbourhood, resuit, consequeace, prospcct,

hope of gaining; (as, a, am), near, proximate

(also writtea abhy-asa). Abhy-adam or abhy-ade,

ind. near (also writtcn ahhy-a.se). Abhyadad-agata,

as, a, am, anived from near at hand.

1. abky-as (abhi-as), cl. 2. P. -asti,

to fidi to one’s share; to be over; to excel; to reign

over, tyrannize over.

2. abky-as (abhi-as), cl. 4. P. -as-

yati, -asitum, to throw down, throw to, heap one

on the other, accumulate, to shoot off at, to eoncen-

trate one*s attention in one direction; to repeat,

practice, txerdse; to study, read, recite; to leam by

heart.

Abhy-asana, am, n. concentraUng of the faculties

of the miod in one direction; practice, txerdse;

repetition, study.

Abhy-asaniya or abhy-asitavya or abky-asya,

as, a, am, to be studied, to be repeated or redupli-

cated.

Abhy-asta, as, a, am, accumulated, practised,

exerdsed; leamt by heart, repeated, studied ; multi -

plied; reduplicated in grammar; (am), n. the re-

duplicated base of a root.

Abhy-asyat, an, antx, at, studying, practising.

Abhy-asa, as, m. repetition; practioe, military

practice, permanent or repeated exerase, disdpline,

use, habit, custom; repeated reading, redting, study;

leaming by heart; education; practising archery; (in

grammar) repeating twice, rwiuplicatioa; the first

syllable of a reduplicated radical; (in poetry) repeti-

tion of the last verses of a stanza; (ia arithmetic)

multiplication: see also under abhy-ad. — Abhyasa-

gata, as, a, am, approached, gone near (see ahhy-ada

above). — Abhyasa-ta, f. constant practice, use, habit.

— Abhya80rfiimitta, am, n. the cause of the rednpli-

cation in grammar. — Ahhyasa-parivartin, ?, ini, i,

wandering about or near, for abhyadd\ — Abhyasa-

yoga, as, m. the practice of freqnent and repeated

meditation on any deity or on abstract spirit, re-

peated recollection. — Abhyasa-vyavaya, as_f m. in-

terval caused by the rednplication-syllable.

Abkyasxn, 1, int, i, practising, repeating.

Abhyast, ind. near; more correctly written abhyade.

abhy-ashya, nom. P. A. -asuyati,

-tt, -yitum, to show indignation, to detract.

Ahhy-asuya, as, a, am, angry, vexed, impatient.

Abhy-asuyaka, as, i ha, am, detracting, a de-

tractor, calumniator; envious.

Abhy-asuya, f. detraction, envy, calumny.

abhy-astam-i, cl. 2. P. -eti, -tum,

or al-hy-astan-ya, d. 3. P. -jigdti, -qalam, to go

down or .ct (as the r.unl duriug or with referent*. 10

(jome "ct).

AAhy-astamaya, at, m. setting of the sun during

or with rcfer joct to.

Ahhy-atlamita, as, i, am,one on whnm ths sun

ha s gon_ down while askep.

3TH||oh4 rbhy-aknrsha, as, m. (rt. krish),

a strikiog of the flat of the hai.d upon tht bre “t in

defiam e v 1 prctice commun to wrestlers and pugilistsl.

abhy-akankshita, am, n. a

gronndly's ccnipiaint, a false accusation.

STWHeJi ihhy-d-kri (abhi-a°), cl. 8. P. -ka-

roti, -kartom, to draw nc^r to one’s self, attract.

Ahhy-ikiram, ind. by or indrawing near to <ine’s

,elf.

tSVHi jhH r^hy-a-kram. (abh\-d°), cl. I. P

A., d. 4. P. -kriinati, -kramate, -kramyati, -kra-

mi'u,n, to stup n^ar.

Alhy-akrcimam, ind. by or in steppin? ntar or

mutually, m sti.pping rapidly.

TfMt 1 di5J abhy-d-kru'i(abhi-u’‘),c\. t .V.-krn-

sati,-krv*htvm,to assailwith harh language.to revile.

^IwippiTiT ihhy-akhyata, as, c, am, acctred

faisely, C-iluinniat ,d.

Ahhy-5l:hyana, am, n. a fdte or groundless ac-

ensation. calumny.

5THTT¹!*' ahhy-a-gam [abhi-a°), cl. I. P.

-gaVhati, -ganlum, to oom- near to, approach,

visit; to com to, fall into.

Abhy-agata, as, a, am, com.., anived; (aa), m.

a gurst, visitor.

Ibhy-arjaina, as, m. or abhy-igamana, am, n.

apprr achmg, amval, visit, visitati.-n; tif ighbourhr-od;

aniving at or eojoying a re ult; rising, getting up ;

*ar, battle; encountering, strikuig, killing; enmity.

5WFT abhy-c-ga (abhi-a°), cl. 3. P. -ji-

gati, -gatarr, to come to, approict , anive.

JWPTlft^i abhy-agarika, as, d, am (fr.

dgdra, q. v., with ahhi), diligent in sipporting a

family.

ihhy-aghata, as, m. (rt. kan),

a sault, tta k.

Abhy-Sgkdiin, i, ini, i, attacking, assailing.

3T«t(-MHI abhy-a-iaksh (ahhi-a°), cl. 2. A.

-iaskte, shtum, to lo<'k at; to tpeak.

WRT abhy-d-car (abhi-a°), cl. 1 T. A.

-(arati, -te, -ritum,, Ved. -itare, -itavai, -rase,

-radhjai, to approanh, practice.

Abhy-dt ara, ®>,ni.,Ved.approacl.!ng(as an enemy),

disturbing.

CrtqnTahhy-aj(abhl-a-aj), cl. 1. P. ->ajaU,

-jitum, to drive n^ar.

STWsfrtt obhy-ajhaya,as, m. (rt.yna),Vcd.

order, conimand.

abhy-a-tan, (abhi-a°), cl. 8. A.,

Ved. tanute, -nituir, to tabe aim at, shoot.

Ahhy-atana, as, m. sprtading over; oxpansion.

2TWTTTPT ahhy-a-tap (abhi-a°), cl. I. P.

-tupati, -ptum, to distress, torment.

'ZPiQTi^(’¹>hy-d-lfi(abhi-d°),cl. i.P. -terati,

-ritum, -rttum, to come up.

^TuPr+t 'hhy-iitmc, as, d, am,Ved. directed

toward: onc s sdf; (am), ind. tnvards oira’s self.

— A}>hyd'ma-taram, ind. inor. tovards one’s selt.

SrtUTTT a^hy-c-do (a^hi-d"), cl. 3. A.

■datle, -ditum, to seize, snatch "way; to put on;

to take up the conversation, or commeiict speaking

after 'nother.

Abhj-c.tt'\, m, a, am (tor abhy-adatta),obtainej;

having gained, enoompa.sing.

Ahhy-ddana, am, n. beginning, comm.ncument.

fjst bcginniDg.

IfeaT abhy-d-dis (ahhi-a°), cl. 6. P.

-dteati, -desiltum, to aim at (in talki, to have in

vtew.

ahhy-d-dhd (ahhi-d°), cl. 3. P

-dadbati, -dhatmn, to lay on (fud, &c.), to adu,

appl;r.

Ahhy-idhdna, am, n. laytr.g or plaring on, adding.

Ahhjj-ahita, as, a, am, laid on, pnt on.—Abhga-

kita-pasu, vs, 'rtt.a present usual in sume districts of

Ilidla.

tSTUlldl abhy-a-ni (ahhi-a°), cl. I. P. A.

-vaynti, -te, -netam, to pour ioto, mix with.

"S^IHit abhy-a-nrit (ahhi-a°), cl. 4. P.,

Ved. -nrityati, -nartitum, to Jance toward , to

ha t-n near.

5T«rRT ahhy-anta, as, d, am (fr. rt. am

with ahhi, see ahhy-am), sitk, diseas.d.

1MIH rbhy-dp (ahhi-ap), cl. 5. P. -apnati,

-ptma, to teach to, to get, to obtain : Cous, -apa-

yati, -yitum, to brir.g to an end: Desid. -ipsati, to

strive to reach, to ask for, to dejire.

4)>hipsita, as, a, am, desir d, acceptabit, dear.

'IT^lTVrT rihhy-H-pot (ahhi-a°), cl. r. P.

-patati, -tiliur, to jump on, to hasten near to rush

towards.

Abby-apatu, an, m. calamity, nusfbrtnnv.

abhy-a-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyate,

-pattum, te* com : to, to ipproach.

sS^rti^ abhy-amarda, as, m. or ahky-

amardana, am, n. (rt. mrid), war, battlfighting.

(thhy-a-yam (obhi-a⁰), cl. I. P

-ya Ahati, -yantmn, to restrain.

Ahhj-ayansinya, at, m., Ved. to be restrained;

to be made subject.

3WPTT nhhy-a-yd (abhi-a’), cl. 2. P. -ydti,

-tum, to come up to, attain.

alTVintW abhy-d-rabh (abhi-a°), cl. I. A. or

P. -rdbhnte,, -ti, -rabdhum, to cjmmaiu

Abhg-aramhha, as, ni. beginning, commencement.

nHVtJTTH abhy-dran,, ind. (rt. rt), near, at

hand, by coming near.

obhy-drudha, as, d, am (rt. ruh),

scended; gone up to; surpi'std.

Abhy-dmha, as, m. or ahhy-Srohana,, am, n.

going up to, asceoding; tr.w ilion from one pla.:e to

a,iother; progress; ascending in devoti in, prayir.g.

Athy-arAu',ryi, an, m., N. of x sacrihcial cere-

mony.

Ahhy-d-rohya, es, d, am, to be scended, to be

gained.

abhy-a-vrit (abhi-d°), cl. I. A.,

Ved. P. -rartate, -ti, -titum, to come up to, come

tow.rds, appmacli.

AKy-dvarta, es, m. repetition; a hymn, the

verse of whirh ar* repeated in siuging; (am), ind.

rcpeatedly, by repeating.

Abky-a-artin, i, ini, i, repeatedly ooming; (i),

m., N. oi a king.

Abhy-ax rittu, as, a, am, come near to, approached,

repeated.

Ahhy-irritti, is, t. repetition.

sq^tpr^T i bhy-asa, as, m. See abhy-as.

5WHT 1 bhy-asa. See 2. abhy-as.

SWra⁷? abhy-d-sod (abhi-a"), cl. 1. P.

-sidati, -satlum, to attaii., obtain.

Abhy-aradana, am, n. striking so a, to disable an

enemv, facing an enemy.

?T*TT?"'T abhy-d-han (abhi-a’), cl. 2

-hanU, -tumi, to strike, wound, smite, impede.

Ahhy-dhnta, as, a, am, strtck, wounded, impeded.

\^I'^^Mmna' ^am' ^S,rikinS> burting, killing,

abhy-dhita. See under abhv-

a-dha, p. 72, coi. 3.

ahhy-d-hri (abhi-a’-), cl. 1. P. -hara-

'hartum, (o bnng toward,, bria"; near; to eive

hand over. ^{p 6
5}

Abhy-ahd-a, as, m. bringing near; robber'.

Ahhy-abnrya, as, i, am, t.. b<: eaten.

'ibhy-u-han

P.

abhy-vkta, as, a, am (rt. vai), de-

clared with reference to (some particuiar point).

³^T*T^5T^abhy-uksh (abhi-uksh), cl. 6. i. P. A,

-ubshah, -te, -shitum, to sprinkle over, bcsprinklc.

Abhy-ukshana, am, n. sprinkling over, wetting.

Ahhy-vkihita, as, a, am, besprinkled.

Abhj-umhya, iftd. having sprinlded over.

TV^abhy-ui tabhi-ud), cl. 4. P. -uryati,

■Altum, to like, to take pleasure in visiting.

°bhy-u6ita, as, a, am, usual,

nstomary.

^T^^PTTfHTr abhy-udda-aamin, i, ini, i

going e rceedingiy hlgh; (i), _m„ N. of a Bnddha.

abhy-udtaya, as, m. (rt. 6i), in-

i-rease, angm.ntation.

Abhy-udeita, as, d. am, incrcased, augmentcd.

abhy-v6-6ar (abhi-vd-tar), cl. 1. P.

-< arati, -ritum,Ved. -tam, -tavai, -rase, -rcdhyai,

to nse over. ⁹*

abhy-uCihrita, as, a, am Cfr. rt.

'*?’ with abh' and nd), rabed aloft, Jevated. - Abhy-

ucchnta-kara, as, d, am, with npim, i proboscis'

aiT^Wl^ abhy-uj-jiv (abhi-v,d^Q), cl. 1. P.

-jivati, -vitum_f to live for others.

abhy-nt-kram (abhi-ud”), cl. 1. P.

A._; cl. 4 P. der amati, -lemmate, -krSmyati, -kra-

mtrm, m go up to Caus. P. -krammjati -vitum,

to carne to go up to, to cause to as,nd

dbhy-ut-krui (abhi-nd°), cl. 1. P.

-dotati, -krcshtum, to raise loud acclamationi.

"■ *’ ^aM’ ^apP^{,audl J with} '~^ud

Mhij-utkrndcma, am, n, loud accIamation.-A6Aw-

utkrosam-mantra, as, m a h- n ofapplau-c.

^^p^abhy-ul-tn (abhi-ud'), cl. 1. P.,Ved.

tratelo '^ritUm’ ~^rltum’ ‘° «os, over towards, pene-

abhy-ut-thd (ahm-ud-sthu), cl. 1.

P. -tishthaH, -thatrnn, to rise, rise from a seat to do

any one honour.

T' "• "^s'ⁿ° ^fron> ^{a sea}t through

pouteness; rising, elevat™, obtaining ahirh position

^mmgantho, y, dignity, respertably; funrire. ’

Mhy-uttMy^, _{h in7>}_{rising fr}„_{m a Bt tQ}

do any one honour.

mmy-vtthtia, as a, am, risen, arisen, elevated,

«alted.- Abhyutthitadva (”ta-ai_a% m., N. of

a pn ce descended from Das'aratha.

tiaU^l^’ ^mi- ^{,0 be} ^«ed reveren-

^m"y, ^by nsmg from une’s seat.

ahhy-ut-pat (abhi-ud”), cl. 1. P.

*° ^{fly UP t(} ’’ J^umP “P ‘o: Caras.

Ati l ^{Jl m}' ^{to
r,me fo} % ”P ‘o (with -cc.).

any one! ^patana' ^am< "• 'P™ging or leaping againat

aohy-ut-sad (abhi-ud°), Caus. P.,

Ved. -sadayati, -yitmn, to destroy (?).

dWW? abhy-ut-sah (abhi-ud°), cl. 1. A.

-sahati, -sahitum, -sodhum, to fcel omretent, to

venture, to dart.

abhy-ut-smi (abhi-ud"), cl. 1. A. or

poet. P. -smayote, -ti, -smeturu, to smile.

abhy-ud-an (abhi-ud”), cl. 2. P.

-aniti, -anati, -anitum, to breathe on or upon.

^^TW^abhy-udaharana, am, n.(rt. hri),

an example or illuitration or a thing by its rever e.

abhy-ud-i (abhi-ud), cl. 2. P. -ett

-tum, to go up; to rise over; to happen; to engage

in sonabat with. ⁶⁸

Abhy-udaya, a,, d, am, rising; (as), m. the use

ofmmuiai.es (especially with reference to some other

occurrence), inse; bevinning, commencing; ele-

vation, lncrtase, prosperity; happiness; good resuit;

r festival any religious cslebration; accident, occur-

rence. - AbhyudayeshH ('ya-ieh”), ig f N. of

particular expiatory sacrifice.

Abhy-vdayin, i, ini, i, rising, arising.

.!• dbhy-umta, as, S, am, risen (as the snnl

arisen, happened; elevated, exalted; asieep at sun-

rse; celebrate 1 as n fe-tival; (d), f., N. of a religious

ceremony; (am), n. rising, snnrise.

2. abhy-udita, as, d, am (rt. vad)

mentioned, referred to.

nhhy-vd-iksh (abhi-ud”), cl. 1. A

-ikshate, -shitum, to Iook towards.

_abhy-ud-ir (abhi-ud”), Caus. P.

■irayatl, -yitum, to raise (one’s voice); to speak

al JUU, io incite, stir up.

Abhy-urlirita, as, d, am, thrown over or upon.

-ud-uh (abhi-ud”), cl. 1 P. A

-uhati,^-te, -hitnm, to move or pu<h fartb-r out.

^3^ abhy-ude (abhi-ud-a-i), cl. 2. P.

-tum, to go up to, approach.

"JPgiT? nhhy-ud-gam (abhi-ud ), cl. 1. P.

■gndfiud^!, -gantam, to extend; to go <-jt to meet

Ahhy-ndga, as, a, am, rising, npns.n.

Ahhy-adqata, as, d, am, extended; gone out in

order to meet lanother); risen, elevated. - Ably

udgatOrrdja, as, m., N. of a Buddhut Kalna.

Abry-udganpi, as, m. or phhy-udgama.na, am,

n. ruing rr ,m 1 seat to honour any one; setting out

to pay a visit.

abhy-ud-gd (ahhi-ud°), cl. 3. P.

-jigati, -gatvm, to rise over or before.

abhy-uddrishta, am, n. (rt. *-ij),the

becoming visible (of a star); (d), f., N. of a ceremony.

* n abhy-ud-dhri (ahhi-vd-hri), cl. 1. P.

-udlharati, -rtrnn, to take up, take out; to destine,

set apart: Caus. -uddharayati,-yitum, to snatchaway!

Abhy-uddhrita, as, d, am, taken or , taken up

dahvered. ^r’

^ abhy-ud-yam (abhi-ud°), cl. 1. P

to bring, offer; to liti np.

. Abhy-aidyatu, as, a, am, brought or given uiisoli-

Cited ; prepared, exerting one’s seif, litted up.

^^"5 ^a,>hv-md (abhi-vnd), cl. 7. P. unat-

ti, nditam, to wet, bedrw • flow over

Ibhy-uruht, an, ati, at, bed-wing, wetting;

nowin g over. ⁰

/^T,^V3'^5,rt^abhy-unnata, as, d, am (rt. nam),

raised elevafrd ; proj, ctin 0 upwards, very high ortiill.

Abfiy-unngti) is, f. great elevation or prosperity.

(abh->-ud-ni), cl. 1. P. A.

-naya‘i, -te, -netum, to pour upon, soxip towards.

abhy-upeyivas.

73

^vc-qjTjf abhy-vpa-gam (abhi-upa”), cl. 1.

riiy^,^at\'^gy^ltU‘ⁿ’ ^t0 ?⁰^near approrch, ar-

lieve r °^btam: ‘° ^a“^ent’ ^a^^ee ‘°> Promise, uc

one ro P"™¹ >" M

ibhy-uprigata, as, 5, am, gone near to, ap-

^af; Promised, agre.J, as,eut.d to;

logoffi ^d’ ^{1Up l}'^:d; ‘^nferred’ P^r,tjblei similar, ina-

Abhy-upagantavya, as, d, ara, to be approach, d

or rented to, to be admitti. ^

, ^A\ '-Ventri, td, trl, tri, one who approaches

. ■Abhy-vpagama, as, m. going near to, approad.

ing, amvmg^at; a promise, an -gement, contract; ’

granting, allowing, admitting, bejieving; probable

ascertainment; snpposition, inference, ai alogv affin-

ity- — Ahhy”pagama-4ddhanta, as, m. an admit-

ted axiom.

Ahhy-upagauita, as, d, am, made to consent,

obtamed by assent or free coment; (as), m. a slave

ror a fixed term.

«j ^abhy-Hpa-pad (abhi-upa”), cl.₄. A.

-pafyate, -pattvm, to ipproach in order to help-

tudehver; to hn_n0ur, to comfort; to ask for help';

to fumish with. ^F

Abhy-upapatti, is, f, ipproachiog in i,rder to

assist, protection, defenct ; favour, th- conferring of

a benefit or kindne-s, affection; agreeme nt, assent •

impregnati m of a woman (especially of a bmther’

widow, as an act of duty).

sJmy-upaparm, as, d, am, protected, rescued,

dthvered, agreed to, agreeing to, pr ived, admitted.

vt*gi|4vh ahhy-vpayv.kta, as, d, am (rt.

gvj), ..mployed, used.

abhy-upasdnta, as, d, am (rt.

■iam), allayed, c lmed.

^^«Xabhy-upo-sev (abhi-upa”), cl. I.

A. -smte, -vitum, to observe religiously.

affKTtjTkjd rhhv-upa-sthd (nbhi-npa”), cl.i.

P. -tishthfiti, -sthatum, to accompany, attend assist.

Abhy-npn^thita, as, d, am, accompanied, at-

tended, assisted by.

^T^TC^TfT abhy-updkrita, as, d, am, sum-

moned to take part (in a ceremony?).

^*T^TTln ■*bhy-vpdgam (abhi-upa-d-gam),

cl. I. P. -gacchati, -gantum, to come to.

'SrgWT^T abhy-vpddd (abhi-vpa-d-dd), cl.

3. A. -datte, -datum, to pick up.

ahhy-vparritta, as, d, am (rt.

vrit), approached, come to.

¹ • ahhy-upe (abhi-upa-i), cl. 2. P.

-upaiti,-tum, to go near, approach, arrive at, enter;

to enter a state or condition ; to agree with, approve

of; to be iaithfuJ, obey, submit.

. ibhy-upa ja, as, m. an agreement, a p -omise, an

engagement; a means, an expedient.

Abhy-upayana, am, n. a bribe, douceu.-, comnM-

mentary gifl, an inducement.

Abhy-upeta, as, a, am, approached; promisc i

asented or agreed to (as by c-ntnct, &c.), admitted’.

™ ifxjupetd''td{al-ritya( fa-etr ), era, d, an.,, pledged

to the peformance of a required a-t.

Ahhy-updavya. or abhy-uptya, as, d, am, to be

admitted or assented to.

Abhy-upetya, ind. having arrived at, having as-

^s™‘^ed.^{01 a}grccd to. — AbhyupetyaMrdeha (‘tya-

as ), f. a head or title of law, breach of engagement

or c mtract between masUr and serv tnt.

Abhy-upeyivas, vdn, yush', vat, (havingd ar-

rived at. ^{v s/}

U

74

abhy-upe.

HHHTsT a-manojiia.

2. alhy-upe (abhi-upa-a-i), cl. 2. P

■ upaUi, -tum, to go toward', -pproach.

^TwprST ahhy-upeksh (ahhi-npa-iksh), cl. I.

A -•ipchhate, •shitum, to Icave, aUndon.

abhy-usha or abhy-vsha or abhy-

mha, at, m. (rt. mh), a klnd of cate of prain icc.

half dre^cs-d, slightly scorchi-d, or prrched so as to be

eaten from th> hand; bic-d.

Abhyushiya or abhyuxhiya or Myusliyn or

tibhgushya or ahhy-othiya or abky-othya, a*, o,

a >a, consisting of, or belougiop to, or fit tor the abovt

cak_ or pr.p.irat^:on of pardi.d graiti.

^tJjftrpT abhy-ushita, as, a, am (rt. 1. bos),

iwelling ocar to, dwtlling with.

1. ahhy-udha, as, a, am (fr. rt. vah

with ahhi), brooght near.

IT} abhy-uruu (abhi-urnu), cl. 2. P. A.

-urnoti, -nute, -urnaiitum or -nuvitum, to cover,

hide, coucJal; to cover onds self (?).

v!TWr? abhy-iih (abhi-uh), cl. I. P. A. -iih-

nti, -te, -ukUum, to cover over, to dothe : K.-hhate,

Ved. -nhatt, to w-itch for, to lorm a ptot against; to

infer, 1.1 guers.

2. My-udhn, as, a, am, reasoned upon, con-

,-ludcd, .uterred.

Abky-ika, os, m. diocussion, reaioning, dejuction,

inference; supplying an ellipsis; understanding.

Abhy-uhitarya or abhy-uhyc, at, a, am, to be

inferred or guessed.

Ahhy-nbja ^the n bting shortened after ahhi be-

fore the r/o of th, ind. p.rt., but son.otimes wrongly

written with long u), ind. havmp conclud i < r interrcd,

having r.asoncd; having suppiied an ellipsis.

5TW abhy-ri (abhi-ri), cl.3. 5. P. abhiyarti,

-rinoti, -artam, -ritum,-ritum, to go to, to pervade.

Abky-arna. See s. v., p. 71, coi. 2,

'M «Jfti abhy-riih (ahhi-rirh), cl. 6. P

r Whati, -Akitmn, to come to, to visit or afflict with;

to dii ve against, to strive to ov irpower.

IHXty nhhy-rlhj (abhi-rihj1, cl. 6. P. A.

-rlhjaii, -te, -jitum, to stretch out th» hand for, to

hasten to or towards

'3pajri obhy-pish (ahhi-rish), cl. 1. P. -arsh-

ati, -shitum, to flow or run towrds a piare; to let

flow or ran tow rds 1 place.

1 ibhy° (abhi-d-i), cl. 2. P. -aiti, -tum,

to go near, to come to.

Abhy-etya, ind. having appr arhed, havinp comc to.

1, abhy-eshana, am, rt. (rt. Siish),

desiring, wishing tor.

Abhy-tshaniua, as, a, am, to be desired.

-\

2. abhy-eshana, am, n. (rt. i. ish),

going towards, attacking.

TO abhr, cl. i. P. ahhratt, abhritum,

\to go; to err or wander about.

alhra (sometimes spelt abbhra, ac-

cording to tht derivation ab-bhra_t * water-bearer’),

atn, n. cloud; sky, atmosphcre, ether, heaven;

Just (?); tale, mica; gold; camphor; the ratan (Ca-

lamus Rotang) ; Cypcrus Rotundus ; (in arithmetic) a

cypher; [cf. Gr.ofxfipos and Lat. tjnbcr.] — Abhram-

tilia, (1s, a, am, doud-licking; what touches or

sweeps the clouds; sk7-scraper ; (as), ni. wind.-yl-

bhm-fjhana, cm, a, am, thickly covered with clouds.

— Abhran-kasha, as, a, am, grazing (hurting) the

clouds, very^high ;_(rw), m. air, wind, a mountain.

— Abhra-ja, as, as, am, Ved. bom from clouds,

eaused by vapours. — Abhra-naga, a*, m. one of the

elepbants supporting the globe. - Abhra-piJaSa or

abkra-pitafaka,as, m. sky-demon, N. of Rahu, the

dcscending node personiiied. - Abhra-pushpa,as,m.,

N. of a cane, Calamus Rotang; (am), n. water; a

flower in the clouds, castle in the air, anything im-

possible. — Abhra-prush, f, f., Ved. the sprinkling of

the douds, rain. — Abhra-mami, f., N. of a piant,

Valeriana jatamSosT. — Abhra-matanga, as, m.

AirSvata, Indra’s elephant. — Abhra-mala, f. a line

or succession of clouds. — Abhra-roha, am, n. Lapis

Lazuli. — Abhra-Mpta, as, a, am, overspread with

douds. — Abkra-varsha, as, a, am, Ved. pouring

water from the douds. — Abhra-vatika, as, m., N.

of a piant, Spondias Magnifera. — ^4b^ra-^?Va^, as,

n. a head formed of the sky. — Abhravakafa (‘ra-

ar°), as, m. fall of rain, clouds as the only shelter.

— Abhravala&ila, as, a, am, or abhravaka&n,

t, ini, i, exposed to the rain (and so doing penance),

not seeking shelter from the rain, having the clouds

for shelter, open to the sky. — Abhrottha (°ra-ut°),

as, m. sky-bom, i. e. Indra’s thunderbolt.

Abhraka, am, n. tale, mica; the same as abhra,

q. v, — Abhraka^bhasrrmn, a, n. calx of tale. — A-

bhraJca-sattva, am, o. Steel.

Abhraya, nom. A. abhrdyatc, -yitum, to create

douds, make doudy.

Abhr ita, as, a, am, douded, covered with douds.

Abhriya, as, a, am, belonging to or produced

from douds; (a$), m. lightning; (am), n. a collec-

tion of thunder-douds. .

Abhrya, as, m. a naked ascetic, who is dothed

only by the air.

a-bhrama, as, a, am, not blundering;

steady, dear; (ow), m. steadiness, composure.

A-bhramu, us, f. the female elephant of the east, the

mate of Airavata. — Abhramu-priya or abhramu-

vallahha, as, m. the male elephant of the east or

Air3vata.

a-bhratri, ta, trt,\ed. or a-bhratrika,

as, d, or a-bhratri-mat, an, ati, m. f. brotherless.

— Al)hratri-han, M, ghni, m. f., Ved. not killing

a brother.

a-bhrdtrivya, as, d, am, having no

rival, without an enemy.

a-bhranta, as, a, am, unperplexed,

not mistaken or in error, dear, composed.

A-bhranti, is, f. absence of perplexity or error.

abhri or abbhri, is, or abhri, f. (fr. rt.

abhr), a wooden scraper or shovel for deaning a boat,

a spatula, a spade, a pointed stick. — Abhri-khata,

am, n., Ved. dug up with the above instrument, as

a ploughed field. •

a-bhresha, as, m. non-deviation,

fitness, propriety.

a-bhva, as, a, am (etymology doubt-

ful, hhva = bhava or bhuvafyVed. huge, immense,

mighty; monstrous, terrible; (as), m. a powerful

man, applied to an enemy; (a»i), n. immense power,

monstrosity, the great pervading principle of the uni-

verse; embarrassed state, great calamity; sultriness (?);

a monster; offspring; water, a doud.

1. am, ind. quickly, a little.

2. am, cl. 1. P. amati, -mitum, Ved.

^ \ amiti or a miti, to go; to go to or towards;

to serve or honour; to sound: Caus. dmayati, ~yi-

tum, to afflict with sickness or pain from disease; to

be afflictcd ot sick.

1. ama, as, m., Ved. going, pressure, heavy weight,

violence, strength, power, depriving of sensation, fright,

tenor; disease, sickness; a servant; companion ; (as,

d, am), unripe ; unfortunate (?). — Ama-vat, an, ati,

at, Ved. impetuous, violent, strong; powerful, bold,

persevering, constant; attended by ministers, attended

by diseases, possessed of self; (vat), ind. impetuously.

— Ama-hata, as, d, am, injured by disease, &c.

— Ama-han, ha, ghni, ha, destroying diseases, &c.

1. amata, as, m. sickness; disease; death; time.

1. amati, is, m. moon, time; (is), f., Ved. form,

sbape, a splendid shape; splendor, glitter; (is, is, i),

Ved. poor, indigent; (is), f. want, indigence.

I. ama/i^’an, a, m., Ved. poor, indigent.

Amatra, a mani, amavishnu. See s. v.

2. ama, as, m. (connected with amu),

this; self; (a), f. soul.

Ama, ind., Ved. at home, in the house; with;

together with; near: see also p. 75, coi. 3. — Ama

kri, to take or carry with one’s self.

1. amat, ind., Ved. from near at hand, from the

neighbourhood. (For 2. see p. 75, coi. 3.)

3. a-ma, as, m. or a-ma, f. (rt. md),

unmeasured state.

2. a-mati, is, is, i, Ved. of unmeasured lustrc

(the sun).

vi jyc5 a-mangala or a-mangalya, as, d,

am, inauspicious, unlucky, evil; (2as), m. the castor

oil tree, Ricinus Communis; (am), n. inauspicious-

ness, ill-luck.

viamanda, as, m. the castor oil tree,

Ricinus Communis.

vt*tf<id r( a-mandita, as, d, am, tmadomed.

^THrT 2. a-mata, as, d, am (rt. man), not

felt, not perceptible by the mind ; (for I. amata, see

under 2. am.) — Amata-pardrtha, as, d, am, in-

compatible with the principal subject or subject-mattcr.

3. a-mati, is, f. unconsciousness,

ignorance, feebleness of intellect, absence of fore-

thought, knowledge or intention ; (is, is, i), evil-

minded, unworthy of credit, depraved. — Amati-

purva, as, a, am, unconscious, unintentional, without

forethought.

2.«wa?I-'yan,a,m.,Ved.evil-minded,weak-minded.

amatra, as, d, am (rt. am\Ved. over-

powenng, overcoming, strong, violent, impetuous;

(am), n., Ved. strength, power; a vessel, a utensil.

Amatrin, i, ini, i, Ved. strong, powerful; having

a drinking-vessel.

viH rtlTl a-matsara, as, d, am, nnentdous,

charitable.

a-mada, as, d, am (rt. mad), cheerless,

grave, sorrowful.

A-matta, as, d, am, not inebriated, sober, sane,

not mad.

a-madhavya, as, d, am, not worthy

of the sweetness (of the Soma).

a-madhuparkya, as, d, am, not

worthy of the madhu-parka, q. v.

a-madhyama, as, d, am, non-cen-

tral, not being in the middle.

a-madhyastha, as, d, am, not in-

different.

a-manas, as, n. not the organ of

desire, non-perception, want of perception; (ds, as,

as), = the next.

^1-mana^-a, as, a,am, without the organ of desire,

without perception; without intellect, unconscious.

?, ini, i, unintelligent, inhuman (as

a RSkshasa).

a-manak, ind. not little, much,

greatly.

amani,is,i. (fr.rt. am), a road, away.

a-manushya, as, d, am, not human,

unfrequented by men; (a«), m. not a man, a demon.

— Amanushya-ta, f. unmanliness. — A-manushya-

nishevita, as, d, am, not inhabited by men.

THHHVirt a-manogata,as, a,am, unthought

of, unknown.

a-manojha, as, d, am, nnwelcome

to the mind, disagreeable, disliked.

WiTtrhr a

3r*T»Tt»TtW a-manonita, as, a, am, disap-

proved; reprobate,

Wnfhftn a-manoyoga, as, m. inattention.

A-manoyogin, i, ini, i, inattentive.

a-man oh ara or a-manoramya, as,

d, am, or a-manoharin, 2, ini, i, disagre?able, dis-

pleasing, unattractive.

^ a-mantavya or a-mananiya, as, a,

am (rt. man), not to be rtfgarded, inadmissible.

A-mantu, us, us, u, Ved. unwise, foolish, indocile;

(for ava-mantu), despising.

a-mantra, as, m. not a Vedic verse

or text; (as, a, am), or a-mantraka, as, ilea, am,

unaccompanied by Vedic verses or texts; unentitled

to or not knowing Vedic texts, as a Sudra, a female,

&c.— A-mantra-uid, i, t, t, not knowing the for-

mulas or texts of the Veda; (£), m., N. of a man.

a-manda, as,d, am, not slow, active,

violent; not stupid; not little, important; (as), m.,

N. of a tree.

a-rnanyamdna, as, a, am, Ved.

not understanding, offering no homage; not expect-

ing, not being aware of.

rijri a-manyuta, as, d, am, Ved. not

affected with secret anger, not bearing ill-will against

a person.

a-mama, as, d, am, without egotism,

devoid of ali selfish or wordly attachment or desire;

(as), m. the twelfth Jaina saint of a future UtsarpinI.

— Amama-td, f. or amama-tva, am, n. disinterest-

edness, indifference.

’-SHa-mamri, is, is, i (rt. mri), Ved. im-

mortal, undying.

a-mara, as, a, am (rt. mri), undying,

immortal, imperishable; (as), m, a god, a deity;

N. of a Marut; a piant, Euphorbia Timcalli; another

piant, Tiaridium Indicum ; a species of pine; quick-

silver, gold; N. of Amara-sinha ; of a mountain;

mystical signification of the letter u ; the number 33,

such being the number of gods according to the later

mythology; (a),f. the residence of Indra; the umbi-

lical cord; the womb; a house-post; N. of severa 1

plants, Panicum Dactylon, Cocculus Cordifolius, &c.;

(e), f. the same as amara in many of its senses. —

mara-kantaka, am, n. ⁴ peak of the immortals,’ N.

of part of the Vindhya range near the source of the

Son5 and Narmacte. — Amara-kota, as, m. the

fortress of immortals; N. of the capital of a RSjpnt

state. — Amara-koska, as, m., N. of the Sanskrit

dictionary of Amara or Amara-sinha. — Amara-

kosha-katimudi, f. title of a commentary on Ama-

ra-sinha’s dictionary. — Amara-gana, as,’m. the as-

semblage of immortals. — A mara-dandra, as, m.,

N. of the author of the BSla-bh§rata. — Amara-ja,

as, m., N. of a piant. — Amara-taiini, f. river of

the gods; an epithet of the Ganges. — Ama ra-t a, f.

or amura-tra, am, n. immortality; the condition of

the gods. — Amara-datta, as, m., N. of a lexico-

grapher. — Amara-daru, ux, m., N. of a tree

(Pinus Deodaru Roxb.). — Amara-deva, as, m. a

N. of Amara-sinha. — Amara-dvija, m. a Br§h-

man who lives by attending a temple or idol; super-

intending a temple. — Amara-paft, is, m. the lord of

the gods; an epithet of Indra. — Amara-para, am,

n. the residence of the immortals, paradise; N. of vari-

ous towns. — Araara-pushpa or amara-pushpaka,

as, m., N. of several plants; a kind of grass, Saccha-

rum Spontaneum, Pandanus Odoratissimus, Magni-

fera Indica. — Amara^pnshpika, f. a kind of anise,

Anethum Sowa Roxb. — Amara-prakhya or amara-

prahJut, as, d, am, like an immortal. — Amara-

pmbhu, us, m. ‘lord of the immortals,’ one of the

thousand naraes of Vishnu.— Amara-bhartri, ta,

m. lord of the gods; an epithet of Indra. — Amara-

mala, f. title of a dictionary, said to be by the same

manonita. c

author as the Amara-kosha. — Amara-raina, am,

n. crystal. — Amara-raja, as, m. king of the gods;

an epithet of Indra. — Amararaja-tiatru, us, m. an

enemy of the king of the gods; an epithet of Ra-

vana. — Amara-loka, as, m. the abode of the gods,

heaven. — Amaralolca-td, f. the bliss of heaven.

— Amara-vat, ind. like an immortal. — Amara-

vallari, f., N. of a piant, Cassyta Filiformis Lin.

— Amara-Jakti, is, m., N. of a king. — Amara-

sarit, t, f. the river of the gods; epithet of the

Ganges. — Amara-sinha, as, m. ‘god-lion,’ N. of a

renowned lexicographer; he was a Buddhist, and is

supposed to have adomed the court of VikramSditya,

being included among the nine gems. — Amara-stri,

f. an Apsaras or nymph of heaven. — Amaro.6d.rya

(°ra-ad°), as, m. Vphaspati, teachet of the gods.

— Amaraitgand (°ra-ang°), f. a nymph of Indras

heaven. — Amaradri ^ra-ad⁰), is, m. the mountain

of the gods; an epithet of the mount Sumeru or

Meru. — Amarddhipa (°ra-adh°), as, m. lord of

the gods; an epithet of Indra. — Amarapaga (°ra-

ap°), f. the river of the gods; an epithet of the

Ganges. — Amarejya (°ra-ij ),as,m.,N.ofVrihaspati.

— Amaretfa (°ra-t4°), as, m. lord of the gods; an epi-

thet of S'iva or Indra. — Amaredvara (°m-?¥°), a«, m.

an epithet of Vishnu, S'iva, or Indra. —Amarottama

^rox-uC), as, d, am, best of the immortals. — A-

maropama (°ra-up°), as, d, am, like an immortal.

A-marana, am, n. the not dying, immortality.

A-mara?iiya, as, d, am, immortal. — Amaraniya-

td, f. immortality.

Amard-vati, f. the abode of the immortals, resi-

dence of Indra ; N. of a town in Berar.

A-marishnu, us, us, u, Ved. immortal.

A-marta, as, d, am, Ved. immortal.

A^martya, as, d, am, immortal, imperishable, di-

vine; (fl«),in. god. — Amartya-ta or amartya-tva,

am, n. immortality. — Amartya-bhuvana, am, n.

the world of the immortals, heaven.

amaru, us, m., N. of a king, the

author of the A maru-tiataka, am, n. or the hundred

verses of Amaru.

c-maruta, as, d, am, without wind,

calm.

a-mardita, as, d, am (rt. mrid), un-

threshed, unsubdued, not trodden down.

OTVH a-mardhat, an, anti, at, Ved. not

injuring; indefatigable(?).

a-marman, a, m., Ved. not a vital

part of the body, without a joint, having 110 joint,

having no vital part. — A-marma-jdta, as, d, am,

not produced in a vital organ. — A-marma-vedhin,

i, ini, i, not injuring vital organs, mild.

a-maryada, as, d, am, having no

limits, transgressing every bound; (a), f. the transgress-

ing or overstepping due bounds; disrespect, impropriety

of conduct; violation of decorum or due reverence ;

forwardness or pertuess. .

tJWR a-marsha, as, m. (rt. mrish), non-

endurance; impatience; impetuosity, determination

of purpose ; anger, passion ; (as, d, am), unenduring,

not bearing; (r«), m., N. of a prince. — Anuirsha-

ja, as, a, am, springing from impatience or indig-

nation. — Amarsha-hdsa, as, m. an angry laugh, a

sarcastic sneer.

A-marshana, as, d, am, or amarsha-vat, an,

ati, at, or a-marshita, as, d, am, or a-mtarshin,

t, ini, i, not snffering, not bearing; impatient, in-

tolerant; passionate, wrathful, angry, impetuous, de-

termined.

a-mala, as, d, am, spotless, stainless,

clean, pure, shining, white; (a), f., N. of the goddess

LakshmT; the umbilical cord; N. of a tree, Emblica

OfBcinalis Gsertn.; N. of a piant; (am), n. purity;

the supreme spirit; tale. — A-mala-garbha, as, m.,

N. of a Bodhi-sattva, — Amala-patatrin, 1, ini, m.

-muya, 7 7)

f. the wild goose. — Amala-ratna, am, n. or amala-

mani, is, m. f. ciystal. — Amalatman (°la-at°), d,

d, a, of undefiled mind.

Amalaya, nom. P. amqlayati, -yitum, to make

spotless.

A-malina, as, a, am, stainless, free from dirt,

clean.

amalanaka, am, n. globe-ama-

ranth (Gomphracna Globosa). See amilataka.

ama-vat, an, ati, at, See under

I. ama,

amavishnu, us, us, u (fr. rt. am),

going in different directions, up and down.

Amasa, as, m. disease; stupidity, a fool, time.

a~masrina, as, d, am, not soft,

harsh, hard; violent, intense.

a-mastaka, as, d, am, headless.

a-mastu, n. curds. See mastu.

WT i. ama, f. day of conjunction of sun

and moon or new moon ; see ama-vasi, p. ^6, coi. i.

— Amanta (amd-anta), as, m. the end of the day

of new moon.

2. ama, ind. at home, in the house;

see also under 2.ama, p. 74. — Araakta (ama-alcta),

as, d, am, Ved. met, come together. — Ama-jur,

ur, f,, Ved. living at home during life, growing

old at home; being without husband in the same

dwelling with her parents (as a maiden).

WTCt a-mdnsa, am, n. not flesh, anything

but flesh; (ow?, d, am), without flesh, feeble, thin.

— A-mansaudanilca (°«a-od°), as, r, am, not re-

lating to a preparation of rice with meat.

2. a-mat, an, ati or dnti, dt, not

measnring. (For 1. see p. 74, coi. 3.)

xNHI rta-mdtrika, as, d, am, without a

mother, motherless.

A-mdia^putra, as, m. having neither mother nor

son.

A-mdtribhogina, as, d, am, not fit for the use

of a mother.

vtHrW amdtya, as, m. (fr. 2. ama above),

inmate of the same house, belonging to the same

house or family; a companion, follower, connsellor,

minister.

a-mdtra, am, n. non-measure, not

a measnre or quantity (said of the universal spirit);

(«.?, a, am), boundless; not whole or entire; not

elementary; having the measure or quantity of the

letter a. — Amatravat-tva, am, n. deficiency, defect;

spirit, spiritual essence.

a-manana, am, n. disrespect, con-

tempt, disobedience.

a-manava, as, a, am, not human,

animal; snperhuman.

>M1 •-!4-M a-mdnasya, am, n. pain.

i!TJrrf»P?n a^mdnitd, f. or a-manitva, am,

n. (rt. man), modesty, humility.

A-mdnin, x, ini, i, humble, modest.

A-manya or a-manitavya or a-mdnaniya, as,

d, am, to be disrespected.

a^mdnusha, as, i, am, not human,

anything but man; supematural, inhuman, a monster;

not well disposed towards man.

A-mdmtshya, as, d, am, not human, super-

human, & c.

lOTTHirt^- amd-masi or amd-mdsi for amd-

vasi, p. 76, coi. 1.

a-mdya, as, d, am, not cunning,

•not sagacions; free from error or deceit, guileless,

76 WttRi 2

sincere; (a), f. abscnce of delusion, deceir, or guile;

knowlcdge of the truth ; sincerity, honesty.

A-mdyika, a*, a, am, or a-maytn, t, ini, i,

without illusion or deceit, void of trick or guile; true,

honest; reaL

?RTX a^mara, as, m, not dying.

■siHi'*] a-mdrga, as, m. want of a road;

(as, a, ara), pathless, without a road.

a-mdrgita, as, a, am, unsought,

not hunted after.

Wrfirrr a-matjita, as, a, am, uncleansed,

unwashed, unadorned.

ama~vasu, us, m., X. of a son of

PurQravas, of a son of Ku£a and others.

amd-vasyd, f. (fr. rt. vas, ⁴ to

dwell/ with ama, * together/ i. e. ratri, night of new

moon), the first day of the first quarter on which the

moon is invisible; a sacrifice offered at that time; the

sacrifidal cake?; (as, d, am), or ama-vasyaka, as,

a, am, produced in a night of new moon.

Ama-vasi or ama-vasya or ama-vdsi, f. the night

of new moon; that night during which the moon

dwells together with or in the same quarter as the sun.

a^masha, as, d, am, or a-mdshaka,

as, Usa, am, having do kidney-beans.

1. amita, as, d, am (fr. rt. am), gone,

served, honoured, sounded.

2. a-mita, as, d, am (rt. ma), un-

mersured, boundless, infinite; without a certain

measure; neglected; unpolished, unclean. — Amita-

kratu, us, m., Ved. of unbounded wisdom ; of un-

bounded energy,— Amita-gati, is, m., N. of a Jaina

author. — Amita-tejas, as, as, as, of boundless

glory.— Amita-dyuti, is, is, f, of infinite splendor.

— Amita-dhvaja, as, m., N. of a son of Dharma-

dhvaja.— Amita-vikrama, as, m. of unbounded

valour, a N. of Vishnu, — Amita-vxrya, as, m. of

immense strength. — Amitakshara (^ta-ak°), as,

d, am, not containing a fixed number of syllables,

unbound, prosale. — Amital)Ka (°ta-dbh°), as, d,

am, of nnmeasured splendor; (as), m. a ldnd of

deity; N. of a DhySni-buddha. — Amitayus (°ta-

dy°),u8, m., N. of a DhySni-buddha. — AmUaujas

( ta-gp), as, as, as, of unbouoded energy, all-power-

ful, almighty.

^ a-mitra, as, d, m. f. not a friend,

an enemy, adversary, foe. (According to some au-

thorities this is not derived from a and mitra, a

friend, but fr. rt. am, * to attackAmitrarkhdda,

as, m., Ved. swallowing or devouring his enemies;

an epithet of Indra. - Amit.ra-ganasudana, as, d,

am, destroying the hosts of one’s enemies. — A-

viitra-ghata, as, d, am, Ved. killing enemies;

(as), m. a N. of ViodusSra, the son of Candragupta.

— Amitra-ghdiin, i, ini, i, or amitra-ghna, as,

a or i, am, the same as the preceding, — Amitra-

jit, t, m. conquering ones enemies; a son of Suvarna.

™ Amitra-ta, f. enmity. — Amitra-dambhana, as,

a, am, Ved. hurting eDemies.- Amitra-saka, as,

m., Ved. enduriug or overcoming enemks ; epithet of

Indra.— Amitrasena, f. hostile arrow. — Amitra-

Tum, a, m., Ved. killing enemies. — Amitra-yndh,

t, t, t, Ved. subduing one*s enemies.

Avxitraya or amitrdya, nom. amitrayati, -tra-

yate, -yitum, to act like an enemy, have hostile

intentions, to hate.

A-mitnn, i, twi, i, hostile, an adversary, enemy.

A-mitriya, as, d, am, or a-mitrya, as, d, am,

hostile; mimical.

’.ifurari a-miihiia, as, d, am, Ved. not re-

viled; unprovoked.

" * f a-mithya, ind. not falsely, truth-

faUv. ^J .

niayim. smiR ai

^rf*T5T amn, i, t ni, i (fr. ama, sec am),

sick, diseased.

i. amina, as, d, am (fr. rt. awt),Ved. going every-

where, violent, tempestuous (?); loved by all(?).

2. a-mina, as, a, am, Ved. unmea-

sured, uDparalleled, inviolable.

TTftPTTf a -minat, an, ati, at (rt. mi), Ved.

not hurting; unhurt.

rlamilataka, am, n. globe-ama-

ranth.

a-misra, as, d, am, unmixed, un-

mixing; without participatioD of others.

A-mi£raniya, as, d, am, immisdble.

A-mitrita, as, d, am, unmixed, unblended.

i. amisha, am, n. luxury, object of

enjoyment, flesh. See dmisha.

sifini 2. a-misha, a,i>, n. honesty, simpli-

cily, absence oi fraud; dishoncaty (?).

vrirhnrrt a-mlta-varna, as, a, arr (m>ta

fr. rt. ,nT), Ved. of i.'finite hue; ot niihurt or unex-

tinguishable colour.

whrvr a-mhnansa, f. (rt. mna), ah3ence

of rt.i5°’iing or inve?tigation.

A-mimdnsva, as, a, am, not to be rcasoned abont

or d.sctissed, not to be Jeraonnratut by o.ason.

JrItT amiva, f. (fr. it. am), pain. distress,

torror, fright; tormenting spirit, dem"n; affliction,

disea e; (<h), m. ?n enomy, one who aflhets; (am),

n ifflirt-.on, pain, grief. — Amim-datana, as, l, am,

Ved. driving away pains, diseates, enemies, or tor-

menting sptrits. — Amku-fum, a, m., Ved. killing

evil spirits. d< stroying pains.

VtR amu, a pronominal base used in the

declension of the pronom. adax.

Amuka, as, a, am, n certain person or thing, any-

thing or person ref rreti to viithout a name.

Amulas, ind. from there, there; from that placo,

from above, i. v. from the oth_wi world, from heaven;

h ereupon, up<m this; henceforth.

Amulra, ind. there; there, i. c. in what prectdee

or has b_eo said; tiier above, i. e. ii i the other world,

in the life fo come; bete. — Anmfca-bh&ya, am,

n., Ved. being there above or in tlu other world;

dying.

Amulratya as, d, am, bJonginp to a iutnre state,

txing of the n^xt world.

Arnnthd, md. thns, in that m inner, like that;

amutha as, to tx thuj, a eophemvtic expressiun used

in the sense of, to tare vtry 01.

Amuya, ind., Ved. in that maimer, thus or thus;

(with it. as or bhi) to be thus; to be gone, to be

lost.

Amurki, ind. at that time, thesb.

Amt-val, iDd. like a person or thing referied to

without name.

Amuthmi” (lor. sing. of adas), in the other World.

Ammhya (gen. sing. of adw\ of snch a one.

—Amushya-lcula, as, <?, am, bdongine to the

bm.ily of snch a one.—A,niuthya-pu‘ra, cs, i, m.

f. the son or Janghtcr of ‘urh a on i; of a gnod family,

af kjowr origin, — Amushynyana. (°ya-ay°), as,

d, m. f. oifspnng of such a one; of r< pectable hrtli,

of known origin.

Amu-drd4, l\ h, fc, or amuAriSa, or nmu-drilc-

iha, as, d, am, like that, such like, s»ch a one, of

such torm or kiud.

VUpi a-mukta, as, d, am, not loosed, not

Ict go; not lib:rated fr im birth and death; (am),

n. a weapon that is always urasped ind not thnwn,

as a lcmfc, a 'W"rd, &c.—Anwkla-haeta, as, ii,

am, one whoij hand i not open (to give); sp-ring;

tingy; frugal, pmd .nt.

A-mukti, U, f. non-Mb-ration; want of frvedom

or liberty.

rita-pa.

A-nivA, k, f., Vtd. non-libeiation.

A-niudi, f., Ved. not unLinding, not setting at

liberty (epithet of an evil spiritV.

a-mukha, as, d, am, havtng no

mouth.

A-mukhya, as, d, am, not chief, inferior, or-

dinary.

WV

a-mngdha, as, d, am, not con-

founded, not perpb i(ed, not fbolish.

a-midka, os, a, om (rt. muh), not,

infatuatid, wUe; not perpL^ed.

'AHX.a-mura, as, d, am (for a-mvdha, q. v.),

Ved. without error or mistake, in&lbble, not ignorant,

not be wiidered.

a-mvrta, as, a, om, formle^s, fihape-

less, inctporeal, unembodied; (as), m., N. of Siva.

— Amurta-rajae, Ps, or ar„urta-raio a, as, m.

a son of Kusa by VaidarbhT.

A-m&rti, is, f. shapelessnrss, absencc of shape or

torm; (is, is, {), fimiless; (is), m., N. of Vishnu;

(-apa°), m. pl. a clas of Manes, t'ho have no def-

nite torm. — Avturti-tioii, an, ati, at, firmless.

n-muln or a-mulaka, as, d, am, roo^f-

less, hisaless; wiihout support; without anthority ;

without mater al caus. or origin; not fixed ir the

earth; having locomotive powers; (a), f., N. of a

piant, Methrnica Snperba Lam.

>-n a-miilya, as, d, am, invaluahle, not

to be pnrcha a d, prictless.

a-mrikta, as, d, am, \ ed. unhurt,

unharmed, s»fe.

tpqiiKrt a-nirinala, am, n. the root of a

tragrant gnrs, vsed for taties or screens, &c., com-

monly called Kadcas, Andnpogon Muricatus.

a-mrita, as, d, am, not dead; im-

mortal, imperishable, causiog immortality; beautiful,

beloved, desired; (a^), m. a gckl, an immortal; N.

of Indra, of the sun, ofPraj5pati,t)f the soul, of Vishnu,

of ^iva, ofDhanvantari as physteianof the gods,&c.;

N. of a piant, Phaseolus Trilobus Ait.; N. of the root ^{

of a piant; (d), f. spirituous liquor; N. of several

plants, Emblica Offici nal is, Terminalia Citri na Roxb.,

Cocculus Cordifolius, Piper Longum, Ocyraum Sanc-

tum, &c.; N. of the mother of Parikshit; (am), n.

immortality; the collective body of immortals; the

world of immortality, heaven, paradise, etemity; the

immortal light; the nectar conferring immortality,

ambrosia; the Soma juice; antidote against poison; a

drug; the residue of a sacrifice; unsolirited alms;

water; darified butter; milk; food; boiled rice; any-

thing sweet, a sweetmeat; property; gold, quick-

silver; poison ; splendor ; final emancipation ; N. of a

sacred place; N.of various conjunctions of planets sup-

posed to conferlong life; the number ‘four.’ — Amn-

ta-lcunda, am, n. the vessel containing the Amrita

or nectar. — Amrita-kefava, as, m., N. of a

teraple, built by Amrita-prabhS. — Amrita-kshara,

am, n. sal ammooiac. — Amrita-gati, is, f_n N. of

a metre consisting of four times ten syllables. — A-

mrita-garbha, as, m.,Ved. the immortal fetus, i. e.

sleep; (a*, d, am), filled with nectar. — Amrita-titi,

is, f. the accumulation or arrangement of sacrificial

bricks conferring immortality. — Amrita-ja, as, d,

am, produced by the Amrita ; (d), f._t N. of a piant,

Yellow Myrobalan. — Amfitayatd, f., N. of a

piant, Valeriana Jat5m5qsT. — A mrita-tarangiiu, f.

moonlight. — Amrita-td, f. or amrita-tva, am, n.

immortality. — Amrita-didhiti or amrita-dyuti,

is, m. the moon. — Amrita-drava, as, d, am, shed-

ding ambrosia. — Amrita-dhara, as, d, am, shed-

ding or distilling ambrosia; (a), f., N. of a metre.

— Amrita-nadopanishad (°da~up°), t, f., N. of an

Upanishad, lit. ‘ the sound of immortality/ — Amfita-

pa, as, a, am, drinking nectar; (as), m. a deity.

«VflTTW amrita-paksha.

‘gT~~tfctUgofi~~ ambu-kantaka.

f

77

— Amrita-paksla, as, m. the immortal or golden

wing (of sacrificia! firc) ; having immortal or golden

vAngs.—Amrita-prabha, f., N. of several women.

— AmrUa-phcda, as, am, m. a, N.of a piant, Tri-

.hosauthe Dioe^a, Roxb.; (d), f. i bunch of grapc';

the piant Emblica Officinriis Gsertn. — Amrlta-

hcndha, ux, m., Ved. fri.nd of inimortaiity, kcuper

ot immortality; a horsu (so called becaase a horse wa

produced in the ocean 81001” with the Amrita). — A,uri-,

ta-bha^ana, am, o., N.of a mor.ast^ty. — Amrita-

hhuj, k, m. an immnrtal, a aeitv,— AmAta-bl u. ux,

iis, a, free from biith and death. — Ahirita-mati, u,

f.,N.of the metre Amritagati.— Arnrita-manthana,

am, n. the cbuming for the Amrita. — Amrita-,naya,

as, i, am, immortal; consisting of or full of Amrita.

— Amritamatini, f., N. of DurgS,— A ini ita-rasa,

as, m. r cctar, ambrosia; (a), f. d; ,rk-coloured gnpes.

— Amritanlata or amrita-latikd, f. a nectar-giviog

creeping plaot. — Amrita-vapus, m, m. of immortal

torm, Siva. — Amrita-varsha, as, m. ' shower of nec-

tar. — Aiaritas“<illari or amrita-vaUi, f. a creep-

ftig piant, Cooculm Cordifolius. — A nfita f. a

kind of bird — Amrita-vindUpapi.had (°du-uf>°), t,

f., N. of an Upanishad of the Atharva-veda, lit. ‘ drop

of nectar.’ — Amrita-tscrinbhard, f. a creeping piant,

Cocculus Cor.hiolins.—A mrita^ura, a», m. e sence

of ambrosia. — Amritasara-ja, as, m. raw 'Ugar,

molasses. —Anjrfte-6«,M*,m.the mooo (as distiiling

nectar). — A mvita-sadara, as, m. a Lcrse, lit. ‘bro-

ther of nectar,’ bom to^ether with the Amrit; l at the

chuming of the oce-n. — Amrita-srava, f., N. of a

piant and tree. — Ahirita-sru*, t, t, t, shedding nec-

'ir. — Amritakara ( ta-ak°), as, m. ‘a mine of

nectar;’ N. of a man. — Antrilahshcsra (ta-aL),

as, a, am, immortal and imperishable. — Amritn-

nanda (°ta-ari‘), as, m., N. of a mm, — AnirUan-

dluix (°ta-an°), as, m. a ddty, whose food is jnbrosia.

— Amrita-phala, am, n. the ftuit of the Tricho-

santhes. — ArnritaSa ( ta-ifa), as, m., N. of Vishnu.

— Amritd .ana (’ta-ai^:),as, or amH?alin£ta-a6'),

s.m.eating ambrosia; adeity. — Amritixnmja (la-

as"), am, n. a collyrium, rxtracttd from tht Amo-

mum Anthoriza.—Amritasu Cta-asu), us, ~is, u,

whose soul is immortal. — Amritahuruna (°ta-ah"),

as, m., N. of Ganida, the bird of Vishnu, who upon

one oocasion stoL the Amnta. — Amrifahva (°ta-

ah?), am, n. a kind of ftuit. — AimriteSa or a.mri-

tlfvara (°ta-if), as, m. epithet of Siva. — Amrite-

inya,pa, m. sle eping on th. Amrita, epithet of Vishnu.

— Amriteshtakd ( ta-i‘h ), f. a kind of sacrificial

brick, shaped like golden hcads (ot men, animals,

&c.). — Amritotpattf (°ta-ut°),is, f.thn production

of th< Amrita. — Amritatpann d ( ta-ut ), f. a fly;

(ani), n. a kind of collyrium. — Amritodana (°fa-

<yd~), as, m., N. of a son of Siijhahanu. — Amritod-

bhara (ta-ud). am, n. a kind or collyrium.

Amritaka, am, n. th- nectar of immortality.

Amritaya, nom. A. amrit.ayate, -yUurr, to bc

likc nectar.

a-mritiru, us, irf. not death, tm-

mi irtality; (««, us, u), immi >rtal, causiog immonality.

r-mridhra, as, d, am, Ved. uninjured,

not to be impaired, invulnerable; unremitting, un-

ceasing, indefatigable (?).

a^mrishd, ind. not fttkely, rertainly,

surely; rightly. — Am; Ishd-bashin, i, ini, i, speak-

ing truly.

a-mrishta, as, d, am (rt. mrij), not

-ubb.d. — AnirixJda-mrija, as, d, am, of unim-

paired purity.

a-mrishya, as, a, am, unbearahle,

mufferable.

A-mrishyamaua, as, d, am, not enduring, not

bearing or tnkrating.

”t*t»A|oi a-mekshana, as, d, am, having no

laskshana or mixing-ii.stmment.

n-msgha, as, a, am, cloudkss.

rt -medaska, as, d, am, without fat, I

leao.

a-medhas, as, ds, as, foolish; an

idiot. *

STJrWTa -medhya, as, d, am, not able or not

allowed to sacrifice, not fit for sacrifice, impure, un-

holy, nefarious, foul; (am), n. fseces, excrement; an

unlucky omen. — Amedhya-bitnapdHn (°pa d4°),

i, ini, i, feeding on carrion. —^4 medhya-1 a, f. or

amedhya-tva, am, n. impurity, foulness, filthiaess.

— A-medhya~yitkta, as, d, am, filthy, foul. —A-

medhya-Upta, as, d, am, smeared with ordure,

foul, defiled. — Amcdhya-lcpa, as, m. smearing with

ordure. — Amedhyakta (°ya-aJc⁰), as, d, am, soiled

by ordure.

a-mena, as, m., Ved. havtng no \vife,

a widower.

a-meni, is, is, t, Ved. not shooting,

not able to shoot, not injuring.

a-meya, as, d, am, imraeasurable.

— Ameydtman (°yordf), d, d, a, possessing extra-

ordinary powers of mind, magnanimous; (d), m. a

N. of Vishnu.

ameshta (°md-ish°), as, d, am,\ed.

sacrificed at home. See 3. ama, p. 75*

-»-M'td a-mokya, as, d, am (rt. mu<S), Ved.

that cannot be unloosed.

A-mo<tana, am, n. not loosening or letting go;

non-liberation.

A-madanlya, as, d, am, not to be liberated, not

to be let go.

A-motita, as, d, am, not liberated, confined.

a-moksha, as, d, am (rt. moksh),

unliberated, unloosed; (as), m. want of freedom,

boodage, confinement; non-liberation from mundane

existence.

a-mogha, as, a, am, unerring, un-

failing, aot vain, efficacious, succeeding, reaching the

mark; productive, fruitful; (as), m. the not erring,

the not failing; unerringness; N. of Sm and Vishnu ;

N. of a river; (d), f. trumpet flower, Bignonia

Suaveoleos, Roxb.; a piant of which the seed is

used as a vermifuge, Eiycibe Paniculata, Roxb.; Ter-

mioalia Citrina, Roxb.; N. of a spear; N. of Sava’s

wife; mystical name of the double consonant ksh.

— Amogha-danda, as, m. (unerring in punish-

ment), N. of Siva. — Amogha-dardin, i, m., N. of

a Bodhi-sattva. — A mogha-drishti, is, is, i, of un-

erring view or mind. — Amogka-bala, as, d, am, of

never-feiling strength. — AmoghaJjhuti, is, m.,N. of

a king of the Pahjab. — Amogha~raja, as, m.,N. of

a Bhikshu. — Amogha^vad, k, f. words that are not

vain or idle. — Amagka-udntkita, as, d, am, never

disappointed. — Amogha-vikrama, as, m. of un-

erring valour; N. of Siva. — Amogha-siddha, as,

m., N. of the fifth DhySni-buddha. — Amaghddarya

(⁰gJiXt~dd³), as, m., N. of an authon

5PTtW amota (avia-uta), as, d, am, Ved.

woven at heme, takcn care of at home; set 3. ama.

— Amata-p’iral.d, f., V_td. a maiden protected at

home.

Amotaka, as, m., Ved. protected at hame (a

child); a weaver (?).

3Tm3VTiT« -mautra-dhauta, as, a, am, not

washed by a washerman.

a-mauna, am,n. non-silence; know-

ledge of soul.

^Ki^ amnas (liable to become amnar),

Ved. unawares, quickly; at present; a little. (The

etymology is doubtful, but cf. i. am.)

.^V| amb, cl. i. P. ambati, -hitum, to go;

\d. i. A. ambate, to sound.

Amba, as, m. a father; sound, the Veda, one who

sounds; (d), f. a mother, see ambd; (am), n. the

eye; water ?; (a), ind. a particle of affirmation, well!

well now I — Amba-sthala, am, n., N. of a moun-

tain peak.

Ambaka,am, n. a father (?), an eye [cf. try-amba-

£a]; copper ?; (tkd, f.), see under ambd.

Amhaya, fi, Ved. mother, good woraan (as a re-

spectful title ?), conveying water (?).

ambara, am, n. (fr. rt. amb? or rt.

tiri, to surround, with am prefixed), circumference,

compass; surroundingeountry, neigbbourhood; dothes,

apparel; cotton ; sky, atmosphere, ether; saffron ;

tale; a perfume (Ambergris); N. of a people.

— Ambara-ga, as, d, am, sky-going. — Ambara-

da, am, n. cotton. — Ambara-yuga, am, n. the

two principal female garments, or upper and lower

doths or mantles. — Ambara-Saila, as, m. a high

mountain touching the sky, — Ambara-sthall, f. the

earth. — Ambardnta (*ra-an°), as, m. the end of a

garment; the horizon. — Ambaraukas (°ra-ok°),

ds, m. dwelling in heaven ; a god.

Ambarya, nom. P. amharyati, -yitum, to bring

together.

4 ambartsha, as, am, m. n. (fr. rt.

amb?), a frying-pan (in this sense also written with

short i, ambarisha); one of the hells; remorse,

war, battle; (os), ^{m< a} ynnng animal, a coit; the

sun; the hog-plum piant, Spondias Magoifera; N.

of Vishnu; of Siva; of a king of the solar race,

celebrated as a worsbipper of Vishnu. — Ambarisha-

putra, as, m. son of Ambarisha, whence the N. of

a country.

amba-shtha, as, m. (fr. amba and

stha ?), N. of a country and of its inhabitants; the

oftspring of a man of the BrShman and a woman of

the Vaisya tribe, a man of the medical caste; (d),

fi, N. of severa! plants, Jasminum Auriculatum,

Clypea Hemandifolia, Oxalis Corniculata; (d) or (?),

fi an Ambashtha woman.

Ambashthakt, fi the piant Clypea Hemandifolia.

Ambashihikd, fi the piant Clerodendmm Sipho-

nanthus.

ambd, f. (fr. rt. amb? the voe. case tn

the Veda is ambe or amba ; in later Sanskrit amba

only), a mother, good woman (as a title of respect);

N. of a piant; N. of DurgS, the wife of Siva; N. of an

Apsaras; N. of a daughter of a king of K5Si; a sister of

P§ndu’s mother; a term in astrology to denote the

fourlh condition (?). In the Southrlndian languages,

ambd is comipted into amma, and is often affixed

to the names of goddesses, and females in general

[with ambd has been compared the Germ. Aviiye,

*a nurse;’ Old Germ. amma, Them. amm6n, am-

mUri]» — Amba-ganga, f. a river in Ceylon. — Amba-

janman, a/n., N. of a Tirtha.

Ambadd or ambala or ambdyu, m, fi mother.

Ambdtikd, fi mother, good woman (as a term of

respect); N. of a piant; N. of a daughter of a king

of KSsi, wife of Vi<5itra-vTrya, and mother of P5ndu.

Ambi, is, fi, Ved. water; woman, mother, nurse.

— Ambi-tama, fi, Ved. the best of waters or

mothers.

Ambika, fi mother, good woman (as a term of

respect); N. of the piant Wrightia Antidysenterica ;

a sister of Rudra; N. of PSrvatl, the wife of Siva;

the wife of Rudra Ugraretas; one of the female

domestic deities of the Jainas; daughter of a king

of KS$i, wife of Vicitra-vlrya, and mother of Dhrita-

r5shtra; N. of a place in Bengal. — Ambika-pati,

is, m., N. of Siva. — Ambika-putra, as, m., N. of

Dhrita-r5shtra.

Ambikeya or ambikeyaka, as, m., N. of Ganesa,

K5rttikeya, and Dhrita-r5shtra. See ambikeya.

ambu, n. (fr. rt. amb?), water; the

watery elemenc of the blood [cf. 6/u.Ppos, imber];

the piant Andropogon Schoenanthus; N. of a metre;

a term in astrology=ambd.<—Amhu-kana, as, m. a

drop of water, — Ambu-kaiitaka, as, m. the short-

’ X

/

78 ^i~~pcro~~TT ambu-kirata. a-yatha-tatha*

o

nosed alligator. — Amhu-kirdta, os, m. an alligator.

— Ambu-kito or ambu-kftrma, as, m. a porpoise,

cspcdally the Gangctic, Delphinus Gangeticus. — A m-

tm-ketora, as, m. lemon tree. — Amba-kriyd, f. a

funeral rite = jala-kriya. — A mbit-ga, as, a, am,

water-goer, living in water. — Ambu-ghaim, as, m.

hail, frozen ratn.— Ambu-tara, as, r, am, moving in

the water, aquatic.— Ambu-ddmara, am, n. water-

chowrl» an aquatic piant, Valisneria, — Ambu-torin,

t, ini, i, moving in water, as a fisb, &c. — Am-

biiya* as, a, am, prodnced in water, water-bom,

aquatic; (as), m., N. of a piant, Barringtonia

Acutangula Gasrtn.; a lotus, Nymphaea Nelumbo; the

tbunderbolt of Indra. — Ambu-janman, a, n. a lotus,

Nymphaea Nelumbo. — Ambnja-bku, us, m. the god

BrahrnS. — Ambuja-stha, as, d, am, sitting on a

lotus. — Ambu-taskara, as, m. water-thief, the sun.

— Amba-tala, as, m.the piant Valisneria, — Ambu,-

fla, as, d, am, sheddiug or giving water; (as), m. a

ck>ud; the piant Cyperus Hexastychius Communis.

— Ambii-dhara, as, m. a cloud. — Anibu-dhi, is,

m. (receptade of waters), the ocean; the number

* four.’ — Ambudki-srava, f., N. of a piant, Aloes

Perfoliata. — Ambu-nidki, is, m. (treasury of waters),

the ocean.— Ambit-pa, as, d, am, drinking or im-

bibing water; (as), m. a piant, Cassia Tora or Alata.

— Amba-pattra, f., N. of a piant, Cyperus Hexasty-

chius Communis Nees. — Amba-paddkati, is, f. or

ambu-pdta, as, m. current, stream, flow of water.

-Ambu-prasada, as, m. or ambu-prasddana,

am, n. the dearing nut tree, Strychnos Potatorum:

the nuts of this piant are generally used io India for

purifying water; they are rubbed upon the inner

surface of a vessel, and so precipitate the impurities

of the fluid it contains.—Ambu-bkrit, t, m. a cloud;

the ocean (?); a grass, Cyperus Pertenuis; tale.

— Ambu-mat, dn, ati, at, watery, having or con-

taining water; (/i), f., N. of a river. — A mbu-matra-

ja, as, d,am, produced only in water; (as), m. a

bivalve shell. — Ambu-mud, 1% m. a cloud. — Amba-

rdja, as, m. the ocean; N. of Vanina. — Amba-

rd&, is, m. (heap of waters), the ocean. — Ambu-

rnha, am, n. the lotus; (a), f. Hibiscus Mutabilis.

— Ambu-rohini, f. the lotus. — Ambu-vadi, f. four

days in Ashadha, the tenth to the thirteenth of the

daxk half of the month, when the earth is supposed

to be undean, and agriculture is prohibited. — Ambu-

rdfi-tydga, the thirteenth of the same. — Ambu-

vatl-prada, am, n. the tenth in the second half of

the month Asha^ha. — Ambu-vdsini or ambu-rasi,

f. the trumpet flower, Bignonia Suaveolens. — Avibitr

rdha, as, m. a doud ; the grass Cyperus Pertenuis; a

water-carrier; tale; the number ‘ seventeen.’ — Amba-

vdhin, t, ini, i, carrying or conveving water; (»ni),

f. a wooden baling vessel; N. of a river. — Ambu-,

vetasa, as, m. a kind of cane or reed growing in

water, — Amburiirlshika, f., N. of a piant. — Ambu-

fitd, f., N. of a river. — Amba sarjrini, f. a leech.

— Ambursetoni, f. a wooden baling vessel.

Ambu-krita, as, a, am, pronounced indistinctly, so

that the words remain too much in the mouth ; sput-

tered (as speech, accompanied with emission of saliva).

ambya, as, m., Ved. a ehanter.

ambh, cL i. A. ambkate, -bhitum,

Mo sound.

i. ambhas, n. also ind., power,

splendor, fruitfulness; a philos. Xerm=tuskfi: (the

etymology is doubtful; perbaps connected with obs.

rt. ap, or fr. bhd, *to shine,’ with prefix am.)

■SWJT ₂. ambhas, n. (said to be fr. rt. ap;

perhaps connected with i. ambhas or with ap, ab-

hhra, ambu), water; the sky; the fourth sign of the

•zodiac; collective N. for gods, men, manes, and Asuras;

mystical name of the letter v [cf. bfxQpos, imber].

— Amlhahsdra, am, n. a pearl. - Amhhnh~gu_t iis,

m. smoke; doudiness. — Ambhah-stha, as, d, ’atn,

what holds or contains water; abiding in water.

— A nihhmd-krita, as, d, am, done by water.

— A mbko~ja, as, d, am, produced in water, water-

bom, aquatic; (aa), m. the moon; the sJrasa or

Indian erane; (am), n. the lotus. — Ambkoja-

khanda, am, n. a group of lotus flowers.— Arnbko-

ja-janman, d, m. or ambkoja-jani, is, m. or

amb}wja-y<mi, is, m. an epithet of Brahmi, being

bom secondarily from a lotus. — A mbkojint, f. an

assemblage of lotus flowers or a place where they

abound. — Ambho-da, as, m. a doud; the piant

Cyperus Hexastychius Communis Nees. — Ambko-

dkara, as, m. a doud. — Ambko-dhi, is, m. (re-

ceptade of waters), the ocean. — Ambkodhi-vallabha,

as, in. cora). — Ambko-nidki or ambko-rdH, is,

m. a pool, the ocean. — Ambho-ruk, t, n. or ambko-

ruka, am, n. the lotus; (ow), m. the Indian erane.

ambhini, f., Ved., N. of an in-

structress, who transmitted the wbite Yajur-veda to

V5<5 (speech).

1. ambhrjna, as, d, am (connected

with i. ambhas), Ved. powerful, great, violent [cf.

6&pipos, 6y&pipos].

2. ambhrina, as, d, am (fr. rt.

bkran f), crying violently, roaring terribly.

3. ambhrina, as, m. (rt. bhri with

am t), Ved. a vessel used in preparing the Soma

juice; N. of a Rishi, the father of Vad. See am-

bkririi.

vi <1 am-maya, as, i, am (for ap-maya),

formed from or consisting of water, watery.

c* amyak, ind., Ved. (rt. a6 with am,

i being inserted), towards, here (?).

XPJ amra, as, m. (fr. rt. am?), the mango

tree. See amra.

Amrdta or amrdtaka, as, m. a species of Spondias

or hog-plum, Spondias Magnifera. See dmrata.

amla, as, d, am (fr. rt. am, to make

sick), sour, add; (as), m. souraess; addity; vinegar;

wood sorrel, Oxalis Coroiculata; (t), f. Oxalis Cor-

niculata; (am), n. sour curds. — AmlarMnda, am,

n. , N. of a piant. — Amla-leJara, as, m. ritron tree.

— Amla-tulcrikd, f. or nmla-duda, as, m, a kind of

sonel. — Amla~jambira, as, m. lime tree. — Am-

la~ta, f. soumess. — Amla-mdyaka, as, m. sorrel.

— Amla-nimbuka, as, m. the lime. — Amla-nMa,

f., N. of a piant, Curcuma Zerunibet, Roxb. — Amla~

pahtaka or amla-panta-phala, am, n. a collecti on

of fi ve kinds of sour vegetables and fruits. — Amla-pat-

tra, as, m., N. of the piant Oxalis, and other plants.

— Amla-panasa, as, m. a tree, Artocarpus Lacucha,

Roxb. — Amla-pitta, am, n. acidity of stomach.

— Amla-phala, as, m. the tamarind tree, Magnifera

Indica; (am), n. the fruit of this tree. — Amla-bhe-

dana, as, m. sorrel. — Amla-metia, as, m. a urinary

disease. — Amla~rasa, as, d, am, sour, having a

sour taste; (os), m. soumess, acidity. — Amla-ruhd,

i. a kind of betel. — Amla-lonikd or amla-loUz or

amladoHM, f. wood sorrel, Oxalis Corniculata. — Am-

la-varga, as, m. a class of plants with add leaves

or fruits, as the lime, orange, pomegranate, tamarind,

sorrel, and others.— Amla-vaUt, f., N. of a piant,

Pyrhonium Bulbiferum Schott. — Amla-vdtnla, as,

m. hog-plum, Spondias Magnifera. — Amla-vdtilca,

f. a sort of betel. — Amla-rdstuka, am, n. sor-

rcl. — Amla-vrilsha, as, m. the tamarind tree.

— Amla-vetasa, as, m. a kind of dock or sorrel,

Rumex Vesicarius. — Amla-4dka, as, m. a sort of

sorrel, commonly used as a pot-herb, — Amla-sara,

as, m. the lime; a sort of sorrel; (am), n. rice water

after fermentation.— A mla-haridra, f. the piant

Curcuma Zemmbet, Roxb. -Amlakia (*la-aJcⁿ)_y as,

d, am, acidulated. — AmldnkuJa fla-an⁰), as, m.

a kind of sorrel. — Amlddhymhita (^rla-adh°), am,

n. a diserse^of the eyes, —Amlodgdra (^cla-«td ), as,

m. sour eructation.

Amlaka, as, m. the piant Artocarpus Lacucha.

Amlikd or amlikd, f. a sour taste in the month,

addity of stomach; the tamarind tree; wood sorrel,

Oxalis Corniculata, — Amlika-vataka, as, m. a sort

of cake.

Amliman, d, m. soumess.

Amli-hhuta, as, d, am, become sour.

Ainvla, as, m. soumess.

a-mldna, as, d, am (rt. mlai), not

withered, dean, ciear; brigbt, unclouded ; (o^), m.

globe-amaranth, Gomphrasna Globosa L.

A-mlani, is, f. vigour, freshness, verdnre; (is, is,

i), vigorous, unfading.

A-mlanin, t, ini, i, dean, ciear; (ini), f. an assem-

blage of globe-amaranths.

5CT3T ay (connected with rt. i, q.v.), cl. 1.

* \A. ayate, ~yitum, to go.

Aya, as, m. (fr. rt. i), going; a move towards the

right at chess; good Iuck, favourable fortune; a die;

N.ofa Prajapati; (as,d,am), going, moving. — Aya-

ta, f. good luck. —ylya-vat, dn, atl, at, happy.

— Aya-tobhin, t, tni, i, brigbt with good fortune.

— Ayanvita (aya-an°), as, d, am, fortunate, lucky.

Ayatha, am, n., Ved. a Ieg, foot(?).

Ayam, as, d, am (fr. rt. i), going; espedally

at the end of a compound, e. g. samudrayana, going

to the ocean ; (am), n. going, walking, walk; a road,

a path; a place, a site (?); course, circulation,

period; final emandpation; a commentary, treatise;

N. of certain sacrifidal performances; the sun’s

road north and south of the equator, the half

year; the equinoctial and solstitial points; way,

progress, manner; a ^2stra or inspired writing.

— Ayana-kala, as, m. the interval between the equi-

noxes. — Ayana-devata, i. a deity or an idol placed

near a road (?).— Ayana-bhaga, as, m. or aya-

nanto ('na-arf), as, m. the arc between the verna!

equinoctial point and the beginning of the fixed

zodiac or first point in Aries. — Ayana-valana, am,

n. deviation of the ediptic. — Ayana-vrilta, am,

n. the ecliptic.

a-yakshma_} as, d, am, Ved. not con-

sumptive; not sick, healthy; causing health; (am),

a. bealth. — Ayakshma~karana, as, t, am, Ved.

produdng health. —Ayakshina-tdti, is, f. or aya-

kshmadva, am, n., Ved. freedom from consump-

tion; health.

Vi a-yakshyamana, as, m. not

wishing or not about to sacrifice.

a-yojvshka, o,s, a, am, Ved. with-

ont a wcrific al formula or verst.

a-yajha, as, m. no saerifiee; a bad

sacrifice; (as, a, am), not offering 'aerifice. — A-

yajia-saf, k, k, t, Ved. not performing a sacrifce.

performine worthIe'S sacrificas.

A-yapiaka, as, a, am, unfit tor sacrifice.

A^yajiiii/a, as, a, am, not fit for sacri.ice; not

wor;i.> of saCT.tuprofane, conunon.

A-yajyi, us, us, u, Ved. not sacrificing, impioLS,

profane, wicked.

A-ytipan, a, a.a,Ved. not offering sacriiice, profane,

■•.w bri^^ a-yajitadatta, as, m. not \ ajna-

dattj, e. the vile Yajiiadatta.

^TTTiT a-yat, t, t, t (rt. yam), not makin^

efforts.

A-ynta, as, a, am, unre:trained, uncontrolie^J,

unchoked.

A-yatin, t, ini, », of un.nbducd appetite; incon

linent.

AyatTia, as, m. absence of effort or rxertion;

ayatnsna or ayatnat or ayatnatas, without effort

or escrti'H. — A-yatna-kurin, l, in;, i, maMng no

exertion, indiffer^nt, idle. — A-yatna-hrita or a-

mtua-ja, as, a, am, eesilv or readily produced,

spontaneous. — Ayatna-vat, an, ati, at, niactive,

indifferent, idle.

■nroi a-yathn, ind. not as it should be',

unfitly, ursuitably, — A-yatham, Ved. without effort.

— A-yatha-t tih», as, a, am, not so as it should be,

prwnmi ci-yatM-tathya.

iHtrrfVra a-yaudhika.

unfit, unsuitable; useless, unprofitable, vain; (ani),

ind. unfitly, unsuitably. — A-yatha-tathya, am, n.

unsuitableness, unprofitableness, incompatibility. — A-

yatha-dyotana, am, n. intimation of something

unexpected.— A-yatha-purva or a-yathd-pura, as,

d, am, unprecedented.— A-yatha-balam, ind. not

according to one’s power. — A-yathd-matra, as, d,

am, not according to measure,— A-yathdmukhina,

as, a, am, having the face tumed away. — A-yar

thdrtka (°tha-ar°), as, d, am, not according to

the sense or object, incongruous, unmeaning, non-

sensical; improper, unfitting. — A-yathd-vat, ind.

inaccurately, erroneously. — A-yathdidsfra-kdrin, i,

ini, i, not acting in accordance with the scripture.

— A-yatheshta (°thd-isk°), as, a, am, not as

wished; disliked, disapproved of; insufficient, not

enough. — A-yathodita (^ctha-uf), as, a, am, un-

worthily, unsuitably.

^TOi(tf2JrT aya-dikshita, as, m., N. of an

author.

ayana, &c. See under ay, p. 78.

^nr^T a-yantra,am, n.,Ved. non-restraint,

not a means of restraining; having no restraint; a

power fui weapon for restraining enemies.

A-yantrita, as, d, am, unhindered, unrestrained,

self-willed.

^T<4f*iri a-yamita, as, d, am, unchecked,

untrimmed, unpaired, unclipped.

1. ayava, as, d, am, deficient; (as),

m., N. of a worm bred in the intestines.

2. a-yava, as, m. or a-yavan, a, rn.

or a-yavas, as, n. the dark half of the month.

3. a-yava, as, d, am, or a-yavaka,

as, ika, am, having worthless or no barley.

A-yavya, as, d, am, unfit for barley.

a-yaias, as, n. infamy; (as, as,

as), infamous, disagreeable. — Aya^as-kara, as, d

or i, am, disgraceful, degrading.

A-ya^asya, as, d, am, infamous.

MH ayas, as, as, as (fr. rt. i), going,

nimble; (as), n. iron, Steel, gold, meta! [cf. Lat.

m, cer-is for ces-is; Goth. ais, Thcm. alsa;

Old Germ. Zr, ‘iron;’ Goth. eisam; Mod. Germ.

Eiseri]; (as), m. fire. — Aydh-pana, am, n. a par-

ticular hell. — Ayah-pratimd, f. iron image. — Ayah-

sanhu, us, m., N. of an Asura. — Ayah-£aya, as,

d, am, Ved. Iying in iron, made of iron (said of fire).

— Ayah-Eipra, as, d, am, Ved. having jaws or

a nose of iron. — Ayah-^iras, ds, m., N. of an

Asura. — Ayah-firshan, d, d, a, Ved. having a

bead of iron. — Ayah-4ula, am, n. an iron lance;

fraudulent or cunning artifice. — Ayah-sthuna or

ayas-sthuna or aya-sthuna, as, 5, am, Ved. having

iron pillars or spikes; (as), m., N. of a Rishi. — Ayai-

Zurna, am, n. iron filings. — Ayas-kansa, as, am,

m. n. an iron goblet. — Ayas-kdnda, as, am, m. 11.

an iron arrow. — Ayas-kanta, as, m. a precious stone,

the Ioadstone.— Ayas-kdra, as, m. a blacksmith;

the upper part of the thigh (?). — Ayas-klta, am, n.

rust of iron. — Ayas-kumfjka, as, i, m. f. an iron

pot or boiler. — Ayas-kutfa, f. a rope partly consist-

ing of iron. — Ayas-kriti, is, f. preparation of iron.

— Ayas-tapa, as, d, am, making iron red-hot.

— Aya8-patra, am, n. an iron vessel. — Ayas-maya,

as, i, am, Ved. made of iron or of metal; (as), m.,

N. of a son of Manu Svarodisha; (2), f., N. of one

of the three residences of the Asuras.

For compounds beginning ayo, see s. v. ayo-guda.

Ayasa may be used for ayas at the end of com-

pounds, as krishndyasa, q. v.

aya, ind. (fr. pronominal base a =

anayd), Ved. in this manner, thus.

a-yadaka, as, ika, am (rt. ydc),

one who does not ask or solicit.

A-yddita, as, d, am; unasked, unsolicited ; ayd-

ditam, ind. without being asked; (as), m., N. of

the Rishi Upavarsha. — Ayddita-vritti, is, f. or

ayddita-vrata, am, n. subsisting on alms without

begging......

A-yadin, ?, ini, i, not soliciting.

a-yajya, as, d, am (rt•yaj), a person

or thing for whom or for whicb one must not otfer

sacrifices; outcast, degraded; not compctefit to offer

sacrifice; incapable of or inadmissible to religious

ceremonies. — Ayajya-tva, am, n. the state of an

outcast. Aydjya-ydjana or aydjyasamydjya,am,

n. sacrificing for an outcast.

a-ydta-purva, as, d, am, follow-

ing, subsequent to, succeeding. ‘

a-ydtaydma, as, a, am, Ved. not

weak; not worn out by use; fresh; (am), n., N. of

certain texts of the Yajur-veda, revealed to Ysjnaval-

kya. — Aydtaydma-ta, f., Ved. unweakened strength,

freshness.

A-ydtayaman, d, mni, a, Ved. not weak, fresh.

SH y I rf a-ydtu, us, us, u, Ved. not demoni-

acal; free from evil spirits; (us), m. not a demon,

the opposite of an evil spirit.

a-yathdrthika,as,i, am,impro-

per, unjust; not genuine, not real, incongruous, absurd.

A-yathdrthya, am, n. impropriety, unfitness, ab-

surd ity, nonsense.

a-ydna, am, n. not moving, halting,

stopping; natural disposition or temperament: (in the

last sense the etymology is doubtful.)

^M1 ^q aydnaya (°ya-an^a), am, n. good

and bad luck; (as), m. a particular position of the

pieces on a chess or backgammon board.

Aydnayina, as, m. a piece at chess or backgam-

mon so moved.

?nrnT3i a-ydvaka, as, d, am, nnstained

with lac-dye, naturally red.

a-yarana, am, n. not caustng to

unite.

^nTT^T a-ydh, us, us, u, Ved. unfit for

copulation.

snrpT a-yds (?), ds, m. (rt. yas), Ved. agile

(without effort), dexterous, nimble ; (ds), ind. fire (?).

A-yasya, as, d, am, Ved. not to be obtained by

effort, indefatigable; valiant; enterprising; (as), m.,

N. of an An-giras; mystical name of thechief vital air.

ayasomiya, am, n., N. of some

verses of the S5ma-veda.

ayi, ind. a vocative parti cie; a par-

tide of encouragement or introducing a kind enquiry.

■»_h fq ayin, t, ini, i (rt. i), at the end of

compounds, going, e. g. atyayin, q.v.

a-yukta, as, d, am (rt. yuj), not

yoked, not joined, not uoited, not married; not

hamessed; not connected; not suited, unfit, unsuit-

able ; not attentive, not devout; negligent, not dex-

terous, unpractised, untrue, wrong; indecent. — A-

yukta-krit, t, ^^,committing WTong acts. — Ayukta-

dara, as, m. (a king &c.) who does not appoint

spies. — Ayukta-td, f. or ayukta-tva, am, n. the not

being used. — Ayukta-paddrtha, as, m. the sense

of a word to be supplied. — Ayukta-rupa, as, d, am,

unfit, unsuitable.

A-yukti, is, f. disunion, separation ; unreasonable-

ness, want of conformity to correct principies or to

analogy; impropriety, unfitness.

A-yuga or a-yngala, as, d, cem, separate, single,

odd. — Ayngardis (°ga-ar^Q), ts, m. fire.

A-yugapad, ind. not at once, gradually, seriatim.

—Ayugapad-grahana, am, n. apprehending gra-

dually and not simultaneously. — Ayugapad-bhava,

as, m. successiveness.

79

A-yugma, as, d, am, not in couples, separate,

single; odd, uneven. — Ayugma-ddhada, as, m.,

N. of the piant Alstonia Scholaris. — Ayugma-nctra,

as, m., N. of S'iva. — Ayugma-dara, as, m., N. of

the god of love (‘having an odd number of arrows’).

A~yuj, k, k, k, not existing in couples; odd, un-

even. -Ayuk-dhada, as, m., N. of a piant, Alstonia

Scholaris. — Ayuk-paldda, as, m., N. of a tree.

— Ayuk-pada-yamaka,am, n. a kind of alliteration,

viz. the same syllables in the first and third Pada

of a word in a different sense. — Ayuk-dakti, is,

m., N. of Sura, — Ayug-ishu, us, m., N. of K5ma,

from his having five arrows; see pandeshu. — Ayug-

dhatu, us, us, u, having an odd number of elements.

— Ayug-vana, as, m., N. of KSma. — Ayun-netra

or ayug-aksha, as, m., N. of S^fiva, from bis having

three eyes; see tri-netra.

A-yuga, as, d, am, Ved. without a companion,

not having an equal; not existing by pairs, separate,

odd.

A-yoga, as, m. separation, disjunction; interni;

unfitness, unsuitableness, unconformity; inefficacy of

a remedy; medical treatment counter to the symp-

toms; non-applicatiop or mis-application of re-

medies; vigorous effort, exertion; a widower, an

absent lover or busband; inauspicious conjunction of

the planets; a conjunction of two planets; (as, d,

am), unconnect^d with; indistinctly connected with ;

making vigorous efforts. — Ayoga-vaha, as, m. a

term for AnusvSra, Visaijanlya, UpadhmSnlya, and

JihvSmGliya, as standing between vowels and conso-

nants. (For ayo-ga, hammer, see ayo-*gra below.)

■A-yogya, as, d, am, unfit, unsuitable, useless;

immaterial; (in phil.) not ascertainable &c. by the

senses. — Ayogya-ta, f. or ayogya-tva, am, n. un-

fitness, unsuitableness.

A-ycyana, am, n. disunion, separation.

A-yauktika, as, i, am, not conformable to, in-

consistent with.

A-yaugapadya, am, n. uncontemporaneous ex-

istence, unsimultaneousness.

A-yaugika, as, i, am, having no regular derivation.

a-yunga, as, a, am, Ved. not exist-

ing in couples; odd, uneven.

1. a-yuta, as, a, am (rt. 2. yu), Veri,

not disturbcd 01 inteirupt ,d; (as), m., N. of a son

of Rfidhika. — Amita-siddha, as, a, am, proved to

be not separated or interrupted, proved to be inherent.

— Ayuta-svJdhi, is, f. proof that certain things or

noti >ns are not si parable.

A-yma, as, a, am, Ved. undisturbed, un .haken.

2. a-yuta, as, a_f am (rt. i. yu, to

mix), disjoined, detached, not counted; (am), n. ten

thousand, a myriad. — Ayuta-jit, t, m., N. of a son

of BhajamSna. — Ayuta-nayin, i, m., N. of a king.

— Ayuta-das, ind. by myri ad s. — Ayuta-homa, as,

m. a kind of sacrifice. — Ayutddhyapaka (°ta-adk°),

as, m. a good teacher. — Ayutdyus (?ta-ay°), us,

m., N. of a son of Jayasena ArSvin; of a son of

Srutavat. — Ayutadva (°ta-ad°), as, m., N. of a son

of Sindhu-ffvlpa.

a-yuddha, as, d, am^(rt. yudk),Yed.

unconquered; notfighting; (am), n.not war, absence

of war, peace. — A-yuddha-sena, as, m., Ved. whose

arrows or armies are unconquered, irresistible.

A-yuddkvi, ind., Ved. without fighting.

A-yudka, as, m. a non-fighter.

A-yitdhya, as, d, am, unconquerable.

A-yudhvin, i, m._t Ved. not conquering, not a

valiant warrior.

A-yoddhri, dha, m. no warrior, a bad fighter;

unmatched by other warriors.

A-yodhya, as, d, am, Ved. not to be warred

against, irresistible; (a), f. the capital of R5ma, the

modern Oude, on the river Sarayu. — Ayodhyadhi-

pati (°yd-adk°), is, in. the sovereign of Ayodhy5.

— Ayod/tyd-vdsin, i, ini, i, inhabiting AyodhyS.

A-yaudhika, as, m. not a warrior.

so

'•STH aram.

?npr a-yupa.

u-yupa, as, m. na sacrifieial post,

tnt aye, ind. a vocative particle, an mter-

lection of surprizc, recoli.cti n, fatigue, fcar, pa ion;

n>cd aUo in the sime mcaiaiigs as ayi.

ayagava, as, a or T, m. f. or aya-

qu J (ctynioiogy unr.rtain; perhaps conti cteil with

aya iron, or fr. a-yoga), the oflspring of a Sf&dra

man and Vaiija wman, whose businc«s is Citpentrj.

See dyogain.

HnVTJ ayo-guda, as, m. (ayo for ayos,

iron), a chaiib.it pQI, one ni.idc of some prepaia-

tion of iron; an iron bail.

Ayo-gra or a>jo-’graka (ayae-ag°), am, n. a

hammer, a forgc hammer; a mace or club t.pjied

with iron; a pestis for deanine grain. fA form

ayo-ga, as, m., is ,lso given in the sense ‘irot.

ammer.’)

' Ayo-ghana, as, m. - h-mmer, a forge hamm.r.

AyoivhUhta (ay is-uf !), am, n. rust ofiron.

Ayo-jala, e», 'a, am, fumished with iron netr;

(am), n. iron nct-work.

Ayo-dan h(ia, m, d, am, Ved., 01 ayo^W, at,

at-, at, iron-tcJth.d, having iron wupons.

Ayo-daha, os, m. th. buming quant> of iron.

Ay^pasl ti {aya. -ap ), is, rt, i, Ved. fumished

with iron daws or heels.

Ayo-maya, as, t, am, m-de of iron. Se. also

s. v. ayas.

Ayomala, am, n. rnst of ir< n.

Ayo-mukka, as, d, am, having an iron mouth,

tace, or beak; tipp-d or pointed with iron; (as), m.

an atTow; N. of a Da nava; N. of a mountain.

lyo-raja, am, n. or ayo-rajat, as, n. rust of iron.

iyo-r-asa, as, m. iron rnst or hiings.

4yo-vo^fsa, as, m., N. of a man.

\yc-v'karc, as, m. iroi.-work, any iron fatric.

\yr-liata, as, S, am, Ved. ctnbo«seJ in iron-work;

made or pcrtbmied by a priest Scc. who wears a

golden ring on his finger.

Ayty hanu, tu, r.s, u, Ved. iron-jawed.

Ayu-hridayi, as, a, am, iren-hearted, item, un-

relenting.

vtMlg!, Seca-gudd!ia,p.7<),lastcoi.

a-yom, is, f. not the v'omb; any-

thing bnt th. wumb; not a partic lar vers. of die

Sama-veda; (te, is, i), witl.out ongin; not bom

from th.. womb, bom in a mann.r not ..ppro’ id by

law or religion; (■&), m., N. of BiahmS and Siva; a

pestlc (tor ayo-’gra above ?). — A-yoni-ja, as, a, am,

not bom from the womb, not pr >duced in th.: cr-

dinary course of generation, generated cqutvocaliv ;

(am), n., N.of a Tirtha. — Aynnija-tva, avi, n. the

state of not being bom (rore a womb. — AyrmijrGa

(ja-ita), as, m., N. of Siva. — Ayimijeivara ( ja-

i/³) or ay'mi}iSvara-t'rlha, am,n., N. ot a Tirtha.

— A-ymi-samKkara, as, a, am — ayonija, q.v.

A-yonika, as, d, am, without the verst. containing

the word yoni.

5TT ara, as, a, am f fr. rt. rt), swift, speedv;

littis.; (at end of comp.) going; (ae, am), m. n. the

pokc or tadlu. ot a wheei, ,ce also aram, coi. 3;

(as), .n. a spok. ofth. time-wheel, viz. a Jtina divi-

lon of tim:, th sixth of an Ava»rpinT or Utsarpini;

the -ight.cnth Jau.a saint of the presont Av^sarpini;

Is. of m ocean in BrshmVs world.Ara-ghafta or

nra~yhat(aka, as, m. a whecl or madi n . for taising

water trom a wdl (Hind. ; a deep weil.

- ira-nenti, is, m„ N. of Biahma-datt», king of

KoSala.- Arartureshn (ra-un°), loc. pl. in the in-

tervalj of the pok. .

AraX-a, as, m. the pok. of a whcel; a iaina

divUion of timi [cf. ara]; the piant Blyxa Ortaiidi 1;

another piant, flardenia Enntandr¹.

⁴St * «4« a-rakshas, iis, as, ai, Ved. liurm-

l-sss, honest; not disturbed &c. by cvil spirits.

Vf^fsTtt a-rakshitp., as, p, am, unprotected,

andefsnded; not prcservcd, not kept.

t' I s 1 i cragarata, as(m.,Ved. a valley(r).

aran-kri, cl. 3. I\,Ved.-karoti,-kar-

t’im, to prtpar.., make r^ady; serve. See ara 1)1,001.3.

Aran-knt, t, t, t, Ved. .cting satis&ctorily.; pre-

paring, serving as a worshippcr.

Aran-krita_t as, a, am, Ved. prepared, ready; gra-

tified. _#

Arait-kriti, is, f., Ved. Service, gratification.

aran-gam, cl_v i. P., Ved. -gatihati,

•gantum, to be prescot, comc near (in order to help),

become visible, appear. See aram, coi. 3.

Aran-gama, as, d, am, Ved. coming near or into

the presence, appearing (in order to help), becoming

visible.

^X^-cran-gara, as, m.,Ved. praising rea-

dUy(?); factitious or made up poison. See aram.

a-rangin, ?, ini, i, passionless.

— Arangi-sattva, as, m. a passionless being, a elass

ef gods with Buddhists.

aran-ghusha, as, d, a»?,Ved. prais-

ing readily, sounding aloud. See aram, coi. 3.

XTOTH a-rajas, as, as, as, or a-raja or

a-rajasha, as, d, am, dustless; free from passion

or desire; clean, pure; not having the monthly

courses; (as), f. a young girl.

Arajaya, nom. A. arajdyate»-yitum, to become

dustless; to lose the monthly courses.

a-rajju, tis, us, u, Ved. not consist-

ing of cords; not fumished with eords.

aratu or aradu, us, m., N. of the tree

Calosanthes Indica Bl.

Aratva, as, d, am, made of the wood of the

above tree; (««), m., N. of a man.

1. arana, as, T, am (rt, rt), Ved. de-

parted, gone away; strange, foreign; distant; (flw),

n. moving, entering; being inserted ; a refuge.

I. arani, is, i, m. f. the wood of the Ficus Re-

ligiosa used for kindling fire by attrition; the lower

one (adhararani) of the two Annis; (t), du. the

two pieces of wood used in kindling the sacred fire;

(is), m., N. of several planis, especially Premna

integrifolia; the sun; fire; “a flint?; (is), f. a

way, a path. — Arani-mat, an, ati, at, related to

the two Aranis; to be prcduced by the Aranis.

— Aranl-lcctu, us, m. the Premna Integrifolia.

2. a-ratia, as, d, am, not fighting,

without fighting.

2. a-rani, is, f., Ved. stinginess.

aranya, as, am, m. n. (fr. rt. fi),

land neither cultivated nor grazed: a wildemess,

desert, forest; N. of a piant; N. of a Ssdhya.

— Aranya-kana, f. wild cumin seed. — Aranya-

hadali, f. the wood or wild plantam. — Aranya-

handa (?), am, n. title of the tbird book of the

Ram^yana. — Aranya-karpasi, f. the wild cotton.

— Aranya kulatthikd, f., N. of the piant Glycine

Labialis Lin. — Aranya-kMumbha, as, m., N. of

the piant Carthamus Tinctonus. — Aranya-gaja>

as, m. a wild elephant. — Aranya-gata, as, d,

am, gone into a forest. — Araiiya-ganaQ), am,

n. one of the four G5nas or hymh-books of the

§ama-veda. — Aranya-gholi, f., N. of a piant. —A-

ranya-<*a(aka_t as, m. a wild pigeon. — Aranya-

dara,as,i, am, living in forests, wild. — Aranya-ja,

as, d, am, produccd or born in a forest. — Aranya-

jardrakd (ja-anV), f. wild ginger. — Aranya-jira,

as, m. wild cumin. — Aranya-jira,as, d,am, living

in a forest, — Aranya-damana, as, m.‘a wild piant,

called Dona. — Aranya-dvadafi, f. or aranyadva-

da.<i-vrata, am, n., N. of a ceremony performed on

the twelfth day of the month MSrga^rsha. — Aranya-

dharma, as, m. forest usage, wild or savage state.

— Aranya-dhanya, am, n. wild ricc. — Aranya-

nripati, is, m. king of the forest. — Aranya-

bkava,as, d, am, growing in a forest, wild. — A-

ranya-makshikd, f. the gad-fly. — Aranya-mar-

jara, as, m. wild cat. — Aranya-mudga, as, m.

a kind of bean. — Aranya-yana, am, n. going

iDto a forest. — Araiiya-ralshaka, as, m. forest-

keeper, superintendent of a forest district — Aranya-

rdj, t, m. kingof the forest; epithet of a lion or tiger.

— Aranya-rajya, am, n. the soveieignty of the

forest, — Aranya-nidita, am, n. weeping in a forest,

i. e. weeping in vain, with no one to hear. — Aranya-

v at, ind. like a wilderness. — Aranya-vayasa, as,

m. a raven. — Aranya-vasa, as, m. a hermitage.

— A ranya-vdsin, t, ini, i, liviog in a forest, wild ;

(?), m. forest-dwcller, a hermit, anchorite; (ni),

f., N. of a phnL — Aranya-vdstukaoTaranya-vd-

stuka, a8,m., N. of a piant. — Aranya-tiali, fs, m.

wild rice. — Aranya-itukara, as, m. a wild hog.

— Aranya-turana, as, m., N. of a piant. —J-

ranya-han, d, m. a wolf. — Aranya-sliashthi, f.,

N. of a festiva! celebrated by females in the month

Jyaishtha. — Aranya-sabha, f. a forest court. — A~

ranyadhyak8ha {°ya-adh°), as, m. forest-keeper or

ranger, a head-man or superintendent of a forest dis-

trict. — Aranyayana (°ya-ay⁰), am, □. going into

the forest, becoming a hermit. — Aranye-tilaka, as.

m. wild sesamum growing in a forest and containing

no_yoil; hence, aoything which disappoints expectalion.

— Aranyc*nutya (°ye-an°), as, m., Ved. a kind of

oblation. — Aranyaukas (°ya-ok°)_t as, m. living in

a forest, a BrShman who has left his family and be-

come an anchorite.

Aranyaka, am, n. a forest, a desert; N. of a piant.

Aranydni, is, or aranyanl, f. a wilderness, desert,

large forest; the goddess of the wildemess aod desert,

and mother of wild animals.

Aranyiya, as, d, «ne, containing a forest, near to

one.

a-rata, as, d, am (rt. ram), dull,

languid, apathetic; disgusted, discontented; (am), n.

non-copulation.— A-rata-trapa, as, d, am, not

ashamed of copulation; (a«), m. a dog.

I. a-rati, is, f, dissatisfaction, discontent; absence

of pleasure, pain ; dulness, languor; anxiety, distress,

regret; a bilious disease; (is, is, i), discontented, un-

happy; dull, languid, restless, — AratUjna, as, d,

am, dull, spiritless.

^TxfrT 2. arati, is, m. (fr. rt. ri, cf. ara,

aram), Ved. going, approaching; moving quickly ;

moving fiame; occupying; attacking ; a servant, assist-

ant, manager, administrator; a master ; an intelligent

being ofall-piercing intellect; anger, passion; anxiety.

aratni, is, m. (said to be fr. rt. ri),

the elbow, a corner; a cubit of the middle length,

from the elbow to the tip of the little finger, a fist.

— Aratni-mdtra, as, i, am, one ell in length.

Aratnika, as, m. the elbow.

SinVI a-ratha, as, d, am, having no carriage.

A-rathin, i, m. a warrior who does not fight in a

car, or owns no car.

A-rathi, 1^, m., Ved. not a charioteer.

a-radhra, as, d, am, Ved. not lazy;

not to be subdued; unprosperous.

^TT^JoST arantuka, as, m., N. of a Tirtha.

'dXR a-rapo, as, d, am, Ved. unhurt; sin-

Icss, pure.

A-rapas, as, as, as, Ved. unhurt, safe; not hurt-

ing, beneficial, eharitable; sinless, pure.

arapadana, as, m. a mystical col-

lective N. of the five Buddhas, each being represented

by a letter.

aram, ind. (fr. rt. ri, see ara), Ved.

swiftly, at hand, near, present; readily, fitly, suitably,

so as to answer a purpose; enough, sufficient [cf. alam

81

SRg aran-kri. 5?frvm cvrishtasu

and Gr. dpa]. — Aran-kri and aran-gam, see

p. 80, coi. 2.— Aramanas, as, as, as (for aram-

ra°), Ved. ready to serve, obedient, devoted to the

worship of God; (according to native interpreta-

tion) having hostile intentions.— Aramati, is, f. (for

aram-m°), Ved. readiness to serve, obedience, devo-

ti^ ; a goddess, described in the Vedas as protecting

the worshippers of the gods and pious works in

general; (according to others) not resting, active,

going everywhere; splendor. — Aram-dsh, t, t, t,

Ved. hastening near(?).

a-ramana, as, i, ani (rt. ram), not

gratifying, not pleasing.

A-ramamya, as, a, am, unpleasant, disagreeable.

— Aramamya-ta, f. disagreeableness.

A-ramamana, as, a, am, not gratifying; Ved.

unremitting, unceasing.

A-ramayitri, ta, tri, tri, not causing gratification.

aramudit$, m. a king of Nepal.

?TTX arara, am, n. a covering, a sheath;

(as, i, am), m. f. n. the leaf of a door, a door; the

sheath of the shoot of a bamboo; (as), m. an awl;

a part of a sacrifice; fighting, war.

Arari, is, i, m. n. a door; a door-leaf.

^TMs«hi araraka, f., N. of the ancestress

of a celebrated Hindu family,

Ararahja, as, m. a descendant of Araraka.

ararinda, am, n., Ved. water; a

vessel used in preparing the Soma juice(?).

'irfrmr -rarivas, van, ushi, m. f. (rt. ra),

Ved. not offering; envious, hard, cruel.unfriendly; an

epithet of evil spirits, who strive to disturb the happi-

ness of man; an eDemy.

i. a-raru, us, m. = the preceding; N. of an Asura;

(us), m. f. (?) a weapon.

. ararv,us, us, n (rt. ri), Ved. moving.

'IUI. rrare, ind. a vocative particle, ex-

pressing haste.

araryn, nom P. araryati, -yiturn, to

work with aa awl; to try, p rt to the proof(?).

'?TCc§ aralv, us, or uraluko, as, tn. a piant,

Bigaoiia Indica.

*3n^T a -rava, as, a, a,n (rt. ra), noiseless.

aravinda, am, n. (fr. a, ‘ like,’ and

ravindi, q. v., for ravi-da ?), a lotus, Nelumbium

Sptciosum or Nymphaea Nelunrbo * (as), m. the ln-

diancranv; copper. — Aravmda-dal a-pi o hha, am,

n. copper, — Aravinda-nabM, is, m. Vishnn, from

whose navel spnmg the lotus that bore Brahma at

th : creation. — Aruvinda-sad, t, m., N. ofBrahmS,

• sitting on a lotus/

Aravindini, f. an assemblagc of lotus flower .

a-rasman, a, a, a, Ved. having no

ropes or reins.

'snnqr-r -rasa, as, a, am, sapless, tasteless;

weak, effectless, having no strength; dull, flat; insi-

pid; (as), m. no juice, absence of juice.— Ara&ada

(°sa-dSa), as, m. the eating of sapless food; mace-

ration of the body. — ArasaHn (°sa-d4³), t, ini, i,

eating sapless food ; macerating the body.

A-rasika, as, a, am, devoid of taste, unfeeling,

dull; insipid, flavourless.

a-rahas, as, n. absence of secrecy.

Arahaya, nom. A. -yate, -yitum, to become public.

^<JV rt a-rahita, as, a, am, not deprived

of, possessed of, having.

«un a-rdga, as, a, am, or a-ragin, t, ini,

i, nnimpassioned, cool.

a-rcijaka, as, a, am, having no

king or govemor, anarchical.

A-rajan, a, m., Ved. not a king.

A-rajabhogina, as, a, am, not fit for the enjoy-

ment or nse of a king.

A-rdjasthdpita, as, a, am, not allowed or licensed

by govemment.

A-ragin, i, ini, i, Ved. having no splendor; un-

checked, uncontrolled.

aratakl, f., Ved., N. or epithet of

the piant Ajas'rin-g!.

a-rali,is, f. (rt. ra), Ved. the non-

urfering (of sacritices); stinginess, hardness, di ifavonr,

scverity ; rnalignity, malevolcDce; failure; adversity;

malignity personified; particular evil spirits, who frus-

trate the gocd kiitentions and disturb the happin^ss of

man; (is), m. an enem) ; the numbf.r ‘ six.’—Arati-

du shatia, as, i, am, or arati-duskl, is, is, i, or

arati-ha, as, a, am, Ved. destroeiog enemies or ad-

versity. — Arati-bhanga, as, m. deteat ofa toe.

Aritvja or aratii/a, i,om. P., Ved. -yati, -yi-

hm, t' desire not to offer, to act like an tnemy.

— Ardtiyat, an, anti, at, Ved. envious, unfriendly,

not offirring; behavmg like an enemy, striving to

canso adversity.

Aratiya, us, us, «,\ed. not in the habit of offering.

Ai&ti-vaii, d, m., Ved. not offering, not giving ;

unfriendly, malicious.

'STTlfir a-raddhi, is, f., Ved. transgression,

sin, envy.

a-radhas, as, as, as, Ved. too poor

to perform saaifices, not making oblations, iinkind,

hard, stingy, selfish.

Aa-raya,as, m.,Ved. too poor to make

oblations, obstructing a sacrifice; niggard, stingy;

(as, t), m. f. any evU spirit. — Ardya-kskayana, as,

i, am, Ved. overpowering malignant spirits; (am), n.

destruction of malignant spirits. — Araya-tatana, as,

i, ani, Ved. destroying evil spirits; (am), n. destruc-

tion of evU spirits.

arala, as, a, am (connected with ara,

fr. rt. ri; Intens. for arara?), crooked, curved;

spreading like the spokes of a wheel; (as), m. a

bent or aooked arm; the resin of the piant Shorea

Robusta; an elephant in rut; (a), f. a disloyal or un-

chaste woman; a modest woman. — Arala-pakshma-

nayana, as, d, am, whose eyelashes are curved.

^TCI^*^a-rm?an, d,vm, a,Ved. not offering,

envious, inimical, odious; an epithet of evil spirits.

a-rashtra, am,n., Ved. loss of royal

power or of a kingdom.

f* «n, is, is, i (fr. rt. rt),Ved. going,

moving; reaching, obtaining, making an eflort to get;

aspiring after; desiring, sacrificing, devoted to; (?s),

m. the wind; a lord, a master; a pious man. — Ari-

gurta, as, m., Ved. praised by devoted men or

by worshippers; (according to others) ready for the

destruction of enemies. — A ri-dhayas, as, as, as,

Ved. willingly yielding milk (as a cow) ; (according

to others) to be held by lords only, very precious.

— ArUshtuta, as, d, am, Ved. praised with zeal.

wfx 2. a-ri, is, m. (rt. ra; but by some

written ari, and identified with I. ari), Ved. un-

generous, malicious ; not worshipping; inimical, hos-

tile ; an enemy; a species of Khadira or Mimosa;

N. of the numeral ‘six;* N. of a condition in as-

tronomy. — Ari-karshana, as, m. tamer of enemies.

— Ari-kula, am, n. family of an enemy. — Ari-

kshipa, as, m., N. of a son of Svaphalka. — Ari-

ghna, as, m. a destroyer of enemies. — Ari-tintana,

am, n. or ari-dinta, f. a plot directed against an

enemy, administratioD of foreign affairs. — Ari-ta, f.

or ari-tva, am, n. enmity.— i. ari-tra, as, a, am,

protecting from enemies (for 2. see next col.).-AW-

ddnta, as, m. enemy-subdued; N. of a man. — Ari-

nandana, as, d, am, gratifying an enemy, affording

triumph to an enemy; an enemy’s joy. — Ari-nipdta,

as, m. an invasion made by enemies. — Ari-nuta,

as, d, am, praised even by enemies. — Arin-dama,

as, d, am, conquering, victorious; (as), m. a con-

queror of enemies; N. of a man; N. of a Muni.

— Ari-pura, am, n. an enemy’s town or country.

— Ari-mqrda, as, m.,N. ofa piant. — Ari-mardana,

as, d, am, foe-trampling, enemy-destroying; (as),

m. , N. of a son of SVaphalka. — Ari-mitra, as, m.

an ally or friend of an enemy. — Arim-ejaya, as, m.,

N. of a son of Kuru, or of SVaphalka. — A ri-mcda,

as, m. a fetid Mimosa, Vachellia f amesiana; N. of

a countiy. — Ari-medakai as, m., N. of an insect.

— Ari-rashtra, am, n. an enemy s country. — Ari-

loka, as, m. a hostile tribe or an enhmy’s country.

— Ari-sfithdndka, am, n. consternation, defeat. — A-

ri-sudana or ari-hinsaka, as, m. destroyer of foes.

— AH-ha, as, m. a son of Avabina, a son of Devatithi.

a-rikta, as, a, au, not empty.

wfT^vrivra -ri.':th'i-bh'ij, k, k, k, not en-

titled to a d:; re of proptrty, not an hcir.

A-rikthiya, as, a, am=the preceding.

arinin, i, m. a cock.

aritri, ta, m. (fr. rt. ri), Ved. a

rower; a helmsman [cf. Gr. tpcrris, 4p€rp6u, &c.;

Lat. ratis, remex, &c.].

2. aritra, as, d, am, Ved. propelling, driving;

(am), n. an oar; a rudder, helm ; a ship, a boat;

a part of a carriage; a Soma vessel; (as), m. a Soma

vessel; N. of a person. [For t. see under 2. a-H; also

cf. Lat. aratrum.] —Aritra-gcidha, as, d, am,

oar-deep, shallow. — Aritra-pararia, as, i, am, Ved.

passing over by means of oars.

Ts^arin, i, n. a wheel, a discus.

-ripu, us, m. the father of Nala.

a-ripra, as, d, am, Ved. spotleS3,

cleao, ciear; faultless, blameless.

a-riphita, as, a, am, not changed

to r, said of Visarga.

A-repha, as, d, am, without the letter r.

a-rishanya, as, d, am (rt. rish),

Ved. not hurting, defending from injury.

A-rishanyat, an, anti, at, Ved. not being hurt.

A-rishfa, as, d, am, unhurt; unharmed; perfect;

secure, safe; (as), m. a heron ; a crow; N. of several

planis, the soap-berry tree, Sapindus Detergens Roxb.;

Azadirachta Indica; garlic; a distilled mixture ; N. of

an Asura, son of Bali, slain by Krishna (Vishnu);

N. of a son of Manu Vaivasvata; (d), f. a bandage; a

medical piant; N. of a daughter of Daksha and one of

the wives of Kafyapa; (am), n. bad or ill-luck, mis-

fortune; a natura! phenomenon boding misfortune;

sign or symptom of approaching death; good fortune,

happiness; buttermilk; vinous spirit; a womans

apartment, the lying-in chaniber. — Arish-ta-karman.

d, m., N. of a king of the Andhra dynasty. —^4-

rishfa-gdtu, us,us, u, Ved. having a secure residence.

— Arishia-gu,, us, us, u, Ved. whose cattle are un-

hurt. — Arishfa-griha, am, n. a lying-in chamber.

— Arishta-grdma, as, m., Ved. whose troop is com-

plete in number (said of the Mamts). — Arishta-

tdti, is, i., Ved. safeness, security; («s, is, i), auspi-

cious, making fortunate or happy. — Arishta-dashfa-

dhi, is, is, i, apprehensive of death, alarmed at its

approach. — Arishfa-ncmi, is, is, i, Ved. the felly

of whose wheel is unhurt; an epithet of Tarkshya;

the twenty-second of the twenty-four Jaina Ttrtha-

k5ras of the present AvasarpinT. — Arish{a-pura, am,

n. , N. of a town. — Arishta-bharman, d, m.,Ved.

yielding security. — Arishta-maihana, as, m. Vishnu

(S'iva?) as kitler of the Asura. — Arishta-ratha, as,

m.,Ved. whose carriage is unhurt. — Arishta-vira, as,

m., Ved. whose heroes are unhurt. — Arishta-^ayya,

f. a lying-in couch. — Anshfa-sudana, as, m. or

arishta-han, d, m. Vishnu as killer of the Asura.

— Arishfd-^rita-pura ( ta-af*), am, n., N. of a

town. — Arishtdsu (°{a-asu), u*, us, u, Ved. whose

vital power is unhurt.

Y

82

a-rishtaka.

arkin.

A-rishtoka, as, m. the -arae is o.rishta. m. above.

A-rUhii, Is, f., Ved. safene*, security.

A-nehyat, an, antt, at, Ved. not bemg hurt.

a-rllha, as, a, am ¹ for a-ridha,

rt. rih^lih), Ved. not lit-ked.

TIK aru, us, m. the sun; N. of e piant.

^TKf*T^iT arunshika, f. seab on the head.

a-ral, k, k, it, Ved. ha\mg no light,

nghtlcss.

a-ruci, Is, f. aversion, dislike; want

of appetite, disrduh, di-gu t.

A-ru/ira, as, a, am, dLagreeabk, disgusting.

A-rafya, as, a, am, disagreeable.

^t?T»T a-rvj, k, k, k, notbreaking, not sup-

purating, not festering; fice from di tase, sonnd,

healthv.

A-rugna, as, a, am, not brok.n, not diseaxed.

A-ruja, as, a, am, not breaking; not inppmating;

■our.d ; (as), m., N. of a piant, Cajsia Fistula; N. of

a Danava.

■trrCTI aruna, as, a or i, am (said to be fr.

rt. ri), reddisli-bn iwn, tawny, red; rtiddy ; the col< iur ot

the m jming oppo. .d to the darknt s of night; per-

plexo! ; dumb; (as), m. nd colour, the colour if the

!awn; dawn; the dawn personified as the charioteer

of the son; the snn; a kind of leprosy, with red

spots and in ensibility of the skin; a little poisonons

"nimii; N. of a piant, Rottlr ri. Tinctoria; molasses;

N. of several persone ; (d), f., N. of several plants; a

p'ant B .tula; m xdder, Rubia Manjith; another piant,

commonly Teori; a black kind of the nue; Cc.lo

cynth or bitter apple; the piant th»t yield the red

and bladc beny used for the jewellerj’ weight,

<alled Retti; N. of a river; (t), f. :■ red cow;

tne dawn; (am), n. rei colour; gdd.*-Aruaa-

kamala, am, n. the red \oVa^.'—Aruna-jgotis, is,

m. an epithet of Siva. — Ai dna-ta, f. red colour.

— Aruna-datta, as, m , N. of an a athor. — Aritna-

durcd, t. reddish Icnnel, — Aruna-priyd, f., N.ot

an Ap„arra.. — Aruna-jru, us, us, u, Ved. having a

red shapo. — At unaJiabhru, us, m, 'i, Ved. r .d-

dish-y. llow. — Arima-yuj, k, k, k, Ved. fumished

with red (rays of light), au epithet of the dawn.

— Aruna-Mana, as, a, am, rod-eyrd; (as), m.

a pigeon. — Aruna-sarathi, is, m. whc*e chariotetr

is Ar na; epithet of the sun, — Arunagra-ja ('na-

ag"), as, ni. Garuda, the bird of Vishnu. — Arimdt-

maja as, na., N. of Jatkyu, a tabulous

bird, said by some to be the son of Aruna, but more

generally of Garuda. — Arunartie a-ar°), is, m.

the sun. — Arunavata-ja Qna-ai ), as, m. the

youngrr brother of Aruna, a N. of Garuda. — Arw-

naiva f:ta-a4), as, m., Ved. driving with red

borses, an epithet of the Mmit.—ol; tnKkshana

(' na-ik"), as, a, am, n d-cyed. — Arv.noda ('na-

ud ), as, am, m. n., N. of a lake. — Arunodaya

('na-url’'), as, m. break of day, dawn. the period

preceding -unset. — Arunopdbx (°*«-Mp°), as, m.

a ruby.

Arunita, as, d, am, reddtnrd, dyed red, im-

purpLd.

Aruwman, a, m. redness, ruddinesi.

Aruni-krita, as, d, am, reddened, tnrned or be-

comt red.

. inmiya or arudiya^gnqa, as, m. the twenty-fifth

Upaorihad of the Athar. a-veda.

VTivri a-ruta-hanu, us, us, u, Ved. whose

cheeks or jaws cannot bt bh iken.

a-ruddha, as, a, am (rt. nidh), not

obstrueted_f not hindered.

arun-tiida, as, a, am, inflicting

wounds, causing torments; sharp, corrosive; acri-

monious, socr (as disposition). — Aruntuda-tva, am,

n. infliction of pain ; acrimoniousness, causticity.

a-rundhati, f. (rt. rudh), a medi-

ci nal dimbing piant; the wife of Vasishtha; the wife

of Dharma; the moming star, personified as the wife

of Vasishtha or of the seven Rishis; also one of the

Pleiades. At marriage ceremonies Amndhati is in-

voked as a pattem of conjugal excellence by the bride-

groom. — Arundhati-jdni, U, or arundhatl-ndtha,

as, tn. Vasishtha, one of the seven Rishis or saints,

and stars in the great bear.

arur-magha, as, m., Ved., N. of

certain miserly evil spirits (as the Panis, &c.).

arusa-han, d, m. (ara£a = aru,-

ska t), Ved. striking the red (clouds), an epithet of

Indra.

a-rush, t, t, t, not angry, good-

terapered.

^4-r^fa, as, a, am, not angry, calm.

arasha, as, i, am (said to be fr. rt.

ri and connected with aruna), Ved. red, reddish ; the

colour of Agni and his horses; («$), m. the red horse of

Agni, flame; the sun, the day; the red storm-cloud;

(i), f. the dawn; a red horse; flame; N. of the wife

of Bhrigu and the mother of Aurva. — Arusha-stupa,

as, d, am, Ved. having brilliant masses of flame.

Arusha or amshya, nom. P. arushiti or aru-

shyati, -shitum, -yitum, to go.

arus, us, us, us (fr. rt. ri), wounded,

sore; (us), n. a sore or wound ; ind. a joint. — Arush-

Icara, as, a, am, causing wounds, wounding; (ets),

m. the piant Semecarpus Anacardium; the nut of

this tree. — Arush-Tcrita, as, d, am, wounded. — ^-

ruhsrana, am, n., Ved. a kind of medical prepara-

tion for wounds.

Arushka, as, m., N. of a tree, Semecarpus Ana-

cardium.

ArusiJca, f. emptions on the scalp with acute pain (?).

Ardrkri, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kartum, to wound.

-ruha, f., N. of a piant.

’3nrET a-ruksha, as, d, am, Ved. soft.

— Aruksha-ta, f.,Ved. softne's.

A-rukshita, as, d, am, Ved. solt, supple.

A-rukshna, as, d, am, Ved. soft, tender.

VHTTCt a-riipa, as, a, am. formless, shape-

less; ugly, ill-formed; dissimilar, unlike. — A:~upa-

td, f. shapele-sness, ugliness; di similarity.—Ar^ixi-

vat, an, ati, at, shapeless, ugly.

A-rupaka, as, d, am, without figure or metaphor,

not figurative, litcral. •

A-rupin, i, ini, i, shapel.^s.

'5TFVI arusha, as, m. (fr. rt. ri), the sun, a

kind of snake.

3TT are, ind. interjection of callmg.

vnTTt a-renu, us, us, u, Ved. not dusty,

not tiinching the du=t (of the eirtlx) ; (m), n. what is

not dustv, the ether

^TTiP¹ a-retas, ds, as, as, or a-retaska, as,

a, am, seedless, not recei nng sced.

a-repas, ds, ds, as, Ved. spotless,

ciear, cl.ian, shining.

'31Tt arere, ind. interjection of calling to

inferiore or oi calling angrily.

•HTlofi a-rokm, os, d, am (rt. ru6), darkened,

obscured, dimmed. — Aruka-dat, at, ati, at, or

aroka-danta, as, d, am, having black or dis-

coionred teeth, having bad t^eth,

a-ruga, as, d, am, free from disease,

healthy, well; (as), m health.

A ,-agana, as, d, am, Ved. not rendering rick,

freeing from disea.e.

A-rogir, t, ini, i, or a-ragya, Us, d, am, healthy.

— Atogi-ta or a< ■sjija-id, f. hetdthiness, healih.

Tl-dofi a-rudaka, as,ikd, am (rt. rue), not

shining; causing want oi "ppetite or dregust; (as), m.

want or loss of appetite, dixgurt, indigestion.

A-rofakin, t, ini, i, sufferiu’ from wa..t of appe-

tite or indigestion.

A-roSamana, as, d, am, not shining.

A-roiishna, us, us, u, dark, disagte .able, ugly.

a-radana, am, n. (rt. rud), not

weeping.

o-rndhyo., as, d, am (rt. rvdh), not

to bc hindered or obstmeted, unobstructed.

iHCilli a-rapana, am, n. (rt. nSh), not

pla..tir,g or fixing.

fUlH a-rosho, as, m. calmness, gentleness.

WJa -raudra, as, i, am, not formidable

or fierce.

~~-U j~~ ark, cl. io. P. arkayati, -yitum, to

* \ heat or warm ; to praise.

arka, as, m. (fr. rt. ard), a ray, flasli of

lightning; the sun; fire; crystal; copper; a N. of

Indra; Sunday; membrum virile; N. of the piant

Calotropis Gigantea; a religious ceremony; prahe,

hymn; praising; a singer; a learned man; an elder

brother; food. — Arka-hanta, f.» N. of the piant

Polanisia Icosandra W— Arka-kshetra, am, n.^t the

field of the sun,’ N. of a sacred place in Orissa.

— Arka-dikitsa, f. ^f the medical art of the sun/ title

of a work on medicine. —Arka-ja, au, m. du. the

two sons of Surya or the sun and Asvin!, and physi-

dans of Svarga or heaven. — Arka-tanaya, as, m.

offspring of the sun, an epithet of Karna, Manu

Vaivasvata, Manu Savami, and S^ani; (a), f. an epithet

of the rivers Yamuna and Tapatl. — Arka-tva, am,

n. brightness, &c. — Arka-tvish, t, f. a ray of light,

the light of the sun. — Arka-dina, am, n. a solar

day. — Arka-nandana, m, m. a son of the sun; a

N. of the planet Satum; an epithet of Karna. — Arka~

nayana, as, m., N. of an Asura. — Arka-pattra,

as, m._r N. of the piant Calotropis Gigantea; (a), f.

a kind of birth-wort, Aristolochia Indica; (am), n.

the leaf of the piant Calotropis Gigantea. — A rka-

parqa, as, m. the piant Calotropis Gigantea; (am),

n. the leaf of this piant. — Arka-padapa, as, m.,

N. of the tree Melia Azadirachta Lin. — Arka-putra,

as, m. the child of the sun, i. e. Karna. — Arka-

pushpika, f., N. of the piant Gynandropsis Penta-

phylla. — Arka-pushpi, f., N. of the piant KutumbinT.

— Arkaprakatfa, as, m. ¹ the revelation of the

sun/ title of a work on mediane and jurisprudence.

— Arka-priya, f., N. of the piant Hibiscus Rosa

Sinensis L. — Arka-band7iu, us, or arka-bandhava,

as, m. a N. of Buddha S^kya-muni. — Arka-bhakta,

f., N. of the piant Polanisia Icosandra W. and A.

— Arka-mandala, am, n. the disc of the sun.

— Arka-mula, f. a kind of birth-wort, Aristolochia

Indica. — Arka-reto-ja, as, m. Revanta, the son of

Sbrya, — Arka-lusha, as, m., N. of a man. — Arka-

vat, an, atl, at, containing flashes of lightning.

— Arka-varsha, as, m. a solar year. — Arka-valla-

bha, as, m., N. of the piant Pentapetes Phosnicea

Lin. — Arka-vedha, as, m., N. of a piant. — Arka-

vrata, as, m. the rule or law of the sun; i. e. levy-

ing taxes, snbjecting the people to imposts, ordrawing

their wealth as imperceptibly as the sun evaporates

water.-Arka-4oka, as, m.,Ved. brilliancy of rays.

— Arka-sdti, is, i, Ved. invention of hymns, poetical

inspiration. — Arka-sunu, us, m. son of the sun, an

epithet of Yama. — Arka-sodara, as, m. Airavata,

the elephant of Indra. — Arka-hita, f., N. of the

piant Polanisia Icosandra W, — Arkan^a (°kit-an°),

as, m. a digit or the twelfth part of the sun’s disc.

— Arkd$man (°ku‘a4°), d, m. heliotrope, girasol,

crystal. — Arkdhva (°ka-dh°), as, m. swallow wort.

— Arkendu-sangama (°ka-in°), as, m. the instant

of conjunction of the sun and moon. — Arkopala

(°ka-up°), as, m. the sun-stone, a ruby.

Arkin, i, ini, i, Ved. shining; praising.

~~>ff~~ohTq arklya.

^T^fNr artha-sauhi.

83

Arlciya or arkya, as, a, am, belonging to arka.

VH*\ 5 argada, as, a, m. f. (for argala), an

impediment.

WTo5 argala, «5, a or 7, am, m. f. n. (said

to be fr. rt. arj), a wooden bolt or pin for fastening

a door or the cover of a vessel; a bar; a wave or billow.

Argalika, f-.a small door pin, a bolt.

Argalita, as, a, am, fastened by a bolt or pin.

Argaliya or argalya, as, a, am, belonging to

a bolt or pin.

ar<7&, cl. I. P. arghati, -ghitum, to

^ n, be worth, to cost; to hurt ? [cf. Germ. arg,

argern; Old Germ. arg, arh, and with a inserted,

arag, arak, miserly, wicked, impious; arg, evil].

argha, as, m. (fr. rt. arh), worth,

value, price; a respectful offering of various ingre-

dieots to a god or BrShman. — Argha-dana, am,

n. presentation of a respectful offering. — Argha-

baldbala (°la-abj, am, n. rate of price, proper

price, the cheapness or deamess of commodities.

— Argha-sankhydpana, am, n. fixing the price of

commodities, appraising, assize: it is the act of the

ldng or nder, in concert with the traders, and should

be done once a week or once a fortnight. — A rghdrha

(ⁿgha-ar°), as, a, am, worthy of or requiring a

respectful offering, a superior. — Arg%dshta-puraka

(°gha-ash°), am, n., N. of a town. — Arghita

(°gha-i£a ?), as, m. a N. of Siva.

Argkyd, as, a, am, valuable; venerable; deserving

a respectful oblation; (am), n. a respectful oblation

to gods or venerable men, of rice, dQrva-grass, flowers,

&c., with water; or of water only in a small boat-

shaped vessel; a kind of honey. — Arghya-tas, ind.

of true value.

vt mc arghata, am, n. ashes. Seeparghata.

ari, cl. i. P. artati, anarta, artish-

\yatl, artit, artitum,to shine; to praise’;

to honour or treat with respect, to worship; to salute:

Caus. artayati, -te, -yitum, to cause to shine; to

praise; to honour; worship, salute: Desid.artitishati,

to wish to honour: Ved. Pass. rityate.

Arta, as, a, am,Ved. shining. See also arta below.

Artaka, as, a, am, worshipping; (as), m. a wor-

shipper.

Artatri, is, is, i,Ved. sounding, neighing, roaring.

Artatrya, as, a, am, Ved. to be praised.

Artad-dhuma, as, a, am, Ved. whose smoke is

shining.

Artana, as, i, am, praising,celebrating with praise;

(5 or am), f. n. worship, the homage paid to deities

and to superiors. — Artananas (°na-an°), as, m.,

Ved., N. of a Rishi he who has a sounding carriage*).

Artanlya, as, a, am, to be worshipped, respect-

able, venerable, adorable.

Arta, f. worship, adoration; an image or idol

destined to be worshipped.- Arta-vat, an, ati, at,

worshipped. — Arta-vidambana, am, n. false or

feigned worship.

Arti, is, m. ray, flame (of fire or ofthe dawn, &c.).

— Arti-ketu, us, m., N. of a man. — Arti-netrd-

dkipati (°ra-adh°), is, m., N. of a Yaksha. — Arti-

mat, an, ati, at, shining, blazing; (<m), m., N. of

a man. — Arti-vat, dn, a£i, at, Ved. blazing.

Artita, as, a, am, honoured, worshipped, respectcd,

saluted ; offered with reverence.

Artitin, f, ini, i, honouring.

Artitri, ta, m. a worshipper.

Artin, i, ini, i, Ved. praising, honouring; shining

(as a ray of light), radiating; (t), m., N. of a man;

a ray of li^ht.

Artis, is, f. n. ray of light, flame; light, lustre;

$*)> f., N. of the wife of KriSsSva and mother of

DhOmaketu. — Artisk-mat, dn, ati, at, brilliant,

resplendent; {an), m. fire, the god of fire; (ati),

f. one of the ten earths with Buddhists,

I. artya, as, d, am, ta be honoured or worshipped.

a. artya, ind. baving honoured or worshipped.

I •arj, cl. i. V. arj ati, dnarja, arjish-

\yati,-jitum, to prodire; to acquire, reach,

gain, eam: Caus. arjayati, -yitum, to procure, ac-

quire ; to work or manufacture; to make or prepare.

Arjaka, as, ika, am, procuring, acquiring; (as),

m., N. of several plants, Ocymum Gratissimum L.,

&c.

Arj ana, am, n. procuring; acquiring/ gaining,

earning; gathering.

Arjita, as, d, am, acquired, gained, eamed.

'Jju¹ j 2. arj (a doubtful root, probably

^ \ distinet from the last, and connected with

raj, raj, and art), to shine, to be white (?).

Arj una, as, d or *, am, white, ciear, the colour

of day; of silver; (as), m. the white colour; a

peacock; cutaneous disease; the tree Terminalia

Arjuna W. and A.; a N. of Indra; N. of the third

of the Pandava princes, who was a son of Indra and

KuntT; N. of a son of Kritavliya, who was slain by

Parasurama ; N. of a Sakya; N. of a country; the

only son of his mother; (f), f. a procuress, a bawd ;

cow; a kind of serpent; Usb5,wife of Aniruddha; N.

of a river, more commonly called Bahuda or KaratoyS;

(nyau or nyas), du. or pl., N. of the constellation

PhalgunI; (am), n. silver; gold; slight inflammation

of the conjunctiva or white of the eye; grass; (as), m.

pl. the descendants of Aijuna. — Arjunarkanda, as,

a, am, Ved. having a white appendage, — Arjuna-

tthavi, is, is, i, of a white colour, white. — Arjuna-

tas, ind. on the side or party of Aijuna. — Arjuna-

dhvaja, as, m. having a white banner, an epithet of

Hanumat. — Arjuna-paki, f., N. of a piant and its

fruits. — Aijunarishta-santhanna (°na-arj, as, d,

am, covered with Arjuna and Nimb trees. — Arj uno-

pama (°na-up°), as, m. the teak tree, Tectona

Grandis L.

Arjunaha, as, a, am, belonging to Aijuna; (as),

m. a worshipper of Aijuna.

Arjunasa, as, d, am, overgrown with Aijuna

plants.

arna, as, a, am (fr. rt. ri), being in

motion, agitated; foaming, effervescing; restless;

(as), m. a wave, flood, stream; the teak tree, Tec-

tona Grandis L.; a letter; N. of a metre, comprising

ten feet, and belonging to the class called Dandaka;

N. of a man; (am), n. tumuit or din of battle.

— Arnasati, is, f., Ved. tumuit of battle.

Arnava, as, d, am, being agitated; foaming;

restless; (as), m. a wave, flood, stream; the foamiug

sea, high water; the ocean of air; N. of a metre;

title of a work on jurisprudence.— Arnava-ja, as,

d, am, sea-born, marine; (as, am), m. n. cuttle fish.

— Anpiva-pota, as, m. a boat or ship. — Arnava-

mandira, as, m. an epithet of Varuna, regent of

the waters. — Arnava-yana, am, n. a boat or ship.

— Arnavanta (°va-an°), as, m. the extremity of

the ocean. — Arnavodbhava (°va-u<P), as, m., N.

of a piant.

Arnas, as, n. a wave, flood, stream; the sea, ocean;

the ocean ofair; river, water. — Arnas-vat, dn, ati,

at, Ved. containing many waves. — Arno-da, as, m.

a cloud ; N. of the piant Cyperus Rotundus. -Arno-

bhava, as, m. a shell. — Arno-vrit, t, t, t, Ved. in-

cluding the waters.

c

arta-gala, as, m., N. of a piant,

Barleria Csemlea Roxb.

c

^TTPT artana, as, d_} am (rt. rit), blaming-,

reviling; (am), n. censure, approach, abuse.

Artulca, as, d, am, Ved. provoking, contentious,

quarrclsome.

arti, is, f. (a weakened form of arti,

fr. rt. ri with d), pain; the end of a bow.

iSfri^TTartika, f. an eldcr sister (in tjieatri-

cal languape), [cf. attiha and antika].

arth, cl. io. A. arthayate, -yitum,

* N Aor. artithata, ep. cl. i. A. arthate,

-thitum, to strive to obtain, to desire, wish, request;

to supplicate or entreat any one, to sue.

Artha, as, ani, m. n., in Rig-veda generally n.,

but in later Sanskrit only m. (said to be fr. rt. ri,

but connected with rt. arth), object; purpose; cause,

moti ve, reason ; advantage, use, utility; thing; sub-

stance, wealth, property, opulence; aflair, concem;

request, suit, petiti on; asking, begging, want, need ;

sense, meaning, notion ; m anner, sorf, kind; pro-

hibition, prevention, abolitiou; price; N. of a son

of Dharma. (Artha in some of its first senses

may govem an inst. case; e. g. Teo me jivitena

arthah, *what concern have I with life?’). — Artha-

Tcara, as, d or i, am, producing or yielding

^dvantage or wealth; useful; enriching. — Artha-

harman, a, n. a principal or main action. — Artha-

kama, au, m. du. utility and desire, wealth and plea-

sure; (as, a, am), desirous of wealth. — Artha-

kritthra, am, ti. a difficult matter, — Artha-krit,

t,t,t, causing profit, useful. — Artha-kritya, am, f. n.

an action aiming at profit. —Artha-gata, as, a, am

(—gatartha), without an object, useless. — Ariha-

gariyas, dn, asf, as, highly significant. — Artha-

ghna, as, i, am, wasteful, extravagant. — Artha-

jata, as, d, am, significant, full of meaning;

worth the money. — Artha-jna, as, d, am, under-

standiag the meaning of anything. — Artha-tattva,

am, n. truth, the real object, nature or cause of any-

thing; the true state of the case, the fact of the matter.

— Artha-tas, ind. towards a particular object; with

reference to the meaning; in fact, really, truly;

namely, that to say; on account of, (at the end

of a compound). — Artha-da, as, d, am, conferring

advantage; profitable, useful, compliant, favourable;

liberal, munificent. — Artha-dushaya* am, n. spoil-

ing of anotheris property; unjust seizure of property,

or a withholding of what is due; waste, prodigality,

extravagance; finding fault with the meaning of

a passage. — Artha-nibandkana, as, d, am, having

its cause in wealth, contingent on affluence and re-

spectability. — Artha-niitaya, as, m. determination,

decision. — Artka-pati, is, m. the lord of riches;

a king; an epithet of Kuvera; N. of a man. — Artha-

para, as, a, am, intent on gaining wealth; parsi-

monious, niggardly. •- Artha-ptayoga, as, m. appli-

cation of wealth, as to trade, usury, &c.; the profession.

of usury. — Artha-prapti, ts, f. acquisition of wealth;

attainment of an object. — Artha-bandha, as, m. that

which binds together the sense; the text. — Artha-

buddhi, is, is, i, selfish. — Artka-bodha, as, m. in-

dication of the real import. — Artha~bhaj, k, k, k, en-

titled to a share in the division of property, — Arthar

bhrita, as, a, am, having high wages (as a servant).

— Artha-bheda, as, m.distinction, difference of mean-

ing. — Artha-matra, d, am, f. n. property, money.

— Artha-ldbha,a8, m. acquisition ofwealth. — Arthor

lubdha, as, a, am, greedy of wealth, covetous, nig-

gardly, — Artha-lefyt, as, m. a little wealth,—Artha-

lobha, as, m. desire of wealth, avarice. — Artha-

vat, an, ati, at, wealthy, rich ; significant, full of

sense or meaning; (dn), m. a man; (-vat), ind.

according to a purpose. — Arthavat-tva, am, n. sig-

nificance, importance. — Arthavargiya, as, d, am,

conceming the category of objects. — Artha-vada,

as, m. explanation of an aflair, explanatoiy remark,

exegesis; affirmation or narrative; declaration of

purpose or object; speech or expression having a

certain object; sentence; praise, eulogium. — Artha-

vijnana, am, n. comprehension of meaning, one of

the six exercises ofthe understanding. — Artha-vid, t,

t, t, sagacious, sensible, wise. — Artha-vinittaya, as,

m. title of a Buddhist Sfltra work. — Artha~vriddht_f

is, f. accumulation of wealth. — Artharvaikalpa, am,

n. deviation from truth, perversion or disguise of fact;

prevarication. — Artha-vyaya^ as_r m. expenditure.

— Artha-vyaya-jna, as, d, am, liberal in giving

and using. — Artha-vyaya-saha, as, d, am, prodigal.

— Artha-tastra, am, n. institutes ofthe Science of

what is useful in life; Science of polity or moral

and political govemment. — Artha-tauta, am, n.

purity, honesty in money matters. — Artha-sam-

/

34 artha-saiwraha. arpaya.

Mina, ant, n. aocumulation of wcalth; trcjsuiy.

— Artlui-*a<tyraha, ab, m. accur.iulation of wcalth;

tr.asurt. — Arlha-saniaya, as, m. -cquisitnn of

wcalth; wealth, property. — A,rrha-sauthandha, as,

m. coDnection ot th; sens- with th. word or sentcDC...

— Artha-sidhaka, as, m. btinging any n.atter to

a condusion; N. of a minister or king Da'aratha.

— Aitha-sura, as, m. a onsidrrabie property.

— Artha-siddkaka, as, mN. of the piant Vitex

Negando L, — Artha-lid lhi, it, f. sacce s. — Arth'.'.-

kara, as, a, am, inheritmg or taking wealth.- ,lr-

Aa-hina, as, a, am, unmeaning, nons-nsical; poor,

deprivcd of wealth; f iling. — Arthagama (th a-ag '),

as, m. rcceipt or collection of property; mcomi, ac-

quisitlon of w*alth. — Arthadkikara (tlui-iidh), as,

m. office of treasurer, cfc'rge of money or property.

— Artl adldka, u. (’iha-adk°), \_y_m. a treasurer,

a payn.astcr — A.ihmtora (tha-uri), am, n. an-

other matt j, a different or new drcumstance, a nev

lffair; a diffircDt meaning; opposite or antithetical

t.ieanit.g, diffcrcnee of meaning or purport. —.1r-

ih&iita.a-ayasa, as, m. anti thesis. — Arti' an i ita

Ctha-an’’), as, a, am, posses.ed of wealth, iich;

significant. - At th illiti (dhc-ap ), is, f. an infer-

_t ice fiom circum tances; one of the five rguments

of tho M'ma,_isakas; prtsumption, supposition. — A,--

thdrthin ( tha-ar"), i, ini, i, onc who solicit- wcalth,

or endeavuursto gain any object. — Arthct (dha-it),

t, t, t, Ved. active, inJustrious; hasty. — Arthspsu

()iha-lp°), us, us, u, desircis ot wefith. — Jrthcpsu-

ta, f. desire of wealth. — Arthehd f tha-iha), f. desire

of wcalth. — Arthopama (tfia-vp), am, n. a simile

in whioh tho object <f companson is stat.d without any

partide of compjiison, e. g. ‘ he is a dog.’ — Arthu-

paijana (^ctha "]>'), ani, n. acqui-ition of wealth

or property. — Artho‘<hvian (^>tha-mh'^y), a, n. wea+th,

the glow or prid. of wea'th, the condrtiou of beinp

Waalthy; (so, Anglice, ‘n wirm man’). — Arihwigha

(^rtha-cgh³), a-, m. a treasure.

Arthana, f. requcst, begging, asking, entreate.

Arthaniya, ab, a, am, to h, requested, i'kcd, &c.

Artium, or arthe, ind. (gener II) it the end ot com-

p uinds) on nccount of, in b. half of, for the sakt of.

Artiat, ind. according to the state of the case ac-

cording to the urcumstances, a» a matter of fact; in

fact; that is to say.

Arthapaya, nom. P.artkapaya&i, -jlUmn. See

rt. orti.

A.‘th iya, ind. on accouut of, for the ^rake of.

Aiihilea, as, m. a crier, i watchman, a minitrd,

a servant, whose duty it is to nnounce, b) song or

ruusic, fixvd periods of the day, such as the bours of

ri-ing and going to rest.

Aithita, as. a, am, askcd, dcired, rtqueeted;

(am), n. wish, desim, supplication, petition.

Arikltavya, _Us, a, am, to be asked, requested.

Arthin, i, ini, i, onc who seeks to effect or gvin

a purposa or object; one who asks or begs for any-

thir.g (with inst.); d-sirous of (with inst.); srp-

plicating or entreatirrg any onc (with gen.); a beg-

g'r, a pttitioner, suitor; a p!a ntiff, a prosecutor; a

servant; a follower, a cjmpr.nion or partiz .n. — Ar-

thi-ta, f. th, o mdition of a beggar, asking, wi thing;

bi ggirig. — 1/thi-tva, am,, n. the condition of a sup-

pliant. — Arthi-s&t, ind. with hri, to dispone of any-

thing in fovour of one who asks or begr for it.

Arthiya, as, c, am, (as last member ot a cum-

pvnrid) destincd for ; rjatmg to.

Arth<, ind. on ac-ount ot; see artham, — Arthe-

hri, to ‘ct on behalf of (?).

Arthya, os, d, am, proper, fit; rich; to be askrd

or sought tor ; intelligvnt, wisi; (am), n. red chalk.

ard cl. i. P. ardati, d narda, ardi-

■* \ divali, dnlit, arditum, Ved. 3 pl. impv.

ridantu and d. 7. P. j-fnatti, to move; to be moved;

to be 'cattered as dust; to dissolve ; to go ; to a:k,

beg; to tormmt, hurt, krll: Cius, rrdayati, -yi-

tnm, to make -gitated or restltss-, to stir up, shake

rehomently; todistort; to torment, distress; to strike,

hurt, kill: Dc-sid. ardidUhall [cf. Lat. ardeo].

Ardnna, as, a, am, moving rcstlessly; disturbing,

distressing; (fi\ f. going; asking, begging, giving

pain, killmg; (ant), n. p.hn, trouble, excilement,dis-

turbanee.

Ardani, is, m. sickne", discasc; asking, begging;

firc.

Ardita, ae, a, am, gon.; a»ked, request.d, b.g-

ged ; killcd, iniured, paincd, affiicted; (ant), n. a

discase, spa:m of the jaw-bones; trima , tetanus;

or hemiplegia, i. c. paraly sis of the musdes on one

stdc of the tace and neck.

Arditin, i, ini, i, having spastm. of the jaw-bones.

Ardyamana, as, a, am, being distre.sed.

'5T& i. ardha, as, m. (saidtube fr. rt. ridh),

Ved. side, part; place, regioit, countty [cf. Lat. ordo,

Germ. orf]. The acctDt is on the first syllable.

2. ardita, as, 3, am, half, halved, forming a h df

[cf. Osset. atda7]; ardha ardha, cne part, the other

part; (as, am), m. n. the half; one part of two, a

part, a p trly; half a short syllable. The occent is

00 the last syllable. (Ardha maj be compoundvd in

a peculiat way with an ordinal, e. g. ardha-tritiya,

coutaining (two and) the thlrd (only) half, i. e. two

and a half; ardha-taturtha, three md a halt, Scc.)

— Atdha-kala or ardha-kuta, as, m. an epiti-et

of Siva. — Ardho-krita, as, a, am, iialf-done, holf-

perfijrmjd. — Ardhn-ktiu, vs, m., N. of a Rudn.

— Ardka-koti, f. half a crorc, five millions. — Ar-

dha-koiha, as, m. a motet) of one’s trea'ure.

— Ardha-kroia, as, m. half a Itague. — Ardha-

khara, am, I, n. f. a messure, half a khSrl.—Ardha-

ganga, f., N. of the river KJverl. — Ardha-yarbha,

a», n, am, Ved. in the middle ot the womb. — .lr-

dha-guAdha, as, m. a neckiace of twenty-four

striugs. — Ardha-gola, as, m. a heinisphcre. — vlr-

dha-£akravadin or arrlha-dakrin, i, m. half a

fakravartin; N. of the niDc black \ asudevas and the

niue cDemies of Vishnu. — Ardha-candra, as, m.

half-mooo ; the semicircula, marks on a pcacc cl^s

tail; tlie semidreuiar scratch of the finger nai¹; au

arrow, the h ad of which is like a hait-m x>n ; the

haud beut into a semidrde or the ihape of a c!aw, as

for the purpose of seizing or detehing anything; (o),

f., N. of the piant Convolvule! Torp .thum; (as, d,

at»), crescent-sh.iped, of a semiluDar torm. — Ardha-

daadtdkara (°ra-ak^z), as, d, am, or ardha-

iandrakriti, is, it, i, half-moon-shaped, crescent-

shapcd; (as), m. or (is), f. a meniscus.—Ardh'i-

(andrika, fi, N. of a climbing piant —Ardha-

tiolaka, as, m. a short bxlice. — A'dlta-jiiltnavi, fi,

N. of the river KJverl. — Aidha-tanu, us, f. half a

body. — Ardha-t ikia, as, m., N. of a piant. — Ar-

dhr-iura, as, m. a particular kiid of mu-ical instru-

ment. — Ardha-dagdha, as, a, am, hJt-bumt.

— Ardha-ditasa, as, m. half a day, n.idd.y; a

day containing one half of a whole dry, a day of

twelve hours. — A rdita-dera, as, m., Ved. demi-god.

— Ardha-dhdtr, am, n. a knife or Lineet with a

single edge, th, bfadc two inches long, the handie six.

— Ardha-narayaita, as, m. a torm of Vishnu.

— A t dhamcrUa ( ri-isa), as, m. one of the forms

of S'iva (half male and half fima’e).—Ardha-noui,

am, n. half a boat. — Ardha-niia, fi midnight. — ,4r-

dh’l-paitecdat, f. twcntv-five. — Ardha-jiana, am,

n. a measnre containing half p»na. — Ardha-patha,

a,a,n.half way; (e), ind.midway, — Ardhapadikit,

as, a, am, havinv only half a foot. — Ardha-prira-

rata, as, m a kindofpigeon. — Ardha-pulayita, am,

n. a half-pallop, canter — Ardha-purna, as, a, am,

halt-rul! — Ardha-prahtra, as, m. half a w-tch, one

hour and a lulf. — Ardhadirihati. fi, Ved. half the

usual breadth. —Ar‘lha-hhaga, as, m. a half; a

pzrt. — Ardha-bhagika, an, i, am, or ardha-hha-

gin, i, ini, i, taking or sharing half, — Ardha-bhaj,

k, k, k, taking or iharing half; (k), m a sharcr,

companion. — Ardha-bhmkara, as, m. midday.

— Ardha-khnHka, t. a kmd of cake. — Ardlta-ma-

gadhi, f. a variety of the MJgadhl dialect. — Ardha-

miita-a or ardha-,nanavaka, as, m. a neckiace of

twelve sXrinp. — Ardha-matrd, t. half a short sylla-

blQ. — Ardha-uiargc, ind. hali-way, midway. — Ar-

dha-mosn, as, m. half a month; anlhumnxa-iat,

ind. every half mnnth, or fertnight. — Ardhnmasa-

tama, as, a, am, or ardhamasika, as, a, am,

deme or happening every halt month; lasring half

a mciith, or a firtnight. —. i rdha-mHshti, is, m. f.

a half-donched hand.—Ardha-ydma, as, m. half a

watch, an hocr and a half. — Ardha-rath.i, as, m.

a warrior who fights on a car along with another.

— A i dha-rat- a, us, m. niidiiight; a night contain-

ing half a wholt day of twenty-four houri. — Ardl a-

■ritra-saniayn, as, m. th_ time of midnight. — vfr-

dhnratrurdkudivasa (°ratra-ardha°), am, 11. the

-qoinox. — Ardharta (°dha-rp^!a), as, am, m. n.

half a verre or imnifitich. — Ardhcrda-das, ind. in

even Lcmistich. — Ardharastra-samvita, us, 3,

a m, dothed or enveloptd in half-garments. — Ardha-

rUarga, as, m. the sound Visarga before k, kh, p,

ph, so caltcd because lts sigD X) is the half ol that

of Visarga (%). — Ardha-vikshana, am, n. a side-

look, a glance, a leer. — Ardha-t rid llia, as, 3, am,

middlc-aged, — .1 /dla-eutna dka, as, m., N. of the

follower' of Kar.Jda (‘arguiog half-perishableness’).

— Ardha-xyasa, as, m. the radios of a tircle.

— Ardha-data, p.m, n. fifty; one hnndred and

fifty. — Ardhasiva, am, for Oidhii-aia (^Jdha-

ai°), am, n. half a meal. — Ardha-3aphai a, as,

m. a kiud of fish. — Ardha-iabda, as, 3 am, hav-

ing a low voice, — Ardha-3esha or ofdharaiesha

(°dha-av°), as, 3, am, having only half ltfi. — Ar-

dha-iyama, as, 3, am, half-cloitded. — Ardha-

tioka, a«, m. half a Sloka. — A, dlta-ianjata-bnsya,

us, 3, am, having its crops half-grmvn. — Ardha-

sirin, i, m. a cultivator, a glonghman, who takcs

half the crop for his labour — Ardha-hcra, as,

m. a neckiace of sixty-four or of forty strings. — Ar-

dha-hrasva, am, n. half a ihort syllable. — Ar-

dhansa ( dhc -an ), as, m. a halt, the half. — Ar-

dhandin ("V/Aa-rufi),!, ird,\liuriny a halt. — A rdhd-

kara (°dha-a°), as, m. half the letter a : nDothc.

name for aragraha, q.v. — Atdh&.tga (dl/t i-an'),

am, n. iialf the body. — A, dhardhu, ( dha-ru°),

as, m. half of a h-dfi a qirrtrr; h:.lf and half. — Ar-

dharabhrdaka (°<lha-av‘), as, m. pain in half the

head, hemicrania; (am), n. d.viding in equa) qarts.

— Ardliaxam ‘ha ('dha-av'’), as, 3, am, having

only one half \eil. — A>dhaiana (°dha-a;,°), am,

n. half a meal. — Ardhosnrta (°dha-as'^J), am, n.

half a seat (it is considered a maik of high respect to

m tke room for a gne-.t on the sanie neat with ont’s

seltq; greeting kiudly or w.th r»spect; exemptior

from outsmb. — Ardlundi' Cdha-in°), us, m.a iialt-

moon or cr.scent; the semtcireular tmpression of a

finger nail; an arrow with a crescent-diapcd h-ad ;

the haud expanded in a semidreuiar fonr. like a claw.

— Aidlunda-inaidi (^cdha-ia°), is, m. Siva, whor

diadem is a iralf-moon. — Ardlnndra dha-in'),

as, d, am, that of which a half bolongs to India.

— Ardhnkta (°dha-uk°), as, a, aih, half-uttered, said

imqierfictly or indistinctly. — Ardh >kti ( dha-uk^J),

is, fi spe-king indistinctly or incompletely, broke'

or interrupted speech. — A. dhudaya (°dha-ud),

as, m. the rising of the haif-moon. — A rdhodita

fdhu-udd), as, 3, am (rt. i wi:h vd), half-risen;

(rt. md), half-uttered. — Ardhuruka (°dha ura),

as, 0, am, rtaching to tlre middle of the thighs;

(am), n. a short p-tticoat.

Ardhala, as, am, m. n. the «amc as ardha.

— Ardhaka-ghdtin, i, m., N. of Rudra.

Ardhaa-k.i, d. 8. P., Ved. -karoti, -kartum,

to preler, to fvvour.

Ardhika, as, i, am, mearuring a lulf, rclating to

a half.

Arditin, i, t'ni, i, entitled to half or sharing 0 half.

TTpS ardhuka, as, a, am (fr. rt. ridh), Ved.

succe :ding, prospering.

Ardhya, as, 3, am, to be accompliahed ; to be

obtained.

arpaya, Oaus. of rt. fi; arpayali,

tJtjtit arpana.

Wc3f3 a-langhya.

85

-yitum, to throw, cast; insert, fix; pierce, place in

or upon ; offer, deliver, consign, entrust, give back.

Arpana, am, n. throwing, casting; inserting, fix-

ing; piercing; placing in or upon; offering, delivering,

consigning, entrusting ; giving back.

Arpamya, as, a, am, to be delivered, to be placed.

Arpita, as, a, am, delivered, consigned; placed

in or upon. — Arpita-kara, as, t, am, extending or

giving the hand ; married.

Arpisa, as, m. the heart.

Arpya, as, a, am, to be delivered, coasignable.

j arb,cl. i. P. arbati, anarba, arbitum,

* \to go, to go to or towards; to hurt or kill.

arbuda, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr.

the preceding rt.), a serpent; a serpent-Iike demon

conquered by Indra; a long round mass; a swelling,

a tumour, a polypus; a hundred millions; N. of a

mountain in die west of India, commonly called AbQ,

a place of pilgrimage, espedally of the JainasN. of

a people; N. of a hell.

Arbudi, is, m., Ved. a serpent-like demon con-

quered by Indra.

Arbudin, i, ini, i, afflicted with swelling or tumour.

arbha, as, a, am (said to be fr. rt. ri),

little, small, unimportant; (as), m. child, pupil [cf.

Lat. orbus/ Gr.

Arbkaka, as, a, am, small, minute; weak, little ;

emaciated ; young, childish; like, similar; (ag), m.

a boy, a child, die young of any animal; a fool,

an idiot.

Arbkaga, as, a, am, Ved. youthful.

arma, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr. rt.

ri), a d isease of the eyes.

Armaka, as, a, am, narrow, thin; (am), n. nar-

rowness.

Armana, as, m. a measure of one drona.

Arman, a, n. a disease of the eyes.

arya, as, a, am (fr. rt. ri), attached to,

true, devoted, dear; kind; excellent; (as), m. a master,

lord; an Aryan ; a man of the third tribe, a VaHya;

(d), f. a woman of the third tribe, the wife of a

Vaiiya. — Arya-jara, f., Ved. the mistress of an Ar-

yan. — Arya-patni, f., Ved. wife of a true, legitimate

husbanfl. — Arya-varya, as, m. a Vai6ya of rank.

— Arya-dveta, as, m., N. of a man.

Aryaman, a, m., Ved. a bosom friend, play-fellow,

companion, espedally a friend who asks a woman in

marriage for another; N. of an Aditya, who is com-

monly invoked together with Varuna and Mitra; N.

of the chief of the manes; the sun; the Asdepias

piant. — Aryama-datta, as, m., N. of a man.

— Aryama-deva, f., N. of the twelfth lunar mansion.

Aryamya, as, d, am,Ved. indmate, very friendly;

(as), m. bosom friend, companion.

Aryayani, f. a multitude of women of the VaiSya

tribe (?).

Arydni, f. a mistress; a woman of the third or

Vaisya tribe.

j arvy cl. i. P. arvati, anarva, arvi-

* N tum, to hurt, kill.

wa arva, (in comp.) hither, towards, near

to. — Arva-vasu, us, m. one of the seven prindpal

rays of the sun.

'X dZ arvata, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. arv),

ashes.

WT^arran, a, m. (fr. rt. ri), going, run-

ning; epithet of a horse or its driver; a horse;

one of the ten horses of the moon ; epithet of Indra ;

a short span; (tl), f. a mare; a bawd, a procuress;

(a, ati, at), low, contemptible, inferior, vile. — Arva-

nas, as, as, as, whose nose is like that of a horse.

Arvata, as, d, am,Ved. possessed of coursers, quick.

arva.6, van, vadi, vdk (fr. rt. and

with arva; cf. arvan), coming hitherward ; tumed

towards, coming to meet any one; being on this side

(as the bank of a river); being below or behind,

turned down or downwards; following, subsequent.

Arvale, ind. (with abi.) hitherward; on this side;

from a certain point; before, after; on the lower side

of, behind, downwards; (with loc.) within; near.

— Arvdkkdlika, as, d, am, belonging to proxi-

mate time, modem. — Arvalckalilca-ta, f. modem-

ness, posteriority of time. — ArvaJc-kula, am, n. the

near bank ofa river. — Arvdksaman, d, d, a, Ved.

epithet of three days, duriog which a Soma sacrifice

is performed. — Arvak-srotas, ds, as, as, N. of a

creation of beings in which the current of nutriment

tends downwards. — Arvag-bila, m, d, am, Ved.

having the mouth hitherward. — Arvag-vasu, us, U8,

u, Ved. offering riches.

Arvake, ind., Ved. in the proximity of, near to.

Arvadina, as, d, am, tumed towards; favouring;

being on this side or below (with abi.); born after-

wards, posterior, recent, modem; reverse, contrary.

— Arvadina-ta, f. or arvddina-tva, am, n. state of

being posterior, recent or contrary.

Arvadinam, ind. (with abi.) on this side of;

thenceforward, thence onward ; less than.

t, f.,Ved. proximity [cf.

para-vat]; being near.

arva-vasu, us, m., Ved., N. of the

Hotri; N. of the Brahm?,n of the gods.

arvuka, as, m., N. of a tribe or peo-

ple in the Maha-bhSrata.

arda, as, m. (fr. rt. ris), damage,

hurt; hemorrhoids, piles.

Ardas, as, n. piles, hemorrhoids. — Ardo-ghna,

as, i, am, destroying die hemorrhoids; (as), m., N.

of the piant Amorphophallus Campanulatus Blume;

one part of buttermilk with three parts of water;

(i), f., N. of the piant Curculigo Archioides Lin.

— Ardo-yuj, k, k, 1e, afflicted with hemorrhoids.

— Arso-roga, as, m. the hemorrhoids. —Ardoroga-

yuta, as, d, am, or ardorogin, i, ini, i, afflicted

with hemorrhoids, having hemorrhoids. — Ardo-kita,

as, m. the marking nut piant, Semecarpus Anacardium.

Ardasa, as, d, am, afflicted with hemorrhoids.

Ardasana, as, d, am, Ved. striving to hurt, ma-

li cious ; (as), m. fire.

Ardin, i, ini, i, afflicted with hemorrhoids,

arshana, as, d, am (fr. rt. risb),

flowing, movable.

Arshani, i, Ved. a pricking or pierdng pain.

arsas, as, n. hemorrhoids. See

ardas above.

A arh, cl, i. P., ep. A. arbati, -te,

v* anarka, arkisbyati, drbii, arbitum,

Ved. arkase, to deaerve, merit, be worthy; to ha ve

a claim to anything, to be entitled to (with acc.);

to be allowed to do anything (with inf.); to be

obliged or required to do aoything (with acc.) ; to be

worthy; to be worth; to counterbalance ; to be able;

(the 2nd pers. pres. of arb with an infinitive is often

used as a softened form of imperative; e. g. datum

arbasi, ‘ be pleased to give;’ drotum arhasi, ‘deign

to listen,’ for drinu): Caus. arhayati (aor. arjikat),

-yitum, to honour: Desid. arjikishati [cf. Gr. &px<»].

Arha, as, d, am, meriting, deserving, worthy of,

having a daim or being entitled to (with acc. or

inf.); being required, obliged, or allowed (with

jnf.); becoming, proper, fit; worth (in money),

costing; (as), m. a N. of Indra; (a), f. worship;

(a??i), Ved. n. pl. worship.

Arbana, am, a, n. f. worship, adoration, honour,

treating with veneration or respect; (a), ind., Ved.

according to what is due ; according to one’s means.

Arkat, am, antl, at, deserving, entitled to; able,

allowed to ; worthy; venerable, respecrable ; praised,

celebrated ; (an), m. a Buddh'¹.; the highest rank in

the Buddhist hierarchy ; an Arhat or superior divinity

with the Jainas. — Arkat-tama, as, d, am, most

worthy, best, most venerable.

Arbanta, as, d, am, worthy; (as), m. a Buddha;

a Buddhist mendicant; N. of Siva.

Arbita, as, d, am, honoured, worshipped, saluted.

Arhya, as, a, am, worthy; respectable; right, fit.

arbari-sbvani, is, is, i, Ved.

making enemies (arhari) cry aloud ; (if formed by

redupl. of hrisb with affix vani) exultant.

_i al, cl. i. P. alati, alitum, to adorn;

* " to be competent or able; to prevent.

See alam.

ala, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. al), the

sting in the tail ofa scorpion; yelloworpiment. See ala.

alaka, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr.

rt. al), a curi, lock; (as), m. a mad dog [cf. alarka];

(d), f. a girl from eight to ten years of age; N. of the

capital of Kuvera, situated on a peak of the Himalaya

inhabited also by SJva. — Alaka-tva, am, n. the state

of a curi or tress. — Alaka-nanda, f. a young girl

from eight to ten years old ; N. of the Gan-ga river;

N. of a river that runs from the Himalaya moun-

tains and falis into the Gan-ga.— Alaka-prabha,

f. the capital of Kuvera, — Alaka-priya, as, m., N.

of the piant Terminalia Tomentosa W. and A.

— Alakasamhaii, is, f. rows of curis. — Alaka-

dbipa (°kd-adk⁰), as, m. or alakddhipati (°ka-

adb°),is, m. aN. of Kuvera. —A lakdnta (°ka-an°),

as, m. the end of a curi, a ringlet. — Alakedvara

fjcd-id⁰), as, m. a N. of Kuvera.

alakam, ind., Ved. in vain, for

nothing.

alakta or alaktaka, as, m. (said to

be for a-rakta), the red resin of certain trees; or

perhaps the cochineal or its red sap. — Alakta-rasa,

as, m. the Alakta juice [cf. the preceding].

a-lakshana, am, n. (rt. laksh), a

bad, inauspicious sign; (as, d, am), having no signs

or marks; without characteristic, having no good

marks, inauspicious, unfortunate.

A-laksbita, as, d, am, unseen, unperceived, un-

observed, unlooked for; uncharacterized, having no

particular mark. — Alakskitantaka (°ta~an°), as, d,

am, suddenly dead. — Alakshitopastbita {°ta-up°)_t

as, d, am, one who has approached unobserved.

A-laksbya or a-lakshaniya, as, d, am, invisible;

unmarked, not ind icated ; having no particular marks,

insignificant in appearance; (as), m., N. of a certain

weapon, — Alakshya-gati, is, is, i, moving invisibly.

— Alaksbya-linga, as, d, am, disguised, incognito.

a-lakshmi, is, f. evil fortune, bad

luck, distress, poverty.

alakhdna, as, m., N. of a king

of Gurjara.

alagarda or alagardha, as, m. a

water-serpent, the black variety of the Cobra de Gapello

(Coluber NSga); (a), f. a large poisonous leech:

(etymology doubtful.)

a-lagna, as, d, am (rt. lag), not

joined or connected.

a-lagla, as, d, am, speaking uncon-

nectedly; stammering.

a-laghu, us, vi, u, not light, heavy;

not short, long; weighty; serious, solemn; intense,

violent. — Alaghu-pratijna, as_y d, am, solemnly

pledged or promised. — Alaghupala (°gku-up°), as,

m. a rock. — Alaghushman (°ghu-ush°), a, m. in-

tense heat.

alankarana, alankdra, See un-

der alam, p. 86, coi. i.

■'-M q-ri a-langbana, am, n. (rt. langh),

not surmounting, not transgressing, not passing over

or beyond.

A-langhaniya or a-langhya, as, d, am, insur-

mountable, impassable, not to be crossed; not to be

Z

86

-'MqdlMrt' alartghamya-la.

a-lesaija.

transgressed, ioviolable, venerable. — Alanghaniya-

ta or alanghya-ta, f. impassableness, insurmount-

ableness, inaccessibility; inviolability; respectability;

authoritative or absolute iule; superiority.

alaja, as, m. a kind of bird.

vi rt *il alaji, f. inflammation of the cye,

at the erige of the cornea.

virtTfl a-lajja, as, a, arn, shameless.

alahjara, as, m. an earthen water-

jar. See alinjara.

vic^Tri alali, is, m. a kind of song.

'^Xftm^a-lapat, an, anti, at, not speaking.

Sm a-labdka, as, d, arn (rt. labh), un-

obtained. — Alabdha-natha, as, d, am, friendless,

without a \>7&ror\.~ Alabdhafolvlpsita ('°dka~dbk°),

as, a, am, disappointed in one’s desire.

A-labhamdiui, as, d, am, not gaining, &c.

A-labliya, as, d, am, unobtainable, unattainable.

alam, ind. (said to be fr. rt. al),

enongh, sufficient, ?dequate, cqual to, competent, able.

(Alam may govem a dat., e. g. alam jivanaya,

sufficient for living; also a loc. or inf., e.g. alam

vijnane or vijnatum, able to conceive; also inst.,

e. g. alam tfanJeaya, enough, i. e. away with fear 1

It may be used with the future tense, e. g. alam

hanishyati, he will be able to kill; or with an indecl.

part., e. g. alam bkuktva, enough of eating, i. e. do

not eat more; alam viddrya, enough of consider-

rtion.)

Ala?t-l’ri, d. 8. P. -karoti, -kartum, to prepare,

make ready; to omameot, decorate; to prevent from,

impede (with gen.).

Alan-karana, am, n. preparation, the act of de-

corating, decoration; omament

Alandcarishnu, us, us, u, fond of omament;

decorating, skilled in decorating; omamented; (us),

m. an epithet of Siva.

Alandcartri, td, trl, tri, decorating, skilled in

decoration, a decorator.

Alankarmlna, as, d, am, competent to aoy act,

skilful, elever.

Alan-kara, as, m. the act of decorating; omament,

decoration; a figure or rhetorical expression. — Alan-

JcdrarMndnkd, f. title of a commentary on Kuvala-

yananda. — Alankara-rat, an, atl, at, decorcted,

omamented; (fi), f. title of the ninth Lambrka in

the Kath3saritsSgara; (vaf), ind. like an ornament.

— Alankara-4dstra, am, n. a manual or text-book

of rhetoric. — Alankara-suvarna, am, n. gold used

for omaments. — Alankara-sura, as, m., N. of a

kind of meditation in Buddhism. — Alankara-htna,

as, d, am, unadomed.

Alankaraka, as, m. omament, decoration.

Alandcpita, as, d, am, prepared, made ready;

omamented, adomed.

Alan-kriti, is, f. omament; rhetorical omament,

figure or rhetorical expression.

Alan-kriya, f. adoming, omamenting.

Alan-gamin, ?, ini, i, going after or following

in due or propeT manner.

Alan-jtvika, as, d, am, sufficient for livelihood.

Alan-jmtui, as, d, am, sufficient, adequate to.

Alan-tama,as,d,am, able, sufficient, having power.

Alan-dkana,as, a, am, possessing sufficient wealth.

Alan-dkuma, as, m. thick smoke, smoke enough.

I. alam-pata, as, m. the interior of a house;

womans apartment.

Alam-paiu, us, us, u, able to keep cattle.

Alampurushina, as, d, am, fit for a man, be-

coming a man ; mfficient for a man.

AJam-bala, as, m. stroog enough, having sufficient

power; an epithet of Siva.

Alam-bhusJtyu, us, us, u, able, competent.

■d! 2. a-lampata, as, u, am, not libi-

dinous, chaste.

■eMtJM alambusha, as, m. (etymology

doubtful, though connected with alam above), the

palm of the hand with the fingers extended; vomiting;

N. of a Rakshasa or evil spirit; (5), f. a barrier, a

line or anything not to be crossed; a sort of sensitive

piant; N. of an Apsaras.

aAaya, as, m. (rt. U, to be dissolved,

or to rest, cling to), non-dissolution, permanence;

(as, d, am), houseless, homeless; vagrant.

alarka, as, m. (etymology doubt-

ful), a mad dog or one rendered furious; a fabulous

animal, like a hog with eight legs; N. of the piant

Calatropis Gigantea Alba; N. of a prince.

alarshi. See s. v. ri.

Alarshi-rdti, is, is, f, Ve d. eager to bestow, ready

to grant gifts, one whose gifts are granted quickly.

alala-bharat, an, enti, at,

Ved. beioming active or livtly.

■JTeTt? alale, ind. a word of no import

occuiiin^ in the drilect or gibberish of the PisSdas, a

dass of impa or goblins, introduced in plays, &c.

JipJvCrf •rlarala or alavalaka, am, n. a

basir. for water at the root of a tree.

a-las, as, as, as (rt. las, td shine),

not shining.

(SoJfl a-lasa, as, a, am (rt. las, to labour),

mactive, without energy, lazy, idle, indolent, tired,

feint; {as), m. sore or ulcer between the toes; N. of

a smail poi onous animal; N. of a piant; (d), f., N.

of th climbing piant Vitis Pedata Wall. — A la ''n-ta,

f. or alasa-tca, am, n. idleuers. - Ala-tkshana (°sa-

lk°), f. a woman with lanpuishiog lookv.

A-lamka, as, a. am, indrJent; {as), m. tynipa-

nitis, datulenee, inturm scence of the abdomen, with

constipatiou and wind.

A-lasya, as, a, am, idle, lazy.

viovoi alandn, us, m., N. of a smail

noxiour inseet or o'hei animal.

SW'o5TH ■ lata, am, n. a fire-brand. coal.

"HoSlint a-latrina, as, m. (rt. la — ra?),

Ved. not yranting anything; a cloud.

it rt; a-labu, us or u, iis, f. (fr. a, ‘ not/

and lab, ‘to sink?’), the bottle-yourd, Isgenana

Vulgaris Scr; (us, u), m. n. a vessel made of the

prectdiug.—Alahu-patra, am, n. a jar made of the

bottle-gourd,—AWm-maya, as, i, am, made of a

bottle-rourd. — Alatm-kata,, am, n. the down of the

bottL-tourd.

iT?5TH i-ldbha, as, m. (rt. labh), non-

acquirement; lovs.

aldyya, as, m. (fr. rt. ri?), Ved.

epithet of Indra or N. of a man; an asseilant.

^le^TT _uldra, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. ri),

a door.

i-lasa, as, m. (said to be fr. a +

lasa. saliva), imiammation and abscees at the root

of the tongue.

a-lAsya. See a-lasa abov^re.

ali, is, m. (fr. rt. al?), a orow; the

Indian cuckoo; a scorpion; a large black bee; spi-

rituous l.quor. — A^i-kubi, am, n. a flieht or number

of bees. — Alikula-sankala, as, m. the water piant

Trapa Bispinrsa. — Ali-iikra or ali-jihrika, f. the

uvula or soft palate. — Ali-durva, f., N. ot a piant.

— AU-pa*trila, f., N. of a shrub. — Ali-parni, f.,

N. of the piant Tragia Involucrata Lin. — Ali-prii/a,

am, n. the red lotw, Nymphsea Rubra; fd), f. the

trumpet tiover, Bignonia Suaveolens. — Ali-mala, f.

a flight of bees. — Ali-moda, f., N. of a piant, Premua

Spinosa. — Ali-i'irava, as, m. or ah-viruta, am, n,

song or hum ot the bee.

Alin, r, m. a scorpion; a larg. black bee.

Alini, f. a -warm of bees.

'.s Trosi ulinsa, as, m., Ved. a kind of

demon.

vhfoi-lika, am, n. (fr. rt. al?), the fore-

head.

aliklava, as, m., Ved. a kind of

cirrion bird.

aVgarda, as, m. a snake. See

alagarda.

i-llnga, am, n. absence of marks;

(as, d, am), having no marks; (in gram.) having

n a gendtr.

A-lingir,, i, ini, i, an imf astor, a pretended ascetic

or student, one vearing the usual hontal marks, skin,

staff, &c., withunt btlonging to a rebgious ord(.r.

TrfcTST aliiijara, us, m. a stnall earthen

water-jar.

^d _alina, as, m., Ved., N. of a tribe (?).

alinda or alindaka, as, m. (fr. rt.

al ?), a terrace before a house-door; («s), p]., N. of

a peopie.

olipaka as, m. a dog; the Indian

cuckoo;

ii frt‘H( a-lipsa. f. (Desid. of rt. labh),

freedom irom desire or cupidity.

climpka or alimpakc or alimhaka,

as, m. the Indian cuckno; a frog; a bee; N. of the

piant Ba<sia Latifolia; th< filamenti of the iotus.

oPka, as, a, am fsaid to be fr. rt.

al, ‘ to "dom/ i. e. dress out m false colour; perhap-

ii. a, ‘ not,’ and Kka, but the lattcr does not occur), un-

pLssing, dLagreeable; nntrue, fals:; smail, little;

(a/7i), n. anything displeasing; falsehood, untruth;

the torehead; heav^n. — AKka-ta, f. falsehood, vamty.

— Alika-matsya, as, m. i kind of dish re sembling

the tavte of fish (‘mock-fish’), made of the tiour of

a sort of bean tned with Sesamum oil.

Alikayu, us, m., N. of a Brahman.

Alikdya, nom. A. alVcdyatt, -yitum, to be de-

ceived.

Alikii,, i, ini, i, diragretable; false, deceiviug.

Alilya. as, a, am, belonging to falsehood, false.

’-Woi'i⁷P( aligarda, as, m. s. snake. See

aligarda.

VTo^ itlu, v.s, f. a smail water-pot. See alu.

a-lupta, as, a, am (rt. l"p), not cut

olf, undimmished. — Alupta-mahiman, a, a, a, of

uudiminishcd glory.

a-lubdha, as, d, am, or a-lubhyat,

an, anti, at (rt. lubh), Ved. mod rate, content, not

covetour. — Alubdha-tra, am, n. freedom from co

vetoumess, mrderation, contentment.

A-hbha, as, m. non-confrsion; right process (3);

absenci of cupidity, moderation.

A-lobhin, i, ini,i, not waoting or desiring anything.

a.-luksha, as, u, am, soft. See

a-rnksha.

a-lSna, as, d, am (rt. f ii), uncut,

unshorn.

ale or aXele, ind. unmi aning words

in the dialect of the demons or PisSdas, intro-

duced in plays, &c.

ss-otoh a lepaka, as, ika, am, xtainless.

TleTST r-leia, as, a, am, not little, much,

large; (am), ind. not at ali. — A-leiaija (°ia-q°),

as, a, am, firm, sttady.

t

•srsjter a-loka.

^np*T ava-kri.

87

f'-lolca, as, m. (rt. lok), not the

«orld; the end of the world; the in.rnater.al or

spiritual world; not the people; (as, d, am), not

having space, finding no place.

A-lokana, am, n. invisibility, disappearancc.

A-lokaniya, as, d, am, invisible, imperceptible.

A-lokita, as, a, am, unseen.

A-lokya, as, d, am, unusual, unallowed.— Alokya-

ta, f. unfitness for hcav#n.

A-laukika, as, i, am, not current in the world,

not relating to this world, uncommoo, supematural;

(in gram.) not current in the usual language; un-

usual, rare; theoretical; Vedic (as opposed to the

later usage of a word). — Alaukika-tva, am, n. rare

occurrence of a word.

--fopanga (°pa-an), as, a, am,

Ved. not defective in a single 1'mb.

M*¹¹ a-lnmnharslcmc, as, a, am, not

oausing ercetion of the hair of the body (from joy).

■HoJloi a-lola, as, a, am, unaeitated, firm,

steady, trac ₁uil; ( a), f., N. of a metra containing four

lines, each of fonrteen syllablcs. See lola.

A-lokt, us, m, u, indifferent to sensnal objects.

— Alnin-tam, n. indifference to semual objects.

-t ci! rt ^ a-lolnpa, as, a, am, free from

iesire; not grcidy or covetous, apathebe.

Tlrtl? aloha, as, m., N. of a person ?

(Gatia to Panini IV. 2, fw*

-‘-'MlftlH a-lohita, as, a, am, bloodless;

(a*n), n. Nyn.pha-a Rutra.

^cSlf^Ea -Invkika. See above.

vT^i alket, as, m. (0 doubtful word), a

‘ree; ? member of the bedy.

■et "4 alpa, as, a, am (fr. rt. al? perhaps

onnected with arbha), smill, minute, triffing; littlt;

seldom, rare; of short exi tence. Alpam, ind. little;

•ilpat, ind. withoot ruuch trouble, easily; alpena,

ind. easily [c* I.ith. ulpxtu, ap-alpHu, ‘to faint'].

— Alpn.-kaiya, am, n. ,anali matter. - Alpa-he.sl,

i., N. of a p'ant; or perhaps the root of sweet flag.

— Alpa-lritn, as, a, am, bought for little money,

cheap. — Alpa-yandha, am, n. the red lotus.

— Alpa-ieshtita, as, e, am, inert. — Alpa-ddhada,

as, d, am, scantily chd. — Alpa-jna. as, d, am,

xnowing little, ignorant, shallow, superne A.-Alpa-

tam1, us, us, v, smali-bodied; shurt, Mn. — Alpa-

l/i, f or alpa-tva, am, n. smallness, minuteness;

mferiority, ^ iiisignificance. — Alpa-dakshina, as, d,

am, defective in presents (as a cei^mony). — Alpa-

drishti, is, is, i, of contintd views, narrow-minded.

-Alpa-dham, as, d, am, of little wealth, not afflu-

ent.— A/pa-AJr is, is, i, wiak-minded, having lit-

tle sense, fbdish,— llpo-pattra, as, m., N )f a

piant, a species of the Tuia*i. — Alpa-padma, am,

n. the red lotus. — Alpa-parivara, as, d, am,

having a small train or retinue. — A^parpa us, us,

a, Ved. having a small number of r.itlie. — Aljxi-

pu/tya, as, a, atri, whose religious me^ts are small.

— Alpa-prajas, d°, d ?, as, having few descendant*

or few subjeris. — Alpa-prahhasa, as, a, am, of

little weight or conraquencc, imigniticant. — Alpa-

prahhara-tva, am, n. insignificanre. — Alpa-pra-

mdna or alpapratiMnaka, as, i, am, of little

■eeipht or m casure; of little authority, resting on

litte evideace; (as), m. rmmon cucumber, Cucu-

mis Sativus. — Alpn-prajntja, as, d, am, of rare ap-

plication or a,<;.—Alpa-prana, as, m. (in gram.)

slight breathing or weak aspiration; the effort in

uttering the vowels, the semivowels y, r, l, v, the

sonsonanti /', d, /, t, p, q, j, d, d, b, and the narals,

is said to be accompimed with slight aspiration, but

pracbcally alpa-praua is here equivalent to unas-

pirated, as opp-sed to ihaha-prana, q. v.; (as, d,

am), having little or short breath, :i thniutic. — A Ipa-

hala, as, d, am, of littlf strength, fei bk.- AIpa-

f-ddla, as d, am, causing little annoyance or incon-

veniencc. — Atpa-b-KldM, is, U, i, weak-minded,

unwise, ignorant, sil\y. — Alpa-bhdyya, as, d, am,

having little tortune. — Alpa-bhdshiu, i, ini, i, speak-

ing little, tacitum. — Aipa-utadliyama, as, d, am,

thin-waisted. — Alpa^adtra, am, n. a little, a little

merely; a short ime, a tew moments. — Alpa-md-

risha, as, m. a klnd of amaranth, Amara,ith", Poly-

gamus. —. Vpa-murti, is, is, i, smali-bodied, dimi-

nutive; (is), f. a small figure or object,— 1 Iva-

inulya, as, d, na, of small value —Alpa-medhas,

as, as, as, of little understanding, ignorant, silly.

— 4’pam-pada, as, d, am, couknjg little, stingy.

— Alpa-vayas, as, as, os, young in age, — 41 pa-

vadin, i, ini, i, speaking little, tacitum.— ,4'pa-

lislya, as, d, am, ignorant, ill-taught, uneducated.

—Alpa-visJiaya, as, d, am, of limited range or

eapaeity, _ engaged in tntiing matters. - Alpaiah-

panikU, is, N. of a metre. — Alpa-<”kti, is, is,

i, of little strength, weak, teeble, — Alpa-Sas, ind.

in a ljw degree, a little; separately; seldom, now

and then, — Alpa-saras, as, n. a basin, a small

po, d, 01— whidi ii shallow or dry in the hot -eason.

— Alpasndyu, us, us, u, having few siuews.

— Alpalcdnkskin (°pa-ak°), i, ini, i, deuring little,

contented or satisfied with little. — Alpanji (‘pwan⁰),

is, is, i, Ved. covertd with minute spot .—Alpa-

yus (’pa-dy'), us, us, ut, short-lived; young, of

f t v, years; (ts), m. a goat. — Alparamhha (°pia-

dr°),as,m. a gradna! beginning, — Alpalpa (°pa-

aF), as, a, am, very little, minute; little by little.

-Alpahara (°pa-dh⁰), as, m. the taking little

food; moderation, abstinence; (a«, d, am), absti-

nent. — Alpdharin (°pa-dA°), ?, ini, i, eating little,

moderate, abstemious. — AlpeMhu Cpa-iA°), us, us,

u, moderate in wishes, seeking little. — Aljpetara

CpaAf), as, d, am, large, lit. other tban small.

— Alpetakhya (alpa-ifa~akhya), as, d, am, named

after an insignificant chief or master, of low origin.

— Alpona (°pa-un°), as, d, am, slightly defective,

not quite complete or not fmished. — Alpopaya

Cpa-up⁰), as, m. small means.

Alpaka, as, ika, am, small, minute, triiling;

(am), ind. little; (as), m., N. of a piant, Hedysarum

Alhagi.

Alpita, as, d, am, diminished.

Alpishtha, as, d, am, least, srnallest, very small.

— Alpishtha-kirti, is, is, i, of little note.

Alpi-kri, cl. 8. P. Acaroti, -kartum, to make

small. i

Alpi-krita, as, a, am, made small; comminuted ;

reduced in number.

Alpi-hhuta, as, d, am, become small; diminished,

reduced in number.

Alplyas, an, asi, as, smaller, less, very small.

^TWT alia, f. a mother; voc. alia.

av, cl. i. P. avati, ava, avit, avi-

N shyati, avitum, to be glad, to enjoy one’s

self, to satisfy one’s self with (with loc.); to do good to

any one; to satisfy, to fili; to like, wish, desire, love;

to be pleased with, to bestow great care upon; to

favour, promote, animate; to belp, guard, defend,

protect. (The following meanings are doubtful): to

move; to know or apprehend ; to enter; to be

near; to have a right; to obey; to shine; to

embrace; to kill or hurt; to take; to be; to grow,

to bura, to divide: Caus. P. avayatt, -yitum, to

consume, devour [cf. Lat. aveo; Gr. £«].

I. ava, as, d, am, Ved. desiring, loving.

Avana, avani, &c. See s. v.

2. ava or somettmes va, ind. (as a pre-

fix to verbs and nouns expresses) off, away, down;

implying sometimes depreciation, disrespect, diminu-

tion, &c. ^J

(As a separable adverb or preposition with abi.)

away, off, away from or down [cf. the Zend pron.

<mr, to which corresponds the Slav. ovo, ova, ‘this,

that: cf. also the syllable av in av-r6s, aZ, aZBt,

addis, aZrts, aZre, avidp; Lat. au-t, aurlem, &c.].

Avakata, as, d, am, opposite, contrary; back-

wards, downwards ; (am), n. opposition, contrariety,

revetse.

Avakatikd, f. dissimulation.

Avakutdra, as, d, am, opposite, contrary; back-

wards, downwards; (am), n. reverse, contrariety.

Avaku(drikd, f. dissimulation.

a-vanAa, as, m. a low or despised

family; (am), n., Ved. that which has uo beams or

support, the ether.

^T^TT. See above.

ava-kalita, as, d, am, seen, ob-

served; wicked, pervene (?).

^T^TT avaka, f. a grassy piant growing in

marshy land, Blyxa Octandra Rich; otherwise odled

S'aiv5la. — Avakada (°kd-ada), as, d, am, Ved. eat-

ing the piant Blyxa Oct. R.-Avakolba (°ka-uT),

as, a, am, covered or surrounded with Avaka plants.

ava-kas, cl. 1.4. A. -kdsate, -kds-

yate, 'ditum, to be visible, to be manifest: Caus.

P. -kadayati, -yitum, to cause to look at: Intens.

part. -dakadat, at, ati, at, shining; seeing.

Ava-kada, as, in. a glance cast on anything; N.

of certain verses, during the recitation of which the

eyes must be fixed on certain objects; place, space,

open or wide space, room, occaslon, opportunity;

interval, aperture; intermediate time; avakadam

kri or da, to make room, to give way, to admit;

avakadam labh, to get a footing; to obtain a favour-

able opportunity; to find scope, happen, take place;

avakadam rudh, not to give way; to hinder, im-

pede. — Avakada-vat, an, ati, at, spacious.

Avakadya, as, d, am, admitted in the recitation

of the AvakS^a verses.

ava-huhdana, am, n. bending,

curving, flexure, contraction.

ema-kuMita, as, d, am, vexed,

inflam jd; cut olf.

iiqw.ujTf ava-kunthana. am, n. investing,

lurrounding; attr-cdng.

Ava-kuntkita, a», d, am, invested, surrounded,

attracted.

’-Wm tt' ana-kuis. cl. io. P. A. -kutsayati,

■U, •yitum, to bl ime, revili , contemn.

Ava-kutsita, as, d, am, raviled, despi ed; (am),

n. biame, censure.

ava-kush, cl. 9. P.-kvshnaii, -koshi-

tvm, to draw or mb downwards; to prove(?); to

display (?).

'■-'i ava-kul, cl. 10. P. -kulayati, -yi-

tum, to singe, bum.

ssm<jri avu-krit, cl. 6. P. -krintati, -karti-

tmn, to cut off or away: Caus. P. -kaitayati, -yitum,

to cause to cut off.

Ava-karta. as, m. a pa.t cut off, a strip.

Ava-kartana, am, 11. cuttiog off, cxcision.

Ava-kartih, i, ini, i, rutting off, cutting uut.

'-1 Jt ava-kris, Caus. -karsayiti, -yitum,

to emaciate, make kan or meagrt or mean-looking;

to detorm.

‘M=I ava-krish, cl. 1. P. -karshali,

-karshfum, -krashtvm, to dtaw off or away, to pull

off or out, to extract, to take off; to drag dowi..

Ava-karslana, am, n. takiog or pnlling out, off

or down, i xtraction ; t xpulsion.

Ava-krishta, as, d, am, drawn away or down,

sent away, removed, dropp-d; expelltd, tnmcd out;

dragged down; being below; inferior, low; degraded,

outcast; (as), m. a servant who pertorms the lowes»

office, i "weeper, a waterman, tScc.

Ava-krishyn, ind. having drawn away or down.

ava-kri, cl. 6. P. -kvrati, -baritum,

88

~~3R<H~~ tiva-kara.

~~fPPT~~^T ara-gnhya.

-ritum, to pour out or down, to spread, to scalter;

to shake ofF, throw ofF, leave; to bestrcw, pour upon,

cover with, 611: A. -kiratc, to extcnd ; to feU asunder;

to pass away, feli ofF, bccome feithless.

Ava-kara, at, m. dust or sweepings.

Ava-kirna, as, a, a m, thrown ofF, left; scattered,

disregarded, violated, coarsely pounded.

Ava-kirmn, i, ini, {, violating a vow or engage-

ment of chastity, continence, temperance, &c. j (t),

m. a religious studeat who has committed an act of

iacontinency. — Avakinji-vrata, am, n.penanee for

aa act of iacontinency.

Ava-kiryamana, as, a, am, being scattered or

strewed.

^T^Java-klrip, cl. i. A. -kalpate, -pitum,

~ptum, to correspood with, to answer; to be right;

to be fit; to help to, to serve: Caus. -katpayatt,

-yitum, to put in order; to prepare, make ready ;

to employ becomingly; to consider as possible:

Desid. of Caus. -Jikalpayishatt, to wish to prepare

or to make ready.

^ Ava-kalpita, a8, a, am, corresponding with, right,

Ava-klripti, {$_t f. considering as possible ; possi-

bility, suitableoess.

•s

vi q«n si va-kesa, as, a, am, Ved. having

the h; ir hanjzing down.

Ava-kcSbi, i, im, i, unfruitiul, barrui; (i), tu. a

tree without truit.

ava-kokila, as, a, au, cilled

iown to by the koil (singine in a tree abovt ?).

‘ti 4 ct?l - 4 avakolba. See s. v. avaka.

a-raktavya, as, a, am (rt. vad),

oot to bo said, inipropcr; incLscntable.

*R^i < -vaktra, as, a, am, having no month

(as a vussel).

SR3i u-vakra, as, a, am, not crooked,

straight, upright, honest.

W d stif^ !wa-kraksh^:n, T, ini, i (rt. kraksh

oonn cted with hrieh ^T), Ved. dashing Jown, ovor-

coming.

«iTt rra-krpnd, cl. I. P. A. -k pandati,

-te, -ditum, or Cau'. P. -krandayati, -yi>mn, to

ay out, roar.

"AVa-icranttq, as, m., Vtd. roarinp, neighing.

Ava-krand tu t, am, n. crying out, w^uping Joud.

'it H sfiH ava-kralSy cl. i. 4. P. -kramah,

-kramyoU, -kramitunx, to step drwn or iway, run

a»^y, < scapu; to treod down, hvercomc; to d_sceod:

C .us. P. -kramayaH, yitum, tcxause to go down.

Ava-krafiH, is, f. de.cending, desctut; appr-jach.

Ava-kramin, ?, im, «,Ved. running awJV, eseaping.

'i Hto^l ara-kriya, f. neglect, omifsion,

lon-pcrtorm nce of prtscribud acts.

^TTsSt ira-kri, cl. 9. P. A. -krinati, -nite,

kretum, to purchase; to let out to hire; to bribe.

Ava-kraya, as, m. letting out to hire ; reot; re-

venue; price.

'•va-krid, cl. I. P. A. -krndati, -te,

■ditum, to ">av (?).

'i3't»3r ara- Irus, cl. 1. P -krnsati, ■krnsh-

turn, tr cdl down to; to revilu.

Asa-krmhta, as am, soundud ill orbudlv; re-

nltd, abused.

Ara-kroSa, as, m. ducotdant noise; a cnr=e, an

imprecat>on; abuse.

^317?*? ava-ktam, ? Caus. P. Iklamayati,

-yitum, to bring water f r waahing; (this «ori, ajvcn

by W.ttercaard, 15 doubtfiil.) °

ara-Veda, as- m. (rt. klid), trirk-

Ung, descent of moistur.; ichor, malignant or letid

d -jr ,rg..

Ara kledana, am, n. tnckling, falling as di.w or

mojsture.

ava-kvaua, as, m. a discordant or

false note.

w t jfii M b vc-kvatha, as, m. impcrfect di-

gestion or decoction.

ara-kshar, Caus. P. -ksharpyati,

-yitum, to caust to flo* down upon.

'ii d ii' rt Qva-kshal, cl. 10. P. -kshdlayati,

-yitum, to wash by dipping in.

ava-kshama, as, m., Ved. pro-

pitiat >ry offering, satisfactior of dalms, eompcnsation.

snffT ara-kshi, cl. 9. 5. 1. P. -kshindti,

-nati, -kshayati, -kshttuu, to remove: Pass,-kshi-

yatr, to Waste away.

Ara-lshaya, as, m. durtruction, wast., los'.

Ava-kshayana, am, n. a means for extiopuishing

(a firu, &c.).

Aro-lshh/a, as, d, am, wasted, omaciated.

VnrfPV avr-kship, cl. 6. P. A. -kshipati,

-tc, -kxheptum, to throw down; to cause to fly d iwn

or away; to hur'; to reprimand, revilu any one;

to grant, yieW: Caus. P. -kshepayatt, -yitum, to

cause to fall down.

Ava-hhipta, as, a, am, thrown down, trdly

throw.i; said sarcaatically, impoted, iminuated; blsmed,

rcviled. *

Ava-hhepa, ai, m. blaminp, rcvilln':, scolding.

{ vn-k-lirpana, am1, n. throwing d»wn, ovcroom-

ing; censure, bl:im_; despising; (5»), f. reio, bridla.

■31-7VT ata-kshtt, cl. 2. P. -kshanti, -kskavi-

tum, to sneeze upon.

Ava-kshuta, as, a, am, sneezed upon.

ava-kshud. cl. I. P. -kshadati. -di-

v3 x ⁷ _t ⁷

tum, to stamp or pound ; to rub to pieces.

ava-kshai, cl. i. P. -kshayati, -kshd-

tum, to bum down or to the end.

Ava-kshana, at, d, am, bumt down.

vi q ava-kshnu, cl. 2. P. -kshnauti,

-kshnavitum, to rub to pieces.

W4M^ava-khand, cl. 10. P. -khandayati,

-yitum, to divide, annihilate, destroy.

Ava-khandana, am, n. dividing, destroying.

Wf? ava-khada, as, m., Ved. a bad or

contemptible meal, eating to no purpose, an unworthy

oblation.

ava-khya, cl. 2. P., Ved. -khyati,

-khyatum, to look down, perceive : Caus. P. -khya-

payati, -yitum, to cause to look at.

ava-gan, cl. io. P. -ganayati, -yi-

tum, to disregard, disrespect, pay no attention; to

despise.

Ava-ganana, am, n. contempt, disregard.

Ava-ganita, at, a, am, disreg?jded, despised.

^ vt q m <ij ava-gana, as, a, am, separated from

_on€’s companlons, isolated, alone.

ava-ganda, as, m. a boil or pimple

upoa the &^ee'

(P'a-gatha, as, d, am (rt. ga, to go),

bathing or batijed early in the morning.

Vidilfdrl avP-gadita, as, d, am (rt. gad),

unsald, unuttered. >

ava-gai!}, cl. I P. -gaddhati, -poti-

tum, to go d^wn, de-jcend; to com- to, visit; to go

near, ind ;rtakc; to rcarh, obtain; to hit upon,

thmk of, eunceivc; too^earn> understaid, assure one’s

scit, be convineed tj 'recognize, consider: Caus. P

-gamayati, -yitum, to bring near, procur.; to cause

to kiow, teach.

Ava-gata, as, a, am, S^one- g'>ne away; ibtained,

conc-ivad, laiowr., leamt, undarstocd, o3tnpr<.htnded :

assented, promised,

Ava-gati, is, f. perceptioa, knowledge, compre-

hension.

Ava-gantavya or ava-gamya, as, d, am, to be

known or understood, to be judged, intended to be

understood, meant.

Ava-gama, as, m. or ava-gamana, am, n. going

near, descending, understanding, comprehension, in-

telligence; knowledge, getting acquainted with.

vfq'ih:r1 ava-garhita, as, d, am, despised.

ava-gal, cl. r. P. -galati, -litum,

to fall down, slip down.

ava-galbh, cl. i. A. -galbhate,

-bhitum, to be brave, valiant.

avagdda, as, id. a small wooden

bason for baling water out of a boat; (etym. doubtfiil.)

ava-gah, cl. i. A. -gdhate, -gahi-

tum, -jgadhum, to plunge into; to go deep into, to

be absorbed in (with loc. or acc.).

Ava-gadha, as, d, am, immersed, bathed, plunged

into; that in which one bathes; deepened, low;

concealed, curdling (as blood). — Avagadha-vat, an,

ati, at, bathing, plunging, diving.

Ava-gaha, as, m. plunging, bathing; a bucket (?).

Ava-gdkana, am, n. immersion, plunging, diving,

bathing.

Am-gdhita, as, d, am, bathed, immersed.

'X%JTJ& ava-gunth, cl. io. P. -gunthayati,

-yitum, to cover with ; to draw over, conceal.

Ava-gun(hana, am, n. hidiog, veiling, a veil; a

peculiar joiniag of the fingers in certain religious

ceremonies; sweeping. — Avagunthana-vat, an, ati,

at, eovered with a veil.

Ava-gwithika, f. a veil.

Ava~gunthita, as, d, am, eovered, concealed,

veiled, screened. — Avaguii(hita-anukha, as, t, am,

haviog the fece veiled.

Vfqyfert ava-gundita,as,d,am, poimded,

ground, pulverulent.

ava-gur, cl. 6. A. -gurate, -ritum,

to assail with threats, to attack, to raise a weapon for

the purpose of striking a blow.

Ava-gorana, am, n. menadng, assaulting with in-

teat to kill, assailing with weapons.

S.Nq£ ava-guh, cl. i. P. A. -guhati, -te,

-guhitum, -gadhum, to cover; to hide, conceal; to

put into or inside; to embrace.

Ava-guhana,am, n. hiding, concealing, embracing.

ava-gri, cl. 6. A. -girate or -gilate,

-garitum or -galitum, -garitum or -galitum, to

swallow up.

Ava-girna, as, d, am, swallowed up.

ava-gai, cl. I. P. -gdyati, -gdtvm,

to sing in a discordant tone, sing depreciatingly, sa-'-

tirize in song, reproach, revile.

Ava~glta, at, d, am, sung in a discordant tone,

sung badly; sung depreciatingly, satirized in song,

destroyed by incantation; reproached, abused, cen-

sured; wicked, vile ; seen frequently (*= muhur-

drishta), sung of frequently, well known, ‘decan-

tatus (am), n. satire in song; reproach, blame, bad

or discordant singing.

ava-grah, cl. 9. P. A. -grihndti,

-nite, or Ved. -gribhndti, -nite, *grahitum, to let

loose, to let go ; to divide; (in grain.) to break ofF,

separate, discontinue ; to distinguish : Caus, P. -gra-

hayati, -yitum, to knead, make dough.

Ava-grihita, as, a, am, obstructed, impeded, re-

strained.

1. ava-grihya, at, d, am, (in gram.) separable.

2. ava-grihya, ind. having separated, laying hold

with the feet, leaning against with force or violence.

ava~graha. avatapte-nakula-sthita. 89

Ava-graha_y as_t m. separation of the component

parts of a compound, or of other grammatical forms,

occurring in some P5thas, e. g. in the Pada-text of

the Vedas; the mark or the interval of such a separa-

tion ; the syllabi e or letter after which the separation

occurs; the chief member of a word so separated;

obstacle, impediment, restraint; drought; nature,

original temperament; a sort of knowledge, a false

idea (?); an imprecation or term of abuse; an ele-

phanti forehead; a herd of elephants; an iron hook

with which elephants are driven.

Ava-grahana, am_t n. obstacle, impediment, re-

straint, disrespect,

Ava-graha, as, m. breaking off, discontinuing;

obstacle, impediment, imprecation; drought; the

forehead of an elephant.

Ava-grdham, ind. in breaking off or discontinuing.

ava-ghatt, cl. i .A .-ghattate,-ttitum,

cl. io. P. -ghattayati, -ylturn, to push or bmsh

away or off; to touch, feel, rub ; to stir up.

Ava-ghatta, as, m. a hole in the ground, a cave,

a cavern.

Ava-ghattana, am, n. mbbing away or off.

Ava-ghattita, am, n. pushing or rubbing toge-

ther; rubbing off.

vm Mi cl ava-ghata, as, m. (rt. han), strik-

ing, hurting, killing ; a violent or fatal blow; threshing

com by bruising it with a wooden pestle in a mortar

of the same materia).

Ava-ghatin, t, ini, i, striking, killing.

M M ^ ava-ghush, cl. i. P. -ghashati, -shi-

tum, to proclaim aloud; to convoke, send for, sum-

mon ; to fili with cries or clamour.

Ava-gkwhta, as, a, am, proclaimed, summoned.

Ava-ghoshana, am, n. ciying, proclaiming, de-

nouncing.

xmy *§_N(ava-ghurn, cl. i. P. A. -ghurnati,-te,

•riitum, to whirl round, brandish, move to and fro.

Ava-ghurna, as, m. a whirling round ; a Whirlpool.

Ava-ghurnana, am, n. rolling or whirling round.

Ava-gkwrnita, as, a, am, whirled round.

myM ava-ghrish, cl. i. P. A. -gharshati,

-te, shitum, to rub off, rub to pieces: Caus. -gkar-

shayati, -yitum, to rub off, scratch off.

Ava-gharskana, am, n. rubbing off, scrubbing.

Ava-gharshita, as, a, am, mbbed off, scrubbed.

^4 f<£ rl ava-ghotita, as, a, am (rt. ghut,

cf. rt. guntk with ava), covered, concealed.

ava-ghra, cl. i. P. -jighrati, -ghra-

tum, to smell at, to touch with the mouth; to kiss:

Caus. -ghrapayati, -yitum, to cause to smell at.

Ava-gkrana, am, n. the act of smelling at.

Ava-gkrata, as, a, am, smelled, smelled at; kissed.

■‘-M a -M avada, lower. This word is con-

nected with ava as udda is with ud, but only found

in uddavada, q. v.

^mava-daksh, cl. 2. A. -dashte, -dash-

tum, to Iook down upon, to perceive.

Ava-dakskana, am, n. looking down upon?

(Gana to PSnini VIII. i. 27, 57).

a-vadana, am, n. abscnce of asser-

tion, silence, tacitumity; (as, a, am), not speaking,

silent. — A-vadana-kara, as, a, am, not doing what

one is bid, disobedient.

A-vadaniya, as, a, am, not to be spoken, im-

proper. — Avadaniya-td, f. or avadaniya-tva, am,

n. impropriety of speech.

A-vadas-kara, as, a or t, am, silent, not speak-

ing, tacitum.

ava-dandramasa, am, n., Ved.

the looking down of the moon.

^r=n- ava-dar, cl. 1. P. A. -6arati, -te,

-ritum, Ved. -ritave or -vai, -rase, -radhyai, to

move or come down; to go down towards: Caus.

-ddrayati, -yitum, to cause to move or descend

upon; to employ.

Ava-dara, as, d, am, going or moving down or

in or upon; (as), m. place of descent, road, field of

action.

Ava-ddrana, am, n. employing, application, mode

of proceeding.

Ava-ddrya, as, d, am, to be cast down, to be

given, to be put on or applied.

1. ava-di, cl. 3. P., Ved. -diketi,

-detum, to worship, honour, respect.

2. ava-di, cl. 5. P. A. -dinoti, -nute,

-ddum, to gather, pick off; to take off; to Iet

down (one’s cloak) behind, to open (one’s cloak).

Ava-daya, as, m. gathering, especially flowers,

fruits, &c.

Avardayin, i, ini, i, gathering, picking off.

Ava-dita, as, d, am, gathered; filled, inhabited.

^ q-M s ava-duda, as, in. the pendent crest

or streamer of a Standard. See ava-dula.

4 ava-durn, cl. 10. P. -durnayati,

-yitum, to sprinkle with meal, dust, &c.; to cover.

Ava-durnana, am, n. sprinkling with powder;

pounding, reducing to powder.

Ava-durnita, as, d, am, sprinkled with powder;

coarsely pounded, ground, crushed.

ava-dula, as, m. (fr. dula for duda),

an omament hanging downwards from the top of a

banner, the top ornaments (such as streamers, peacocks’

tails, &c.) of a Standard hanging downward ; a chowrT.

Ava-dulaka, as, m. a chowil or brush, formed of

a cow’s tail, peacocks feathers, &c., for fanning off

flies.

^ ^ M ri ava-drit, cl. 6. P. -diritati, -darti-

tum, to Iet loose.

M ava-ddhad (-dhad), cl. 10. P. -ddha-

daijati, -yitum, to cover over, overspread; to con-

ceal, to obscure, leave in darkness.

Ava-ddhada, as, m. a cover, covering.

Ava-tdhanna, as, a, am, covered over, over-

spread, filled.

Ava-ddhddya, ind. having covered over; having

obscured.

ava-ddhid (-dhid), cl. 7. P. A.

-ddhinatti, -ddkinte, -ddkettum, to cut off, detach,

separate, tjo tear in pieces, break asunder; to excerpt,

distinguish, discriminate ; to intermpt.

Ava-ddkinna, as, d, am, cut off, separated, divided,

detached, excerpted ; broken; (in logic) predicaled,

i. e. separated from everything else by the properties

predicated ; bounded.

Ava-ddkeda. as, m. anything cut off; part, portion;

separation, disiinction; discrimination; distinguish-

ing; boundary, limit; a predicate, the property of

a thing by which it is distinguished from everything

else. — Avaddheddvaddheda (°da-av°), as, m. gene-

ralising, removing distinctions.

Ara-ddhedaka, as, ikd, am, separating, distin-

guishing, particularising, determining; bounding, se-

parating one thing from another; peculiar; (as), m.

that which distinguishes, &c.; a predicate, character-

istic, property; boundary, limit.

Ara-ddhedana, am, n. cutting off; separating, di-

viding ; discriminating, distinguishing.

Ava-ddhedya, as, d, am, to be cut off, separated, &c.

ava-ddhurita or ava-ddhuritaka,

o

am, n. (fr. rt. dhur, * to split/ with ava, * that which

splits one’s sides ?*), a horse-laugh.

-cs} ava-ddha (-dha), cl. 4. P. -ddhyati,

-ddkatum, to cut off or away, to flay, to skin, to reap.

Ava-ddkdta, as, d, am, cut off, flayed, emaciated

by abstinencc; reaped.

ava-janita, as, d, am (rt. jan),

bom, brought forth,

ava-ji, cl. 1. P. -jayati, -jetum, to

spoil (i. e. deprrve by conquest), to win; recover ,*

to ward off; conquer: Desid. -jigishati, to wish to

win or recover.

Ava-jaya, as, m. the act of overcoming, victory.

Ava-jlta, as, d, am, conquered; contemned, dis-

regarded.

ava-jushta, as, d, am (rt. jush),

visited.

Saqsfll 1. ava-jha, cl. 9. P. -janati, -jnatum,

to disesteem, have a low opinion of, despise, treat

with contempt.

3. ava-jnd, f. or ava-jnana, am, n. contempt, dis-

esteem, disrespect (with obj. in loc. or gen.). — Ava-

jtiopahata {°jud-up°), as, d, am, treated with cod

tempt, humiliated, degraded.

Avagnata, as, a, am, despised, disrespected.

Avarjneya, as, a, am, contemptibk, to be treated

with disrespect, disreputable.

ava-jyut (rt. jyut for dyut), Caus.

■jyotayati, -yitum, to light up or bring a light to

bear upon, to illumine.

Ava-jyotya, ind. having lighted (_a Iampt.

-A tJ ava-jval, (laus, -jealayati, -yitum,

to set on fire.

STWZavata, as, m. (fr. 2 .ara, q.v.),ahole.

a vaaiity; a hole in th- ground, a chasm, a pit; any

deprr‘5 -d part of the body, a (avitv, a fosse, a sinus;

a wcll; a juggt.r; N. of a mar — Arata-kaCL Jw.ya,

as, nt. a tortoist in a hole ^said of an invxpenenced

man, who has seen nothing of the wrrld).—Avata-

, irndhana, am, n. a particular hell.

Arati, is, m. a holo in the ground; a sinus; a

Wow, a cavity.

AvaHta, as, a, am, flat-nored.

Am/u, us, m. f. the back or nap' of the neck;

a hole in the ground; a woii; N. of a tree; (»;, n.

a h( Je, a rent. — Aratu-ja, a.^J, m. a hind curi, the

hair on the back of the head. ■

Avatya, as, a, am, Ved. being in a hole.

Avata, as, m., Ved. a well, a cistem.

avadanga or avadranga or ava-

tanka (?) or avatanga (?), as, m. a markot, a mart.

am, n. (rt. di), the flight

of a bird, flying downwards.

■diqjW u-randa, as, d, am, Ved. not with-

out a tail.

ava-tansa or ava-tansaka, as, am,

m. n. (rt. tans), a garland; a ring-shaped ornameut,

ear-ring, crest.

Ava-tansita, as, a, am, having a carland or ear-

ring, cr.sted.

iTEIVt nva-takshana, am, n. (rt. taksh),

anything cut in piec-s; chopped straw.

VnTrTT ava-tad, Caus. P. -tdduyati, -yitum,

to strike downwards.

ara-tan, cl. 8. P. -tanoti, -ni,tum,

to streteh or extfnd downwards; to overspread, cover;

to Iwen, undo, especially a howstring.

Ava-iata, as, d, am, overspread, canopi :d, cov :red;

loosened — Aratata-Ahanran, a, m., Ved. whosr

bow is unbent.

Ava-tati, is, f. stretehing, extending,

Ava-tana, as, m. stretehing, extending; unbend-

ing of a bow; cover; awning.

ava-tap, cl. 1. P. -tapati, -taptvm,

to radiate heat (or light) downwards: Caus. -tana-

yati, -yitum, to irradiate; to heat; to illuminate.

Ava-tapta, as, a, am, heated.—AvatapU-na-

kula-sthila, am, n. an ichneumon’s standing on hot

ground (metaphorically said of the incon tancy ot

man).

A a

90 ava-tupin. snprTf^i ava-dkwaka.

A^a-lapin, i, ini, i, a pbce when. thc sun strikes

vertit illv d wn.

<T^Tir*ra ava-tairusa, am, n. shght dark-

ness, obscurity.

’.t q rt* *i ava-taram, ind. (fr. ovn with

compar. ifix), Vcd. f uther iway, more distantly.

.ira-fas, ind. beluw, in the lower World.

’X qnQe'¹ ara-tarpann, am, n. (rt. trip),

soothing rem.dy.

ava-trid, cl. 7. P., Ved. -trinatti,

-tarditum, to chip off, sever; to silence.

^TTr^ara-/ri, cl. I. P. -tarati, -taritum or

-ritum, to descend (eSpeciatly as a deity in becoming

incarnate): to alight; to betake one’s self to; to

make one’s appearance; to undertake, overcome:

Caus, -tarayati, -yitum, to make or let ooe descend,

to bring or fetch dowo; to pour down, take down,

take off, remove; to bring down towards; to intro-

duce, set a-goiog» render current; to descend (?).

Ava-tarana, am, n. descending, alighting; rush-

ing along, sudden disappearance; Crossing; trans-

lating.

Am-taranika, f. the short prayer (e. g.ganeiaya

namah) at the beginning of a work, which causes the

divinity so addressed to descend from heaven.

Ava-taritavya, as, a, am, to be descended.

Ava-tara, as, m. descent (especially of a deity

from heaven), thc appearance of any deity upon earth,

but more particularly the incamations of Vishnu in ten

Principal forms, viz. the fish, tortoise, boar, raan-lion,

dwarf, the two RSmas, Knshna, Buddha, and Kallri;

any ncw and unexpected appearance; (aoy distin-

guished person in the language of respect is called an

Avat2r or incamation of a deity); aiming at an object

(with gen.); a Iaoding-place, a Tlrtha or sacted

place; a pond; translation, translating, Crossing; ava-

taram labh, to gain one’s aim or object with regard

to anything (with gen.). — Avatara-katha, f. ac-

coont of an AvatSra; N. of a chapter in the work

entitled ‘ Sankara-vijaya/ supposed to have been com-

posed by AnaotSnanda-giri. — Aratara-dvadatia-

kirtana, am, n. title of a chapter of the work

* Crdhvimnaya-samhita.’ — Avatara-mantra, as,

m. a prayer causing the descent of a deity. — Ava-

tara-vadavali, f.» N. of a controversial work by

Purushottama.

Ava-taraka, as, ikd, am, making one s appear-

ance ; making a descent.

Ava-tarana, am, n. causing to descend; transla-

tion; worship, adoration; posscssion by an evil

spirit; the ends or border of a garment.

Ava-tdrita, as, d, am, taken off or out, laid down

or aside; descended ; translated.

Ava-tdrin, t, int, i, making one’s appearance;

making a descent. _t

Ava-tdrya, ind. having caused to alight.

Ava-tirna, as, d, am, descended, alighted;

crossed, passed over; translated. — Avatiriiania

(°na-fina), as, d, am, freed frotn debt.

Ava-tlnja, ind. having alighted or descended.

^nnfr^rr ava-toka, f. a woman or a cow

miscarrying from accident.

^qr* avatka, am, n. (fr. avata, q. v.),

Ved. a small well,

^TTf^T. See under ava-do.

•*mqc-4^ ava-trasta, as, a, am (rt. tras),

terrified.

cl. 1. P. -tveshati, -tvesh-

(um, to glitter, shine; to move(?); to take(?).

^ ava-tsar, cl. 1. P. -tsarati, -ritum,

to fly away.

Ava-tsara, as, m., N. of a descendant of Kafyapa.

rt/1 q a-vatsiya, as, d, am, not suitable

for a calf.

ava-darrfa, as, m. any pungent

food which excites thirst; a stimulant.

ava-datta, as, d, am (fr. rt. da with

ava), given away; finished, accomplished.

ava-day, cl. 1. A. -dayate, -yitum,

to give or pay an instalment (for the purpose of

silcncing or keeping one off).

viq^C^ ava-dal, cl. 1. P. -dalati, -litum,

to burst, to crack asunder.

Ava-dalita, as, d, am, burst, cracked, destroyed.

ava-dah, cl. 1. V.-dahati, -dagdhum,

to bum down, destroy.

Ava-ddgha, as, m. (Gana to PSnini Vll. r. 3,53.)

Ava-daha, as, m. burning down, the root of the

fragrant grass Andropogon Muricatus. — Avadd-

heshta (°ha-ish°), am, n. = the last.

ava-ddta, as, a, am, or ava-dataka,

as, a, am (fr. rt. dat with am), dean, ciear;

white; yellow; beautiful; (as), m. white coiour.

r. ava-ddna, am, n. a pure or approved occupa-

tion; an act accomplished; a great or glorious act,

achievement; object of a legend.

rj 1 «f 2. ava-ddna, am, n. See under

ava-do.

a-vaddnya, as, d, am, niggardly,

stingy [cf. ahhy-avaddnyd].

vi q r; I q a-vadavada, as, a, am, Ved.

having no bad reputation.

viq f^31 ava-dis, cl. 6. P. -disati, -dcshtum,

to show or practice (kindoess &c.): Caus. -detayati,

-yitum, to inform.

ava-dih, cl. 2. P. -degdhi, -dhum,

to besmear.

'AI<*^ava-dris, cl. 1. P. A. -pasyati, -te,

-drashtum, P. to look at, observe; A. to see, live

to see; Pass. -drityate, to be inferred or inferrible.

ava-dfi, cl. 9. P. -drindti, -daritum

or -ritum, to split or force open, to rend or tear

asunder: Caus. -darayati, -yitum, to cause to burst,

to rend or split: Pass. -diryate, to be split, to burst

Ava-darana, am, n. breaking (as a boil &c.),

bursting, separating.

Ava-darana, am, n. tearing, dividing; a spade

or hoe.

Ava-darita, as, d, am, tom off or away, rent.

Ava-dirna, as, d, am, tom, rent; melted, fiised,

liquefied; bewildered.

ava-do, cl. 4. P. -dyati, -datum, to

cut off, divide; Ved. A. to take away (anger),

padfy.

Ara-lta, as, a, am, cut oft, divided.

Avattin, f, ini, i, (after a Cardi.nl nnm.) dividing

into so manj pans, e.g. pan^avattin..dividing into

five parts.

3. avardana, am, n. cutt..ig or dividing into piecos,

1 part, portion; th. root of a frrgrnt grass, se- avo-

daltfi. (For i. ava-ddna, see under ava-ilata.)

ava-rtuha, as, m. (fr. rt. dnh with

era), milk.

.Ji ra a-vadya, as. d, am (rt. sad), not

tn b. praistd; low, inferior; disigrevable, biamable,

disliked; (am), n. anything blimable, or not to be

spoken of with praise; waut, imperfection, vice, sin;

bhrau, censure; shame, repmarh. — Avadya-gyhana,

as, a, am, Ved. conceahng or kcoping olf want.

— Avadya-hhi, is. f., Ved. fear of vices or sin.

— A vadya-vat, an, ati, at, Ve d. dbgracefnl, la-

men*ible.

sinratfiTrT ava-dyotin, i, ini, i (rt. dyut),

shining down upou, illum.nating (cf. tna-jyut].

ST iTgfgt aradrangn, as, m. a market. See

avadunga.

■3TTVJ a-vadha, as, m. (rt. vadh or badh),

no mnrder; (as, d, am), Ved. inviolabli, invulner

able; sec a-hndha. — A-vadharha ( dha-af), as,

d, am, not worthy of death.

A-radhya, as, d, am, not to bc killcd, mviol.ibL.

— Avadija-ta, f. or aradhya-tm, am, n, l-vioh-

bility.

flqVM ava-dharshya, at, d, am (rt. dhrish'',

to bc defied.

^nniT ava-dha, cl. 3. A. -dhatte, -dhatum,

to place down, deposit, apply (as thr tr.ind &c.);

to be attentive : P~ss. -dhiyate, to be placed, applied

or directed (as the mind).

Ava-dhdtavya or a^a-dhArdya or ava^Jhrja, as,

d, am, to be attended t >, deserving att jntion and eare.

Ava-ihona, am, o. attenti m, sttentiv>.n<*ss, iutent

n-ss; care, carefulness, devotion. — Avadhai a4a, f.

or ara ihaniirtva, am, n. attentiveness.

Ana-dhanin, i, m i, i, attentive.

Ava-dhi, is, m. applicatu .n, attention, care; a term,

a limit, a nclruon, termination; a district, division,

department; perird, time; agreement, engagement;

a hole, a pit.—Avadhi-td, f. or aradhi-tra, am, n.

limit, limitation.—Arwlhi-mat, an, ati, at, limited,

t aunded.

Ava-dhlyamana, as, d, am, bcing placed down

or in, depusited.

Am-hita, as, d, am, deposited, applied; attentive,

careful, done «dth care; celebrated, kn)wn. — Ava-

hiUi-karana-kvlapa, os, d, am, hav,ng ail the

senses at rest, imperturb‘ble. — Arahi^fa-td, f. ap-

plicatiou, attention, — Aeahitdniali ('ta-aiip), is,

■is, i, with joined hands.

ave-dhav, cl. I. P. A. -dharati, -te,

-vitam, to nn down, drop down; to run after.

j. ava-dhavano, am, n. running after, puming;

s-i/.ure.

Am-dhavaniya, as, d, am, to b. run aft.r.

1. ara-dh avita, as, d, am, chas-d, purmed.

=1VHif 2. ara-dhapana, am, n. (rt. 2.

dhar), c'eanmg, wa-hinn.

2. ai'i-dharita, as, d, am,, deuned, cleanfjd.

IHTvIt avadbr, cl. 10. P. -dhirayoti, -yi-

tum, to disregard, disrespeet; to desphe, repudiate.

Auadhirana, am, n. treating wi*h disrespect,

despising, repndi tiog.

Aradhiritc, as, a, am, disrt piected, disrtgarded,

despised.

AvadUrin, i, ini, i, despising, scoming, excciling.

ava-dhii, cl. 5. P. A. -dhunuti, -dhu-

nute, -dhmitum or -dhatum, to shake off or ont,

shake, toss; to di-card; to lie down (?) : Caus.

-dhunayn'i, -yitum, to shake.

Ava-dhita, as, d, am, shaken off, r-moved,

shaken, tossed, crmpcl.ec!; d'scarded, rejected, spun.ed;

trodden upon; separated from worldly feeling and

obligation. — Avadhuta-pranipd'a, as, d, am, re-

iecting an act of horna !e. — AaidkuUi-risa_; as, d,

am, undrersed, naked.

Ara-dhunana, am, n. shaking, ransing to shake;

expelliog; agitation, trerabling; trampling oij, tread-

ing on.

’5feTV«B a-radhvla, as, m. having no wife.

Cx

iffTVgiliT rva-dhuptta, as, a, am, perfumed

with incense.

V3TV ara-dhri, Caus. P. -dharayatt, -yi-

tum, to consider, ascertain, determine accuratcly, mak

out, limit, restrict.

A*a-dhara, as, m. accurate determinati'm, limit

ation.

Ava-dkdraka, as, ikd, am, determininv aaairateiy,

testricting one's Self to ' nything.

3HVPCJ5T avo-dharana.

«HPJV ava-bhritha.

91

Ava-dkarana, am, n. ascertainment, affirmation,

emphasis; stating or holding with positiveness or assur-

ance, accurate determination, limitatioo (of the sense of

words); restriction to a certain instance or instances

with exdusion of any other; (as, d, am)_f restrictive.

Ava-dkaraniya or ava-dharya, as, a, am, to

be ascertained, determined or known.

Ava-dharita, as, a, am, ascertained, known, cer-

tam.

a-vadhya. See a-vadha.

ava-dhyai, cl. I. P. (A. ?) -dhyayati,

te, -dkyatum, to think ill of, despise.

Ava-dkyata, as, a, am, spumed, disdained.

a-vadhra, as, a, am, Ved. innoxious,

beneficent.

'stt&fa ava-dhvaiis, Caus. P.-dkvansayati,

-yitum, to cast down.

Ava-dhvansa, as, m. falli og off or from ; sprink-

ling; meal, dust; abandoniog, quittiog; disrespect,

censure, blame.

Ava-dhvasta, as, a, am, sprinlded; pounded

coarsely; abandoned, quitted; censured; scattered.

avana, am, n. (rt. av), satisfaction;

joy, happiness; desire; favour, preserving, protection,

defencc; speed; going, obtaining, asking; seizing,

killing; power; increase; existence; adoroing; em-

bracing; bearing; entrance.

Avani, is, f. (said to be fr. rt. av, but rather

connected with ? ava, down), course,, bed of a

river; stream, river; the earth ; a finger. — Avanin-

gata, as, a, am, prostrate on the ground.— Avani-

6ara, as, a, am, roving over the earth, vagabond.

— Avani-pati, is, m. lord of the earth, a king;

Vishnu; Yudhishthira. — Avani-pala, as, m. pro-

tector of the earth, a king. — Avani-mandala, am,

n. the globe. — Avani-ruk, i, m. a tree.

i. avani, f. the earth; N. of a piant. — Avani-

pati, is, m. or avanifa or avanitvara (°nt-if^>), as,

m. lord of the earth, a king. (For 2. see next coi.)

ava-naJcsh, cl. i. P., Ved. -nak-

shati, -shitum, (with gen.) to overtake (a person).

Ava-nakshatra, am, n. the disappearaoce of the

stars.

ava-nam, cl. i. P. -namati, -nau-

tam, to bow down, to bend down, bend: Caus.

-namayati, -yitum, to bend down, bend.

Ava-nata, as, a, am, bowed; bent down, down-

cast; bending, stooping, deepened, not projecting.

— Avanata-kaya, as, a, am, bending the body,

crouchiog dowo. — Avanata-mukha, as, i, am, with

downcast countenance. — Avanata-sirshan, a, a, a,

bowing the head.

Avarnati, is, f. bowing down, stooping; setting.

Ava-namra, as, a, am, bowed, bent.

Ava-nama, as, m. causing to bend down, bending,

bowing.

Ava-namaka, as, ilea, am, what depresses or

causcs to bow or bend.

Ava-namin, i, ini, i, bending or bowing down.

ava-nard, cl. i. P. -nardati, -ditum

(a technical term applicable to chanting in the HindO

ritual), to slur or trill, &c.

ava-nas, cl. 4. P. -nasyati, -nasi-

tum and -nanshtum, to disappear, perish.

ava-nak, cl. 4. P. A, -nahyati, -te,

-naddhum, to bind on, tie on, put over, cover with.

Ava-naddka, as, a, am, bound on, tied, covered ;

(am), n. a drum.

Ava-naha, as, m. binding, girding, pntting on.

ava-nata, as, d, am, flat-nosed;

(am), n. the condition of having a flat nosc.

avani. Sefc avana.

ri ava-nij, cl. 3. P. A. -nenekti,

-neniJete, -neJctum, to wipe orwash off, purify, dean;

A. to wash one’s self: Caus. -nejayati, -yitum, to

cause to wash off.

Ava-negya, as, d, am, used for washing off.

Avarnejana, am, n. washing, washing off, ablution;

water for washing, foot-bath.

ava-ni-ui, cl. i. P. A. -nayati,

-te, -netum, to pet or bring into (water); to pour

down.

t‘-t Ph'ije¹ ava-niscayp, as, m. deduction,

a. -i rtainment.

"3rTPrTfST=T ava-ni-shthiv (or -skthlv), cl i.

P. -shfJuvati, -ektlieeitum, to spit npon.

Ata-nieh<hhana, am, n. spitting upou.

Ti 2. ava-ni, cl. 1. P. -nayati, -netum, I

to lead or bring down, to push into, to cause to descend

or to flow; to lead away; to pour down or over.

Ava-naya or ava-ndya, as, m. causing to descend;

tbrowiog down, precipitating.

Ava-nayana, am, n. leading down, pouring down.

Avarndyaka, as, Oea, am, causing to descend.

ava-nu, cl. 1. A., Ved. -navate, to

move or go towards.

ava-nud, Caus. -nodayati, -yitum,

(with two acc.)to cause a person to drive away anotber.

avanti, is, m., N. of a country and

its inhabitants; N. of a dty, the modem Oujein (one

of the seven sacred dties of the Hindus, to die at

which secures etemal happiness); N. of a river.

— Avanti-khanda, am, n. a portion of the Skanda-

pur5na.—Avanti-deva, as, m. = avanti-varman,

q.v.-Avanti-pura, am, n. the dty of the Avantis,

Oujein; N. of a town in K5smlra, built by Avanti -

nrman; (I), f. Oujein.— Avanti-brahma, as, m.,

N. of a district inhabited by Brahmans. — Avanti-

bhupala, as, m. the king of Avanti, i. e. Bhoja.

— Avanti-varman, d, m., N. of a king ; also of a

poet.— Avanti-soma, as, m. sour gruel, prepared

from the fermentation of rice-water.

Avantikd, f. the modem Oujein.

Avanti, f. Oujdn; the queen of Oujein; N. of a

river. — Avanti-deJa, as, m. the region of Avanti.

— AvantUvara (°ti-i4°), as, m., N. of a sanctuary

built by Avanti-varman.

avandhya, as(l) or (c), m. f., N.

of a place.

cl. 10. P. -patayati, -yitum,

to split: Pass. -pdtyate, to split one’s self; to be split.

Ava-patika, f. laceration of the prepuee.

\ ava-pat, cl. 1. P. -patati, -titum, to

fly down, jump down, fall down, alight: Caus. -pdta-

yati, -yitum, to throw down.

Ava-patana, am, n. alighting, descending.

Ava-pata, as, m. falling down; descent, descend-

ing J.flying down ; a hole or pit for catching game io.

Ava-patana, am, n. felliog, knocking or throwing

down.

■Sf ^ Md ava-pad, cl.4. A. -padyate, -pattum,

to go dowo, glide down, descend; to be deprived of

(with ab).); to fall, meet with an acadent: Caus.

-pddayati, -yitum, to cause to glide or go down.

Ava-panna, as, a, am, fallen on or into; de-

scended, alighted ; thrown down.

■ei q MI ^ a-vapaka, as, d, am, witliout a net,

! ■‘-M avu-patrita, as, d, am, a person

not allowed by his ldndred to eat or drink from a

common vcssel; one who has lost his caste [cf.

apa-patrita].

vmmfl ava-pdna, am, n.,Ved. drinking,

giving to drink; a pond or pool for watering.

TOTfeH ava-palita, as, d, am (fr. pal,

Caus. of rt 3. pa with cua),<inprotected, neglected.

ava-pasita, as, d, am, snared,

having a snare laid over.

ava-pid, cl. 10. P. -pidayati, -yi-

tum, to press down, compress.

Ava-pida, as, m. pressing down; a stemutatory;

any drug producing sneezing.

Ava-pidana, am, n. the act of pressing down ; a

stemutatory; (d), f. damage, violation.

ava-purna, as, d, am (rt. pri), full

of, filled. ^

ava-prajjana, as, m. (rt. prij),

the end of the warp of a web.

ava-plu, cl. 1. A. -plavate, -plotum,

to jump down or off.

Ava-plutya, ind. having jumped down.

'n^ava-pha,as, m. flatulence, wind from

the bowels.

^T«nn ava-badhd, f. segment of the base

of a triangle [cf. a-badhd and d-badha].

vm «m ava-bandka, as, m. falling or palsy

of the eyelids, Blepharoptosis.

1 ava-bahuka,as, m. spasm in the

arm.

ava-budh, cl. 4. A. -budhyate,

-boddhum, to awake, become sensible or aware of,

perceive, know: Caus. -bodhayati, -yitum,Ao make

one aware of, inform, explain.

Ava-bodha, as, m. waking, being awake; percep-

tioo, knowledge; discrimination, judgment; teaching.

Ava-bodhaka, as, m. an awakencr, a tcacher.

— Avabodhaka-tva, am, n. instructioq, guidance,

^xplanation.

Ava-bodhana, am, n. perception, knowledge, &c.

ava-brava, as, m. (rt. bru with

ava), ill report, defemation.

ava-bhanj, cl. 7. P. -bhanakti,

-bhanktum, to break off, smash.

Ava-bkajya, ind. having broken off.

Avctrbkanjana, am, n. breaking off, teariog.

ava-bharts, cl. 10. P. (or A. ?)

-bhart8ayatl, -yitum, to deter by scolding or

threateoing, to menaee.

ava-bhu, cl. 2. P. -bhati, -tum, to

-hinc downw'r K

ara-bhZskana, am, n. sppaking.

ava-bhas, cl. 1. A. -bhasate, -si-

tum, to shint (orth, become mmifest: Caus. -bhCisa-

yati, -yitum, to illuminate.

Ava-bhasa, as, m. splendor, lustre, light; appear-

ance, manifestatijn; -pace, reach, compar. — Am-

bhasa-bara, as, m., N. of a divi oity. — A rahham-

prahha, di, m. pl., N. of a whole cla*s ot deities.

— Avabhasa-prapta, N. of a World.

Aia-bhasat-a, as, ikd, am, inadiating, luminc-is.

— Avabhisaha-tm, am, n. luminousnt s.

A’'a-bhdmta, as, d, am, lllnmineJ, lighted, radi-

ant; cviden.t, manifest.

Aoa-bhdsm, i, ini, i, shininv, bright; (ni), f. the

outer skin or cutide.

ara-bhid, cl. 7. P. -bhinatti, -bhet-

tum, to break off, shatter.

Ara-bhinna, a., d, am, br iken off, p'e-ced, di-

vided.

Ava-bhc'lin, i, ini, i, breaking off, shatterinE,

d vid ni.

ava-bhuj, cl. 6. P. -bhujati, ,bhok

tnm, to bend down, curve.

IA"a-bh’igna, as, d, am, contracted, bent.

ava-bhritha. as, m. (fr. rt. bhri with

1'Tll S I I Uu^r_x

?

TT^vjwfvj avabhritha-mana.

a-vartas.

92

ara), carrying off, removing; purification by bathing

of thc sacrificer and the sacrificial vessels after a sacri-

fice; tbe watcr of purification; a supplementary

sacrifice to atone for defects in a prindpal and pre-

ceding one. — Avabhritha-mana, am, n. bathing

or ablution after a sacrificial cerem ony.

Ava-bhra, as, m. abduction, carrying off.

ava-bhrata, as, a, am, flat-nosed;

(am), n. state ofhaving a fiat nose.

vi H avama, as, d, am (fr. 2. apa), under-

most, inferior, lowest, base; next, intimate; last,

youngcst; growiog less, decreasing; (am), n. a lunar

day exactly coinciding with a solar one.

ava-man, cl. 4. A. or poet. P.

-manyate, -ti, -mantum, to despise, treat con-

temptuously: Caus. -mdnayati, -yitum, to despise,

&c,

Ava-mata, as, d, am, despised, disregarded, con-

temned. — Avamatanhuda (°la-an°),as, m. a restive

elephant that disdains the hook, one in rut.

Ava-maH, is, m. a master, an owner; (is), f.

aversion, dislike ; disregard, contempt.

Am-matya, ind. having scomed, despising.

Ava-mantavya or ara-manya, as, a, am, con-

temptible, to be treated with disrespect.

Ava-mantri, ta, trl, tpi, despising; contemptuous,

disrespectful; arrogant.

Ava-mdna, as, m. disrespect, contempt. — Ava-

mdna-td, f. or avamdna-tva, am, n, dishonour-

ableness, contempt.

Ava-manana, am, d, n. f. disrespect.

Ava-mdnaniya or am-manya, as, a, am, to be

disrespected, conteniptible, despicable.

Aca-manita, as, d, am, disrespected, despised.

Ava-manin, i, ini, i, contemning, despising, be-

having disrespectfully. — Acamani-ta, f. or ava-

mani-tva, am, n. disrespectfulness.

ava-mantha or ava-manthaka, as,

m. (rt. manth), swellings caused by boils or con-

tusions.

ava-marsa, as, m. See ava-mris.

ata-marshana, am, n. (rt. mriih),

intolcnncc, impatienti ; efErang, obliteratinp, banish-

in» from rec )lLcti-'n.

4'T iva-mut, cl. 6. P. -muhijati, -mak-

tum, to loosen; to let go; to taln. off (a gnrm;nt,

bcc.'; to unbam^s .

Ara-muVya, ind. having unloos d or unharneesed.

Ava^mocana, am, n. lutting go, loostoing; sutting

at libi-rty.

ttq*ri ara-mutr, cl. io. P. -r^ufrayati,

•yitum, to nrint upon.

A ja-r,iutnyat, an, and, at, urining upon.

ara-mitrdha-saya, as, 5, am,

lying with th<. htad hr.nging down.

'snqvf ava-mpj, cl. 2. P. -marshti, -marji-

tum or -marshtum, to wipe or rub off, to strip off,

remove; to effarc. j

Ava-mdrjana, am, n., Ved. what is stripped or

rubbed off.

A ta-mrijya, ind. having stripped, having pulled

off; having wiped away.

^^«a-m^cl.9. P. -mridnati,-mardi-

tum, to grind down, to reduce by friction (or other-

wise); to crush, to tread down; to rub.

Ava-mardit, as, m. trampling, oppression, driving

one into sUaits; giving pain; devastation, inflicting

pain or punishment on an enemy by laying his

country waste, &c.

Ava-mardana, as, d, am, treading down, grind-

ing, crushing, oppiessing; (am), n. rubbing, washing;

oppression.

Ava-mardita, as, d_fam, ground, rubbed, crushed,

oppressed.

cl. 6. P. -mrisati, -marsk-

(um, -mrashtum, to touch.

Ava-marto, as, m. touch, conlact

Ava-vnrUya, as, d, am, to be touched.

avaya, See satdvaya,

vt«Im^ava-yaj, cl. 1. A. -yajate, -yashtum,

to expiate ; not to worship, to abandon,

Ava-yajana, am, n., Ved expiating; purification.

Ava-yaj, as, f., Ved. a parlicular portion of a sacri-

fice; m. a kind of priest. Grani. 176. f.

vihq^ ava-yava, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. yu with

am), a Hmb, a member; a part, a portion; a mem-

ber or component part of a logica! argument or

syllogism. — Avayava-fas, ind. part by part, seve-

rally. — Avayavartha (°va-ar°),as, m. the meaning

of the component parts of a word.

Avayavin, *, ini, i, limbed, having limbs; having

portions or subdivisions; a whole; (1), m. a syi-

logism, a logical argument.

i. ava-ya, cl. 2. P. A. -ydti, -te, -yd-

tum, to go down, to give way, desist; to remove.

2. ava-yd, ds, as, am, Ved. giving way, desisting,

ceasing.

Avaydta-helas, ds, m., Ved. one whose anger is

appeased.

Ava-ydtri, ta, m.,Ved. tuming away; appeasing,

one who appeases,

Ava-yana, am, n. goingdown, retreat; appeasing,

expiation.

vi 4riH a-vayuna, as, d, am, Ved, not to be

recognized; indistinct, confused.

avara, as, a, am (fr. 2, ava), below,

inferior; low, mean, unimportant, of small value ;

posterior, hinder, later, last, younger; westem; nearer;

(at the end of a compound signifying quantity) the

least, the lowest degree, lowest value; (a), f. the

hind thigh of an elephant; a N. of DurgS ; (am), n.

the hind thigh of an elephant; [with avara have been

comparod Gr. ovpd, ofipos, oZpov, opos, vppos; Lat.

eurus; also the Lat. aver-nus}. — Avara-ja, as, d,

am, of low birth, inferior; younger, junior; (as), m.

a Sfldra; a younger brother; (d), f. a younger sister.

— Avura-tas, ind. behind, afterwards, hinder, poste-

rior, downwards. — Avara-param, ind., Ved. one

after another. — Arara-})urusha, as, m, pl. the de-

scendants.—Avara-varna, as, m. a low or despised

tribe; (as, d, am), belonging to a low caste or

tribe; a J?Qdra, a man or woman of the fourth tribe.

— Avara-varnaJca or avara-varna-ja, as, a, am,

belonging to or bom in 2 low tribe. — Avara-vrata,

as, m. the sun [cf. arka-vrctta]. — Avara-tfla,

f., N. of a Buddhist monastery. — Avara-faila, ds,

m. pl., N. of a Buddhist school. — Avaras-para, as,

d, am, Ved. having thc last first, or the hindermost

foremost; inverted, confused. — Avarardha ( ra-ar~),

as, m. the least part, the minimum ; the last half;

(am), ind. in a certain succession of parts; succes-

si vely. — Avardrdha-tas, ind. from below. — Avardr-

dkya, as, d, am, being on the lower or nearer side;

beginning from below; belonging to the last half; (am),

n. the leist or smallest part, the minimum. — Ava-

rdvara (°ra-av°), as, a, am, lowest, most inferior

of ali. — ^4raro^a (°ra-tt£°), as, d, am, named last.

Avarastdt, ind. behind, hinder, posterior; below,

downwards.

Avarina, as, d, am, dtgraded, debased; censured,

blamed.

Avarena, ind. (with acc.) below.

Ararya, nom. P. avaryati, -yitum, to become

lower.

avaranga-sdha, the Sanskrit

form of the Muhammedan name Aurungzeb, (Sdha

= the Persian tfLw).

ava-ram, cl. 1. A. -ramate, -rantum, I

to leave off, cease. |

Ava-rata, as, d, am, stopped, ceased, desisted from.

Avarrati, is, f. stopping, ceasing, cessation, relaxa-

tion, repose, end.

a-variyas, dn, m., N. of a son of

Manu Ssvama.

^*(^ava-ruj, cl, 6. P. -rvjati, -roktum,

to break off, to break.

Ava-rugna, as, d, am, broken off, torn ; diseased.

Axa-rujya, ind. having broken off.

'IIMava-rudh, cl. 7. P. A. -runaddhi,

-rundhe, -roddhum, to obstruet, restrain, hinder,

shut up, besiege ; to keep back: Pass. -rudhyate:

lntens. P. -rorofldhi, to injure, hurt.

Ava-ruddha, as, d, am, checked, stopptd, hin-

dered ; shut up or in, enclosed; imprisoned, seduded,

as in thc inner apartments, — Araruddha-deha, as,

a, am, incarcerated.

Ava-ruddhi, is, f. restraint, besieging; gaining.

Avorrudhyamdna, as, d, am, being endosed or

surrounded.

1. ava-rodha, as, m. hindrancc, obstruction ; re-

straint ; an endosure, confinement, besieging, a siege;

a covering, lid; a fenee, a pen; a watchman; the

inner apartments of a palace, the queens or womens

apartments; a palace ; pl. the wives of a king. (For

2. ava-rodha, see below under ava-mh.) — Ava-

rodhayana (°dha-ayⁿ), am, n. a seraglio.

Ava-rodhalca, as, ilea, am, obstructive, hindering,

impeding; (o$), m. a guard; (f&a), f. a female of

the inner apartments; (am), n. a barrier, a fenee.

1. ava-rodhana, am, n. siege, blockade; hinder-

ing, obstructing; obstacle, impediment; a dosed or

private place, the innermost part of anythiog; the

inner or women’s apartments in a royal palace. (For

2. ava-rodhana, see below under ava-ruh.)

Ava-rodhika, as, i, am, obstructive, impeding;

(as), m. a guard of the qtieen’s apartments.

Ava-rodhin, i, ini, i, obstructing, hindering.

^ ava-ruh, cl. T. P. -rohati, -rodhum,

to descend, alight, dismount: Caus. -ropayati or

-rohayati, -yitum, to cause to descend; to bring

down ; to lower, lessen.

Avarrudha, as, d, am, descended, dismounted,

alighted.

2. ava-rodha, as, m. (rt. rudh for ruA), Ved.

moving down, descending; a shoot sent out by the

root of a plaot, a slip (for p)2nting), the pendent

shoots of the Indian fig tree.

2. ava-rodhana, am, n. (rt. rudh for ruh), Ved.

descending motion, descending.

Ara-rapana, am, n. causing to descend; uproot-

ing; taking away, depriving, diminishing; descend-

ing; setiing (as of the sun).

Ava-ropita, as, d, am, caused to descend; up-

rooted, deprived of, curtailed, diminished, lost.

Ava-ropya, ind, having made to descend; rooting

up.

Ava-roha, as, m. descent, passing from or over;

mounting, ascending(?); a shoot sent out by a piant;

a pendent branch, one that strikes fresh root into the

earth, as thosc of thc Indian fig tree; the growth of a

creeping piant or vine ; a creeping piam climbing up

to the tep of a tree; heaven or Svarga. — Avaroha-

vat, dn, or avaroha-dayin, i, m. the Indian fig tree.

Ava-rohana, am, n. alighting, descending, dis-

mounting; ascending.

Ava-rohikd, f., N. of the piant Physalis Flexuosa L.

Ava-rohin, 1, ini, t, descending, what descends,

what ascends; (I), m. the Indian fig tree.

vi 4^M ava-rupa, as, d, am, mis-shapen,

deformed; degenerated.

ava-ralcin, i, ini, i (fr. rt. ru6

with am), Ved. shining, brilliant.

Ava-rotdka, as, m. want of appetite.

'■« 'A -5« a-vardas, ds, ds, as, Ved, without

splendor, insignifiermt in form, rae2n-looking.

a

iS«lfW^T_s a-varjivas. an, jitshl, at, Ved.

not hindering, not being able to prevent.

a-varna, as, a or i, am, colourless;

having no raarks; bad, low, destitute of good quali-

ties; (as), m. blame, censure. — Avarna-vada, as,

m. censure, blame, reproach.

avartana, N. of an upa-dvipa or

island, mentioned in the Pur3nic descriptions of the

earth.

g _

n* *t|r{ a-vartamana, as, a, am, non-ex-

istent, not present, absent.

^nrfrf avarti, is, f. (ava-riti, ff. rt. ri with

ctya),Ved. bad fortune, poverty, distress, want,

vHd a-vartra, as,a,am₃Ved. (rt.rrt#), not

turning back; (if fr, rt. vri) not to be kept back.

a-vardhamdna, as, d, am, not in-

creasing, not growing, not thriving.

a-varman, d, d, a, Ved. having no

armour.

a-varsha, as, m. or a-varshana, am,

n. want of rain, drought.

A-varskuka, as, a, am, Ved. not raining.

Avarshya, as, d, am, Ved. being active in rain-

less bright weather.

avalaksha or valaksha, as, d, am,

white; (as), m. the white colour.

*xHcO' *1 ava-lagna, as, a, am (rt. lag),

hanging down; placed contiguously, impressed, at-

tached, 8cc.; (as, am), m. n. the waist.

ava-langh, d. io. P. A. -langha-

yaii, -te, •yitum, to pass (time), spend.

ava-lamb, cl. i. A. or poet. P.

*lamhate, -ti, -bitum, to hang, glide or slip down,

descend ; to catch hold of, cling to, hang to, hold on

or support one’s self by; rest upon as a support, to

depend upon: Caus. -lambayati, -yitum, to make

ooe rest upon or catch hold of.

Ava-lamba, as, m. hanging down; hanging on or

from ; depending; resting upon; asylum, depend-

ance, support; a prop, a stay; suspender; an ap-

pendage; a perpendicular.

Ava-lambaka, as, m., N. of a metre.

Ava-lambana, am, n. depending upon, depend-

ance; hanging on or from ; a prop.

Ava-lambita, as, d, am, hanging on or upon,

suspended from, dinging to ; depending upon, trusting

to, snpported by, protected, cherished; alighting, de*

scending; expeditions (?).

Ava-lambitavya, as, d, am, to be caught hold

of or grasped, to be clung to; expeditious, qnick.

Ava-lambin, f, ini, i, hanging down so as to rest

upon, hanging on or from, depending on; clinging

to, reclining. resting upon.

Ava-lambya, ind. leaning on, having depended or

relied on, supporting one’s self; trusting to; waiting.

ava-lipta, as, d, am (rt. lip),

anointed, plastered, smeared; proud, arrogant, vain.

- AvaUpta-td, f. or avalipta-tva, am, n. unction;

pride, anogance, vanity.

Ava-lepa, a*, m. smearing, anointing; omament;

union, association ; pride, haughtiness.

Ava-lcpana, am. n. anointing; proud behavionr;

daring, proiid or arrogant purpose.

Mi 'A ft* £ ava-lih, cl. 2. P. A?-ledhi, -Udhe,

-ledhum, to lick off, to lick, to lap: Fntens. -leledhi,

to lick again and again.

Ava-lidha, as, d, am, licked, lapped; devoured,

destroyed ; (a), f. disregard, contempt.

Ava-leha, as, m. or ava-lchika, f. licking, lap-

ping; an extract, an electuary, confecti on.

Ava-lehana, am, n. licking with the tongue,

lapping. ’

-varjivas.

AvaAehya, as, d, am, to be licked; thick, viscid.

ava-li, cl. 4. A. -Uyate_f -letum or

-latum, to stick to, haog to.

Ava-lina, as, d, am, sticking to, cleaving to.

viqrtWl ava-lila, f. sport, play, mirth.

^^<3^ ava-lund, cl. 1. P. -luridati, -ditum,

to pull down or out.

Ava-lundana, am, d. tearing or cutting off, pull-

ing out.

^ ava-lunthana, am, n. (rt. lunth),

robbing; rolling or wallowing on the gronnd.

Ava-lunthita, as, d, am, robbed; rolled on the

gronnd.

Mi 4 «gTJ ava-lup, cl. 6. A. tfr P. -lumpate,

•ti, -loptum, to rush or dash upon as a wild beast on

its prey, to burst or break in upon.

Ava-lumpana, am, n. leaping on snddenly.

Ava-lopya, as, d, am, that can be broken in upon

or assailed with a sudden rush.

ava-luna, as, d, am, cut ofF.

ava-lekha, as, m, (rt. likh), any-

thing scraped off.

Ava-lekhana, am, i, n, f, scraping off.

Ava-lekha, f. rubbing; adoming the person.

ava-lepa. See under ava-lipta

last coi.

■WMrtleh ava-lok, cl. 1. A. -lokate, -kitum,

or cl. 10. P. -lokayati, -yitum, to Iook down upon,

look at, view, behold, see, consider.

Ava-loka, as, m. sight, seeing; looking down

upon with compassion.

Ava-lokaka, as,ika, am, looking at, wishing to see.

Ava-lokana, am, n. act of looking at; beholding;

sight; seeing; rcview.

Ava-lokayitri, ta, tri, tfi, looking upon, coq-

sidering.

Ava-loMta, as, d, am, seen ; (as), m., N. of a

Bodhi-sattva; (am), n. a look, a glance.-Ava-

lokitedvara ('ta-id⁶), as, m., N. of a Bodhi-sattva,

worshipped by the northern Buddhists.

Ava-lokin, 1, ini, i, looking at, beholding; con-

sidering.

ava-lobhana, am, n. (rt. lubh),

sensual desire.

^n^pT a-valgu-ja, as, m., N. of the piant

Vernonia Anthelmintica.

avalguli, f., N. of a poisonous

insect.

ava-vada, as, m. or ava-vadana,

am, n. (rt. rad), evil report or reputation.

Ava-vaditri, ta, m., Ved. one who speaks finally

or decisively(?), an adjudicator.

Ava-vada, as, m. evil report or reputation; cen-

sure, reproach; a command, an order; trust, confi-

dence; information.

'SFFWW ava-varshana, am, n. raining

upon.

WEnrr ava-va, cl. 2. P., Ved. -vati, -tum,

to radiate (?), to prevail (?), to rage (as fire ?).

ava-viddha, as, d, am (rt. vyadk),

cast down.

ava-vradd, cl. 6. P. -vrisdati, -vra-

dditum, -vrasktum, to splinter, cut off.

Ava-vradda, as, m. splinter, chip.

a-vasa, as, d, am (rt. vas), unsub-

missive to anothers will; independent, unrestrained,

free; not having ones own free will; doing some-

thing against ones liking or unwillingly; necessary,

certain. — Avadan-gama, as,a,am, not snbmitting

to anothers will. — Ava,<cndriya-ditta (^uda~in°), as,

aras. 93

a, am, whose mind and senses are not held in sub-

jection.

A-vadd-bhuta, as, d, am, unrestrained, independ-

ent ; uninflueoced by raagic.

A-vadya, as, d, am, untameable, ungovemable,

inevitable; (am), ind. necessarily, inevitably, certainly,

at ali evcnts, by ali means; avadyam eva, most

surely. If compounded with a fut. pass. part. the

final nasal is dropped; e. g. avadya-padya, to be

necessarily cooked ; avadya-karya, to be necessarily

done: but retained in avasyan-karin, doing what

is necessary; avadyam-bhavin, necessarily being.

A-vadyaka, as, d, am, necessary, inevitable, in-

dispensable. — Amdyaka-ta, f. or avadyaka-tva,

am, n. necessity, obligation, certainty.

ava-sakthika, f. a cloth tied

round the legs and knees of a person sitting on his

hams [cf. ava-sakthika].

Ti^ava-das, as, f. (rt. saws),Ved. \vrong

desire.

^T^TTa-vadd, f.,Ved. not a cow, a bad cow.

rt*T ava-satana, am, n. (Caus. of rt.

dad), withering, drying np.

ava-diras, as, ds, as, or ava-

dirshaka, as, d, am, having the head tumui down.

ava-dish, Pass. -dishyate, to be

left last or as a remnant, to remain over.

Ava-dishta, as, d, am, left, remaining; (am),

n. or ava-dishfaka, am, n. rest, remainder.

Ava-desha, as (am?), m. (n.?) leavings, remainder;

end, dose, termination. Frequently as the last mem-

ber of a compound; thus, ardhavadesha, having

only one half left; kalhdvadesha-ta, the condition

of one who survives only in narrations.

Ava-dcsMta, as, d, am, left remaining.

ava-sri, Pass. -siryate, to be shat-

tered.

ava-sya, f. (rt. iyai \vitb ava),

ho^r-frost; a fog or mist.

Ara-dina, as, m. a scorpion.

Ava-dyaya, as, m. hoar.frost; white dew; pride.

ava-irayana, am, n. (rt. sri),

taking (anything) from off the fire (opposed to adhi-

drayana, q.v.).

vi h *ii*i*\ ava-svasam, ind. (rt. ^t?as),Ved.

as if blown away.

avashkayani, f. (=zvashkayani),

a cow that bears a calf after a Iong interval.

ava-shtambh (-stambh), cl. 5. 9. P.

•shtabhnoti or -nati, -shtambMtum, to lean or rest

upon; to be contiguous or near; to be astounded or

bewildered.

Avashtabdha, as, d, am, supported, rested on,

protected; hanging from or upon; stopped, ob-

structed, stayed; paralysed; bound, tied, attached;

wrapped up, enfolded; opposed; surpassed, over-

come; near.

Avashtabhya, ind. leaning upon, resting on,

holding; stopping, arresting.

Ava-shtambha, as, m, leaning or resting upon,

having recourse to any one; stopping, standing stili,

staying; self-confidenct, resoluteness; commencement,

beginning; excellence ; obstruction, impediment; sup-

port, stay; paralysis; a post or pillar; gold. — Ava-

shtambha-maya, as, i, am, golden, made of gold.

Ava-shtambhana, am, n. resting upon, having

recourse to; supporting, protecting; stopping, stay-

ing ; paralys^ng; a pillar or post.

ava-shvan (-svan), cl. 1. P. -shva-

nati, -nitum, to smack (one’s lips) or otherwise make

a noise in eating.

Ava-shvana, as, m. noisy eating, smacking.

1. avas, n. (fr. rt. av), Ved. satisfac-

Bb

4

TiTTOH avas-vat.

'SHTg ava-hri.

tion, pi.iasure, enjoyment; wish, desirc, -sphing;

favour, furtherance, protcction, assistancc. — Avas-vat,

an, atl, at, Ved. striving, desirous.

Avasa, am, n., Ved. refreshment, food, provisions,

viaticum; prcservmg, protecting; (cw), m. a king;

the sud.

2. avas, ind. (fr. 2. ava), Vcd. adv.

beiow, downwards, hitherward.

(As a prep. \vith inst. or abi. it expresses) beiow, at

the lowest place of; without, on the outside.

Avastat. See s. v.

ava-saktkika or ava-saktikd,

f, a doth tied round the legs and knecs of a persoa

sitting on his hams; a wrapper; a girth or band [cf.

ava-^akthika].

Wm^ava-sanj, cl. i. P. -sajati, -sanklum,

to suspend, attach, ding to.

Ava-sakta, as, a, am, suspended from, attached

to or by, in coatact with, bound round, begirt; en-

gaged in, intent oq, eager, placed upon.

Avasa»jana or ava-sajjana, am, n. embracing,

dinging.

ava-sandina, am, n. (rt. di), the

united downward flight of birds.

a-vasalha, as, m. (for a-vasatka,

q. v.), habitatioa; a village; a college, a school; (am),

n. a house. See a-vamtha.

Avasathya, as, m, a college, a school.

ava-sad, cl. i. P. -sidati, -saltum,

to sink down, to faint; become disbeartened, be ex-

hausted, perish, come to an end: Caus. sadayatl,

-yitum, to cause to sink, dispirit, render downhearted,

to ruin.

Avasanna, as, d, am, sunk down, bowed, bent;

languid, enervated ; melancholy, dispirited, unhappy;

ended, terminated, separated ; non-suited. — Ava-

sanna-td, f. or avasanna-tva, am, a. affliction,

lowspirits; dejection; termination, completion.

Avasdda, as, m. sitting down; sinking, fainting;

exhaustion, fatigue, lassitude, want of energy or spirit,

espedally as proceeding from doubtful or unsuccessful

love; (in law) badness of a cause; end, termination.

Avarsddcdca,as, ika, am, causiag to sink, frustrat-

ing; exhausting, tiresome, wearisome; ending, finish-

ing. _{# #}

Avasadana, am, n. oppressing, disheartening;'

fiaishing; an escharotic; removing proud flesh by

escharotic applications.

Ava-8adita, as, d, am, made to sink, exhausted,

feint, languid.

ava-sabha, as, a, am,Yed. excluded

from sodety.

•*xq ava-sara, as, m. (fr. rt. sri with

ava), descent, place of descent; desocnt of water;

rain, raining; occasion, moment, favourable opportu-

nity; leisure, advantageous situation; consultation ia

private; a year. — Avasara-kale, at a favourable

opportunity, at a time of leisure.

Avasarana, am, n. removing, causing to move.

ava-sarga. See ava~srij.

ava-sarpa, as, m. (rt, srip), a spy,

a Sacret tn,i*saty.

Ava-*arpqna, am, n. stepping down.

Ara-sarpin, r, ini, i, stapping down; (ini), f. a

long paiod of ume with the Jainas.

■«'-<« H avo-sarya, as, a, am, notleft, right.

TTHT7T i. a-ratana, as, a, am, (rt. 2. vas),

Ved. not dressing. (hor i.ava-sana, see under ara-

so next coi.)

'TTerfjT^r ora-stt, ol. 6. P. -sihcati, -spjrtum,

to sprinkk, b„dew, bespatter.

im-fikta, as, a, am, spr nkled.— Anxribtdnqa

( ta-an^u), as, i, am, having the Lmb' sprinkled.

Ava-siha, as, m. sprinkling, rrigaUng, b.dewlng.

Avasilima, as, m. a kind of cake, puls». ground

and fried with oil or Lutter.

Ar.i-seSana, am, n. sprinkmg, wvter -ustd for

sprinkling; blecding.

ara-supta, as, a, am (rt. srap),

asle^p.

w-| ava-snj, cl. 6. P. -srijati, -srash-

(u:n, to iet off, to let loo«e, let go, flmg down, pour

out, aismiss, r^mit, liberate.

Ava-sarga, as, m. Vtnng off, letting go, omissi on,

r^mi: sion, laxity, relax"tion, folbwing one’s own in-

clit aUuns, mdepeudence.

Ava-sarjava, am, n., Ved. liberotion.

Ava-srish'a, as, a, am, dUmisscd, let go.

'-I tft ava-so, cl. 4. P. -syati, -salum,

to hnisb, accomplish; to destrny: Caus. sayayafi,

-yitum, to destroy; to cuse to be cor.ipkted.

Ara-sa, f., Vcd. libcration, setting firee, dtliv .-rance.

Ara-satri, ti, m., Ved. r dtiiv^rer, liberator.

2. ara-sana, am, n. place of dism<iuat!r,g from a

horse or alighting from a carriage, .topping, re ting-

place, rosidence; cnoclusion, termination, cess .tion;

death; bonndary, limit; (in gr im.) the Iast pert 01 a

word cr period, di.junction ot letten;; a panse; the

eud of a vetse or the verse itself: (for 1. a-vaiana,

see last tol.)—Ara-awi-darta, a \ a, am,Ved. look-

ing ot one’s piate of destmation or residence.

Aca-sanaka, as, tfrc, am, coming to an end,

perixhitig.

Avasanya, as, a, am, Ved. belonging to the end

of i verse.

1. arasaya, as, m. candusion, end; termination,

complerioi.; rema^!nd er; det-rmiration, ascertain-

ment, certainty.

2. ova-saija, ind. having finished; having loosf ned,

haviog sct firee.

Avo-sdijin, J, in i, i, re iding, dwelling in.

A ca-, ayyⁿ, ind. having caus d to be cumpletcd.

Ava-sita, as, a, am, having' settled io a place,

residing; ended,' terminated; fmiihed, completed;

standing in a pauce; known, undertood; stored (as

grain, &c.); gone; (am), n. a dweliiug-place. — A oa-

sila-uiati, is, is, i, ftustrated, dinppointed.

Ara-stya, as, a, am, to bc dest,oyed, dcstructible,

periehable.

VielHi^ nva-skcnd, cl. 1. P. -skandali,

slantum, to st' rm, to assault.

AeaskanAa, as, m. assault, attack, storm; a

eamp; desc_r,ding, bathing.

Av i-fikandana,am, n. .ttackiiig, assaulting, ftorn;

refutation, descending; batliing.

Ara-skandita, as, i, am, attack, d; gone dsiwn;

refuted; bathed, tathing.

Am-skardin, i, ini, i, leaping upon, covering;

attacking, assaulting.

'yqfvTii: avas-kara, as, ra. (fr. rt. kri with

avas), something to bc crncealed or swept awoy;

a prtvity; ordure, laxes; dirt; sweepings; the

ptivities; a p¹ ..ce for taxes, &c. — Avaskara-wan-

dira, am, n. a privy, water-doset.

Avit-laraka, as, m. existiro? in the fieres, an in-

sect; a sweeptr; a brufb, brrom, &c.

s<rr^r ava-skava, as, m. a kind of worm.

y | WI d avastat, ind. (fr. 2. avas, q. v.),

below, from beiow, downwards, iJthenvards; (with

gen.) beiow. — Avastat-prapadana, as, d, am,

■anything) attained from beiow (as heaven, &c.).

Ji4Vf ~-rasln, u, n. a xvorthlcss thing;

nothing; insubstantialitv, the unreality of matter.

— Arastu-tS, f. or avastu-tm, am, n. insubstan-

tiality, unrealitv.

VTTirT aca-stri, cl. 9. P., Ved. -strinali,

startnm, -etaritum or -ritum, to cover; to spt.ad

or lay down a covering.

Ava-siarana, am, n. spr.ading out or Uying down

a covering.

Ava-stdra, as, m. a sa.cn or wall of Hoth s.ir

roundmg a tent.

a-vastra, as, d, am, without clothes,

garm.ntless, naktd. — Arastra-td, f. nakeduess.

y i«n era-sthu, cl. 1. A. -Hshthate, -slha-

titm, to take one’s stand, remain standing; to stay,

abide, :itop, stand epart, s'and by or n-ar; Ved. to

place: Caus. -sthapayutl or -te, -yitum, to cause to

stand or stnp, tu pLce, frx, set-tte, set, array.

Ara-stha, at, m. membrum virile, see vpa-rtha ;

(d), f. appearmee (in a c mrt of jnstice); stability,

ctn.sister.ee; state, conditum, situation, circum:itance

of age or pnsition; degree, proportion; the femaie

organ of gencration. — Avastkd-Catuelituya, am, n.

the foar periods or States of human lite, viz. child-

hond, youth, manboed, and old age. — Avastha-

traya, am, n. the three States, or wuking, dreaming,

and s amd sleep. — Acastha-draya, am, n. the two

States of life, viz. happine's and uiistiy.

Aca-sthana, am, n. standing on or piacing one’s

self on (anything), residing, abidmg. dwelling; re-

sidence, abixle; place or f enod of abiding or staying

situation, station.

Ara-sthdpana, am, n. fixing, settiing.

Ava-sthapita, as, a, am, fixed.

Am-dhapya, itid. having fixed, placi d. set or put.

Ava-sthaya, ind. having stayed or remained.

A ca-sthayin, i, ini, i, staying, residing iu; piaceu.

Ava-sthita, as, d, am, standing on or in, remain

ing, staying, abiding, residing, lasting, remaining fim,

or fixed, iScc.; firm of pur[ >s(, sundy; engaged in.

prosecutiug, followinp, — Avasthita-niati, is, is, i,

of f xed mind.

Ava-stkiti, is, f. abiding; residente; following.

practising.

sJtsjeaf ara-spri, cl. 5. P., Ved. -sprinoti,

-spartum, to defend, pre-ervi trom.

Ava-sparlri, ta, n,., Ved. a pr -server, aviour.

'3T=T*^:tI avasya (fr. 1. aras), nom. P. ara-

syati, Ved. to seek favour or assistance.

Arasyu, m, «s,u,Ved. desiring favour or assistanc-

TniHTffrf va-sronsnna, am. n. falling off

or down.

si ava-srar, cl. 1. P. -svanati, -ni-

tum, to sound, to smack (the iips) or otherwisc mal

a noise in eating. See ara-shran.

Avasranya, as, a, a/n,Ved. roaring, i-oistcrous.

y-lriH ava-han, cl. 2. P. -hanti, -tum, to

strike, bit, b-jat off.

Ara-hafa, as, d, am, beaten, bruised; threshed,

winnowed.

Ava-lanana, asm, n. thrcehing, pounding of rice,

winnnwiog; the lnngs.

v-fxnTT ara-bas, cl. I. P. -hnsati, -situm,

to smile at, Iaugh at, deride.

Ava-liasa, as, m. jest, joke.

Ava-hatya, a*, d, am, to be derided, rxposed to

jest, ndiculuus.

>hs)riH avu-hasla, as, ra. the baok of the

hand.

slTqVT ava-kd, Pass. -hiyate, to be left

remaining.

avahdlikd, f. (rt. bal), a wall,

a bound hedge.

VttTtVrf ava-hita. See undor ava-dhu.

srrf^T^n - -vahi-tlha, f., am, n. (corrupted

fr. a-rnhih-stha), dissimulation.

ava-hri, cl. 1. P. -harati, -hartum,

to lay "side, tbrow away, take away; Ved. to throw

or kncck down (?).

a

Ava-harana, am, n. throwing away; taking away;

stealing, plundering; taking back, redeeming; fining,

mulcting.

Ava-kara, as, m. truce, suspension of arms, ces-

sation of gambling, fighting, Scc.; a thief; a shark ;

a water elephant; summoning, inviting; any object

fit or able to be brought near; apostacy, abandoning

a sect or cast; re-delivery.

Ava-hdraka, as, ikd, am, one who stops fighting,

&c.; (as), m. a shark, a marine monster.

Ava-hdrya, as, d, am, to be made to restore or

compensate; fioable, punishable; recoverable, re-

deemable; (anything) which one is compelled to re-

store.

Ava-hrita, as, a, am, taken off, back, or away;

seized; stolen; fined.

ava-hela, am, d, n. f. or ava-helana,

am» n. (fr. rt. hei for hed with ava), disrespect.

Ava-keUta, as, a, am, disrespected; (am), n.

disrespect.

ava-hvara, as, m. (rt. hvri), a

crooked way; trick; deceit.

vn il%H a-vakin, i, ini, i (rt. vad), not

speaking.

i. arvakka, as, a, am, Ve d. speechless.

I. a-vdd, h, k_% k, speechless, dumb. — AvdJc-drvli,

is, is, i, deaf and dumb.

1. a-vadya, as, d, am, not to be addressed; im-

proper to be uttered; vile, bad; not distioctly

expressed, — Avadya-ta, f. or avddya-tva, am, n.

impropriety; reproach* calumny. — Amdya-deda, as,

m. unmentionable region, the vulva.

avd-kri (ava-a-kri), cl. 8. 5. P.

-karoti, -krinoti, -kartum, to remove.

'•■H 'A I °h avd-kri (ava-a-kri), cl. 6. P. -kirati,

-ka ritum, -ritum, to strew, pour upon.

Avd-kara, as, m. a mint (?).

avaksha, as, i, am (fr. 2. aksha for

akshi with ava), who or what looks down upon or

defends, a guardian, a keeper.

avayra (ava-ag°), as, d, am, having

a bent top; stooping, bending, bowed.

avad, an, adi, dk (fr. 2. ava and

and), tumed downwards, being or situated below,

lower than (with abi.); looking downwards, headlong;

south; (F), f. thc south quarter, the lower regions

[with avad has been compared the Lat. aurster for

ava-sler].

Avak, ind.downwards; south, southward, Southern.

— Avdk-pushpi, f., N. of the piant Anethum Sowa

Roxb. — Avdk-ddkha, as, d, am, having the branches

tumed downwards; epithet ofthe Ficus Religiosa. — A-

vak-diras, as, ds, as, having the bead downwards,

headlong. — Avag-bhaga, as, m. the part below.

— Avan-mukha, as, l, am, looking down or away,

having the face turned downwards, headlong; (as), m.,

N. ofa weapon. — Avan-jndna, am, n. disrespect.

2. avakka, as, d, am, Ved. a word formed for

the etymology of avaka.

Avadina, as, d, am, down-Iooked, headlong;

south, southcm; descended, gohe down; (as), m.,

N. of a king.

2. avadya, as, d, am, southem, southerly.

ava-di (ava-a-di), cl. 5. P. A.

-dinoti, -nute, -detum, to heap up, accumulate,

gather.

I Poad avd-ddhid(ava:d-dhid), cl. 7. P. A.

-ddhhiatti, -ddhinte, -ddhettum, to tear or snatch

away.

Ava-ddhidya, ind. having snatched away.

\ avaj (ava-aj), cl. 1. P. avajati, -ji-

tum, to drive down, to throw down.

a-vajin, i, m., Ved. a bad horse.

a-harana. ^rfirarbf

'SRTK nvat(ava-at), cl. i. P.,Ved. ardtati,

-trfu»?, to go down; (lurmed for tht ctym. of arata,

q. \.)_ _

Aratita. (ava-aC), as, d, am, gene down.

mTT .. a-v5to., as, d, am, Ved. windless,

not moved by wind, calm.

^TTiT 1. a-voto, as, a, am (rt. van, whence

the pirt. pa«s. vdla), Ved. unattacked, nntroubled,

untoncd d; unconquered.

■5TTnf?5 a-vatula, as, a, am, not flatulent.

Wl? avad (ava-ad), cl. 2. P.,Ved. avdtti,

■Itum, to cause to eat foed.

a-tadin, i, ini, i, no xpcaker, no

dispqter, on- who does not prosecute or bring an

action, peaceable.

1H ardn (ara-an), cl. 2. P. avaniti,

-nitum, to brea'h( or inhale.

I. aidna, as, m. breatldne, iidialing.

^ITPT i. a-vana, as, a,am (for an-avana?),

dried, diy. See vana,

^RTiTT arent ara (ara-an°), as, a, am,

situated betw-en; inrluded, involved, — Avantara-

dii, Ic, or (lt nnt-ira-didd, f. an intermediate region

of the eon.pass. — A<’antara-fhsa, as, m. a pLce

situated in ac intermediate region.

Avantaram, ind., Ved. between.

VT^TPI avdp (ava-ap), cl. 5. P. A. -apnoti,

-nute, -aptam, to reach, enter; to receive; to attain,

obta n, gain; to get, suffer.

Avapta, as, 0, am, rtached, rtceived, obtained,

got. — Ardpte.-vat, an, atl,at, reachiug, obtaining,

recoiving, taking; entertaining fas a belief).

Avaptaiya, as, e, am, to be obtained or gained.

A rapt i, is, f. obtaining, getting, receiving.

1. ardpija, ind. h“ving obtained.

2. rrapya, as, a, am, to be obtained or gained;

unattainable, unubtan ible (?).

nfva a-vSpita, as, d, am (rt. vap), not

sown (as grain) bnt planted.

rvapah (ava-apo-uh), cl. 1. P. A.

mapohati, -te, datam, to remove.

^PTlTI avaya, as, a, am (fr. rt. i with ava),

giving way, yielding, coniplying.

avara, as, am, m. n. (fr. 2. ava or 2.

aras, as para fr. para or paras, q. v.), this side,

the near bank of a river. — Avdra-tcs, ind., Ved. to

this side. — Ardra-pdra, as, m. the ocean. — Avara-

pdrbja, as, a, ar„, belonging to the ocean; Crossing

a river.

Arantia, as, 5, am, Crossing a river.

I. aoarya, as, d, am, being on tht near side oi a

river.

^PTtTTij a-varana, as, a, am (rt. vri), in-

ciribic, not to be remedied.

1. aiaranhja, as, a, am, treating of incurable

sickn esses.

2. a-varanhja, as, d, am, not to be warded off.

Ardrika, f., N. of the pLnt C mandrum Sativiun.

A-varita, as, a, am, unimpeded, nmbstructi d;

innumerablc, — Avarita-dvara, as, a, am, having

open doors.

A-varitavyd, as, 5, am, not to be impeded or

bhdered, not to be kept off

2. o.-vdrya, as, d, am, unrestrainable, irres-atible;

not to be warded off; incurable. — A-vdrya-krrtu,

v*, us, u, Ved. of irresistible courag~, — Aodrya-td,

f. incurableness .

d 1 vj arcirCh (ava-ri£h), cl. 6. P., Ved.

avdrfthati, -idh.itum, to nnhamess, to feli down.

avarj (ava-arj), cl. i.P.,Ved. avdr-

jati, -jilum, t ■ dismiss.

i-vikrita. y5

ava-lod (ava-a-lod), cl. I. A.

-Infate, ditum, to conrider.

'iiaJiMi avavata, as, m. the son of a

woman by any other man than her first husband.

'^ThT^PT avdvan, d, m. (fr. rt. ov), a thief

■*M a-vasya, as, d, am (rt. vof), un-

desirable.

"S'Tm ovas (ava-as), cl. 4. P. ardsynti,

■situm, to tfcrow dowu.

feMl iiTT a-vdsns, as, as, as, unolothed,

r,aked.

'TTRrPT o-vastam or a-vastavika, as, i, am,

unsubstantial, unreal; fictitious; unfi mndtd, inationai

(as an argument). -

a-vastu, us, vs, u, Ved. having no

dwelling, homeless.

"WNItf H a-vdho.na, as, a, am, Ved. having

no team or carriage, not driving in a carriage.

avi, is, is, i (fr. rt. a»), Ved. fa^our-

able, attached to, kindiy disposed; (is), m. f. a rbeep ;

the woollen Soma strainer; (is), m. a master; thc

sun; air, wind; a m> untain; a wall or enclcnnre; a

cover made of the skin of inice; a rat; a blanket;

the shawl goat (is), f. an twe; a woman in her

courses [cf. Lith. awi-s; Slav. mjza; LaL ovis;

Gr. to; Goth. avistr). — Ati-kntorana, as, m. a

kind 01 tr.eute (perh .ps consisting of sheep). — Ari-

gandhika. f., N. of a piant —Aja-gandhd.~ Art-

duqdha. or avi-dusa or ari-marisa or avi-sodha,

am, n. the miik of an t.ve. — A,-'-juda_f as, m.

sheep’s skin, woollen cloth. — Avu-pdla, as, m a

shepherd. — Avi-priya, as, m. ‘liked by sheep,’ N.

of the grass Oplrmeous Frumentaceus; (a), f., N. oi

another p.ant. — Aii-mat, an, ati, at, Ved. poss^ssing

sheep.—Avi-sthala, am, n. * sheep-place,’ N. of a

town.

Atika, a>, m. a sheep; (d), f. an ewe; (am), n.

a diam' >ud.

Ajikata, as, n,. a flock of sheep.

Alita, f. an ewe a sh.ep.

Avithya. Sce below, s. v.

ei P-i on s .--vikada, c.s, it, am, closcd, shtit

(as - fljweri.

A-vikafita, as, c, am, unblown.

a-vikc.tha, as, a, am, not boasting,

not talking vainly or idly.

A -vikathcda, as, d, am, one who does r.ot boa't;

(am), n. not boasting.

f^T<I a-vikarsha, as, m. abser>ce of

separation.

A-vikriskta, as, a, am, not dravvn apart, not

separated.

a-vikala, as, d, am, untmpaired,

perfect, e uti re; regular, orderly, consistent.

a-vikalpa, as, m. absence of

doubt or altemative, positive act or precept; (as, d,

am), unchangeable; (am), ind. without any doubt.

'vif^cfiKa~vikdra, as, d, am, or a-vikdrya,

as, d, am, immutable, unchangeable; permanent;

(am), n. unchangeableness.

A-vikrita, as, d, am, unchanged, permanent.

A-vikHya, as, d, am, showing no alteration or

difference, unchangeable, always alike.

wRnfiR a-vikrama, as, a, am, powerless,

feeblc, without couragc ; (as), m. cowardice.

A-vikrdnta, as, d, am, unsurpassed; feeble, power-

less.

^rfT5?nr a-vikraya,as,m.(rt.kri), non-sale.

A-vikrita, as, d, am, unsold; one who has not

sold.

9G a■

/l-i il-rnja, as, 5, am, unsaleablc, not to be sold.

XThnFT a-viklama, as, m. vigour, fresh-

ntss, nbsenc’ of tatigu..

A-viklanta, as, am, unw^ricd, vigorous.

a-viklava, as, a, am, calm, com-

pnscd, firm.

-if". lil ri a-vikshata, as, a, am, undimi-

nishcd, entirc; unhurt.

^frfsnr t -vikshit, t, m., N. of a king.

A-vlkMta, as, a, am, Ved. undiminished, unhurt.

irftrftfR -vikshipa, as, rn. unable to dis-

tribute, dispens., &u; distribuling badly; different

from onc who di' tributes; one who is no distributer.

A-vikMjita, os, a, am, not thrown away, re-

tained; attentrve, composti.

-vikshobhv, as, m. (rt. kshubh),

quict quiescens.

A-vikshobhita, as, a, arr, undisturb.d, tranqui).

iHpWfjiiri i-vikhandita, as, a, am, un-

disturbed. — AJkhandUa-nnnas, as, as, as, im-

pcriurbable.

s^r^rnT a-vigata, as, a, am, unseparated,

t tained, pre«;nt.

A-vigntm, as, a, am, unsepaiated, unr moved;

(a.), m. D' n-separ.tion, assrtiation, inherence, pre-

s.nce.

tfffNrrfklT a-vigarkita, as, a, cm, unre-

proached.

isfWtlT a-vigita, as, a, am, uncensured,

unreproached.

a-viguna, as, a, am, corapatible,

consistent with, not contrary to.

a-vigna, as, tn., N. of the fruit

tree Carissa Carandas L. t

U ^ a-vigraha, as, a, am, bodiless, in-

corporeal.

^rftnrTrT a-vighata, as, a, am (rt. han), un-

impeded, having no obstacle. — Avighata-gati, is,

4s, i, unimp^ded or unobstructed in (iis) course.

A-vighna, as, a, am, unintemipted, unimpeded;

(am), n. undisturbedness, want of obstacle; avi-

ghnena, ind. without obstacle, uninterruptedly.

a-viMskana, as, a, am, un-

leamed, ignorant.

-ci fq a-vi6ala, as, a, am, immoveable.

a-vi6a6ala, as, a, am, or a-vi-

6a6alat, at, ati, at, or a-vidadali, is, is, i, Ved.

not staggering or fluctuating, standing firmly.

'^rRr^TX a-vi6ara, as, a, am, un di scrinii-

nating, ill-judging, unwise; unhesitating, prompt;

(as), m. want of judgment or discrimination» error,

folly; promptitude.

A-vidarita, as, a, am, ill-judged, badly investi-

ga ted, unconsidered; detemrined, certain, ciear, not

requiring deliberation. — Aviddrita-nirnaya, as, m.

prejudicc.

A-vidarin, i, im, i, nnthinldng, inconsiderate.

A-vidarya, ind. without considering, inconsider-

ately, unreflectingly.

^rf^TTfHTT a-vi6ulita, as, a, am, unmoved;

unshaken; victorious.

P ’ rtj , -vifritya, as, a, am, Ved. not to

be loosened.

a-videtana, as, a, am, Ved. un-

intelligible.

a-viddhinna, as, a, am, unsepa-

rated, undivided, unintemipted. — A-viddhinna~pa-

tam, ind. fallen on ones knees.

■vihreya.

A-viKhtda, as, a, am, umut.nupted; undivided,

entire, whole; (<w), m. the not being separated, en-

tireness; connection, continuity. — Aviddhedena, ind.

uninterruptedly.

^srfraTfT a-vidyuta, as, a, am, not deviated

from, observed, followed; ctemal, permanent.

a-vijata, as, a, am (rt. 7"an),Ved.

not having brought forth, not having offspring.

A-vijdtlya, as, a, am, of the same species.

fq ri i *1 rt^ a-vijanat, an, ati, at (rt.jhn),

Ved. not understanding.

A-vijna, as, a, am, ignorant, untaught; dumsy,

stupid. — Avijna-ta, f. or avijna-tva, am, n. igno-

rance, folly.

A^ijndta, as, d, am, unknown; undistinguished,

unintelligible, indistinct, doubtful. — Avijndta-gatx,

is, m., N. of a son of Anila and S^iva. — Avijnata-

gada, as, d, am, Ved. speaking in an unintelligible

manner.

A-xdjnaya, ind. not having understood, without

distinguishing.

A-vijneya, as, d, am, undistinguishable, undiscem-

ible, unintelligible, not to be recognized or known.

'Aa-vijitya, ind. not having con-

quered.

^f^r-ldl ri a-vidina, am, n. a direct flight.

SHfTW avita, as, d, am (rt. av), presen^ed,

protected.

Avitri, td, tri, m. f., Ved. a favourer, patron, pro-

tector.

a-vitatha_s as, d, am, not untrue,

true; not vain, not false or futile; effective; (am),

n. truth; a species of the Atyashti metre; (am), ind.

not falsely, according to truth.

^f^difty^a-vitdrin, i, ini, i (rt. tri)₉\ed.

not passing away, not departing, remaining.

riVJ a-vitripta, as, d, am, unsatisfied.

— Avitripta-kama, as, d, am, having the desires

unsatisfied.

fq -ri a-vitta, as, d, am (rt. vid, to find),

not found ; unknown, poor.

A-vitti, is, f.,Ved. the not finding, the not pos-

sessiog, poverty.

a-tityaja, as, am, m. n. quick-

silver.

a-vitkura, as, 5, am, Ved. not

staggering; not fragile.

avithya, as, d, am (fr. avi), fit or

sui ted to a sheep.

a-vidagdka, as, d, am (rt. dah),

unleamed, inexperienced, stupid ; undigested.

A-vidahin, i, ini, i, imperfectly digested, pro-

ducing heartbum.

^a-vidasya, as, d, am (rt. d«s),Ved.

not ceasing, inexhaustible.

A-vidasin, i, ini, i, perennial, perpetual.

fqftfTT a-vidita, as, 5, am, unknown,

A-viditvd, ind. not knowing, without having ascer-

tained.

a-vididhayu, us, us, u (rt. dhi),

Ved. not deliberating, not delaying; shining, re-

splendent.

^TferCfE-rid«ra, as, d, am, not very dis-

tant, near, contiguous; (am), n. proximity; (am),

ind. near to. — Avidurat or avldura-tas or avi-

dure, ind. near, not far off (with abi.).

’-MA a-viddha, as, d, am, unpierced.

— A viddha 'ha ni d or aviddha-karni (also viddha-

karni), f., N. of the piant Cissampelos Hexaudra.

\-vipula.

— Ai idlhn-dris, l, k, k, all-sceing. — Aiiddlia,-

vardas, as, as, as, of mumpair^d glotj.

'-HI AQr-vidya,as, a, am (rt. l.vid, to know),

unl^arned, unwisj, fix>)!sh; not rjating to knjw-

ltd/e; (d), f. i rnoranec, spiritual ignoranc,', illusion,

p romfied ilkision or MiyS j (with Buddhists) lgno-

r.ice togtthtr with nun-exi >tcn^L. — A rirfyd-wuya,

as, i', am, caus/d by ignounce or illusion.

A-vidras, an, ushi, as, unwise, unle-rned.

a-vidvamdna, as, d, am (rt. 2.

lid, to find), not present, absent; non-existent.

> -vidriya, as, d, am (rt. dfi), Ved.

without a rent; impen. trable, solid, deuse.

u-ridrish, t, t, t (rt. dvish), not

hating, not an eremy.

A-iidve?ha, as, m., Ved. ab.ence of hatred or

hostilitv.

aHpTVT-t 1 a-tidhavd, f. not a widotv.

avidhd, ind. an interjection cor-

respouding to the PrSkrit avihd or aviha, nsed in

calling for help in danger.

r -vidhana, am, n. (rt. dhd), devi-

ation from or ebsence of fixed mle, irregularity

— Avidhana-tas, ind. irregularly.

A-^idhi, is, is, i, void or or contrary to rule;

(ia), f. irregularity. — A-Hdhi-purraka, as, d, am,

not according to rule.

nfspT c vira, as, tn. (rt. ac), a sacrificer,

one who pjrtorms a sacrifice or causes it to be per

formed; an offidatmg pricst at a sacrifice.

■dlfsfiHJI a-rinoya, as, d, am (rt. ni), tvith-

out proper training, ill-behaved, indecorous; (as), m.

want of good mani.^rs or modesty; bad training;

rude behaviour; indecomm, impropriety, fruit; in-

civihtv, disrtspect; oflence, crime.

A-vinita, as, a, am, badly traincd, badly brought

np, ill-mannered, misbeb ving, acting ili or irnpro-

pcrly, wicked, vile; (d), f. an immod. st, umJiast^, or

disloyal woman.

a-rinasvara, as, i, am, or a-vi-

r.astjn, as, c, am, inde onictiblr.

A-vinasyat, av, anti, at, not peri^hing.

A-vitiasa, as, m. lion-destmction, pre -ervation.

A-vinasin, i, ini, i, indcstructiblc.

'3ffsni'RT7 a-vinabhava, as, m. interent

and e seutial ch"racter.

a-rinigama, as, m. an illogical

conclusi .n.

^IqfslHT 3T i-tinirmoka, as, d, am, without

an exception.

■dife| H'-jfrTJT a-vinivartin, i, ini, i, not

tuming back, holding on, idvancing.

xJififyui avindhya, as, m., N. of a minister

of Ravrna ; (n), f., N. of a iiver.

apP-IM a-vipakra, as, d, am (rt pad), not

ripe, immature, midirrsted. — ATipnAvn-b^d Ihi, is,

is, i, inexperi.nctd.

A A ipd’:a, as, m. indigestion; 'uimatnrity; not

suffering the cousequence of actions in a former life;

(os, d, am), suffering from indigestion.

affOmj a-vipaksha, as, d, am, having no

adverrarv, unoppe* -d.

VTTTtrT a-vipad, t, f. (rt. pad), prosperity,

ease.

A-vipanva, as, d, am, uninjurrd, unhurt; not

soiled or contaminated, pure, dean.

c,-vipas6it, t, t, t, unwise, ig-

norant.

f-xipulc, as, d, am, small. insigni-

ricant, slender.

•srfsrTl a-vipra.

snrfEF’! a-vlkshaaa.

97

\H N U a-vipra, as, a, em,Ved.not spiritually

excited, not inspired; not a worshippcr, not a praiser.

a-viprakrishta, as, a, am, not

remote, near.

^rf^rftnT avi-priya, See under at».

"nfirsnr a-vipluta, as, a, am, undeviating,

steadily observing; unviolated, observed without de-

viation.

vlfqTfic? a-viphala, as, a, am, fruitful, pro-

ductive.

vi(^3 a-viphulla, as, a, am, unblown.

a-vibhakta, as, a, am (rt. bhaj),

undivided, unpartitioned; unseparated, joint, not

sharing (applied to co-heirs who have not divided

their inheritance).

A-vibhdga, as, a, am, unpartitioned, unportioned;

(as), m. undivided inheritance.

A-vibhagin, i, ini, i, one who does not share;

not sharing, not dividing.

A-mbhajya, as, a, am, not to be divided, not to

be partitioned. Avibhajya-la, f. or avibhdjya-tva,

am, n. indivisibility, uofitness for partition.

*rf^TR^TT a-vibhdvana_t f. or a-vibhdvana,

am, n. (rt. bhu), non-perception, non-discrimination,

imperceptibility, disappearance.

A-vibkavatiiya, as, a, am, imperceptible, undis-

ringuishable.

A-vibhavita, as, a, am, nnperceived, unobserved.

A-vibhavya, as, a, am, undis tinguishable, imper-

ceptible.

^fcitfPtT a-vibhranta, as, a, am, uninter-

rupted.

a-vimatta, as, m., N. of a man (?).

a-vimala, as, a, am, not ciear,

foul, turbid.

vifq*i7h a-vimukta, as, a, am (rt. mu6), un-

loostd, not quitted; (as), m., N. of a Tlrtha near

Benares. — Avimuktapida (°ta~dp⁰)_} as, m., N. of

a king. — Avimuktetfvara (°ta~i4°), as, m. a cele-

brated Siva-lin-ga at Benares.

A-vimohya, as, d, am, Ved. not to be loosened.

a-viyukta, as, d, am (rt. yuj), un-

divided, conjoined; not separated or absent.

.4-l%Of7a, as, m. conjunction, association ; the not

being parted or absent, presence. — Aviyoga-tritiya,

f., N. of a certain festival or holiday. — Aviyogatri-

tiyd-vrata, N. of the sixteenth Adhyaya of the

Bhavishyottara-Pur5na.

a-virakta,as, a,am, not indifferent

or estranged ; attached to, interested in.

a~virana,as, m.,Ved.continuation.

^ftrnr a-virata, as, d, am (rt. ram), not

desisting from (with abi.); uninterrupted, continual,

etemal; abandoned ; (am), ind. etemally, continually.

A-virali, is, f. incontinence, intemperance.

A-virama, as, d, am, uninterrupted, continuous;

(aa), m. uninterrupted succession, continuance; (am),

ind. uninterruptedly.

a-virala, as, d, am, contiguous,

close; coarse, gross, substantial; unintemipted ; (am),

ind. contiguously, dosely. — Avirala-dharasara, as,

m. incessant down-pour of heavy rain.

a-virahita, as, d, am, not sepa-

rated from, abounding in.

a-viradhayat, an, anti, at, Ved.

not withdrawing one’s self, not avoiding; not de-

sisting.

a-viruddha, as, d, am (rt. rudh),

unobstructed, nnimpeded ‘ allowed, permitted, proper;

compatible, consistent with.

A-virodha, as, m. absence of impcdiment; assent,

concurrence, non-opposition; consistency, compati-

bility.

A-virodMta, as, a, am, nnimpeded, unobstructed.

a-viredana, am, n. anything

which constipates or stops the passage of the food.

A-mredya, as, d, am, not to be purged.

a-vilakshita, as, d, am, con-

cealed, veiled.

viq-ri a-vilanghana, am, n. non-trans-

gression, not exceeding, not trespassing.

A-vilangkaniya, as, d, am, not to be exceeded

or transgressed ; prescribed, fixed.

a-vilamba or a-vilambana, as, d,

am, not delaying, prompt, quick, expeditious ; (bas),

m. ryon-dehy.—A-vilambam or a-vilambena, ind.

without delay, quickly.

A-vilambita, as, d, am, not delaying, not slow,

quick, expeditious; (am), ind. going quickly, a swift

pace.

vHfVcM avild, f. an ewe. See under avi.

a-vilasa, as, d, am, free from

caprice, faithful, constant.

Tfrfom a-vilikha, as, m. unable to \vrite

or paint, writing or painting badly; different from

one who writes or paints; one who is not a writer

or painter.

vHfq cjM a-vilupta,as,d,am, uninterrupted.

^ ^ n a-vivakshita, as, d, am (rt. va6),

not intended to be said, unasserted, undeclared.

A-vivakya, as, d, am, not admitting censure or

correction; N. of the tenth day of a certain Soma

sacrifice. .

a-vivada, as, m. non-disagree-

ment, concurrence, consent.

A-vivadin, i, ini, t, uncontentious, quiet, peace-

able.

vifq q i f^ ri a-vivahita, as, d, am (rt. vah),

unmarried,

A-vivahin, i, ini, i, not marrying, single; not

relating to marriage; interdicted as to marriage.

vi fq fq a-vivikta, as, d, am (rt. vid), un-

discriminated, uninvestigated; indiscriminate, con-

founded; common, public. — A-vivilcta-dHd, Ic, k,

k, viewing all as one with God.

A-viveka, as, d, am, without judgment or dis-

crioiination; (cw), m. absence of disaimination or

judgment, ignorance. — Aviveka-krita, as, d, am,

done thoughtlessly. — AvivekaAa, f. or aviveka-tva,

am, n. want of judgment, inoonsiderateness, impru-

dence.

A-vivekin, i, ini, i, or a-vivedaka, as, ika, am,

undiscriminating, ignorant, having no judgment, su-

perficial, short-sighted.

A~vivedana, f. want of judgment or discrimination.

a-vivena, as, d, am, Ved. not dis-

affected; (am), ind., Ved. not disaffectedly, favourably.

a-vidanka, as, d, am (rt. 6ank),

having no fears or doubts, fearless; (d), f. unappre-

hensiveness, confidence, certaiuty. — A-vidankena,

ind. undoubtingly, without hesitation.

A-vifankita, as, d, am, unapprehensive, con-

fiding, trusting.

a-vidastri, ta, m., Ved. an un-

skilful cutter up or killer (of animals at a sacrifice).

a-visuddha, as, d, am, pure, ciear,

free from feult or defect; valid, perfect, unimpeached.

lif^rspr a-visesha, as, d, am, uniform,

alike, without any difference; (am), n. equability,

uniformity. — A-visesha-jna, as, d, am, not per-

ceiving the difference in things, undiscriminating.

srfreirftr : -ruranto, as, a, am, unwearied.

a~vi£vam-inva, as, d, am, Ved.

not all-embracing, not pervading everything.

vi va ^ A a-visva-vinna, as, d, am, Ved.

not perceived everywhere.

vmfq vj i d a-visvasa, as, a, am (rt. svas),

not causing confidence, mistrusted ; (as), m. mis-

trust, suspicion; (o), f. a cow calving after long

intervals.

A-vidvasta, as, d, am, not trusted, suspected,

doubted.

A-vidmsln, i, ini, i, mistiustful, unbelieving.

a-visha, as, d, am, not poisonous,

anti-venomous, antidote; (as), m. the ocean; sky;

(a), f., N. of the piant Curcuma Zedoaria; (t), f. a

river j the earth; heaven.

a-vishakta, as, d, am, unimpeded,

unrestrained, unchecked.

vi k mH a-vishaya, as, d, am, unperceived,

invisible; insensible; disregarding objects of sense;

(cw), m. d(sappearance; absence; disregard of objects

of sense. — A-vishayi-ka ra n a, am, n. the not

making anything an object.

a-vishdda{ as, d, am, not dejected,

unwearied, persevering; (cw), m. cheerfulness.

wfrc arishthn, cs. d, am (superi, of rt. av),

Ved. g'idl' areepUng; very attentive.

’-4 fH m avishyd, f. (fr. avi), Ved. wish, de-

sire, aMonr; wish to go.

A ,rishf/u, us, its, l, Ved. as ailiog; desirou», vehe-

ment, violent; wislnng to eat; nishing to protect.

avis, is, m. an extender, enl»rger(?).

contr-dicti try.

a-visamvadin, i, ini, i, not

-v'sargin, i, ini, i, not quitting,

retaiiiing, adhtiing to; (t), m. an uuintermitfcot fever.

avi-sodha. See under ari.

a-ristara, as, d, am (rt. stri), of

small extent or Circuit.

A-ayistdra, as, m. absence of amplification.

A-nst irna, as, a, am, not extcnded, not ampli -

ficd, cnntraot.d.

A-iistnta, us, d, ani, compaet, eomprcss^d, ciose.

a-vispashta, as, d, am, not ciear

or pla^;n, «distinet, obscui.; (ani), n. indistinct

speech.

a-vismarana, am, n.or a-vismriti,

is, f. not fnrgetting, remembering, recollection.

a-vihata, as, d, am, unobstructed,

unimpeded. — Avihata-gati, is, is, i, ont whose

course is nnob-tructed.

a-viharyata-kratu, us, us, u,

Ved. whose will Ci.mot be avertea; |S5y.) d )er of

acts unde-ired (by his foes).

srftrTrrT a-vihita, as, d, am, undone, un-

effected ; unprescribed, not directed or ruled.

Vi fq^ ri a-vihruta, as, d, am (rt. hvri), Ved.

unbent, unbroken ; not curved.

A-vihrarat, an, anti, at, Ved. not slipping, not

falling; undeviating.

a-vihvala, as, d, am, unagitated,

composed, calm.

. avi, wrontf readinq fur ambya, q. v.

a-vi, is, f. (fr. rt. vi with a), a woman

in her cor.rses.

a-cihshuna, am, n. (rt. iksh), not

looking at, not regarding.

Cc

08 Wtferff a-vikshitci. '^wr a-vyavastha.

a*, a, am, unscen, unbeheld.

a-vi6i, is, is, i, waveless; (is), m.

a particular hcll. — Atiti-maya, as, ni. a hell, the

place of punishment for liars.

cfl a-vija, as, a, am, seedless, impotent;

(am), n. bad sced, bad grain; absence of sced,

A-vijaka, as, a, am, seedless; unsown.

a-vtra, as, a, am, nnmanly, effemi-

nate, weak; helpless; having no sons; destitute of

mea; (a), f. a woman who has neither husband nor

son. — Avira-ta, f., Ved. want of sons. — A-vira-hun,

d, ghni, a_t Ved. not killing men, aot pemidous to

men.

A-virya, as, a, am, Ved. weak, ineffective.

^5nr«R a-vrika, as, a, am, Ved. not hurting,

inoffensi ve, true; unendangered, safe ; free from one

who obscures; (am), n. safety, peace; quiet.

a-vriksha or a-vnkshaka, as, a, am,

treeless; destitute of trees.

d a-vrijina, as, d, am, Ved. not

intriguing, straightforward, sincere, not deserting

(friends), an epithet of the Adityas.

^TTiT a-vrita, as, d, am, Ved. unchecked,

unimpeded; unsubdued; unselected; uncovered, un-

protected.

a-vritti, is, f. inadequate support,

absence of subsistence or allowance; want; (is, is, i),

not existing, not present. — Avritti-tva, am, n. non-

existence.

a-vritha, ind. not in vain, success-

fully, profitably. — Avrithartha (?thd-ar°), as, a,am,

successful, gaining oue’s object.

■ciqf^jcS a-vriddhika, as, i, am (rt. vridh),

not augmentative; not bearing interest.

A-vndha, as, d, am, Ved. not promoting, not

honouring.

a-vrishti, is, f. want of rain,drought;

femine.

a-vriha or a-briha, ds, m. pl. (rt.

rrih), a class of Buddhist divinilies.

A-vjrihita, as, d, am, few, not moch or large.

ave (ava-i), cl. 2. P. avaiti, -tum, to

go away, to move away; to go to (with acc.); to

come down upon, rush upon ; to look upon, consider;

perceive, conceive, onderstand, leam, know: Intens.

or Pass. aveyate, to beg pardon for, condliate.

Aveta, as, a, am, elapsed, past; one who has

gaioed, obtained, attained; joined with.

aveksh (ava-iksh), cl. 1. A. avek-

skate, -shitum, to look towards, look at, consider;

to perceive, observe, experience; to have in view,

aim at; to have regard to, respect; to expect, hope

for: Caus. aveksfiayali,-yitum,to cause to look at.

Avckshaqa, am, o. looking towards or at; the

act of considering, attenlion, observation.

Avekshaniya, as, d, am, to be looked at, to be

respect ed.

Avekshamana, as, d, am, looking at, inspecting,

examini ng.

Avcksha, f. seeing, looking at; observation, care,

regard, attention to (with loc.); agreement, engage-

ment.

Avtkshita, as, a, am, looked at, perceived, re-

garded.

Avekskin, i, ini, t, observing, seeing, looking at.

I. avckshya, as, d, am, to be regarded, to be re-

spected.

3. avckshya, ind. having beheld, having regarded.

a-rent, is, is, i, not hraided, having

no br-id of hair; not c imminglcd (as the watiTS of

rivets).

■«-vedayano., as, d, em (rt. I. fid),

not knowing, not a^certaining.

A-vtda-dd, t, m. a Brahman who has not studied

the Vedas.

A-veda-vihita, as, d, am, not eojoincd in the

Vedas. un.aiptural.

1. a-vedya, as, a, am, not to be krown; un-

ascertainable, senet.

aHTQ 2. a-redyn, as, d, am (rt. 2. vidi,

not to be married j (as), m. a calf.

dH a-venat, an, anti, at, Ved. un-

consciouj, not perct ving.

avenv (ava-inr), cl. 1. P.,Ved. aven-

vati, -ritum, to send away.

ei ioi avfla (ara-ila?), as, nt. deniul or

< onccalrn.nt of knowltage; (a), f. chewcd betel.

AhPd aveshti,, is, f. (ft. rt. yaj with ara),

Ved. appeadng or expiation by sacrifices.

a-vaiddea, as, i, am, not Yedic,

not belonginp to the Veda. .

'ST^V a-vaidhc, as, i, am, irreerular, hete-

rodox, contraiy or nnt conformable to rule.

a-vaidhavya, as, d, am, free from

widowhood.

^T^TfrpJ a-vairahotya, am, n., Ved. the

non-destruction of men, securhy trom slanghter.

^TWtgnff nrokshana, am, n. (fr. rt. uksh

with ara), Ved. bc'prinklmg, bedewing.

VTei^ avoda, as, m. (fr. rt. ud tvith ara),

drippin:» down. sprinlding, moistening; (as, 5, am),

wet, moi >t.

avo-deva, as, d, am (fr. 2. avas,

q. v.), Ved. bringing down the god:.

viql^ amh (ara-iih), cl. 1. P. A. rvohati,

•te, -Mtvm, to pnsh dowi..

avda, as, m. (= abda), a cloud; a

year.

orya. as, d, am (fr. ari), Ved. coming

from or belonging to sheep.

'Sr^T3> c -vyakta, as, d, am (rt. anj). unap-

par.nt, indislinct, not manifest, not to be discerned, in-

viriblc, impercepbblc, unp^rctivcd, undetermined; (in

aleebra) unknuwn a< quaiititv or nu.nber; (aa), m. a

fool; priii.aiy matter which has not yet enter d into

real existence; N. of Vishnu; of Sivaj of KSma

or Kandarpa; (am), n. the sup reme bdng or un!-

vcrvl spirit; (in Sankhya phil.) ‘the undiscrete,’

the primary rerm of nature, the primnrdial eLment

or prodv ativ. principio when ce ali the phenomana of

the material w irld are developtd; the soul; nature,

temperament; (am), ind. imperceptibly, ir Jistinctly,

secretly. — Asyalda-kriyd, f. algebraic ealculation;

aoy act of an indistmet ch-racter or aim. — Avyakta-

ijati, is, is, i, going imperceptibly. — Acyakta-

pada, as, 5, am, inarticulate. — Aryak^i-mirli,

is, is, i, whose form is inccmprehensible. — A-

lyalta-ruqa, as, m. dark-red, the ceiorsr of ihe

d wa. — Arjakta-raii, is, f. an unknown number

or indistiuct quantity (m algebra). — A-yakta-

lakshana or avyakta-ryakta, as, m. epithet of

Siva, whose qualities are not perceptibie —Avya-

lia-rartuuin, a, a, a, or avyakta-mdrga, as, a,

am, myrierious in his ways. — Avyakta-vad, k, k,

k, speakine indistinctly. — Atyakta-samya, am, n.

equation of unknown quantities. — imjaktddi ("ta-

adi), is, is, i, whose bcginoing is inscmtable. — yi-

tyaktanukarana (’ta-an°), am, n. the imitating of

unarticulated or unmcaniog sound.

A-ryanjana, as, d, am, ind stir.ct; plrin, not figu-

rativr; (as), m. an animat witliout homs, though of

an age to have them.

a-vyagra, as, 5, am, steady, cool,

delibente; ii.ditfcrcnt, undnturbed; attentive.

'TaTpf a-vyanga, as, d, am, not mntilated,

sound, periect; not hgurative, plain j (a), f., N. of

the piant Carpiopogon Pruriens Roxb. [ef. /end

aiv'ydnhanem,]. — Aryonganga ('ga-unga),a«, i,

am, well maie, symmetrical, pertect, .ntire.

VSPtnT a-ryai!as, ds, ds, as, Ved. not

spadous.

avyo.nda, f. (for adhy-crddf), N.

of the piant Carpopogon Pruriens Roxb.

1ivyati, is, f. (fr. rt. av), Ved. the

act of satiating, satisfaction ; desiri.

a-vyatikirna, as, d, am, un-

mixed, unblended, distioct, speciiic, separate.

^ a-vyatha, as, d, am (rt. vyath), free

from paia ; not inflictiog paiD, merciful ; (a#), m. a

snake; (5), f., N. of the piant Terminalia Citrina

Roxb., and of the piant Hibiscus Mutabilis L.; Ved.

firmness, steadiness, absence of tremor.

A-vyathamana, as, a, am, Ved. not moving un-

steadily, not trembling.

A-vyathi_tis, is, r,Ved.Dot tremulous, not tottering;

not unsteady, stepping firmly and safely, sure-footcd,

undaunted; epithet of the borses of the Asvins; (is),

f. a firm step, sure-footedness; undauntedness. — A-

vyatki-dhi, ts, f. the carth; night.

A-vyathin, «, ini, i, free from pain, oot inflicting

paio.

A-vyathiska, as, m. the ocean ; the sun ; (»), f.

the earth; midnight.

A-vyathya, as, d, am, free from pain, not giving

pain, not paining.

•*xmrlA^a-vyanat_s an, ali, at (rt. an),Ved.

not breathing, lifeless.

a-vyapadesya, as, d, am, not to

be defined.

^{3\f*F3Tka-vyabhidara, as, m. steadiness,

coosislency, constancy.

A-vyabhidarin, i, ini, i, not going astray, con-

stant ; virtuous, moral; steady, steadfast, permanent,

faithful.

1. avyaya, as, i, am (fr. avi, q. v.),

Ved. coming from sheep, made of sheep’s skin.

2. a-vyaya, as, d, am (rt. i with a

and tn), not Iiable to change, impcrishable, unde-

caying, immutable, etemal; unexpended, unwasted ;

economical, parsimonious; (as), m. a N. of Vishnu

or of Siva; N. of a son of Manu Raivata ; (as, am),

m. n. an indeclinable word, a particle; (am), n. (in

the Ved5nta) a member or corporeal part of an

organized body. — Atyaya-tva, am, n. imperisbable-

ness. — Avyaya-rarga, as, m. the class of indeclin-

ables. — Avyayatman Cya-dt^Q\ a, a, a, imperish-

able, eternal; (d), m. soul, spirit.

Avyayi-bhava, as, m. nnchangeable state, im*

perishableness; an indeclinable compound.

a-vyartha, as, a, am, not useless,

profitable, fruitful; effectual, efficacious.

a-vyalika, as, a, am, not false,

true, veracious, not disagreeable.

a-vyavadhana, as, d, am (rt.

dha), close, contiguous, immediate; not screened, not

concealed, open, careless. — Avyavadhdna-td, f. or

avyavadhana-tva, am, n. contiguity, carelessness.

A-vyavahita, as, d, am, adjoining, contiguous.

a-vyavasaya, as, m. (rt. so),

negligence, inactivity. — Aryavasaya^vat, an, ati,

at, negligent, inacti ve, remiss.

A‘vyavasdyin, t, ini, i, negligent, inactive, remiss.

a-vyavastha, f. (rt, stha), irre-

srarrftvnr <■t-vyavasthita.

gularity, deviation from establlshed rule; incorrect

legal opinion.

A-vyavastkita, as, d, am, not conformable to law

or practice; uuacquainted with the law or custom;

ill-regulated ; displaced, disordered, not in due order,

unmethodical.

a-vyavakdrya, as, d, am (rt. hri),

unactionable, not to be discussed in law.

A-vyavahrita, as, d, am, not determined ot in-

vestigated by law; not spoken.

a-vyavaya, as, m. absence of in-

terval, non-separation.

a-vyasana, as, d, am, or a-vyasanin,

z, ini, i, free from cvil practices, not vicious, moral,

correct, steady.

a-vyasta, as, d, am, undecomposed,

simple; not separated, undispersed, collected.

a-vyakula, as, d, am, not dis-

turbed, composed, calm, firm.

WRRTrT a-vyakrita, as, d, am, undecom-

posed, simple; (am), n. elementary snbstance from

which all things were created, considered as one with

the substance of Brahma.

a~vydkhya, f. (rt. khyd), want of

deamess of explanation, obscurity.

A-vyakhydta, as, d, am, unexplained, obscure.

A-vydkhyana, am, n. non-explanation, absence of

txplicitness.

A-vyakhyeya,as, a,am, inexplicable, unintelligible;

not requiring to be explained, easy.

a-vyaja, as, m. absence of fraud,

simplicity, honesty.

a-vyapaka, as, d, am (rt. dp), not

spread over or pervading the whole, not an invariable

concomitant, special, individual, peculiar.— Avyd-

paka-ta, f. or avyapaka-tva, am, n. non-compre-

hensiveness or generalization, speciality, individuality.

A-vyapin, t, ini, i, not pervading, not compre-

hensive, not invariably concomitant, special, indivi-

dual; partial, limited. — Avyapi-ta, f. or avyapz-

tva, am, n. non-generalization, speciality.

A-vyapta, as, a, am, not pervaded with, peculiar,

individual, limited.

A-vy apti, is, f. inadequate pervasion or extent {of

a definition); e. g. * man is a cooking animal,'which

does not extend to savages who eat raw food.

A-vydpya,a8, a,am, not to be pervaded generally,

not cxtending to the whole circumstances, peculiar;

(a), ind. not pervading. — A-vyapya-^ritti, is, is, i,

(in logic) a category of limited application, partial in-

herence, with reference to place and time, as pain,

pleasure, love, hatred, virtue, vice, &c,

viem 4^ a-vydpanna, as, d, am, not dead,

not quite extinct, just alive.

^1 ^ l MK a-vydpara, as, m. vacation from

work, state of being unemployed; a business not

practised or understood, not ones own business.

a-vy dy ama, as, m. (rt. yam),

non-exertion, absence of lassitude or of fatigue from

exertion.

A-vydyata, as, d, am, not occupied, not detached,

holding firm (?).

rtn a-vyavartana, am, n. not re-

tuming, not coming back, not circulating.

a-vydhata, as, d, am, unresisted,

unirnpeded; not disappointed.

a-vydhdrin, i, ini, i, not utter-

ⁱⁿg(^?)> ^

a-vydhita, as, d, am, undisputed.

a-vy-u66hinna, as, d, am, not

interrupted.

a-Simida.

99

a-vyutpanna, as, d, am, not ac-

complished, not proficient, inexperienced.

a-vyuskta, as, d, am, Ved. not yet

sbining (as the dawn).

a-vyriddhi, is, f., Ved. not failing.

tHRRTT a-vyeskyat, an, ati or anti, at (rt.

i), Ved. not disappearing, not vanishing.

a-vrana, as, d, am, without rents or

scars, without splinters; nnhurt, unscarred, sonnd;

avranam iukram, a peculiar disease of the eyes.

a-vrata or a-vratika, as, d, am, law-

less, disobedientj wicked ; not observing religious rites

or obligations, uninitiated.

Avratya, am, n., Ved. offence against the rule of

an ascetic, vtolation of a religious obligation.

A-vratya, as, m., Ved. one who is not a VrStya.

^ ci iftra-vrdjin, i, ini, i, not wandering

or travelling as a mendicant (?).

i. as, cl. 5. P. A. (in classical

* \ Sanskrit A. only), asnoti, -nate, dia,

anania, anaie, aiishyate or akshyate, aiishta

and ashta, ai itum, to reach, come to, arrive at; to

get, gain, obtain; to become master of, to master, to

be able; to pervade, penetrate, pierce tbrough, fili;

to heap, accumulate : Caus. aiayati, aiiiat: Desid.

aiiiishate: Intens. aiaiyate.

Aian, d, m., Ved. a missile-stone, or stone for

slinging, stone, rock; a cloud.

1. aiana, as, d, am, reaching, reaching across.

Aiani, is, m. f. a missile, especially the thunder-

bolt and flash of lightning; the tip of a missile; N.

of a warrior-tribe. — Aiani-prabha, as, m., N. of a

Rakshasa. — Aiani-mat, an, ati, ai, Ved. throwing

the thunderbolt, endowed with it.

1. aiitra, as, m. a thief.

Aiin, t, ini, i, reaching far, aiduring; Vedic

superlative ailtama and aiishtka.

ginn 2. as, cl. 9. P. aSnati, aia, asi-

* ^ skyati, aiit, aiitum, to eat, consume; to

taste, enjoy: Caus. aiayati, -yitum, to cause to eat,

to give to eat, to feed : Desid. aiiiiskati, to wish to

eat: Intens. aiaiyate.

2. aiana, am, n.eating, feeding; food (often at the

end ofcomponnds, e.g. mula-phalaiana, as, d, am,

having roots and fruit for food). — Aiana-kfit, t, t, t,

Ved. preparing food. — Aiana-pati, is, m.,Ved. lord

of food. — Aiana-vat, an, ati, at, Ved. possessed

of food.

Aiandya, nom. P. -yati, -yitum, to destre food,

to be hungry.

Aianaya, f. hunger.

Aiandyita or aianayuka, as, d, mrj,Ved. hungry.

Aiita, as, d, am, eaten, satisfied. — Aiitan-yavina

or aiitan-gavina, as, d, am, formerly grazed by

catde.

Aiitavya, as, d, am, to be eaten.

Aiitri, ta, m. eatiog, an eater..

2. aittra, am, n. an oblation of rice, &c.

Aiita, as, d, am, fed, satiated, satiate; given to

eat; (am), n. food.

a-fakuna, am, n. an tnauspicious

omen.

asa-kumbhi, f., N. of tbe aquatic

piant Pistia Stratiotes Lin.

a-gakta, as, a, am (rt. sak), unable,

incompetent. — Asaktada, f. or aiakta-tva, am, n.

weakness, inability.

A-iakti, is, f. inability, incapability, weakness,

impotence.

A-iakya, as, a, am, impossible, impracticable;

not to be done.—Aiakyartka (°ya~ar°), as, d, am,

unavailing.

7T^P7 asaga, as, m., N. of tbe author of

the f>5ntipur5na.

a-Sanka, as, d, am (rt. sank), fear-

Iess, undaunted ; secure, certain. ,

A-iankita, as, d, am, certain, nndoubted ; fearless.

a-satha, as, d, am, virtuous, sincere.

a-satru, us, us, u, Ved. one wbo has

no adversary; ooe whom no enemy defies; without

opposition from enemies; (os), m. the moon; (m),

q. condition of having no enemy.

3. asana, as, m.= asana, N. of tbe

tree Terminalia Tomentosa W. and A.— Aiana-

panii or asana-parni, f., N. of a piant.

fn. See under 1. ai, 2. a/.

a-sapat, an, anti, ai,Ved. not curs-

ing, not imprecating.

^T^P^a-sam, ind. (rt. sam), Ved. non-wel-

fare, harm, mischief.

A-iama, as, m. disquietude, uneasiness.

A-ianta, as, d, am, nnappeased, indomitable,

violent, wild ; restless, anxions, unresigned ; nncon-

secrated, not sacred, irreligious, profrne. — Aianta-

ta, f. want of tranquillity, passionateness.

A-idnti, is, f. restlessness, anxiety. — Aianti-kara,

as, z, am, causing anxiety.

A-iamya, as, a, am, unappeasable.

a-sarana, as, d, am, destitute of

refuge, defenceless.

Wrtr a-sarlra, as, a, am■, bodiiess, in-

corporeal; (a-?), m. a N. of K tnn, the god of love.

A-sanrin, t, ini, i, inoTporeal.

a-Snrmon, a, n. unhappiness, pain..

itfliction; ((', a, a), onhippy, afRicted.

a-sas, as, as, as (rt. sas for sans),

Ved. not blessing, not wishing weB, not prauing,

cursing, hating.

A-iasta, as, d, am, Ved. inexpressible, ineffable,

not esteemed, hated, ill-starred. — Aiasta-vdra, as,

a, am, Ved. having indescribable treasures; (SSy.)

who is not asked for wealth, i. e. who grants it of his

own accord.

A-iastl, is, f., Ved. not wishing well, imprecation,

evil design, curse ; a curser, hater. — Aiasti-kan, d,

gkni, a, Ved. averting imprecations or curses.

-Sastra, as, 5, am (rt. sas, to hurt),

weaponless, unarmed.

-fl a-sckha, f., N. of a <;rass.

■“h¹3i’‘lir<op a-sixnrika, as. t, am, not re

lating to or endowed wrll b< dy, incorporeal.

H 511VJ d a-sasvata, as, l, am, perishable,

transient, temporary.

-WSITWff a-sasana, am, n. (rt. Si1), want of

government, anarchy, disorder.

A-idsaniy 1 or a-i&sya, a#, a, am, nngo emabl;.

A-tasita, as, a, am, unirovemed, «ndlstiplined.

A-Jastra, as, 5, am, mucriptiiiral, not conformable to

sacred authority, heterodox. — A-saitrarvifiita or a-

sdstra-siddha,as,a,am, not enjoined bythc Sastras.

A-i!d4riya, as, a, am, unscriptural, heterodox

illegal, immoral, irreligious.

WJlfSTiT --sikshita, as, a, am, untauarht

IKfitrT asita, aJitavya, &c. See nndcr 2. as.

xnfjTcT antra. See under 1. aA, 2. as.

a-fithila, as, 5, am, not loose,

firm, tight, hard.

«sin. See under 1. es.

■( a-sipadu, as, d, am, \ed. not

causing the sickness called fipada.

a-£mida, as, d, am, Ved. not de-

structive like a Simidii.

10Q trforftfafiF* asimi-vidvish. a-m-addha-bhojin.

*?f aiimi-eidrish, t, t, t, Ved.

tpithet of the s.ven Parjunyi-s or raio-cloucL, (perhjfj

th; tfuu reading may bc Simi-uidvish, ‘ hat»r of

the tiniis’).

asira, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. as), fire ; a

N. of the sun, * consum j or d.vourer;' N. ot a

Rakshasa or goblin; (a), f., N. of the wife of tbis

Rakshast; (am), n. a diamond.

^fjrnr a-siras, as, as, as, or a-siraska,

as, a, am, headlcss [cf. aud^rjros]. — A-iirafr-tadna,

am, n. bathing th. whok. bcdy except the hetd.

•:tHi 1 s) a-sica, as, d, am, unftitndlv, un-

kind, envious; pernidous, dangerous; crnsing or

threitening mischief; unlucky, unfortunate; ^cod, m.,

N. of a certain div.ne Is ing; (7), f. a Lmale d- mori

or goblin; (am), n. ill-luck, eril hirtun„, mischief.

a-Sisira, as, d, am, not cola,

warm. — Afl^tra-fd, f. he.it, waimth.

asisishu, us, as, u (fr. rt. 2. as,

in Drid.), hnngry.

t-sisu, us, vt, 11, childless, without

voung ones.—Afixvi or aiiscikd, f. a childless

woman.

"irfSlF a-sishtn, as, d, am (rt. sas), untrained,

badly trained, lll-regulat-d, ill-behaved, rude, barba-

rous, proflij.it .—ASmhta-td, f.or aHsMa-tva, am,

n. rudeners. — AHsh(didra (⁰/a-dd°), as, m. bad be-

havionr, rudeness, profligacy.

A-sishya, as, a, ain, not to be taught, not to be

inf itmed.

f*l y csishtha, as, d, am (superi, of asm,

see I. pA), Ved. rcachiog very far.

TTSVtlT 1. oiitn, as, i, am, the eightieth.

A&ti, is, f. dghty. — Atltf-khaga, as, m. the

eightieth part, one part out of eighty.

IsltU-a, as, d, am, an octogenarian, one cighty

years of "ge.

Tnftrf 2.« -sita, as, d, am, not cold, wartn,

hot. — Afita-kam, as, or afita-ru£, k, m. the sun,

‘ haying hot rays.’

A-iitala, as, d, am, hot.

«njffW a-sirna, as, d, am, undecayed, un-

'mpair-d.

a-sirshan, d, d, a, Ved. or a-tir-

$Mka, as, a, am, headlcss.

a-iila, as,d,arn, ill-behave d, vulgar,

offenslve; indifferent; (am), n. bad manners, bad

conduct, depnvity.

SHSJpM a~iu6i, is, is, i (rt. 2. su6), foul,

impuro; (t«), f. impurity, disgrace, degradation.

- A&uAi-td, f. or aJuti-tva, am, n. impurity.

A-daufa, am, n. impurity, foulncss; lega) impurity,

contamiDation, defilement contracted by the death of

a rdation, or by the commission of prohibited acts,

&c. — A$au6a-tva, am, n. impure or abandoned

nature or disposition; defilement, contamination.

a-tuddha, as, d, am (rt. tudh), im-

pure; inaccurate ; unknown, unascertained.— Atfud-

dha-vasaka, as, m. a vagrant, a suspicious cha-

racter.

A-6uddhi, is, is, i, impure; (is), f. impurity.

A-6odhana, am, n. uncleanness; inaccuracy.

A-$odk\ta, as, d, am, uucleansed, undean; in-

accurate, uncorrected, unrevised.

a-tubha, as, d, am, unlucky, in-

auspidous; (am), n. sin, a shameful deed, misfortune.

— Adubhodaya (^bha-udP), as, m. inauspicious

omen.

^T^T^Ttn a-Susrushu, f. inattention, neglect

of service or respect.

OTJ¹! asusha, as, d, am (fr. rt. 2. ai), Ved.

eating, consuming, voracious; (Say.) not causing to

dry up, not extinguished (as if fr. rt. tfusk).

a-sushka, as, d, am (rt. sush), not

dry, moist, fresh, green.

A-itoskantya or a-^oshya, as, d, am, not to be

dried up.

a-sudra, as, m. une who ^;s not a

S'iidra.

a-sunyp., as, d, am, not empty.

— Aiunya-satjana, 'am, n., aidnyaiayo na-dritlya,

f., a<unyaJaya;'a-vratc, am, n., N. of certain cere-

monies.

iJJRl u-suld, f. the tree Vitex Alata.

'H3TJ(a-6ringa, as, d, am, havtng no horn

or t'ip

'H3IW a-srim/a, as, d, am, untameahle,

unbridled.

TT3In a-srta, as, d, am, not cookud, un-

ripe. *

-ISjOsfd a-Srithita, as, d, am (rt. .irati),

Ved. not loosened.

a-seva, as, d, am, Ved, pemieious,

dangerour, not causing plcasurt.

‘i-sesha, as, d, am, without remainder,

entire, perfect, all.whole, every; infinite, endles,; (as),

m. non-rtmiinder; ah ihatu or aieshena or astsha-

tas, ind. ertirely, wh< illy. — Ahdia-td, f. totality.

— Ahxha-sdairdjya, as, m. an epithet of Siva.

Ahshaya, non,. P. cSeshayati, -yitum, to finish

entirJv.

A-hslas, as, as, os, Vnd. without oflspring or de-

scendants.

a-saiksha, as, m. an .Arhat (lit. ‘no

longer a pupil ’).

TTljfM [. a-scka, as, d, am (rt. 2. sui),

Ved. without he it.

VT3TT3i 2. a-soka, as, d, am (rt. l.sui), with-

out sorrow, not feeling or not causing sorrow; (as),

m., N. of the tr^e Juneda ASoka Roxb. (it is a tr.-e

of moderate size, belonging to the leguminous dass,

w^:th magnificent red flower ); N. of a minister of

liing Da'aratha; N. of a king in Patalip jtia; (d), f.,

N. ot a medicinal piant; one of the lcni.il'' Jomi Stic

deities of the Jainas; (am), n. the blossom of the

Afoka piant; qinck ilver. — Aioka-tam, us, m. or

ahka-nnya, as, m. or aioka-triksha, as, m. an

Asoka tre,. — Aioka-trirdt) a, as, m., N. of a feast

which lasts dunug three nights. — Asok^datta or

ainka-vega, as, m., N. of a man. — Aioka-purnimd,

f., N. of a certain holiday. — Ahka-manjaA, N.

of a mrtre, — Ahka-rolim, f., N. of a medicinal

plaut, — Ahka-iardJMna. as, m. N. of \ kiog.

— Ahka-sha^hthi, f., N. of n certain holiday, — A-

sokari ('‘ka-ari), is, m., N. of the piant Sauclea

Kadamba Roxb. — Aiokdshfami f ka-ash’), f. the

eighth day in the first half of the month Caitra.

A-ioia, as, m. absence of care or vanity; content,

tranquillity, modesty.

A-sniya, as, d, am, not to be sorrowed for.

''S5ftV«T -sadlnna. See under a-suddha.

sr^fhTTihT- TTSTtoj See under a-sushka.

vfyi I 'T a-sau6a. See under a-su6i.

STSlrt a-saurya, a.n, n. n ant of heroism,

cow rdice.

i. asna. as, d, am (fr. rt. 2. ai), Ved.

voracious; (as), m., N..of a demoo.

Atnayd, f., Ved. hunger.

A.lmta-ptbctiii, f. invitation to eat and to drink.

— A£nifap{batiyati,nom. he invites to eat and drink.

1. ait man, d, m., Ved. eating.

2. aAna, as, m. (fr. rt. i. as f), Ved.

a stone; a doud.

A$ma, us, m. a mountain, a rock; Ved. a clond.

^^ma^ra, as, i, m. f., N. of sev^ral persons.

2. a$man, d, m. a stone, espedally one fit for

slioging; flint; hard stone, rock; a cloud ; thunder-

bolt; sky(?); N. of a Brahman [cf. Zend aAman;

Pers. asman; Lith. alcmit, Them. akmen; Slav.

kamy, Them. kamen}. — Aitma-Jcadali, f., N. of a

piant. — A^ma-kutta or a<ma-kut(aka, as, d, am,

breaking or bruising anythlng with a stone, bruised or

broken by stones. — A^ma-ktta, us, m., N. ofa piant.

— A£ma~gandha, f., N. of a piant. — Atfma-garbha,

am, n. or a^magarbha-ja, am, n. an emerald.

— Aima-ghna, as, m., N. of a piant. — A£ma-

dakra, as, d, am, Ved. fumished with a disk of

stone.— AGmctrja, am, n. red chalk; iron. — A6ma-

jatuka, am, n. bitumen. — A£ma-ddra)ia, as, m.

an axe or crow for breaking stones; (am), n. splitting

stones or rocks. — A$ma~didyu, us, us, u, Ved.

throwing rocks or thunderbolts; (Say.) one who has

obtained a weapon, having adamantine weapons.

— Aiman-maya, as, i, am, Ved. made of stone.

— A4man-vat, an, ati, at, Ved. of stone, stony.

— Aitma.~pu.shpa, am, o. benzoin (styrax). — Atfma-

bhdla, am, n. a mortar of stone or iron. — .drfma-

bhid, t, m. the piant Coleus Scutellarioides, supposed

to dissolve stone in the bladder. — Atfma-bheda or

a&ma-bhedaka, as, m. the same. — A£ma~maya, as,

t, am, made or consisting of stone, stony, — Atfma-

yoni, is, m. an emerald. — Aitma-rat, an, ati, at,

stony, of stone. — Aima-varman, a, n,, Ved. a wall

or shield of stone. — Aitma~v?'aja, as, d, am, Ved.

included in rocks. — Atmasara, as, am, m. n. iron;

sapphire. — Atfmasdra^maya, as, l, am, made or

consisting of iron. — A^ma-hanman, a, n., Ved. a

stroke of the thunderbolt. — Atfmasya fman-as⁰),

as, d, am,Ved. having a stone-mouth or stone-source,

i. e. flowing from a rock. — Aimottha ^man-ui°),

am, n. asphalt, bitumen.

AJmara, as, d, am, stony, rocky, appertaining to

stone or rock; (i), f. strangury, stone or gravel (the

disease). — A£marl-ghna, as, m., N. of the tree

Crataeva Roxburghii R. Br., used as a lithontriptic.

— Aimari-blisdana, am, n. a lithontriptic. — Atfma-

rt-hara, as, m., N. of the tree Pentaptera Arjuna,

used as a lithontriptic.

Atfmlra, as, am, m. n. stone or gravel (the disease).

*ii asmanta, am, n. (fr. 2. asman ?), a

fire-place; a field, a plain; death; (as, d, am), un-

auspicious, unlucky; unbounded, urilimited ; (as), m.,

N. of a Marut; [with this word compare Gr. Kdfxivos

and Lat. caminus t]

Armant alea, am, n. a fire-place; a shade for a

lamp; (as), m., N. of a piant, from the fibres of

which a Br5hman’s girdle may be made.

i. asra, as, m. (fr. rt. i. as, ^ongly

spelt asra), a'comer [cf. o/nTJ.

■5T5T 2. atra, am, n. = atru, a tear, q. v.

Atraya, nom. A. aArayate, -yitum, to sbed tears.

Atrin, t, im, i, having tears, in tears.

aTO 3. asra, am, n. = asra, blood, q. v.

— Afra-pa, as, m. fiend, a cannibal,¹ a blood-drinker.’

a-sraddha, as, d, am (rt. dha with

trad), not trusting in (with loc. c.); unbelieving;

(d), f. want of trust, unbelief.

A-^raddadhana, as, d, am, unbelieving, incre-

dulous, having no faith.

A-$raddheya, as, a, am, not to be believed, in-

aedible,

A^raddha, as, d, am, not performing funeral

rites, not entitled to them, not belonging or relating

to them; (as), m. non-performance of funeral rites.

— A-itrdddtca-bhojin, i, ini, i, one who has taken

the vow not to eat during the performancc of the

Sraddha ceremonies.

a-Srama.

101

a-bama, as, m. (rt. iram), freedom

from fatigue, frcshness; absence of toil, lazincss;

(as, d, a?»), Ved. indefatigable.

A-^ramana, as, a, am, Ved. indefatigable ; (as),

m. one who is not an ascetic or Buddhist mendicant.

A^ranta, as, a, am, untired, unwearied, etemal,

continual; (am), iod. UQweariedly, continually, uain-

termptedly.

^^vA^rA<l\ a-sravana, am, n. (rt. sru), loss of

hearing, deafness.

A-4ravya, as, a, am, not to be heard, unfit to be

heard, not to be spoken of.

aeratas, ind. (rt. srd), Ved. in

an uncooked manner, raw.

asri, is, or asri, f. (fr. rt. i. aS?),

the sharp side of anything, a comer, angi e of a room

or house; ihe edge of a sword [cf. Lat. acies, acer;

Lith. as8mu]. — Adrwnat, an, ati, at, comered.

a-hita, as, 5, am, Ved. unap-

prnach-d, difficult of acctss; not stopping (?).

■siPoirt asrin. See under 2. asra.

Wt<?T a-srlka, as, a, am (fr. Ai, q. v.),

iinlucky, unpr‘>pitious.

A-drimat, an,-ali, at, unfortunate, inglorious.

A-irlra, as, a, am, Vtd. unpleasai.t, ugly.

A-irila, m, a, am, cnprmjKrons, unlucky.

A-illka, as, a, am (Jli substituted for iri), un-

Inckv, uupropitions.

A-sTila, as, a, am, unpleaant, ugly; coarse, vul-

gar; abusiv^, blackguard; (am), n. rustic lanyuage,

untruth, low abu.e.

asm, u, n. a tear [suppo#ed to stand

for rtasru fr. rt. Aani; rf. Gr. Sd/rpu; Lat. larrmna

for dacryma, Goth. <ojrr“,Them. tarjra; Fng. tear;

Mod. Germ. Zdlire ; Lith. avara). — Airu-kald,

f a tear-drop. — Air <t-na.li, f. Fistula Lachiyinatis.

— Asrv-pni-ipurndJsbi ("na-aJc ), as,l, a,n,whose

eyes are tilled with toars. — Aim-paripluta, as, a,

am, bathed in tears. — Asru-pnta, m, m. flow of

tears. — Aira-purra, as, 5, am, filled with tear?.

— A^ru-purriabda (°:na-akas, a, am, troubled

and filled with teais. — Afru-p&rnaJcsha (°na-ak°),

as, 7, am, whose eyes are i:!i“d with tears. — Adru-

mnkha, as, \ am, having tears or. the fece.—Adrw-

locana, as, a, am, having tears in the eyes. — Airu-

pahcta (^Jru-vp')_t as, a, am, affected by tears.

'3TJTT a-smta, as, a, am (rt. sru), unheard,

inaudibie; contraiy to the Vedas; (ce?), m., N. cf a

son ot Krishna, also of Dvutimat. — Airuta-vat, ind.

as if it were not heard. — Atruta-vruna, as, m., N.

of a man.

A-.fruti, is, f. .1at hearing, torgetfulness; not being

directed by the Vetias. - A-fruti-dhara, as, a, am,

not strking the hear.ng; not knowing the Veda.

et 'Aan a-freym, an, asi, as, not the better,

inferior, worst; worthless, useless, unprofitable, bad;

(as), n. mischief, unhappiness,

A-Sreshtha, as, a, am, not the best, inferior,

worse; bad, vile.

■-T-y a-sreshman, d, a, a, Ved. without

band:. f>).

'tf 'dTl Ud q a-yroirbja, as, m. a Brehman

who ha? not raad the Vedas; not 1 theologian

i-H vt 1 uI r-slaffha, f. (rt. sld/jh), absence of

self-appllnse, mnderty, reservo.

A-illaghya or a-ilaghamya, as, a, am, unde-

jervim; of honour or praise, worthless; base, mean.

et “iiVT a-sleshii, f. (rt. Slish), the ninth

Nakshatra or lunar mansion, containiog five stars;'

disnnion, disjuoction. — A.SJ. hd-bhai :i, as, ot asle-

sha-bhu, us, m. a N. of Ketu, i, e. the des lending

osvasena-nripa-nandana.

node or dragon’s tail; (as tbrmed of the iower ex-

tremities of the Daitya Sainhika, who was cut in two

by Vishnn at the chuming of the ocean.)

a-slona, as_f a_f am, Ved. not lame,

not aippled.

1. atva, as, m. (rt. i. as?), a horse,

especially a stallion; the number ‘ seven¹ (that being

the number of the horses of the snn) ; a race of men

horse-like in strcngth; N. of a son of Citraka, also

of a DSoava; (d), f. a mare ; (au), du. a horse and

a mare [cf. Zend a4pa ; Lat. equus; Gr. fonros;

Lith. aszwa ; Old Sax. ehuscalc]. — Asva-landika,

f.,N.ofthe piant Physalis Flexuosa. — A^va-karna,as,

m. the ear of a horse; N. of the tree Vatica Robusta

W. and A., so called from the shape of its leaves;

a term in surgeiy for a particular fracture of the

bones ,* N. of a mountain. — A$va-lcarnaha, as, m. =

the preceding in all but its last sense. — Aiva-kufi, f.

a stable for horses. — A£va-ku£ala or atva-k&vida,

as, d, am, skilled in horses,—A4va~Jcranda, as,

m., N. of a bird. — Aiva-khura, as, m. a horse’s

hoof; a perfiime, apparently a dried shell-fish; (d or

f), f. the piant Clitoria Tematea Lin. — AHa-gati,

is, f. the pace of a horse; N. of a metre containing

four verses of sixteen syllables each. — Atfva-gandhd,

f. the piant Physalis Flexuosa Lin. — A4va-goyuga,

am, n. a pair of horses — Atfva-goshtha, am, n. a

stable. — A va-griva, as, m. ‘ horse-neck/ N. of a

demon, a foe of Vishnn, more commonly called Haya-

grlva. — A4va-gkama, as, m., N. of a place. — Ativar

ghdsa, as, m. pasture for horses. — Asva-ghosha,

as, m., N. of a Buddhist. — A£va-ghna, as, m.

‘ horse-bane/ N. of a kind of Olearider, Nerium

Odorum Ait. — A4vardalana-6ala, f. a riding-house.

— A£va-<Hkitsaka, as, m. a farrier, a veterinary sur-

geon. — A4va-(HkUsd, f. farriery. — A^va-jaghana,

as, m. a kind of centanr, a being with Iower limbs Iike

those of a horse. — AJva-jit, t, t, t, Ved. gaining

horses by conquest; (t), m., N. of a Buddhist

Bhikshu. — A^va-tirtha, am, n., N. of a place of

pilgrimage near KSnyaknbja on the Gan-ga. — A4va-

da, as, d, am, giving horses. — A$m-danshtrd, f.

the piant Tribulus Lanuginosus Lin. — A4va-da, as,

m., Ved. or a£va~ddvan, d, m., Ved. giving horses.

— A^va-duta, as, m. a riding tnessenger. — Afra- ¹

nadi, f, N. of a river. — A4va-naya, as, m. a horse-

herd, i. e. one who has the charge of a drove of

grazing horses. — Atfva-nibandMka, as, m. Iit. ‘a

horse-fastener/ a groom. — Atfva-nirnij, k, k, k, Ved.

decorated or embellished with horses. — A4va~pa, as,

m., Ved. a' groom. ^A4va-pati, is, m., Ved. lord

of horses; N. of several persons, of a king of Madra

and father of SSvitrI; and of an Asun. — Adva-

parna, as, a, am, Ved. having horses for wings.

— Aiva-paxtya, as, d, am, Ved. having horses for

(its) horne or seat or source, consisting in horses (?),

depending on horses (?). — Asca-pada, as, d, am,

horse-footed. — Adva-pdla, as, m. a groom. — Atfva-

puMhi, f. the piant Glvcine Debilis Ait. — A4va-

prishtlia, am, n. horseback. — A£va-pe4as, as, as,

as, Ved. decorated or embellished with horses.

— A£va-badava or a^va-tadava, am, n. horses

and mares; (au), m. du. a horse and a mare.

— A^va-baiulha, as, m. Iit. *a horse-fastener,’ a

groom, an ostler. — A^va-bandhana, am, n. fasten-

ing of horses; (as, i, am), used for fastening horses.

— Asva-bala, i, N. of a vegetable. — Adva-bala or

a&a-vdla, as, m. tail or hair of a horse; a kind

of reed, Saccharum Spontaneum Lin. — A£va-bdhu,

us, m., N. of a son of Citraka. — A4va~budhna, as,

d, am, Ved. based on horses, having its origin in

horses, standing on horses, i. e. on a carriage drawn

by horses. — Atfva-budhija, as, d, am, Ved. based

on horses, having its origin in horses (as wealth),

distinguished by horses. — A&va-bha, f. lightning.

— A-iva-mahishika, f. the natural enmity of a

horse and a buffalo. — Atfva-mara or a£m-maraka,

as, or a$va-hantri, ta, m. * horse-destroying,’ a

kind of Oleander, Nerium Odorum. — Atfva-mala,

as, m. a kind of serpent. — A4vam~ishti_f is, is, i,

Ved. seeking or wishing for horses; procuring

horses, an epithet of Agni; (S5y.) whose rites are

pervasive, or who desires quick worship; — Aiva-

mukha, as, i, am, having the head or countenance

of a horse ; (as), m. a Kinnara or celestial chorister

(so represented); according to others, a kind of

demi-god distinet from the preceding; N. of a pe-

culiar race of people. — A^va-mud, k, m. a horse-

stealer. — A^va-medha, as, m. the horse-sacrifice;

(a celebrated ceremony, the antiquity of which

reaches back to the Vedic period. For example,

hymns 162 and 163 in the first Mandala of the

Rig-veda were used at this saaifice. In later times

its efficacy was so exaggerated, that a hendred sech

sacrifices entitled the sacrificer to displace Indra from

the dominion of Svarga; kings who eogaged in it

spent enormous sums in gifts to the Brahmans. It

is said that the horse was sometimes not immolated,

but kept bound during the' ceremony); N. of a son of

Bharata,— Aivamedka-kdnda, am, n., N. of the

thirteenth book of the Sfatapatha-Br5hmana. — Aiva-

medha-datta, as, m., N. of a king. — A$vamedhika

or a&vamedhiya, as, d, am, relating to the horse-

sacrifice; (as), m. a horse fit for the saaifice, called

A^va-medha. — A£va-yuj, k, k, k, Ved. hamessing

horses; having horses put to (as a carriage); (k), f.,

N. of a constellation, the head of Aries; the first

lunar mansion; m. the month Arvina (Sept.-Oct.);

(£, k, k), born under the constellation ASvayuj. — A-

£va-yuja, as, m. the month Arvina. — A^va-yiipa,

as, m., Ved. the post to which the saaificial horse

was bonnd. — A&a-yoga, as, d, am, Ved. causing

the yoking of horses, joining or reaching as quickly

as horses. — A$va~raksha, as, m. the keeper or rider

of a horse, a groom. —A4va-ratha, as, m. a carriage

drawn by horses; (a), f., N. of a river. —A4va~

rddhas, as, as, as, Ved. fumishing horses. — Atfva-

rodhaka, as, m., N. of the piant Nerium Odorum

Ait.—Atvarlalita, N. of a species of the Vikriti

metre. — Aiva-ldla, f. a kind of snake. — A$va~

loman, d, m. horse-hair; a kiod of snake. — A£va-

vaktra, as, m. a Kinnara or Gandharba. — Atfua-

vadam, am, n. a stnd of horses and mares;

(au), m. du. a horse and a mare; (as), m. horses

and mares, see a£va-badava.— 1. atfva-vat, ind. Iike

a horse. — 2. atfva-vat, or Ved. a^va-vat, an, ati, at,

possessed of horses, consisting of horses. —

vadana, as, m., N. of a people. — Atfva-vaha, as,

m. a horseman, — AJva^vara or atya-vala, as, m.

a horseman, a groom. — A6va-vdraka, as, m. a

horseman, a groom. — Aiva-vdrana, a8, m., N. of

the Bos Gavfeus. — Atva-vaha or aJva-vahaka,

as, m. a horseman. — A^va-vikrayin, i, m. a

horse-dealer. — A$va-vid, t, t, t, skiilod in taming

horses, an epithet of Nala ; a jockey; Ved. procuring

horses. — A^va-vrinka, as, m., Ved. a stallion.

— A6va-waidya,as, m. a farrier, a veterinary snrgeon.

— A4va-4aka, am, n.,Ved. exaements of a horse.

—A4va~£akrit, t, n. exaements of a horse, horse-

dung; N. of a river. — A£va~6anku, us, m., N. of

a D5nava. — A£va-6dla, f. a stable. — A4va-4ava, as,

m. a foal, a coit. — A4va-4astra, am, n. a manual

or text-book of veterinary science. — Adva-Mras,

as, n. a horse’s head; (as, ds, as), having the head

of a horse, an epithet of NSr^yana; (ds), m., N. of

a DSnava. — A£va-£ri<jalikd, f. the natural enmity

belween the horse and the jackal, — A4va-Mandra,

as, d, am, Ved. causing joy (by means of) horses;

briiliant with horses. — Asva-shangava, am, n. a set

or team of six hoises. — Ativa-sani, is, is, i, Ved. or

aAva-sa or a£va-shd, as, ds, am, Ved. gaining or

procuring horses. — A^va-sada, as, ot atfvasadin,

i, m. a horseman, a rider, a horse-soldier. — A4va~

8arathya, am, n. management of horses and cars,

horsemanship and driving, coachmanship, charioteer-

ship. — A4va-mkti, is, m., N. of an author of Vedic

hymns. — A^va-sunrita, as, d, am, Ved. praised

sincerely for (the gift of) horses; whose praise for

(giving) horses is agreeable and true. — Atm-sena,

as, m., N. of a NSga. — Atvasena-nripa-nandana,

as, m., N. of a king and saint, also Sanatkum5ra.

D d

102

epWWfa asvastomiya.

WTW asMa-pad.

— Afvastomiya, as, a, am, Ved. rdating to the

pralse of the sacrificial horse. — ASva-stkana, am,

n, a stable or stall for horscs; {as, a, am),

bora in a stable. — ASva-haya, as, a, am, Ved.

driving or spurring a horse. — ASva-haraka, as,

m. a horse-stealer. — ASva-hridaya, am, n. horse-

manship. — ASvaJcsha (°ra-a&°), as, m., N. of

a piant. — ASvajani (‘Va-ay³), f. a whip. — ASva~

dkika Cva-adti), as, d, am, strong in cavalry,

superior in horscs. — ASvddhyaksha {°va-adh°), as,

m. a guardian of horses. — ASva-magha, as, i, am,

Ved. rich in horses. — ASvayur-veda (°ra-a?/⁰), as,

m. veterinary sdence. — AGvari (*va-ari), is, m. a

buffalo. — Aftvarudha (Va-ar°), as, a, am, mounted,

sitting on horseback. — AMroka (°i'a~a°), as, d,am,

riding or mounted on a horse; (as), m. a horseman;

(a), f., N. of the piant ASvagandhS — A^vdrohaha

(°va‘dr°), as, m., N. of the piant ASvagandhS.

— AivaroMn (?va-ar°), l, ini, i, mounted or

riding on horseback. — Afvd-vat, an, att, at, fur-

nished with horses. — Attvavarohaka (°va-av°), as,

m., N. of the piant ASvagandhS. — AJveshita (Va-

ish°), as, a, am, hurried along by horses. — AJvorasa

('°va-ur°), as, i, am, broad-chested like a horse.

2. afra, nom. P. aAvati, to behave like a horse.

A^vaJca, as, d, am, horse-like, acting like a horse,

&c.; (as), m. a small horse; a bad horse, a hack ; a

stray horse, one whose owner is not known; any horse.

AJcakini, f. the first Nakshatr? or lunar mansion.

A&vatara, as, d, am, swift, speedy; (as, i), m.

f. a mule; (as), m. a male calf; N. of a Gandharva;

one of the chiefs of the N5gas or serpent-race, inha-

biting the regions under the earth.

A4vattha, as, m. the holy fig tree, Ficus Religiosa

L. (under which horses stand; ttha=stha)\ Ved. a

vessel made of its wood; N. of another tree (=garda-

bhanda); the fruit of the Ficus Religiosa; the time at

which it bears; an epithet of the sun ; N. of a man ;

N. of a people ; (d), f. day of full moon in the month

ASvina, in which month the fhrits of the Ficus Re-

ligiosa generally become ripe ; day of full moon; (t),

f., N. of a plaot. — Atfvattha-Jcuna, as, m. the fruit

season of the holy fig tree. — Ahattha-bheda, as,

m., N. of a tree, Bignonia Suaveolens.

A&vattkaka, as, d, am, to be given or to be done

&c. when the ASvattha tree bears; (am), n. the pe-

tals of the Arabian jasmine.

Adeatthaman, d, m. {tthaman for sthaman ?),

N. of a saint and warrior, the sod of Drona and one

of the chiefs of the Kurus.

Advatthika, fi, N. of a piant.

Atvaya, nom. P. aAvayati, -yitum, to wish for

horses.

ASvaya, f., Ved. desire to get horses.

A$vayu, us, us, u, Ved. desiring horses.

A^vala, as, m., N. of the Hotri-priest of Janaka,

king of Videha.

Afvasya, nom. P. ah'asyati, -yitum, to wish for

the stallion.

A£caya, nom. P. ativayati, -yitum, Ved. to wish

for horses.

Afvika, as, i, am, drawn by horses, carried by

horses.

Aivln, i, ini, i, Ved. possessed of horses, consist-

ing of horses; (t), m. a cavalier, a horse-tamer;

(nau), m. du. the two charioteers; N. of twodivini-

ties, who appear in the sky before the dawn in a

golden carriage drawn by horses or birds ; they bring

treasures to men and avert misfortune and sickness;

in later times they are considered as the physicians of

Svarga or heaven ; (in astronomy) they are the twins

of the zodiac; (ini), f. a nymph, considered in later

times as the mother of the Aflvins ; she was the wife of

Surya or the sun, who concealed herself in the form of

a mare ; (in astronomy) the head of Aries or the first

of the twenty-eight Nakshatras or lunar mansions;

(i), n., Ved. richness in horses. — A$vi-devatdka,

as, d, am, whose divinities are the ASvins. — Advirii-

kumdra or adrini-putra or aArini-suta, au, m. du.

the twin sons of SarijnJ, the suns wife, in the form

of AfvinT, commonly called the Asvins. — Adri-mat,

an, att, at, (any Mantra &c.) containing the word

ASvin,— Ahd-salokya, am, n. the heaven or statioo

of the Asvins, to which the giver of a horse is raised.

A4viya, as, d, am, Ved. referring to horses ; (d),

Ved. neut. pl. a troop of horses.

Arvina, as, d, am, distant a day’s jouraey for a

horse; more usually Arvina.

A&vtya, as, d, am, belonging or relating to a

horse, conduci ve to horses; (am), n. a number of

horses.

AJvya, as, a, am, Ved. belonging to or coming

from horses; consisting of horses; (am), n., Ved. a

number of horses, possession of horses ; (as), m., N.

of Vaia, the son of ASva.

vj asvanta, am, n. (connected with

admanta, q. v.), death; a field ; a fire-place; ter-

mination, limit; (aa, d, am), unlucky, inauspirious,

unbounded, unlimited. [In the first sense asvanta

may be for asu-anta, ‘end of life.*]

^ rj a-svastana, as, i, am, or a-Svasta-

nika, as, d, am, of to-day, not of or not for to-mor-

row; one who makos no provision for to-morrow.

— A-^vastana-vid, t, t, t, ignorant of the future.

OTn o.sh, cl. i. P. A. ashati, -te, -shitum,

* \ to go or move; to take or receive; to

shine.

Hsashadakshina, am, n. (fr. a,

shash, akshi), anything not seen by six eyes, i. e.

known or determined by two persons to the ex-

ci usion of a third ; a secret.

^I^1Enni ashatara, as, d, am, Ved. (fr. a

positive, which is not preserved, bnt may be referred

to rt. I. aA), more accessible or acceptable.

a-shadha,orVed. a-shalha, as, d, am,

not to be overcome, invinrible; born under the

constellation AshSdha; (as), m. the month Ashadha

(or AshSdha), commencing with the sun’s entrance

into Gemini (June-July); a staff made of the wood

of Pal5$a, carried by a student during the performance

of certain vows; N. of a teacher; N. of the Malaya

mountain; (a), f., N. of a sacred hrick; N. of a

constellation; pl. dic eighteenth and nineteenth or

twentieth and twenty-ftrst lunar mansions.

AshddJiaka, as, m. the month Ashadha (or

Ashadha).

a or au (but ashtau ts more

common for nom., acc., and voc. cases), pl. eight

[cf. Lat. octo; Gr. o/rrei; Goth. ahtau ; Mod. Germ.

acht; Eng. eight; Lith. asztuni; Slav. 06'my]: in

comp. with other numerals often ashta, e. g. ashta-

datan, eighteen; ashtddato, as, t, am, the eigh-

teenth, divided into eighteen parts; ashtadaia-dhd,

eighteen-fold ; ashtd-vinfati, twenty-eight; ashta-

vinto, as, t, am, the twenty-eighth, divided in-

to twenty-eight parts; ashtatrinAa, as, r, am,

the thirty-eighth, containing thirty-eight; ashta-

datvarinda, as, ?, am, the forty-eighth. — Ashta-

karna, as, d, am, one who has the number eight

as a mark bumt in his ear; (a#), m. eight-eared,

an epithet of Brahma, who is supposed to have four

heads; (t), m., N. of a man. — Ashta-kritvas, ind.

eight times. — Ashta-kona, as, m. an octagon.

— Ashta-khanda, as, ra. title of a collection of

several sections of the Rig-veda. — Ashta-gava, am,

n. a flock of eight cows. — Ashta-gadhtf), t, m. a

fabulous animal (called ^arabha), supposed to have

eight legs; a spider (?). — Ashta-guna, as, d, am,

eight-fold; (am), n. the eight qualities. — Ashta-

gunaGraya (°^a-d,<°), as, a, am, endowed with the

eight qualities, epithet of a king. — Ashta-tva, am,

n. condition of eight.—Ashta-danshtra, as, m.,

N. of a son of VirQpa, author of a hymn of the

Rig-veda; N. of a Danava. — Ashta-dala, an octa-

gon.— Ashta-dik-pala, as, m. pl. the regents of

the Cardinal points, as Indra of the EasVAgni or

Vahni of the S. E., Yanta of the South, Nairrita of

the S.W., Varuna of the West, Marut of the N.W.,

Kuvera of the North, and liz or S'iva of the N. E.

— AshtordM, k, f. the eight cardina! points of the

compass collectively. — Ash(a-dhd, ind. eight-fold,

eight times, in eight parts or sections. — Ashta-

dhatu, u, n. the eight metals collectively, as gold,

silver, copper, tin, lead, brass, iron, and Steel. —Ashta-

pada, as, m. a Vedic metre of eight Padas. — Ashta-

pad, t, t, t, having eight legs; (£), m. a spider;

a fabulous animal with eight legs. — Ashta-pdda, as,

d, am, having eight legs; (as), m. a kiod of spider

with a small body and long legs.—Ashta-padikd,

f., N. of the piant Vallaris Dichotomus Wall. — Ashta-

mangala, as, m. a horse with a white fece, tail,

mane, hreast, and hoofs; {am), n. a collection of

eight lucky things to be assembled on certain occa-

sions (such as a coronation &c.), e. g. a lion, a bull, an

elephant, a water-jar, a fen, a flag, a trumpet, and a

lamp; or, aocording to others, a BrSbman, a cow,

fire, gold, ghee, the sun, water,and a king. — Ashta-

mdna, am, n. a meas ure, one kudava. — Ashta-

masika, as, d, am, occurring once in eight months.

— Ash^a-miirti, is, m. eight-formed, an epithet of

S'iva (as identified with the five elements, mind,

egotism, and matter; or, according to the opening of

the S'akuntal5, with the five elements, the sun and

moon and the sacrificing priest). — Ashfamurti-

dhara, as, m. possessing eight forms, an epithet

of S'iva.—Ashta-ratna, am, n. the eight jewels,

title of a collection of eight Slokas on ethies. — Ashta-

rasatraya {°sa-df), as, d, am, endowed or ftimished

with the eight rasas or sentiments of poetry. — Ash-

tarfa {°tan-rid), as, m. a psalm or hymn consisting

of eight verses. — Ashta-lohaka, am, n. a class of

eight metals, gold, silver, copper, tm, lead, the magnet,

raundaloha (?), and tlkshnaloha or Steel (?). — Ashta-

mrga, as, m. a class of three principal medicaments

(mostly the roots of plants from the hilis), named

Rishabha, Jlvaka, Meda, Mahameda, Riddhi, Vrid-

dhi, Kakoll, and Kshlrakakoll. — Ashta-vidha, as,

d, am, eight-fold, of eight kinds. — Ashta-^ata,

am, n. eight hundred. — Ashta-§ravana, as, or

ashta-dravas, ds, m., N. of Brahma (eight-eared,

see ashta-karna). — Ashtasahasrika, as, d, am,

consisting of eight thousand. — Ashta-kapala, as,

i, am, (an oblation) prepared or offered in eight pans ;

(as), m. a sacrifice in which ghee or clarified butter

is offered in eight pans. — Ashtakshara {°tan-ak°),

as, d, am, containing eight syllaEfes; (as), m., N.

of an author. — Ashta-gava, am, n. a car or wain, one

drawn by eight oxen. — Ashtanga {°tan-an°), am,

n. eight parts of the body with which very profound

obeisance is performed (viz. the hands, breast, fore-

head, eyes, throat, and middle of the back; or the

first four, with the knees and feet; or these six, with

the speech and mind); the eight parts of a court₃ or

the law, the judge, assessors, scribe, and astrologer,

gold, fire, and water; any whole consisting of eight

parts or members; a die, dice; {as, d, am), con-

sisting of eight parts or members. — Ashtdnga-

naya, as_t m. = ashtanga. —Ashtanga-j)dta or

ashtdngarprandma, as, m. prostration of the eight

parts of the body as in revereoce. — Ashtanga-

hridaya, am, n. title of a medicinal work. — Ash-

fdngarghya (?ga-ar°), as, ra. an offering of eight

articles, water, milk, ku£a grass, curds, ghee, rice,

bapley, and mustard ; or honey, red oleander flow-

ers^ and sandal are substituted for the last three.

— Aslita-ilanshfra=ashia-damhtra, q. v. — Ash-

taddAa-bhvja, f., N. of the wife of Siva. — Ashta-

datafrga ("Jan-an⁰), as, m. a decoction of eighteen

ingreo ients. — Ashtadhydyl (°tan-adh°), f. title of

the eleVenth KSnda of the Satapatha-BrShmana, con-

sisting ,of eight lectures. — Ashtanavata, as, i, am,

thenin^ty-eighth. — Ashta-pada, as, m. a spider;

a worm'; a fabulous animal with eight legs, the Sa-

rabha ; !a wild sort of jasmin ; a pin or bolt; the

mountahi KaiUsa or abode of Kuvera; {as, am), m.

n. a kifed of chequered cloth or board for drafts, dice,

&c.; gcbld. — Ashtd-pada-pattra, am, n. gold-leaf;

a sheetf of gold. — Ashfa-pad, t, -padi, m. fi, Ved.

having eight legs, consisting of eight members; (in

oshtd-pdda.

a-saugama.

103

ritual langoage) a term for a prejaiant animal; (pad.i),

f. a wild «ort of j-smin. — Ashtapacta, as, u, am,

piartered by cight, having eight for the ro )t.—Ash-

ta-pMya, as, a, am, «.ight-fbld. — Ashtdra^akra-

vat Ctan-af), au, m having r. wheel with eight

spokes, an . pithet of Manju-sri, a Jaina raiot and

rnler. — A*h(d-ratha, as, m., N. of a »on ot 3hTma-

ratha. — Ashta-vakrn, as, m., N. of a Brihman, a

son of Kahoda. — Asbtasra (°tan-as°), am, n. an oc-

tagon. — Ashtasraya (^rlan-as ), as, a, am, cctan-

guiar. — Ashfaha (°tan-ah°), as, a, am, lasting eight

days.

Ashtaka, as, a, am, consisting of eight parts,

eight-fold; ont who studies or is acqnainted with the

eight books of PSnim’s gramm r or tht formulas of

the Veda; (as), m. the eighth part, g. of th„ Rig-

vtda; N, of a son of Visvflmitra ; .(a), f. the eighth

day after fhll mcon; especiJly the eighth day of

thrne montes, on which die progenitore or mams are

worebipp ed; wor thip of the progenitore or mmes on

certain days, vcgetables, flesh, and cakc being sew-

rally offered npon these occasions, and the Brahmans

feasted; (am), n. a whole consisting of eight parts,

e. g. the eight scctions ot PSnini'* gr mmar. — A.ih-

tnkanga ( la-an~), am, n. a kind ( f board or dofh

for playing with dice od, having ught divi!,i jns.

AfMatcin, I, m. odi who perfjrm- an Ashtakr..

Ashtataya, am, n. a coojunction or aggregate of

eight,

Ashtama, as, i, am, the eighth; (as), m. the

eighth part; (T), f. (scii, ratr:), the eghth day

(night) in a hah-mouth; N.of the m,dirnal piant

KshTrakakot., the last of a el.ass of eight rmdieinal

plauts, — Ashktma-icaWca, as, a, an,, ou< w o

r mitting seven mtals partakta only of the eighth.

—Ashtamanfa f\na-atf), an eighth part.

Asbtamaka, as, d, am, th» i ighth.

Axh taniika, f. a sukti or weight of fotir tolas.

Ashtataya, as, t, am, consisting of eight parts;

(a,n), n. colletfoQ of eight things.

I. ash{i, ts, f., N. ot a metri consisting of sixty-

fjur syllabks.

Aditia, I, ini, i, consisting of eight membere or

syllables.

' .ashti, is, f.(fr. rt. i .as),Ved. reaching.

ashtrd^ f. (fr. rt. i. «s-^?),'Ved. a

priek or goad for driving caltle; (sometimes regarded

as the badge of the agricylturist, as the staff is of the

Brahman); [cf. Zeod astrd ; Lith. akstinas.} — AsJi-

tra-vin, t, ini, t, Ved. obeying the goad.

ashthi, is, f. (fr. rt. r. a£? connected

with a$an and aimciri), seed ; a kemel, a stone.

Ashthila_t f. a globular body; a round pebble or

stone ; kemel; seed*com ; a globular swelling below

the navel, produced by wind ; contnsioo.

Ashthilika, f. a kind of abscess; a pebble.

Ashthl-vat, van, rat, m. n. the knee, koee-boDe;

(by native grammarians derived fr. asthi.)

sjqrj i. as, cl. 2. P. asti, (2nd sing. asi,

* ^Vlmpf. aslt, Pot. syat, Impv. asta, and

sing. edhi, Perf. asa), to be, live, exist, be present;

to take place, happen; to belong to, be in die pos-

session of (e. g. tasya na Jcindit svam asti, there

is no property belonging to him); to fcll to the share

of, to happen to any one (with gen.); to abide,

dwell, stay; to tum out, tend towards any resuit,

prove (with dat.); to be sufficient for (with dat.);

to become: na as, to be lost, to perish; [cf. Gr.

tff-rl; Lat. cs-t; Goth. is-t; Lith. es4i; Slav.

jes-tj.)

^cttj 2. as, cl. 4. P. asyati, asa, asishyati,

* '^m\a8tkat, asi tum, to throw, east, shoot at

(with dat., loc., or gen. of the mark); to drive or

frighten away; to throw away, take away, let go, leave.

Asana, am, n. the act of throwing, &c. See s.v.

•50Tj 3. as, cl. 1. P. A. asati, -te, -situm,

* to go; to shine; to take.

vttiMri a-samyat, an, ati, at (rt. i), Ved.

not entering, not pleasing.

a-samyatta, as, a, am (rt. yat), Ved.

uDdisturbed, (various reading for a-samyata.)

a-samyama, as, m. (rt. yam), ab-

sence of eheck or restraint, especially of the senses.

A-samyata, as, d, am, unrestrained, nnassailed.

— Asamyatatman (°ta-dt°), a, d, a, haviDg the

soul uncontrolled.

a-samyukta, am, n. (rt. yuj), non-

combination, hiatus (in Vedie grammar).

Asamyoga, as, m. absence of union or connec-

tion.

a-samyuta, as, m. unmtxed, un-

bleoded; an epithet of Vishnu.

a-samruddha, as, d, am, unob-

structed.

a-samlagna, as, d, am, disjoined,

detached, separate.

a-samvatsara-bhrita, as, a, am,

Ved. Dot supported a whole year (as a sacred fire).

Asamvatsarabhritin, t, ini, i, Ved. ooe who

does not support (a fire) a whole year.

a-saj/ividdna, as,d,am, ignorant,

unwise; Dot promising or covenanting.

^RTTiT a-samvrita, as, d, am, uncovered,

exposed ; imperfectly or scarcely covered.

a-sainvyavahitam, ind. tm-

mediately, without interval.

a-samsaya, as, m. absence of

doubt; (<w, d, am), free frora doubt, certain. — A-

sam^ayam, ind. without doubt, certainly, verily.

^^q a-samirava, as, m. (rt. 6ru), the

beiDg out of hearing ; (e), ind. out of the hearing of;

(tas, d, am), out of hearing, inaudible.

Asamtiravam, ind. inaudibly, out of the hearing

of (with gen. of the person).

a-samsUshta, as, m. not joincd,

not in contact, an epithet of Sivi.

a-samsakta, as, d, am, not attached

to, not joined together, disunited, indifferent to.

a-san.siddha, as, a, am, unap-

c^mplished, incomplete.

■sttiWjtiPitf a-samsukta-gila, as, a, am,

Ved. swallowing whole or without chewing (»aid of

Rudra’s doga).

vfTfafk a-samsriti, is, f. not returning to

a neweourse of existeDce, absorption into the supreme

spirit.

a-samsrishta, as, d, am, unmixed

with, separate, not living in common,

Wirt a-sanskrita, as, d, am, not perfect,

nnpolished, nide, common ; uninitiated, not having

gone through the proper rites of caste, state, sex, or

age. ^

a-samstuta, as, d, am, nnknown,

unacquainted, not known as acquaintances; DOt on

terms of friendship.

^nT^TTrf a-sai/isthana, am, n. (rt. stha),

absence of cohesion or configuration ; disorder, confu-

sion; want, destituti on.

A-8am8thita, as, d, am, not arranged or arrayed,

disordered, irregular; not collected; not finished, not

accomplished ; not eeasing, not stopping; destitute.

A-8am8tMti, is, f. disorder, donfiision ; want, desti-

tuti on.

a-sainhata, as, d, am, not joined;

scattered, loose, straggling, uncompressed; (am), n.

a form of array, loose or open order of troops.

-iT^rrr^ a -samharya, as, d, am. irresistible,

iumperable.

airafrir a-santhita, as, a, am, not includnd

in the Samhita 01 the V.da.

’i! M«nc5 a-sakala, as, d, a,n, no*' ali, not

entire, a part.

t a-sakrit, ind. not onre, oftener

than once, again and again, repeatidly.—A~akrit-

samddltl, is, m. repe.ted m .ditation. — A‘alrirl-

ga.'bha-vasc,, as, m. repeated birth.

o-sakta, as, a, am, detached, dis-

united; detached from worldly feelmgs or pa-sions;

not interested in, uuattached to, i.,diiferent to.

saktha as, d, am, without thighs

thighle. 1.

a-sakra, as, d, am (rt. sas(), Ved. not

eeasing to flow, not drying up; not going elsewherc.

a-sakhi, d, jn. an untraatworthy

fiiend.

A-sakhin, a, m. an enemy, an adv.reary.

Srarfty a-sagotru, as, d, am, of a different

family.

'h«5;^ a-sankatpa, as, am, m. n. absence

of predetermin’tion, absence of mtcrested purpose,

sinceri ty.

A mrtkalpita, as, 5, am, not pnrposed, not re-

solved or detennⁱⁿed on.

■STtrjpr? rsankasuka, as, d, am, not fickle,

unflnctuatinEr, firm, ste dy.

a-sankirna, as, d, am, unmixed,

u loompounde i, unoollected.

ct^t^eA a-snnkula, as, d, am, not crowded,

open, ciear, broad; (an), m. a brnad toad.

a-sanketa, as, c, am, not appointed,

not agreed nf on.

A-“anlc(tita, as, a, am, uninvited.

v-sankhya, as, d, am (rt. khyd),

with ont number, innumer ible, exc-edingly numerous.

— Asanhhya-ta, f. or a‘a akhya.-tva, am, n. innn-

merabl.-ness, immensity, inhiiity.

A-sankhyata, as, a, am, uncounted, innumorable.

A-mnkhyeya, as, a, am, innnmerable ; (as), m.

an epithet of Siva; (am), n., Ved. an mnuini rabii

multitndt; an exceedingly large ntunbiT. — Asan-

khytya-guna, ai, d, am, innumri able, unnumbered.

— Asaitkhytya-ta, f. innumerablene* .

1. a-sanga, as, m. (rt. sanj), non-

attachment; (as, d, am), not attached, having no

attaehment or inclination for or interest in, inde-

pendent, free from ties, not hindered, moving without

hindraDee. — Asanga-vat, an, ati, at, not attached

to.

Asangin, i, ini, t, not attached to the world.

Asajjitatman (?ta-df), a, a, a, having a soul

free from attaehments.

2. a-sanga, as, d, am (rt. gam with

sam and a prefixed), not united, unassociated, soli-

tary; (as), m., N. of a son of Yuyudh5na.

A-sangata, as, d, am, ununited, unaccompanied,

unassociated with; uneven, unequal; improbable^ in-

eonsistent; unpreferred, disesteemed ; unbecoming,

unseemly; rude, ill-mannered, unpolished, clownish.

— A8angatd6arana (°ta-ad°), am, n. inconsistent

eonduct.

A-sangati, is, fi not associating ; incongruity, im-

probability.

A-sangajna, as, m. not associating with; separa-

tion, disunion ; incoDgruity; inequality.

104 a-saia-dvish. a-saniridaha.

^PFT^fIT^a-safa-dvisk, t, t, f, Ved. per-

secuting thosc who are not (his) worshippers; having

no enem i es.

'■si«'osa_li<?|[ asa6-6hakha_i asaj-jana> &c. See

under asat.

a-sajata, as, a, am, Yed. not re-

lated by blood.

A-sajatya, as, d, am, Ved. without consan-

guinity. ‘

a-sahjna, as, d, am, insensible; (a),

f., Ved. disunion, disagreement, discord.

A-sanjnisattva, as, m. pl. a dass of Buddhist

divinities (otherwise a-rangi-sattvd).

^THTT a-sat, an, ati, at, not being, not ex-

isting, unreal; not as it should be, not answering its

purpose» untrue, wrong, wicked, bad, vile; (i), f. an

unfaitbful or unebaste wife; (n), m. Indra; (i), n.

non-existenee, non-entity ; untruth, falsehood, a lie;

evil. —Asa6-6hakhd (asat^aJcha), £, Ved. an un-

real branch, a seeming member (?). — Asad-fhastra

(asat-tastra), am, n. heretical or heterodox doc-

trice. — Asaj-jana, as, m. a bad, wicked, or eon-

temptible man. — Asaj-jati-mifra, as, m., N. of a

persoo. — Asat-kalpana, f. an untrue aetion, or one

which never took place; fabrication of falsehood.

—Asat-ta, f. non-existenee; untruth; wiekedness.

— i. asat-tva, am, n. non-existence; untruth; wick-

ed oess. — Amtpatha, as, m. a bad road; evil prae-

tice or doctrine. — Asat-parigraha, as, m. receiving

unfit presents, or from improper persons. — Asat-

putra, as, m. a childless man; a wicked or disre-

putable son. — Asat-samsarga, as, m. evil company.

— Asat-sanga, as, d, am, attached to evil; {as),

m., N. of a doorkeeper or porter in the Prabodha-

dandrodaya. — Asad-adhyetri, ta, m. a BrShman

who reads heterodox works; a heterodox student.

— Asad-dAara, as, d, am, following evil practiees»

wicked; {as), m. evil practiee. — Asad-ddarin, i,

ini, i, one who follows bad or heterodox practiees,

wicked, vile.—Asad-graha or asad-graka, as, m.

mischievous or wicked trick; capriee, idle or childish

desire. — Asadgrahin, i, ini, i, performing mis-

chievous or malidous tricks. — Asad-dritf, le,Tc,k,

evil-eyed. — Asad-bhava, as, m. non*existence, ab-

sence; an evil temperament or disposition. — Asad-

vritti, i8, f. low or degrading occupatioQ or profes-

sion; wiekedness. — Asad-vyavahara, as, d, am,

following evil practiees; (as), m. evil practiees.

— Asadvyavahdrin, i, ini,i, following evil courses.

— Asan-mantra, as, m., Ved. untrue or false

counsel or speech.

Asatayi, f. wickedoess.

A-sati, f. an unfaithful or unebaste wife. See above.

— Asatisuta, as, m. the son of an unchaste wife,

a bastard.

Asat-kri, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -h'artum, to do no

good, to harm, injure, dishonour.

Asat-karman, d, d, a, wicked; (a), n. wieked-

ness.

Asat-kara, as, m. offence, doing injury; (a-sat-

hara), not honouring.

Asat-hrita, as, d, am, ill-done, doce frora im-

proper motives or in an unbecoming manner; (a-

satJcfita), not honoured; (am), n. wicked deed.

Asat-JcfHya, as, d, am, one who has done evil

or wicked actions.

2 .a-sattva, as, d, am, strengthless, without energy;

(for i. asat-tva, see under a-sat above.)

A-satya, as, d, am, false, untrue; lying, a liar;

(am), n. untruth, falsehood. — Asatya-vddin, i, ini,

i, speaking falsely, giving false evidence, a liar.

— Asatya-sandha, as, d, am, treacherous, base,

wicked. — ri-satya-sannibha, as, d, am, improba-

ble, unlikely. ' ^J

a-sadrisa, as, i, am, unlike, dis-

simi lar. — Asadri^a-vyavahdnn, i, ini, i, behavicg

improperiy.

a-sadyas, ind. not on the sarae

day, not immediately.

asan, the base of some of the cases

of asrij, blood, q.v.; thus, inst. asna, gea.asmw,&e.

•vSflVf asana_> am, n. (fr. rt. 2. as), throwing,

sendiag; a shot; (as), m., N. of the tree Termi-

nalia Tomentosa, see a&zna.— Asanaparni, f., N.

of the plaot Marsilea Quadrifolia, see a£ana-parni.

Asand, f., Ved. a missile, an arrow.

H a-santati, is, is, i (rt. tan), child-

less, having no posterity; (is), f. want of posterity.

Asantana, as, d, am, childless; (as), m. want

of posterity.

a-santapa, as, d, am (rt. fap),Ved.

not suffering pain or sonrow; oot causing paio or

sorrow.

a-santushta, as, d, am (rt. tush),

disconteoted, displeased.

A-santosha, as, m. displeasure.

a-sandigdha, as, d, am (rt. dih),

not indistinct; not vanished; certain, confident; un-

doubted, unsuspected; (am), ind. without any doubt,

eertainly.

a-sandita or a-sandina, as, d, am

(rt. 4. dd, to bind), Ved. unbound, unrestrained.

assfrre a-sandiskta, as, a, am (rt. dis),

uoapprised, uncommuoicated.

W R a-sandhana, am, n. (rt.dhd), want

of aim or object, disjunction.

A-sandhi, is, m. want of union or connection.

Asandhita, as, d, am, untied, unbound, at

liberty, loose.

A-sandheya, as, a, am, not to be made peace

with.

WfFit a-sanna, as, d, am, Yed. restless,

without rest or repose.

8PF3» a-sannaddha, as, d, am (rt. nah),

unarmed ; bom, produced; pretending to knowledge,

conceited as a Pandit or teacher; proud.

a-sannikarska, as, m. (rt. krish),

non*perception of objects, not bringing them to the

mind, remoteness.

A-sannikrishta, as, d, am, unperceived, undis-

tinguished ; not near, remote.

a-santiidhi, is, m. m a-sanni-

dhana, au, n. (rt. dha), rbstnee, distance; confi-

dene^, abs.nce ot doubt.

A-mnnihita, as, a, am, ni it near, far.

H vlfJfr l -sannynsta, as, a, om, on p who

has aot r^nounced the World.

WIH»TPT a-sanmmia, am, n. disrespect,

impropri ty.

vi M 4^ a-sopatna, as, i, am, Ved. without

another wife, without a rival; not attackrd; without

a.i advvrsarv; not rivalling; {am), n. undisturbul

condition, peac^.

a-sapinda, as, d, am, unconnected

by funural offbrings.

a-sabandhu, us, us, u, Ved. not

related.

TnW sabhya, as, d, am, unfit for an

assembiy, vulgar, low.

-SHH a-sama, as, d, am, uneven, unequal

either in ‘urtace or number; odd; uoequalied, indi-

vidua!, without a fellow or equal; (as), m. a N. of

iiuddh’ or a Buddb^-. — Asama-ratha, a«, a, am,

Ved. possessed of an unequalled chariot. — Asama-

rana or asama-sdi/aka, as, m. or asanieshu (°ma-

ish°), vs, S>. having ao odd number ot arr >ws, i. e.

the five-ariowed, an epithet of Ksma. — Asamaujat

), as, m., N of a pen on.

A-samaaa, as, d, am, going asunder or in

ditferent Jirections; uneven, unequal; (lf, iccording

to S9y., derived fr. manas), of different niinds, of

different coiours.

A-samana, os, a, am, not the same, not hom.

geneous, not of equal birth: unlike, unequal, differ-

ent.— Asamana-l-arana, as, d, am, not having

th< same cause.

vqHrtffT a-sqmakshn, as, d, am, not visible,

not present, absent.

v.-samagra, as, d, am, incomplete,

unentire, partiai, part.

3TWR3 a-samanja, as, or a-samahjas, as,

m. , N. of a dtxendant of IkshvSku, a son of Sagar-

by KeSinI and father of Ansumat.

A-sanianjasa, as, d, am, unequal, unlike; {ani'',

n. uneonformity, dispmty, differente; {am), ind.

uofitiy, unt ecominply; in a tiuctuatiog or eonfused

manner.

vrevff a-samad, t, f., Ved. non-eonflict,

h- rmoov, ei ncord.

a-samaya, as, m. unsea.-onable-

ness; unfit or uniavurable t^:me.

n-samartha, as, d, am, unable, in-

cortipetcnt; feeble, weak.

vfHriqtli a-samarpana, am, n. non-de-

liveiy, cot conr mitting or intrusting mything to

another.

A-mMirpita, as, d, am, uncon igned, unin-

trusted, undelivered.

Vi«nMI Pmn a-samavdyin, i, ini, i (rt. i With

sam and ara), aeddental, not inherent, not intimati

and in eparable.—Asamarayi-karana, am, n. (in

Ljgic) aocidental came, not intimate or inherer t rela-

tion (e. g. the separable conjunction of two different

objects). — Amaavayi-toa, am, n. the condition of

something that is not inherent and inseparibie.

A-eauareta, as, d, am, not dassed togeth-r, not

eonnected, incoherent. — Asamaveta-rupom, ind. in-

coherenliy.

vltiMif i-samashta-kdrya, as, d, am,

Ved. of nnattainable wisdom.

vdTJJJH a-samasta, as, d, am, uneom

pounded,-epa.ate, reveral; uncoHeeted; incomplete,

imperf.ct.

vTTffffrfff < -samdti, is, is, i, Ved. hav ing

nothing equal, unparalleled; (is), m., N. of a king.

— Asamaty-ojax, as, as, as, Ved. of unequalled

strength.

niHWnT a-samana. See a-sama above.

vffTfffTfVff a-samapita or a-samdpta, as, d,

am, unfinished, unaccompl «hed, incomplvte.

A-samapti, is, f. incompletene-s.

a-samavmriaka, as, or a-sama-

rriitika, as, m. a religiou: student who has not com-

plettxi the periol of his resijunee with his teacher.

a-samahara, as, m. non-recovery

ofanything; di junction, disconneetion.

A-samdUarya, as, d, am, inecoverable, not to

be combined or united.

vHWtfiitJl a-samikshya, ind. not having

considered. — Asamikshya kdrin, i, ini, i, acting

inconsiderately.

>T a-samidina, as, d, am, improper,

incorrect.

'=3TTl'*rS a-samriddha, as, d, am, Ved. not

incrcased, not prosperous; one who' e wishes are

frustrati d.

105

srnijfe a-i

A-samriddhi, is, f. non-increase ; failing, pcrish-

iag; (is, is, i), unfortunate.

a-sampatti, is, f. (rt. pad), ill-

luck, want of success; non-accomplishment, failure.

A-sampanna, as, a, am, uneffected, unaccom-

plished.

a-samparka, as, a, am (rt. pri6),

destitute of contact, without connection or relati on.

A-samparkiya, as, a, am, unconnected with,

not belonging to.

a-sampurna, as, d, am, incom-

plete, not entire.

a-samprati, ind., Ved. not accord-

ing to the moment or to present circumstances.

a-samprapy a, m d. without reach-

ing.

a-sambaddha, as, d, am (rt. bandh),

not dosely associated, distant, not related; uncon-

nected, incoherent, unmeaning; improper, wrong;

speaking unconnectedly or unmeaningly.

A-sambandha, as, a, am, unconnected, not re-

lating or belonging to; (as), m. non-connection.

a-sambddha, as, d, am (rt. badh),

unconfined, spacious, wide, large; open, accessible;

(d), f. a species of the Sarkarl metre, consisting of

fifty-six syllables; (am), n., Ved. non-confinement,

open space.

a-sambhava, as, d, am (rt. bhu),

inconsistent, improbable, unlikely; non-existent; (am,

d), n. f. any extraordinary event; non-existence\

Asambhavyam, ind.,Ved, in an incomprehensible

or extraordinary manncr.

A-sambhdvana, f. difficulty or impossibility of

conceiving or comprehending.

A-sambhdvaniya or a-sambhdvya, as, d, am,

inconceivable, incomprehensible, impossible.— Asam-

bhavyam, ind. in an incomprehensible or impossible

manner.

A-sambhuta, as, d, am, unproductd.

A-sambhuti, is, f., Ved. non-existence, the not

being born again.

a-sambhoga, as, m. non-enjoy-

ment, not using or enjoying.

a-sambhrama, as, d, am, free from

flurry, composed, cool; (as), m. calmness, steadiness.

aSTTTWTTT a-sammata, as, d, am (rt. man),

disapproved, despised; dissentient, differing from ;

averse, contrary. — Asammatdddyin (°ta-sd°), i,

ini, i, taking without the consent of the possessor;

a thief.

A-sammati, is, f. dissent, difference of opinion;

dislike, aversion.

A-sammdna, am, n. disrespect, disgrace.

irafrTT a-sammita, as, d, am, Vca. not

measored, immeasurable.

a-sammudha, as, d, am (rt. mnh),

calm, deliberate, cool, ciear seeing, judging well.

A-sammoha, as, m. steadiness, calmness, com-

posure.

a-sammrishta, as, d, am, Ved. un-

purified, undeansed.

a-sammosha, as, m. the allowing

nothing to escape (one’s cognizance ?).

a-samyand, myan, mici, myak, im-

proper, incorrect; imperfect, incomplete. — Asamyak-

karin, i, hii, i, acting unskilfully, inexpert, incom-

petent; acting improperly, ill-conducted, profligate.

asaru, us, m. (rt. 2. as), the medi-

ci nal piant Blumea Lacera.

a-sarva-jha, as, a, am, not knowing

everything.

amriddhi.

't-sarva-vira, as, a, am, Ved. not

having ali one’s men collected round.

asala, am, n. iron; arms ; a mantra.

a-savarna, as, d, am, of a different

caste, of a different colour.

asavas, m. pl. (of asu, q. v.), the

vital airs or breath.

a-sas6at,an,anti, at (rt. $as'd),Ved.

not ceasing, not sticking, not closed up, not drying

up, untouched (as by any one attempting to enter

a door).— Asa&atas, f. pl. (i. e. dhdras), inexhaust-

ible streams. — Asaidata, ind. in an inexhaustible

manner.

A-satfdivas, an, dushi, as, Ved. not ceasing, not

drying up.

vha-sasat, an, ati, at, Ved. not

sleeping.

a-saha, as, d, am (rt. sah), not bear-

ing, not enduring, intolerant, impatient; (am), n.

the middle of the breast. '

A-sahana, as, d, am, unenduring, envious, jealous;

(as), m. an enemy; (am), n. intolerance, impatience.

A-sahaniya or a-sahitavya or a-sahya, as, a,

am, unbearable, insufferable, insuperable. — Asahya-

piifa, as, d, am, causing intolerable pain.

A-sahamdna, as, a, am, impatient, not bearing,

not enduring.

A-sahishiiu, us, us, u, impatient, unenduring,

envious; quarrelsome. —.4sa/itsA7m-£d, f. impatience,

envy.

a-sahdya, as, d, am, without com-

panions, friendless, lonely, solitary. — Asahaya-td, f.

or asakaya-tva, am, n. loneliness, solitude, the life

of a hermit; friendlessness, being without a friend or

patron. — A-sahaya-vat, an, ati, at, without com-

panions, friendless.

A-sahita, as, a, am, unassodated, unaccompanied.

a-sdkshat, ind. [cf. 2. aksha and

aJcshi, the eye], not before the eyes, invisible, im-

perceptible; not present.

A-sakshika, as, t, am, unattesteck, unwitnessed.

A-sakshin, i, ini, i, incompetent as a witness,

not an eye-witness.

A-sakshya, am, n. want of evidence.

a-satmya, as, d, am, unwholesome,

disagreeing (as food ?).

a-sada, as, d, am, Ved. seatless, not

sitting.

^TTPT*T a-sddhana, as, d, am (rt. sadh),

without means, destitute of means, resources, mate-

rials, instruments or implements ; (am), n. non-ac-

complishment, not proving or establishing.

A-sadkaniya or arsadhya, as, d, am, not to be

effected or completed, not proper or abi e to be

accomplished ; incurable, irremediable, not susceptible

of proof.

A-sadkita, as, a, am, unaccomplished.

^T^TTVTTTT a-sddharana, as, d, am, not

common, sperial, spedfic; (am), n. speciality, spedes,

spedal property.

a-sddhu, us, us or vi, u, not good,

wicked, bad; (vi), f. an unchaste wife, — Asadfyu-

ta, f. or ascuUiiidm, am, n. wickedness. — Asadhu-

vfittd, f. an unchaste woman.

a-sandra, as, d, am, not close, fine,

delicate but with interstices, transparent.

a-sannidhya, am, n. non-prox-

imity, distance.

a-samayika, as, t, am, unsea-

sonable.

a-sdmarthya, am, n. wcakness.

asita.

^TSTRT^I a-sdmanyh, as, d, am, peculiar,

not common ; (am), n. peculiar or spedal property.

WHTfH a-sami, is, is, £,Ved. not half, en-

tire, whole, complete ; (i), ind. completely. — Asami-

$ava8, as, as, as, Ved. having complete strength.

ri a-sdmprata, as, i, am, not fit,

not becoming, improper. — A-sampratam, ind. un-

fitly, improperly, inopportunely.

^nTlTSJ a-samya, am, n. (fr. a-sama), dif-

ference, dissimilarity ; unsuitableness (in medidne or

diet), unwholesomeness; di^agreeableness.

^a-sara, as, d, am, sapless; with-

out genuine strength and value; without vigour,

spoiled, unfit, vain, unprofitable; weak, feeble, infirm,

fragile ; (a^), m., N. of the piant Ricinus Communis

or castor-oil tree; (am), tu Agallochum. — Asarartd,

f. saplessness ; unfitness, fragility.

a-savadhana, as, d, am, careless,

inadvcrtent. — Asavadhana-ta, f. or asavadhana-

tva, am, n. carelessness.

^*i\$H a-sahasa, am, n. absence of vio-

lence, gentleness.

A-sahasika, as, i, am, not violent, peaceable,

gentle.

a-sahayya, am, n. want of assist-

tance or co-operation.

asi, is, m. (fr. rt. 2. as), a sword, a

cimeter, a knife used for killing animals. — Asi-ganda,

as, m. a small pillow for the cheek. — Asi-damh-

tra or asi-damh(raka, as, m. the marine monster

Makara, painted on the banner of K5madeva.

— Asi-danta, as, m. a crocodile. —Asi-dhara, f.

the edge of a sword. — Asidhara-vrata, am, n. a

vow of standing on the edge of a sword, used figura-

tively for any hopelessly difficult task. — Asi-dhava

or asi-dhavalca, as, m. an armourer, a furbisher, a

sword or tool cleaner. — Asi-dhenu, us, or asi-dhe-

nuka, f. a knife.—Asi-pattra, as, am, m. n. the

blade of a sword ; a sheath, a scabbard ; (as, d, am),

whose leaves are swords, having sword-shaped leaves;

(as), m. the sugar-cane, Scirpus Kysoor Roxb.; a

kind of tree which grows in the Iower world ; a hell

paved with swords. — Asi-pattraka, as, m. sugar-

cane. — Asipattra~vana, am, n. a hell where the

trees have leaves as sharp as swords. — Asi-patha,

am, n., Ved. the course of a sacrifidal knife (?).

— Asir-puMhaka, as, m. the Gan-getic porpoise, Del-

phinus Gangeticus. — Astputrika or asi-putri, f. a

knife, lit. daughter of a sword.— Asi-mat, an, ati,

at, Ved. furaished with knives or daggers. — Asi-

meda, as, m. the fetid Mimosa Vachellia Famesiana

W. and A. — Asi-loman, d, m., N. of a D3nava.

— Asi-hatya, am, n. fighting with knives or swords.

— Asi-heti, is, m. a swordsman or soldier armcd

with a sword. — Asy-ast, ind. sword to sword, sword

against sword.

Asika, am, n. (fr. asi ?), the part of the face be-

tween the underlip and the chin.

asikni. See 2. asita.

^rftnT i. a-sita, as, a, am (rt. si), Ved.

unbound.

^rftnr 2. asita, as, f. asita orVed. f. asi-

kni, am, (sita, * white/ appears to have been formed

from this word, which is probably original, and not a

compound of a and sita ; cf. the formation of sura

fr. asura), dark-coloured, black, dark-blue; (<w),m.

the black colour; N. of the planet Saturn ; the dark

fortnight of a lunar month ; N. of a being presiding

over darkness and magic ; N. of a descendant of K5:-

yapa and several other persons; N. of»a mountain;

a black snake; (ta), f. the indigo piant; N. of an

Apsaras ; (asikni), f.,Ved. * the dark one,’ the night;

a girl attending upon the inner or women’s apart-

ments (whose hair is not whitened by age); N. of a

Ee

asita-kesanta.

a-sevana.

106

daughter of Vlrana and wife of Daksha ; N. of the

river Akesines (afterwards Candra*bh5ga) in the Pan-

jab. — Aslta-keianta, as, a, am, having black locks.

— Asita-grwa, as, a, am, Ved. having a black

neck. — Asita-jnu, us, us, u, Ved. having black

knces. — Asita-nayana, as, a, am, black-cyed.

— Asita-bhru, ks, us, u, haviog black eyetids.

— Asita-mriga, as, m.,N. of a faniily. — Asitabhra-

.iekhara (°ta-abh°), as, m., N. of a Buddha,— Asi-

tamburnha as, m. the bine lotus.

— Asitartis (°ta-ar°), is, m. fire,— Asitalu (°ta-

at³), us, m., N. of a piant,—Asitaiman (°ta-a£°),

a, m. the lapis lazuli; aoy black or dark-blue stone.

— Asifotpala (°ta~uf), am, n. the blue lotus, Nym-

phxa Cseru!ea. — Asitopala (°ta-up°), am, n. lapis

lazuli.

Aslhnikd, f. a woman-servant [cf. astknt].

Asitaki, f., N. of a pla*t.

'-'TfTjl 'i-siddha, as, d, am, imperfect, in-

complete ; unaccomplished, uneffected ; unproved;

unripe.

A-siddhi, i8, f. imperfect or incomplete accom-

plishment, feilure; (in logic) want of proof, con-

dusion not warranted by the premises.

a-sinva, as, a, am, or a-sinvat, an,

atl, at, Ved. insatiable.

astra, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. as, to throw),

Ved. a beam, a ray; an anow, a bolt.

Asishfha, as, d, am, (superi.) Ved. most skilful

in shooting (arrows &c.).

asi, f., N. of a river, = asi.

astma-krishna, as, m., N. of a

prince.

asu, us, m. (fr. rt. 1. as, to be), breath,

life, spiritual life ; life of the spiritual world or departed

spirits; water ?; [cf. Had/xa] ; (asavas),

nom. pl. the five vital breaths or airs of the body;

animal life; (tt), n. refiection, thought or the heart as

thfe seat of it; grief.— Asvrdharaiia, am, n. life,

existence. — Asu-ruta, am, n., Ved. the world of

spirits, or (as), m. the lord of the spirits. — Asusrixti,

is, f., Ved. the life or the world of spirits; that life

personified as a fem?ile deity invoked for the preserva-

tion of life, or as Yama, lord of the dead. — Asu-

bhanga, as, m. breaking of life; fear about life;

danger of life. — Asurbhrit, t, m. breathing, living,a

creature. — Asu-mat, an, ati, at, living, breathing;

(man), m. life, the prindple of vitality, thc portion of

spirit connected with the attributes of existence. — Asu-

sama, as, d, am, dearly loved, as dear as life; (as),

m. a husband, a lover. ,

Asura, as, a, am, Ved. living, alive, spiritual; an

epithetofthe supremespirit;Vanina; incorporea!, super-

human, divine; (as), m. spirit; an incorporeal being

of an evil kind; au evil spirit, a demon; a ghost or

spectre; a general nam e for the chief of the Asuras

[these Asuras are often regarded as the children of

Diti by KaSyapa, see daitya; as such they are

demons of the first order in perpetua! hostility with

the gods, and must not be confounded with the

RSkshasas or imps who animate dead bodies and

disturb sacrifices]; the sun ; R5hu ; an elephant; N.

of a warrior-tribe; (according to Siy.) a doud?;

(5), f. night; a zodiacal sign; a prostitute ; (5), f. a

female demon, the wife of an Asura; N. of the piant

Sinapis Racemosa Roxb. [Observe, in later San-

skpt, sura has been formed from asura, as sita

from asita, q.v.] — Asura-kumara, ds, m. pl. a

class of deities belonging to the BhavanSdht^as.

— Asura-lshayana, as, d, am, or asura-kshiti,

in, is, i, Ved. destroying the Asuras. — Asura-tva,

am, n., Ved. spirituality, supematural or divine dig-

nity. — As‘ura-mdya, f., Ved. demoniacal magic.

— Asura-rakshasa, ani, n. pl., Ved. the Asuras

and R5kshasas; (aro), n. sing. a demoniacal being,

partaking of the qualities of both the dasses of

evil spirits. — Asura-rdj, t, m. king of the Asuras,

epithet of the Asura Baka. — Asura-ripu, us, m.

enemy of the Asuras, epithet of Vishnu. — Asura-

sudana, 08, m. destroyer of the Asuras, epithet of

Vishnu. — Asura-han, d, ghnl, a, Ved. destroying

the Asuras, epithet of Agni, Indra, &c. — Asura-

<*arya (°ra-a<f), as, m. teacher of the Asuras;

epithet of the regent of the planet Venus. — A sura-

dhipa (°ra-adh°), as, m. lord of the Asuras; N. of

Bali Vamxfeni and of M5y5dhara. — Asurahva (°ra-

ah°), am, n. bell-metal, named after an Asura.

Asurya, as, d, am, Ved. incorporeal, spiritual,

divine; demoniacal, belonging to the Asuras; (am),

n. spirituality, divine nature; the incorporeal, the

collective body of spiritual beings; (according to

S5y.) the water of the clouds.

a-sukara, as, d, am, not easy to

be done, difficult, arduous.

vi UkiVT asukshana, a various reading for

asukshana, q. v.

a-sukha, as, d, am, unhappy, sorrow-

ful, melancholic; (am), n. sorrow, pain, affiiction.

— Asukha-jivika, f. a joyless life. — Asukha-pidita,

as, d, am, pained with grief. — Asukhdvaha (°kha-

av°), as, d, am, produdng unhappiness. — Asukhd-

vishta (°kha-dv°), as, d, am, afflicted with grief,

pain, or unhappiness.—Asukhodaya (°kha-ud^a), as,

d, am, causing or ending in unhappiness. — Asukho-

darka (^ckha-ud°), as, a, am, productive of or

ending in unhappiness.

A-sukhin, i, irii, i, unhappy, sorrowful, afflicted.

a-sugama, as, d, am, difficult of

attainment or accomplishment, hard, unattainable;

difficult to be understood. '

'vf Wri 1. a-suta,as,a,am (rt. 2.5tt),Ved. not

pressed out, not cleared or purified, not ready (as

the Soma juice).

A-sunva, as, d, am, or a-sunvat, an, ati, at,

or a-sushvi, is, is, i, Ved. not pressing out the

Soma juice, not worshipping the gods, wicked.

2. a-suta, as, d, am (rt. 1. su), child-

less. See asu.

aTOTTT a-sutara, as, d, am (rt. tri), not to

be easily passed.

a-sutpp, p, p, p, Ved. insatiable,

not easily satiated.

a-sunirasa, as, d, am, disagree-

abi e, unpleasant, oflensive.

a~sundara, as, d or ?, am, plain,

ugly; improper, unbecomiog.

a-supta, as, d, am, not asleep. — A-

supta-driti, k, k, k, never closing the eyes in sleep,

ever-seeing.

n-sumna, as, a, am, Ved. eon⁺rary,

idverse.

TTOT n.,«ro. See under asu.

a-suralsha, as, a, am, perishable,

volatile, tran.itory.

A-mralsh/a, as, a, am, difficult of retuition or

pre',ervation.

a-surasn, f. the piant llasilicum

Pilo-um Benth.

a-sulabha, as, a, am, difficult of

attainment.

iiJlfW a-sushvi. See under i. a-suia.

««Wl a-sustha, as, a, am, unwell, indis-

pc;ed, not well plared, uncomfortable, — Asmtfui-ta,

f. indi po-ition, sickn^s.

a-suhrid, t, m. not a friend, an

enemy.

a-su, iis, us, m. f. (rt. 1. su, to bring

forth),Ved. not bringing forth, barren.

A-suta or a-sutika, as, d, am, Ved. one who

has not brought forth, barren.

is, f. non-producti on; obstruction, removal;

barrenness.

Asusu, us, tis, u,Ved. not bringing forth, barren.

asukshana or asukshana or asur-

kshana or asdrksharia or astarkshana, am, n.

(ctymology doubtful), disrespect.

a-siikshma, as, d, am, not fine, not

minute, large, thick, gross.

asuya (fr. asw), nom. P. A. asuyati,

-te, ~yitum, to murmur at, to detract from, depre-

ciate ; to envy, scorn, be displeased or discontented

with, or grumble at (with dat. or acc.) : Caus. asu-

yayati,-yitum, to causc to murmur or be displeased

or discontented.

Asuyaka, as, ika, am, detracting, envious, calum-

nious, discontented, displeased; (by some written

asuka t).

Asuyana, ani, n. calumny, detraction.

Asuyayitva, iud. having scomed, having cursed.

Asuya, f. displeasure, indignation, especially at the

merits or the happiness of another, envy, jealousy;

calumny, detraction ; aversion ; N. of the wife of Atri.

Asuyitii, ta, tri, tri, murmuring, detracting, dis-

pleased.

Asuyu, us, us, u, envious, displeased; (us), m.

calumny.

a-sura, am, n., Ved. absence of a

person to press out the Soma juice; (S5y.) a place

or country devoid of praise or worship.

asurkshana, am, n. disrespect.

See asukshana.

a-surta, as, d, am,Ved. not moving,

remote (?).

a-surya, as, a, am, Ved. sunless.

A-suryam-patya, f. the wife of a king who being

shut up in the inner apartments never sees the sun ;

a chaste and loyal wife.

^w^ asnj, k, n. (said to be fr. rt. srij with

a, which may stand for ava or d), blood; safiron;

(k), m. a kind of religious abstraction ; [cf. Lat.

sanguis.] — Asrik-kara, as, m. the essence of the

body, lymph, serum, &c. — Asrik^pa, as, m. a R5k-

shasa or impofmalicious propensities.who drinks blood.

— Asrik-pata, as, m. the falling of blood ; (as), m.

pl. drops of blood, as from a wound. — Asrik-pavan,

a, d, a, Ved. drinking blood. — AsHk-6rdra, as, m.

bleeding, letting blood. — Asrik-trdvin, i, ini, i,

bleeding, who or what takes away blood. — Asrig-

dara, as, m. irregular or excessive menstruati on,

mcenorrhagia. — Asrig-doha, as, d, am, shedding

blood, bleeding. — Asrig-dhara, f. the skin. — As-

rig-dhara, f. a stream of blood; the skin. — Asrig-

vaha, f. a blood-vesscl. — Asrig-vimoksharta, am, n.

blood-letting, bleeding. — Asrin-mitra, as, d, am,

mixed or covered with blood. ~ Asrtn-mukha, as, i,

am, Ved. whose fece is bloody, — Asri-pdta, as, ?,

m. f. (for asHk-pata), a stream of blood.

a-srini, is, is, i, unrestrained.

a-srishta, as, d, am (rt. srij), un-

created; undistributed, not presented; continued.

— Asrishtanna (°fa-an°), as, d, am, one who does

not distribute food.

a-sefana or a-setanaka, as, d, am,

that on which one cannot look enough; charming,

lovely [cf. d-scfanaka\.

^STFT^I a-senya, as, d, am,Ved. not worthy

of an army; not striking, not wounding (?).

a-sevana, am, n. or a-sevd, f. (rt.

*c«), disregarding, neglectiriK; not fullowing or prac-

tising, shunning; di rcgard, inattention, disobedience.

A-nenta, as, a, am, neglected, unatttndcd to, dis-

ob<-.yed; ab-.taincd frora, disused. — A-smiteSmra-

'l 'ara as, a, am, not waihog at the

doors of the great.

A-senya, as, a, a,n, not to be served or attended

to; not to bt ustd or piactised, not to be eaten,

drank, &c.

asau-kri, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kartum,

to do such and such a thing.

A*<m-na.nan, a, a,a,Vtd. having such and such a

narae.

A «c.

«I ^ M -i-saundarya, am, n. ugliness.

'-M ^ I «t a-saumya, as, a, am, ugly, un-

lovely; diragrejable, di-,pleasing. — Asaumya-svara,

as, a, am, having a bad or croakine voice.

'SUtflM a-savshthara., am, n. ugliness, de-

formity; dement, worthle- sness.

i-skanna, as, a, am (rt. skand),\ed.

not spilt, not efiused, not fallen; not sprinkled, not

covered; pemunent, durable.

A-xkandita, as, d, arr, not spilt, not fallen, not

gone, not attaeked. — Askandita-vrata, as, a, am,

true to vows.

‘i-skambhana, am, n., Ved. want

ot a pillar or support.

n.-skridhayu, us, us, u, Ved. not

narrow or deficient, abundant.

alTWffTjT a-skhatka, as, a, am, umhukcn,

anyldding, firm, permanent; not stumbling or slip-

ping, undeviating. — A-skhalita-praydna, as, d,am_f

not stumbling in progress, with unfaltering step.

asta, as, d, am (fr. rt. 2. «5), thrown,

cast ; expelled, sent away; sent, despatched ; removed,

laid or set aside; finished; (d), f., Ved. a missile,

an arrow. — Asta-kopa, as, d, am, whose anger is

laid aside. — Asta-dhi, is, is, i, foolish. — Asta-vat,

an, ati, at, obstructed (?). — Asta-vyasta, as, d,

am, scattered hither and thither,confused, disordered,

irrelevant.—Asta-sankhya, as, d, am, ionumerable.

Astri, ta, m., Ved. throwing, a shooter.

2. asta, am, n. (fr. rt. 1. as f), Ved.

horne; death, end; (cw), m. the Western mountain,

behind which the sun is supposed to set; sunset;

(in astronomy) the seventh lunar mansion. — Astam,

ind. at home, horne. — Astam i or gam or ya, to

go home; to go down, to set; astam ni or vah,

to conduct or lead home; to lead to setting, to cause

to set; asta.ni gam or i or prap, to go to one’s eter-

nal home, to cease, to vanish, to die. - Asta-gata,

as, a, am, set (as the sun).—Asta-gamana, am,

n. setting. — Asta-giri, ts, m. the Western mountain.

— Astam-aya, ai, m. or astam-ayana, am, n.

disappearance, setting. — Astam-ita, as, d, am, set

(as the sun). — Astadala ( ta-ad), as, m. the West-

ern mountain. — Astddatavalambin (°la-av°), t,

ini, i, reclining on the westem mountain, about to

set. — Astadn (°ta-ad°), is, m. the westem mouo-

tain. — Astavalambana {°t<x-av'³'), am, n. the resting

of a heavenly body on the westem part of the

horizon. — Astdvalambm, 1, ini, i, setting as the

sun, on the point of setting.

Astaka, am, n., Ved. home; (as), m. going to

°ne’s etemal home, beatitude, eternal felicity.

Astatati, is, f., Ved. home.

Astamati, f. (perhaps a corruption of arvfu-mati),

the piant Desmodium Gangeticum.

Astamana, am, n. corruption of (astam-ayana),

Astamike, ind., Ved. at home, near.

Asta, ind., Ved. at home.

a-stabdha, as, a, am, not firm or

self-possessed, confounded. — Astahdha-tva, am, n.

bemg confused or confounded, want of self-possession.

-sevita,

astarkshana, am, n. disrespect.

See asukshana.

?T^rm astdga, as, m., N. of the fifteenth

Arhat of the past UtsarpinT.

astagha, as, d, am, very deep. See

asthagha.

TrftrasU, ind. (3rd sing. pres. of rt. i. as),

bcing, exktent, pre ent; (i<i), f., N. of a sister of

PrJpti, UaUghtcr ot JarSsandhas and wife of Kaosa.

— Axti-kaya, as, m. a category or predii ament.

— Aati-kshlra, as, a, am, having milk. — Asti-tva,

am, n. cxistcnce. - Isti-norti (°na-as°1 iod. donbt-

fnl, parilj^ trn<-_ and partly not. - Astmdsti-tra, am,

n. or astinatfi-ta, f. unccrtain or donbtful exi.itence •

partial existence. — Asti-pravoda, am, n. title of the

fourth ot the fourteen POrvas or older writings of the

Jainas. — Aati-mat, an, atl, at, possesscd ot property,

wealthy, opulent.

. Astu (3rd sing. ^:mpv. of rt. I. as), let it be, be

it <o, implying assent, also rcluctunce and pain.

— A.tiitt-kam, as, d, aut, efficacious, as a medica-

ment; (u tum ts here tht aer. of astu, ‘producing

that whiA thr physician promises shall be.¹) — Astv-

evam, ind. be it so.

=WiT a-stuta, as, d, am (rt. stu), Ved. not

praised, not deserving praiie; not recited in prayer.

A-stuti, is, m. thi abs-nce of praise.

«i n a-strita, as, a, am, Ved. not over-

come, invincible, inde-tructible. - AstrUa-yajuan, d,

d, a, Ved. .acrificing indefitigably or invincibly.

a-stena, am, or a-steya, am, n. ab-

sence of theft, honesty.

asty a, am, n.,Ved. ahouse. See 2. asta.

di 1 rj a-styana, am, n. rtproach, blame.

astra, am, n. (fr. rt. 2. as), a missile

weapon, bolt, arrow; bow; a weapon in general, a

sword; [with astra cf. Gr. Harpov and aarijp, per-

haps that which throws out or emits rays of light.]

— Astra-kantaka, as, m. an arrow. — Astra-karaha

or astra-kdrn, as, or astra-karin, i, m. an armourer,

maker of weapons. — Astra-kshepaka, as, d, am,

shooting arrows. — Astra-dikitsaka, as, m. a surgeon.

— Astra-dikitsa, f. surgery. — Astra-jit, t, n., N.

of a plaDt. — Astra-fiva, as, m. a soldier, a warrior.

— Axtra-dhdrana, am, n. the bearing of arms.

— Astra-dharin, r, m. one who bears arms, a

soldier. —Astra-nivaraqa, am, n. warding off a

blow. — Astra-marja or astramaiyaka, as, m. an

armourer, a sword-polisher or tool-cleaner, furbisher.

— A/stra-yuddhct, as, m. fighting with weapons.

— Astra-ldghava,am, n. dexterity in arms. — Astra-

vid, t, t, t, skilled in the Science of arms or war.

"-Astra-vidya, f. the military Science. — Astra-

vidvas, an, ushi, as, skilled in the use of arms.

•— Astra-vrishti, is, f. shower of arrows. — Astra-

veda, as, m. the Science of arms and war. — Astra-

tfastra, am, n. ali sorts of arms (as arrows and

swords). — Astra-tfikshd, f. military exercise, passage

of arms. — Astra-sayaka, as, m. an iron arrow.

— Astra-hina, as, a, am, unarmed, defenceless.

— Astragdra (^etra-ag°), as, m. an arsenal, an

armoury. — Astraghdta (⁰tra-agh°), as, m. a wound,

a cut. — Astraltata (°tra-ah⁰), as, d, am, struck,

wouodcd, killed.

Astrin, i, ini, i, fighting with a missile weapon,

an archer. “

a-stri, f. not a woman; (in gram.)

the masculine and neuter genders.

A-strika, as, d, am, having no wife, without a

woman.

A-straina, as, i, am, Ved. without a wife.

astkan, the base of some of the

cases of asthi,⁴ a bone/ q.v.; thus, inst. astknd,8cc.

sthuri. 107

Astha=asthi at the end of some compounds.

?5T a-sthala, f., N. of an Apsaras.

astha, f. (?), Ved. a thunderbolt.

asthdga, as, d, am (rt. sthd with a ?),

very deep; also written astdga, asthagha, asthdna,

asthara.

a-stkdna, as, d, am (rt. sthd), very

deep; (am), n. no place, a place where there is no

firm footing, a bad or wrong place; (am), ind. un-

suitably, unseasonably; -a-sthane, ind. unseasonably,

inopportunely.

A-sthayin, i, ini, i, not permanant, perishable,

transient.

A-sthavara, as, d, am, moveable, moving, not

fixed; (in Iaw) personal, as property, money, cattle,

&c._f opposed to land.

A-sthita, ««, d, am, not standing stili, not fixed.

A-sthitj, is, f. want of place or condition, want of

firm oontinuance.

VifVq asthi, i, Ved. asthan, a, n.(said to be

fr. rt. 2. as; perhaps fr. astha for astha), a bone;

the kernel or stone of a fruit. At end of compounds

astha is found, e. g. an-astha, q. v. The weakest

cases of asthi are derived from asthan, q.v.; the

Veda has also asthani, asthabhis, &c. [cf. Lat. o*,

ossis, assimilated fr. ostis ; Gr. buriov; Slav. hosti,

with k prefixed].- Asthanrvat, dn, ati, at, Ve d.

having bones, bony. - Asthi-lcrit, t, t, t, m.f.n. mar-

row. — Asthi-ddhatlita, am, n. a particular fracture

of the bones. — Asthi-ja, as, d, am,Ved. produced in

the bones; (as), m. marrow; the thunderbolt; in

the last sense a various reading for ak&ha-ja. — Asthi-

jna, as, m. marrow. — Asthirtunda, as, d, m. f. a

bird (whose mouth or beak consists of bone). — As-

thi-tejas, as, n. marrow. — As thi-ioda, as, m. pain

in the bones. — Asthi-tvaA, k, f. the periosteum.

— Asthi-dhanvan, d, m. a N. of Siva,—Asthi-

panjara, as, m. a skeleton; lit. a cage of bones.

— Asthi-bhaksha, as, m. a dog (eating bones).

— Asthi-bhanga, as, m, fracture of the bones; N.

of the piant Vitis Quadrangularis. — Asthi-bhuj, k,

m. a bone-eater, a dog.—Asthi-bhuyas, dn, asi,

as, Ved. consisting chiefly of bones, dried up, — As-

thi-bheda, as, m. fracturing, breaking or woundiDg

a bone; a sort of bone, a bone. — Asthi-bhedaka,

as, d, am, a bone-breaker, who or what breaks

bones. — Asthi-niat, dn, ati, at, having bones, verte-

brated. — Asthi-maya, as, f, am, bony, consisting of

bones. — Asthirinala, f. a necklace of bones. — Asthi-

malin, i, m. an epithet of S*iva (this deity beiog

commonly represented with a necklace of skulls).

— Asthi-yoga, as, m. the joining of a broken bone.

— Asthi-vat, an, ati, at, bony, osseous. — Asthi-

vigraha, as, m. a N. of Bhrmgin, one of at-

tendaDts. — Asthi-^rinkhala, f. or asthi-samhara,

OS, i, m. f., N. of the piant Heliotropium Indicum.

— Asthi-dosha, as, m. diyness and decay of the

bones. — Asthi-samharaka, as, m. ¹ bohe-seizer/

the adjutant bird. — Asthi-sahdaya, as, m. collecting

the bones or their ashes after buming a corpse.

— Asthi-sandhi, is, m. a joint, an articulation ;

uniting of a broken bone. — Aithi-samarpana, am,

n. throwing the bones of a dead body into the Gan-

ges. -Asthisara, as, m. marrow.-Asthi-sthuna,

as, m. the body, ‘ having the bones for its pillars.'

— Asthi-sneha, as, m. marrow. — Asthi-sransa, as,

i, am, Ved. causing the bones to fall asunder.

Asthika, am, n. a bone; used at the end of com-

pounds, e. g. an-asthxka, as, d, am, boneless.

■srfazn: a-sthira₃ as, d, am, unsteady;

trembling, shaking; uncertain, unascertained; un-

worthy of confidence. — Asthira-ta, f. or asthira-

tva, am, n. unsteadiness, fickleness, mutability.

Astheyas, dn, asi, as, unsteady, not firm.

Asthairya, am, n. instability, unsteadiness.

a-sthuri, is, is, i, Ved. furnished

with more than one horse; not one-sided.

108 a-sthula. 'ST? ah.

o-sthula, as, a, «m, not bulky, de-

licte.

d ^{1 T} a-snairi, ta, tri, iri, Ved. not fond

of bathinft, not a bather.

:t«i (Vv -snocira, as, a, am, t ed. with-

out sinvws, withont band .

nftjTV a-snigdha, as, a, am (rt. snih), not

smooth, h»tsh, hurd, diy; unkinJ. — Amirjdhu-daru,

m, n. * kind of pine tree.

A-' ncha, ai, a, ain, unkinJ; hersh, hard, dry ,

(as), m. unkindn, ss, want of atTuction ; «bsence ot

oiliness.

"5TWTJ? a-spanda, as, 5, am, not tremhling,

not moving, fixtd, undungeablc.

WFtrff l-sparsa, as, a, am (rt. spris), not

tonebing, not in contact; (a-), m not t' mchiog, non-

contact.

A-sporsana, am, n. non contact, avoiding the cor -

•jct ot anything, especially of one who is impure.

A-sparsaritya, as, 5, am, not to be tjuchcd,

impuro.

A-tparsita, as, 5, am, nntonchod.

A-spri-^:ya, as, a, atri, not to be toucl.ud, intan-

gibl:. _ _

A-rpriihta, as, d, am, untouched. — Aspriehta

raias-tanwukn., os, a, am, pertecti’ pure. — Aspri-

shta-vahii, is, is, i, unsuathtd by fire.

. 1-eprLhti, is, f. not touchin;, avoiding contact.

tTPT? a-spcshta. as, n, am, indistinct.

'.'io-Mrf a-sptita, as, a, am, Ved. unron-

qoercd, irresistible.

a-spriha, as, a, am, undesirous,

contuit; iadiffermt.

A-sprihaniyo, as, a, am, unde: irable.

-WJ u-sphuta, am, n. indistinct speech;

(as, a, am), indistinct, obscure, invisible, unblown.

— Asphufa-phala, am, n. indistinct re suit; (in

geom.) itross area of a triangie, 6cc, — A-sphu(a-

■ ai', i;, k, k, lirping, speaking iudutinctly

*5TCTf r-sma, a pronominal base (supposed

to be cornpnund. d fr a ar d ama) from which several

cases of tht prouonn of the lst peiron piur. and of

tht 3rd sing. are deriv-d. See also the- next.

as)Pod, the jlural base of the ist

perronal pronum (said to be fr. a. as, ‘ to throw’,

U»-sQt. I. 138; or fr. I. as, ‘to be’), num. sing.

aham, ‘1,’ du. aram, ^{* 1 2 *} wo two,* pl. vayam, ‘wc;’

scc. pl. asnum, inst. awiahhis, dat. asuiahhyam,

abi. arant or as»ia'<a», gen. annabam, loc. ai-

mag’i. Native grammari-ra derive the sing. as weH

as piur. from the base, asmad. The form anne,

common to ali oblique cases of the piur., is cor. ined

to tlie Vedas; and .ometimes a form ai.raka is

used for the gen. o*makam. The form nas for

'rcc., dat., rnd gen. is enelitic. The form asma

is met Veith in the Vudas as well as the asmad of

the clarsical language, especially at the beginning of

0 >mp unds [cf. Gr. i/ipts fr. io pes; Goth. Unia

for asno; M>jd. Germ. anser}. — Asma-tru, ind.,

Ved. to m, with us, among us. — A,matrum*, an,

afi, ak, \ ed. turmd tuwards us. — Asnuid-rata, as,

k, am, Ved. eiven by us, — Aema-druh, -‘Ihrvk,

k, k, Ved. forming a plot agaimt us or me, inimical.

— Asmad-ciaha, os, d, am, or asmadriia, as,

i, ar,i, or csmddris, k, k, k, similat, or like us or

me; om of tu. — Aamt-hiH, is, f., Ved. errand or

messagv for us.

AsmacUya, ai, d, am, onr, ours.

AsmadryunC, an, tinii, al, Ved. tunied toward.,

us; (k), ind. towards us.

Asmoyn, w, us, u, Ved. endeavonring to attain

us, desiring us, favourabie to us.

Asrncka, as, d, am, Ved. our, ours.

asmanta, am, n. a furnace or fire-

place. See aiinanta.

^rmriTT a-smarana, am, n. (rt. smri), for-

getfulness, forgetting.

A-smaramya, as, d, am, not to br reoollect d.

A-sindrta, as, i, am, immemoria'., not within

rnemory; illcgal, not acoirding to law; not belonging

to the ilmdD institute .

A-smrita, as, d, am, not remcnibtred, forgotten.

A-smriti, is, f. w-rnt of memory, forgetfulness;

the not bemg part of the institutes ot law; (»), ind,

Ved. inattentively.

■^f«TTT asmi-ta, f. labstract nnun formed

fr. asmi, ist pcTs. sing. pres. of I. as, ‘I am’),

egotism.

sirilT a-sr lera, as, a,am (rt. swit),Ved. not

sulien, conhding.

vqwi rtfwivf n-syn.ndamana, as, d, am, Ved.

not gliding av»ay.

asyovamiya, am, n. the hymn

beginning»i»h the words inya vam (Rig-veda I.164).

alfWtlRI asya-hatya, v{U) Pri asya-heti.

See Gana Anni ahksdi to PSr.ini VII. 3, 20.

TOTrl asy-vdyate, as, 5, am (for udya-

tasi), having the sword raised.

■3TH asra, as, m. fsaid to be fr. 2. as), hair

of the h.-ad; a cnrntr, an angle, see 11 ira ; (am),

n. blcad; a tear, see asrij -nd asan. — Asra-

kantha, as, m. an arrow (perhap= - variation from

astra-kantha ?). — A^ro-lhadira, as, m. a red Mi-

n\o*a. — Asra-ja, am, n. flesh. — A'ra-jit, t, m. a

piant; see adra-jit —Asra-pa, >-8, m. a Raksb-sa

or goblin; (a), f. a leech; a DakinT or temale imp

-Asra-pattrala, as, m., N. of a piant, Rubia

Cordifoiia L. (f). - Airp-pitta, am, n. plethora,

hemorrhace, epistaxis, involuntary disJiarge of blood

from th. mouth, nostriI', anus, &e, — A*ra-pkald, f.

the piant Boswellia Thurifera Roxb. — A‘ra-wdtnka,

f. chyle, chyme. — A^rasrodhiri, f. the piant Mi-

mosa Pudic 1. — A-^:ra-lili(lu-riha<Jd, f., N of a tu-

berous p^nt. — Asrdrjaka (^rr-ad), as, m. the

white Tulas! piant.

Aeraya, nom. A. asrayaie, -yitum, to shed tears.

SSyVtT a-srarat, an, anti, at (rt. sru), not

flowing; Ved. not leaky (as a ship).

A-srura, am, n. granulation (of a runniug sore).

vTgrpT a-srama, as, a, am, Ved. not stiff,

not

a!rf? asri, is, f. an angle; ten milbons.

See asri.

ufev a-sridh, t, t, t_t or a-sridhana, as, a_f

am, or asredhat, an, avti, at, Ved. not doing

harm; uninjured, unfatigued; pious, peaceable.

asri-vayas, Ved. having food

which falis or drops down (?).

■^TH asru, n. a tear, &c. See a£ru.

'^!&&H?{asreman, a, m.,Ved. praiseworthy,

to Ce praised; (if fr. rt. sriv) undecaying, immortal.

a-sva, as, d, am, or a-svaka, as, aka

or ika, am, or a-svaklya, as, d, am, not one’s

own, belonging to another. — A-sva-ga, as, d, am,

Ved. not going to one’s own bome, homeltss. — A-

svaga-ta, Ved. homelessness. — A-sva-jati, is, is,

i, of a different caste, of a different species. — Asra-

tva, am, n. or asva-ta, f. want of daim or right to

anything, having no indefeasible property in it, ab-

senoe of ownership

A-svadflianda, as, a, am, docile ; not self-willed,

dependant.

A-svatantra, as, d, am, not self-willed, dependant,

subject; docile, humble.

A-svabhava, as, m. unnatural or unusual character

or temperament; (as, d, am), of a different nature.

A-svardpa, as, d, am, essentially different or

unlike.

A-svavem, as, d, am, Ved. having no home of

one's own, expelled from home.

A-svadhyaya (°$va-adh°), as, m. a Brahman

who has not per formed his studies, who has not read

the Vedas previously to his investiture; interraption

or interni of study, prohibited on certain days of the

moon, at eclipses, &c.

A-svartha fova-ar⁰), as, d, am, not for one’s

self; not for a proper object; having a different

meaning.

A-svikdra, as, m. non-acquiescence, dissent.

Asvikrita, as, d, am, dissented from, refused,

not promised.

•»_M tq -cd. a-sva66ha, as, a, am, not ciear,

opaque.

a-svanta (a-su-anta), as, d, am,

ending ill, leadiog to or having an unfavourable issue;

(fr. asiiranta?) approaching the eod of lite ; a fire-

place, see ativanta*

w H a-svapna, as, d, am,Ved. sleepless,

awake; (as), m. sleeplessness, the being awake; a

god, a deity [cf. ii/Tryos].

A-svapnaj, k, k, k, Ved. not sleepy, sleepless.

a-svara, as, d, am, not alond,

speaking in an under tone, indistinct; having a bad

or croaking voice; (am), ind. not aloud, in a low

tone, indistinctly.

vitq J M a-svargya, as, d, am, not leading

to heaven, unheavenly.

a-sva-stha, as, d, am, not in good

health, not one’s self, sick. — Asvastha-ta, f. want of

firmness; weakness, illness.

A-svdsthya, am, n. indisposition, sickness, dis-

comfort, indigence.

a-svadu, us, us, u, tasteless, insipid.

a-svamika, as, d or i, am, un-

owned, unclaimed.

A-svamin, i, ini, i, having no right or title to

anything, not being master of it; that which has no

m aster or owner. — A-svami-vikraya, as, m. sale

without ownership.

A~svdmya_t am, n. absence of right or title to pro-

perty.

vi1 ^ a-svartha, as, d, am, nnselfisli,

disinterested.

a-sveda, as, m. suppressed perspira-

ri on ; (as, d, am), not perspiring.

1. ah (connected with rt. nah), cl. i.

P., Ved. ahati, 2nd pl. perf. anaha, to string toge-

ther (?), to eompose, to celebrate, to prepare, to in-

aease.

2. ah, cl. 5. P., Ved. ahnoti or adnoti,

to pervade or occupy ; to go or move; cl. io (?) to

cause to shine (?).

Ahana, as, a, am, illuminating, spreading light

(epithet of the dawn).

^11? 3. ah (defect. verb, preserved only in

fi ve persons of the perfect, viz. attha, aha, dhathus,

ahatus, ahus, which may have a present significa-

tion), to say, speak ; to acknowledge, accept, state ;

to declare, express, signify; to eall; to attribute ; to

call (with two acc.); to hold, consider, regard ; to

adjudge anything (acc.) to any one (gen ). [To

this rt. are referred, Hib. ag-alt, * speech ag-aill,

«to speakeigh-im, ⁴1 call f Goth. af-aika, * I

deny Lat. nego for n—ego, ‘ to say noalso ajo.]

109

aha.

aha, ind. (as a particle implytng I

ascertainment, affirmarion, certainty, &c.) surely, cer-

tainly, yes, wcll; (as explaining, defining, admitting,

limiting, &c.) namely; I grant you, granted, indeed,

of course ; at least. This particle is also said to im-

ply rejecting, sending; deviation from custom, im-

propriety.

^nnnffl, &c. See under aham.

^TrT a-hata, as, a, am (rt. han), unhurt, |

uninjured, not struck, not killed; unbeaten (asclothes

in washing); unwashed, new; unblemished, un-

soiled ; not disappointed; (am), n. unwashed or new

clothes.

A-kati or a-hanti, is, f., Ved. safeness.

A-hatva, ind. not having killed.

A-hananiya or a-hantavya, as, a,am, not to he

killed.

A-kantya or a-kantra or a-kanya, as, a, am,

Ved. indestructible, invincible.

^ £ H ahan and ahas, n. (said to be fr. 2.

ha with a, ‘ notaccording to others, who compare

the Goth. daga, Germ. tag, Eng. day, a corraption

of dahan fr. rt. dah ; the nom. acc. voc. sing. and

the middle cases come fr. ahas, the others fr. ahan;

in the Vedas the middle cases also are sometimes

formed fr. ahan, e. g. ahabhyas, ahabkis); a day;

a sacrificial or festival day ; a day’s work; a portion

of a book appointed for one day's reading; day per-

sonified as one of the eight Vasus; N. of a Tlrtha ;

akany-ahani or dhar-ahah, day by day, daily;

akani, du. day and night; tad ahas, on that very

day; yad ahas, on which day. (As the last mem-

ber of a compound ahan generaliy appears in the

form aha, m., rarely n., but sometimes also in the

form ahan, e. g. punyaha, eJcdhan, q. v. As the

first member of a compound ahas and akar are the

usual forms; as in the following examples.) — Akah~

pati, is, m. lord of the day, the sun; see ahar~

pati. — Ahah-^eska,am, n.evening. — Ahar-agama,

as, m. the approach of day. — Ahar-gana, as, m. a

series of sacrificial days; a month ; any calculated

term. — Aharyara, as, m., Ved. the year (as making

days become old).—Ahar-jata, as, a, am, Ved.

bom in the day or ffom day, not belonging to night

or to the spirits of darkness, — Ahar-diva, as, a, am,

Ved. existingevery day; (am), ind. daily, day by day.

— Ahar-dtvi, ind., Ved. day by day, every day, con-

stantly. — Ahar-drti, h, Jc, £%Ved. beholding the day,

living. — Ahar-nUa, am, n. day and night, a whole

day; (am), ind. day and night, during the whole

day, continually. — Ahar-pati, is, m.,Ved. lord of the

day; the sun; epithet of Sraa; also written ahah-

pati. — Ahar-bandkava, as, m. the sun. — Ahar-

bhaj, h, h, &, Ved. partaking of the day. — Ahar- <■

mani, is, m. the sun. — Akar-mukha, am, n. com-

mencement of the day, moming, dawn. — Ahar-

loJca, as, a, am, Ved. taking the place of day.

— Ahar-vid, t, t, t, Ved. existing (many) days;

known long ago; knowing the (fit) time or season.

—Ahai-ias, ind., Ved. every day. — Alvas-kara,

as, m. the sun. — Ahas-pati, is, m. the sun; swallow

wort-

Aho-ratra, &c. See s. v.

ahana. See 2. ah.

aham, neto. sing. * I.’ The supposed

base of this ist personal pronoun is asmad, q.v. [cf.

Zend azem ; Gr. iya>v, £y<*>, i&v; Lat. ego; Goth.

ik ; Mod. Germ. ich ; Litb. asz; Slav. az ; Cambro-

brit. ym ; Bret. am, em].

Aham-yati, is, m., N. of a son of Samyati.

Ahamyu, us, us, u, selfish, proud, haughty; (?w),

m. a warrior.

Aham-vddin, i, ini, i, speaking only of one’s self,

presumptuous, haughty.

Aham-treyas, as, or akam-trcyasa, am, n. claim-

ing superiority for one’s self.

Aham-sana, as, a, am, Ved. gaining for one’s

self, obtaining for one’s self.

Ahan-kartavya, as, a, am, to be referred to self;

(am), n. the object of Abar>k2ra.

Ahan-kdra, as, m. the making of self, sense of

self, thinking of self, egotism, individuality; self-con-

sciousness, pride, baughtiness; (in the S5n-khya phil.)

the third of the eight producers or elements of crea-

tion, viz. the conceit or conception of individuality,

individualization. — Ahankara^at, dn, ati, at, con-

scious, selfish. proud.

Ahan-kdrin, i, i%i, i, self-important, proud.

Ahatt'ka>rya, am, n. that which is to be done by

one’s self, any personal object, business or matter.

Ahan-krita,as, a, am, egotistic; proud, haughty;

conscious.

Ahan-hriti, ia, f. egotism, high opinion of one’s

self, pride.

Aham-agriha, f. or aham-uttara, am, n. a contest

for superiority, rivalry.

Aham-ahamika, f. assertion or conceit of superi-

ority, boasting, egotism; military vaunting.

Aham-purva, as, a, am, Ved. desirous of being

first.

Ahamrpurtika, f. or aharn-pratharnikd, f. e mu-

lati ve onset, the ranning forward of soldiers with

emulation; conceit, vaunting.

Akam-bhadra, am, n. self-conceit, a high notion

of oue’s own superiority.

Akam-mati, is, f. or aham-mana, am, n. self-

illusioo, spiritual ignorance, conceit, self-love. ,

a-hara, as, m. (rt. hri), N. of the

twelfth Manu; a DSnava.

A-haraniya, as, a, am, not to be taken away.

A-harin, i, ini, i, not taking (?).

A-harya, as, a, am, not to be stolen, not to be

removed; (aa), m. a mountaio. — Aharya-ta, f. or

aharya-tva, am, n. the state of not being liable to

be t2ken away, security.

a-harita_yas,d,am,Ved. notyellow.

c. _t

a-harsha, as, d, am (rt. hrish), un-

happy, gloomy, s..rrowtul.

A-harshita, a>, a, am, nnhappj, sorr iwtul.

^ V"rf "-hala, as, d, am,, or a-hali, is, is, i,

unploughed, umunowed.

A-K"lyi, as, d, am, not ambit, unploughed;

(d\ f., N. ot an Ap-aras; N. ot the wife of Gautama

or Saradvat; N. of a sea.

tlstfcicii nhallxka, as, m., Ved. a talker,

tattler (?).

a-havaniya, as, d, am (rt. hu),

not to be offered as an oblatioo, not fit or proper to

be sacrificed.

A-havis, is, is, ia, Ved. without oblarions, sacri-

ficeless. ✓

^ ^ W a-hasta, as, d, am, handless.

ahaha or ahahd, ind. a particle or

interjection, as Ah I Ahal &c., implying surprise,

fatigue, pain, sorrow, pleasure, calling.

a-hdrya, &c. See under a-hara.

jqTf ahdvas, Ved., said to be a sound

like a flourish at the end of a hymn.

'Slftr ahi, is, m. (fr. rt. ayh; according to

Say. fr. rt. han with d prefixed and shortened, ‘ one

that destroys on ali sides’), a snake; the serpent of

the sky, the demon Vritra; a cloud; water; lead ;

a traveller; the sun; a N. of Rahu, the ascending

node; the navel; [cf. agha and anhu, pp. 1,6; Lat.

anguis; Gr. %xⁱ~^s* cytSva, ey^e-Aus, and o<pis;

Lith. vngury-s; Russ. ugorj; Armen. Cz; Germ.

unc ; Mod. Gr. a^eAt.] — Ahi-hanta, as, m. air,

wind; (snakes being supposed to feed npon air.)

— Ahi-kosha, as, m. the slough or cast skin of a

snake. — Ahi-kshatra and ahi-Jcshetra, as, m., N.

of a country. — Ahi-gopa, as, d, am, Ved. guarded

by a serpent. — Ahi-ghna, am, n., Ved. the

slaying of the serpent or demon (Vptra) who ob-

ahmrhuka.

struet, the beavenly v.,iters. — jihi-ffhm, Is, m.,Vud.

killing snakes. — Ahi-ddhatra, as, m. a kind of

vegetable poison; the piant Gymnema Sylvestre (?) ;

N. of a country; (a), f. sugar; the city of Ahi-

ddhatra. — Ahi-ddhatraka, am, n. a mushroom.

— Ahi-jit, t, m., N. of Krishna, also of Indra.

— Ahi-tu^dika, as, m. a snake-catcher or ex-

hibiter; see ahitundika. — Ahi-dat, an, ati, at,

or ahi-danta, as, i, am, having the teeth of a ser-

pent.— Ahi-dvish, (, t, t, enemy of the serpent* or

of Vfitra; (£), m. an ichneumon; a peacock; Garada,

the bird of Vishnu 5 Indra. — Ahi-nakuUka, f. the

natural enmity between a snake and an ichneumon.

— Ahi-mama-bhrit, t, m., N. of Baladeva (as identi-

fied with Sesha). — Ahl-nlrmoha, as, m. or ahi-

nirvlayant, f. the cast off skin of a snake. — Ahi-

patalca, as, m. a kind of snake, not venomous.

~Ahi-pati, is, m., N. of Sesha, sovereign of

the snakes, also ofVSsuki and others; any large

serpent. — Ahi-putraha, as, m. a kind of boat.

— Ahirputana, as, d, m. f. sores on the hinder

part of the body (of children). — Ahi-phena, am,

n. opium, the saliva or venom of a snake [cf. 2.

a-phuna). — Ahirbradhna, as, m., N. of Siva; one

of the Rudras; corrupted fr. ahir-budhnyas. — Ahi-

bradhna-devata, f. the twenty-sixth lunar mansion.

—Ahi-bhaya, as, m. fear of a lurking snake ;

apprehension of treachery. — Ahibhaya-da, f., N.

of the piant Flacourtia Cataphracta Roxb. — Ahi-

bhanu, us, us, u, Ved. shining like serpents; epithet

of the Marnts. — Ahi-bhuj, k, m. Garuda, the hird

of Vishnn; a peacock; N. of a piant. — Aki-bhrit,

t, m. ‘carrying serpents,* N. of Siva. — AM-manyu,

us, us, u, Ved. enraged like serpents, epithet of the

Marats; (S5y.) * endowed with destructive anger,’

or ‘with unimpaired knowledge.’ — AM-mardant,

f., N. of a piant. — Ahi-maya, as, d, am, Ved.

multiform or versatile like a snake, showing the same

variety of colour and shape. — Ahi-mara or ahi-

medaka, as, m., N. of a piant. — Ahi-ripu, us, m.

a peacock. — Ahir-budhna, as, m., N. of Siva; cor-

rupted fr. ahir-budhnyas. — Ahirbudhna-devata,

as, f. pl. the twenty-sixth lunar mansion, — Ahir-

bradhna, as, m., N. of a Rudra. — Ahi-lata, f., the

piant Betel; another piant. — Ahi-lodana, as, m., N.

of a servant of Siva. — AM-vidashta, as, d, am,

snake-bitten. — Ahlycidvish, (, m. Garuda; Indra.

— Ahi~6ushmasattvan, d, m., Ved. one whose men

(the Marats) biss like serpents; epithet of Indra; (ac-

cording to SSy. ahir^ushma means ‘ of all-pervading

strength,’ and is to be separated from sattvan.) — Ahi-

hatya, am, n. the slaying of the serpent ,or demon

(V fitra) who obstracts the heavenly waters. — Ahi-han,

d, m., Ved. killing serpents or Vritra. — Ahy-arshu,

us, us, u, Ved. gliding like a snake.

1. ahika, as, m. a blind snake, not venomous,

see andhahika; (d), f., N. of the silk-cotton tree,

Bombax Heptaphyllum Salmalia Malabarica. (For 2.

ahika, see below.)

a-hinsaka, as, d, am, or a-hinsat,

an, anti, at, or a-hinsana, as, d, am (rt. hins),

Ved. not hurting, harmless, innocuous.

A-hinsd, f. harmlessness, not injuring anything,

one of the Cardinal virtues of most HindQ sects, but

particularly of the Buddhists and Jainas; security,

safeness. — Ahinsa-mirata, as, d, am, devoted to

harmlessness or gentleness.

A-hinsita or a-hinsyamana, as, d, am, Ved. un-

injured, being unharmed.

A-hinsra, as, d, am, innocuous, innocent, harm-

less; (am), n. harmless behaviour; (d), f., N. of the

piant Momordica Cochinchinensis, Spreng, (commonly

calle d Kurkav5li.)

3. ahika, as, d, am (fr. ahan, q.v.),

is found at the end of a few compounds in the sense

of lasting a certain number of days, e. g. datidhiha,

lasring for ten days, See 1. ahika above.

ahindukd, f. a kind of small poi-

sonous animal.

Ff

110

'srfirjt a-hita.

d-karsha.

'-llVd ■'-hita, as, a, am(rt.dhd), not placed,

r.ot pnt, not hxed; unfit, improper; ttoadvantageous,

noxious; hurtriil, pr<judicnl; hostile", inim.cal; {as),

m. an enemy; (<mk), n. damajje; food &c. contrr-

irdu.it.d in > discas-.— Akita-Udrin, i, ini, i, ad-

verse, inimica!, acting unkii.dly.—A-hita-naman,

a, a, a, Yed. having as yet no x.wie. — A-hita-

■inanan, as, as, as, not fricndly-mindcd, hating, ad-

•erscydnimical. — Abita-hita-viSdra-sPni/a-biuMhi,

is, is, i, whnse inullcct-is incapablc of disniminating

between p kk1 and evil. — Ahitetfhu (°ta-id°), m, us,

a, not whhing well, malevobnt.

vtfr a-hima-kara, as, or a-hima-tsjas,

as, or a-hiina-ru/l, is, or a-h&mdnSu (^rma-an '),

us, m. the sun.

‘Hsl ah', is, m., Ved., N. of a demon con-

quered by Indi. ar.d his oimpanions; a serpent (see

ahi); a cow; (i), du. heav:n -nd earth.

xt/ln i. ahina, as, a, am (fr. ah.an), lasting

several days; (as), m. a r"crifice lasting several days;

ooe lasting twelv; days (i. e. stoma or yajm).

₂. ahina, as, m. (fr. a Ai, q. v.), a

large snake (?). „

3, a-hina, as, a, am (rt. 2. ha), un-

impaired, whole, eDtire; full, luxurious; not deprived

of, not withdrawiDg; possessed of; not ootcast or

vile. — A-hina-gu, tis, m., N. of a prince, sod of

Devinlka, — A-hina-vadin, i, m. a witness capable

of giving evidence. * *

ahtra, as, m. a cowherd. See ablfira.

'ii<Xty ahirani, is, or ahiranin, i, m. a

lcind of snake, said to be two-headed.

ahisuva, as, m., Ved., N. of a

demon conquered by lodra.

ahu, us, vi, u, (in corapounds) narrow.

See anhu.

^T^TT a-huta, as, a, am (rt. Am), unsacri-

ficed, unoffered, not yet sacrificed; one who has

not received any sacrifice; not gained or obtained by

sacrifice; (a*), m. religious meditation, prayer, and

study of the Veda, coosidered as one of the fi ve great

sacraments, otherwise callcd Brabma-yajha. — A-hutad ,

(°ta-ad), t, t, t, Ved. not eating of a sacrifice; not

allowed to partake of a sacrifice.

a-huta, as,a, am (rt. hve), uncaUed, un-

summoned, unchallenged. (The form a-AMfa with the

seDse' uncaUed/ given by Wilson, is very questionable.)

a-hrinana, as, a, am, Ved. not

being angry, friendly.

A-hriniyamana, as, a, am, Ved. not being angry,

jealous, or envious; not discontented, williDg; that

which is bestowed williDgly.

^££1 a-hridya, as, a, am, not desired, not

agreeable. — Ahridya-krit, t, t, t, disagreeable, caus-

ing disgust. ,

ahe, ind. a pavticle implytng reprnarh,

rtjection, separahon.

a-hetu, us, m. absence of cause or

reasoD. — Ahetu-ta, f. or ahetu-tva, am, n. absence

of cause, reason, or necessity.

A-hduka, as, a, am, causeless, grouridless.

. -A-haitulca, as, i, am, having no reason or founda-

tion ^ causeless, having no motive, disinterested.

aheru, us, f. the piant Asparagus

Racemosus. ^&

^Zcfo^a-helat, an, anti, at, or a-kelamana,

as, d, am, or a-hclayat, an, anti, at (rt. W, Ved.

hei with a), Ved. not angty, not displeased, favour-

able.

aha, ind. (as a particle and inter-

jection of joyful or painful surprise) Ah 1 (of enjoy-

ment or satisfaction) Oh I (of fatigue, discontent,

compassion, sorrow, regret) A^as 1 Ah 1 (of praise)

Bravo! (of reproacb) Fiel (of calling) Ho! Halol

(of doubt, deliberation) either, or; (of contempt)

Pshaw! It is also sometimes an expletive. .

Ako-purusMJca, f. self-confidence; boasting.

-botri, ta, m.,Ved. not sacrifictng;

not competent to sacrifice.

ako-ratra, as,am, ra. n. {h.ahan,

q.v. + ratri, q-v.), a day and night, wx^h^pov; a

day of twenty-four bours or thirty MuhQrtas, from

sunrise to sunrise ; a d?.y and night of the Pitris = a

month of the gods = a year of BrahmS = 2000 Vugas

of the gods; (am), ind. day and night, coDtinually.

always.

Aho-rupa, am, n. the appearance of day,

ahovata, ind. a particle of calling,

of compassion, of fatigue.

akohi, ind. in a variegated or

wonderful manner(?).

akna, as, m. as last member of a

compound = ahan, a day, q. v.; e. g. madhyahna,

midday; aparahi}a, aftemoon.

Ahndya, ind. formerly; instantly; soon, speedily.

Ahnilca, as, a, am, as last member of a compound

=akan; e. g. dvy-ahnilca, as, a, am, lasting two

days.

A Ani, f. and ahniya, as, a, am, or ahnya, as, a,

am (all fr. aAan), used at the end of compounds;

e. g. rathahnya, am, n. the daily joumey of a

chariot.

a-hnavayya, as, a, am (rt. hnu),

Ved. not to be denied or set aside ; (as), m. accord-

ing to SSy. the N. of a king.

ahy-arsku. See under ahi.

' a-kriiya or a-hrayana, as, a, am (fr.

An, shame, q. v.), Ved. luxurious, proud, bold, con-

scious of one’s own j>ower.

A-hrl, ts, is, i, Ved. luxurious, fat

^4-Ari, is, is, t, Ved. shameless, importunate.

A-hrilca, as, a, am, shameless; (as), m. a Bud-

dhist mendicant.

^TjTiT a-hruta, as, a, am (rt. kvri), Ved.

not fiuctuating, not stumbling; going in a stiaight

line; not crooked, straight. — Ahruta-psu, us, us,

u, Ved. of straight or upright appearance.

'vfo?; cOi a-kvala, f., Ved. not fiuctuating,

not stumbling, firmness; the piant Semecarpus Ana-

cardium.

^TT

■3TT 1. «, the serond letter fif the alphabet,

cortespondmg to o long, us in /nr

STT 2. a, (as a partirle or interjection of as-

sent) yes, v^rily; (of compassion or pain) Ah I

Alas I in tht latter Si nse it is mort c irrectly writt^n

a-s; (of rtminiscence' Ah I Oh 1 (a coniunc*:oo dis-

junctivo) but; (u conjunction copul itive) and. This

particle romains unaltered in orthoyraphy even befire

VOWels.

■^T ,3. o, a prtfix to verbs and nnuns, tex-

pressing) near, near to, touard;, from all sides, all

ar mnd; and sometimes redundant. As r preSx to verb,

of m ation it expresse^ the notion of moving or going

to» irds; e. g. a-l-rrmati, he goes towards. Wh-n

prefixed to rooti like gam, ya, ind t, to go, and da,

to give, it reverses the action; e. g. a-gn-dhati, he

comes; a-dattr, he takes.

As ".neonne oed with verbs and pri fixed to noun' it

fornis with the m i ther ( impound adverbs or adiectives,

imptying the limit oonclurive (until, unto, as far as),

or the limit inceptive (from, from thenCe or that

time); e.g. a^maranain, till deith; d-lumaram,

trom childhood [cf. a puero]; a-gnpdld dvijotayah.

tbe twict-bom iucludmg the cowherds.

(Prefixed to adioctives 6Ce. it implies) diminution ;

*• g- 5-parid’t, a little pale; d-pahet, halt-coiktd.

(As a separable adverb a implies) near, near to,

towards; thereto, furthor, alio, and; especially, even.

In nuny place; in the Vedas d giv.s torce to the

word which procede; it (e. g. maitimii vdm In-

d,aguipanidilha a, ‘ your greatness, O Indra and

Agni, is praistworthy indeed*); and in a similar man-

ner we find it in the \ eda placed after prepositions,

the sense of which is strengthened ty it.

(As a separable prepositi m with acc. or abl.l near

to, up to, to, as far as; e. g. Satam d jatU, as

far as a hundrt J births; d gamudrdt, as fer as the

ocean: (with abl.t jwa; frtm, trom; oet of, of, from

among; e.g. d muldt, from the begirming; laluhhya

d, trom among mai.i ; (with ioc.) jn, at; e. g.

dama a, in a house.

^ 4. d, ds, m., N. of Siva; (a), f., N. of

Lak hml.

TTT-^ fi-i. See e,

YTT-T*I/7 -ihdh. See evdh.

u-inv. See env.

YTT-T¹! a-isk. See esh.

a-iksh. See eksh.

d-ir. See er.

^SJ-%Q_sd-ish. See esh.

^IT-T a-u. See 0.

7HT-"3 dj d-vksh. See oksh.

d-urmi. See orno,

d-uh. See ah.

d -ri. See ar.

iSTT-v^o a-ri6h. See dreh.

d-riiij. See drnj.

TIT-fli -ridh. See brdn.

d-kaf, cl. 1. A. -kaiate, -ditum, to

tie 011, to tasten on.

\-katthana, as, d, am, boasting,

swaggering.

a-knn, cl. I. P. -kanati, -nitum, or

Intens. Sdl-avti, to be pleased with (with loc.); to

cndcavoi.r to obtain ; tu love, to d< sire, soieit, praUe

xi 1 ^i--m u-kamp, cl. 1. A. -kampate, -pHum,

to tremble: Cans. -kamparjati, -yitma, to caust to

tremble.

i-kampa, us, m. or a-kampana, am, n. trem-

bling motion, shakmg, trembling.

A-lampita or a-kampra, as, a, am, shaken,

trembling; moved, agitated.

•-tiem d-kara, akarin,tkc. See under d-kri.

x(|oh *Tt a-karana. See finder d-kri.

xticti^a-iarn, cl. 10. P. -karnaynti, -yitum,

to give tar to, Usten to. hear.

A-karna, up to the tar, (oocurs at the c immence-

ment cf several compounds to denotc the end of an

arruw reaching to the ear in drawing a bow.)

A-karuana, ain, n. htartng, listening.

A-karnita, as, a, arr,, htard, Kstened to; over-

heard.

A-karnjta, ind. having heard or listened to.

-karsha, d-karsh^;n, &c. See under

a-krUh.

111

‘^JTTcfic^ a-kal, cl. io. P. -kalayati, -yitum,

to shake, agitate, throw, cast; to lay hold of, seize ;

to tie, fasten ; to surrender, transfer; to observe, take

into consideration; to consider [cf. Gr. o/ceAAw].

A-kalana, am, n. binding, confinement; counting,

reckoning ; laying hold of; wish, desire.

A-kalita, as, d, am, bouod; counted, reckoned ;

seized, held.

d-kalpa, as, m. (rt. klrip with a),

adding to, improving, increasing; omament, decora-

tion; sickness, disease.

A-kalpaka, as, m. remembering with regret, miss-

ing; joy; fainting, loss of sense or perception; dark-

ness; a knot or joint.

A-kalpam, ind. till the end of a kalpa.

akalya, am, n. (fr. a-kalya), sick-

ness, disease.

d-kasha, as, m. (fr. rt. kash, * to rub,^J

with a), a touchstone.

A-kashaka, as, ikd, am, cutting, rubbing, or test-

ing with a touchstone, touching, assaying.

A-kashika, as, i, am, touching, testing.

vii«tifwakasmika, as,i, am (fr. a-kasmdt),

causeless, unforeseen, unexpected, sadden. — Akasmi-

kartva, am, n. suddenness,. &c.

vi l «hf d-kanksh, cl. i. P. A. -kdnkshati,

-te, -sTiitum, to desire, long for, hope for, endeavour

to gain, expect (with acc.); to endeavour to reach a

place, turn to; (in gram.) to require some word or

words to be supplied for the completion of the sense.

A-kanksha, as, d, am, desiring, wishing; (in

gram.) requiring a word or words to complete the

sense; (a), f. desire, wish; (in gram.) the requiring

of a word or period for the completion of the sense;

looking at or towards; purpose, intention; enquiry,

asking; the significancy of a word.

A-kdrtkshaniya or a-kdnkshitavya, as, d, am,

io be desired or expected, desirable.

A-kdnkshat, an, anti, at, wishing, expecting;

looking at, looking to or towards.

A-kdnkshfta, as, d, am, wished, desired; asked,

enquired; regarded, looked at; wanted, necessary.

A-kanJcshtn, t, itu, i, wishing, desirous, wishfid,

hopeful; asking, enquiring, expectant.

A-kdnkshya, as, d,am, desirable; (am), n. need

of supplying a word or words for the completion of

the sense.

d-kdya, as, m. (fr. rt. di with d), a

funeral pile; abode, residence.

d-kdyya, as, d, am (fr. rt. ki with

a), Ved. desirable; in every way praiseworthy or

commendable.

vij^K d-kdra. See under a-kri.

W^iTc^ d-kala, as, m. the right ttme; (for

a-kdla) wrong or inauspicious time.

Akalika, as, d or i, am, not filling a space of

time, momentary, instantaneous; unseasonable; (i),

f. lightning. — Akdlika-tva, am, n. unseasonableness,

suddenness.

d-kds, cl. i. A. -kasale, -situm, to

shine, be bright; to view, recognize.

A-kd^a, as, am, m. n. (in Ved. m.) light, clear-

ness; a free space, vacuity; the ether, the sky or

atmosphere considered as the fifth element; Brahma

as identical with ether. Akada is the subtle and

ethereal fluid, supposed to fili and pervade the uni-

verse and to be the peculiar vehicle of life and of

sound. Aka$e, ind. in the air; a stage direction

implying something said by or to a person out of

sight. — Akdftarkaksha, f. the horizon, ‘girdle of the

sky-' — Akada-ga, as, a, am, going through the

atmosphere. — Akadargarbha, as, m., N. of a Bodhi-

sattva. — Akdda-damasa, as, m. the moon, (‘ a cup

a-karshin.

a-kal.

or vessel with ether.’) — Akddaya,' as, d, am, pro-

duced in the sky. — Akdda-jananin, i, m. a loop-

hole, a casement, an embrasure. — Akufa-dipa or

dkdda-pradipa, as, m. a lamp or torch lighted in

honour of LakshmI or Vishnu and elevated on a pole

in the air at the Dlv3li (DTpali) festival, in the month

Karttika; a beacon, a lantem on a pole. — Akada-

pratishthita, as, m., N. of a Buddha. — Akata-

buddha-laksha, as, m. (in theatrical language) fixing

the gaze on some object out of sighi of the audience.

— Akdda-bhdshita, am, n. (in dramatie language)

speaking outside or off the stage; a supposed speech,

which is replied to as if it had been spoken; a voice

or sound in the air. — Akdda-mandala, am, n. the

celestial sphere; the atmosphere. — Akdda-maya, as,

t, am, consisting of ether. — Akdda^mami, f. the

piant Nardostachys Jat3m5QsT. — Akdsa-muli, f. the

aquarie piant Pistia Stratiotes. — Akdda-ydna, am, n.

a heavenly car, one moving through ihe air, — Akdda-

rakshin, i, m. a warder, a watchman on the outer

battlements. — Akada-vat, an, ali, at, filling a cer-

tain place, spadous, extensive. — Akdda-vartman, a,

n. the ntmosphere, ihe firmament, the air. — Akddar

valli, f. a sort of creeper, a parasite, Cassyta Filiformis.

— Akada-vdni, f. a voice ffora heaven; m., N.

of the author of a Hanumat-stotra. — Akdda-salila,

am, n. rain. — Akada-stka, as, d, am, abiding in

the sky, aerial. — Akdda-spJuxtika, as, m. a kind of

crystal supposed to be formed in the atmosphere. It is

of two kinds, Surya-kanta and Candra-k5nta, q.v.

— Akdddnantyayatana (°ga-anantya-dy°), am, n.

abode of infinity or of infinite space ; N. of a world

with Buddhists. — Akddeda (°4ari4°), as, m. epithet

of Indra, as ruler of the firmament; (in law) any

helpless person, as a child, a woman, a pauper or in-

valid (who has no other possession than the air).

Akdfiya, as, d, am, or dka&n, i, ini, i, atmo-

spberical.

Akadya, as, d, am, being in the atmosphere.

akiiidana or akihdanya, am, n.

(fr. a-kin6ana), want of any possession, poverty.

^Hlfefi^fnt akidanti, is, and akidantiya, as,

m., N. of a warrior-tribe aod its chief.

a -kim, ind., Ved. (with abi.) from.

'-'iia-kuhd, cl. 6. P., i. A. -kudati,

-k undate, -ditum, to bend: Caus ,-kundayati,-yitum,

to draw together, contort, contract; to bend inwards,

shorten.

A-kundana, am, n. compression, contraction,

shrinking; collecting, heaping; curving, flexure;

contortion.

A-kundita, as, d, am, bent, contorted, contracted ;

twisted, crooked.

Wffw a-kunthita, as, d, am, con-

founded, abashed.

vifcji^rtT’ a-kurvati. See under d-kri.

vH | a-kula, as, d, am (rt.‘kul, to com-

pact or compress together), filled, fiill, overburdened

with (with inst.); confounded, confused, agitated,

flurried; confused (in order), disordered; taken out

of one’s natural condition; incoherent, contradic-

tory; (am), n. an inhabited place. —Akula-td, f. or

dkula-tva, am, n. accumulation, multitude; perplexity,

confusion, bewilderment. — Akulendriya (°la4n°),

as, d, am, confused in mind.

Akulaya, nom. P. dkulayati, -yitum, to con-

found, make disordered.

Akuli, is, m., N. of an Asura priest.

Akulita, as, d, am, confounded ; bewildered, flur-

ried, agitated; distressed.

Akali-kri, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kartum, to fili with ;

to confound. — Akuli-karana, am, n. confounding.

— Akuli-krita, as, d, am, confounded; perplexed,

bewildered.

Akuli-bhu, d. i. P. -bhavati, -ritum, to become

perplexed. — Akulv-bhuta, as, d, am, perplexed, con-

founded.

a-kushta, as, d, am, expelled, ex-

tracted.

a-kuj, cl. i. P. -kujati, -jitum, to

twitter, warble, coo.

vi (cjd a-kuta, am, n. (rt. kii or ku, to

sound), meaning, intention, purpose; wish, desire.

A-kuti, is, f. intention, wish, desire; N. of a

daughter of Manu Sv5yambhuva and of ^atarupS.

— Akuti-pra, as, d, am, Ved. accomplishing one’s

intentions.

dkuvara, as, m. = a-ku-para, q. v.

vi i cj a-kri, cl. 8. 5. P. -karoti, -krinoti,

*kartum, to bring near or towards, to bring down,

to make or form wholly; to drive near to or together:

Caus. P. -kdrayati, -yitum, to ask any one (acc.)

for anything (acc.); to invite to a place, to call into

existence, to cause to appear: Desid. -dikirshali,

to intend to accomplish: Inteus. -karikrati, 3rd pl.,

Ved. to attract repeatedly towards one’s self.

A-kara,a8, m. form, figpre, shape, stature, appear-

ance, aspect, behaviour, external gesture or aspect of

the body, the expression of the face, as fumishing

a due to the disposition of mind; hint, sign, token;

the letter d. — Akdra-gupti, is, f. or dkdra-gopana,

am, n. dissimulation, suppressing all sign or indina-

tion of the feelings. — Akdra-vat, an, ati, at, having

a *hape, embodied, symmetrical, handsome, well-

formed. — Akdra-varna-sudlakshna, as, d, am, de-

licate in sbape and colour.

A-kdrana or d-karana, am, d, n. f. calling, in-

viring, a call or summons; challenging, a challenge.

A-kdraniya, as, d, am, to be called.

Adcdrita, as, d, am, called, summoned; stipulated,

agreed; demanded, exacted.

A-kurvati, f., N. of a certain rodey hili. (R5m. II,

# • 3)

A-krita, as, d, am, Ved. brought near to; being

near.

A-kriti,i8, f., Ved. a constituent part; form, figure,

shape, appearance, aspect; character, specimen; the

body; tribe, species; a metre consisting of four lines

with twenty-two syllables to each line. — Akriii-gana,

as, m. a list of specimens, a collection of words belong-

ing to a certain grammatical rule, which does not ex-

hibit every word belonging to that nile, but only speci-

mens ; whereas a simple Gana exhibits every word;

(explained by native authorities to mean a list of words,

the fact of a word belonging to which can only be

determined by observing the forms used by classical

authors.) — Akritl-ddhatrd, f. the piant Achyranthes

Aspera. — Akriti-mat,dn, ati, at, having shape, em-

bodied.

H a-krish, cl. 1. P.,6. P. A. -karshati,

-kriskati, -te, -karshlum or -krashfum, to draw

towards, attract, put on, draw away; to bend (e. g.

dupam, a bow); to draw or tear off, draw out of;

to withdraw,deprive of, take away; to borrow: Caus.

-karshayati, -yitum, to draw near to one’s self.

A-karsha, as, m. drawing or attracting towards

one’s self, pulling to or towards, dragging, attracting,

hnwling; drawing the bow; attraction, fascination;

spasm; playing with dice; a die or dice; a board for

such a game; an organ of sense; magnetic attrac-

ti on; a magnet, a loadstone; N. of a prince.

A-kanhaka, as, ikd, am, attractive, what draws

or attracts; (as), m. a magnet or loadstone; (ikd),

f., N. of a town.

A-kanhina, am, n. pulling, drawing, attracting;

(I), f. a crooked stick for pulling down fruit, &c.; any

instrument for pulling.

A-karsHka, as, i, am, magnetic, attractive.

A-kargliita, as, d, am, drawn, attracted.

A-kar8hin, t, ini, i, attractive; (wl), f. a rod with

a hook at the end for pulling down boughs in order

to gather fruit.

112

«mre d-krishta. ukhanika-vaka.

C ■ ■

A-krishta, as, a, am, drawn, pullfd, attracted.

«. Akpishta-manasa, an, a, nra, distracted in mind.

— Ahruhta-vat, au, atl, at, pullior, dragging,pull-

iog up or out: pulling tn, attracung; charming,

fascinatiiig.

A-hrMifA, is, t. attracting. drawing near, bi-r.ding

of a bow. — AkrishtJ-mantrn,a», m. an incantticn

by which anothvf persoq is attncted.

A-irishya, ind. having drawn, extracte d, pulLd or

draggtd.

-,-krishyamdua, an, a, arr, b-ing drawn or at

tr*Cted.

xSTof a-kri, gJ. 6. P. -kirati, -karitum or

-ritum, to scari, r or sprinkk over, fili, fili np, give

abundantly, cover, replenish, heap np, ccumulate.

A-hira, as, na. ona who scatters oror or filis; ac-

cumulation, collection, plenty, mnltitude; a nrine, a

rich source of mything; be«t, excellent; N. of a

coiuitry ; N. ot the Muha-bhSshya.

Akaria, i. Ini, i, producti in a mine, miueral.

A-kirna, as, a, 'am, scatlerod, «prud; overipread,

filled ; tTowd :d, impjvious; covertd, sunounded.

— Akirno.-ta. f. or dkir.ia-tm, am, n. fulness, crowd

multitude.

wdi ake, ind. (fir. rt. chi with a), Ved.

hither» rd, near, in the neighbonrho. d. — Ake-nipa,

as, 5, am, Vtd. co isidering or rtgarding from a near

place; wise; (Say.) talling down neu at band, rd-

vancing near (as rays ot ligbt).

iHldi d-kai, cl. i. P. A., Ved. -kayati, -te,

-katum, to impiorr, app a! to, solicit; prai: .

aTTt cfiT kokera, rs, m. the constellation

Capricornus (A tyo*ep»s'.

dkauSala, am, n. (fr. a-kusata),

nexpertners, want of skrL or practic,.

Ana, as, d, am (rt. ai or imi), hent,

curvtd. a

■suhi«! d-krand, cl. i. P. A. -krandati, -te,

-ditum, to shuut at, rcar at; to invoke; to cry wrth

'Orrow, Ument, w.ep: Caus. P. -krandayat-1, -yitum,

to caust to weep or cry; inspiro courage by its sound

(as a drnm ?); to -hout at, ^Toar at; to cry wirbout

mt rruphon.

A-krardn, as, m. callhtg, cxjing, crying ont;

shouting; w~ ipiirg, sobbir.g; sound; war-crj ; furioos

or violent combat; w ir, brttlt; violcnce ; a friend;

a brother; a king, a lord; usurpir; a king wbo

prev.nts an ally fro.n aiding "nother; (a-,, a, arr),

ont who checks or r^stralos.

A-lncandana, am, n. lament- tion, wetping.

Akmudika, as, 5, am, going to wher. crits of

iistress are heard.

A-krandita, as, a, am, roaring, crying wotully;

invokcd; (am), n. a cry, a roar; liment;.tion.

A-krandin, i, ini, i, sho"ting at; invoking in a

weeping tone, Wvepine.

r-kram, cl. l. P. A., cl. 4. P. -krdmati,

-kramate, ■kramyati, -kramitnm, to step ntar

to; to coiEt towurds, -pproach; to enter; to

visit; arrive at; to step or trerd upon, to lic heavily

on, to pres»; to hold fast with the hands, seiae; to

uHack, invade, take possession of, beoome mster of,

conquer, overcom ; to nndertakt, begin; to rise,

moi nt, asctnd; to cover: Caus. P. -krainayati,

-yttmn, to canse to come or step near: De.ad,

-aikmnrate, to wish to ascend.

4-drama, as, m. coming ntar, apprraching, arriv-

ini, attaining; overcotninp, obtaining; iovadtng, at-

tackrng, talling upon, an nttnck; sprc’ding or going

over or upon, surpassing, ov..rl rding; might, valour.

A-kramana, as, d, am, Ved. ceming near, ap-

proaching, itepping npon; (am), n. srttacking,

marching agairot, kivading; ov apowtring, subdning;

sprtrd^:ng or extendlrg over or upon; eoing over or

rcyoud; attacking.

I d-kramya ot a-kramaniya, as, d, ata, to be

rpproached; to b« attarked; to be "scendod or srrr-

pass< d or overcom', to be seized.

3. a-Pra-mya, ind. having attaeked, invaded, 1 azed

upon overrun or cncroached

A-krawta, as, d, am, come neor; obtrinrd; pos-

sessvd; overspread; oveTcom., overrvn; attaeked;

surpass.d, sumionnted ; acc< mpanied, att :nd_d; agi-

tr.ted or overcome by (ony feehng); pained, distross-.d.

-Akrdnta-mati, it, is, i, niciitally overcome or

overpowertd; having the mind engrossed or deeply

improssed.

l-krdnti, is, f. ascending, rising; stepping upon;

going over or beynnd; overpowering; might, valour.

A-krdmnka, as, ikd, am, -n invadet, attackrr.

■^TTa^-! a-kri, cl. 9. P. A. -krinati, -nite,

•krdnm, to purch-«e. -

A-kraya, as, m., Ved. a dealer, small trader,

p-dlar.

a-krid, cl. 1. P. A. -kridati, -te,

-ditum, to play, sport, take one’s pl rasure.

A-krl4a, as, m. ’ play, sport, pkasurc; (as, am),

m. 0. a playmg-place, pleasure-grove, g-rden, roynl

garden; (as), m., N. of a soo of Karutthama.

A-hidana, am, n. sporting, talJng pleasure.

A-kridln, i, ini, i, sportin», playing.

^ 1 rfiai ii-krus, cl. 1. P. -krasati, -kmshtum,

to cry out at, call ont aloud to; to call to any one in

an abusive manner, to assail with angTj and mct,acing

word .; to seold ot any one; to curse, revile, expres

displeasure.

A-krushta, as, d, am, scolded, reviled; vocifer ted;

abu i, rdumniated, accused; cur: cd; (am), n. call-

ing out.

A-kroia, Oa, m. calling or crying out, vociferation;

scolding, reviling, blaming, censurii.g, abnue; a curre

or oath.

A-krosak 1, as, i, am, votifer >us, abu-ing, aburive.

A-lroiana, am, n. as<ailing with har-h languagt,

'colding, ceusuring; impteeati rn. curse.

A-kraian.ya or a-krositavya or d-lrniya, as, d,

am, censurable, to be reviled or cursed.

A-krosita, as, d, am, cursed, abu*ed.

A-krurk tri, tu, m. a reviler; one who voriferates.

sTnhl d-kli, au underlinablc wurd jotned

to the roots as, kri, 'Uld bhu. See Gaua to PSnini

I. 4, 6t.

•sn^ic a-kleda, as, m. moietening, sprink-

ling.

akshodyutika, as, i,am, effected

or completea by gambling. See aksha-dyita under

3. alsha.

TflUIMPI d-kshapana, am, n. (rt. I. kshap),

farting, purificati, o by fasting, abstinence.

umiqTfrsfi dkshapatika, as, m. a iudge.

Sec dktha-pd(aku under a. <aksha.

VTTEim-; ukshapada, as, m. a follov rr of

the NySya doctrine; a logidan. See under 3. aksha,

JHHWlfin* dkskabharika. See G„n& to

Pauini V. 1,50.

W1T a-kshar, cl. 10. P. -ksharayati, -yi-

tum, to abu e, revile, accuso, puniih. (Sometimes

regarded as a nom. fr. the next.)

A-ksl ara, as, m. calumny, accasation.

A-ksharvfa, am, d, n. f. abuse; calumnious ac-

cusation (• .specially of adultery).

A-ksharita, as, a, am, calumniated, fa’sely ac-

cued; accused of adnltcry or fomicition; guilty,

criminal; reviled, abu - J.

aSlfei a-kshi, cl. 2. 6. P. -ksheti, -kshiyati,

-ksketvm, to abid., dwell in, sf.y at (with aco.);

to inhabit, to exist; to posse s, take pessession of

(with acc.).

A-kshit, t, t, t, Ved. “biding, dwelling in, stay.

ing at.

WTtVfd! akshika, as, i, am (fi. 3. aksha),

relating or brlonging to a dre of to gambl ng, drc.;

won at dico; (am), f.. a gambling debt, money lost

at play; (ac), ni., N. of the tree Morinda Tinc-

toris, — Akshika-paita, as, m. a stake, a w-.ger, a

bet.

WI EJ4I a-kship, cl. 6. P. A. -kshipati, -te,

-ksheptmn, to c?st or throw it or down; to strike

with a btit; to draw near or together, to contract

convulse, caust to trembk; to driw or take off or

away, withdraw; to ebase or drive out of a plac-;

to hang out or expos. to view; pot into; p >int to,

apply to, refer to, hint, indicate; to refuse, not to

have regard to, refuse as wrong; to insuit, deride;

to say or state hmnically: Caus. P. -kshtpayali,

-yitum, to caust to throw d'>wn.

A-kshipat, an, ati or anti, at,, tarting, "triking,

tosjng, sending; reviling, abusiog; txcelhng so as

to repro“ch or put to sham

A-kshipta, as, d, am, cast, thrown, to*sed;

thrown down or away; taken "svay ; bome, earried ;

iusulted, reviLd, abnsed, blamed, ridiculed; equal or

equivalent to

A-kshipt.ikd, f. a particalar air or song which is

sung by a person approaching the stage.

A-kshipya, ind. h.o ing spurn.d, having insnlted.

A-kshepa, ps, m. throw, toss, drawing together or

near to one’⁽ self, attsaction, convul ion, palpitation;

hinfing; applying, laying 011 (as a colour); Ujowirig

away, giving up; susttining (as - soimd) ; reviling,

abuse, censere, blamt, r.proach; obiection; doubt

irony (as a figure in rhetoric).

1 -kshepakp, as, ikd, am, blaming, ceuairing, re-

viling; (os), m. a thrower, a detractor, a calumniator

or ateuser; sicknesv, discas*.; convul iou, sp sm.

A-kshtpana, am, 11. throwiug, tossing.

A-kshtpin, i, ini, i, applying to, conceming; (also

= d-kshtpaka.)

akshiva, as, m., N. of the olunt

Morunga (Juilandina and Hyper nthera. See

akshica.

v:t|«'<4s4 dkshaitrajhya, am, n. (fr. a-kshe-

trajna, q. v.), spiritual ignorance.

vhThTf? 'ikshotn or okshnda, as or am (?),

m. or n. (?) f w .linet (Pistacio nut t); N. of a trec,

Ptln; also of an. ither tree, Alenntos Triloba. See

ukshokl.

attlK-V.d rkshndana, am, n. hunting (also

dickodana).

i ii-Kshru, cl. 2. P. -kshrauti, -kshna-

vitum, to rub, polish up; «harpen.

vHTWrT iikshyot, an, anti, at (fut. purt. fr.

aksh or nt with d ?); dkshyauti ahdni, days leading

to completion, complemental days; the Is. of certain

days on which the ceremony Ayana, perform.d for

the AditySs and Aivgirasas, is finished.

' akhana, as, d, am, hird.

d-khandayitri, ta, m. (rt.

khand), a breaker, a destroyer.

A-khandala, as, a, am, breaking, destroying;

deitroying enemies; (as), m. a N. of Indra.

5TPS^T i-khan, cl. r. P. -khanati, -nitvm,

to dig. (It is doufctfnl whether d-khar. is used us a

verb, but the noun which follow are ali denved

from it.)

A-kha, as, m. a spode, e hoe.

A-kh ina, as, m. a digger, a ipade.

A-khanika, as, m. a digger,a diteher, 1 miner; a

thirf; ahog; a rat; a mou«»; a spade. — Akhanika

l-aka or akhanikasraka, rs, ne a '.tork in re*ati >n

to a mouse, (metaphorically) a man who behaves as

an hero towrrds a weak person; a digger, a -pade.

Emt. a-khara. agnidhra. 113

A-khara, as, m., Ved. tht hole or cover of any

animal; a stable; a spaJe, a digner. — Akhare-shtha,

as, a, am, Ved. abiding or dwelling in a hole.

A-khata, as, am, m. n. a natural pond. See

a-kliMa.

A-kkana, as, m. a .pade, a digger.

A-khu, us, m. a mouse, a rat, a mole ; the grass

Lipeocercis Serrata; a thief; a hog; a digger, a

spade. — Akli i-Lsvbha, am, n., Ved. a mele-hill.

— Al-hu-karnl, f., N. of the piant Salvinia Cucul-

lata.—Akhu-ga, as, m. <riding on a raft, an epithet

of Gane'a and of KSrttikeya. — AkJm-ghdta, as, m.

a S’fldraor manof low caste and profe^siou,lit. ‘a sat-

catcher.’ — Akhu-parnika or akhu-paiiii, f., N< of

the piant Salvinia Cucullata Roxb. (?). — Akhu-pH-

shana, as, m. a ktnd of mineral, a loadrton^.

— Akh.Urbhvj, k, m. ‘ a mouse-eater,’ a eat. — Alchu-

ratiia, as, m. a N. of Gan Ja, ‘ baving a rat for his

vchicle.’ — Akhn^yisha-hd, f. a kind of grass, Andro-

pogon Serratum, considered as a rcmedy for a rat’s

bite. — Akhuthmra ('Ihii-iit'), as, m. a mol<-hill.

— Al:huttha(‘lchu-ut'),cs,m.llie rising up or apptar-

ince of rats or moles,: sw«rm of rats or moles.

STRCT7 a-khad, cl. I. P. -khadati, -ditum,

to chew, to bite into pieces; to eat, consume.

Srrfae a-khid, cl. 6. P., Ved. -khidati,

Ciass. -khindati, -khettum, to take away and appro-

priate to one’s self, to draw to one’s self.

akhilya, am, n. (fr. a-khila), the

whole.

a-kheta,*as, m. (rt. khit?), chase,

hunting; terror, fright. — Akhefa-firshaka, am, n.

a cavem, a mine.

A-khetaka, as, a, am, hunting, a hunter; fright-

eoing, frightful; (am), n. hunting, chase.

Akhetika, as, i, am, who or what hunts; terrible,

frightful; (as), m. a hound ; a hunter.

dkhota, as, m. the walnut tree.

See akskota.

vTTPTT i. a-khya, cl. 2. P. -khyati, -tum,

Ved. to look at; to count, number; to recite; to

teli, notify; inform, communicate, declare, make

known ; to announce; to call, signify (with two acc.);

Caus. P. -khyapayati, -yitum, to make known, de-

clare ; A. to cause to teli.

A-khyas,d8,vn., N.of Praj5pati, the lord ofcreation.

2. a-khya, f. appellation, name; (as, a, am), often

at the end of a compound in the sense of * named,’

‘ called.’

A-khyata, as, a, am, oounted, recited; said, spoken;

called; declared, made known; inflected, declined,

conjugated; (am), n. a verb.

A-khyatavya, as, a, am, to be told; to be de-

clared, to be made known.

A-khyati, is, f. telling, communication, publication

of a report; fame; name, appellation.

Akhydtika, adj. fr. a-khyata. P5nini IV. 3, 72.

A-khyatri, ta, m. one who telis or speaks.

A-khyana, am, n. saying, declaring; speech; a

tale, story, legend.

Akhyanaka, am, n. a tale, a short narrati ve; (i),

f., N. of a metre, being a combination of the IndravajrS

and UpendravajrJ.

A-khyapana, am, n. causing one to teli, maldng

known.

A-khyayaka, as, m. a messenger, a teller, an

announcer or relater; (ikd), f. a tale or short narra-

tive ; a true or probable story.

A-khyayin, i, ini, i, telling, declaring, informing.

A-khyeya, os, a, am, to be told or related; fit or

proper to be said.

^HT⁷! r. dga — agas in an-dga, q.v.

^TTTT^o -gam, cl. 1. P. -ga66hati, -gantum,

to come ; to make one’s appearance; to come near,

go towards or to or into; to arrive at, attain, reach,

strike; to retum; to fall into (any state of mind);

have recourse to: Caus. P. -gamayati, -yitum, to

cause to come near; to lead towards; to convey; to

announce the arrival (of any one); to obtain Inform-

ation about anything, ascertain (with acc.); A. to

wait for, to have patience: Intens. Ved. -ganiganti,

to approach repeatedly: Desid. -jigamishati, to be

about to come.

2. a-ga, as, a, am, accidental; happening acei-

dentally. — Aga-tva, am, n. accident, chance.

A-gata, as, a, am, come, arrived ; occurred, hap-

pened ; living or residing in ; rcturned ; fallen to onc’s

share ; fallen into ; received, obtained; passed ; (am),

n. occurrence, event [cf. an-agata, sv-agataJ.

— Agata-kshobha, as, a, am, confounded, perplexed.

—Agatasadhvasa, as, a, am, terrified, afraid.

A-gati, is, f. arrival, coming; return ; origin ; ac-

cideDt, chance.

A-gatya, ind. having come, having arrived.

A-gantavya, as, a, am, to be arrived, what is

likely to arrive; to be come to (with acc. or loc.

of the place) ; obliged to come.

A-gantu, us, us, u, coming, arriviDg; what is

added, adhering; coming from the outside, extemal;

adventitious, inridental; («s), m. a new comer, a

stranger, a guest; an accident, any accidental hurt or

wound — Agantu-ja, as, a, am, arising accidentally.

Agantuka, as, a or ?, am, coming, arriving; ar-

riving of one’s own accord; stray; incidental, acci-

denta), adventitious (as pleasure, pain, omament, &c.);

(as), m. a new comer, a stranger, a guest; an inter-

polated pdtha or various reading (which has crept

in without authority).

A-gama, as,' a, am, coming near, approaching,

supplying; (as), m. arrival, appearance; coming,

approach; additi on ; course ; the mouth of a river;

supply of money, income, revenue; increase of pro-

perty (especially in the compound arthagama), lawful

ncquisition of anything; increase of knowledge (espe-

cially in the compound vidyagama); knowledge,

Science, intelligence; a traditional doctrine or precept,

a collection of such doctrines or precepts, a sacred

work, scripture; a manual; an affix; the interpola-

tion of a letter in grammar, a grammatical augment,

a meaningless syllable or letter inserted in any part of

the radica! word; record, title-deed, legal title, a

voucher or written testimony; (am), n. a Tantra or

any work inculcating the mystical worship of Siva

and Sakti.— Agama-ntrapeksha, as, a, am, inde-

pendeut of a writteo voucher or title. — Agama-nita,

as, a, am, studied, read, examined. — Agama-rahita,

as, a, am, devoid of a written title or a voucher;

without a Sastra. — Agama-vat, an, atl, at, having an

augment or addition of any kind ; having approached

for sexual intercourse. — Agama-sapeksha, as, a,

am, with or supported by legal vouchers. — Agama-

payin (°ma-ap°), i, ini, i, transient, of short dura-

tion. — Agamavarta (°ma~dv°), f., N. of the piant

Tragia Involucrata Lin.

A-gamana,am, n. coming,approaching, arriving;

returning; arising; approaching a woman for sexual

intercourse. — Agamana-karaiia, am, n. reason of

one’s coming, — Agamana-tas, ind. on account of

an arrival.

A-gamayya, ind. having explored or discovered.

A-gamita, as, a, am, read over, perused, studied ;

nnderstood, ascertained.

Agamin, i, ini, i, (in gram.) receiving an augment.

A-gamishika, as, a, am (super).), Ved. coming

with pleasure or very quickly.

1. a-gamya, as, a, am, to be approached, accessi-

ble ; to be acquired.

2. a-gamya, ind. having arrived or come.

A-gantu, us, m. a guest. See a-gantu.

Agamika, as, d, am, relating or belonging to the

future.

A-gdmin, ?, f»?, i, coming, about to come, ar-

riving, impending; future. — Agami-kdla, as, m.

future time.

A-gamuka, as, a, am, coming, arriving; future.

agar a, Ved. = d-gara (?).

^TPTfcSlT d-galita, as, d, am, drooping,

languishing, dejected.

a-gavishtha, as, d, am (either a

false reading for a-gamishtha or fr. an adj. a-gu),

Ved. coming near(?).

d-gamna, as, d, am, occupied with

any business till the return of the cows.

-‘HUrPT agas, as, n. (said to be fr. rt. i with

dga substitutcd_), transgression, offence, sin, fault [cf.

Gr. ^705]. — Agas-krita, as, d, am, offending ;

offended.

dgastya, as, d, am, referring to the

sage Agasti, q. v.; originating from the piant Agasti

Grandiflorum.

Agastiya, as, d, am, relating to or tending to the

advantage of Agasti.

SHNU 1. a-ga, el. 2. P. -gati, -tum, to come

towards or into ; to approach, make one’s appearance;

to meet with ; to visit.

2. a-ga, as, as, am, coming towards, &c.

^TTnTV agddha — a-gddha, q. v.

WT7T: d-gara, am, n. (probably fr. a-gri,

‘ to swallow down,’ and denoting first any inner re-

ceptacle), room, covered place, dwelling, house, recep-

tacle [cf. a-gara]. — Agara-godhika, f. a lizard(?).

— Agara-daha, as, m. arson, setting a house on

fire. — Agara-dahin, ?, m. an incendiary. — Agara-

dhuma, as, m., N. of a piant.

*TTTR i. a-gur, cl. 6. A. -gurate, -ritum

(gur = rt. gri, see a-gri), to approve, to agree or

assent to, to promise, to pronounce the Agur.

2. a-gur, ur, f., Ved., N. of a class of plauditory or

approving exclamations or formularies used by the

priests in sacrihcial rites; assent, an agreement.

A-gurana or a-gurana or a-gurna, am, n, recita-

tion of the Agur.

A-gu, iis, f. an agreement (?).

A-gurtin, i, ini, i, Ved. performing or pronounc-

ing the Agur.

WPK3 agurava, as, i, am (fr. a-guru),

originating from or formed of Agallochum. See

a-guru.

a-^rT, cl. 9. P. A., Ved. -grindti, -nite,

-garitum or -ritum, to approve, to praise.

d-gai, cl. t. P.,Ved. -gayati,-gatum,

to sing to, to obtain by singing.

A-gatri, ta, tri, tri, obtaining by singing.

A-gana, am, n. the act of obtaining by song.

vi i' dgndpaushna, as, t, am, Ved.

belonging or rcferring to Agni and Pflshan.

Agnavaishnava, as, i, am, Ved. belonging or

referring to Agni and Vishnu.

vt 1 f»*tch dgniha, as, t, am (fr. agni), fiery,

belonging to fire or tp a sacrifice perfonned with fire.

Agnimaruta, as, i, am, belonging or referring to

Agni and the Maruts; (as), m. an epithet of Agastya ;

(am), n. a hymn praising Agni and the Maruts [cf.

Panini VII. 3, 2 1; VI. 3, 28].

Agnivaruna, as, %, am, belonging or referring to

Agni and Varuna.

Agnivcfya and dgnivefyayana, as, m., N. of

two teachers.

Agnishtomika, as, i, am, belonging to the Ag-

ri ishtoma ; one who recites or is conversant with the

Agnishtoma.

Agnihotra, as, ?, am, fit for the Agnihotia.

Agnidhra, as, d, am, Ved. originating from or

belonging to the AgnTdb, i. e. to the priest who kindles

the fire; (as), m. the priest who kindles the fire;

(a), f. care of the sacred fire; (am), n. the place

. ^G S

ti-farana.

CTTTrfryfa agnidhriya.

114

whcrc a sacrifirial fire is kindl d ; th fui.ction of thc

pri-st whn kii.dlcs thc sacre d eirc.

Agni'lhriya, a-, d, am, being witbin thcAgn.-

dhra or th». piae» wh-re a saerifid-1 fire ic kindt 3;

(as), m. thc fire (agjci) withi.i the Agnldhra; thc

tir e-plece (dhishnya) welhm the Agnldhra.

Agnidhrya, as, d, ®ro, beslcnging to the Agnldhra

or thc priest who kindles th»- saexed fire.

Agncrulra, as, 1, am, Ved. consecrated to Agni

and lndra. .

Agncya, as, ?, am, fiery, belonging or relatmg or

consecrated to fire or its deity Agni; similar to fire or

Agni; belonging to AgnSyi, wife of Agni ; (as), m.

epithet ot ikjnda; ot Agaatya; (is), m. pl», N. of a

ptopl ; (i), f», N. efAgnJy., wife of Agtu ; the wife of

Cru and detugbter of Agni (?); the sontu- .ast quarter,

of which Agni is the regent; (am), n. blood ; ghee

or boiled butter; gold ; N. of a region. - Apnwa-

Jctfa, a8, m. an insect (kita)which fiies into the fire

(applied to a thief who breaks into a roorn and

extioguishes the lamp).— Agneya-purdtja, am, n.

the same as th». agni-parana, q. v.

AgnyddheyHka, as, a, am, belonging to the Agny-

adheya. Sce under agni.

d-granth, cl. q. f - P. -grathndti,

-gronthatl, -thitum, to wind round, to intwin...

agrabhojaniha, cs, i, am (fr.

agra-bhojana), one to whom food is first oftered.

TJTJJtJTT rgiuycga, as, m. (fr. agra), the

first Soma libati.,a at the Agnuhtoma sacrihce. (see

qraha); a fbrm of Agni; (f), f.nn obhhon co «isting

of first-fruits or firstlings; -am?, n» obLtion < ansistmg

ot first-fruits at the end of the rainy season.

"inTlST a-grasta, as, 'a, am, bored, per-

forated.

a-grah, Ved. -grabh, cl. 9. P. A.

-grikndti, -nite, Ved. -gribhnati, -nite, -grahj-

tam, to ieize,take hold of; to draw tight (as reins).

A-graha, as, m. seizing, taking; attack ; surpass-

ing, surmounting; favour; patronage ; power, abiiity;

moral power, eourage.

Agrakika, f. favour, patronage, help.

dgrahayana, as, t, am, belonging

to the month Agra-hayana ( = agra-hayana, q.v.).^

Agrahdyana, as, m. ‘ commencement of the year,

N. of a HindO month commencing about the nth

of November, see agra-hayana ; (i), f. the day of

full moon (paurnamast) in thc month Agra-hayana;

a particular kind of PSka-yajria, q. v.; N. of a con-

stellation consisting of three stars, one of which is A

Orionis, figured by an antelope’s head, heoce also

called Mriga-iiras.

Agrahayanaka, as, i, am, to be paid (as a debt

&c.) OQ the day of full moon in the month Agra-

hayana.

Agrahayanika, as, m. the month Agra-hayana;

(as, i, am), to be paid on the day of full moon in

the month Agra-hayana.

■‘-S IJJ £ Iftcfi agraharika, as, i, am, one who

appropriates to himself an Agra-hara, viz. an endow-

ment of landi or vUlages conferred upon Brahmans.

?TT«CrnmT agrayand, as, m., N. of a gram-

marian ; a sacrifice offered when the new rice or wheat

ripens; (see agrayana, which is the correct reading.)

— Agrdyanesh(i (⁰%a-iuJi⁰), is, f. the ceremony

Agrayana.

>3TnTJoF a-ghattaka, as, m. (rt. ghatt or

gha(), a rubber; anything which causes friction;

the piant Dosmochxta Atropurpurea.

A-fjhafJrma, am, n. friction, rubbing, contact,

shaking.

A-gha((Ua, as, a, am, mbbed, touched, thaken.

A-ghd(a, as, m.,Ved. a musica! instrument used

for accompanying a dance; a cymbal or rattle; boun-

dary, limit; the piant Ach)janthes Aspera; (at the

end of sorae compoundi) = a~ghata, sce next coi.

A-ghati, is, is, m. f, Ved. a musical instrument

which sounds on being shaken, a cymbal or rattle.

iSTtjq a-gharsha, as, m. (rt. ghrish(,

rubbing, friction. _#

A-gharskana, as, i, am, scratching, rubbing;

(am), n. rubbing, friction ; (t), f. a brush, a rubber.

A-gkarshita, as, d, am, rubbed, brushed.

VqTW c-ghata, as, m. (fr. rt. han mth d),

striking, a blow, a wound; killing; a beater, ttriker;

retention of urine; misfortuoe, pain; a slaughtcr-house,

a place for killing animals or victims.

A-ghdtana, am, n. striking, killing; a slaughter-

house.

A-gknat, an, ati, at, striking, beating.

c-ghdra. See under d-gkri.

a-ghush, cl. I. P. -ghoshati, -gho-

shitum, to make one’s self audible ; to cry aloud, to

prodaim; to praise; to listen to t Caus. -ghoskayati,

-yitam, to make a noise, to cause to sound ; to pro-

elaim or cause to prodaim aloud; to complain con-

tioually.

A-gkosha, as, m. calling out to, invocati on. ^

A-ghoshana, am, d, n. f. a crying or proclaiming,

pqblic announcemeot.

-errXiTTt li-ghvrn, cl. 6. P», l. A. -ghvrgati,

-ghurnate, -nituni, to fluctuate, stagger; to roll,

wbirl. _t .

A-ghurnana, am, n. rolling, tossing; fluctuatmg,

whirhng round. * _t

A~ghurnita, as, d, am, rolled, rolling; whirled

round, fluctuating.

a-ghn, cl. i., and Ved. cl. 3. P.

-gharati, -jtfharlC -ghartum, to sprinkl, t .-vard.

or upon : C-us. -gharay'<tl, -yitu.n, to spnnkle.

A-ghara, <M, m. sprinkling, spanklinj clarified

buttJr U[v,n the fire at certam sacrifices; ghee or

clarified butter.

a-ghrini, is, is, i, Ved. glowing

w.th heat; endowed with spendor; epith t of thc

_god Pflshan. - Agliriiu-raxu, m, tts, d, Ved. rich

with heat, epithet cf Agni; (Sty.) having splendid

wealth.

^TTTVit a-ghra, cl. 1. P. -jigkrati, -nhratnm,

to smell, sm.ll at; to kirs: Caus. «jhrayayati, -yir

tum, to cause to «meli at.

.l-gkri:>a, am, n. smelling; satisfacti-™, satiety;

(as, S, am), aatisfied, satiated.

A-ghrata, as, d, am, smelled, scented; satisfied,

satiated; surmounted, surpas« :d.

A-gkreya, as, a, am, to be smelled at.

anhusayana, adi. formed fr.

aul:usa. See Gana to P3nini IV. 2, 80.

VTI^-Rt uriuriti, is, m., N. of a prince.

anhshi, f. a musical instrument, a

tabor.

sSfFf rhtga, as, i, am (fr. 2. anga), re-

lating to the basc (u.tga) of a word in grammar;

bi dily, corporeal; huving hmts or parts or relatmg

to them; relatmg to tbe inferior persons of a dum:,

to a porlion of thc Vedas, &c.; (<m), n. a soft d .li-

cate formor body ; (as i,cn«, pl.aitt/5s), produced',r

bom in the countrv An-ga; a prince of that country.

Aitgahu, as, m. the mler of thc country An-ga;

an inhabitant of tht samc. .

Anqaenifga, as, L am, occurrinc in or being fami-

har with chirom. ncy or the knowlcdge ot .ncky and

unlucky marks on the body. See a/tga-tidya.

AitgUsa, as, i,am, boddv, corporeal; gesticulated,

exprfsed bv Ixlily tetion (dramatit sentim nt, pas-

sion 8tc., exhibiUd by attitude gesture &c.); (a«),

m. a player on a tabor or drum.

angadi, f., N. of the capital of

An-gnda’s kingdom.

angar a, am, h. (fr. angura), a mul-

titude of firebr.nds.

vtifpj-rkl angirasa, as, t, am (fr. angiras),

d scendcd frum or belonging to or rofrrring to thc

An-gkasas cr to Angira,; (as), m. a desc-ndant of

Airgiras; especially a N. of Vrihaspati^ the pr 'Cept ir

of the gods; a Kshatriya by will of BrahmS and by

profession.

Wljj-frt«ft dngnlikc., as, i, am (fr. cngali,

q. v.), like n finger.

ungusha,as, m.,Ved. praising aloud,

a hymn [d. augiuha, angoshin].

Ang&shya, as, d, am, Ved. praising -loud, souno-

iug ; fit for praise

aitgeyi probably = engi. Sce

dii a a.

Aitgya, adj. fr. anga, q.v.

'STC I. ada, as, m., N. of a man.

2. u6a, in the words ada-pardea and

ddapada, ‘ tumed towards and awav from’ (?).

d-iaksh, cl. 2. A. -<fas!rfp,-shtum, to

look at, in ,pect; to teli, relate, make a 0 mununication

ab-iut anything (with icc.); to announce, dc-cl re; to

mak- known, coufess; to acquaint. introduc, to; to

addrcss any one (with acci; to call, n.me.

A-iahshamana, as, d, am, saying, ded .riug

A-cahh"s, us, m. a learned man, a Pandit.

~~«diM~~riTTt a-daturam, ind. till the fourth

generatioo.

adaturya, am, n. (fr. o-detura),

dumsiness, stupidi*y.

~~sqi-cjH~~ d-dam, cl. 1. P. -domati, -damitum,

to sip; to rinsc the mouth (with inst. of the thing?;

to 'ap up, lick up, to caus; to disappear (as thc- wind

licks up moliture?: Caus. -camayati, -yitum, to

cause to sip water.

A-dama, as, m. rinsing thc mouth.

A-damana, am, n. rinsing the m.iuth, opping

water (before rcligious ceremonies, beforc meals -Scc ,

from the pa'.m of the hand. It is usu»l to spit the

water out again ; the ceremony also include- tonchine

the body in various partsl; gargling the thnat; the

water used for rinsing the mouth.

A-damanala, as, m. a spitting pot.

Adainaniya, as, d, am, used tor rinsing the

mouth; (am), n. water for rinsing the mouth, a

gargle. _

A-camya, ind. having rinsed the mouth, having

sipped ard ejectcd a little water.

A-danta, as, d, ant.sipped and ejecte d (as water) ;

one who has nused his mouth.

A-darna, as, m. sipping water, rinsing the m euth ;

thc water or foam of boiled rice.

A-damabx, as, 6, am, rinsing tht mo-ith.

A-damcnaka, as, m. a spitting pot.

A-ddmya, am, n. rinsing thc mouth, water so

used, a gargle ; (as, d, am), to be rnsed.

'5TR-H u-daya, as, m. (fr. rt. di with d),

collection, plenty. . . ,

AdayoU, a», d, am, collecting, skilful m col-

Iccting.

^IT^T d-dar, cl. 1. P. ep. A. -darati, -te,

-ritvm, Ved. -rculhvii, -ritave.-rase, to come near

to, approach; to step upon, ga-s through; M pre~

ceed, manage, behavei on;’s self t wvards (with ioc.);

to treat; to have intercourse with, frequent; to ict,

undertukc, do, exercise, practice, perttxm ; to d.vour,

eat into; to help forward, pi* into.

A-darmta, am, n. apptuaching, arrival; foUowmg,

ob«-rv.ng, oindud, usrge, pradic.; an institute, nte

01 rulc of condunt; a cart, carriage.

115

^r^rcnfN <

A-darayJya, as_t a, am, to be donc or performed;

to be fbllowed or observed, right, proper.

A-darat, an, antl, at, following, practising, ob-

serving.

A-darita, as, a, am, observed, practised, as a rite

or usage; usiial, customary; enjoined, fixed by rule.

A-darita vya, as, d, am, to be performed in a

customary manner; to be done or performed.

A-darya, as, a, am, to be gonc to or approached ;

to be done or performed.

A-dara, as, m. conduct, manner of action ; beha-

viour; good conduct, good behaviour; custom, prao

tice, usage ; an established rule of conduct, an ordi-

nance, an institute, a precept; manner of conducting

one’s self, diet; rule; [cf. Hib. acara, ‘ convenience,

conveniency, use.’] —Adara-dandrika, f. title of a

work on tbe religious customs of the dodras. — Adara-

tantra, am, n. one of the four classes of Tantras

with Buddhists. — Adara-dlpa, as, m. ‘lamp of re-

ligious customs/ title of a work. — Addra-bkrashta,

as, a, am, lallen from established usage, apostate.

— Adara-mayukha, as, m. ‘ ray of religious cus-

toms/ title of a work. — Adararvat, an, at i, at, well-

conducted, virtuous. — Adara-varjita, as, a, am,

irregular, out of rule; outcast.— Adara-viruddka,

as, a, am, contrary to custom. — Addra-vcdl, f.

’ altar of religious customs/ a N. of ArySvarta. — A-

dara-hina, as, a, am, deprived of established ordi-

nances, outcast. — Adaranga (*ra-an°), am, n. title

of the first of the rwelve sacred books of the J ai nas.

— Addrddarda (°ra-dd°), as, m. ‘ looking-glass

of religious customs/ title of a work. — Adararka

(°ra<tr°), as, m. ‘sun of religious customs/ title of

a work. — Adarollasa (°ra-uW’), as, m. ‘light of

religious customs/ title of a work.

Adarika, as, i, am, conformable to rule or prac-

tice, prCscriptive, authorized; (am), n. rules for the

preservation of health, habit of life, regimen, diet.

Addrin, i, ini, i, following established rites or

practice.

A-dari, f. the piant Hingtsha Repens, also called

Hilamodika.

A-ddrya, as, m. Iit. ‘one to whom one must have

recourse' or * ooe who is to be attended to or waited

on’ or ‘ one who se precepts are to be followed’ or

‘ one who knows the addra or rulesa spiritual guide

or teacher, esperially one who invests the student

with the sacrificial thread, and instmcts him in the

Vedas, in the law of sacrifice and religious mysteries

(Manu 2. 140,171); an epithetof Drona the teacher

of the Pandus; (d), f. a spiritual preceptress. The

title dddrya affixed to names of leamed men is

rather like our Dr.; e. g. Jlagkavadarya, &c.

— Adarya-harana, am, n. acting as teacher. — A-

ddrya-td, f. or adarya-tva, am, n. the office or pro-

ficiency of a holy teacher. — Addrya-dcva, as, m.

one whose preceptor is his god. — Adarya-bho-

gina, as, a, am, delighting the holy teacher.

— Addrya-midra, as, d, am, venerable, honourable.

— Adarya-rat, an, ati, at, one who has a teacher.

— Adaryopdsana (°ya^up°), am, n. waiting upon

or serving the spiritual preceptor.

Adaryaha, as, d, am, originating from a spiritual

teacher; (am), n. the proficiency of a holy teacher.

Adaryani, f. (with dental n, Panini IV. I, 49.

Vart. 6), the wife of an Adarya or holy teacher.

A-dTirna, as, a, am (anom. past pass. part.), de-

voured, eaten into.

d-daranya (nom. fr. darana), P.

-daranyati, -yitam, to move one’s self, to move or

extend towards.

a-dal, Caus. P. -ddlayati, -yitum, to

move, draw away from one’s place, stir up.

^Tr^TRT, ^TT^ITH. See under a-dam.

d-dt, cl. 5. P. A. -dinoti, -nute,-detum,

to accumulate; to collect"; to heap up, load with;

to cover.

-faraniya.

A-dita, as, a, am, collected, accumulated, heaped ;

filled, loaded with, covered; spread, diffused; inlaid,

set (e. g. ardhddita rasana, a girdle half set with

gems); larded; (as, am), m. n. a cart-load; a mea-

sure of ten bharas or cart-loads.

AditiJca, as, 1, am_} or dditina, as, d, am, holding

or being equal to or cooking a quantity equal to the

preceding measure; (a numeral may be placed be-

fore these forms, e. g. dvyaditika, &c.).

d-dikhyasa, f. (fr. Desid. of rt.

Ichya with d), desire or intcntion of expressing or

denoting something.

'M if^r[ 1. d-dit, cl. 1.3. P. -detati, -diketti,

A. -dihite, -dettum, to attend to, to keep in mind ;

to comprehend, understand, know; to invent; to ap-

pear, become visible, distinguish one’s self: Desid.

-dikltsati, -te, to wait for, watch clandestinely, lurk.

2. d-dit, t, f., Ved. taking notice or cognizance,

attention to; (according to Say.the form a-dita may

stand for d-dite fr. a-dita above.)

a-dirna, as_} a, am. See under

d-dar last coi.

d-dushana, am, n. suction; suck-

ing out; application of cupping-glasses to the skin.

a-drit, cl. 6. P. -dritati, -dartitum_y

to fasten, tie, affix.

adesvara (°da-is°), as, m., N. of a

sanctuary built by Ada.

a-desht, cl. 1. P. A. -deshtati, -te,

-titum, to undertake; to do.

adopada. See 2. ada.

«raf I. a-ddhad (-d7tad), cl. ro. P. -ddha-

dayati or -ddhadayati, -yitum, to cover, hide; to

clothe, fo dress, put on clothes; to conceal.

2. d-ddhad, t, f., Ved. a cover, covering; a shcath.

— Addhad-vidhana, am, n., Ved. an arrangement

made for defence, a means of covering; or (as, d, am),

one who has such means.

A-ddhanna, as, d, am, covered, concealed, clothed.

A-ddhada, as, m. cloth, clothes.

A-ddhddaJca, as, d, am, concealing, hiding.

A-ddhadana, am, n. covering, concealing, hiding;

disappearance; a covering, a sheath; cloth, clothes;

manlle, doak, &c.; the wooden ffamc of a roof.

A-ddhadUa, as, d, am, covered, clothed.

A-ddhadin, t, ini, i, covering, concealing.

1. d-ddhadya, ind. having clothed or put on.

2. d-ddhadya,as, d, am, to be covered or clothed.

addJidka, as, m., N. of the tree

Morinda Tinctona ; (better addhuka, q.v.)

d-ddhid (-dhid), cl. 7. P. A. -ddhi->

natti,-ddhinte,-ddhettum, to tear or cut off; to cut or

break in pieces; to take out of; to draw off; remove;

to cut off, exclude; to snatch away, to tear from, to

rob; to di>regard, not to take notice of.

A-ddhidya, ind. cutting off; cutting, excluding, dis-

regarding; setting aside, in spite of, notwithstanding.

A-ddhinna, as, d, am, cut, cut off.

A-ddheda, as, m. cutting, cutting off, excision.

A-ddhedana, am, n. excision, cutting off, exclusion.

lr»cti addhuka, as, m., N. of the piant

Morinda Tinctoria. See dkshika and addhaka.

^ 1 d-ddhurita, as, d, am (fr. rt. dhur

with a), scratched; irritated; (am), n. making a

noise with the finger-nails by rubbing them on one

another ; a horse-laugh.

Addhuritaka, am, n. a scratch with a finger-nail;

a horse-laugh.

a-ddhrid (-dhrid), cl. 7. P. A. -ddhri-

natti, -ddhrinte, -ddharditum, to pour upon, to fili.

d-ddho (-dho), cl. 4. P. -66hyati,

-ddhatum, to skin, to flay.

dji.

d-ddhodana, am, n. {rt. dhud for

dad/),hunting,thechase. See addhotana,dkshodana.

d-dyu, Caus. P. A. -dydvayati, -te,

-yitum, to cause to flow over, pour out; to draw or

bring near; to induce (any one) to come near.

XrraWTfcr ■wyutadanM (fr. a/yutadanta)

or dfy/utanU (fr. a/yutanta), ayas, m. pl., N. of a

warrior-tribe.

W»f «i (G-aj), cl. J. r. A. ajati, -te, -yitum,

to drive or bring towarris; to procurt; to drir e near,

i. e. to come near in a c-iriege.

Ajn.ni, ts, f., Ved. a stick for driving.

I. dji, is, m. f. (Ved. m.),a running-m'tch; (ajim

aj or i or dhav or tri, to run with or against any

one for the pri^el; a fighting-match, iighting, combat

battle, war; place for running, cours<., level gronnd ,

abuse, invective; an imitant; [cf. Scot. n.jh, ‘fight;’

Hib. agh.] - Aji-l-rit, t, t, t, Ved. running >r fight-

ing for a prize; making war. — Ajl-h iyf<, f. fighting,

making war. — Aji-t!ir, ur, ue, ur, Ved. viecorious

in battlcs. — Aji-pati, is, m., Ved. lord ofthe battle.

— Ajy-anta, as, m. the goal in a rac.-courje.

Vnr aja, as, i, mm (fr. t. rja), Corning

from goats, belonging to goats, prc dne :d by goats,

(as), m. a vulture; (am\ n. toiicd or clarified butter;

ghee.

Ajaka, am, n. a flock of goats.

ViTifv.iK ajakara, as, m. Sav*’s bull.

aHTJfrR ajagara, os, i, am (fr. aja-gara),

treatiog of the boa or laree serpent; (a chapte’¹ in

the Mahn-bharata.)

VnTfrjsI ajagava, as, si. the bow of Slva

[cf. aja!:avii'_I.

W5PT (<-jan, cl. 4. A., Ved. -jayate, -joni-

tum, to be bom or come into existence, te' be pro-

dnced or bom fror>; to beget, cause to be bom,

render prolibo.

A-jamna, am, n. birth, origin.

A-jan-ma, ind. from birth, sine, birih. — Ajanma-

sumhhi-pattra, as, m., N. >>f a plaot (the leaves of

which are fragrant from thoir first appearanoe 1.

A-jati, is, f. birth, origin.

A-iam, am,n. birth, decent, species; birth-plac

A-jani, is, f., Ved. birth, d-scent; noblt birth;

(S3y.) a mother.

Ajdneya, as, i, am,, of noble origin, of good bre:d

(as a horst\ fearkss, undaunted; (as), m. a well-

brod horst.

ijanryya, as, a, am, Ved. of gi-od brecd well-

bred.

d-jap, cl. 1. P. -japati, -pitum, to

mutt-r or whisp :r to.

ajamidho, as, m.. N. of a king; in

the MahS-bhiirata.

VfijfTHH d-ja.asam or a-jarasn,ya, ind.,

Ved. till old age.

^Ti vrTTf d-jaraaa, am, n. (fr. rt. jv. with a),

rushing at, attaoking, fighting.

cjarasteya. (patronymic fr. ajo-

rasti Panini IV. I, 136).

xH! 11=11? ajavaha or ujarahaka fr. ajo-vaha

Panini IV. 2, 133.

WHTtnjToT'1 bjatasatrova, as, m. (fr. aja-

ta-datr u), epi*hct of Blo irasena in the Satapatha-

Hrahmana V. 5. 5, 14.

VTTJTra 'ijddya, as, d, am. originating from

th- warrior-tribe called Ajadas or a chief of that tiibe.

'HTtIITI d-jdric, ajantya. See under iijan.

^nfjf 1, dji. See under aj above.

emr at.

116

■siftr o-ji.

'wrftr 2. a-ji, cl. l. P. -jayati, -jetum, to

conquer, win, acquire: Dcsid. -jigiskati, to try or

desire to conquer or win,

A-jayana, am, n. conquering.

Ajigishu, us, us, u, ambitious, wishing to excel

or overcome.

vt I f*i y ^ a-jigraha, as, a, am (rt. grah),

who or what takes or seizes.

............ a-jijhasenya, as, a, am (fr.

Desid. of rt. jnd with a), Ved. liable to investigation ;

(ds), f. pl., N. of a short section of the KuntSpa

hymns in theAitareya-BrShmana; (the word ridas

must be suppiied.)

wsnflij a-jihirslm, us, us, u (fr. Desid.

of rt. hrl with a), about to brine towardt (with acc.i;

w 'hine to take.

d' rtl 'J' rt djikula, N. of a regii in.

«rnrhrrfS ofigarti, a patronymic fr. aji-

garta.

'Mfirfl^T o-jiv, cl. i. P. -jwati, -ritum, to

live by; to have the usv or enjoyment of; to subsist.

A-jlva, as, i», hveliho-d, subsetence; a Jaina

beggar.

A-flraka, cu,, m. a Kggar, oo*. vho obtaiLs his

livelihood tvjrywhcre.

A-jicana, am, n. livelihood, sub- istenct. — Ajlra-

na rt ha (°na-ar“), as, m. (ara, n. 'rt means of live-

lihovi or subsist nce, busmess, protession.

A-jh'in, r, m. having a Iivclihocd; a petjliar kind

of beggar.

A-jiry i, as, 5, am, to be practis.d as a means of

living; fit tor or -flording a hve!ih*-od; habit.ble.

fertile; tniittul; {am), n. m“ans ot living.

w a-jur, ur, f. or a-ju, us, f. (fr. rt.jrt

with d f), unpaid labour, working without wages;

consigning to hell; infimi age (?).

^n?rr i. a-jna, cl. 9. P. -janati, -jhatum,

to know, understand, leara, obtain Information, ascer-

tain, notice, perceive : Cans. -jndpayati, -yitum, to

publish, order, command, direct; to assurc.

A-jnapta, as, d, am, ordered, commanded.

A-jnapti, is, f. order, injunction, command.

3. d-jild, f.-an order, a command ; allowance, per-

mission; [cf. Hib. agna, ‘wisdom.q — Ajnd-kara,

as, i, am, exeeuting an order, obeying, obedient;

(os), m. a servant. — Ajna-karana, am, n. exeeu-

tion of orders, obedience. — Ajnakara-tva, am,

n. the office of a servant. — Ajnd-karin, i, ini, i,

one who obeys or exeeutes orders, obedient, minis-

trant — Ajna-dakra, am, n. a mystica! drde or dia-

gram, one of six described by the Tantns.— Ajnd-

nuyayin or djhanuvartin {°jnd-an°), i, ini, i,

obeying or exeeuting orders, obedient, — Ajnanu-

sdrin {°jnd-an°), i, ini, i, exeeutiog orders, obe-

dient. — Ajiid-pattra, am, n. an edict, written

order. — Ajnd-pratighata as, m. disobedience, re-

bellion. — Ajnd-bhanga, as, m. disobedience, insub-

ordination, disloyalty. — Ajnarvaha, as, d, am, obe-

dient, subject, miniitrant. — Ajnd-sampadin, i, ini,

i, exeeuting an order, obedient, submissive.

Ajndta, as, d, am, ordered, commanded ; (as),

m., N. of one of the ffist five pupils of S^kya-muni.

A-jnatfi, td,m.,Vtd. one who orders or direets.

A-jndna, am, n. the act of noticing, perceiving.

A-jndpaka, as, a, am, giving orders, commanding,

a com mander.

A-jnapana, am, n. ordering, command ing, making

known.

Ajnapita, as, a, am, ordered, commanded.

A-jndpya, as, d, am, to be directed or commanded.

A-jnayin, 7, ini, i, perceiving, understanding.

ajya, am, n. (fr. rt. ahj with a),

melted or darified butter used for oblations, or for

pouring into the holy fire at the sacrifice, or for

anointiog anything sacrificed or offered; (in a wider

sense) oil and milk uSed instead of clatified butter

at a sacrifice; N. of a sort of chant or religious

service j turpentine. — Ajya-pa, as, d, am, Ved.

drinking the clarified butter; (««), m. pl. a class of

Manes who are the sons of Pulastya and the ancestors

of the Vaifya order. — Ajya-patra, am, n. a vcssel

or dish to hold clarified butter. — Ajya-bkdga, as,

m. a portiou of darified butter; (au), m. du. the

two portions of darified butter belonging to Agni

and Soma; (as, d, am), partaking of the darified

butter; offering clarified butter at certain ceremonies.

— Ajya-bhuj, k, m. ‘ consumer of darified butter,’

epithet of Agni. — Ajya-vdri, is, m. ‘sea of darified

butter/ one of the seven seas. — Ajya-sthdli, f.,

see djya-patra.

■*-W 1^ and (a-aiid), cl. I. P. A. aiidati, -te,

-ditum, to bend, crook, curve.

Andana, am, n. partial extraction of thoms or

arrows and the like from the body.

ahdh, cl. i. P. ahdhati, dhdha or

^ '^J*\dndndka, dndhUum, to make straight;

to lengthen or streteh; to regulate, draw into the

right position ; to set (a bone or leg).

Andkana, am, n. settmg (a bone or leg), bringiog

back into the right place by stretehing, bending, or

drawing.

vi ahj (d-ahj), cl. 7. P. dnakti, dhji-

tum or dnktum, to anoint; to smooth, polish, pre-

pare ; to honour, receive respectfiilly.

Ahjana, am, i, n. f. ointment, espedally for the

eyes; fat. — Anjandbkyaiijaniya (°na~abhy°), am,

d, n.f., N. of a certain ceremony. — Ajljani-kdri, f.

a woman who anoints or makes ointments.

viXZRM ahjaneya, as, m. (fr. ahjana, his

mother), N. of the monkey Hanumat.

viiy dhjalikya (fr. ahjalika). See

Gana to Panini V. 1,1 a8.

v^lfy eti ahjika, as, m., N. of a Danava.

vufy «i q ahjineya, as, m. an insect, a kind

of Iizard, Lacerta Unjinensis. See avjana and an-

janikd.

dta, as, m., N. of a serpent.

vild!CT dtarusha, as, m., N. of the tree

J usticia Adhenatoda. See atarusha or afarnshaka.

dtavika, as, m. (fr. atavi), the

inhabitant of a forest; a woodman, a pioneer.

Atavi, f., N. of a town in the Mah5-bh5rata (3.

U7S1-

TTIZ^T rta^ya, os, m., N. of a tcaohf-r in

the V5yu-Pur5na.

ati, is, f. (rt. at, to wander), N. of

the bird Turdus Ginginianus [cf. adi and d<i].

— Ati-mulha, as or am f, m. or n.? a surgical in-

strument employed in blood-letting, the top of which

is like the beak of the bird dti. *

A(ika, as, ?, am, able to wander; (t), f., N. of

the wife of Ushasti.

A(ikya, as, d, am, being on a voyage.

vi 1 &\d-tikana or a-tilaka, am, n. (fr.rt.

tik with d), the leaping motion of a calf [cf. adhi-

laka and alidhaka].

A-tjikara, a#, m. a bull (etym. probably the same

as the last).

^lZ\W atopa, as, m. (said to be fr. a

Sautra rt. tup with d), puffing, swelling; flatulence,

borborygmi; pride, sdf-conceit.

attasthalaka (fr. atta-sthali)

Gana to P5nini IV. 2, 127*

atnara, as, m. (fr. atndra), Ved.,

N. of Para in the Satapatha-BrSbmana ; (as, d, am),

fond of wandering (?).

ddambara, as, m. (etym. doubtful,

probably rt. damb with d), a drum used in battle;

charge soundsd by musical instmments ; the sounding

of a trumpet as a sign of attack; the roaring of

dephants; pride, arrogance (in this sense perhaps

connectcd with samrambhat); commencement (in

this sense perhaps connected with arambha ?); anger,

passion; happiness, pleasure; the eyelid; (am), n.

rubbing and kneading the body; (sometimes this

word is written ddampara.) — Adambardghdta

(jjrw-dgh⁰), as, m., Ved. one who beats a drum.

Adambarin, F, ini, i, arrogant, proud.

adi, is, f. a bird, the Sarali (Turdus

Ginginianus); a kind of fish. See ati.

adu, us, us, u (fr. rt. ad), striving to

obtain anything.

^TT^adu, us, m* (or f.?) a raft, a float.

See dtu.

vi \c ddhaka, as, am, m. n. (etym. doubt-

ful), a measure of grain, the 4th of a drona and equa!

to 4 pnsthas =16 kudavas = 64 palas = 256 karshas =

4096 m^shas ; or containing nearly 7 lbs. 11 ozs.avoir-

dupois. In Bengal an ddhaka is equal to two mans or

164 lbs. avds.; (t), f. a kind of pulse, Cajanus Indicus

Spreng.; a kind of fragrant earth. — Adhaka-jambu,

N. of a country. — ,1 dhakajambuka, as, i, am,

rejating to that country.

Adhakika, as, ?, am, or adhakina, as, d, am,

holding or containing an Sdhaka; sown with an

5dhaka of seed, as a field &c.

adhilaka, a various reading for

a-tilaka. See a-(Tkana.

WSf ddhya, as, a, am (etym. doubtful,

perhaps for ardhya fr. ridh), opulent, wealthy, rich ;

(with an inst. or as last member of a comp.) rich in,

abounding in, productive; possessing abundantly; mixed

with, watered with ; abundant, existing in abundance.

— Adhyakulina, as, d, am, descended from a rich

family. -Adhyan-karana, as, i, am, enriching;

(am), n. the means of enriching, wcalth, prosperity.

— Adhya-dara, as, F, am, once opulent(?). — Adhya-

td, f. opulence, wealth. — Adhyam-bhavishini, us,

us, u, or adhyam-bhdvuka, as, 1, am, becoming

rich or eminent. — Adhya-vdta, as, m. (abundant

wind), a convulsive or rheumatic palsy of the loins.

— Adhyadu (°dhya-ddu), us, us, u, striving to get

wealth.

Adhyaka, am, n. wealth, opulence, abundance.

« anaka, as, d, am (fr. anu, q. v.), low,

inferior. See anaka.

Anava, am, n. exceeding smallness; (as, F, am),

very small, fine (?).

Anarina, as, d, am, bearing or fit to bear Pani-

cum Miliaceum.

aTrftj aid, is, m. f. [cf. ani], the pin of the

axle ofa cart, the linch-pin; the part of the leg just

above the knee; the comer of a house; a iimit, a

boundary; the edge of a sword.

ancla, am_y n. (fr. anda, q.v.), an egg;

a multitude of eggs, a brood; (aa), m. du.,Ved. the

testicles [cf. anda]. — Anda-ja, as, d, am, born from

an egg. — Anda-rat, an, ati, at, possessed of eggs or

testicles. — Anddd (°da-ad), t, m.,Ved. one who eats

eggs, N. of a demon.

Aridi, i, Ved. a testicle.

Aiufika, as, d, am, Ved. bearing eggs, as a piant

with egg-shaped fruits or bulbs.

Andira, as, d, am, having many eggs.

at, ind. (fr. 4. a), Ved. afterwards,

then ; (in which senses it is often used in a concluding

paragraph antithetically to yad, yctdd, yadt, being

then sometimes strengthened by the particles aha, id,

im, u; e.g. yaded ayukta haritah sadhasthdd

ad rdtri vd*as tanvte simasmai, * at the very time

when he has unyoked his coursers from his car, then

ata.

night extends the veiling d?.rkness over ali;’ Vritram

yad Indra Javasavadhir akim ad it suryain

divy arohaijo drUe, * when, O Indra, thou didst slay

with thy power the dragon Vritra, then indeed thou

didst raise the sun in the sky, that it might be seen.’

In other passages at is simply used like a conjunc-

tion, equivalent to‘theu, further,aJso, and.’ Sometimes

it only serves to strengthen the meaning of another

word, or to give emphasis to an interrogative pronoun,

in the same way as u, nu, anga, &c.; e. g. ya eka

id apratir manyamana dd asmad anyo aja-

niskta tavyan, * he who considered himself alone

irresistible, another was bom mightier even than he;*

Kim at pra bravania, ‘ How can we at ali pro-

claim V

ata, as, a, m. f. (fr. d-tan below?),

Ved. a scaffold; the frame of a door; (S5y.) a quarter

of the sky.

a-tans, Caus. A., Ved. -tansayate,

-yiturn, to shake out; (Say) to decorate from all

sides.

THTtT^i dtaka, as, m., N. of a Naga.

^TfT^ a-taksh, cl. i. P. A., Ved. -takshati,

-te, -kshitum, -tashtum, to bring from all sides, to

procure.

*rrrf^; d -tahd, cl. 7. P. -tanakti, -tanktum

or -tanditum, to canse to shrink or contract, to

coagulate.

A-tanha, as, m. (this word may also be connected

with rt. tanlc, q. v.\ disease or sickness of the body;

pain or affliction of mind, disquietude, apprehension,

fear; fever; the sound of a drum or tabor.

A-tandana, am, n. casting one thing into another

to effect some change, as bntter-milk into fresh milk

to tum it; the act of causing to contract; that which

causes coagulation; runnet; curdled milk; a sort of

whey; calcining, adding a powder or flux to metals

in fusion ; the flux so used ; casting away, destroying;

danger, calamity (as a pestilence or epidemic); speed,

velocity; gratifying, satisfying; making fat.

^ITiTtr a-tad, cl. 10. P. -tadayati, -yiturn,

to thump, strike.

d-tan, cl. 8. P. -tanoti, -nitum, to !

extend over, stretch over, penetrate, to spread, over-

spread ; to illuminate ; to take hold of, seek to attain,

assume a (hostile) attitude; to stretch (as a bow for

shooting); to diffuse; to bring to pass, effect: Caus.

-tdnayati, -yiturn, to stretch (a bow); [cf. rt. tay,

with which some of the following forms are connected.)

A-tata, as, d, am, spread, extended, stretched (as

a bow), &c.

Atatayin, i, ini, i, one whose bow is stretched to

take another’s life; endeavouring to kilt some one;

a felon, a thief, a murderer, incendiary, ravisher.

— Aiatayi-ta, f. or atatayi-tva, am, n. persecuting,

murdering, destroying, stealing.

Atatd-vin, i, ini, i, Ved. one whose bow is

stretched. See atatayin.

A-tana, am, n. spreading, expanding ; * sight, view.

A-tani, is, is, i, Ved. spreading, penetrating.

A-tdna, as, m.,Ved. an extended cord, string, &c.

A-tayin, i, m. a falcon, a kite. See ataptn.

^TrnT 1. u-tap, cl. 1. P. -tapati, -taptum,

to radiate heat; to biaze, to heat; to cause to glow:

Pass. -tapyate, to suffer pain, be afflicted; to infiict

(austerities) upon one’s self.

2. a-tap, p, f.,Ved. heat.

A-tapa, as, d, am, Ved. causing pain or affliction ;

(aa), m. heat of the sun, sunshine. — Atapa-tra, am,

n. a large umbrella of silk or leaves used in the East

as a parasol.— Atapatraka, am, n. a small um-

brella, a mat or basket carried on the head as one.

— Atapa-rat, an, ati, at, irradiated by the sun.

— Atapa-varshya, as, d, am, Ved. (water &c.)

produced by rain dnring sunshine. — Atapa-rdrana,

am, n. a parasol, — Atapa-dushlca, as, d, am, dried in ]

atman. 117

the snn, evaporated by the solar heat. — Atapabhdva

(°pa*abA°), as, m. non-existence of sunshine, shadow.

A-tapana, as, m. causing heat, an epithet of

Swa.

Atapiya, as, d, am (adj. fr. d-tapa), sunshiny (?).

Atapya, as, d, am, Ved. being in the sunshine.

cl. 4. P. -tdmyati, -tamitum,

to faint, to swoon, to become senseless; to despond,

to languish, fade away.

^TTTPTPT a-tamdm? (a superlative form fr.

M*)-

a-tara. See under d-tri.

r-

'-■i 1 ri H a-tarj, cl. io. P. -tarjayati, -yiturn,,

te scold, abnft.

'ina-tardnna. See under a-trid.

’iildd<U a-tarpana. See under a-trip.

'ii ra ■* atavo., a proper N. (tvhence the

patrnn. atavayana PSnini IV. i, no. Crina.)

■st 1H H d-tana. See under d-tan.

tnirtlfpiT atdpin or atayin, t, m., N. of the

bird in Ico Cheela. See under d-tan.

^rrTT -tdra, a-tarya. See under d-tri.

indicit athli, an indeelinahle word cora-

pounded with a»,bhd, and kri(see PSnini I. 4,61).

'tUlfrt ati, is, m. f. (fr. rt. at), Ved. a kind

of water-bird; the bird Turdus Ginginianus (see

ati); going.

utitheya, as, i, am (fr. atithi, q. v.),

proper for a guest, hospitable, attentive to a guest;

(I or am), f. n. hospitaJity.

Atithya, as, d, am, proper for a guest, hospitable,

attentive to a guest; {as), ra. a guest; (am), n. hos-

pitable reception; hospitality; a particular rite, the

reception of the Soma when it is brought to the

place of sacrifice, also called dtithyeshH. — Atithya-

rdpa, as, d, am, Ved. being in the place of the

Atithya rite. - Atithya-satkara, as, m. the rites of

hospirality.

^TfrT^IcJ, dtidcsika, as, i, am, (in gram.)

connected with an ati-dc$a, q. v.; having reference to

snbstitntion or putting one thing for another.

d-tiraUina, as, d, am, a little

transverse or across.

atiraikya, am, n. (fr. ati~reka),

snperfluity, excess.

'7”frifrsir*r dtivijhanya, as, i, am (fr. ati-

vijiidna), surpassing the perception or undcrstanding.

atisayya, am, n. (fr. ati-saya),

excess, qnantity.

ly dtishtha, am, n. (fr.ati-shtha),\ed.

the being placed at the head of something, being a

universal ruler.

utu, us, m. (said to come fr. d-tri

next coi.; but probably fr. rt. at), a raft, a float.

See adii.

d-tu6, k, f., Ved. growing dusk,

evening.

^TTTnT 1. a-tuj, cl. 1. 6. P.,Ved. -tojati,

-tujati, -tojitum, to bring near, to procure.

2. a-tuj, m. (S5y.) dcstroyer of enemies, or giver

of weahh.

A-taji, is, is, i.Ved.rushing on, hastening towards;

carrying off (as booty), injuring.

a-tud, cl. 6. P. A. -tudati, -te, -tot-

tum, to strike, to push, spur on, stir up.

A-todin, i, ini, i, Ved. striking, pushing, pricking.

A-todya, am, n. ‘ to be struck/ a musical instru-

ment.

a-tura, as, d, am (fr. rt. turv with d),

hurt, injured ; suffering; sick in body or mind, dis-

abled, diseased; feeble, weak, incapable of doing

anything (with inf.).

a-tul, cl. 10. P. -tolayati, -yiturn,

to lift up, raise, elevate.

Wff? a-trid, cl. 7. P. -trinatti, -tarditum,

to split, sever, pierce; to push open, open ; A.

-trinte, to become split or severed, to sever one’s

self.

A-tardana, am, n. pushing open, opening.

A-triniia, am, n. an opening, hole; an open

wound.

a-trip^ cl. 4. 5. 6. P. -tripyati,

-tripnoti, -trimpati, -tarptum or -traptum, to be

satisfied : Caus. -tarpayati, -yiturn, to satisfy.

A-tarpana, am, n. satisfying, gratification, satis-

faction; whitening the wall, floor or seat on festive

occasions; the pigment used for that pnrpose.

A-tripya, as, d, am, satisfiable, to be satisfied ;

(cis), m. the custard apple tree Annona Reticulata;

(am), n. the fruit of this tree.

?TTfT d-tri, cl. 1. P., Ved. -tarati, -taritum

or -ritum, to pass through or over; to cross over;

to overcome; to enlarge, increase.

A-tara, as, m. fare for being ferried over a river,

passage money, freight.

A-tara, as, m. landing, coming to shore, fare,

freight.

A-tarya, as, d, am, to be crossed; (Ved.) land-

ing, coming to shore, relating to landing.

d-tta, as, d, am (contracted fr. a-datta,

part. pass.of a-da, q. v.), taken, accepted ; assumed ;

attracted. — Atta-gandha, as, d, am, one whose

smell is taken away, one who is throttled ; hence one

whose pride is humbled, insulted. — Atta-garva, as,

d, am, whose pride has been taken down, hnmiliated,

degraded. — Atta-manaska, as, a, am, whose mind

is transpoited or carried away (with joy). — Atta-

lakshmt, is, i, stripped of wealth. — Atta-vadas,

as, as, as, Ved. destitute ofspeech.

^nr^IatfAG,thou saidst. Seeuiiderrt.3.aA.

w 1 W atman, a, m. (fr. rt. an, to breathe,

or at, to go; or, according to some, fr. rt. ah and

connected with aham, I; or, according to others, a

contraction of avatman fr. rt. av=va ; but the ex-

istence of the old Vedic form iman makes all these

etymologies donbtful) ; the breath, soul, the principle

of life and sensation, the individual soul, the self, the

abstract individual (e. g, atman Ved. loc. dhatte,

‘ he places in himself, he makes his own ;’ atmana

vi-yuj, ‘to lose one’s life;’ atmana saptamas,‘ made

the seven’h by ones self,’ i. e. ‘ being one’s self the

seventh with six others'); self, one’s self, used as a

reflexive pronoun for all three persons (e. g. atma-

nam sa lianti, ‘she strikes herself’); and used in the

siugular even when it refers to a dual or plural (e.g.

putram atmanah sprishtvd nipelatuh, * they two

having touched their son feli down’) ; the natural tem-

perament or disposition; essence, nature, character,

preculiarity; the person or whole body considered

as one and opposed to the separate members of the

body; the body; the under^tanding, intellect, the

mind, the faculty of thought or reason, the thinking

faculty; the highest personaJ principle of life, Brahma,

the supreme deity and soul of the universe (bnt para-

matman is more usual in this latter sense); care,

effort, pains; firmness; the sun; fire; vvind; air; a son;

[cf. Goth. ahma; Old Germ. aiam.Them. atuma;

Angi. Sax. a-dhm; Mod. Germ. Athem, Odem;

Hib. adhm, * knowledge,’ and adhma, ‘knowing;’

Gr. avTpiyl, aiiTfx-f} (?); ar^6s, drph (?) : cf. also

rt. So» &c. = rt, va.] — Alma is used at the end of

Hh

118

simrsfiATT atma-karman.

srrsptn dtharvana.

some compouods for atman ; e. g. pratyaydtma,

as, d, am, whose natural disposition is confidence.

— Atma-karman, a, n. onc’s own act — Atma-

kdma, as, a, am, loving one’s sclf, possessed of

self-conceit; loving Brahma, the supreme spirit.

— Atma-kameya, as, m. pl._f N. of a people. — Atma-

kameyaka, as, a, am, inhabited by the AtmakSme-

yas. — Atma-kdrya. am, n. one’s owo business, pri-

vate affairs. — Atma-krita, as, a, am, self-executed,

done of one’s self; done against one’s self. — Atma-

gatam, ind. Iit. * gone to one’s self,’ aside (used in

theatrical language, like the Eoglish ' aside,’to denote

that the words which follow are supposed to be

spoken privately, as if to the speakeris self and not in

the hearing of any one but the audience).— Atma-

gati, is, f. course of the souPs existence, life of the

spirit; one's own course. — Aima-gatya, ind. by

one’s own act (withour the iotervention of another).

— Atma-gaptd, f., N. of the piant Mucum Pruritus

Hook.; (according to others) Cowach or Cowhage.

— Atma-gupti, is, f. a cave, the hiding-place of an

animal. — Atma-grdkin, t, ini, t, selfish, greedy,

taking care of one’s self, appropriating, taking for

ones self. — Atma-ghdta, as, m. suicide; heresy,

schism. — Atma-gkatin, i, ini, i, a suiride, a here-

tic, a schismatic. one whn disregards moral or religious

iostitutions. — Atma-gkoska, as, m. a crow ; a cock

(* one who calls out to himself’). — Atma-ja, as, m.

a son ; (d), f.a daughter; a descendant; the reason-

ing faculty, understanding. — Atma-janman, a, n.

the birth of one’s self, i.e. the birth of a son ; (a),

m. a son. — Atma-jaya, as, m. ones own victory;

victory over one’s self. — Atma-jna, as, m. a sage,

one who knows his own nature and that of spirit, self-

knowing.— Atma-jnana, am, n. knowledge of the

soul or supreme spirit, spiritual knowledge, philoso-

phica! knowledge of the spiritual priori ple in creation;

self-knowledge, true wisdom. — Atma-tattva, am, n.

the true nature of the soul or of the supreme spirit.

— Atmatattva-jna, as, m. a sage versed in the Ve-

danta doctrines. — Atma-ta, f. or atma-tva, am, n.

identity with self, spirituality. — Atma-tydga, as, m.

self-sacrifice, giving up one’s own life, suicide.— At-

ma-tyagin, t, m. ooe who gives up his own life, a

snicide : a heretic, an unbcliever. — Atma-trdna, am,

n. self-preiervation, a body-guard. — Atma-dars'a, as,

m. * self-shower,’ a mirror. — Atma-dartiana, am,

n. seeing one’s self; knowledge of min’s real nature,

spiritual knowledge. — Atma-da, as, as, am,Vcd.

granting personal existence or life. — Atma-ddna,

am, n. gift of sclf, self-sacrifice, resignation. — Alma-

diishi, is, is, t, Ved. conupting the soul, soul-destroy-

ing. — Atma-demta, f. a tutelary deity. — Atma-

drokin, t, ini, t, self-tormenting, fretful, miserable.

f. I

— Ahna^nitya, as, d, am, constantly in the heart,

* if. — Ati

greatly endeared to one‘s self — Atma-ninda, f.

self-reproach. — Atma-nivedana, am, n. offering

one’s self as a living sacrifice to the deity — Atman-

vat, an, ati, at, Ved having a soul, animaied, a'ive,

personal. — Atman-vin, t, ini, i, Ved. animated,

having a soul. — Atma-pardjita, as, d, am, Ved.

one who has lost himself. — Atma-paritydga, as,

m. self-sacrifice. — Atma-prabodha,as, m. cognition

of soul or supreme spirit; title of an Upanishad.

— Atma-prabka-, as, d, am, shining by oue’s own

light. self-illuminated.— Atma-pravada, as, m. con-

versation about the soul or supreme spirit; N. of the

seventh of the founeen POrvas or most ancient sacred

writings of the Jainas. — Atma-prafansd, f. self-

applausc, — Atma-priti, in, f. self-enjoyment, self-

indulgence. — Atma-badha, see dtma-vadka.

— Atmadnmdhu, us, m. ones own kinsman, a

first cousin or father s sisteris son, motheris brotheris

son, motheris sisteris son. — Atma-bnddhi, is, f. self-

knowledge. — Atma-bodha, as, m, knowledge of soul

or supreme spirit; self-knuwledge ; N. of a work of

San-karSdarya; N. of one of the Upanishads of the

Atharva-veda ; (as, d, am), possessed of a knowledge

of soul or the supreme spirit. - Atma-bkava, as,

m. becoming or existing of one’s self; (as, d, am),

produced in ones self, caused by ones self. — Atma-

bkava, as, m. existence of the soul; the self, proper

or peculiar nature; the body. — Atma-bhd, iis, m.

self-bom, self-existent; an epithet of Brahma, Vishnu,

Siva, and Kamadeva, the god of love.— Atma-bkuta,

as, d, am, self-produced, become one’s self, own,

peculiar,belonging to; attached to, faithfu!. — Atnia-

bhuya,am,n. peculiarity, own nature. — Atma-miya,

as, i, am, spiritual. — Atma~mdlra, f. a partide of

the supreme spirit. — Atma-mdnin, t, ini, i, self-

honouring, self-rospecting, decorous, respectablc. — At-

ma-mUla, as, d, am, self-existent; (?), f., the piant

Alhagi Maurorum (‘ striking root in self’). — Atmam-

bhari,is, is, i, self-nourishiug, one who takes care only

of his own person, se Ifish, greedy. — Atma-yajin,i,i ni,

i, sacrificing for one’s self; one who sacnfices himself;

(?), m. a wise or leamed man, one who studies his own

nature and that of the soul. — Atma-yoni, is, m. one

whose birth-place is self; an epithet of BrahmS,

Vishnu, Siva, and Kamadeva, the god of love.

— Atma-raksha, f. the piant Cucumis Colocynthis

or Trichosanthes Bracteata (a creeper with a poisonous

fruit). — Atma-rama-yogcndra (?ga-in°), as, m.,

N. of a man. — Atma-loman, a, n. the hair of the

body ; the beard. — Atma-van6aka, as, d, am, self-

deceiver.— Atma-vaitfand, f. self-delusion. — Atma-

rat, an, ati, at, self-possessed, composed, prudent;

knowing spirit; (f), ind. like one’s self. — Atma-

vat-ta, f. self-possessioo, self-regard, prudence; self-

resemblance, proportion, analogy. — Atma-vadha, as,

m. or atma-vadhya, f. suicide.— Atma-rafa, as,

m. subjection of the mind, self-control, self-govem-

ment; (as, d, am), depending on one’s own will.

— Atma-rikraya, as, m. sale of one’s self, sale of

one’s liberty. — Atma-vid, t, m. a wise man, a sage,

one who knows the nature of the soul or spirit;

a sensible man, one who knows himself; a N. of Siva.

— Atma-vidyd, f. knowledge of soul or the supreme

spirit; spiritual knowledge. — Atma-vivriddhi or

atma-vriddM, is, f. self-advantage. — Atma-vira,

as, d, am, existent, sentient; appropriate, good for

one’s self, suitable as diet &c.; (cw), m. a mighty

man ; a son ; a wife’s brother; the jester or VidQ-

shaka in a play. — Atma-vrittdnta, as, m. one’s own

story, account of onc’s self, autobiography. — Atma-

vritti, is, f.ones own circumstances; practisingone’s

own duties or occupation. — Atma-takti, is, f. inhe-

rent or own power or effort. — Atma-^alya, f. the

piant Asparagus Racemosus WiWd.-* Atma-£uddhi,

is, f. self-purification, — Atma-^lagha, f. self-praise,

boasting. — Atma-samyama, as, m. self-restraint,

stoicism. — Atma-sad, t, t, t, Ved. dwelling in self.

— Atma-sani, is, is, i, Ved. graniing the breath of

life. — Atma-sandeha, as, m. internal doubt, personal

risk. — Atma-sambhava, as, m. a son; (a), f. a

daughter. — Atma-sat, ind. one’s own ; (used in con-

nection with rt. kri, see atmasdt-kri next coi.) — At-

ma-siddhi, is, f. personal aggrandizement, self-ad-

vantage. — Atma-sukha, as, m., N. of a man. — At-

ma-stnti, is, f. self-praise. — Atma-luityd, f. self-

destruction, suicide. — Atma-han, d, m. one who

kills his soul, or does not coiicern himself about the

welfare of his soul; a heretic, an unbeliever; a self-

murderer, a suicide; a priest in a temple, a servant

or attendant upon an tdol; (the priest subsisting by

appropriating io himstlf offerings to deities, for which

future punishment is assigned ) — Atmadianana, am,

n. suicide. — Atma-hita, as, d, am, beneficia! to one’s

sclf; (am), n. one’s own prnfit or advantage. — Atma-

dishta (°ma-ad?), as, d, am, self-<xmnselled ; (a*),

m. a treaiy dictaied by the party wishing it himsdf.

— Atmadhina (°ma-adh°), as, d, am, depending

on self, independent; sentient, existent; (as), m. a

son; a wife’s brother; the jester or VidQshaka in a

play, see atmanina and atma-wra. — Atmdparadha

(°ma-ap°), a*, m. own offcnce, personal transgres>ion.

— Atmapaharaka (°ma-ap°), as, m. an impostor,

one who pretends to belong to a h gher class than his

own. — Atmdbhildsha as, m the souls

desire. — Atmartha (°ma-ar°), as\ d, am, for one’s

own sake, for the sake of one’s scit. — Atmatin

(°ma-d4°), ?, m. a fish, supposed to eat its young.

(

i

— Atmatraya (°ma-a^°)> ^m* self-dependanoe;

innate idea, abstract knowledge which is independant

of the thing to be known. — Atme^vara (°ma-i^°),

as, m, master of one’s self, self-possessed ; God. — At-

modaya (°ma~ud°),a8_ym. self-advantage or elevation.

— Atmoflbhava (°ma~ud°), as, d, am, bom or pro-

duced from one’s self; (a«), m. a son; (a), f. a

daughter; N. of tbe piant Glycine Debilis Roxb.

— Atmopajivin (°ma-up°), ?, ini, i, one who lives

by his own labour; one who lives by his wife;

a public performer, actor, singer, dancer, &c.; a day-

labourer. — Atmopaniskad (°ma-up°), t, f. title of

an Upanishad which treats of the supreme spirit.

— Atmopama (*ma-up°), as, d, am, l?ke one’s self.

— Atmaupamya (°ma-aap°), am, n. likeness to

self, analogy to one’s own self.

as, Usa, m. f. = atman, essence, nature,

character, property, peculiarity; (as, d, am), belong-

ing to the nature or essence of a thing, of the same

nature as. Atmaka often occurs as the last member

of a compound ; e. g. sankalpatmaka, whose charac-

teristic is sankalpa; pandatmaka, five-fold, com-

posed of five ; vishatmaka, poisonous; Rig-atmaka,

belonging to tbe Rig-veda.

Atmakiya or atmhja, as, a, am, belonging to

one’s self, one’s own, own; cognate, related of kin.

Used reflexively for all three persons.

Atmanina, as, d, am, belonging to self, own;

appropriate, good for, fit for, suitable (as diet &c.),

existent, sentient; (as), m. a son ; any living being;

a wife’s brother; the jester or VidQshaka (q. v.) in a

drama.

Atmanc-pada, am, n. ‘ word to one’s self,’ form

for one’s sclf; that form of the verb which implies

an action belonging or reverting to self; that voice

which correspoods to tbe Greek middle; the ter-

ni i nations of that voice.

Atmanepadin, ?, ini, i, taking the terminations

of the middle voice, inflected in this voice.

Atmane-bhdsha, f. the Sanskrit middle voice.

Atmasdt-kri, to make one’s own, to acquire or

gain for ones self, to place upon ones self.

Atmasat-krita, as, d, am, made ooe’s own, ap-

propriatLd.

Atml-bhdra, as, m. becoming part of the supreme

spirit.

Atmya, as, d, am, belonging to self, personal;

(at the end of a comp.) having the nature of.

Iatyantika, as,i₉am(fr.aty-anta),

continual,unintemjpted, infinite, endless; excessive, su-

perlative, abundant; supreme. — Atyantika-pralaya,

as, m. the grand or universal destruction of the world.

dtyayika, as, ?, am (fr. aty-aya),

having a rapid course, rushing quickly to a termination,

not suffering delay, pressing, urgent; destructive, dis-

astrous, distressing, painful, ill-omened, unpropitious.

dtyuha, as, m. a gallinule. See

ddtyuha.

*N _#

utreya, as, i, am (fr. atri), origin-

ating from Atri; (o.s), m. a descendant of Atri;

a priest who is closely related to the Sadasya

(perhaps becausc this office was generally held by a

descendant of Atri); an epithet of Siva ; an essential

humor or juice of the body ; (i), f. a feraale descend-

ant of Atri ; a woman in her courses; any woman of

the Brahmanioa! order; N. of a river in the north of

Bengal, otherwise called Tista. — Atreyi-pittra, as,

m.. N. of a teacher.

Atrcyikd, f. a woman in her courses.

dtharvana, as, i, am (fr. atharvan),

originating from, or belonging or relating to Atharvan

or the Atharvans; (a>?), m. a descendant of Atharvan ;

a priest whose ritual is comprised in the Atharva-veda ;

a BrShman versed in the Atharva-veda; a house-

priest ,* the Atharva-veda ; (am), n. a private apartment

in which, after a sacrifice, the sacrificer is informed of

the happy event of the sacrifice by the officiating

Brahman. ^

dtharvanika.

Atharvaniha, as, m. a Brafjn . who has studied

the Atharva-veda.

Atharvanhja-rudrojKinishad (°ra-ap°), t, f., N.

of an Upamshad.

'STHT ad (a-ad), cl. 2. P., Ved. dttl, aliam,

to eat.

WT^3T d-dans, cl. p P. -dansati, -danshtum,

to nibblo, bite or peck at.

A-(frnfa, as, m. a bite, a wound cansed by biting.

A-dashia, as, a, em, nibbled, pecked at.

'M 11 a-daghna, as, i, am (fr. as-d°),Ved.

reaching up to the montb (as water).

Ia-dambh, cl. 5. P.,Ved. -dabhnoti,

-dambhitum, to harm, hort, injure, treat injnriously.

et Ic < a-dara. See under a-dri.

?Tp^r'5T a-darsa. See under d-dris.

d-dah, cl. i. P. -dahati, -dagdhum,,

to bum, bum up : Caus. -dahayati, -yitum, to cause

to bum: Caus. Pass. -dahyate, to be burnt.

A-dahana, am, n._f Ved. a place where anything

is burnt.

1. 5-da,c\.$. A. (Ved. sometimes P.)

•(latte, -dadati, -datum, to give to one’s self, ap-

propriate to ones self, take, receive, accept, seize,

take away, separate; to carry off, to put on (as

clothes), to perceive, comprehend ; to agree to ; to

undertake, begin ; to begin to speak; to repeat (with

punar): Caus. *dapayatt, -yitum, to cause one

to take i Desid. A. -ditsate, to desire to take, to be

on the point of taking or seizing.

A-da, as, a, am, (at the end of some compounds)

taking, receiving.

A-datta, as, a, am (sometimes contracted to

ntta, q. v.), taken, seized, put on ; agreed to, under-

taken, begun.

A-dadana, as, a, am, taking, accepting, under-

taking, beginning.

A-dadi, is, is, i, Ved. procuring, gaining; taking

or carrying away or off.

A-datavya, as, d, am, to be taken or received.

A-datri, ta, m. a receiver.

1. d-dana, am, m taking, seizing; receipt, accept-

ance; taking for one’s self, drawing near to one’s

self; receiving; taking away or off; a symptom :

(for 2. a-dana see below under 2. a-da.) — Adana-

rat, an, ati, at, one who receives something.

A-dani, f., N. of a piant, commcnly called hasti-

gkasha.

A-dapana, am, n. inviting or causing another to

accept something.

1. a-ddya, as,a,am, receiving, taking.

2. a-ddya, ind. having taken. — Adaya-dara, as,

d, am, one who goes away after having taken any-

thing.

A-dayamana,as,d,am (epic form for a-dadana),

taking, seizing. .

A-dayin, i, ini, i, receiving, inclined to receive

(gifts), taking gifts for one’s self.

A-deya, as, d, am, to be taken or received, re-

ceivable, leviable.

2. d-da, cl. 2. 4. P. -dati, -dyati,

-datum, to bind, fasten.

2. d-ddna,am, n.,Ved.binding, fettering; a horse’s

trappings. (For i. a-dana see under i. a-da.)

ddddiha, as, t, am (fr. ad-ddi),

belonging to that class of roots of which the first is

ad, i. e. to the secoDd class.

ddi, is, m. (fr. i. a-da?), beginning,

commencement; a firstling, first-fmits; first, i rior,

prime, pre-eminent; (very often at the end or in the

middle of a compound in the sense) bfeginning with,

et caetera, and so on (e. g. Indradayah sarah, the

gods beginning with Indra, i. e. Indra &c.; grihadi-

yukta, possessed of houses, &c.; evam-ddini vas-

tdni, such and simllar things; fayya khatvddih,

the word iayya means ? bed &c.); adau, ind. in the

commencement or beginning, at first; [with this

word has been compared the Slav. jedin, * one.’]

— Add-kara, as, m. the creator; an epithet of

BrahmS.Adi-kartri, ta, m. the creator; an epi-

thet of BrahmS, Kpshna or Vishnn. — Adi-karman,

a, n. (in gram.) the beginning or commencement of

an action (as in the example suryah pradyotitah,

‘the sun bas begun to shine;’ see Gram. 895.«).

— AtM-kavi, is, m. the first poet; an epithet of

BrahmS, or of VSlmTki. — Adi-kdnda, am, n. first

part or chapter; title of the first book of the RSmS-

yana.— Adi-karana, am, n. a primary cause ; ana-

lysis, algebra. — Adi-kala, as, m. primitive time,

remote antiquity.— Adt-kavya, am, n. the first poem,

an epithet of the RSmSyana. — Adi-krit, t, m. the

creator; see adi-kartri above. — Adi-ketavq,, as,

m. the first kelava, an epithet of Vishnu — Adi tas,

ind. from the beginning, from the first, in the be-

ginning, at first, at the head of (with gen.). — Adi-

ta, f. or adi-tva, am, n. priority, precedence.

— Ad-i-deva, as, m the first god, the creator; N. of

BrahmS, Vishnu or Krishna, or NSrSyana; the snn.

— A<M-daU'ya, as, m. epithet of HiranyakaSipu.

— Ad-i-natha, as, m., N. of Adi-bnddha ; N. of an

amhor. — Adi-parvan, a, n. first section or chapter,

title of the first book of the MahS-bhSrata. — Adi-

purana, am, n. the primitive PurSna, N. of the

Brahma-PnrSna. — Adi-purusha or adi-purusha,

as, m. the first male or progenitor, usually applied to

Vishnn; the primeval spirit. — Adi-bala, am, n.

generative power (first vigonr). — Adi-buddha, as,

d, am, perceived in the beginning; (05), m. the

primitive Bnddha, the chief deity of the northern

Bnddhists. — Adi-bhava, as, d, am, produced at first;

(ew), m. epithet of BrahmS. — Adi-bhuta,as, d, am,

first-born or existent; (as), m., a N. of BrahmS.

— Adi-mat, an, ati, at, having a beginning. — Adi-

miila, am, n. primitive foundation, primeval cause.

— Adi~yogd6arya (°ga-dd°)_f as, m. primitive

teacher of devotion; an epithet of Siva. — Adi-

rasa, as, m. the first or chief of the eight rasas, the

principal sentiment or emotion, i. e. srin-gSra or love.

— Adirasa-dloka, as, m„ N. of a poem supposed to

be written by KslidSsa. — Adi-raja, as, m. the first

king; an epiihet of Manu ; of a son of Knni; of

Prithu. — Adi-vanJa, as, m. primeval race, primitive

family. — Adi-varaha, as, m. the first boar; N. of

Vishnu, allnding to his incarnation in that form.

— Adivardlm, as, i, am, relating to the first boar.

— Adi-vipula, f.,N of a metra; — Adi-^arira, am,

n. the primitive body. — Adi-sarga, as, m. primitive

creation. — Adi-sura, as, m., N. of a prince. — Adi-

dvara (°c?^-lv°), as, m., N. of a prince. — Ady-anta,

as, d, am, having beginning and end ; from the be-

ginning to the end; (am), n. beginning and end,

first and last. — Adyanta-mt, an, ati, at, having

beginning and end, finite. — Ady-antantara-vartin,

i, ini, i, containing beginning, end, and middle;

being all in all. — Ady-uda.Ua, as, d, am, having

the acute accent on the first syllable. — Adyudat-

ta-tva, am, n. the condition of having the acute

accent on the first syllable. — Adyopantam {°dya-

up°), ind. from first to last.

Adika, as,a,am, (used like ddi, q. v.,at the end

of compounds) beginning with, et esetera, and so on.

Adima, as, d, am, first, prior, primitive, original.

I. adya, as, d, am, being at the beginning, first,

primitive; beginning with (used in this sense like

ddi; e. g. Indradyah surah, the gods beginning

with Indra, i. e. Indra &e.) ; immediately preceding

(e. g. ekddatadya, immediately before the eleventh,

i. e. the tenth; samynktadya, immediately pre-

ceding a double consonant); being at the head, un-

paralleled, noprecedented, excellent; (am), n. the

beginning; adye, in the beginning; (as), m pl.,

N. of a class of deities; (d), f. an epithet of DurgS.

— Adya-kavi, is, m. the first poet, a N. of ValmTki,

the author of the Ramayana. — Adya-mashaka, as,

m. a masha, a wcight‘equal to five gunja or retti

u-desa. 110

seeds, about 17J grains troy. — Adya-vija, am, n.

a primary cause.

d-digdha, as, d, am (rt. dih), be-

smeared.

^rrf^lPT aditeya, as, m. (fr. aditi), a son

of Aditi; a god, a deity, a divinity.

Aditya, as, d, am, belonging or devoted to, or

originating from Aditi; belonging or relating to, or

originating from the Adityas; (as), m. a son of

Aditi. In the earliest times this is the N. of sfeven

deities of the heavenly sphere, of whom Varuna is

the chief and to whom therefore especially belongs

the title Aditya. The names of six of the seven are

Varuna, Mitra, Aryaman, Bhaga, Daksha. and A^a; that

ofthe seventh is not clearlyascertained. Sometimestheir

number is supposed to be eight; vnd in the period of

the BrShmanas twelve, as representing the sun in

the twelve months of the year. The name Aditya

was afterwards applied to any god, thongh especially

applicable to Surya, the sun; N. of Vishnu in his

VSmanaor dwarf avatJr, as son of Kalyapa and Aditi

and younger brother of Indra; the piant Calotropis

Gigantea; N. of a man; (au), m, du., N. of n constel-

lation, the seventh lunar mansion. — Aditya-ketu, us,

m., N. of a son of Dhrita-rSshtra. — Aditya-garbha,

as, m., N. of a Bodhi-sattva. — Aditya-dandrau,

m. dn. sun and moon. — Aditija-dasa, as, m., N. of

a man. — Aditya-pattra, as, m. a piant = arka-

pattra. — Aditya-parnim, f. a creeping piant with

gold-coloured flowers, growing near the banks of

water. — Aditya-purana, am, n., N. of an Upa-

purSna. — Aditya-pushpika, f. red swallow wort.

— Aditya-prabha, as, m., N. of a king. — Aditya-

bhakta, f. = arka-bhakta, q. v. — Aditya-mandala,

am, n. the disc or orb of the sun. — Aditya-vat, an,

ati, at, surrounded by the Adityas. — Aditya-vani,

is, Is, i, Ved. winning the (favour of the) Adityas.

— Aditya-varna, as, d, am, having the colour of

the sun; (as), m., N. of a man, — Aditya-varman,

d, m., N. of a king. — Aditya-vrata, am, n.=arka-

vrata, q. v. — Aditya-sadrUa, as, i, am, like the

sun. — Aditya-sunu, us, m._f son of the sun; N. of

SugrTva, the monkey-king; of Yama, Saturn, S5varni

Manu, and Vaivasvata Manu. — Aditya-sena,as, m.,

N. of a king of UjjayinT. — AdityaJarya (°tya-dd°),

as, m., N. of an aurhor.

^rrf^T^rr d-ditsa, f. (fr. Desid. of 1. d-da),

desire to seize or take.

A-ditsu, U8, iis, u, wishing to take or ha ve (with

acc.).

ddin, T, ini, i (rt. ad), eating (used

at the end of compounds; cf. annddin &e.).

ddinava, am, n. (?), Ved. misfor-

tune, hinderance, want of luck (in dice); see ddinava.

— Adinava-dcirto, as, d, am, Ved. having evil

designs towards a fellow-player at dice.

1. a-dU, cl. 6. P. A. -disati, -te,

-deshtum, to aim at, to assign ; to point out, indicate,

report, annonnee, teach, determine, specify, foretel;

to order, direct, command ; to provoke, challenge ; to

undertake, try; to profess as one’s purpose or duty :

Caus. -defayati, -yitum, to indicate, announce.

2. a-dU, k, f., Ved. aiming at, design, intention ;

project, proposition ; proposal, declantion; region,

quarter; (Say.) a sacrifice offered or assigned (to a

particular deity).

A-dUya, ind. announdng, apprisiog, aiming at.

A<lishta, as, d, am, advised, enjoined ; directed,

commanded ; said; (am), n. command, order; frag-

men ts or leavings of a meal.

Adishtin, F, ini, i, or (F), m. one who receives

instrnetion, a pupil, a student, a BrShman in the first

order or quarter of his life ; a penitent, one engaged

in any expiatory rite.

A-desa, as, m. account, information; advice, in-

struction, precept, nile; an order, commandfore-

telling; (in gram.) a substitute, substituted form or

120 MUrf$I<*lfOT iidr&a-karin. ?rrwn

letter, &c.; (in astrology) event, resuit, consequence

of stellar conjunctions. — Adc<a-kdrin, t, ini, i, obe-

dient.

A-de<ana, am, n. the act of instmctiog, command-

ing or prescribing.

A-dc&n, i, ini, i, ordering, commanding, insti-

gating, exciting (e.g. kapola-pataladcdin, excitiog

a glow on thc chcek); (i), m. a commander, a

director; an astrologer, a fortune-teller.

A-dcdya, as, d, am, to be ordered or commanded.

A-deshtri, ta, m. an adviser, a director, a com-

mander ; an employer of priests.

'-wjqlrtq adlnava, as, m. distress, pain, un-

easiness; feult, transgression; an afflicter of distress.

^rrrfhr a-dip, Caus. P. -dlpayati, -yitum,

to cause to blaze, kindlc, set on fire, illuminate.

A-dlpana, am, n. settiog on fire, inflaming, ex-

citing, embellisbing; whitening the Wall, floor or

seat &c. upon festival occasions.

A-dlpita, as, a, am, illuminated, inflamed.

A-dlpta, as, a, am, set on fire, blazing up.

-du, cl. 5. P. A. -danoti, -te, -dotum,

to feel pain.

a-dri, cl. 6. A. or poet. P. -driyate,

-ti, -darium, to feel timid from veneration; to re-

spect, mind; to honour, reverence; to enjoy hoaour,

be honoured.

A-dara, as, m. respect shown to a person or thing,

notice, care; reverence; commencement, beginning;

[cf. Hib. adharadh, ¹ adorationadharach, * one

who adores.']

A-darana, am, n. notice, respect.

A-daranlya, as, a, am, venerable, respectable;

to be attended to.

A-dartavya, as, a, am, to be respected or regarded.

A-darya, a8, d, am, venerable, respectable.

A-dara, as, m., Ved. allurement, attraction; (S2y.)

an instigator; N. of a piant used instead of the Soma

piant, if this cannot be had, — Addra-bimbt, f., N. of

a piant.

t. a-darin, i, int, t,Ved. attracting, alluring; (S5y.)

destroying (as if fr. d-drl).

1. a-duri, is, is, i, Ved. careful, attentive. (For

2. a-duri see under a-dri below.)

A-drita, as, d, am, respected, honoured, worsbip-

ped ; zealous, diligent; respectful.

f. adritya, as, d, am, venerable, respectable.

2. adritya,ind. having respected,having honoured.

a-dris, cl. 1. P., Ved. -pafyati,

-drashtum, to look at: Caus. P. -darSayati, -yitwm,

to show, exhibit.

A-darfo, as, m. a looking-glass, a mirror; copy

of a work; the original manuscript from which a

copy is taken; a commentary; N. of a son of the

cleventh Manu; N. ofa country. — Adar^a-mandala,

having mirror-like spots; N. of a snake.

A-darfaka, as, m. a mirror.

A-dar4ana, am, n. showing, making apparent or

seen; a mirror.

A-darfita, a*, d, am, shown, made apparent.

A-dfishti, is, f. looking at, power of looking.

^XTZd-dri, cl.9. P. A. -drinati, -nite, -dari-

tum or -ritum, to crush, to force or split open, make

aocessible, bringto light: Intens. -dardarlti, to crush.

A-dardari, is, is, i,Ved. crushing, splitting.

2. a-darin, 1, tn*, i, crushing, destroying.

A-ddrya, ind. having split, showing fissures.

2, a-durt, is, (s, i, Ved. crushing, bruising.

a-deya. See under t. ci-dd last page.

d-devaka, as, i, am (fr. rt. div with

d), one who sports or plays.

A-devana, am, n. a place for playing.

1. a-dyuna, as, d, am, shamelessly voracious (said

to come fr. a-div, but the connection of this meaning

with rt. div is not very apparent). For 2. adydina

see next coi.

d-do, cl. 4. P. -dyati, -datum, to re-

duce to pieces or fragments; to tie, fetter. (In this

last sense, the rt. is better written da; see 3. a-da.)

"5TTTI 2. ddya, as, d, am (fr. rt. ad), to be

eaten, edible; {am), n. grain, food. (For f. ddya see

s. v. adi last page, coi. 3.)

^TTTnT 2. ady-ur^a, as, d, am, without be-

ginning. (For 1. d-dyuna see last coi.)

d-dyola, as, m. (rt. dyut), light,

brilliance.

>-wlf9WTl.ddrisdra, as, i, am (fr. adri-sara),

made of iron, iron.

a-dru, cl. i₄ P., Ved. A. -dravati, -te,

-drotum, to run towards, to hasten towards, to ap-

proach running; to bring running.

d-dvddasam, ind., Ved. up to

twelve.

TTTWK a-dhamana, am, n. (fr. d-dhd be-

low or fr. a-dham for a-dhmd ?),a deposit, pledge ;

fraudulent puffing of goods at a sale (?).

VTTWIFI ddhamarnya, am, n. (fr. adha-

marna), the state of being indebted.

aSmifacff ddharmika, as, z, am (fr.a-dharma),

unjust, unrighteous.

VTPJGE7TT a-dharshana. See a-dhrish.

'STTVT d-dhd, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhati, -dhatle,

-dkatum, to place, deposit, apply, appoint, direct,

propose, supply, give, make, constitute; (only A.) to

appropriate to one’s self, hold, possess, take.

A-dadkdna, as, d, am, having, possessing.

A-dhdna, am, n. putting near or upon, placing;

taking, having ; receiving, recovering; thecontaining

anything, the being in possession of a thing; a cere-

mony performed with consecrated fire (see agnya~

dhdna); a cereinony performed previous to concep-

tion (see garbkadkana); a pledge, a deposit; a

surety; assigning, attributing, employing; the place

in whidi anything is deposited or rests ; a receptacle;

enclosure, drcuit.

Adhanika, am, n. a ceremony performed after

cohabitation to procure or fevour conception.

A-dkdya, ind. having deposited or placed.

A-dkayaJca, as, ikd, am, placing, assigning, attri-

buting, applying.

1. d-dhi, is, m. (for 2.a-dhi see under a-dhyai),

place, situation ; a pledge, deposit; a pawn, a mort-

gage; location fixing, site ; definition, epithet. — A-

dhi-tva, am, n. the nature or circumstance of a

pledge. — Adhitvopddhi (*tva-up°)_t is, m. the ob-

ject or purpose with which a pledge is given, the

conditions or terms of a mortgage. ^Adhi-hhoga,

as, m. enjoyment or use of a deposit, use of a horse,

cow, &c., when pledged.

Adhl-kri, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kartuni, to pledge,

mortgage. pawn, make a deposit.

Adhl-karana,a m,n. pledging, mortgaging, a pledge.

Adhl-krita,as, a,am,pledged. pawned, mortgaged.

Adhl-kntija, ind. having pledged, mortgaged, &c.

A-dhlyamdna, as, d, am, being placed, being de-

posited. — Adhiyamana-ditta, as, d, am, having the

heart applied or intent on.

A-dheya, as, d, am, to be deposited or placed;

to be pledged or mortgaged ; what is put down or has

a place asdgned to it; to be assigned, attributed or

given; to be received, held or supported; (am), n.

= a-dhdna, q. v.

d-dhara. See under d-dhri.

d-dhdv, cl.. 1. P. -dhdvati> -t?itum,

to come running, to run towards.

A-dhavamana, as, d, am, running, rusbing on-

wards or at.

a-i?hr. See under a-dha above for

I. a-dh(, ind ur.dir a-dh/jai for 3. a-dni.

,-dhma.

"3Tff*ran.oo odhikaranya, am, n. (fr. odhi

karanya), possc^c'ion, location

idhikai ika, a«, t, am (tt.adbi-l ara), supreme,

supttior, relating or belonging to anything or persor

in authority; oftkia), relating to iny office or duty.

adhikya, am, n. (fr. adhika), ex

cess, ..bi;[id.mce, «uperabundancc. high degree, over-

weight, prepondennee; superiority.

vt if¹¹'¹ [ c| ch Idhidaivika, as, i, am (fr. adln-

dera), relating to a tuteiary or presiding Jeity.

’3T^TfVRf!I 'dhlpo.tyo, am, n. (fr. adhi-pati),

supretnacy, sovereignty, power.

adhibhautika, as, i, am (fr.

adhi-bhuta), relating to beings; elementary, derived

or produced from the primitive elements, material.

adhirdjya,am, n.(fr. adhi-rdjan),

royalty, royal goverament, supreme sway.

'3TTT\q r; M ^ ddhivedanika, am, n. {ir.adhi-

vedana), property, gifts &c. given to a first wife

upon marrying a second.

a5TTW n-dhu or -dhu, cl. 5. 9. P. -dhunoti,

-*dkundti or -dhunoti, -nati, -dhavitum or -dho-

tam, to stir, agitate.

A-dhava, as, m., Ved. onc who stirs up or agi tat es;

that which is agitated, mixture; throwing; also =

a-dhavanlya (/).

A-dhavana, am, n. agitating, moving.

A-dhavamya, as, m. a vessel in which the Soma

piant is shaken r.nd cleansed.

A-dkdva, as, m., Ved. that which is shaken or

cleansed by shaking.

A-dhuta or a-dkuta, as, a, am, shaken, agitated,

trembling. .

ddhunika, as, i, am (fr. adhuna),

new, recent, of the present moment.

adhurya, am, n. weakness (?).

^TIV a-dhri, cl. 1. P. -dharati, -dhartum,

to hold, keep, support: Caus. P. -dharayatz, -yitwm,

to bring, supply: Pass. -dhriyate, to be brought.

A-dhdra, as, m. support, prop, stay; the power of

sustaining, or the support g^ven, aid, patronage, as-

sistance; that which contains; a vessel or receptacle;

a dike, dam; a canal; a basin round the foot of a

tree; comprehension, location, the sense of the loca-

tive case; relation. — Adharddheya-bhdva (°ra-

ddh°), (is, m. the influence or action of the support

or recipient upon the thing received or supported.

A-dharaka, as, m. foundation.

A-dhdrana, am, n. bearing, holding, supporting

A-dharya, as, d, am, to be located, that to which

a location is to be assigned. — Adhdryadhdra-sam-

bandha,as, m. the relation of the recipient or recep-

tacle and the thing to be received or located.

A-dhrita, as, d, am, Ved. contained, supported.

^TT^p^d-dhpish, cl. 5. P.,Ved. -dhrishnoti,

-dharshitum, to assail, defy, injure, overcome; d.

10. P. -dharshayati, -yitam, to injure, hurt, over-

come, defy; refute, ennviet: Intens. Ved. -dadhar-

shati or Let of Caus. to overcome.

A-dharshana, am, n. convictio» of aime or error;

sentence, refutation; injuring, annoying.

A-dharshita, as, d, am, convicted, sentenoed;

refuted in argument, disproved, injured, aggrieved.

A-dkrishfa, as, d, am, checked, overcome.

A*dkriskti, is, f. assailing, attacking.

vi 1 y *{4 ddhenava, am, n. (fr. a-dhenu),

want of cows.

^TTVtTTIT ddhorana, as, m. the rider or

driver of an elephant.

VTTWT d-dhma, cl. 1. P. -dhamati,-dhmatum,

to inflate, puff up; to sound.

■srrwnn a-dhmata.

W-JUrfei* anukalpika.

121

A-dhmata, as, a, am, sounded, soimding; inflated,

bumt; (as), m. flatulence, borborygmi, swelling of

the abdomen with noise, war, battle.

A-dhmana, am, n. blowing, inflation ; boasting;

a bellows; imumescence, swelling of the body, dropsy.

A-dhmapana, am, n. a means of inflating.

adhyakshya,am, n.(fr. adky-aksha),

Ved. superintendence.

adkyasvi, N. of a plaCe.

WOTfWW adhyatmiha, as, i, am (fr. adhy-

atman), relating to self (as ddhyatmiki r%6, a hymn

sung by any deity or other personage in praise of him-

self); relating to the supreme spirit; spiritual, holy,

^TTUrPT a-dhydna. See under a-dhyai.

adkyapaka, as, m. a teacher, a

scriptura! preceptor ;=zadhy-apaka, q. v.

adhyayika, as, t, am (fr. adhy-

aya, q.v.), occupied or employed with reading or

studying.

^TTWI a-dhyai, cl. i. P. -dhyayati, -dhyatum,

to think on, meditate on, remembcr.

a. a-dhi, is, m. (for I. see under a-dha), thought,

care, anxious reflection, mental agony, anxiety, pain;

misfortune; reflection on religion or duty; hope, ex-

pectation ; a man solicitous for his family’s livelihood.

— Adhi-ja, as, a, am, produced by pain, &c. — Adhi-

jna, as, a, am, suffering pain, distressed; crooked,

— Adhi-manyu, avos, m. pl. feverish heat or buming.

— Adhi-mlana,as, a,am, withered with anxiety.

A-dhi, f., Ved. thinking, Ionging, care. — Adhi~

parna, as, a, am, Ved. winged with Ionging or

hope.

A-dhita, as, a, am, Ved. reflected or meditated

upon ; (am), O. the object or subject of one’s thoughts,

anything intended or hoped for.

A-dhyd, f. recollection, remembering especially

with regret.

A-dhydna, am, n. remembering with regret, pen-

si ve or sorrowful recollection, dwelling or meditating

upon, &c.

^TTH adhra, as, a, am (rt. dhrai?), Ved.

poor, destitute, indigent, weak.

adhvanika, as, t, am (fr. adhvan),

being on a joumey.

edhvarika, as, i,am(fr. a-dhvara),

belonging to a Soma sacrifice.

ddhvaryava, as, i, am (fr. adh-

varyu), belonging to the Adhvaryu or to the Yajur-

veda; (am), n. Service at a sacrifice, especially the

office of an Adhvaryu priest.

ana, as, m. (fr. rt. an), inhalation,

breath inspired ;Ved. mouth, nose; breathing, blowing.

Anana, am, n. the mouth, the face. — Ananabja

(°«a-a6°), am, n. fece-lotus (i. e. lotus-like face).

VHr|dS dnaka, as, m. (fr. rt. an?), a large

military drum beaten at one end, a double drum, a

small drum or tabor; the thunder-cloud or a cloud to

which the noise of the thunder is ascribed. — AnaJca-

dtmduhhi,is, m. (a patronymic fr.anaka-dunduhha,

q.v.), an epithet of Vasudeva the father of Krishna;

(fs, t), m. f. a large drum_beaten at one end, a large

dhol, a kettle-drum.— Anaka-sthali, f., N. of a

country. -

anakya, as, m.(?), N. of a sage

(for CSnakya?).

^T^\^d-naksk, cl. i. P. -nakshati, -shitum,

to approach, obtain, reach, present.

cnaduha, as, i, am (fr. anad-uh),

originating from a bull; (am), n„ N. of a Tirtha.

d-nad, Caus. P. -nadaynti, -yitum,

to mak. rf sonant, cuise to sound.

A-nadaya>, an, anti, at, causing to ound, mak-

ing to ring.

a-naddha. See under a-nah.

^TT«i«T afuma. See s. v. ana above.

H i «i 'iTb dnantarya, am, n. (fr. an-antara),

immediate consequente or succcssion; proximity,

absence of intcrval.

’3TT*^:i'^tFT dnantya, am, n. (fr. an-anta), in-

finity; immarlaiity, future happiness.

a-nand, cl. i. P. -nandati, -ditum,

to rejoice: Caus. P. -nandayati, -yitum, to gladden ;

A. io amuse one’s self.

jumanda, as, m. happiness, joy, enjoyment, sen-

shal pleasure; N. of the forty-eighth year of the

cycle of Jupiter; an epithet of Siva; N. of a Bala-r5ma

according to the Jaina doctrine of inany Krishnas aod

many Bala-rSmas; N. of a cousin and a zealous follower

and fovourite disciple of Buddha Sikya-muni, compiler

■of the SOtras: (a and t), f., N. of two plants; (am),

n. God, the supreme spirit according to the VedSota.

— Ananda-giri,is, or dnanda-jnana,as, or ananda*

jnana-giri, is, m., N. of an annotator on_ San-ka-

radSrya. — Ananda-ta, f. joyfulness, joy. — Ananda-

tirtha, as, m., N. of a scholiast. — Ananda-da or

ananda-kara, as, a, am, exhilarating, deljghtmg.

— Ananda-datta, as, m. membrum virile. — A-

nanda-pata, am, n. a bridal garment. — Ananda-

purna, as, m., K. of a man. — Ananda-prahhava,

am, o. the seminal fluid. — Ananda-bodhendra

(°dha-{n°), as, m., N. of a scholiast. —Ananda-

bhairava, as, a, am, causing both enjoyment and

fear. — Ananda-maya, as, i, am, blissful, made up

or consisting of happiness; (am), n. the supreme

spirit. — Anandamaya-kosha, as, m. the innermost

case of the body, or causal frame enshrining the soul.

— Ananda-rdma, as, m., N. of a man. — Ananda-

lahari, is or t, f. ‘wave of enjoyment,’ title of _a

hymn by San-karadSrya, addressed to ParvatL — A-

nanda-vana, as, m., N. of a scholiast. — Ananda-

vardhana, as, a, am, enhancing enjoyment; (cw),

m., N. of a poet. — Ananda-valli, f. title of the

second part of the Taittirlya-Upaniffiad. — Ananda-

veda, as, m., N. of a man. — Anandanandana

(°da-an°),as, m. a king.—Anandadrama ( da-d£°),

as, m., N. of a scholiast.

A-nandaka, as, a, am, gladdening, rejoicing.

A-mandathu, us, us, u, happy, joyful; (us), m.

happiness, joy.

A-nandana, am, n. delighting, making happy;

civility, courtesy, courteous treatment of a friend or

guest at meeting and parting; what gives or occasions

delight.

A-nandayitavya, am, n. the object of enjoyment

or sensual pleasure.

A-nandayitri, ta, m. one who gladdens or makes

joyful.

A-nandi, is, t, m. f. happiness, enjoyment, pleasure.

A-nandita, as, a, am, rejoiced, delighted, happy;

(as), m., N. of a man.

A-nandin, i, ini, i, happy, joyful.

WTVPTm anapatya, am, n. (fr. an-apatya),

childlessness.

^\ri anabhimlata, as, m. a descend-

ant of An-abhiml5ta.

u-nam, cl. i. P. -namati, -nantum,

to bend, bend down, bow, incline; to humble; to

salute reverently : Caus. P. -namayati, -yitum, to

cause to bend.

A-nata, as, a, am, bending, stooping, bowed;

pacified, conciliated ; humbled ; submissive, obedient;

saluted reverently. — Anata-ja, as, m. pl. a class of

divine beings.

A-nati, is, f. bending, bowing, stooping; saluti ng.

A-nama, as, m. bending, stretching (a bow).

A-namita, as, a, am, bent, bowed down.

i. a-namya or a-namya, as, a, am, to be bent.

a. a-namya or a-natya, iud. having bent.

A-namra,as, a, am (3. a prefixed in the sense ofdi-

minution), a little bent, bowing, stooping,bowed down.

WFPT a-naya, &c. See under d-m.

«s .

-narta, as, m. (fr. a-nrit, q.v.), a

«tage, a thcitre; vvar; N. of a couotry and its in

habitants in the peninsula Gnjarat with its capital

Dvarakl or Kulasthall. — .In.irta-nagari, f. the

capital of Anarta.

Auartiya, as, a, am, belonging to or coming

from Anarta; (os), m., N. of" man.

anarthakya, am, n. (fr. an-

arthaka), unhtoes"., imprugriety; ustlessntss, un

profitableuess.

dnalcm, is. m., N. of a man.

.11Hq anava, as, t, am (fr. anv), Ved. kind

to mji, b nevolcnt (?); human; (as), m. men,

people; forelgn men or pe jple.

aSnra anasa, as, i, au (fr. anas), Ved. bt- _i

Ionging to ? waggon.

SH |Vf? a-nah, cl. 4. P. A. -nahyati, -fe,

-nartdhum, to bind to; A to bc stopped up.

A-nadd/ia, as, a, am, bound, tied, coisti ve; (am),

n. a drun. in genetal, dressing, putting on clothes or

ornaments. — Anad'lha-vn*ti-ta, f. reteotion of urine.

A-naha, os, m. epistasis, suppression of urine, or

constipation; length, especially of cloth.

Anahiha,a»,i, au, to be used in cai ts of epistasi..

aJTPTTTJ anathya, a,n, n. (fr. a-nrit ha), s+ate

of being unprotected or without.. guardian, orphamsm.

vTTfVf^rl anirhata, as, t, am (fr. a-nirhala),

Ved. inde; tructible nature; (according to Mahi-dhara(

wholly gont out of the World.

anila, as, i, am (fr. anila), pro-

cetiing from or produced by wind, winay; (as),m.

N. of Hanumat and BhTma; (i), f., N. of the fifteenth

lunar man sion.

Anili, is, m., N. of Hanumat and BhTma.

vrrvrt a-ni, cl. r. P. -nayati, -netum, to

lead towards or near; to bring, feteh, bring back or

take back: Caus. P. -nayayati, -yitum, to have

anything brought, to cause to be fetehed: Pass.

-miyatt, to bc brought or fetehed.

A-naya, as, m. bringing, investiture with the

sacred thread.

A-nayana, am, n. bringing or leading near to;

investiture with the sacred thread.

A-nayitavya, as, a,am, to be brought or led near.

1. a-naya, as, m. a net.

2. anaya, nom. A. andyate, -yitum, to form or

represeot a net.

Anayin, i, m. a fisherman, a fisher.

1. a-nayya.as, a,am, to be brought near; (aa),

m. consecrated fire, taken from the GSrhapatya or

household fire, and placed on the south side, whence

it is called DakshinSgni.

3. a-ndyya, ind. having caused to be brought,

having caused to be introduced, having brought to-

gether, having convened.

Agnita, as, a, am, taken, brought, obtained.

A-niti, is, f. leading near.

A-niya, ind. having taken, having brought.

A-netavya or a-neya> as, a, am, to be brought,

to be fetehed.

A-netri, ta., m. a bringer, bringing.

I ril c6 a-nila, as, a, am, darkish ; slightly

black or blue; (as), m. a black horse.

-G{ H d-nu, cl. 2. P. -nauti, -navitum or

o ⁷

-nuvitum, Ved. 1. A. -narate, to sound, sertum,

warb'e: Intens. Ved. -navinoti, to sonnd through.

anukalpika, as, m. onc who

knows the anu-kalpa, q. v.

1 i

122

gn3~=K^r7T5i anukuhka.

> <■

upa.

CTnjarfcScS inukvlika, as, i, am (fr. anu-

l-ula), favour-ble, conformable.

Anukvlya, am, n. conturmity,suitr.blenes?; favour,

kindnoss.

anukrishta — am-krishia, q. v.

STT^TO anugatya, am, n. (fr. anu-gata),

acquaintance, familurity.

Anugatilca, as, F, am, relating to a follower.

Wtgmf^R ^;nugadika = anu-gadm, q. v.

mugramikc, as, i, am (fr. ana-

qrdma), aboat or belonging to a village, ruslic,

rural.

eH i rj ui M * anujavara, as, i, am (fr. an,u-

j a cara, tt.jcm), Ved. postiiumous.

- :» -3 anud-Ashtincya, as. m. a pa-

tronjmic from anu-drishti, q. v.

vVHH'1*133 nmcsikya, am, n. (fr. a.iu-

nislka), nasality (of a souud).

'cIT^Mld^ antiprdika, as, i, am (fr. anu-

pada), foUowing, pursuir.g, tracking.

ompurva, am, i, n. f. (fr. anu-

purra), orler, saries, succession; (in law) dirxt

rder of the caste -; (in logic) a condusion, regularly

or svHogktically deducid. — Anupmnsena or anupiir-

ryS, ind. one aftcr the othcr, in duc order.

Auupunya, am, n. oidcr, series, succession.

diwmata, as, i, am (fr. anu-mata,

rt. man), relating to the consent or favoar (of

anoth :r).

STRmfjli* anumanika, as, 7, am (fr. cmt-

mema, rt. md), relating to ? condwion; derived

nor., inf rence, subjrct to -nt^rence, inferable, int< rred.

— Amrmdnika-tva, am, n. the state of being infer-

ab*e.

'inurakti, is, f. passion, afiection;

the same as anu-rakti, q. v.

vuncolMj annlomya, as, i, am (fr. anu-

lama), in the di rectio n of the hair, producrd in

n^turil or direct order; (an), n. a direction similar

to that of the hair, Q-turri er direct order; fivour-

able direction, fit disposition, favonrabteness; regular

series or succession: bnnging to ont’s right place.

Amdamika, a», i, am, regular, erderly, io due

course or series; favourable.

sHlijfqffrrin dnuvidhitsa, f. (corrupted fr.

iin-anuvidhitsa fr. rt r!Aa?), ingratitude.

unureJyo, as, m. (fr. anu-vesa), a

neighbour who lives in the "ame house.

anusasenika, os, i, am (fr.

anu-iasana), relating to or treating of instruction.

cfida^qi 5nusitka, as, t, am (fr. anu-sitka),

being with or witbm the iwns (as rice).

rt M'q^rq 4i -inusrarika or dmtsravika, as A,

am fr. anu-imva), ' ccording to hearing, resting on

tndition.

-ej M q t* anushak, ind. (fr. anu-sanj, q v.),

Ved. in continoous ordsr, unintemiptecly, one after

the oth_r.

inushangika, as, i, am, connected with, con-

comitant. necessarily following, idhcrent, inhertr.t,

implied, proporfon.t., like, -nalogous, relative;

[Kcessarv as a resuit or corseqnonce, mevitaWe ; (in

gram.t elliptica!, includine or agr icing with word- not

c< mprised in the sentenec.

vl riqod anushanda or dinishanilaka, as, i,

am. Sce Gana to PSnini IV. a, 133. 134.

'!i IH U'c(i dnushiika, as, i, am (either — anu-

JUhf or fr. rt. st!), promoting, dnvitig forward.

SSTtfJipT (invshtuhha, as, i, am (fr. anu-

shfuhh), consisting of Anurhtubhs, form xi like the

Anushtitbh metre (e.g. composed of four dtvisions).

\qir| ■fq anusiiya, as, i, am, comir g from

Aousuya.

dnvkom, ind. (fr. o-cnukarnF),Xed.

in abundance.

dniipa, as, t, am (fr. atiOfia), wtt,

watcry, marohy; (as), m. auy loiraal frequenting

watery or raarshy places, as - buffalo, &c. — Anujui-

marjsa, as, ni the tlesh or meat of 'nimals ffc-

quenting ntarsh.s.

Anupakit, as, i, am, living or happ.uing in

marshv places.

sHT*p$tI anrinya, am, n. (fr. an-rina), ac-

quittance ot debt or obligatioo, the not being indcbted

to (svith gen.t.

^TTe -nrit, cl.4. P. -nrityati,-nartitum,

to dance towards, hasten near, dance: Caus. V.-nar-

tayati, -yitum, to agitate gently.

A-narta, as_t m. a stage, theatre; war. See s. v,

w anrita, as, i, am (fr. an-rita), un-

trutiilul; (as), m., N. of a people (?).

Av.rilaka, as, i, uta, inhabi.ed by tht Anritas.

-Kfljsi¹* anrisansa or dnnsapsya, am, n.

(fr. a-vriiansa), mildnes*, kiudness, mercy, com-

passion ; cruelty (?).

c-netavya,a-ntya. See under c-nt.

dnaipuiia, am, n. (fr. a-nipum),

ciumsiness, stu; idity; =^:a-naipuya, q. v.

iinaiharya, am, n. (fr. an-isvara),

absenec of power or supremacy. See an-aiivarya.

3I13T 1. anta, as, 0, am (fr. rt. am), gone.

STP5T 2. ante, as, i, am (fr. enta), final,

terminal, relating to the end.

Art'yras, m., Ved. one who fimshts; personiSed

as Bhauvana.

^LMI*a*T ntam, ind. (fr. aA-antam), to the

end, complately, frem head to foot.

^!5l'rt*.ff*-t| < ntaratamya, am, n. (fr. a.pta-

ratamaS), nearest or desest relaticnsnip (as of lwo

letters).

Antarya, am, n. (fr. antara), near rehtiornhip

(of two letters).

SHI nd f*Tl antariksha or ontariksha, as, i,

cum (fr. antariksha), belonging to the intermediate

space between carth and htaven, atmospherical, he.t-

venly, celestial, preduced in the atmosphere; {am),

n. the firmament, the intermediate region betwern

earth and sky.

datarganika,as,i,am(fr.antar-

gana), in-luded, comprehended (as in a dass or troop).

geha\ being inside a house.

■5Tf3T3fTR3i antorvesimka, as, i, am (fr.

antar-pesmnn), preduced or occurring within a house.

^!5tTt'il3iT antika, f. an elder sistor. See

antika.

'^■poTnnfro.flm, n., Ved. the bowels.entrails.

Antrika, as, i, am, vircend, wifhin, or relating

to th< bowels.

3TP?( unda, as, m., N. of a despised olass

of men.

'HTTitffcsPt andolay, cl. 10. P. undolayati,

•vitam, toew.ng. See andnhrj.

Andola, as, m. swinging.

An.iola.ta, am, n. swinging a swiug; tr. mbling,

oscilhtion.

Anddka, as, a, am, swunp, shaken.

■nTiVTI andhasa, as, m. (fr. andhas, q. v.),

the scum of boiled rice.

Andhasika, as, m. o ceok.

andhya,am, n. (fr. ondha), blindness.

’?Tr?U rindhra, a»,m.pl.theTelugu eountry,

Telingana, sce an 'Uvra ; (as, d, am), anvthiLg re-

lating to this eountry (as the Telugu language).

>STv( i nna, as, 1, am (fr. anna), fed, having

food; relating to food, derived trom it, &e.

'SITsnrrti anyatareya, as, m., N. of a

gramman an. ,

5nV4fq<* invayikc., as, am th.anr-aya),

of a go- d family, well born; orderiy, according to

order or arrangement.

MI * a 1 i”V3i anrdhikn, as, i, am (fr. anv-

aham), daily.

"JtIi b¹ anvikshiki, f. (fr. anr-iksha),

logic, logica) philosophy, metaphysies.

rrqm ap, cl. 5. I. P. dpnoti or iipati, apa,

" * * s apsyati, apat, aptum, to n-ach, over-

take, meet with, fili upon; to obtain, pain, take

possession of, underpo, suffer; to enter, pervade,

c cupy, to equal: Pa‘-1. dp>/al(, to bc rearhed, lound,

met with, obtained; to arrive .at one’s lim o end,

become filled Caus. P. apayati, -yitum, aor. dpipat,

to causc to rtadt or obtain or gain; to cau*t any

one to feel; to hil: Desid. P. ipsaH, to strive to

reach or obtain: Desid. of th' Crus, apipayishati,

to strive to reach; [cf. L»t. apio, aptus; adipnscor

Old Germ. tiobav: Mcd. G-rm. ubeni]

1. apa, as, d, am, at the end ot compoundi; e. g.

dur-apa, difficult to bi obtained.

.Ijxtiia, am, n. reaching, obtaining; peppet

Apancyo., as, d, am, to bc reach^l or obt.-ined.

Apayilri, ta, tri, tri, one who pro rures, procuring.

Api, is, m., Ved. an ally, a fri'nd, an atquaintance.

— Apl-tia, am, n., Ved. contederation, friendsbip.

Apta, as, a, am, rearhed, overtaken, equalled;

got, gained, obtained ; reaching to, extendinp , «bun-

dant, full; apt, fit, true, exact, dever, tnnted, trust-

worthy, confidentia!; intimata, relat^fd, acquainted;

ippointe J; generally received; commonly u cd; au-

thentic; accusrd, pro-ecuted ; (as), m. a fit person,

3 credible peTson, a warranter, puarantee; a frieud;

an Arbrt; N. of a Mga; (a), f. a twisted band or

l. jck of hair; (rnn), n. a quotient; eqaation ot a

degree. — Apta-kama, as, d, am, one who ha'

gained his wisb, satisfied. — Apta-kdrin, i, ini, t,

managing things in a fit or confidential manner; (i),

m. a trusty agent, a confidential 'errant. —

garbha, f. a pregnant woman. — Aptavp.rva, as, d,

o.m, proud, arroeant — Apta.-daksh.iia, as, d,_am,

having proper gifts, or furnished with gift ,.—Apta-

radana, am, n. received text. revelation, aothority.

— Anta-iajra-suii, is, f., N. of an l paoishad.

— Apta-vakya, am, n. a correct sent.nce, — Aptor

vad, k, f. the evidens of a credible person; (t), m.

onc whose evidence is credible. — Apt"kti ('ta- d ^:),

is, f. augment or r.ffix; a word of received ; rceptation

and established by osage only.

Aptavya, ar, a. am, to be reached, obtamable.

Apti, is, f. reaching, meeting with; obtaining,

gain, arquisition; binding, connection, relation, fit-

ness aptitude; ('lJ/o*l, f. pl., N. of twelve sacrifidal

verses bcginmng with apaye (dat. casr of api).

1. apya, as, a, am, obtainabl-. See aptavya.

a. apya, am, n., Ved. conrcd .ration, alliance, re-

lationship, friend-hip.'

WI 2. apa, as, m. (probalily connected

with ap, apas, q. v.), N. of one of the eight demi-

gods cali-d Vasus, (f or I. apa see above.)

VTTW upakara.

a-pina.

123

apnkara, as, i, am (fr. apa-kura),

offensi ve, mischievous, unfriertdly.

^ IH a-pakva, as, a, am (rt. pa6 with 3. a,

implying diminution), half-baked, crude, raw; nearly

ripe, not quite ripe; undressed, what is eaten without

further preparation (as bread &c.).

apagd, f. (fr. rt. ga with apa?), a

river, a stream; N. of a stream.

Apageya, as, m. the son of a river; an epithet of

Krishna or BhTma.

a-pat, cl. 10. P. -patayati, -yitum,

to split; to sever.

^ I M<li a-pana, as, m. (rt. pan with a), a

market, a shop.

Apanika, as, i, am, mercantile, relating to traffic,

to a market &c.; (as), m. a merchant, a dealer, a

shop-keeper; tax on markets or shops; assize, market-

rate.

a-pat, cl. 1. P. -patati, -titum, to fly

towards, to come flying, to come in haste, to rush

in or on; to assail; to approach; to fall to one’s

share, to befal, happen : Caus. P. -patayati, -yitum,

to throw down, let fall, shed; -patayati, -yitum,

to go towards, approach.

A-patat, an, anti, at, approaching, preparing to

assail.

A-patana, am,n. coming, approaching; descend-

ing, alighting, happening.

A-pati, is, is, i, Ved. coming in haste, mshing on.

A-patika, as, i, am, accidental, unforeseen, sent

from heaven; (as), m. a hawk, a falcon.

A-patila, as, a, am, happened, befallen; alighted,

descended.

A-pata, as, a, am, mshing upon, attacking, ap-

proaching; (as), m. rushing upon, pressing against,

falling, descending; throwing down ; causing to de-

scend; happening, becoming apparent, appearance;

the instant, the current momeat; (atas), ind. at the

first attack, instantly, immediately.

Apatin, i, ini, i, falling on, descending, happening. ;

apatdlikd, f. (fr. apa-tala ?),

N. of a metre.

^rnr^T apatya, as, i, am (fr. apatya), relat-

ing to offtpring; (in gram.) relatiog to the formation

of patronymic nouns.

wtfvi d-pathi, is, is, i (fr.pathin with a), ;

Ved. being on the way or on a voyage.

A-pathi, is, or apathya, as, m., Ved. a traveller,

wanderer.

1. a-pad, cl. 4. A. -padyatp, -pattum,

to come, walk towards; to enter into, attain ; to get

into trouble, fall into misfortune; to happen: Caus.

P. -padayati, -yitum, to bring on, bring to pass.

A-patti, is, f. cntering into a state or condition,

entering into relationship with anything, changing

into; obtaining, procuring; misfortune, calamity,

fault, transgression; remonstrance, expostulation.

2. a-pad, t, f. misfortune, calamity; [cf. Hib.

dpadh, ‘ dcath ;* dpthach, * mortal.’] — Apat-kala,

as, m. season of distress. — Apatkdlika, as, d or i,

am, occurring in a time of calamity, belonging to

such a time. — Apat-prapta, as, d, am, unfortunate,

unhappy, afflicted.— Apad-gata, as, d, am, fallen

into misfortune. — Apad-grasta, as, d, am, seized

by misfortune, unfortunate, unhappy, in misfortune.

— Apad-dharma, as, m. practice or profession

other than that proper to caste, but allowable in time

of distress.

Apadd, f. misfortune, calamity.

A-panna, as, d, am, gained, obtained, acquired ;

afflicted, unfortunate. — Apanna-sattva, as, diam,

impregnated, pregnani; (a), f. a pregnant woman.

— Apanndrti-pratamana-phala (°na-dr°), as, d,

am, ffuitful in the relieving of the pains of the

afflicted.

A-pdda, as, m. reward, remuneration.

A-pdiUina, am, n. causing to arrive at, leading to.

^TPT?T dpana, dpaneya. See under rt. ap.

mr*i cft apanika, as, m. an emerald; a

kirata or barbarian.

apamityaka, as, i, am (fr. apa-

mitya, rt. md with apa ; cf. apa-mityaka), received

by barter; (am), n. property &c. obtained by barter.

apayd, f., Ved., N. of a river near

the Sarasvatl.

apayitri. See under rt. ap.

apardhnika, as, i, am (fr.

apardhna), occurring in the aftcmoon.

dpartuka, as, i, am (fr. apa-ritu),

not bound to fixed times, not restricted to particular

seasons.

^ apava, as, m. an epithet of Vasishtha.

«=. . *

vTTtp-<^TM ''pavargya, as, i, am (fr. apa-

^r'arga), confening final beatitude.

WPPr dpas, n. a religious ceremony;

water (sce ap); sin [cf. apas].

ViTCH^iTT tpas/cdra, am, n. (fr. apa-skara),

the root or extrtmity of the trunk or body.

■smitriti dpastamba, as, m., N. of a re-

nowned sage and writer on ritual.

Apastmuhi, is, m. a patronymic from the pre-

oding.

Vi iM-rtftsril apastmnbMni, f., N. of a piant,

pcrhap. Briocaulfn t^uin ruangularf Lin.

't I 4T a-pa, cl. 1. P. -pibati or -pivati,

-pdtmn, to drink up, to drink out of or at; to drink

with the ears or eyes, heir, see: Caus. -payayiH,

-yitum, to causc to drmk.

A-pana, am, n. a drinking-party, a banquet; a

taveni, a liquor shop, a place for drinkmg in company.

Apanta-manyu, *is, tt-s, u, Ved. giving z^al or

contage when drunk (said of the Soma juice).

A-pdyin, i, ini, i, tond of drinking.

I. d-plta, as, d, ani, druok up, (xhausttd.

WTT?i r-pdka, as, m. (fr. rt. paf with a),

a baking oven, a potter’s kiln. — Apdke-rthn, as, d,

am, Ved. standin? in an oven.

dpunrjna, am, n. (fr. apdnga),

anointing the comer., of the eyes.

u-pdndvra, as, d, am, slightly

pale, palish.

'M 1^1 ri . -pdta. See under d-pat.

a5TT⁽TR'<’-/>iz<fa, a-pddaua. See under a-ytarf.

VTPTTfoJ d-pdli, is, m. a louae.

~pi- See under rt. ap

c-pinjara, as, d, am, somewhat

red, reddish.

^r'TTf«rfJ d-pis, cl. 6. P., Ved. -pinnati, -pedi- i

tum, to shape, configurate; to decorate, omament.

VilfmilfeS dpisali, is, m., N. of an old

grammarian.

ApUala, as, i, am, oiiginating from Apicali; (o^),

m. a pupil of Apicali.

d-pish, cl. 7. P., Ved. -pinashti,

-peshtum, to press, touch.

api, a-pina. See d-pyai.

[ h1 ? d-pid, cl. 10. P. -pidayati, -yitum,

to press, weigh down; to press hard, give pain, per-

plex.

A-pida, as, m. compressing, squeezing; giving

pain, hurting; a chaplet tied on the crown of the

head ; (a), f., N. of a metre.

A-pidana, am, n. compressiog, squeezing, tying

or drawing tightly ; embracing, clasping; giving pain,

hurting.

A-pidita, as, d, am, compressed, squeezed ;

bound tightly, embraced; hurt; decorated with

chaplets. .

•sntfhr 2. d-pita, as, d, am, yellowish;

(am),n. a pyritic mineral. (For I. a-pita see under

d-pa.) *

cl. 1. A. -pavate, -vitum, to be

pure; to flow towards after' purification ; to carry

towards in its course (said of a stream).

apupika, as, i, am (fr. apupa),

selling cikes; accustomed to eat cakes; fond of cakes,

eating cakes (with benefit); a good maker of cake ;

(as), m. a baker; a confectioner; (am), n. a mul-

titude of cakes.

Apupya, am, n. flour, meal.

^TPT^ d-puy, cl. I. P. -puyati, -yitum, to

be putrescent, putrify.

PJJT apusha, am, n. tin.

cl. 7. P. A. -prinakti, -prinkte,

-partitum, to fili, pervade; A. to satiate one’s self; to

mix with.

A-prik, ind.,Ved. in a mixed manner, confusedly.

d-pri66ha, &c. See under d-pra6h.

^rnT d-pn, Caus. P. -purayati, -yitum, to

fili, fulfil: Pass. -puryate, to be filled, become fiill.

A-pura, a8, d, am, becoming fiill.

A-purana, as, a, am, becoming fiill; (as), m.,

N. of a Naga; (am), n. filling, making fall.

A-purti, is, f. filling; fulness, satisfaction.

A-purya, ind. filling, having filled.

A-puryamdna, as, d, am, becoming fiill, being

filled. — Apuryamana-paksha, as, m. the crescent

or. waxing moon.

dpekshika, as, i, am (fr. apeksha),

raising expectations.

■‘-MlMtfihH dpoklima, as, m., in astronomy

#NOM?

vf 1 dpo-maya, as, i, am (fr. dpas, nom.

pl. of ap, q. v.), consisting of water. — Apo-matrd,

f. the subtle elementary principle of water. — Apo-

murti, is, m., N. of a deity under Manu Svarotisha,

one of the seven Rishis of the tenth Manvantara.

^ 1 M aposana, as, m., N. of a kind of

prayer spoken before and after eating ; perhaps con-

tracted from dpo ’4dna, ‘drink the water/ with

which words the prayer began.

ism.isjfs. 'TmhfNi, kc. See under rt. ap.

VI | vTl ij(M >7 dptor-ydman. Sec aptor-yama.

VTPW aptya, as, ni.,V ed., N. of a classi of

dcities, and especially of the deity Trita, a' one of

that class.

3. dpya, as, d, am (fr. ap), belonging

or rclating to water; watery; consisting of water ;

living in water. (For 1. 2. dpya see uoder rt. ap.)

4. dpya, as, m. (for aptya)j N. of a

class of deities in the sixth Manvantara.

rj. dpya, am, n., N. of a piant, a kind

of Costus. See vapya.

d-pyai, cl. 1. A. -pydyate, -pydtum,

to grow fat or comfortable, to inaease, become fiill,

enlarge: Caus. P. -pydyayati, -yitwn, to make fat

or comfortable ; to enlarge.

Api, ts, f. the twentieth Nakshatra or luoar mansion.

A-pina, as, d, am, stout, fat; (a«), m. a well;

124

wrol^wjr

(am), n. au udder. — Apma-vat, an, ali, at, Ved.

containing the rt. pyai with d (said of a fid or

verse).

A-pyana, as, a, am, stout, robust

A-pyaya, as, m. becoming full or fat.

Apyuyana, as, d, am, causing fulness or stout-

npss, increasing welfare; (an»), n. the act of making

full or fat; satisfying, refreshing, pleasing; satiety,

satisfactioD; advancing; anything which causes cor-

pulency or good condition ; strengthening medicine ;

corpulency,growing or being fat or stout; (in certain

ceremonies) the act of pouring water &c. on the

Soma and so causing it to swelL — Apyayana-dila,

as, d, am, satisfying.

A-pydyita, as, d, am, satisfied, increased, im*

proved, pleased, gratified; stout, fat.

apra, as, a, am (fr. rt. pri with d ?),

Ved. busy, zealous; (S3y.) able to rtach.

d-pradk, cl. 6. A. or poet. P. -pri6-

6hate, -U, -praskfum, to bid farcwell; to salute on

receiving or parting with a visitor; to extol.

A-pfiMha, f. conversati on, speaking to or with;

bidding farewelL

1. a-prtidkya, as, d, am,Ved. to be saluted, to

be weloomed, tobe honoured; laudable, oommendable,

beautiful.

2. a-pritehya, ind. having saluted, having bid adieu.

(In R5m5yana I. 72, 20, a form d-prisktva occurs.)

A-praMhana, am, n. expressions of civility on re-

ceiving or parting with a visitor, welcome, bidding

adieu, &c.

a-pratinivritta,as, d, am, pre-

vented, ttimed back(?),

^ «J*^d-pra<£tt?am, ind., Ved. for ever.

a-prapada, am, n. a dress reaching

to the feet; (am), ind. to the end of the foot,

reaching to the feet.

Aprapadina,as, d,am, reaching from the shoulders

to the feet (as a dress).

AprapadinaJca, am, n. a dress reaching to the feet. ^{* I. * * * 5}

a-prdvrisham, ind. until the

rainy season.

^TTirt d-pri, f. (fr. rt. pri with 5), Ved.

gaining one’s favour, conciliation, propitiation; (d-pri-

yas), propitiatorv verses; N. of certain invocations

addressed to a series of deified objects in order, and

said to be introductory to the animal sacrifice. Accord-

ing to others, the objects propitiated by these hymns

are the real 5prls or dpriyas; whence the hymns

themselves are called apri hymns. The objects in-

voked are in a series of twelve verses, as follows:

I. Su-samiddha (or the fuel); 2. and 3. Tanunapat

and Naralansa (these are sometimes invoked in one

verse as mystic names of fire); 4. The divine being

who bears the invocations to the gods (see under id);

5. Barhis (or the sacred grass); 6. The doors of the

chambers in which the sacrifice is offered; 7. Night

and dawn; 8. The two divine beings, sometimes

called Pradetasas, who preside over and protect the

saaifidal rite; 9. The three goddesscs, Ila (see under

ida)_t SarasvatT (goddess of eloquence), and Maht (a

form of Bharati or speech); 10. Tvashtri (the maker

or creator); 11. Vanas-pati (the tree or wooden column

to which the victim is tied); 12. Svaha (the exciam?.-

tion used in inviring the gods to the sacrifice when

finally offered in the fire). All these are byS3y. re-

garded as fornis of Agni. See Rig-veda I. 13.

A-prita-pa, as, m., Ved. epithet ofVishnu, ‘guard-

ing those who have appeased his anger.’

d-plu, cl. 1. A. -plavate, -piatum, to

bathe, wash, immerse one’s self; to jump up, dance:

Caus. P. -pldvayaU, -yitum, to cause to be bathed

or w?shed ; to wash or wet; to overflow, overwhelm ;

to set in commotion; A. -plavayate, to bathe.

A-plava, as, m. bathing, sprinkling with water.

•• Aplava-vral i n, i_t m. an initiated householder,

aplna-vcit. trpftx

who has passed through the first order(Brahma-<55rin),

and is admitted into the second. See snataka.

A-plavana, am, n. immersing, bathing, sprinkling

with water.

A-plava, as, m. bathing, sprinkling, wetting; a

submerging; a flood, an inundation.

A-pldvita, as, d, am, inundated, overflowed.

A-pldvya, ind. having wetted or sprinkled.

A-pluta, as, d, am, bathed; wetted, sprinkled.

In comp. sometimes used figuratively (e. g. snehd-

pluta, overflowing with affection); (cw), m. an ini-

tiated householder, see dplava-vratin; {am), n.

bathing. — Apluta-vratin, i, m. an initiated house-

holder ; see dplava-vratin. — Aplutanga

as, ?, am, bathed all over.

A-plutya, ind. having bathed, having washed;

having jumped up.

vtl “i apvan, a, m. (fr. rt. dp), atr, wind.

Apvd, f. the neck.

dpsava, as, m. (fr. apsu, loc. pl. of

ap), epithet of a Manu.

vt 1 apkuka, am, n. opium. See 2.

a-phena.

d-bandh, cl. 9. P. -badhnati, -band-

dhum, to bind or tie on.

A-baddha, as, d, am, tied, bound, joiued; (as),

m. a binding, a yoke; omament; affection. — Abad-

dha-mala, as, d, am, forming a wreath.

A-badha, as, m., Ved. binding.

A-bandha, as, m. a tie or bond; the tie of a

yoke, that which fastens the ox to the yoke, or the

latter to the plough; omament, decorati on; affection.

A-bandhana, am, n. tying, binding on or round.

W«PT abayu, us, Ved., perhaps the N. of

a piant.

vi d-barha, as, d, am (rt. vrih or brih

with d), having the property or power of tearing or

pulling out; (a*), m. tearing out.

A-barhaya, am, n. the act of tearing out.

A-barhin, f, ini, i, fit for tearing out.

vi ih ttM dbalya,am, n.(fr.a-6a?a),weakness.

d-bddh, cl. I. A. -badhate, -dhitum,

to check, rein in, jestrain; to interrupt, molest, attnck.

A-badha, as, m.,Ved. attack; molestation, trouble,

intemiption, damage; (d), f. pain, distress, segment

of the base of a triangle.

vnqitS a-bdlya, am, n. age ending with

infancy.

1 fq rt\a-bilam, ind., Ved. to the hole or

aperture [cf. vila\.

abutta, as, m. (perhaps corrupted

fr. aryaputra), a sisteris husband (in theatrical lan-

guage).

vi l-MV a-budh, cl. 1. P., Ved. -badhati,

-boddhum, to percei*e, notia, undcrst-Dd.

A-bndluina, au, n. knowlf dge, nndi rstanding;

instructili/, informing.

?rrf abdika, as, i, am (fr. ahda), unnutil,

jeuly. .

^TiVnT c-bhaj, cl. 1. P.,Vcd. -bh<ijati,-bhak-

tu<n, to make one sharc, cai-se one to partake.

A-hhaqa, ac, m , Ved. a partalcer of (with loc.);

(SSy.) to bt shared in.

TJTHm a-bharanc, am, n. See under

a-hbri.

^TOTT I. a-bhd, cl. 2. P. -bhdti, -tum, to

'hinc, blaze; to irradiate; to outshine; to appeai, to

look likc.

2. a-bha, f. splendor, light; a flash; coHur, apprar-

ance, bvanty; a reticetJd image, 'hade; likcn ss,

rejcmblance: (as, d, am, at the end of comp-uindsj

dbhira.

like, resembling, appearing; e. g. hcmdbha, as, d,

am, shining like gold; [d. Hib. aoibh, * likeness,

sim ili t ude aoibe, * neatness, elegance ;* aoibheal,

‘ a spaik of fire.’]

A-bhdtl, is, f. splendor, light; shade.

a-bhdsh, cl. i. A.-bhdshate,-shitum,

to address, speak to; to talk, shout.

A-bhasha, as, m. addressing; introduction, preface.

A-bhashana, am, n. addressing, speaking to.

1. a-bhdskya, as, d, am, to be addressed, worthy

of being spokeu to.

2. d-bkashya, ind. having addressed, having

spoken to.

r. d-bhds, cl. i. A. -bkdsate, -situm,

to shine, blaze; to be bright: Caus. -bhasayati,

-yitum, to illuminate.

2. d-bhds, f. splendor, lustre, light.

A-bhasa, as, m. splendor, light, colour, appear-

ance; semblance, phantom ; mere appearance ; falla-

ci ous appearance; refiection ; intention, purpose; (in

logic) fallacy, semblance of a reason.sophism, an erro-

neous though plausible argument (regarded by logi-

cians as of various kinds).

A-bhasana, am, n. illuminating, making apparent

or ciear.

A-bhasura, as, m., N. of a dass of deities or demi-

gods, sixty in numb.r.

A-bhasrara, as, m. a demi-god, of a class consist-

ing of sixty-four.

abhidaraiiika, as, 2, am (fr.

abhi-tarana), maledictory, imprecatory, serving for

mal edicti on or cursing. *

AbhUarika, as, i, am (fr. abhi-tara), magical,

relating to magic; (am), n. incantation, magic.

abhijana, as, i, am (fr. abhi-jana,

rt. jan), relating to descent; (am), n. loftihess of

birth.

Abhijatya, am, n. (fr. abhi-jata, rt. jan), the

nature or state of a man of noble birth, nobility;

birth, family, rank, leaming.

abhijita, as, 1, am (fr. abhi-jit),

bom under the constellation Ahhijit.

?nfiTvn abhidhd, f. or dbhidhdtaka, am, n.

a sound, a word, a name. See abhi-dha.

Abhidhanika, as, i, am, contained in a dictionary,

lexicographical; {as), m. a lexicographer.

Abhidhamyaka, as, i, am (fr. abhi-dhdna), re-

lating or belonging to a name or word ; {am), n. the

property of a name. -

dbhiplavika, as, i, am (fr. abhi-

plava), relating to the religious ceremony called

Abhi-plava.

dbhimukhya, am, n. (fr. abhi-

mukha), direction towards anything; wish or desire

directed towards anything; presence, being in front

of or face to face.

abhisheianika, as, 1, am (fr.

abhi-shcfana), relating to the inauguration of a king;

serving for it.

abhiharika, as, 2, am (fr. abhi-

hard), taken by force or fraud ; (am), n. a room.

dbhlka, am, n., N. of a Sama

melody.

dbhikshna, as, i, am (fr. abhikshna),

much, exceeding, etemal; (am), ind. exceedingly,

etemally.

Abhlkshnya, am, n. cojitinued repetition.

abhiya, as, d, am (fr. a-bhdt, ‘ up

to bha\ contained in a chapter of P3nini which

ends with bha.

dbKira, as, m., N. of a people; a

cowherd sprung from a Br&hman and female of the

dbkira-palli. ~~urefara~~ amushmika. 125

Ambashtha or medical tribe; N. of a metre; (i),

f. a cowherd’s wifc or woman of thc Abhlra tribe;

the language of the Abhlra. — Abhtra^palli, is or i

or ikd, f. a station of herdsmen, a village inhabited

by cowherds only, an abode of cowherds &c.

?TTHlo5 d-bhlla, as, a, am (fr. rt. bhi with

a), formidable, fearful; suffering pain; (am), n.

bodily pain; [cf. Hib. abMil, * terrible, dreadful.’]

■^TTH abhu, us, us, u,\ed. empty; one

whose hands are empty; stingy; (S5y.) pervading,

reaching.

Abhuka, as, d, am, Ve d. empty, having no con-

tents, powerless.

^TT^T a-hhugna, as, d, am (rt. i. bhvj with

3. d impiyiog diminution), a little curved or beot.

a-bhu, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -vitum,

to be present, continue one’s existence.

2. a-bhu, iis, v.8, u, Ved. strong, sufficient, effica-

cious; (S5y.) approaching (as a praiser) ; a prison, a

place of confinement; applied according to rule (as a

hymn); very prosperous.

A-bhutl, is, f., Ved. capabili ty, effidency; (S5y.)

overpowering strength; (is), m., N. of a man.

A-bhushenya, as, d, am, Ved. to be obeyed;

(S5y.) praiseworthy.

a-bhush, cl. 1. P., Ved. -bhushati,

shitum, to adora, to adom.with one’s presence, i. e.

to come.

^TTH a-bhri, cl. 1. P.,Ved. -bharati, -bhar-

tum, to briDg; to carry; to bear; to support.

A-bharana, am, n. ornament, decoration (as jewels

&c.) ; act of nourishiog; tide of severa] works.

A-hharat, an, anti, at, bringing. — Abkarad-

vasu, vs, U8, «jVed. bringing property, goods, &c,;

(ws), m., N. of a man.

abheri, f. one of the Raginis or

modes of music, personified as a female.

1. a-bhoga, as, m. (fr. rt. 1. bkuj,

to curve, bend, with prep. a), winding, curving,

curve, crease ; crumpling; Circuit, circumference, en-

. virons, extension, fulness, expanse; a serpent; the

expanded hood of the Cobra Capella (used by Varuna

as his umbrella); effort, pains.

2. a-bhoga, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. bkuj,

to eat, enjoy), enjoyment, satiety, fulness, comple-

tion.

A-bhogaya, am, n.,Ved. means of supporting life,

% livelihood; (S5y.) to be enjoyed (as Soma juice).

A-bkogi, is, f.,Ved. living, supporting life; (S5y.)

enjoyment.

abhyantara, as, i, am (fr. abky-

antara), being inside, interior, inner.

dbhyavakdsiJca, as, i, am (fr.

ahhy-avakdia), living in the open air.

abkyasika, as, i, am (fr. abhy-

a£q), being near to each other, neighbouring; (less

correctly in this sense written dbhyasika.)

^TTwnftRi abhydsika, as, i, am (fr. abhy-

asa), resulting from practice, practising, repeating.

abhyudayika, as, t, am (fr.

ahhy-udaya), connected with the rising or begin-

ning of anything; relating to or granting prosperity;

high, exalted, important; (am), n.a Sr5ddha or offer-

ing to ancestors on occasions of rejoicing.

dbhrika, as, i, am (fr. abhri), one

who digs with a spade or a hoe.

ind. an interjection of assent or

recollection, (a vocative following this particle is anu-

ddtta.)

t. dma, as, d, am (fr. rt. 2. am ?), raw,

uncooked (the opposite to pakva, q.v.; in theVeda

often an epithet of the cow considered as the raw

material which produces the milk) ; unbaked, unan-

nealed ; undressed; unripe, immature ; undigested ;

(am), n. condition of being raw; constipation, pass-

ing hard and unhealtby excretions; grain freed from

chaff; [cf. Gr. up6-s; Hib. amh, ‘raw, unsodden,

cmde, unripe.’] — Ama-kumbha, as, m. a water-jar

of unbaked clay. — Ama-gandhi, n. smell of raw

meat or of a buming corpse. — Ama-gandhika, am,

n. the smell of raw meat. — Ama-ta, f. rawness, un-

readiness. — Ama-tvad, k, k, k, tender-skinned.

— Ama-pdtra, am, n. an unannealed vessel. — Ama-

pinasa, am, n. running at the nose, defluxion.

— Ama-mansa, as, m. raw flesh.~ Amamansatin

(°$a*di°), i, m. a cannibal, eater of raw flesh.

— Ama-rakta, as, m. dysentery. — Ama-rasa, as,

m. imperfect chyme. — Ama-vdta, as, m, constipa-

tion or torpor of the bowels with flatulence and intu-

mescence. — Ama-^iila, as, m. the cholic, pain

arising from indigestion.— Amalisdra (°ma-at°),

as, m. dysentery or diarrhoea produced by vitiated

mucus in the abdomen; the excretion being mixed

with hard and fetid matter.— Amad (°ma-ad), t, t,

t, eating raw flesh or food.— Amanna (°ma-a7i°),

am, n. undressed rice. — Amafaya (Waf), as,

m. the receptacle of the undigested food, the upper

part of the belly to the navel, the stomach.

.-Ima^a, as, d, am, raw, uncooked, &c. See

1. dma.

Amisha, ani, n. flesh. See s. v. next coi.

aJTPT 2. dma, as, m. or dmana, am, n. (fr.

rt. 2. am), sickness, disease.

Amaya, as, m. damage, hurt; disease, sickness;

indigestion ; (am), n., N. of the medical piant Cos-

tus Speciosus.

Amayavin, I, ini, i, sick, diseased, affected with

indigestion, dyspeptic. — Amayavi-tva, am, n. indi-

gestion, dyspepsia.

amanda, as, m. the castor-oil piant

[cf. amanda and manda'].

aHlHrt d-mana, am, n. (rt. man), Ved.

friendly disposition, indination, affection.

A-manas, as, as, as, friendly disposed, kind,

favourable.

amanasya or amanasya, am, n. (fr.

a-manas), pain.

d-mantr, cl. 10. A. -mantrayate,

*yitum, to address, especially in saluting and in bid-

ding farewell; to ask, invite.

A-niantrana, am, d, n. f. addressing, spealdng to,

calling or calling to; greeting, courtesy, welcome,

bidding adieu, taking leave ; inviting, invitation; de-

liberation, interrogation ; the vocative case.

A-mantraniya, as, d, am, Ved. to be addressed

or asked, to be asked for ad vice or consulted.

A-mantrayitri, ta, trx, tri, asking, inviting, call-

ing; (1ta), m. an inviter, entertainer, especially of

Br2hmans. ■

A-mantrita, as, a, am, invited, summoned,

called ; (am), n. addressing; the vocative case.

1. d-mantrya, as, a, am, to be addressed or called

to; to be invited ; (am), n. a word standing in the

vocative case.

2. d-mantrya, ind. having taken leave, bidding

farewell. i

^UH^k d-manth or d-math, cl. I. P. -man-

thati, -tkttum, to agitate.

d-mandra, as,a,am, having a slightly

deep tone, makinga lowmuttering sound (like thunder).

^TPTTTirRT a-marandnta, as, d, am, or d-ma-

ranantika (°na-ant⁰), as, T, am, having death as

the limit, continuing till death, lasting for life.

-MIhPoj a-maritri, tu, m. (rt. mri or mrin

with d), Ved. one who hurts or destroys; a de-

stroyer.

See under d-mrid.

a-marsha, as, m. (for a-marsha,

q. v.), impatience, anger, wrath. (Kor a -maria set

under d-i.irM.)

A-.nartfiana, am, n. anger.

vi iHrt¹* dmalaka, as,i, am, m. f. n. the piant

Emblic Myrobalan, I mblica Ofiicinall- fisertn.; (as),

m. anutL.r piant, Gendarn“a Adhatoda; (am), n.

the fruit of the Emblic Myrobalan.

1 httlamaKiyd, f. designatton of a

particular iVid) verse of the Rig-veda (viz. Rig-veda

VIII. 48, 3\

A,nah’yava, as, m., N. of a Riohi.

Vi wi d-mc, cl. 3. A. -mim-te, -matum, to

effect, accomplish.

CTTRTRI amatya, as, m. a minister, a coun-

-.elior, an adnser; a gencral. See amatya.

vii^[<^=»i dmalaka, as, am, m. n. land near

a mountam (?).

■3TWRTTIT amanasya, as, l, am (fr. ama-

vdsya), belonging tn the now moon or its festival;

bom tt the time of ncw moon; occurring on the

day of oniunctu.n; (am), n. the new moon obhtion.

snf*TEIT dmik<shd,(. curd of two-milk whey,

a mixtur< of boiled and roaguiated milk.

Aniikskya or dmikshdya, as, d, am, suitable for

the pre-paration of Amik ;ha; made of curds.

-S | T*iol a,nitra, as, i, am (fr. a-mitra), pro-

ducti by an enemy, inimical, odious.

1 f*HYT d-misla, as, d, am, Ved. having a

tendency to mix, readily mixinrr.

Vi 1 f*i M amisha, am, n. (connected with x.

ahui), flesh, enjoyment; an object ct enjoyment, a

pleasing cr beautifui object &c.; a bribe; coveting,

longing for; lust, desire;' focJ; form. — AmUha-

priya, as, a, am, fend of flcsh-mea^f, camivoroo ;

(as), m. 3 heron. — AutUha-^}‘Avj, k, l, k, cami

vorous. — Amishrfin (^«ha-di'), i, ini, i, cami-

rorous, eating flesh and fish.

Amis, m. (occurring in loc. c. amlski), Ved. raw

flesh, meat; r dead tody.

Vi 1*0 a-ml, cl. 9. P., Ved. -minati, -matum,

to destroy, neutralize, cu^rUiI; A. -utimts, to destroy

or neutralize mutually.

wrNn dmikshc, f. = dmikshd, q. v.

d-ml, cl. 1. T. -rnilati, -litum, to

cl »e the eyes.

A-milana, am, n. cinsing of the eyes.

TTWtVrT d-mivpt, an, anti, at, or dmwatka,

as, a, am, Ved. attacking, pressing.

d-mukha, am, n. coomencement;

prelude, prologue j (am)i ind. to the face.

-mwd, cl. 6. P. -mundati, -moktum,

to loosen, let go; to put on a garment.

A-mukta, as, d, am, loosed, let go; liberated;

discharged, cast, shot off; put on as clothes or armour;

dressed, accoutred.

A-mukti, is, f. liberation, the being let loose;

final liberation; (i), ind. to the end of existence.

A-modana, am, n. the act of loosing, liberatiog;

emitting, shedding, letting forth, putting or tying on.

dmupa, as, m. the cane Bambusa

Spinosa Hamilt. Roxb.

■ei a-mur, ur, or a-muri, is, m. (fr. rt.

mri with. d), Ved. destroying, hurting.

dmushmika, as, i, am (fr. amvsk-

mm, loc. of t. adas), of that state, being thc re,

belonging to thc other world.

Kk

126 ammhyakulaka. ■srnw ayasa.

AmHshydkulaJta, am, n., mmukt/afmtmka, am,

n., Garia to Piri!ni V. i, 133.

Amuthyiyana, os, m. (fr. a,riushya, pen. of

I. ada.'\ snn or descendant r>f such 3 eoe, sim cr

descendant of an illustrioiL persi m; (os, f, am), wcll-

bora, well descended.

a-midam, ind. to the root, by the

root, tntirely, radicaily.

cl. 1.2. P. -marjati, -m&rshji,

-miij&Hm, -marghjum, to wife, ruh.

A-mrif ya, ind. h”viog wij.e i or rubbtd.

A-mfuklu, as, a, am, wipcJ, rubb-d.

citatu ii-mrina, at, a, am, x ulnsrable. See

an-amnna.

^n^TT c-mrita, as, a, am (fr. rt. mri with

a), mortal. ,

a-mntyos, ind. until doath.

•mrld, cl. 0. P. *mridnati, -mardi-

tum, t - crush by rubbing; to crampie; to prus, to

squeez—

4-inarda, as, n,. uusLing, handliug ronghly; press-

ing, sqnetzing; N. of ? town.

A-mardin, i, ini, i, cnishmp; presstng.

■5TPJ3T o-mris, cl. 6. P. -mtisati, -marshtmn

or • mrashtum, to tuuch, li ndk ronghly, rab, injure.

.I-marso, as, m. advice, counstl.

A-mariana, 01 Lss correctly a-hiarjiana, am,

n. tubi ing, w>p^!ng.

TTPR^T c-ntenya, as, c, am (fr. meni with

di, \ ed. to be r achod with an arro» or balt; (Say.)

to be r ua.ortd frotn ali sides.

a-mokshaaa, am, n. the act of

fixing or tyinp on or to.

; -Mficana. See under d-mui.

STTHt^ d-tnada, as, a, am (fr. rt. ,nud with

c) , gladdening, cheering np; (as), m. joy, serenity,

pleasure; fragrancy, a ditftKivc pertnrae; etrong smtu.

A-,rodana. am, n. rejoicing, delighting.

A-modita, as, d, am, pl> ased, delighted, fr-gnnt.

A-modin, i, ini, i, fragrant; happy, dclighted;

(at the end of compounds) fragrant or putumed with,

e. g. kadauihamndin, pt rfurnid with krdamb=s;

(«), m. a p .rfum- for the montb made up in the

fc.rm of a pili or bolui of camphor &c.

■STHIr d-masha, as, m. (fr. rt. mush with

di, robbing, steaKng.

4-mvshin, ?, ini, i, who or wh.-t stc-ls, a thief.

Tpfl?rftr^I i -mohanikd, f. (fr. rt. muh ivith

d) , a particuiar fragrant odour.

■5TBT5 -mna, cl. 1. P., Yed. -manati, -mnd-

tam, to keep inmind, to repi at, commit to rnemory,

band down in sacred texts; to ceLbrate, to fiat.

A-muata, as, c, am, kept in mind, remembered,

committed to m mor), leamt by heart, repeated,

handed down in sacred texts, etlebrattd.

4-mnana, am, n. mention, repetition, handing

dc wn by sacred texts.

A-mnaya, a‘, m. sacred tradition, 'aertd texts

hand ,d down by repetition; that vluch ii to be re-

mi mberad, studi.d or learnt by hort; a Veda or the

Vcdas in th. aggregate; reeeivud d.ictrioe, tra iltion il

mage, family or nationai cusloms; rdvice, inrtruction

m past and prtaent usagr ; a Taritra; an element of

being, a prnoerty of fcbstsnce (?); a tamily, senes ot

famihe*. — Amvaya :d"in, i, ini, i, observing the

Vedas nnd traditii nal customs, pious; contaimn- the

esreuce of the Veda.

dm-prntyaya, as, d, am, hc.ving

am for :ts afEx (e. g. a root like uf).

aHIeJel tiq dmbarishaptttraka, as, m. a

ccur.try inhabittd by the Ambarisha-potras.

■-HIy y ,'mbashtha, as, m. an inhalutant of

Ambaubtha.

d.nbikeya, as, m. (fr. anibikd), an

epithet of Dhpta-rSshtra; also of KSrttikeyi.

'-HltertT ambhasa, as, i, am (fr. 2. ambhas),

watery, fiuid.

Aiiibhasil-a, as, i, am, living in water, aquatio;

(as), m. 1 6sh.

ambhrini, f. a N. of Va6, the

daughter of the Rishi Ambhpna. See 3. anibkrina.

amra, 05, m. (said to be fr. rt. 2. am),

the mango tree, Mangifera Indica; (am)_f n. the fruit

of the mango trec. — Amra-huta, as, m., N. of

a raountain. — Amra-gandhaka, as, m., N. of a

piant. — Anira-gupta, as, m., N.of a man. — Amra-

palt, f., N. of a woman. — Amra-pefti, f. a porlion

of dried mango fruit. — Amra-maya, as, I, am,

made of mangoes (as sauce). — Avira-vana, «m, n.

a mango forest, — Amravarta (°ra-av°), as, m. in-

spissat ed mango juice.

Avirata, as, m. the hog-plum, Spondias Mangi-

fera.

AmrataTca, as, m. the hog-plum, Spondias Mangi-

fera ; inspissated mango juice; N. of a mountain.

Amravati, f., N. of a town.

Amriman, d, m._t Gana to PSnini V. 1,123.

a-mredana, am, n. tautology, re-

iterat ion of words or sounds.

A-mredita, as, d, am, reiterated, repeated; (am),

n. repetition of a sound or word; (in gram.) redu-

plication, the second word in reduplications.

'9TT9‘ amla, as, a, m. f. (fr. amla), the

tamarind tree, Tamarindus Indica; (am), n. sour-

ness, acidity. — Amla-vctasa, as, m. the piant Rumex

Vesicatorius.

Amlikd, f. the tamarind tree; soumess in the

mouth, acidity of stomach.

Amlikd, f. the tamarind tree.

aya, as, m. (fr. rt. t with d), arrival,

approach ; income, revenue; gain, profit; the guard

of the women’s apartments ; the eleventh lunar man-

sion. — Aya-vyaya, am or au, n. or m. du. receipt

and disbursement, income and expenditure. — Aya-

sthana, am, n. a place where revenues are collected.

I. a-yat, an,atl, at, eomtng, approaching. — Ayati-

gavam, ind. at the time when the cows come horne.

— Ayad-vasu, us, us, w,Ved. one to wbom goods

come.

Ayana, am, n., Ved. coming.

Ayin, ?, ini, i, Ved. driving near.

dyahiulika, as, i, am (fir. ayah~

tfula), active, diligent, indefetigable; (as), m. a

man who, in order to obtain an object, uses forcible

instead of gentle means; as, for mstance, a beggar who

bolds a lance to your breast in asking for alms.

a-yaj, cl. 1. A. -yajate, -yashtum,

to honour (the gods); to give, present.

A-yaji, is, is, i, Ved. procuring, granting; (S5y.)

accomplishing sacrifices from all sides.

A-yajisk(ka, as, d, am, Ved. procuring most or

best; (Say.) sacrificing best.

A-yajyu, us, us, u, Ved. endeavouring to gain;

inclined to sacrifice.

A-yaga, as, m. a gift given at a sacrifice. — Aya-

ga-bhuta, as, d, am, obtained by sacrifice.

^TPHT 2. d-yat, cl. 1. A. -yatate, -titum, to

make effort; to rest on, to depend on, to have the

upper hand (?).

A-yatana, am, n. resting-place, support, seat,

place, horne, house, abode; the place of the sacred

fire, an altar, a shed for sacrifices; a sanctuary; a

ground-plot, the site of a house; a bam ; (with Bud-

dhists) an inner seat (the five senses and Manas are

considered as the six inner seats or Syatanas); the

cause of disease. — Ayatana-tva, am, n. state of

being an altar or seat. — Ayatana-rat, dn, att, at,

Ved. having a eertain seat or horne; (an), ra., N.

of the fourth foot of BrahmS.

A-yatta, as, a, am, dependant, tractable, docile.

— Ayatia-td, f. or dyatta-tva, am, n. dependence,

humility, tractableness, docility.

A-yatti, is, f. dependence, subjectioo, subjecting;

affection; power, strength ; day ; boundary, limit;

sleeping; length (? for d-yati below); majesty,

dignity; futuxe time (? for a^yati); continuance in

the right way, steadiness of conduct.

^TT^RTrTR dyathdtathya, am, n. (fr. a-ya-

thatatha), unsuitableness, unfitness, incompatibility.

¹?TRR a-yam, cl. 1. P. -ya66hati, -yanium,

to streteh, lengthen out, extend, restrain ; A. -yat-

dhate, to streteh one’s self or be stretehed, to grow

long; to grasp, possess: Caus.-ydmayati,-te,-yitum,

to lengthen, & c.

A-yata, as, d, am, long; diffuse, prolix; (as), m.

an oblong figure (in geometry). — Ayata-tehada, f.

the plantain tree Musa Paradisiaca Lin. — Ayata~

stu,us,vc\. a panegyrist. — Ayataksha (°ta-ak°), as,

t, am, having large eyes or long eyelids. — Ayata-

panga (^cta-ap°), as, t, am, having a long-cornered

fye. 1- Ayatayati (°ta-dy°), is, f. long continu-

ance, remote futurity. — Ayatardka (?ta-ardh°), as,

m. (in geometry) balf an oblong. — Ayatelcshana

(*ta-ik°), as, d, am, long-eyed, having long or

large eyes.

A~yati, is, f. extension, length; stretehing the

hand, accepting, obtaining; connection, junction;

meeting; following or future time; the future, ‘ the

long run majesty, dignity; restraint of mind ; N,

of a daugbter of Meru. — Ayati-mat, dn, att, at,

long, extended; stately, dignified ; self-restrained.

A-yantri, ta, ra., Ved. one who fastens or raises;

(Say.) one who approaches.

A-yamana, am, n. stretehing (as a bow).

1. a-yamya, as, d, am, to be stretehed; to be

restrained.

2. a-yamya or a-~yatya, ind. having restrained,

suppressed or stretehed.

A-yaraa, as, m. stretehing, extendiDg ; restraining,

restraint, stopping; expansion,length (either in space

or time), breadth (in mensuration). — Ayama-vat,

dn, ati, at, extended, long.

A-y amita, as, d, am, lengthen ed out, extended.

A-ydmln, t, ini, i, one who restrains, long in

space or time.

dyallaka,am, n. impatience, long-

ing for, missing, regretting (etym. doubtftil).

vTTTpnf d-yavana, am, n. (fr. rt. yu tvith

d), Ved. a spoon for stirring, any similar implement.

d-yavasa, as or am(?), m. n.,Ved.

pasture-ground, place for feeding; (as), m., N. of a

man (?).

a-y as, cl. 4. P. -yasyati, -situm, to

exert one’s self, to weary one’s self, bccome exhausted :

Caus. -ydsayati, -te, •yitunx, to weary, worry.

A-yasta, as, d, am, patned, distressed; vexed,

angry; hurt, killed; managed or effected with diffi-

culty; labouring, toiling, making effort or exertion ;

sharpened, whetted; throwir, cast, sent.

A-ya8a, as, m. effort, exertion (of bodily or mental

power), trouble, labour; fatigue, weariness.

A-yasaka, as, i, am, causing effort, fatigue or

weariness.

A-ydsin, i, ini, i, making exertion, active, Iabo-

rious; exhausted by labour, wearied.

ayasa, as, 1, am (fr. ayas), of iron,

made of iron or meta!, metallic; armed with an iron

weapon; zealous?; (1), f. armour for the body, a

breastplate, a coat of mail; (am), n. iron ; anything

made ofiron; a weapon; a wind-instrument.

smtTSTT ayask&ra. srrrwns a-rambhaka. 127

■3mn=STT uyuskara, as, m. the upper part

of the thigh of an elephant. See ayas-lcara.

d-ya, cl. 2. P. -ydti, -tum, to come,

arrive, approach, reach, attaiD ; Ved. to bring.

A-ydta, as, a, am, come; (am), n. excess, super-

abundance.

A-yati, is, f. coming near, arrival; (is), m._t N. of

a son of Nahusha.

A-ydna, am, n. coming, arrival; the natura] tem-

perament or disposition.

A-yapana, am, n. causing to come, inviting.

d-yatita, as, a, am (rt. yd6),

urgently requested or desired.

us, us, u (perhaps fr. rt. an, but

said to be fr. rt. ay, to go), Ved. living, movable;

(as), m. a living being, man; living beings collectively;

mankind; the hnman race; the first man; life, du-

ration of life? wind; a son, descendant, offspring;

the son of Puriiravas and UrvaSl; N. of a man per-

secuted by Indra, also of one protected by him;

N. of a Rishi; of a son of Hrada; of a king of

frogs. — Ayushak, ind. (shak fr. rt. sad), Ved.

joined with men, with the co-operation of mea;

(Say.) attached to.

Ayus, n. life, vital power, health, duration of life,

long life, vital power; N. of a ceremony, commonly

called Ayushtoma, performed to obtain longevity and

forming part together with the Go and Jyotis of the

Abhi-plava ceremony; food; [cf. Dor. aUs; perhaps

also alaiv]; (us), m. the son of Pururavas and Urvail.

— Ayuh-deska, as, m. end of life, death.— Ayuh-

desha-td, f. the state of having nothing left but life.

— Ayur-dad, t, t, t, or dyur-da, as, as, am, or

dyur-davan, a, a, a, Ved. giving life. — Ayur-

dravya, am, a. a medicament. — Ayur-veda, as,

m. the Science of health or medicine; it is dassed

among sacred Sciences, and considered as a supplement

of the Atharva-veda; it contains eight departments: ■

I. Salya, surgery; 2. Salakya, inquiry into diseases

of the head and its organs; 3. K5ya-dikits5, treatment

of diseases affecting the whole body; 4. Bh0ta-vidy5,

treatment of diseases of the mind supposed to be pro-

duced by demoniacal inflaence; 5. Kaumara-bhritya,

treatment of children; 6. Agada-tantra, doctrine of

antidotes; 7. R5s3yana-tantra, doctrine of elixirs; 8.

V 5jikarana>tantra,niles for increasing generati ve power.

— Aijurveda-drig, k, m. a physician. — Ayurveda-

maya, as, i, am, acquainted with medical science.

— Ayurvedika, as, m. acquainted or familiar with

medicd science, a physician. — Ayurvedin, i, ini, i,

belonging to medicine, of the medical profession,

medical, medicina!, &c.; (1), m. a practiser of physic,

a physician or surgeon. - Ayush-kama, as, 5, am,

wishing for life or health. -Ayushdcrit, t, t, t, Ved.

producing or creating life. - Ayushtoma, as, m. (fr.

dyu8-stoma), a sacrifice to obtain longevity — Ayush-

pa, as, as, am, Ved. preserving life. — Ayush-

pratarana, as, i, am,Ved. prolonging life. — Ayush-

mat, an, ati, at, possessed of vital power, healthy,

long-lived; alive, living; lasting; old ; (an), m. the

third of the twenty-seven Yogas or divisions of the

ecliptic; the Yoga star in the third lunar mansion;

N. of a son of Utt5nap3da, also of Samhr3da. — Ayus-

k Tcara, as, d or i, am, promoting longevity, supporting

life. — Ayus-tejas, as, m., N. of a Buddha.

Ayusha, am, n. (at the end of some compounds)

= ayu8, life.

Ayushka, (with Jainas) union or connection with

the body or person; that which prodaims (kayate)

age (ayus) or duration of life.

Ayushya, as, d, am, giving long life, vital, preserv-

ative of life, for the sake of life, relating or belong-

ing to it; (am), n. vital power, abundance of life;

‘yivifying/ N. of a ceremony performed after a child’s

birth.

1. u-yuj, cl. 7. P. A. -yunakti,

-yunkte, -yoktum, to yoke to (anything); to join;

to appoiht.

A-yukta, as, d, am, appointed, charged with;

united, joined, obtained; (os), m. a minister, an

agent or deputy.

2_. d-yuj, Ic, k, Tc, Ved. uniting, joining.

A-yoga, as, m. appointment; action, the perform-

ance of an act; presenting or offering flowers, per-

fumes, &c.; a shore or bank, a quay to which boats

are attached.

A-yojana, am, n. effort, exertion; taking, seizing;

collecting.

A-yojita, as, d, am, collected together.

d-yuta, as, d, am (rt. yu), melted,

mixed, mingled ; (am), n. (with d implying diminu-

tion), half-melted butter.

A-yuvamana, as, d, am, Ved. mixing, mingling.

cl. 4. P. A. -yudhyati, -te,

-yoddhum, to war against, attack, oppose: Caus.

-yodhayati, -te, -yitum, to attack, oppose,

A-yudha, as, am, m. n. a weapon; Ved. a vessel;

(ani), n. pl., Ved. water; (am), n. gold used for

omaments. — Ayudha-jivin, i, ini, i, living by one’s

weapon; (i), m. a warrior. — Ayudha-dkarmini, f.

the piant Sesbania iEgyptiaca, commonly called

Jayanti. — Ayudhdgdra (°dha-dg°), am, n. an ar-

moury, arsenal.

Ayudhika, as, i, am, relating to arms; (as), m.

a soldier, warrior.

Ayudhin, i, ini, i, bearing weapons; (i), m. a

warrior.

Ayudhiya, as, d, am, relating to or connected

with arms; (as), m. a warrior.

A-yodhana, am, n. war, battle; slaughter, killing;

battle-field.

"S ,

rye, ind. an inteqection of calling,

<-xpre: sive of affection.

TTrWt ayogava, as, m. a man beloncring

tn the tribi of Ayo^u; 1 maa of a mired tribe spninp

from a ffiidra n.an ..nd V"isya wom n; his business

is carpentry &e.; (i), f. a womin of ibis tribe.

dyoda, as, m., N, of a Rishi.

i^ i. ar, aryati Ved. to praise; (Say.)

to approach or to make master of.

^TTT 2. ar (d-ri), cl. 3. P. eyarti, or cl. 3. P.

dnioti, artum, aritum or ari tum, to come; to

reach, obtain, fall into; to inflict; to insert, place

in : Caus. arpayati, -yitum, to cause to partake of;

to fix, settle, anntx; to ordain.

1. ara, as, am, m. n. (? fr. rt, rt), an angle, a

comer; N. of a tree ; N. of a lake; brass; oxide of

iron ; (as), m. the planet Mars, ^yAp7js; the planet

Satum; (a), f. a shoemakeris awl or knife, a bore,

a probe, a spoke. — Ara-kuta, as, am, m. n. brass.

— Ardgra (°rd-ag°), am, n. the point of an awl;

the iron thong at the end (of a whip) ; the edge of

a semicircular arrow-head; (as, d, am), sharpened,

sharo at the top and broad at the bottom like an awl.

— Ardvali (°rd-dv°)_t f., N. of a chain of mountains,

a spur of the Vindhya.

Arta, as, d, am, afflicted, pained. See s. v.

Arpita, as, d, am, fastened to, annexed ; depend-

ing on.

^2. ara (oontained m arat, nre, q. v.),

di.ifance; pr^ximity (V).

Aralcat, ind., Ved. fwitfi .ibi.) fer from.

THT 3. ara, probably a wrong rtading for

ara, a spoke, q. v.

Nicai a-rakta, as, a, am fsee 3. a), reddish.

'STO a-raksha, as, a, am (rt. raksh), pre-

served, defended, proper or worthy to be preserved ;

(as), m. protection, guard, preservation ; the junction

of the frontal sinuses of an elephant; the part of the

forehead below this junctioa.

A-raksh aha, as, d, am, who or what guards or

protects; (as), m. a watchman; see themext.

A-rakshika, as, m. a watchman, a patrol; a vil-

lage or police magistrate.

A-ralcshya, as, d, am, to be preserved or guarded.

arag-badha, as, m. the tree Ca-

thartocarpus (Cassia) Fistula; (am), n. its fruit.

drangara, as, m.,Ved. epithet of

a bee.

^TTlf^riT d-radita, as, d, am (rt. ra6), ar-

ranged, prepared.

IKC arata, am, n. flesh. (This word is

also oae of the Gana gauradi P3nini IV. 1,41.)

^ 1 aratta, as, m. pl., N. of a people

andeountry in Panda-nada or thePafijab. — Aratja-ja,

as, d, am, born in Aratta; (a«), m. an inhabitant

of this country ; a horse from it.

^ i ^rA aradava, as, 1, am (fr. aradu),

PSnini IV. 2, 71.

arana, am, n. (probably related to

l. arawa),Ved. depth, abyss, preripice.

dranaja, as, m. pl., N. of a class

of deities forming part of the KaJpa-bhavas.

^nrftr arani, is, m. an eddy.

araneya, as, i, am (fr, arant, q. v.),

relating to the Aranis or two pieces of wood by the

attrition of which sacred fire is kindled; (am), n.

or arayeya-parvan, a, n. title of the last section of

the third book of the Mah3-bharata.

^ l dranya, as, d, am (fr. aranya),

forest, relating to a forest, forest-bom, wild ; (as), m.

pl. wild animals. — Aranya-gana, am, n. one of the

four Ganas or psalm-books of the S5ma-veda. — A-

ranya-parvan, a, n., N. of the third book of the

Maha-bharata, more usually called vana-parvan,

— Aranya-pa£u, us, m. a wild or forest animal (as a

buflalo, monkey, &c.). — Aranya-mudga, f. a kind

of bean, Phaseolus Trilobus Ait, — Arayya-rdti, is,

m. (in the zodiac) the sign Leo; Aries and Taurus;

the former half of Capricom.

Aran,yaka, as, d, am, forest, wild, forest-bom,

produced in a forest, relating to a forest; the ara-

nyakam parva of the Mah5-bharata is either the

whole third book or only the first section of it; (o$),

m. a forestcr, an inhabitant of the woods; (am), n.

an dranyaka, i. e. one of a class of religious and phi-

losophical writings (closely connected with the Brah-

manas) which are either composed in forests or must

be studied there; the Upanishads are considered to

be attached to them. — Aranyaka-kanda, am, n.

title of the third book of the Ramayana and of the

fourteenth book of the STatapatha-Brahmana.

^TTTU uraddha, as, or aradvat, an, m., N.

of a son of Setu.

rt*TI c* drandla or aranalaka, am, n. sour

gruet made from the ftrmentation of boiled rice.

a-rabh, cl. 1. A. -rabhate, -rabdhum,

to commence, begin, undertake; to be active or ener-

getic ; to rely, obtain. •

A-rabdha, as, d, am, beguo, commenced.

A-rabdhi, is, f. beginning, commencemeat. '

A-rabhata, as, m. an enterprising, courageous

maa; (as, i), m. f. boldness, confidence; (i), f. a

branch of the dramatic art, the machinery of the

drama, the representation of supematural and horrible

events on the stage.

A-rabhamdna, as, d, am, beginning, commendng

resolutely with a detennination to finish.

A-rabhya, ind. having begun, beginning from.

A-rabhyamana, as, d, am, being commenced.

A-rambha, as, m. undertaking, beginning; a

thing begun; commencement; haste, speed; effort,

exertion; pride; killing, slaughter; an introduction,

a prologue, &c. — Arambha-td, f. beginning.

A-rambhaka, as, 1, am, undertaking, beginning.

128

ti-rambhana. ^TVT argha.

A-rambhana, am, a. tawng t.old of, seizing,

asing; the place of seising, a handle. — Arauhhana-

vat, ar,, ati, at, seizable.

A-rmnhho.nlya, as, a, am, that with which one

must begin, formlng the comm incernent.

A-rambhtn, i, ini, i, entcrprising, one who m ikes

ouny new projecti.

’5TtT^ a-ram, cl. I. P. -ramati, -ranturr, to

daiight in; to rest; to ieav^ off.

A-rata, as, a, aut, quict, gentle.

A-rali, w, f. stuppin?, ce^sing; waving lights be-

fore an imag..

A-raituna, am, n.takiog delight; cessation, pausa ;

asting-place.

A-rama, as, m. delight, pl asurt; place oi pleisurc.

a garden, a grove; 'with this w< rd cf. fipiga and

ejnyios.] — Irama-sltald, f.₍ N. of a fragrant plaut.

Aramika, at,, m. a gvrJencr.

WPa -rambana, am. n. (= o-lan.bana),

support.

•JJTrcJ, TOT. See under i. o-ru.

^rmr ?-ras, cl. i. P. -rasati, -situm, to

bewail, to laiTR.-t.

HTOH drasya, am, n. (fr. a-rasa), insi-

pidity, want of flavour or spirit

•3TKI ara, f. a probe, an awl. See under

2. ar.

THTTTT r-rcya, as, m. [fr. rt. rahj with a),

one of the sevtn sum at the end of a poriod of the

worid.

■JTTTTsft a-rajvi. f. (fr. rajaw with 3. ni, N.

of a refi in.

3TTTT3 dreda, as, m. with the epithet

talapa, N. of a teacher of Sskya-muni.

^rnrfij arddhi, is, m. a patronymic of a

teacher narntd Sangata in the Aitarey '-Brahmar .

•JIKW arat, tnd. (see 2. ara), from a dis-

tant piae.; distant; to 1 distant place.; far trom Iwith

abi.); n.ar; cireetly, immediately.

Aratiya, as, d, am, remata; near, proximate.

1Irdttd', ind., Vtd. from a distant place.

STTTTfiTdrcfi, ts, m.an enemy. See a-rdti.

it I f 1 fcf <M i-ratrka, am, n. the light or the

vessel containing it which is wavcJ at night before

an idol; N. of this c. remonj ; N. of aunther cere-

mooy.

aHTTTV a-rhdh.cl.r,. V.-rddhnuti,-rdddhum,

or Caus. P. -radhayati, -yitum, to conciliate, pro-

pitiate; atrive to obtain the tavour of; to honour,

worship; to deserve, merit: Pa^rs. •radf jate, to be

ffected or ccompliihed.

A-rddhikr, at,, a, am, who or what worships,

worshipiper.

A-rOdkana, am, n. pr xpiti-ting, rendering favour-

able to onei’s self; (am), n. acc. mplishmi nt, under-

taking; cooking; acquirement, attainm^nt; giati-

fying, propitiating, wurshipping; (a), f. 1 jrvice; (i),

f. worsh'p, r doration, propitution of the deities.

A-radh vdya, or d-i-ddkita^rya, as, d, am, to be

worshipped or adot-d, to De irincihatrd 01 propitiated

A-rddhayitri, ta, tri, fr», cndcavoijioo’ to conci-

liate or propiti 11 .

A-radAayishnu, us, us, u, pupitiatory;=the

prccedinf!.

A-rimika, ai, d, am, acc «raplishi.d, jfected;

propitiatjd, pleased; worsbipped, honoured, rever-

enced.

A-ralkya, as, a, am, to be made favourable, to

be wor hipped.

A-rddhgc.mdna, a, -i, am, being in ojursc of

ruliilmjit, Deinc ccomplished; beiog worhipped,

rtxdving worship.

i-, iradhayi hu, us, us, u, endeavauring to gain

one';; frvour, desirous of warshipping.

aralika, as, X, w. f'. a cook,

(etymoloay doubtiui, said to be fr. arula, i. e. b.nd-

ing over dishes.)

'itlfqpjl dravali, f. See under 2. ar.

'M I a-ritf, cl. 7. P. A. -rinakti, -rinkte,

-rekt",m, to empty.

A-rtka, as, m. emptyinc, dmibt.

A-reSila, as, d, am, emptied, contract-d, mixed.

aritrika, ad,i. fr. antra. Panin

IV. 2, 116.

fflflVtJH a riudama, as. m. patronymic of

th_ pnnec Fana-,mta.

aHlb I a-rt, cl. 4. A. -rlyate, -retum, to

trickle or flow up >n, to flow over, W"ter.

Vfl" 1.5,-rv, nl. 2. P. -ranti or -ravlti, -ravi-

tinn, to shout, to cry out; to praoo.

A-rara, as, m. cry, crying, howling, crash, sonud;

N. Of a pr-opilj.

A-rdja, as, m. cry, crying; hnmming (of bees

&c.); sound.

A-ravia, t, m. epithet of Jay-sena

W !. d.ru, us, m. a hng; a crab; the tree

Lagerstrccini’ Re gina; (us), f. a pitek-r.

araka, am, n. a medioinal piant of

cooling properti > growing on the Him&laya moun-

tairs.

a-rui, Caus. -racayati, -yitum, to

regard * plcasant, to choose.

A-roka, a°, m. shimng through; smali points of

light L itween th<- threrd of a web.

A-rtfana, as, d, am, shining.

WFF d-ruj, k, k, k (rt. rvj), breaking.

A-mja, as, d, am,Vti. breakin", destroying; (as),

m., N. of a Rakhas -tt^ndant 01 Rivana.

A-rujatrm, us, us, u, Vcd. breaking.

A-roga, as, m., N. of a sun [cf. d-idya"}.

vtmom» ir»H aruuaparejin, 1, m., N. of

an ancient K -lp wurk on the ntual of the Br dimanas.

STTFfTT arum, is, m. (fr. cruna), N. of

Uddalaka.arencwntd BrShmana teacher,son ofAiuna

Aup avefi and &'her of Svetaketu; N. ot A' -Jd ,!aki,

i. e. of Svetaketu; of Supani iya, son of Piaj«pati;

of Vainat .ya, son of \ inatl.

Aruntya, Os, m. epithet of SVetaketu.

oniR^:n,tnas,m.pl.,N.of a school

derived from Vai SmpSyana Amni.

'JTTFJtft amni, f.,Yed. ‘ the red one,' a N.

given to the horses of th. Mamts, which ar females.

Set am?a.

STTK» r,-,udh,c\.). P. -ruttaJdhi,-r<iddhum,

to kcep 1 >ff: Caus. -rodhayati, -yitum, to obstruet,

impii :de.

A-rod.hana,am, n.,W.d. seatt place, inn irmost part.

VTTFbft arushi, f. [fr. arvsha), N. of e

danghter of Manu aml mother of Aur/a.

'Hl+it+f < rush-kara, arr, n. the fruit of

the Stmecarpus Anacarlium.

-HIFF i. d-ruh, cl. x. P. -rahati, -radhum,

to isccnd, mount, bestrije; to vecture up an, under-

take:; to attain, gain: Caus. -mhayati or -npayati,

-yitum, to caurc to m mnt or ascend, raise; to causc

to rrow; to piant; to place , fasti m; to attribute.

J-r-ir-'Jcslianidna, as, d, am (Pesid.), w-shing to

iscend.

A-rrrvJcshv, us, us, u, desirous to rise or asernd

or adv-nce, &c.

2. a-ruf,, k, k, k,Ve d. ascending; (k), f. excrescenei,

shoot (of a piant).

A-ruha, as, a, ani, liaping up, mounting, 'scend-

ing; (aA, m. ascent.

A-rtdiya, ind. having monnti d, having ascended.

A-riidhe, as, d, anmeum d, ascended, risen;

rais-.d np, eiovated on high: ofteu used in oimponnd,

e. g. inrfriydrudka, briught under the cogniaance

of th^ senses, perceivt^— Irudha-vat, an, ati, at,

mou¹ tine, rhing. 9

A-rudhi, is, f. acent, mounting, -scending.

A-r xlhaiya, as, d, am, to b. a¹ eended or monnted.

A-rjdhn, dha, dhri, dkri, who or whit mounts

or rides, ikc.

A-rapa, as, m. imposing [as a burden), burdening

with, charging with; placing in or on; as«igning or

attributing to; r lating to superior poeitson.

A-rupaka, as, d, am, planting, fiidng, causing to

asc-nd.

A-ropana, am, n. the act of placii.g or fndng in

or on; causing to mnnnt ■ >r asoind, raising to heaven,

planting; trasting, delivering; the i tringnnt of a bow.

A-npanlya, as, d, am, to bf made to “cend; to

be taised, placed, &e.

A-rapita, as, d, am, raise d, Jevated; fixed, placed,

made; strur.g (as a bow); deposited, ii.tru ted; conse-

crated; accidenta!, adv utit jus.

1. a-ropya, as, d, am, to be placed or fixad or or in.

2. a-ropya, ind. having made to acend, having

car-od to m jnnt, having placed upon.

A-rapyamana, as, d, am, being strune, being tried

to be Jiung.

A-roka, c , m. on. who mounts or ascends, a rider

(on a hor.e dcc.), one who is seatod in a carriage;

ascent, rising, creeping up, mounting, riding; haughti

nese, pride; eievation. elevated piate, altitude; a hoap,

monntain; a woman’s waist, the bnttocks; length;

measnrt; descending ( = ara-rcha ?); a min ..

A-.vhaka, os, d, am, ascending; rsing; raising

up; (as), m. a rider; - tree.

A-rohana, am, n. the act of rising, ascending; the

rismg or growiug of ncw shw.ts, growing [of piai.t');

Ved. a earriage; an eicvated st ’ge for dancing; a

ladder, a staircase; riding on [a horse &C.1.

Arohanika, as, i, am, reiating to ascent or

mounting.

A-rohin, I, ini, i, a cendiug, mounting; on_t who

mounts or rides.

et [ w, drii, iis, iis, u, of a tawny colour;

(us), m. tawny (the colour).

VITT ars, ind. fsee 2. ara1, Ved. far. fai

from (with abi.); nosr. — Are-ayha, as, 5, am, Ved.

having evil far removed, — A. e-avadya, as, d, am,

Ved. one from whom DHme or insuit is far removed.

— Arr-<at, a, vs, us, it, Ved. one wh^se entmies

are dnven far away

el 1 <4 rf arevata, as, m. a tree, = arag-

badho,, q. 1; (am), n. the fruit of this tree.

a-rehano, am, n. (fr. rt. rih for lih

with d), Ved. licking, ki:sing.

etulaap dragya, am, n. (fr. a-raga), free-

dom lium disease, health.

ifrrf^i drki, is, m. s son of Arka or the

ren; epithet of the pWnet Fatum.

HIKj iirksha, as, X, am (fr. riksha), stellar,

regulated by the star» or constellationi: (as), m. a

son or descendant of Riksha ; epithet of Asvamedha,

of Shutarvan, of hamvaraua. — .Irksha-rrr 'ha, as,

m. a stellar vear or ri volution of a constellati in.

Arkshya, patronymic of riksha Panini IV. 1,105.

•nTCfT? tirkshf.da, as, i, am, inliabitinfr the

mountain Rikshoda.

'hiargala, as, t, m. f. a bolt or har.

Set arnal-i.

^TP”§V orgbadha, as,m. = drag-hadha, q.v

vti^l drghd, f. a 3ort of yellow bce.

129

^TT^z} iirghya.

arsha

Argfiya, as, a, am, telating to this bee; (am),

a its honey.

arda, as, i, am (fr. arca or fr. rid),

Jevout, woidupping; relating to the Rid or Rig-veda.

ArCika, as, i, am, relating to the Rig-veda; (am),

n. an epi het of the SSma-veda..

ardatka, as, m. a patronymic of

Sara.

■\H I ^ Iarddbhm, iiias, m. pl., N. of a

chool, foo .ded by a pupil of Vaiiampnyana.

sHI S ardh (a-ridh), cl. 6. F. arddhati, -dhi-

tum, to fall into (mischiefj; to obtain; to partake of.

■dilvH arjava, am, n. (fr. riju), straight-

ness, straight direction; rectitudo, propriety of act or

ibscrvance; honesty, open behaviour; sincerity.

drjVca, as, m. fcf. rijika), Ved.

originally perhap a milk-versei. This Word probably

denotes a celesthd vessel, in wbich the heavenly Soma

is purified, or one of the rivers which it tonns in

th: skv; (Say.; a lakt in the conntry Rijtka.

Arjikiya, os, m. = the preceding; (a), f. a terres-

trial river; N. ofthe river VipSfS.

'STTfrrm rrjunayana, as, m. pl. (fr. ar-

jura), N. of a people.

Aijundi/'ii<aLa, as, i, am, inhabitti by the Irju-

Dayanas.

arjuni, is, m. a patronymic from

Aijuna.

Arjuncya, os, m. a patronymic of Kutsa.

(a-rihj), cl. i. A. aritjate, -jitum,

to strive after, 1o endeavour to obtain, to wish to

possess.

^ITrT arta, as_y a, am (probably past pass.

part. of rt. ri with prep. d, but according to some fr.

rt. rit, and according to others an irreg. formatioQ

fr. rt. ard, which ought to form arna with prep.

sam, ni and rt, and ardita in other cases), struck

by calamity, afflicted, pained, disturbed ; injured ; op-

pressed, suffering, side, unhappy. — Arta-gala, as,

m. , N. of the piant Barleria Caerulea. — Arta-tara, as,

a, am, extremely pained, disturbed, confounded.

— Arta-ta, f. state of affliction, pain. — Arta-nada

or arta-svara, as, m. a cry of pain. — Arta-bandku,

iis, m. friend of the distressed.

Arti, is, f. painful occurrence, pain, injury, mischief,

evil; sickness; the end of a bow [cf. arti and

artiu]. — Artl-mat, an, att, at, having or suffering

pain ; (an), m., N. of a serpent. — Arti-han, a, a, a,

or arti-hara, as, a, am, destrnying pain. — Arty-

apakaratia, am, n. the relieving of distress, pain, &c.

•viridi artana, f. (according to Say. de-

rived fr. arta above), Ved. a destructive combat;

(as aQ adj.?) uncultivated, wild ground (? connected

with ara, (trana, aranya, &c.).

drtaparni, is, m. the son of Rita-

{arra a patronymic of Sudara.

TmWRT drtabhaya, as, m. son of Rita-

bhSga, a patronymic of Jarat-karava.

drtava, as, a or t, am (fr. ritu), be-

longing or conforming lo the seasons or periods of

time, seasonable; menstrual, relating to or produced

by this discharge; (as), m. a section of the year, a

combination of several seasons; (*), f. a mare; (am),

n. the menstrual discharge, certain days after the men-

strual discharge fit for generation; fiuid discharged

by the female of an animal at the time of mt; a

fiower.

Artveyi, f. a woman during her courses.

artiii, f.,Ved. the end of a bow, the

place where the string or sinew is fastened; (Kop&m?.)

artvijina, as, i, am (fr. ritvij),

fit for the office of a priest.

Artvijya, am, n. the office or business of a sacri-

ficing priest, his rank or order.

artvya, as, m. a patronymic of

Dvi-murdhan, a kind of Asura.

artha, as, i, am (fr. artka), relating

to a thing or object; material, significant (opposed to

dabda, q. v.).

Arthapatya, am, n. (fr. artha-pati), power over

or possession of a thing.

Arthika, as, t, am, significant, wise, rich; substan-

tia!, real, pertaining to the true substance of a thing.

ardra, as, a, am (said to be fr. rt.

ard), wet, moist, damp; fresh, not dry, succulent,

green (as a piant), living; fresh, new; soft, tender,

fiill of feeling, warm; loose, fiaccid ; (as), m., N. of

a grandsou of Prithu; (a), f. the fourth or sixth

Nakshatra or lunar mansion. — Ardra-Jcaskflia, am,

n. green wood, timber not dry. — Ardra-ta, f. or

ardra-tva, am, n. wetness, moisture; freshness,

greenness; softness, tendemess. — Ardra-danu, «s,

iis, u, Ved. granting moisture. — Ardra-nayo.na_y as,

a, am, moist-eyed, weeping, sufrused with tears.

— Ardra-pavl, is, is, i, Ved. having moist or drip-

ping fellies (said of a carriage). — Ardra-pavitra,*

as, a, am, Ved. having a wet strainer; epi the t of

the Soma. — Ardra-masha, f. a leguminous shrnb,

Gl)'dne Debilis, — Ardra-£aka, am, n. fresh ginger.

— Ardra-hasta, as, a, am, Ved. moist-handed.

— Ardra-lubdhaka, as, m. the dragoffs tail or de-

scending node.

Ardraka, am, n. ginger in its undried state; (d$,

t, am), bom under the constellation Ardr5; (as),

m., N. of a son of Vasumitra.

Ardraya, nom. P. ardrayatl, -yitum, to make

wet, moist en.

^TT^drdh (a-ridh), Desid. A. ertsate, to

wish to obtain or to collcct.

ardha (fr. ardha), used at the begin- ,

ning of compounds to express ‘ half.’

Ardhadraunxka, as, i, am, bought with half a

drona, containing it, &c.

Ardhadhatuka, as, i, am, applicable to half the

root or to the shorter form of the verbal base; this

is the nam e of those terminations and affixes which

belong to the six non-conjugational or general tenses.

These terminations are supposed to be affixed ipa-

mediately to the root or with the interpositiort only

of an augmen t, such as the inserted i.

ArdhaprasthiJca, as, t, am, bought &c. with

half a prastha.

Ardhamasika, as_ri, am, lasting &er"for half a

month; observing or practisiog (continence &c.) for

a fortnight.

Ardharatrika, as, m. pl. (fr. ardha-rdtra), N.

of an astronomical school who reckoned the begin-

ning of the motions of the planets from midnight.

Ardhika, as,i,am, sharing half, an equal partner;

relating to half; (gw), m. one who ploughs the

ground for half the crop.

ardhuka, as, i, am (fr. rt. ridh),\ed.

conducive to success, useful, beneficial.

tui M M drpny,V- aus. fr. rt. ri with n. See 2. ar.

Arpro/itri, ta, m., Ved. one who injurts or hurts.

vTT-TtT arbhava, as, i, am (fr. rihhu), be-

lonving or f icred to the Ribhus.

■JTiR cry a, as, a, m. f. (fr. arya, rt. rt), a

loyal or fkithfh! m. ::, e man of one’s own race; one

who is faithful to the deities of his countiy; N. of

the HindO and Iranian p.ople (oppo«ed to an-arya,

dasyu, dasa); in later times N. of the first three

castes (opposed to dudra); a ma.i highly esteem^d,

a respectable, hon, urable man; a ma :.ter, an owner; a

friend; aVaifya; Buddha; (witiiBuudhistsJamanwho

ha thought on the tour rhief principies of Buudhirm

and li7es according to them; a son of Manu SSvarna;

(ns, d or i, am), Aryan, f.avourable to the Aryan

people; behaving hke an Aryan, worthy of one

h. nourable, re ;pcctablt, notie; of a good family ;

excellent; wise; suitable; (d), f. a name of PSrvatI;

a kmd of metre of two lines, tach line consisting ot

seven and a half feet; t ach foot ci -ntaining four ic -

stants. except the s:.(th of the seond line, which con

tains only one, and is tbcrefore a single short syllable;

h^nce there ar : thirty instants in the first line »nd

tv'enty-seven in the second ; [with vnjc cf. the Old

Germ. dra and Mod. Germ. iTtre.] -• Arya-grihija,

as, d, ahi, easily to be got by h..nourable m_cn, to

be teceived with honour by noble men; decorou,

re-pectablf, right. — Arya-ta, f. or arya-tva, am, n.

honouiable behaviour. — A,ija-dcva, as, m., N. of a

pupd of Nagarjuna. — Arya-dcda, as, m. a region

inhabited by Aryans or followeri of the Aryan laws.

— Aryaddya, as, a, am, originating firom such a

rtgion, — Arya-putra, as, m. son of an Aryan or

h mourable man; the son of a spiritual preceptor;

honorific de signation of the son of an eld.r brother;

of a husband by his wite; of a prince by a general,

a hn.band (in theatricil languagc). — Arya-praya,

as, d, am, inhabited by \r)an people; abontid

ing with respectable persons. — Arya-bhatta, as,

m., N. of a renowoed astronomer, the inventor of

algebra, amoDg the HiadOs. — Arya-bhara, as,

m. honourable character or behaviour — Arya-

marga, as, m. the way of the honourable, the

respectable way. — Arya-,nisra, as, m. pl. an as-

stmbly of re pectable or honour ibie men; (as, a,

am), distinguishcd, respectable; (««), m. a gentleman,

a man of consequence. — Arya-yuvan, d, m. an Aryan

youth. — Arya-raja, as, m., N. of a king. — Arya-

rupa, as, 5, am, one who has only the form of «n

Aryan; a hypocrite, an impo ,tor. — AryaHngin, iAni,

i, ou^ who bears the (xtemal semblance of an iryan

or h .nourable man, an imposti >r. — Arya-vai ,aan, d,

m., N. of a king. — Arya-vritt %, am, n. the Lehaviour

of i, Aryan or notie m.n; (a., d, um), behaving

likt an Aryan; virtu. ms, good, pions, — A.-ya-i’tsa,

as, a, am, dressed like an Atg-an, weli dothed, fine.

— Anjacirata, as, a, am, one tt-ho observes the

laws and ordinances of the Aryjir or honourable meu.

— Anja-sanghc; as, m. thf whole body of the

\ryans, the coi! etive body of ncblemen; N. of a

r .uowiif i phil(«opher, founder of the chool cf the

Yogakaras. — Arya-satya, am,, n. a noMe or sublimo

truth; four such truths f»rm the four chief p.inciples

of Buddhism. — Arya-siniia, as, m., N. of a Buddhist

p itriarch. — Arya-hridya, as, a, am, boloved by the

noli e. — Aryd-gtti, is, i. avarietyofthr Aryi metre,

containing eight eqral feet or thirty-two syilabic in-

stants in tach verse of the couplet. — Aryavarta (’ya-

dv'), as, m. abi.de of the nobL or excellent; the

saered land or plaee ot r -sidence of the Aryans; N.

of the land extendihg from the c astem to the Western

sea, and boondt.l on the north and South by the

Himaiaya and Vindhya mountains. — Aryd-vildsc,

as, m. titio of d work. — Aryushtad ^!ta y ya-ashta-

i!a⁰), am, n. title of a work of Arya-bh"tta’s, consisting

of eight hncidrod distichs.

Aryakm as, ti. an honourable, respe ctabie man; a

yrandfathir: N. .f a cowheid who became king; of

a N Sga. — Aryaka or at yiko,, f. a respectable womai ;

(ika), f., N. of a Naksi atra; (akam), n. a cerernony

performed to the inanes, the vessel &c. used in sacri-

fices made 11 the manes.

ArydnaJca, N. of a country.

iriNIeS? nrtak, ind. cfter, aft vwards, be-

hind. See arrak.

^rrSa, as, i, am (fr. risya), Ved. belong-

ing to the antolope.

'-rsha, as, i, am (fr. rishi), relating or

belonging to or derived from Rishis, i. e. the poets

of the Vedic and other old hymns, archaistic; (as), m.

a torm of marriage derived from the Rishis, the

father of the bride receiving one or two f airs of kine

from the bridegroom; (am), n. the spe:ch of a

130

srniTTt o.rshudhd.

'HJoSfa a-loi.

Rishi, tht. holv text, Ihe Vedas; sacred dt Icent; the

dcri\ aeioa (of a poem) from a Rishi author; (a),

f. a dass of Vedic mctres. — Arshvdkd ( , ha-udh ),

f. a> wifc married aer rdiag to the Arsha torm.

Arshega, us, l, am, relaring or bedonging to or

jerived trom a Rishi, of sacrio d sccot; vuKrabb,

respectable; (am\ d. sacrcd discent. — Arehtjfa-val,

an, atl, at, Vul. conn-ctei with sacr.d d.scent.

sSTW drshabha, at, i, ani (fr. rishabha),

dcrived from a boli, piuduc.d by onr,

Arshabbi, it, m., N. of the first C «kravartin in

Bh irata ; a sob of the first Tlrthakrit Ri.habha.

A,shdhhja,as,d, ani, a stetr suffici.ntly full-grown

to be used or one ht to be casUated.

arshtishena. as, ru. a patronvmic

of Dv?3pi.

urhc.ta, as, i, am (fr. arhat), belonpr-

ing to the doctrim of Jina or the J tins; (as), m. a

Jzina, a follow.r of tlie doctrin s of Jira.

Aikatya, am, n. tht quality or practice of an

Ai hat or Jam saint.

iHTo5 ala, am, n. spawn, any dinchartre of

vtnomons matter from pohonous l.innl ; yellow

arsenic, orpiment; (as, a, m\ not smaU, large, ex

lensive. — Alakta (‘la-ak), es, a, «na, Ved. arointed

with poison (as an arruw).

-f Irt^T d-laksh, cl. io. P. A. -lakshayati,

-te, -yitum, to deseiy, behoid.

i. a-lakshya, at, a, am, to be observed, visible,

pp-jcnt.

dlnkshanya, am, n. (fr. a-la-

l-shana), micfhrtune, ciime.

itlcOtbM 2. ii-ldkshyp, as, d, am (3. 0 pre-

pr-5xed ir. the sense of diminution), scarcely visibh.

-t 1 cO⁷!? dltKjarda, as, m. a species of

Cobra. See alatjnrna.

d-lup, cl. 1. P. -lapati, -pitvm, to

addrcss, spe ak to, converse: Cius, -lipm/an, -yitum,

to engrge (another) in conversation, to quesfion.

A-lapa, at, m. speakim to, addressm?, sp^ech,

onversation, communication; statement of the ques-

tion in an anthm.tiul or aigebric sum; a queition.

— A^!apas at, an, atl, at, spe-.hing, addrrsing.

A-ldpana, as, a, am, causinv to speak or conver e

about; (am), n. sp-aking to, conveisina with.

A-lapaniya or d-ldj/ya, at, a, am, to be said or

«poken, to be spoken to or addressed.

A-lapin, l, ini, i, speakii.g or comeising with;

(ini), f. a iute made of 1 gouid.

vHlrJW n-labh, cl. 1. A. -lahhcte, -labdhmn,

to take hold of, touch, handl:.

A-lahhana, am, n. taking hold of, bringing ("?).

1. a-labhyn, at, 5, am, Ved. fit to be hilied or

jcrificed.

2. a-labhya, ind. having rtceived or obtained.

A-lambha, a», m. taking hold of, sening, touching;

tearing olf, ooting out (of pianti); the kiiling of the

animal at a «aerifice.

A-lombhana, am, n. taking hold of, touching;

killing.

l-lumbhantya, at, d, am, to be taka ho.d of or

handled, to be touchtd.

l-lambhin, i, ini, i, touching, taking hold of.

I-lanihhyo, as, d, am, obtainable, to be obtained;

fit or proper to be IdMed.

‘i-lumb, cl. I. A. -lambate, -bihrm,

to rest or lean up m; to hang from ; to depend; to

lay hold of, supp'rt, se.ze; to strik. up (a tunc or

note).

A-tamba, at, d, am, hanging down; (at), m.

that on which one rests or leam ; ••apport; receptacle;

i f rop; an asylum ; depending on or trom ; a per-

.endicuur; (a), f., N. of a pluit with poisonou-

Ieaves.

A-⁷ambana, am, n. depending on ot resting upon,

hanging from; supp'rting. sustaining; fiandament,

ba«e; 1^.150□, cause; (in rhetonci the natural "nd

n.ct' sary conn xtion of fteling with the caus. which

excites it; the meutal oXercis practised by the Y ogin

in endeavourmg to reali/e the gros« form of the

etemal; silent repetition of a prayar; (with Bnd-

dhists) thv live attribute ot things correspondt g to the

live senses viz. f irm, sound, smell, taste, and touch;

also dharvui or law corre«ponding to manas.

ilamhdyaiux or dlambdyan,-putra, at, m., N.

ot a teacher.

A-lamK, is, m., N. of a pup^:l of VaisampJyana.

A-hunbita, as a, am, pendent, .nsp.nded, hang-

ing from or cn; support ai, upheld; protected.

A-la»nhin, t, ini, i, hangiog from, resting or

leaniog upon; dependiug on or from; laying hold

of, supporting, maintaining; wearing; (inat), m. pl.

N. of a school.

A-Iamhya, ind. having supportei; supporting,

sustaining; t king by the hand.

'-'loif) b-layn. Scc under 2. d-ll.

'.flrfi Hat ka, as, i, am (fr. alarka), caused

bv or relatiDg to a nmd dog.

TTTWTini alar any a, am, n (fr. a-lavana),

ugliness, insipidity.

T?Toid Ici. blavdla, am, n. a ba«in for nater

runnd the root of a tree. See alarala, dvdla,

HI cdti clasa, as, t, am (fr. a-lasa), idle,

slothful, la/y.

Ahsya, as. I, am, idle, slothtul, apathetic; (am),

n. idleneis, sioth, want of energv'. — Abisya-niljan-

dhana, at, d, am, nriginating in indoli nce.

xKMlvhdldkta. See under ala.

ilafya, as, d, am (rt. lat for rat),

Ved. being amongst the breakeis of th- sta (?).

'ilrflf', elata, am, n. a tnebiand; a coal

buming or extinguished. See alcta.

xWlcJI d dldna, am, n. letym. doubtful), the

post to which an elephar t is tiei; the rope th;t ties

liim; a fetter, a tie; 1 rope or string; tying, binding;

(as), m., N. of a mini iter of S^vi\ a.

Aldnika, as, a, am, serviog as a po.it to which an

eiephant is ried.

vurfiM d-ldpa, &e. See under d-lap.

aldbu, vs, or dldbu, us, f. a pumja-

kin gourd. See a-ldhu.

Ulcdldrf i lararta (°la-dv^cF), am, n. a fan

mad ■ of ei ith.

clasya (°la-ds°), as, m. a croco-

dile (‘ pois.in-mouthed;’ see ala).

"JTrfo ali, is, in. (see ali), a scorpion; a

bee; (is), f. 1 womnn’ female trii nd; a row, range,

continuou’ line fcf. dr’U] ; a ridge or monnd of

earth Crossing ditehes, dividing fields, &c.; a dik< ;

a line, a r.icc, famiiy; (is, is, i), useless, idle, un-

meaning; pure, honest, sincere.

Atin, m. a scorpion (cf. alin].

Ali, f. a temde friend, row, range, line, &c.

fiIfcJTd d-likh, cl. 6. P. -likhcti, -lekhitum,

to write, delineate.

A-Ukhat, an, m. «cratching; N. of an evil :pirit.

A-likhya, ind. pourtraying, delineating, sketdiing.

A-Ukhana, as, d, am, scratehing, painting; (as),

m. , N. of a teacher; (f), f. a brush, a puicil; (am),

n. scratehing, wiling, painting.

A-lekhya, as, a, am, to be written, to be dJine-

ated or p inted ; (am), n. a painting, writing. — .lic-

kfojaAekha, f. painting. — Aid:},na-.iisha, as, a, am,

having nothing lett but a painting, decea icd.

dlirji, f.,Ved., N. of a serpent.

d-hny, cl. 1. P. A. -lingali, -te,

yitum, cr d. ic. P. -linyayati, -yitum, to clasp,

join the limbs closdy; to , ndrde, embract.

A-linga, as, m. anbrxcing; a kind of dnim.

A-liiHiarui, au, n. dfsping, embradng, an em-

brace.

A-lingita, us, d, am, embueed; (am), n. an

embrace, — AUnyita-mt, an, atl, at, onc who has

umbrici d.

A-Hngm, ”, ini, i, embmcing; (T), m. a small

drum, shaped like a barley com and carried upon the

breast.

1. a-latgya, as, d, am,tc be emb.ac-d; (as), m.

a small dram.

2. d-lingya, ind. having tmbracid.

snferar: alihjara, as, m. a large clay

water-jar.

alinda or alindaka, as, m, a terrace

before a housc, a raised place or terrace for sleeping

upon. See alinda.

^ifrtH, a-Up, cl. 6. P. -limpati, -leptum,

to anoint, besmear.

A-lipta, as, d, am, anointed, smeared, plastered.

A-limpana, am, n. whitening or painting the

floor, wall, &c., on festival occasions.

A-lepa, as, m. smearing, plastering, anointing;

linimeot.

A-lepana, am, n. smearing, plastering; liniment.

1. ali?f. See under ali last coi.

inert t. d-n, cl. 4 A. -liyate, -letum or

-Idtvrn, to «ettle down upon ; to me It; faint.

A-layn, as, am, m. n. a house, a dwdling, n re-

c^ptad. ,an asylum; (frequently at the end of a com-

puund, e. g. huaahiya, the abode of «now.)

A-Hna, as, d, am, melted, fused.

AVtnaka, am, n. tin; lead t’from it« mdting easilv).

vtlrtlc d-Udba, as, d, am, (rt. Uh), eaten.

lirked, lapped by the tonpaae, scriped ; (as), m., N.

ot a mari; (am), n. ar attitud- in shocting, th_E right

knet advrnced, the left leg retracted.

vtieol<s«ti alldhaka, am, n. the frolicing

of a calf; (etym. doubtful, psrhaps for ddKtlaka.)

VTn§ diu, us, m. psaid to be for am fr. rt.

;"i), an owl; an esculsnt ro-it, Arum Campanutaturn;

in the modem dialects this name is pplied to the

yam, potatoe, Scc.; ebony, black ebony ; (us or us),

f. a piteher, a small water-jar; (u), n. a raft, 1 float.

Aluka, as, m. a k'nd of ebony ; an epithet oi Se-

cha, the chief of the N agas or serpent race ; (am), n.

th, esculent root of Amorphophallui C.mpannlatus.

-htnSma, am, n. (rt. Inii6), tear-

ing in pieces, re niling.

'vf I e£i c -lud, cl. 1. P. -ladati, -lajitum, to

stir up, mix, agitate.

A-lodana, am, n. mixing, blending; stirring,

shakin?, agitating.

A-loditi 1, as, d, am, mixed, blended, shakei,

agitated.

xHle^rt d-lenn, as, d, am (rt. Iu), cut, cut off.

.'tlotJfi-, i ■lekhana, Scc. See under d-likb.

Vtl rftefi ii-lak, cl. 1. A., 10. P. -lakate, -ki-

tum, -lokmjati, -yitum, to look- forth ; to behoid ;

to consider, contemplate, regard.

A-loka, as, m. looking, seeing, b ihoiding, sight,

aspect; light, lustre, splendor; fiatter”, piaise, com-

plimentary language, panegyric; section, chaptu.

A-lokana, am, n. seeing, looking, sight, behoiding.

A-lokanlyn, as, d, am, visible ; tc be con idered,

regarded. — Aloko.nlya-ta, f. the being visible.

A-lokOa, as, d, am, icen, behcM.

A-loktn, i, ini, i, seeing, behoiding.

A-lokya, ind. having scen or looked at, behoiding.

vUTctH d-lad, cl. I. A. -lavate, -(itum, to

Lchold, vicw, perceivr. c.msider, r flect.

■Wlrtlsetl

1 -iodaka, as, a, am, bcholding; causing to sec;

(am), n. the faculty of visi io or the canse of sight.

A-lodana, am,, a, n. f. seeing, perceivlng; con-

sideriog, reflecting.

A-lo6ita, as, a, am, seen, b.hdd, cnnsidered.

i. a-hdya cr a-loiamya, as. a, am, to be seen,

thought of or considercd.

3. a-loAya,ind.baving c msidered, having reflected.

•errtlci i-lola,as,a,am,tremblin£slightly,

rclling (as an eye); shaker, "gitated; (as), m. tr.m-

bling, agitation.

A-iolita, as, a, au, shaken, agitated.

vlW ara, the base of the dual cases of the

pmnoun of the I t persoo ; Nom. Acc. aram (Ved.

avarn); Inst. Dat. Abi. avabhyam; Gcn.Lcc.-frayos.

VTTT^T a-vai, d. 3. P., Ved. -vivakti, - falc-

ium, to invake.

aSUqH d-vat, t, f. (fr. 3. d), Ved. prnximity,

(opposed to pard-ta'.)

ah 1 n d d-rad, cL 1. P.,Ved. -vadati, -ditum,

to shor.t at, invoke, celebrate.

a» 1M s d avaneya, as, m. (£r. avani), son of

the earth; epithet ot the piauet Mar:,.

'IIM fWt =+i urantika, as, t, am (fr. avanti),

coming from or beionging to Avanti or the district of

Oujein; (as), m. pl., N. of a Bnddhl-t school; (a),

f., N. of the daughter of a BrShman.

Avaniya, as, d, am, coming from or being in the

country Avanti; (as), m. a prioee or an inhabitant

of Avanti or of Onjein; the otfspring of a degraded

Brahmao.

WnPT d-rap, cl. l. P. A. -tapati, -te, -rap-

tum, to sow, seatter; to pour '‘Ut; to offer: Caus. P.

-vcpayati, -yitum, to shave, cut off, tnn».

i-vapana, am, n. the act of sowing, throwing,

rattering, placir.g upon; innilling, iusurting; capa-

city, a vessel, a jar, a ewer; >owing seed, Weaving;

(t), f., Ved. a vessel, a jar.

T-vapanttta, as, 3, am, Ved. s-attering.

A-rapa, as, a, am,, scatteiing, throwing; (as), m.

icattering, throwjig; sowing seed ; castmg, direeting;

(io phsrtr. :cv ) throwing additioQa] ingr dients into

any compnund in cnnr-e of preparation; mixing, in-

serting; setting cut or arranging vesselc, jars, &c.;

a kind of drink; a braceiet: a basin for water round

the root of a tree; uneve n grnnnd; hostile puipose,

intention of g aing to war; a vessel; principal oblation

to fire.

Avapdka, as, m. a bractlet of gold, &i:.

Arapaw,, cm, n. a loom, an implemer.t for

weaving; a reel or frame far winding threa.l.

Avapilcn, as, a, am, additional, inserti d, suppie-

mentary.

hN tl 1. avayo, am, n. (fr. 2. a-ri), Ved.

non-c mception, barrenne*s.

"HT=pr 2. avaya, as, d, m. f. water.

Vnijcuii nvayaj, s, m. (fr. ava-ydj), Ved.

one who expiates or averis by means of sacrifice;

(Say. as if from rt. t? with 5) one who cause; the

aerifice to go to the gods.

p,var"samaka,as,i, am (fr.avara-

sama), to be paid in the following year.

d-mrjita. See under ii-vrij.

WTinf u-varta, &c. See under d-vrit.

Wnrfvrf d-varhita, as, d, am. eradicated,

plncked np by the roots.

"il Nfrt dvali, is or i, f. (fr. rt. val with a?),

a row, a range/a «.ntinnous Une; a series, dynasty,

a lineage.

ahid-⁷! d-valy, cl. 1. P. A. -valgati, -te,

■gitum, to spring, to jump, 1> leap up.

a-lofaku. &

VTTV^pT dvalgvja, as, i, am(ft. a-rolqu-jc),

produced rrnm the piant Vemonia Anthelminthica.

fTPTJTtV evasira, ds, m. pl., N. of a people.

STT73TT dvasya, am, n. (fr. arasya), neces-

sity, inevitable act or condusion.

Ava djaka, as, i, am, nece sary, ioevitabl ; (am),

n. neci isity. inevitable act or conclnsion; (avadya-

kar,. krl to do wh.it nature makes necessaiy.l — A-

vadyaka-lva, am, n. or avadyaica-ta, f. necessity,

inevitability.

"-vas, cl. i. P. -vasati, -vastum, to

inhabit, be occupied or engaged in (with acc.) : Caus.

P. -vamyaii, -yitum, to caus. or allow one to

dweil, rec-ivt hospitably; to inhabit, settle in a place.

A-vasati, is, f. the night, i. e. the timi during

v>'Mch one rests.

A-vasatha, as, m. a dw -Uing-piace, habitation; a

huust; a firo-temple or place where sacrifirij fje is

preserv .d; a dwelling for pupils and ascetics; a par-

ticular religious observaoce ; a treatise on the Sry5

metre.

Arasatliika, as, i, am, inhabiting a house, house-

hoid, domestic; keeping a sacred fire io on„’s hous .

Arasathya, as, d, am, being in a hou e; (as),

m. the .acred fire kept in a hou e; (as, am), m. n.

a dwelling tor^pnpils and ascebes; (am), n. piaring

a sacrcd fire f uhin a 110'ise.

A-vasa, os, m. abode, residence, dwelling, hous..

vll 14 WTfn dvasayin, %, ini, i (fr. avasa-

djftn),Ved. going after a livelihood or provisions.]

avasita, as, a, am, stored (as

grain), winnowed ; ripe, full-grown. See avasita.

avasthilca, as, i, am (fr. 2, ava-

stha), fonoded oq circumstances, suitable, adapted to.

H"? a-vah, cl. 1. P. -vahati, -vodhum, to

bring, to bring to pass: Caus. P. -vahayati, -yitum,

to have brought, cause to be brought, send for; to

make one bring.

A-vaha, as, d, am, bringing, bringing to pass,

produriog; what bears or conveys; (as), m., N. of

one of the seveo winds or bands of air, that which is

usually assigned to the bhuvar-loka or atmospheric

region between the bhur-loka and svar-loka; one

of the seven tongues of fire.

A-vahat, an, anti, at, bringing, receiviog.

A-vahana, am, n. bringing near.

A-vahamana, as, d, am, bearing along, bringing

near, followed by, succeeded, bringing in succession.

Arvalia, as, m. marrying; N. of a son of S'vaphalka.

A-vahana, am, n. sending for, inviting, calling;

offering oblations with fire ; (?), f. a particuJar positioa

of the hands, the palms being placed together, and

the thumbs turned towards the root of the ring-finger.

A-valiita, as, a, am, invoked, invited.

■^1^1 d-vd, cl. 2. P. -vati, -tum, to blow

from ali quarters, to blow upon: Desid. P. A.

-vivasati, -te, to care for, be attentiVe to, favour.

A-vdt, an, dti or antl, at, blowing.

^TFTTVT d-vadha, f. (see d-badha), pain,

distress; segment of the base of a triangle.

TSVm dvdpa, &c. See under d-vap.

dvala, am, n. a basin of water

round the foot of a tree. See alavala.

d-vdsa. See under d-vas.

dvika, as, i, am (fr. avi), relatinsf

to or derived frnm heep; wcollcn; (am), n. a

woollin dnth, bianket. — Avika-sautrika, as, i, am,

made of wonilen thread.

^ifilfsirr i vikshita, as, m. (fr. a-vikshit),

a patr jnymic of M.rntta.

?rrf^r uvigna.es, m. the fruittree Carissa

Carandas L. See arvigna.

,'ish-kri. 131

avijiicmya, as, i, am (fr. a-vijna-

naj, Ved. undistinguishable.

vrrfir^T a-vi-tan, cl. 8. A. -tonate, -nilum,

to diffuse light over illuminat..

a-vid, Caus. P. -vedayati,-yitum,

to make known, report, declare, announce.

2. a-vid, t, f., Ved. knowledge, the being or be-

coming known; technical designation of the Vedic

formulas beginning with avis and avitta.

A^vidvas, an, ushi, as, Ved. acquainted with,

knowiog thoroughly, skilled in.

A-vedaJca, as, d, am, making known, reporting,

annooncing; (as), m. ao appellant, a suitor; one who

makes known, an informer.

A-vedana, am, n. representation, stating a com-

plaint, addressing or apprisiog respectfially.

A^vedaniya, as, d, am, to be declared or reported

or annouoced.

A-vcdila, as, d, am, made known, communicated,

represented.

A-vedin, l, ini, i, announcing, dedaring.

1. a^vedya, ind. having made known.

2. drvedya, as, d, am, to be represented or made

known.

A-vedyamana, as, d, am, being made known,

stated or represented.

dvidurya, am, n. (fr. a-vidura),

proximity,

a-vi-bha, cl. 2. P., Ved. -bhdti,

dum, to kindle od ali sides (with dat. of the thing

kindled, Rig-veda I. 6).

dvir-bhava. See under avis.

vu avila, as, a, am (said to be fr. rt. vil

with d), turbid (as a fluid), foul, not dear. — Avila-

kanda, as, m., N. of a root.

Avilaya, nom. P. avilayati, -yitum, to make

turbid, to blot. -

vrrfrr a-vii, cl. 6. P. -visati, -vestitum, to

go towards, approach; to enter; to take posse sion of;

to arise: Caus. -vedayati, -yitum, to cause to enter.

A-ridat, an, ati or anti, at, pproaching, enteriog.

A^eishta, as, 3, am, enter .d; poss ssed (by a

demon ficc.); po«sessed, engrossed, fillud (by any

sentimeot or feeling), intent.—Avishta-linqa, u.s,

a, am, (a nonn) whi eh pos^r^ses or has the force of

ali three gtndors (or which 10 every relationship pre-

serves its own gender, e. g. pradhananl, uga-

sarjenam, &c.).

A-meda, as, m. joining one’s self; entering, entrance

tuking possession of; ab.orption of the tacultiis in

one wish or idea, intentae", devotedoi is to an object;

dem'<niacal frenzv, possession,&c.; pride, arro^ance;

indistinetness of idea, aj oplectic or epileptic giddiness.

A-vedana, am, o. entaring, entrance; posstssion b}

devii., &c.; passion, anger, fuiy; a house in which

work is mrried on, a work hop, a mamU ictor', &cc.;

the disk of the -un or moon.

Avediht, as, i, am, own, puculiar; inherent; (as,

i, am), m. f. n. a guest, a visitor; (am), n. entering

into; hospituble reception, hcspitalitv.

■ci l Ot^a-fish, cl. 3. P. A., Ved. -veveshti,

-vevishtc -veshtnm, to pervade, penetrate, visit, go

through.

^nfWT» aris, ind. (satd to bf connected

with vahis and ava; or, airording to othtrs, fr.

a-vid; cf. Gr. Lat. cx*), bifore the eyes,

cpenly, manifestly, evidently; (very oftio ioined to

the roots as, bhu, and lfri.j

Ari.r-bhu, d. 1. P. -bharati, -ritum, to be 01

become apparent or visible, to oppear. b- como maru-

fest, br present befbrr the eyes. — Atir-hhara., as,

m. manifestation, becominr visible, prcrence. — Avir-

Ihuta, as, a, am, manifest, bcojme visible, appeared.

Avish-kri, cl. 8. P -haroti, -kartum, to make

102 STTfaTSSTTTT a

apparent, reveal, uocover, show. — Avish-karana,

am, n. or avisk-kara, as, m. making visible, maoi-

festation. — Avish-krita, as, a, am, made visible,

revealed, uncovered, evident, manifest, known.

Avisk(ya, as, d, am, Ved. apparent, manifest.

Am-teram, ind., Ved. in a more manifest way,

i. a-vi_y cl. 2. P.,Ved. -veti, -tum, to

go towards, approach, entcr.

2. d-vi, f. the pangs of child-birth. (For avi, f. of

avya, see avya next coi.)

A^vita, as, d, am, entered, passed, gone; placed,

hung; (as), m. the sacrificial cord wom in a parti -

cular manner.

Avltln, i, m. a Br&hman who wears the sacrificial

cord in a particular manner, especiaJly on the right

shoulder.

avuka, as, m. a father (in theatrical

language).

>!TR d-vri, cl. 5. 9. P. A. -vrinoti, -vrinute,

-vrinatl, -nite, -varitum or -ritum, to choose, de~

sire; to cover, hide, conceal; fili, surround; to endose,

comprehend, shut, hem in; to keep off: Caus. P.

-varayati, -yitum, to cover, endose, ward off, keep

off.

A-varaka, as, d, am, what covers or conceals, a

cover, a vefl.

A-varana, as, d, am, oovering, hiding, concealing;

(am), n. covering, concealing, hiding; shutting, en-

dosing; an obstruction, interruption; a covering, a

garment, cloth; anything that protects, an outer bar

or a fenee, a wall; a shield ; a bolt, lock; mental

blindness. — Avarana-takti, is, f. the power of iliu-

sion, that which veils the real nature of things.

A-^vara, endosing, keeping off, in the words dur-

dvdra, skandh avara, q. q. v. v.

A-vari, is, m. a shop, a stall.

A^varya, ind. having endosed, having covered;

concealing; warding off.

A-vrita, as, d, am, endosed, encompassed, sur-

rounded (by a ditch,wall,&c.); covered, screened, con-

cealed; invested, involved ; spread, overspr^ad, over-

cast; filled with, abounding with; (as), m. a man of

mixed origin, the son of a BrShman by a woman of

the Ugra caste.

A-vriti, is, f. covering, endosing, hiding.

^; -crif, cl. 1. A. -varjate, -jitum, to 1

bestow, give: Caus. P. -varjayati, -yitum, to turn

over, indine, bend, pour out, to cause to yidd, over-

come.

A-varjita, as, d, am, indined, poured down,

made to flow downwards.

A-varjya, ind. tuming down slantwise, indining,

pouring out.

^TRfT t. d-vrit, cl. 1. A. -variate, -titum,

to turn or go towards, to tum round, tum back,

revolve, retura: Caus. P. -vartayati, -yitum, to

cause to tura ; to roll; to cause to roll down, shed ;

to attract; A. -vartayate, to tura round or back.

A-varta, as, m. tuming, winding, tuming round,

revolving; whirl, gulf, Whirlpool; deliberati on, revdv-

ing (in the mind); a lock of hair that curis backwards,

espedally on a horse; the two de pressi ons of the fore-

head above the eyebrows; a crowded place where

many men live close together; a kind of jewel; N. of

a form of doud personified; (5), f., N. of a river;

(am), n. a mineral substance, pyrites, marcasite.

A-vartaJca, os, m. a kind of poisonous insect; N.

of a form of doud personified; depression above the

frontal ridge or over the eyebrows; Whirlpool; revo-

lution; revolution of the mind from the influence of

the senses; a curi of hair; (*), f., N. of a creeping

piant. ^d

A-varUina, as, d, am, Ved. tuming round or

towards; revolving; (am), n. tuming, turning round,

rctuming; circular motion, gyTation, chuming, stirting

anything in fusion; melting metals together, alii-

gation ; the time when the sun begins to cast shadows

towards the east or when shadows are cast in an

vish-karana.

opposite direction; repeating, doing over again; study,

practising; (f), f. a crucible.— Avartana-mani, is,

m. a gem of secondary order, generally known as

RSjSvarta.

A-vartaniya, as, d, am, to be turned round or

whirled; ro be reversed ; to be repeated.

A-vartamana, as, d, am, going round, revolving;

advanciog, proceeding.

A-aarttta, as, a,am, turned round, stirred round.

A-vartin, ?, ini, i, what whirls or tums upon itself;

returning; (?), m. a hone having curis of hair on

various parts of his body, considered as a lucky

mark; (im), f. a Whirlpool; N. of the piant Odina

Pinnata.

2. d-vrit, t, f. tuming towards or round, entering;

(SSy.) causing to turn towards; turn of a path or

way, course, process, direction; progress of an action,

occurrence, a series of actions, order, method. — Avrit-

vat, an, ati, at, Ved. turned or tuming towards.

A^vritta, as, d, am, turned round, stirred, whirled;

reverted, averted; retreated, fled.

A-vritti, is, f. tuming towards, entering, tumiog

back or from, reversion, retreat, fiight; recurrence to

the same point; repetition ; tura of a way, course,

direction; occurrence; revolving, going round; worldly

existence, the revolution of biiths; use, employment,

application. — AvrUti-dlpaka, am, n. (in rhetoric)

laying stress upon a word by repeating it.

A-vritya, ind. having turned, tuming towards.

a-rridk, cl. I. A. -vardhute, -drntum,

to iacrewe.

vii^U a-rrisk, cl. i. P. A., Ved. -varshali,

-tei-shitum, to rain, to pour out (a ‘ibationk

A-rrUkti, it, f. raining, pourin».

■Jfrm a-vega, as, m. (rt. vij), hurry. hante

produce 1 by exdt^ment; fluny, agitation; (i), f. tho

pla..t Convolvi Ius Argenteus.

’ju =tfe s* avemka, as, l, am ^ft. a-veni), not

connected with anything else; ind ;pendant.

^S-H1 dh4. &c. See under i. d-vid.

etiq ji 5-resa, &e. See under a-vii.

VTTT7 a-veshtn, as, m. (rt. resht), sur-

rounding, covering with.

A-rcsh(a}'a, os, m. a wall, i feno-, an ench sure.

A-tcsktana, am, n. wrapping round, binling, ty-

ing; a wr.pper, an envelope, a bandare; an en-

closurc.

A-veihfUa, as, a, am, surroond-J, enveloped, m-

dosed, bi mnd or tied.

-i | a( dnja, as, f. «fi, am, Ved. belonging

to sheep; woollen.

d 104 t^T d-ryadh, el. 4. P. -ridhyati, -ryad-

dhuin, poet. -veddhum, to shoot at, to throw; to

hit, pirree wound; to pin on.

A-mddha, as, a, am, cast, thr >wn, sent; pierced,

wonnded; disapp ilnted; cruoked ; false, fallacious;

stupid, foolish. — A'iddha-hinr or avidjha-kar-

niM, f., N. of a piant.

A-mdha, as, m. an av i, a drill, a kind of giralct

worktd by a string.

A-Vfdhya, as, d, am, to bc f ierced, p^:nned on,

put on.

A-ryadhin, 1, ini, i, Ved. wcunding, .ttackiug;

(ini), f. a band of robbers.

■fll-Msid d-vyusha.n Ved., ind. till the

dawn.

'MI d-rroj, cl. 1. P. A. -trajati, -te,

■jitum, to walk towards or np to; to retutn.

onsl^y4 d-vrai6, cl. 6. P., Ved. -vrisdali,

-vrateitUtri or -vrashtum, to teor off, cut off, tear

in pieces, interrupt.

A^vradSana, am, n.,Ved. the stump of a tree.

Acraska, as, m., Ved. the being toni off or tear-

ing itself off.

aSuya.

'3TT3I 1. as (a-as), cl. 5. P. A. tClass. only

A.) ddnoti, -nutz, abitum, to reach to; to obtain,

gain ; to addict ones self to.

^^2. as (a-a£), cl. 9. P. dsndti, afitum,

to eat: Caus. d£ayati, -yitam, to give to eat.

dsa, as, d, am (fr. rt. 2. ai), an eater,

eating; often in this sense at the end of compounds;

(as), m. eating.

Maka, am, n. eating.

Atayitri, ta, trt, tri, feeding, a feeder, one who

gives food; protecting, a protector.

f. dii, is, f. the act of eating food.

Aiita, as, d, am, eaten; giveo to eat; voracious.

— Asitau-gavlna, as, d, am, formerly gr^zed by

cattle. — Aiitam-bhava, as, d, am, satiating; (am),

n. food, victuals; (as or am), m. n. satisfaction,

satiety.

Aiitri, ta, tri, tri, voracious, gluttonous, eating

excessively.

Aiin, 1, ini, i, eating.

1. aHra, as, d, am, voracious; (03), m. fire ; a

Rakshas. (For 2. asira see under atir.)

d-sans, cl. 1. P. -sansati, -situm, to

teli; A. or ep. P. -fansate, to hope for, desire, be-

Iieve : Caus. P. Ved. Sansayati, -yitum, to render

famous or celebrated.

fi-fansana, am, n. expecting, wishing; declaring,

asserting.

A-^ansd, f. wish, desire, hope ; speech, declaration.

A-^ansita, as, d, am, wished, hoped, expected;

dedared, said.

A-fansitri, ta, trt, tri, wishing, desiring ; as-

serting.

A-Jansin, ?, ini, i, declaring, announcing.

A-4ansu, us, us, w, wishing, hoping, desiring.

A-4as, as, f.,Ved. wish, desire, hope; (Say.) praise.

I. a-tia, f. wish, desire, hope, expectation, pros-

pect; hope personified as the wife of a Vasu: (for 2.

dia see next page.) — Atd-fcrita, as, d, am, lit.

‘ made expectation,’ attended with the expectation (of

being gratified) or hope of success, — Atfanvita (°4a-

an°), as, d, am, having hope. — Add-pidddika, f.

fallacious hopes. — A^a-prapta, as, d, am, snccess-

ful, possessing the object hoped for. — Ada-bandha,

as, m. band of hope, confidence, trust, expectation;

a spideris web. — Atid-bhanga, as, m. disappointment.

— Atfa-vat, an, ati, at, hoping, having hope, trust-

ing. — A^a-vaha, as, m. bringing hope; N. of a son

of heaven; of a Vrishni. — A.ia-vibhinna, as, d,

am, disappointed in expectation. — Atid-hina, as,

d, am, one who has lost all hope, despooding,

despairing.

vi 1 d-sak, cl. 5. P.,Ved.-faknoti, -sak-

tum, to render one capable, to make one master

or possessor of: Desid. Ved. -tikshati, to render one

master of, impart.

A-4akta, as, d, am, able, power fui, capable.

A-6akti, is, f. power, ability, might.

A-tiksha, f., Ved. desire of leaming.

d-faitk, cl. 1. A. -fankate, -kitum,

to fear, suspeci, doubt, hesitate.

A-tiankantya, as, d, am, to be doubted; to be

apprehended; questionable.

A-fartkamana, as, d, am, fearing, apprehendiog.

A-4anka, f. fear, apprehension ; doubt, uncertainty;

distrust, suspicion. — Afankdnvita (°kd-an°), as, d,

am, apprehensi ve, donbting, uncertain; afraid.

A-Gankita, as, a, am, feared, dreaded; doubted.

A-tankin, i, ini, i, fearing, doubting, hesitating.

A-Sankya, ind. having suspected, fearing, appre-

hending, doubting.

cl. 6. A.-iiyate, -sattum, to go.

aiana, as, m., N. of the tree

Pentaptera Tomentosa. See 3. atea.

asaya. See under 3. d-su

^t$f3T3T asayaia. See under c-s%abelow.

a-iara, as, m. (rt. iri), fire; a

Rakshas, a goblin ; the wind ? [cf. i. atira].

A-sarika, as, m.,Ved., N. of a disease, violent and

acute pain in the limbs.

mSlct asala, as, m. a tree. See jivaka.

VT3TC diava, am, n. (fr. dia), speed, quick-

ness; (for dsava, q. v.) a spirit distilled from molasses.

a-iasana, am, n. (rt. sas), Ved.

cutting up an animal when killed.

2. dsa, f. (fr. rt. i. ai; for i. 5-/5 see

last page under a-fans), space, region, quarter of the

compass, an intermediate region. — Ada-gaja, as, m.

an elephant of a quarter or point of the compass, sup-

porting one division of the globe. — A$d-ddman, d,

m. , N. of a king. — AUdditya (^cVa-55°) or amarica

(°da-ar°), as, m., N. of a commentator. — Atia-pdla,

as, m., Ved. a defender or guardian of the regions or

quarters.— Atd-pura, am, n., N. of a town. — Aid-

pura-guggnhi, us, or dtfdpura-sambhava, as, m.

a kind of Bdellium.

^TT^TfiJ aiadha for ashadha, q.v.

^TTJTTC d-iara, as, m. (fr. rt. iri with d),

shelter. — Aitaraishin (fra-esh⁰), i, ini, i, Ved. seek-

ing shelter.

VMT31I^r-fe₍ cl. 2. P. -iasti, -iasitum, to

order, command, relate; A. -Jdste, to wish well

towards, pray for; to praise; to desire.

A-tdsya, as, a,am, to be wished, desirable; (am),

n. wish, benediction.

1. a-$is, is, f. asking for, prayer, wish ; blessiog,

benediction; bestowing or praying for a blessing upon

others; one of the eight chief medicaments. — Akir-

vada or dstr-vdda, as, m. expression of a prayer or

wish, benediction. — Aiir-geya, am, n. a song ac-

companied with benedictions. — A6ir-dd, f.,Ved. the

offering of a prayer. — Afir-vadana, am, n. a bless-

ing, a benediction.

r. d-ii, f. wishing or bestowing a blessing.

■strfsi 2. <i-ii, cl. 3. P., Ved. -sisr ti, -setum,

to incite. (For 1. 0ii see nnder &Sa last page.)

a-sikslid. See under a-sak.

sn%r^w d -iihjita, as, d, am, tinkling (as

of the omaments worn on the hands and feet).

'^ifyrT, ^nf^TT , See under dia

last page.

^ifjW asina, as, d, am (fr. i. ai), Ved.

aged ; (reaching to many years.)

aiiman, See under diu next coi.

^TrfijTT. diir, is, f. (fr. rt. sri for sri with d),

Ved. the milk which is mixed with the Soma juice to

purify it (e.g. dadhyd&rah Somasah — Soma offer-

ings purified by mixture with thickened milk). — Aitr-

vat, an, ati, at, Ved. mixed with milk (as Soma).

2. atira, a form sometimes used for diir. See also

under dia.

d-iirah-pddam, ind. from

head to foot.

2. diis, is, f. (fr. rt. I. ai), a ser-

penti fang: (for x. d~6is see a bove.) — Asir-visha,

as, m. a snake (having venom in its fang).

2. affi, f. a serpenti fang; a kind of venom, the

venom of a snake. — A£i-visha, see asttr-visha.

'HTUft 3. d~H, cl. 2. A. -iete, -iayitum, to

lie or sleep on, pass (the night) in sleep; to inhabit,

have for onei horne.

A-faya, as, m. bed-chamber, resting-place, seat,

place, an asylum, an abode or retreat; a receptacle;

any recipient, any vessel or viscus of tbe body (e. g.

raktddaya, die heart; dmdfaya, the stomach, &c.);

a&ayasa.

the stomach in particular; the seat of feelings and

thoughls, the mind, heart; the thought lying in the

mind, meaning, intention ; disposition ofmind, mode

of thinking; will or pleasure ; virtue, vice; fate, for-

tune; property, possessions; a miser, a niggard; N.

of the piant Artocarpus Integrifolia. — Aiaydia ('°ya-

d$a), as, m, fire; [cf. atfrayatfa under i. d-ffri.]

WT9T diu, us, us, u (said to be fr. i. as),

fast, quick, going quickly; (w), ind. quickly, quiek,

immediately, directly; (us), m., Ved. the quick one,

a horse; (us or u), m. n. rice ripening quickly in the

rainy season; [cf. Gr. wkvs, &kkttos ; Lat. acu in

acupedeus, 6cissimus : of the same origin may be

the Lat. aquila and accipiter.] — Atu-karln, i, ini,

i, doing anything quickly, smart, active; (in medie.)

operating speedily. — Adu^kopin, i, ini, i, easily pro-

voked, irritable. — Asu-kriyd, f. quick procedure.

— Adu-ga, as, d, am, going or moving quickly,

swift, fleet; (os), m. the wind ; the sun ; an arrow;

N. of one of the first fi ve followers of ffakya-muni.

— A^u-gdmin, i, ini, i, going or moving quickly;

(*), m. an epithet of the sun. — Aiun-ga, as, m., Ved.

N. of an animal, perhaps a bird; going to the horse (?).

— Afu-tosha, as, d, am, easily pleased or appeased ;

(as) , m., N. of S'iva. — Aiu^tva, am, n. quickness.

— Adu-pattri, f. a tree which yields frankincense,

Boswellia Serrata. — Atu-patvan, d, m., Ved. flying

quickly. — Adu-phala, as, m. a kind of weapon.

— Atfu-bodha, ‘easily_understood,’ Meaching quickly,’

title of a grammar. — A4u~mat_tan,ati,at,\e d. quick;

(at) , ind. quickly. — i. diuryd, as, ds, am,\td. (Siy.)

going quickly. — A$u-ratha, as, d, am, Ved. pos-

sessing a fast chariot. — Adu-vrihi, is, m. rice ripen-

ing quickly in the raioy seasoo. — Atu-shena, as, d,

am, Ved. having swift arrows. — Aiurheman, d, m.,

Ved. urged to fast course, running on quickly; inciting

his horses (as an epithet of Agni, especially when

regarded as Ap5m-nap5t). — Atw-heshas, as, ds, as,

Ved. having neighing horses; (Say.) having quick

horses or quickly praised; epithet of the Alvins. — Atv-

apas, ds, as, as, Ved. acting quickly. — Adv-adva, as,

d, am, Ved. possessed of quick horses; an epithet of

the Maruts. — AdvaAvya, am, n.,Ved. possession of

quick horses.

Aiiman, d, m. quickness, rapidity ; = aiava, q.v.

2. d£uya, ind., Ved. quickly, rapidly.

-snsiajEfftr a-susukshani, is, is, i (fr. rt.

with i), Ved. shining forth; (S5y.) * being

worshipped on account of shining very quickly’ or

‘ causing sorro» (to one’s enenues )(is), m. fire,

wind; air.

asehttm, i, m. a mountain

(ctymology doubtful).

■*.') I ab ri-soshana,am, n. the act of drying.

asauca, am, n. (fr. a-su6i), impurity.

I. aiiarya, as, d, am (fr. rt. 6ar with

d, with a sibilant inserted), appearing rarely, curious,

marvcllous, astonishing, wonderful, * extraordinary ;

(am), ind. rarely, wonderfylly; (am), n. strange ap-

pearance; a wonder, miracle, marvel, prodigy; won-

der, surprisc, astonishment. — Atidarya-ta, f. or a£~

darya-tva, am, n. wonderfulness, wonder, astonish-

ment. — Atfdarya-bhuta, as, d, am, having a mar-

vellous appearance, wonderful. — AMarya-maya, as,

i, am, wonderful, marvcllous, miraculous.

2. d&arya, nom. P.(?) -yati, -yitum, to be won-

derful.

d-iiotana or d-scyotana, am, n.

(fr. rt. giut or Myut with d), aspersion, sprinkling;

applying ghee &c. to the eyelids.

aima, as, i, am (fr. aiman), stony,

made of stone. — A<mabhdrika,as, i,am (fr, adma-

bhdra), having a mass of stoues. — Atmarathya, as,

m.. N. of a teacher of ritual.

Almana, as, ?, am, stony, made of stone; (as),

m., N. of Aruna, the charioteer of the sun.

133

Admarika, as, i, am, suffering from stone in the

bladder.

Atfmika, as, i, am, made of stone, consisting of

stone, &c.

'Srnpl a-iyai, cl. i. A. -iyayate, •iyatum,

to become coagulated or congealed, to congeal, to

become dry.

1. a-fyana, as, d, am, Consolidated, coagulated,

congealed.

2. a-tydna, as, d, am (a implying diminution),

partially dried.

d-irapana, am, n. (rt. iri with d),

the act of cooking slightly.

a-irama, as, am, m. n. (fr. rt. iram

with d), a hermitage, the abode of ascetics, the

cell of a hermit or of retired saints or sages ; a period

in the religious life of a Br5hman, of which there are

four referable to the different periods of life (viz. ist,

that of the Brahma-d5rin or stndent; 2nd, that of the

Gfiha-stha or householder; 3rd, that of the V5na-

prastha or anchorite; and 4th, that of the Bhikshu or

beggar: in some places the law-givers mention only

three such periods of religious Hfe, the first period

being then omitted); a college, a school; a wood or

thicket. — Adrama-guru, us, m. the head of a re-

ligious order, a preceptor, a principal. — Adrama-

dharma, as, m. the special duty or duties of each

order or period of life. — A&rama-pada, am, n. a

hermitage; a period in the religious life of a BrShman.

— Atrama-parvan, a, n. the first section of the fif-

teenth book of the Maha-bharata. — A^rama-bhra-

shta,as, d, am, fallen or apostatising from an d^rama

or religious order. — A^rama-mandala, am, n. tbe

circle of a hermitage, a hermitage. — Adramavasika,

as, f, am, relating to residence in a hermitage;

aAramavdsikam parva, title of the fifteenth book of

the Maha-bharata. — Airama-vasln, i, or dtrama-

sad, t, m. an inhabitant of a hermitage, ascetic.

— Asframa-sthana, am, n. the abode of hermits, a

hermitage. — Atramalaya (°ma-dl°), as, m. an in-

habitant of a hermitage, an ascetic. — Atramopani-

shad (°ma-up°), t, f. title of an Upanishad.

Adramika, as, %, am, or dtramin, i, ini, i,

belonging to one of the four orders or perinds of

religious life; belonging to a hermitage, a hermit,

an anchorite, &c«

1. d-irava, as, m. (more correctly

written a-srava, q.v.), stream, flow, river; distress,

fatigue; fault, transgression. (For 2. a-irava see

under d-£ru next page.)

'snfsr 1. d-iri, cl. 1. P. A. -irayati, -te,

-yttum, to resort to, betake one’s self to; seek refuge

in, enter, inhabit; depend on, choose, prefer; to

assist, adhere to, be subject to, keep in mind.

A-traya, as, m. that to which anything is annexed,

or with which anything is closely connected, or on

which anything depends or rests; a recipient, the per-

son or thing in which any quality or articlc is inberent

or retained or received; seat, resting-place ; dwelling,

asylum, place of refuge, shelter; depending on, having

recourse to; help, assistance, protection; authority,

sanction, warrant; a plea, an excuse; being inclined

or addicted to, following, praclising; attaching to,

choosing, taking; joining, union, attachment; de-

pendance, contiguity, vicinity; relation; connection;

appropriate act or one consistent with the character

of the agent; (in grani.) the subject, that to which

the predicate is annexed; (with Buddhists) the five

organs of sense with manas or mind (the six together

being the reciplents of the aurita or objects which enter

them by way of their dlambana or qualities); sauree,

origin. Aifraya may occur at the end of compounds

in the sense of ‘ depending on, restlng on, endowed

or fumished with’(e.g. ashta-gundtfraya, see under

ashta). — Adraya-tas, ind. in consequence of the

proximity. — Afraya-tva, am, n. the state of a-$raya

above. — Airaya-bhuj, k, m. fire; see a&xiydda.

— Atfraya-bhuta, as, a, am, one who is the refuge

M m

arrawa usraya-bhuta.

134

*rra dsa.

asraya-linga.

or support of another person, protecting, suppo rting.

— Afraya-linqa, as, d, am, a word the gcndcr of

which must agree with the gender of the word to

which it is rcferred, an adjective. Agraya-vat, an,

ati, at, having help or support. — Agraydga (°ya-

a.<a), as, a, am, consuming everything with which

(it) comes in oontact; (as), m. fire; a forfeiter of

an asylum, one who by misconduct &c, loses patroaage

or protection.

A-grayana, as, i, am, resorting to, seeking refuge

in; relating to; (am), m betalcng one’s self to;

joining, accepting, choosing; refuge, asylum, means

of protection or security.

A-grayaniya, as, a, am, to be had recourse to,

to be practised or followed.

A-grita, as, a, am, inhabiting, dwelling in, resort-

ing to as a retreat or asylum; having recourse to;

following, practising, observing; using, employing;

receiving anything as an inherent or integral part;

taking OQe’s station at a window or seat &c.; depend-

ant on, a dependant; (ani), n.pl. the objects perceived

by the senses and manas or mind. — AsrUa-tva, am,

n. dependance.

A-gritya, ind. having sought or obtained an asylum;

having recourse to, employing, practising.

2. asri, is, f. the edge of a sword.

See agri.

vira d-sru, cl. 5. P. -srinoti, -srotum, to

listen to, to hear; to accept, promise: Caus. -grdva-

yatl, -yitum, to cause to hear, to call, to teli: Desid.

•gugruskati, to wish to hear; to listen.

2. a-grava, as, d, am, obedient, compliant; (as),

m. a promise, an engagement. (For 1. a-grava see

last page.)

A-grdvana, am, n. calling out so as to make one

listen; designation of certain short words uttered at

ceremonies.

A-gravya, as, m., N. of a man.

A-gruta, as, a, am, heard, promised, agreed; (am),

n/ealling so as to make one listen.

A-grutt, is, f., Ved. hearing ; range of hearing.

AgrtU-karria, as, t, am, Vcd. one whose ears

listen all around.

-slish, cl. 4. P. A. -slishyati, -te,

-gleshtum, to embrace.

A-grcska, as, m. (for d-glesha), Ved. one who

embraces ; N. of an evil spirit or goblin ; (as), f. pl,,

N. of the seventh Nakshatra or lunar mansion.

A-glishta, as, d, am, embraced; embradng, who

or what embraces; connected, interwoven, blended;

attaching to, joining, who or what adheres to; in-

vested, spread; connected as a consequeoce, deduced,

concluded.

A-gleska, as, ra. embradng, embrace, intwining;

intimate connection, contact; site of anyact; (as),

f. pl., N. of the seventh Nakshatra.

I vj asva, as, t, am (fr. aha), relating or

belonging toa horse, equestrian.coming from a horse

(e. g. dgvam mutram, * the urine of a horse’); drawn

by horses (e. g. aho rathah, * a chariot drawn by

borses’); (am), n. a number of horses, a chariot

drawn by horses; the state or action of a horse.

— A&va-yhna, as, m., Ved., N. of a man.

Aivatara, as, m. (fr. atm-tara), patronymic of

Budila (Bulila); a descendant of ASvatara, son of

A£va. "

Agvattka, as, I, am (fr. agvattha), taken from

or made of the tree Ficus Religiosa; relating to the

frait-bearing season of this tree; (am), n. the fruit

of the holy fig tree.

Agvatthila, as, 1, am, relating to or produced by

the Asvattha tree; relating to its fruit-bcaring season.

A.tvapcjfoi, inas, m. pl. (fr. a<va-peja), the pupils

or followers of A^va-peja.

Aftvahala, as, t, am (fr. aha-bald), produced

by the piant Asva-balS.

Agvcdwla or agvavala, as, i, am (fr. agva-bala),

made of the cane ASva-bSla.

Agvamedhika, as, i, am (fr. aiia-medha), be-

longing to the horse-sacrifice; (aguamedJiikam

parva is the N. of the fourteenth book of the Maha-

bhSrata.)

Agvayuja, as, i, am (fr. agva-yuj), bom under

the constellation A^vayuj, belonging to or occurring

in the month Arvina; (as), m. the month Arvina;

(t)_L f. the day of full moon in Asvina.

Agvayujaka, as, t, am, sown at the day of full

moon in the month Arvina.

Agvaratha, as, t, am (fr. agra-ratha), belonging

to a chariot drawn by horses.

Agvalakshanika, as, i, am (fr. atva-laJcshana),

knowing the marks of horses; (as), m. a farrier,

a groom.

Ahayana, as, m.(fr. a^ra + ayana), a descendant

of A£va.

Agvika, as, i, am, equestrian, cavalier, relating to

a horse, drawn by horses.

Agvina, as, %, am, (if fr. 1. ahin) Ved. like

riders; belonging to or devoted to the Aivins; (if fr.

rt. I. ag, to pervade), pervading, penetratiog; (as),

m., N. of a month of the rainy season, during which

the moon is near to the constellation A 6 vini; (i), f.,

N. of certain (ishfaka) bricks; (am), n. a day’s

joumey for a horse or rider.

Agvineya, as, m. (a patronymic fr. agvinau, the

fathers of the twins Nakula and Sahadeva), N. of

Sahadeva, the youogest of the PSndava princes; (fr.

their mother Agvini), an epithet of either of the two

Asvins.

Agvina, as, i, am, passed over by a horse in one

day; (am), n. a day’s joumey for a horse.

Ag-viya, am, n. a number of borses.

Agveya, as, m. a patronymic from ASva.

dsv-apas, &c. See under dsu.

ahaldyana, as, m. (patronymic

fr. agvala), N. of the author of a ritual work, called

the ASval^yana SQtras; he was a disdple of Saunaka;

(as, t, am), belonging to AivalSyana.

d-svas, cl. 2. P. -svasiti, -situm, to

breathe, breathe again, breathe freely, take breath,

recover breath, take heart or courage; to revive;

Caus. P. -gvdsayati, -yitum, to cause one to take

breath; to encourage, comfort, cheer up; to con-

dliate.

A-gvasat, an, atl, at, taking breath, breathing

anew; reviving; recovering.

A-gvasita, as, d, am, encouraged, cheered, con-

soled.

A-gvasa, as, m. breathing again, taking breath,

breathing freely, recovery; cheering up, consolation ;

a chapter or sectioa, the division of a book; a pro-

bable story; cessation, completion.

A-gvasaka, as, ika, am, consolatory, consoling,

comforting; (as), m. clothing.

A-gvdsana, am, n. making or letting one take

breath, consoling, encouraging, reviving; cheering up.

A-gvasayat, an, anti, at, encouraging, animating.

A-gvdsita, as, d, am, encouraged, animated, com-

forted, consoled.

A-gcasin, t, ini, i, breathing freely, reviving, be-

coming cheerful; consoling.

A-gvasya, ind. having consoled, having cherished;

having recovered or revived.

^TPTT2“ dshadha, as, m. (fr. a-shadhd), N.

of a momh, corresponding to part of June and Jnly,

in which the full moon is near the constellation

Ashadha; a staff of the wood of the Palala, carried

by an ascetic during certain vows in the month

Ashadha; N. of a prince; the Malaya mountain;

(a), f. the tweuty-first and twenty-second lunar

mansions, commonly compounded with purva and

uttara ; (T), f. the day of full moon in the month

Ashadha. — hadha-bhara, as, d, am, produced

in the month Ashadha; (as), m. the planet Mars.

— Ashddha-bhdti, is, m., N. of a man. — Ashadha-

bhu, us, m. produced in the month Ashadha; the

planet Mars.

Ashddhaka, as, m. the month Ashadha; N. of a

man.

Ashadhika, f., N. of a RakshasT.

Ashadhiya, as, d, am, bom under the constella-

tion Ashadha.

ashtaka, N. of a region.

dsdtama, as, m. (fr. asktama), the

eighth part.

W5 ashtra, am, n. (fr. rt. 1. ag), ether,

sky, atmosphere.

dshtrt, f.,Ved. kitehen, fire-place;

(if fr. rt. I. ag, according to Say.) an extensive forest.

^rn?T dshtha, f. [cf. 2. as a], region, quarter,

TOi. as, ind. (an intnrjeotior implying

joy, ^nger, menae-, pain, affli-tion, recollection) Ab ¹

'Oh I &c.

2. as (d-as), cl. 4. P., Yed. asyati,

-situm, to endose, border; to admit (as water) into.

3. ds (fr. 2. as above? or fr. rt. 2. as; cf. Lat. os),

mouth, face; only used in two forms, as follows: asas,

abi., Ved. from mouth to mouth, in close proximily;

dsa, inst.,Ved. before one’s eyes; by word of mouth,

personally; present; in one’s own person; immedi-

atdy.—As-patra, am, n.,Ved. a vessel which is as

it were the mouth of the gods. &&a*\. ZZ c^e'^

113 4. ds, cl. 2. A. aste (Ved. and poet.

** 'valsod. 1.A.asate),asdn-gakre,dsishyate,

asiskta, -situm, to sit, sit down, rest, He; to be

present, to exist, to inhabit, dwell in; to make one’s

abode in ; to sit quietly, abide, remain, continue ; to

cease, have an end; to solemnize, eelebrate; to do

anything without interruption, to continue doing any-

thing, to continue in any situation, to last. It is used

in the sense of * continuing,’ with a partidple, adj., or

subst. (e. g. etat sama gayann dste, * he continues

singing this verse’); with an indedinable partidple in

tva, ya, or am (e.g. vparudhija arim dsita, *he

should continue blockading the foe’); with an adverb

(e. g. tmhnim dste, ‘ he continues qulet;’ sukham

asva, ¹ continue well ’); with an inst. case (e. g.

sukhena dste,¹ he continues well’); with a dat. case

(e. g. astdm tushtaye, ‘ may it be to your satisfac-

tion’): Caus. dsayati, -yitum, to cause any one to

sit down : Desid. dsisiskate ; [cf. Gr. ^(a)-/uai, V*

rat: Lat. dsa changed to dra; d-nus for

1. dsa, seat (e. g. in the compound svdsa-stha,

* staying in one’s own seat’); (<m), n. the seat or

lower part of the body ; proximity.

1. asana, am, n. sitting, sitting down; sitting in

peculiar postures, according to the custom of devotees,

(five or, in other places, even eighty-four postures are

enumerated; see padmdsana, bhadrasana, vajrd-

sana, virasana, svastikdsana: the manner of

sitting forming part of the eight-fold observances of

ascelics); halting, stopping, encamping; abiding,

dwelling; seat, place, stool; the withers of an ele-

phant, the part where the driver siis; maintaining a

post against an enemy; (a), f. stay, abidiog; (i), f.

stay, abiding, sitting; a shop, a stall; a small seat, a

stool.

Asita, as, d, am, seated, at rest, one who has sat

down, one who is seated or dwclls; (am), n. sitting,

sitting down ; a seat; place where one has lived,

place of abode, a city; dur-asitam, an improper

way of sitting.

Asina, as, d, am, sitting, seated. — Asina-prada-

Idyita, am, n. nodding, nodding when seated, falling

aslecp.

Asya, f. sitting, abiding, abode, state of rest.

(a-as), cl. 2. P.,Ved. dste, -si-

tum, to sit down npon.

2. asa, as, va. (fr. rt. 2. as, to throw),

*mnr dsana.

Ved. ashes, dust which easily files away; (as, am),

m. n. a bow. (For i. asa see under 4. as.)

2. asana, am, n. throwlng; (05), m., N. of a

tree. See asana.

'%{ViFf?[t.a-sa?nsara, as, a, am (rt.sri), liable

to continuous fiow, progress or alteration ; (am), ind.

as long as the world goes on, till the end of the

world.

ascmgatya, am, n. (fr. a-sangata),

detachmeot, disunion.

a-sanj, cl. 1. P. -sajati, -sanktum,

to fasten on, attach, fix; to fasten on one’s self, put

on (as dress, armour, &c.) ; to take up : Caus. -sanja-

yati, -yitum, to cause to attach, have (anything)

tastened or put on: Pass. -sajyate, to adhere, cohere,

to be attached.

A-eakta, as, a, am, attached strongly to or intent

on; zealously following or pursuing; tmsting to,

confiding in, etemal; (am), ind. eternally. — AsaTcta-

titia, as, a, am, having the mind deeply engaged

in, intent on, devoted to, absorbed in. — Asakta-

6das, as, as, as, having the mind fixed or intent on

any object. — Asafcta-manas, as, as, as, having the

mind fixed upon any object.

Asakti, is, f. devotedness or attachment (as to

one object or pursuit), diligence, application; Ved.

lying wait for, way-laying; (i), ind., Ved. purposely,

intentionally.

A-sanga, as, m. fastening to, fixing; association,

connection; attachment to aoy object; proximity,

contact; Ved. way-laying; N. of a man; (am), n.

a kind of fragrant earth ; (as, a, am), uninterrupted,

eternal; (am), ind. without intcrruption; eternally.

A-sangini, f. a whirlwind.

Asangima_t as, m. (in surgery) a kind of bandage.

A-sanjana, am, n., Ved. putting on (dress, armour,

ornaments, &c.); fastening to, fixing; a handle, a

hook. — Asahjana-vat, an, atl, at, having a handle,

hook, loop, &c.

a-sad, cl. I. P. -sldati, -sattum, to

sit down, sit near; to place; to approach, meet with,

find; encounter, attack, commence, undertake; cl.

10. P. sadayati, -yitum, to approach, meet with,

find; encounter, attack; commence, undertake; Ved.

to make one sit down.

A-satti, is, f. intimate union, meeting, junction ;

gain, profit, acquirement; (in logic) connection or

relation between two or more proximate terms and

the sense they convey.

Asadana, am, n. the act of sitting down ; a seat.

A-sanna, as, a, am, near, proximate; (as), m.

the setting sun.—Asaivna-lcala, as, m. the hour of

death; one whose last hour is at hand, — Asanna-

tara, as, a, am, nearer. — Asannatara-ia, f. greater

neamess. — Asanna-prasava, as, a, am, near par-

turition, about to bring forth or to lay eggs.

A-sada, as, m.,Ved. a cushion.

A-sadana, am, n. putting or layiog down; attack-

ing, makingwar upon ; going to or towards; meeting

with ; obtaining, attaining; accomplishing.

A-sadayitavya, as, a, am, to be attacked, to be

encountered ; attainable.

Asadita, as, a, am, obtained, acquired, gained,

reached, gone to; spread, extended, overspread;

effected, completed; met with, attacked.

1. a-sddya, as, a, am, attainable, obtainable.

2. d-sadya, ind. having attained or rcached; hav-

ing obtained, according to.

Asisddayishu, us, us, u, about to attack; wishing

to attack.

n asan, n. [cf. 2. ds and dsya], Ved.

the mouth, the jaws; (this word occurs in inst,

dat., abi., loc. sing., and inst. plur.) — AsannAsku,

us, us, u, Ved. one who has arrows io his mouth.

Asanya, as, a, am, Ved. being in the mouth.

dsana. See under 4. ds and 2. asa.

usanda, as_ym, (fr. rt. sad with a?),

an epithet of Vishnu; (7), f. a small couch or oblong

chair, the seat of which is made of basket work;

a chair, arm-chair. — Asandi-vat, an, m., N. of a

countrv.

H dsanvat, dn, ati, at (fr. rt. I.as?),

Ved. what exists or is present(?).

^WW^y^d-samudrdt, ind. as far as the

ocean.

d-sombadho, as, a, am, blocked

up, obitructed, confined.

dsaya, ind. (irrepr. inst. case fr.

3. a«, q. v.), Ved. togcthor with, from muuth to

n.outh, near to, in the preaence of.

a-sava. See under d-su.

Vlietifl asat, ind. (fr. i. asa), Ved. from or

in the pi oximity, near.

jii+UMd d-sadhana, am, n. (rt. i. sidh),

aixomplishment, attaminent.

r. d-siddha, as, d, am, accjmplished, effected.

(For 2. d-siddha see below.)

'5UHIT "-Sara, as, m. (rt. sri), surrounding

an en. niy; incursion; attack; a h“rd shower; the

army of an ally or of a king, whose dominions are

seprrated by othtr intervening stater; provision, tood.

vtitiictt d-savya. See under 2. d-su.

dstka,as, m. (fr. asi), a swordsman.

-N.fticM asika, f. (fr. rt. 4. as), Ium or

ord-r of sitting; sitting; (at, a, am), one who sits.

1. cl. 6. P. -sin6ati, -selctum,

to pour ia or on, besprinkle, wet, water: Caus.

-sedayati, -yitum, to have (anything) poured in.

A-sikta, as, d, am, poured in or on ; sprinlded.

2. a-sid, X, f., Ved. a dish, vessel; (Say.) an oblation

which is poured out.

A-seka, as, m. wetting, sprinkling, pouring in.

A-sedana, am, n. the act of pouring into, wetting,

sprinkling; Ved. a reservoir or vessel for fiuids;

(as, i, am), charming, lovely, beloved [cf. a-stdana,

for which it may be a substitute]. — Asedana-yat, dn,

atl, at, containing a reservoir or cavity, hollow,

concave.

Ascdandka, as, d, am(?), beloved, desired, charm-

ing [cf. a-sedana\.

Hlfag 2. d-siddha, as, d, am (rt. 2. sidh),

put under restraint, imprisoned. (For I. see above.)

Aseddhri, dha, m. one who confines or arrests

another.

Asedha, as, m. arrest, custody, legal restraint of

four kinds, viz. Tcdlasedha, limitation of time; stlia-

nastdha, confin ement to a place; pravas asedha,

prohibition against removal or departure; Icarma-

sedha, restriction from employment.

Asedhaka, as, d, am, restraining, confining.

Asedhaniya or d-sedhya, as, d, am, to be placed

in custody, restrr.ined; confined, prohibited, interrupted.

^T»Ji.a- -su, cl. P., Ved. -sunoti, -sotum,

to press out Soma juice, to distil.

I. d-sava, as, m. distilling, distillation; decoction ;

rum, spirit distilled from sugar or molasses, spirituous

liquor in general: (for 2. d-sava see next coi.)

— Asava-dru, us, m., N. of the Palmyra tree, Bo-

rassus Flabellifomis; (its juice on fermenting afford-

ing a spirituous liquor.)

A-sava, as, m., Ved. one who presses out the

Soma juice; (Say.) a praiser (?).

1. d-suti, 15, f. distilling; decoction; a draught so

prepared; distillation: (for 2. d-suti see next coi.)

— Asuti-vala, as, m. a sacrificing priest; a saaificer

at the full and change of the moon; one who pre-

pares or sells spirituous liquors, a distillcr; one who

sells female slaves(?).

datika. 135

TST1T 2. a-su, cl. 2. P., Ved. -sauti, -sotum,

to bri,.g forth, excite.

2. a-sava, as, m., Ved. exciting, enliv.niug.

A-savilti, ia, tri, tri, Ved. excitmg, an exciter.

A-savya, as, a, am, to be bom.

2. a-.-uti, is, f, Ved. exciting, enlivening.

VP1H" asura, as, i, am (fr. asura), spiritual,

divine ; belonging to or devottd to evil spirits; be-

longing or relating to the Asuraj; iniemal, dem mi-

.iral; (as), m. an Aoiira or demon; a form ot mar-

riago in whi< h tlie bridigroom purchases ffie bride

fri -m her father and patemal kinsmen; (asl, m. pl.

the stars of the jouthern hemispht re; a pr.nce of the

w^mor tribe Asurr; (i), f. a division ot medicine,

surgery, curing by cutting with inrtruments, applying

the actual cautery; N. of the piant Sinapis Ramo-a;

(am), n. blood; black salt.

Asm ayana, as, m., N. of a teacher.

Asmi, is, m (pa*^ron. fr. asura), N. of a teacher.

— Asuri-oasin, f, m. an epithet of Prainlputra.

Amriya, as, a, am, belonging to or coming froir.

Asuri.

1 -su, cl. 6. P., Ved. -suvati, -savitum,

to bring or send quickly, yield, grant.

a-su trita, as, d, am, tied on or

round, foiming or wearing a garland.

(-M H i -srij, cl. 6. P., Ved. -srijati, -srash-

|mh, to pour out upon, pour in.

WTOV a-stdhe.. See 2. d-siddha la.it coi.

c-sn!, cl. 1. A. or poet. P. -strate,

•ti, -ritum, to attend to, accompiish; carry out,

practicc, perform assiduoutly; to indulge in, enjoy.

A-semna, am, n. asffduous practic or performanct

of any action.

A-seva, f. zealous cultivation of any pur-uit; ci im

merce, intercouree.

A-serin, t, ini, i, pi rfonning assiduously, acting.

d-shand, cl. 1. P. -skandati, -skan

tum, to invade, attack.

A-skanda, as. m. ascending, mounting; assault,

attaik; an assailant.

A-skarukma, am, n. going towards, assailing, at-

tack ; battie, war; reproach, abus^; effacing, destroy-

ing; drying (?).

A-skandita or a-skawMtaka, am, n. tlie walk of

an horse.

A-skandin, t, ini, i, jumping upon, .ssaiiing;

causT.g to fiow ; granting.

a-sku, cl. 5. P., Ved. -skunoti, -sko-

tum, to snatch up.

d-skra, as, d, am (fr. skri = rt. kri/),

Ved. joined, umted; (SSy.) attacking, assailiog ene-

mies, approaching.

'MIHI'VI, &c. See under d-stri.

'ffTHTT d-stava, as, in. (rt. stu), Ved. the

place of reciting a particular hymn.

VTTfVoF iistika, as, i, am (fr. osli, ,grd pers.

sing. of rt 1. as), a believer in racred tradition; one

who believes in God and another world; bclieving,

pious, ftithfiil; (as), m., N. of a Muni or saint

more correctly written astika, q.v. — Astika-ta, f.

or astika-tva, am, n. beli^f in God.

A‘tikdrthada or atikarthada (^Jka-a,tha-<ia),

as, m. an epithet of king Janam-ejaya (who granted

th : reques» of the sage Astika, and spared the NSga

Takshaka trom the d.struction to which he Ind

doomed the -eipent-racel.

Astikya, am, n. beiief in God, piety, faithfulness,

a bclieving nature or dispo-ition.

Astika, as, rt>., N. of an old saint, the son ot

Jarat kSru; (as, t, am), relating to or tmating of

that saint; dstikarn parva, a section of the first

13 G

dstlka-janani.

^TTirj u-hava.

book of the MahS-bhlrata. — Astika-janani, f. the

wife of Jant-kiru and mother of Astlka.

Astikya, am, n. (? error for astikya), belief.

XHW a~stri or astri, cl. 5. 9. P. A. -stri-

noti, -nute, -nati, -nite, -startum, -ritum, -ritum,

to spread (as a carpet &e.), deck, bestrew, scatter

over, cover.

A-stara, as, m. a covering, coverlet, blanket

thrown over the back of a horse or elephant; a caipct,

bed; spreading (clothes &c.); N. of a man.

A-starana, am, i, n. f. the act of spreading; a

carpet, a rug, a cushion, a quiit, bed-clothes; a bed ;

a layer of sacred grass spread out at a sacrifice;

an elephant’s housings, a painted cloth or blanket

wom on his back. — Astaranasat, an, ad, at,

covered with a cloth or carpet.

Astaranika, as, a, am, resting on a cloth or

carpet.

A-stara, as, m. spreading, strewing, scattering.

— Astara-pankti, is, f.» N. of a metre, the first

verse of which consists of two Padas of eight syllables

each, the second of two Padas of twelve syllables

each.

A-stirya, as, a, am, spread, strewed, scattered.

A-strita, as, d, am, spread, covercd, strewed.

astrabudhna, as, m., Ved., N. of

a man.

1. a-sthd, cl. 1. P. or poct. A.

-tishthatl, -te, -sthatum, to stand or remain on or

by; to stay near, go towards, resort to; to ascend,

mount; to undertake, perfonn, do, carry out, practise,

use; to behave; to exhibit, aim at; to undertake,

i. e. promise.

•2. a-sthd, f. considcration, regard, care, care for

(with loc., e. g. mayi astha, care for me); assent,

promise; confidence, hope; prop, stay, support;

place or means of abiding; an assembly; state, oon- ;

dition.

A-sthdtri, td, tri, tri, Ved. standing on, mount-

ing on.

A-sthana, am, n. place, site, ground, base; an

assembly; a hall of audience; (I), f. an assembly.

~ Asthana-griha, am, n. an assembly-room.

A-sthdpana, am, n. placing, fixing, causing to stay

or remain ; a strengthening remedy; an enema of oil,

ghee, &e.

A-sthdplta, as, d, am, placed, fixed, &c.

A-sthaya, ind, having recourse to, using, employ-

ing; having ascended ; standing, standing by.

A-sthdyilcd,' f. audience ; (e. g. dsthdyikam da,

to give an audience.)

Asthita, as, d, am, stayed, dwelt, abidiog, abode;

having recourse to; applied to; occupied, engrossed

by, engaged in ; spread, overspread; obtained; ob-

serving, adhering to, following, practising.

A-stheya, as, d, am, to be approached, to be

seized, to be applied or practised.

^fnaT?T a-sndna, am, n. (rt. snd), Ved.

water for washing, a bath.

vinaq asneya, as, a, am (fr. asan), Ved.

bloody, being in blood.

dspada, am, n. (fr. pada with d

prefixed, & being inserted), place, site, seat, office;

rank, station; dignity, authority; business, afiair.

Oflen used in comp.; e. g. ahankaraspadam, the

seat of consciotisncss.

d-spandana, am, n. trembling,

throbbing.

WOVT F-sp^rdha, f. emulation, rlvalry,

endeavour after.

A-spardhin, x, ini, i, emulous, striving after.

STTHTJT imparia, a% m. (rt. spris), contact;

asparda-tas, by the contact.

as-pdtra. See 3. as.

a-sphal or d-sphul, Caus. -sphala-

yati, -yitnm, to cause to flap, rock or shake.

A-sphala, as, m. striking, rubbing, causing to

move gently; flapping, clapping; the flapping mo-

tion of an elephant‘s ear.

A-sphalana, am, n. rubbing, stirring, flapping,

moving gently; striking; pride, arrogance.

A-sphalita, as, d, am, struek gently, rubbed,

touched, stirred; flapped, clapped, stmck together.

^TTTOn? a-sphay, cl. i. A. -sphdyate, -yi-

tum, to grow, increase.

^ lasphujit =^yA(j)pobir7}, N. of the

planet Venus.

d-sphul. See a-sphal above.

^ 1 c a-sphota, as, m. (rt.sphut),moving

or flapping to and fro, quivering, trembling, shaking,

the sound of clapping or striking on the arms as

made by combatants, wrestlers, &e.; a piant, see

a-sphota; (d), f. a wild variety of Jasmin.

A-sphotaka, as, m., the piant Careya Arborea.

Asphotana, am, n. moving to and fro, flapping,

trembling; shaking; blowing, expanding; contracting,

closing, sealing; slappiog or clapping the arms, or

the noise made by it; (i), f. a gimlet or auger,

A-sphota or a-sphotaka, as, m. (probably an in-

correct form of d-sphota), N. of several plants, Ca-

lotTopis Gigantea, Bahinia Variegata L., Echites Di-

chotoma Roxb.; (5), f., N. of several plants, Jasmi-

nura Sambac, Clitoria Temeata, Echites Frutescens

or Echites Dichotoma.

asmdJca, as, i, am, or dsmaJctna,

as, d, am (fr. asmakam), our, ours.

Im dsya, am, n. (see 3. as), mouth,

jaws; face; a part of the mouth as the organ of

pronouncing letters; mouth, opening; (as, d, am),

belonging or relating to the mouth or face. — Asyan-

dhaya, as, *, am, drinldng the mouth, kissing. ,

— Asya-pattra, am, n. a lotus. — Asya-langala,

as, m. * whose face is a plougha hog, a boar.

— Asya-loman, a, n. the hair of the face, the beard.

— Asyasava (°ya-ds°), as, m. spitile, saliva.

a-syandana, am, n. flowing near.

— Asyandana-vat, an, ati, at, 'flowing near.

asyahdtya, as, d, am, containing

the word asyahatya (a chapter).

■siltMi asya, f. See under 4. as.

asrapa, as, m. (fr. asra-pa), the

nineteenth lunar mansion.

■^TT^T d-srava, as, ra. (fr. rt. sru with

prep. d), the foam on boiling rice; flowing, running,

disdiarge ; distress, pain, affiiction; (with Jainas) that

which directs the embodied spirit towards etemal

objects, (viz. the occupation or employment of the

senses or organs on sensible objects; or the association

or connection of body with rigbt and wrong deeds.)

A-srava, as, m. flow, issue, running, discharge;

pain, affiiction; a disease of the body. — Asravar

hheshaja, am, n., Ved. a medicamcnt, medicine.

Asravin, i, (ni, i, flowing, emitting fluid, dis-

eharging humor; an epithet of the ■elephant (a fluid

issuing from its temples during tht ruttiog-time).

d-srasta, as, d, am, falle n off,

loose.

TOTff a-svad or -svad, cl. 1. A. -svadate

or -svadate, -ditum, to taste, eat.

A-svada, as, d, am, tasting, eating; (as), m.

tasting, enjoying, eating; flavour. — Asvada-vat, an,

ati, at, having a good taste, palatable; delicious in

flavour.

A-svadaha, as, ika, am, tasting, enjoying.

A-svadana, am, n. tasting, enjoying, eating.

A-svadita, as, d, am, tasted, enjoyed, possessed;

eaten. .

A-svadya, as, d, am, to be tasted or enjoyed,

to be eaten ; having a good taste, palatable, delicious.

— Asvddya-toya, as, d, am, having sweet or palata-

ble water.

a-svan, cl. 1 P -sranati, -nitum,

to sound.

A-svanita ot a-iuanta, as, a, am, ojunded.

WTS1. aha, ind. (an interjection imjdying

r^proof, severity, cmmand, castine, sendin») Ah 1

Ah- I &c.

2. aha. See rt. 3. ah.

ohaka, as, m. a pecnliar disease of

the noso, iiJ. tnrnation of the Schneiderian niembiane.

•filpg;!*} vhanhnrya,am, n.(fr.ahtnt-kcra),

nnceitedness.

a-han, cl. 2. P. A. -hanti, -hate,

-liantam, to strike at, hit, beat, kill; eommit

slaughter.

A-hata, as, d, am, struek, beaten ; injured, killed ;

multiplied ; known, understood ; uttered folsely; (as),

m. a drum; (am), n. old cloth or raiment; new doth

or clothes; assertion of an impossibility. — Ahata-

lakshana, as, a, am, noted for good qualities.

A-hati, is, f. hitting, striking, a blow, a hit;

killing.

A-hanana, am, n. the act of striking at, beating;

killing of an animal.

Ahanctnya, as, a, am, Ved. making one’s self

known by beating (a drum &c.).

ahanas, ds, as, as (fr. rt. han ?),

Ved. swelling, tumid, crammed full; fat, luxuriant,

lasdvious; (S3y.) to bc beaten or pressed out (as

Soma).

Ahanasya, am, n., Ved. luxuriancy, lasciviousness;

(ds), f. pl. verses (rtVas) of a lasdvious character.

— Ahanasya-vadin, i, ini, i, Ved. uttering las-

civious words.

alialak, ind., Ved. a smacking

sound.

^ 1 «i, vj (cFf ₅ 8cc. See under

a-hu and a-live. .

dhika, as, m. (fr.aAt), the descend-

ing node ; an epithet of the grammarian Panini.

dkikam, a particle = d hi kam(}).

a-hind, cl. I. A. -kindate, -ditum,

to roam about.

vj 1cn ahindika, cs,m.aman of mixed

origin.the son ofaNish3da father and aVaideht mother,

employed as a watchman on the outside of gaols &c.

^rrf?TrT d-hita, as, d, am (fr. rt. dhd with

prep. d), placed, deposited; entertained, felt; com-

prising, containing; performed.done. — Ahita-klama,

as, d, am, exhausted. — Ahita-lakshana, as, d, am,

noted or known for good qualities; [cf. ahata-

lakshana.']’- Ahita-vyatha, as, d, am, paincd,

grieved. — Ahita-svana, as, d, am, uttering or

making a sound, noisy. — Ahitagni [°ta-ag°), is, is,

1, one who has placed the sacred fire upon the altar,

a sacrificer; a Brahman who has kept alive a sacred

fire perpeturily in a family &c. — Ahitanka fta-an⁰),

as, d, am, marked, spotted, stained.

A-hiti, is, f., Ved. placing on; anything placed on.

dhitundika or ahitundika, as,

m* (fr. ahi-tanda), a snake-catcher, a juggler.

ahiranin, i, m. a two-headed

snake.

d-hu, cl. 3. P. A. -juhote, -juhute, -ha-

tum, to sacrifice, to offer an oblation, to worship.

1. d-hava, as, m. sacrificing, sacrifice. (For a.

d-hava see under a-hve.) •

«M£<H a-havana.

STjnfsTiM ikshu-bhakshika.

137

A-harana, am, n., Ved. offering an oblation,

offering sacrifice, sacrifice.

A-havaniya, as, d, am,to be offered as an obla-

tion ; (as), m. a consecrated fire taken from the

householderis perpetua! fire and prepared for receiving

oblations; the eastern of the three fires buming at

a sacrifice.

Ahavaniyaka, as, a, am, fit for a burnt offering;

(as), m. a consecrated fire.

I. a-hava, as, m., Ved. a trough, a pail, a vessel;

a trough near a well for watering cattle.

A-huta, am, n. an offering made to men, hospi-

tality; the nourishment of ali created bcings con-

sidered as one of the fi ve sacraments or principal

sacrifices of lhe Hindus.

I. a-huti, is, f. offering oblations with fire to the

deities; any solemn rite accompanied with oblations:

(for 2. a-huti see under a-hve.) — Ahuti-vridh, t,

t, t, Ved. delighting in sacrifices.

ahuka, as, m., N. of a prince, great-

grandfather of Krishna, a son or grandson of Abhi-

jit; (?), f. a sister of this prince; (as), m. pl._t N. of

a people.

ahulya, am, n., N. of the legumi-

nous shrub Tabernxmontana Coronaria,

-hri, cl. i. P. A. -harati,-fe,-hartum,

to fetch, bring, bring near, give; to recover, bring

back; lo get, take; to offer in sacrifice: Caus. P.

-harayati, -yitum, to make one pay or give or

fetch or bring; toexact; to exert, exhibit: Desid.

A. Aihirshate, to seek to recover or get back.

A-hara, as, a, am, (at the end of compounds)

bringing, fetching; (as), m. taking, seizing; accom-

plishing, offering of a sacrifice; drawing in breath,

inhaling, inhaled air; breath inspired, inspiration.

A-harana, as, a, am, takiDg away, robbing; (am),

n, taking, seizing, bringing near; extracting, remov-

ing; accomplishing, offering at a sacrifice; causing,

inducing.

Aharani-kri, cl. 8. P. -karoti, -kartum, to give

as a present.

A-hartri, td, tri, tri, one wbo takes, seizes, brings

or procures; inducing, causing; offering; (td), m.

a copy holder (in law).

A-hara, as, a or i, am, bringing near, procuring;

going to fetch ; (as), m. taking, fetching, bringing

near; employing; taking food, food (e. g. aharam

kri, to take food, eat). — Ahara-viraha, as, m.

waot oPfood. — Ahura-sambhava, as, m. the juice

of the body, chyle, lymph, serum. — Ahararthin

(°ra-ar°), i, ini, i, begging or seeking for food.

A-haraka, as, a, am, going to fetch.

A-harika, (with Jainas) one of the five bodies

belonging to the soul; described by Colebrooke as a

minute form, issuing ffom the head of a meditative

sage to consuit an omnisrient saint and retuming with

the desired information.

A-harya, as, d, am, to be taken or seized ; to be

fetched or brought near; to be extracted or removed ;

what may be removed, adventitious, accessary, inci-

dental; to be eaten; (as), m. a kind of bandage;

(am), n. any disease to be ireated by the operation of

extracting; extraction; a vessel; the omamentative

part of the drama, the dress, decorations, 8cc. — Aharya-

iobha, f. adventitious beauty, beauty not natural but

the effect of paints, ornaments, &c.

A-hrita, as, d, am, brought, taken, collectcd.

— Ahritaryajna-kratu, us, us, u, Ved. intending

(to offer) a prepared sacrifice; preparing a sacrificial

^aCtT^(?)*. • • ,

A-hritya, ind. having taken or received, having

brought.

^i S M aheya, as, i, am (fr. ahi), belonging

or relating to a snake.

wt dho, ind, (an interjection of doubt

and of asldng) or, or perhaps. — Aho-purushika, f.

great self-conceit, boasting, military vaunting; a valn

determination to accomplish an object, vaunting of

one’s power. — Aho-svit, ind. a particle implying

doubt.

dhna, as, am, m. n. (fr. ahan), a series

of days, many days.

Ahnika, m, i, am, daily, diumal, performed on a

day, performed every day; (am), n. a religious cere-

mony to be performed every day at a fixed hour; a

day’s Work, what may be read on one day, the division

or section of a book; constant occupation, daily work;

daily food, &c. — Ahnikddara (°ka-dd°), as, m. daily

observance, the prayers and praccices necessary for

bodily and menta! purification.

Ahneya, as, m. a patronymic of S^uda.

-hlad, Caus. P. -Madayati,-yitum,

to "laddcn.

A-htdda, as, m. joy, delight,— Ihlada-dugka,

as, d, am, cnnflrring delight.

A-hladema, am, n. glaudening.

4-hliuit, is, m., N. of a son of Babhru.

A-Wadita, as, a, am, delighted, rej^iced.

a-hvri, cl. i. P., Ved. -hvarati, -hvar-

tum, to make crooked, to injure.

A-kurya, as, d, am, Ved. io be bent down or

brought near; to be made favourable, one towards

whom one must bow; (SSy.) to be invoked (fr, rt.

hve).

A-hruta, as, d, am, injured. — Ahruta-bheshaja,

as, d, am, Ved. curing what is bent or injured.

A-hvara, as, m., N. of a fortress of the UsTnaras.

A-hvaraka, as, m. a low or expelled -man who,

after having offered a sacrifice to the manes, takes

the sacrificial food for himself.

Ahvaraka, as, m. pl. the AhvSrakas, a recension

of the black Yajur-veda (distinet from the Taittirlya)

named from AhvSra or AhvSra.

A-hvriti, is, m., N. of a prince.

d-hve, cl. i. P. or poet. A. -hrnyati,

•te, -hvatum, to call near; to summon ; to invite,

ask; A. to provoke, challenge, emulate: Caus.

-hvayayati, -yitum, to send for; to cause to invite

or summon or challenge; provoked; Desid. -juhu-

shati, to wish to call near or invite: Intens. -johaviti,

to call.

2. d-hava, as, m. challenge, provoking, calling;

war, battle. — Ahava-kdmya, f. desire ofwar: (for

I. d-hava see under a-hu, page 136, coi. 3.)

2. a-hava, as, m. calling, invoking ; battle, war.

2. a-huti, calling, invoking. (This word may

sometimes have this sense in the oldest Vedic texts,

but see the more correct form a-huti. For 1. a-

huti see under a-hu last coi.)

A-huva, as, d, am, Ved. (Say.) to bc invoked.

A-hu, f., Ved. calling* invoking.

2. a-huta, as, d, am, called, summoned, invoked,

invited. — Ahuta-prapalayin, i, m. a defendant or

witness absconding or not appearing when summoned.

A-huti, is, f. calling, invoking.

A-huya, ind. having invited.

A-hva, as, d, am, who or what calls, a crter;

named, called; (d), f. a name, appellation.

A-hvaya, as, m. a lawsuit arising from a dispute

abont games with animals, as cock-fighting &c.; ap-

pellation, name (generally as last member of a com-

pound, the first member of which, though commonly

an appellative noun, is used as a propeh name).

A-hvayat, an, anti, at, calling, challenging.

A-hvayana, am, n. appellation, name.

A-hvayitavya, as, d, am, to be summoned or

invited. %

A-hvana, am, n. calling, invitati on, a call or sum-

mons; invocation of a deity; challenge ; legal sum-

mons; an appellation, a name; designation of a

liturgical formula. — Ahvana-darfana, am, n. day

of trial.

Ahvanaya, nom. P. ahvanayati, -yitum, (in law)

to 5ummon.

A-hvaya, as, m. a summons, a name.

A-hvayaka, as, m. a messenger, a courier.

A-hvayayitavya, as, d, am, to be called before

a tribunal.

^ i. i, the third vowel of the alphabet,

corresp4jnding to i short, and pronounced asthat letter

in kitl &c. — 1-kdra, as, m. the letter or sound i.

^2.2, ind. an interjection of anger, calling,

sorrow, distress, compassion, &c.

3. i, pronominal base of the 3rd person;

[cf. itara, itas, iti, id, idam, ida, iyat, iva, iha :

cf. also Lat. id; Goth. ita; Eng. it; Old Germ.

iz ; Mod. Germ. cs.]

\ 4. i, is, m. a N. of Kamadeva,

5. i, cl. 2. P., 1. P. A. et i, ayati, -te,

iyaya, eshyati, etum,Ved. atave, etavai, dos,

to go; to go 10 or towards (with acc;); to come; to

go away, escape, pass, retire; to retum ; to arrive at,

reach, obtain; to fall into; to arise from, come

from; to approach with prayers, ask; to undertakc

anything (with acc,); to appear, to be; to go on

well, to prosper (e. g. tasmin yuktasya eti preta-

kfitya, *the funeral ceremony of one engaged in that

goes on well or prospers ’); to be employed in, go on

with, be in any condition or relation (with a part, or

inst.,e. g. Asura-raJcshasani mridyamdnani yanti,

‘ lhe A suras and Rakshas are being trampled upon

Oavamayanena iyuh, ‘ they were engaged in the

GavSmayana’): Intens. or cl. 4. A. iyaie, inf., Ved.

iyadhyai, to go quickly or repeatedly; to come,

wander, run; to appear, make one’s appearance; to

approach any one with requtsts (with two acc.), ask,

request; to be asked or requested: Caus. dyayati,

-yitum, to cause to come; [cf. Gr. tX-yu, X-fxtv’,

Lat. eo, imus; Lith. ei-mi, *l go;’ Slav. i-dd,

* I go,’ i-ti, ‘ to go ;* Goth. i-ddja.J

It, (at the end of a few compounds) going; cf.

arthet.

Ita, as, d, am, gone; retumed; obtalned; re-

membered; (am), n. way,—Itasu (°la-as⁰), us, us,

u, Ved. whose vital spirits have departed.

1. iti, is, f.,Ved. going, moving.

Itya, as, d, am, to be gone to or towards.

Ityd, f., Ved. going, a way; a litter, a palanquin.

Itvan, a, d, a, goiDg.

Itvara, as, i, am, going, travelling, a traveller;

cruel, harsh ; poor, indigent; low, vile; contemned ;

(t), f. a disloyal or unchaste woman.

ikkata, as, m. a kind of reed. See

itkata, o

ikkavala in astrology =

iqhffi, good fortune, prosperity.

ikshu, us, m.(fr. rt.3. ish ?), the sugar-

canc (twclvc species of it are enumerated); N. of a

river. — Ilcshit-kanda, as, am, m. n. the stem or

cane of lhe Saccharum Officinale, the sugar-cane;

(as), m., N. of Iwo different species of sugar-cane,

viz. Saccharum Munja Roxb. and Saccharum Spon-

taneum L.— Ikshu-kuttaka, as, m. a gatherer or

reaper of sugar-cane. — Ikshu-gandha, as, m, Sac-

charum Spontaneum ; a kind of Asteracantha Longi-

folia; (d), f. Saccharum Spontaneum, Asteracantha

Longifolia, Capparis Spinosa, Batatas Paniculata.

— Ilcshu-gandhika, f. Batatas Paniculata. — Ikshu-

ja, as, d, am, coming from sugar-cane. — Ikshu-

tulya, f. Saccharum Spontaneum. — Ikshu-danda,

am, n. the stem or cane of the Saccharum Officinale.

— Ikshurdarbhd, f. a kind of grass or sugar-cane.

— Ikshu-dd, f., N. of a river; see ikshula, ikshu-

malim, ikshit-mdlavt. — Ikshu-metra, am, n. a

kind of sugar-cane. — Ilshu-pattra, as, m. the grain

Penicillaria Spicata. — Ikshu-paka, as, m. molasses.

— Ikshu-pra, as, m. lhe piant Saccharum Sara.

— Tkshu-balikd, f. Saccharum Spontaneum, ** ikshu-

tulya. — Ikshu-bhakshika, f. a meal of sugar or

Nn

138

5TT*Tift ihhu-maH.

ili.

molasses. — Ikshu-matt, f., N. of a river in Kum-

kshetra. — Iksha-malavi or ikshu^mdlint, f., N. of

a river; see ihhurda. — Ikshu-miUa, am, n. a kind

of sugar-cane; the root of sugar-cane. — Ikshu-meha,

as, m. diabetes or diabetes mellitus; see madhu-

meha. — Ikshumthin, i, ini, i, diabetic. — Ikshu-

yantra,am, n. a sugar-mill.— Ikshu-yoni, m.

Saccharum Officinarum.— Ikshu,-rasa, as, m. the

juice of the sugar-cane; molasses, unrefined sugar;

the cane Saccharum Spontaneum. — Ikshurasa-

kvatha, a*, m. raw or unrefined sugar, molasses.

— Ikshurasoda (°sa-iuf), as, m. the sca of syrup.

— Ikshtirvana, am, n. a sugar-cane wood. — Ikshu-

vallari and ikshx^valU, f. Batatas Paniculata.

— Ikshu-va(ikd or ikshu-vdfi, f. Saccharum Offici-

narum, the common yellow cane. — Ikshtirvdri, n.

the sea of syrup, one of the seven seas. — Ikshu-

tikdra, as, m. sugar, molasses; any sweetmeat.

— Ikshiwfshtana, as, m. a kind of sugar-cane.

— Ikshn-Jakafa or ikshurJakina, am, n. a kind

of sugar-cane. — Ikshn-samudra, as, m. the sea of

syrup, one of the seven seas. — Ikshu-sara, as, m.

molasses, raw or unrefined sugar. — llshvdri, is, m.

(for ikshu-varU), Saccharum Spontaneum. — Iksh-

vdlika, as, m. (for tkshu-bdlika), Saccharum Spon-

taneum; (a), f. another sort, Saccharum Fuscum,

(native recd-pens are made from its stem.)

Ikshuka, as, m. sugar-cane.

Ikshuktya, f. a region abounding in sugar-cane.

Ikshura, as, m. Capparis Spinosa; Asteracantha

Longifolia; Saccharum Spontaneum.

Ikshuraka, as, m. Capparis Spinosa; Saccharum

Spontaneum.

Ikshula, f., N. of a river. See ikshu-da.

ikshvahi, tts, m., N. of a son of

Manu Vaivasvata, fother of Kukshi and first king of

the solar dynasty in AyodhyS; a descendant of

lkshvSku; the Jainas derive their Cakravartins and

many of their Arhats from Ikshv5ku; (as), m., N.

of 2 warrior-tribe derived from IkshvSku; (us), f. a

bitter gourd; according to some, the Coloquintida

(Citrillus Colocynthis), the fruit of a wild species of

Lagenaria Vulgaris. — Ikshvaku-kala-ja, as, a, am,

bom in the family of Ikshvaku.

operations may be separated from the preceding parts,

a word which in the Pad?.-p3tha is dividcd by the

ava-graha or mark of tmesis.

ingida, N. of a piant, =, inguda (?).

inguda, as, i, m. f., N. of a medicinal

tree, Terminalia Catappa; in Bengal confounded with

PutranjTva Roxburghii Wall.; (am), n. the nut of

the tree Terminalia Catappa.

Ingula, as, f, m. f., N. of the tree Terminalia

Catappa. '

idikila, as, m. apond, mud, mire.

1. itthaka, as, m. the citron, Citrus

Medica L.

2. iddhaka, i66ha, &c. See

under 3. ish at page 142.

ijjala, as, m. a small tree growing

in wet and saline soil, or on low grounds near the

sea, Barringtonia Acutangula Gazrtn.

ijya, as, m. (fr. rt. yaj), a teacher; an

epithet of Brihaspati the teacher or Guru of the gods;

(a), f. a sacrifice, making offeriogs to the gods or

manes; a gift, a donation; worship, reverence; meet-

ing, union; a cow; a bawd or procuress.— Ijya-

6ila, as, m. a frequent sacrificer.

indaka, as, m. a shrimp or prawn.

'&ry^> it, cl. 1. P. etati, etitum, to go, to go

to or towards; Ved. to make haste, to err.

ita, as, m., Ved. cane or grass; a web

made of it, a mat. — Ita-suna, am, n., Ved. a tex-

ture of reed, a mat.

itata, as, m., N. of a Bhargava, author

of a hymn of the Rig-veda.

^7^X1 it~fara, as, m. (fr. 4. ish and 6ara),

a bull or steer allowed to go at liberty.

ithimikd, f. title of a section of

the K3thaka recension of the Vajur-veda.

^ id, Ved. (only in inst., gen., abi. sing,,

‘ ikh, cl. I. P. ekhati, iyekha, ekhish-

vati, ekhitmn, to go, move; [cf. Gr. tUu,

o.x⁽ M*«‘ '■']•

tn-kara and in-knta = hin-kara,

hln-krila, q. v.

TS inhh, cl. 1. P. inkhati, inkkc.h-CakZ.Ta,

inkhiihyati, McMtum, to go, mov.; [cf.

Hib. i,nchim, ‘ I gn on, proce.d, march.’]

ing, cl. 1. P., ep. A. ingati, -te,

*\ ingm-dakSra, inghhyati, ingitum, to

go, go to or tow-rds; to move or agitate: Cam.

P. iirfjaynti, -yhumi, to move, agitate, shake J (m

gram.) to divide or separate the members of a com-

pound word, to use a word or bring it into such a

grammatica! relation that it is considered ingya; see

bdow; [cf. Hib. ing, ‘a stir, a move.’J

Inga, as, a, am, movable, locomotive; surprising,

wonderful; (<za), m. a hint or sign, an indication of

sentiment by gesture, knowledge; (a), f. a kind of

counting. ,

Ingana, am, n. shaking; (in gram.) the operation

by which one member of a compound is separated

from another, as by the ava-graha or mark of tmesis.

Ingita, am, n. palpitation, change of the voice,

intemal motion, motion of various parts of the body

as indicating the intentions; hint, sign, gesture;

aim, intention, real but covert purpose. — Ingita-

kovida or ingita-jna, as, a, am, understanding

signs, acqminted wiib the gesture of another, skilled

in the expression or imerpretation of the intemal

sentiments by the extemal gesture.

Ingya, as, a, am, movable from its place; in the

Pratiiikhyas a term for those words or rather parts

of a compound word which in certain grammatical

and acc. pl. i da and idas; or, according to the spell-

ing of the Rig-veda, ila and i(as), 2 refreshingdraught,

refreshment, libation offered to the gods; the flow of

speech, the stream of sacred words and worship,

prayer; (S5y.) the earth, food; (fdas or ilas), pl.

the object of devotion, addressed in the third or

fourth verses of the Apri hymns, (so used only in

Rig-veda 3, 4. 3; but also erroneously referred to in

the Br3hmanas &c. as if etj-mologioilly connected

with the words tdya, idita, i (ita, * the praiscworthy,’

* the praised,’ which are used in the third or fourlh

verses ofthe other Apris as the d esi gnati on ofthe same

object of worship.) — Idas-paii, is, m., N. of Vishnu.

— Id-dcvata, f. deity of the libation. — llas-pati, is,

m., Ved. a N*. of PQshan. — I\as-pade, in the place of

sacred libation, i. e. at the altar or place of offering.

Ida, as, m., Ved. This word occurs only in one

sacred formula as an epithet of Agni, who is to be

addressed with prayers, or invoked with the stream

or flow of praise.

Ida, f. or (in Rig-veda) ffa, (not to be confounded

with the inst. case of id above), refreshing draughr,

refreshment, animation, recreation, comfort, vital

spirit; food; offering, libation, esperially a holy liba-

tion, coming between the Pray5ga and AnuySga, and

consisting of four preparations of milk, poured into

a vessel containing water, and then partially drank

by the priest and sacrificers; (metaphorically cf. id)

stream or flow of praise and worship, personified as

the goddess of sacred speech and action, invoked toge-

ther with Aditi and other deities, but esperially in

the Apri hymns together with SarasvatI and MahI or

BharatT; (S3y.) the earth. food; (ida, as the libation

and offering of milk is personified in the cow, the

symbol of feeding and giving, whence the word ida

is given as a synonym of ‘ cow.’ The goddess Ida or

Ila is the daughter of Manu or of man thinking on

and worshipping the gods; she is the wife of Budha

and mother of Purfi-ravas; in another aspeet she is

called MaitrSvaruni as daughter of Mitra-Varnna, two

gods who were objects of the highest and most

spiritual devotion. Tla is also a N. of DurgS, of a

daughter of Daksha and wife of Ka^yapa, of a wife of

Vasudeva and of the Rudra, Rita-dhvaja); heaven;

a tubular vessel, one of the principal channc-ls of the

vital spirit, that which is on the right side of the_

body. Itayds-pade, at the place of Ida, i. e. of

worship and libation, earth. — Ida-vat, an, ati, at,

Ved. refreshing, granting fresh vital spirits ; possessed

of refreshment, refreshed; (Say.) possessed of sacri-

firial food.

Iddtika, f. (fr. ida ?), a wasp.

Idika, f. the earth.

idikka, as, m. a wild goat.

I idvara, as, m. a bull iit to be set at

liberty. See it-<?ara.

indintha, as, m. a knifc (?).

Mva, am, n., Ved. (used in du.) two

round small platea made ofMunja reed, osed s cover-

ings for the hand:. m taking the fire-pans &nm the fite.

< inrindu, vs, m. the tree Trochis

Aspera (?).

TflTftsET nverika, f. a kind of cake.

TiTT i-tara, as, d, at, Ved. am (comparative

form ofprooom.base3.{; d.Lat.iterum; Hib.ifer),

the other (of two), another; (pl.) the rest; (with

abi.) different from; low, vile; expelled, rejected;

itara itara,iht one—the other, this—that. (Itara

connected antithetically with a preceding word often

signifies the contrary idea, e.g. vijayaya itardya

va, to victory or defeat; so in Dvandva compounds,

sukhetareshu, in happiness and distress. It some-

times, however, forms a Tat-purusha compound with

another word to express the one idea implied in the

contrary of that word, e. g. dakshinetara, the left

hand.) — Itaragana, as, m. pl. other men ; a euphe-

mistic title of certain beings who appear to be consi-

dered as spirits ofdarkness; Kuvera belongs to them.

— Iiara-tas, ind. otherwise than, different from;

UaMctarataMa, hither and thither. — Itara-tha,

ind. in another manner, in a contrary manner; per-

.versely; on the other hand, else.

Itara, f., N. of the mother of Aitareya.

Itarciara, as, d, am (occurring chiefly in oblique

cases of sing. and in comp.; fr. itara-itara, which

may be for itaras-itara, cf. anyonya, paras-

j)ara), one another, one with another, mutua!, re-

specti ve, several; (am), n. or adv. mutually, &c.

— Itaretara-kamya, f. respective or several fancies

or inclinations. — Itaretaratraya (°ra-a/°), as, d,

am, affecting or concemiDg mutually.

Itare-dyas, ind. at another or different day.

I-lama, as, d, at (superlative form of 3.i), another

(of many ?).

^?nT i-tas, ind. (fr. 3. i with affix tas, used

like the abi. case of the pronoun idam), from hence,

hence, here (opposed to amu-tas and amu-tra);

from this point; from this World, in this world ; itas

itas, here—there; itaMctadda, hence and thence,

hither and thither, here aDd there, to and fro; from

this time, now; therefore. — Ita-fdi, is, is, i, Ved.

extending or reaching from hence; existing orlasting

longer than the present time, future ; (SSy.) one who

has obtained help. — Itas-tatas, ind. here and there,

hither and thither.

2. it i, ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. i),

in this manner, thus. In its original signification ili

refers to something that has been said or thought, or

lays stress on what precedes. In the BrShmanas it is

often equivalent to * as you know,’ reminding the

hearer or reader of certain customs, conditions, &c.,

supposed to be known to him.

139

3fir ili.

indu-putra.

In quotations of every kind iti means that thc pre-

ceding words are thc very words which somc person

has or might have spoken, and placed thus at the end

of a speech it serves the purpose of inverted commas

(e.g. ity uklvd, having so said; iti kritva, having so

considered, having so decidcd). It may often have

rcference merely to what is passing in the miiid, c. g.

balo ’pi navamantavyo manushya itibhumipah,

a king, though a child, is not to bc dcspised, saying

to one’s selfj * be is a mortal/ (Grara. 928.) In

thcatrical language iti tatha karoti = after these

words hc acts so.

Sometiraes iti is used to include under one head

a number of separate objects aggregated together

(e.g. i'jyddhyayanaddndni tapah satyam kskama

damah alobka iti margo *yam, ‘ sacrificing, study-

ing, liberality, penance, truth, patience, self-restiaint,

absencc of desire/ this course of conduct, &c.).

Iti is sometimes foliowed by evam, iva, or a

demonstrative pronoun pleonastically (e. g. tam

brtiyad bhavatiiy evam, her he may call ‘ lady/

thus).

Iti may form an adverbia! compound with the name

of an author (e.g. Uipanini,thus according to Panini),

It may also express manifestation (lo 1 behold I), some-

thing additional (as in ity-adi, et cetera), order, ar-

rangement specific or distinctive, and identity. It is

used by native commentators after qnoting a rule to

express ‘according to such a rule * (e. g. anudatta-

mta ity Atmanepadam bhavati, according to the

rule of PSnini 1.3,12, the Atmane-pada takes place).

Kim iti = Hm, wherefore, why? (In the Sata-

patha-Br5hmana tl occurs for iti; cf. Prakiit ti and

tti.)—>Iti-katha, as, d, am, unworthy of trust, not

fit to be credited ; wicked, lost; (a), f. unmeaning or

nonsensical discourse; (?for ati-katha, q.v.) —

karana, am, n. or iti-kara, as, m. the word iti.

— Iti-hartavya, as, d, am, proper or necessary to be

done according to certain conditions; (am), n. duty,

obligation,— Itihartavya-td, f. or itiharya-ta or iti-

kritya-ta, f. any proper or necessary measure, obliga-

tion. — ItiJcartavyata-mudka, as, d, am, embar-

rassed, dumbfounded, wholly at a loss what to do. — Iti-

tha, as, i, am, Ved. such a one, such, e.g. pureti-

thyai (? ratryai dat. sing.) marishyasi, before

sudi and such a day thou wilt die. — Iti-matra, as,

a, am, of such extent or quality. — Iti-vat, ind. in

the same manner. — Iti-vritta, am, n. occurrence,

event. — Ity-artham, ind. for this purpose. — Ity-adi,

is, is, i, having such (thing or things) ?.t the begin-

ning, thus beginning, and so forth, et cetera. — Ity-

ukta, am, n. information, report, narrative.

Iti-ha, ind. thus indeed, (according to tradition.)

Iti-hasa, as, m. (iti-ha-asa, ‘so indeed it was’),

talk, legend, tradition, history, traditional acconnts of

former events, heroic history, as thc Maha-bhSrata.

?ffT?TK iti-hasa. See under 2. ili above.

7HT3R as, m., N. of a people.

irW itkata, as, m. a kind nf reed or grass.

See ilkata.

itkild, f., N. of a perfume. See

rof-and.

ittha, am, n. in astronomy =

ittham, ind. (fr. id, q. v.), thus, in

this manner; [cf. Iit. item] — Ittham-vidha, as,

d, am, of such a kind, cndowed with such qualities.

— llthan-l xrma, ind. in this manner. — Ittham-

bh&tsa, as, m. the being thus endowed. — Illham-

hhnta, as, d, am, beo'me thus, being thus or in

such manner; so circumstancfd.

ilthasdla, (in astrology) X. of the

third Yoga, Arabie

itthd, ind.,Ved. thus; (often used

in the Rig-veda, and sometimes only to lay stress on

a following word; therefore by native etymologists

considered as a particle of affirmation.) Itthd is

often connected with words expressing devotion to

the gods &c. in the sense of thus, truly, really;

especially with dhi as an adjective. Hence Uthd-

dhi=*such, i. e. true (satya) or real worship. Simi-

larly, ittha-dhi, zs, zs, i, so devout, so pious, i. e.

very devout; (S2y.) performing such or true works.

itthat, ind. (= ittham), Ved. thus,

in this way.

ind., Ved. (probably the neut. form

of the pronom. base i, see 3. i; a particle of affirma-

tion), even, just, only; (especially in strengthening

an antithesis, e. g, yatha vacanti devas tatha id

asat, as the gods wish it, thus indeed it will be; dip-

ganta id ripavo naha dcbhuh,\.\ie enemies wisbing

indeed to hurt were in nowise able to hnrt.)

Id is often added to words expressing excess or

exclusion (c. g. vilva it, everyone indeed; JaJvad

it, constantly indeed ; elca it, one only). At the be-

ginning of sentences it often adds emphasis to pro-

nouns, prepodtions, particles (e. g. tvam it, thou

indeed ; yadi it, if indeed, &c.).

Id occurs often in the Rig-veda, seldom in the

BrShmanas, and its place is taken in classical Sanskrit

by eva and other particles.

idam, ayam, iyarn, idam (fr. id, a kind

of neut. of the pronom. base 3. i with am; cf. Lat. is,

ea, id, and idem: the regular fornis are partly de-

rived from the pronom. base a; see Gram, 224.

The Veda exhibits various irregular formations, e. g.

fr. pronom. base a, an inst. ena, ayd, and gen. loc.

du. ayos; ff. the base ima, a gen. sing. vmasya,

&c.: the forms derived fr. a are used enclitically if

tbey take the place of the third personal pronoun, do

not stand at the beginning of a verse or period, and

have no peculiar stress laid upon them), this, this here,

referring to something near the speaker; known, pre-

sent; (opposed to adas, e. g. ayam lokah or idam

vi^vam or idam sarvam, this earthly world, this

universe; ayam agnih, this fire which bnrns on the

earth; bnt asdv agnih, that fire in the sky, i. e. the

lightning; so also idam or iyam alone siguifies * this

earth ;* ime tsmah, here we are.)

Idam often refers to something immediately fol-

lowing, whereas etad poiQts to what precedes (e. g.

drutva dad idam utuh, having heard that they

said this).

Idam occurs connected with yad, tad, etad, kim,

and a personal pronoun, partly to point out anything

more distinctly and emphatically, partly pleonastically

(e. g. tad idam vakyam, this speech here following;

8o‘yam Yidushakah, this Vidnshaka here).

Idam, ind., Ved. here, to this place ; now, even,

just; there; with these words. — Idam-rupa, as,d,

am, Ved. having this shape. **Idam-vid, t, t, t,

knowing this or conversant with this. — Idan-kdrya,

f. the piant Hedysarum Alhagi. — Idad-vasu, us,

lis, u, Ved. rich in this and that. — Idan-td, f. iden-

tity. — Idam-prakaram, ind. in this manner.

— Idam-prathama, as, d, am, doing anything for

the first time. — Idanv-maya, as, i, am, Ved. made

or consisting of this.

Idamyu, tis, us, u, wishing this.

i-da, ind. (fr. pronom. base 3. i),Ved.

now, at this moment; (often connected with a gen.

of ahan, e. g. idd ahnah or ahna ida, this present

day, * now-a-days and with hyas, e. g. idd hyah,

only yesterday.) — Idd-vatsara, as, m. originally

perhaps * the present or current yearthen one of the

names given to the single years of a period of five

years; one of the five years in which gifts of clothes

and food are productive of great rewards. — Idd-

vatsariya,as, i, am, belonging to such a year. — Idu-

vatsara and id-vatsara = idd-vatsara above. — Id-

vat8ariya = Idavatsariya above. »*

I-danim, ind. now, at this moment, in this case,

just, even; (with gen. of ahan, e. g. idanim ahnah,

this present day, ‘now-a-days;’ idanim eva, just

now ; immediately; idanim api, in this casc too;

tata idanim, therenpon, then.) In rare cases it is

an expletive, affecting but slightly the sense. Idanim

as a measure of time is the fifteenth part of an etarhi,

and is then dedinable (e.g. yavanty Etarhxni lava-

nti panfadaiakritva Iddnini, as many Etarhis, so

many Id5nlms fifteen times repeated). — Iddnin-

tana, as, i, am, present, momentary, of the present

momeat.

&c. See under indh.

in, cl. 8. P., Ved. inoti, ainot, 2nd

^ \ sing. impv. inuhi or inu, cl. 9. P., ist pl.

inimasi, cl. 6. P. (fr. inv) invati, perf. 3rd pl.

invlre, to advance upon, press upon, drive; to infuse

strength, invigorate; to use force, to force; drive away,

keep back, remove; to have in one’s power, to take

possession of, pervade; dispose; to be lord or master

of a thing or an art. See inv.

Ina, as, d, am, Ved. able, strong, energetic, de-

termined, bold; powerfnl, mighty, wild; glorious;

(as), m. a lord, a master; a king; the sun; the

lnnar maosion Hasta. —Ina-sabha, am, n. a royal

court or assembly.

inaksh, inakshati (a Ved. Desid, of

naksh), to endeavour to reach, strive to obtain.

inani, f., N. of a piant (=Vatapattri).

^ inu, us, m.., N. of a Gandharva.

inthiha, f., an astrological term

taken from the Arabie.

a ind, el. 1. P. indati, aindat, indam-

■ x: babhiiva, inditum, to be powerful; (this

root seems to be formed merely for the etymology of

the word indra, q. v.)

'mdambara, am, n. the blue lotus,

Nymphaea Caemlea. See indi-vara.

indindira, as, m. a large bee.

indira, f. epithet of LakshmT, wife

of Vishnu, — Indira-mandira, as, m. epithet of

Vishnu. — Indiralaya (°ra-aZ°), am, n. (Iit. * the

abode of Indira or Lakshml’), the blue lotus, Nym-

phaea Stellata and Cyanea. (The goddess Indira

issned at the creation from the petals of the flower.)

— Indira-vara, am, n. = preceding.

indi-vara or indi-vara or indi-vara,

am, m. (contracted fr. indira-vara), the blue lotus,

Nymphaea Stellata and Cyanea, see indira; (i), f. the

piant Asparagus Racemosus; (d), f., N. of another

piant.

Indivarhii, f. a group of blue lotuses.

^$*ZJndu,us, m. (said to be fr. rt. und; per-

haps connected with vindu, which last is unknown in

the Rig-veda), Ved. a drop, especially of Soma, Soma;

a bright drop, a spark; the moon; (avotf), m. pl.

the moons, i. e. the periodic changes of the moon ;

time of moonlight, night; (us), m. camphor. (In

the Brahmanas indu is used only for the mooQ; but

the connection between the senses * Soma juice’ and

‘moon’ in the word indu has led to the same two

ideas being transferred in classical Sanskrit to the

word Soma, although the latter has properly only

the sense ‘ Soma juice.’) — Indu-kamala, am, n. the

white lotus. — Indu-kala, f. a digit of the moon;

N. of several plants, Cocculus Cordifolius, Sarcostema

Viminale, Ligusticum Ajowan. — Indu-kalika, f. the

piant Pandanus Odoratissimus, — Indu-kanta, as,

m. the lunar gem, the moon-stone; (a), f. night.

— Indu-ja, as, m. epithet of the planet mercury,

¹ son of the moon ; ’ (d), f., N. of the river Rev5 or

NarmadS in the Dekhan. — Indu-janaka, as, m. the

ocean, lit. ‘father of the moon,* (the moon being

produced amongst other things at the churning of

the ocean.) — Indu-dala, as, m. a portion of the

moon, a digit, crescent. — Indu-putra, as, m. epithet

140

indv-pushpika.

iV, ifVrsfii indranika.

of thc planct Mcrcury.— Indu~jruskpika_t f. the piant

Methonica Superba.— Indurbhrit, t, m. epithet of

Slva, * bearing thc crescent on his forcbead/ — Irnlu-

tnani, £% m. thc moon-stonc. — Indu-mandala,

am, n. the orb or disc of the moon. — Indu-mat,

en, m., Ved, (in liturgical langoage) an epithet of

Agni, becausc in the verses in which he is addressed

the word indit occurs; (ri), f. day of full moon; N.

of the sister of Bhoja and wife of Aja; N. of a river.

— Indu-mauli, is, m. epithet of Siva; see indu-

bhfit. — Indo-ratna, am, n. a pearl. — Indu-raj, (,

m. thc moon, king of the stars. — Inda-rekha, f. a

digit ot the moon. — Indu-lekhd, f. a digit of

the moon; the piant Mcnispcrmum Glabrum;

the raoon-plant Asdepias Acida; a kind of lovage,

Ligusticum Ajwaen. — Indurlohaka, am, n. silver.

— Inda-vadana, f. a metre of four verses of which

each contains fourtecn syllables. — Indu-valli, f. the

piant SarcostcmmaViminale, —Induvara in astrology

= the Arabie^ 1. —am, n. a reli-

gious obsemnee depending on the age of the moon;

diminishing the quantity of food by a ccrtain portion

daily, for a fortnight or a month, &c. — Indu-tfekhara,

08, m. * moon-crested/ an epithet of STiva.

Induka, as, m., N. of a piant, = a£mantaka.

indura, as, m. a rat, a mouse [cf.

undura, undurii].

^/5“ indra, as, m. (fr. rt. t» or ind or ob-

solete rt. id f), the god who m Vedic mythology

reigns over the deities of the intermediate region or

atmosphere; he fights against and conquers with his

thunderbolt (vajra) the demons of darkness, and is

in general a symboi of generous heroism; (Indra was

not originally lord of thc gods of thc sky, but his

deeds were most nseful to mankind, and he was tbere-

fore addressed in prayers and hymns more than any

other deity, and ultimately superseded the more lofty

and spiritual Varuna. In the later mythology!n<Zra is

subordinated to the triad Brahma, Vishnu, and Sfiva,

but remained the chief of ali other deities in the

popular mind ; he is also regent of the east qu arter,

and considered one of the twelve Adityas: in the

Vedlnta he is identified with the supreme being);

the first, the chief (of any dass of objects); a prince ;

the pupil of the right eye (that of the left being called

Indranl or IndnPs wife); N. of the piant Wrightia

Antidysenterica, &c. (see ku(aja); a vegetable poi-

son; N. of the tweoty-sixth Voga or division of a

drde on the plane of thc ediptic; the Yoga star in

the twenty-sixth Nakshatra, y Pegasi; the human or

animal soul, the portion of spirit residing in the body;

night; one of the nine divisions of Jambu-dvipa or

the known continent ; best, excellent (in compounds);

(a)_t f. thc wife of Indra, see indrani; N. of a

piant, Maijoram(?), see phanijjhava. — Indra-

riskabJut, as,«, am, Ved. having Indra as a bull,

or impfcgnatcd by Indra, epithet of the earth.

~lndra-karman, a, m. epithet of Vishnu, * ptr-

forming Indras doeds.’ — Indra-kila, as, m., N. of

a mountain; a rock. — Indra-kwijara, as, m.

Indra’s clephant; iee airavata.— /ndra-kufa, as,

m., N. of a mountain. — Indra-krishta, as, a, am,

wonuo^d by Indra, growing in a wild state. — Indra-

aentiment banner; N. ofa man. — Indra-

countiog. <*nha or indrakoshaka,

Imjana, am, n.sn—^ _{proicction of lhe}

as, m. a

projection of lhe roof of a

, ' 7 •* Piyittuon or me f

frnm annth°^{nC O,|}*^a*^conyo^r terrace; a pin or

inffita, am, n. palpitation. ^J - * *

.DtiTiial moti >n, motion of varioAi^ ■ ^N^of

V indioting tht intjntions; hin _iciK.

iim, intention, nal but covurt pui/^

kovitla or imrila-im. /7. n m

kovida or inyita-j

sigris, acquaintcd witj

in the expression or imerpretation of tt

teacher of Indra;

as, or a, as,

_ . . , . n!m, ^t^jr * f_m

signs, acqujintcd with the gesture ot ansinthj™^

sentiments ty the externa! e-sture. „ . . ^

Ingya, as, a, am, movable from its plac _1U, ^ j

PrlU^Jkhyas a term for those words or rat

of a compound word which in ccrtain gran^^ _n ’

necklace consisting of 1008 strings.— Indra-jana7ia,

am, n. Indra’s birth. — Indrajanamya, as, a, am,

treating of Indras birth.— lndra-ja, as, ds, am,

Ved. originating from Indra, — Itidra-janu, us, m.,

N. of a monkey. — Indra-jala, am, n.,Ved. the net

of Indra; a weapon employed by Arjuna, stratagem

or trick in war; deception, cheating; conjuring,

juggliog.— Indrajalika, as, x, am, a juggler, a

ranjurer; deceptive, unreal. — Indrajalin, t, m.,

N. of a Bodhi-sattva. — Indra-jit, t, m. 'conqueror

of Indra,' N. of the son of R3vana; of a D3nava; of

the fatherof RSvana and king of KS^mlra ; an author

of the seventeenth century. — Indrajid-vijayin, ?, m.

‘conqueror of Indrajit,’ an epithet of Lakshmana.

— Indra-juta, as, a, am.Ved. promoted, exated, or

procured by Indra. — Indra-jyeshtha, as, a, am.Ved.

whose chief is Indra, led by Indra. — Indradama,

as, a, am, Ved. most Indradike, mighty, powerful.

— Indra-la, f. power and dignity of Indra. — Indra-

tapana, as, m., N. of a Danava. — Indra-tula or

indratulaka, am, n. a flock of cotton, a flocculent

seed &c. blown about in the air.—Indra-toya, f.,

N. of a river. — Indra-tva, am, n. Indra’s power and

dignity; kingship. — Indra-tvota, as, d, am (fr.

indra-tvd-uta), Ved. favoured or protected by tbee,

O Indra. — Indra-datta, as, m., N. of a Brahman.

—Indra-ddru, us, m., the tree Pinus D evadam.

— Indra-devI, f., N. of the wife of king Meghavi-

hana, who built a monastery called indradevi-bha-

vana. — Indra-dyumna, as, m.,N. of a man with

the patronymic Bhdllaveya; (am), n., N. of a lake.

— Indra-dru, us, m. the plants Terminalia Aijuna

and Wrightia Antidysenterica. — Indra-druma, as,

m. the piant Terminalia Arjuna. — Indra-dvtpa, as,

am, m. n. one of the nine dvlpas or divisions of the

known continent. — Indra-dJianus, us, n. Indra's

bow, the rainbow. — Indra-dhvaja, as, m., N. of a

TathSgataorofa Naga. — Indra~nak87uitra*am,n.,

Ved., Indras lunar mansion; an epithet of PhalgunI.

— Indrartiila, as, m. a sapphire. — Indramlaka,

as, m. an emerald. — Indra-patnt, f., Ved. the wife

of Indra. — Indra-parnl, f., N. of a piant, perhaps

Methonica Superba. — Indra^parvata, as_? m., N. of

a mountain. — Indra-patama, as, d, am, Ved.

drarik by Indra with more pleasure than by any onc

else. — Indra-pam, as, d, am, Ved. drnnk by Indra

(anything which serves as his drink). — Indra-palita,

as, m. ‘protected by Indra/ N. of a king; also of a

Vaisya. — Indra-pita, as, d, am, Ved. drunk by

Indra. — Indra^putrd, f., Ved. danghter of Indra.

— Indra-purogama, as, d, am, preceded or led on

by Indra, having Indra as leader. — Indra-purokita,

f. thc asterism Pushya. — Indra-pushpa or indra-

pushpika or indra-pushpi, f. the medidnal piant

Methonica Superba. — Indra-pramati, is, m. a de-

scendant of Vasishtha, author of some verses of the

Rig-veda. — Indra-pramada, as, m., N. of a man.

— Indra-prasuta, as, d, am, Ved. caused or im-

pelled by Indra. — Indra-prasthcc, as, am, m. n.,

N. of a city on the YamunS (now Delhi), the resi-

dence of the Pindavas. — Indra-prakarana, am,

n. Indras weapon, the thunderbolt. — Indra-brah-

mana, as, m., N. of a man. — Indra-bhagini, f.

* Indra's sister/ epithet of the wife of £>iva.— Indra-

bhuti, is, m., N. of one of the eleven GanSdhipas

of the Jainas,— lndra-bheskaja, am, n. dned ginger.

— IndramaJia, am, n., N. of a cereraony beginning

with the words indram aham. — Indramaha-ka-

muka, «8, m. a dog. — Indra-niadana, as, d, am,

Ved. animating or delighting Indra. — Indra-marga,

as, m., N. of a Tlrtha. — Indra-mcdin, i, ini, i,

Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra. — Indra-yava,

am, n. Indra-grain; the seed of the Wrightia Anti-

dysenterica. — Indra-yoga,a8,m.,Ved.,Indras union

or uniting power — Indra-lupta, as, am, m. n. or

hulra-luptaka, am, n. morbid baldness of the head ;

loss of beard. — Indra-loka, as, m. Indra’s world;

Srarga or paradise. - Indralokagamana (°ka-dy°),

am, n. (Arjuna’s) approach to lndra's world. — Indra-

lokcla (°ka-il°), as, m. the lord of lndra’s world,

i. e. Indra; a guest (as confcrring paradise on his

host). — Indra-ran.<d, f. a metre offour lines, each

of which contains twelve syllables. — Indra-vajra, f.,

a metre of four lines occnrring frequcntly in epic

poetry; each line contains eleven syllables. — Indra-

vat, or in Bomc cases indra-vdt, an, ati, at, Ved.

associated with or accompanicd by Indra. — Indra-

vaTwan, d, m., N. of a wanior. — Indra^vallart or

indra-valli, f. the piant Cucumis Colocynthis (?).

— Indra-vasti, is, m. f. (?) thc calf (of the leg).

— Indra-vatatama, as, d, am, Ved. much desired

by Indra. — Indra-vayu, tt, m. du. Indra and V5yu.

— Indra-vdrunika or indra-varuni, f. Colocynth,

a wild bitter gourd, Cucumis Colocynthis; the favourite

piant of Indra and Varuna. — Indra~vah, f, m.,Ved.

carrying Indra. — Indra-vija, am, n. the seed of the

Wrightia Antidysenterica. — Indrorvriksha, as, m.

— indra-ddru.— Indra-vriddha, f. a kind of ab-

scess. — In d ra-vri ddh ika, as, m. a kind of horse.

— Indra-vaidurya, am, n. a kind of precious stone.

— Indra-vrata, am, n. ¹ Indra’s rule of conduct/

one of the duties of a king, viz. to distribute benefits,

as Indra pours down rain. — Indra ^akli, is, f. In-

drani the wife or personified energy of Indra. — Indra-

tfatru, us, us, u, Ved. whose enemy or conqucrer is

Indra, conquered by Indra (with the Udatta on the first

sylhble; diflerently accented the word might mean

'an enemy of Indra’); (*«), m. ‘Indras enemy/

epithet of Prahlada. - Indra-Mabha, as, m., N. of

a man. — Indra-tiatla, as, m., N. of a mountain.

— Indra-^reshtka, as, d, am, Ved. having Indra

as chief, led by Indra; sec indra-jyeshtha, — Indra-

sakhi, d, m., Ved. one whose ally or companion is

Indra.— Indrasandha, f. connection or alliance with

Indra. — Indra-sarathi, is, is, i, Ved. driving in

the same carriage with Indra, an epithet ofVayu.

— Indra-savarni, is, m., N. of the fourteenth

Manu. — Indra-suta, as, m. ‘son of Indra/ N. of

the monkey-king Bali; also an epithet of Arjuna and

Jayanta. — Indra-surasa, as, m. a shrub, the leaves

of which are used in discutient applications, Vitex

Negundo. — Indra-surd, f. or indra-surisa, as, m.,

N. of the same piant (?). — Indra-mnu, us, m. * the

son of Indra/ epithet of the monkey-king Bali.

— Indrasena, as, m., N. of severa) men; N. of a

N3ga; (d), f., N. of sevdral women, — Indrasena-

dvitiya, as, a,am, attended by Indrasena. — Indra-

send, f., Ved., Indras missile. — Indra-stut, t, m. or

indra-stoma, as, m.' praise of IndraN. of particular

hymns to Indra in certain ceremonies. — Indras-vat,

an, ati, at, Ved. similar to Indra; (Say.) accompanied

by Indra, possessed of power (?). — Indra-hava, as,

m., Ved. invocatioQ of Indra. — Indra-hasta, as, m.

a kind of medicament. — Indrdgni-deratd ( ra-ag°),

f. the sixteenth lunar mansion. — Indragni-dhiima,

as, m. frost, snow. — Indrduuja (°ra-an°), as, m.

* the younger brother of Indra/ an epithet of Vishnu

or Krishna. — Indrabha (°ra-dbh°)_t as, ra., N. of a

grandson (?) of Dhrita-r3shtra.— Indrayudha (°ra-

dy°), am, n. lndra’s weapon, the rainbow; (as), m.,

N. of a horse; a horse marked with black about thc

rainbow tints on

I, m., N. of a

i. Indra’s enemy,

an Asura or demon. — Indravaraja (°ra-av°), as,

m. ‘ the younger brother of Indra/ an epithet of

Vishnu or Krishna, — Indralana (°ra-a£°), as, m.

hemp, dried and chewed; the shrub which bears the

seed used as a jewelle/s weight, Albus Precatorius.

— Indrasana ('ra-as°), am, n. the throne of Indra,

any throne ; a foot of fi ve short syllables. — Indrejya

(°ra-ij°), 08, m., N. ofVrihaspati, the preceptor ofthe

gods. - Indreshita (*ra-ish°), as, d, om,Ved. sent or

driven or instigated by Indra. — Indrota i^ra-uta), as,

m., N. of a son of Riksha and of Devapi. — Indro-

tsava (°ro-4rf°), as, m. a festival hononring Indra.

Indraka, am, n. an asscmbly-room, a hall.

Indraya, noni. A., Ved. itulrayate, -yitum, to

behave like Indra.

Indrayu, us, w, u, Ved. longing for or wishing

to approach Indra.

Indranika, f. the piant Vitex Negundo.

eyes; (d), f. a kind of leech having

the back. — Indrdyudha-tikkln,

N3ga, — Indrari (°ra-ar ), is, n

141

^[^'1 indrani.

Indrani, f. the wife of Indra; N. of Durg5,

reckoned as one of the eight mothers (matrikd) or

divine energies; a kind of coitus; the piant Vitex

Negundo.

Indriya, as, a, am, fit for or belonging to or

agreeable to Indra; (as), m. a companion of Indra;

(am), n. power, force, the quality which belongs

especially to the mighty Indra; exhibition of power,

powerful act; bodily power, power of the senses;

virile power; semen virile ; feculty of sense, sense,

organ of sense; the number five as symbolical of the

fi ve senses. (In addition to the five organs of per-

ception, buddkhidriydni or jndnendriyani, i. e.

eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin, the Hindfls enu-

merate five organs of action, Jcarmendriyayi, i. e.

larynx, hand,foot, anus, and parts of generatioD ; be-

tween these ten organs and the soul or atman staods

manas or mind, considered as an eleveoth organ.

In theVedanta, manas, buddhi, ahcmkdra, and

ditta form the four inner or intemal organs, antar-

indriyani, so that according to this reckoning the

organs are fourteen m number, each being presided

over by its own ruler or niyantri; thus, the eye by

the Sun, the ear by the Quarters of the world, the

nose by the two Aivins, the tongue by Pradetas, the

skin by the Wind, the voiee by Fire, the hand by

Indra, the foot by Vishnu^the anus by Mitra, the

parts of generation by PrajSpati, manas by the Moon,

buddhi by Brahman, ahan-kSra by Sfiva, ditta by

Vishnu as Adyuta. In the Ny5ya philosophy each

organ is connected with its own peculiar element,

the nose with the Earth, the tongue with Water, the

eye with Light or Fire, the skin with Air, the ear with

Ether. The Jainas divide the whole creation into

five sections, according to the number of organs

attributed to each being.) — Indriya-Jcama, as, a,

am, Ved. desiring or endeavouring to obtain power.

— Indri-yagodara, as, a, am, perceptible, capable

of being ascertained by the senses. — Indriya-grdrria,

as, m. the assemblage of the organs, the senses or

organs of sense collectively. — Indriya-jnana, am,

n. the faculty of perception, sense, consdousness.

— Indriya-nigraka, as, m. restraint of the organs

of sense. —Indriya-buddhi, is, f. perception by the

senses, the exereise of an^ sense, the faculty of any

organ. — Indriya-lodhana, as, a, am, exdting

power, arousing or shaipening the senses; (am), n.

any excitement of sense, an object of perception, a

stimulus, &e. — Indriya-varga, as, m. tho assem-

blage of organs, the organs of sense collectively.

— Indriya-vipratipatti, is, f. perversion of the

organs, erroneous or perverted perception. — Indriya~

svdpa, as, m. sleep of the senses, unconsciousness,

insensibility; the end of the world. — Indriydgodara

(°2/a-o-#od°). ^am> imperceptible. — Indri-

yatman (?ya-at°), a, m. ao epithet of Vishnu,

— Indriyayatana (°ya-ay°), am, n. the residence

of the senses ; the body. — Indriyartha (°ya~ar°),

as, m. an object of sense (as sound, smell, &c.),

anything exciting the senses. — Indriyd-vat, an,

ati, at, or indriya-vin, i, ini, i, Ved. powerful,

mighty; sornetimes also indriya-vat.—Indriya-

sanga (°ya-a-8°), as, m. noo-attachment to sensual

objects, stoidsm, philosophy.

indriya. See above.

indk, cl. 7. A. inddhe, indkah-dakre

or idhc, indkishyate, aindhishta, indhi-

tum, to kindle, light, set on fire: Pass. idhyate,

to be lighted ; to blaze, flame; [with indh cf. Gr.

aftta, I9ap6s; Atrvjj; *H<p-ai<r-Tas: Lat.

ces-tus, ms-tas: Old Germ. dt, * fire/]

Iddka, as, a, am, kindled, lighted, alight; shin-

ing, glowing, blazing; dean, ciear, brigbt; wonder-

ful; obeyed, unresisted?; (am), n. suoshine, light,

heat; a wonder. — Iddka-manyu, us, us, u, having

the anger excited or kindled. — Iddhagni (°dha-

ag°), is, is, i, Ved. on< whos*. firi b.ms

Idh, \at the end of compormds ■ lighting; [cf.

cujiadh.]

Idhma, as, am, m. n. fuJ, espocklly that which

il.

is nscd fot the sacrcd fire; [cf. Hib. adhmad.;

Zend aisma.] — Idhi.M-jih1 a, as, m., N. of a son

of Priya-vrata. — Idhma-pravraSdana, as, m. a

hatchet, a.i axe. — Jdhi.a-hkriti, is, is, i, Ved.

iring.ng fnel. — ldhma^vCha, as, m. epithet of

Dridhasyu or Dridhadaay...

ldhya, f. kindling, lightiog. See mjedhya.

li.dhti, as, d, am, lightiag, kiniling.

Indhana, am, n. kindling, lighting; [cf. afjnlr-

dhuna]; fnel; wood, grass Scc. used tor this purpoae.

— Indhcma-yiat, an, ali, ot, pesse.std of fnel.

— Indhan-van, a, d, a, Ved. possesaed of fnel;

fiamio g.

inv, cl. 6. P. invati, invm-takara,

' \ inviskyati, airt.it, iwitum, to pervade,

p urround, embracf, seize, tak. poasessien of; to invi-

gorate, gladden. See in.

Inva, as, d, am, pervading (in vUvam-ivm).

V«fofiT tnvaka, as, f. pl. stars in the head

of Orion.

ibha, as 01 am?, m. or n. ? (said to be

fr. rt. i, to go), Ved. servants, dependants, domestics,

hou '■hold, ramily; (Say.) fearless power; (as, d, am),

folli iwed by attendant ; (as), m. an eleptiant; (i),

f. a female elephant; [with this Word cf. the Gr.

iA-.tpas and the Lat. eiiw.] — Ibha-lana, f. a piant

witl: an arotnatic seed, Scindapsns Oiucinalis. — Ibha-

kesara, os, m. the tme Mesna Rrxburghii. — Ibha-

gandha, f., N. of a poisonous fruit.~lbha-danta,

f. the piant Tiaridium Indicum. — Ibha-nhnililcd, f.

smartn.is, shrewdness, sagacity [like that of an ele-

phanti. — Piluy.-pclola, as, m. the driver or keeper

of an elephant. —Ibha-pota, f. a yonng elephant, a

cub, — lhhain-ddala, as, m. a lion.—PtharyuvoH,

is, f. an elepbant’s cub. — Viluikhya (%ha-akh°),

an, m. the piant Mesua Roxbuo;hii.—Ibhari (°bha-

ar), is, m. a lion(‘enemy of the elephant’). — Ibho-

shand \ bha-mh"), f a kind of arumatic piant.

Ilhya, as, d, am, Ved. btlonejngto one’s serv:.nts

or attenJants; wralthy, opuleot, having many attend-

ants; (Say.) (as), m. an enemy; (d), f. a female

elephant; N. of the Olibanum tree, Boswjlia Serrata.

— Ibhya-tilvah, as, d, am, Ved. auunuaotly pos-

sc .sed of honsehold requisite s.

ima, a pronominal baee. See idarr.

Irnaka, as. d, am., dimlnutive of i,na.

Imatha, ind., Ved. as in this plac., as here, as now.

s^l VAiyaksh (Anomalous Desid. of rt. yaj),

Ved. cecnrrinn only in the part. pres. lyak«Jnit and

iyakrhamaua, and io impf. subi, iyakshav., to go

towards, approach; to rtquest, endvavour to gain; to

long for, seck.

Jyaksh'',its, tM,w,Ved. longing for. seeidng to gain.

iyat, an, ati, at (fr. pronominul base

3. i), so large, only so larg..; so mneh, only so

mnch; [with iya> cf. the syllable iens or its in such

Lat. wnrds as tatitns, Mies, quotiens, quoties, and

in nnmeral adv ‘rbs as quinquies.] —Iyat-ta, f. or

iyat-tva, am, n. quantity, fixed measurr or qnantity,

so much.

Iyattaka, as, ika, am, Ved. so small, vety small,

wee.

TUTtt iyasya (Anomalous Intens. of rt.

ya^a), A., Ved. iyasyate, to relax, weaken; to van^:sh.

Iyasd, f., Ved. lassih.de, dejection, lnw spirits.

ir, cl. 6. P. irati, to go; [cf. #.-]

tH irajya (Anomalous Intens. of raj,

rd.j), P. rarely A.,Ved. irajyuti, -te, to order, pre •

pare, arraste; to lcad; to aispnse, be master of;

(Say.) to vraw.

Irajyu, us, rt‘, u, Ved. bosy with prcp-rations for

thv. saerincial rite.

^TVJ iram, desert; salt or bauen (soil);

=irina, q. v.

iradh (Anomalous Intens. of rodh),

iradkate and iradhyati, Ved. to endeavour tn gain ;

(SSy.) to worhip. The inf. iradhyai is by orne

reterred to this form, and regarded as a jhortuud

form of iradhadhyai; but Say. refers it to rt. ir.

iram-mada, as, m., Ved. delighting

in drink; an epithet of Agni, in the form of light-

iiiug -nd Apam-napSt; a flssh of lightning or the

fire attendint the: fall of a thnnderbolt; submarine

fire.

irasya, P., Ved. irasyati, to bebave

insoLntly, be aogry; (with dat.) to be ill-at£.eted

tnwards; [cf. Lat. ita, irasH.]

Irasya, f., Ved. ili-wiU, maievoi :nce; (SSy.) wish

for food.

STT ira, f. (closely allrsd to idu and ila),

Ved. any driidable fluid; a dranght (^sperially of

milk); refreshment, comfort, enjoymeot; N. of an

Apsaia^c, a daughte of Daksha and wife. of K-dyapa ;

water; rdent spirits; the earth; speech; the gcd-

d-ss of speech, SarrsvatI; [cf. ida.\ — Ira-kshira, as,

a, am, Ved. whose miik is a refieshineut or enjoy-

ment. — Iri-tara, am, n. hail; (as, d or :, am),

earth-bom, terrestrial, iquatic. — Ira-ja, as, m. a

N. ot Rama, god of love, ‘ bom from water.’ — Ira-

rttukha, am, n., N of an Asuri-town near M1.n1.

— Ira-vat, an, ati, of, Ved. granting drink or re-

freshment, ratiating, giving enioyment; endnwed with

provi-ions; corulorlable; (an), m., N. of a son of

Aijuna; the octan, a dond; a king; (•), f., N. ot

a piant; N. of Durg^r, th : wife of Rudra, daughter of

the N5ga Sufravas; N. of a river in the Panlab, now

calied Ravi. — Ird-vellikd, f. piniples or pustules on

th. head, — IreSa (’ra-iff°), as, m. a N. of Vishnn ;

a kiog, a sovereign; \ aruna.

ffrsin rika, f., N. of a piant or tree.

— Irlkd-wtna, am, n. a grove of such trees.

TficiU irina, am, n. (said to be fr. rt. ri,

to go; omneetvd with wa), Ved. a water-cours^, a

rivulet, a well; any incisicc in th. ground, a hollow,

holi;; a desert, an inhnspitabl- region; a bare plain,

barren soil; salt soil.

Irlnya, as, d, am, V ed. belonging or relating to

a des,.rt oce.

^[<<1 irir, i, mi, i (connected with Ina ?),

Ved. powerfui, violent; an overbearing fellow; (S"y.)

an instirator; [cf. irasya Ac.]

sjftMd irimeda, as, m., N. of a piant, =.

ari-meda.

irimbithi, is, m., N. of a man of

th" family ot Kanva, anthor of sevx.nl hymas of the

Rig-veda.

SfifdcH rivilla or irivellika, f. pimples

or p".stuies on the head.

'ryn, as, d, am, Ved. active, powrrful,

energetical; epithet of POshap ‘nd of the Asvins;

(Say. mstigating; d-Stroying tnemies; e lord.

irva.ru, us, m. f., N. of an eatable

cucum^er, Cucmis Utilissimus; of another kind

Cucumis Colocynthis; see irvalt',, irvaru, urraru,

erraru. — Irvdt u-(uktika, f. a kind of mdon, com•

m. inly Sphuti or Sphuh Cucumis M 'mordica.

Irvdrvla, as, m. ao animal living in caves.

Irvalu, us, m. f. Cucmis Utilissimus Roxb. or

Cucumis Colocynthis.

il, cl. 6. P. ilati, iyela, elishyati.

ailit, 0litum, or d. 10. P. ilayat^; or

elayati, -yitvm, aor. aililat or ailayit, to keep

stili, not to move; to become quiet; to send, to

ca^ct; to sleep; to move, to go; [a vanou. uading

ha. the form il: cf. Old Germ. Ulu, illo, tor ilju;

Mod. Germ. Hile; Cambro-Lrit. il, ‘progtcss, mo

tion;’ Gr. i\ia J

*

142

fSFH ilaya.

^q ima.

Ilaya, as, a, am, Ved. resting, motionless.

-I i lava, as, a. aro,Ved. sounding, noisy,

tond; [cf. ailaba.]

5?3fq<5 ilavila, as, m., N. of a son of

Da^artha; (d), f., N. of a d-ughter of Trinavindu,

wife of Visravas and mothjr of Knvera.

5?5T 'la, f. flo*, speech, the tartb, see

hin, - Ild-yola, arr, n. the earth, th- globe.-Jla-

toia, am, n. the tourth plac_ ii, the circle ot the

a diae; the surface of the < arth. — Jld-dad/ni, as,

m., N. of a certain sacrifice, — Pdn-da, am, n.

* gnnting refieshment or ford,’ N. of a ccronony or

of a verse; N. of a Siman.-JM-.ri7o, as, m.,N. of

a aon of Agnldhia, who received theVarsha ila-vjita

as his kingdom; (am), n. one of the niue \ arths s or

iivkioas of the kn >wn World, o rapri hending the

highest and most centnl part of the nld continent.

Itika, f. the earth.

ilini, f., N. of a dausrhter of¹

M idhatithi.

Ji_t f. a cudgel. a stiok shaped like a

•Word or a short swurd. See ili.

7?5Tfq3t ilibisa, as, m., Ved., N, of a

demon conquered by Indra.

Usa, as, m. (said to be fr. il. to

go), a fish, cosnmr niv the hilsa or sable, Clnpe' Alosa;

the fi.h beiug one of high flavour, and Veiy abund int

at certain Seisons, is generally eaten b ith by the

nativos of Bengal and by Furopeans residing there;

[cf. lllha.]

iliisha, as. m., N. of tbe father of

Kavasha. See axl Jsha,

ilpa, as, m., N. of a wonderful tree

in the other world.

^qr iVoka,ns, m., N. of a merebo nt’o son.

3WS iVala, as, m., N. of a bird.

jfqTJT xllUa, as, m. the fish Clupea .Mosa;

[cf. Mfrfa.]

T?qqiT ilvakd, as, f. pl. the five stars in

Orion’, head. See il'ala.

JtqpS ilrala, ps, m. a kind of fi3b; N. of

a D-itya, the brother of VitSpi; (as), f. pl., N. of

the five stars in Orion’s head.

jq ira, ind. (fr. prcmominal base 3. i),

like, in the sam. inanner as (in this sense = yathd,

and nsed c rrrJatively to tatha); as it wcre (after a

metapborical expreision e. g. pa*ha iva yantan,

on a poth gomg as it were); in 1 certai.. m n.ier, in

som- mcCSl re, a little, yerhapi (in quabtication or

mitigation of a strong assertion); n jrly, rlmost, about

(e. g. muhurtam iva, almnst an hour); so, just so,

inst, txactly, indeed, veiy (e.ptcially atte, word:

vhuh involve some n striction, t g. ishad iva, just

r little; kinfid ira, iust a little bit: and after a nega-

tion, e. g. nadirad iva, verv sooni. Ira is connectcd

vaguely, and «oniewhat pleonastically, witl. an inter-

rogative prononn or ad erb (e. g. kim ira, what ?

katham iva, how conii that possibly bc? kvera,

where, I should like to know ?). In the Pada texts

of the IjLig, Yajur, and Atharva-vcda, and by native

grammarians, rra is considered to be ccmpounded

with the word ".fter which it stands, and is thi rtfor.

enclitic.

tr'laka, as, m., N. of a son of

Lambodara.

sika, f. an elephant’s eyeball.

See Ishika.

7W I. ish, cl. 4 P. ishyati, iysha, eshish-

Njlati, aishil, v>hi'um, to move, to cause to

move; to let fly, to throw, cart; to raist (as one’s

voice); to sprinkle; cl. 9. P. ithnati, to cause to

mov' qinckly, to Cast, let fiy, swing; to strike; to

fly ott, escape; to imprl, indte, rnimate, promot-t

Caus. P. tshaypti, -jitum, to bring, orfer: Desid.

eshishishati.

2. ish, (at the utd of some compoundr) movinp

qntckly, speedy. See araiti-Uh.

Ishiiiaya, nom. (from the nextl A„ Ved. isha-

nnyatt, •pjituia, to move, excite.

I. iit ani, is, f., Ved. impulse, dsire. (For 1. see

und ;r 3. ish.)

Ishanya, nom. P., Ved. ishanyati, -yitum, to

cause to make haste, to excite, drive.

Ishanya, f., Ved. impulse, desire.

Isharya, as, a, am (fr. ishu btlow), Ved. skill.d

in archery.

Ishika = ishika and ishika, q. .

Ishita, as, a, am, moved, diivan, tossed, -ent;

caused, excited, nimated; qnick. — Ishha-trata, ind.,

Ved. by inipulse or exdtement.

Ishika, as, m., N. of a poipkj -^ais/iifo ; (a),

f. reed, ru‘.h, 'te m or stalk of grasses; an arrow; a

sort of sngrr-cane, Saccharum Spoiitanaum; a brush ;

a small stick of wiod or iron used for trying wbether

or not the gold in a cruribk. is melted; tiie eycbrll

of an elephant; see ishika, ishika, ishika, isika.

— Ishika,-tila, am, n. the potnt or ny per part ot

a reed.

Ishu, trs, m. f. an arrow; (in mathematies) a

versed sine; N. of a Poma ceremony. — Ishu-kara,

as, or i‘hv4 rit, t, m., Ved. an anow-maker. — Ish u-

dhara, ae, m. an archer. — Ishn-dhi, see s. v. bdow.

— Ishu-pa, as, m., N. of an Asura, who appeared

on earth as king Magna-jif —Ishu-patha, as, m.

the range of an sncm. — Ishu-pushpa, f., N. of a

pl-nt. — Ish u-bala, as, a, am, \ ed. powerful by

arrows. — Ish 'i~bhrit, t, t, t, canying artows, an

archer. — Ishu-mat, an, ati, at, Ved. ptosessed of

arrows.—Ishu-raatra, as, f, am, having the length

o^f an anow, i. e. about five short spar« or three

feet; (am), ind. as far as the range of an anow.

— I«hw-trikandd, f. the thrccfold arrow, N. of a

constellation, perhaps the girdle of Urion. — 7sA«-

hasta, as, 5, um, ‘ anow-handed,’ carrying an >ws

in the haud. — Ishr-agra, am, n. the point of an

arrow.— I. Jn:-anika, am, n. the point of an anow.

— Ishvarga as, m. (fur ishu-varga), Ved. one who

averts arnws, a shield-bearer. — Ishv-asana ot

ishv-astra, am, n. a bow t‘ anow-thrower’). — Ishv-

ayudha, am, n.,Ved. anow «nd wcapons. — 7sAv-

asa, as, a, am, throwing unows; (as), m. a bow ;

an archer, warrior.

Ishuka, as, i, am, anow-like; (a), f., Ved. an

anow.

Iehv-dhi, is, m. f. (rt. AIm), a quiver. — Ishudhi-

maf, an, ati, at, Ved. pot-sewed of a quiver.

Ishudhya, nom, P., Ved. -dhyati, -yitum, to be

a quiver, to contain arrows; to implore, request;

(Ssy.) to desire oblationi.

Ishudhya, f., Ved. imploring, request.

Ishudhyu, 1is, us, u, Ved. imploring, riqucsting;

(Say.) gsing.

I. ishti, is, f. impulse, acceleration, huny; inviU-

tion, order, despateh.

Ishmin, ?, ini, i, Ved. going quickly, speedy, im-

petuous; an epithet of the winds.

^rn 3- ish, cl. 6. P., ep. also A. iMhati,

^ '\rte, iyesha, cshishyati, aishit, cshitum or

eshtum, to endeavocr to obtain, strive, seek for; to

endeavour to make favourable; desire, wish, long for;

to request; to be willing, to be about to do anything»

to intend; to strive to obtain anything (acc.) from

any one (abi. or loc.) ; to expect anything from any

ooe; to assent; to be favourable; to ask anything

(acc.) from any one (loc.); to acknowledge, to regard:

Pass. isJiyate, to be wished or liked; to be asked,

requested, prescribed; to be approved, acknowledged,

accepted, regarded as; to be worth; to be wanted as a

desideratum, see 2.ishti: Caus. P. cshayati, -yitum,

aishishat: Desid. esldshishati ; [with ish cf. Old

Germ, eisedm, 'I ask;’ Mod. Germ. heische: cf.

also Gr. Tpoitrirofiai, irpa-itcTTjs, vpo4£; and per-

haps Gr. M-ttji and X-fxtpos.]

I66haka, as, iha, am, wishing, desirous of; (as),

m. demand, the sum sought (in arithmetic).

Ittkat, an, ati or anti, at, wishing, wishful, de-

sirous.

Iteha-ta, f. or ittha-tva, am, n. desire, wishfulness.

I66ha, f. wish, desire, inclination; (in mathematies)

a question or problem; (in gram.) the desiderative

form; %66kaya, according to one’s wish or desire;

itdham ni-grah, to suppress one’s desire. — I66ha-

dana, am, n. the granting or gratification of a wish.

— Iddhd-nivritti, is, f. suppression of desire. —/d-

dhanvita (°Shd-an°)_t as, a, am, having a desire,

wishing, wishful. — Iteha-j)ha la, as, m. (in mathe-

maties) the solution of a question or problem. — I66ha-

vat, an, ati, at, wishing, wishful, desirous ; (*I), f. a

woman desirous of anything. — I66ha-vasu, us, m. an

epithet of Kuvera (‘ possessing wealth according to

wish'). — I66ha-sampad, t, f. fulfilment or attam-

inent of wishes.

166htt, us, us, u, wishing, desiring (with aoc. or

inf.).

166h%ika, as, d or i, am, wishing, desirous.

4. ish, f. wish; [cf. if-dara.]

2. ishani, is, f., Ved. wish, desire. (For r. see

under 1. ish.)

Ishuya, P., Ved. ishuyati, -yitum, to request,

ask; (S5y.) to wish for food, wish to approach.

i. ishta, as, a,am (for 2.see next page), sought;

wished,desired; liked, beloved; agreeable; cherished ;

worshipped, reverenced, respected ; regarded as good,

approved; valid ; (as), m. a lover, a husband; the

piant Ridnus Communis; (a), f., N. of a piant;

(am), n. wish, desire; (aw),ind. voluntarily. — Ish-

\a-lcarman, a, n. (in arithmetic) rule of supposition,

operatioo with an assumed number. — Ishta-kdpa-

tha, as, m. the root of the fragrant grass Aodropo-

gon Muricatus. — Ishta-kama-duh, dhulc, f. ‘ grant-

ing the wished-for desires/ epithet of the cow of

plenty.— Ishta-gandha, as, a, am, fragrant; (as),

m. any fragrant substance; (am), n. sand. — Ishta-

jana, as, m. a beloved person, man or woman; a

loved on e. ~ Ishta-tama, as, d, am, most desired,

best beloved, beloved, dearest. — Ishta-tara, as, d,

am, more desired, more dear, dearer. — Ish(a-tas,

ind, according to one’s wish or desire. — Ishta-ta, f.

or ishta-tva, am, n. desirableness, the state of being

beloved or reverenced. — Ishta-deva, as, m. or

ishta-devata, f. a chosen or tutelary deity, a

favourite god, one particularly worshipped. —/s/ita-

yaman, d, d, a, Ved. going according to one’s de-

sire.— I8hta~radmi, is, is, i, Ved. having desired

or best reins or bridles. — Ishta^rrata, as, d, am,

Ved. obeyiog one's wish ; (Say.) that by wbich good

works succeed. — Ishtd-krita, am, n._rVed. wish and

deed, i. e. accomplishment of a wish (?); N. of a

certain sacrificial ceremony. — Jshta-purta, am, n ,

Ved. wish and fulfilment, i. e. fulfilment of one’s

wishes; any religious duty or pious act, as obi ati on,

sacrifice, penance, holy study, diggiog a well, plant-

ing a tree, &e. — Ishtdrtha (°ta-ar°), as, m. any-

thing desired or agreeable. — hktarthodyukta (°tha-

ud?), as, d, am, zealonsly active, diligent for a

desired object. — IshtaJva (°ta-a4°), as, d, am,

Vfd. having desired or best horses.

2. ishti, is, f. seeking, endeavouring to obtain;

wish, request, desire; any desired object, a desired

mle, a desideratum (a term applied to Patahjali’s ad-

ditions to Panini’s rui es); (is), m.,Ved. seeking,

going after, guarding.

Jshtu, us, f. wish, desire.

Jshina, as, m. the spring; love or the deity K5ma.

Ishya, as, am, m. n. the spring season.

Ishva, as, m. a spiritual teacher. See ishva.

VI 5. ish, t, f.,Ved. that which is drunk,

a draught, refreshment, enjoymcnt; libation; the

refretiiing waters of the sky; sap, 'trcngtli, fr^hne^s,

conifort, iiiCTcaae; good condition, ^iflueuce.

Isha, as. m. one who possesses sap and -trength ;

^nor isha-vat.

frttTtr?! Irshya-vasa.

143

the month Alvina (September-October); strength,

vigour (?). — Isha-vat, an, ati, at, Ved. vigorous.

— Jsha-stut, t, m., Ved. a praiser of the desired

(Sua); (t), f. praise of comfort.

Ishaya, nom. P. A., Ved. ishayati, -te, -yitum,

to be succulent, swell; to be fresh, active, powerful;

to refresh, strengthen, aDimate.

Ishira, as, a,am,Yed. succulent, refreshing, fresh,

flourishing; vigorous, active, quick; [cf. Gr. Up6s];

(as), m. fire ?; (am), ind. quick.

Jshetvaka, as, a, atn (an Adhy3ya or AnuvSka),

contaiDing the words ishe tva, ‘ for rain thee/

ishu, ishu-dhi, &c. See I. ish last page.

3(^3» ish-kri, cl. 8. P., Ved. -karoti, -Icar-

tum, to arrange, set in order, prepare. -

Ish-kartri, ta, tri, tri,Ved. arranging, preparing,

setting in order.

Jsh-krita, as, d, am,Ved. arranged.— Jshkrita-

hava (°ta-dh°)_} as, a, am, Ved, whose Soma vessel

is prepared or ready.

. ishta, as, d, am (fr. rt. yajj for i. ishta

see last page), sacrificed, worshipped with sacrifices;

(as), m. sacrifice ; (am), n. sacrificing; sacred rite,

sacrament,— Jsh(a-yajus, us, us, us, Ved. one to

whom sacrificial verses have been offered or addressed.

— Ishta-vat, an, ati, at, possessed of sacrifices.

Ishtaka, f. a brick, especially onc used in building

the altar of a sacrifice. — Ishtaka-grilia, am, n. a

brick house. — IshtaJca-6ita,as,d,am, built of bricks.

— Jshtaka-nyasa, as, m. layiog the foundation of a

house. — Ishtakd-raH, is, m. a pile of bricks.

3. isk{i, is, f. sacrificing, sacrifice; oblation con-

sisting of butter, fruits, &c., opposed to the sacrifice

of an animal or of Soma. — Ishti-pada, as, or ish(i-

mu8h, t, m. an Asara, a demon. — Ishty-ayana, am,

n. a series of oblations, a sacrifice lastiDg a long time.

Ishtika, f. a brick, especially one u sed in building

the sacrificial altar. See ishtaka above.

Tshfin, 1, ini, i, one who has sacrificed.

Jskfva, ind. having sacrificed or worshipped.

ishtani, is, is, i,Ve d. (if fr. rt. yaj),

to be worshipped; (if instead of ni-shtani, fr. rt.

stan), rustling, nishing.

is, ind. an inteijection of anger, pain,

or sorrow.

^ iha, ind. (fr. pronom. base 3. t), in this

place, here; to this place; iD this worid; in this

book or system; in this case (e.g. tena iha na,

‘therefore not in this case/ i. e. the rule does not

apply here); now, at this time; [cf. Zend idha,

‘here Gr. l$a or idai in and iOai-yevijs;

Goth. ith; perhaps Lat. igi-tur.] — Iha-kala, as,

m. this life. — Iha-kratu, vs, vs,u, or iha-titta,

as, d, am, Ved. whose intentions or thoughts are

in this worid or place. — Jka-tra, ind. here, in this

worid. — Iha-bhojana, as, a, am, Ved. whose goods

and gifts come hither. — Iha-loJca, as, m. this worid,

this life; (e), ind. in this worid. — Ika-8amaye, ind.

here, now, on the present occasion, at such a time as

this, — Iha-stlia, as, d, am, standing here. — Iha-

8thana, as, d, am, whose place or residence is on

the earth; (e), ind. in this place. — Ihagata (°ha-

d(f), as, a, am, come or arrived hither. — Ihamutra

(°ha-am°), ind. here and there, in this worid and in

the next. — Iheha (iha-iha), ind. here and there, now

and then, repeatedly. — Jheha-matri, ta, m., Ved.

of whose mothers one is here and one there; (Say.)

whose mother is here and there, i. e. everywhere.

Huitya, as, d, am, or ihatyaka, as, iha, am,

being here.

t

5 1.1, the fourth letter of the alphahet,

coiresponding to i lonp;, and having tht S' und of ee

in /ee/.

^ 2, i, is, m., N. of Kandarpa, the god of

love; 1 or ?1, f., N. of LakshmI.

^ 3. i, ind. an inteijection of pain. anerer,

consduusntss or perccption, consideration, oompassion.

^ 4. t for rt. i. See under 3. t.

’2in iksh, cl. 1. A. iksha*e, ikshhh-(akre,

n ikxhishyate, aikshfahia, ihthitum, to seo,

look, vkw, behuld, look at, gaze at (with acc. or

urely loc.); to see in one’s mind, thiiik, have a

thonght, regard, consider; to look to the welfare of

anv one (with dat.): Cius, ihnhayati, -yitum, to

make one look at (with aco.). (This root is per-

haps coiiuected with aleh ', q. v.)

IkshaJca, 0«, m. a spectator, a behold.tr.

Ikxhana, am, n. a look, vtew, tspect, sight; re-

garding, lroking alter, csring for; an eye.

Ikshanika, as, a, m. f. a looker into the future,

a fortune-teller.

ll-bammia, at, a, am, looking at, surveying.

Iksh i, f. sight, viewing, considerint.

Ikskka, as, a, am, seen, behcid, regarded.

Ibehitri, ta, tri, tri, seJng, bcholdinv. a bvaold.tr.

Ihah^nya, as, d, am, Vedi deservin< to be seen,

eurinus

Ihshyoma,}a, as, d, am, being beheld, being

vkwed.

~~'Snq~~ ikh or ikh, cl. 1. P. ekhati, iyekha, or

*'^\ikhati, ikhdii-dakara, .ekhitum or ikhi-

tum, to go, move.

inkh or mkh, cl. 1. P. inkhati, inkhdh-

fakdira, or inkhati, inkhan-dakara, inkh i-

tnm or inkhitum, to go, move: Caus. inkhaynti,

-yitum, to move baekwards and forwards, to move

up and down, to swing.

ij or ihj, cl. 1. P. ijati, ijah-dakara,

v \ijituin or injati, &c., to go; to blame or

censore.

tiofcfi ijika, as, m. pl., N. of a pcople.

1. id, cl. 2. A. itte (2nd sing. pre?.

^ v idishie, Ved. TJ/s/n), iddn-fakre, idishyate,

aidishta, irlitum, Ved. tfe &e.,to implore, request,

ask for (with two aoc.); to praise: Caus. P. -dajati,

to ask; to praise.

J duna, am, n. the ’ct of prairing.

Ida, f. preise, comm ndation.

Id ita or Ilifa, as, d, am, praireJ, commended.

Idtnya er ?je/ipo or idya, as, d, am, Ved. to be

invokud or implored, to be praiaed or glorified, prai e-

worthy, laudable.

Idya,ad 11", as, d, am, being praisol.

2. id, it, f., Ved. = id, refreshment,

libation.

^ -dha, as, d, am (?fr. Vi), sought (?).

^fir itiy isy f. (fr. 4. t?), plague, distress,

any calamity of the season (as drought, excessive

rain, swarm of rats, foreign invasion, &c.); infectious

disease; an affiay; travelling in foreign countries,

sojouming.

idriksha, as, t, am (fr. id, neut. of pro-

nom. base 3. i, and driksha, rt drid, dropping one

d and lengthening the preceding t, as in tadriksha

from tady &c.), of this aspect, of such a kind,

endowed with such qualities, such like.

I-drit, k, Ved. n, endowed with such qualities,

such; (fc), n., Ved. such a condition, such occasion.

— Idnk-ta_t f. quality.

IdrUa, as, i, am, or idritfaka, as, ika, am,

endowed with such qualities, such; [with the final

syllables dri$ and dri.ia of these words cf. the Gr.

\tK in hurjKit, \iko in tt}\Iko-s, &c.; Goth. leika

in hvSleiks, ‘welcher/ svaleik-s, ‘such;’ Mod.

Germ. soleher; Slav. liko, nom. lik, e. g. tolik,

‘such;’ Lat. U in tdlis, qudlis.]

Ayzr int, cl. i. P. intati, -titum, to bind;

^ \ [cf. ant and and.]

ips (Desid. of rt. dp, q. v.), to wish

to obtain.

Jpsana, am, n. desiring, wishing to obtain.

Ipsa, f. asking, desire, wish to obtain.

IpsUa, as, d, am, wished, desired.

Ipsu, us, us, u, striving to obtain; wishing to get

or obtain, desirous of (with acc.). — Ipsu-yajna, as,

m. a particular Soma sacrifice.

m, ind. (fr. pronominal base 3. i),Ved.

a particle of affirmation and restriction, generally after

short words at the beginning of a period, or after the re-

lative pronouns, the conjunction yad, prepositions and

particles such as at, uta, atha, &e. Im has also the

sense ‘now’ (—idamm), and is by S3y. sometimes

considered as an acc. case for enam.

\n'mq'1X^iya-6akshas, ds, as, as (iya fr. rt.

t), Ved. one whose eyes go or look about everywhere;

(S5y.) of pervading sight.

Iyivas, an, -yushi, as, gone, having gone, having

oblained.

ir, cl. 2. A. trte, irdh-dakre_f irishyati,

airishta, iritwn, Ved. inf. iradhyai, to go,

move, rise, arise from ; to go away, retire; to agitate,

elevate, raise (one’s voice): Caus. P. irayati, -yitum,

to agitate, throw, cast; to excite; to cause to rise;

to bring to life; to raise one’s voice, utter, pronounce,

proclaim, cite; to elevate; A. to raise one’s self.

Irana, as, d, am, agitating, driving; (cm), m.

the wind.

Irita, as, d, am, sent, despatehed; said, uttered.

— Iritakuta (°ta-dk°), am, n. declared purpose or

intention.

Jrya, as, d, am, to be exdted. — Irya-ta, f., Ved.

the condition of one who is to be excited.

Jrya, f. wandering about as a religious mendicant.

— Irya-patha, as, m. the observances of a religious

mendicant; the four positions of the body, viz.

going, standing upright, sitting and lying down.

^LIHI trama, f., N. of a river.

tfttU trina, as, d, am (fr. rt. trf), desert;

(am), d. salt and barren soil. See irina.

rin, i, m., N. of a man; (inas), m.

pl. the descendants of this man.

'%^*{irksky. See irshy.

1. trma, ind., Ved, in tbis place, here,

to this place; (Say.) going constantly, or instigating

everything.

. irma, as, m.,Ved. the arm, the fore-

quarter of an animal; (am), n. a sore or wound.

irmdnta, as, d, am,Ved. epithet of a

team of horses or of the horses of the sun’s car; full-

haunched (lit. full-cnded) ; thin-haunched ; (perhaps)

having the biggest horses on both sides of the tcam.

irvaru, us, m. a cucumber, Cucumis

Utilissimus. See irvaru.

H irshy or irkshy, cl. 1. P. irshy ati,

irshyan-dakara, irshyitum or irkshyati,

&c., to envy, to feel impatient at anotheris prosperity

(with dat.): Desid. irshyishishati or vrshyiyishati.

Irsha, f. impatienee, envy of another’s success;

more properly read irshy d.

Irshalu, us, us, u, impatient of anotheris success,

envious.

Irshita, as, d, am, envied; (am), n. envy.

Irshitavya, as, d, am, to be envied.

Jr8hu, us, us, u, envious, jealous.

Irshya, as, d, am, envious, envying; (a), f. envy

or impatienee of anotheris success; spite, malice.

— Irshya-vat, an, ati, at, or irshya-maya, as, i,

am, envious, spiteful. - Irshyd-wa$a, as, d, am,

overcome with envy.

144

$x£teji irshyuka.

T«*WcT uktha bhnt.

< V

Jrshyaka, as, d, am, cnvtous, euvying.

Irrkyamdns, as, 5, am, .nvying, tuvious.

Irthyihi, w, u», u, cnvioua, jHous.

Irshyin, i, <ni, f, envious, spite&l.

1,'shgu, us, uc, u, Ved. zealous.

5lina, as, m., N. of a son of Tswsu

-ind 6th< r of Dushynnta.

ifi or ili, is, f. a woapon, sometuneo

considered as a cudgel -nd son, times us a short sword

or "tick shaped like a -wotd.

il, ila, &c. See under td.

i-cat_: or, ali, at (fr. pronominal baso

3. t),Ved. so large, ro statdy, so magnitic.nt, so much.

~~$wi~~ j.ii, cl. 2. A. ?sA(e, or Yed. iie, iinn

•\idkte, Hiskyati, Uitum, to own, p ise-s;

to belong to; to dispns- of, b- valtd or powerful, tu

be mistir of (with gjn., or Vuhwlth g.n. ot an inf.,

or wah a common iaf., or the loc. of an abstract

loun); to commar 3 j to rJe, rtign; to behave like

a masti r, aliow; [with thi: word are perhaps con-

neet.d Gotb. aigan, ‘ to have Old < ?erm. eigan,

adj. eigan, ‘ own; Mud. Germ. eigttii]

3. Jd, /, m.,Vtd. master, lord, the supreme spirit.

— IiS-vasya, am,, n. ‘ to b. doth.d or perr ded by

the supreme,’a title of the Ida upani haJ, which com-

mences With that <.xpn sion.

Ha, as, a, a,n, owninp, possesring, sharing; one

who is cjmp.etely master of anything; capablt of

(with gen.); powerful, snprcme; a rulcr, a master,

1 lord; (a*l, m. a hnsband; a Rudr .; tht nwnber

‘eleven’ (as th.re are tleven Rudus'; N. of Siva

as regent of the north-east qu-rter; (<5), f. faculty,

power, dominion. — fia-tua, am, n. supremr cy, sup.-

1 lority. — Isa-^aJchi, a, m. Siva’. friend, an epithet of

Kuvera. — Itadhydya (ia-adh'), ai, ro., N. ofthe

La-apaui«had. — ftopani hnii (^cia-up ), t, f., N. of

an Up rnishad.

limma, am, n. commandi-'’, r jgning.

Turna, as, a, am, owning, posstssing, wealthy;

t eigning; as), m. e ruler, mast r, one of th old.r

names of &in Rudi i; one uf the Rudra ; th, sun

as a form of Siva; a Sadhya; epithet of Viihnu; N.

of a man; (i), f. -n epithet «f Durgt; (as or 1), ^m-

or f. the illk-cotton treo, Bombae HephtphyPuni;

(am), n. light, splendor. — Isara-kmt, t, t, i, V.d.

acting like a comp;t.nt person, maknig me of one’s

po” ssioos or tacul’i _s; (Say.) renderin’ one a master

or ible. — lidna-iavlra, a», m., N. of a physirian.

— lsanarja, cis, m. pl. a dass ot deities forming a

section of the KJpvhhavas. — liana-devi, f., N. of n

woman.

ItsiiH, td, m. a master, an owner or proprietor; a

hin?.

mim, t, ini, i, commanding, reigning; (in⁷), f.

s upn-macy. — lsi-td, f. ur f H-tva, am, t . uperiority,

snpremacy, one of the eight attribntes of Siva.

Iivara, as, S, aw», able to do, capabl 01 (,with

gen. of Ve dic inf., or with comi.ioa inf.), hable, tx-

posed to; (as, i), m t. master, lord, prine., king, mis-

tre> , quef n; (as), m. a hu'tand j >d, tht -uprem.,

• ipecillly Siva, one of the Rndra., the god of leve,

the soul or «uprem^ soul (dtmar); N. of n piince;

(f or i), f., N\ of Durga; of Lakshml or of any

othei of the S sktis or f.irrJc energies of the deities.

— Tstara-lri’hna, as, m., N. ot th mthor of the

f-snkhya-ksriks.— T vara-g⁷td, f. pl. a tection of the

KOtma-P-erana.—IdvaraAa, f. or ihara-tva, a,a,

n. -uperiority, supr< macy. — lit^ira-datta, as, m.,

N. 01 a prine . — Tfvara-nishcVia, as, m. -thJsm.

— /«eara-ni-htha, a», 5, am, trusting in God.

— Atzra-pujaka, as, a, a.n,picus. — 1 ‘vara-pUjd,

f. wor ,hip of God. — Iivora-prasada, as, m. divine

erace. —) taraJiha-a, as, m.royal or imperial st ite.

— Ifi ara-sadman, a, n. a te,nple. — TJvarn-sal ha,

am, d. roval c’ urt or ssetnbly. — 1 'vara-fer a, f.

the worrhip of God. — 1'caraihina (^Jra-adh'), as,

«i, am, -obiect tr 1 'dng, dependent on a master or

on God. — livaradhina-td, t or 1’varadhtna-tca,

am, n. depcndance Upon God, subj-ction to a ruler.

— linaranamia ( Va-nn°), ac, m., N. of a scholiast.

V|j tsh, cl. 1. A. (with prep. also P.)

tsfu tr, -ti, ishaiWakr* or -iaicara, and

Ved. Uhe, iskilum, to go, tu fly away, escape; to

',;t,.ck, to hurt; to gletn, to ctdlect a few grains;

tolook.

lshana, a,., d, am, hastening; (d), f. haste.

Tshanin, t, fnt, «, nasttniiig.

Sy isha, as, m. thr* month Arvina j see

isha ; a son of th. third Manu; a $ xvant of S ita.

tYiT xskat, ind. (naid to be a pres. part. fr.

rt. isA), little, a littic, slightly. — lshac -dktdsa, as, d,

am, slightly resounding,—lshaj-Jala, am, n. .hallow

water, - little w-,t :r. — bhnt-lcata, ac, I, ■ m, doit.g

little; easy to be 'cromplish^d. — tshat-' irya, as, d,

am, 1 jnn.ctcd with slight eifrrt. — l.Jft-pdndu,

as, m. a pal . or light brown culour. — lshat-pa, a,

as, 3, am, tliat ot which a little is drunk; (am)i

n. e little dr Dght. — hhaZ-pur^jM, os, m. a r rean

man. — leh"'-pralatuhhui, as, a am, t. b.. g'ined

for little. — Jjkat-sprish(a,ac, a, am, dightly touch< d

(appli d to the stmivow k). — Ithad-ushna, at, d,

asm, tepid, slightly wr-rm. — Ishad-'~na, as, d, om,

not quite complete or entire. — IsTiad-gana, <*», a,

aut, oflittl, m.rit. — Isho.d-dir^ara, am, n. a glance,

a slight inspecti m. — Ishad-dhidsa (:shot-hica'i, ac,

m. slight hughter, - smiltlshad-zoldn, as, a, arn,

pale r. J. — Ishudscdvrlla, as, d,am, slightly open.

— Isfian-nada, as, d, am, slightly sounding (applicd

to nnaspirted soft cuwonants). — lshom-nrnuiya, as,

d, am, exchanged for 1 little. — Ishal-labha, ac, a,

am, to be obtained for a little.

isha, f. (said to be fr. ~.sh), the pole or

the shefts of a carriare or plough; (e), dn. the double

or fork-shaped pole. — Iska-danda, as, m.th b anule

of a plongh. — hhi-darda, ai, m. an titphant with

a large ui'k or tooth, the tusk of an el .phant.

— lshadhara ( shn-adV), as, m., N. of a N5ga.

ishiko, f. an elephant’s eyeball; s

piintors trash, &e.; aWeipon, a dart or 'rrow. Se.

UhVcd ind uhika.

Sfm. 1 shira, cs, m. fire. Ste ishira.

inTcut ishiko, f. a painttr’s brusb, a fibrous

stick us d a» on.-; an ingot-mou'd; a dipping rod or

something cast into a ,-ntcibl< to .ximin, if the

m rtal it contains is in funiun. See ilshtka.

t¹*! ishma and tshva, as, m. Kimadeva;

spmg. See ishma and ishva.

.shva, as, m. a spiritual tsaoher.

zh, cl. 1. A. thate, ihdrt-6akre, Viish-

n; yate, ikftum, rari ly P. ihati, &c., to cn-

de*vour to obtam; to aim at or attunpt; to long for,

desii ; to take car of; to hav. io mind, think of

(with acc.): Caus. ihaydi, -yitum, to impel.

lha, as, m. ittempt (-.g. v.rdhrtha, ttempt t > rise).

/hamatM, av, d, am, ttemptmg, und.Tt king,

p-rtorming.

Ih3, f. effort, exertion, autivity; request, desire,

wish, — iha-ta°, ind. diligently, .nerg ..ically, by or

with utbonr cr ex rtion. — Iha^i,triga, as, m. a wolf;

a divis,on of the dr una. — Iharthin (ihn-ar ), f,

tni, i, aiming at any obj.ct, seeking Wealth. — IhS-

T/ ika, as, m. a wjlf.

Ihita, as, S, am, snught, ttempted, strivon for;

wi ;hed, desired; (am), n. desire, reque t, wish, eflort.

7 t. u, the ffth letter ana third short

vow .1 of the alphab.t, prooounc-d as the ti in jull.

— V-kara, as, m. the letter or $on.id «.

7 1. u, ind. an njterjcetion of assent, CtJl-

1 ing, compession, anger, md eommand.

7 3. u, ind. an enclitic copuln, used fre-

oo.ntly in tht Vedas; (as a partide implying tc*

strirtion and ntith.ais, geoerdly aftet pr mominals,

prepoeitiens, partid s, md b fore nu and su, equiva-

lent to) r.nd, !so, forther; cn the other haod (espt-

ci-Jly in e.,nn.ction w,th a relative, e. g. >ja a, he on

th. contn ry who &c.).

This partide may serve to give emphasis, like td

and eva, esp dvlly afls-r prepos tiuns or demonstrative

pron.mns, in conjunction with na, rat, hi, Md, acc.

(e.g. ayam u vim puridamo johavmi, I th's v :ry

person invoks yon constantly). It is .specirdly used in

the figure of spt-ch caili.J Au tphota, and paiticularly

when the pronouns are repeat A (e.g. tam u stusha

Indraat tam grinuhe, him I priis., Indra him

I sing). It may b used in dtawing a conclusi, r , like

th. English * now ’ (e. g. tad u tathi na kuryat,

that now he 'hould not do in such a niann.r), and

is ft.quently fonnd in interrogative sentenc. s (e.g. ha

u tad Hiceta, who, I ask, sh- uld know th it ?).

P”nini c-lls this partide vn to di atinguish it from

the interrogative u. In the Pada-pathe it is wnttcn

lim.

In th< classieal langnage t occurs inly afltr titho,

na, and Mm, w,th 1 slight nvxlificatiun of th. s.'nse,

and often only as an expletive (sce Hm); u-a or

u-uta, on the one haud—on the other band; partly—

partly ; ?s w 11—as.

^ 4. <<,cl. 1. A. arate, ure, 0shyate, avshta,

0tam, to sunnd, to make t noise; to ruar, bel-

low: Caus. P. avayati, -yitum, to ume 11 suond.

g. «, cl. g. P., Ved. anati, otam, to

animat", aJc, demand.

? 6. n, us, m., N. of Siva; also of Brahma.

d<*r|!r! ukanaha, as, m. a hoi-se of a red

and yell- -w or red and bbck coiour, a bay or chcsnnt

horse.

3 4'U eikvra, o.s, m. a bug; also utkuna.

771 ukta, as, a, am (pait pass. part

of rt. t ad), utt .red, said, spokeD; (am), n. word,

senteoce; (am, a), n. f. a stanaa of fuur lines with

on. syilabii inst nt, one long or two short syllabi.3

in e >ch; [cf. Zend skhtai] — Octa-tva, am, n. the

b.ing spoken or utter.d. — 1’kta-nir'dha, a-*, m.

manitaiung an assertion.— Vkta-punska, a (femi-

nine or n-uterV word, of which also a mastubuu is

mentioued or exists, and whuse mtaning orJy differs

fr< an that of the masculine by the notion of gender

(e. g. the word (langa is not nkta-p^nska, wher.as

the word sdhhana is so; cf. hhashit 1-puns'a).

— rkta-pratyuikta, am, n. speech and reply, dis-

cours., c,nversat!<-n. — Vlcta-vat, ar, ati, at, one

who has spoken. — Tlda-varjam, ind. except th<

cases m.ntioncd. — Vkta-viiky2, as, d,am, one who

has given an opinion; (am), n. a dictum, a decree.

— I ktanukta (“ta-an°), as, a, am, spoken nd not

spoken. — Vktypasaml ’ra ( ta-up), as, m. any

briuf or compendium phrare or dtscription.

VkH, is, f. sentenc., pr< clamation, peech, expres-

sion, word.

Vktvi, ind. having spoken or said.

Vlctha,air&. a oayinp, s.Dtence, verae, ealogy, praiss;

(in the ritual) a kuu of r-dtatioD or cemia reated

verse forming u subdivision of the Sistris. They

gcner>i!y form a series, and are sp >ken or recit d in

oppo-itfon to thoie verres wh fft are "nng (Siman)

,-nd to thj muttered -acrifici J forrnula (Yaju:).

Th. great Vktho (Mdhad-ul:tham. nr Brihad-tdc-

tham) forms a stries of v rses, in thr. e sectioni, eaoh

eootaioing eighty threefold verses (Tri^a), redtei at

the end of the Agnidayana; a N. of th. S5ma-vjda ;

(d), f. a kind of Lietre, a stanza of four lines having

one long or two short yllabb-s in 1 ach; (as), m. a

form of Agni; N. of r pnnee. — Uktka-pottra, as,

a am, V'., hrving verses a w-ngs. — Vktha-pdtra,

am, n. ve”!eis or Ubations offered during th. recita-

fcon of an uktha. — T’ktha-bhrtt, t, t, i, Ved. effeting

/

TSR^riT uktha-vat.

ukthas.— l"ktha~vat, an, at', at, Ved. connected

with an uktha. — Uktha-vardhana, as, a, am, Ved.

strcngthening ones self by or delighting in praise;

(S3y.) to be celebrated in praise. — Uktha-valias, as,

a9, as, Ved. offering verses; one to whom verses

are offer ed. — Uktha-fansin, i, in?, i, Ved. praising;

uttering the ukthas,— Ukthar4as_y as, as, or uktha-

gas, as, as, m.f. or uktha-^asa, as, a, am,Ved. utter-

ing a verse, praising, — Uktha-tfushma, as, d, am,

Ved. loudly resonant witb verses, moving on with the

sound of verses (as with the roaring of waters), ac-

companied by sounding verses; (S3y.) whose strength

is praise. — Ukthd-mada, am, n., Ved. praise and re-

joicing. — Uktharka (°tharar°),am, n.,Ved.recitation

and hymn. — Uktha-vi, is, is, i, Ved. fond of verses.

— UkthdSastra, am, n.,Ved. recitation and praise.

Tfkthin, z, ini, i, Ved. uttering verses, praising,

lauding; accompanied by praise, or (in rituai) by

ukthas.

Ukthya, as, d, <m,Ved. accompanied by verse or

praise, consisting of praise, deserving praise, skiUed in

praising; accomprnied by ukthas; (as), m. a liba-

tion (graha) at the moming and midday sacrifice;

(scii, kratu) N. of a liturgical ceremony, forming

part e. g. of the Jyotishtoma; a Soma-yajha.

~~iyr~~ i. uksh, cL i. 6. P. A. ukshati, -te,

\ukshdn-dakdra (Ved. vavaksha, -she),

ukshitum, to sprinkle, moisten, wet; to sprinkle or

scatter in small drops, to emit; to throw out, scatter

(as sparks); to clean ; [cf. Lith. dkana: Hib. uisg,

uisge, * water, a river;’ uisgeach, * aquarie, watery,

fluid, moist, pluvial.’]

i. uksha, as, m. (at the end of some compounds)

= uk8han below; (as, d, am), clean (?).

Ukshana, am, n. sprinkling, consecrating.

Ukshanya, nom. P., Ved. ukshanyati, to do or

behave like Ukshan; (S3y.) to desire one who pours

down riches &c.

Ukshanyayana, as, m., Ved. a patronymic from

Ukshanya.

Ukshanyu, us, us, u, Ved. behaving or doing like

Ukshan; (S2y.) desirous of one who pours down

riches &c.

Ukshan, d, m. an ox or bull (especially as drawing

the chariot of Ushas or dawn); epithet of the Soma

(as sprinkling or scattering small drops); of the

Maruts ; of the sun and Agni; one of the eight chief

medicaments (rishabha); N. of a man ; (5, d, a),

large (?); [cf. Zend ukhshan; Goth. avksa and

auhsu; Armen. em.] — Uksha-tara, as, m. a small

bull or ox; a large bull. — Uksha-vaia, as, m., Ved.

a bull-calf, male calf. — Uksha-vdiat, at, m., Ved. an

impoteot bull(?).— Ukshanna (°ksha-an°), as, d,

am, Ved, one whose food is oxen.

1. ukshita, as, d, am, sprinkled, moistened,

cleansed, perfumed.

^ ju 2. uksh, cl. i, P., Ved. ukshati,

**\vavaksha, and A. vavakshe, ukshitum,

to grow up, to grow strong; A. to strengthen one’s

self; become strong; Caus. ukshayatc, -yitum, to

strengthen.

2. uksha, as, d, am, large.

Ukshdla, as, d, am (?), swift, excellent, terrible,

high, much; (as), m. a monkey (?).

2. ukshita, as, a, am, adult, of full growth, strong;

old.

"3 ukh, cl, i, P. okhati, uvokha, okhi-

^x\tum, to go, move.

ukha, as, m. (fr. rt. khan with ud ?),

Ved. a boiler, a pot, a vessel; N. of a pupil of Tittiri;

(d), f. a boilur, any saucepan, a pot or vessel which

can be put on the fire; a part of the body. — Ukhar

Mhid, t, t, t, Ved. breaking the pot.

Ukhya, as, d, am, Ved, being in a dish; boiled,

dressed in a pot (flesh, &c.).

ukharvala or ukhala, as, m. a kind

of grass, a sort of Andropogon.

ukhuli, f., N, of a deity.

ugana, as, a, am (corrupte d fr. ud-

gana or uru-ganal), Ved. consisting of extended

troops (used as an epithet of sena, an army).

ugra, as, d, am (said to be fr. rt. u6,

but probably ff. a rt. uj or vaj, fr. which also ojas,

vdja, vajra, may be derived; comparative ugra-

tara and ojiyas; superi, ugratama and ojishtha),

powerful, violent, mighty, strong beyond measure,

huge, formidable, terrible; high, noble; cruel, fierce,

ferocious, savage; angry, passionate, wrathful; hot,

sharp, pungent, acrid; (as), m,_} N. of Rudra or Siva;

N. of a mixed tribe, from a Kshatriya father and

Sudra mother, (the employment of this caste, accord-

ing to Manu, is the killing or catching of animals

that live in holes, as of snakes &c,; but according to

the Tantras the Ugra is an encomiast or bard); the

tree Hyperanthera Moringa; N. of a D5nava; a son

of Dhrita-r2shtra; the Guru of NarendrSditya, who

built a temple called Ugreia; a group of asterisms

(viz. purvaphdlguni, purvashadhd, purvahhadra-

pada,maghd,bharani)\ N. ofthe Malabar country;

(d), N. of different plants, Artemisia Stemutatoria,

Coriandrum Sativum, &c.; (?), f. a being belonging

to the class of demons; (am), n. a certain poison,

the root of Aconitum Ferox; wrath, anger; [cf.

Zcnd ughra.] — Ugra-karman, d, d, a, fierce in

action, violent, cruel. — Ugra-kandaas, m. a sort

of gourd, Momordica Charanria. — Ugra-gandha,

as, d, am, strong-smelling; (as), m. the piant

Michelia Champaca; garlic; (a), f. orris root;

medicinal piant; Artemisia Stemutatoria; Pimpinella

Involucrata; the common carraway (Carum Carui,

&c.); Ligusticum Ajowan; (am), n. Asa Foetida.

— Ugragandhin, t, ini, i, strong-smelling. — Ugra-

daya, as, m. strong desire. — Ugra-darint, f., N. of

Durga. — Ugra-jati, is, is, i, base-bom. — Ugra-jit,

t, f., Ved., N. of an Apsaras. — Ugra-ta, f. or ugra-

tva, am, n. violence, passion, anger; pungency,

acrimony. — Ugra-tejas, as, as, as, endowed with

great or terrible energy; (as), m., N. of a N3ga ; of a

Buddha; of another divine being. — Ugra-danshtra,

as, d, am, having terrific teeth. — Ugra-danda, as,

d, am, Ut. * stern-sceptred ’ or holding a terrible rod ;

relentless, remorsele^s. — UgrardaHana, as, d, am,

of a ffightful appearance, frightful, terrible. — Ugra-

duhitri, ta, f. daugtyer of a powerful man. — Ugra-

dhanvan, d, d, a, Ved. having a powerful bow,

epithet of Indra. — Ugra-nasika, as, d, am, large-

nosed.— Ugra-putra, as, m. son of a powerful

man; (as, d, am), having mighty sons. — Ugra-

hdhu, us, its, u, Ved. whose arms are large or power-

fui. — Ugram-paiya, as, d, am, frightful, hideous,

fierce looking; malignant, wicked; (a), f., N. of an

Apsaras. — Ugra-retas, as, m. a form of Rudra.

— Ugra^vira, as, d, am, Ved. having powerful men.

— Ugra^virya, as, d, am, terrible in might. — Ugra-

vega, as, a, am, of terrible velocify. — Ugra-vyagra,

as, m., N. of a DSnav?.. — Ugra-idkti, is, m., N. of

a son of Iring Amara-sakti. — Ugra-iasana, as, d,

am, severe in command, striet in orders.— Ugra-

tekhara, f. ‘crest of Swa/ N. of the Gar>g2.

— Ugra-$oka, as, d, am, sorely grieving. — Ugra-

dravana-dartfana, as, d, am, terrible to hear and

see.— Ugra-travas, as, m., N. of a man. — Ugra-

sena, as, m., N. of several princes, e. g. of a brother

of Janam-ejaya; (a), f., N. of the wife of AkrQra.

— Ugrascna-ja, as, m. a N. of Kansa, the uncle and

enemy of Krishna, — Ugradarya (°gra-a<f)_t as, m.,

N. of an author. — Ugra-deva, as, m., Ved. having

mighty deiries, N. of a Rishi. — Ugrayudha (°gra■

uicaghana. 145

unhuna, as, m. a bug. See uUkuna.

ay ), a<, d, am, Ved. lr.ving p-tw 'rful weapons;

(as), m., N. ot a prince. — UgreJa ('gra-tf³), as,

m. the mighty or terrible Iord, an ef ithet of Siva j

N. of a sanetuarv budt by Ugra.

Ugraka, as, m., N. of a NSga. '

TgjTT mt-kara, as, m., N. of a companion

of Vishna.

'^3 u(, cl. 4. P. uhjatx, uroca, ufishyati,

>jiHtum, to take pleasure in; to delight in,

to be fond of j to be aaurtomed, to be snitable, to

suit, to fit.

Utita, as, d, am, delightfnl, pleasnrable, agreeablo;

cust nmaiy, usnal; prup< r, suitabie, convenient; ac-

ccptable, fit or nght to be t;iken; known, und.r-

stood; intrirted, depositod; mea u,e i, adjusted,

accurate; delighting in, used to.

u(atha, am, n. (fr. rt. vad), Ved.

verse, praise.

Utathya, as, d, am, Ved. deserving prabe; (as),

m., N. of an Angirasa, author of some hymns of the

Rig-veda.

T5T ucca, as, d, am (said to be fr. 1. ud with!

ta fr. rt. ant), high, Iofty, elevated; tali; deep; high-

_ouiiding, I..ud, pronounced with the UdStta accent

intens-, violent (as), m. the apex of the orbit of a

planet; [cf. Hib. uchdan, • a hillockCambro-Brit.

acked, ‘ eleve.'] — Utta-tama, as, d, am, highest.

— IHta-tara, as, d, am, higher, more Iofty. — TJtta-

ta,a, us, m. the cocoa-nut tree; any Iofty tree,

— utcartd, f. or u(taj-tva, am, n. height, superi-

ority. — Vtfa-tdla, am, n. music and dancing at

feasts, drinking parties, &c. — Utta-deva, as, m. an

epithet of Viihnu or Krishna. — Uttardevatd, f. time

personiticd, uironosUtta-dhvaja, as, m., N. of

S akya-muri "s teaeher of the gods among the Tushitas,

q. v. — VHa^tnta, as, d, am, high and Iow, varie-

gated, heterogeneous; (am), n. the upper and iower

station of the planeta; change of accent. — UMa-

pada, am, n. a high sitnation, a high office. — Vt-

da-bhashana, am, n. spcaking aloud. — Udca-hhd-

shin, i, ini, i, speaking with a iond voice, shout^:ng,

brawling.— Utta-laldtd or -ikd, f. a w iman with a

high or projeeting forehead. — Uttdvata, as, a, am

(fr. utta=vrf + ?a and ara + ta S), high and Iow,

great and small, variegated, h.terogeneons • various,

multifora; • uneven, irregular, undnlating/

Uttakals, ind. excessively Iofty; tali; Iond.

Utta, ind., Ved. "bos e (in heaven), from above,

upwards; utta kri, to carry upwards. — Utta-takra,

as, d, am, Vad. having a wh-el above (epithet of a

well).— Utta-budhna, as, d, ara, Ved. having the

bottom upsv rds.

Udtais, ind. (used adjecti ,ely i i comp.) alnft, high,

above, upwards, from above; lnud, aceentuated; in-

tensely, much, powtrfully. — Uftaih-kara, as, d, am,

m iking acutely accented. — Uttaih-kula, am, n. a

high family; (as, d, am), of high family. — Utiair-

ghushta, am, n. making a ioul noiso, clam ur.

— Uttair-ghosha., as, d, ani, Ved. sounding alond,

crying, neighing, roaring, laitling. — Utta ir-hhi‘ja-

tara, us, us, n, having trees like outstretched "rms.

— Uttaik-biras, as, a°, as, carryinp one’s head high,

a man of high rsnk. — Uttaih-travas, cs, m. Iong-

eared or neighing alond; epithet of the horsc of

Indra, ptuduced at the chuming of the ocean, (re-

garded as thi proti 'type and king of horses.) — Uttaih-

travaM, as, m. the -ime. — ara, as, m.

a ioud sonnd cr voicc; (as, d, am), making a Ioud

soond. — rttais-tama, as, d, am, veiy high, tali or

Iofty; very Iond. — Uttais-tamam, ind. -xceedingly

high; on high; loudly, alou 1. — Uttais-tara, as, d,

am, higher, very high, Ioftier, Iouder; prononnced

with t higher accent. — Uitaistaradva, ani, n. state

of being too high. — Uttais-tva, am, n. height.

— Uctaik-sthdna, am, n. a mgh pla< t; (as, d, am),

of high rank or familv. — Uttaih-stheya, am, n.

Iofty, firmness (of character).

T?nfi ut-tak (ud-iak), cl. i. P. A. iakati,

-te, -kitum, to look up at, behold.

raspr ut-takshus (ud-ta°), us, us, us,

whose eyes are directed upwards.

TtnPT ttarjhana, am, n. laughter in the

miud not cxprr.sseu in the countenance.

PP

146 TIT? ui-iat. T5f uth.

TSZ u(-iat (ud-dat), cl. I. P. -ta(ati, -li-

tum, to go aw-y, disappear: Caus. P. -fatayati,

-yitum, to irive aw?y, expel, scare.

l^Ti-fatara, am, n. eradicating (as a piant), ex-

pBlsien; ruining (an ndv-rsary), causing a p< n,in to

quit bis occupatirn by m .ans of magicri incantations.

cxuting disgust fe r one’s profession.

Uf-fataniya, a-, a, am, to be driven nway.

l^Tf-fd(ita, as, a, am, driven away.

T9ZT uiiata, f. (perhaps connected with

«?(*« or in sorao sensc-s ir. uf-fat above), pridc,

arrosance; habit, nsage; N. of ddferent pianti, a

species of cyperu , a kind of garlic, Ab rus Prccatorim,

Flacourtia Cataphracta.

3 aa *ti ui-fande {ud-6a°), as, a, am, quick,

expeditiou'; passionate, violant; hanging duwn.

uc-fandra (dd-fa^c >,as. m. the miion-

less pericd of thc night, the last wstch of the night.

4'-&l.uC-6ar (ud-Car), cl. i. P. -6,irati, -ri-

tum \ep. sometim* -farlitm),Ved. ■r!/a:e or -vai,

-ra.,., -.vlhyui, to go upwards, ascend, rise (as the

sun), issue forth, go forth; ‘o rise (as thc voiccl; to

let the contents (of aoything) issue out, to tmpty the

body by ev-cuationc; to emit (sotinds), ntter, pr>

nounc :; to quit, leave; tu sin against, to be unCrith

fid to a burband; to trans,’ress »gainst: Caus. -cd^ra-

vati, -yitum, to cause to go forth, to evacuat» the

body by exerction, to discharge feces, to emit, to

cause to saiind, utter, pronounce, dedar:.

Vi-farana, am, n. g.-ing up or ont, uftcring,

articulating.

VC-faranya, nom. P. -fara$yaU, -yitum, to mov.

nut, itretch out to.

Ui-carita, as, a, am, gone up or oot, risen;

uttered, articulated; (am), n. excrement, dung.

Tf-vara, as, m. feces, excrement; disdrarge; pro-

uundation, utterence.

Ve-fdraka, as, d,am, proDouudng, making audible.

r*-<farana,atr,,n. pr> nunciaton, trticuiation enun

dation; m-hing audible. -• Uifdrana-jna, a*, m. a

linguist, one skilled in utterrne s or souiids. — Ud-

ea.ana-sthdna, am, n. the part of the throttt whenoe

certain sounds such as nasals, gutturis &c. proceed.

— Uffdrandrthn Cna-ar"),a,, d,nm, usciul tor pru-

nunciation; n« cessary for prunundatiot., a redundant

lettaT &e. unly used to mak. pronunci tion easy.

Vf-fdraniya, as, d, am, to be prouonuced.

Vf-f&rita, as, a, am, pronounced, uttered, arti-

culatcd; having excrements.

1. uf-^Ad, ya, -.d. having spoke n, uttered.

2. uf-farya, as. a, an i, to be spoken, to be pro-

uounced.

Vf-fdryamdna, cu,, 5, am, being uttered or pru-

n unced.

3 Vei ui-6al (ud-dai), cl. i. P. -Mati, -li-

tum, to go or move away from; to frte O0e’s self

fri m, lossen onCs nelf from.

Uf-tSala, am, n. the rrind, the understandir.g.

Uf-ealana, am, n. going off or out, nrving away.

Tlf-falita, as, d, am, gone up or out, wmnowed.

TfxTu.6-6. (ud-Ci), cl. 5. P. A. -6inoti, -nute,

-fetum, to gilber, collect.

Vf-faya, ”s, m. gathering, pick^!ng up from the

ground; adding to, rnnum^ration; cullection, hrap,

pientv multitude; th knot of the striap or cloth

whicl f-stens the lowcr garments r-und the loins tied

n front; th_c op; osite ride of a tri-ngle. — Uffaya-

•pafayj. (^ya-up^L), au, m. :iu. prosperity and dedlne,

rise and faH.

^ adfinyafa, as, rn. a passionate or

i ngry min; „ kind of crab; a rort oi cncket Set

uffijtdya, (Hagata, HMiHnga.

ufntinya, as, m. a small poison-

ous animal iivirg in water, a crab; [cf. the laet.]

uf-fuitu or vc-fila, as, m. (fr. ud 4-

fuda), the flag or pennon of a baimer; an cmament

tied 011 the top of a baimer.

uf-f./u (ud-fyv), Caus. P. -tyavayati,

-yitum, to loosen, m,ikc fre. from, emancipate.

T&Z u6-6had (ud-fhad), cl. io. P.-fhuda-

yati, -yitum, to uncovtr (on-’s body), undres*.

lY-fhudya, ind. having undrc.r-d.

ufehapna, as, a, am (for ut-sanna by

a PrSkrit comiptiui,?), destrojed.

V(-'hadaiM, am, n. (for ut-.odana), deaning or

nbbing thc bodv with pcrfun.es.

3 «aci ui-i(hnl (ud-sal), cl. 1. P. A. -Chalati,

-te, -litum, to fly upwards or awr-y, to move onwards.

Vf-fhalat, an, anti, at, flying up ct away; going

or moving on or against.

Vf-fhalana, am, n. moving upwards, going on or

against.

1^Tf-fhalita, as, d, am, moved, waved, waved

above; gone; shaken.

T5JTTT n6-6hds (ud-sds1, cl. 2. P., Ved.

■n hasti, -situm, to d.an or pnrify thoroughly.

rie , “ 'f^T^uf-chastra-varliniud-sastra-

ra^c), i, ini, t, deviating fiom the law-bcoks, trans-

gressing thc rituai-boi >ks.

dfs^ v6-6hikho, as, a,ani (fr. ud + sikhd),

having thc flame p ointed np wards; flaming, blizing

up; rdiant; high-crested; (as), m.„ N. of a N5ga

(‘witli crected eicSt’).

dPed ?{Hvf-6hirtghana, pm.n.(h.ud-singh),

breathing t’irjngh the nostrils, snufling, snoring; (the

word is also written uifhinhana.)

3P-w)cl uf-chid (ud-ithid), cl. 7. P. A. -6h'-

nalti, -dftmte, -chetium, to cut out or off, < xtirpate,

destrov; to interiere, intenup', itop : Cans. P.

-fhedayati, -yitum, to caus.. to extirpate or d stroy:

Pass. -dhtdyate, to be cut off, stopp. 4, or inter-

rupted; to cease, be deficient, fati.

Vi-fhitti, is, f. «xtirpation, dc.troying, destruction.

Vf -chidya, ind. having cut off, destri ved, killed, &c.

Uf-fhinnn, as, a, cm, cut out or eff; d itroyed,

killed; abjed, vile; (as), m. ptac- obtaincd by

ceding valuabl. lauds.

LV-fhettrl, td, m. an extirpator, a destroyer.

Uf-fheda, as, m. cutting off or out; extirpation ;

destruction; cuttin"short, pntting an erd to; ixdsion.

Ui-fhcd ma, am, n. cutting off, cxtiipatinp, de-

stroying, dc struction.

Uf-fhedarJya, as, d, aiu, to be ari off.

Uf-fhedin, f, ini, i, dtriroying.

Ud-fhcdya. as, a, am, to be cut off, to be de-

stroved.

d fssUfl^ u6-6hiras (ud-sf), as, as, as, lmv-

ing the hea 1 elevated, with uprJsed head, N. of a

mountain also calLd l rumunda.

UL-chilindra (nd-PP), am, n. a

mu'hrcom.

TpSJtf -ut-fhish (vd-sish), cl. 7. P. -fhi-

nashti, -fhcshtum to ltave (as a remamder), to

reject: Pass. -fhUhytU, to be lert remaining.

Vf-fhishta, as, d, am, left, rejected, stale; havirg

the remains of focd on the- m' nth or hands, one

who has not washed his hanJs nd month and therr -

fore is considered impure; (am), n. havings, frag-

ments, nmainder (espeaally of a racrihce or of food).

— Vifhiihtarkalpand, f. a stale irvention. — Uf-

fhishta-ganapati, is, m. (oppr sed to suddha-ga-

napati), Ganefa as worshipped by the Uddhishtas

or men who leav- the rem rins of f »d in their mouth

d urine prayer, — Uft^:hi*kla-ta, f. the being left, state

of being a remnant or temainder. — Ufihishta-hho-

jana, am, n. eating th, leavings of aoother man;

(as), m. one who eats anotheris leaving'; tlie

attendant upon an idol, whc ■ food is the leavings of

offeringi. — VffhishtaAjhojiv,, I, m, i,or rf fhishfa-

Wfji, td, fri, tri, an eatei of leavings, a me in

person. — l^rfikish>,a-nwdana,am, n wax. — Vffhi-

ihtcnna (°(a-an^J), at, d, am, having;, oital.

Vf-dhcsha, as, m. or ud-theshana, am, n. rest,

remattider; le-vimrs.

tti-thirshnlca (ud-sP), as, d, am,

having the head raised: (am), n. a pillow (‘ that

which raises the head ’).

TStf uf-ihvsh (ud-sush), Caus. -Chosha-

yati, -yitum, to dry up, makc diy.

Vf-fhuthla, as, d, air, dry, dricd up, withe-red.

Vf-fhushana, as, d, am, drying up, making dry;

(an.), n. drying np, parching.

Vf-fhashuka, a-, d, am, drying up, making dry.

riejui uf-fhu*hma,am, n. or uf-fhushman,

a, n. (fr. rt. fvas with ud !), contuslon.

TC3TT -ti-fhudd, f. (see the more correet

af-dfuta), the head of a banii ,r orpart above the flag.

3«iri uc-dhima, as, a, am (fr. rt. si-i with

ud), sw ilien, tureid; lofty, high; fat, bulky.

3si>^rv'oi u6-6hrittkhola (ud-pri°), as, d,

am, unbridied, uncurbed, unrestrained, p»rverse, self-

wille 3; irregular, denrltory, unmethodical.

Tsil^ri ••e-fhomna. as, d, am (fr. ud-suif),

V.d. buming.

dwiiri*" df-fhoshaaa. See uf-fhvsh above.

dfss^ uC-6hri tud-sri), cl. 1. P. A. -chra-

yati, -te, -fhrayit.um, P. to raise, ertet, extol; A.

to rise, be etected.

Ui-fhraya, as, m. rising, raising, trecting; elcva-

t,on of a tree, monntain, &c.; rising of a p) anet, dScc.,

height; prowth, inaesse, iotensity; th: npright side

of a trianele. — f ’C‘‘hfayaj>eta (⁰ya-up°), as, d, am,

pcsscsaihg height, high, lofty, devattd.

Vf-fhrayana, am, n. rai'ing, erecting.

Vf-fkraya, as, m. rising upwards, elevabun,

height; gruwth, increve, intensity; (5), f. an up-

raised piece of woe-d, pla^r,k.

Uf-fhrdyiii, i, ini, ‘, high, raised, lofty.

Vc-fhrita, as, d, am, raised, lifted np • high, tali;

advancing, increasing, prosper tur; bom, prod«ced;

rner-ased in size or bulk, gruwn. — Vffhrita-pani,

is, is, i, with outstretched hard.

V(-fhriti, is, f. rising npw .rds, ulevation, inereasc;

the upright side of a tr.mgle; the npright elevation

or height of a figure.

Uf-fhreya, at, a, am, high, lofty.

3 uifhlaka, as, m., Ved. a part of the

human body, (used only in dn.) '

uie.hvareka, as, m. (fr. rt. srahf with

ud), Ved. gaping, cleaving ops.n, f irming a fissure.

3edri vf-chras (ud-sras), cl. 2. P. -tihra-

sifi, sitam, to breathe, takf a deep breath, sigh,

pant, re;pire.

Vf-fhvasat, an, ati, at, breathing hard, panting.

Vf-ihranna, am, n. breathing, sighing; taking a

deep breath.

V(-(hvdsita,as. d, am, henving, beatieg, breath.d

inspired, blown, expmdcd; blooming, enlivened,

gladdened; (am), n. sighing.

Uf-fhxdsa, as, m. breath, brt athin g, deep inspira-

tion; sigh; breathingout,expiring,dying; consnlation,

enconragemf at; division of a bonk, paure in a narra-

tion: an air-h< ile.

TJf-fhvdsita, a«, a, am, breithless, out of breath,

much, excessive, lorsened, released, de-istcd from,

disininted, divided.

Uf-fhrdsin, i, ini, i, hrtathing, inh; ling air,

sighing, breatliing out, expiring • pausing; rising,

coming fnrward.

-tT«r "dh, cl. 1. 6. P. uffhati, vdfhdh-

\ iakdra, uifhitum, to finish; to bind; to

aband n, traosgtcss.

■diu»i uj-jan

3-rn^ uj-jm (ud-jan), cl. 3. P. -jajanti,

-janitnm, tu beeet, prcduce; cl. 4. A. -jdyate, to

be. bom, oripinate.

aiJt'R uj-jayana,&c. See s.v. uj-jibelotv

uj-jas 1 nd-jas), Caus. -jdsayati, -yi-

tum, to destrov, extirpate (with gen.).

Uj-jasana, am, n. killing, slaughter.

tjjdnaka, as. m., N. of a TTrtha;

also spelt ujjdlala.

TTS5T uj-ji (ud-ji), cl. I. P. -joyati, -jetum,

to win, conquer, acquire by conquest; to b- victonous

C“U5. -ja/jdyati, -yitnm, to assist any one to win;

to caus. to conqui r (with two acc.): Desid. -jigukati,

to wish to conquer.

Uj-jayana, as, m., N. of a raan; (i), f. Ujjayinl

or Oujein, the Gr. O0)vr), a city so called in Avanti

(Mslava), formerly the capital of VikramJditva; it

is on s of the seven sacred dties of the Hindfls, and

tl e first meridiar * f their geographers, from which

lhey c~lculate longitude; the modera Ouiein is about

a mile South of the ander.t rity.

Ujjaf/anta, as, m., N. of a m-mntain in SurSshtra

in the w st of India, part of the Viodhya range. See

rai- ata.

I j ).ujhC, f. the dty Oujein. See ujjayani.

Uj-jiti, is, f., Ved. victoiy; N. of certain mses in

the Vsjasaneyi-Samhits, so cilled bceausi the words

uiajayat tam tjjesham ■ ccurs in them.

Uj-jesha, as, a, am, Ved. victonous. — Ujjesha-

vat, an, atl, at, Ved. containing the wurd t*jjrnha.

Tprit ? > ei ujjihrna, N. of a region.

TI-HpⁿVr ij-jihtrsha, f. (fr. Desid. of rt.

hr{ with ud), wishing to take or seize.

Trift^ uj-jlv (ud-jiv), cl. 1. P. -jwati, -vi-

tun,, to revive, retum to l.fe: Caus. P. jiuayati,

-yitnm, to restore to Iife₇ animate.

Uj-jtvin, T, m., N. of a counsellor of Meghavama,

the king of the crows.

(ud-jrimbh), cl. i. A.,

poet. P. -jrimbhate, -ti, -bhitum, to gape, to open;

to part asunder ; to show oae’s self, become visible,

come forth, break forth, expand, arise.

Uj-jrinibha, as, a, am, gaping, parting asunder,

open, apart; blown, expanded.

Uj-jrimbJiana, am, n. the act of gaping, opening

the mouth. ^J

Ifj-jrimbhita, as, a, am, opened, stretched; ex-

panded, blown; (am), n. effort, exertion.

uj-jya,as,a, am (fi*, nd + jyd), having

the bow-sinew loosened.

vj-jval (ud-jval), cl. i. P., ep. A.

-jvalati, -te, -litum, to blaze up, flame, shine: Caus.

P. -jvalayati, -yitum, to light up, cause to shine,

illuminate.

t^rj-jvala, as, a, am_} blazing up, luminous, splendid,

light; buming; clean, ciear; lovely, beautiful; blown,

expanded; (as), m. love, passion; (am), n. gold;

(a), f. splendor, cleamess, brightness; a form of the

JagatI metre. — Ujjvala-ta, f. or ujjvala-tva, am,

n. splendor, radiance ; beauty. — Ujjvala-datta, as,

m., N. of the author of a commeotary on the

UnSdi-sGtras.

Uj-jvalana, am, n. buming, shining; fire, gold(?).

⁰ Uj-jvaMta, as, d, am, lighted, shining, fiaming, &c.

d* 6. P. ujjhati, ujjhan-da-

"v* Jcara, ujjhitum, &c., to leave, abandoo,

quit; to avoid, escape.

Vjjha, as, d, am, quitting, forgetting.

Ujjhaka, as, m. a cloud, a devotee.

Ujjhana, am, n. abandoning, removing.

Ujjhita, as, a, am, left, abandoned; left olf dis—

continued.

Ujjhitfi, td_y trt, tri, who or what leaves,

utkantha.

"3"5 bfdrf uj-jhutita, as, a, am (rt. jhat),

perpl'Jted, bewildtrel.

—uhth, cl. 1.6. P. uhdhati (cl. 1. and

v fi. differing only in the accent; vMki-

ta,a, te gather, plcan.

Uiiihn, am, n. gieaning, gatherine grains. — ViVha-

vntti, is, is, f, one who lives by gleaning, a gleao.r.

— Uniha-.iila, am, n. gleaning con or gr ins.

— I'n ^fha-fila, as, a, an, one who lives by giean-

ing &c.

ViVhana, am, n. gleaning, gathering grains of

corn in market-place= &c.

TZ uta, as, m. leaves, grass, &c., used in

ma’dng buts, t utches, &c. — U(a-ja, as, am, m. n.

a hut made of leaves, the residence of hermits or

saints; a house in gtneral.

X3JT ath or iith, cl. 1. P. othati or iithati,

\ -mitrnn, to strike or knock d- >wn.

udu, us, u, f. n. a lunar mansion or

constellation in the mr on’s path; («), n. water.

— Udu-pa, as, am, m. n. a r.:ft or fl >at; (a»), m.

the m. Hjn, (the half-moon bemg f irmod like a boat.)

— Udu-pati, is, m. or vhi-. dj, t, m. the moon;

the Soroa. — Udu-patha, as, m. the ether, £rma-

ment (the p-th of the stars). — Vda-raj, (, m. the

moon. — Udu-hman, a, m., N. of a m m. — Udu-

pa, as, am, m. n. a raft, a float; (as), m. the moon.

udumbura, as, m. (in Ved. written

with d, in Class. generally with d), the tree Ficus

Glomerata; a specu s of leprosy with coppuy spots;

the thre-hc>ld of a house; a ui uch; a kind ofworm

suppos„J to oe gene r ted in the blocl and to prcduce

leprosy; (am), n. tht fmit of the tree Ficus Glo-

merata; copper ■ a karsha, a measure of two tolas.

Udv.mbara-dald or udumbara-parrfi, f. the

piant Croton PolyanJra. — Udumbara-vati, f., N. of

a river; see alsa udumhara.

T5TPTTL vddamara, as, d, am (fr. ad-dd^c ?),

excellent, re-pettablu, of high rank or consequence.

ud-di (ud-di), cl. 1. 4. A. -dayate or

■d-yats, -dayituin, to fly up: Cauo -dapayatl (-da-

payati *), to scare.

Ud-dayaria, am, n. fiyiog up, flyhg, soaring.

Ud-dhia, as, a, am, flown up, flying up; (arr.),

n. flyiog as a bird; fly.ng up, soarin p

Ud-dhjana, am, n. flying up, suanng.

Ud-diyamdiM, as, a, am, Jying up, soa ing, one

who hies or soars.

uddisa, as, m. a work so called,

containing charms a..d incar‘itions; a N. of Siva.

"31 udra, os, m. pl., N. of a people.

TfJoF undv.ka, as, rn. a texture, a net;

a part of the body, the ptritoncump¹; (this word is

perhaps c .nnected with udupa.)

underrka. as, m. a bali of flour,

a roll, a lnaf. — Undeiakp-eraj, k, f. a strirg of rolls,

batls of meal or flour upon a string.

TiT ut, ind. a partiale of doubt or delibeia-

tion=hov,, what(?)> either, or; see 2. uta. (For

the prsp. ui see 1. ud, page 153.)

3TT 1. uta, as, u. am ffr. rt. re), suvn,

woven.

TrT 2. uta, ind. (as a partHe of doubt or

deliberatiori) at.d, also, even, or. Oftei. ustd for the

nke of emphasis, espedally it the end of a lini after

Ui or-. verb (e. g. sarra-bkutani tam pa tha sadd

vibhavanty uta, ali creatures, O king, ccrtaioly

alw.._vs despise him). •

(As au interrcgativ e particle, generally at the begin-

ning of the second or following part of a d uiblc in-

tirrogatinnl < r, utrum-an (e. g. katbam nirnlyate

kim syan nishkarano bandhur u,ta Mvasa-yhd.-

147

takah, how can it bt decidod whether he bt a friend

without a motive or a violator of c-infidence ?). In

this se.ise it may be strengthened by aha (e. g. kauit

tvam asi manvsh.l utaho suiangana, art thou a

mortvl womai. or divine ?), or by dhu-sHt (e. g.

S'a/ihtjtra/1 kim nu syad ulahasiid raja Nala',

can it be S«'ihotra or king Nala?). Rarely kim is'

repeaud before uta used in this sense (e. g. kim nu

snargat prapta ta°ya riiptua hi,nuta a,„jd a-jatd,

has she arrived from heaven cr has another corn, in

her form ?).

(As a particle • f wishing, especially at the beginning

of a senteuce followtd by a poteutial) would that 1

iitiuil.I (e. g. uta adhiyita, would that he wuuld

read1).

(Uta preaded by kim) nn the contrary, how

much more how muih less (e. g. samartho 'si *a-

h/isrom api jetum k’.mv<a ekam, thou art able to

c inquer even a th- msand, how much more one t).

(Via preceded bv prati) on the co-itrary, rathir

(t. g. csha prishti 'suicbhir m jclpali hanti

pratyuta pd*Tianaih, this one questu -ned by us doei

not sptak, but rather throws sloms at us). Uta va,

or elst, and (e.g. *amudrdd uta vc purwhdt, from

the sea or from the m listure in the air); va-uta

va or utdho vapi-vn, ei*her—or; rta-ata, beth_

ano (e. g. uta. balaran uta abalah, botl the strong

and the weak); kim-ata vf, whs'*htr—or elst.

utanka, as, m., N. of a Rish*

— Utanka-megka, as, m. a kind of cloud named

alter tha* Rishi

^rfSll vtathya, as, m., N. of a son of

Angiras and eldtr brotlicr of Briliaspati. — f tathya-

tanaya, as, m. an ipithet of Gautama. — Utalhyd-

nuja, as, m. or Htathydnvjanman (jya-unuja°),

d, m. a N. of Briha ipati, regent of the plan.t Jupiter

(younger brother of ftathya). ^J

TrTTfft utdho, ind. (fr. 2. uta -j- aho), a par-

ticle of di ubt or deliberation = either, or; see unde-

3. uta above. — Utaho-svi*, see undor 2. uta.

ut via, as, m. pl., N. of a people;

also kuluta or ulwfai

itka, as. d, am (fr. 1. ud), excited by

th< dtsire of obtaining anything; wirhing fer (with

Inf.), desirous ot, lon₆ing for; regretting, sal, sor-

■rowfiil; absent, thinking ofsomething elsi; (au), m.

dusire; opportunity, ociasinn. — Utkarta, f. a state of

longing or regret; the piant Fothos Officinah' having

aromatii secd- .

Utkayc, nom. A. -yaU, -yitnm. to long for.

■dwj. 4 ut-kaea, as, d, am, having the hatra

erect.

vir raa.l ut-kadChd, f. a metre of six verses,

each verse containing eleven syllabic iustants.

-u rti^s* ut-kamHtka, as, d, am, having no

coat of mail, without bodice or jackot.

■frtij ut-kata, as, d, am (fr. 1. ud), ex-

ceeding the usual measure import. nt; richly tnduwed

with, abmnding in; drunk, mad, turiuus; excessive,

much • superior, high, pr< ‘ud, haughty; uneven

dlfflcolt; (as), m. fluid dropping from tht templer

of an eiephaut in rut; the pia at bacch mm Sara, or

a im.iar kind of grass; int- ixlcation, pridt. («), f.

thi piant I -suru' Cassia; N. of a town; (am), u. the

fragrant bark of Laurus Cassia.

dr defiltM 'tkiiukasimn, am, n. sitting

on the liams, s .uatting.

ar=tir«i|eti ut-kamka, f. a raised particle.

drtmd 1. ut-kantha, as, d, am, having the

ncck uphtied on the p-aint of doing anything; (as

or d), m. f. longing for i ¹ ieloved person or tliing;

regretting, missing anythinsr or peron.

2. utkantha, nam. A. utkanthatc,-tkitrnn, to long

TPEfw utkanthita. Tr^ ut-kvath.

ut-kui or ut-kaht (ad-P), cl. 6. P.,

148

ior, regr»t, scrrowfor; Caus, j.tkanthayati,-ylfm,

to * xrite longing, ia pire with tendar emotions.

Vtkcmthita, as, a, am, regretting,_wi hrng or sor-

towing for, distressed, sorrowful; d', f. a woman

longing arter hcr ibseut lovtr or hu band.

ut-kand (ud-skand), cl. I. P. -kan-

dati, -lanium, to luap, jun.p over.

Ut-kamlaka, as, m. a kind of disease.

TSFUT ut-kaa.dha.-a, as, d, am, hiving

th» neck erect or uplifted; (am\ n. bun.hng back

the n»ck.

vt-kamp (ud-P), cl. I. A. -kampate,

-pilum, to trembl.: Cau- P. -kampayali, -yitum,

to cau: to tr.mbl.; to caus» to *wmg upwards,

agitate, shake.

Ut-kampa, as, 5, am, trembling, tremor, agita-

tion; (os), m. tr mbiing.

Ut-kampana, am, n. the aot< ftr»mbiing,agitation.

Ut-kampin, i, ini, i, tremblr.ig, agiutii.g, causing

to trembi. .

T3T it-kara. See under ut-kn.

it-karkaaa, as, m. a kind of mu-

sical instrament.

T3W* ut-karna, as, d, am, having tlie etrs

erect; (as), m. an erect ear.

Tr^Ttf ut-karsha, &c. See undet ut-knsh.

i. ut-kal (nd-k°), cl. io. P. -kala-

yati, -yitum, to unbind, l< asen.

Ut-kaHta, as, d, am, nntound, loosened; opjncJ,

blnssommg; pro-peri os, nsing, increasing; regretting,

gri-ving for.

dr+W 2. ut-kal (ud-k°), cl. io. P. -kdla-

yati, -yitum, to drive out, expel.

dr+ci vtkala, ds, m. pl., N. of the inhabit-

ants of Oris-a, it the sonth of India; a subdivision of

BrShiran», derived trom Vtkala,- Son of Sudyuruia •

(os, a, am), m. f. n. a porter, one vvh - travJs with

a burden or load; (as), m. a fowler, a bird tateher.

TRhcfPT t-kaldpa, as, 5, am, having the

tail .rect and eapanded.

Utkalapaya, nom. ?. -payatl, -yiturr, to cau :e

the peac <-k to • pr< ad its tail, to cause any one to be

proud; to inspire conceit by an icknowiedgment of

tnsnt; to r»tam thanks (?).

3rSTc5 utkali, is, m., N. of a deity; (a

rarious re" ding has itlharin.)

^otiroisfiT vtkaltka, f. (fr. I. ut-kal?),

longi ig f )r, regretting, missing anything or p»rson;

w uiton sportfu!ness, d iMiance; a bud, in unblow n

fiower; e wnve. — V(kaltka-prdya, (prose) abcmnd-

ing in c( mpound words.

■JrhUfl ut-kashana, om, n. (rt. kcsh), tf ar-

ing or pulling up, drawing throngh (as a plough).

dr=tiM uf-kas (ud-P), cl. I. P., \ed. -ka-

sati, -situm,, to gape, to opcn.

3c+i=tit nt-kaka, f. a cow calving every

year.

i rbI3I ut-kds (ud-k^c), cl. i. A. -kafate,

.ftlum, to f.ash upw-.rA,, shine.

Utkaiana, am, n. giving ord»rs, commanding.

utkdsa, as, m., N. of a man.

't-kasana, am, n. (rt. kds), hem-

ming, ciearing th. thrcat of mucus.

ur+lhl ut-kirna. See under u'-kr\ 3rd coi.

dt^H\ut-kirt, See ut-knt 3rd coi.

dr*!n»t it-kirtana, &c. Sce ut-kflt.

T^c? utkila, as, m., N. of a man,

i .A. -lm’ati, -luridate, -kunditum, to bend upwards;

to bend 'side, K> bend from the right coutse, to go

or lead any one astray, to corrupt.

Ut-kwuikd or ut-lundita, f. the piant Nigella

Indic⁵.

Vt Ioda, aj, m. a bribe.

Vtkooaka, os, ika, am, o-rrupted vith bribes;

(ca), m. the receiver of a bribe, ⁵ bribe; N. of a

Tirtha.

drjd ut-kut (ud-k°), Caus. -kotayati, -yi-

tum, to bend upw rds.

Vt-kuki, am, n. lysng stretehed out ->n the bask,

lying w.th the {ace upw .rds, -leepiug with the he,.d

erect.

Ut-kutaJea, as, a, um, stret hed out on ths back

with tht face upwards, erect. — Utlutaka-prahdna,

am, n. avoiding th» above position,— Vtkrdokasana

fla-as-), am, n. a position likt that just described.

ut.-kuno., as, m. a bug; a louse.

'Ji-JcJ ut-kula, as, d, am, degentrating,

dishonouring one’s family.

ut-kuj (ud-k°), cl. I. P. -khjati,

■jitum, to utter monotoc ins sonnJs.

Vt-luja, as, m. the singing of the kolcila.

■3I|i7 ut-kuta,as, m.anumbtellaorparasol.

ut-kurd (ud-k°), cl. i. P. A. -kur-

dati- -te, -ditum, to jump up, spriug upwatd».

Vt-lurda,ia, am, n. jumping up, springing upward».

7?*'? ut-kula, as, d, am, Ved. being on

en elevition, going up-h^:U; (am), ind. up-hill.

Ut-kulita, os, d, am, brought to the bank or

shore. .

^ ut-kn (vd-k°), cl. 8. A. -kurute,

-kartum, to in' nu against.

Ut-kriU, is, f. a metre of four tii tes twenty-six

syllablcs.

TSiif ut-krit (ud-P), cl. 6. P. -knntati,

-kartitum, to cut out or off, to/fear out or off; to

cut up, cut in pieces, carr., butcher.

Ut-karta,i«, am, n. cutti..g up, cutting to pitess,

cutting off.

Ut-kritya, ind. hiving cut off or -p, having cut out

Ut-krlfyamMa, as, d, am, being cut to pieces,

bting cut up.

TiWt ut-krish (ud-k°), cl. i. P. sometimes

A. -karxhat.i, -te, -karshttm or -kr tsldurn, to draw

or drag or puU up; to raise; to draw or take OMt,

to extiar-t; to pull or put oft; to bend (as a bow);

to tear a under: Caus. -karshayati, -yitm, to

elevate, iaise, inaease: Pas-. -kfishyate, to bt

lifted cr diawn up, to be iaised, to rise, beeome

powerful, beeome eminent.

Ut-karsha, as, d, am, superior, eminent; much,

excessive; exaggerated, boa .ttul; attractive; (as), m.

pulling upwards, .irawing, pulling; elevation, increase,

rising to omething better, pro perity; excellence,

eminence; excess, abundari»», - Jf-conceit; boasting;

joy, plea-ure (°).

Ut-karshoka, as, iki, om, drawing npward:,raising.

l’t-karsha,ia, arn, n. drawing upwards, taking off

Ut-karshita, as, d, am, drawn upwards, elevated.

Ut~krishta, as, d, am (opp- sed to apo.-krish ta

and ava krishta), drwn up or out; attracted; ex-

tiacted; taking a Hgh position; excellent, eminent;

superior, be-t; much, mnst, excessive; jndnotkrisrhta

t^na-ut'), as, 5, am, eminent throngh knowledg".

— UtkHshta-ti, f. or utlrishta-tva, am, n. ex-

cellenee, superiority, eminence. — Utkrishta -bhuma,

as, m. a good soil. — Utkrishja-vtdano, am, n.

marTying a man of a higher cast a; the best nr most

r< >p ictable form of mairiage (?). — Utk rishtcrpadhitd

<^ta up ), f. state of high lllusion.

ut-kn (ud-k°), cl. 6. P. A. -bruti, -te,

-karitum or -ritum, to scatter upw_rds, pile up,

heap up; to dig up or out, excavate; to engrave.

Ut-karn, as, a or i, am, what pilas or heaps,

what makes up or raises; (as), m. what is dug «ut,

rubhish; heap, multitude ; a pile, a «tack.

Ut-karikd, f a rort of iweetmeat made with milk,

treade, and ghee.

Utkariya, as, a, am, relating or belondng to a

heap &c.

Ut-kara, as, m. winnowing com; pfiing it op.

Ut-karikd, f. a poultice.

Ut-kirna, as, d, am, heaped up, scattered, dug

out, pertorated.

T^irT vt-knt (ud-k°), cl. io. P. -kirtayati,

-yltum, to proclaim, celebrate, praise, promulgat-

Ut-khtana, am, n. cijing out, proclaiminy; prais-

ing, o lebrating.

Ut-kirtita, as, d, am, prodaimed, promulgated;

prais»d, celebrated, ronowned.

ut-klrip (ud-k°), Caus.P. -kalpayati,

-yitum, to form, fashion, create

. t-kof.a. See under ut-kuC.

Tr3i*T ut-kram (ud-k°), cl. I. P. A., 4. P.

■kramali, -kramate, -krdmyati, -kramitum, to

step up, go up, ascend; to step out, go out or away;

to pas:. away, die; to go ever; pass ( ver; omit; net to

1,otice; to l.eglect, tiansgress: Caus. P. -krmnayaH,

-yitum, to cau-e to go up or ascend: Desid.\ed.

-dikramishati or -dikrcmishyati, to wish to go up

or e -ut.

Ut-krama, as, m. going up or out; progressive

increase; going astray, acting irnprop,rly, deviatior,

trangression.

Ut-lramana, am, n. going up or out, soaring

aloft, stepping out; surpassing, exceeding; (pranot-

ksamona, am, n. th» mght of the soul.)

Ut-kramaniya, as, d, am, to be -bandoned, to

be give.. up.

Ut-kranU, as, a, am, g me forth or out, gone over

or bey- ind, pass»d, surpa, .cd; trespa. sing, exc»edirg.

Ut-kranti, is, f. stepping up to, going out.

Utkrdutin,;, ini, i, passir.g, passiug away, gone,

dep^rted.

Ut-krama, as, m. going from or out, going ; ibove,

surpassing, deviatiug from propriety, trausgression;

opposition, contrariety.

Ut-hrmmt, an, anti, at, going out, going over

or above, surpa. sing.

TrsfTJI^ ut-krus' (ud-k⁽), cl. 1. P. -kr^sati,

-kroshlum, to cry out, to call to (with ace,), ex-

claim; proJaim.

Ut-knrsl.ta. as, n, am, cry .g, spealdng out or

aloud; (am), n. crying out, calling, exclaiming, con-

versation.

Ut-Jcrofa, as, m. damour, outcry, proclamation;

an osprey.

TrfSPf ut-krodo, as, m. (fr. krud = kurd

with -'d ?), Ved. exultation (?); cf. ut-kurd.

■jfryfnP ut-kHs (ud-P), cl. 9. P. -klisndti,

-kleiitum or -kleshtum, to feel urearv, to be uno >m-

fortable or distressed: Caus. P. -kleiayaH, yitum,

to excite, stir up, expel.

Ut-khia, as, m. excitement, disquietudo; dis jrdtr

or corruption of the hum-rs (of the body); 'ickness,

nausea.

Ut-khdaka, as, m. a kind of poisonous insect.

Ut-klednno, as, d, am, or rt-khiin, i, ini, i,

exciting, stirring up, cau sing disorder (e. g. kaphot-

kltdin, exciting phitgm).

ut-kleda, as, m. (fr. rt. klid with

are⁷), the becomiug wet or moist.

Ut-kledin, i, ini, i, wet, becomiug moist.

tt-kvath (ud-k°), cl. 1. P. -kvathati,

-thitum, to boil out, extract by buiiing &c,

yrfrHfq ut-kship.

uttara-paksha.

■afrKjM dt-kship (ud-k°), cl. 6. P. A. -kshi-

pati, -te, -ksheptum, to throw up, raisc, set up, erect;

to tlirow away, reject, get rid of, vomit up.

Ut-kshipta, as, d, am, thrown upwards, tossed,

raised; thrown out, ejected; vomited; rejected, dis-

missed ; (as), m. the thom apple (Datura Metel and

Fastuosa).

Utkshiptika, f. an omament in the shape of a

crescent wom in the upper part of the ear. .

Ut-kshepa, as, m. throwing or tossing up; throw-

ing away; sending, despatching; bringing up, vomit-

ing; the region above the temples; N. of a country;

also of a man.

Ut-kshepaka, as, a, am, throwing, a thrower, who

or what elevates or raises; one who sends or orders;

(as), m. a stealer of clothes &c.

Ut-kshepana, am, n. throwing upwards, tossing;

sending, sending away; vomiting, taldng up; a kind

of basket or bowl used for cleaning corn ; a {an; a

measure of sixteen panas.

Tr^f^TT ut-kkadita, as, a, am, intermixed

with.

^rW^^ut-Jckan (ud-kh°), cl. i. P. A. -kha-

nati, -te, -nitum, to dig up or out, to excavate ; to

tear out by the roots, root up; to draw or tear out;

to destroy entirely.

Ut-khata, as, a,am, dug up; excavated, eradicated,

pulled up by the roots; destroyed, annihilated ; (am),

n. a hole, a cavity, a deepening, uneven ground.

Utkhatin, t, ini, i, having cavities or holes, un-

even; destructive.

ut-kharin, t, m., N. of a deity;

(a various reading has uthali.)

3?ITF5T utkhala, f. (fr. ud and khala ?), a

kind of perfume.

ut-khid (ud-kh°), cl. 6. P. -khindati

(Ved. -khidati), -khettum, to draw out, extract.

utta, as, a, am, wet, moistened. See

■2. ud, page 153.

■3*^ ut-tansa, as, am, m. n. (rt. tans), an

eaning; a crest, a chaplet, a wreath wom on the

crown of the head.

Uttansika, as, m., N. of a N5ga.

Uttansita, as, a, am, having earrings, crested.

ut-taksh (ud-t°), cl. 1. 5. P., Ved.

-taJcshati, -kshnoti, •kshitum or -tashtum, to form

(anything) out of any other thing; (Say.) to take

(anything) out of any other thing.

uttanga, as, m., N. of a servant of

Siva.

T3Z ut-tata, as, a, am, overflowing its

banks (as a river).

ut-tan (ud-t°), cl, 8. P. A. -tanoti,

-nute, -nitum, to stretch upwards, stretch out; en-

deavour to rise.

Ut-tana, as, a, am, stretched out, spread out,

lying on the back, sleeping supinely or with the face

upwards; upright; turned so that the mouth or

opening is uppermost (as a vessel), concave; spread-

ing out over the surface ; shallow; open, — TJttana-

kurmaka, am, n. a particular posture in sitting. — Ut-

tdna-pattraka, as, m. a species of Ricinus. — Ut-

tana-pad, f., Ved. one whose legs are extended (in

parturition or creation); epithet of a peculiar Creative

agency described in Rig-veda X. 72; (S5y.) vegetation,

the whole creation of upward-germinating plants. — Ut-

tdna-parna, as, d, awi,Ved. having extended Ieaves.

— Uttdna-pada, as, m. the star /3 in the little bear,

personified as son of Vtra or Manu Sv5yambhuva and

fether of Dhmva, the polar-star. — Uttanapdda-ja,

as, m. a N. of Dhmva or the polar-star. — Uttana-

barhis, is, m., N. of a prince. — Uttdna-iaya, as,

a, am, lying on the back, sleeping with the face up-

wards; (as, a), m. f. a little child. — Uttana-fnun,

a, ari, a, Ved. lying extended, stagnant. — Uttana-

hasta, as, a, am, Ved. having the hands extended,

extending thera in prayer; (a«), m. du. the two

hands with the fingers stretched out, but with the

backs towards the ground.

. Uttanaka, as, m. a species of Cyperu$ grass.

Uttanika, f., N. of a river.

3 ^ M ut-tap (ud-t°), cl. 1. P. rarely A.

-tapati, -te, -ptum, to make warm or hot, to heat

thoroughly; to pain, torment; to excite, urge on,

press hard: Caus. P. -tapayati, -yitum, to warm

up, heat.

Ut-tapta, as, a, am, bumt, seared ; bathed, washed ;

anxious, excited; (am), n. dried flesh.

Ut-tapa, as, m. great heat, affliction, distress,

anxiety, excitement, ardour, effort, energy.

Ut-tapita, as, a, am, heated, made hot, pained,

distressed, roused, excited.

ut-tam (ud-t°), cl. 4. P. -tdmyati,

-tamitum, to be distressed, to lose heart, to feint.

■3^Hut-tama, as,a, am (superlative fr. I. ud j

opposed to avama, adhama, &c.; cf. an-uttama),

uppermost, highest, chief; most elevated, principal;

best, excellent (often at the end of compounds, e. g.

drijottamas, best of the twice-bom); first, greatest;

the highest (tone); the most removed or last in place,

order, or time; (ara), ind. most, in the highest de-

gree; (as), m. the last person ( = in European gram-

mars the first person); N. of a brother of Dhruva,

son of Uttana-pada and nephew of Priya-vrata; a

son of Priya-vrata and third Manu; the twenty-first

Vy5sa; (as), m. pl., N. of a people; (a), f. a kind

ofpidaka or pustule; the piant Oxystelma Esculentum

(Asclepias Rosea Roxb.); an excellent woman, one

who is handsome, healthy, and aifectionate. — Ut-

tama-gandhddhya (°dha-ddk°), as, a, am, pos-

sessing abnndantly the most delicate scent or delicious

fragrance. — Uttama-td, f. or uttama-tva, am, n.

excellence, superiority; goodness, good quality. — Ut-

tama-pada, am, n. a high office. — Uttama-puru-

sha or uttama-purusha, as, m. the last person in

verba! conjugalion, i. e. I, we two, we (=in European

graramars the first person, our third person being re-

garded inHindOgrammarsas theprathamarpurusha,

q. v.; cf. also madhyama-purusha); the supreme

spirit; an excellent man. — Utta-ma-phatini, f. the

piant Oxystelma Esculentum (Asclepias Rosea Roxb.).

— Uttamarna (°ma-fina), as, m. a creditor; (as),

m. pl., N. of a people. — XJttamarniha, as, m. a

creditor, — Uttamarnin, ?, m. a creditor. — Uttama-

labha, as, m. great profit, a double retum. — Ut-

tama-ve$a, as, m. ‘having the most excellent dress,’

N. of Siva. — Uttama-dakha, as, m., N. of a region.

— Uttamasangraha, as, m. intriguing with another

man’s wife, addressing her privately, casting amorous

looks &c. — Uttama-sdkasa, am, n. the highest of

the three fixed mulcts or fines; a fine of 1000 or of

80,000 panas; capital punishment, branding, banish-

ment, confiscalion, mutilatioo, and death. — Uttama-

sukha, as, m., N. of a man. — Uttamanga (W

an°), am, n. the highest or chief part of the body,

the head. — Uttamadhama (°ma-adh°), as, a_} am,

high and low. - Uttamddham<X-madhyama, as, a,

am, good, bad, and indifferent; high, low, and

m iddl ing. — Uttamara n i (°ma-ar°), f. the piant As-

paragus Racemosus. — Uttamardka (°ma*ar°),as, m.

the last half or part; the best half. — Uttamardhya,

as, d, am, relating to or connected with the last part

or the best half. — Uttamaha (°ma-ak°), as, m. the

last or Iatest day, a fine day (?), a lucky day (?). — Ut-

tamopapada (°ma-up°), as, d, am, one to whom

the best term is applicable, best, good,— Uttamaujas

(^Oma-oj°), as, m. ‘of excellent valour,’ N. of one of

the warriors of the MahS-bh5rata.

Uttamayya, as, d, am (fut. pass. part. fr. a nom.

uttamdyat), Ved. to be raised or celebrated.

149

Uttamiya, as, d, am, uppermost, highest, chief,

best.

1. ut-tara, as,a,am (comparative fr. 1. ud; opposed

to adhara; declined Gram. 238. a), upper, higher,

superior (e.g. uttare dantds, the upper teeth) ;

northern (because the northem part of India is high);

left (opposed to dakshina or right, because in pray-

ing the fece being tumed to the east the north would

be on the left-hand) ; later, following, subsequent,

latter, concluding, posterior, future (opposed to purva,

8cc., e. g. uttarah kalah, future time; uttaram

vakyam, a following speech, answer, reply; phalam

uttaram, subsequent resuit, future consequence;

varshottareshu, in future years); superior, chief,

excellent, dominant, predominant, more powerful;

better, more excellent; (05), m., N. of a son of

Virata; a king of the NSgas; N, of a mountain;

(a), f. the north (i. e. the northem dU or quarter);

N. of a daughter of VirSta and daughter-in-law of

Arjuna; (am), o. upper surface or cover; the north;

the following member, the last part of a compound;

answer, reply; (in law) a defence, a rejoinder; (in

the Mim§Qsa philosophy) the answer, the fourth

member of an adhikarana or case; superiority, ex-

cellence, competency; resuit, the chief or prevalent

resuit or characteristic, what remains or is left, con-

ci usion, remainder, excess, over and above, (often

at the end of a compound, e.g. shashtyuttaram

8ahasram, one thousand with an excess of sixty, i. e.

1060; saptottaram datam, 107; bhayottara, at-

tended with danger, having danger as the resuit;.

dharmottara, chiefly characterized by virtue); re-

mainder, difference (in arithmetic); N. of a song;

(am), ind. at the conclusion, at the end, e.g. bhavad-

uttaram, with the word 'bhavad’ at the end ; asrot-

taram iksMta, looked at with tears at the end, i. e.

with a glance ending in tears; [cf. Gr. varepos.]

— Uttara-kanda, am, n. following or concluding

book; the seventh book of the Ram^yana. — Uttara-

kaya, as, m. the upper part of the body. — Uttara-

kala, as, m. future time; time reckoned from full

moon to full moon, — Uttara-kuru, usoru,ra.n. one

of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the

northern Kurus, situated in the north of India, and

described as the country of eternal beatitude. — Ut-

tara-kofala, f. the city Ayodhy5, the modem Oude.

— Uttararkriya, f. the last sacred action, funeral

rites,obsequies. — Uttara-khanda,am, n. last scction;

the concluding bookof the Padma-purtina, also ofthe

Siva-purSna. — Uttara-kJiandana, am, n. cutting off

a reply, refutation. — Uttara-grantha, as, m. title of

a supplement of the Yoni-granlha.— 1. uttaran-ga,

am, n. a wooden arch surmounting the door ffame.

— Uttara-ddhada, as, m. a cover, what is thrown

over anything. — Uttara^a, as, d, am, born in the

latter (or last-mentioned kind of wedlock); bom

subsequently or afterwards, posterity. — Uttara-jyd,

f. the versed sine of an are, or rather the second half

of the chord halved by the versed sine. — Uttara-

jyotisha, am, n., N. of a country. — Uttara-tantra,

am, n. * concluding doctrine/ N. of a supplementary

section in the medical manual of Subruta. — Uttara-

tara, as, d, am (compar, fr. uttara), stili further

removed, stili more distant, stili higher. — Uttara-

tas, ind. at the top, above, from the north, north-

ward, to the left (opposed to dakshina-tas); after-

wards; behind. — Uttaratah-pa&at, ind. north-

westward (with gt;n.). — Uttara-tdpaniya, title of

the second part of the Nrisioha-tSpanlyopanishad.

— Uttara-tra, ind. in what follows, after, subse-

quently, later, further on, beyond, be!ow(in a work),

northward; (purvatra uttaratra, in the first case or

place—in the second.) — Uttara-dayaka, as, d, am,

reply ing, giving an answer, impertinent. — Uttaradik-

stha, as, d, am, situated in the north, northem.

— Uttara-dU, k, f. the north quarter. — Uttara-

dc£a, as, m„ the country towards the north, the up-

country. — Uttara-dheya, as, d, am, to be done

subsequently. — Uttara-paksha, as, m. the northem

or left wing (side); second or following part of an

argument, the reason pro, the reply, refutation;

150 yr*KM8JBI uttarapaktha-ld. ut

the answer to thc first or objectionable argument, the

right argument, demonstratcd truth, or condusioo; the

minor proposition in a syllogism.— Uttarapaksha-

td, f. or uttarapaksha-tva, am, n. condusion, de-

monstration, reply.— Uttara-pata, as, m. an upper

garment. — Uttara-patha, as, m. the northem way,

the way leading to the norlh. — Uttarapathika,

as, f, am, inhabiting the northem country.— Ut-

tara-pada, am, n. the last member of a com-

pound word. Uttarapadtka, as, i, am, Qr utiara•

padakiya, as, a, am, relating to or studying the

last word or term.— Uttara-parvata, as, ni. the

northem mountain. — Uttara-pa-4<?ardha (°iia-ar°),

as, m. the north-westem half. — Uttara-pa£<Hma,

as, d, am, north-westem; (a), f. the north-west

(sdl. Uttara-pada, as, m. a division of legal

practice, that part which relates to the reply or de-

fence, four divisions being admitted in every suit.

— Uttara-purastat, ind. north^astward (with gen.).

— Uttara-purusha, as, m. = uttama-puru8ha(?).

— Uttara-purva, as, a, am, north-eastward; one who

takes the north for the east. — Uttara-pratthada,

as, m. a coverlid, a quiit.-Uttara-pratyuttara,

am, n. a dispute, an altercation, a discussion; the

pleadings in a law-suit. — Uttara-phalguni or utta-

ra-phalguni, f. the twelfth lunar mansion, containing

two stars, figured by a bed. — Uttara-bhadrapad, t,

f. or uitara-bhadrapada, f. the twenty-»ixth lunar

mansion, figured by a couch, and comprehcnding two

stars, of which one is a Andromedae. — Uttara-matf,

is, m., N. ofa man. — Uttara-mandra^.a loud but

slow manner of singing. — Uttara-matra, am, n. a

mere reply, even a reply. — Uttara-manasa, am, n.,

N. of a Tlrtha. — Uttara-mhndmd, f. the VedSnta

philosophy, an inquiry mto the JfiJna-k3nda or second

portion of the Veda (opposed to purra-mlmansa ;

see niimdnsd). — Uttara-rahita, as, d, am, devoid

of reply, haviog no answer. — Uttara-rdma-6arita or

-taritra, am, n. ‘ the forther or later deeds of RSma,’

title of a drama of Bhavabhfiti. — Uttara-lakshana,

am, n. the indication of an actual reply; (as, d, am),

marked on the left side. — Uttara-taman, d, d, a,

having the hairs tumed upwards or ootwards. — TJttara-

vayasa, am, n. the latter or declining years of life.

— Uttara-valU, f. title of the second section of the

K5thakopanishad when divided into two Adhy3yas.

— Vttara-vasti, is, f. a small syringe, a urethra

injection pipe. — Uttara-vastra, am, n. an upper

garment. — Utlara-vadin, t, m. a replicant; a de-

fendant; one whose claims are of later date than

anotheris. — Uttara-vdsas, as, n. an upper garment.

— Uttara-vedi, is or f, f., Ved. the northem altar

made for the sacred fire. — Uttara-saktJia, am, n.

the left thigh. — Uttara-sanjnUa, as, d, am, desig-

nated in the reply (a witness &c.); hear-say evidcnce,

see the next. — Uttara-sdkshin, f, m. witness for the

defence; a witness testifying from the report of others.

— Uttarasadhaka, as, d, am, finishing what re-

mains or follows, assisting at a ceremony, befriending;

an assistant, a helper, a friend; who or what estabiishes

a reply. — Uttara-hanu, us, m., Ved. thc upper jaw-

boce. — Vttarddkara (°ra-adh°), as, a, am, superior

and inferior, higher and lower; (am), n. the upper

and under lip; the lips; see adharottara. — TJttar&

dhikara (°ra-adli ), as, m. right to property &c.

in succession to another person, heirship, inheritance.

— Uttaradhikari-td, f. or uttarddhikdri-tva, am,

n. right of succession. — JJttarddhikdrin^ i, ini, i,

an heir or claimant subsequent to the death of the

original owner, an heir who claims as the second

in succession. — Uttardnvita (°ra-<m⁰), as, d, am,

accompanicd by Uttara. — Uttard^patha, am, n. the

northem road or direction, the northem country,

north. — Uttardbhasa (°ra-dbk°), as, m. a false,

indircct or prevaricating reply. - Vttarabhdsa-ta, f.

or nitar dbhasa-tva, am, n. inadequacy of a reply,

the semblance without the reality. — Uttarayana

(°ra-ay°), am, n. the progress (of the sun) to the

north; the period of the sun’t progress to the north

of the equator, the mmmer sobtice. — Vttardrant

(°ra-ar°), t* or t, m. f. the upper arani (q. v.) which

by cutting becomes the £>raman^a orchumer, — Ut-

tarartha (°ra-ar°), as, d, am, for the sake of what

follows. — Uttardrdha (°ra-ar°), am, n. the upper

part (of the body); the northem part; the latter

half; the forther end. — Uttarardkya, as, d, am,

Ved. being on thc northem side. — Vttard-vat, an,

atl, at, Ved. victorious, overpowering. — Uttaratfd

(°ra~d$d), f. the northem quarter, the north.— ?7£-

tardtadhlpati (°£d-adh°) or uttards⁽a-pati, is,

m. the regent of the northem quarter, an epithet of

Kuvera, — Vttard^man (°ra-as*), d, m., N. of a

rocky river in the north. — Uttardshddka (^ra-asl1°),

f/ the twenty-first of the lunar mansions, figured by

an elephanfs tooth or a bed, and containing two stars,

one of which is /3 in Sagittarius. — XJttarasanga

(°ra-da°), as, m. an upper or outer garment. — Ut-

tardha (°ra-ak°), as, m. the following day. — Ut-

taretara (°rait°), f. the southem quarter. — XJt-

tarottara (°ra-iU°), as, d, am, more and more,

higher and higher, forther and forther; always in-

creasing, always following; (am), ind. higher and

higher, more and more, in constant continuation,

one on the other; (am), n. reply to an answer, reply

on reply; conversation ; a rejoinder; excess, exceed-

ing quantity or degree; succession, gradation; de-

scending. — Z^Tttarottarin, t, ini, i, coostantly in-

creasing; one following the other. — Uttaroshtha or

uttaraushtka (°ra-os%°), as, m. the upper lip.

JJttaram, ind. forther on, forward; hereafter, in

the following part (of a book).

Uttara, ind. north, northerly, northward (with

gen. or abi.). — Uttara-sad, t, t, t, Ved. seated north-

ward or on the left.

Uttarat, ind. from the left, from the north, north-

ward.

Vttardttat, ind., Ved. from the north.

Uttaraki, ind. northerly, from the north (with abi.).

Uttarin, i, tnl, t, superior.

TJttariya or uttariyaka, am, n. an upper or outer

garment.

Uttarena, ind. (with gen., abi., acc., or at the

end of a compound) northward, on the left side of;

posterior, subsequent.

Uttare-dyus, ind. a subsequent day, a day following,

to-morrow.

uttamania. See under ut-tama.

ut-tambh (ud-stambh), cl. 5. 9. P.

-tabhnoti,‘7idti,dambhitum, to stay,prop, support.

Ut-tambhana, am, n. upholding, staying, support-

ing; stopping, arresting; a prop, a stay.

Ut-tambhita,a*,d,am, upheld,supported; stopped,

arrested; erect (as the hair of the head),standing on end.

Ut-tambkitavya, as, d, am, to be npheld.

ut-tara. See above and under ut-tri.

ut-tarangn, as, a, am (for i. see

und^r I. ut-tara, p. 149', f»ocded, immdated, wa: hed

over by waves.

TiHiPT ut-tarjana, am, n. vinlent threat-

enin^.

See under ut-tan, p. 149.

TvTTS ut-tiipa. See under ut-tap, p. 149.

TvTTr it-tara. See under ut-tri next coi.

ut-tahe, as, n, am (fr. ud and tdlaf),

^reat, str.iii<-; tormidable; arduous, difficult; speedy,

.wift, btst, ex:ellem; cLvateJ, lafty, tali, loud; (as),

m. an ape; {am), n. a particul r number.

TfvTrl ut-tij (ud-t°), Caus. P. -tejayati,

-yitam, to excite, stimulate, incite, in-tigate, urge

ou, stir up, animate.

Ut-tcjaka, as, a, ani, instigating, stimulating.

I t tejana, am, d, n. f. incitement, instigation, exut-

ing, ai im ting; sending, despatehing; urging, drtving;

whetting, sharpemng, furbishing, poi-shirig; an in-

spiring or exciting 'pcech; an incentive, ind 'cernent,

stimulant

-torciaa.

Ut-tejita, as, a, am, indtod, animattd, excited,

urged ; sc-nt, d.spatchtj; whetted, sharpe.icd, fur-

bish.d, polished; (am), n. an incentive, inducement;

sidiing, onc ot a hor«e’s five pacas; moderato vclocity

in a harse’s pac ..

"3^ ut-tut (ud-tu), cl. 2. P., Ved. -taviti or

-tauti, -totam or -tavitum, to effect, briog about;

(Say.) to Incrtise, prosp.r.

"3^^ ut-tvnga, as, a, am, lofty, high, tali,

swolljn (as a strtam). — XJttungp-ta, f. or uttnnya-

tva, ani, n. height, loftin.ss, elevati m.

TrjftjTtf at-tundila, am, n. the head of a

th< a-n &c. rvhich has enter.d th„ skin.

ut-tud (ud-t°), cl. 6. P. A., Vtd.

-tudaU, -te, -tottu.m, to push up, tcar up, stir up,

pix h open.

Ut-tuda, as, m., Ved. on, wlio stirs up.

3vac>4 ut-tul (ud-t°), cl. 10. P. -talugati

or -t plagat i, -yitum, to raise up (by means of a

counterpoise), to erect, set up; to weigh.

Ut-tolma, am, n. iifting up. rafcing, cle^-'ating (by

means of . covaterpcisj or balance).

Ut-toUtn, as, e, am, rvised, iifted up.

i vlH ut-tusha, as, m. frted prain; (freed

tror.i thc huskr.)

ut-trid ^ud-t°), cl. 7. P. A. -trinatti,

-t) into, -tarditum, to split, eut throui»h.

■5^ ut-tri (ud-t°), cl. 1. 6. P. -tarati,

-tirati, -taritum or -rVum, to pass out of (especialiy

jalat, the water &c., with abi. c.), to disumbark, to

comt out of; to fcscap„ from 14 misfortune, affliction,

&c.); to come down, desc.nd, alight, put up at; to

pass over; to cross (as a river, with acc.), to vanquish;

to give up, leave; to elevate, vtre.igtlup, inaease:

Caus. -tdrayati, -yitam, to caase to come out, to

deliver, assist, rescue; to make any ono alight, take

down, take od ; to caus. to pass over, to convey or

transport across, land, disembark; to vomit up: Desid.

■tltimhati, to wish to cross.

2. ut-tara, as, d, am (for I. see p. 149, coi. 3),

crorsing over; tobe crossed (in th. wvrd dar-uttera,

difficult to bc com< out of or <.& aped from).

Ut-tarana, as, a, am, coming out of, Crossing

over; (am), n. coming forth or out ot ^especialiy out

of water), ianding, disembarking; Crossing river: acc.

Ut-ta. at, au, avii, at, coming out of (water & c.),

Crossing, going over.

ilt-tarika, f., N. of a river.

Ut-tara, as, m. transporting over; Ir.nding; deli-

verir.g, rescuing; ejecting, getting rid of; vomitu.g;

passing away, mstability; (as, am), surpassing

others, excellent, pre-eminent. — Uttara-lrfuna, as,

a, am, having the eyes tumed up.

tlt-taiaka, as, m. a deliverer, epithet of Siva.

Ut-tarana, as, d, am, transporting over, bringing

over, resening; (am), n. the act of Ianding, ddivering,

rescuing! helping to cross over or f scape, travportation.

Ut-tarin, i, ini, i, transporting across; nnsteady;

inconstant, cnangeible, tremuious, strk.

Ut-tarya, as, a, am, to be made to land, to be

ejectcd, to br thrown up by vomiting.

Ut-titmhu, vs, us, u, about to pas> out of (wat.r),

wishing to land.

bt-timm, ind. on the bank, on land, ashore.

lt-tuna, as, d, am., Iinded, crosed, traversed;

rescued, iib.rated, escaped; released from obligation;

thrown ofi; one who lias complctcd his studies, ex-

perienced, elever.

Ut-tirya, ind. having cros-ed, having landed.

d vlftfi utterita, u m, n. (said to be fr. ut-

tri, but perhaps connected with rt. tr), one of the

gVe pace» >f a horse in HindO jockeyship.

dvTlt'111 ut-tarana, as, a, am. decorated

with raired or npright arch.s.

ut-tolana. ul-putaka. 151

ut-tolana. See under ul-tul.

TRT5R ut-tyakta, as, a, am (fr. rt. tyaj with

iid), ibandoijed, lctt; thrown, tosse i; free from

p;i'_Sion or ahection.

Ut-tydga, as, m. abaiidonnunt, quittiug; throwing,

throwing up; seces:ion from worldly attachmeot.

ut-tras (ud-t°), Caus. P. -trasayati,

*■yitum, to frighteo, alarm.

Ut-trasta, as, a, am, frighteoed.

Ut-trasa, as, m. fear, terror.

^ ut-tripada, am, n. an upright tripo d.

Tf^TT ut-thd (ud-stha), cL I. P. A. -tishthati,

-te, -thatum, to stand up, rise, raise one’s self; come

forth, arise, originate from ; to rise (from the dead);

to become animated; to be active or brave ; to make

efforts, take pains with, to excel: Caus. -thapayati,

-yitum, to cause to stand up, raise, set up, erect; to

lift up; to ?rouse, awaken, raise to life, make alive.

Ut-tishthamana, as, d, am, staodiog up, risiog;

increasiog, augmenting.

Ut-tha, as, d, am, (geoeraUy at the end of a oom-

pound) rising, arising; comiog forth, originating,

derived from; standing up ; (as), m. arising, comiog

forth j [c£ Zend trsfa.]

Ut-thatri, ta, m., Ved. one who rises; resolving.

Vt-thana, am, n. the act of standing up or rising;

rising (of the moon &c.); resurrectioo; rising up

to depart; leaving off; starting on a warlike expedi-

tioo ; rise, origin; effort, exertion; manly exertioo,

manhood; evacuating (by stool &c.); an army; joy,

pleasure; a book; a court-yard ; a shed where sacri-

fices are offered ; a term, a limit; business of a family

or realm, the care of subjects or dependants; reflection;

proximate cause of disease; (as, d, am), causing to

arise or originate, — Utthana-wat, dn, ati, at, ready

for action. — Utthdna ihadaM (°na-e£°),f.the eleventh

day in the light or former half of the month K5rttik5,

when Vishnu rises from his sleep.

Ut-thdpaka, as, d, am, lifting up, causing to get

up, who or what raises &c.; exciting, animating.

Ut-thapana, am, n. causing to rise or get up;

raising, elevating; causing to leave (a house &c.,

with acc. of the person made to leave); causing to

come forth, bringing forth; exciting, iostigating;

bringing about; causing to cease, finishing; (in

mathem.) the finding of the quantity sought, answer

to the question, substitutioQ of a value; (i), f. a con-

cluding verse (rid).

Ut-thapita, as, d, am, raised, lifted up, elevated;

made to get up (from a seat, bed, &c.); aroused,

instigated.

1. ut-thapya, ind. having raised or caused to rise,

having roused or instigated.

2. ut-thapya, as, d, am, to be raised; Ved. to be

sent away.

Ut-thaya, ind. having risen (from a seat &c.);

having risen (in raok & c.). — Utthdyotthdya (°ya-

ut°), every time one rises (from one’s bed).

Ut-thayin, i, ini, i, rising, coming forth, becom-

ing visible. ^>

Ut-thita, as, d, am, risen or rising (as from a

seat &c.); arisen, bom, produced; happened, occur-

ring; endeavouring, striving; r.dvancing, iocreasing;

high, lofty, eminent; extended; N. of a Prag5tha

consisting of ten P5das. — TJtihita-td, f. state of

activity or of readiness to serve others, — Utthitdn-

guli (°ta-an⁰), is, m. the palm of the hand with

the fingers extended.

TJt-thiti, is, f. elevation, rising up.

ut-pakshman, d, a, a, or ut-

paJcshmala, as, a, am, with upraised eyelids.

a rM Pq uu ut-pa6ishnu,us,us,u, apt to ripen

or cook.

ut-pat (ud-p°), Caus. -patayati, -yi-

tum, to tear up or out, root up, eradicate, extirpate.

Ut-pata, as, m, sap issuing from the cleft of a tree,

Ut-pata, as, m. pulling np by the roots, destroy-

ing; a disease of the extemal ear.

Ut-pdtaka, as, m. the above disease; (ika), f. the

extemal bark of a tree.

Ut-patana, am, n. pulling up by the roots, eradi-

catiog; destroying, destructi on.

Ut-patita, as, d, am, pulled up by the roots,

eradicated, tom out.

Ut-patin, i, ini, i, (often at the end of compounds)

eradicating, extirpating.

Ut-patya, ind. having plucked up.

■JrTTiT ut-pat (ud-p°), cl. i. P. -patati, -ti-

tum, to fly oi jump up, to rfce, to be produce d, ori-

ginateCaus. -patayati, -yitum, to cause to fly up.

Ut-pata, as, m. a bird; going upwards or up.

— Utpata-nipata, f. fiying up and down.

Ut-patat, an, anti, at, fiying upwards or onwards.

Ut-patana, am, n. rising, ascending, going up;

birtb, production.

Ut-patita, as, d, am, springing up, risen, ascended.

Ut-patitavya as, d, am, to be flown upwards.

Ut-patitri, ta, tri, tri, rising, jumping up, going

upwards.

Ut-patishnu, us, us, u, rising, jumping up.

Ut-pata, as, m. fiying up, a spring, jump an

unusual or startling event boding calamity, a portent,

prodigy, phenomenon; any public calamity, as an

eclipse, meteor, earthquake. — Utpata-vata, as, m. a

wbirlwind, a hurricane.

Ut-pdtaka, as, m. a fabulous animal with eight

Iegs, (written also ut^padaka, q. v.); N. of a Tlrtha.

TcTTTTRi ut-patdka, as, a, am, with raised

fiags; with uplifted banners; (5), f. a raised banoer

or flag. — Ut-patala-dhvaja, as, d, am, with raised

banners and fiags.

ut-patha, as, m. wrong road, bad

way, error, evil; (am), ind. astray, on the wrong

road.

ut-pad (ud-p°), cl. 4. A. -padyate,

-pattum, to arise, rise, originate, be produced:

Caus. -padayati, -yitum, to produce, beget, gene-

rate, cause, effect; to cause to issue or come forth,

bring forward.

Ut-patti, is, f. arising, birth, production, origin;

becoming visible, coming into existence; production

in general, profit, productiveness; producing as an

effect or resuit, giving rise to or generating as a con-

sequence; resurrection. — Utpatti-kalina, as, d, am,

taking place at the time of birth. — Utpatti-prayoga,

as, m. production by the joint operation of cause and

effect; purport, meaning. — Utpatti-mat, dn, ati, at,

produced, bom. — Utpatti-vyanjaka, as, m. a type

of birth (as investiture); a mark of the twice-bom.

Ut-panna, as, d, am, risen, gone up; ariseo, bom,

produced ; produced unexpectedly ; acquired, gained ;

occurred, happened ; effected, accomphsb^d; known,

ascertained. — Utpanna-tanta, us, us, u, having a

line of desccndants. — Utpanna-tva, am, n. origin,

production. — Utpanna-bhakshin, i, ini, i, living

from hand to mouth. — Utpanna-uind4in, i, ini, «,

perishing as soon as produced. *

Ut-pdda, as, m. coming forth, birth, production.

— Utpada-purva, am, n. title of the first of the

fourteen Piirvas or older sacred writings of the Jainas.

— Ut-pada-£ayana, see s.v. next coi.

Ut-padaka, as, a, am, bringing forth, producing,

productive, effective ; (as), m. a producer, a genera-

tor; a fabulous animal, called Sarabha, with eight

legs; written also utpataka; (ika), f. a certain

insect, perhaps the white ant (termes); N. of the

pot-herb Enhydra Hingtsha, also of Basilla Rubra or

Lucida; (am), n. origin, cause.

Ut-padana, as, d, am, bringiog forth, producing,

productive; (am), n. producing, generating, beget-

ting» causing.

Ut-padita, as, d, am, produced, effected; gene-

ra ted, begotten.

Ut-padin, i, ini, i, produced, bom; (at the end

of compounds) bringing forth, producing.

Ut-padya, ind. having produced; having begotten ;

having inspired.

Ut-pddyamana, as, d, am, being produced or

generated.

1. utpala, am, n. (fr. rt. pal for

pat with ud, to burst upwards as a blossom ?), the

blue lotus, Nymphsea Caerulea, a seed of the Nym-

phaea ; the piant Costus Speciosus; any water-lily ; a

piant io general; (as), m., N. of a man who built a

sanctuary, of an astronomer; N. of a lexicographer;

(d), f., N. of a river; (i), f. a kind of cake made

with unwinnowed com. — Utpala-yandhika, am, n.

a species of sandal of the colour of brass and very

fragrant. — Utpala-dakshus, us, us, us, lotus-eyed,

fine-eyed.— Utpala-pattra, am, n. the leaf of a

Nymphaea; a wound caused by the finger-nail of a

woman; a Tllaka or mark on the forehead, made

with sandal &c. by the Hindfls; a broad-bladed

knife or lancet. — Utpala-pattraka, am, n. a broad-

bladed knife or lancet used by surgeons. — Utpala-

pura, am, n., N. of a town built by Utpala. — Ut-

pala-bhedyaka, a», m. a kind of bandage. — Utpala-

mala, f., N. of a lexicon. — Utpala-raja, as, m., N.

of a poet. — Utpala-vati, f., N. of a river. — Utpala-

varna, f., N. of a woman. — Utpala-tfdka, as, m.,

N. of a piant. — UtpalarMHva, f. the piant Ichno-

carpus Frutescens. — Utpalaksha (?la-ah°), as, m.,

and utpalapida (?la-ap°), as, m., N. of two princes.

— Utpalabha (°la-dbh°), as, d, am, lotus-Iike, re-

sembling a lotus. — Utpala-vana, am, n., N. of a

region in Paffoala.

Utpalaka, as, m., N. of a man; of a king of

the Nagas.

Utpalin, i, ini, i, abounding in lotus flowers;

(«n?), f. an assemblage of lotus flowers; a species of

the AtijagatI metre, the same as Candrika ; N. of a

river; title of a dictionary.

rirMo) 2. ut-pala, as, a, am (fr. ud and

pala, flesh), fleshless, emaciated; (am), N. of

a hell.

ut-perana. Sec under ut-pu.

■3 ut-pasya, as, d, am, looking up or

upwards.

<it-pdda-s'ayana, os, m. a kind

of partridge, Parra Jacana or Gcensis, (sleepinq with

Iegs erect.)

4rmUil ut-pdrana, am, n.,Ted. transport-

Ing over, tran portatiun.

«tdlrtl utpall, f. health (ctym. dnubtful).

Tfr^C it-piiijara, as, d, am, uncaged,

unconfined.

Ut-piiijala, a", a, am (l sub'iituted for r), out of

order, disordered, excesnively contused; uncaged.

TfiTJrT ut-pitsu, us, us, u (Desid. of ut-

pat, q. v.), desirous of rising or flyiog away or pro-

ceeding.

rifrM 4 ut-pish (ud-p°), cl. 7. P. -pinashti,

-peshtum, to mb together; to crush, grind.

Ut-pishta, as, d, am, rubbed, ground; (am), A.

a disease, a grating of the bones or of the joints upon

each other.

ut-pid (ud-p°), cl. 10. P. -pidayati,

-yitum, to press upwards, to press out of.

Ut-ptdat as, m. pressing out, pressure; foam,

froth, a gush.

Ui-pidana, am, n. the act of pressing out.

3 rMut-pu66haya, nom. (fr, ud-pu66ha)

A. utpuddhayate, to raise or cock the tail; P. -yati,

to make one raise the tail.

ut-putaka, as, m. a disease of the

extemal ear; [cf. ut-pa(a.]

132

TT^f^i ut-pulaka, as, d, am, joyful, de-

lighted.

ut-pu (ud-pu), d. 9. P. A. -pundti,

•punite, -pavitum, to clcanse, purify; to cxtract

anything that has bcen purificd.

Ut-pavana, am, n. clcaning, deansing; straining

liquids for domestic or rcligious uses; any implement

for clcaning ; the act of sprinkling darified butter or

other fluids on the sacrificial fire with two blades of

Kiria grass, the ends of which are held in either hand

and the centre dipped into the liquid.

Ut-pavitri, ta, tri, Iri, purifying; a purifier.

Ut-pava, as, m. purifying ghee &c,

Tflffav ul-poshadha, as, m., N. of an old

kiog.

TrTOT ul-prabha, as, a, am, flashing forth

or diffusing ligbt, shining.

TTh^ 'A ut-prasava, as, m. abortion.

sirHi^ ut-prdsa, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. as with

pra and «d), hurling, throwing afar; violent burst

of laughter; ridicule, derision ; excess.

Ut-prasana, am, n.=the preceding.

"Tftfq^ut-prush, t, f., Ved. that which bub-

bles np, a bubble.

initer ut-praksh (ud-pra-tksh), cl. i. A.

-prelLhate, -shUnm, to look up to with attention

as a pupil to his teach r); to perceive; t< i transfor

with loc.); to comp-iv one thing with inothcr,

illo trate by a simile.

Vt-^jrJcshaaa, am, n. looking into, perceiving,

forrsetiog, comparing.

rt-priksha, f. overlc* king, disregvrding, c-reless-

ness, indifference; (in rhctoric‘i compar'son in (tenetal,

simii:, ilinitration, mcfphor; a parable ; an irunicj

comparhon. — J’tprP'^sha-tialldbha, as, m., N. of a

p' -et.

Ift-prskshita, as, a, »m, compared (r,s in a simii-).

Ut-preksht/a, as, a, am, that With which anything

is compartd. -

373T it-plu (ud-jp), cl. 1. A. -plamte,

-piatum, te jump up, leap up; to bou..d; to spriqg

ur iump upon; to float ujion.

Ut-plava, as, m. a jump, leap.bnund; (d), f. a boat.

Vt-plarana, am, n. jumping or leaping op, cpring-

ang upon; skimmirig otf impur oil or ghta, or r.ny

dirt floating on a fiuid, by pa-sing a bladc of Kusa

grrs ovor it.

Ut-pl-ita, os, a, am, jump.d up or upon, prung

upon 'udd-niy.

Ut-plutya, ind. having i prung up or iumptd upon.

aritipi ut-phal (ud-plP), cl. I. P. -phalati,

-litum, to spring; to part asunder, to expand (as a

flowcr); Caus. P. -phahynti, -yitum, to op.n,

np. n wi^Jc, caus- to -xpand.

Ut-phr.la, a.s, m. a jump, ? spring, leaping up or

out of, m iving or shutfling of fei t.

Ct-phuUa, as, d, am tphulla pass. part. of rt.

pk*tl), widely opencd (as the c-yes); blown as a

flower; swollen, inireasiri in bu'k; slteping supit.ely;

(atr), n. a kind of coitus.

"TrRis? tl-phala, am, n. excellent iruit.

3rfT atsa, as, m. (fr. 2. ud), Ved. a*spsing,

a fountain fn.etaph''rica1iy applii d to th- douds).

— llsa-dhi, is, m.,Ved. the recoptade ofspr.ng, a

wcll.

ut-saklha, as, i, am, Ved. opening

the thighs.

TWlf ut-sanga, as, m. (fr. rt. safij with

ud), embrace, assodation, union; slope, side; the

hav- -h or part above the hip; the lap the aedivity

or edgc of a hili; the roof of a ho-ae; tht hottom

or dtep part of an ulcer; a bigh number = roo

VivJhas.

',-pulaka. TWV Ut

Utsangita, as, a_tam, assodated, combined, joined.

Utsangin, l, ini, i, assoriating or combining with,

an associate, a partner; deep-seated, as an ulcer; (t),

m. an ulcer, a deep sore; (ini), f. pimples on the

inner edge of the eyelids.

Utsarijana, am, n. Icading upwards*

‘arw? ut-sad (ud-s°), cl. i. P. -sidati, -sal-

tum, to sink, scttle down, fall into ruin or decay; to

leave off; to rise up: Caus. P. sadayati, -yitum,

to destroy, overtum.

Utsanna, as, d,am, decayed, in ruins; destroyed,

OYertumcd; disused, fallen into disuse; risen, in-

creasod. — Utsa nna-dharma, as, or utsanna-o/^jna,

as, m. an intemipted or suspended sacrifice.

Ut-sada, as, m., Ved. a parti cui ar part of the

sacrificial animal.

Utsddaka, as, a, am, destroying, overtuming.

Vt-sadana, am, n. destroying, overtuming; sus-

pending, interrupting, omitting; deaning the person

with perfumes, rubbing or chafing the limbs; healing

a sore, causing it to fili up; going up, ascending,

rising; raising, elevating ; ploughing a field twice or

thoroughly.

TJt-sadaniya, as, a, am, to be destroyed ; to be

effected; to be gone up or ascended; (atra), n. any

application to a sore producing granulations.

Utsadita, as, d, am, destroyed, overtumed;

deansed, purified with oil, perfumes, &c.; risen, as-

cended ; raised, elevated.

Utsaditavya or ut-sadya, as, d, am, to be de-

stroyed.

'drtU, dWReF, &c. See under ut-sri.

ut-sarga. See under ut-srij.

TfFRT utsava, as, m. (fr. rt. 2. su with ud?),

enterprise, beginning; a festival, a jubilee; joy, glad-

oess; merry-making; height, elevation, insolence ;

passion, wrath; wish; rising of a wish; a section of a

book. — Ut8ava-8an-Jceta, as, m. pl., N. of a people.

ut-sah (ud-s°), cl. i. A. -sahate,

•sahitum or sodhum, to be able, to be adequate,

to have power (with infi, or with dat. of an abstract

noun); to act with courage or energy: Caus. -saha-

yati, -yitum, to animate, encourage, exdte; Desid.

of the Caus. -sisahayishati, to wish to exdte.

Ut-saha, as, m. power, strength, strength of will,

resolution ; effort, perseverance, strenuous and con-

tinued exertion, energy; firmness, fortitude; hap-

piness; a thread. — Utsaha-rat, an, ati, at, active,

energetic, perseveri ng. — Utsaha-vardhana, as, m. the

heroic rasa or feeling; (am), n. increase of energy,

heroism. — Utsaka-sampanna, as, a, am, active,

persevering. *

Utsdhana, am, n. effort, perseverance.

Vt8dhin, i, ini, i, active, persevering.

ut-si6 (ud-s°), cl. 6. P. A. -sihfaii,

-te, -selium, to sprinkle, pour, to spread ; to make

proud: Pass. si&yate, to spout or foam up or over;

to be puffed up; to overflow, increase.

Utsikta, as, d, am, sprinkled ; flooded, abun-

dantly fumished; elevated, raised, haughty, proud,

rude; enlarged, increased; disordered, disturbed in

mind &c.

Ut-sifyamdna, as, d, am, foaming or spouting

up, showering ; increasing, overflowing, growing.

Ut-8eka, as, m. sprinkling, pouring; foaming up-

wards, spouting out or over, showering; overflow,

increase, enlargement; haughtiness, j^ride.

Utsekin, i, ini, i, overflowing; proud, haughty,

puffed up.

Utsedana, am, n. the act of showering or spout-

ing upwards, boiling or foaming over.

utsuka, as, a, am (fr. i. ud and sukaj

the latter does not exist scparately, but may be derived

from the partide su, as anuka ff. arau, abhika

fr. abhi; cf. also utka), restless, uneasy, unquiet,

anxions; anxiously desirous, zealously active, striving

-srdha.

or m-king exertiuns fi>i lny object (c. g. iay ilxaka.

anxiously striving for victury); cager for, fond ot, at

tacn .d to; regretting, repining, rnucing, ^:orrowing

for; (as), m. (?) longing ior. — FUuka-lu, t. or

ntsuka-tsa, am, n. restlessness, uncasiness, unquiet-

ness, Mal; rttachment, afh ction ; .orrow, r-gTet.

Ulsnkaga, nom. A. utsukayatc, to bccomc un-

qnict &c.

vi-sulra, as, d, am, unstrang; irre-

gular, out of rule, loosf , detached.

JrWf ut-sitra, as, m. evening, twilight

(when the om sets).

Vtsurya. Se. under ntsuryam.

Tr?T ut-sp (ud-sri), Caus. P. -sarayatt,

-yitum, to expcl, tum out, drlve awiy.

Ut-sara, as,- m. a specii s of the Ati-sakvarI m-tre,

consisting of four v.rses of futeen syllablea e-»rh.

Ul-sarya, f. a cow when grown up and fit to t .ke

th< hull.

Ul-saraka, as, m. one who drives awsy the mob

from a peron of rank, a paliceman; a guaid, a

gnardian.

Ut-sarana, am, n. moving, caus ing to move, re-

moving, keeping at a distance, driving out of the

way; assisting anv one to step out (of a palanquin

&c.); recepti m of a gu-st.

ei r*)H it-srij (ud-s°), cl. 6. P. -srijati,

-srashtum, to pour out, emit, send forth; to let

loose; to cast forth or away; to lay asidr, quit, leave,

abandon, avoid, cschew; to ahnlish (a rule &c.).

Ul-sarga, as, m. pouring out, pouring forth, emi'-

sion, dejecti' »n, excretion, voiding by stool &c.;

laying asidt, abandoning, resigning, quitting, rotiring

from, suspending; loos-.ung, delivering ; oblation,

lihatioo; presentation of anything pri mLcd to a

god or Br.iiman witli suitabl- ceremoniis; giving,

donation; a particuiar c-remony on suspending a

Vedic lecture; (in gram.) any general prec-pt or

rule (opp-«d to apavada, speclal rule or exception,

and so called bxause only 'bolished in expr«s cases

by a substitute). — Utsnrga-ias, ind. genemlly, i. e.

without any spccial limitation.

Vtsargin, i, int, i, having out or ofF; omittiog,

abaiidoning, quitting.

Ut-sarjnra, am, n. letting loose, rbundoning,

ieaving, &c.; gift, di ination, oblati* in; suspending (a

lecture in the Veda), a cerem-ny cnnnected with it.

rt-sisrikshu, w>, tts, u, wishing to create.

Vt-»riiya, ind. having obandontd, having quitted.

Vt-sri-.hta, as, d, am, left, bandoned; given

up, given, pre-ented ; poured forth, crst into or upon.

— Utsrislta-paiiii, us, m. a bull se-t at liberty upon

particuiar ocusfons, as on a marriagi &c., and llowcd

to gp about at will. — rUrislifa-vat, dn, ati, at, onf

who has let fall, who has shed (a t^ar &c.).

Ul-srishti, is, f. abandonment, letting gn, emission.

Vtsrashtu-kama, as, d, am, wishing to let go or

put down.

Tr»H) ut-siip (ud-s°), cl. i. P. -sarpati,

-sarptvm or -sraptum, to go, glide or soar upwardr,

to spread out.

Ut-surpa, a3, m. going or gliding upwards; swcil-

ing, heaving.

Ut-sarpa<ia, am, n. gliding upward ; sweiling,

heaving.

Ut-sarpita, as, 5, am, gliding or going upwards;

heaving, heaved, undulating.

l^Tt-i-arpin, 1, in/, f, moving or gliding upwards;

rising; soaring; (int), f. a Jaina divisiun of time, a

long period deseriberi as ten cnre: of crores of oceans

of y^ars; this period aitemates with one of snmlar

duration. See ava-sarpini.

TrTV iil-sedha. as, m. (fr. rt. i. sidk with

ud), height, elevation ; thickness, fatness, obesity;

iotumescence; fxcclling, sublimity; the body; (am),

a. killing, siaughter.

5"r«n5 ut-sthala.

■3^?r ud-anta.

"4IT97C? ut-sthala, am, n., N. of an island.

ut-smi (ud-s°), cl. I. A. -smayate,

-smetum, to smile at, deride: Caus. P. -smayayati,

-yitum, to make a fool of one.

Ut-smaya, as, m. a smile.

Ut-smayat, an, antf, ai, smiliog.

*3WMi5ya,a5,d, am (fr. ufea),Ved. coming

from a well or fountain (as water).

Tr^TTnr utsvapnaya, nora. (fr. ad-s^a^na)

A. utsvapnayate, to talk in one’s sleep; to dream

uneasily. ■

Tff i. ud, a particle and prefix to verbs

and nouns. (As implying superiority in place, rank,

station, or power) up, upwards; upon, on ; over,

above. (As implying separation and disjunction)

out, out of, from, off, away from, apart. (According

to native authorities ud may also iraply publicity,

pride, indisposition, weakness, helplessness, binding,

loosing, existence, aequisition.)

Ud is not used as a separable adverb or preposition;

in those rare cases, in which it appears in the Veda

uncompounded with a verb, the latter has to be sup-

plied from the context (e.g. ud utsam datadharam,

out (pour) a fountain of a hundred streams).

Ud is sometimes repeated in the Veda to fili out

the verse (e. g. him na ud ud u harshase).

[Cf. Zend ud; Hib. uas and in composition os,

ois, e. g. os-car, ‘ a leap, bound/ «Scc. See also ut-

tama, i. ut-tara, &c.]

~~■'jj~~ 2. ud or und, cl. 7. P. unatti, unddh-

x* dakara, undishyati, aundit, unditum, to

flow or issue out, to spring (said of water); to wet,

bathe: Caus. undayati, aor. aundidat: Desid. undir

diskati; [cf. Gr. tfSwp; Lat. unda; Goth. vato;

Lit. wandu'.]

Uda, am, n. (only at the beginning or end of a

compound) water. — Uda-kirna or uda-ktrya, as,

m. the tree Galedupa Piscidia, the bark of which is

rubbed and scattered into water to stun the fishes.

— Uda-Jcumbha, as, m. a water-jar, a jar with water.

— Uda-grabha, as, m.,Ved. holding water. — Uda-

damasa, as, m. a cup containing water. — 1. uda-ja,

as, a, am (for 3. see ud-aj 3rd coi.), aquatic, watery,

produced in or by water. —iUda-jna, as, m., N. of a

man. — Uda-dhana, as, a, am, containing water.

— Udha-dhi, is, is, i, Ved. containing water; (ta),

m. a water-jar, a reservoir for water; a cloud; a

lake; the ocean. — Udadhi-kumara, as, m. pl. a

class of diviuities, belonging to the Bhavan5dhls3s.

— Udadhi-Tcrama, as, m. or udadhi-kra, as, m.,

Ved. a voyager, a m anner. — Udadhi-mala, as, m.

cuttle-fish bone. — Udadhi-mekhald, f. the earth

(girdled by the ocean). — Udadhi-raja, as, m. the

king of the waters, the ocean. — Udadhi-suta, f. the

daughter of the ocean; an epithet of LakshmI; and

of DvSraka, the capital of Krishna. — Uda-pa, as, a,

am, Crossing the water, as a boat. — Uda-pdtra,

am, i, n. f. a water-jug, a ewer. — Uda-pana, as,

am, m. n. a well. — Udapoma-mandiika, as, m. a

frog in a well; (metaphorically) an inexperienced man

of limited ideas who knows only his owo neighbour-

hood. — Uda-pii, us, iis, w,Ved. cleansing one’s self

with water, purified with water. — Uda-pesha, am,

n. a paste, anything ground with water; (am), ind.

by grinding in water. — Uda-prut, t,t,t,Vz&. swim-

ming or splashing in water; (Say.) cansing water to

flow. — Uda-pluta, as, a, am, Ved. swimming in

water. —£7da-Mara, as, m. a water-carrier, a cloud.

— Uda-bhrijja and uda-majja, as, m., N. of two

raen. — Uda-mantha, as, m. barlev-water. — Uda-

megka, as, m. a watery doud; a shower of rain.

— Uda-lavanika, as, i, am, salted, prepared with

brine. — Uda-vajra, as, m. a thunder-shower, a water-

spout. — Uda-vapa, as, m., N. of a man. — Uda-

vasa, as,- m. residence in water; (am), n. a house

on the margin of a stream or pond, a marine grotto

8cc, — Uda^vaha, as, a, am, Ved. bringing water;

epithet of the Maruts. — Uda-vakana, am, n. any

water-vessel; a cloud. — Uda-vindu, us, m. a drop

of water. — Uda-vivadka, as, m. a yoke for carrying

water. — Uda-vraja, as, m., N. of a man. — Uda-

darava, as, m. a jar filled with water. — Uda-duddka,

as, m. a water-jar. — Uda-drit, t, n. two portions of

buttermilk and one portion of water. — Uda-sthali,

f. a caldron, a kettle. — Uda-harama, as, m. a vessel

for drawing water. — Uda-hdra, as, i, am, Ved.

fetehing or carrying water; (as), m. a water-carrier,

a cloud. — Udaudana, see udakaudana.

Udaka, am, n. water; udakam da. or prada or

kri, to offer a libation of water to a dead person

(with gen. or dat. of the person); udakam upa-

sprid, to touch certain parts of the body with water,

as prescribed by law; (the word udaka may be used

alone to express this ceremony, e.g. vdakartham,

for the sake of the udaka ceremony.) — Udaka-

karman, a, n. or udaka-kriya, f. presentation of

water to dead ancestors as far as the fourteenth de-

gree. — Udaka karya, am, n. a religious ceremony

performed with water; ablution of the body; obla-

tions to the dead. — Udaka-kumbha, as, m. a

water-jar. — Udaka-kridana, am, n. sportiog about

in water. — Udaka-gaha or uda-gaha, as, m. enter-

ing the water. — XJdaka-giri, is, m. a mountain

abounding in streams of water. — Udaka-dandra, a

kind of magic. — Udaka-da, as, a, am, a giver of

water, yielding water, offeriog water to the manes;

(as), m. an heir, a near kinsmao. — Udaka-datri,

ta, or udaka-dayin, r, m. one who presents liba-

tioos of water to the manes, an heir or kinsman.

— Udaka-ddna, am, n. gift of water, jspecially to

the manes, as a religious or obsequial rite. — Udaka-

ddnika, as, a, am, referring to the above obsequial

rite. — Udaka-dhara, as, m.‘water-holder/a cloud.

— Udaka-panata, as, m.; see udaka-giri. — Uda-

ka-purvakam, ind. preceded by the water-rite,i.e. by

pouring water on the hand as preparatoiy to or con-

firmatory of a gift or promise. — IJdaka-pratikada,

as, a, am, like water, watery, fluid. — Udaka-bhara,

as, m. a yoke for carrying water. — Udaka-bhuma,

as, m. humid soil. — TJdaka-mahjart, f. title of a

work on medicine. — Udaka-mandalu, us, m.,Ved.

a water-piteher. — Udaka-mantha or uda-mantha,

as, m. a kind of peeled grain. — Udaka-meha, as, m.

a sort of diabetes, passing watery urine. —>Udakame-

hin, t, ini, i, suffering from this disease. — Udaka-

vajra, as, m. a thunder-shower, a thunderstorm with

rain; [cf. uda-vajra.] —Udaka-vat, an, ati, at,

fumished with water. — Udaka-vindu, us, m. a drop

of water. — Udaka-vivadha, as, m. a yoke for carry-

ing water; [cf. uda-vivadha.) — Udaka-tfdka, am,

n. any aquatic herb. — Udaka-tfdnti, is, f. sprinkling

consecrated water over a sick person to allay fever.

— Udakasaktu, us, m. ground rice moistened with

water. — Udaka-sparfa, as, a, am, touching different

parts of the body with water; touching water in con-

firmation of a promise. — Udaka-hara, as, m. a

water-carrier. — Udakdtman (*ka-dt°), a, a, a, chiefly

consisting of water, whose chief substance is water.

— Udakadhara ( ka-ddh°), as, m. a reservoir, a

cistern, a well. — Udakanta (°ka-an°), as, m. margin

of water, bank, shore. — Udakarthin fka-ar⁰), i,

ini, i, desirous of water, thirsty. — Udakdhdra (%‘a-

aA°), as, m. the drawing up of water. — Udaks-dara,

as, a, am, moving or hving in or inhabiting water.

— Udake-vifirna, as, a, am, dried in water, (a

metaphorical expressi on for anything unheard of or

impossible.) — Udakodanjana (°ka-ucU), as, m. a

water-jar. — Udakodara (°ka~ud?), am, n. dropsy.

— Udakodarin, i, ini, i, dropsical. — Udakaudana

(°ka-od?), as, m. rice boiled with water.

Udakala, as, a, am, watery, containing water.

Udakila, as, a, am, watery, containing water.

Udakya, as, a, am, being in water; (a), f. a woman

in her courses (requiring water for purification).

I. udan, Q. (not used in the nom. sing. du. plur.

and the acc. sing. and du.), Ved. a wave, water.

— Udan-vat, dn, ati, at, Ved. wavy, watery,

aboundiog in water; (an), m. the ocean; N. of a

Rishi.

153

Udani-mat, dn, ati, at, Ved. nbuunding in wave*

or water.

1. udarya, nom. P.,Ved. udanyati, to irrigate;

to thir.it, be thirr.ty.

3. tidrnya, w, d, am, Ved. wateiy; (a), f. thirsi.

— T^Tdarya-ja, as, n, am, Ved. bom in or living in

wat-r.

Vdanyu, ut, us, ii, Ved. Mnng or se.king water,

walhn.g in water.

Unduna, unna, &c. See under un4, p. 159.

vdak. See under 2. ud-and.

ud-agra, as, d, am, with elevatedtop,

having the top upwards, over-topping, towcring or

pointing upwards; projecting; high, tali, long; ad-

vanced (in age) ; increased, large, vast, fierce, intense ;

excited, enraptured. — Udagra-dat, an, ati, at, hav-

ing projecting teeth, large-toothed; (an), m. an ele-

pbant with a large tusk.

T^y^ud-aj, cl. 1. P. A. -ajati, -te, -ajitum,

to drive out, expel, pull off. *

2. ud-aja, as, m. (for i. see under uda ist coi.),

the driving out or forth (of cattle «Scc.).

Ud-aja, as, m. leading up or out.

udajalaka, as, m., N, of a wheel-

wright in the Pan<5a-tantra.

■5T^_xi. ud-ah6 or ud-a6, cl. i. P. A. -an-

€ati, -te, -ditum, to elevate, raise up, lift up, throw

up; to send forth, utter, cause to resound.

Ud-akta, as, d, am, gone up, raised up, risen,

asceoded ; sent forth; uttered.

Ud-anka, as, m. a vessel oV bucket (for oil «Scc.,

but not for water); P5nini III. 3,123, N. of a man.

3. ud-aiid or ud-ad, an, i6i, ak, tumed or going

upwards; upper, upwards; tumed to the north, north-

em (opposed to adhardnd and dakshina); subse-

quent, posterior; (k), ind. above; northward ; subse-

quently; udidi, the northern did or quarter, the

north. — Udaktat, ind., Ved. towards the north,

northward. — Udak-patha, as, m. the northem coun-

try. — Udak-pravana, as, d, am, sloping towards

the north ; proceeding well (as a sacrifice ?). — Udak-

sena, as, m., N. of a prince. — Udag-adri, is, m.

the,northem mountain; the HimSlaya mountain to

tho*north of HindGstan. — Udag-ayana, am, n. the

sun's progress north of the equator, the half-vear from

the winter to the summer solstice. — Udag-uada, as,

d, am, having the border tumed upwards or to the

north. — Udag-bhuma, as, m. fertile soil (tumed up-

wards or towards the north). — Udag-bhiimi, is, m.

good or fertile soil. — Udan-mukha, as, i, am, facing

the north.

Ud-andana, am, n. a bucket, a pail for drawing

water out of a well; (am), n. directing or throwing

upwards; rising, ascending; a cover or lid.

Ud-andita, as, d, am, raised up, thrown up,

tossed; worshipped.

Ud-aiidu, us, m., N. of a man.

ud-ahjali, is, is, i, hollowing the

palms and then raising them.

ud-amla-pdla, as, m. a kind of

fish; a sort of snake.

uda-dhi. See under uda.

■37^2. ud-an, cl. 2. P. -aniti, -nitum, to

breathe upwards, emit the breath in an upward direc-

ti on ; to breathe.

Ucl-ana, as, m. breathing upwards, breathing,

breath ; one of the three or five vital airs, that which

rises up the throat and passes into the head ; (with

Buddhists) an expression of joy or praise; the nayel;

an eyelash; a kind of snake.

ud-anta, as, d, am, reaching to the

end or border of anything; (as), m. 'telling to the

end/ full tidings, intelligence ;_y news; a pure and

virtuous man; supporting one’s self by sacrificing for

others; one who gets a livelihood by a trade «Scc*

R r

154

udantaka.

^JT7«T ud-aya.

\

Idantat-a, a, m. news, tiding', mtelligenc ..

Td-antika, f. satislacton, s~tiety.

Udantya, as. a, am, living Kyond a limit or

bjnndsiy.

33 W "lanya. See under a ud.

vdaya, &c. Ste under ud-i 3rd coi.

3 udara, an, n. (fr. rt. ri with ad?),

the belly; a cavity, the int.nor or ins.de of nything

(e. g. udare, inside, in the interiori; enlargem nt of

die abdomen &sm dropsy or ficlulcncc, ary mor-

bid abdominal 'ifection, aj liver, spLen, &c., a cLss

of eight different diseases; th_ thick, innj side of

th. angimhtha or thumb; slaught.r; [of. Lat. «A rus.'

— Udara-granthi, i-, m. distas of the spleen, lit.

‘ knot of the belly’ (a chronie ffection of this orgar

not uncommon m India).— Udara-trana, am, n. a

tnirass, annonr covering the ffmt of the body; a

girth, a belly-band. — f dara-dar >, at, n,., Ved. a

t micui ir iise-se of the belly. — Ddara-piiaCa, as,

m. a glutton, vorcioUE, on.. who devours everythiog,

fi sh, hsh, &c. — Vdura-piiram, ind. till the belly is

feU. — TJda/ra-poskaua, am, n. feeding the belly, <up-

porting life. — Vdara-bharaua-mdtra-keval (Otu

(^Jla-ir), as, tu, u, desirous on.y of the mere filling

of the belly. — VdoramJtharl, is, is, i, nourisl ling

only ont’s own tJly, se'fishly voradous, gluttonum.

— fdara-yat, an, ati, at, having a urge belly,

corpulent. — Udara-iaya, a", a, am, sleepiug on the

face or belly. — Udara-: andib/a, as, m., N. of a

sagv. — Vdara-sorvasca, at, m. en epicure, a glutton.

— Vdaradhmana ('ra-adh"), aut, n. flatuLnce of

tb body. — Vdarahmya ('ra-dm^r), as, m. diseast

of the belly, dysenteiy, diarrhoea. — f 'dara ma rih, i,

ini, i, soff nng frrm dysentery or diarrhoea. — Vda-

ravar*a ( ra-ac ), as, m. the navtl. — Udaranskta

( ra-iv"), as, m. tape w<em.

VJ/ivaka, as, am, abdominal.

Vdarlka, ao, a, am, having a lr.rge belly.

Udarm, ini, i, bivine a large belly, fat. corpu-

lent; abdominal; (fnt), f a prtguant w- .man.

Vdaril", as, a, am, tat corpulent.

f darya, os, a,an, belonging to tbe belly; (am),

n., Ved. conte nts of the bi Uy or what fornis the

belly.

rd-arathi, is, m. (fr. rt. A with ud?),

the sua; the ocean.

ddi td-arka. See unaer nd-yi( at p. 155.

ocPmM ud-ar(is, is, is, is, shinio? or blaz-

ing upwards, luminou'; (is), m. a N. of firc; of

Sin, of Kandarp 1.

T^^ud-arj, cl. 1. P., Ved. -arjati, -jitum,

to drive out, removt.

■3?^ id-ard, cl. 1. P. -arduti, -ditum, to

trike or beat upon.

Vd-arda, as, m. (m medie.) erysipelas.

3 es ,i d-arddha, as, m. f fr. rt. ri dh with

ud), scarbt fever.

3<;rt adala, as, m., N. of a man.

"ZRm ud-ar, cl. 1. P. -arati, -mtum, to re-

eard, attend to; to wait for; to promote, "npel.

3 3 M y ri ud-avagroha, as, m. a Svarita

accent depending on an Vditta which stands in the

ira g ahl (q. v.). See taimvirama.

’ *■' I ud-avasamym, as, a, am (fr. rt.

90 with ava .and «ri), Ved. coneluding, tina’

Cd-ovasita, am, n. a b.ouso, dwdling.

T^UT ud-a(, cl. 5. P. A. -amati, -nate,

-assitum or -aditum, to reach to the tnp ₈f, reach,

attain j to be able, be nuiter of.

^Jd '-i “d-ain/, us, us, u, one whose tears

gnsh forth, w’eping.

*** ud-as, cl. 4. P. -asyati, -situm, to cast

or throw up; to raise, erect, elevate; to thruw out.

ijcpel.

I d aeano am, n. throwu.g up, rai.ing, erecting.

I d-asta, as, d, am, throw. or east up, nused,

thicwn; cast out, expelled; romovad, scattereu, bun.

bl< f, sham d.

I d-asja, ina. having cast up, having t >ssed upward»,

having thrnwn; having expelled, having scattered;

having mado fforts, having takon painr.

1. vd-asa, as, m. throwing or directing upwards,

clevation.

dd l<* td-a-kri, cl. 8. 5. P. A. -kriiiati,

mute, 4saraU, lui uti, -kaitum, to expel; to ietch

Out of; to select; A. to overpower.

3-;i*af’ ud-a-khyp, cl. 2. P. -khyati, -tum,

to relate 'Ol.d ■ enunciate.

33IMI ad-d-gd, cl. 3. P. -jigati, -gatum, to

com. up or out tow-rds.

3^J. ad-d-6aksh, cl. 2. A. -casht“, to

declne aloud.

ddIMf ud-a-iar, cl. I. P., Ved. -(arati,

•ritum, -rtum, Ved. -Atave, -tnai, -rise, -radh-

yai, to rise frrm or out of.

331*1d -'d-a-jan, cl. 4. A., Ved. -jayate,

janitum, to anse trom; to oecorn. visible "bove.

331rt r; ud-a-tan, cl. 8. P. A. -tanoti, -nute,

■otitum, to erect one’s self, to rise.

331311-d-d-da, cl. 3. P , Ved. -dadrti, -da-

tnm, to bft up, elevate.

Vd-att\ as, a, am (for ud-a-ilatta), elevated.

high, upraised, lofly; hiyhly or acutelv accented;

greit, iUujtnous; generous, gontle, and lountiful;

giving, a donor; dear, beloved; (ai), m. the acute

acceiit, 1 hi oh or sharp tone; a gift, doi ation; a

kind of musical m^rtrument, ? large drum; an oma-

ment or ngure of speech ia rhetone; work, busine«s;

(am), n. an oraament or figure in rhetoric. — f dotta-

tara, a-t, a, am, more elevated, more acute. — Vdat-

ta-tva, am, n. the state of having the acute accent.

— Uddttar-maya, as, i, am, sjnilar to the high

tone or acruit. — Vdatta-raghaea, am, n. title of a

drama, — VMtta-vat, a/i, att, at, pronounetd with

the -cutc acceat,—VdaHa-imtl, is, is, i, prui.ou.iced

w^th the Udatta accent. — Udattasruti-ia, f. the state

of beinr pronouno-d with the acute acccnt.

331£1 'd ud-adv-anta, as, d, am, preceded

.and folli wed by an UdStta.

ud-ana. See under 2. ud-an, p. 153.

331^ /d-a-ni, cl. 1. P. A. -nayati, -te,

-netam, to lead up (out of water); to devate.

ud-ap, el. 5. P.,Ved. -dpvati, -aptum,

to reach up to, reach, attain.

3 d 1 Tm ud-api,is, m ..N.of a son of Sah ade va.

3 rjiuifl ud-dpyam, inde, Ved. upthe atrec.m,

against stream.

331*1*1 id-a-yam, cl. I. V.-ya((hati, -yan-

tum, to -how, to make known.

3d 1*1*1 ud-dyasa, as, m., N. 01 a piince.

331*1»! -A-ayvdha, as, i, am. with uplifted

weapon, upraising weapors.

d 31* ud-ara, as, d or 1, am (fr. rt. ri with

ud), high, lotly, exiit d, nnble, illustrions, generous,

liberal, geotle, munilict.it, preat, best; upright, honest,

sincere; prope’, right; eloquent; unperplexed; Ved.

cansirig to rise, exciting, driving forth; (am), ind.

loud; (as), m., Ved. a rising fbg or vapour; a sort

of grain vvith long stalk¹ ; a figure m rhetone, attri-

bu'^;np nobleness to an inaifmate object; (d’), pl.

n.bulousfomis, spirits (?). — Vddra-canta,os,d,am,

of a generous disposition, noblc-minded. — Z'darit-

(etas, at ,ds, as, high-minded, magnanimous. — Vda-

Ta-ta, f. liberality, genero*ity. — IJdara-dkiiis, is,

i, hiphly intelligei.t, wise, sagacious, nobl !-mind*d.

— Vdara-"~rya, as, a,am, of great jiower, — Udara-

sattia, as, a, am, gmei .us-mmded.

Vdaraka, as, m., N. of a man.

331 eX¹*! ud-drathi, is, is, i (fr. rt. ri with

ud !), Ved. st. aming (as a hot dirh); (S3y.) rising,

01 enlightening the organs of sens,; (is), m. an

epithet uf \ ish..u. .

3 3¹ 'd rH< udavatsara, as, m. a year, one. of

the fave years forming a penud. See idavat.ara.

•SdUri ud-urarta, as, m. aclass of diseases,

maiked by the retention of the excrements; disease

01 the bowels, ilia, passion; (a), f. paiuful menstraa-

tion witn foamy bloi d.

tdajartin, I, ini, i, suffering frum such dheases.

dotuidvasv,, as, m., N. of a king of

Videha, a son of Janaka; [cf. uparasv,.]

dci4? ud-a-vah, cl. I. P. A. -vnhati, -te,

•'jodhvm, to cxtol, to praise; to draw, ltad alonp;

to marry.

d3ltt ud-as, cl. 2. A. -uste, -asitvm, to ait

separate or away trom, to sit on one side or ipart,

not to share in, not to .how interest in; to be un-

conc.med about, to be mdifierent or passiva.

2. ad-isa, ati, a, am (for 1. see und.r ud-as),

indifferent, uncone.med, apathetic; (as), m. a stoic,

a phiio- ipher; indidi renee, apathy, stoicism.

I 'd-a-itri, ta, /ri, tri, indifferent, disregarding,

stcical, one void of conrem or ffection.

Ud-asin, t, ini, f, indifferent, disregarding; (i),

m. a stoie, a philosophor; one vho has no passion

nor affactinn lor anything; in popnlar cceptation, a

rcligious mendicant in g.neral, or one of a partien) r

or ler.

Ud-dema, as, a, am, sitting apart, indifferent,

free trom affection; d» Ww) not involved in the

dispute; (as), m. a strnger, a neutral, a common

aequaintance, a perpn ncither a friend nor a fix..

— l'dds~na-td, f. indifferenc., apathy.

^nfenr ud-csthila, as, m. (fr. rt. sthd

with d and ud), a superintende nt, a doorki ;per; a

spy, an emisnny; an ascetic who h..s given up his

vow; (na, d, am), set over.

d d I Pj! if vd-ahita, as, d, am (fr. rt. dhd with

a ind ud), elevated, raised.

ud-a-hri, cl. i. P. A. -harati, -te,

-hartum, to relate, declare, announce; illustrate.

Ud-aharana, am, n. relating, saying, dedaring,

dedaration; referring a geaeral rule to a special case,

an example or illustration; an apposite argument, the

third of the five premises of rhetorical reasoning; the

example or third member in a fivefold syllogism.

Ud-ahara, as, m. an example or illustration ; the

bcgianing of a speech.

IJd-dharya, as, d, am, to be referred as a geaeral

rule to a spedal case.

Ud-ahrita, as, d, am, said, illustrated, called,

named, entitled.

Ud-a-kriti, is, f. an example, an illustration.

Tf^ ud-i, cl. 2. P. -eti, -etum, to go up or

proceed ; to rise (e. g. as a star), to come up (as a

cloud); to go out of; to come out or arise from; to

escape ; to start up ; to rise up against.

Ud-aya, as, d, am, (in gram.) following, coming

after or upon (as one letter, accent &c. upon another);

(as), m. going upwards; rising (of the sun or planets

or of a cloud); the east em mountain behind which

the sun is supposed to rise; coming forth, creati on,

production, bccoming visible, appearance, develop-

ment; Hght, splendor; conclusion, resuit, conse-

quence; rising, reaehing one’s aim, elevation; profit,

advantage, income, revenue, interest; outlet, exit; N.

of the seventh Arhat of the future Utsarpini, —UdayS-

TipnTR udaya-gu-gta.

ud-granth.

155

ivi; a soo of Yajmha; a foHewac of Sakya-muni.

— T daya-gupta, as, m,, N. of a man. — l daya-jit,

t, m., N. of a son of Gnmh. — Udaya-dhaoala.as,

m., N. of a prince. — Udaya-pamia, as, m. or

itdaya-giri, is, m. or udaya-iaila, an, m. or

udayd^dla ('ya-a/ ), as, m. or udayadri (°ya-

ar. V), is, m. the enstcrn muuntai'1 tehiud which the

sun rises. — Udeya-puro, em, n., N. of the capital

of Marvar. — Udaya-prasthta, as, m. the plateau of

tfc mountah: behind which the sun rises. — Udaye-

raja, as, m., N. of a mao. — Udaya-vat, an, a’i, at,

risen.— Udaya- Intui, as, m., N.ofa king. — Udayd-

ditya ( ya-a/f ), th., N. of a man. — Udayaiea

(’yn-ai^J), as, m., N. of a gr n fson of Ajata-fatru.

Ud-ayat, nn, ani', at, going upward., rising.

Ud,-ayana, am, n. rising, ascending (of the sun);

exit, resuit; condusion, end; (as), m. an epithet of

Agacty’; N. of a king of Vats-; N. of a Purol ita of

kingSuddhodana. — l dayanaar Udayana(arya,as,

m. a phili sopher and violent persecutor of the Bnd-

dh’ ts. — rdayana-ncrite, am, n. title of r plav.

Udayaniya, as, a, an, bdonging to an end or

condusion, finishing (as a ccremnny).

Ud-eyin, i, ini, i, nsing, ascending, prosperous,

flourishing; (i), m.. N. ot a mao. — t dayi-btuvlra,

as, m., N. cf i son of Ajita-satru.

Ud-aya. Se„ s.v. try-udaym.

l.ud-it's, as, 5, am, risen, amended, b-ing above;

high, tali, loftv ; grown, ligmcottd, born, pre Juccd ;

incurri J, experiem :d. — I dita-homin, i, ini, i, Ved.

acnfieiug efter suntisr.

I. ud-iti, ts, f., Ved. ascending, rising (of the

sun); going away or down, setting (of th sunt.

Vd-iyamana, as, a, am, rising.

3 fc '¹ iti-utg, Caus. P. -ingayati, -yitum,

to imp rt a tre nulouf motion, to vibrate; to utter

with a whining or vibntory sound; to cause to whir

(said of the pronnndation of certain letters).

TfTiT 2. udita, as, a, am (fr. rt. vad), ^said,

spoken. — 1’dito-li'a, us, a, am (fr. i. udita w.tL

r. ttd-ila), well-gr 'Unded in the gastras.

3. uditi, is, f., Ved. rpeech.

■3^3- udita, as, a, am (incorrectly spelt

for ud-dita_f see 4. da), bound, tied,

ud-inaksh (irreg. Desid. of rt,

naksh), Ved. -inahshati, to attain, obtain, reach; to

wish to gain, to pretend to.

^ud-iJcsh, cl. 1. A. -ikshate, -shitum,

to look up to ; to look at, regard, view, behold; to

wait, to delay, to expect: Caus. -Vcshayati_t -yitum,

to cause to look up.

TJd-ikshana, dm, n. looking up, seeing, beholding.

UdAkshya, ind, haviog looked np at, having seen.

Tfhrfa udidina, as, a, am (fr. 2. nd-and),

turaed towards the north, northern.

TJditya, as, a, am, being or living in the north;

(as), m. the country to the north and west of the

river SarasvatI, the northern region; (as), m. the

inhabitants of this couotry; (am), q. a kind of per-

fome.— Uditya-vfitta, am, n. the metre of the

inhabitants of the northern countiy, a species of the

VaitSltya inetie.

ud-ipa, as, m. (fr. i.ud and ap, water),

high water, an inundation ; (as, a, am), flooded.

.ud-ir, cl. 2. A. -irte, -iritum, to rise;

to start (in order to go or to come); to move up-

wards, ascend; to arise, originate : Caus. -irayaii,

-yitum, to cause to rise or move; to throw or cast

upwards, to cast, throw, discharge, to drive forward ;

to rouse up, excite; to raise one’s voice; to utter,

speak; to effect; to make visible : Pass. -iryate, to be

cast or thrown upwards; to be excited; to be uttered,

announced, enunciated; to sound; to issue forth.

TJd-irana, am, n. throwing, casting, discharging

(a missile); speaking, saying.

Ud-irita, as, a_T am, said, uttered; excited, ani-

mated. — Udirita dkz, fs, is, i, whose mlnd is active,

acute-miuded.

Ud-irna, as, a, am, issued out, excited, increased,

intense; generous, great, excellent.->Udirna-ta, f.

excitemenr, activity, agility. — Udirna-didhiti, is,

is, i, intensely bright. — Udirna-vega, as, a, am,

impetuous in its course (as a torrent), violent.

I. ud-irya, as, d, am, to be raised, uttered, spoken.

1. ud-irya, ind. having uttered, having spoken.

Ud-iryamana, as, a, am, being cast or discharged;

being spoken or uttered.

Tpy^ud-ish, cl. 1. A. -ishate, -ishitum, to

rise.

Ud-islnta, as, d, am, risen, elevated.

3^1 'id-ulcsh, cl. 1. T., Ved. -ukshat',

-shitum, to 'prinkle upw rds or outwards.

nd-ubj, cl. 6. P. -ubjati, -jittm, to

cLavc asundcr(?); to set up, erect.

^ dritjl xduniba.-Oj as, m. (Ved. WTitten with

d, in later booka generafy with d), the giomcrou;.

fig tree, Ficus Glmucrat ; a kinJ of leprosy; a thres-

1 old; a cunuch; (am), n. the fruit of the glomcrous

figtree; coppe ; tht wcight kar^ha. — Udv ,nhara-

parni or tuimebara-dala, f., N. of tht piaut Croton

Polyandra. — Udumhr ra-vali, f., N. of a river.

T dumtala, as, d, am, Ved. copp^r-coloured

(Say.) of extenucd power (for Ui ti-bala; said of the

two dogs, the m:s'engcrs of Yami).

Udumhhare, a wi ird coined for thr etymological

expianation of vduwbara.

nd-ush, cl. i. P. -oshati, -shitum, to

< xpel by heat.

Pdir*k(a-Trubha, as a, am, Ved. hiving a red

m-uith (as a horst).

udukhala, as, am, m. n. a wooden

mort u u >ed fer pounding rice and separating the

hu-k; anvmortar; Hellium; a mort,^,r4h aped joint.

•d e* <5 nd-udha, as, d, am \ fr. rt. ra.h with

ud), married; coare. gro.s, heavy, fat; materi»!,

ibst ntKil; mu n „xceeding.

ud-uh, cl. 1. P. A. -uhati, -te, -hitum,

to pu-h or presi upwards, movi or bear upwards.

T7 ud-ri, cl. 3. P. -iyorti (Ved. aor. A.

-arta), -artum, -aritnm or -ritum, to start up,

rise; to move up, raise, excite: Caus. -rrpoyati,

-yitum, to cause to rise.

ud-r\6, k, f. (fr. rt. r%6 with ud), Ved.

that which reaches beyond (the present time) or

what follows, future time; remainder, condusion, end,

aim ; concluding part or hymn (?).

TJd-arka, as, m. reaching or extending beyond,

surpassing ; the future resuit of actions ; consequence,

futurity, foture time; a remote consequence, reward ;

condusion, end; elevation of a building, a tower,

look-out place; the piant Vanguiera Spinosa.

nd-rish, cl. 6. P., Ved. -mshati,

~arsh^:iUui, to split, pierce through.

"3^ ud-e (ud-a-i), -aiti, -tum, to come up,

ome out ot) irise trom; to step up (to an altari,

to go out.

"TiTaT ud-ej, cl. I. P. -ejati, -ejitum, to

move, rise, shaki, trcmble.

l^Td-ejaya, as, a, am, shakmir, makrn_a tremble.

J-klri tf ud-ojas, ds, ds, as.Xed. exceedingly

pjwerful or violent.

ud-randhl, is, is, i, fragrant.

dtiH nd-gam, cl. I. P. -gaOhati, -gantum,

to go up, rise, -scend; to shoat up; to go out, cqi

&om, break out, df part; to -preid.

Uil-gata, as, d, am, goue up, risen, liCended;

gone, departtd; proevedet» tbrth or from vomited,

cast up; (a), f. 1 stanza "f four lines, with t:n sylh-

bles in the first three -nd thirteen m the last. — Ud-

gatn-Jpnga, as, e am, (a calf) wh-se homs are

just appia.i-g. — Vdgataeu y‘ta-asu), us, us, u, de-

ceased, dead.

t d-gat', is, f. going up, rising, ascent; coming

forth; brn.ging up. vomiting.

Ud-gama, as, m. going up, rising, ascending,

elevation (as of a muuntain ; nsing (of the r.tars),

gi 'ing out or away; coming forth, tecuming visible,

production, acation; shoot (of 3 piant;; br.ngiug

up vomiting.

Vd-gamana, am, n. risiag, ascending; coming

forth, bcmming visible.

Ud ga.aaniya, as, a,ant,tobegone up or -sceuded;

(am), n. a psir of bicached cloths or sheetf.

titirt ttd-gnl, cl. 1. P -galnti, -litum, to

trickle out, 007- out; issue in drops.

T5T1 ud-ga, cl. 3. P. -jigdti, -gatum, to nse

(as tht sun &c.;; to come forw ird, to begin.

aslij ud-natri, &c. Sec ud-gai helow.

asm ud-gdra, &c. Ree ud-grt bclow.

■dait! ud-gah, cl. I. A. -gahate, -gdh'Jurr

or -gadhum, to emerge.

Ud-gddha., as, a, am, exces.ive, violent, murh;

(am), ind. excessi.ely, mucli.

ud-gur, cl. 6. A. -gura'e, -ritum, to

nise the voice in i threattning manr .r.

Id-gurna, as. a, am, laised, lirt ;d, held vp;

crected, excited.

■JipF id-guh, cl. I. P. A. -grhati,-te,-giihi-

tum or -godhum, to pierce through aud through, to

twLt tnrougl,.

ud-grt, cl. 6. P. -girati or -gtlati, -gar<-

tum or -litum, or -gantum or -ditum, to eject (from

the mi 'UthV spit out, vomit out >r up, belch out, pnir

out, discharge; breathe out; to rise fforn: Caus. P.

-girayati, -yitum, to cause to pour forth, to raise (a

si iund), to cause to utter soujid'

Ud-ga, a, as, m. spittir-g o"t, riecting anythiD»

from the mouth, vomiting; helching, eructation; re-

hting ripcatedly; spittle, saliva; .peakin» in the

thro~t, sound, roaring, hissiig.

Ud-garir, i, ini, i, ejectiog, spitting, vomiting.

Ud-girana, am, n. vomitmg; ej icting anything

(as saliva acc. 1 from the mouth, ilavering.

Ud-girna, as, a. am, vnmited forth, ejectrd, cast

forth, breathed out. exhaled, disdamed.

"TS nd-gai, cl. 1. P. -gdyati, -gatum, to be-

giu to sing; to sing or chant ('pphed e^pecially to

the singing or 1 hanting of tht San v ■, yda, ftom v/hieh

one otder of priests take the name if Udgatri), to

announce, to celebrat, in rong; to sing btfort any

one (with ~cc.); to till with soug.

Udgatu-lame, as, a, arr, w.shing to sing.

Ud-gatr», ta, m. one of the foar ■hict-priests, vir.

the one who chants the hymns of the Sama-veda;

a chanter.

Ud-gatla, f. a variety of the Arya measure, tl.e

rame as the Glti, a stanza of four balf-lines, contain-

ing altemately twelve and eightten irstants.

Ud-gHi, is, f. singing; chsuting ot the Sama-

veda; - variety of tht Arya m, Ire, a verse of four

half-lincs, containing twelve, fitteen, twdve, cfghteen

instaots.

Ud-githa, as, m. chanting of the Sama-veda, the

office of the Udgatri; the seeond pirt of the Sama-

veda; N. of a «on of Bhava; N. of a commentator

ofVedic teXts; designation of Om or the falliteral

name of God.

Jrtrxl vd-granth, cl. 9.1. P. A. -grathnuti,

-nite, or -granthatl, -te, -granthitnm, to bind up,

tie into bundles; to tie up, truss; to tasten, wind; to

unbind, loosen.

"~~Jgfvin~~ ud-grathita.

ud-dharsha.

100

Ud-grathita, as, a, am, interlaced; unbound,

looscncd.

- Ud-grantha, as, m. a section, chapter.

Ud-granthi, u, is, i, unticd, frce froni worldly ties.

ud-grah, cl. 9. P. A. -grihnati or

Ved. -gribhndti, -nite, -grahitum, to take or lift up;

to set up, erect, elevate ; to take out, draw out, uke

away; to take away from, to preserve; to ceasc,

especially to ceasc to raia; to break off» discontlnue

(speaking); A. to raise one’s self: Caus. -grdhayati,

-yitum, to cause to take up or out, to cause to pay ;

to extol, extol with praise.

Ud-grihtta, as, a, am, taken up, turaed up, up-

raised.

Ud-grabhana, am, n.,Ved. taking up, raising.

Ud-graha, as, m. taking up; any object that may

be accomplished by religious or other aets.

Ud-grahana, am, n. taking up, lifting up, taking

away or out.

Ud-grabha, as, m.,Ved. raising, elevating.

Ud-graha, as, m. taking up or away; (inthePr2-

tiSskhyas) the rule of Sandhi which causes the change

of the terminations ah, e, and o, to a before a follow-

ing vowel; replying in argument; objection. — Ud-

graha-padavritti, is, f. the Sandhi called UdgrSha

before a long vowel. — Udgraha-vat, ind. (in the

PrStiiikhyas) * like the UdgrSha,’ a term applied to

that kind of Sandhi by which final a and a appear as

d before rt.

Udgrahanika, f. replying in argument.

Ud-grahita, as, a, am, taken away, lifted up ; de-

posited, delivered ; seized ; bound, tied; excellent,

exalted; recalled, remembered.

Tjjfa ud-griva, as, a, am, or ud-grivin, l,

ini, i, one wbo lifts up or raises the neck (in trying

to see anything).

Tg ud-gha, as, m. (fr. rt. han with ud),

excellence, happiness; the hollow hand; fire; a model,

a pattem; organie air io the body.

Ud-ghana, as, m. a carpenter’s bench, a plank on

which he works.

Ud-ghata, as, m. striking, wounding, inflicting a

hurt; a wound, a blow; slipping, tripping ; raising,

elevation; a beginniog, a thing begun; breathing

through the nostrils as a religious exercise; a dub, a

mallet, a weapon; the division of a book, a chapter,

a section.

Udghatin, f, ini, i, uneven, having elevations,

rough.

ud-ghat^C&us. -ghatayati, -yitum, to

open, unlock, unfasten ; to peel, shell; to reveal, ex-

pose; to undertake, commence; to rub over, stroke,

tidde.

Ud-ghata, as, m. a watch or guard-house.

Ud-ghataJca, as, m. an opener, the instrument or

implement for opening anything, a key; (am), n.

the rope and bucket of a well, a leather bucket used

for drawing water.

Ud-gha(ana, am, n. opening, unlocking; an

opener, the instrument or means of opening, a key,

&c.; the rope and bucket of a well, a leather bucket

used for drawing water; hoisting, raising, lifting up.

Ud-ghatantya, as, a, am, to be opened.

Ud-ghatita, as, a, am, opened, manifested; un-

dertaken, commenced; raised, hoisted or lifted up;

done with effort, exerted. — Udgha{ita-jha, as, d,

am.^wise, intelligent. — Udghatitanga (^ta-an*),

as, d, am, naked ; intelligent, wise.

Ud-gha{in, i, ini, i, opening, commenrirfg.

ud-ghattaka, as, m. (fr. rt. ghatt

with ud), a kind of time (in music).

Ud-ghat(ana, am, n. kicking of a horse(?);

friction; opening, opening upwards as a lid. *

Ud-ghatjila, as, d, am, opened, unlocked.

^8« ud-ghasa, as, m. (fr. rt. ghas), fleah.

^ \ud-ghush, cl. I. P. -ghoshati, -shitum,

to sound, ciy out, fili with cries: Caus. -ghoshayati,

-yitum, to cause to sound aloud, to dedare aloud;

procUim, noise abroad.

Ud-ghush(a, as, d, am, sounded out; proclnimed ;

(am), n. sound, noise,

Ud-ghosha, as, m. announring or prodaiming

qtloud ; popular talk, general report.

<3 ud-ghrish, cl. 1. P. -gharshati, -shi-

tum, to rub, comminute by rubbing; to rub over,

sttike against.

Ud-gharshana, am, n. rubbing, rubbing up; rub-

bing the skin with hard substances, as vitrified brick

&e.; a cudgel.

Ud-ghrtshfa, am, n. a peculiar fault in pronun-

dation.

ud-danJa, as, m. (rt. dans), s hug;

a mosquito, a gidfly.

ud-danda, as, d, am, whose staff is

raised, whose stalk is erect; raised on a staff or pole.

— Uddmida-pdla, as, m. a punisher, whether king

or magistrale ; a sort of snake, a kind of fish; [cf.

ud-aiida-pala.]

3$^Uud-dantura, as, a, am, large-toothed,

having projecting teeth; bigh, tali; terriffic, for-

midable.

ud-dam, cl. 4. P. -ddmyati, -domitum,

d. 10. P. -damayati, -yitum, to subdue, to over-

power, bccome imster of.

Ud-dama, as, m. subduing, overpowering.

Ud-danta, as, d, am, energetie, humble, clevated;

(? for ud-vdnta), vomittd by an elephant.

31[T ud-dd, c). 3. P. -dadati, -datum, to

take away, snatch away.

ud-dana, am, n. (fr. rt. 4. da, to

bind, with ud), binding, confinement; taming, subdu-

ing ; the middle, the waist; a fire-place; submarine

fire; entrance of the sun into a sign of the zodiac.

Ud-dama, as, d, am (fr. ud and daman, a bond),

unrestrained.unbound, setfree ; self-willed; unlimited,

extraordinary; proud, haughty; large, great; (a«),’

m.an epithet of Yama (‘whose noose is raised*); an

epithet ofVaruna; (am), ind. ia an unrestrained

manner, with out any limits.

Ud-dita, as, a, am, bound, tied.

ud-ddla, as, m. (fr. dn with ud P),

the piant Cordia Myxa or Latifolia; also Paspalum

Frumentaceum. — Udddla-vat, dn, m., N. of a Gan-

dhaiba.

Udddlaka, as, m., N. of the above plants; N. of

a teacher; (am), n. a kind of boney. — Udddlaka-

pushpa-bhanjika, f. ‘brealdng of UddSlaka flowers/

a sort of game played by people in the eastem distriets.

Uddatin, f, m., N. of a teacher.

ud-didhirsha. See under 1. ud-

dhri.

ud-dina, am, n. midday.

^3Ti. ud-diiy cl. 6. P. A., 3. P. -disati,

-te, -dideshti, -deshfum, to show or direct towards;

to point out, signify, dedare, determine; to enundate,

prophesy; to mean; to aim at, intend, destine; to

explain, instmet, teach.

2. ud-dii, Tc, f., Ved. a particular direction or quarter

of the sky.

TJd-difya, ind. having shown or explained ; stipu-

lating for, demanding; aiming at, in the direction of,

with referenee to; towards; with regard to, for, for

the sake of, in the name of.

Ud-dish(a, as, d, am, mentioned, particularized,

described, promised.

Ud-de4a, as, m. pointing to or at, direction; ascer-

tainment; brief statement; exemplification, illustra-

tion, explanation; mentioning a thing by name;

assignment, prescription ; stipulation, bargain; quarter,

Ispot, region, place ; an object, a motive; upper region,

high situation; (in Ny2p phil.) the enundation of

a thing that is to be further discussed and eluddated;

(at the end of compounds) relative to. — UddeJa-tas,

ind. pointedly, distinctly; by way of explanation.

Ud-de^aka, as, d, am, illustrative, explanatory

(as), m. an illustration, an exampie; an illustrator,-

a guide; (in mathematies) a question, problem.

Ud-de^ya, as, d, am, to be illustrated or explained;

anything to which one refers or which one has in

view; (a?»), n. the end in view, an incentive.

Ud-dcshtri, (d, trt, {ri, pointing out &c.; onc

who acts with a certain scope or design.

ud-dih, cl. 2. P. A., Ved. -degdhr,

-digdh ., ~d.gdhum, to tl.iow or heap up.

Vd-dehika, as, m., N, of a pooplt; (o), f. the

white aut.

nd-dip, cl. 4. A. -dipyate, -dipitum,

to flame, blaz: up, be kindled: Cau . -dipavati.

■yitum, to ligbt op, inflime, illuminate, exdu, ani-

mat..

Uddipa, au, m. iiJlaming, lighting; an inflamer,

animating, who or what auiniat.s; [arr ), o. a gummy

rnd resinou, substance, bd .Ilium.

Vd-dipaka, as, a, am, infliming, occiting, ren-

denug more intense; lighting, setting alight.

f d-dipivna,am,n.inflani'rg(as passion\txdting,

animating; illuminating; burumg of a brdy &c.;

any aggravating thing or dreumst'axe, giviog poig-

naucy to fceling or f issi m.

Vd-dUpamana, as, d, am, lightitig np, brighten-

ing, b^coming light.

Ud-diptu, as, a,am, lighted, sot on fire or alight;

shining; indamed, -ggravated (as passion).

Vdi-iipra, am, n. bdellium.

T^TJT nd-drts, cl. i. P. -pasyati, -drashtvm,

to soe above (in the sky), to look upwards; to look

iuto the Ihtur., expect; to becom- aware of; to doubt:

Caus. -darsayat', -yitum, to make visible, cause to

appear.

l'd-dai fana, as, m., N. of a king of the NSgas.

T? ud-drt, cl. 9. P. -drindti, -daritum or

-ritum, to tcar ou*.

ud-dyut, cl. i. A. -dyo>ate, -titum,

to blazj up, shine: Cous. -1y'ayati, -yitum, to

cause to shine: Intero. Ved. -damdyutit',, to vhine

intensely.

Ud-dyota, a-, a, air,, ftuhine up, shining; (as),

m. light, lustre ; revelation.

Ud-dyotila, as, a, am, lighted up, embhzoned.

'dr?I=l ud-irdva, as, m. (rt. dru), flight,

retreat, proing upwards; (as, a, am), running away.

Ud-dnUa, as, a, am, fled, retraated, run away,

ase .nded; gon up cr upward'.

ud-dho.n (ud-han), cl. 2. P -dhanti

(Ved. d. i. P. -dl, anati), -uhantnm, to taise up,

elevate.

Ud-dhata, as, a. a»% raised, chvatcd; exe.eding,

excessive; haughty, vain, puff-d up; txdted, intensa;

rude, ill-behaveJ; (as), m. o kin?'s wr stler. — Cd-

dhata-mana*, as, Ss, ns, or uddljlt i-manaska,

as, d,am, high-mindtJ, haughty, proud. — Vddhata-

mciiaska-tva, am, n. pride, arrovance. — Vddhatdr-

nava-nisvana (°ta-ar°), as, d, ani, raising a noise

like the ocean.

Vd-dhati, is, f. elevntion; pride, haughtiness; a

stroke, sh-king.

TSTT ■td-dhama. See under ud-dhma.

T3TJ ud-dhaya, as, d, am (fr. rt. dhe with

ud\, who 01 what drinks.

Tjft vd-dhara, &c. See 2. ud-dhri.

t. ud-dharsha, as, m. (fr. rt. dhf.sh

with ud), courage to undertake a thing.

i.ud-dharslana, as-a,am(or fr. next?), animat

ing, t ncourging; (am), n. animrting,' ncoutaging.

. ud-dharsha, as,m.(fr. rt. hrish with

ud), great joy; a festival (espcdally a religious one).

157

TjptTC itd-dhai shana. 73j? ud-yam.

2. ud-dharshana, am, n. erection of the hair of

the body, occasioned by great pleasure.

Ud-dharshin, i, ini, i, Ved. whose hair is crected;

(ini), f., N. of a metre of four verses, of fourteer.

syllables each.

<3^ q ud-dhava, as, m. (fr. rt. ha with ud),

a sacrificial fire; a festival, a holiday; N. of a YSdava,

thefriend and counsellor of Krishna. — Uddhava-duta

and uddhava-sandefa, as, m. title of two poems.

— Uddkava-hrdhmana, as, m., N. ofa copyist.

ud-dhasta, as, a, am (fr. hasta and

ud), extending the hands, raising the hands.

TgT t. ud-dha, cl. 3. P., Ved. -dadhdti,

-dhatum, to abandon or expose (an infant); to set

up, erect, build up.

Ud-dhi, m, m., Ved. a particular part ofa carriage,

perhaps the part wbich rests on the axles; an earthen

stand on which the Ukha rests.

Ud-dhita, as, a, am, set up, erected.

T^TT 2. ud-dha (ud-ha), cl. 3. A. nj-jihite,

ud-dhdtum, to go upwards, move upwards; to raise ;

to go away from.

1. ud-dhana, as, a, am, gone up, ascended.

2. uddhana, as, a, am (for ud-vanta,

vd-dkmata, and ud-dhmdna ?), ejected, vomited;

inflated, corpulent; (am), n. ejecting, vomit i ng; a

fire-place.

'TST^fT uddhanta, as, d, am (for ud-vdnta?),

ejected, vomited; (os), m. an elephant out of mt

(from whose temples the juice ceases to flow).

ud-dhvru, as, d, am (fr. ud and dhur),

freed from a yoke or burden ; ceasing from, leaving

off; unrestrained, lively, cheerful; heavy, thick, gross,

finn; high.

uddhushana, a corruption of 2. ud-

dharskana, q. v.

T5T ud-dhu, cl. 5. P. A. -dhunoti or -dhu-

uoti, -nute, -dhavitum or -dhatum, to rouse up,

shake up, move; to disturb, excite; to shake off,

throw off; to expel.

Ud-dhuta, as, a, am, shaken off, fallen from or

off; tossed up, scattered above ; exalted ; high, loud.

— Uddhfita-papa, as, a, am, one who has shaken

off (his) sins.

d ud-dhupana, am, n. fumtgating.

tiddkulaya, nom. P. -dhiilayati,

-yitum, to powder, sprinkle with dust or powder.

uddhushana, am ti. horripilation;

also uddhushana. See 2. ud-dharshxina.

Uddhushita, as, d, am, having the hairs erected.

t. ud-dhri, cl. 1. P. A. -dharati, -te,

-dhartum, to draw out, raise up, make honoured.

Ud-didhirsha, f. wish to remove.

TsT 2. vd-dhn (ud-hri), cl. 1. P. A. -dha-

rali*-te, -dhartum, to draw out, take out, to extri-

cate, deliver; to tear out,. pull out, eradicate; to

extend, elevate, raise: Caus. -dhdrayati, -yitum,

to cause to draw out; to raise : Desid. uj-jihirshati,

to wish to elevate or draw out, to elevate.

Ud-dhara, as, m., N. of a Rakshas; (as, d, am)

=ud-dhura (?).

Ud-dharana, am, n. the act ofdrawing out, taking

out, tcaring out; taking off (clothes); extricating, de-

livering, rescuing; raising, lifting; eradication; ex-

termination; act of destroying; taking a part or

share ; taking from the GSrhapatya fire to supply the

other sacred fires; vomiting, bringing up; vomited

food; final emancipation ; (a*)» m., N. of the father

of king Sfantanu, the author of a commentary on a

portion of the M5rkandeya-Pur5na.

Ud-dharaniya, as, a, am, to be raised or taken

up, to be extracted.

Ud-dhartavya, as, d, am, to be drawn out.

Ud-dhartrl, td, tri, tn, one who raises or lifts up;

a sharer, a coheir; one who recovers property; (id),

m. a destroyer, exterminator; redeemer, deliverer.

Ud-dhara, as, m. raising, elevating, lifting up;

drawing out, extraction, deliverance, redemption, ex-

trication; taking away; deduction, a part to be set

aside, selected part; a portion, share, a surplus given

by the Hindfl law to the eldcst son beyond the shares

of the youngerones; the first division of a patrimony;

the sixth part of booty taken in war which belongs

to the prince; debt, especially a debt not bearing

interest, obligation; recovering property; selecting

(a passage), quoting; (d), f. the piant Cocculus Cor-

difolius; (am), n. a fire-place.— Uddhdra-vibhaga,

as, m. division of shares, partition.

Ud-dhdraka, as, d, am, who or what raises or

lifts, drawing cut.

Ud-dharana, am, n. raising, elevating; drawing

out of (a danger), delivering; sharing, dividing.

Ud-dharita, as, d, am, taken out, drawn forth,

extricated, released.

Ud-dhrita, as, d, am, drawn up or out as water

from a well &c., raised, elevated; lifted up, thrown

up or upwards ; extracted, pulled up or out, eradicated

or broken off; separated, set apart; divided, parti-

tion ed ; selected, taken from or out of, recovered;

uncovered ; dispersed, scattered ; holding, containing;

vomited. — Uddhrita-sneha, as, d, am, skimmed

(as milk). — Uddhritdri (°ta-ari), is, is, i, destroy-

ing an enemy. — Uddhritoddhara (°ta-ud°), as,

d, am, one who has received his share; that from

which a share has been deducted.

Ud-dhriti, is, f. drawing out; extraction, an ex-

tract; delivering, rescue.

Ud-dhritya, ind. having raised up or drawn out,

TffUTT ud-dhmd, cl. 1. P. -dhamati, -dhmd-

tum, to breathe out, to puff, to pant, to blow; to

inflate, to make known by blowing (a trumpet &c.).

Ud-dhama, as, a, am, who or what blows; (as),

m. breathing hard, panting; blowing, sounding.

Ud-dhmdna, am, n. a stove.

Ud-dhmaya, ind. breathing out &c.

TST uddhya, as, m. (fr. rt. ujjh?), a rtver;

N. of a river.

"3^T ud-dhvansa, as, m. (rt. dhvans),

hoarseness.

a g Hi ud-bandh, cl. 9. P. -badhnuti, -ban-

dhum, to tie up, hang.

rd-batldha, as, a, am, tied up, hui.g.

Ud-bamdha, as, m. or ud-hanrthaita, am, n. tying

up, hanging; hanging one’s self.

Vd-bandhuba, as, d, am, Ved. one wiio bangs np.

3 i «J ud-bale, as, a, am, strong, powerful.

T5T? ud-bahu, as, ns, u, hawng the arms

raised; extending tle: arnif; having the trunk up-

raised (as an el phant).

3 Hi eFS ud-bila, as, d, am. out of the hole,

(an animal) that has quitted its hole.

ud-budh, cl. 1. P. A., Ved. -hodhati,

-It, -bodhitum, to awakcn, aroire, exate, rennnd.

Ud-b’uldha, as, d, am, aw kened, --xcited, re-

minded ruad< to think of, reealled ; Wowb; Nidd ;d.

— Cdbwldha-sansbara, as, m. assodation of idea,,

recalling -.njihing to remembrance.

Ud bndha, as, m. awaking, reminding, mcip.ent

lriowledge.

Ud-badhaba, as, d, am, exciting; reminding,

what remind- cr calls to remembrance; disoovering,

exhibiting.

Ifd-bsdhanu, am, n. awaking, ar jusing; recalling,

reminding.

T^Zudhhata, as, a, am, excellent; exalted,

magnanimous; (as), u a tortoise; a fan for win-

nowing com; the sun (?).

-id-bhava. See I. ud-bhii below.

^TT nd-bha, cl. 2. P. -bhati, -tum, to be-

cnme visible, appt tr.

vd-hhds, Caus. P.-bhbsayati, -yitvm,

tn illuminate, reuder b- M ttful.

Tkl-bham, as, m. radiancc, splendor. — Udlihasa-

Tat, an, ati, at, shining, radiant.

VdJthdsayat, an, anti, at, lighting up, irradi; ting.

Vd-bb.Sdta, as, a, am, lighted rp, illumiiuted,

splendid; onumented, graced, beautified.

Ud-bhasin, i, ini, i, or ud-bhasuia, as, 3, am,

shining. radiant.

t. ud-bhid₃ cl. 7. P. A. -bhinatti,

-bhinte, -bhettum, to break out, burst forth.

2. ud-bhid, t_t t, t, breaking forth, sprouting, ger-

minating; penetrati ng, comi ng to the top, destroying;

(SSy.) causing to come forth; (£), m. a sprout or

shoot of a piant, a piant; a spring, a fountain ; a kind

of sacrifice. — Udbhij-ja (^cbhid-ja), as. d, am (less

correctly udbhija), sprouting, germinating (as a piant

or some lowcr animals). — Udbkid-vidya.i. the Science

of plants, botany.

Ud-bMda, as, d, am, sprouting, germinating;

(am), n. culinaiy salt.

Ud-bhinna, as, d, am, opened, burst, budded.

Ud-bheda, as, m. breaking through or out, be-

coming visible; a spring of water; treason.

l!d-bhedana, am, n. a spring of water, fountain.

1. ud-bhu, cl. 1. P. -bhavati, -uitum, to

exist, spring from, arise : Caus. -bhavayati, -yitum,

to cause to exist; to produce ; to use, employ.

Ud-bhavce, as, m. existence, generation, produc-

tion, birth, springing froin, growing. (Often at the

end of adj. compounds, e. g. medkya-vrihshodbha-

vani pkaldni, fruits produced by pure trees.) — Ud-

bhava-kara, as, d or I, am, productive.

Ud-bhava, as, m. production, generation; mag-

nanimi ty.

Ud-bhdvana, am, n. passing over, inattention,

neglect, disregard ; saymg, speaking.

Ud-bhdvayitri, td, tri, tri, raising upwards, exalt-

ing, lifting up.

Ud-bhavita, as, d, am, neglected, disregarded;

said, dedared.

2. ud-bhu, us, iis, «, Ved. having persistency,

lastlng.

Ud-bhuta, as, d, am, bom, produced ; lofty, lite-

rally or figuratively; visible, perceptible, present. — Ud-

bhuta-rupa, am, n. visible shape or form.

Ud-bhuti, is, f. elevation, inaease.

ud-bhri, cl. 1. 3. P. A. -bharati, -te,

-bibliarti, -bibhrite, -bhartum, to carry off, bear

away.

TiTO ud-bhyasa, as, d, am, Ved. raising,

elevating.

ud-bhram_y cl. 1. 4. P. -bhramati,

-bhramyati, -ihramitum, to move about in a wide

space, wander, err.

Ud-bhrama, as, m. whirling, flouri hing; regret;

N. of a clars of beings atlending on Snva.

Vd-bhrawana, on, n. moving or wandering

about, ascendiuf) rising.

Vd-hhranta, u.s, a, am, agitat» d, K wildet .d, dis-

tresse!; whirled, fl 'urished, waved (as a sword;;

(am), n. waving ? sword.

Vipthrantaha, am, n. rising into the air.

rSTT •idman, a, n. (fr. rt. ud), Ved. surg-

in ’, flooding.

'tdya, as, m. a rtver; [cf. uddhya.’]

TST?¹ id-yat, an, ati, at (fr. vd-i, q. v.),

rising; (an), m. a star; N. of a mountain.

3VJJT ud-yam, cl. i. P. -yatthati, -yantum,

to raise, levate, upliit, raise in a n eraetng manner;

S s

158

3TTiT ud-yuta. 3ifrt ud-varia.

to offer; to strive, be diligent: Intens. V^Ted. -yamya-

mtti, to raisc.

Ud-yata, as, a, am, raised, held up; active, per*

severing, labouring diligently and incessantly; trained,

exerdsed, disdplined ; eager, prepared, ready; («a),

m. time (in music); a section, a chapter, the division

of a book. — Udyata-karmuka, as, a, am, with raised

bow. — Udyatagada, as, a, am, with uplifted mace.

— Udyata-tfula, as, a, am, with raised spear. — Ud-

yata-srut, k, k, k, Ved. raising the ladle to offer a

libation. — Udyatdyudha (?ta-dy°), as, d, am, with

uplifted wctpon or weapons.

Ud-yati, is, f.,Ved. raising, elevation.

Ud-yantri, td, tr%, tri, raising, elevating.

Ud-yama, as, m. raising or lifting up, Jevation ;

raising the hands for work, undertaking anything;

strenuous and cominued effort, exertion, perseverance.

— Udyama-bhairga, as, m. breaking the efforts,

discouragement, dissuasion; desisting. — Udyama-

bkrit, t, t, t, bearing or undergoiag exertions.

Ud-yamana, am, n. raising, elevation.

Ud-yamin, i» ini, t, undertaking, persevering, mak-

ing effort, active.

Ud-yamiyas, an, asi, as, Ved. extending more

widely; (S2y.) excessively raising.

1. ud-yamya, as, d, am, reqoiring exertion.

2. ud-yamya, ind. having lifted or taken up, hav-

ing made exertion.

Ud-yama, as, m. erecting, stretehing out; a rope,

cord.

TSTT ud-ya, cl. 2. P. -ydti, -tum, to go up

or out, to rise, originate.

Ud-ydna, am, n. going out; walking out; a gar-

den, a royal garden, a park; purpose, motive; N. of

a countiy to the north of India. — Udydna-pala, as,

m. a gardener; the master or owncr or keeper of a

garden. — TJdydna-palaka, as, ikd, m. f. a gardener;

superintendent or keeper of a garden. — Udydna-rak-

*haka, as, m. a keeper of a garden ; a gardeDer.

Udydnaka, am, n. a garden, a park.

Ud-ydpana, am, n. bringing to a condusion, finish-

ing, performing, accomplishing.

IJdydpita, as, d, am, brought to a condusion,

finished, aocomplished.

ud-yata, as, m. (rt. i. yu), inixing,

joining.

■3TTTH ud-ydsa, a$₃ ra. (rfc. yas), Ved. exer-

tion, effort.

<3i^*\ud-yuj, cl. 7. P. A. -yunakti, -yunkte,

-yoktum, to exdte, indte, make active or quick,

stimulate to exertion.

Ud-yukta, as, d, am, zealously active, labouring

for some desired end.

Ud-yoga, as, m. undertaking anything, exertion,

perseverance, strenuous and continuous endeavour;

active preparation. — Udyoga-parmn, a, n. title of

the fifth book of the Mah5-bh5rata.— Udyogasa-

martha, as,_f d, am, capablc of exertion.

Ud-yogin, i, ini, i, active, laborious, persevering,

energetic, one who makes effort.

udra, as. m. (fr. 2. ud), a ktnd of

.quatir animal, perhaps a cr.ib, or an otter; (at the

nd of some c )in[V'Uiid.s = udaka) water; see un-

iulrc. — Vdra-po.raka, as, m., N. of a NSga.

Udrnka, a^a, m., N. of a Rishi.

! irin, i, ini, i, vSt. springing (said of wr.terl,

ibounding in water.

³ 5® ndrania or udra na a. as, m., N. of

•he tcwn of Hari^andn, flnating in the air; a town

in generai, = dranga.

ud ratha, as, m the pin of the axle

of a carriage; a cock.

TjfTJ ud-rura,as,m.\fr. rt.rw), a loud noise.

3 dd-rii', Pass. -riryate, to excel, in-

creas-, exce d, pr< ponderate; to ahornd .n: Caus.

•re(ayati, -yitvm, to came to exccl, augment.

Vd-rikta, as, d, am, increasrd, augmentod; dis-

tinet; evid .nt.

Ud-reka, at, m. Access, prcpjndenDCe, mereasr,

nverplus,abundanc_, eommrncem ;nt; (d),f.the piant

Meda Scmptrviiws. — Idrikn-bfu’ ngu, as, m. the

stiil.ng i >r disccutaging a thing at the out rt.

Udrrkin, i, ini, i, (at the ~nd of oimpound»)

at onnding iD, giving prepondorjic-'.

vd-ruja, as, a, am i rt. nj), destroy-

ing, breaking down; undermining, rooting up.

d 5(1 y H nd-rodhana, am, n. (rt. rudh=ruh),

rising, prowing.

Tifrf ud-rat, t, f. (fr. t. ud), Ved. elevation,

a hili. ^

diirH* .id-ratsara, as, m a year; (a wrong

ruading tor i'1-mtfara, q. v.)

<3S d ud-vap, cl. 1. P- A. -rapati, -fe, -rap-

tui,., to pour out; to raisu, elevate.

Vd-fapnna, am, n. pouring out, 'baking out.

Vd-rapa, at, m. ejectioD; (in 1 rgic' non-exist<nce

of a subs-quont resulth.g fiom the ibs-nce of an

antecedent.

csH ud-tam, cl. 1. P. -carnati, -mitum, to

thr w up, eject, vomit.

Vd-ramat, an, ani^!, at. ca«ting up, vomiting.

T’d rairnna, am, n. ejecting, omittiiig, vomiting.

Cdr*anta, as, a, am, vomite i; (m), m. an eie-

phant out of rut.

Ud-ranti, is, f. ejecting, vomiti,ig.

m

ud-vayas,as_} as, as, Ved. (perhaps)

exciting or increasing the strength.

S n ud-varta, &c. See ud-vrit next coi.

ud-vardhana, am, n. sly or sup-

pressed hughter.

T3^rT ud-varhita. See under ud-vrih.

'TS^ud-tas, Caus. P. -rasayati, •yitum,

to canse to live away, to banish, expel.

I. ud-vd8a, as, m. (for 2. see next coi.), banishment,

exile; abandonment, setting free; carrying out for

slaughter, ldlling.

Ud-vdsana, am, n. taking out of or away (from

the fire); expelling, banishing; quitting, abandoning;

taking out in order to kill, killing, slaughter.

Udva&ya, as, d, am, relatiDg to the killing of a

sacrificial animal,

TgT ud-vah, cl. 1. P. A. -vahati, -te, -vo-

dhum, to carry out or away, elevate; to take or lead

away; to bear up, raise up, elevate; to marry; to

vomit (?) : Caus. P. -vahayati, -yitum, to cause to

marry, to aJIow any one to expel his wjfe,

Ud-vaha, as, d, am, carrying or lcading up, carry-

ing away, taking up or away; continuiug, propagat-

ing; eminent, superior, best; (as), m. sod, offspring;

the fourth of the seven vrinds or courses of air, viz.

that of the Nakshatras supporting these lunar con-

stcllations and causing their revolution; the vital air

that conveys nourishment upwards; one of the seven

tongues of fire; N. of a prince; (o), f. a daughter.

Ud-vahat, an,and, at, upholding, supporting, bear-

ing, contaiiung; having, possessing, assuraing.

Ud-vahana, ani, n. lifting or bringing up; carry-

ing, drawing; being carried on, riding; possessing;

leading horne, manying.

Ud-vaha, as, m. bearing up, supporting, marriage,

wedding, — Udvdha-karman, a, n. the marriage

ceremoDy. — Udvdha-tativa, am, n., N. of a work of

Raghunandana on marriage ceremonie»; [cf. vivdha-

tattm.]

Ud-rdhana, as, a, am, drawing up, that wbich

raises or draws up; (am), n. lifting up ; ploughing a

field twice; anxiety,anxious rcgTet; marriage; (1),f.

a cord, rope; the small s{iell used as a coin, a cowri.

Udvdhika, as, d, am, relating to marriage, matri-

monial.

Ud-vaMta, a$_t d, am, raised, lifted or pulled up;

eradicated.

Ud-vdliin, T, ini, i, what raises or draws up; who or

what marries, relating to marriage ; (»7»), f. a rope.

Udvodhu-kdma, as, d, am, desirous of marrying.

TiTT^nT ud-vddana, as, d, am, Ved. crying

out (?).

Krt ud-vadana, am, n. crjdng aloud.

TfTPT vdvuna, as, d, am (probably a cor-

rupt form), ejected, vomited ; (am), n. ejecting, vo-

miting ; a stove; [cf. uddhdna, ud-dhmdna, ud-

vanta.']

ud-vdshpa, as,a,am, shedding tears.

— Udvdshpa-tva, am, n. the act of shedding tears.

T5TH 2* ud-vasa, as, a, am, or ud-vasas,

as, as, as, one who has put offhis dothes. (For 1.

ud-vasa see under ud-vas.)

³fs»j4 nd-vi-ghush, Caus. P. -ghashayati,

-yitum, to declare or prodaim aloud, to cause to de-

clare aloud.

nl^si ud-rij, cl. 6. A. (ep. also cl. 6. P. and

d. i. P. A.) -vijate, -ti, -vejati, -te, -vejitum, to

tremble, shake ; to be agitated, grieved, or afflicted;

to fear, be afraid of (with abi. or gen.); to grieve,

afflict, frighten: Caus. P. -vejayati, -yitum, to ter-

rify, frighten.

Ud-vigna, as, d, am, sorrowful, anxious, grieving

for an abseDt lover. Udvigna-^.itta, as, d, am, or

udvigna-manas, as, as, as, depressed in mind,

sorrowful, anxious, distressed.

Ud-vijamdna, as, d, am, agitated, afraid.

i^rd-vega, as, d, am, going swiftly, an express

messenger, a runner, a courier, &c.; stcady, com-

posed, traoquil; asccnding, mounting, going up or

upwards; an ascetic whose arms by long habit con-

tinue always raised above the head; (as), m. trem-

bling, waving, shaking; agitation, anxiety; regret,

fear, distress occasioned by separation from a bdoved

object; admiration, astonishment; udvegam kri, to

disturb, to be disturbed in mind ; (am), m the frait

of the Areca Faufel; the Areca nut, called betel Dut

because eaten with the betel leaf.

Udvegtn, t, ini, i, causing anxiety or agitation of

miod ; suffering distress, anxious, unhappy.

Ud-vejaka, as, d,am, agitating, distressing, annoy-

ing, causing pain or sorTOW.

Ud-vcjana, as, d, am, causing to shake with

terror, hurting the feclings; (am), n. shaking with

terror, agitation,anxiety, affliction; infliction of pain,

torture; regret, sonowing for one absent. — 1 ^rdvejana-

kara, as, d or F, am, inflicting pain, punishing,

torturing, painful.

Udtejaniya, as, d, am, causing tenor or shaking

(with gen. of the person).

Ud-vejita, as, d, am, grieved, pained, afflicted.

(ud-ri-iksh), cl. i. A. -vik-

shate, -shitum, to look up or upwards, view, look at,

perceive; to examine, consider.

Ud-vikshana, am, n. looking up or upwards;

seeing, looking at.

Ud-vikshya, ind. having looked upwards.

ud-vij, cl. io. P. -vijayati, -yitum,

to blow upon, blow towards; to fan upon.

-vri, cl. 5. 9. 1. 1\ A. -vrinoti, -nute,

-vrinati, -nile, -varati, -te, -raritum or -ritum,

to elect, sdect, choose.

ud-vrinhana, am, n. increase.

‘3^-'^rT_xud-vrit, cl. 1. A. -vartate, -titum, to

go upwards, rise, ascend, swell; to be puffed up with

pride, to be haughty: Caus. -vartayati, -yitum, to

cause to come out, extirpate, eradicate, deslroy.

lld-varta, as, d, am, superfluous, redundant,

plentiful; left over as a remainder; (as), m. a re-

mainder, a surplus.

\ ^rw' ^d ^

TgTTttf ud-vartaka.

Tsrrn wn-munju.

Ud-vartaka, as, a, am, causing to rise, increasing;

rubbing and cleaning the body, who or what does

so; (as), m. a mathematical tcrm» the quantity

assumed for the purpose of the operation.

Ud-vartana, am, n. going up, rising, ascending;

prosperity, elevation; springing up of plants or

grain &e.; drawing out metal, laminating, wire draw-

ing; grinding, pounding; rubbing or kneading

the body; rubbing and cleaning it with fragrant

unguents; the unguents used for that purpose or to

relieve pains in the limbs &c.; bad behaviour, bad

conduct.

Udrvartita, as_f a, am, risen, elevated; sprung up,

drawn out; perfumed, scented, rubbed, kneaded,

shampooed.

Ud-vritta, as, a, am, raised, elevated; exalted,

prosperous; vomited up; left as a remainder; ill-

conducted, ill-mannered.

ud-vrih, cl. 6. P. -Vfihati, -v arbitum

or -vardhum, to raise up, elevate; to draw up, pull

out by the roots, eradicate.

Ud-varhita, as, a, am, raised, drawn or Iifted up,

eradicated.

TgTf ud-vega. See under ud-vij, p. 158.

ud-vedi, is, is, *, fumished with an

elevated altar.

ud-vep, cl. 1. A. -repate, -pitum, to

tremblc, to be agitated.

ud-vela, as, a, am, overflowing its

banks (as a river).

Tgftgrf ud-vellita, as, a, am, tossed up.

3%T? ud-veshta, as, a, am, investing, en-

veloping, surrounding; (as), m. surrounding, eodos-

ing; investing a town, besieging or surrounding it.

Ud-veshtana, am, n. the act of surrounding;

oppressing; an eritlosure; pain in the back of the

body; (hridayodveshtana, convulsive pain in the

heart); (as, a, am), onbound, unfettered, freed from

bonds or ties.

Ud-veshtaniya, as, a, am, to be unbouud or un-

fastened.

UiUveshtxta, as, a, am, surrounded, invested, en-

dosed.

as, n. an udder. See udhas.

3^1 udhya, as, m., N. of a river.

^XLTTt udhras (another form of rt. dhras,

^*\q.v.),d.9.10.P. udhr amati, udhrasa-

yati, to glean or gather by Iittlc at a time ; to throw

or cast upwards.

vnd. See 2. ud, p. 153.

Vtulana, am, n. cnobteniog.

Vnna, as, a, am, wetted, wet, moist; kind, hu-

maiic.

3 vndaru, vs, or undu.-a, as, or unduru,

wt, m. a rat. — Un/hiru-Jtarnile* or undnra-Teany,

f. the piant Sa vinia Cuc mllata.

T-3T un-nat (ud-nat), Oaus. P. -nrtnyati,

-yitum, to play a trick upon ^with gen.).

un-nata. See un-nam below.

un-nad (ud-nad), cl. I. P. -nadati,

-ditum, to cry out, sound, roar.

Un-nada, as, m. crying out, humming, chirping.

un-nam (ud-nam), cl. i. P. -namati,

-nantum, to rise, aseend ; to bend up, raise, elevate,

erect: Caus. P. -namayati, -yitum, to bend up-

wards, raise, erect.

Un-nata, as, a, am, raised, held or Iifted up;

high, tali; projecting, plump, full; great, eminent;

(as), m. a boa (aja-gara); N. of a Buddha; (am),

n. elevation, ascemion. — TJnnata-tarana, as, a, am,

with uplifted paws, rampant. — Unnata-tva, am, n.

height, subllmity, majesty. — IJnnata-nabki, is, is, i,

having a projecting navel, i. e. corpulent. — Unnata-

Siras, as, as, as, holding up the head, carrying the

head high; with head upraised.— Unnatdnata (*ta-

an°), as, a, am, elevated and depressed, uneven, un-

dulating, wavy.

Un-nati, is, f. elevation, height; rising, ascending;

increase, advancement, prosperity; N. of a daughtcr

of Daksha and wife of Dharma; the wife of Garuda.

— Unnati-mat, an, ati, at, elevated, projecting,

plump; high, sublime, — Unnatita {^ti-iSa), as, m.

a N. of Garuda.

Un-namana, am, n. bending upwards, raising,

Iifiing up.

Un-namayya, ind. having raised.

Un-namita, as, d,am, raised, elevated, Iifted or

pullcd up; heightcned, increased.

Un-namra, as, a, am, erect, upright, elevated,

lofiy, high. — Unnamra-ta, f. ereetness, uprightness

(of the body).

Un-mama, as, m. bending upwards, raising, lifi-

ing up.

■3*PT un-naya. See under i. un-ni below.

<3 ^ M *m un-nayana-pankti, is, is, i, hav-

ing the line of the cyelids uplifted.

un-nasa (ud-nas), as, d, am, having

a prominent nose.

un-nah (ud-nafi), cl. 4. P. -nahyati,

-naddhum, to tic up, bind up.

Un-naddha, as, d, am, tied up; swellcd, in-

creased; unbound.

Un-naka, as, m. sour gruel made from the fer-

mentation of rice.

3sTW nn-ndbka, as, m, (fr. nd -|- nabhi),

N. of a prinee.

un-nidra (ud-n°), as, d, am, sleep-

Iess, awake; expanded as a flower; budded, blown;

shining (as the moon, supposed to be awake when

others are asleep). — Unnxdra-ta, f. slceplessness.

. un-ni (ud-ni), cl. 1. P. -nayati, -ne-

tum, to lead upwards or up to, bring up; to set up,

erect; to bring out.of, free from, help, rescue, re-

deem; to drawup (as water); to lead away; to strokc,

smooth; to lead out; press out, extract; to find out,

ascertain by inference, infer; lead off (in singing):

Desid. A. -nimsTiate, to intend or wish to lead out &c.

Un-naya, as, m. raising, elevating, hoisting, Iead-

ing upwards; analogy, resemblance, consequence.

Un-nayana, am, n. raising, elevating, Iifting up;

taking out of, drawing water; the vcsscl out of which

a fluid is taken; Icading away; making straight,

smoothing; delibcration, discussion, Iogie, reasoning,

inference.

Un-naya, as, m. raising, elevating.

Un-ndyaka, as, d, am, what raises; what leads to

an inference or conelusion.

2. un-ni, ts, is, i, bringing or Ieading upwards.

Un-nita, as, d, am, led up, led away, inferred.

Un-netri, td, m. one who pours a fluid out of one

vessel into another, cspecially the priest who pours

the Soma juice into the cups.

Unnetra, am, n. the office of the Unnetri.

Un-neya, as, d, am, to be inferred, to bc ascer-

tained by analogy.

^ un-majj (ud-m°), cl. 6. P. -majjati,

-manktum, to emerge: Caus. -majjayati, -yitum,

to cause to emerge.

Un-majj ana, as, m., N. of an attendant of Siva.

un-matta. See un-mad next coi.

un-matk or yn-manth (ud-m^G), cl. 1.

9. P. -mathati or -mantJuiti, -mathnati, -nianthi-

tum, to shake up, disturb, excite ; to shake, tear, or

cut off; to strikc, kilh

159

Vn-mathana, am, n. shaking olf, throwing off or

-1 iwn, slaughter.

Vn-mathita, as, a, am, shakcn, agitated.

Vn-riMntha, as, m. agitatiori; killiog, slaughter;

a dhease of the cuter ear.

Un-mandtala, as, a, am, 'taking up or off,

agitaring, stirnng; ti.robbing, bcating; (as), m. in-

nanjmitiun of the outtr tar.

Un-hianthana, am, n. th: act of shaldi.g or agi-

tating; hurting, killing j probing, stirring a weap< n

&e. Iodged in the body.

Un-mmMMa, ac, a, am, ffiaken np, moved,

agitated, distr-^sed.

Un-matha, as, d, am, destroying, killing; (as),

m. shaking; killing, slaughter; a snarc or trap.

Vn-mathin, *, ini, i, shakii^ agitati rg.

un-mad (ud-m°), cl. 4. P. -mddyati,

-maditum, to be or become mad: Caus. P. -mada-

yati or -madayati, -yitum, to madden, inebriate,

render drunk.

Un-matta, as, d, am, insane, ffantie, mad ; drunk,

intoxicated; (as), m. the thom-apple, Datura Mete!

and Fastuosa; another trec, Pterospcrmum Aceri-

folium ; N. of a Rakshas. — Unmatta-Jcirti, is, m.

an epithet of Siva. — Unmatta-ganga, am, n., N. of

a region (‘ where the Gan-ga roars ’). — Unmatta-ta,

f. or unmatta-tva, am, n. insanity, intoxication.

— Unmatta-dartana or unmatta-rupa, as, d, am,

maniac-like, mad.—Unmatta-pralapita, as, d, am,

spoken in drunkenness or madness. — Unmatta-bkai-

rava-tantra, am, n., N. of a Tantra. — Unmatta-

lingin, i, ini, i, feigning madness. — Unmatta-vat,

ind, like one mad, as if mad, like a maniae. — Un-

matta-vetia, as, m. an epithet of Siva. — Unmatta-

vanti (°ta-av°), is, m., N. of a prinee.

TJnmattaka, as, a, am, insane, mad ; drunk.

Un-mada, as, d, am, mad, furious, extravagant;

drunk, intoxicated; (ae), m. insanity, either morbid

or as the effect of temporary excitement, intoxication,

eestacy.

Un-madana, as, d, am, inflamed with love.

Un-madisknu, us, us, u, mad, insane, crazed, in-

toxicated; in rut (as an clephant).

Un-mada, as, d, am, mad, insane, extravagant;

(as), m. madness, extravagance; (in medicine) mania.

— Unmada-vat, an, ati, at, mad, insane, wild, ex-

travagant.

Un-madana, as, d, am, maddening, exciting, in-

toxicating; (as), m. one of the five arrows of the

god of love.

Unmadin, t, ini, i, mad, intoxicated; (rti), f., N.

of a princess.

Un-maduka, as, d, am, Ved. fond of drinking.

^un-manas, as, as, as, or un-manaska

(ud-ma°), as, d, am, exeited or disturbed in mind,

perplexed, disturbed; regretting, missing, repining for

a Iost or departed friend.

Unmandya, nom. A. unmanayate, -yitum, to

become exeited or disturbed in mind, to repinc.

Unmant-kri, d. 8. P. -karoti, -kartum, to make

exdted, to exdte, disturb.

Unmani-bhu, cl. r. P. -bhavati, -vitum, to be-

come disturbed in mind, to repine.

"3 ^^<4 un-mayukha (ud-m°), as, d, am,

shining, radiant.

'•Hr' ri un-mardana, am, n. (fr. rt, mrid

with ud), rubbing off, rubbing; a fragrant essence

used for this purpose.

un-md, f. (fr. rt. md with ud), Ved. a

measure.

Un-mana, am, n. a measure of size or quantity;

priee.

Un-mita, as, d, am, meted, measured.

Un-miii, is, f. measure, price. *

Un-meya, as, d, am, to be weighed, what is

wcighed ; (am), n. weight.

un-marga (ud-m°),as,d,am, m.f.n.

1G0 unmarga-gata. 'grrrsfr vpa-kri.

a wrong road, deviation frora the right way, improper

conduct, an evil course, error. — Unmarga-gata, as,

a, am, erred, erring, going wrong.— Unmarga-

gamana, am, n. going on a wrong road, following

evil courses. — Unmdrga-gamin, i, ini, i, or un~

mdrga-vartin, i, fnt, i, going wrong, erring, follow-

ing evil courses; taking a wrong road. — Vnmarga-

jaJa-vahin, i, (ni, i, carrving its waters on a wrong

way.

Unmdrgin, i,ini, *\ g^o5ng fading an outlet.

<3 PT un-marjana. See un-mrij below.

"3"Rr?T un-misra (ud-m°), as, d, am, mixetl

with, variegated.

f^c^rrr un-mish (itd-mish), cl.6. P. -mishati,

-meshitum, to open the eyes.

Un-misha, as, m. opening the eyes.

Un-mishat, an, afi or anti, ai, opening the eyes,

drawing up the eyelids, looking at, seeing.

Un-mishita, as, a, am, opened (as the eye);

blown as a fiower.

Un^mesha, as, m. opening the eyes, looking at;

winking, twinkling or upward motion of the eyelids;

blowing or blossoming of a fiower; awaking, becom-

ingvisible.

Un-meshana, am, n. awaking, becoming visible.

un-mil (ud-mil), el. i. P. -milati,

-litum, to open the eyes; to open; to expand, be

difiiised: Caus. P. -milayati, -yitum, to open.

Un-mila, as, m. opening of the eyes, awaking,

becoming visible.

Utirmilana, am, n. winking, twinkling, opening

of the eye; awaking, becoming visible; blowing,

expand i ng.

Un-milita, as, d, am, opened (as the eyes);

blown as a fiower; (am), n. unconcealed or open

reference or allusion (to anytbing, in rhetoric).

un-mukha (ud-m°), as, t, am, raising

the face, looking at; waiting for, expecting; near to;

(as), m., N. of an antelope (in the Hari-vao$a, in

former births a honter and a Brahman).-»l77i?m*Ma-

ta, f. the state of one wbose fece is raised; state of

watching or expectancy.

3*H<5K. vn-mukhara (ud-m°), as, d, am,

loud-sounding, noisy.

un-mud, cl. 6. P. A. -muhfati, -te,

-rnoktum, to unfasten, pull off; take off(dothes &c.);

to loosen, liberate; to elevate, raise: Caus.P. -moda-

yati, -yitum, to loosen, deliver.

Un-muda, as, m., N. of a man.

Un-modana, am, n. unfastening, loosening.

"H £ vn-mudra (ud-m°), as, d, am, un-

sealed, opened ; blown as a fiower.

un-mula (ud-m°), as, a, am, eradi-

cated, pulled up by the root.

Un-wiulana, am, n. eradicating,' pulling up by the

roots; destroying.

Unmulaya, nom. P. unmulayati, -yitum, to era-

dicate, pull up by the roots; to extirpate, destroy.

Un-mulita, as, d, am, eradicated, pulled up by

the roots; destroyed.

^ un-mrij (ud-m°), cl. 2. P. -mdrshti,

-marjitum or -marshtum, to rub off, wipe off;

efface; blot out.

Un-marjana, as, d, am, rubbing or wiping off.

. Unmrijdvamrija Cja~av°), f. repeatedly rubbing

up and down.

Un-mrishta, as, d, am, wom off, blotted out,

effeced.

•i ^3^ un-mrisya, as, d, am (rt. mris with

nd), Ved. to be reached, to be touched.

un-meda, f. (fr. rt. mid with ud),

corpulence, fatness.

npa, a preflx to verbs and nouns (ex-

pressing) towards, near to (opposed to apa> away), by

the side of, with,together with,iihder, down (e.g. upa-

gam, to go near, undergo; upa-gamana, approach-

ing. In the Veda the verb has sometimes to be supplied

from the context,and lometimes upa is placed after the

verb with which it ought to ha ve been compounded,

e.g. dyayur upa = updyayuh, they approached).

(As unconnccted with verbs and prefixed to nouns

upa expresses) direction towards, neamess, contiguity

in space, time, number, degree, resemblance, and re-

lationship, but with the idea ofsubordination and inferi-

ority (e. g. upa-kanishthikd, the finger next to the

little finger; upa-puranam,a secondaiy or subordinate

Purina; upa-dada, nearly ten); sometimes forming

with the nouns to which it is prefixed compound ad-

verbs (e. g. upa-mulam, at the root; upa-qmrva-

ratram, towards the beginning of night; upa-kupe,

near a well), which ad verbs lose their adverbial ter-

minations if they are again compounded with nouns

(e.g. upakupa-jalddaya, a reservoir in the ncigh-

bourhood of a well). Prehxed to proper names upa

may express in classical literature ‘a younger brother’

(e. g. Upaulra, * the younger brother of Indra’), and

in Buddhist literature * a ion.’

(As a separable adverb upa rarely expresses) thereto,

further, moreover (e. g. tatra upa brahma yo veda,

wbo further knows the Veda).

(As a separable preposition with locative) near to,

towards, in the direction of, under, below (e. g. upa

a4ah, towards the regions); near to, at, on, upon ; at

the time of, upon, up to, in, above (with loc., e. g.

upa sdnuslm, on the tops of the mountains) ; with,

together with, at the same time with, according to

(with inst., e. g. upa dharmabhih, according to the

rules of duty).

Besides the meanings given above upa is said to

imply disease, extinction ; omament; command; re-

proof; undertaking; giving; IdUing; difiusing; wish;

power; effort; resemblance, &c.; [cf. Gr. vtr6; Lat.

sub; Goth. up; Old Germ. oba; Mod. Germ. ob

in obdach, obliegen, &c.]

Upaka, as, m. a diminuti ve of ali proper names

beginning with upa.

upa-pi. See upar.

upa-kaksha, as, d, am, Vcd. reach-

ing to the shoulder.

^3 upa-kantham, intl. upon the

neck, near the throat; in the proximity of; (am),

n. proximity, neighbourhood, contiguous space; space

near a village or its boundaiy; one of a horse’s paces;

(as, d, am), near, proximate.

3 upa-katha, f. a short story, tale.

H °h PrtTa oti i upa-kanishtkika, f. the last

finger but one; the finger next to the little finger.

vpa-kanyapuram, ind. near

the women’s apartments.

TtRiTT, &c. See vpa-kri next eoi.

a m vpa-karnam, ind. elose to the ear,

into the ear, (whispered &c.)

Upnkarnika, f. what goes from ear to ear, ru-

mour, report

'ZTfZOzfUrfupa-kalpana. Seeupa-klrip,p.i6i,

upa-kantam, ind. near a friend.

upa-kdla, as, m., N. of a king of

the Nagas.

<3 4 Pctii.iii vpa-kirana. See upa-krl next eoi.

vpa-kitaka, as, m. a relation or

follower of the KT<5akas.

upa-kuh6i, is, or upa-kuh6ikd, f.

thu piant Nigella Indica; small csrdamoms.

^w* upa-kumbha, as, d, am, near,

proximate; solitary, lonely, retircd; (am), ind. near

the water-jar.

upa-kurcana. See vpa-kri below.

<3 4gitr4i upa-kulya, f. the piant Piper

Longum ; a canal, a trench, a diteh.

^4^31 vpa-kusa, as, m. gum-boil; N. of

.a Cakravartin, a son of Kusa.

upa-kvj, cl. i. P. -kujati, -jitum, to

fili with cooing, to make resonant.

Upa-kujita, as, d, am, made to resound (with

cooing).

<3 <4<J4 upa-kupe, ind. near a well; (am),

n. a well (?). — UpaMpa-jalafoya, as, m. a trough

near a well for watering cattle.

<3 4 vpa-kulam, ind. on the shore.

Upakulaka, as, m., N. of a man.

<3Meti vpa-kri, cl. 5. 8. P. A. -krinoti, -iiulc,

-karoti,-kurutc, -kartum, to place br bring near, to

fumish with, provide; to assist, serve; fevour, benefit;

to fostcr, take care of; to serve, render homage to (with

acc.); to undertake, begin, set about anything (with

dat.); to place under, subdue; upa-s-kri (s inserted)

A. to add, supply; to fumish with; to elaborate,

prepare, fumish with anything beautiful, to adom, or-

nament; to care for, take care of (with acc.); to

furnish badly, deform ; corrupt; to bring together.

Upa-karana, am, n. doing anything for another,

doing a Service or fevour, helping, assisting; instru-

ment, implement, machine, engine, apparatus, para-

phernalia, as the vessels and ofierings at a sacrifice;

anything added over and above, contribution, expedi-

ent, means of subsistence, anything supporting life;

object of art or Science, febricating, composing, &c.;

the insignia of royalty; the attendants of a king.

— Upakarana-vat, an,ati, at, fumished with means,

iostruments or implements, competent to do anything.

Upa-kartri, la, tri, tri, doing one a fevour, assist-

ing, befriending, one wbo helps or befriends.

Upa-kara, as, m. help, assistance, benefit, Service,

fevour, use, advantage, (upakare frit, to be of Service

to another); preparation, ornament, garlands sus-

pended at gateways as an embellishment on festivals,

a fiower &c.; (i), f. a royal tent, a palace, a caravan-

sera. — if^^ara-para, as, d, am, beneficent, dili-

gent in doing good. •- Upakdrdpakarau (°ra-op°),

m. du. Idndness and injur>^r.

Upa-kdraka, as, ikd, am, doing a Service or fevour.

assisting, protectiog, befriending; (ikd), f. a protec-

tress, a female assistant; a palace, a caravansera; a

Idnd of cake. — Upakaraka-tva, am, n. assistance,

protection.

Upa-karin, t, ini, t, helping, assisting, doing one

a fevour, a benefactor; subsidiary, subservient; (often

used in comp., e.g. paropnkarin, hdping others.)

— Upakdri-ta, f. or upakari-tva, am, n. aid, suc-

cour, protection.

Upa-karya, as, d, am, deserving assistance or

fevour; to be assisted; (a), f. a king’s house, a palace,

a caravansera; a royal tent.

Upa-kurvana, as, m. a BrShman when passing

from the state of a pupil (Brahma-ddrin) to that of

a householder (GHha-stha).

Upa-krita, as, d, am, assisted, benefited; rendered

as assistance, done kindly or beneficently; (am), n.

a fevour, a benefit.

Upa-kriti, is, f. aid, assistance, fevour, kindness.

JJpa-kritin, i, ini, i, or upakriti-mat, an, ati,

at, one who has done a fevour to any body.

Upa-krtya, f. service, favour.

upa-krit, cl. 6. P. -krintati, -karti-

tum, to trim, dip off, carp at.

M 4^ upa-krish, cl. 1. P. -karshati, -kar-

sh(um or -krashfum, to draw towards, take; to take

away, remove, set aside.

upa-kr-, cl. 6. P -kirat', -karitum

or -ritum, to scatter or throw uown, to scatter upoir,

■tfVH upas-kri.

jrnftTO upa-ghoshana.

161

pour npon, besprinkle, bestrew.— Tpa-s-krl, to cut

up, split, hurt.

TJpa-kirana, am, n. scattering ir thnwing over,

cor.ring up (with earth &c.\ buiying.

Vpa-klr.ja, as, d, am, besprinkled, strewed with,

covered.

vpa-klrip, cl. I. A. -kajpatf, -kalp'-

tum or -kalptum, to b_ fit for; to be ready at

band; to serve as, lead to (wth Jat.); to take shap;

or forat, become, be: Caus. -kalpayati, -yitum, to

prepare, make re >dy, equip; to bnng near, to fetch; to

allot, "isign; to set up, exhibit; to render ^homage),

to c jmmunieate; to assume.

Vpa-kalpana, am, a, n. f. preparation, preparing

arrides of food, mediane, &c.; febricating, making,

substituting.

Zjpa-laipita, as, d, am, prepared, made; secou-

daiy, subitituted.

Vpoklripta, as, d, am, brotight near, at baud,

readv, pr-pared, equippei, adapted, fitted for; foimed,

produced.

ipa-kota, {., N. of a daughter of

Upa-varsha and wife of Varanufi.

upa-kosala, as, m., N. of a raan.

sTMAiRupa-kram, cl. i. P. A., 4. P. -krd-

mati, -kramate (ep. also -kramate), -kramyati,

-kramitum, to go near, approach, come to; to go

against, attack; to step over, stride; to approach with

any object, have recourse to, to uodertake, begin, set

about (with acc. or dat. or inf.), to treat, act towards,

attend on (as a physiciao).

Upa-krantri, ta, tri, tri, a beginner, one who

undertakes.

Upa-krama, as, m. goiag near to, approach; un-

dertaking; commeocement, beginning; enterprise,

planning, original conception, plan; what leads to

aay resuit, a means, an expedient, a stratagem, ex-

ploit; attendance (on a patient), treatment, practice

of medicine, application of remedies, physicking; a

particular ceremony preparatory to reading the Vedas;

trying the fidelity &c. of a counsellor or friend; re-

tiring from flight, retreat (?).

Upa-kramana, am, n. approaching, undertaking,

attendance (on a patient), treatment.

TJpakramamya, as, d, am, to be gooe to, to be

approached, to be commenced or undertaken; relating

to the attendance (on a patient).

Upa-kramitavya, as, d, am, to be undertaken, to

be commenced.

Upa-kramttri, ta, tri, tri, one who begins &c.

Upa-kramya, as, d, am, tabe attended, tobetreated.

upa-kri, cl. 9. P. A. -krinati, -nite,

-kretum, to purchase.

Upa-kriya, ind. having bought or purchased.

upa-krid, cl. 1. P. (ep. also A.) -krz-

dati, -te, -ditum, to approach playing, play around.

XJpa-kridd, f. place for playiog, play-ground.

upa-krusya, ind.(rt.fcrwi), chiding,

blaming, affecting to be angry.

Upa-kro^a, as, m. censure, reproach.

Upa-krofana, am, n. censuring, blaming.

Upa-kroshtri, ta, m. a censurer, a reprover; an

ass (which brays).

d M upa-kvana, as, m. (rt. kvan), the

sound of a lute.

upa-kvasa, as, m.,Yed. a kind of

worm or insect.

<3 M+ upa-kshar, cl. 1. P. (cp. also A.)

-ksharati, -te, -ritum, Ved. -radhyai, to flow or

stream towards.

TlrfCTi . upa-kshi, Pass. -kshiyate, to waste

away, deray, ix. consumed, be exhau ted, disappear,

T pa-kshaya, as, m. waste, d„tay, los-,, xpenditure,

-'Utiay.

Vpa^Kshina, as, d, am, decayed, exhau ted, con-

runied, diappeared.

upa-kshi, cl. 2.6. P. -ksheti,-kshi-

yati, -kshetum, to stay or dwell near or at (with acc.).

Upa-kshit, t, t, t, Ved. dwelling near; dinging to,

attached to.

Upa-kshetri, ta, tri, tri, Ved. one who dwclls

near, attached to, a follower; (SSy.) one who ap-

proaches.

upa-kship, cl. 6. P. A., 4. P.

-kshipati, -te, -kshipyati, -ksheptum, to throw at,

hurl against; to throw down ; to strike with words,

insuit, accuse, insinuate, charge with (a crime).

Upa-kshepa, as, m. throwing at, mention, allcsion,

threatening; poetical or figurative style in composition.

Vparkshepana, am, n. throwing down, casting

down, accusing.

<3 l upa-khya, cl. 2. P., Yed. -khyati,

-tum, to see.

d upa-gana, as, d, am, constituti ng a

small or subordinate dass; (as), m. a small or inferior

class; a small number less than a troop; N. of a man.

■3 4M upa-gandha,as, m. perfume, scent.

TVXH^upa-gam, cl. 1. P. -gatthati, -gan-

tum, to go near to, come towards, approach, arrive

at, visit, reach, attain 5 to come upoo, attack; to

occur, happen, present itself; 10 undertake, begia;

to approach a woman (for intercourse); to enter any

state or relati on, undergo; suffer, participate in, make

choice of; to admit, agree to, allow, confess: Caus.

-gamayati, -yitum, to cause to come near or ap-

proach: Desid. -jigamishati, to wish to approach,

desire to go.

Upa-ga, as, d, am, (at the end of a compound)

approaching, following, joining; receiving.

Upa-gata, as, d, am, gone to, met, approached,

near at hand, approximate, arrived, occurred, hap-

pened, attained, obtained ; undergone, experienced ;

become ; furnished with; promised, agreed; feeling,

suffering, entertaining ; passed away, dead ; (am), n.

receipt, acquittance. — Upagata~vat,an, ati, at, going

to, having gone to or approached ; possessing; feeling,

suffering (as sorrow &c.); promising.

Upa-gati, is, f. going near, approach; undergoing.

Upa-gama, as, m. approach, approximat ion, Corn-

ing to ; obtaining; having; acquaintance, society,

intercourse (as of the sexes) ; undergoing; suffering,

feeling; agreement, promise; a particular high number.

Upa-gamana, am, n. coming to, obtaining; un-

dertaking, addicting one’s self to.

1. upa-gamya, as, d, am, approachable, to be

approached, attainable.

2. upa-gamya or upa-gatya, ind. having ap-

proached.

Upa-gdmin, t, ini, i, coming near, approaching.

upa-gahana, as, m., N. of a Rishi.

1. upa-ga, cl. 3. P. -jigati, -gatum, to

go near to, arrive at, come into, undergo.

upa-gah, cl. I. A. -gahate, -gahitum

or -gadhum, to penetrate, force one s way into.

<3 KUIkj^upa-giram, ind. at a mountain.

Upa-girl, is, m. a country near a mountain; (i),

ind. near a mountain.

upa-gu, us, m. (fr. upa and go), N.

of a prince; (u), ind. near a cow.

upn.gupta, as, d, am, hidden, con-

cealed; (as), m., N. nf i man, the son of Gnpta.

— Upagj.pta-iitta, as, d, am, ofconc.al. d re.-iurces.

TmWFupa-gurv.,vs, m.anassi^tantteacher;

N. of a prince, (a various reading has ujia-gu.)

upa-guh, cl. i. P. A. -guhnti, -te,

-guhitum or -gndkum, to hide, cover, oonc^al, ciasp,

embrace.

Vpa-gudha, as, a, an,, hidden, concealed; lull.-d,

supprtjstd; embr.ctd; (am), n. an embrace. — Vpa-

gudha-vat, av, ati, ai, one who has embiace.l.

Vpa-guhaim, am, n. hiding, concealmg; :mbiac-

ing, ac embrace; astonishment, surprise.

T~pa-gohya, as, m. a kind of fire corridered as

impure (and therciurc to bc hidder,).

upa-gri, cl. 9. P. A., Ved. -grinati,

-nite, paritum or -ritum, to call out to, invoke

with hymns of praise; to approach with praise (with

acc. of the persoo).

upa-gr\ cl. 6. P. -girati or -gilati,

-gaHtvm, ■litum or -ritum, -litum, to swallow down.

Wl vpa-gai, cl. i. P. -gagati, -gatum, to

sing to any one (with dat. or acc.), to join in

singing; to sing before any one (with acc.) ; to fili

with song, praise in song, sing, celebrate.

2. upa-ga, f. accompaniment of a song.

Vpa-gdtri, ta, m. one who accompanies the song

or recitation of the Udg5tri priest, a chorister.

XJpargita, as, d, am, celebrated, proclaimed, sung

by bards &c.

XJpa-giti, is, f. a variety of the Ary5 metre, a

stanza of four lines, containing twice 12+15 syPabic

instants.

Upargiya, ind. having sung, having celebrated.

Upa-giyamana, as, d, am, being celebrated.

Upa-geya, as, d, am, to be sung or celebrated.

<3hu^{upa-granth, cl. 9. 1. 10. P. -grath-

nati, -granthati, -granthayati, -granthitum, -yi-

tum, to intwine or wind round.

Upa-grantha, as, m. litle of a writing or of a

class of writings.

upa-gr as, cl. 1. P. A. -grasati, -te,

-grasitum, to swallow down, devour; to eclipse.

upa-grak, cl. 9. P. A. -grihnati,

-nite (Ved. -gribhnati, -rfxte), -grahitum, to coi-

lect (a fluid by holding one vessel under another),

to hold under; to seize from below; to seize, take

possession of, lakc, obtain; to subdue, become master

of; to bring near to (one’s self), take as one’s ally,

conciliate, make favourable; to conceive with one’s

mind (dhiyd); to decide, to determine ; to accept,

approve.

Upa-grafia, as, m. seizure, confinement; a prisoner;

subjoining, annexing; making favourable, appeasing,

favour, encouragement, assistance; peace purchased

by the cession of everything; the voice or pada of a

verb; a heap of Ku£a grass; the presiding spirit or cause

directing a planet’s motion; (with upa implying in-

feriori ty) a minor planet or any heavenly body of a

secondary kind, as a comet, a meteor, a falling star, &c.

XJpa-grahana, am, n. holding up, seizing from

below; the taking any one prisoner, seizure, capture,

taking, supporting, forwarding, promoting; holy study,

reading the Vedas after initiation.

JJpa-graha, as, m. oblation, present, (what is ac-

cepted.)

Upa-grahya, as, am, m. n. a present, an offering

to a king or great man, a Nazr.

T^nrnr vpa-ghata, as, m. (fr. rt. han with

upa), a stroke, injury, damage, offence; touch, con-

tact, especially with intent to injure; personal violence,

assault; disease, sickness; a kind of oblation offered

in small portions at a time.

Upa-ghdtaka, as, ika, am, or upa-ghatin, i, ini,

i, injuring, hurting, offending.

Upa-ghna, as, m. contiguous support; a contiguous

resting-place, shelter, support, stay, protection; what

rests upon or is supported by. aTO MffPn

3mmri vpa-ghush, cl. i. P. -ghoshati, -shi-

tum, to fili witli noise, make resonai t.

Upa-fihvshta, as, a, am, rc;ounding with; reso-

nant; snunding.

Vpa-ghoshana, am, n. prodaiming, publii-adon,

making known.

Tt

162

r

aonil upu-ghra.

amim vpa-taptri.

TWT npa-ghra,c\. i. P. -jighrati, -ghraturc,

(o smdl, smdl at; to ki's: Caus. -gkr&payati,

-yitum, to caus. to smdl at or kiss.

sH-qth tpa-i^!akra, as, m. a \ ariety of the

ruddy goos Ciira or CakravSka.

upa-catura, as, as, ani, pl. nlmost

four, ncarly four.

3upa-vnya. See i. itpa-di.

vpa-dar, cl. i. P. A. -carat'-, -te,

■baritum, Vrd. -ritav., -mi, -rase, -radhyai,

to come near, appnrcb, go towarJ»; to approach

with tho mt.ntion of s^rving, to assist, serve, att-nd,

wait on (with icc.); tn atterd on a patient, to

tend, nur«e • to undirtak ; h,gin: Pass. -daryat.e,

to be used figuratively or iqctaphoricallv, to b<- appikd

figuratively to any onc (w.tli ioc).

Vpo.-dara, as, m. ipproa.h; attendanc*, cure.

Upa-darrama, arr, n. going ne-r to, appr ochiiig.

Vpa-dnrita, as, a am, waited on, served, adored.

1. upa^arya, as, a, am, to be served or waited on,

to be vorshippt d; (a), f. Service, attendauce; practiot

of medicine, phydcking.

2. iipo-darya, ind. baving approadn-d or attended

to; haviiig groomed or teoded (horses).

Vparddra, as, m. appruih, strvice, attendanct ,

act of civility, obliging or polite behavinur; proceed-

ing, pr ictice; profession, u. age; phy iddng, the prae-

lio < f medidiiv, tending the 'ick, nuning; behav iour,

< onduct; a ceremony, presenting offerings of water,

betel, flowers, &c.; a presuit, a bnbe; solieitation,

riqued; incompleta act; a figuri of spc.ch, pre-

tence, pretext, ellipsi,, metaphor te. g. -epadarat,

rietaphorically); occurrence of * and h in the place

ofVisarga ii vrammar, N. of a Pari ishta of the

S&ma-veda. — Vpadd.ro -hx-xna, am, n. or upadara-

kai mau, a, n or upaddra-kriya, f. oneriag present',

specially i ifperfume,, flowers, &c.; attention, service.

— rpadaro pa, a, a«, a, am, diligent in serviet,

erving ailig ntly. — Upaddra-parihhrashta, as, d,

am, void of civility, destitute of kindnus, churli h,

incoort tons.

Upordariu, i, ini, i, attending, serving.

Upa-d&rya, os, m. prctice of medicine.

upa-farma or am, ind. on the skin,

near the skin.

upa-taru, us, m. and upadaru-mat,

an, m., N. of two Cakravartins.

Tqfq i. upa-6i, cl. 5. P. A. -tinoti, -nute,

-tetum, to gather together; to heap up, collect, hoard

op, accumulate, increase, strengthen; to cover over

with: Pass. -diyate, to be heaped together or accu-

mulated, to increase, become strong; to better one’s

drcumstances, be prosperous; to gain advantage,

succeed, to be covered with.

Upa-daya, as, m. accumulation, increase, growth,

prosperity; quantity, heap; elevation, excess; addi-

tion; the third, sixtb, tenth, and eleventh degrees

from the first of a zodiacal sign. — Upadayctrbhavana,

am, n. (?) accordiug to some, a species of the Dan-

daka metre.— Upadaydpa/ayau (°ya-ap°), m. du.

prosperity and decay, rise and fall.

Upa-tayin, 1, ini, t, increasing, being in good

circumstances.

Upa-<5dyya, as, m. a certain sacriticial fire; a place

for holding sacrificial fire, a hearth, an altar.

Upa-dit, £, f., Ved. a kind of disease, perhaps a

swelling. ¹

l^rpa-<Hta, as» a, am, collected, gathered together,

heaped up, increased, assembled; thriving, increas-

ing ; abundaotly furnished with, plastered, smeared;

bumt (?). — Upatita-rasa, as, d, am, augmented in

feeling.

Upa-diti, u, i accumulation, collection, abundance.

Upa-ftyamana, as,a, am,being collected or filled.

Upa-deya, as, a, am, to be collected or heaped up.

TTtf«I 2. wpa-B, cl. 3. P., Ved, -dlketi, -ce- I

tu m, to hrnonr, wor hip.

vpaditta-dinto, as, m., N. of

a son (f PSplyas.

vpa-ditro, as, m., N. of a tnan;

(a), f. the pknts Sal .-inia Cucullnta and Crotin

Pol} andra; N. of severJ metr-s, namely, i. a variety

of M5tr3samaka, cuntaining 4X16 syliabit instants;

2. a metre of four lines of eleven syllables each; 3. a

metre of two lines of twenty-two syllabi* s each.

tpa-dnlana, am, n. heatinpr, bum-

ⁱⁿg (^?)- _

3MsdF "pn-drit, cl.6. P. -deitati, -dartitum,

to fasten, tie, bind on.

upa-dchad (upa-dhud1, cl. 10. P.

\. -dhidayati, -te, -yitnm, to covir, hidt, conceal,

ke.p secret.

Upa-Wmnha, as, d, am, secret, conci aled.

<f M-od? 2. apa-dehad or -ddhand (upa-dhad),

Cau,. -cdhandayaii, -yitum, to prisent any one

(acc.) with iiiythiny (inat.l; to persuade a persoi.

to do anything; to ooax, to seek to seduce a person;

to conciliate.

Vpa-dChaiviana, am, n. persnasion, persuauing,

coaxir.v.

•iUvUel upa-dyava, as, m. (rt. dyv), Ved.

pre«sing dose to (in si xual interoinrse); (Say.) going

into (tfic chjnbtr).

vpa-jagati, f. a varietv of the

Trishtubb metri, in which thre^PSdas contain twelve

syllables instead of eleven.

3 4it d ..pa-jan, cl. 4. A. -jayate, -janitum,

to be prodnced in addition, to bi born, onginate; to

bappeu become visible, appear; to be bom again;

to exist, be: Cans. -janayatl, -yitum, to pr vince,

caosc.

Upa-ja, at, d, am, being produced in addirion,

increasing; (a?), m., N. of i divine being(?).

Upagana, as, m. idditional productiori, addition,

increa ie; appendage; addition of a letter in the iorma-

tion of words; letters, syllables or afExes added.

Upa-ja, f., Ved. dirtant or not immediate porterity.

Vpa-jdta, as, d, am, produc* 1, tngendered,arou ;ed.

— Vpajdta-kcpa or upajatx-krodha, as, d, am,

prov* ked, exated, movid to anger. — Upajato-

-idvasa, os, d, am, believing, confiding, confident,

tni*tiiig.

Upa-jdH, is, f. a mixed m^tre, (specially a con-

junction of Indravajrk and I pendravajrd, "nd a con-

iunction of Vansastba and Indravansa.

3 MsiT? 1ipa-jap, cl. 1. P. -japnti, -japitum,

to whisper ioto the ears fof vnother), to hring over

to one’s owfi party by -ecretly suggtsting anything in

the ear, to instigit to rebeHion or treadiery; to

make mischief.

Upa-japya, as, d, am, to be bronght over or in-

stigated to rebJlion by seaet suggestions or wliisper-

mg in the ear.

Vpa-japa, as, m. the act of whispering into the

ears, rousing to rebellion, bringing over to one‘s own

party; treason, treaehery; disunion, separation.

Upa-japako as, d, am, whispi rin? anything into

the ears, ronsing to rebellion; a traitor, triacherous;

a mischief-maker, one who fbments qnarrels.

3 n ri< upa-ja, asam, ind. tmvards old

age, in old age.

matoi r.pa-jala, f., N. of a river.

3 4 "H upa-jalp, cl. 1. P. -jalpati, -pitum,

to talk to, chatter, advise.

Upa-jalpita, am, n. talk.

VparjalpiT), i, ini, i, ta'king to a person, giving

advice.

vpa-jayam, ind. near a wife.

upa-jigamishv.y us, us_} u (fr.

Dcsid. of rt. gam)_y desirous of going near.

Upa-jihirsha, f. (fr. Desid. of

rt hri with vpa), desire, intention to rob.

upa-jihva or vpajihvika, f. the

uvula or soft palate, the epiglottis; enlargement of

the under side of the tongue; a kind of ant.

upajika, as, m., Ved. a water deity.

<3 upa-fiv, cl. 1. P. -pvati, -vitum,

to live or exist upon (food), subsist, support one*s self

on, be supported by, derive profit from, make use of

(with acc.); to live under, be dependant on, to serve;

to live for a profession, practice.

Upa-fiva, as, d, am, Ved. living on &c. (?).

Upayivaka, as, d, am, liviog upon, subsisting by

(with inst.); living under, depending upon, subject to,

a dependant; (am), n. means of subsistence, act.

Upa-fivana, am, n. means of living, subsistence.

Upa-jlvantya, as, d, am, granting means of sub-

sistence, affording a livelihood.

Upa-jtvika, £ subsistence, livelihood.

Upa-jtvin,t, ini, i, living on, subsisting by (with acc.

or gen.); living in dependance, dependant, subject.

Upa-jlvya, as, d, am, that by which one lives,

affording a livelihood; (am), n. means of subsistence,

cause.

3 M upa-josham, ind. (rt. jush), ac-

cording to one’s desire or pleasure, quietly; an expres-

sion indicative of joy.

Upa-jQshana, am, n. enjoying, frequenting.

4 I 1. npa-jha_s cl. 9. A. -janite, -jhatum,

to ascertain; excogitate, invent, find out, hit upon:

Desid. A., ep, also P. -jijnasate, -ti, to seek to

ascertain or invent.

Upa-jijnasya, as, d, am, Ved. enigmatical, unin-

telligible, mjrterious.

2. upa-jna, f. a knowledge obtained by one^fs self

and not handed down by tradirion, primitive or un-

taught knowledge, invention; commencement of a

thing not previously done; (at the end of a compound

used in neut., e. g. Paniny-upajnam, the grammar

invented by P3nini.)

rT upa-jman, d, in., Ved. striding or

stepping upon (?).

tf WTqtfifq upa-jyotisha, N. of a region.

upa-jri, cl. i. P.,Ved. -jrayati, -jre-

tum, to extend to; (Say.) to go near to, approach.

3 M Tgfe cT upa-jvalita, as, a,am,lighted up.

upa-dhauk, Caus. P. -dhaukayati,

-yitnm, to present an offering, make a respectful

offering; carry out, accomplish.

XJpa-dhaukana, am, n. a respectful offering or

present, a Nazr.

^TTiT^J vpa-taksha, as, m., N. of a certain

semi-divine being, belonging to the class of Gandhar-

vas or of N3gas.

TqffW 7ipa-tatam, ind. near the skirt;

(as), m. (?) the skirt.

upa-tap, cl. i. P. -tapati, -taptum,

to make warm, to heat; to feel pain, become sick;

to affiict, befal (as an iliness; sometimes used im-

personally with gen. or acc.): Pass. -tapyate, to feel

pain, become ill, be afflicted with; to be emadated

with penance (tapas)' Caus. -tapayati, -yitum,

to kindle, ignite, bum, consume; to cause pain, ma-

cerate the body by penance; torment, hurt, offend,

oppress.

Upa-tapat, an, m., Ved. (scii, agni) interior heat,

a disease.

Upa-tapta, as, d, am, heated, parched ; distressed,

pained.

Upa-taptri, Id, m. morbid heat; any cause of

heat, burning or inflammation.

~~3WHH~~IH UJ.

XJpa-tapyafnana, as, d, an, being distressed.

Upa-tapa, as, m. heat, w irmth, heating, painiog,

'>ain, tn sible, mi«fortuno; sickners, diseasc, lnjuiy;

haste, hurry.

r'pa-tapana, am, n. heating, di tressing.

Upa-tmpin, i, ini, i, heating, inflaming, exciting,

cansiug pain, suffering heat or pain, sui.

3Mn■<<=ta apa-tarako, as, ika, am (rt. iri),

■verflowing.

upa-tishya, as, m., N. of a son of

Tishya by Sirika. -

tfUnV^ upa-tiram, ind. on the shore.

upa-tush, Caus. -toshayati, -yitum,

to content, satisfy.

Tdrjrtt rpa-tvlam, ind. at the cotton.

npa-trinya, as, m., Ved. epithet of

a snake (lurldng in grass).

npatya, as. a, am (fr. upa), situated

under or below.

Upatyaka, f. low-land, land at the foot of a hili

or mountain; a forest at the foot of a mountain; a

vale, valley.

upa-dans, cl. i. P. -dasati, -dansh-

tum, to bit( or eat anything as a relish.

I pa-dorda, as, m. a rJish, anything to excite

dnnking^ or ippetite, anything caten ii addition;

biting, stinging; the venereal discase, chancre; a tree,

the seraped root of which is ustd for horf“-radi h,

Morunga Hjperauthera.

UpadaniHn, i, ini, i, afflicted with the above

Jisease.

npa-dadhi. See under I. upa-dha.

^dUzWupo.-dambh, Caus. P., Ved. -dambha-

yati, -yltmm, to lesson, diminish, destrov.

upa-dasa, as, ds, ani, pl. almost ten,

nearly. ten

upa-das, cl. 4. P. -dasyati, -situm,

to feil, bi ranting, be extinguished, be e. iairted, diy

up; (in Ved. aased impersonally with iast. or abi.):

Caus. P. -dasaynti, -yitum, to caiise to fail or eease,

extinguish.

tpa-ddsaka, as, a, an*, Ved. failing, v anting.

upa-dah, cl. 1. P. -dnhati, -dagdhum,

te bum, set fire to.

a upa-dd, cl. 3. P. A. -daddti,-datte,

-ditum, to give in addition, offer, grant, give; to

idd: Ved. ol. 1. A -dadate, to take upon one’s self;

t' 1 erect, snppirt.

2. upa-dd, ds, ds, am, Ved. giving a present;

(a), f. a present, an ottermg to a king or great man

&c.; a Nazr.

Vpa-daiM or upaddnaka, am, 11. an oblation, a

present; a gift which is fnr the pixp ise of procuring

favour or protection.

d M ri q"l ipa-danavi,i., N. of the dausrhter

of the Danava Vrisha-parvan and mother of Dush-

manta.

upa-diydha, as, d, am (fr. rt. dih

with upa), smeared, covered; spotted over.

Upa-deha, as, m. a cover; liniment, ointment;

*cpa 'mplying inferiority) a minor or secondary body

growing on di-eastd parts of the body.

T pa-dehika, f. a kind of ant; ["cf. upajihi Ika.)

1. upa-dis, cl. 6. P. A. -disati, -te,

~(leshium_f to point out to; to indicate, spedfy, ex-

plain, instruet, teach; ad vise, admonish; to assign the

right place to anything, arrange; to mention, exhibit;

to inform; to settle, prescribe; to dictate, command,

govem ; to name : Pass. -difyate, to be taught &c.,

to be called.

i-tapyamana. Tqvfir uj

2. upa-didy Ic, or upa-di^a, f. an intermediate

region, as north-cast &c.

Upa~dl<a, as, m., N. of a son of Vasu-deva.

Upa-dtiya, ind. having advised or instructed.

I pa-di8hta_f aSy a, am, specified, particularized;

taught, instructed, advised; assigned as a plea or

reason j initiated; (am)y n. council, advice.

Upa-deda, a,, m. pointiog out to, ir- itruction, toach-

>ng, informing, advice, prtxxiption; specific tion; plea,

pretext, initiation, communication of the initiatory

Mantra or formula; (in gram.) a form in a ruic, an

indicatory form, i. e. a root, base, affix, augment, or

any other word or part of a word fumished with in-

dicatoiy Ietters (anubandhas) which serve as a guide

to the application of particular grammatical rules and

are rejected^when the word or part of a word is ready

for use. ™ Tjpcu%£$a-ta, f. the state of being a precept

or rule; injunction; manner of instructing; doc-

trine. — TTpadefa-sahasri, f. title of a work of

San-kara on philosophy. - Upadeftdrthavafcya (°4a-

ar ), am, n. a parable.

TJpa-de4aka, as, a, am, giving instructi on, in-

structing, instructive, didactic; (as), m. an instructor

a guide, especially a spiritual guide.

Upardcfana, am, n. advising, instructing; (d), f.

information, doctrine.

Lpa-dtHn, i, ini, i, advisiog, instructing, inform-

» (?), m. a teacher, adviser; a word or affix &c. in

the^shape in which it appears in grammatical works.

Upa-de4ya, as, d, am, Ved. to be taught; that

which is to be taught or leamt.

Tjpa-cleshtavya or upa-dedaniya, as, a, am_f to

be taught or advised, fit or proper to be taught.

Ipa-deshtri, (a, tri, tri, one who points out, an

adviser, teacher; a Gum or spiritual guide.

upadi, f. the piant VandaRoxburghii

or Aerides Tesselata.

^IqlotiT upadika, f. a kind of ant; also

vpr-dehika.

4 Mcl Tbi rf •'pa-dik shin, i, ini, i, shaisne in

sn inisatoiy or other reliyious rite; a near rektjon.

3 yiipn-dip, Caus. P. -dipayati, -yitum,

to kindle. set fire to.

1. upa-dris, cl. 1. P. -pasyati,

-drashtuin,, to look at; to perceive, obs^rve: Pass.

-drisyate, ^ to be or become vicible, app-ir; Caus.

-darsayati, -yitmn, to canse to sep, show, exhibit;

to pre^cont a ralse show, impose upon ancth.r person

by sham appe^rances; to illude; to explain, illustrate.

f pa-dar^aka, as, m. a guide, one who shows the

way, a door-keeper.

Fpa-dartiana, am, n. a commcntary.

Vpa-dariita, as, a, am, perceived, distinmiished.

2. npa-dri , /;, f., Ved. a view, .rpcct.

I pa-drishti, is, f. aspect, view, show.

^ pa^tashtri, ia, tii, tri, Ved. a supervisor, in-

spector; ovorseeing, overlooking; (ta), m. a witn-ss.

upa-drishad or upa-drishadam,

ind. near a boundaiy stone.

^ ^vpa-deva, as, m. an inferior deity;

N. of a son of Akrura; also of Devaka; (Z), f., N.

of the wife of Vasu-deva; of a daughter of Devaka.

Upa-devata, f. a minor deity, as a Yaksha, Gan-

darbha, Apsaras, &c.

upa~desa, & c. See under i. upa-dti.

vpp-doha, as, m. (fr. rt. dub with

upa), a nipple of the udder of a cow.

"pa-dru, cl. I. P. -drovati, -drotum, to

run near to, run towards, run at, rush at, assanl*, attark.

I pa-drava, os, m. that which befall, sudderly,

an unhappy aco i nt, misfortune, calamity, mischief;

““tioi distress p whether the act of the seasons or the

king, fami ne, exaebon, &c.) ; national commotion,

rebellion; violence, ontrag :; a symptom, a "nper-

%-dhriti, J()3

venient disease, one brought on whilat a peison Iabonrs

under an. ither.

Upa-draiin, i, ini,i, ^ tackiny, falling on; tyran

nical, violent, factious; (i), m. a tyrant, an oppressor,

a r, bel.

1 pa-d,ruta, as, d, ai a, visited by calaniitiei, op-

pri-sscd, attackeJ, p.rseruted, tyian„ized over; (in

astron.) eoipstd; boding evil, iraaspicious; (am), n.

a term of the Ba .hkalas for that kind ot Sandhi, which

is also called udgrahavpt, q. v.

upa-dvipa, as, m. an island.

upa-dharma, as, m. a minor or sub-

ordiuate duty; a by-'iw; a heretic, a schismatic.

T«TVT 1, vpa-dhd, cl. 3. P. A. -dadhati,

t; au -dhdtu.ru, to place or lay upon, place near

to, put into; to place, lay; to put to (as horses to a

carnage); to impose, lay upon, bestow upon, charae

with (as a dnty); tu lay a command upon, enjoin,

iiKtruct in (with ace.); to place under oac’- self, to

lie down npon; to pl.,® over, cover, conctJ; to

locate; to plao in addition, to add¹ to commumc. te

cause to share in; (in gram.) to lie or be placed close

to, to precedt witheut the interventijii of another

syllable.

i'pa-dad u, i«, i, Ved. placing upon.

2. upa-dha, f. imposition, forg.ry, fraud, deceit,

trick, a false pr^tenc»; trial or test of honesty &r,, ot

four kinds, viz. of loyalty, dirinterestedness, conti-

nence, and cnurage; (in gram.) a pennltimate letter.

— tpadha-bhyta, as, m. a servant who has beeu

guilty of dishoinaty. _ ( pa/U 'i-rauiuna. am, n.

na-alizatir.n of the p^nultimate (?). - f'pa ihd-<uH,

is, is, i, rpproved, tried, of approved loyalty &c.

J pp-d.hana, am, n. placing or resting up in; that

on -vhich on rests, a pillow, cnrhion; individuality,

pe .uliarily; jTcction, kindness; rehgions ob; i< rvance

or obligation; poison; excellence, excellent qual-tv;

(as, d, am), emplnycd in placing np on, i. e. useu (as a

Mantra) ir the putting np (of the sacrificial bricks).

Vjpadhdirya, am, n. a pillow, cushion.

Upa-dhaya, ind. having placed or rested upon.

Upa-flhdyln, i, ini, i, placing under.

Upa-dhi, is, m. the part of a wheel between the

nave and the circumteronct; hand,< iicumvention; fear,

terror; fbnndatiun, (witl Buddhiats) substratum (?).

i 'padhikl, as, m. a choat, a knuve, e pecially one

who imposes by threat», frand.

Upa-dt ~.yn .nana, as, d, am, being prec sded by.

Vpa-dheya,, as, d, am, to be placed upon.

^T pa-hita. See p. 170. coi. 3.

Qupa-dhatv, us, m. an inferior mine-

ral, a semi-metul, (sev_o are spacificd; pyrites, sulphate

of copper, tale, -ntimony, red orpiment, yellow oipi-

ter.t and < alx of brass); secondary secrction of tdae

body, as the milk, menses, adeps, sweat, te-th, hair

.nd lymph.

vpa-dhdranc. See under upa-

dhri below .

dTVR upa-dhav, cl. 1. P. A. -dharati, -te,

-vitam, to run oear to, approach ha tily; havf re-

conrse to for assistance; A. to run, glide, soar.

T^Tpa-dhavana, as, ni. a follower.

'=^rVfil upa-dhi. See vpa-dhd above.

^JVfrTlT upa-dhupita, as, d, am, fumigated;

onc to whom decline or death is near; being at the

point of death ; suffering extreme pain.

apa-dhri, Caus. P. -dharayati, -yitum,

to hold np, snpport, bcar, '.any; to hold as, consider

as, regard as; t ' hold in the mind, to 0 imprehend,

perceive, hear, experienec, ot^rve; to reflect or me

ditate on.

Upa-dha, ana, am, n. conhjering, consideratiori,

refisction.

Upa-db irya, ind. having taken or held np.

Upa-dhriti, is, f. a ray of light.

■jrrt upa-dhe.

snrrfrt upa-pati.

161

TtfV upa-dhe, Caus. A., Ved. -dhapayate,

-yitv.mto re’r by suckling.

i. upa-dhma, ol. i. 1’. -dhamati,

■dhwatum, to blow or breathe at er upon, fen.

2. upa-dhma, f. bli wing upon, breithmg; *he

effert of the voict which produces the souud Upa

dhmlnlyt.

Vpa-ihmana, am, n. blowing upon, breathing.

Upadhmamn, i, ini, i, blowing npor., f-nning,

brt athing. -

Upa-df manhja, at, m. the aspirate Visarga b -fore

the letters p ind ph.

■3TIW} jpa-dhyai, cl. i. P., ep. also A.

■dhyayali, -te, -dhyatum, to thlnk ot, remember.

TQUTO ipa-dhrasta, as, a, am (fr. rt.

Ahvam with upa}, Ved. spott A.

iMVTSng upr-nakekat.-a, am, n., Ved. a

sccond'ty st-j.

dlHtt apa-nakha, am, n. a disease of the

iinger-nails, whitlow, agnail.

-pa-dayaro, am, n. a suburb.

anMfif upa-na^fi, See under vpa-num.

apa-nadam and upa-nadi, ind.

near a river.

aUrlrt} itpa-nandu, as, m., N. of a son of

Vasu-deva; a pjpil of Sskya-muni; n king of the

Nagas.

_ Vpa-nandaka, as, m., N. of a son of Dhrita-

rSshtra.

TV?PT jpa-nam, cl. i. P. A. -namati, -te,

■mantum, to bjnd towards, tend towards, approaeh;

to com to, arrive ?t; to frll to the share of; fcare in

fw.th nec., dat., or gen.): Caus. -»lamayali,-yitum,

to leid towards or nto the pr.senct of (with gen.),

introduce to; to offer.

Upa-Mta, as, a, am, bent tew-rds, bent inwards;

brought und ,t, subje-cted, surrendered; dependent on

(for protection &c,); brought near to; fallen to ono’t

share; appn ached, approximate, near (either in time

or spac ); brought b ait, produced, existing.

l^rpa-nati, is, f., Ved. inclin-tioo, affUtion.

Vpa-namuka, as, a, an’, Ved. brnding towards.

upp-naya, See under i. upa-ni.

.ipa-naro, as, m., N. of a king of

the Naga.-.

dM»iri apa-nak, cl. 4. P. A. -nahvati, -te,

•nadihutn, to tie up, tie together; to make np into

a buiidle,bind together; toiiday; to set with: Caus.

-nahayati, -yitum, to cnusu to bind together.

Upa-r thema, am, n., Ved. a doth in which any-

thing is t > :nJ up.

Vpa-naha, as, m. a bundk ; a piastir, an ungueat

ppli d to a wound or sote; the tie of a lute, the

luwer part cf the tiil-pieci where the wirus ari fixed ;

inflammation of the ciuary glands, :>tye.

Tpa-.tahnna, um, n. patting a plast r upon, npply-

ing an unguent, unction, r.noiutmg, plastering.

upo-,iaman, a, n. a nirknatne,

sumame.

3Hni(Vt<* upa-nasika, am, n. the pirt sur-

rounding the nose, that whieh is near the nose.

ipa-ni-kship, cl. 6. P. A., 4 P

-Tcxhipati, -te, -kshipyati, -ksheptum, to throw

down, place down, deposit.

Upa-nikshspa, as, m. a deposit sealed orcovered

up so that the contents are unknown; any artide

intrusted to ones keeping.

Tcrf^T⁷!^ vpa-ni-gam, cl. 1. P. -yadhati,

-gantam, to meet with, faB into, MI upon, fall into

any state.

rmfriy? upa-ni-grah, cl. 9. P. A. -grih-

,}Sti, -nite (Ved. -gribhi&ti, -nite), -grahUttm, to

prvss down upon, bring near to.

TVfrTV epa-ni-dha, cl. 3. P. A. -dadheti,

-dhatte, -rlhatum, to put or plr o: near, to put down,

place before any onc (as a meal dee.), bring near, lead

nt ar to; tu produce, cause; to deposit, to intrust.

Vpa-i.idhitri, ta, tri, tri, puttii.g down, laying

down.

Vpa-nidhana, am, n. a deposit.

Vpa-i.idhi, is, m. a deposit, pledge, property put

under the care of a cr_ditor, friend, &c.; in I»w this

word ordinarily imph 3 esp-tially a seali d deposit,

but occording to som ., any art-de intrusted to a

friend which ht may use whilst in his koepir.g; N.

of a son of V asu-deva.

Z^Tpa-ni!t^{* i},ta, as, a, air, depositrd with, intrusted

to; pUced near to; offered, presented.

a M P»m upa-ni-pat, _cl. 1. P. -patati, -ti-

tum, to fly down to; to takc piae- in "ddition; to

be uicntioned iucid.nlally.

Jpa-nipata. as, m. udd< n and unexpected atfack.

Vpa-nipitM, i, ini, i, faiiing jnto; «ttacking

sudd' niy.

■fftrftpfhr upa-ni-pid, cl. IO. P. -pidayati,

-yitum, to oppress, oisturb.

•a VJ f*1 *i »1^vpa-m-mantr, cl. 10. A. -mantra-

yate, -yitum, to invite, consecrate, inaugurate.

rpa-nimantrana, am, n. invitation, inauguration.

nMlrf mri jpa-nirapana, am, n. (rt. vap),

cattering or pouring down upon.

r*r^vpa-nivesin, i, ini, i (rt. vis),

nttached to, inherent, anni.xed.

vpa-nishad, t, f. (rt. vpa

and ni, implying originally sitting down at the feet

of another in order to listen to his words, and hence

confidentia! information given in this raanner; but

according to native authorities upa-ni-shad means

* to destroy ignorance by revealing the knowledge of

the supreme spirit*); esoterie doctrine, secret doctrine,

mysterious or mystica! meaning, words of mystery &c.;

certain mystica! writings attadied to the Brahmanas,

the aim of which is the ascertainment of the secret

sense of the Veda, (they are more than a hundred in

number, and are said to have been the source of

the six darianas or Systems of philosophy; perhaps

the most celebrated is the Bnhad-5ranyaka-upanishad

attached to the ^ata-patha-Brahmana); true know-

ledge; a neighbouring mansion; 2, lonely place; (at

the end of compounds upanishad sometimes be-

comes upanuhada.) — XJpanishat-kri, to regard as

a mystical or secret doctrine.

Upa-nwhadin, i, ini, i, sitting at the feet of a

person; subjected.

<3 vpa-nishkara, am, n. (rt. Arri), a

Street, a prindpal or royal road.

vpa-nish-kram (-nis-kram), cl.

1. P. A., 4. P. -kramati, -kramate (ep. a]so -kra-

mate), -kramyali, -kramilum, to go out towards,

step out, go out.

Upa-nishkramana, am, n. going out towards; a

particular religious rite, one of the SanskSras, taking

a child in the fourth month of its age for the first

time into the open air (see Manu II. 34); a main

or royal road.

1. upa-ni, cl. 1. P. A. -nayati, -te,

-netum, to l^ad near to, bring near, bring, adduce,

offer; bring information, communicate; to bring

about, produce; to employ, to bring into any state,

bring into ooe*s possession, lead away, lead; to bring

near to one’s self (as a teachtr receives a pupil for in-

struction), to invest with the sacred thread, initiate;

A, to take into one’s Service : Caus. -nayayati, -yi-

tum, to cause (a m aster) to receive (a pupil), to

cause to invest with the sacred thread.

Upa-naya,as, m. hringing near, procuring; at-

taining, gaining; employing; the fourth member in

a fivefold syllogism, the application to the spedal

case in question; leading a youth of the threc first

castes to a teacher; initiation; investiture with a pe-

culiar thread or cord wom over the left shoulder and

under the right, by which act spiritual birth is con-

ferred and the youth is reckoned a member of the

twice-born classes; ^the cord of the Br^hman is of

cotton, Munja orKusa grass; of the Kshatriya, of ?ana

orhemp; and oftbe Vai^ya, of wool: the youths should

be invested, respectively, from eight to sixteen, from

eleven to twcnty-two, and from twelve to twenty-four

yean of age.)

Upa-nayana, am, n. leading to, bringing; leading

to a teacher, initiation. See upa-naya.

Uparnaya, as, m. or upa-nayana, am, n. leading

to a teacher, initiation. See the preceding.

Upa-n,ayika, as, d, am, leading to; N. of a

SGtra work.

Upa-nita, as, a, am, brought near, approximated;

presented ; known; obtained, attained ; dted, ad-

duced; (as), m. the youth led to a teacher and in-

vested with the characteristie cord.

Upa-niya, ind. having led towards or brought,

having invested (with the sacred thread).

Upa-niyamana, as, d, am, being initiated.

Upa-ndavya, as, d, am, to be brought near; to

be employed or observsd.

Upa-netri, ta, m. one who leads or brings near.

■3^2. upa-ni (upa-ni-i), cl. 2. P. -nyetx,

-tum*, to enter into, penetrate.

vpa-nud, cl. 6. P. A. -nudati, -te,

-nottum, to drive or waft neir, impel tow 'rds.

Vpa-nunna, a», o, am, sent, despatehed; wuftod,

driven (by the win 1).

snHrt jpa-nrit, cl. 4. P. A. -nrityati, -te,

-nartltum, to dauce before any one (with -cc.), to

dance bef >re any one with insulting pestures.

T'pa-nritya, am, n. ? place for dancing.

.ipa-ny-as (-ni-as), cl. 4. V.-asyati,

-asitam, to 1-y upon, place down, put down, dep osit,

intrust to any one (w^th dat.), commit to the care

of; to cxplain minutely, describe in detail; suggest,

plead, put forth or addui» argumenta, state.

Ppa-nyada, as, a, am, piaced near to or upon;

pledged, intmsted, deposited; given, communic ted;

brought forwrrd as an examplc &c., adduced. hinttd,

suggested.

XJpastyasya, ind. having delivcrcd up, delivering

up.

Vpa-nydsa,as, m. placing neir to, juxta-pnirion;

in*rustnig, a deposit, pledge, a pawn, a hostage;

statement, soggestion, hint, pr< text, an exordium or

iotr duction; a precept, a law.

Upa-nyasya, as, a, am, to be adduced er ;tated.

un-41-eit upo-ny-a-tar(-nt-a-),cl. 1.P. A.

-darati, -te, -ritum (Ved. -rita-e, -rai, -rase, -ra-

dhyai), to enter inti, p, netrate.

TtpPT vpo-puksba, as, m., Ved. the

shoulder.

T pa-pakshya, as, a, am, Ved. ne^v.r the shoulder.

TtPTff 1pa-pat, cl. 1. P. -patati, -titum,

to fiy ni ar, hasten towards.

Upa-pata, as, m. accident, c xurre-.ee, misfortune,

unlucky accident.

Ujsi-patak", am, n. (with upa implying ^:n-

ferinrityj a rrime or sin m the se~>nd degree (as

killing a cow, selling a daughter, &e.).

Vpapatakin, ", ini, f, one who has c immitt A a

crim - in the s.cond degree; a sinner in ony but the

Kr.t degrte.

TJpa-patin, T, ini, i, f Iling into, hastening towards.

d tfM^rri vpa-puti, is, m. a paramour, a

gallant.

Ttm* upa-patham. -fVHtcftll upa-mantrana. 1G5

upa-patham, ind. ntar the ruad.

upa-pad,cl.4. A. -padyate, -pattum,

to go near, appr ach, come tu, arrivt at, to be ob-

t uned or grined, fall to oae’s shar ; to go against,

ttack; tu t ike place, c ecer, to be produce 'i, • > be

present, to be p xsible, to be -dapted, to be fit for or

'dequate for fwith loc.); put in a word or statenu.ot:

Caus. -padayati, yitum, to bring into any state,

cause to arriv. or be obtained, offer, prement any one

(acc.l with (inst.); to caust to occur or happen; to

atcomplish, eftect, cause; to make statement, meu-

tion; to justify; to make fit or ndequate for, to make

„onfum,able to; to fiimish with; to pronounc., de-

clara ; to find out, ascertain; .camine.

Upa-patti, is, f. happeninu, oocuning, b^oming

visiblc, appearance, prndnctioo, birth; raining, efifect-

ing, accomplishing; cause, reason; t crmination, end;

fitness, propriety; assoeiabon, c 'nbection, possession ;

reli/ious nbstraction; prrof, acertained or demon-

trated concln ion; (in arithm. or reom.l proof, de-

moustration; upapaHya, ind. suitably, in -1 bt m’n-

ocr. — Upapatli-mat, an, ati, at, or upapatti-

yukta, as, a, am, right, fit, rcasonablc, proper;

nnited, assodated.

T^Tpa-panna, as, a, am, produced, effected, ob-

tain d, gained, demonstrated, prov-d, manifcsted,

offert d, preser ted, ndowtd with, possessed of, fur-

nished with (e. g. r/unopapnina, endowcd with good

quaiities); fit, suited to the oct sion, adequati ; phv-

sicki d. cured.

T pa-pati ika, as, a, am, producing, etiectiog,

making vi ible.

Vpa-padana, am, n. effcding, doing, causing to

appear; giving, delivsnng, prsentinp; proving or

establishinp by argum„nt; c.eplaining; .xamiuation;

(as, a, an»), examining.

Upa-padita, as, a, am, effected, aco «npiished,

perturmed, i' ne; given, deliv„red, presented; proved,

demonstrated.

1. upa-padukc., as, a, am, = Jf-producetf; (as),

m. a nperhnman being, a god, a demon, &c.; hei! (?).

Upa-padya, as, d, am, to be effected, done,

shown or provtd; being produced, ooming into ex-

istence.

dMM-j upa-pada, as, m. a secondary word

of a seutence fas for instance a suburdin ta word in a

c jmpouod gen .rally fbrmina the firt mtmner; or a

preposition, partide &c. prefixed to a verb jr a noun

derived ffom a verb quahfying or deterrui'."ng the

idea contained in the verb; or a st con iaiy word of

any kind which is govemed by or limite the general

idea oontainti in the pi incipi 1 word); smaH, diminu-

tive; a little.

aMmtkfitiJ upn-parikshana, am, n. or apa-

pcnksha, f. (fr. rt fksh with par' and upa), in-

quiring into, iuvestigation, examnation.

TtT^t upa-pare (-para-i), cl. 2. P. -paraiti,

-tum, to go towarus, appro-ch.

TWEnT upa-pariana, as, d, am (rt. pru),

dosely touching; in dnse contact; (am), n., Ved.

idn.ixbire; (Siy.) impregnation.

I jic-prit, k, k, k, Ved, dosely attached, in dose

-ontact with.

'ipa-parSuku, f. the false ribs.

lUMefl rpa-pali (for upc-pari-i), cl. 2. P.

■palyeti, -tum, to retum, tutr back.

TtPTTJ^i 2. upa-phduka, as, i, ara, hae ing

ehoes, shod.

npa-pdpa, am, n. a crime in the

serond degree; [cf. Uy,a-pataka.]

vpa-pnrfaa, as. am, m. n. a shoul-

der; fiank. the lesscr ribs, the Iesser flankj the

opposite side.

JWfefT vpa-pulita, as, a, am (fr. rt. 2.

pa), pratected, nurtured.

d imY? upa-pid, cl. 10. P. -piduyati,-yitam,

to preis down, disturb, distress; (in astron.) to edipse.

Upa-pidana, am, n. pres, ing down, opptessing,

devastating, laying w-ste; initicting paiu; pain, agony,

torture.

Upa-pidita, as, d, am, devastated; tortured,

pained, disb-ssed.

upa-puro, am, n. a suburb, ‘ near

the city.’

Vpapanrika, as, i, am, belonging to a suburb.

npa-purana, am, n a secondarv

or minor Pnuna, a uumber 01 writings subordinate

to tbe tighteen prindpal Puran-s: viz. Adi (by Sanat-

eum .ra), Nrisinha, Vayu, Sivadhanna, Durv-sas,

Narada, Nandikesvan¹., Ufanao, Kapila, Varuna,

Stimba, Kalika, Mahefvara, Padma, D na, ParaSara,

Marida, Bhaskara

m^fbHoST upa-pvshprkc, f. yatvninpr,

gaping.^ ^

vpa-paurnamasam or ripa-

paurmmasi, irid. at the time of iuli moon.

Tpa-pra-gd, cl. 3. P. -jigati, -gatum,

to come near to, approach

npa-praih, cl. 6. P. -pri66hati,

-pra-htum, to nsk a person (aco.) about aoythhig.

Tqrjvnr spa-pra-jan, cl. 4. A. -jayats,

-janitnm, to be bom in adlition.

Tetufii upa-pra-jinv, cl. 1. P. -jmrati,

-vitura, to impel, stir up; (Say.) to gr-.tify or please

in approad ing.

TW «pa-pra-tri, Caus -tdrayoti, -yitmn,

to convev or transport: cross.

VHHciM npa-pradarsana, am, n. pointing

out, showing, indicabor-

TtTIRT upa-pra-da, cl. 3. P. A -dadati,

-datte, -datum, to delivcr over, c immit to (any one).

Upa-pradana, am, n. dehvering over, presenting;

a present, a bribe.

d '4 H h I vpa-pra-ijc, cl. 2. P. -yati, -tum,

to approach, attack.

upa-pralobhana, am, n. (rt.

luhh), seducing, alluring.

npa-prana, as, m. a secondary or

inferior vital air belonging to the bodv.

aSHm npa-prnp (-pra-dp), cl. 5. P. -prd-

pnoti, -ptum, to come near, appr ach.

b'mTPII vpn-pra-yd (-pra-d-ye), cl. 2. P.,

Ved. -yati, -tv.m, to go near, approach.

3 upa-prut, t, t, t, Ved. flowing or

rushing near; (Say.) appioaching.

upo-pre (-pra-i), cl.'2. P. -praiti,

-tum, to go neir, ■■pproach, invade; to nndertake,

begin; to set about anything (with acc. or dat.).

i4H'Sr vpa-preksh (-pra-iksh), cl. 1. A.

•prrkshaU, -shMam, to overlook, pas' over un-

noticed, disragard.

Fpa-prekskana, am, n. overlookiqg, looking at

withunt interest, disre gardiog.

"3WV upa-presh (-pra-ish), cl. 4. P. -presh-

yati, -prerhitum, to drive, impel; to invite or request

(a , 'lest to do anything at a sacrifice), to sumir.on.

Upo-praidia, as, m. invitation, summons.

TO ipa-plu, cl. 1. A. -ptacate, -plotum,

to assault violently assail.

l^Tpa-plava, as, m. (fr. rt. ptu with upa), violcut

assault or attark, unlucky accident, mi .fortune, great

calamity, disturbance; a jorteiit or natural ph. ro

meonn, cspedally an edipse; a N. of Rlt J, the

escending node, tht author oi edipses; N. of Siva.

tpaplavin, t, ini, i, one who has met with a

cilamitv.

Upa-plr.vya, arr , n., N. of the capital of Virata’»

conntry, Matsya.

Upa-pluta, as, a, am, violently assaulted, assailed,

beset; distressed, pained; hTissed (by Rahn &c.),

edipted; marked by prodigies; wet, moistened,

(d), f. morbid sensibilhy of the uterus. — Upaplv td-

ksha (°ta-ak°), as, I, am, weeping.

Tb upr-bandha, as, m. (rt. bandh),

coi. ecct on; an afhx; a mode of sitting.

Upa-badrtha, as, d, am, tonnvCted.

dl4«t e upa-burha, as, m. (rt. brih or brinh;

cfi dpa-, rinh, p. 168), 1 pillow.

Vpa-barhaaa, am, n., Ved. a cushion, ccverlet,

cov ering.

Vpa-brinh\n, i, ini, i, supplementary, additional.

"3 tHri npa-hahu, us, as, a, a few, a tolera

ble numher.

"3 -Cfi? vpa-hahu, us, m. the lowe» arm

(trom the elbow to the wnst); N. of a man.

■SMi-V upabda, as, or upabdi, is, m., Ved.

n jist, sound, rattling, dankiog. — 1’pabdi-mat, du,

at~, at, Ved. noisv, loud.

T*T3J upa-bru, cl. 2. P. A. -braviti, -brute,

to prais^, celebrate.

rjiiHjj- upa-bhanga, as, m. (rt. hhaiij), a

division or m etnber (of a v-rst).

TOWT vpa-bhasha, f. a secondary dialect.

WHrf upa-bhuj, cl. 7. P. A. -hhunnkti,

-bhunkte, -thoktum. to enjoy, eat, possess, use;

make ns» of, receive (as a reward).

Upa-bTmikta, as, d, am, enjoyed, tr ed, poss^ssed.

— Vpahl ukta-dl 'lua, as, d, am, one who ht en-

joyed or makes use of his riche»; (as), m., N. of a

merchanfis son.

rpa-bhunjdne, as, d, am, enjoying, using.

Upa-hUMri, td, tri, tri, an enjoyer, enjoying,

possessing.

Vpa-bh.nga, as, m. enjoyment, use, afing; usu-

ftuct; plta'ure, satisfaction, cohabifation.

Upc-bhngin, l, ini, i, enjoying, ur.ing.

Vpa-bhngya or upa-bhoktavyc or rpa-bhoianiyc,

Of, fi, a»*, to be enj >yed, to be used; (am), n. object

of enjoyment.

rpa-bhnjin, i, ini, i, eating, enjoying.

Fpa-bhcjya, as, d, am, serving as food.

upa-hhd, cl. 1. P., Ved. -bhanati,

-cituw, to be near to.

TtpTiT upa-bhrit, t, f., Ved. a sacrificial

vessel made of wood; a cup of round shape, made of

the wood of the banian tree, and used in sacrifices.

SW (. upama, as, d, am (fr. upa), Ved.

uppermost, highest; nearest, next, first; most ex-

cellunt, eminent, best. — Vpamh Gravas, as, as, as,

Ved. of highet fame; (as), m., N. of a son of Kuru-

sravana and grand?»n of MitrStithi.

1. upama, ind., Ved. in the closest proximity or

neighbourhood.

Upair.am, ind., Ved. in the hightst degre—

3 ?, upama, at the end of compounds

St„ under 3. upa-tna.

TtPPT upa-mndgu, us, m., N. of a son of

S'vaph’lka and vuunger brnther of Madgu.

<j M*t*^ vpa-mantr, cl. 10. A. -mantrayate,

-yitmn, to ddress, invoke, invite, persuade.

Upa-mantrana, am, n. the act of addressing, in-

viting, persuadm₀.

166 wp

Upa-mantrin, i, ini, i, inviting, persuadir,g.

vpa-mantham, f. (rt. math), s

■l>fT for stirring.

Upa-rnaidkitri, td, tri, tri,Ved. stirnng up.

jrpnq upa-manyu, us, as, u,\ ed. ztalous,

striving after; (S5y ) kn. iwing, uoderstaoding, iotelli-

gent; {as), m., N. of a pupil of Dhaumya Aycda.

jqHT 2. upa-ma, cl. 2. P., 3 or 4. A. -mati,

-mimite, -mdyate, -matura, to measure one thing

bv aoother, compare; \ ed. to givc, grant.

3. upa-md, 1. rcsemblance, equality, sumlarity; a

resemb ao<:e, as a pieture, portrait, imagc, &c.; a

simile; cciiip 'rison, a particL of compans-n; (os* a

am, at theend of 1Baho-v r ni compound) Mkc, similar

to. rcsombling (e. g. mruiropama. r -seni; ng an iin

morta’.). — Upem a-drarya, am, n. any objtct useu

tor a c impari -an. — Upama-rupaka, ora, n.; tigure

m rbetoric c imbinmg cnmparisoD and metaphor.

- Vpamrta r marita f), 'U a, am, compartdwith?;

(as), m., N. of the tree Vatica Rubu ta.

I. upa-matri, ta, m. an imag.-maker, a portrait-

j ainter.

Upa-mdna, am, n. comparison, resembknce, ana-

logy; a simii.; thit with which anything is com-

par .d; a partlde of compari' on; (ia the NySy".

phil.) reengrition of likeness, comparison, the third

of the four pramanus or m-ans of correct knuwledge.

— Upamd,ta-dintamani,is,m, Vtie (faphilosophic 1

work. — Cpamdnopa„,cya-bhdva ('na-up^{'), as, m.

the connection butween the subject of o impari on and

the comparison adduc d.

Upa-mlta, a», a, am, compare.1, illustrated by

omparison, similar.

Upa-mitt, is, f. rcsemblance, comparison, a hk»

uess, r picture, image, &c.; analopy; koowicdge of

things derived from inalogy or resembl nce; iidc-r-

enco, iiiduction,

Vpa-meya, m, a, am, (with inat. or as la, t member

of c impoundt to be c impared, compar ble with;

{am), n. the subj.-ct of a comparison, that which is

compared (opposed to upa-mara, thaf with which it is

compared). — f ^Tpam,yopamd ( ya-up'), f. the rtsem-

blance of any obiect to that oampared witii it; rtciproc d

omparison, as of the mnoo to a beauttftil fac..

dWffl 'pa-mdti,ie, f. (fr. rt. moti with vpa),

Ved. "pprr iching with a pray.r; ddressinsr, address;

(SSy.) comparison; (is), m. ippro-ching in a friendiy

wiy; obliging; onewhomayb 1 iddressod, ffabL.espe-

cially as n epithet oi Agni; (SSy.) pranting Wealth.

— Vpa muti vani, is, is, i, Ved. onewho receives ad-

dress. s in a fri.ndly w-y; (SSy.) destroyer of an enemy.

Upa-mimausa, f., Ved. deliberation, investigation,

ronsideration.

7! 2. upa-matri, ta, f. (a second mo-

thW), a wet riurse; a near female relative.

3 HHM upa-mada, as, m., Ved. enjoyment,

ddight.

.pa-ma-ana. am, n. (fr. rt. mri),

\cd. sjbmerging (in wrter &c.i.

TmnfrTrf^ pn-maiini, f. a species of the

Ati-sakvan metrt.

3^*ii«t upn-mdsya, as, a, am, \ e d. occur-

ring every month, monthly.

upa-mit, i, f., Ved, a pro]), a stay.

3 upa-mulam, ind. at the root.

3 upa-mrid,cl.9.P. -mridnoti,-rnardi-

t um, to, aish, bruise, dash to pieces, d< stroy; rub dnwn.

I 'pa-mnrda, at, m. friaior., rubt inr d iwn.bruiring;

destruet .on; rtprouch, abuse, refutation of a rharge.

Upa-uiantaka, as, a, ara, ciushing, destroying,

destructive; («s), m. refut tion of a chargc.

ddhVJ 'jpn-yaj, d, f., Ved., N of eleven

a jditior^-1 formulas at a satnhce.

i-mantrin. 3 m Te n ■{

Vpa-yashtri, ta, m., Ved. the pricst who utters I

these verses.

Vpa-yaja, as, m. addi tion al formulas at a sacrifice;

N. of a younger brother of Y5ja.

upa-yantr, cl. io. P. -yantrayati,

-yitum, to solicit or compel aoy one to do anything.

vpa-yam, cl. i. P. A. -yatthati, -te,

-yantum, to take a wife, marry; to seize, take, re-

ceive, hold ; to offer.

Upa-yantri, ta, m. a husband. . .

Upa-yantra, am, n. (with upa implying inferi-

ority) a minor surgical instrument or implement; a

secondary applicat ion of any kind, as actual cautery,

cscharotics, &c.

Upa-yama, as, m. marriage, marrying.

Upa-yamana, am, n. marrying; taking a wife;

(F), f. any support of stone, clay, gravel &c. for hold-

ing firo-wood; a sacrificial ladle; (as, d, am), that

upon which anything is placed, a support.

Cpa-yamn, a.!, m., Ved. taking up with a udit

a iadk]?); the verges or ttrmulas uttered in ladliug

out the Soma jnice ; marriage.

JW upa-yd, cl. 2. P. -ydti, -tum, to ap-

pr iach, und-rpo.

Upa-yaia, as, a, am, urrived; {am), n. amval,

reter"

Fpa-yana, am, n. eum ing near, approachuig.

Upa-yayin, i, ini, i, cominp ti iwards,, -ppri aching.

vpp-ydaika, as, d, am (rt. ydc),

an askrr, solicitor, begging.

Vpa-yaiana, am, n. soliciting, api roaching with

a tequt .t or pr^yer.

Upa-yaiita, a», d, aia, reque .ted, soucite d; ortered,

especiclly to the deities to r-nder triem propitious;

(am), n. prayer, request ito a deity).

rpayidanka, as, m. any one

employed to fiard Vih5rn; a wrong reading for

upauhariln (?).

3Mdrt upa-yuj, cl. 7. P. A. -ytmakti, yun-

kti, -yoitu.n, to herness (as horses toa carriage); to

occupy, take possession of; to use, employ, apply;

t.> be*tn« upon; to attach onc’s self to, be devoted to;

tn apprnpnate, conatime, eat.

Vpa-i/uHa, as, d, am, attached, udapted, suitabl;,

-ppropriate, usetul; worthy, servitxablc; proper,

riprht; t"ken, eaten, touch.d.

Upa yunjana, as, 5, am, attaching, taking, appru-

priating.

Upa-yuyilshu, u», us, u, about to employ or apply.

Upa-yoktavya, as, a, am, to be employed.

Upa-yoga, as, m. applic «tion, employmeot, use,

Service, utility; administratum of medicine», prepara-

tion ofthem; titne»s, suitableness; contact, pr iximitv;

any act tending to effect a dejred obiect; good con-

duct, observing estiblished practic.s. — Vpayvjam

gnm or vraj, tu be .mploy.) or used.

Vpa-yogtn, i, ini, i, employmg, nsing; what s

employed, conducive or contrrluting to, s.rviceable,

u<;ful, convenient; appropriate; f avour «ble, propitious;

touching, in contact with —Upai/ogi-ta, f. or upa-

yogi-tva, am, n. u-efulnes'; fitness, suitableness;

occa iion, need; f-vour, propitiousness.

Upa-yojana, am, n. hame"me a horse (by the

side of mother); » tcm.

Vpa-yqiya, as, a, am, to be employed or used.

4 "pa-ynsham, ind. awordexpress-

ing great plearure; fcf. vpa-joskam.')

TtTT v.para, as, d, am (fr. upa), Ved. sitti-

ated belov, undtr; pisterior, later; nearer, apprwi

mate; uparasu (loc. fem. pl.), in the proximity of,

near to; (as), m. the lower stone on which the

Soma is hid that it m?,y be ground by means of other

stones held in the hands; the lower part of the acn-

ficial post; a cloud; region(?). — Upara-tat, ind.,

Ved. in the prox.mity or circumference.

3 H«vb -pa-rakta, as, d, am (fr. rt. raiij

nari-ttta.

with vpa), ifHiCted, overtakcn by calamity; (as), m.

eclipscd («s sun or m.xm), Rahu the ascending node.

Upa-raga, as, m. colour; darkening, an eclipse of

the sun or moon; R5hu or the scending node ; an

inauspicious tvent, caian.ity, affliction; misbehwiour,

ili conduct; reproach, abuse.

3MI HW ipa-rakshana, am, n. a guard,

an outpost.

imfvfil npn-radita, as, a, am, made, pre-

pared.

upo-rotna, am, n. a secondary or

Uifjrior gem, a diamond of low valuc.

upa-ram, cl. I. P. A. -ramati, -te,

-rantam, to ceasc, end, terminate, be fioished; to

derist; to cause to cease or desist: Caus. -ramnydi,

-yitum, to came to ceasr or desist, stop. render quiet.

Vpa-rata, as, d, am, ceased, 'toppH; dead;

withdrawu or relired from. — Uparata-karmarr, a,

d, a, cearing from works or from relying on th. m.

— Uparata-rasa, as, a am, ceasing tc dince or

play. — Upamta-vishayahhUask-a {°ya-abk°), as,

a, um, ceasing from -11 desire arter worldlv things.

— Uparataspriha, as, d, am, void of desire.

— Uparatdil Uta-ari), is, is, i, having no fce,

being at ptace with aD.

Upa-rati, is, f. ceasing, stopping; death; retiae,

ing from sensu-1 enjoyment, abstaining frein prescribed

acts; great or exquisite plrasere \t).

Vpa-tama, as, m. stopping, ceasing; abstaining

trom giviog up; death.

Upa-mmmta, a,n, n. abstaining fi >m the pleasures

of s-nse or from ceremonia! acts (with abi.); ceasing,

discontinoance.

Upa-rama, as- m. ceasing, stopping.

tjmsj .ipa-rava, as, m. (fr. rt. ou with

upa), a sound-hole idesignation of certain hoRs

whi h inraease the < mnd of the stones when the

Soma is being ground.)

riHIW upa-rasn, cs, m. a secondary tnine-

ral, as red chalk, bitumen, &c.; a seeondarv passior.

or feeling; a subordinate flavour.

3«tgl it upa-roja, as, m. a viceroy.

Upa-rdjata, ind. near a king.

Tirfr vpa,-i, ina. (as a separahle adverb)

above, upon, on, upward., towards the uiper side of

(opposed to adhai and ni da. e. g. upari ya, to gc

upwards; sometimes written with.. ti liowing Word as

ii c-smpounded with it, e. g. upa ru-HhniUi, marktd

above); betides, in additinn to, turther {saharram

iatany upaH dasktau, icoo nd 8oo m additioni;

afterwards (e. g. upari paya/i pihd, he shonld

drink milk afterwards); upari upari, higher and

higher; repeated’y, continuously.

" (Ai a separable preposition, with ace., loc., or gen.)

over, above, upon, on, at the h.ad of, on the uppe,

side of, beyond ,(e. g. upari imUem gam,_to go over

the mountain ; upari Larti ayam samprdptah sah,

he arrived over Lan-kS; vpary upari sarveshdm

atirhthat, he 'tood at the very hecd of ail; atmanmn

tasytl upari ishiptvd, having thrown liimself upon

. im); in connection with, with reference to, with

regard to, towards (with gen., c. g. mania upari

i-atritati, changed in feeling with regard to me ;

pu‘rasya ujiari kruddhah. enraged towards his

soi); after (with abi., e. g. muhHddd wpari afttr a

min- tel; [cf. Zend upara; Goth. ufar; Old Gi rm.

nbar Mod. Germ. uber; Eng. ater - Gr. inrip;

Lat. super.)

Upari may also be used at the end of a compeamd;

e. g. ta<lupa'i gantum to fall upon him, to itlack

Irim.

I pari uften stands at the beginnmg of a cnm-

ponid, as in the iollowint! exampies — f tpari-gata,

as, a, am, gone up, ascended. — Upari-cara, ar, m.

epithet oi the king Vasu (‘w lking in the lir’).

-Ipari-Hta, as, d, am, piled over or above.

TtrftiT upan-ja.

3Winf upa-vasana.

•m Upari-ja, as, a, am, growing up, produced

above, elevated, high. — Upari-nihita, as, a, am,

laid over. — Upari-purusha, as, a, am, having a

man above. — 1 pari-prut, t, t, t, Ved. coming from

above. — Upari-babhrava, as, m., N. of a teacher

of the ritual. — Upari-hudhna, as, a_t am, Ved. raised

above the ground.— Upari^bhaga, as, m. the upper

portion or side. — Uparl-bhava, as, m. the being

above or higher. — Upari-bhumi, is, f. the ground

above. — Upari-bhram, cl. i. 4. P. -bhramati,

-bhrdmyati, -bhramitum, to wander over or

above. — Upari-martya, as, d, am, Ved. above

men. — Upari-foyana, am, n., Ved. a place of rest.

— Upari-$renika, as, d, am, being in the upper se-

ries. — £^ari-«a(f,£,M,Ved.sittingordweUingabove.

— Vparisadya, am. n., Ved. the act of sitting above.

— Uparistha, as, d, am, staying or being above,

upper. — TJparistlidpana, am, n. placing upon or

above. — Upari-sthita, as, d, am, standiog above,

being above, upper. — Upari-spriS, Jc, l\ k, Ved.

raised, elcvated. — Upantaka fri-it°), as, m. a kind

of coitus. — Upary-dsana_f am, n. sitting on high.

Uparitana, as, t, am, upper (opposed to adhas-

tana).

Uparishtdt, ind. (as an adverb) above, from

above; behind (opposed to purastat), further on

(in a book), later; afterwards; (as a preposition)

over, upon, down upon (with acc. and gen.); behind

(with gen.). — Uparishtdj-jyotislunati, f., N. of a

Vedic metre consisting of forty-three or forty-four

syliables, the end of which is like the beginning of

the metre Jyotishmatl. — Uparishtaj-jyotis, is, f. a

verse of the Trishtubh metre, the last P5da of which

consists of eight syliables. — t parishtdd-brihati, f.,

N. of a Vedic metre consisting of four PSdas, the

first of which contains twelve, each of the three

others only eight syliables.

vpa-ruc, cl. i. A. -ro(ate, -raHtum,

10 shin^, be briPiant.

upa-ntdh, cl. 7. P. A. -runaddhi,

-rtmdhe, -raddhum, to obstruet, hinder, molest,

trouble, disturb ; to prevent; to conceal.

Upa-ruddha, as, d, am, obstructed, impeded,

molested, disturbed; covered, spread; protected,

favoured.

UpOrrudltya, ind. having kept in check or ob-

structed, having blockaded or hemmed in.

Upa-rudhyamdna, as, d, am, being besieged,

besieged.

Upa-rodha, as, m. surrounding, blockadiog; ob-

struction, impediment, opposition, cbeck, refusal;

trouble, disturbance ; binding, tying, taking hold of;

■protection, favour. — Uparodha-l'arin, f, ini, i,

causing trouble, obstmeting.

Upa-rodhaka, am, n. an inner room, a private

apartment.

Upa-rodhana, am, n. obstruction, impediment.

Upa-rodhin, i, ini, 1, obstructing, impeding;

obstructed, impeded.

upa-ruh, cl. 1. P. -rohati, -radhum,

to ascend, rise.

Upa-ruhya, ind. having ascended.

upa-rupaka, am, n. a drama of

an inferior class, of which eighteen are enumerated.

upala, as, m. (connected with vpara,

q. v.), a rock or stone; a precious stone or jewel;

(d), f, the upper and smaller mill-stone which rests

on the drishad; refined or candied sugar; [cf. Gr.

<fciraA.os; Lat. opalus.] — Upala-prakshin, i, ini, i,

Ved. ananging stones; (SSy.) throwing grain on the

mill-stone,— Upala-bhedin, i, m., N. of a piant.

Upalaka, as, m. a stone.

3 hrtTJf upa-laksh, cl. 10. P. A. -lakshayuli,

-te, -yitum, to look at, observe, behold; to regard

as, value as; to imply in addition : Pass. -lakshyale,

to be observed &c.; to be likely.

JJpadakshaka, as, d, am, observing, designating.

Upa-lakshana, am, n. looking at; observation; I

designation; implying something that has not been |

expressed, implying something in addition or any ana-

logous object where only ooe is specified, using a term

in a generic sense, metaphorical or elliptical expression,

synecdoche of a part for the whole, of an individual

for the species or of a quality for that in which it re-

sides ; mark.— Upalakshana-tva, am, n. the being

implied.

Upa-lakshayitavya, as, d, am, to be observed.

Upa-lakshita,as, d, am, comprehended, discovered,

includcd, implied, metaphorically expressed, under-

stood, characterized.

Upa-lak8hya, as, d, am, inferable; (as), m. a

prop, stay, support, asylum; an inference.

upaladhipriya, as, m. the

Bos grunniens; perhaps a wrong form for baladhi-

prtya, ‘Valued for its tail/

upa-labh, cl. 1. A. -labhate, -lab-

dhum, to acquire, receive, accept, obtain, find; to

conceive, become pregnant; to perceive, observe,

hear, understand ; [cf. Gr. inroXap^di/aj.]

Upa-labdha, as, d, am, obtained, received; con-

ceived; perceived, understood, known, guessed.

— Upalabdhasukha, as, d, am, one who has ex-

perienced pleasure. — Upalabdhartha (°dha-ar°),

as, a, am, having the meaning understood; (a), f.

a tale, a true or probable story.

Upa-lahdhavya, as, d, am, to be observed.

Upa-ldbdhi, is, f. obtaining, acquisition, gain;

observation, perception, knowledge (especially re-

ligious), understanding, mind ; a guess; appearance,

perceptibility ; [cf. Gr. wrdATjifis.] — Upalabdhi-

mat, an, ati, at, perceptible, intelligiblc.

1. itpa-labhya, as, d, am, obtainable, perceivable,

to be understood.

a. upa-labhya, ind. having perceived or observed.

Upa-labhyamdna, as, d, am, being perceived.

— Upaldbhyamana-tva, am, n. the being known.

Upa-lambha, as,m. acquisition; apprehension, con-

ception, comprehensioo otherwise than from memory.

Upa-lambhaka, as, d, am, causing to observe,

reminding.

Upa-lambhana, am, n. apprehension.

Upa-lambhya, as, d, am, obtainable, to be ac-

quired; respectable, commendable, praiseworthy.

Upa-labha, as, m., Ved. seizing or taking hastily.

Upa-lipsa, f. desire of obtaining.

Upa-lipsita, as, d, am, wishing to take or seize.

Upa-lipsu, us, us, u, wishing to obtain or know.

3 Mrtlfrtctil upalaliku, f. thirst, oppres-

sioo (?).

upa-linga, as, m. a portent, a

natural phenomenon considered as boding evil.

upa-lip, cl. 6. P. A. -limpati, -te,

-leptum, to defile, anoint, smear, besmear: Caus.

-lepayati, -yitum, to cause to anoint or besmear.

Upa-lipta, as, d, am, anointed, smeared, plastered.

JJpa-lepa, as, m. smearing, anointing, phstering;

obstruction, the being concealed ; becoming deadened

or dull.

Uparlcpana, am, n. smearing, anointing, plaster-

ing; an ointment, an unguent.

Upa-lepin, t, ini, i, serving as an ointment;

anointing, smeariog, obstructing.

upa-lipsd. See upa-labh above.

upalekha, as, m. (fr. rt. likh with

upa), title of a grammatical work connected with

the Pr5ti^5khyas.

upu-vaktri, td> m., Ved. one who

directs and animates by his words; animating.

d M q A' vpa-vanga, as, m. pl., N. of a

country.

upa-vahd, Caus,-vahfayali, -yitum,

to deceive ; ta repudiate.

1G7

upa-vata, as, m. the tree Bueh anania

Latifolia.

3Mm¹! vpa-vad, cl. i. A. -vadate, -ditum,

to talk over, conciliate; to flatter, cajole.

Vpa-rada, as, m., Ved. cuisure, blame.

1’pa-^'adin, i, ini, i, Ved. censuring, blaming.

'1W upa-vana, am, n. a small fore st. a

grove, a garden; a planl.d for_st.

TtT^TI upa-varn, cl. io. P. -varnayali,

-yitum, to teU or describe copiously.

l^Tpa~rar,ia, as, m. minute descripti' 1). dttail.

Upp-varnana, am, n. descriptit n, minute de-

scription, d jineation.

Upa mrnita, as, a, am, de-cnbed.

"3VTiT upc-varta. See under upa-vrit.

npp-varsha, as, m., N. of a son of

San-kara-. v.anin nnd younger brother of Varsha,

author of writings on the MimSgsa phiiosophy.

3 4 q P-i i rt »1 q r| upavalgita-nnyana, as, a,

am, swollen or dimmed with tcars; (a various r .ad-

ing has apaialgita-⁰.)

3 4^7=1^11 upa-valWcd, f., N. of a piant.

vpa-valha, as, m., Ved. emulation,

rivalry.

adqti ipa-cas, cl. t. P. -vasati, -•'astum.

to dwell in or at; to ibidi in a state of abstinence,

abstain from food, ta fast: Caus -raxnyatl,

to cause to fast.

Vpa-vasatha, as, m., Ved. i fast-day, day of pre-

paration f ir the Soma 'aerifice, thi dav precedinp' a

Sonia sacrific”, day of a Sama sacrifice; a village (?).

1 'pavanlliiya or upava°athya, as, a, am, Ved.

selectad tor an Upavasatha (,ss a day), Monging to

or prepar.d for a Sr ma saciirite.

rpa-veuto, am, n. . fast, fastinp.

rpa-vastri, ta, tri, tri, om who faats.

Upa-vana, as, am, m. n. a fast, fasting (as a re-

ligious act comprising abstin nce from .tll sensual

gratification, from perfumes, flowers unguents, oma

ments, betj, murie, dancing, &c.); kindling a saatd

firt, a fire altar.

Upa-rasaka, am, n. a tast, frsting.

Upa-"asin, i, tni, i, fasting, one who obsenes a

tast.

Upmhana, uposhita, upa«hya. See p. 173.

JMdtJ .tpa-vah, cl. 1. P. A. -rahati, -te,

■vadhum, to beer or lead ntar, t< 1 lead towards kad

back; to bring about, commence.

Upa-viha, am, n., Ved. anytinna placed on the

neck of an ox undtr the ynke, to raist it to the nght

level for a yoke-fcllow of greater height.

Upa-n-aUma, nm, n. carrymg, bringing lack.

Upa vahin, f, ini, i, flowing or streaming towards.

Upa-rahja, as, a, am, to be drawn or led ntar

to; (as), m. a king’s elephant, any royal vehtcle.

Upohyamana, as, a, ain, beir, ’ brought near,

buiig comme nved; [cf. upvh, fr. which this f articiplt

ntay also be denved.]

TtnTT upa-va, f., Ved. blowing at.

TtRT=li 1. upa-vaka, as, m. (fr. rt. vai with

upa), Ved. addressing, sptakioc to, prairc.

Upavakya or upa-vacya, as, a, am, W-d. to be

addrts ed or praised.

34aiqi.2. upavaka,as,a, m.f.,Ved.,Indra-

grain (see fndra-yavai.

34 41 ^ npa-xdjar.a, am, n. (said tc be

derived fr. rt. ea), a fan.

dMdl<( upa-rida. See under upa-vad.

34''l«rt upa-vasana, am, n, (rt. 2. vas),

Ved. a dress, a garment, a cover.

168 npa-vid. TTH7IT vpa-samhdra.

dUta upa-vid, t, f., Ved. mvestigating,

mquiring into.

fpa vulya, f. protpne -ciena, ltiicnur sort of

knowledg..

Vpa- jeda, cu, m. ,eonJary knowledg , a r'asi of

writir.gs subordinate or app _od :d to the four Vtdas.

Aocording to thc Bh:,gavata-Pur*na their numbtr is

four, viz. Aywr-teda, Dh/rn»wfda, Gindharva-

vrda, and Sthapatya-r da, or medicine, military

art, music, nd mechanics,

jpa-vindv, vs, m., N. of i nian.

<J <4 64«! 131*^upa-ripdsam, ind. at or neir

thc river VipisJ.

7*lfiT3T up«-ws, cl. 6. P. -risati, -veshhm,

to sit d''wn, tak„ a Seat; to p'tch a camp; to cutcr;

to seize, take po'se sion of: Caus.-rtiayali, -yibum,

to canse to sit down.

1'pa-vi ya, ind. having sat d iwn, sittine dowi...

Upa-viskta, cu>, a, am, seated, sittmg; arrived,

entered.

Vpa~Vt'(l, as, m. sitting down, sitting, msting;

rixing one s mind npivi, being attach, d to; vuiding

by stcnl.

Uptt-ttiana, am, n. sitting down, resting; tausing

to sit d' >wn; devoting onc’s salt to; voiding by stcol.

Vpa-vedta, as, c, am, made to sit; seated.

Upa-veSin, i, ini, f, sitting down; hung one’s

mind upon, d votio ? one’s self to.

Upasveiya, ind. h iving seated or caused to sit.

l^rpa-veshtri, (a, (ri, (ri, h< who siti, a sitter,

sitting down.

dMldM tpn-risha,am, n. faotitiuus poison;

i narcotie, any deterious drug, as ipium, uatura, ice.;

(d), f. a pl-nt, Atis, Aconitnm or Betula See ali-

■risha.

3 M m! Hi tipa-viksh (-vi-Tksh), cl. I. A. -vi-

TiJiate, -ihitum, to look at or toward..

Ttnfht ‘Jpc-rij, cl. io. P. -rijsyaH, -yitum,

to blow upon, fan.

upaviraya., nom. (fr. upo-rina)

P. -vlnayati, -yit-m, to play on th. Vini oi Indian

lute bifore or in thc prcsenco of any ono.

3<1 ql ri upc-vita, am, n. (fr. rt. vye with

•’,pa), investiture witli thc saer-d threaj; the thread

or cord wom by the first three classes of the Hindflr

0”er thc left shoulder and under the rieht rrm.

Upaiitin, s, ini, i, wcaring the string io th. nsual

manntr, or over the left shoulder and nnder the

right rrm.

STip-ftC tpa-vtra, am, n. a kind nf demon.

3 <1'-J upa-vri, Intf ns. P., Ved. -vurcarti,

to pat or place over or upon.

UMdri ipa-vriph or -vrlh, Caus. P. -ttrtg-

fayati, -yitum, tc inertase.

Upa-varha,rw,m. pnlow; cf.yjia-bor/iu.p. 165.]

Vpa-vriniuttta, am, n. inertasing, incr ase, tol-

icCtion.

Vpa-vrinhita, as, a, am, increas ,d, collected from,

possessed of.

upa-vjit, cl. 1. A. hartate,

to go t"ward-, pproach; to retum.

I pa-varta, at, m. ■ particular high number.

Vpa-vartana, am, 11. a place for exercise, a countrv

inhabited or not; a divi ion, a district or Pergrna; a

kingdom.

T’pa-vritti, ts, f. motion towards.

«s

ds 4<"| vpn-vend, f., N. of e river.

■3Mq-. upa-veda. See under vpa-vid.

3 4 1^:3I npavef., is, m.,X. of a mnn.

tipa-vesha, as, nt. (fr. rt. visk with

npa), Vcd. a stick (of greeti wood) used fer stirring

th, sacrificiJ fire.

4 M'1 h vpa-vesht, cl. 1. A. -reshtate, -titum,

to surnund, cover, drc>s.

uM-diiR vpavainava, am, n. (fr. vpu-cenu?),

the three ptriods of the day, moming, midday, and

evening.

j tpa-cyakhyava, am, n. subli-

di ary or snpplemcnt ry .xplanation or int :rpret ition.

apa-vydgh 0, as, m. the smali

hnnting Ieopard.

d mil3T vpu-sak, Desid. P. -Sikshnti, to

Icam. .

I pa-Hktbamana, as, d, am, training. ’

Vpa-Hksha, f. 1< arning, desire of leaming, training.

VpariHksliibi, as, d, am, leamt, studied, trained.

d 114IH ,ipa-sam, cl. 4. P. -idmyati, -sanr-

tun., to b come calm or quiot, to cease: Caus.

-samayati, -yitum, to ca'm, tnnqiiilliz., appease,

paeify, assuaee, mitigate, make quiet, .xtinguish, kill.

Vpa-iauia, as, m. b ;coming quiet, asorgement,

ceasing, stopping, Ccssation, relaxation, intemii-sion;

tranquillity, calmness, paPenCc. — i p{i.ia.nia-filo, cu,

d, am, placid, calm.

Vpa-saimica, as, a,atn, calming, aff.nding r .pose,

making patient.

Upa-satMna, am, n. quiiting, calming, .ppcasing,

mitigation, ceasing to bum, extinction; an anodyne.

Upa-famaniya, as, d, am, to bc mad. quiet, to

bt apptased.

Upa-tdnla, as, d, am, calm d, sppeas d, pacfi A;

calm, tranquil; tntemiitted, diminishej. — Upatidntdt-

,nan (°la-ct°), d, d, o, one whose mind is pacifi-d,

placid.

Upa-sdnti, is, f. cessation, int.rmisiion, temission;

app ~ nig, allaying, assnaging; abatetri-nt; tranquil-

lity, calm.

TJpa<antin, v, ini, i, appeas d, tam., ttanqtill, < alm;

(i), m. a Mne eleplnuit.

Tipa-saya, &e. See upa-si belotv.

3 Miipn-inradam, ind. at the time

of autumn.

Tk31 •-*! upa-salya, am, n. an open place

before a town or village (lit. ‘ a place whert archers

pncticc ’ ?).

MSI |13l upa-sakka, f. a secondary Oranch.

upa-sdntv, cl. 10. P. -santrayati,

-yitum, to appeas o, consok, tranqnillize.

Vpa-iinlvana, am, n. rppearing, mtking quiet.

T^jTToI vpa-iala, am, n. a plaee near a

house, a court before a hour ; (am), ind. near a

house.

dM3IIH «pa-£astra, am, n. a minor Science

or treatise.

3 4 (sTiin spa-fikikd. See vpa-iak above.

dMfgi^ upa-6iitcjh, cl. 1. P. -iinghati,

-ghiium, to kiss.

Vpa Hnhnna, am, n. (fr. rt. fhtgh with upa),

2 t* ' * giveO to smdl at (in medicine).

dMflim npa-sishya, as, m. the pupil of a

pupil.

npa-si, cl. 2. A. -sete, -savitmn, to

lie near.

TJpa-taya, as, d, am, Ved. lying by th' side of,

lyiug dowc; prode jtive of happiness or rest; (n), f.

a prepared pii ce of chy, i. e. miicl; (as), m. lying

by the side of; arcertainment of dis^ase or diagnosis

by tht effect of entain artides of fcod or mediane;

rllaying d'seasc bv dict, regimen, &c.

Vpo-tdya, as, m. tnm ac rotation for 'ieeping

with functhert.

Upa-dayir, i, ini, i, lying near to ; lying, sleep-

ing; «oing to b..d; aibying, tranquillizing, what

mlms &c.; (in medicmejcomp-isiug, narcotie. — Vpa-

4aji-ta, t. or jpaSdy-tva, am 11. tranquiiiiJng,

rtming; secondary means of cur ,, as diit &c.

3M3t«iH hpa-sunam ind. near a dog.

vpa-Subh, Caus. P. -hbhayati, -yi-

tum, to adorn, ornament.

Vpa-iohhana, am, n. adotning, ornam.uting.

Tpa-iMita, as, d, am, jrnamentcd, ad irned.

aHISTU npa-svsh, Caus. P. -soshayati, -yi

tum, to mrke dry, dry up.

Vpa-ioshana, as, d, am, drymg up.

3 H edri vpc.-sfyul or-sint, cl. 1. P.-sSyatati,

-titum, to ooze or tricklc down, feli in dreps.

npa-iri, cl. 1. A. -sravate, -yitum,

to approach, gn toward., go ig-.inst; to att„ck; to

surr lund.

Upa-sri, f. a coveriog, anythin p tlirov.m over.

vpr-sru, cl. 5. P. -srinoti, -sratum,

to lijten to, giv: ear to, to hear.

rpa-sruta, as, d, am, Iistjoed to: promised,

agreed.

Upa-lruti, is, f. giying ear to, listening to; rang_

of hearing; a supen.atural voice heard ’t nipht and

personihed as 0 noctun.al deity r .veding the future;

iudicid i-strology, aspect ot the *tars, fortune-tJIing,

prumise, assent

Vpa-sTutya, ind. listeninv to.

Upa-srotri, Id, tri, tr‘, a listener, hesrer, listening to.

dcfPHJM upa-slish, cl. 4. P. -slishyati,

-ilesht-on, to embrace: Caus. -sleshayati, -yitum,

to cause to Uy hold of, bring near, place at hand.

Vpa-siishta, as, d, am, placed near, contiguous,

adjoining.

Upa-ilesha, as, m. juxta-position, contiguitv, an

embrace.

■fHVplsh*! tpas’akaya, nom. (fr. apa-slaka)

P. -ilobayati, -yitum, to pnisr in slokas.

apa-svasa, as, d, am, Ved. sound-

ing, roaring.

T*T5tf vpa-shtut, ind. (fr. rt. stn with npa),

Ved. at command, (ready) at one’s ea#.

TTilcF ■apa-samyama, as, m. the end of

thc world.

T<T*n"t*T •tpa-smnyaga, as, m. (rt. yuj), a

secondary or ubordinate connection, a modiheation.

tpo-samroha, as, m. (rt. ruh),

{rrowing over, growing togclher, cintrizing.

d Mfi'41¹, upa-sarprdda, as, m. (rt. rad),

agreeing together,: greem sit.

upa-sar_;,vyana, am, n. an under

garment.

upa-sam-vrqj, cl. 1. P. -rrajati,

-jitum, to enter, go towards, approach.

npa-sens-kri (-sam-kri), cl. 5. 8.

P. A. -krinoti, -nute, -karnti, -lurutt, -kaitum,

to prepire (as a meall; to ornament.

Vpa-sarvkrita, as, d, am, cooked, dressed (as a

meri).

73?^ upa-sain-hri, cl. 1. P. A. -harati,

■tc, -hartuir, to draw together, hring together, coi-

lect, to contract; to wilhdraw, taki away, wiriihold.

Vpa-samTiarana, am, a. withdrawing, taking

away; exclnding; refiising, withhoiding; atts.cking,

invading.

Vpa-"aipf arat, an anti, at, withdrawing, taking

away; refiising, excepting; going igainst, inyading.

Ipasamhara, as, m. drawinj towards one’s self,

<nm?nrfXTT upa-kamhdrin. upa-sei'. 169

drawiug in or togetner, contracting; drawing aw*y, tak-

ing awy,withholding, .xoepting, oxcludmg; collectiori,

aa >emb! g‘, winding or -uninh.ig up, a comp-odium,

brevity, concis :nr s, resnmd; perlection; subouiog,

destruction, dealh, end; attacking, invading; (in

logic) reiutation; N. of the fourth sectioi. of the

Vayu-pur-na.

Upa-samhdrin, l, 'ni, i, comprehi nding, cxclu-

sive; nun-xclusive (?).

Upa-samhrita, as, a, am, withheld, retused, de-

nicd; Cncepted; exduded, rompressed, comprehended,

Jeal.

Upa-samhriH, is, f. comprthension, seirtDg, tak-

ing; a compound expressive of various mearings (?).

3 4+i^‘M jpa-san-klrip (-sam-k°), Caun. P.

-halpayati, -yitum, to fix, deposit, settle; to appoint,

rh wse.

Fpa-sanklripta, as, a, am, placed over, built

os er.

•J4*tg;*i upa-scn-krpm (-sam-k°), cl. i. P.

A., 4. P. -krairaU, -lemmaf, (ep. niso -kramate),

-hamyati, -Ir amitum, to go near to, approach:

Caus, P. -leramapati, -yituv , to cause to approath.

TWfn npa-sankshepa, as, m. (rt. kship),

a concise abridgment, a summarv; an ibstract, com-

pendium.

upa-sankhyana,am,rt. (rt. khya),

annumerati n, adding, addition; turther (num ration;

(in gram.) a substitute in form or sense, a conrig-

itic.nt t. rm or aifix.

3 4 jj-H, ipa-san-gm1 (-sam-g°), cl. 1. P.

-gafhati, -ga.ntum, to apprcich togeth r, join in

lpproachinv, to enter into auy condition or rdation.

dMd js fi upa-san-grah (-sam-g°), cl. 9. P.

A. -grihnati, -nite (Ved. -grPhnaH, -nite), -gra-

fciw 1 to ciasp or tmbrace; to tak. upon one's

self, to xperier.ee, suffc; to receive, -cccpt; to seizv,

take .ntn cust"dy; to win over, conciliate, ir.akc

£av"'irable.

Upa-sangrihya, ind. having ciasped, ha vino tak.o,

holding.

Upa-santjrahu, as, m. dasping (e. g. the feet of

person as n mark of great re ipect), re .pr -tful saln-

tation; polite addr ss; obeu,ance; bringing together,

cullecting, joining.

Fpa-cangrahana, am, n. re-pectfu' saluti itinn (by

cUr ping the teet of p. rson with the handu), polite

tddress.

Fpa-°angrahyo, as, a, am, to be salutea r. veren-

tially, respectable, veoerable.

3 4+Pd¹' upa-san-car (-sam-6^c), cl. I. P. A.

-farati, -te, -,'ari‘um, Ved. -ritave, to enter,

■pproach; to have sexual intercourse w.th.

Vpa-saiFara, ai, m. manceuvre, hattcry (°).

d 1. vpa-sad, cl. 1. 6. P. -sedati, -sat-

tum, to iit near to, to go near to, approach; to

worship; to obtaio.

Upa-satti, is, f. connection with, union; s.-rvice,

worship; gift, donation.

Upa-sattri, ia, Iri, iri, one wlin approaches, a

worshipper; an inhabitant.

a. vpa-sad, t, t, t, Ved. one who gnes near to,

-ervini’, attending, waiting opon; (t), f. siege, assault;

laying up, rccumnlating; Service; N. of a ceremony

lasting scveral davs and fomiing part of the Jyotish-

toma ceremony.— UpasacF-ar, a, a, a, Ved. one

who has aticndants or worshipper, one who is wor-

shipped. — Upasad-vratin, i, Ini, i, observing the

njles of the Upa-ad, viz. drinking milk in certain

quantities, 'leeping on the ba-e eartn, chastity, si-

1 nce, &c.

Upa-sadc,, as, a, am, going near to; (as), m.

apprjach; gift, don‘tion; N. of a ceremony. See

2. upa-sad.

Fpa-cadana, avi, n. -.pproaclinq, going to (a

teacher), sitting near (i mastec), becomine a pupil;

going near to, berng present at, partiking of; a

oeighbouring abode,.. n ighbonrhc xi.

I pa-sadt, f., Ved. attend nts coilectiv jy (?).

Fpa-. adya, as, a, avi, to bc attended pn or

worshipped.

rpa-sanna, -■«, a, am, approached, appr ixunate;

worshipped. — 1'pasanna-ta, f. or upasanna-tia.

am, n. proximity, appr 'ach.

Vpp-sadita, as, a, am, approached, rome near to.

3TTHVJR apa-san-tan (-sam-t^c), cl. 8. P.

A. -tannti, -nate, -ratum, to bnng into imm diate

< ouneaiou with.

Vpti-«antana, as, m. imm diate connection, join-

ing together; a descendant.

tJMH-err vpa-san-dhd (-sam-dhd), cl. 3. P.

A» -dadhiii, -dhatte, -dhal-im, to put together,

add, inaease; to join, connect, caese to partake ot ;

to aim at.

Vpa-samhita, as, a,am, connected with, fune-hed

with, aocompanied or snrrounded by; having regard

or Tefeiene- to, attachcd to onc another.

astieillH upa-sandhvam, ind. near or

toward* evening.

TtnrwTTO upa-sannydsa, as, m. (rt. 2. as),

laying down, giving up.

uparsam-as, cl. 3. P. A. -amoti,

•mute, -ditum, to reach, obtiin.

ipa-sam-ps, cl. 4. P. -asya^!i, -si-

tum, to put or place np >n.

n Mtwjj' "pa-sam-d-kri, cl. 5.8. P. A. -kri-

neti, -nute, -karoti, -kvrute, t artum, to connect,

tjmbm_ Dgether.

upa-sam-5-dlid, cl. 3.P. A. -dn-

Shiti, -dhatte, -dkitum, to put on (as wood on a

fire), to place in order, arrange.

1'pa-ramadH-na, c.m, n. pladng in or on, laying

one upon the anotb x.

ipa-samaharya, as, a, am. (rt.

hri), to be brought together, to be arianged.

'T^cwf*T uprt-sair-i, cl. 2. P. -eti, -tum, to

pproach together,

n q et vpp-snmid or apa-samidham, ind.

near the fire-woc.d.

n upa-sam-uh, cl. 1. P. -uhati, -hi-

titm, to draw together, contiact, to collect together,

to brii.g near.

3 9hi*T upa-sam-e (-a-i), cl. 2. P. -aiti,

-tum, to meet, meet with (with acc.).

dl(H*-Md upa-sam-pad, cl. 4. A. -pedyate,

-pnttum, to come to, arrive ’t: Caus. P. -padayali,

-y^!tmr, to bring near to, lead near, to giv., grant;

(with Buddhists) to receive into the order of priests,

to ordain.

Fpn-sampatti, is, f. approaching, arriving at,

entering into any condition.

Fpa-samparma, as, a, am arrived at; gained,

obtained; fumished with; famihar with; hnished ;

nough, sufhcient • d :id, d ,'eased; imm ilated, 'acri-

ficed as a victim &c.; dre«scd, cooki l.

upa-sam-prach, cl. 6. P. -prU-

dbatl, -prashtvm, to ask a person abouf anything.

3 4 14yupa-som-prdp ( -pra-dp), cl. 5. P.

-apnⁿti, -pium, to reach, obtain,- approach.

Ux>a-samprapya, ind. having arrived at.

m+i*+imi upa-samhhdshii, f. talking over,

friendly persuasion.

34+ls upa-sara. See upa-sri next coi.

3MH'l upa-sarga. See upa-srij next coi.

3 4«4*1 vpa-sarpana See upa-srip next

coi.

cftnTRS ■ipa-santr. See upa-snntv.

TVftf upasi, ind., Ved in the lap, on the

hip.

upc-sunda, as, m., N. of a Daityu,

«on of N-.kumbha and ynunger broth. r of bunda.

3 4^4«ti pa-suryaka, am, n. the disk of

the suu.

34« upa-sri, cl. 1. and Ved. 3. P. -serrati,

-sisarti, -sartum, t<> g*a tcw-rds, -pproach, go -gainst,

attvck; to have inti irrourse (as a woman with a mani

Upa-sara, as, d or⁷, am,, who or what approach -;

(os), m. ipproaching (a cow); the fint pregnanry or

impremiation of a o>w.

Vpa-saranc, am, n. going or flowing towarcL,

rapid iiowing of the bloc d tow irds the hwrt in sick-

ness; what is approached aj a refuge.

Fpa-sartnya, as, a, am, to fce approach 1 for

help, to be had recourse to.

Fpa-sarya, f. ‘to be tppro'ched, a cow fit fo-

a bull.

Upa-sirya, as, 0, rm, t" be pproached or gooo to.

Fpa-sritya, ind. having gone towards, having ap-

pro..chcd.

34*(q ipa-srij,c\.6.P. -srijati, -srashtum,

to pone aui or on, to ofter, mak_ an ojlatinn; to

ioin, ittach, connect with; to be«et with, oppress;

to edip.e.

Fpa-sarqa, as, m. addition; troublc, misiortunc

a portent, a natur d phen imenon supposci to rorbode

future eidi, an eclipse; \ diseas^, pos ession by an

evil spirit; change i ccasion^d by any di-easc; indi-

c tion or svmptom af daath; a discas- superindnced

on another; an inseparable particle or prepodtion

prefixed to roots; see kan.a-proradaniya. — Vpa-

sarga-rritti, is, is, i, having the character of a

prq asition, to be trtat d like one.

Vpa-sa) iaua, am, n. ponring on; misfortune,

ir uspicious ph^nomenon, portent, eclipse; passinp

by, leaving, edipsing; any person or thing subordi-

nate or -nbsidiary to anoth-r, a substitute, a repre-

sentative; (in grm.) a Word wii.ch by compositioi.

or derivation loses its original ind pendance, whilf

it a^o d termines the sense of aiothir Word; for

irstance, in the derivative AupUalct, a pupil ot Ap.

Sali, ApiiaV has become the upa-r rjana; so also ir

the corap.und raja-purvshn. (ir. rajan and pv.rusha)

the first loses its iod .pendant charactei wlien com-

pounded and is thereforr the upasarjara ; (i), f.

an iniurion.

Fpa-srishfa, as, a, am,joined, attarh ,d, conoect

to or with, attende i by or accompanied w^:th; seixed

or p.i«sessed by (evil donons &e.); eclipsed, vs the

sm or moon; turmshod with an upo-targa or pr.po

sition (e. g. the rcot de with a prefxtd is 'aid to be

upasfislda); (am), n. co tion, copulat' jn.

31'« 4 pa-srip, cl. 1. P. A. -sarpati, -te,

-carptum or -sraptum, to ct.ep ne ir, uppioach;

move onward, attack; [cf. {sj>fpr-a.]

Fpa-°arpa, as, m. pproach, access, following a

per ion.

Upa-sarpana, am, n. ipproiching, advancing

tnwards.

Fpa-sarpin, i, ini, i, creeping near, approaebim;.

Upa-saipi/a, ind <hi ving ipproached.

"rWifi "pp-sektri, td, m. (rt. si6), Ved. one

who eprinkles or peurs onc thing on anothei

Fpa-sefana, as, d, am, pourine or sprirkling one

thinv on another; {am), n. pouriug cr sprinkling

upon, watering, infuoon, iuice; (A, f. a ladlc or cup

for pouring.

upa-sena, as, m., N. of a pupil of

Sskya-mnni.

-'pa-sev, cl. I. A. -sevate, -vitam,

to terve, wcihip, hon ’ur; to practii;, pnrsue, cuit'

Vx

i

170 --3'WcP Ujt

vate, study, make use of, be addictcd to, frequent,

inhabit.

Upa-scvaka, as, d, am, worshipping, following,

pnctising.

Upasevana, am, n. worshipping, honouting; ser*

vice, addiction to; using, enjoying.

Upa-seva, f. service, worship, honour.

Upa-sevin, I, ini, i, serving, worshipping, honour-

ing; liking, pleased with.

apa-s-kri (s inserted, see upa-kri),

d. 8. A. -Intrate, -Icarium, to prepare, elaborte,

perfect, adom, &c.

Upac-kara, at, m. any article which serves to

inak. complet , an ingredient, condimenr, spice ot

scasoning (mm tard, papper, &c.); an ippuiten^nce,

utensil, implcment or instrument; ?n article ot house-

hola usc (as a broom, a basket, &c.), apparatus;

blame, censure.

Vpa*-ka,a, ac, m. anything additiond, a supplf-

mi :nt.

rpas-krita, as, a, am, prepar.J; blamol, censured.

Upas-kriti, is, f. a ouppiement, anvthing additional.

upa-stambh, cl. 5.9. P. -stabhnoti,

-nati, -rlabdh im, to stay, prop support.

Upa-stanibha, as, m. (ako written upa-thtam-

hhn ?), stay, support, uppirt of life (as food, sltep,

and _t_ ivemment of the pasi ions); enconragement,

inutam. lt; base, basis, geound, c xasinn.

Vpa-stambhaka, as, a, am, supporting, promoting,

encourging.

Vpa-stamblmna, am, n., Ved. a : upport.

3TTFTT77 upa-starono. See upa-stri below.

imPh «pa-sti, is, m. (fr. rt. 1. as with vpa),

Ved. ?r, atterdant, a follower, a servant, a subj.ct.

asw upc-stu, cl. 2. P. A. -stanti or -sta-

viti, -stute or stmike, stotuu, to prais , involce.

Vpa-stut, t, f., Ved. invocatjnn, pnise, invifstion.

Ppa-stuta, as, a, am, invoked, prrised; (as), m,,

N. of a Ft'shi.

Uparstuti, is, f., Ved. invocarion, praise.

Vpa-stutya, as, 5, am, to be pnised or invoked.

3 upa-stri or -stri, cl. 3. 9. P. A. -stri-

noti, -nute, -rati, -rute, startum, -ritum or -ri-

tum, to spread, arrange, set in order; [cf. Lat.

siibsttnm.']

Upa-starana, am, n., Ved. spreading out, scatter-

ing: what sj read uut; a covering.

Uparslir, f., Ved. scatttring about, spreading; what

is sprei d ; a covsring.

I^Tpa-stirna, as, d, am, pread ont, arranged.

upa-stri, f. a concubine.

TtTWT i.upa-stha,c\. i.P. A.-tishthati,-te,

-sthdtum, to stand near, stand by the side of in order

to serve, wait on, attend on, serve (with acc.); to be

or remain near; stay with; to come near, apprnach ;

to approach a god with prayer, worship; to stand

under in order to support; to approach for inter-

course, have intercourse with ; to approach for assist-

ance; to approach with hostile intentions, attack;

to occur, come to pass, ahse, be present; to meet

with, obtain; to fall to one’s share, come to the

possession of; to conciliate: Caus. P. sthdpayati,

•yitum, to cause to stand near, to provide, present,

fumish with, place upon or near; to produce.

tJpa-stlia, ai, m. the lap, middle part in general,

a secure place; (<w, am), m. n. the organs of genera-

ti on, especially of a woman; the anus; the haunch

or hip; {as, d, am), near, proximate; upastham

fcri, to sit down with the legs bent, make a lap ;

upasthe hri, to take on one’s lap. — UpastJta-

daghna, as, i, am, reaching to the lap. — Upastha-

nigraha, as, m. restraint of sensual appetite; con-

tinence. — UpastJta-pattra, as, m. the Indian fig

tree. — Upastha-md, t, t, f.Ved. sitting in the lap.

2. upa-sthd, as, as, am, Ved. standing on.

Vpa-sthdtri, td, m. an attendant, servant.

a-secaka. eW-t >q

Upa-sthana, am, n. standing near, presence,

proximity, neamess; approaching, appearing, coming

into the presence of, introducing one’s self; worship-

ping, waiting on; attendance; obeisance; abode; an

assembly; any object approached with respect, a

sanctuary; obtaining, getting; upasthanam hri, to

give access or scope for action.— Upasthdna-tidld, f.

the assembly-room of a Buddhist monastery. *

Upa-stMniya, as, d, am, to be stayed with or

near, to be kept near; to be attended on or served.

Upa-sthdpaka, as, a,am, placing or bringing near,

causing to obtain ; explaining, teaching, a teacher.

Upasthapana, am, n. placing near; attendance,

Service.

Vpa-sthdpaniya or upa-stkdpayitavya, as, a_t

am, to be placed near.

Upasthapita, as, d, am, placed near, attended.

Upasthdpya, as, d, am, to be placed near, to be

produced or made visible.

Vpa-sthdya, ind. having approached, having

brought near to or assembled.

Upa-sthcyaka, as, m. a servant; (with Buddhists)

a follower of Buddha.

Upa-sthdyin, f, ini, i, standing near, being pre-

sent, appearing.

Upa-sthdvara, as, d, am, Ved. stopping, not

moving.

Upa-sthita, as, d, am, approached, arrived, arisen,

appeared, present; staying by or near at hand, im-

pending, ready; received, obtained, gained; accom-

plished, taken place, happened; caused, occasioned ;

felt; known; clean, cleansed; (in Ved. gram.) in the

Pada text followed by the particle iti; {am), n. the

particle iti nsed in this manner; the position of

words before and after iti; (a), f., N. of a metre of

four lines of ten syllables each; N. of another metre

of four lines of eleven syllables each. — Upasthita-

pratapita, N. of a metre consisting of four lines and

fifty-one syllables. — UpastMta^vaMri, td, m. a ready

speaker, an eloquent man. — Vpasthita-samprahdra,

as, d, am, about to engage in a battle, having battle

at hand.

Upa-sthlti, is, f. standing near, approach, presence,

proximity, arrival; obtaining, getting; effecting, ac-

complishing; remaining.

Upa-stheya, as, d, am, to bt attended to, to be

worshipped.

^ vpa-sneha, as, m. (rt. snih), raoisten-

ing, attracting moisture.

T upa-spij (only used in acc. -jam),

Ved. inconsiderate curiosity or jest (?).

1. upa-spris, cl. 6. P. -sprisati,

-sprasTitum or -sparshtum, to touch (water); to

wash or rinse the mouth; to sip water, to sprinkle;

to wash off; to gnash (the teeth).

TJpa-sparfo, as, m. touching, contact; washing,

bathing, ablution; rinsing the mouth, sipping water

and ejecting it.

Upa-spartana, am, n. touching; bathing; rinsing

the mouth.

Ipa-spartin, i, ini, i, touching, sipping water.

i. upa-spriJ, X*, X*, £,Ved. touching.

TTpa-spritya, ind. having sipped water.

(’pa-spri$hta, as, d, am, touched, sipped.

vpa-smriti, is, f. a minor law-

book; eighteen such books are mentioned.

upa-sravana, am, n. (rt. sra),

flowing, the periodical flow of a woman.

upasua-tva,am, n. revenue, profit,

what is derived from land or other capital.

Upasvd-rat, an, m., N. of a son of SatrSjit.

<3 M tipa-sv eda, as, m. (rt. svid), moisture.

npa-han, cl. 2. P. -hanti, -tum, to

kill, injure, destroy, disturb, vex; to waste.

Upa-Jmta, as, d, am, injured, impaired, evilly

affected by; struck by lighming &c.; pained, hurt;

a-hava.

destroyed; infected, polluted,vitiated; impure. — Vpa-

hata-dri$,l‘, Ic, X, dazzled, blinded.— Vpahxita-dlii,

is, is, t, infetuated. — Upahatdtman <?ta~dt°), d, d,

a, agitated in mind, mentally affected as by passion.

UpahataJca, as, d, am, ill-fated, unfortunate, un-

lucky.

Upa-hatnit, us, us, u, Ved. assailing.

Upa-hatya, f. dazzling of the eyes.

J^Jpa-hantavya, as, d, am, to be killed.

Upa-hantri, td, tri, tri, having a contrary effect,

disturbing.

<3 M^ XXU upa-harana. See under vpa-Jiri.

upa-has, cl. i. P -hesati, -situm,

to Iau?h at, deride.

Upa-hositri, am, n. sa**rical Irighter, langhing

(««, a, ani), laughed at, derided.

Upa-hasvan, d, d, a, Ved. laughing at, a derider.

Upa-hasa, as, m. fiin, play, ridicule, d.-rision,

laughing at rny onc, satirical laughter. — l'paha-a-

°parla (' «a-e»'), am, n. a lauehing-stock.

Upa-hamka, ai, a, am, rid.culing others, joco'e;

(as), m. a jenter.

Vpa hasya, as, a, am, to be laughed at, ridi-

culons, laughabk. — Vpahasya-ta, f. ridiculousne..s.

— Vpabdsya-tam gmn, to expone one’s sell to

laughter.

,’pahastiku, f. (fr. npa-hasta), a

small bag or box co itaining condimtnts or bctci.

JMriT upa-he, cl. 3. A. -jihitf, -liiihm, to

go down, descend.

npahalaka, as, m. pl., N. of a

country, part of the penin.ula of India.

vpa-hlns, cl. 7. 1. P. -Innasti, -hin-

sali, -sitam, to injure, hurt, wonnd; to overpower.

ri UfelT iipa-htta, as, a, am (pa^t pass. part.

of I. ipa-dha, p. 163), plaoed. depodted, placed in

or npoi.; preced-d by; laid aside, joined; mixed •

ready, deputed to act as a spv, connect. d with.

- VpaMta-bhara, as, d, am, having the weight

carried; (a letter reading has apa-hrita-.)

■m* tipa-hri, cl. 1. P. A. -harati, -te,

-hortum, to bring ner, offer; to take rway, destroy:

Caus. -hdrayati, -yitum, to cause to offer: Desid.

■jihirshati, to wiuh to offer.

Vpa-harava, am,bringing near; offering gifts

to snperiors; presenting victims; distributiog or

serving ont food: taking, seizing.

Upa-haranit/a or upa-hartmi/a, as, d, am, to

be presented, to be otiered as 1 victim.

Upa-hartri, td, tri, tri, offering victims, serving

out food &C.

Vpa-hdra, as, m. obiation; a complimcntary gift,

a present to a superior &c.; an offering to a deity, a

victim &c.; honour; tribute, indemnifiratinn, pre-

sents a. the priee of peace; fotd distributed to guests

&e.; exalfcition, mirth (consisting in laughter, dance,

song, belPwing as a bnll, bowing, recital of prayer Src.V

Upa-hZraka, as, m. an obiation & c.

Upa-karin, i, ini, i, giving, presenting; sacrificing.

Vpahari-kri, cl. 8.P. A. -karoti, -Uirate, -kar-

Mn, to make an obiation, to offer.

Vpa-lrita, ai, a. am, offer:d, presented; im-

molated, offered as a virtim; served out as food;

taken, collected, gathored.

■JUVfif upa-hnma, as, m. a supplementnry

sacrifice.

■JUcftf npa-hvara, as, m. (rt. hri), Ved.

bend, curve, arch, slope; dedivity; the curved forni

of the Soma vessel; (am), n. proximity; a solitary

or private place; (as), m. a car, a carriage; (e), ind.

in the proxmiit" of, near to, in a private place.

dl(3f tipa-hve, cl. 1. P. A. -hvayati, -te,

-liratum, to invnke, call near to.

Cpa-hava, as, m. ealling to, inviting, invitation;

summoning, invoking; vpaharam ish, to wbh to

Tifiraj apa-havya.

3mif^fqvr upunta-sarpin.

171

rcceive aa invitation from (with Ioc., e.g. taeminn

Jndra upahavam ai&hata, Indra wished to re-

ceive an invitation from him).

Vpa-havya, as, m., N. of a cercmony.

Upa-huta, as, a, am, invoked, invited.

Vpa-huya, ind. having invoked or called or ad-

dressed.

Upa-hvana, am, n. act of inviting.

T*TT3T updnfu, ind. in a low voice, in a

whisper; secretly, in secret (e. g. upanfa-vrata, a

vow observed in secret); (ws), m. a prayer uttered

in a low voice; muttering prayers, reciting them in

a low voice so as not to be overheard; N. of a Soma

offering. — Updn$w-kridita, as, a, am, played with

in secret, made the companion of (a king’s) private

amusements.

TRT3B upaka, as, a, am (fr. rt. and with

upa), Ved. brought near to one another, joined,

approximate; (e), Ved. du. an epithet of night and

moming; (e), ind. in the next neighbourhood, in

the presence of, before. — Upaka-Fakshas, as, as, as,

Ved. standing present before the eyes.

vpa-kri (upa-d-kri), cl. 5. 8. 1\ A.

-krinoti, -nate, -karoti, -Tcurute, -kartum, to bring

near or towards, to fetch; to summon, invite; to

deliver, commit to, offer, grant, bestow; to acquire,

obtain; to bring about, make preparations for a

sacred action; to undertake, begin; to enter.

Upa-Tcarana, am, n. bringing near, inviting, in-

vitation to begin; a term applied to certain sentences,

called Praishas &c., with which one priest invites an-

other to perform a sacrifice; immolation, sacrifice

of an animal duly consecrated; preparation, begin-

ning; commencement of reading the Veda after the

performance of a preparatory rite.

TJpa-karman, a, n. preparation, beginniog; a

ceremony performed before reading the Vedas; be-

ginning to read the Vedas.

Upa-krita, es, a, am, brought near, invited, ad-

dressed with invitatory sentences; («*), m. a sacri-

ficial animal killed during the recitation of prescribed

prayers; atteoded with evil omens, disastrous, cala-

mitous; (es), m. misfortune; a portent, a pheno-

menon announcing calamity.

T*TTTXRupd-kram (npa-d-kram),cl. 1. P. A.,

4. P. -kramati, -kramate (ep. also -kramate),

-kramyati, *kramitum, to advance against in order

to seize, to fall upon, take possession of.

d MUilH updksham (upa-ak°), ind. before

the eyes.

upd-khyd (upa-d-),cl.2. P. -khydti,

-tum, to teli a story, narrate; to relate or give an

account about anything (with acc.); to observe (?).

Upa-khya, as, a, am, obscrvable by the eyes; [cf.

mr-upakhya]; {as), m., N. of a man.

Ipakhjana (upa-akh°), am, n. a tale, a short

narrative, an episode; telling or repctition of a story

already heard from another.

(Jpahhyanaka, am, n. a short tale.

upd-gam(upa-d-),c\. i. P.-gacdhati,

-gantum, to go near or towards, to approach, visit;

to retum; to pass into any condition or relation ; to

undergo, suffer, endure; to occur, to come or fall to

one’s share.

Upa-gaia, ns,d,am, approached, arrived; occurred,

happened ; promised ; suffering, feeling.

Hpu-gama, as, m. approach, arrival; occurrence;

promise, agreement; the state of suffering, feeling.

Upa-gamya nr upa-gatya, ind. having approached,

having gone near or towards.

upd-gd (upa-a-gd), cl. 3. P. -jigati,

-gatum, to come near, approach, come to.

rf updgni (upa-agni), tnd. near a firc.

updgra (upa-ag°), am, n. the part

which is next to the end or top; a secondary member.

vpd-grah (upa-d-grak), cl. 9. P. A.

-grihnati, -nite (Ved,-gribkndti, -nite), -gratatum,

to comprehend, embrace.

I7pa-grahana, am, n. reading the Vedas after

initiation.

<3 ^ \y $l M *up dgrahdyanam or vpdgrahd-

yani (upa-ag°), ind. towards the day of full moon

in the month AgrahSyana.

! upd-ghra (npa-d-ghra), cl. I. P.

•jighrati, -ghrdtam, to smell at; to kiss.

upankya, as, a, am (fr. upa-anka),

to be marked.

dTTTJf updnga (upa-an°)_y am, n. a sub-

division; any minor limb or member; a subsidiary

or supplementary work of low value; a supplement

of a supplement; secondary portion of Science;

(twelve An-gas and Up2i>gas constitute the sacred

writings of the Buddhists); the sectarial mark made

with Sandal &c. on the forehead. — Vpanga-gita,

am, n. a kiqd of soDg.

upa-far (upa-a-), cl. I. P. A. -Pa-

rati, -te, -ritum, Ved. -tave, &c., to come near to;

to attend upon, be attached to, to wait on, serve; to

be obedient; to treat.

Upd-farita, as, a, am, attached to any one’s

Service, obedient; (in gram.) that rule of Sandhi by

which the sound Visarga becomes s before k and p.

Upd-Fdra, as, m. position (as of a word in a

sentence); procedure; Sandhi by which the sound

Visarga becomes s before k and p.

3 m i upa-fahid {upa-a-6hid),c\.^tj, P. A.

-cfainatti, -Fdhinte, -dFhettum, to tear away from,

cut off from.

Tqr^npaj (upa-aj),cl. 1. P. A.,Ved. upa-

jati, -te, -jitum, to bring near to.

Upaje-kri, to support. — Updje-kritya or upaje-

kritva, having supported.

‘ updhd (upa-ahd) or upad (upa-ad),

cl. r. P. A. updndati, -te, or upa fati, -te, Situm,

to draw (water).

updiijana, am, n. (fr. rt. anj with

upa), anointing, plastering the ground with cow

dung &c.

upati-gam (upa-ati-gam),cl.i.P.

-gafahati, -gantum, to pass over, cross (a river).

updti (upa-ati-i), cl. 2. P. vpdty-

eti, -tum, to pass over; to be added as a surplus.

Upaty-aya, as, m. neglect or disobedience of

customs; disorderly behaviour.

WTT apa-da {upa-a-dd), cl. 3. A. -datte,

-datum, to receive, accept; to gain, acquire; to

take, appropriate to one’s self; to take away or off,

carry off, steal; to seize, lay hold of, gather; to draw

(water); to assume a form; to feel, perceive, consider,

regard; to take in addilion, include, comprise; to

employ, apply, use; to undertake, begin; to men-

tion, enumerate: Caus. -dapayati;-yitum, to cause

to employ or apply; to make use of: Desid. P.

•ditsati, to strive to obtain.

Upa-tta, as, a, am, received, accepted, acquired,

gained, obtained ; appropriated ; t^ken away; seized,

gathered; shaped; felt, perceived, regarded; com-

prised ; employed, used ; begun; enumerated; allowed

in argument, granted, conceded ; (a-*), m. an elephant

out of rut. — Ipatta-ranhas, as, as, as, acquiring

speed, quick, fieet. — VpdttaSastra, as, d, am,

taking up arms, armed.

Upa-ddna, am, n. taking, acquiring, taking away,

abduction, appropriating to one's self, accepting, em-

ployment, using, becoming familiar with; mentioning,

enumeration; saying, speaking; including,containing;

abstraction, withdrawing tbe organs of sense and per-

ccption from the outer world; cause, moti ve; imme-

diate or proximate cause; the forraal or distinet form,

the material cause; a double meaning, an expression

convejung a sense besides that which appears in-

tended; (with Buddhists) conception; effort or ex-

ertion of body or speech. — Vpdddna-karana, am,

n. a proximate cause.

Upa-daya, ind. having seized, containing; mclud-

ing, inclusive of; together with ; by means of.

Upa-deya, as, d, am, to be taken or received,

acceptable, admissible; to be chosen; to be selected,

excellent, admirable.

upadika, as, m. a eort of insect;

[cf. utpadaha."]

3 mf^3r upa-dls (upa-a-), cl. 6. P. A. -di-

tati,-te, -dtshtum,to advise, show, point out, to indi-

cate, inform, dedar e; to prescribe, give an order.

vpd-dru (upa-d-), cl. 1. P. -dravati,

-drotum, to run near to.

3M 1*17 vpd-dha (upa-d.-), cl. 3. P. A. -da-

dhati, -dhatte, -dhatam, to place near, place upon ;

to offer; render, make, effect, fix; to keep, bold.

1. upa-dhi, is, m. (for 2. see below), deceit, de-

ception, disguise (in the Vedanta this is espccially

applied to certain natural forms or properties, con-

sidered as disguises of the spirit); that which more

closely defines, a discriminative or distinguishing pro-

perty, an attribute, a peculiarity, an indispensable

condition; limitation (e. g. an-upddkt-ramamyo

defah, a country beautiful without limitation, i. e.

altogether beautiftil) ; a title, a discriminative appella-

tion, a nickname; a purpose, an occasion, an object;

(in logic) a, spedal cause for a general effect; (in

rhetoric) the natural character of spedes, quality or

action. Vpddhl-tas, ind. in consequence of a pe-

culiarity. (At the end of a compound the affix la

may be added to upadhl, e. g. asty-upadhika,

having * is * as an attribute.) .

Upa-kita, as, d, am, deposited, placed ; put on,

wom; joined, annexed; agreed upon, made or done

mutually; (as), m. a fiery portent, a meteor, a comet.

Tmftl 2. upa-dhi, is, m. (fr. rt. dhyai with

upa-d), reflection on duty; virtuous reflection; a

man who is carefiil to support his family. (For 1.

see under upa-dka above.)

upadhika (upa-adh°), as, d, am,

exceeding, supernumerary.

upadhy-dya, as, m. (fr. rt. 5. i

with upa-adhi), a sub-teacher who instructs in a

part only of the Veda or in grammar and the other

Ved2n-gas, and is therefore inferior to the Atarya

who instrucls in the whole Veda with the Kalpa and

Upanishads (see Manu II. I41); a spiritual teacheT,

a teacher in general; (5), f. a female preceptor; (2),

f. a female teacher or the wife of a teacher.

JJpddhydydni, f. the wife of a teacher.

vpdinasa, as, d, am (fr. upa and

anas), Ved. being on a carriage; (am), n. the space

in a carriage; carriage-load⁴; anything placed on a

carriage.

upd-nah, t, f. (rt. nah), a sandal, a

shoe. — XJpdnad-gudha, as, d, am, covered with

a shoe.

upa-tii (vpa-d-), cl. I. P. A. -nayati,

-te, -netum, to lead or carry or bring near or

towards; lead away, carry off; to initiate, conse-

crate; [cf.

TtTPprnR updnuvdkya (upa-an°), as, d,

am, Ved. an epithet of Agni; (am), n., N. of a

section of the Taittir!ya-Samhit2.

TtTRT upanta (upa-an°), am, n. proxtmity

to the edge or margin, border, edge; the angle of

the eye; immediate proximity; the last letter but

one; (a?, d, am), near to the end, last but one;

| near, — Updnta-sarpin, i, ini, i, coming near.

172 vpdntika vpeta.

Vpanlila, at,, I, Olli, neai, proximate, njghbocr-

.ng; (am), a. pn 'Ximity. .

Vpanhja, (v, a, oia, last bot ont; (an), m. tho

coriwr t>f the eye; (am), n. vidnity

TtTHJ apap (ttpa-ap), cl. 5. P. -upnoti,

-ptum, to reach, ta irrive at: Dtsui. upiptati, to

«nsh to r acb, to dtsire to wjp over or conciliati.

Vpapa in ttur-upapa, a , a, am, difticult to be

obt jned.

Vpapti, is, f. reaching, obt»iding.

U-ptpsa, f. desire to obtain.

44ikt5 upa-praih (upa-d-), cl. 0. P. -pri'--

Shati, -pra-lhtum, to takt le.-ve of.

■JTTPjfrT upd-bhritt, is, {, (fr. rt. bhri ivith

upa-d), Ved. act of bringing n. ar.

3Mi*trviJ ip5-mantrya(vpa-d-),iiyd.hxvmg

takcn ltave, haviof received permission to po.

3MR upaya. See under 1. ,upe 3rd coi.

apd-jd (upa-a-), cl. 2. P. -yati, -tum,

to opprc ch, arrliv at

Upd-yata, a», d, am, pproaebed; (am), u, arriva);

an event, an aedd.nt.

T^TT t par (upa-ri), cl. 3. I’., Ved. upe-

yurti, updrtrm, -ritum or -ritum, to offlnd against,

m-ke a mist ke; to injure: Caus. P. uparpajatl,

-yitum, to bring ntar.

Vp&ra, at,, m. or ttparama, am, n., Ved. a mis-

take, tf nu, sin.

"mrrT upd-raro (upa-a-), cl.i.A. -ramate,

-rarduir, to port, take on.’s pl^asurc, ddipht in;

to t-ase; to rest.

Upd-rata, as, a, am, delighted; eo age 1 in, occj-

pied with; frequ.nting, r_sorting to.

Upd-ra.na, as, m. -nprging in, poing to or in.

TtTTTTV spa-radh (upa-a-), cl. 5. P. -rbdh-

noti, -radihum, to ^cerve, w?jt upon.

Upa-radhya, ind. having served, hrvinp waited on.

<ipa-rud (upa-a-), cl 2 P. -1 oditi,

-roditum, to wtcp, deplore.

2 41+^ upd-ruh,, k, f. (rt. ruh with upa

anu a), V J. the sboot of a piant.

Upa ridha, as, a, arr, grown, increasen. — Upa-

rudha-stieha, as, u, am, whose rffection iras in-

creased.

d Hi»i uparj (upa-arj), cl. 1. P. uparjati,

•jikm, to bring near to: Cana, iparjayati, -yitum,

to taus< to bring near, convey near, a< quire, gain.

Updryala, as, ika, am acquiring, obtaining, tam-

ing, gaining.

Uparjara, avi, n. bringing near to, acquiring.

Uparianlya, as, d, am, to be acquired, tp bt

vai ned.

Uparjita, ac, 5, am, gained, wquired, ermed.

dlN uparthn (upa-ar°), as, d, am, of

littlc worth.

TTT& upardh lupa-ridh), Dpsid. P. uprrt-

tali, to wish to nccomplwh, perxevet., hoid ont.

d 4lM uparsh. (upn-nsh), cl. 6. P. uparshcti,

•xJiitum, to pierct, prick, goad.

d Mioi»T ipa-labh (upa-a-), cl. 1. A. -la-

bhatt, ■■laUlhum, to obtaio; tc censure, nviL, abuse,

™ld.

Upa-hfxlha, as, o ara, rcprorched, revilei

Upa-lvbhya, as, d, am, ceii urable, biamatile.

t pd-tambh", as, ni. or upd-laml‘hana, am, n.

abuse, Tevkng, censure ; deferring, d Jaying.

Upd-tambhya, as, d, am, Ved. to b taken in

rddition.

ipdU, is, m., N. ot a man who

arranged the Buddhist Vinaya.

dMm upav (upa ar),cl. I. P, -rati, -ritum,

to cheriih, behevc fnmdly towird*; to encouragj

(wiih dat. or acc.).

Upari, w, is, i, Ved. encouraging; attractire.

upata-ruh (upa-ava-), cl. 1. P.

-ohali, rndhum, to descend towards.

1 Midttri »'pd-rartana. See under t. upa-

vrii bJow.

upam-sayin, %, im, i (fr. rt

80 with upa ava), Ved. submjisK'’, compli-nt, objy-

ing, rc< .mmodating.

JMMTT upd-resu, as, us, 11, Ved. bringing

riches, grantine wealth.

uphva-hri (upa-ara-), cl. 1. P. A.

/ arati, -te, -ha,tum, to bring or lead down towards.

Uphn-harana, am, n. taking down, bringing

down.

W^t. upd-vrit [upa-a-), ol. t. A. -rar-

tate, -titulo, to tum towards, go towards, approach;

to tnm away, retura: Cans. P. -partayati, -yitum,

to uuse to tum, lead back.

Upa-vartaiia, am, n. tuming round, revolving;

tuming i ack, retnraing; approaching; ceaslng.

2. upd-vrit, f, f., Ved retura.

Upa-rritta, as, d, am, turned round, rolling on

the arOund; ceased, ceasiog, refrainiup; comi, ar-

rired; fit, proper; (as), m. a hors rolling on the

pround; (as), m. pl., N. of a people.

P4M upare (upa-ara-i), cl. 2. P., Ved.

-miti,-tum,to g< down, descend(into a b'th &c.); to

ioin in (yinging &c.)' to essent, show one’s self wiiling.

dMlsldJ upareksh (upa-avo-iksh), cl. t. A.

-shat', -shitum, to look at, look down at.

2 41 ^Id upa-vyadha, as, m. (,rt. vyedh),

Ved. a vulni rabie or unprotecti 3 spot.

24l3T !. 1ipds (upa-as), ol. 5. P. A. -sinati,

-inute, -ditum, to ottain, t com. maater of.

<J4I3T 2. upds (vpa-as), cl. 9. P. -sndti,

-situm, to eat, consume; to taste, cnjoy.

vpa~£ansaniya, as, a_y am, to be

expected (as anything future).

<3Mlf^vpa-sri{vpa-a-),cl. i.P. A.-srayatt,

-te, -irayitum, to have recourse to.

Upa-6raya, as, m. recourse (for aid), asylum, sup-

port; reliance, dependance upon.

Upa-trita, as_r a, am, relyiog or depending upon;

supporting (literally or figuratively), bearing, holding,

protecting.

1. upas (upa-as), cl. 2. P., Ved.

upa&ti, to be near to or in.

2. upas (upa-as), cl. 4. P. upasyati,

-situm, to throw near or upon or among, cast down

upon.

I. upasana, am, n. injuring, hurting; archcry.

TTPFT 3. upas (upa-as), cl. 2. A. upnste,

-situm, to sit near to (with acc.), sit at the side of

(as a mark of submission and respect); to sit; to

occupy, reside, abide in, bc present at; to approach,

go towards, invest (as an enemy*s town); be intent

upon, be engaged in; to undergo, suffer; to remain

or continue in any action (with indecl. part., e. g.

Icritva upasata, they continued doing); to remain

in expectation, expect, wait for; to approach respect-

fully, to serve, worship, hooour; attach one*s self to;

to respect, recoguize, acknowledge; to regard as; to

employ, make subservient

Updgaka, as, ika, am, serving, a servant; a SG-

dra, a low fellow; worshipping, a worshipper, a fol-

lower; (with Buddhists) a worehipper of Buddha (as

distinguished from the Bkikshu or Buddhist priest).

— Upasakardata, as, m. pl. title of the seventh

of the twelve sacred books of the Jainas.

^ a. updsana, am, tt sitting by the side of; beiog

inteot on, engaging in, serving, tervice, attendance,

worship, respect, adoration; regarding as, reftecting

on, religious mediution; the sacred fire; (a), {. Ser-

vice, worship, adoration.— Upasandrtha (°na-ar°)_t

as, d, am, worthy of attendance.

Vpasan/ya, as, d, am, to be attended on, worthy

of attendance.

Upasd, f. religious reflcction or meditation; Service,

worship.

Upasita, as, a, am, served, honoured, worshipped;

serving, paying wdrship or Service.

Updsitavya, as, d, am, to b^ served or worshipped;

to be attended to, to be accomplished; to be regarded

or considercd.

Vpdsitri, ta, trt, tr%, a worshipper.

ITpaslna, as, d, am, sitting near to, occupying.

Upasti, is, f. Service, esperially of a deity, worship,

veneration.

t. upasya, as, d, am, to be served or worshipped;

to be attended to or accomplished; to be respected ;

to be regarded or considered. — Upasya-ta, f. or

updsya-tva, am, n. respectability, placability.

a. upasya, ind. having served or worshipped; hav-

ing associated (?).

Upasyamana, as, d, am, being served, waited

upon, attended, worshipped, receiving homage.

T*Tnn? upa-sanya, as, m. (rt. sahj), prox-

imity; a quiver.

updstamana, am, n. sunset.

Vpastamayam (upa-as⁰), ind. about the time of

sunset.

upastra (upa~as°), am, n. a secondary

or minor weapon.

upa-stha (upa-a-), cl. I. P. A. -tish-

thati, -te, -sthatum, ta stand near, go near to, have

intercourse with.

upd-hri (vpa-a-), cl. 1. P. A. -harati,

-te, -hartum, to offer; to make, prepare.

Updhara (upa-ah°), as, m. slight refreshment

(consisting of fruits, sweetmcats, &c.).

Upd-hrita, as, d, am, offer ed, prepared; seized.

dnjlo?* upa-hve (vpa-d-)_t cl. 1. P. A. -hva-

yati, -te, -hvdtum, to challenge, invite.

^ I . upe (itpa-i), cl. 2. P. upaiti, -tum,

to go near, approach (as a friend or enemy); come

near to, arrive at, reach; to go to (a masrer), become

a pupil; to undergo, perform, undertake, devote one*s

self to; to pass into any state, to fall into (misfortnne

&c.), incur, be present at; to obtain; to fall to one*s

share; to befal; to regard as, admit, acknowledge.

Upaya, as, m. approaching, approach; that by

which one reaches an aim, a means, an expedienr, a

way, stratagem i a means of success against an enemy

(four of which are usually enumerated, sowing dissen-

sion, negotiation, bribery, and open attack); joining

(in singing &c.). — l^Tpaya-datush(aya, am, n. the

four expedients against an enemy; see above. — Upd-

yardintd, f. devising an expedient, thinking of a re-

source. — Upaya-jna, as, d, am, fertile in expedients,

contriving, provident. — Upaya-tas, ind. by some

means or expedient. — Updya-tunya,as, m. a fourth

means, punisbment. — Updya-tva, am, n. state of

being provided with means. — Upaya-yoga, as, m.

application of means or combination of expedients.

— Updydntarn (?ya~an°), am, n. a remedy.

Upayana, am, n. approaching, going near to, going

to a teacher, becoming a pupil, engaging in any re-

ligious observance; undertaking, accepting; a present,

a gift, a complementary or respectful gift.

Updyika, as, 1, am, conduci ve to.

Updyin, ?, ini, i, approaching; having sexual in-

tercourse with ; expert in the use of means.

Updyu, us, us, u, Ved. going near to, approaching.

Upeta, as, d, an\, come near, approached, arrived

at, come near to, present, existent; accompanied by_;

upot-thita, as, a, am (rt. stha),

endowed with, p tsseased nf, havit.g, possesiing; sor-

rounded, invcstvd, fallen into.

Vpcti, is, f., Ved approach, arrival.

r'petri, ta, tri, tri, appn aching, goiog near to;

contriving, a contriver, One who ^mploys expedients,

one whn comes as an as^ailant.

Vpetya, ind. having apprnached, having gon. near.

Upeya, as, a, am, to be gone to or ipproached,

t' i b. effected by aoy means; assailable; to be snught,

to be had recour.e to.

VpefMas, an, gushi, at, accompanied or followed

by, associated with, United; obtained, got.

2. upe (upa-d-i), cl. 2. P. upaiti, -tum,

to come near to, go to, approach, visit; to have

sexual intercourse with; to undergo, incur, fall into

(misfortune &c.).

l&TKupeksh (upa-iksh),c\. 1. A. upekshate,

-1shitum, to look at, regard; to perceive; to notice,

have regard to; to consider, expect; to overlook,

disregard; to neglect, to quit, abandon; to despise.

Upeksha, as, m., N. of a son of SVaphalka.

Upekshaka, as, a, am, disregarding, neglecting,

looking at ioattentively, disdaining; patient, enduring.

Upekshana, am,n. overlooking, looking at without

interest or atteotion, disregarding, neglecting, disdain-

ing; leaving, abandoning.

Upekshantya, as, d, am, to be neglected or dis-

regarded.

Upeksha, f. overlooking, negligence, neglect; in-

difference, contempt, disdain; abandoning, leaving;

endnrance, patience; dissent; trick, deceit (as ooe of

the minor expedients in war) ; regard.

Upekshita, as, d, am, disregarded, disesteemed,

neglected, disdained.

Upekshitavya, as, d, am, to be looked at, to be

regarded, to be examined; to be disregarded.

Upekshya, as, d, am, to be regarded or examined;

to be disregarded or neglected.

■3 upen (upa-in), cl. 8. P. upenoti (cl. 6.

P. fr. inv, upenvati), to press in, force in.

Upenita, as, d, am, driven or pressed in, turned in.

TMtJ upendra, as, m. (fr. upa-in⁰), N. of

Vishnu or Krishna as the younger brother of Indra,

(bom subsequently to Indra, especially as son of

Aditi, either as an Aditya or in the VSmana AvatSr);

N. of a king of the Nagas; (d), f., N. of a river.

— Upendra-datta, as, m., N. of a man. — Upendra-

bala, as, m., N. of a man.•mUpendra-niajra, f. a

metre of four lines of eleven syllables each.

upepsu. See under upap.

WJ x. up°sh (upn-iuh), cl. i. A„ Ved.

•'peshate, -shitwm, to attack.

Ttrq ₂. upesh (upa-a-ish), cl. 1. A., Ved.

upeshate, -skitum, to approach with a request &c.,

to request.

<^^3. upesh (upa-esh), cl. 1. P. upeshati,

-sititum, to creep near, approach.

upoksh ^fupa-uksh),c\.6. P .upakshati,

-skitum, to spnnklc 'n aJditioi.

ditlf 1. upodha, as, d, am (fr. upa-vah),

brought near; brought about, advanrtd, begun; ar-

ranged, arrayed; near, proximate; married.

2. upodha. See upoh next coi.

Ttfhft '‘poti, f the pot-herb Basella Rubra

or I '-eida. See upodikd,

TcftTsUIT upot-kram (upa-ud-kram), cl. 1.

and 4. P. -kr amati, -kramyati, -kramitum, to go

np towards, rise upwards, ascend.

upottama (upa-utt⁰), as, d, am, last

but one; (am), n. (scii, aksharam) the last vowel

but one.

•f .

risen up.

upod (upa-ud), cl. 7. P. uponatti,

upoiulitum, to moistea.

upodaka (upa-ud⁰), as, a, am, near

to water; (aki or ika), f. the piant Basella Cordifolia.

Ttibq* upodayani (upa-ud⁰), ind. about

the time of sunrisa*

upod-i (upd-ud-i), cl. 2. P. -eti, -tum,

to approach.

upodikd, f. the piant Basella

Cordifolia. See upodikd.

tvPt upode (upa-ud-a-i), cl. 2. P. -aiti,

-tum, to go np towards, go up to.

^tftrTV 'pod-grah\upa-ud-groh),cl.9.P. A.

■grihndti,-nite (\ed.-gribhndti,-nite),-grahitum,

to erect, set up.

TtTllTfl upod-ghata, as, m. (fr. rt. han with

upa-ud), an example, an apposite qrgument or illus-

tration; analysis, the ascertainment of the elements of

anything; a beginning, a thing begun; an introduc-

tio», a prefact. — Upodghatu-pada, as, m., N. of

the third part of the Vayu-pur5na.

<3 upodbalaya (fr. upa-udbala),

nom. P. -balayati, -yitmi, to confirm.

Upodbalaka, as, d, am, confirming.

*3^ThrfcnT upopa-vid(upa-upa-vis),c\.6. P.

-virati, -veshtum, to sit down near, to take a seat

near.

Ttfa tiposh tvpa-ush), cl. 1. P. -oshati,

-skitum, to bum down, burn.

uposha.ia. am, n. (fr. rt. 1. ras

with M>a)‘, a fert, fasting.

Vpodiita, ts, a, am, fasted; tam), n. tasting.

Vposhya, ind. having fasted.

ipmhadha,as,m.,N.ofaBwhman.

upok(upa-uh; in some of its senses

connected with upa-vah), cl. i. P. upohati, -hitum,

to push or impel towards; to pusb under, insert; to

bring near, produce; to accumulate: Pass. upohyate, •

to be brought about, to advance, begin.

2. upodha, as, d, am, brought near, brought about,

advanced, commenced.

TJpoka, as, m., Ved. addingf accumulating.

Upohyamdna, as, d, am, being brought about or

commenced.

■371 upta, as, d, am (past pass. part. of rt.

vap), sown (as seed). — IJpta-hrishta, as, d, am,

ploughed after sowing.

Upti, is, f. sowing seeds, — Upti-vid, t, m. an

agriculturist.

Uptrima, as, d, am, sown,.cultivated.

Upya, as, d, am, to be scattered or sown.

JJpyamana, as, d, am, being sown.

ubj, cl. 6. P. ubjati, ubjdh-dakara,

nubjishyati, aubjit, ubjitum, to press

down, subdue, keep under; to make straight: Desid.

tibjijishati.

Ubja, as, m., N. of a man.

Ubjita, as, d, am, pressed down, subdued.

ubh or umbh, cl. 6. 9. 7. P., Ved.

\ubhati or umbhati, ubhndti, unapti,

impf. aunap, uvobha or umbhail-dakdra, vhhitum

or umbhitum, to compact together; to confine; to

cover over, fili with ; (Say.) to break.

ubha, pron. (nom. du. ubhau, pl. ubhej

said to be fr. rt. ubh above, and ooonected with

Gr. &p<puj; Lat. ambo; Slav. oba; Lith. abbH;

Goth. bai, ba), both.

173

Vbhaya, as, i₉ am, (pl. m. f. n. e, ds, ani, only

used in sing. and pl., but by some authorities also in

dual), both. — Vbhaya-yuna, as, d, am, possessed

of both qualities. — TJbhayan-kara, as,d, am,Ved.

effecting or accomplishing both. — Ubhaya-dara,

as, d, am, * moving io or on both,’ living in water

and on land or in the air, amphibious. — Ubhaya-

dyus, ind.,Ved. on both days, on two subsequent days;

the day past and to come. — Ubhaya-bhdga-hara,

as, d, am, applicable to two purposcs, taking two

shares or parts; (am), n. a medicine that acts in two

ways, as an emetic and a purge. — Ubkaya-vat, an,

ati, at, Ved. furnished with or containing both.

— XJbkaya-vidyd, f. the twofold science, i.e. religious

knowledge and acquaintance with worldly afrairs.

— Ubhaya-vidha, as, d, am, appearing under two

forms. — Ubhaya-vipuld, f., N. of a metre. — Ubka-

ya-vetana, as, d, am, serving two masters, receiving

wages from both. — Ubhaya-vyanjana, as, d, am,

having the marks of both sex es. — Z/bhayarsambhava,

as, m. a dilemma. — Ubhaydtmaka (°ya-dt°), as, d,

am, belonging to both. — Ubhaydmtmata (°ya-an°),

as, d, am, agreed to or accepted mutually or on both

sides. — Ubhayartham (°ya-ar°), ind. for a double

object, as for prosperity on earth and happiness in

heaven.

TJbhayatas, ind. from both sides, on both sides, to

both sides; fri both cases. — TTbhayatah-kshnut,t,t,t,

Ved. two-edged. — TJbhayato-dat, an, ati, at, having

a double row of teeth (man, animal, &c.). — Zfbhayato-

mukha, as, i, am, looking either way, two-faced.

— Ubhayato-hrasva, as, d, am, having a short

vowel on both sides, (an accented vowel) produced

by two short vowels.

Ubhayatra, ind. in both places, on both sides; in

both cases, both times. — Ubhayatrodatta (?ra-nt<P),

as, d, am, having an Udatta accent on both sides;

resuiting from tfcu blending of two Udatta accents.

Ubhayatha, ind. in both ways; in both cases.

Ubhaya, ind., Ved. in both ways. — UbKayd-dat,

an, «£i,fltf,Ved. having teeth 00 both sides. — Vbhaya-

vin, i, ini, i, Ved. being on both sides, partaldng of

both. — Ubhayd-hasti, ind., Ved. as much as may be

grasped with both hands. — Ubhayd-hastya, as, d,

am, Ved. filling both hands.

TJbhaytya, as, d, am, belonging to both.

Ubhaye-dyus, ind. on both days, on two subse-

quent days.

um, ind. an interjection of anger, in-

terrogation, promise or assent, of cordiality or pacifi-

cation.

urna, as, m. a city, a town; a wharf,

a landing-place.

■^TTfr umd, f. (tn the first sense perhaps fr.

rt. ve), flax (Linum Usitatissimum); the piant Cur-

cuma; N. of the daughter of Himavat and Men5,

and wife of Rudra or Siva (she is also called Parvatl

and Durga); light, splendor; feme, reputation ;

quiet, tranquillity; night. According to the Kum5ra-

sambhava I. 26, the name Umd is derived from u ma,

O do not (practice austerities) 1 the exclamation ad-

dressed to ParvatT by her mother. — Uma-kata, as

or am, m. or n. the pollen of flax. — Unia-guru, us,

m., N. of the mountain HimSlaya as father of Um5.

— Umdguru-nadi, f., N. of a river. — Umd-pati,

is, m. epithet of Siva as husband of Um3. — Umd-

pati-dhara, as, m., N. of a poet. — Umdpati-sevin,

t, ini, i, worshipping Siva. — Uma-vana, am, n_t>

N. of the town Vana-pura or DevI-kota (Devi Cote).

— Umd-sahdya, as, m., N. of Siva as companion of

Uma. — Uma-8uta,as, m., N. of KSrttikeya as son

of UmS. — Umeda (uma-Ua), as, m., N. of Siva as

lord of Uma.

Umya, am, n. a field of linsced or of Curcuma.

umbara, as, m. the npper timber of

a door frame; N. of a Gandharva.

TgT* umbi, f. the stalks of wheat or barley

fried over a fire of wet grass, considered as a tonic.

Yy

174

umbura.

o .

urvari.

umbura, as, m. the upper tirnber of

a door fram-; [d. mnbara.]

umhfa, f., N. of an Apparas.

37 ur, to jro; (a Sautia root, i. e. one

occurriiig -nly in gr.immaticnl SOtnj and not in the

Dbttu-pitha.)

3T 'tra, as, m., N. of a R’shi said to be of

the fcmily of VStr..

3TSR uraka, as, m.. N. of one of Slva’s

att.ndants.

3771 ura-ga, as, m. (fr. ura = uras and

rt. gam), a snake (‘ gmng on the breast’); in

mytholc <y a N5ga or -rmi-divine serp.nt usuali) re-

presented with a human fac< of pre-t bea"ty ; ltad;

(i), f. a femaic snrke; (a), f., N. of n town. - Uraga-

jtraiiaara, at, a am, baving a setpent for - wedding

nng.-Uraga-bhii8ha.na, as, m. an eplthct of Siva_;

whose oruaments consist of snakt s. — Uraga-rdja,

08, m. th_ king of snakes, S-sha or Vasuki - Vraga-

sdra-dardana, a*>, am, m. n. a kind of ; andal-wc ad.

— Uraga-sthana, am, n. the abode of the N agas,

i. e.. Petila, a region btiow the earth (not to be oon-

toondod with hJl\. — l 'ragari (ga-a rt), «.m.Gatdda.

the bird of Vishru; a large erane; (lit. the enemy of

the strabe*/) — Uragainna Cga-as ), as, m., N. of

G-rud’ ; a gigantic cran ; (‘ whose food consists of

setpents.f — T agasya ( g i-as ), am, n- a kind of

-padt. — T'ragend,a ('^aga-iri°), as, m. the king of

the snakes, Sesha or Vasuki.

Uran-ga and uran-gama, as, m. a snake.

TTTI urana, as m. (said to be fr. rt. 4. fi),

a ram, a sh-ep, a young ram; ? certaln demon 'lain

by Indra; a dond?; (f), f. a ewe. — Iranak.ha

\na-ak") or vmnakfhaka, as, m. the ilrnt Casria

Alrta or Tora.— Ura.iakh ya (‘na-alh ) or vrana-

Ihy.lca, as, m. the piant Tora.

Uronaka, at, m. a ram; a ooud.

HTdJ urabh. a, as, m. (fr. rira = urne and

rt. bhH ?), a 'am; a lc.nd of poisonous insect.

tJTft ,'rart, ind. (perbaps conne"ted wdh

tiru; cf. uri, uri, nrnrl), a particn implying assent,

rdmission, extension, expwtsion, diffusion; often com-

pounded with the roots as, hhv, and Iri.

Urari-kH, to ellow, admst, assent. — Urari-kdrra,

as, m. a promise, agreement; admtssion. — Urarl-

krila, an, a, ara, promised, agrited; spread, ex-

tend-d, diffr“d.

il 31 jrasa, as, m., X. of a country in-

habited by a warrior-tribt; (a), f., N. of a town;

also urasa.

7771 uras, n. (fr. rt. vri, to tover; ef. uru),

the brrast, th 5 bsom ; (dt, is, at), best, excellent;

«ra*i Teri, to press' ny one to one’s breast; to arsent.

— Urah-kshata,am, n. iniury to the chest, br akir.g

a blood-ressel in the ch-st, conaumption. — Urah-

mtrikd, f. e pearl neckkce hangieg over the breast.

— Urah-sthala, am, n. the breast, the bo*om.

— f r-u-hada, as, m. a cuiras*, breartpiat- rmour,

mail. — U,asiga or urai-rrhn, a», m. the female

breast (lit. ‘ prr duecd on the chest’). — UraH-toman,

5, a, a, haring hairr on the breast. — f ras-la^fn, ns,

m. the saeritictal thr.ad hung round the neck and

upon the breast, as sometimt* wnrn. — Uras-tas, ind.

from the breast, in thv dires-tion of the breast. — T^Tras-

'rana, am, n. a breastplrt . cuirais, coat of mail.

— I. ras-vat, an, a*A,at, brord-rhested, fiiH-breasted,

trong. — I ri-gjrri,! }, ini, i, goinp on the brrast

(as a reptilel, a eping, cnwUng.-' r t-graha, as,

m. disease of the-chest, plsurisy. — Uro-rjhnUi, as,

m. striKing or biatinp the breast; pain th, chest.

— Uro-ja, ai, m. the femalc br< ast (lit. * bom on the

chc^t') — Uro-briluiti, f., N. of a inetre. — I'ro-

bhiiihaya, am, n. an oroament of the breast.

Ura a, as, a. am, havtng a strong bread breast;

(am), n. (at the end ot coropoundsi b.-st, moit ex-

cell. nt.

Urasila, as, a, am, bro*d-che ted having a full

or broad breast.

1. urasyn, nom. P. urasyati, -yitum, to be strong.

a. ur^sya, as, a, am, situated in th. breast; p;C-

toH; (Wrtjur or exertion) re juiring n effort of the

chest; legitimate (as o sim or daughter); on; bom

ffnrn a married oouple ot the same tribt or caste;

excellent (i. e. the very heart, the breast or best part).

TH uro, f. (fr. rt. vri?), Ved. a cwe.

— Ura-mathi, is, it, i, Ved. killing shetp.

iblf uraha, as, m, a horse of a pale colour

with dark legs; (probably a fore'gn Word.)

uri, ind. (cf. «rari, urari, uri), a particle

tmplyine (espea^vlly in compnsitiou w.'h the roots

at, bhi, and TcH) promise, assent, "dmission, ex-

tension, diffusion, Scc.

Urt-lcfi, to promise, allow, admit, essent. — Uri-

kdra, as, m, promise, admisMon, extension. —CVi-

hrita, as, a, am, promised, extended, spread.

TF uru, us, vs or vi, u (fr. rt. vri, to cover),

wide,spaciuu'j e tend' d. great,large; m ch,.xcessive;

excellent, pr cious, vluab’ ; (u), n., Ved. rode space,

space. room ; nru hri, to grant space r cope, Rive

opportunity; (u), ind. far, far off; (»i), f. the wi lt

e^rtli, see ure' next coi ; comparative vangas, super

htive jarishtha; [cf. Gr. thpvs; Hib. ur, ‘ \iry;’

ur-ard,¹ very high;’ uras, ‘ power, ability/j— Uru-

ha¹ a or nrukdlai.a, as, m. the reeper Cucumis

Caloeynthis. — Uru-Tcrit, t, t, t, Ved. maktns rcom,

yrantiog space — Uru-kranM, as, a, am, Ved. far-

't-Pping, mating wide strides; of high renk; (as)

m. ar. epithet of Vishnu — Urv-J:°haya, as, m.,Wd.

a spaciou dwJling, a widc hal itatiou; (as, d, am),

occupying 'pacions dwellings, au eplthet ci Mitra and

Varuna and the Man ts; (a»), m., N. of a prine;.

— Uru-ksMli, is, f.,Ved. a spacious or comfortable

dwelling. — T ru-ksh^a, as, m., N. of a prince.

— Uru-g mjuti, is, is, i, Ved. having - widi di tmain

or territary, — Uru-ttaya, as, a, am (gaya. fr. rt ga),

Ved. far-going, far-stridme: an ipithet of Vishnu,

the Asvins Soma, and Indra; offiring wid. space or

scope for mr vtment; (Sav.) pr-ised by the gr«it;

(as), m. an epithet of Vishnu; (am), n. w id. space,

=c>)pe for movement or free and unoonfined motion.

— Umgaya-mf, an, ati, at, otteri.ig ample space

for motion. uiiconfineJ,— Oru-gula (?), f., Ved., N.

of a snake. — 1 'ru-falaa, as, d, an., Ved. b.wing

wide wheJs. — Uru-iakii, is, is, i, Ved. allowing

unr¹ strained motion; (Say.) granting ample assist-

„nce. — UruSakshas, as, as, as, Ved. far-seeing;

epithet of Mitra -Varuria and of the Adityas. — Uru-

jman, a, a, a, Ved. having a wide path or tange.

— Vru-jrayas, as, as, as, or uru-jri, is, is, i, Ved.

moving in a wide conr*e, vxtending over a wide space;

(Say.f of great impetuority, of mighty impetus; epi-

thet ot Agni and of Indra. — Uru-tama, as, a, am,

widest, greatest. — Uru-tara, as, d, am, wider,

greater, largtr, — Urvrta, f., Ved. w.deness; opening.

— Thu-lapa as, m. grat f ea-. — Urn-tra, am, n.

magnitude, vastne"s, — Uru-dhara, as, a, am, Ved.

givinv a broad stream (of milk, as a cow). — Uru-

jrratiurs, as, as, as, Ved wide-spreadtng, widely ex-

tended, far spread. — Uru-bila, as, i, am, Ved. having

a wide opening. — Uruhja (uru-utjat), as, a, am,

Ved. widdy opened; (Siy.) excellent, pre-eminent.

— Uru-marga, as, m a long road. — iiru-munda,

as, m„ N.of a monntain. — Uru-yuga, as,a, am,Ved.

fumlshed with a bmad yoke. — Uru-loka, as, d, am,

Ved. containing wide space, wideiy ext< nded; (S3y.)

widely illominating — Uru-rikrama, as, a, am,

valiant, mighty. — Uni-rii/du, us, m., N. of a Fla-

mingo (in the Hari-vapsa, whose conditiun wjs tbat

of a hunter in a form. r birth). — Uru-vilrd, f., N. of

a vilhge. — Ururih-^-inlpir, N.of a place —Uru

ryaSa,, as, as, as, Ved. occupmng wide space,

widel” extending, widely c-pacions; (ds), m a ma-

lignant spirit, an imp or goblin. — f Vu-ri/aric, au,

uru^i, oit,Ved.extending far; (ar-r. aching, capadons

perceivcd in a distent piace (as a souod contaming

wide spares. — Uru vraja, a», d, am, Ved. having a

wide domam or t rritory — Uru-iansa, at, d, am,

Ved. praising alond; (S5y.) to b< praistd by many,

r igning t ver a wide territorv; (Siy.) praised by

mar y; epithet of Varnna, Pushan, the Adityas, In-

dra, and Soma. — Uru-iarman a. a, a, Ved. finding

refuge everywhere tfiroughout the universe, widely

ptn admg, — f rt-gAa, as, as, am (rt. san), Ved.

granting wid: space or free soope; fSSy.) granting

mnch. — Uru-sattva, as, a, arr,, megnanimons, of a

generous or nohle nature. — Urxt-srana, as, a, am,

Stentori' n. — Uru-hara, as, m. a valuable n.cklace.

— Uru-nasa, ac, a, am, Ved. broid-nosed, having a

good scent (as a houndV — Ure anga, as, m. a

mount in; the oevan. — Urv-ajra, as, m.,Ved. an

extensive field.

Uruvu, us, m. or uruvuka, a», m. or urueuha,

as, am, m. n. the pltr.t Ricinus Communis.

Urvshya, nom. P., Ved. urushyati, to desire wide

scope or trtednm, to esoape from (with acc.); to prot.ct,

preserve, secure, defer d from (with abi.), to vert.

Urushyd, f., Ved. (only in ,nst.) with prntectiDg •

handi; (S5y.) with desire to protect.

Urushyu, us, us, u, Ved. going to a distant place;

(S5y.) desiriDg to protect.

Urula,as,d,am, liking space; fond of eXpatiating;

fr;e, unrestrain d, disobedient.

Urviya, ind., Ved. far, 6r off, far and near, widely.

Urvi, f. th. wide earth, the earth, the soil; space,

the.open spac. or areat expanse comprising the stx

spares, viz. the four onarteri of the sky with the uppei

and lower spaci s; a river; (rl), du., Ved. the two

worids, or heaven and er-rth. — Uni-ilhara, as, m.

a nouutain; the serpent Sesha — Urvi-paU, is, m.

a king. — Urvi-bhrit, t, m. a mountain. — Urci-

mka,a* m. a tree, ‘ growing on the earth/ — Uni ia

(*et-I^« 1, as, m. a king.

Urrya, f. protection. security.

Uny-Zti, is, is, i (fr. urciya-uti'), Ved. abL to

help or defend fcr and near; (Siy.) granting ext.nsive

protection.

iKFi vrunda, as, m., X. of a demon;

also ot" man.

urvri, ind. a partiri e of assent and

a/mi'sion. Se- urarl.

"tfl- oS aritko, as, m. an owl; [cf. uliika.]

rt urv6i. See uru-vuahii under uru.

TfvrTT urjikt, as, d, am (fr. rt. rrij), aban-

doned, lett.

fffjfpMI arjihanu, f., X. of a town.

d b| >71*1 tirna-itabha, as, m. a spider; [cf.

urua-nabha.]

sjrh itnin. f. wool, felt, the hair ot rameis

&c.; a circle of hair between the ryebrows. See urne.

- fr vrd, cl. 1. A. urdate, vrdaii-iakre,

urdishyate, avidishUl, uriitum, to mea-

scre; to play ; to be ea-y o_r cheerfui.

urdra, os, m. an otter. See udra.

■ ~~1 j~~ urv, cl. 1. P. iirrati, wrvdh-iakdra,

n. unitum, to kill or hurt.

T<I urva, as, m., X, ot a man.

T37 urrata, as, m. a vear.

urvara., f., Ved. fertile soil, yielding

every kind of crop, field sown with com; land in

genera!; a mixed inass of fibres, wool, &c.; jocular

term for curled hairs; N. of an Apsaras. — Vrvard-

jit, t, t, t, Ved. acquiring fields. — Urvara-pati,

is, m.,Ved. m aster of the fields sown with com.

— Urrara-sa, as, as, am,Ved. granting fields«

Urvari, f., Ved. tow, fibres drawn out of the distaff.

urrarya.

vsy.

■ Vrvarya, as, a, am, Ved. belonging to a field

which is sown with corn.

urvait, f. (fr. uru-vasi), Ved. wish₃

ardour, hot desire; N. of an Apsaras or nymph of

Indra’s heavcn, who becamc the wife of PurQravas;

she is also identiiied with the Gan-gl. — Urvafi-

nama-mald, f., N. of a glossary of synonymous

words by an anonymous author. UrvaM-ramana,

as, m. epithet of Aii a or Purflravas, the second king

of the lnnar race and the husband of the Apsaras

UrvaSl. — Urvafi-vallabha or urva&sahdya, as,

m. epithet of Purfiravas; see the preceding.

urvaru, us, m. a kindtof cucumber,

Cncumis Usitatissimus. See irvaru.

Urvaruka, am, n. the fruit of the abovc piant.

Urvaru, us, f., Ved. = the preceding.

_r ul, ulaii, to burn; (a Sautra root,

' \i. e. one mentioned only in grammatical

S Citras but not occurring in the Dh5tu-pStha.)

Tc3 ula, as, m.,Ved. a kind of wild animal;

N. of a man.

ulapa, as, m.,Ved. a shrub, bush;

a wick; the stalk of a shrub nsed as a wick (?); a

creeping piant, a spreading creeper; the grass or reed

Saccharum Cylindricum; N. of a pupil of KalSpin.

Ulapya, as, a, am, Ved. connected with or refer-

ring to a shrub &c.

ulinda, as, m., N. of a country;

an epithet of Snva.

ulvpa, as, am, m. n. a spreading

creeper; (os), m. the reed Saccharum Cylindricum.

See ulapa.

^7$fa^ulupin or ulapin or ulupin, i, m.

a guinea-pig, a porpoise or fish resembling it.

Tcjfc5 ululi, is, is, i or is, m., Yed. ulula-

tion.howling, a howl; [cf. Lat. ululabilis, ululatus.']

uluka, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. val),

an owl; N. of a country and people (pl.), and of their

kiog, who appears in the Mah5-bharata as a hero on

the side of thc Kurus; a son of ViSva-mitra; of Sakuni;

an epithet of Indra; N.of a king of the NSgas; {am),

n. , N. of the reed Saccharum Cylindricum; [cf. Lat.

ulula; Germ. Eule; Old Germ. uwila, Ula; Eng.

owl; Fr. hulotte.] — UltiJca-yatu, us, m., Ved. a

demon in the shape of an ovA.i-Ulukdframa {°ka-

af), as, m. Indra^ hermitage.

ulukhala, am, n. a wooden mortar

used for deansing rice from the husk &c.; bdellium,

a gummy substance; (as), m. a staff of Udumbara

wood, carried on certain ocrasions; N. of an evil

spirit. — Ulukhala-suta, as, a, am, Ved. pressed out

or pounded ia a mortar.

Ulukhalaka, am, n., Ved. a mortar; bdellium, a

gummy substance, or the piant which produces it.

Ulukhalika, as, a, am, pounded in a mortar,

cleansed from the husk; (at the end of a compound)

using as a mortar (c. g. dantalukhaUka, using the

lceth as a mortar).

⁷W* ulute or utula or kulula, as, m. pl.,

N. of a people.

<Iq5iT uKia, as, m. a large snake, the Boa.

i ul"pa, as, m. a spreading creeper;

tam), n. a sort of grass; (i), f., N. of a danghter of

NJga Kauravya, marrie j to Arjuna.

icjoi rlulu, us, us, u or us, m. ulula+ion,

howling. See ululi.

v.lko, f. (said to be fr. rt. i. ush), a tiery

phenomenon in the sky, a metenr, fire falling from

h aven; a firehr.nd; torch; fire, a flamc, titl of a

vrammar; [cf. Camhro-Brit. itlw, ‘ ashes.’] — Vlka-

jihra, as, m., N. of a Rakshas. — VlkCMhdrin i,

ini, f, a torch-br are r. — Ilka-pala, as, m. thc fall

of a meteor. — Ulka-mdlin, i, m., N. of one of SWs

attendant!. — UUsi-nmkJici, as, m. a demon or

goblin fwith a fece or moutf af fire who eats wb-t is

somited, having been a n^giigent Brahman in h’s

liretime); N. of a descendant jt IkshvSku; (f), f.

a tox.

Tlkushi, f. a tiery phen imenon in the sky, a

meteor; fivebrud. — Ulkushi-mat^v, ati,at,\'td.

accompanied by fieiy phenomena.

Vlmvha, am, n. a ftrebrand, wood buming or

bumt ar ch ircoal; N. of a son of Baia-rama.

Ulmakya, as, a, am, belonging to or connected

with a firebrand.

ulba or ulva, am, n. (fr. rt. eri), Ved.

the bag which surrounds the embryo; the vulva; the

wcmb; a cave; [cf. Lat. alvus, vulva ; Lith. urina,

•illa Hib. ttiVe, ‘ a comer. ]

XJlbana or ulvana, ae, a, am, thick, dotted,

abundant; much ixcetding. 'uperfluous, immense,

strong, powvrtul; abnndantly turr ished with • manifest;

(as), m., N. of a son ofVasishtha.

TJfbya, as, 5, am, with apah, the fluid connected

with the embryo; (am), n. excess and vitiation of

any of thc thr.e humore of the body, bile, phlegm

or wind; any calamity.

uHakasana, am, n. horripilation,

erection of the hairs of the bodv.

2r-4^J H Magna, as, m. the lagna iq v.) of

any partieniar place.

SKtd^- ul-langh (ud-f), cl. i. P. A. lan-

ghaH, -te, -ghifum, to leap ove^r, pass over or beyond.

to cro‘S over; tnnsgrtjS, exceed, violat», spnm.

Vl-langhana, am, n. leaping or passing ove» or

beyond; tran.grcs6ion, exceeding.

T^Tl-langha/,iya, as, d, am, to be tiansgressed.

Ul-laitgbita, as, a, am, jumped over or across,

passed over or beyond; exceeded, tr*nsgressed, vio-

iated. apostatized. — l llangliitarsasana as, 6, am,

tr nscressing orde re, rebelliou*, disob dient. — TJllan-

gHfadhvaii ( ta-adhd), a, d, a, having passeJ over

the nad.

Vl-langhya, as, a, ani, to be passed over or be-

voird, to be en ssed; to be disregarded or neglected.

T3>Tyl-labh (ud-labh), cl. i. A. -labtiate.

-Idbdhum, to obtrin.

T^fyrT vl-lambita (ud-l°), as, a, am,

jrected, elevated.

nUlala, as, a, am (rt. lal), covered

with thick hair; shaking, trembling.

ZU-lalat, an, anti, at, shaking, trembling; moving

irregularly or conyulsively.

Ul-lalita, as, a, am, shaken, trembling, agitated.

Ul-lala, N. of a metre of two verses, each con-

taining r5 + 13 syllabic instants.

<3kj # ul-las (ud-las), cl. 1. P. -lasati, -si-

tum, to jump up, sport, play, dance, flash, shine :

Caus. P. -lasayati, *yitum, to causc to jump up or

play; to cause to shine; to divert, delight.

Ul-lasa, as, d, am, sporting, bright, shining;

merry, happy; going out, issuing — Ullasa-ta, f.

splendor, brilliancy; mirth, happiness, going forth,

issuing.

Ul-lasat,an,anti,at, sporting, dancing, brilliant,

shining; wantoning.

Ul-lasita, as, d, am, shining, bright, splendid;

happy; ejected, brought to the top or surface, drawn

up, uplifted, brandishing. — TJllasita-harinaJcetana,

as, d, am, having its deer-marked banner gleaming

or fluttering.

Ul-lasa, as, m. jumping or leaping up, happiness,

joy; ligbt, splendor; (in rhetoric) giving prominence

to any subject by comparison or opposition ; division

of a book, chapter, section (e.g. atdralldsa, a chapter

treating of customs and observantes).

175

* Ul-lasana, as, a, am, causing to leap or dance;

(am), n. splendor.

Ul-ldsita, as, d, am, delighted, overjoyed, re-

joicing.

\H ullagha, as, a, am (said to be fr. rt.

lagh; in some of its senses perhaps related to

laghu), recovered from sickness, convalescent; dex-

trous, elever, intelligent; pure; happy, delighted;

wicked; black.

ul-lupa, as, m. (fr. rt. lap with ud),

calling out in a loud voice; change of voice in grief,

sickness, &c.

Ullapika, as, d, am, betraying, indicating.

Uldapin, i, ini, i, calling out.

Ul-lapya, am, n. a kind of drama.

<3 ['&<& ul-likh (ud-likh), cl. 6. P. -likhati,

-lekhitum, to scratch, scrape, cut up, scarify.

Uldikhat, an, ati or anti, at, scratehing, scrap-

ing; scarifying, making lines or streaks above or on

high; painting, writipg; bearing, raising.

Ul-likMta, as, d, am, scraped, scratched; scarified;

thrown up, tossed; painted, dei ineat ed ; written over

or above; pared, made thio.

Ul-lekha, as, m. description; (in rhetoric) de-

scription of an object according to the different

impressions caused by its apperance; speaking, utter-

ance, pronunciation.

Ul-lekhana, am, n. scraping, scratehing, scarifying,

paring; digging; vomiting; raising up, elevatjng;

uttering, utterance; writing, painting.

Ulrlekhya, as, a, am, to be scraped or pared;

to be written.

ul-lingita {ud-f), as, d, am, dis-

criminated, distinguished, known.

ul-lun6ana, am, n. plucking out

the hair; cutting the hair; pulling.

uUlunthd, f. (fr. rt. lunth with ud),

irony.

"Z^ ul-lu, us, us, u (fr. rt. Ki with ud),

cutting up.

ul-lekha. See ul-likh above.

ul-Wa, as, m. (rt. I06), an awning,

a canopy.

"Tphzi ul-lopya, am, n. (rt. lup), N. of a

song.

ul-lola (ud-f), as, in. a large wave

or billow ; a surge.

ulva and ulvana. See ulba and ul-

bana.

urata, as, m., N. of a scholiast on

Vedic works.

usangava, as, m., N. of a king,

usat, an, ati, at (fr. rt. vas, to desire),

loving, desirous, auspicious, pleasant.

U^a-dhak, Ved. only in connection with vana,

wood (fr. u$a, i. e. rt. va$ and dhaj, i.e. rt. dhet;

accordiog to native etym. connected with rt. dah),

(fire) consuming (wood &c.) with desire (?); (S5y.)

desiring and buroing.

UGanas, d, m., N. of a sage mentioned in the

Veda and having the epithet kavya {uJana kavyah);

in the epic poems he is identified with Sukra, the

regent of the planet Venus, and described as thc pre-

ceptor of the Asuras or Daityas, and possessor of vast

knowledge; N. of the author of a Dbarma-Sastra.

TJtfand, ind., Ved. with desire, joyfully, with haste.

lUana, f., Ved. the desired one; N. of a piant,

from which the Soma juice is produced.

mij, k, k, k, Ved. desiring, striving eamestly;

devoted to, willing; {k), m. ghec or boiled butter;

fire; {k), f., N. of a female slave, the mother of

Kakshlvat.

3iftf nti.

176 Tftp usita.

T'sita, as, a, am, 'vished, desired.

Ufi, is, f. wisn, desire.

Uimya, as, a, am, Ved. to be wished, to bs

ionged ior.

737(Tt ,'s’afi, f. (for mati, scii, tai), inju-

rinus discoorse; catling spc^ch.

737^777 ufanas. See under usat.

wsmara, us, m. pl., N. of a people

or country, Kandahar; (as), m. the king of this

country.

^ ustra, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr.

rt. vaif), the fragrant root of the piant Andropogon

Muricatus; (t), f. a sort of grass, a srnail sort of

Saccharum.— TJfira-giri, is, m., N, of a mountaio.

~U§ira-vija, as, m., N. of a mountain.

Ufiraka, am, n. the fragrant root of the piant

Andropogon Muricatus.

UfirVca, as, t, am, trading in or selling Uslra.

~~i u~~ i. ush, cL i. P. oshati, aushat, uvoska

xor oshdii-takara, oshishyati,aitshil, oshi-

tum, to bum; to punish; to consume; to kill, injure :

Caus. oshayati, -yitwn: Desid. oshiskishati; [cf.

Lat. uro, ustus; Gr. atiu, afios; Hib. usga, ‘ incense.’]

i. usha, as, m. bdellium; saline earth; (am), n.

fossile salt. See usha.

Ushana, am, n. black pepper; the root of Piper

Longum; (o), f. Piper Longum; Piper Chaba;

dried ginger. See ushana.

Ushapa, as, m. fire; the sun.

I. usha, f. buming, scorching. (For 2. see next coi.)

I. ushita or ushta, as, a, am, bumt; quick,

cxpeditious. (For 2. see next coi.)

Ushna, as, a, am (opposed to 4ita), hot, warm;

pungeot, acrid; sharp, active; impetuous, warm,

passionate; (<w, am), m. n. heat, warmth, the

hot season (June and July); sunshine; a deep or

feverish sigh; (as), m. an onion; N. of a prince;

(a), f. heat; consumption ; bile. — Ushna-kara, as,

m. the sun (‘having hot rays’).— Ushna-kdZa, as,

m. the hot season. — Ushna-ga, as, m. the hot sea-

son.— Ushna-gu, us, m. the sun (‘having hot nys*).

— Ushjian-karana, as, i, am, making hot or warm,

heating. — Ushna4a, f. or ushna-tva, am, n. heat,

warmth. — Ushna-dtdhili, is, m. the sun (‘having

hot rays’). — Uslina-nadi, f. the hot river; N. of the

VaitaranT or river of hell. — Ushiia-raJmi or ushna-

ru<H, is, m. the sun (• having hot rays’). — Ushna-

varana, as, am, m. n. an umbrella or parasol, a

chattar. — Ushna-vashpa, as, m. hot vapour, steam;

tears. — Ushtia-virya, as, m. Delphinus Gangeticus.

— Ushna-vetdti,f.,N. of a female deity. — Ushridn^u

(°«a-an°), us, m. the sun (‘ having hot rays’). — Ush’

nagama (°iia-ag⁰), as, m. approach of the heat,

the hot season, consisting of two months, about June

and July,—Ushnabhigama (°na-abh°), as, m. the

hot season. — Ushnasaha (⁰7ia-as°), as, m. the eold

season. — Ushnodaka (°«a-ttcT), am, n. warm or

hot water, to be drunk on certain occasions; it be-

longs to the six prJna-karSni. — Ushnopagama

(°na-up°), as, m. the hot season, summer.

UshnaJca, as, a, am, sharp, smart, active; suffering

paio; sick of fever; warming, heating; bent, inclin-

ing, stooping; (aw), m. the heat, the hot season

(lasting for two months, about June and July); re-

volving, tuming round.

Uah-galu, us, us, u, suffering from heat.

Ushnikd, f. rice-gruel.

Vshniman, d, m. heat.

Ushni-kri, d. 8. 5. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kri-

noti, -nutc, -kartum, to make warm.

Ushni-gaitga, the hot Gar>g3, i. e. the BadarT,

having hot sources ; (perhaps merely a wrong reading

for tushmnganga.)

Ushma, as, m. heat; the hot season (June and

July); spring (April and May); anger, warmth of

temper; ardonr, eagemess; [cf. ushman and u$h-

man.^ — Ushma-td, f.=iishna-ta, q. v.-Ushma-

pa, as, m. a spirit of an inferior order, a deceased

anccstor; [cf.flshma -pa.) — Ushma-bhas, s, m. the sun

(‘having hot beams¹). — Ushma-vat,dn,ati,at, heated,

buming, smoking. — Ushma-svcda, as, m. a vapour

bath. — Ushmdgama (°ma-dg°), as, m. the hot sea-

son. — Ushmanvita (°ma-an°), as, a, am, enraged.

— Ushmopagama f ma-up⁹), as, m. the hot season.

Ushmaha, as, m. the hot season.

Ushman, d, m. heat, ardour, steam; the hot season.

Ushmaya, nom. A. ushmdyatt, to emit heat or

steam. See ushmaya.

Ushmayana, as, m. the hot season.

TR 2. ush (connected with rt. 3. vas, to

shine; used as a noun but only in the forra ushas),

Ved. light, morning, dawn ; ushas tisrah, moming,

midday, and evening. (The words ushas and usha

below are connected by native authorities with 1. ush.)

2. usha, as, d, am, Ved. shining, brilliant; (05),

m. early moroiog, dawn, day-break.

Ushas, as, f. moming light, dawn, moming; per-

sonified as the daughter of Heaven and sister of the

Adityas; evening light; ushasau or ushasau, du. the

two dawns, i. e. night and day; the outer passage

of the ear; the Malaya range; (si), f. the end of

the day, twilight; [cf. Gr. h&s \ Lat. aurora ; Lith.

auszra ; Goth. uh-tv6 ; Old Germ. uohta^\ ™ Ushar-

budh, bhut,t,t,Ved. awaking with the moming light,

early awaked. — U&har-budha, as, m. fire; a child.

— U8hd8a’naktd,t.du.,Vtd. dawn and night. — Usho-

devalya, as, d, am, whose deity is the dawn.

1. ushasya, nom. P. ushasyati, -yitum, to be-

come day.

2. ushasya, as, d, am, sacred to the dawn.

2. usha, f. moming light, dawn, moming ; twilight,

night; a cow; N. of a wife of Bhava (who was a

manifestat i oq of Rudra); of a daughter of BSna and

wife of Animddha ; (a), ind. at day-break ; at nighi;

at twilight (?). - Usha-kala, as, m. a cock. - Usha-

pati, is, m. an epithet of Animddha, the son of

Kimadeva and husband of Usha. — Ushd-raman,a,

as,m. an epithet of Aniruddha. — Ushefa (usha-itfa),

as, m. the samc.

1. usra, as, d, am, Ved. relating to or seen in the

moming; bright; shining; ciear; (S5y. utsarana-

fila) rising on high; (as), m. a ray of light; (a),

f. morning light, dawn, moming; light, bright sky.

— Usra-dhanvan, d, m. having a bright bow; an

epithet of Indra.-*Usra-ydman, d, d, a, Ved. going

out in the early morniDg light (as the carriage of the

Asvins); going out at daylight.

Ueriya, f.,Ved. brightness, light.

Ttt 3. usha, as, d, am (connected with rt.

va£), wishiug, desiring; (a«), m. a lover.

Ushat, an, m., N. of a son of Suyajna.

3 4;g* ushangu, us, m. an epithet of S^iva;

[cf. utangava.]

^Wiftushatt, f.injurious discourse; cutting

speech. See ufati.

d Mri ushadgu, us, m., N. of a son of Svahi.

ushadratha, as,m. a son of Titikshu.

TRW ushasta, as, m., N. of a man, \vith

the patronymie cSkriyana.

TfTiT 2. ushita, as, d, am (rt. 1. vas), in-

habited, dwelt; fixed, remaining in or on; stale.

— Ushitan gavtna, as, d, am, formerly iohabited

by cattle.

Ushitvd, ind. having resided in.

Ushya, ind. (irreg. form for ushitvd), having

resided or dwelt.

Ttflr ushtra, as, am, m. n. the root of

Andropogon Muricatum. See ufira.

Tg ushtra, as, m. (satd to be fr. 1. ush),

a buffalo; a bull with a hump; a camel; a cart, a

waggon; N. of an Asura ; (i), f. a she-camel; an

earthen vessel in the shape of a camel. — Ushtra-

karnika, ds, m. pl., N. of a people. — Ushtra-

kandi, f. a flower of a red colour. — Ushtra-krotfin,

*, int, i, making a noise like a camel. — Ushtra-

goytiga, am, n. a couple of camels. — Ushfra-griva,

as, m. hemorrhoids. — Ushira-dhusara-putthika,

f. the piant Tragia Involucrata. — Ush(ra-pddikd, f.

the piant Jasminum Sambac. — Ushfra-yana, am, n.

a camel-litter, a vehicle drawn by camels. — Ushtra-

4iro~dhara, am, n. hemorrhoids, piles, bleeding piles.

— Ushtrasthana, am, n. a stable for camels ; (as,

d, am), born in a camel-stable.

Ushtri, (d, m., Ved. a bull drawing a plough.

Ush\vikd, f. a she-camel; an earthen vessel of the

shape of a camel.

THH ushtiJ[ See under 1. ush ist coi.

ushnih, k, f. (fr. ud-snih?), N. of

a Vedic metre of three Pidas, the first two containing

eight each, and the third twelve syllabi es; a dassical

metre of four Padas of seven syllables; a brick sacred

to the metre Ushnih. — Ushnikthandaska, as, d,

am, having the metre Ushnih. — Ushnig-garbha, f.,

N, of a GSyatri of three Padas of six, seven, eleven

syllables respectively.

Ushmha, f. the metre Ushnih; (ds), pl.,Ved.the

nape of the neck.

TUOfa ushnisha, as, am, m. n. (said to be

connected with ushna), anything wound round the

head; a turban, a diadem; a bandage of any Idod ;

a distinguishing mark; the hair with which a Buddha

is born and which indicates his future sanctity. — Ush-

nisha'dhdrin, t, int, i, wearing a turban, tuibaned.

Usjinuhin, i, int, i» fumished with a turban ; an

epithet of S'iva.

TW ushma. See under 1. ush.

TW ushya. See under 2. ushita.

TQTc5 ushyala, am, n., Ved. the frame (of

a bed).

T# 2. usra, as, m. a bull; (a), f. a cow; the

piant Anthericum Tuberosum. (For I. see last coi.)

Usri, is, f., Ved. a cow (?).

Usrika, as, m., Ved. a small ox.

Usriya, as, d, am, Ved. belonging to or coming

from a cow or ox; (as), m. an ox; (d), f. a cow;

a calf; milk.

Usriya, nom. P. usrtyaii, -yitum, to desire or

wish for a cow.

r~~j J~~7 ih_y cl. 1 .V.ahati, uvoha, ohitum, to hurt

^or give pain; to kill, to destroy. See uh.

Uhan,Ved. a wrong reading for udan.

Uhdna, as, m., N. of a country.

«5, u (fr. rt. vah), Ved. bear-

ing, carrying.

UJiyamana, as, d,am, being conveyed.borne aloDg.

uhyagana, a various reading for

uhyagana, q. v.

*3i

■3» 1. «, the sixth letter of the alphabet,

ccwsp^nding to u l°ng. and having the sound of

that letter in the word rule. — C-kara, a.i, m. the

letter or smind n.

3i 2.5, ind. an interjection of compasston,

of regard; an incipient particlt uaed at the beginmng

of a “ifnteocfc.

3i 3. u, iis, m. the moon; epithet of S'iva.

14. « (fr. rt. av), ‘ a preserver’ (?).

1. ita, as, a, wn, fav >uied, preserved, prrmoud,

Inv< d.

1. uti, is, f. favouring, prot etinp, prornoting, aid,

asaistance, help, favour, kindness, nitndly feeling, affec-

tion, wish, delire, striving afti.r, hastemng t.mards,

dtlight, enjoyment, sport, play, distillation; (aya°),

pl. obiects of enjoyment, as food &c.

uma.

Urna, as, m., Ved. a good friend, an affectionate

companion, an intimate associate; {am), n., N. of a

town or country.

«a£a, a various reading for uvata, q.v.

uth, a various reading for vih, q.v.

i. wcJAa, as, a, am (fr. rt. z;a£ or i. uh,

for 3. udAa see 2. w^), carried as a load or burden;

married; (a), f. a bride, a wife espoused according

to the ritual. — Udha-kankata, as, a, am, armed,

mailed. — Udha-bkarya, as, a, am, one who has

married a wife. — Udha-vayas, as, m. a young man.

Udhaya, nom. (fr. udha or udhi) P. udhayati,

aor. aujadhat or avjidhat, or audidkat, to carry (?).

Udhi, is_} f. carrying, bearing.

uni-tejas_y as, m., N. of a Buddha;

(a various reading has urmtejas.)

*3irT 2. vta, as, a, am (fr. rt. ve), woven.

2. uti, is, f. weaving, sewing.

udhan and udhar, forms used in the

Veda for some of the cases of udkas below.

^m/idhas, n. (said to be fr. rt. vah. In

the Veda the forms udhar and udhan are used for

some of the cases, e. g. sing. nom. udhar, gen. abi.

udhnas, loc. udhan or udhani; pl. Inst. udkdbkis,

loc. udhassu), an udder; a covered secret place where

only friends are admitted; the bosom; the breast of

a mother; the ndder of the sky, i. e. the clouds. In

classical Sanskrit the form udhan appears only in

the fem. of adjective compounds, cf. adhy-udhnt,

kutidodhni, ghatodkni, pinodhni; [cf. Gr. ovdap;

Lat. uber; Germ. Utar, euter; Angi. Sax. uder;

Eng. udder; Hib. uit, uitche.\ — Udkas-vati, f.

having a full udder.

Udhanya, as, d, am, produced from the udder;

(am), n. milk.

Udhasya, am, n. milk/ produced from the udder.’

una, as, a, am (said to be fr. rt. av and

opposed to purna, att-rikta, adhika), wanting, de-

ficient, defective, short of any quantity, less than the

right number, not .sufficient; less (in oumber, size,

or degree), minus, fewer, smaller, inferior, &c. (e. g.

una-dvivarsha, not quite two years old; dvabhydm

una, less by two; alpona, * less by a little,’ * a little

less.’ Prefixed to any even decimal numeral from

twenty up to a hundred, una serves to denote one

less than the even ten, e. g. una-vindati, twenty

minus one or oineteen; una-triniat, thirty minus

one ; unatrinda, the thirtieth minus one or twenty-

ninth: so also with other nnmerals prefixed, e. g.

pahdona-trinfat, thirty minus fi ve or twenty-five;

ekonadatvarinta, the fortieth miDus one or thirty—

ninth.)

Unaka, as, d, am, not sufficient, less, inferior.

Unaya, nom. P. unayati, -yitum, to leave defi-

cient or unfinished; to deduct or lessen; to mete

out in small quantities; to measure.

Unita, as, d, am, lessened by subtraction or dcduo

tion, less, fewer, &c.

ind. an inteijectton of interroga-

tion; of anger; of reproach, abuse, envy, and arro-

gance.

urna. See under 4. u.

uy, cl. 1. A. uyate = ve, vayati, to

\weave, sew.

^<0 urari, ind. a particle of assent and

diffusi on; urari-krita, as, d, am, allowed, promi sed.

See urari.

Cri, ind. = urari; see w?.— Uri-kfitya, ind.

having promised, agreed, assented to.

^5 uru, us, m. (said to be fr. urnu), tbe

thigh; N. of a son of Manu Cskshusha; (rl)» f. the

middle of the thigh or a principal vein situated there.

When y,ru is used at the end of a compound the

fem. form may end in either short or loDg u, but

urdhva-drishti,

177

more properly in the latter (e. g. vamorus or vamo-

rus, a beautiful-thighed woman; rambhoru and

raroru, O beautiiul-thighed one; voc. cases of

varoru and rambhoru). — Uru-glani, is, f. weakness

of the thigh. — Ururja, as, d, am, bom from the

thigh,* (as), m. a Vaifya. — Uru~daghna or uru-

dvayasa or uru-matra, as, t, am, reaching to the

thighs, as high as the thighs. — Uru-parvan, d or

a, m. n. the knee.— Uru-phalaka, am, n. the thigh-

bone, the hip-bone. — Uru-bhinna, as, i, am, having

a rent in the thigh (according to P2nini IV. 1, 52,

used as a Bahu-vrihi). — Uru-sambhava, as, d, am,

sprung from the thigh.— Uru-stambha, as, m.

paralysis of the lower extremities, rheumatism of the

t&igh; (d), f. the plantain tree.— Urudbhava (uru-

7uP), as, d, am, sprung from the thigh. — Urv-

ashthiva, am, n. thigh and knee.

Uravya, as, m. a man of the third or Vailya tribe

as bom from the thighs of BrahmS.

ururi, ind. a particle implying as-

sent, admission, promise, diffusion, &c.; [cf. dran.]

urj, k, f. (fr. rt. vrij; cf. Eng. work),

food, strength, vigour, sap, juice; often occurriog in

conjunction with ish (e. g. isham urjam atyuh,

* may they obtain food and strength’); [cf. Gr. apyda

and opyds; Lat. urgeo; Hib. orc, ‘a prince, a hero;’

orcaim, * I kill, I destroy.’]

Vrja, as, m., N. of the month K3rttika, i. e.

November-December(as imparting food or strength),*

power, strength; effort, exertion ; procreati ve power;

life, breath; N. of a son of the second Manu; of

Satyahita; ofVatsara; of the sons of Hiranya-garbha

who are reckoned among the seven Rishis of the

third Manvantara; (d), f. food, strength,, sap; N. of

a daughter of Daksha and wife of Vasishtha; (am),

n. water.— Orja-yoni, is, m., N. of a son of Vilv5-

mitra. — thja-vaha, as, m., N. of a son of SWi.

— tjrjasani, is, is, i, Ved. graDting strength.

— Urja-stambha, as, m., N. of one of the seven

Rishis of the second ManvaDtara. — tfrjad (°jd-ad),

t, t, t, Ved. an eater of strengtheniog food.— tfrjd-

vat, dn, ati, at, abounding in food. — Vrjdhuti (°id-

dh°), is, is, i, Ved. offering nourishiDg or strength-

giving sacrifices.

Orjaya, nom. P. urjayati, -yitum, to feed,

strengthen; A. to become strong, to be power fui.

Orjayat, an, anti, at, Ved. strong, full of sap or

juice, succulent; feeding, strengtheoing, nourishing.

Orjavya, as, d, am, Ved. abounding in food or

strength.

Oijas, a form fpr urj, used in compounds and with

affixes, thus urjas-kara,as, d, am, causing strength.

— Orjas-vat, dn, ati, at, rich in food, abounding in

sap or juice, juicy, succulent, powerful, vigorous,

robust_? strong; (£i), f., N. of a daughter of Daksha

and wife of Dharma; of a daughter of Priy^vrata

and wife of Us'anas; wife of Pr2na.— ffrjas-vala,

as, d, am, strong, powerful. — Urjas-vm, i, ini, i,

strong, powerful; (i), n. a figure of rhetoric, speak-

ing of anything with disdain.

thrjarii, f.,Ved. urjd personified.

Orjita, as, d, am, powerful, strong, mighty, great,

excellent, exceeding, much; (as), m., N. of a prince.

— Orjitdtfraya as, d, am, spirited, mag-

nanimous.

tTrjin, i, ini, i, abounding in food.

"TO? urna, am, d, n. f. (fr. rt. vri, to cover,

and connected with rt. urnu next coU), wool; (d), f.

a circle of hair between the eyebrows ; N. of the wife

of Citra-ratha and mother of Samr5j; [cf. Lat. villus,

vellus; Goth.vulla; Old Germ. wolla; Mod.Germ.

Wolle; Eng .wool; Lith .mina; Russ. vdlna; Gr.

fyos, %piov, ipea, flpor, etpiov; Hib. ofoim.] — Urna-

nabha, as, m. a spider (as having wool on the navel

or belly); N. of a son of Dhrita-r3shtra; of a D2nava.

— fIrnaspata, as, m. a spider. — Orna-mradas, as,

as, as, or urnctrmrada, as, d, am, soft as wool.

— tIrrta-vabhi, is, m. a spider (‘ wool-weaver ?;’ per-

haps the original form of urqa-nabhi, derived from

an obsolete rt. vdbh, to weave).— Urya-defa, as,

m., N. of a country. — Vrnd-pinda, as, m. a ball

of wool. — Urnd-maya, as, t, am, woollen, made of

wool. — UTmd-vat, dn, ati, at, woollen; (dn), m.,

N. of a man. — Orna-vala, as, d, am, woollen.

— Zfrnd-sutra, am, n., Ved. a thread of wool.

— Ornd-stuka, f._? Ved. a tuft of wool.

tJrnayu, us, us, u, woollen; (wa), m. a ram; a

woollen blanket; a spider; N. of a Gandharva.

Tm urnu (connected with rt. vri), cl. 2.

P- A. urnoti and urnauti, urnute, Urnu-

nava, urnunuve, urnavishyati, -te, ury.uvishyati,

-te, aurnavit, aurnamt, aurnuvit, aurnavish(a,

auryuvishta, urnavitum, urnuvitum, to cover,

surround, hide; A. to cover one’s self; Caus. urna-

vayati, aor. aurnunuvat: Desid. urnunushatl, -te,

uniunavishati, -te, urnunuvishati, -te: Intens.

urnonuyate, urnonaviti, urrtonauti.

tfrnuta, as, d, am, covered.

vrd, a variou s reading for rt uri.

"S q. r.

7-nlara, as, m. (said to be in some of

its mtauing. fr. vrj ard rt. drl), Ved. a vessel foi

-utarurin? corr, a bush^l; a hero, a Champion; a

R.hjhas, a gobHn or fiend. '

vrdha and nrdhalca, a rvrnng reading

for urdhva and urdhrcdcn.

«i

3i^ urdhva, as, d, am (fr. rt. vridh), rising,

upwards, tending upwards, raised, elevated, erected,

erect, upright; being above; above, high, superior,

upper. In classical Sanskrit an example of the un-

compounded adjective as in urdhvaih padaih,¹ with

raised feet,’ is rare, (am), n. elevation, height, any-

thing situated above; (am), ind. upwards, towards

the upper part, aloft, above, in the upper regions, on

the upper side of (with abi.); in the sequel (as of a

book, the upper leaves of a MS. being read last);

subsequent, after (with abi.); in a high tone, aloud ;

urdhvam dvitiydd adah, after the second vowel;

urdhvam pituh, after the fatheffs death; samvat-

sardd urdhvam, after a year; ata urdhvam, hence-

forward, fromthat time forward, hereafter; urdhvam

gam, to go upwards, to die; [cf. Gr. op06s; Lat.

arduus; Gael. ard.] — Ordhva-kada, as, m. an

epithet of Ketu (whose hair streams upwards in the

sky). — Vrdhva-kantha, as, m. pl., N. of a people;

(f), f., N. of a piant. — Urdhvu-karna, as, d, am,

having the ears pricked up or erect. — Ordhva-

karman, a, n. motion or action tending upwards;

(a), m., N. of Vishnu (going upwards). — Urdhva-

kaya, as, m. the upper part of the body. — Urdhva-

kpitana, as, d, am, Ved. effervesring, fermenting;

epithet of the Soma; (S3y.) having its sharp qualities

stirred up. — Urdhva-ketu, us, m., N. of a son of

Sanad-r3ja. — Urdhva-kcfa, as, d, am, having the

hair erect. — Urdhva-kriya, f. motion or action tend-

iDg upwards. — Urdhva-ga, as, d, am, going upwards,

ascending, hovering; being on high. — Urdhva-gata,

as, d, am, gone up, risen, ascended. — Urdhva-gati,

18, is, i, going upwards; (is), f. ascent, elevation.

— Urdhvaga-pura, am, n. the city of Harisdandra,

who with his subjects is supposed to be suspended

in the atmosphere. — Urdhva-gama, as, m. upward

motion ofanykind.— Urdhva-gamana,am,n. going

upwards, ascending; elevation in the scale of being.

— Urdhva-gdmin, i, ini, i, going up or above,

ascending. — Urdhva-gravan, d, d, a, Ved. raising

the stones to press out the Soma plaDt. — Urdhva-

darana, as, d, am, supine, having the feet upwards.

— Urdhva-dit, t, t, t, Ved. piling up, heaping up.

— Urdhva-janu, us, us, u, or urdhva-jna,as,d,am,

or urdkva-jnu, us, us, u, raising the knees, sitting on

the hams; long-shanked.— Urdkva-tilakin, t, ini, i,

having a sectarian mark on the forehead. — Urdhva-

tva, am, n. o rurdhva-ta, f. height, elevation. — Urdh-

va-thd or urdhva-dha, ind., Ved. upwards, erect.

— Urdhva-danshtra-ketfa, as, m. whose teeth and

hair are erect; an epithet of S’iva.— Urdhva-drishti,

Zz

178

urdhva-deva.

rtk-ihas.

is, it, «i looking upwards, of high yiews, 'spiring.

— Crdhva-deva, at, ra. a suporior deky; an epithet

of Vishnu.— Crdhva-deha, am, n. (' the body gopc

abov_ ’), f fun.ul ceremony. — Ordkva-nabhas, da,

d*, at, Ved. bd.ig -bove in th„ dotide,— Crdhvan-

dama, at, i, an,, poing upwtids, erected^ aXaltcd,

elevated; (porhap; a wrong rcading for Hrdhmit-

qama.)— Crdhm-patha, at, m. the upper region,

the oher. - C.dfr-a-pdtana, at», n. ciusing to

iicend, sublimatu n. — Crdhva-putra, am, n. a sacri

ficial vessel. — f*"rdlra-jidda, at, d, o,n, heol, up-

w-rds; (as), m. fabulous animal with eight Lgs;

see rfa> ohha. - Crdhva-pmidra orurdhra-pu.idra-

Ica, am, n. a perpendicular lin„ on th< forehead of a

Brlhma.. mad with andal &c., a Vaishnava mark.

— Crdhra-pfiram, ind. fnll to the brim, full to over-

fiowinu. — Prdhra-pridni, it, 's, i, Ved. spottcd

above.- Ordhva-barhis, 's, it, it, Ved. being ovor

the sacrifici-d grass.— Prdh.-a-hala, os, a, am,

having thv. hair erect. — Vrdhsa-bahu, ut, ut, a,

having the arms raUed; (as), m. a dovotee who

hold« his arms above hi., hrad constantly till they are

fixcd in that position; N. of one of tht sevon Rishis

of the fifth Manvantara; one of the «evan Rirhis of

the scth; one of the s^ven sons of V-sishtha.

— Crdlm-budhna, os, a, an,,Ved. bottom upwards,

upsidt dovvn. — Crdh.a-brlhati, f., Is. ot a mctre.

— Crdhsa-bhaga at, rr>. the upper pirt; any part

of a word comiog after .nother part. — C rdhva-bhaj,

k, k, k, partakinp of th- upp r p-rt; a N. of Bada-

vSgni or submarine fire.— Crdhva-manthin, living

io p-rpctual chastfty ; see urdhra-i etar,— Crdhra-

mana, am, n. an mstrumeot for measuring -Iti ud i.

— C rdhra-mdju, ut, m, u, giving forth a Ione

nois-.— Crdhra-maruta, am, n. presmr. of the

wind (of the body) upwards. — Crdhva-inulcha, at,

f, am, h iving the rrooith or openinp tumed upwards.

— Crdhra-Ti.a-'hurUka, a*_; I, an, h-pp.oing after

a short time.— Crdhm-rtkha-iovala, at, d, am,,

vrriegated with linrf above. — Urdktta-retat, at, at,

at, * havi the semen rbove,’ abstainiog from sexual

i ntercourr -, one who lives in perpetua! ch stity; a N.

of Sm, -Jso of Bhlshma. — Crdhia-romar, a, a, a.,

having th, hairs of the body erect; N - of a mountain.

— Crdhva-liitga, at, m., N. of Sfiva.— trd.hm-

loka, at, m. the upper world, the world above,

heaven. — Ci'dhva-vartm/m, a. m. the atmospher.,

heaven. — VrVim-i dt l, at, m. or vrdhv-vaiju,

ut, m. the wind in the upptT part of the body.

— flrdhra-rrita, at, a, am, pnt on above, put on

over the hrad or shouldcr (as th“ sacred thread of

the BrJhmani.— Crdhva-iayin, r, ini, i, sleeping

upright; epithet of Siva. — Crdhvar&tdhana, am,

n. ‘purifying upwardt,’ i. e. vomiting.— ‘Ordhm.-io-

shnr, ind. so as to dry (anything) above. — Crihra-

ivata, at, m. cxplration. — Crdl-a-saru, ut, et, u,

Ved. carrying the neck high, with lofty or upiifted

reck: (S5y.) rising higher and high-r. — Crdhva-

stha, at, a, urr, being above, superior, situated on

high. — Ordhva-sthita, as, a, am, bt lrg or standing

rbove.— Crdhvartthiti, it, f. the nurring of a hors_;

ahorsds b xk, the p irt wher, tht rider sits; eleva-

tion, superiority. — Crdhva-srotat, as, as, at N. of

a criation of beinps whose stream of lifr or current

of untriment tends upwari]*.—CrdlfdnguH (‘'ra-

uit"), it, is, i, with raistd finger. — CrdJivimnaya-

samhita ), f. the doctriues ol a particular

Vaishnava sect,— t^rrdkriyana (°va-oij ), at, m. ph,

M. of a caste in Plakshn dvlpa.— Ordhvavo.ria Cvo-

dv), as, m. r earine of a hone. — Ordhvasita

('va-ds ), a«, m. tht piant Momordica Charantia.

— Vrdhrcha ( va-lha), as, m. motion 01 t^ndency

upwards.

(Trdhraka au, m. a kind of drum.

f". ihr-.tana, at, a, am, Ved. rising, erccting

one’s self.

Ordhvi-kri, ei. 5.8. P. A. -krmoti, -nuti, ■lar di,

-kurult, -lartum, to raise rloft, to elavate.

■JifH urmi, is, 'm. f. (fr. rt. rrt), a wave; a

current, the flowing of water; human iniirmity (as

grief, illusion, hunger, thirst, decay, death); speed,

velodty; a fold or plait in a garmeot; a line, a row;

manifestation, light; mental suffering, distress, un-

easiness, pain; missing, regretting; association, nura-

ber, quantity; [cf, Lith. wilni-s; Old Germ. wella;

Mod. Germ. Welle; Eng. wcll.] — OrmUmat, an,

ati,at,wavy, undulating, billowy; CTOoked ; plaited,

curled (as hair). — Vrmimat-ta, f. undulation; crook-

cdncss,— Crmimalin, T, ini, i, wreathed with waves,

adomed with waves; (t), m. the ocean.

Urmiica, f. a wave; a plait or fold in a garment;

a finger ring; regret, sorrowing for anything lost;

the buzzing of a bee.

t?rmin, i, ini, t.Ved. having waves, undulating.

fJrmila, f., N. of a daughter of Janaka and wife

of Lakshmana, mother of GandharvI SomadS.

Ormya_fa8_td,am,Vcd. undulating, having waves,

agitated; (o), f. night.

1. urva, as, m. (fr. rt. vri), Ved. a re-

ceptacle (for water), a reservoir; a cloud ; an enclosed

place, a stable for cattle; a prison, captivity (?); an

epithet of the Pitris or manes of deceased ancestors.

Orvya_tas,d_$am,Ved. being in reservoirs, lakes.&c.

2. urva, as, ra. (fr. uruF), N. of a saint

from whose thighs sprang Aurva, a fiery being received

by the ocean; the submarine fire; N. of a prince.

■3i^TT itrrara, f. fertile soil, land besring

any and every crop. See urvara.

urvari, f., N. of an Apsaras. See

urvaM.

<h^ i/l ^ nrv-ashthwa. See under uru.

"3T^fF urvi. See under uru.

urvyanga, am, n. (said to be fr.

urvi = urvi,¹ earth/ and anga), a mushroom.

ursha, f. a kind of grass, Andropogon

Serratum.

ulupin, t, m. a porpoise. See

ulupin.

ululca, as, m, an owl. See uluka.

Cs.

uvata, a various reading for uvata

and ua(a, q. v.

uvadhya or ubadhya, am, n., Ved.

undigested grass &c. in the stomach (of an animal).

nsh, cl. i. P. ushatiy -shitum, to be

\ diseased or disordered, to be sick or ili.

usha, as, m. (fr. rt. i. usk or fr. ush

above ?), salt ground, soil impregnated with saline par-

ticles; a cleft, a hole; the cavity of the ear; dawn, day-

break (in the latter sense neut. according to some); the

mountain Malaya; (i), f. soil impregnated with saline

particles or not fertile.— fJsha-puta,am, n. particles

of salt wrapped up in paper.— V8ha-vat_fan,ati,al,

consisting of saline soil.

tJshaka, am, n. salt, pepper; dawn, day-brcak.

(Jsliana, am, n. black pepper; (a), f. long pepper.

Oshara, as, d, am, impregnated with salt; (am),

n. a barren spot with saline soil. — tfshara-ja, am,

n. salt produced from salt soil; a kind of magnet.

ushd, f., N. of the wife of Aniruddha.

See ushm, &c.

ushman, a, m. (fr. rt. i. ush), heat,

steam, vapour,exhalatioo; ardour,passion, violence; the

hot season; (in gnarn.) the sounds sh, s, h ; shk,

shp, am, ah, and more especially the first four of

these sounds.— Ushma-pa, as, d, am, imbibing the

steam of hot food ; (a«), m. pl. a class of manes or

deceased ancestors; (a«),m. fire,— Oshma-para,a8,

d, am, followed by an t}shman.— tfshma-prakriti,

\8, is, i, produced from an Cshman.— Ushma-vat,

an, ati, at, hot, steaming. — Ushmdnta (?ma-an°)_t

as,d,am, ending in an Ushman. — Oshmantahstka

(°jBa-an°), as, m.pl. the sounds called Cshman and

the semivowels. — Vshmopagama (°ma-up°), as, m.

the approach of the heat.

Oskmana or mhmanya,as,d, am,Ved. steaming.

Oskmaya, nom. A. ushmayate, -yitum, to emit

heat or steam, to steam, perspire.

irj i. uk, cl. i. P. (with prep. also A.)

^ uhati, -te, auhit, uhitum, to change,

modify; (with prep.) to push, thrust, move, remove,

touch lightly. (This root is connected with rt. vah;

and it is often diiHcult to decide to which of these two

roots forms like i. udha, p. 177»^{are to} assigned.)

1. uka, as, m. change, modification.— Uka-gdna,

am, n. or uka-giti, is, f., N. of the third Gana or

song book of the S.lma-veda.

Ukani, f. a broom.

tdhyaHjdna, am, n., N. of the fourth G5na or

song book of the SSma-veda.

~~'1.3~~ 2. uk, cl. i. P. A. uhati, -te (Ved.

^ ohate), uhe and uhan-^ahre, dkishyate,

auhiskta, uhitum, to observe, mark, note, attend

to (with acc.); to reckon on (with loc.); to wait for;

to comprehend, conceive, conjecture, suppose, infer,

reason, deliberate about; to be regarded as: Cans.

ukayati, -yitum, aor. aujlkat, to causc to think,

reason, infer, or conjecture; to attend to(?); to do,

accomplish (?): Desid. iijihiskate; [cf. Hib. uige;

Lat.aM$reo; Goth.ar^a ; Hib.^ar,‘augmentatjon.’]

2. udha, as, a, am, observed, inferred, &c.

2. uka, as, m. delibemtion, examination; reason-

ing; understanding; completing a defective sentence

or verse, supplying an ellipsis; [cf. Hib. uga, * choice,

election.']

Uhana, am, n. reasoning, inferring, concluding.

Ohin, i, ini, i, wfyo or what reasons; who or

what assembles, infers, or conjectures; (im), f. an

assemblage, a collection; arrangeraent, a multitude

reduced to order; [cf. akshauhini.']

Vhya, as, d, am, inferrible, to be investigated,

requinng to be snpplied, elliptical.

^l

'-g i, ri, the seventh vowel of the Sanskrit

ulphabet and pecnliar to it, resemblinp the sound of ri

in ,nerrili/. — jRi-kara,as, m. the iett< r or sound ri.

2. ri, ind. an inteijection of abuse,

langhter; a sound inarticulate or reiterated as in

stammering.

^5 3* ri, a, f. a N. of Aditi.

•nt 4. ri, cl. 1. 9. (Ved. also 3. 4. 5. P.)

riteliati, findU (Ved. iyarti, aryate, ri-

noti or rinvati),ara or ardn-takara, ariskyati or

artskyati (?), arat, artum, aritum or an<Mm(?),

(Ved. 3rd pl.impf.ranfa),to rise, tend upwards; to go,

move; to meet with, fall upon or into, reach, obtain;

to fall to one s share (with acc.); to move, excite,

raise, raise (in singing, e. g. vatam iyarti, he raises

his voice; stomdn iyarti, he sings hymns); to dis-

play; to injure, hurt: Caus. arjmyati, -yitum, to

throw, cast; to put, place, insert, fix, festen; to direct

towards, cast upon; to pierce; to place on, apply;

to offer, give, give up, surrender; to give back,

restore: Intens. Ved. 2nd pers. alarshi, 3rd pers.

alarti, to move, come; strive, make effort, exert

one’s strength: Intens. Class. araryate, to wander

about; to run or fly towards: Desid. aririshati;

[cf. Goth. atnw,¹ a messengerHib. ria or rather

do ria, ‘ he will come or arriveria, ¹ running,

speed;’ riaek, * he came;’ riacktaim, ‘I arrive;’

ar, ¹ guiding, conducting/ With the Caus. havd*

been compared Old Germ. arbjan, ‘to inherit;’ Ici-

erpit, * possessionGoth. arbi, Them. arbja, ¹ in-

heritanceef. also Lat. aro; Goth. aija; Old Germ.

erru; Lith. arti; Lith. orjd; Gr. alpa>; Hib. ar,

‘ slaughter, destruction, plague, the slain in fight

aor, ‘ a satire, a course.’]

-^qQWrik-dkas. See under 2. H6.

170

rikna.

rina.

i. rikna, as, a, an (for vrikna fr. rt.

ira&O, wounded. — lUkna-eaha, as, d, am, whuse

ihouiders are wounded or made sore by drawing.

2 rikna = riktha beluw.

TT7V riktha, am, n. (fr. rt. ric), property,

wealth, possessions, efltcts (ispeciaJly left at death);

gold; see riktha. — Riktha-grah ina_% am, n. re-

ceiving or inheriting property. — kU-tha-jrdha, as,

a, am, an inhertor or receiver of prop. rtv; (a.*),

m. ir.heriting or receiving pn iperty. — Riktfia-jata,

Ws, a, om, f-.rmcd into property, aocumukted (as

property). — Riktha-bhdga, as, m. division of pro-

perty, inheritince, partition, a shart. — RilthaAiha-

qin, i, ini, i, an heir, a coheir; inheriting or sharing

pr iperty. — Riktka-harc, as, i, am, an heir, a co-

hcir. — fitktha-harin, i, ini, i, inheriting or sharing

property; an heirIlikthadana (°tha-o<R), as.

m. an inheritor.

rikva, as, a, am, or rikvan, a, a, a (fr.

rt. ari), Vtd. praising, rejoicing.

riksh, cl. 5. P. rikshnoti, to Icili;

^l'\ to hurt or seek to hurt; (a doubtful root.)

i- riksha, as, a, am, Ved. bald, bart.

^ 2. riksha, as, m. (fr. preceding rt.

riksh ? or fr. rt. rid ? or fr. rt, vradd t, cf. 1. fikna;

or fr. rt. fid connected with rt. ark_y to shine ?; con-

nected with rakskasf)_t Ved. one who hurts or

destroys (?) ; a bear (as having a shining coat?); (i),

f. a ferace bear; (as), m. pl. the seveu stars, the

Pleiades,"ApKTos, Ursa; in later times the seven

Rishis; (as, am), m. n. a star, a constellation in

general, a lunar mansion; the particular star in the

twenty-seven mansions of the moon under which a

person happens to be bom; (as), m., N. of the piant

Bignonia Indica, and of a similar species; N. of a

man, a son of Ajamldha, or Ariha, or Viduratha, or

Revata; of Akrodhana; a descendant of Bhrigu,

ldentified with ValmTki; N. of a monntain ; (5), f.,

N. of the wife of Ajamldha; [cf. Gr. &pktos ; Lat.

ursus; Hib. art; Lith. lokys for olkys; Armen.

arg'.] — Riksha-gandhd_t f. the piant Argyreia Ar-

gentea. — Riksha-gandhika, f. the piant Batatas

Paniculata. — Riksha-grtva, as, m., Ved. a kind of

imp or demon. — Riksha-ndtha_t as, m. lord of the

stars, an epithet of the moon. ••Riksha-ncm^is, m.

a N. of Vishnu. - Riksha-rdja, as, m. the king of

the bears; king of the stars, an epithet of the moon.

— Riksha-vat_y an, m., N. of a mountain. — Riksha-

ranta, am, n., N. of a town. — Riksha- vibhavana,

am, n. observing the stars. — Riksha-karidvara (°ri-

ti°), as, m. the lord of bears and apes. — Riksheda

(°sha-tda), as, m. lord of the stars, an epithet of

the moon. — Riksheshti (°sha-ish°), is, f. offering

worship to the planets and stars. — Rikshoda (°sAa-

M<Za), as, m., N. of a mountain.

RiksKikd, f., Ved., N. of certain demons or evil

spirits.

^*T3- riksha, as, a, am (perhaps a \vrong

reading for rikna), pierced, cut, divided.

as, ra. (fr. rt. 1. or 2. rish?), a

thoro; a family priest; (am), n. a shower, a stream.

^coT rikshala, f., Ved. a fetter ;~[cf.

riddhardj]

^TR righaya, nom. P. A. (fr. an obso-

lete noun rifjha), Ved. righayati, -te, -yitum, to

tremble; to tremble with passion, rage, rave; [cf.

Zendereghata; Germ. ar^.]

Righa-vat, an, ati, at, Ved. raving, impetuous.

^4 1. rid (connected with rt. ard and

_ Nwith rt. ark, q.q.v.v.), d. 6. P. jridati,

anarda, ardishyati, arditum, Ved. inf. ridase, to

praise, extol, laud, celebrate; to cover, screen; to

shinef?).

a. rid, k, f. (ff. preceding rt. or fr. rt. ard), lustre,

splendor; a bymn; a single verse, stanza or text,

especially verses recited or spoken at a sacrifice or

religous ceremony (whereas the verses called saman

[pl. sdmani] are sung, and the verses called yajits

[pl. yajunshi] are some of them not metrical and are

muttered in a peculiar manner; these three kinds of

yerse constitute the Mantra and are considered as

sacred speech); a verse of the Rig-veda, the particular

verse or text on the authority of which aceremonyispre-

scribed and to which the explanation in the BrShmana

refers; the collective body of the Ri<$, i. e. the Rig-veda

(but in this sense generally pl. ridas). — Rik-dhas or

rik-das, ind. verse by verse, one verse after the other.

— Rik-tantra~vyakarana, am, n. one of the Pari-

h'shtas of the Sama-veda. — Rik-tas, ind. from a IJ.i<5,

with reference to a Ric. — Rik-pratUakhya, am, n.

the Prati^Skhya of the Rig-veda. — Rik-data, am, n.

a huodred texts. — Rik-shama (fr. rid and sama),

as, d, am, Ved. similar to a Rid; N. of a Saman.

— Rik-savidita, as, a, am, Ved. instigated by the

Rid. — Rik-samhita, f. the arranged collection of the

hymns of the Rig-veda, — Rik-sama, as, d, am,

Ved. similar to a Rid (as a Saman). — Rik-sama, e,

n. du., Ved. the verses called ^.id and Saman. — Rik-

saman, a, n., N, of a Saman. — Riksdma-dringa,

as, m. an epithet of Vishnu. — Rig-dvanam, iod.

(dvdnam fr. rt. ve with 5), Ved. connecting one lUd

with another, not interrupting their continuance.

— Itig-gatlid, f., N. of a certain song. — Rig-bhdj,

k, k, k, partaking of a FLid, as a deity who is ad-

dressed with it. — Rig-yajithsdma-vcdin, i, m. one

who is familiar with the Rig, Yajur, and Sama-veda.

— Rig-vidhdna, am, n. title of a work of Saunaka,

-Rig-veda, as, m. the Rig-veda; the collective

body of sacred verses which as being recited are

called Ridas and differ from Samani and Yajurjshi

in the manner described above; the arranged collection

of these hymns as the most ancient sacred book of the

Hindus. (The Rig-veda consists of ten books or Man-

datas ; the first eight books contain groups of hymns,

each group ascribed to one author or to the members

of one family; the ninth book contains the songs

recited at the Soma ceremonies; the tenth contains

hymns of a veiy different character, composed by a

greater variety of individual authors. In its wider

sense the term Rig-veda comprehends the Brahmanas

and the Sutra works on the ritual connected with the

hymns.) — Rigveda-prdtiddkhya, am, n. the Pra-

ti^Skhya of the Rig-veda, attributed to Saunaka.

— Rigveda-vid, t, m. a Brahman familiar with the

Rig-veda. — Rigvedanukramanikd (*da-an°), f. the

index of the Rig-veda, attributed to KatySyana. — Rig-

vedin, ?, ini, i, conversant with the Rig-veda. — Rirt-

maya, as, i, am, consisting of Ridas.

Rigma,a8,a,am,Ved. having the character of aRid.

Rigmin, i, ini, i, Ved. praising, exulting with joy,

jubilant with praise.

Rigmiya, as, d, am,Ve d. deserviag praise, taudable.

Rida (at the end of some compounds) = Rid; (as),

m., N. of a prince, a son of Sunlka.

ridika, as, ra,, N. of the father of

Jamadagni, a son of Heaven; N. of a countiy.

ridisha, am, n. a frying-pan; (as),

m. a hei).

ridishama, as, d, an1, Ved. (Say.

fr. rid and sama) equal to the Rid; epithet of Indra;

(perhaps this word is retated to rijiska, rijishin, q. v.)

•N ^ ' ’

rireyu, us, m., N. of a raan; e son

of Raudr5$va.

rivk, d. 6. P. ritehali, anarfrha,

artthitu.n, to go, movt ; to fail in facul-

ties; to bccornc hard or stiff; [cf. Lat. rigere.]

^ ri<’ ‘hnka, f. (fr.rt. 4. ri), wi^h/iesire.

«i'^T ri<!<!hare, f., Ved. a fetter; a har-

iot, a courtezan.

'-JJ J 1. pj> cl. 1. P. arjati, anarja, ar-

— Njitmn. to briog rear, obtain, get. acquire:

Caus. arjayati, -yitum, to obtaiu, get, .equire.

-JJ U !. rij, cl. 1. A. arjate, -jitum, to

— \go; to stand or be firm; to acquire; to

bu healtiiy jr -trong; [qf. Lat. rego, rcetux; Goth.

raihts; Mod.Germ.recW/ Gt.opeyu; H.b.rbjhi.n,

‘ I reach, arrivt, streteh.’]

'jipya, as,a,am (fr.rt. 2.rihj.⁹),Ved.

going qukk, striving upwards j [cf. Zend SrlJfja.]

aTOrf riji&wn, a, m., Ved., N. of a man

(protect .d by India'l who bis the epithet Vaidathina.

rifika, as, a, am (fr. 2. arj), Ved.

colour-d, viriegated; mixed with; polluted; (as), m.

imoke; au <pith< t ot Indra : N. of mountain.

ftijiti, is, is, i, V<d. burning, sparkling.

rijisha, as, a, am (fr.rt. 2.rihj?),\ed.

epithet cf Indra, carrying or driving awiy, (or perhaps

— rijishin belowt; (am), n. the sediment or residue

of Soma; a fiyin?-pan; N. of a hcll; (Say.) water.

Rijishin, i, ini, i, \ ed. hastening toward', aeizing;

consisting of or receiving the sediment or residue if

Soma.

rija, us,us,u (fr. rt. 2. rini),tendini?_m

a itiaiglit uirection, straight; straight metaphorically

as in mora's, right, bom st, upright; (io Ved.=sadhtt

and oppos. d to vrijina ; in ckcsical Sanskrit opp sed

to jihma and tirya<^<); ompaiativ-’ pfiyas, Ved.

rajiyas; superlative Hjishtha, Ved. ₍ajishtha;

(us), m., N. of a son ofVasu-deva; [ct. Hib. arosh ;

Zend SrS^u.] — Itiju-kdya, as, d, am, having a

straight bedy; (as), m., N. of th_ saiot Ka yapa.

— Riju-hratu, us, us, u, Ved. intending wiiat is

honest; (Say.) actmg hon .stly. — Jtijv-ga, as, a, am,

Ved. going stra ght. — Rij‘t-gc.tha, as, d, are, Ved.

singing correnly. — Riju-td, f. or 'iju-tn, am, n.

straight direction, straightncss; uprightncss, dncerity,

honesty. — JjiUtr&asa, as, m., N. ot a son ot V"su-

dem. — Riju-dha, ind. straight, »ght. — Riju-niti,

is, f.,Ved. right conduct. — Jtiju-i/utdkshnrd, f. title

of a comm ntary on VSjnavall^ah law-took, gcneialiy

called Mit ikshard. — Jjiju-mi‘shka, as, d, C/tl, Ved.

having straight genoative "rgans, (SSy.) strong and

muscular.—lliju-raf mi, is, Cf, i, V«l. having straight

rope-traces (s: iid of a chariot). — Riju-rohita, am, n.

the straight red bow ot Indra. — Rijn-vani, is, is, i,

Ved. striving str ightforward; (Say.) granting anspi-

cious gihs. — Hiju-sansa, as, d. am, Ved. desiring

what is right. — Riju-sarya, as, m. a kind of snake.

— Rija-hasta, as, d, ani, Ved. extending the hand.

— Riju^nas, ds, m., N. of a man.

Jihiika, as, m., N. of a mountain.

Rifd-kri, ck 8. P. -karoti, -kcsrtum, to straighten,

rectify. — {tijU-karana., am, n. straightening. — Rijd-

krita, as, d, am, made rtraiglit.

Rijuya, nem. Ved. rljuyali, -te, -yitum, to w-lk

straightf >rw ird, on the right or hon« st way; to diract

one’s way toward anything.

Rijuyd, ind., Vtd. in a straight line.

Rijvyu, us, us, u, Ved. honest upripht.

Riiva<\ art, uui (t), ole, V ed. going straightforward.

t. rijra, as, a, am (rt. 2. arj), Ved.

reddish, dark red, reddish hrown.

Jlyriya, as, d, am, Ved. reddish, red.

Vpm '.rijra,as,m. (fr.rt.2 rihj.^alrader.

— Jtijrdsva (°ra-ad°), as, m., N. of a man.

' JT "aJ 1. rihj, cl. I. A. nhjate, rinjdh-

"xdaL/c, -jitum, to fiy.

JT 2. rihj, cl. f>. P. A. rihjati, -te,

“ \ -jitum, to spring forward, rnn; to rtnve

after, long for; (Say.) to decorate.

Rinjasdna, as, d, am, runuing toward', striving

after; (as), m. a cloud.

^pi Ana, as, a, am (said to be fr. rt. 4. ri;

ISO

qpa~~yi|~~ rina-kartn. ritu-gana.

cf. Lat. reas), Ved. guilty; (am), o. guilt; obliga-

tion, debt (opposcd to dhana and fiktha, ‘ pro-

perty ’); a fort, a stronghold; water; a negative

quantity, minus; (as), m. a N. of Vy2sa; antyam

rinam, the last debt, a debt to the manes, i.e. the

generation of a son ; rinavi krl, to get into debt;

pinam dhrt, to be indebtfcd; rinam da or pra-

yam or sam-nt, to pay a debt; rinam prap, to

become indebted; finam parips (Desid. fr. rt. dp

with pari), to require payment of a debt, call in a

debt. — Rina-kartri, ta, tri, tri, getting into debt,

indebted. ftina-lcdti, is, is, i, Ved. requiring pay-

meot of debts, ‘ taldng revenge/ (S3y.) one to

whom praise is due as a debt, or one who receives

praise as a debt to be repaid in benefits.— Rina-

grasta, as, a, am, indebted, involved in debt.

— tfina-graha, as, m. borrowing; a borrower.

— #iiia-grcikin_f i, ini, t, borrowing; a borrower.

— #ina-fit, t, t, t, Ved. punishing offences or guilt;

(S2y.) acknowlcdging (praise) as an obligation to be

paid for. ~Rina-fyut, t,t,t, Ved. granting quittance

of a debt or an offence. — J^inan-daya, as, m., N. of

a prince of the RuSamas; N. of an author of a hymn

in the Rig-veda (IX. 108). —$ina-da, as, a, am,

or fina-ddtri, ta, tri, tri, or rina-dayin, i, ini, {,

one who pays a debt. — #ina-dana, am, n. payment

of a debt. — Rina-dasa, as, m. Iit ‘a debt-slave/

t.e. one who becomes a slave to his creditor till his

debt is paid.— Rina-matkuna, as, m. a security, a

bail (which sticks to the debtor like an insect).

— Rina-margana, as,m. a security. — ffina-mukia,

as d, am, released from debt. — Rina-mukt-i, is, f.

discharge of a debt. — fiina-moksha, as, m. paying

a debt — Riria-ya, as, as, am, or rinarydvan, d, d,

a, Ved. punishing or prosecuting guilt; keeping off

debt or guilt. — Rinia-vat, an, ati, at, one who is

in debt, one who is under obligation (to another),

indebted. — #{na-van, d, d, a, Ved. guilty, indebted;

obliged, under obligation (to another). — Ilina-fo-

dhana, am, n. payment or discharge of a debt.

— tfinddana (°na-d(F), am, n. recovery of a debt,

receipt of money &c. lent (as one of the eighteen

tities or subjects of judicial procedure). — ftinantaka

(°9a-an°), as, m. the planet Mars (as the patron of

debtors). — fttnapanayana (°na-ap°), am, n. dis-

charge of a debt. — Rinapanodana (°na~ap°), am,

n. payment of a debt. — Rindpakarana (°na-ap°),

am, n. paying off a debt. — Rindrna (^to-ri⁰), am,

n. debt of a debt, compound interest; [cf. Gram. 38. d.]

— IUnodgrdkana (°na-wd°), am, n. recovering a

debt in any way from the creditor by friendly or Itgal

proceedings, by stratagem or by airest.

fjtlnika, as, m. a debtor.

Rinin, *, ini, i, a debtor, one under any obliga-

tion (to anothei),pidebted, of or belonging to a debt;

[cf. an-finin.]

rit, A. ritiyate, to reproaeh, contemn,

pity; to rival, have power, domineer; hate; go; (a

Sautra root, i. e. a root occuiring only in grammatical

SQtras and not in the Dh3tu-p2tha.) [To this root

have been referred Goth. rt. lith in leitha, laith,

lithum; Hib. rith, ‘course, flight, gallop, race/

rithim, * I run, range, rush/]

rita, as, a, am (fr. rt. 4. rt), proper,

right; honest, brave, competent; true; worshipped,

respected; enlightened, luminous; gone, risen, moved,

affected by; (am), ind. right, duly, properly, ener-

getically; fitam i, to go the right way, to live

virtuously; (as), m., N. of a Rodra; of a prince;

(am), n. fixed or settled order, law, rale (especially

in religion); saaed or pious custom, pious action;

divine law, faith, divine tmth; (S3y.) water, sacrifice,

sacrificial rite; the sun (e. g. fitam brihat, the great

divine law, supreme truth, or according to S3y. a

great saaifice ; filasya garbhah or prajdh, the off-

spring of divine truth, or according to S3y. the off-

spring of the water or of sacrifice, as an epithet of

Agni, of Soma, or of Vishnu ; prathamajd fitasya,

the first-bom of divine truth or Praj3pati; fitasya

sadanam or sadah or sadma or padam or nabhih,

the seat or centre of religious faith, as the altar &c.,

or according to S2y. the seat of water or of the sun ;

fitasya yonih, water; fitasya gopah or nctd or

rathih or patih, the protector or leader or lord of

divine truth, or according to S3y. of the sacrifice, as

an epithet of Agni, of Soma, of the Adityas, and

other gods, or sometime» applied to men who are

guardians of the truth) ; truth in general, right (e. g.

patkyd or panthd fitasya, the path of truth, the

right way, a virtuous life, or according to S3y. the

way of the water); truth personified (as an object of

worship, and htnee enumerated among the sacred

objects in the last chapter of the Nighantavas. In

later Sansknt he is regarded as a child of Dharma);

gleaning, t. e. the lawful and right means of getting a

livelihood for BrShmans as opposed to the cultivation

of the ground (this latter being metaphorically called

an-rita, improper), — Rita-tit, t, t, <,Ved. obseiviDg

the sacred law, conversant or familiarwith it; (S2y.)

knowing the sacrifice or water. — JRita-ja, ds, as, am,

or fita-jdta, as, d, am, Ved. happening at the right

time, of a true nature, sprung from saaed truth,

according to saaed truth, — $ita-jdta-satya, as, d,

am.Ved. realizing what is according to the saaed

law; (S5y.) bom for the sake of the sacrifice and

having true resuit. — t, t, t, Ved. gaining the

right. — Rita-jur, ut, ut, ut, Ved. grown quite old ;

(S3y.) growing old in religious worship. — Rita-jna,

ds, ds, aw,Ved. well informed; femiliar with the

saaed law; (Say.) knowing the sacrifice. — Rita-jya,

as, d, am, Ved. furnished with a good bow-string;

(S3y.) whose string is truth, truth-stmng (said of a

bow). — fiita-dyumna, as, d, am, Ved. filled with

saaed strength.— Rita^dhdman, d, d, a, Ved. of true

or pure nature; (d), m., N. of Vishnu; of the thir-

teenth Manu; of the Indra in the twelfth Manvantara.

— Rita-dhiti, is, ts, i, Ved. of true or saaed disposi-

tion; epithet of the gods; (S3y.) receiving true praise;

whose artions are unobstructed. — Rita-dhvaja, as,

m. epithet of Rudra; N. of a sage ; a son of Kan-ka;

epithet of Pratardana. — Rita-ni, ts, is, i, Ved. lead-

ing in the right way; (S2y.) leader of truth (as the

Adityas). — Rita-parna, as, m., N. of a prince (son

of Ayut2jit and friend of Nala). — jRita-pd,ds,ds,am,

Ved. observing the tmth ; observing the law; (S3y.)

proteaing truth or the sacrifice. — Rita-peya, as, m.,

N. of a cerlain ceremony. — Rita-petas, ds, ds, as,

Ved. having a perfect shape; epithet of Varana;

(S2y.) onc whose form consists of water. — Rita-

jjrajata, as, d, am, Ved. happening at the right

time, of true nature, bom from saaed truth, accord-

ing to saaed truth; (S3y.) produced from water.

— Rita-jyravita, as, d, am, Ved. conceived in the

right manner; (S2y.) invested with truth, or with

water, or with the sacrifice. — Rita-psu, tts, us, u,

Ved. having a perfect shape or aspect; (S3y.) whose

form is truth, or who consumes the saaificial food.

— RitaAyhaga, as, m., N. of a man, ’ApTa/3d£7jy.

— Ritam-bhara, as, d, am, bearing the truth in

one’s self, an epithet of Brahm2, also of Vishnu;

(d), f. intellect; N. of a river. — tfita-yukti, is, f.,

Ved. right union; (S3y.) true application of a hymn.

— tfita-yuj, k, Jc, k, Ved. well hamessed; well

allied; (S2y.) going to the saaifice. — Rita-vat, an,

ati, at, being right, saying the truth. — Rita-vaka,

as, m., Ved. true or pious speech, speaking of tmth.

— Rita-vddin, i, ini, i, Ved. saying right, speaking

truth. — Rita-nyrata, as, m. pl., N. of the inhabitants

of S^,3kadvTpa. — Ritasad, t, t, t, Ved. dwelling or

seated in tmth; (S3y.) dwelling in the saaifice.

— ftitasadana, am, i, n. f., Ved. the right or

usual seat. — Rita-sap, p, p, p, Ved. practising pious

acts, of a pious disposition ; steady in religious belief;

(S2y.) pervading tmth. — Rita-stuhh, p, m.¹ praising

in the right manner/ N. of a Rishu — tfita-stha,

ds, ds, am, Ved. standing right. — Ifitas-pati, is,

m., Ved. lord of divine truth; an epithet of V2yu;

(S3y.) lord of saaifices. — Rita-spriii, k, k, k, Ved.

loving saaed tmth ; an epithet of the Adityas and of

Mitra-Varana; (S3y.) touching water. — Ritdnrita

(*ta-an°), am, n. truth and falsehood. — Ritd-van, a,

ari, a, Ved. of true nature or character, according to

fixed order, epithet of any object in nature subject to

fixed laws (e. g. of the moon, of plants, of waters, the

dawn, &c.) ; true to saaed law; just, pious, faithful,

believing; epithet of Agni, as always present at and

presiding over saaificial rites and the worship of the

deities; epithet of Brihaspati, of Sarasvatl, of Soma,

*nd especially of the Adityas; (S2y.) bestowing food ;

possessed of sacrifice. <-Ritd-vridh, t, t, t, Ved. re-

joicing in justice and piety, holy-minded, especially as

an epithet of the Adityas; (S3y.) inacasers of wata,

or of sacrifice, or of tmth. — Ritd-shah, -shat, t, t,

Ved. maintaining the sacred law. — fiitokti (fta-uJc⁰),

is, f. speaking tmth. — Ritodya (?ta-wF), am, n.,

Ved. true speech, truth; (S3y.) bom for sacrifice or

religious rites.

Ritaya, nom. P. A. fitayati, de, -yitum (generally

used in pres. part. ritayat or ritayat), to submit to

divine ordinances, to act piously; to observe the

saaed law, be obedient or pious; (S3y.) to desire

sacrifice.

Ritaya, inst.,Ved. in right manner; (S2y.) through

desire of reward.

Ritayu or ritdyu, us, us, u, Ved. observing the

saaed law, obedient, pious; (S2y.) desirous of sacrifice.

Ritayin, i, ini, i, Ved, observing the saaed law.

See ritayu.

Rite, ind. except, excepting, with the exception of,

to the exclusion of, besides, without (with abi. or

acc.); sometimes used at the beginning of a com-

pound, e. g. fite-rakshas, ds, ds, as, (any rite &c.)

from which the Rakshasas are excluded. — Rite-

karmam, ind., Ved. acting according to fixed rule

or settled law; (S3y.) granting rain. — RUe-jd, ds,

ds, am, Ved. living in truth, true to the law.

Ritena, ind. according to settled law, duly, properly,

rightly, regulariy, in the prescribed manner, justly,

strictly, fairly, truly, honestly.

^fri riti, is, f. (fr. rt. 4. fi, and therefore

connected with rita above), going, motion ; assault,

combat; abuse, censure, reproaeh ; emulation, envy;

manner ofproceeding, manner; road,way ; prosperity,

felicity; fitness, trueness(?); remembrance; protec-

tion ; misfortune ; (some of the latter meanings are

only found in lexicons); [cf. Hib. raith, ‘ prosperity,

inaease, profit, benefit, good f raite,* ways, passages,

road.'] — Ritin-kara, as, i, am, unfortunate, pro-

pitious. — Riti-shah, -shat, t» f, Ved. enduring an

assault, able to resist, enduring; (S3y.) subduing an

assailant.

Ritiya, nom. A. P. ritiyate, di, -yitum, to

quarrel, litigate; to be in discord with one’s self, be

ashamed.

Ritiya, f. censure, reproaeh; (according to others)

shame.

ritu, us, m. (fr. rt. 4. fi P), any settled

point of time, a fixed time, time appointed for

saaifices and other regular worship, right time, fit

season (especially in the inst. pl. ritubhis, at the

right time or at the appointed time for sacrifice or

for a festival); an epoch, a period, a period of the

year, a season; (the number of seasons is sometimes

limited to three, or sometimes to five, viz. Yasanta,

^spring;’ GrTshma. 'the hot season/ Varsha~pl,

^t the~rains;^> barad, ⁽the autumn / Hemanta-Sirira,

JtL ¹ the cold and dewy season ? hut is ^mofg ^com~

monly reckoned as six‘ tlemanta and S^irira being

regarded as distinet: occasionally as seven, or even as

'[wETve, in the latter case each season lasting one

month. The Ritus or seasons are occasionally ad-

dressed in the Veda and libations offered to them);

the menstmal evacuation, the time favourable for pro-

aeation, or sixteen days in each month; fixed order,

order, rale; light, splendor; the number six (from

the six seasons); a kind of collyrium; N. of the

twelfth Manu; [cf. Hib. raithe, ^fa quarter of a

year / ait, * time, a joiot, an article/] — %Utu-

kdla, as, m. the duration of a season; the period of

menstruation, the period favourable for proaeation,

sixteen da}^rs of each month. — #itu-gana, as, m. the

^7rrnf*R ntu-ydmin.

fishi.

181

season- coilectively. — Ritu-gamin, i, m. hating in-

t.reourse with a wife aftcr the period of m nstrua-

tion, — Ritu-graha, as, m., Ved. a libation ofFered

to the seasoos. — jlit&jit, t, m., N. of a prince of

MithilS.— Riturdhaman, a, m. epithet of Vishnu;

N. of the Indra of the twelfth M 'nvantara. — Ritu-

pati, is, m., Ved. lord of the sea-on-; an -piths t of

Agni.—fiitu-parna, as, m., N. of a king of A\u-

dhya. — Ritu parydya, as, m. the revolution of the

seasons. — Riturpd, os, as, am.Ved. drinking or Corn-

ing to the libathn reguhrly or at the appointed scav-ns.

- RitUrpdtra.am, n.,Ved. the cup in which the liba-

tion to th- seasoDs is offer-d. — Ritu-prdpta,as,a,am,

productive in dne sea.cn, lruittul, fertile. — Ritu-mat,

an, a€, at, Ved. obeerving r gu’ar times, coming at

rcgular times; enjoyinp tht seasons; (tt), f. a w ,man

during her course», a woman dnring mtn-truation or

in the period favourable for procreati',n ; (t), n., N.

of Varuna’s crove or garien. — jFtitu-maya, as, i,aut,

consisting of the seasons. — Ritu-mnhha, am, n. the

beginning or frst day of a season. — Ritu-yaju, as,

m. ‘aerifice offered to the «easons; N. of a ceremony

of the Pratah-'avana, just btfore the Ajya-'astra.

— Ritu-rdja, as, m. the spring (king of the sea-

sons). — RituAinga, am, n. chara toristic or sign of

the season; symptom of menstruation. — Ritu-vritti,

is, m. revolution of the season , a year. — /i&u-vtld,

f. th ’ pencd of m-nstruetion; the peric J favourable

for procreation, sixteen days of each month. — Ritu-

ias, ind., Ved. in order, duly; at the right or fixed

time. —ii»tv-shtha and iitu-dha, a,, a, am, Ved.

ti-ted at the proper seasons. — Ri⁴ 'i-s/unhd /d, as, rn.

‘ coliection of the seasons,’ title of a poem asirit-d

to KSlidSsa in praise of the «ix seasons.— ftltu-

sandhi, is, m. the interval or juncti in between two

se sons, the Iast sevtn days of one s.ason 'nd the

first sev n of tht DeXt,— Ritu-samaya, as, m. the

period favourable for procreation. — Ritu-sdhnya,

am, n. diet &c. suhed to the season. — Ritu-sthala,

f., N. of an Apsaras. — Rit/i-sndta, f. a woman who

has bathed after menstruation and s > prepared herself

for sexual intercount. — Ritu-snarta, am, n. bathing

after menstruation. — Ritv-anta, as, m. the dose of

a season, the termination of menstruation.

tfitavya, as, a, am, devnted to the seasons, onc

«rb’o wor hips them as divinities.relating to the season,

stasonable.

Riiulhi, ind. in order, d jly; distincti] , precistly,

exactly ; (Say.) at a right or fixed timt.

Ritv-ij, Te, A, l {i) fr. rt. yaj),Ved. sacrifidng at the

proper seasons, sacrificing r< gulcrly; (A^-), m. a priest;

(the four chief Ritvijas or priests are the Hotri, Udgatri,

Adhvaryu, and brahman, sometimes eight are enume-

iated, and at veiy grend certmonies sixteen, viz. Hotri,

Ud-gatri, Adhvaryu, Brahman, BrShmanSWhansin,

Pra-stotri, MaitrS-varuna, Prati-prathatn, Potri,

Prsti-i.artri, AcfhSvSka, Ntshtri, Agn.dh, Subrah-

mar ya, GrSva-stut, and Un-netri.)

!. ritmya, as, a, am, duc, rcgular; happ. ning at

fixed or regular times; conformmg to ceremomal

rules, familiar wi‘h tliose mles. — Ritriyd-iat, an,

at'., at, Ved. conformable to law or rale, tormal.

2. ritr.iya or ritiya, as, d, ara, menstruating:

beinr in the period most favovable for pro rreation;

(am), n. menstruation.

rite. See under /ita, p. 180.

ritv-ij. See above.

f ,idfi(lara, as, d, am (perhaps related

to rnrirlu), Ved. mild, Soft, kind, gracious.

fivlilpa, f. (for mridu-pd'), Ved. a bee or any

other ini tet fond of sweets.

RiiM-vridh, t, t, t, Ved. rejoicing in sweets.

srrr^r ridh, cl. 4. 5. 7. P. rldhyati, ridh-

S' \ radi, finaddhi (and in some forms cl. 2,

. as pres. 2nd du. ridhathe, pot. Ist pl. ftdhyama,

impf. ist pl. drdhria), anardha, ardhhhyati,

ardhit, ardhituin, to succeed, proper; to grow,

increase, floundh; to be prosperou. and happy, to

n,ake prosp ‘rou,, caust to succeed ; to accomplish;

to gratify, satisfy: Caus. ardhayati, -yitum, to

cause to prosper, accompb=h; to satisfy: Pesid.

trtsati; [cf. Lat. nl-escn, ad-ultus, radix; Goth.

aurti, ‘piant’ in anrti-gards; Lat. ala, Gr.

dASaivn ; Goth. ulja; Hib. ait, ‘ nursing.’]

Jl-iddka, as, a, am, pro perous; increased; thriv-

ing, rising; stored, as grain; (am), n. st, red grain;

a d.monstrated couclu iion, a distinet resuit.

Itid-lh i, is, f. success, proiperity, good tortune,

affiutnee, inaea.e, growth, accomplishmeot; perfec-

tion, supcmatural p^wer or supremacy; N. of a

medidnal piant; prosperity ptrsonified js the wite of

Kuvera; N. of the goddess PSrvatl. — Riddhi-knma,

as, a, am, desiriug merease or prosperity. — Riddh

mat, an, ati, at, being in a prosperous state, pro,-

perous, w ealthy, re^p.ctable, rich; making a fine

appearanc,., bringing happiness. — Riddh i-/dkdid*-

TcAya, f. manifestation of supematural power.

Ridhat,an,ati,o,t(pTes.ian, fmma torm incl.2),

prosp.ring, thriving, tic, — IHdftud-ri, ts, m. (ri —

rai), N. of a man. — Ridhad-vara, as, d, am, Ved.

mcrea ir.g one’s goo.is; (S5y.) having desirable or

prosperou, wcalth.

Pidhila, as, m., N. of a man.

Mjvch ridhak, ind. (related to ardha), Ved.

separately; "side, ap irt; singly, one by one; in a dis-

tingui hed rnanner, particul »rly. — Ridhan-hxantra,

as, d, am, Ved. one who is destitute ot speech.

^ij^ridhuka, as, 5, am, short(?).

“ T-fr riph or rinph or limph, cl. 6. P.

**“ \ riphati, anarpha or rimphan-dakdra,

to injure, kill; [cf. rt. riph.j

fta rihiso, am, n., Ved. a fissure , rent,

gult, ibyss; warmth ot tho earth.

,ibhu, us, ns, u (fr. rt. rabh), Ved.

elever, skilful, inventive, pmdent (often as an epithet

of the gods Indra, Agni, and the Adityas); handy

(as a weapon), easy to be usod; (Say.) shining far,

difiusing Iight; (w), m. an artist, «De who works in

iron, a smith, a builder (esprcnlly of carriages); N.

of three semi-divina beings (called Ribhu, Vibhvan,

and Vsja, sons of Su-dhauvan, a descendant of

Ar.giras, and ralltd Ribhns froin the name of the

ilder. Through their performance of good works

[sr-apa*] they obtaincd divimty, exea sed super-

hunian powers, and becam «ntitled to worship.

1 hey are supposed to dwell in the solar sphere, ind

are the artists who formed the horres of Indra, the

carriage of the Alvins, and the 111I-acui >us cow of

Briha,pati; they made their aged parents youog, and

constmctt d four cups at a sacrifice from the one cup

of Tvashtri who, as the proper artificer of the gods,

was in this respect their rival; they appear genetally

as aocompanying Indra,esperially at the evening sacn-

fice. In later m,thology Rddt.1 is a son of Brahma);

a deity, a divinity in general; [cf. 'Op^eus.]—Ribha-

m.at, nn, ati, at, Ved. elever, skilfiil, pmdi nt; con-

nected with or accompanied by th. Ribhus; (Say.)

wide-shining.

Rihhukfha, as, m. Indra; Indra's h< iven or para-

dise ; the thunderboft of Indra. fThis word does

not seem to be used, but appears to owe its origin to

the oext.I

Ritihukshin, as, m. (in the Ved. only the fallowing

forms occur, nom. sing. -kshas, acc. sing. -ksbanam,

nom. pl. -kshas and -kshanas), the first of the three

Ribhus, who is the Ribho par excellence; a Ribhu

in general; a N. of Indra; N. of the Maruts; (the

word means, aceording to the scholiasts, ‘govcming

6r or rJgning over the Ribhus.’)

Jithlwa, as, a, am, Ved. attacking, assailing, c ra-

rageous, dctermincJ; exte.iding far; elever; skiltul.

Rihhvan, d, a, a, ot ribh-as, at, as, as, V ed.

attacking asuiiling, couras _Lous, det ri.-iri d; (Say.)

shining widoly or far extended.

.illaka, as, m. a player on a kind

of musical instrument; (pernaps a wrong rtading for

jhallaka.)

Rillan, f. a kind of musical instrument.

risya or risa, as, m. the male of a

specie- of antelope, tht pr.inted or wbite-footed ante-

1 ,pe; [cf. nshya and risya.} — $i iya-ketn, vs, m.

an epithet of Aniruddha; (a vari.ms reading for fisiva-

kct u.) - Ri iya-da, as, m .(da it. rt. 4. da, ‘to bind’),

a pit for catching ant-lopes. — Ri^ya-pad, di, adi,

at, Ved. havmg the feet of an antelope.

anr 1. f sh (connected with rt. rrish),

1. P. aishati, anarsha, arshitum, to

fiow, flow quickly; to bring anythiDg near by fiuwing.

to glidc, to move w ith a gliding or quick n,otioii;

[cf. Goth. airz-ja; Old Genu. *rr«; Lat. errc.j

Rishad-gu, v.s, m., N. of a son ofVrijinlvat.

,Tiishabha, us, m. (fr. rt. \ish as vrishalha fr.

vrish, ‘to sprinkle/ thi idea of in.pregnating being

involved), a bull, a young bull; (in cornp. with other

r.ames of. nimi-ls) the male I1.in1.1l; ^ comp. with

other nouns) the best or most excellent of any species

or race (e. g. pu;us/tarsh<zbka, <»n excellent man;

Rharc.tanhahhp, the most eminent of the Rharari

race); th. second ot the seven notes of the Hindu

gamut, iQ abbreviation Ri; the hoilow of the ear;

a boaris tail; a CTicodile’s tail; a dried piant, one of

the eight princip, J medicaments; N. of an antidote;

N. ot < ceremony; N. of a king of the S viknas; of

a descendant of VisvS-mitra ind author of several

hymus of the Rig-veda; of a Naga; of a prine-,

a son ofN ibhi and Meru; of a son of KtriSgra; of

one of the seven Rbhis of the second Mimantai- ;

of the first Arhat of the pi-smt AvasrjpinI, a «on of

Nabhi "nd Marudeva ; of a monnt tin; (f), f a woman

with ir a culinc peeuiiatities, as with r b iard &c.; a

wiaow; the piant Carpopogon Pmriens; N. ofanother

piant; [cf. Zend arshan; Gr.npanv.] — Itishabfa-

kuta, as, m., N. of a mountain. — Rishabha-guja-

tniasita.am, n., N. of - meti e consisting oftour lines

of sixteen syllables each. — Rishabha-tara, a«, m. a

small buil. — Rishabha-ddyiri, i, ini, i, giving a

bull. — llishabha-dRpa, as, m., N. ot a country.

— RUhabha-'¹hvaja, as, m. an epithet of Siva; M.

of an Arhat or Jaina saint.

pshabhak x, as, m., N. of a medicifU piant.

X 1T1 ²- Psh, cl. 6. P. fishati, anarsha,

™ ^arshishyati, drshit, arshitum, to push;

to pierce; to go, approarh.

«tj Th lishi, is, m. (said to be either fu. rt.

drii, * to see,’ or fr. 1. fish ; perhaps related to arc

ot ri<S, ¹ to praise ’), a singet of sscred hymns, an in

spired poet or sage, any person who alone or w th

others invokes the deitles in rhythmicri speech or

song, especially in song of a sacred d ar ‘ct' r (e. g. th e

uncient hymn-singers Kutsa, Atri, Rcbha, Agastya,

Kuiika, Vasishtha, Vy-aSva, who were regarded by

later generati' ins as patriarchal sages or saint-, ecr.upy-

ing the sam- position in lndian histoiy as the heroes

and patiiarchs of other countries. Thest Rishi« con-

stitute a peculia, class of beings in the early mythical

sy«tem, as distinet from gods, men, Asura, &c.;

they are the authors or tather seers of the Vedic

hymns, i. e. -.ccording to orthodox Hindu ideas they

are the impired personages to whom these hymns

were r-vealed, and auch an expression as • tht Rishi

says’ is equivalent to ‘ so it stands in the sacred texts.’

Seven Rishis, sapta ruhaych or scfptarishayah or

saptarshayah, are often mentioncd in the BrShmanas

and later woiks a- typu.il rcpresuitatives of the charae

ter and «piiit of tht pre-historic or mvthical pericd; in

the Satapatha-Erahmana their namei are given as

follow , Gotama, Bh; radv5ja,Visva-mitr, Jamadagni,

Vatisiitha, Ka -yepa, and Atr ‘ in the Maha-bhSrata

thus, Maris, A*ri, An-giras, Pulaha, Kratn, Pulastya,

Vasishtha; in Manu they re called PrajSpatis- or

patiiarchs, and are reckoned at ten, three other name,-

bcing addod, viz. Praeetat or Dakiha, Bhrigu, and Na-

rada, thest ten being created by Manu Svayimbhuva

182

^jfxraprt ftshi-kulja. tka-jani/iun.

for the produ^thm of ali cther beings including gods

and men. Th' seven Ri-his form in ustronomy the

constelhtion of * th>_ Great B-ir.’ Met-phoricdly,

the seven Rishis may stand for die seven senses or

the seven vital lirs of the body); in later times a

saint or sanctifi. d soge in general, an asoetic, an an-

chorite, (som-timesthrc,- order» of these Ri.shis ara enn-

mentcd, viz. Devarshi , Br-hmarsh.s, and RSjarshi :;

om< times seven, fimr ith-rs bsiog 'dded, viz. Ma-

harshi», P; iramaishis, Srutarhis, -nd KSndanhis); a

rey of light; an imavinary cirde; the fish Cyprinus

Rishi; [cf. Hib. irsar,, ‘ a sage, a man iM in

wisdom;’ wrrttth, ‘old, andent, aged.', — ftishi-

kulyd, f. ‘ the river of the Rishis,’ a sat red river, as

th. bararvatl or Gan-ea; a river in g-iv ral; N. of the

wife ot Bh" man . ind mother of l dgltha. — RieM-

hril, t, t, t,Ved. rendenng a poet inspirei, inspiring;

(S3y.) making one’s "ppe"rance, appearing. — ftish'-

gana, os, m. a cnmpaoy or numb;r ot ages, the

host of patriarchal s g, s. — litishi-giri, is, m., N. of

a mourtain in Magadha. — Rishi-gupta, as, m., N.

of n Bnddh.i. — Rishi- “odaria, as, S, («m, Ved. in-

spiring the singer. — /iixhi-cchaudas, as, n. the

metio of a R^;shi. — tfUM-jangala, a-, m. or rVif-

jangaliiK, f. the piant C involvulus Argenteus.

— Risi i-Urpana, arr, n. libation ottered to the

RHiis. — Rishi-tva, am, n. the order or stat- of a

ijish — Rishi-dtra, as, m.,N .ofa Buddh-. — Rishi-

dtish, (, t, 1, Ved. hating an in ,pired poet. — Rishi-

po.n^Aami, f., N. of a feshval on the hf'h day in the

si jond half of the m inth Bhsdra. — Rishi-patana,

N. of a conntry near VSrSnase — Rishi-putra, as,

m., N. of an author. — Ri"M-pra<ish*a, as, d, am,

Ved. in tnicted by the Rishi.— RisM-proMd, f. the

piant Glycin- Debili.. — Rishi-handhu, as, us, u,

Ved. reiited to a Rishi, connected with a Rishi.

— pi‘hi-hrdhmaua, am, n. title of a work. — 7Ji*M

manas, a«, as, as, Ved. hr-ing the mind of a sacred

poet, inspired. — Rishi-rr ukha, am, n. the begtnning

of a Mandate composti by a Rishi. — Rild-jajna,

as, m. sacrifiie oftcred to a Rishi, oonsisting of a

prayer ulter .d in a low voic- — Ri 'hi Xoka, as, m.

thi * jrld of the Rishis. — Rishi-rat, ind., Ved. like

a Rishi. — Rishi-vadana, N. of a conntry; sce tishi-

paiana, — Rishi^rnhn, as, d, am, bearing or ccn-

veying a Rishi. — Rishi-shah, ehdt, (, t, Ved. intoxi-

cating and in pirinr the singer, as th- S"ma. — Rishi-

sh,.na, a.:, m., N. ot a m*n. — Rkhi-sh(uta, as, 5,

am, prais ,d by the acred poets. — Riski-sattama,

as, m. be -t or most excellent oi the sanes. — 7t

stoma, as, m. praise of the Rishis. — Risi i-svara,

as, d, am, Vtd. prais-d by a Rishi. — Rishi-ta’n,

as, d, am, cclebratvd by th. sacre d singevs.—R^:*hi-

xtn, n, a, a, Ved. equal to the Rishis; (Say.) cocom-

pani -i by Rishis.

Rishika, as, m. pl., N. of a p%ople; (as), m. -,ing.

a priuct of this peoplu; (i), f., N. of r river.

Rishishdna, as, 5, am, Ved. attracted by the

pinus singer; (S3y.) warshipptd by the priser.

rishu Corourrintr only in gen. plur.

, Rhii nam), Ved. a firibrand; glowing fire; (S3y.)

ane who approadnj; a Rish.i.

rish t i, is, m. f. (f'r. rt. 2. rish f), a

spear, a lanc:, a sword, the weapon of the Mamts;

[cf. rishti.] — IKshfi-mat, an, aii, at, Ved. fur-

nished with ;pears as the Mamt 1. — Rish li-ridput, t,

t d. casting spetrs like lightning; fS3y.) sbiniog

with weapons. — Riihti-Rirua, as, m., N. of a man.

^jTni rishya, as, m. [cf. rist/a], the painted

°r white-footed antelope; N. of a son of DevStithi;

(ani), n. kind of leprcsv. — Ri'hyn-k(:tana, as, rnd

rishya-lftu, ns, m., N. of Amroddha.-7?iwi/o

nata, f. the piant Asparagus Racemosas. - Rwh,ja-

qandha, f.the pl: ntConvolvulusArgent us. — Rishya-

jihea, am, n. a Kind of l.pro^y, — pi'hya-prnktd,

f., N. of evcral plirats, Carpjpogon Pmrien , Aspa-

ragus R-comosus, Sida Onrdifnlia or Rhomuitotii.

— R^;*hyn-,auka, as, m. a mnuntain in the Dekhan,

the temponry abedt of Rami with the monkoy-rhi-f

Sugrlvi. — Rlshya-iri/tga, as, m., N. of a personage

(son of tht ki'hi \ ibha^daka) witose story is tolr" in

R'm3yaua I. 9; N. of a legislator. — ItRhyaiRa

( ya-an”), as, m. in rpithet of Amruddh ,

filshyaha, as, m. the p-ii.ted or white-footed

aritelope.

^7, ishva, as, d, am (fr. rt. 1. rish), Ved

elevated, high, sublime, great; epithet of several

deities, specially of Agni and Indra. — (fishva-vh a,

as, d, am, Ved. iuhabited by sublim. beings (as the

sky). — Rishvauja* ('m-of), ns, ns, as, Ved. pos-

s issing high power.

yihat, an, ati, at, Ved. small, weak,

powerlew.

% ^ ^

No Sanskrit word begtns with any of thesc vowels;

fi appears only in the gen. plur. of nouns terminating

in in the acc. plur. of fem. nouns of rebtionship

in f/, and ia the nom. and acc. plur. of neuter nouns

in fi. As to the vowel Iri it occurs only in some

forms of the root Iclrip. The long Iri is a mere

invention of grammarians.

^5, .. n, ind. a partide uttered at the be-

ginning of a speech; an intcrjection of warding off

r proach -nd tenor; (ris or rt), f. the mother of the

gixis; also of the demon,; rccollection; (i),m,iN.

of Bhairava; a Danava or demon; the brea t; motion,

going. — {Ii-! di a, at, m. the Ictter or sound ri.

fi for rt. 4. ri, q. v.

<5 Iri, ind. the eaitb; a mnuntain; the

mother of the gods; the divine nature; a mystiral

lenter. — Lri-lmr%, as, m. the l*tter or so”nd Iri.

— Lri-rar.w, am, n. the vowel Iri.

Iri, ind. a mother; a divine femalr;

temale nature; (Iris), m. r N. of Siva; (Iris), f. the

mother of the D' navas; wife of Daitya; the mother

of dhe '■11-bestnwing cuw of plenty; ind. a mystieal

letter used once or repeatedly in Mantrr.s or mystieal

firmularieS; (the letters ri and Iri are tmp’oyed in

the same manne/; they have app: rnitly no sign.fica-

tion, but are persoi.ihed and invested with mystiu)

pr- iperti-s in the Tantras.)

' TI

V 1. e, the eleventh vowel of the alphabet,

ennesponding to the letter r as pronnunced in most

languagi s, and having the *ound of e in prcy, yrey.

In English, how-ver, this sonnd is rat Jy given to e.

— R-l-ira, as, m. the l-tter or snund e.

V 2. e, ind. en interjertion of remembering,

addressmg, censure or contempt, and compa-sum.

V 3. e, es, m. a N. of Vishnu.

V 4. e (d.-i), cl. 2. P. niti, -tum, to come,

< ome n ear, come to, to fall to one’s share (with aoc.l;

to arrive at, enler; to .ddict one’s self to; to fall

into; to gain: Intens. Ved. eynti, to ha^rten towards;

to request, to obtain by entreaty.

Far cka, as, a, am (said to be fr. rt. 5. i;

perhapj fr. the pronom. base e contained in ctad),

one, aloue, solitary, single, happening only once; the

same, one and the s-mc, identic.i’; single of its kind,

unique, singular, chief, pr. -eminent, excellent; one

of twe or many [cf. cla-tnra, cia-taina); in later

Sanskrit used a. an indefinite article; (as), m., N.of

a man, the son of Raja.

Fka follows the d -clemion of pronnminals (see

Gram. 200,and maybedeclinedinthepluralfe.g.

ebe, some, several; ske—eke or ch‘—aparr or f.I\—

anyt orcbe—eke—r. pareor e/y—anye—eke—aparc

—a pare, some— -others'. Sometimes ska may be

repeated in the sense of¹ the one—the other.one—an-

ot!ier’(e.g. eka—cka = cka—anya or cka—rh-itiya,

one—the other),or in the sense of‘one after another

(e. g. eka ekah purushah, one man after another). It

is often used in the m.ddie of cumpeunds either sub-

stantivelv or adverfcially (e. g.punyaika-iMimij. prac-

tising only virtue; s -_argai';asammukh',, f. look-

ing only ep to the sky; la.a-pddaika-hinas, dt-

prived ot one fuot and onc hand). In Vedic Sanskrit

it ma; som-limes be placed, together with da, betore

? dec ;d to lesseo it by one, being then used in the

inst. or ?cc. fem., inst. or abk.neut. (t. g. ekayd na

trin iat or ekdm na triniat =,ivttaiy-ame; ekena

na iniatihnr ikdd ra vinsatih -RuitUcn). In

compomids and derivativas eka never appears in its

tem. lunn eka (e. g. ekasyah kshiram, the milk of

on< female, is componnded into d'a-kshiram not

ekd-kshiram); [cf. Lith. ni-das, ‘ noHib. tach,

‘ any ; ’ „cach, • any one, one, some one, he; ’ neach-

tar, ‘iitith-r;’ .ifaehdaraeh, ‘nentral:’ Gr. ixi

Ttpoy; rxa-oTos: i-at. o qnus, e-ochs fr. cc-onlex:

Goth. ha ir, compouoda« ha ’.hs, Thcm. hatha,

h i-iha, ‘ one-eyed; ha-nfs, Them. ha-sfa, ‘ one-

handed;’ hnlts, Them. ha-Ra, ‘ L.me;’ ha-lbt,

Them, ha-lha, ‘ half.’] — Etw-rikthin, &c.; soe

eka-rtkthin, &c. — Eha-kapcla, as, d, am, con-

sisting of one cup, coataineJ in one cup. — Rl.a-

kara, as, s, am, dping only one thing; (as,

n, am), on_-hcnded, ooe-raysd. — Eka-Icarma-

kdraka, as, i, am, doing the same thing, of

the ame profesoion. - JQia-hdrya, am, n. sole

bn-:ine's, the' same businesr or Work; (as, d, am),

perf rming the same work, answering the same e nd.

— lilta-kdla, as, m. on- time, the s.me time; (am),

ind. at one time, only once; (e), ind. at the nue

time, at onc-. — Ehal.dla-hhoia na, am, n. eating

but one mt al in -ny given time. — Ekal.dWca, at

d, am, h-pf en'ng oniy onci ; happemng once a day.

— Ekakalina, as, d, am, contemp >ruy, coeval.

siinultancuu-e — Eka-kundala, as, m. 11. epithet ot

Kavera; of Palabhadr ; and of Sesha, the kiug of

the Nagas. — Elra-Jcvsk(!m, am, n. a kind of lepro=y,

ichthyosis. — 7,7.a-L/hira, a.m, n. the milk of one

(nurse &c.).—Eka-puru, us, or fka-gurrl.a, as,

m. a spiritual brether, pupii of the sam- pre-

cepter; baving the same pre:iptor,—Eka-yrama,

as, m. the same village. — Ekagranuna or cka-

grdmlya., as, d, am, inhabit ng the same village.

— Eka-fahra, as, d, am,, h.-viug only one wheel,

pa.sed over by tbc wheJi (of the carriage) of

onlv onc (king). i. e. govemed by only one king:

(as), m., N. ot a Danava; (d), f., N. of a town of

the Kldakas. — EkaSnJrravarti-td, t. state of being

sole master of the whol- <arth. — Ekaiakra-rartin,

i, m. snle master of the whole e'rth. — Eka“atrd-

rinda, as, i, am, the forty-first. — Eka-ratrarih iat,

t, f. firty-one. — Eira-iara, as, d or i, am, wai.der-

ing or living alone, not living in company, segregari-

ous, solitary, alone; htviiig one fillower; going

together or at tlie same time; gregarious; (a«), m.

a rhinoceros, — Eka-darana, as, n, am, havii.g only

one fbot; (as), m. pl., N. ofa fabulous r,ct. — EJ:a-

cdrin, i, ini, i, living aloue, not in society; going

alon- or with one follower only; m), m. a Pratyeka-

buddha; a folli wer ol Buddha; (ini), f. a loyal wife.

— Eka-Htta, am, n. fixedness of thought cn one

object; one and the same thought, orimimity; (as,

d, am), thinking of one thing only, intent upon,

absotbed in (e. g. tnd-ckaritta, f. thinking only of

him); having the same thought, of one miod,

agreeing, concurring.—Ehafitta-ta. f. fixedness of

nuud, agreement, unanimity. — Ekai^!i'ti-hhiiya, ind.

having become uuanimous. — Eka-fintana, ara, n.

thinking of only one thing. — Eka-durni, it, m., N.

of an u;hor. — Fka-^ctas, as, as, as, oi one mind,

unanimous. — Eka-Todnna, am, n. mentioning in the

singular number; (a*, a, am), resting upon one rule

-Eka-ddhnya, as, d, am, having only shadow,

quite d..rk. — Ekaqja, as, d, am, Ved. h jrn alone or

single, produced alone; growing alon. (said of a

tree); alone of its kind; of on' kind, unchaoging.

— Ekarjan/nan, d, m. a king, a fov-reign (whuse

birth is pre-eminent); ones-born, a Sudra (oppos-d

Pcprnt eka-jata.

p 4,3131 eka-vddya.

to dm-janman, * twice-bom’). — Eka-jata, as, d,

am, of one parentage, born of the same parents.

— Eka-jati, is, is, i, once-born ; belonging to the

<;jme family or kind, of the same caste; (ia), m. a

Sfadra. — Ekajati-pratibaddha., as, a, am, bound

ooly to one birth, not bom again. — Eka-jatiya, as,

d, am, belonging to the same family or kind; of the

same kind. — Eka-jya, f. the cord of an arc; sine of

30^u or of the radius. — Eka-jyotis, is, m. an epithet

of Siva. — Elia-tama, as, d, at, one of many; one

of two; one (used sometimes as an indefinite article).

— EJca-tara, as, d, am (nent, am not at by Pa-

nini VII. r, 26), one of two, either, other, different;

one of many; [Gr. eicdTepos; Hib. rC-tachtar,

* neither of two.’] — EJca-ta, f. oneness, unity, union,

coincidence, identity. — Eka4dna, as, d, am, directed

to one object only, having the mind fixed on one

object only, closely attenti ve; (as), m. attention fixed

on only one object; musica) harmony, (? a various

reading for the next.) — Eka-tala, as, m. harmony,

unison, the accurate adjustment of song, dance, and

instrumental music; (1), f. an instrument for beating

time, any instmment having but one note.— Eka-

tirthin, i, ini, i, bathing in the same holy water, in-

habiting the same hermitage; (?), m. an associate in

religious offices or objects, a spiritual brother. — Elia-

tejana, as, d, am, Ved. having one shafl (as an ar-

row). — Ekatrinia, as, i,am, the thirty-first. — Eka-

triniat, t, f. thirty-one. — Eka-trika, as, m., N.

of a ceremony. — Eka-tva, am, n. oneness, unity,

union, coincidence, identity; (in gram.) the singuiar

number. — Eka-danshfra, as, m. single-toothed or

tusked; a N. of Ganefo, as having one tusk, the

fellow-tusk being broken off in a scuffie by KSrtti-

keya, or according to another legend by Para^u-r3ma.

— Eka-dandin, f, ini, i, having only one stick;

designation of a class of beggars; [cf. tri-dandin.]

— Eka-danta, as, m. a N. of GaneSa; [cf. eka-

danshtra.] — Eka-dti, k, f. the same region.—Eka-

duhkhasukha, as, a, am, sympathizing, having the

same joys and sorrows. — Ekanlrig, k, k, k, one-

eyed; (k), m. a crow (as having excellent sight); an

epithet of Siva (as having one eye in his forehead).

— Eka-drifya, as, d, am, alone worthy of being

beheld, the sole object of vision. — Eka-drishii,

Is, £ gaze fixed upon one object. — Eka-dcvata or

ekardcvatya, as, a, am, devoted or offered to one

deity; directed to one deity. — Eka-defa, as, m.

one spot; a part, a portion or division of a whole;

(ena), inst. partly; (as, d, am), occupying the

same place. — Ekadc£a-stlia, as, a,am, situated in

the same region. — Ekade&n, i, ini, i, consisting

of parts or portions, divided into parts (as a whole).

— Eka~deha, as, d, am, having only one body,

single-bodied, consisting of only one individua) 5

elegantly formed; (as), m. the planet Mercury.

— Eka-dyu, ns, m., N. of a son of Nodhas (men-

tioned Rig-veda VIII. 69, 6. Anukram.). —Eka-

dhana, am, n. an excellent gift, an honorific offer-

ing; (as), m. a kind of jug with which water is

taken up at certain religious ceremonies; (as), f. pl.

(scii, apah) the water taken np by means of these

vessels. — Ekadhana~vid, t, t, t, Ved. taking or ob-

taining the vessels of water called Ekadhana ; obtain-

ing an honorific offering. — Ekadhanin, i, ini, i,

Ved. carrying the vessels called Ekadhana. — Eka~

dharmin, i, ini, i, having the same properties, of

the same kind, professing the same religion, — Eka-

dhur, ur, f. a particular load or conveyance (?).

— Ekadhura or ekadhura-vaka or ckadhurina,

as, d, am, fit for but one kind of labour, or for only

one yoke; cattle for special burden. — Eka-naksha-

tra, am, n. a lunar mansion consisting of only one

star. — Eka-nata, as, m. rhe principal actor in a

drama, the manager, who recites the prologue.

— Ekanavata, as, i, am, the ninety-first. — Eka-

navati, is, f. ninety-one. — Ekanavati-tama, as,

i, am, the ninety-first. — Eka-natha, as, d, am,

having oQe master; (as), m. sole master or lord;

N. of a copyist, — Eka-nayaka, as, m. an epithet

of ffiva.— Eka-ntidaya, as, m. general agreement

or conclusion; (as, d, am), having come to the

same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim.

— Eka-nishtlia, as, d, am, intentJy fixed on one

object. — Eka-nida, as, a, am, having only one

seat; having a oommon horne. — Eka-netra, as, m.

an epithet of Siva (‘ one-eyed Eka~nemi, is, is,

i, Ved. having one circumference. — Eka-paksha,

as, d, am, of the same side or party, an associate, a

firm partisan; partial, taking one view only; (as),

m. one side; (e), ind. in one point of view. — Eka-

pandafa, as, 1, am, the fifty-first. — Eka~pan6d$at,

t, f. fifty-onc. — Ekapan^dftat-tama, as, i, am, the

fifiy-first. — Eka-patika, as, a,am, having the same

husband. — Eka-paitrika, f. the piant Ocimum Gra-

tissimum. — Eka-patni, is, is, i, having only one

wife. — Eka-patni, f. only one wife; the wife of ohe

man, a faithful wife, one devoted to her husband;

the wife of a man who has no other vmes; the wife

of the same man. — Eka-pad or tka^pad, pat,

padi, pat, having only one foot, limping, lame, in-

complete ; (pat), m. an epithet of Stiva or of Vishnu ;

N. of a D3nava; (padi), f. a foot-path; a path, a

way, a road. (Aja ekapad, t, m., Ved. * the one-

footed driver/ probably a deity presiding over storms;

according to the commentator a N. of the sun.)

— Eka^pada, am, n. only one step; a simple word,

a simple nominal formation; present time, same

time; (e), ind. at the same moment, at once, sud-

denly; (as, d, am), having only one foot; consisting

of a single word, naraed with a single word; (as),

m. a kind of coitns; (a), f. (scii, rid) a verse con-

sisting of oaly one Psda or quarter-stanza; (as), m.

pl., N. of a fabulous race. — Ekapada-vat, ind. like

one word. — Ekapada-stha, as, d, am, standing in

the same word. — Eka padi, ind. upon one foot,

with one foot. — Eka-para, as, d, am, Ved. dedding

by one (mark of the dice), an epithet of the dice in

which one is decislve or of pre-eminent importance.

— Eka-pari, ind. one over or under, a term at dice.

— Eka-parna, f., N. of a younger sister of Durga

and wife of Asita-Devala; an epithet of Durga.

— Eka-parmtaka, as, m. the same mountain, or

N. of a certain mountain. —Eka-paldfa, as, m. a

single Butea Frondosa. — Eka-pdtala, f., N. of a

younger sister of Durga and wife of Jaiglshavya; an

epithet of Durga. — Eka-pana, as, m. z single wager

or stake. — Ekctrpata, as, d, am, happening at once,

suddea, npid, comiog suddenly. — Eka-patin, i, ini,

i, standing alone or solitary, independant; (ini), f.

(scii. ri6) a verse to be taken by itself or regarded

indepeadently of the hymn to which it belongs.

— Eka-pada, as, m. one foot; one and the same

Pada; (as, d, am), having only one foot; standing

on one foot, using only one foot; (as), m. pl., N.

of a fabulous race. — Eka-padika, f. title of the

second book of the Satapatha-BrShmana. — Eka-

padaka, as, m. pl., N. of a fabulous race (‘ wearing

only one shoe ’). — Eka-pinga or eka-pingala, as,

m. an epithet of Kuvera (‘ having a yellow mark in

the place of one of his eyes ’). — Eka^pinda, as, d,

am, related, near of kin, united by the offering of

the funeral cake. — Ekapinda-ta, f. or cka^rpii}da-

tva, am, n. connection by the funeral cake, con-

sanguinity. — Eka-putra, as, m. having only one

son.—‘Eha-purusha, as, m.the one supreme spirit;

(as, d, am), consisting of only one man. — Eka-

pushpa, f., N. of a piant. — Eka-prithaktva, am,

n. unity and distinctness. — Eka-prakara, as, a, am,

of the same kind. — Eka-prakhya, as, d, am, singu-

larly like, pre-eminently similar. — Eka-prabhutva,

am, n. the sovereignty of one, monarchy. — Eka-

prayatna, as, m. one effort (of the voice). — Eka-

praharika, as, a, am, killed by one blow. — Eka~

prdna-yoga,as,m.xm\on inonebreath. — Eka^phala,

as, d, am, having one or a principal resuit or object;

(d), f., N. of a piant. — Eka-buddhi, is, is, i, having

only one thought; (is), m., N. of a frog in the

Panda-tantra. — 1. eka-bhakta, as, d, am, serving

one and the same master; worshipping one deity.

— 2. eka~bhakta, as, d, am, eating together; (am),

n. eating but one meal (a day). — Ekabhakta-vrata,

183

am, n. eating but once a day as a religious obligation.

— I. eka-bhakti, is, is, i, of one foith, believing in

one deity. — 2. eka~bhakti, is, f. eating but one meal

(a day). — Eka-bhava, as, d, am, of the same

nature; of a simple or single nature or temperament;

(as), m. becoming oae, oneness, agreement. — Eka-

bhukta, as, d, am, eating but one meal (a day &c.) ;

eating together. — Eka-bhuta, as, d, am, being one,

undivided ; not distracted, closely attentive. — Eka-

bhojana, am, n. eating oae meal a day; eating in

common, feeding together. — Eka-mati, is, f. the

mind fixed upon one object; (is, is, i), unanimoqs.

"EhctAmanas, as, as, as, fixing the mind upon

oqc object, having only one thought, attentive;

unanimous. — Eka-maya, as, i, am, consisting of

one. — Eka-matra, as, d, am, of one syllabic instant.

— Eka-mukha, as, d or i, am, having the face

directed towards ode spot, having the same aim; hav-

ing one chief or head, having one overseer. — Eka-

murdhan, d, a, a, Ved. having the face directed to

one spot, directed towards the same aim. — Eka-

mula, f. the plants Linum Usitatissimum and Desmo-

dinm (Hedysarum) Gangeticum. — Eka-yakdra, as,

d, am, containing only one y. — Eka-yashti, ts, f.

a single string of pearls. — Eka-yashtika, f. a single

string of flowers, pearls, &c. — Eka-ydvan, d, m.,

N. of a man. — Eka-yoni, is, is, i, of the same

womb, uterine ; of the same mother, family or caste.

— Eka-raja, as, m. ihe piant Verbesina Scandens;

see bhringa-rdja. — Eka-rasa, as, m. the only fla-

vour, the only pleasure; (as, d, am), of one flavour,

relishing or finding pleasure in only one thing. — Eka-

rasika,as,d,am, influenced by one feeling, relishing

one thing only. — Eka-raj, f, t, t, shining alone; ((),

m. single or absolute king,the king by himself as dis-

tinet ftom the people. — Eka raja, as, m. an absolute

king. — Eka-rdtra, as, m. a ceremony lasting one

night; (am), n. duration of one night, one night, a

night. — Ekardtrika, as, a, am, sufficient for one

night (or day). — Eka-rati, is, f. a heap, a crowd.

— Ekard^i-bhuta, as, d, am, heaped or collected

together. — Eka^rikthin, i, m. a coheir. — Eka-

rupa, am, n. one form, one kind; (as, a, am),

uniform, of one kind, onc-co\omed. — Ekarupa-tas,

ind. in one form, unalterably. — Ekarupa-ta, f, uni-

formi ty, unvariableness. — Ekarupya, as, d, am,

formed or arising from one. — Ekarda (eka-rida),

as, d, am, consisting of oae verse; (am), n.,Ved.

a hymn consisting of only one verse. — Ekartu (eka-

ritu),us, m., Ved. one time or season. — Ekarshi

(tka-rishi), is, m. the only or chief Rishi. — Eka-

lavya, as, m., N. of a son of Hiranya-dhanus and

king of the Nishadas. — Eka-linga, am, n. a place

or district in which for five Kro^as there is but one

Phallus, an isolated Lin-ga; (as), m. an epithet of

Kuvera; [cf. eka~pinga.] — Eka-lu, us, m., N. of a

man. — Eka-vaktra, as, m., N.of a D3nava; perhaps

a wrong form for eka-£akra. — Eka-vadana, am, p.

the singuiar number. »■ Eka-vat, ind. like one, simple.

— Ekavad-bkdva, as, m. an aggregate of many, as

in grammar, the formation of a compound noun of

several nouns. — Eka-varya, as, d, am, of one colour,

one-coloured ; identical; of one tribe, of one caste;

consisting of'only one letter; of one quality; (f), f.

beating time, marking musica! measure by clapping

the hands, or the instrument which does so, a casta-

net; see eka-tali. — Ekavarna-vat, ind. like one

letter. — Ekavarna-samikaraqa, am, n. an equation

involving only one unknown quantity; uniliteral equa-

tion.— Ekavarnika, as, d, am, of one colour, of

one caste, — Eka-varshikd, f. a heifer one year old.

— Eka~vasan<i, as, d, am, having only one gar-

ment or robe. — Eka-vastra, as, d, am, having only

one garment, in one dress. — Ekavastra-td, f. the

state of having only one garment. ~ Ekavastra-

samvita, as, d, am, clothed in one garment. *~Eka-

vastrdrdhasamvita, as, d, am, clothed in half a single

garment. — Eka-vdkya, am, n. one opinion. — Eka*

vakya-ta, f. unanimity, — Ekavana-vat, ind. as one

arrow. — Eka-vCula, as, m. a musica! instrument, a

kind of drum or tabor. — Eka-vadyd, f., Ved. a kind

184 JJcMKH eka-vuram. Vttz ekaha.

oF imp or demon. — Eka-varam or eka-vare, ind.

only once, at once, at one time, suddenly. — Eka-

i'dsa, as, d, ani, having one house or one residence.

— Eka-vasas, as, as, as, having only one garment,

in one dress. — Ekavinia, as, i, am, thc twenty-

first; consistiog of twenty-one; connected with the

Ekavirria-stoma; (as), m. the Ekaviola-stoma; N. of

one of the six Prishtbya-stomas. — Ekavinfoka, as, t,

am, the twenty-first; containing twenty-one. — Ekar

vincat, t, or eka-riniati, is, f. twenty-one, a com-

bination or collection of twenty-one. — Ekavintfati-

tama, as, i, am, the twenty-first. — Ekavin^ati-dha,

ind. twenty-one-fold, in twenty-one parts. — Eka-

vinta-vat, an, ati, at,Vcd. coonected with the Eka-

vio^a-stoma. — EkainriSa-stoma, as, m., Ved. a Stoma

consisting of twenty-one parts. — Eka-vidka, as, a,

am, ofone kind, simple. — Eka^vilodana,a$,a,am,

one-eyed; (as), m. pl., N. of a fabulous race of people.

— EkarisTiayin, i, m. having one common object or

end, a rivah — Eka-vira, as, m. a pre-emiaent hero

or warrior; N. of a piant. — Eka-wriksha, as, m. an

i solat ed tree; a desert place in which but one tree is

seen for four KroSas. — Eka-vnt, t, t, f, Ved. simple.

— Eka-^rinda, as, m. a peculiar disease of the

throat. — Eka-vrisha, as, m., Ved. the chief bull,

the master of the herd. — Eka-veni, is or i, f. a single

bnid of harr (wom by a woman as a mark of mouro-

ing for an absent husband &c.); a woman whose

hair is tied in a single braid. — Ekacetfman, a, n. a

solitary house or room. — Eka-vyavasayin, i, m.

following the same employment. — Eka-vratya, as,

m., Ved. the chief or principal Vr3tyav—j^a-fota,

am, n. 101; (as, i, am), the toist, — Ekatata-

tama, as, i, am, the loist.— Ekafota-dha, ind.

iot-fold; in 101 parts. — Ekakata-vidtia, as, a,

am, 101-fold. - Eka^apha, as, a, am, Ved. whole-

hoofed, not dovcn-hoofed; (as or am), m. n.

any animal whose hoof is not cloven ; (as), m.

a horse. — Eka-daratia, am, n. one only hope or

refuge, especially applied to a deity. — Eka-^arira,

as, a, am, of one body or blood; consanguineous.

— Ekatariranvaya fYa-an°), as, m. consangui-

neous descent.— Etcafarirdrambha (°ra-ar⁰), as,

m. commencement of consanguioity by the uniou of

father and mother. — Eka-^arlravayava (°ra-av°),

as, m. a descendant in a rjght line, a blood-kinsman.

— Ekatariravayavartva (°ra-au°), am, n. con-

sanguioeous descent or connection. — Eka-$akha,as,

m. a BrShman of the same branch or school. — Eka-

tala, am, n., N. of a town. — Eka-fiti-pad, pat,

padi, pat, Ved. having one white foot. — Eka-

firshan, a, d, a,Ved. having the face tumed towards

the same place. — Eka&lasamadara, as, d, am,

one who leads one manner of life, whose manners

are always the same. — Eka-kunga, as, d, am, Ved.

having one sheath. — Eka-4ringa, as, d, am, having

only one hom; (as), m. a unicorn, a rhinoceros, an

epithet of Vishnu; (as), m. a class of Pitris; (d), f.,

N. of the mind-bom daughtcr of the Pitns called

Sukslas. — Eka-4cpa, as, m., N. of a rmn. — El;a~

itsha, as, m.¹ the reraainder of one only/ a term in

grammar denoting that of two or more words only

one remains or is retained (e. g. the dual rdmau is

the one remainder of ramafi + t amati). — Eka-

iruUi, as, d, am, once heard. — Ekadruta-dhara,

as, a, am, keeping in mind what one HSs heard

once. — Eka£rutadhara-tva, am, n. state of such a

person. — E1:a^ruti, is, f. the hearing of only one

sound, monotony; the neutral accentless tone; (i),

ind. in a monotonous manner. — Eka-trushti, is, is,

t, Ved. obedient to one command. — Ekashashta,

as, ?, am, the sixty-first; connected with sixty-one.

— Eka-shashti, is, f. sixty-one. — Ekashaskli-

tama, as, i, am, the sixty-fmt. - Elcasaptata, as, t,

am, the seventy-first. - Eka-saptati, is, f. seventy-

one. — Ekasaptati-tama, as, T, am, the seventy-

first. — Ekasabha, am, n. a common or general

place of meeting. — Ekasarga, as, d, am, closely

attentive, having the mind intent upon one object.

— Eka-sahasra, am, n. i oo i. — Eka-eakshika, as,

d, am, witnessed by one, — Eka-sariham, ind. to-

gether, in one company. — Eka-sutra, am, n. a

small doublc drum played by a string and ball at-

tached to the body of it. — Eka-sdn u, us, pi. an

only son. — Ekastoma, as, m. ‘consisting of one

Stoma/ N. of a Soma ceremony. — Eka-stha, as, d,

am, standing together, reraaining in one place, re-

maining in the same place, conjoined, collected,

combined, assembled. — Ekastkana, am, n. one

place, the same place. — Eka-kansa, as, m. the

chief or highest Hansa (an allegorical designation of

the soul); N. of a Tlrtha. — Eka-hayana, as, T, ani,

one year old ; (T), f. a heifcr one year old; (a?n), n.

the period of one year. — Ekanta (elca-an°), as, m.

a distinet or separate part, a part in general. — Eka-

ksha (eka-ak°), as, i, am, having only one axle;

one-cyed ; having an excellent eye; (aa), m. a crow;

an epithet of S'iva; N. of a D3nava. — Ekdkshara

(ekarak⁰), am, n. a monosyllable; the sacred mono-

syllable om. — Ekdkshara-kosha, as, m. a vocabulary

of monosyllabic words by Purushottamadeva.— Eka-

kshara-ganapati-stotra, am, d. a hymn in honour of

Gane^a, a portion of the RudraySmaia. — Ekakshari-

bkava,as, m.tbe production of only one syllable, con-

traction. — Ekagra (eka-ag°), as, a,am, having one

point, fixing one’s attention on only one point or

object, closely attentive, intent; nndisturbed, unper-

plexed ; known, celebrated; single-pointed ; (as), m.

(in mathematies) the whole of the long side of a figure

which is subdivided. — Ekagra-6itta, as, d, am,

having the mind intent on one object. — Ekagra-

tas, ind. with undivided attention. — Ekagra-ta, f.

or ekagrartva, am, n. intentness in the pursuit of

one object, close and nndisturbed attention. — Eka~

gra~drisfyi, is, is, i, fixing one’s eyes on one spot.

— Ekdgra-rnanas, as, n. intentness. — Ekagrya,

as, a, am, closely attentive; (am), n. close attention.

— Ekanga (cka-an°), am, n. a single member, a

single part; (as), m. 3 body-guard; the planet

Mercury; the planet Mars; an epithet of Vishnu;

(am), n. sandal-wood. — Ekangika, f. a preparation

made with sandal-wood. — Ekatapatra (eka-dt°),

as, d, am, characterized by one umbrella (said of

universal sovereignty having an umbrella as one of

its insignia). — Etidtma-ta, f. the unity of spiritual

essence, the doctrine of one universal spirit. — Ekat-

man (eka-at°), d, m. the one spirit; (d, d, a),

depending solely on sel£ solitary. — Ekatmya, as, d,

am, only, alone, homogeneous. — Ekadafa, as, i,

am, the eleventh; consisting of eleven, lasting eleven

months; (i), f. the eleventh day of the half month,

especially sacred to Vishnu, when fasting is very effi-

cacious; presentation of offerings to deceased aocestors

or Pitfis on the eleventh day after his decease, on

which occasion BrShmans are fed and the period of

impurity for a BrShman terminates; (am), n. the

number eleven. — Ekada^aka, as, a,am, consisting

of eleven, consisting of eleven parts; (am), n. the

number eleven. — Ekdda-ia-kntvas, ind. eleven

times. — Etid-daJan, a, pl. eleven. — Ehadadama,

as, i, am, the eleventh. — Ehadatia-vidha, as, d,

am, eleven-fold. — Ekddatdha (Va-a/ia), as, m. a

sacrifice lasting eleven days. — Ekddadin, i, ini, i,

consisting of eleven; (ini), f.,Ved. the number eleven.

— EkddaHna, as, d, am, belonging to eleven (?).

— Ekddafi-tattva, am, o. part of the Smriti-tattva.

— EIidda4i-vrata,am,n. fastiog on the eleventh day.

— Ekadafottama (°4a-ut°), as, m. chief of eleven;

epithet of Sfiva (chief among the eleven Rudras).

~E1idde£a (eka-dd?), as, m. one substitute for two

or more letters (e. g. one vowel substituted for two

other vowels either by the blending of the two vowels

together or by the dropping of one). — Ekadhipati

(eka-adh°), is, m. a sole monarch. — Ekananda

(eka-an-antfa), f. ‘the only (day) receiving no part

(of tbe moon),’ an epithet of KubQ or the day of the

new moon personified as a daughter of An-giras and

identified with Durg3, bom together with Krishna,

worshipped with Krishna and Baladeva. — Ekanu-

dish(a (eka-an’), am, n. (scii. Jrdddha) a funeral

ceremony performed for only one ancestor recently

dead; (as, d, am), left as a funeral feast; one who

has recently partaken of it. — Ekanta (eka-an⁰), as,

m. the only end or aim, exclusiveness; a lonely, re-

tired or secret place; devotion to one, worship of

one beiog, unitarian doctrine, monotheism; (am or

ena or e), ind. solely, only exci usi vely, absolutely; ne-

cessarily ; alone, apart, privately; much, exceediogly;

(as, d, am), diiccted towards one point or object;

worshipping only one; excessive; solitary, lonely,

retired; aside, apart. — Ekanta-karuna, as, d, am,

very compassionate, weakly charitable. — Ekanta-tas,

ind. solely, only exclusively, apart; see ekanlam.

— Ekanta-tva, am, n. exclusive worship. — Ekanta-

duhshama (^adus~samd), f. ‘containing only bad

years/ with Jainas an epithet of two spokes in the

wheel of time, the sixth of the AvasarpinI and the

first of the UtsarpinT. — Ekania-bhuta, as, a, am,

being alone or solitary. — Ekanta-mati, is, is, {,

devoted to one object. — Ekantara (eka-an°), as,

d, am, separated by one intermediate member, next

but on t. — Ekdnta-raj, f, m., N. of a Bodhi-satlva.

— Ekanta-viharin, i, ini, i, a solitary wanderer.

— Ekantasushamd (°so-sama), f. * containing ex-

clusi vely good years/ with Jainas an epithet of two

spokes in the wheel of time, the first of the Avasar-

pinI and the sixth of the UtsarpinI. — Ekdnta-sthita,

as, d, am, staying or remaining alone or apart.

— Ekantika, as, a, am, final, conclusive. — Ekanti-

ka-tva, am, n. the being devoted to one object.

— Ekajiti-tva, am, n. devotion to one (with loc.).

— Ekantin, i_f ini, i, devoted to only one, having

the mind fixed on only one object, worshipping only

one (with gen.). — Eka.nna (eka-an°), am, n. one

and the same food; (as), m. a mess-mate. — Ekanna-

bhuj, k, m. a mess-mate. — Ekannddin (eka-anna-

dd°), F, ini, i, eating a supply of food from one

person only. — Ekabda (eka-ab°), f. a heifer one

year o!d. — Ekdyana (eka-ay°), am, n. a lonely,

retired place; a meeting-place; rendezvous of all

thoughts, union of thoughts; devotion to one, doc-

trine of unity, monotheism; N. of a S5kh5 or

branch of thc Veda; (as, d, am), passable for only

one, as a foot-path; fixing one’s thoughts on one

object, closely attentive, intent. — Ekayana-gata, as,

d, am, one who has fixed all his thoughts on one

object.— Ekayu (tka-dyu), us, us, u, Ved. assem-

bling or collccting all living beings; the first living

being; (S3y.) providing the most excellent food.

— Ekarnava (eka-ar°), as, am, m. n. a general

inundation. — Ekartha (eka-ar°), as, m. the same

object; (as, d, am), having one or the same aim or

object; having one meaning ; N. of a glossary; ex-

pressingone thing, forming only one notion. — Ekar-

tha-ta, f. or ckartha-tva, am, n. state of having

only one aim or object. — Ekdrtha-samupeta, as,

d, am, arrived at one object.— Ekdrthi-bhava, as,

m. the having one meaning. — Ekdvama (eka-av°),

as, d, am, inferior or less by one. — Ekarayava

(eka-av°), as, a, am, made up of the same mem-

bers or constituent parts. — Ekdvali (eka-av°), f. a

single line, a single string of pearls, beads, fiowers,

&c.; (in rhetoric) a series of periods in which there

is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject or

from a subject to a predicate. —Ehafita, as, i, am,

the eighty-first. — Ekafiti (eka-af), is, f. eighty-one.

— Ekafiti-tama, as, F, am, the eighty-first. — Ekd-

4rama(eka-d$°),a$,m. a solitary hermitage. — Ehd-

4rita (cka-af), as, a, am, restiog upon or clinging

to one object. — Ekd^rita-guna, as, m. a simple

attribute or predicate, as form, taste, smell, &c.

— Ekashtaka (eka-ash⁰), f. the first or chief Ash-

tak3, either the first AshtakS after full moon ( —

Ash(akd) or the first AshtakS of a year or a longer

period of time. — Ekashti, f. a pod or one seed of

cotton.—EJcdsh(hiIa (eka-ash⁰), as, d, am, having

one kemel; (as), m., N. of the piant Agati Grandi-

fiora Desv.; (d), f. the piant Clypea Hemandifolia.

— Ekasanika, as, d, am (fr. eka and dsana), hav-

ing only one seat. — Elcdha (eha-aha), as, in. the

period of one day; a ceremony or sacrifice lasting

only one day, a Soma sacrifice in which Soma is

only once prepared; (am), ind. during one day.

ekdha-ffama.

fviw edhalu.

185

— Ekaha-gama, as, m. a da/s joumey. — Eka-

hara (eka-dh⁰), as, a, am, taking food only oncc a

day. — Ekesha (eka-isha), as, a, am, Ved. ftimished

with one pole. — Ekaika (eka-eka), as, a, am, ooe

by one, single, every single one; (am), ind. singly,

one by one. — Ekaikadara, as, a, am, one by one

(of many). — Ekaika-vritti, is, is, i, existing in

every single one. — Ekaika-tfas, iod. one by one,

severally, seriatim. — Ekaika^ya, am, n. single state,

severalty; {ena), ind. severally. — Ehaishika (eka-

esh°), f., N. of a medicinal piant. — Ekokti (eka-uk°),

is, f. a single expression, a single word,— Ekottara

(eka~ut⁰), as, a, am, greater or more by one, in-

creasing by one. — Fkottarikd, f. tille of the fourth

Agama of the Buddhists. — Ekoddka (eka-ucE), as,

d, am, connected (as relatives) by the offeriog of

funerea! oblations of water to the same deojased an-

cestor. — Ekadatta (eka-ud°), as, d, am, having

one Ud5tta accent. — EJkoddishta (eka-ud?), api, n.

(scii, frdddha) the Sfraddha or funeral rite performed

for ooe definite individual deceased, not includiog

other ancestors. — Ekona (eka-iina), as, d, am, less

by one, minus one; (used io composition with vin-

Sati and the following decads, e. g. ekonavin£ati =

nineteen.) — EJkoHka, f. the piant Cissampelos Hexan-

dra (?). —■ Ekaughctrbhuta (eka-agha-bk°),as,d, am,

collected into one mass, heaped or crowded together.

Ekaka, as, d, am, single, alone, solitary.

Ekaia, as, m.,N. of a deity [cf. dvita and trita],

one of the seven DharmarSjartvijas; N. of a Br5hman.

Ekatas, ind. from one side, on one side, on one

part; singly, one by one; used sometimes as an abi.

c. of eka (e. g. ekata 'pi padat, * after the same

word’); ekatas—ekatas, on the one hand—on the

other hand, on the one side—on the other side, here

—there. — Ekato-dat, an, ati, at, having teeth on

only one side.

Ekatra, ind. io one place, on one spot, in close

connection; in a combined manner, together; used

sometimes as a loc. c. of eka (e. g. ekatra kare, * on

one hand’); ekatra—aparatra or ekatra—anyas-

min, on the one side—on the other side, here—there.

Ehadd, ind. at the same time, at oncc; once,

sometimes; once on a time, one day; at one time.

Ekadha, ind. simply, singly; in one way, to-

gether ; at once, once.

Ekaia, as, d, am, alone, solitary.

Ekatas, ind. one by one, singly.

Ekakin, i, ini,i(fr. eka and rt. and!), alone,

solitary.

Eki-kri, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kartum,

to unite, associate, join together; combine.

EkUbhii, cl. i. P. -bhavati, -vitum, to become

ooe, to join together, blend, combine, mingle. — Eki-

bhavat, an, anti, at, blending together, contracted.

— Elil-bhdva, as, m. becoming one, combination,

association; common nature or property. — Eki-

bhavin, i, ini, i, relating to the blending of vowels

or accents.

Elziya, as, d, am, belonging to one, proceeding

from one; belonging to the same party; a partisao

or associate, a companion.

T^ToFT, &c. See under eka above.

eksh (d-iksh), cl. i. A. ekshate, -shitum,

to look at.

ej, cl. i. P. A. ejati, ~te, ejan-dakre,

ejishyati, ejitum, to stir, move, tremble,

shake; A, to shine: Caus. egayati, -yitum, to move:

Desid. ejijishati.

Ejaka, as, d, am, shaking.

Ejat, t, n., Ved. aoything moving or living.

Ejatka, as, d, am, trembling; (as), m.,Ved. a

kind of insect.

Ejathu, us, m., Ved. trembling, sbaking (of the

earth).

Ejana, am, n. trembling, shaking.

d^jaya, as, d, am, or ejayat, an, anti, at, caus-

iog to shake or tremble, driving away.

Ejita, as, d, am, shaken, agitated, trembling.

Ejitavya, as, d, am, to be shaken.

Ejitri, ta, tri, tri, a shaker, shaking, trembling.

eji, is, m., N. of a man.

ejya, as, a, am (fr. rt. yaj with d),

Ved. to be offered (as an oblation or sacrifice).

T|J eth, cl. i. A. ethate, to annoy, resist

^ \ or oppose.

eda, as, d, am, deaf; (as), m. a kind

of sheep. — Eda-gaja, as, m. the medicinal piant

Cassia Tora or Alata, used for the cure of riog-worm.

— Edcu-muka, as, d, am, deaf aud dumb; wicked,

perverse.

Edaka, as, m. a kind of sheep, a ram, a wild

goat; a certain medicinal piant; (d), f. a ewe.

eduka, am, n. or eduka or edoka, as,

am, m. n. a building constructed of rubbish, bones,

&c., or ofhard substances resembling bones; a wall

enclosing bones, a tomb, &c.; (with Buddhists) a

sanctuary filled with relies.

ena, as, i, m. f. or enaka, as, m. a kind

of deer or antelope, described as being of a black

colour with beautifiil eyes and short legs; (in astron.)

Capricom. — Ena-tilaka, as, m. the moon; (the

marks of an antelope being fanrifiilly visible on its

disk.) — Ena-dnt, k, m. Capricom. — Ena-bhrit, t,

m. the moon. — Enajina (ena-aj°), am, n. deer-

skin. — Eni^padana, as, m. pl., N. of a race (cooking

antelopes for food). — Epi-pada, as, m. a kind of

snake; (i), f. a kind of poisonous insect.

TTiT i.eta, etas, eta or em, etam (said to be

fr. rt. 5. i), of a variegated colour, shining, varying the

colours; (S5y.) going, flowing; (as), m. a deer or

antelope; the hide of one; a variegated colour;

(ni), f.,Ved. a river.

Etagva, as, d, am, Ved. of a variegated or dark

colour; (Ssy. also) going 00 their way; epithet of

the horses of the gods.

Etada, as, d, am,Ved. of variegated colour, shin-

ing ; epithet of Brahmanaspati; (as), m. a horse of

variegated colour, a dapplcd horse, espedally the

horse or horses of the sun; N. of a favourite of Indra,

who defends him from SGrya; N. of one of the seven

sons of V5tara$ana, author of two Rig-veda hymns;

a Br5hman.

Etadas, as, m. a BrShman.

. eta, as, a, am ^rt. 5. i with 5), arrived,

come.

Mi, is, f., Ved. arrivd, appi ach.

Ftya, ind. having gone near to or ipprcrch-d.

etad, eshas, es ha, etad (fr. e with jro-

n im. baie ta. The vowel e ipper-rs also in tha, ma,

&c.; and just x th 'imple base ta substitntes ta fi>r

the nom. sing. m. rnd £, so tta m kes tghax,

exha; but eta app ars in ali the oth.r cases, and the

neut. etad is used as the base to form derivrtives

su^rh as etndiya Scc., and at the beginniug of com-

pounds), this, this hert, here, espsially as pointing

to what ii nearest to the sp .alter (e. g -sha vanah,

tLi' arrow here in my hand; eiha vati pantf ah,

here goes the way; e ha Icalah, hire, i. e. now, is

the time; etad, this here, i. e. this worid hero belowl.

Etad is •ometimf s used in this sense to give emphasis

to tht personal pronoun' (e. g. esika ’ham, I this vciy

person here) or with omission of those prnnomis

(e. g esha tvam svarrjam rava ni, I standing here

will convey you to heaveu; etau prarish^au e i'ah,

we two here hav: entered). KV’d as the subject of

a sent nce agrees in gender and number wiih the

predb ate withoat reference to the noun to be supplied

(e. g. jtad me dhonam, this [scii, cow] is my

wealth); but may sometimes Ternam in the neut.

sing. (e. g. etad garusha vrittih, this is the custom

anmnp tjurus)

Etad often refers to what precedes, especially when

it is as«ocijted with Idam, the iatter then referring

to what follows (e. g. esha prathamah halpah—

armhalpa* tv ayam ineyah, this b "fjre-mentioner¹

is the nrst iule, but this tollowing may bt con idertd

a s „a>nd„iy rule).

E>ad may be used in connection with a relative

claus., in whi.h case the relative gen. raily followi

(e. g. esha taiva gurar dharvw yam pravaksh-

ydrny ahan. tava, this is the important l-w, which

I will pn :!aim to youl.

Etad, ind. in this manner, thus, so, here, rt this

time, now (e. g. etat suptah, a^leep in this mannet;

na va u etad mriyaec, not at this time dost thou

dici.

Etad app^ars at the bsginning of cnmpounds, as

in the following exampLa.—Etaj-ja, as, a, am,

arising from this. — Etat-kala, as, m. the presem

time; (e), ind. now, —Etatkalhia, as, a, an,,

belonging to th_ prosent time. — Etat-hshatiai, ind,

from this m' iment, hencerorth; (e), ind. now. - Etat-

tulya, as d, am, similer to thi.. — Etat-prathama,

as, d, am, one who dc*cs «nything for the first time

— Ftat-sania, as, a,, am, equal to this. — Etad-

atirikta,as, a,am, besides this. — Eiad-ananiaran,,

ind. imm -diately after this. — Etad-ant <„ a~, d, arr,,

termiuatmg with this, -nditig thus. — Etad-artha,

ta, m. this matter; (am or e) ind. on this ccount,

tor this eud, ther-fore; < 'ad-artham—yat, for this

end- -that. — Etad-avadhi, ind. to this limit, so far.

— Etad-a astha, as, d, an >, of swh a stato or con-

irAori. — Eiad-dtmya, as, a, am, boing in thi.

Atrasn or S' preme -oul — Etad-dd", is, is, i, bo-

girning thus, and so forth. — Elad-eva, ind. this

vciy same.—Eta^-dHtlya, as 5, am, one who

dres anything for the Second time. — Etad-yonin, i,

ini, i, residing or having one's origin in \ir<t.—Etad-

vat, ind. like this, thus. — Etavrra, ind. not so.

— Etan-may% as, i, am, consisting of this, of ‘nch

a kind; [cf. Z.ad aisa, alta; Old Per», aita;

Armen. ais, aid; Osk. tiso; Hib. ise, ‘ ht, hims lf;’

isa and isi, ' she, herseit’]

E/adiya, as, d, am, belonging to this.

Etarhi, ind., Ved. (vety often in th. Brshmansc),

now, at this time, at present, now- ~ .days; then tcor-

reiative to yarhi); a certain measurt ot time—fifteen

Iddr.im* or one fifteenth of a Icjhipra.

EtadHksha, as, i, am, Ved., or e.tddr'i, h, k,

k, or rtadri a, as, t, am, uch, such liko; so

fcrnied, of diis kind, similar to this.

Etdvat, an, ati, at, so great, so much, so many,

of ; uch a measure or compass, of such evt.nt, so

far, ot such qi ality or kind; often found 'i conn.etion

with a relative clanse, in which caie the Iatter gene*

rafty follows (e. g. etd-dn ena paruuho yaj jdy.il,nd

prajeti ha, a man is of such a measure as [i. e. is

made complete by] him, Jf, his wifr-, and his progeny);

(tia<), ind. s - lar, thus far, so much, in s"ch a degree,

thus, tke.—Etdnat-tn, am, n. quardty, number;

greatiiv- s; (with following yad) <uch a state or con

dition that; such extent.

t'tiH etana, as, m. expiration, breathing

out, discharging air from the lungs; the fish Silurus

Pelorius.

PTJ etri, ta, m. (rt. 5. i), Ved. going, ap-

proaching, asking, requesting.

Ema, as, m. or eman_f a, n., Ved. a course, way.

edidhishuhpati, is, m., Ved.

the husbnnd of a younger sister, whose elder sister

has not yet been married. See didhishu.

edh (connectedwith rt.ric?A),cl. i. A.

^ ^ (rardyV^cdkatetedhdnSakretedhishyate,

aidhishta, edhitum, to prosper, increase, grow, be-

come happy, grow strong, become great; to exteod;

to swell, rise (as waters): Caus. edhayati, -yitum, to

cause to prosper, increase, celebrate, honour: Desid.

edldhishate ; [said to be related to Gr. olSos, aibdu;

perhaps also to Lat. cpsca?as.]

1. edhatu, us, m. (for i. see endh next page), Ved.

prosperity, happiness; a man ; (u$, us, w), increased,

grown.

3®

186

p\nffa edhanlya.

v\esh.

Fdhaniya or edhita-n/a or tdhya, ao, d■ am,

to be increased or enJrg.d.

KVwmav.a, as, a, am, prospering, increasiflg.

— Edhamaiui-dvish, (, t, >, Ved. hating the pros-

p rous, espochllv thos: render d ic solent by pros-

p.-rity; (S5y.) hating the impicas who prosper.

I. -lka<, w,, n. (in cemp.l prosp nty.

Edhd, f. happiness, prosp nty.

Edhita, as, a, am, grown, incre»ed.

Edhitrt, ta, tri, tri, inemasing, growing, eakrging.

P7T ena, a pruru.m. ba.se (use i for cevtain

casos of tbe 3rd per onal pronoun, rnd occurrine o..Iy

in the -cc. srag. da. pi. (tuam,, enam, e.iad,

inst. sing. (enena, enaya), gen.loc. du. (tnaym, Ved.

mos); the other cases are Lrmed ir. the pronom.

b"se a, see under idam), hc, shc, it; this, that.

This prononn is -.nclitic rnd cannot begin a sentence.

It is uerailv used alon-, so thrt cnam purusham,

‘that man,’ wculd bovery unusnal if not inconoct.

Grammarians nssert thrt the substjtution oi t,iam

tbr imam or etan takes place m case ot the rc-em-

ployment of these pron^uns in the subseqnent part

of a st ntonce; se. Oram. 836; [cf. Gr. ci/, 0T01;

Goth. airu; Oid Pruss ains; Lat. otnoji, unus.]

Ena, ind., Ved. in thi> manner, thus; hem, there,

ther, at that time; para tua, further on; para ena

pfitkuyd, bejond the .arth here.

PrTF enas, as, n. (fr. in, but satd to be

fr. rt. 5.i), mischLt’ crime; curs., uthappiness; sin,

.fFence, fanlt; censure, blam.. — Er at- eat, an, aii,

at, or enas-vin, i, ini, i, wicked, sinful, a sinner.

Enasya, as, i, am, Ved. caused by crime; sinful,

vicked, wrong.

ens. See under 1. eta.

e nrfh (a-indh), cl. 7. A. endhe, endhitum,

to kindle, ioflame; to bt ‘nflame J, to flamc.

Eriha, as, a, am (ft. simp'. rt. .VicW, kindling,

ono wh» ku.dU, cf. agny-ldhu,; (as), m. tue’., rs

wond, grass, &c.; [cf. Gr. aidJs.’ — Edhdkdea

( dha-aE), as, m. one who collecto fuel.

a. edhatu, us, m. fire.

2. edhas, as, n. futi.

PV^ env (a-inv), cl. 1. P. envati, -vitum, to

bring near, to bestow.

PP mia. See under etri above.

PPP emusha, as, m., Ved. corrupted from

t htwham, th. part. ^rf. of rt. am.

er(a-tr),cl. 2. A.erte, eritum,to pro to or

into: Caus. erayati, -te, '-yttum, to bring near, pro-

cure; to cbtaiu; to raise (the voic. in singing &c.).

PT3i eraka, as, m., N. of a Naga; (51, f.

a sort of grass of emollient and dilneot pr iperties;

(in the Mausaia-parva of the Maht-bh. tt.is grass wh.n

pluckcd by Krishna and his family turne d to clutr);

(am), n. a woollen carpet; [cf. airabya.)

Pfjf eranjK, as, m. a kind of fish; [cf.

rlanqa.)

PTP3 eremis, as, m. tbc castor-oil piant,

Palma Christi or Ricinus Communis; (e), f. long

p.pper. — Eraniia-pattrika, f. or erSida-phala, f.

the piant Crotoi Polyandrum.

Erandnl-a, as, m. th. piant Ricinus Commnris.

PTT5Ri eremattaka, as, m., N. of a man.

PF ertt, a w«rd of doubtful meening in

Atharra-voda VI. 22, 3.

PrR erts, Desid. of ardh, q.v.

P^TF errent, as, m. f. or ervaruka, as, m.

a kind of cueqmber, Cucumis Uiilissimus.

Pc3 eia, am, n. a partieulai number.

Elada, anr, n. a porticui ir numljtr.

Po5F elaka, as, m. a ram. See edaka.

P<7"jf elanga, as, m. a kind of fish; [cf.

era.tga.]

Pp5^t: elajmra, am, n., N. of a town.

Pc5 dToJ tlavalu, n. or elardlukn or tlvavd-

l <ika, Q>!l, n. the fragrant bark of Feronia Flephantum;

a granular subst-nc., ipparently a Tegetable of¹ r.d-

dish-1'town colour (it is used as a drug and perfume).

Pc5ft^ elarila, as, m. an epithet of Ku-

vtra. See ailavila.

Po5T eta, f. rardamoms, the st ed of tbe

Elettaria Cardamonium or AIpin^!" C. ruaniomum, it

ipplies to both the large aud small (.udamoni, but

more «mmonly to the fonner; N.ofariver; N.ofa

metre consisting of four lines of fifit.n syllable s each.

- Ela-patfrj., as, m., N. of a N5ga.--EZa-3tan.it,

f. the piant Mimosa Octandra. - Eld-pura, am, n.,

N. ot a towi..

Flaka, a-, m., N. of a man.

Elika, f. sm-11 cardamoms.

PPT.F Idua (less correctly ildya), nom.

P. tlayatl, -yittem, to be wantonly mischi.vou» or

wild in behas.our, to be m.rry.

PF| i lu, n. a particular mimber.

PfSsfT eltika, N. of a medicinal substance

or piaDt.

PrpS eljka, am, n. probably identieal with

edaka, a wall endosing bones.

Pq I. eta (fr. pronom. base e, see etad,

Zend ostra), so, just «o, exairly so (e. g. ya en edam

itl bra.at, who mr-y say ‘it is so;’ in thi sens.

eca—the more modem word eram); like (e. g. tvam

era yarta, a driver like yoa; bur exampks of cca

in the sens. of imi are rare); indeed, truly, really

(often in thi. sense found in the V eda at the begin-

ning of a verse in conjunctior with 'ther p; .rticles of

affirmat'on,e: pedaily with id, id nu kam, hi,&c.,e.g.

txenP" txm tatdra, he ino-t certainiy cro">ed; er d

hy ari eirayah, thiat art ind.ed hero-nke.

(In its mest fr.quent use oi streDgthening the idea

t^pressed by any word, tva, if translateabie, must be

\ arietis ly reDdered by such adverb» ae) just, cxactly.very,

meidy, only, eveo, at th. verv moment, immediately on,

scare Jv, stili, a're.dy, &c. (.. g. tavatim tva ratrim,

just so long a night; evam tva, uxactly so; tau

na, these verv persone; natirad tva, m no very

long time; apah sprishtvaira, by merely t.n-a.-ing

wt.r; japyt naivn, by sole repetition; ah hui, tva vi,

even withuiit having caten; iti vdanr tva, at the

very moment of saying so; ndnini kirtita em,

scarcr ly h»d the name been mentioncd; sa jivann

eoa, he whilc stili liviDg.

F.ca nry cften be connected with other adverbs

in the sens. of ‘ al«o,’ ‘ likewisc,’ &c., as in the fol-

lowirig examples: tathniva, so also; tathaiva

ea, and so likowise; < va (a, and Uso; ^Aai"a, rnd

also; e^ya va, or apo; na fr na, but not -ISO.

Giimmarians as-ert that era cuts off the fin-1 of bea

whf n it follows that adv.rb, as kr-eva, where pos-

sibly ? i. e. nowhert. Lcxicogr iphers affirm that

tva may imply emphasis, affirmation, detraction,

dimiiiut'or, a mmani, restraint; or K, used as an

expletive; [cf. Goth. aiv, Th, m. a:ea; Old Germ.

eo, io; Mc t. Gcrm. je: p.rhaps also Lat ervum,;

Goth. thus; Old Germ. ehantr; Mod. Germ.

chencr, eben.)

Eealha, ind., Ved. indetd, cert inly, even; (Say.

either fr. rt. 5. (1 assailing the strongholds of enemies,

going to w<ir; (or fr. rt. av) protecting, protection,

^,csistance.

PT 2. eta, as. a, am (fr. rt. 5. i),Ved. qoinfr,

m iving. speedy, quiek; (as), m. a c surse, way, (often

in inst. pS„ e. g. eanad divam pari bhuma svsbh")

cvair aktosha earutah, from ali etemity day and

night move riund heaven and earth in their accus

tomed cours.); earfh, World V; (S5y.) a courser, a

fleet horst; (as), m. pi. way or manner of acting,

mode of pr< ceeding, custom, usag , habit; (Say.)

desire, a hymn which goes or is dirteted to the

object of prais. (c. g. abh^! (aehU suro arva tian,

th. un sees into tbe couduct or the worshipper; or

according to S5). tlie sun being a iord makes maru

fest or granti; de=irea). When the inst. c. is us.d, the

meaning is h-rdly to be distingui:,hed from tnat m

the first example (e. g. nair evaih, in his usual way

of proceedhg; purrycbhir ciaih, in the and.nt

mode; or aicorJiug to Say. with ancient Lynms).

— Eea-ya, as, as, am, Ved. going in ways or

couiacs, i. e. either going qaickly or going the usu; J

way; epithet ofVkhnu; (Say.i gra.iUng prot.ctior.

— Ei-tya-ma. ut, Ved., (Say.) N. of the author oi

a Rig-veda hvmn, but jerhaps mher an exci nxation

«aeening eith.T tea-ya, i. e. ‘ Vishi.u (cf. the pr< -

ceding w ard) and th. Maruts 1' or ‘ movlng Mamts.’

— E> a-yaran, a, d, a, Ved. going qvickly, or going

th. usuai way; epithet of Viehnu ar.d of tbc Mamts;

(Say.) going with horses; grantirg desires.

PsfP tram, ind. (cf. 1. era and etad), so,

thus, in this wav, in «uch ’ manner, such. Evam is

not found in th. c!d.st hyruns of thcYrda, where its

place is t"ken by era, bnt occurs in later hymns 'nd

in the Er5h.nanas, espccially in connecti->11 with the

rt. "id,' to know,’ and its derivatives (e. g. ya evam

veda, he who knows so; cf. evam-eii below). In

clasocal Sansk.it evam occurs very frequently, espe

cially in < mntetion with the roots vad, * to spe"k,

and sru, ‘ to hear,’ and refers to what precede.: as

well a5 to what tollows (e. g. evam uktcc, having so

said; tvamevii*at, this is so; tvam astu or evam

bhavatu, be it so, I a^[sent; asty wam, it is so;

yady evam, if thi" be so; ldm tvam, how so’

what is the meaning of it ? what does this refer to ⁹

malvam, r.ut so 1 evam —yatha or yatha—t ''am,

so—usi. Evam is often used like an adj-ctive (e.g.

evam te radant ratah, rejoicing in such words of

thin.; where evam = tvam-iddhe). Sometim.s

eram is merely an expletive. According to lexico-

graphers erant may imply likeness (so ; s-uneness

of manner (thus); ass.nt (yes, verily); affirmation

(ccrrinly, indeed, assurJly); command (thus, &c.);

-nd bemed as an expletive. — Eeam-rupa,as,a,am,

of such a form cr kind. — Etammdda, as, ru. ,uch

an exprwsion. — Eeam-vld, t, t, t, cr ex a»*-rt iv"S,

dn, nsKi, an, Ved. knowuig so or such, well iustmeted,

tumiliar with what is right. — Era m-vidho, eis, d,

cm, of uch a kind, in such form or manner, such.

— Evam-iirja, as, d, am, strong in such a manner,

possessing such a power. — Evam-vpitta, cs, 0, am,

bchuving or acting thus, of such a kind, —Aram

vritti, is, is, i, behaving thus. — Eean-baram, ind.

in this mar.n. r. — Evan-kala, as, d, am, contaioing

so many syllabic inslants. — Evin-bratv,, us, us, u,

Ved. tt us minded. — Evan-yata, as, d, em, being

in snch a nndition or state, so circum-Unced. oi .uch

kind; (e), ind. under such circumstenn >. — Svan-

yuna, as, d, on;, pnsscssing - ich qualities or meh

good qualities. — Evae-duhsaha, as, a,am, so hard

to bear. — Aran-maman, d, d, a, Ved. so called.

— Evam-avo.stho, as, d, am, so situated. — Awwn-

adi, is, is, i, or eram-adyx, as, c, am, having

such a beginning, of such qualities or kind. — At am ■

prakdra or eram-praya, as, d, am, ot such a kind.

—JSvttm-prabhdva, as, d, am, possessed of uch

power. — Evam-bhuta, as, d, an', ot such quality,

of such a de-scription, in such a manner, so, snch.

— Evambfuta-vat, dn, ati, at, fumishH with any-

thing similar. — Erom-bhuml, u, f. such a place,

a place like the ont just describe d.

lMIT.erara,as, 5,am (fr. x. ena and aram?),

Ved. so pmpaied, reudy; (S5y.) N. of u man.

P--IR? eva-rctda, as, d, am,Ved. so speak

ing, tn-e; (as), m., (S5y.) N. of a man.

pq t. esh (a-ish), cl. 6. P. ecdheti, atshi-

tum «e -shtum, to with, desire.

VV eshta Vrj aindra. 187

Efhta, w, a, am, desired, wished.

VR 2. esh (a-ish), cl. i.P. A., Ved. eshati,

-te, esMtrnm, to hasten near to or towards; to fly at;

»o attack any one; to endeavour to reach or g.in; to

desire; to request.

Eshl', is, f., Ved. setldng to go towards, desire,

wi'h; (S5y.) wishing, (or fr. rt. yaj) worsl -pping.

5. esh, cl. 1. P. A. eshati, -te, eshan-

^ •\dakdra, ethaMakr, e*hifum, to creep,

glide; to go or approach: Caus. eshayati, -yUum,

to pri -be.

I. tsha, as, a, am, Ved. glidiog, nimii,ig; an

epithet of Vi:hnu; (SSy.) to be desired, dei.in.ble;

to be obtained.

RR 2. esha. See et ad.

VR3. esha, as,a, am (fr. rt. 3. ish), seeking,

(as), m. ranning or hastei ing towards; (aixording to

S5y. cshe is an ii.f. fr. rt i, ‘ to go ’) seeking; wish,

electior : (a), f. wish. — E-haishya (cshi-esh?), as,

5, am, Ved. to be sought, desirabie.

Eshana, as, d, am, se king; (as), m. ai iren

-rrow; tam), n. drimp, pressing; -eeking; pr ibing;

vish, desire; (a), f. seeking, wisii, desire, bemging,

«olicitation, request; (i), f. :.n iron or Steel prob-; a

guldsmith’s balance, asuy scales.

Eshanika, f. a gold' mith s baiance.

Eshanin, s, ini, i, scekieg, striving.

Eshanlya, as, d, am, to be desired, de: irable; to

be aimed at; (at the end of a compound) relatmg to

medical examinatior

Esh Uri, id, tri, tri, wishing, desirou

Eshin, i, ini, i, driving, impeUi ng; (at the tnd

of compt undsl seeking, desiring, desiroos of, wishirg

(e. g. Mfalshin, well-wishing).

. Ethlarya, as, a, am, to bt sought, de.irable,

wished;

Eshtri, td, (ri, tri, seeking, desiring.

Eshya, as, a, am, to be -ought for; to be in-

vestig.ited or probtd.

PRRfa esha-tira, as, m. designatiun of a

despistd Brahmanic family. >

tisRri psliyat, an, atz or antl, at (fut. part.

fr. rt. 5. i), what is to c ime, future. — EshyaCkdliya,

as, a, am, future.

JJ? eha, as, a, am (fr. rt. ih), Ved. desbrous,

wirhing.

EI,as, as, n., Ved. anger.

Rf? ehi (imperati-e of rt. g. i st ith a),

come!

IffipiTR ehimaya, as, a, am, Ved., = ahi,-

m aya, q. v., an epithet of the Vilvedevis; (S5y.) of

albpen.idiog intellieence; or the.e deities may be -o

named becai se they uttered o.i one occasion the words

‘ Come near, do not go awcy’ (ehi md yasih. See

Rig-vcda I. 3, 9).

? 1 .ai, the twelfth \ owel of the alphahet,

having the sound of d in heiyhth. — Ai-kara, as, m.

the letter or sound ai.

v 2. ai, ind. (an inteqection of calling or

summonin») Hola,Hc>, Heigh; (a..d of remembering)

Aye, Ha.

V 3. ai. ais, m. an epithet of Slva.

"S _ .

aikadhya, am, n. (fr. ekadhd), single-

ness of time or occurrente; (am or atas), ind. at

once, together.

Aikapatya, am, n. (fr. eka-pati), the sovereignty

of one, absolute monarchy; supreme authority.

Aikapadika, as, I, am (fr. eka-pada), belonging

to a simple word; consisting of single words; the N.

given to the Naigama section of Yaska’s commentary

on the Nighantavas, or collection of Vedic words.

Aikapadya, am, n. unity of words.

Aikabhavya, am, n. (fr. elca-bhava), singleness

of nature.

Aikamatya, am, n. (fr. eka-mati), unanimity,

sameness of doctrine or of opinion, agreement, con-

sent, coocurrence, confederatioo; (as, i, am), con-

nected with sameness of opinion.

Aikarajya, am, n. (fr. eka-raj), monarchy.

Aikalavya, as, m. a patronymic fr. eka-lu.

Aikafatika, as, i, am (fr. eka-iata), provided

with 101.

Aikatfapha, as, i, am (fr. ekardapha), produced

by or belonging to animals with uncloven hoofs.

Aikatfrutya, am, n. (fr. eka-tfruti, q. v.), the ooe

accentless monotonous tone, moQotony.

Aikasahasrika, as, t, am (fr. eka-sahasra), pro-

vided with 1001.

Aikasvarya, am, n. (fr. cka-svara), oneness of

accent (as in the casc of a compound which has only

one accent, though the separate members when un-

compounded are each accented).

Aikdgdriha, as, i, m. f. (fr. eka-dgara), a thief, a

robber breaking iuto lonely houses; the possessor of

one residence.

Aikagrya, am, n. (fr. ekdgra), intentness on one

object.

Aikanga, as, m. (b. ekanga), a soldier of the

body-guard.

Aikatmya, am, n. (fr. eka-dtman), unity of the

soul, unity of being; oneness with the supreme spirit.

AikadaAaksha, as, m. (fr. ekadafa + aksha), N.

of a man.

Aikada&na, as, 5, am (fr. ekdda&m), Ved. be-

longing to a collection or association of eleven.

Aikadhtkaranya, am, n. (fr. eka + adhikarana),

oneness of relation.

Aikantika, as, i, am (fr. ckanta), absolute, com-

plete, perfect.

Aikanyika, as, t, am (fr: eka + any a), one who

commits a single error io reading (who makes one

thing another or otherwise than right).

Aikdrthya, am, n. (fr. ekartha), oneness of aim

or intention.

Aikahika, as, i, am (fr. ckaha), ephemeral,

quotidian, of one day, of the same day; belonging

to a ceiemony which lasts one day, belonging to a

simple oblation.

Aikya, am, n. (fr. eka), oneness, unity, single-

ness, identity, harmony, sameness; the identity of

the human soul or of the universe with the Deity;

an aggregate, whole, total; (in alg.) the product of

the length and depth of the portions, or of the little

excavations differing in depth.

aikshava, as, t, am (fr. ikshu), pro-

duced from or relating to the sugar-cane, sugaiy;

(am), n. sugar.

Aikshavya, as, i, am, Ved. produced from or re-

lating to the sugar-cane.

Aikshuka, as, i, am, suitable for sugar-cane;

bearing sugar-cane; (a«), m. a carrier of sugar-canes;

(<zg), m. pl. the inhabitants of lkshukTyS.

Aikshubhdrika, as, i, am (fr. ikshu-bhara),

canying a load of sugar-canes.

!<* aikshvaka, as, i, am (fr. ikshvdku),

belonging to lkshvaku, of the family of Ikshv5ku;

(as), m. a descendant of lkshvSku; epithet of Puru-

kutsa, and of Da^aratha.

Aikshvaku, us, m. a descendam of Ikshvaku;

epithet of Triian-ku, and of Rama.

ainguda, as, i, am, produced from

the ln-guda piant; (am), n. scii, phalam, the fruit

of the ln-guda piant.

ai66hika, as, i, am(fr. tithd), optio nal,

voluntary, arbitrary, at will.

aida, as, i, am (fr. ida), Ved. contain-

ing anything refreshing or strengthenin;;; containing

thu word ida; (as), m the 501, of Ida, epithet of

Pururavas; [d. alia.)

aidako, as,am (fr. edaka), produced

& >i n the animal Edaka; (<u), m, a species of sheep.

aidarida, as, m. an epithet of

Kuvera; N. of a son of Dafaratha; aiso atda.ila;

[cf. ailmila.]

*\ _{# #}

aiduka or aiduka . am, n. a Wall &c.

O * . • ⁷

of bones and rubbish. See eduka.

aina, as, i, am (fr. ena), produced from

or belonging to the male black antelope.

Ainika, as, i, am, huoting black antelopes, a

deer-killer.

Aineya, as, t, am (fr. eni), produced from the

black doe or female antelope; produced from any-r

thing belonging to a black doe or female antelope;

(as), m. the black antelope; (am), n. a kind of

coitus.

alrdineya, as, m. pl., N. of a

Sakha or bran<-h of the Veda.

«'iujiW aitadatmya, am, n. fabatr. noun

of dadatn.an , the state of having this property

or pecuiiarity.

VWtR aitareya, as. m. a de=cendantof I+ara,

to whom the Aitareya-BrShmana aDd Aranyaka were

rtvcaied; (tw, i, a,n), originating from Aitareya.

— Ailⁿrey<i-br ihmaiia or aiforcydka, avi, a. (scii.

brahmatfa) title of a Brahmana attached to the

Rig-veda and presc ibing the dutirs of the Hotri

pried. It cjmists of torty AdhySyas, divfded into

eight Paudikas. — Aitareyoptmishad (°ya-up°), t,

f., N. of an Upanhhad forming part of the Aitareya-

Ajanyjdka.—Ai/areyni.ani^had-bhd-hya, avt, ij. a

commentary on the last by Sankaricarya.—Aitam-

yopauiihadbhashyarfypahi, f., N. of a commen-

ury on the last work by Anantdnandagiri.

Aitareyin, \ m. a foliower of Aitareya, a rtader of

the Aitareya-Brahmana.

altata, as, m., N. of a Muni of the

family of Ama (Bhrigu), aothor of the Aitala-

pnJ.lpa forming part ot the Kentapa hymns of the

Atharva-veda and n-ed with these hymni in the

ritual belonging to the Rig-veda.

A itniayapa, ce, m. pl. the Jescr ndants of Aitafa.

AitHdya^a, ecs, m., N. of a tcacher.

■'Oteiftieti aifihdsika, as, i, am (fr. iti-

ha*a), derived from andent legend,, legendaiy,

historical, traditional; (os), m. one who relates or

kiiows ancient legends, an historian.

altihya, am, n. (fr. iti-ha; see under

iti, p. 139), traditional instrnetion.

aidamyvgina, as, d, am (fr. idam-

yugo), fit for this yoke or team.

rHl aidh, f. or aidha, as, m. or aidha, f.

(fr. rt. Indh with«?), Ved. flaming, a flame, splendor.

2PT aina, as, m. pl., N. of a ptople.

RVfH ainasa, am, n. (fr. inas), sin.

aindavn, as, 1, am (fr. indu), htnar,

beion-ing or rehting or «‘milar to the moon; (I), f.

the piant Serratula Anthelminthica; (am), n. thf

asterism Mrigasiras.

aindra, as, t, am (fr. indra), belonging

to or sacred to Indra, pr' ceeding from Indra, simila--

to Indra; (as), m. the pirt of a sacrifice offered to

Indra; (’), f. (scii, rid) a verse a ddrewed t- - Indra;

(sal. dis) the east qnart r. of which Indra is regent

(e. g. aiiidryam didi, in the east); the tighteenth

lunar mansion; the eighth day in tht second half of

the month MargaSIrsha, and of the month Pausha;

Ir,dn’s enerpy, personificd as his wife and by some

ideotified with DuigJ; epithet of Durga; mi fortune,

188

~~vy. H~~lfacU aindrajdlika.

ista* ojas.

miscry (personified); N, of a piant, a Iriod < f cucun ■

b;r, Cuci mis M-duspatanus; (aml, n. the eighteenth

lunar mansion (jytththa); wild ginger.

Aindrajallka, as, ?, am (fr. indra-jHa), familisr

with er re'ating to magic, magicai, deceptive, illu«niy;

(a>\ m. a juggltr.

iindraturiya, as, ", am, a libation fyraha' dcc.,

the fourth pari of which is offercd t, Is.dra.

Aindiadyumna, ah, I, am, relating to Indra-

dyuir.na; N. of a country.

Ai,idrahijitil"i, as, I, am (fr. indra-lupta),

afflict .d with morbid baldness of the h^f ad.

Aindrariyma, as, I, am.Ved. belonging to Indra

and VUyu.

AindrcJira, as m. a «pecies of el< phant.

Aindragna, as, I, am, Ved. ^recr. d to or belonging

to Indra 'nd Agn., proceediug from Indra and Agni.

Aindranairrita, as, i, am, belonging to Indra

and Nirriti.

AimirdpauAnc, <u, i, arr, belonging to Indra

ind PSshan.

Airulrabarhaspatya, as, t, am, belonging to India

and Brihi spati.

Aindt ai laruta, as,i, am, belonging to Indra and

the Marut.

Aindrayudha, as, i, am, relating to Indra’s tow

or the rainbow.

Afrdravatuna, as, 1, arr, sacred to Indra rnd

Varuna.

Aindravauhnara, as, i, am, belonging to Indra

and Yishnu.

Alndrasaumya, as, I, arr, belonging to Indra

and Santa.

Aindri, U, m. ?. patiooymic of Jayanta, the 'on

<tf Indrt; N. of Arjnna; N. of the muiikey-kiog

Bili; a crow.

Aind.tga, a•>, i, am (fr. indtiya and omnected

with indra, q. v.), relating to cr belonging te th

scnses, senssal; perceptible, perceived, presept; [am),

n. the World of the sensui; a SeCtion of the Ayur-

v.ds treeting on the '•enses.

Aindnya!:a, as, i, am, rJating to th. sensts;

pereeptibie.

Aindriy^-dhi, is, is, i, thinking ouly cf sensual

pleasur:.

aindhana, as, i, am (fr. irdhara),

com isticg of fiiel; an epith.t of the snn.

PHim rf albhdvata, as, m. (fr. ibhe-rat), a

patri nymic of PratldaHa.

aibhi, f., N. of a piant; = ibhya ?

vrn avyatya, am, n. (fr. iya'), quantity,

number, value.

airammada, as, m. (fr. irammada),

a patri ymic of Dew-mui.i, author of a Rlg-vcda

hymn.

Airammadiya, am,, n., N. of a sea in Brahm5’s

World.

■s .

*M tqoj atrovuna, as, m. (fr. ira-vav =

ird-cat, ‘ possrs.d of or proce.dirnt from w-ter’),

N. of a king of the Nagas; Indrr’s elephant, pro-

duc d -t the chunnng of the ocean.

Airr.vata at, m. a patronymic ofa fabulors r upent-

like being cailud Dhrita-r^shtra; | s .rpent, ont of tbe

dtiufs of th; NSgas or serpcnt-racu, inh-bitlng the

lower world or Patria; N. of the clepbant of Indra,

produced at the ch imi. g of the ocean, and the f ro-

'otype of the elephant race, cons^:dercd alsa ns the

elephant of the < nst quart r; [cf. vaga, whioh means

both ’(rpent and lephunil; an excellent eleph ni;

(as, am), m j. a Mnd ot rcinbuw, consldered as the

long nd nnb nt bnw of Indra; a kind of lightning;

(as), ,n. the orange tree; another ttee, Anear j*

Lac cha, (as, arr), m. n. a vari -,nd wat :rle*s

regioii; (ani), r pl,, N. of a Vrrsha; N. of the

north ,m path of the mooi ; the fhiit of the tre;

aLrtocarp"' I acu-ha; (t), f. the female of Indra'*

elephant; lightning; N. of r piant; N. of th Ravi

river in th; Pariiab; N. of .1 particular portion of th.

nioon¹' pa*h.

hfef/ oirina, am, n. (fr. irina), fnssil or

ro-'lc salt.

aireya, am, n. (fr. ira), a rpirttuous

liquor.

n? airmya, as, t, aru (fr. iniit), gnod for

h-aling wi lundu, (a I laster &<;.)

I?r5 axla, as, m. (— aida), N. of Pururavas

as son of Ili; (am), n. a partii olar number. — .IfZa-

dhana, am, n., N. of a town.

.rlaba, as, m.,Ved. noiso, roaring,

ay. — AUabarkdra, as, a, arn.Ved. makmg a noise,

roaring (epithet of Rudra’s dogs).

ailabrida, as, d, am, Ved. Iiringing;

food; (perLaps related to aildha,)

allavnlv.ka, am, n. a ptrfume.

See e^aralti.

ailarila, as, m., N. of Kuvera as

ron of Il.-viu; (also aidatrida, aidavila, and da-

hila); N, of.- king.

ailnsha, as, m. (fr. ilusJia'), a patrony-

mic Of Kavasha, the: -.uthor of two Rig-veda hymns.

or-id ail-ya, am, n. a perfume; r= elavalu.

atfa, as, i, am (fr. i6a'1, prootedino from

or relating to Siva; divine, suprem-j, regal.

Aiscna, as, i, am (fr. Isana), b Jonging to S \a;

(i), f. (seM. dii) th; quartur of Siva, the north-east

qu rter.—Aisara-ia, <?», m.pl. 1 didna-ja, q.

AUika, as, i, arr, belocqing to Sive; divine,

heavenlv; royal, regal.

AUra,a, as, f, arr (fr. i inara), fit for or belong-

ing to or produc .d by a master, or by the supreme

lurd; mighty, majostic; divire, relating to God;

upreme, royal; belonging to Siva.

Mivarika, at, m. iwith BudJhistsI a theiet.

Aisrarya, am, n. powor, mlgbt, sway; Jominion:

lupremacy; superhum. n pow t ; th, divini : feculties

of omniprc-uncc, omnipottrics.lnvisibility, &c.(some-

times their number is giv.n as fiv., with reference to

the five elemcnts I. — AUvarya-vat, on, at~, at, en-

dowod with snp rhuman ficulties, p.s'esscd of super-

natu-al powen, connected wttr. th m.

d4*t*i aishamas, ind. (ai related to e or *

in ctad or idem, and hamas from sama, ‘year’),

duri.ig this year, in the pres.nt y< ar; [cf. C5r. (rrjTtt,

<ri)y(por.1

Aishamastara, ar, i, em, or ai"hama*Jya, as,

a, am, ol or belonging to the present yrar.

<^jMirU aishanra, as,i,am (b.esha-vvraf),

Ved, w.ak, powerless.

di*ti aisbika, as. i, am (fr. ishikS), eon-

sisting of rtalks rr.-de of reeds cr cane; («*), m. pl.,

N. of a people; aishiJcam parr-a, a 'Cetion of the

tenth book or Sauptik --pa^vi of the Mahi-bhirata

(Adhyiya io- 18).

(jjjeblf*. aishnkdri, ayas, m. pl. (fr. ishn-

kara), N. of 0 tribe or ca‘te. — Aishnkdrr-bhakta,

am, n. the corntiy inhabited by thi, tribe.

RS^fi aishtaka, am, n. (fr. ishtaka),Yt.i. the

sacrificial britks collectiv, ly.

uishtika, as, i, am (fr. 3. ishti),

sacrificial, cert monial.

AishlikapanrHka, as, i, ara, belonging to the

Isht apQrta, «remonial and meritorious.

PfrtlTdidi oihaloukika, as, i, am (fr. ihn-

laka), of this wond, h-ppening in this world. tenes-

trial, sublunary ; (opposed to paralaukdka.)

A-'hika, as, i, am (fr. i ha), of this phet, of this

woi.d, lemporal, woildlv, s.cuhr, loeal; (opf ased to

3muihmika.) — A’.kila-dariiii, I, ini, i, worldly-

minded, concem.d ,bout worldh airurs.

'?ft I. a, the vowel 0, the thirteenth letter

of the ?lph"bet. — O-kara, as, m. the letter or

souod 0.

UTI 2. 0, ind. a iiicatir e partiele, Oh; an

inteijection of calling, Ho, Ho’la; of reminisccnc.,

Ho, Ah; of compassi in, Ah, Oh.

3. a, aus, m. a N. of Biahn,a.

p.o(a-u), onlyoernrringinthepastpasb.

part.— I. ata, as, a, am, Ved. invcked, summoned.

1 ika. as, m. (fr. rt. «d), a house; an

osylum, a refuge (se. oka' b-low); a bird ?; [ci. Lith.

ileis,‘s dwelling;' Ulinirkat: Gr. oiicos belongs

to rt. rik.]

Okat, tiS, n. gratific-tiou, pleasure; place of hap-

pin ss or pleasure, a resting-plae., a hom., house;

an asylum, a retiige.

OHvⁿs, in (irreg. perf. part. Par.?),Ved. de.ighting

in anything; (S5y. meeting togother, United.

Ohsja, an, i, twt.Ved. favourable to the pinmates

of a) house; goed for ho”se, knd to a household ;

(am), n. graMcatiofi, pleasure; a comfrrtabl place

a resting-plao,, a house.

?It<WI okana, as, or oh ani, is,, m. a bug.

See oledanl.

vTtgioi okula, as, m. a oake of fl-iur.

akadani or akkani, f. a bug.

See oknna.

oksh (d-uksh), el. 1. P. akshn.t-, -sM-

tum, to .prinkie over or upon.

~~Jjij~~ okh, cl. 1. P. okhati, okhah-trakura,

* ^\okhitv.m, to be diy ur and; to be able or

aimpet.nt; to ' doni, uffice; to refuse, prev.nt, ward

off: Caus. okhayati, -yikun: Desid. ortkf.ishati.

ⁿgcna, as, d, am (fr. avc.-gana f),

Ved. repukutcd by one’- compamons, solitary, de-

spiseJ; (S5y ) collected, united.

ngiyas = oyyas, comparative of

ugra, q. v.

~JTtTI agha, as, m. (fr. rt. vah), flood,

str.am; a tonent, a rapid flow of watjr, an munda-

tior; a hc’.p or quantity, flo-k, multitu Je, abundance;

the whol.; qnick tim. in mnuc; t' adition, tradibooal

advice or instiuction; [cf.Gr. (>xAos ?]. -■ Ogh o-ratha,

ah, m., N. of a son of Oghavnt and broth.r of Ogha-

vati. - Ogha ia t, an, ati, at, having a stronq stream ;

(an), m,, N. of a prmee, iather-in-law or br jther-!n-

law of Sudarsana ; (ti), f., N. of a d-ughter of Ogha-

vat; N. of the river Sarasvatl.

ankdre. See under arr..

_?mi3 aj (connected with ojas below),

'' * x d. 1. 10. P. ojati, ojitum, or ojayati,

-yitum, to be strong or able; to incrc'se, to have

vital pow.r.

■=TtrI-ja, as, d, am, odd (as the first third,

fifth, fec., in a series).

'.'iWw ojas, as, n. (fr. vj r=vaj; see ugra),

bodily 'trenglh, vigour, energy, abiuty; vltality, the

principle of vital w rmth tnd -ction diffused thruugh-

out the body; virility, the generative freohy; *uppnt,

stay; (in rhetoric) - fom of style, elaborate style,

abounding with cnmpnunds; (in astrology) eacl

alternate sign of the zodiac (as the ,irst, third,

iifth, &C..1; w.ter; light, splendor; met illic lustrc

ojas-tara.

tuanikstation, appr-arauct, ojasa, with strength,

resolute! y, energetically (s jmctimes used at tht be-

ginning of a compound, e. g. •■jasd-krita, donj ener-

getically) ; [cf. amitaujas, utlamavjas, &c.: cf. also

Gr. iyifa; 7cnd aw)a; Hib. og, ‘young, juveni]..,

fresh; oty.‘1chan: HIoijhe,‘entir ness, Virgin i ty/J

— Ojas-tara, as, a, an. (comparative), mot tro„g!

— Oja^-vat,an,ati,at,oi(yab-viii,i, ini, V, vigorous,

p wertul.strong.energ.tic; splendid.bright. - Ojasvi-

ta, f. strength, pow. r. — Ojo-da, a,-, a*, am, Ved.

granting power, streugthcaing, poss-s.cd of strength.

— Oj'iJ>ala, f. (with Buddhists) N. of a goddes of

Bi dhidruma. u

Ojnsina, as, a, arB,Vtd.showin_K strength, pow jrfial.

Ojasya, as, a, am, diowing str< ngth, p iwerfcl.

'),uyu, nom A, ojayate, -yitum, to exhibit

strength or energy, to make eflort; to be strong.

OjUhtha, as,a, nn(r gardcd as superlative <4 vjra,

q. v.), strongest, nost vigorous or vehement.

Ojtyas, an, as i, as (r-garded ?s comparative of

ugrn, q. v.), strongcr, mor». vigorous or vjhcment.

Ojmnn, 5, m., Ved. strength; (Say.) spted; an

instigator.

■SfT? ada, as, m., N. of a minister of Pra-

t2p3ditya.

WRVTi rdaka or adava, os, m. a mustcal

mode whi< h om^;to two of the notes of the «-ale. Ri

and Pa. '

auksha.

189

■dTirsctiT oiUkd or adi, f. wild rice.

adra, as, m. pl., N. of a people and

ountry, th- northern part of Orissa; (as), m. the

China rose. - Odra-pushpa, a,,., n. HibUcu» Rosa

biacnris, »nd its lowers. - Oiirihhyi (°Ta-dW).

f. the China rose.

odha, as, a, am tpast pass. part. of

>- -vah, q. v.), brought or carried near.

^J|| <|| cl. I. P. anati, onan-dakara,

X onitum, to remov„, tabe away, drag

nmg: Cau... onayati, -yitum, auni„at. D.sid.

auninhhat'.

■dTlUu am, is, m. or f. (generally in du. i;

said to be fr. preceding rt.), V-d. a vessel used in tha

preparation of the Soma juice, nnd said to consist of

two pieces (?), heaven and oarth. preserving power;

protection.

I. ata. See 4. 0.

^fhT 2. ata, as, a, am (fr. rt. ve with a),

woven, sewn with the threads across; [cf. prota^\

— Ota-prota, as, a, am, sewn crosswise and length.-

wise, extending to every quarter?; (am)₍ ind. cross-

wise and lengthwise, vertically and borizootally.

Otu, u$_t m. the woof or cross-threads of a web;

(t«), m. f. a cat, (in this sense said to be fr. rt. av.)

In a compound a final a preceding may optionally be

dropped (e. g. sthulotu or sthulautu, a fat cat.)

rH otsa, as, m., N. of an Agrahara.

■“hld ril odot', f. (part. of rt. 2. ud), Ved.

flowing forth, issuing out, rising upwards; epithet of

the dawn.

Odana, as, am, m. n. grain mashed and cooked

with milk, boiled rice; a doud; (n*), f. the piant

Sida Cordifolia. When a name is given to a pupi]

to indicate his attachment to any particular master,

odana may be prefixed to denote that the pupils

nbject is rather food than instruction (e. g. odana-

pamnhjah, a pupil of Panini whose object is only

to be fed by Panioi).— Odanahvaya (°na-dh°) or

odanahvd or odanika, f., N. of a piant.

Odanlya, nom. P. odaniyati, -yitum, to wish to

make mashed food of anything,

'' as, m. or odn,an, a, n. flowing, flooding;

wetting, moistening.

'it\U*t^adhos, as, n. au uddor; = udhns.

^31 -'poso, as, m. (fr. rt. pasd), Ved.

an omament of the head, lock of hair, curi; tuft of

hair?; (S5y.) a hom (fr. upa-& with d).

Opaifin, i, ini, i, Ved. adorned with curis.

afa am, ind. (said to be fr. rt. av; perhaps

riginally om, which mav be deriv.d fr. am, and this

tr. d), a word of soLmn aiErmation and respectful

assent (sjmetimes translated by yes, verily, so b"- ^ft

and in this sense compar. d with Amfen). It is placed

at tho commencement of most HindO works, and as

* sacred xclamation may bt utternd (but not su i,

to bd heard by crs procuie) at the begit.nmg and

end of a reading of the Vedas or previonsly tu any

pray. r. It is also reyarded as a pa-ticn 01 tuspin-ious

salutation (Hail 1). Om ’ppe’rs first in the Upani-

shads as a mysticmnnosyllable.and is there set forth

a the object of pn fouod religious meditation, the

highest spiritual efficacy being atttibuted not only to

th' who’ woil bnt also to the thret ounds a, u, m,

of whioh it consiste. In later times om is the mvstir

name for the Hindn triaJ, and reprcs .nts the Union of

the three gode, viz. a (Vishnu), u (Sivi), m (,Brahma).

It may also be typi.al of the three Vedas. On is

usually called pronam, more rarely aksharan. or

"kakshoram, and only in later times om-kara.

The Buddhists ust o-m at the commencement of

their ridya rjutd-ahsh ari or mystical formulaiy in

I X yliables <viz. nm, ,ndni padmt Mm). Lexico-

graphers aflimi th-t besides the above uses, oit. may

imply oommand or injunction, removal or wardinv

off (Awav' Hence li, and be u-ed as an i lctptive p.-

*ic^e. Gtammarians -ssert that bcforn om a preced-

ing a .11 4 at the _nd of a word should be cut off

l.e. g. vijayonkarah for iCayauiikarah (°ya-on°),

thanlv-givingfor victory; -ee Gram. 38.6). - Oni-kcra,

a*, n. the sacred rnd mystical sjjlabln om; the ex-

damat">n om; pron-Mincing the sylhble om; (d), f.

a Buddhi t Sakti or female personinution ”f divine

niiergy. - Omkira-jrandi a, as, m. title ofa work

of NSrJyana. _ Oinkara-frtha, N. ofa llrtf 1.

— Omkara-hha(ta, as, m., N. of a man.

“tna, as, m. (fr. rt. av, cf. 4. u), Ved.

a protector j any one favourably disposed (towards

another); any one worthy of favour or protection.

Oman, d, m., Ved. protection, .issistance; favour,

kindness; a kind p r on. - Oman-vat, m,, ati, at,

Ved. fr endly, avreeable; fr'ourabk, kind; ‘itiating.

Oi>w'ra, f., Ved. protection, assisfance, kindne;s,

readiness to help. ^D

_ Omya, f., Ved. favoui, protection. — Omya-vot,

an, ati, at, Ved. friendly, favourable.

Wtftnr omda, as, m., N. of a man.

nrimikc, f. titio of a seotion of

the Kathaka Recension of the Yajur-?eda.

orm (a-iirnu), cl. 2. P. A. oniati or

-nauti, -nute, -navitum or -nuvitum, to cover.

^ftr7 ala or olla, as, d, am, wet, damp;

{as), m. an esculent root, Arum CampanuJatum.

tAJ| olond, cl. 10. P. olnndoyafi,

n -yitum, to <ast upwards, thr >w

up; 1 varions r< adings hnve olaj and olj.)

'-b'lfbl«^»f osishtha-hav, a,ghiii, a (fr. asi-

sh'ha — cnhishtka and f‘,(iv), Ved. strikmg vorv

qu cHy; [cf. oshishtha-ddvan.]

^1^1 aska, as, m. (fr. 1. vsh), burmng,

combuffion; (cf. Goth. azgl!; Aogl. Sax. asca,

Old Germ. a?ga; Mud. Germ. asche; Eng. asdes.]

Oshana, as, m. pungency, biting or pu-igeut tast^,

sharp flavour; (i), f. a pot-herb,commonl v called Pfliya.

vTlnTeJ ashadhi, is, or i, f. (a contractiori

fr. arnsa and dhi, * containing refreshment or food?;’

ac 'rdmg to PSnini VI. 3, 132, the form in i is only

used tor the iblique cases in the Veda; but this re

stricti, m does not s^rem to be universal), a herb, a piant,

medicinal plent; an aonual piant cr herb, one that

dies after becommg ripe. - Oshadhi-garbha,at, m.

the moon _;as containing the herbs m its interior).

Osha-Ih-ja, cs, u, am, Ved, bom or ]ivii.g

arnong herbs; pruduo d trom plants. - Odiadhi-

pah, is, m. a physician (ma te- of the medirina)

piant-1; the moon. - <hhadhi-prasttux, as, m., N.

of a mythic town, the town of Himuvat. - Oshaditi-

poti, is, m. th moon. - OshadSu-mat, an, ati, at

Ved. oneeeted with herbs. - Oaluidhisa f³dhi-iia),

os, tn. tho moon (presiding over tht plants). — Osha

dhi-sairdita, as, d am, Ved. imptlled or inhu-

enced by herbs. — Oshadhi-xuktn, am, n., N. of a

hymn.

sfttfJT osham, ind. (fr. rt. 1. ush f), Ved.

quickly, immediateiy.

tMhishtha-dd •an, a,d,a,Ved. giving very quickly.

oshtha, as, m. (contracted fr. ava-

sthn\ the dnwn-hanging !ip, i. e. th^ upper lip (op-

P"Sv.d to adhara), a lip in general; oehthaM or

drdv oshthau, du. the lips, tht two Jips;'(«), f. a

fteper bearing a red flower, to which the lip is cnm-

monly compared (Coocinia Grandis); [cf. Ijirnln

cf. also Shv. Usta, neut. p!.; dstna. f.: Lat. ostium)

In compounds a final a, or d before oshtha may be

optionally dropped (e. g. Umha + oshtha becomes

euher oitnborhtha or Mmimushtha, ‘ red-lipped,’

ind tht tem. of the comp. dj. may be formed in d

or T).~ Oshtha-karifaka, d•>, m. pl,, N. of a fabu

lou: rato who havt their ears' and lips very near

each otherOshlha-kopa or oshtha-prakopa, as,

m. a d.sease ot tht lips. — Oshtha-ja, as, d, am,

pi' 'duc ‘d by the lips, labial. — Oshtharjaha, am, n.

th- root ot th. eu. — Oshtha-pallava, am, n. a lip

or the lips. - <khtha-pu(a, am, n. the cavity made

by openmg the lips. — Oshtha pushpa, am, n. the

piant Pentiptua T mento,a. - <hh 'Jia-rnga, as,

m. any morbid affection of the lips. - Oshthadharr

( tka-adh ), au, du. or oro, n. the upper and lower

Kp. — Osktkopama-phala (°tha-upa,nd-ph ’), f. the

Citeper Brpon. Grandis, whose flower r*semble

a lip.

Oshthaka (at the end ot compound-) = -sht/ia :

(as, d, am), takinp cart of the lips.

Oshthya, o,, d, am, being at th^ lips; belonging

to or fit for ths lips, labial (as the suunds «, ii, 0, au,

p, ph, b, bh, m, v, and th. I padhmJnlya). - Osi -

th/ya-yom, is, is, i, pr duced fiom labial -ounds.

— Oshthya-sthana, as. d, am, pronounced with the

lips, as 0 and av,.

os lina, as, d, am (fr. d, implying di-

mioution, and usfyia), a little wann, teDid.

ilft?' oh (rt. 2. uh with a), cl. 1. A. ohato,

-hitum, to understand, adqiit, receive.

Oha, as_t m. (fr. 2.uh)_t Ved. meditation; (Say.)

bringing, performing; reaching.- Oha-brahman, a,

m., Ved. really a Brahman, a Brahman valued as one ;

(S3y.) one who has sacred knowledge.

Ohala, as, m., N. of a man.

Ohas, as, n., Ved. idea, true notion ; (Say.) praise.

Ohana, as, d, am, considering, reflecting on.

1. au, the fourteenth letter of the

alphibet,^ having the sam^ sound as m in mrr.

— Av-kara, as, m. the lett.r or sound au.

■ au, ind. itn interitetion of calling,

Ho, Hola; of addressing, Oh; of prohibition and

ot asseveration.

3 . av, aus, m. sound; an epithet of

ffesha ir An nta; (aus), f. the earth-

.dlTstviefi aukthikn, as, m. (fr. uktha), a

BrSh-.nf ,. -.equainted with the Ukthas, reciting them.

Aukthfkya, am, n. the text of the 1‘kthas

l'ikthya, am, n. a peculiar mode of recitation

auksha, as, i, am (fr. nkshan), Ved.

3 C

100 ~~-fl~~i~~emfa~~l auksha-gandhi. WW audhasa.

relating !o an ox, derived from ont, &c. — A nksha-

ijcmdhi, is, f., N. of an Apsan,.

Autrhaha, am, n. a muhitrde of oxen.

Aukshna, as, i, an., rehting to nn ox, drrived

fri >m oik ; (aa), m. a patronymic from Ukshan.

■wU«n«< aukhlya, as, m. pl. the followers

of 1'kha.

STiar aukhya, as, a, am (fr. ukha), boiled

or drcsstd in a fot.

augroscni, is, m. or ungrosenya,

as, m a pa!r uiymic fr. uara-st/ux.

Augrasatnya, as, m. an .pithet of Yudhamsr.u-

shti.

Augrya, am, n. (fr. ugra\ hoiribleness, drud-

fnlness, ficrceness.

TlTe auqha. as, m. (fr. rt. vah), a fiood;

[cf. oghaJi

STTgaq aucathya, as, m. (fr. u(athya), a

patrcnymic of Dlrgh -tam-s of the tamily of An-gnas;

[cf. o ftathga.)

auiitya, am, n. or auditi, f. (fr.

adita), aptness, litr.^is, pr aprietv, smtablcness • taking

pleasurc in anything, habituatior..

i auddaiJuravasa, cs, m. (fr. ud-

daih-iraras), N. of Indra^,f horse

>.nIt|H cujasa, am, n. (fr ajas), gold.

Anjasika, as, i, am, encrgete, vigorou', acting

with sfength or enerpy; (as), m. a hero.

Avjavya, conducive to vitality or energy; (diu), n.

freshness or vigonr ot lifc, energy.

aujjihayauaka, as, m. pl.,

N. of a gramn.atical school.

aitjjvalyo, am, n. (fr. vj-jvala),

brightness, briiliancy.

'iTdfd '■udavi, ayos,m. pl.,N. of a warrior-

trib-^j.

A udaviya, as, m. a princt of this tribc.

^4* audupika, as, i, om (fr. udupc),

cro^ing in a boat; (os), m. a passcngtr, one going

in a raft or boat.

audumhara. See avdvmbaro.

■et 13 pii fa uudulomi, is, m. (fr. udulaman),

N. of a philonapher.

aadra. as, m. pl., N. of a people and

th. couotiy inhabited by thcin. Seo odra.

.n l n 3; avtanka, as, i, am, belonging to

Utarrka.

-iin*4 autathya, as, m. (fr. utatha), an

tpitliet of Dlrgha-tamrs.

«iwsM av.tkanthya,am, n.(fr.utkantha),

dasire, longing for. — Autkanthyosi'at, an, ati, at,

desimus, longing for.

autkarshyc, am, n. (fr. ut-kursha),

exceiience sup .riority.

'smsrfH auttami, is, m. (fr. uttama), epithet

of the third Mano.

AWwuAka, os, i, am, reiating to tht gods who

are in the highest place pn the sky)

^TTrlT auttaro, as, I, am (fr. i. uttara),

hving in th<: rnrth.

AuVarapathika, as, i, am (fr. uttara-patlui),

going or Corning in a northerly dircctien.

Auttarapadika, cs, i, am (fr. nltaia-pada),

compre acnding the last word or term(?).

AufararuHka, as, i, am, lielonging to the Ut-

tara-Vedi.

Amtaradharya, am, n. (fr. uttaradhara), state

of being btlow and abnve.

Auttaraka, a», I, am (fr. altaraha), o( ot b .long-

ing to the tollowtng day

Auttarcya, as, m., N. of a son of Uttara.

e.. _

tH' attanapada, as, and auttmu-

padi, is, m. (ff. uttdna-pada), a N. of Miniva; (ir

myth"logy) the son of UttSra-p⁵da, and gra idsou of

the tirst Manu; (in astron. >m)i the poiar 'tar or the

north pol. itself.

'HTrilfe) °h avtpattika, rs,i, am (f*. ut.-patti),

iobora, innate; natural; produced at the sam. time.

hStlrMM autpata, as, i, am (fr ut-pata),

trcating of portents.

AutpatHa, as, i, am, porttntous, prodigions. *-

tounding, caiamitcus; (am), n. a portent.

TnrTTP autpada, as, i, am (fr. ut-pnda),

relating to or treating of birtb or prt luction.

vtimta*# autputika, as, i, am (fr. utputa),

receiving anything with the m< uth or beak tuni' d

upwards.

tald autra, as, i, am (for auttara?), gross,

roufh, inexact.

^T7?T autsa, as, i, am (fr, born or

produced in a well or fountaiiu

autsangika, as_f i, am (fr. wt-

sanga), carried or placed upon the hip or flank.

Wr^rf^i autsargika, as, r, am (fr. ut-

sarga), that which is phandoned (utsrijyate) or

liable to be abolished in exceptional cases, but valid

generally (as a rule of gramraar); general as opposed

to special, not particular, not restricted, abandoning,

omitting, leaving; terminatiog, completing, relating

or belonging to a final ceremony by which a rite is

dismissed; natura), inherent; produced directly and

naturally; derivative. — Autsargika-tva, am, n. the

generality of a rule.

autsukya, am, n. (fr. utsuka),

anxiety, disquietude, uneasiness, regret; ardent desire,

longing, eagcrness, zea!»

audaka, as, t, am (fr. udaka), aquatic,

watery, of or belonging to water. — Andaka-ja, as,

d, am, produced by aquatic plants.

Audaki, ayas, m. pl., N. of a warrior-tribe.

Audakiya, as, m. a prince of this warrior-tribe.

audanki, ayas, m. pl., N. of a

warrior-tribe.

Audanktya, as, m. a prince of this tribe.

^ ri audandana, as, i, am (fr. ud-

antana), contained in a pitcher.

vd^fricf audanika, as, t, am (fr. adana),

one who knows how to cook mashed grain &c., a

cook; one to whom mashed grain is given at regular

times.

Audanya, as, m. a patronymic of Mun^ibha.

audapana_tas, i, am (fr. uda-pdna),

raised from wells or drinking fountains (as a tax);

coming from the village UdapSna.

audameghlya, as, t, am, belong-

ing to Audameghi.

d ^^ audayaka, ds, m. pl. (fr. ud-aya),

a school of astronoiners who reckoned the first motion

of the planets from sunrise.

vt i i* ft.cfj audarika, as, i, am (fr. udaro),

greedily voracious, gluttonous.

Audarya, being in the womb.

audala, a patronymic from Udala;

N. of a S5man.

audavdpi, a patronymic from

Uda-v5pa.

Audavaphja, as, d, am, belonging to Andav5pi.

andavd.hr, a patronymic from

Uda-vSha; N* of a teacher.

audasvita or audaAvitka, as, i, am

(fr. nda-dvit), made of buttermilk; (am), n. butter-

milk with ao equa! proportion of water.

audasthdna, as, t, am (fr. uda-

sthana), accustomed to stand in Nvater.

audattya, am, n. (fr. uddtta), the

state of having the. high tone.

audarika, (with Jainas) the gross

body which invests the soul.

'-sl^15 audarya, am, n. (fr. udara), gene-

rosity, nobility, magnanimity, greatness.

■silqIrq auddsinya, am, n. (fr. ud-asina),

indifference, apathy.

Auddsya, am, n. indifference, stoidsra, philosophy,

solitarines5, loneliness.

audumbara, as, i, am (fr. udumbara),

coming from the Udumbara tree, made of its wood;

(as), m., N. of a region abounding in Udumbara

trees; a form of Yama, the regent of death ; (ds), m.

pl., N. of a people; (i), f. (scii, tdkhd) a branch of

the Udumbara tree; (am), n. the wood of the

Udumbara tree or a piece of the wood; the Udum-

bara fruit; a kind of leprosy; copper.

Audumbaraka, as, m. the country inhabited by

the Udumbaras.

Audumbarayana, as, m., N. of a grammarian.

Audumbari, is, m. a prince of the Udumbaras.

vHslIef audgdtra, as, i, am (fr. ud-gatri),

relating to the UdgStri priest; (am), n. the office of

the Udg5tri priest. — Audgdtra-sara-sangraha, as,

m., N. of a commentary of Rudraskanda on the

DrShy5yana Sutras.

audgrabhana, am, n. (fr. ud-gra-

bhana; scii.yajus), N. of certain sentences recited

at the Dlksha.

audddlaka, am, n. (fr. uddala or

uddalaka; scii, tnadhu), a bitter and acrid sub-

stance like honey, said to be found in the nest of the

white ant; N. of a Tlrtha.

Auddalaki, is, m. an epithet of Svetaketu, of

Kusumvinda, and of Aruni.

auddesika, as, t, am (fr. ud-desa),

pointing out, showing, indicative of; enumerating.

auddhatya, am, n. (fr. ud-dhata),

arrogance, insolence, overbearing manner, disdain.

auddharika, as, i, am (fr. ud-

dhara), belonging to a portion or share, selected,

portionable, heritable; (am), n. a portion or in-

heritance.

audbilya, am, n. (fr. udbila), joy-

ful excitement.

audbhcrt, is, m. (fr. ud-bhhro), a

patronymic of Khandik i.

wI-nt cudbhijja, as, m. (fr. udbhijja),

N. of a man; (am), n. fossil salt.

Audt>Hda,us, i,am (ir.ud-bhid), springing forth,

issuing (js ftom r well); forcing one’s way towards

an object, victorious; (am), n. spring water; fossil

salt, rock or sambher sali.

Audhhidya, am, n., Ved. forcing one’s way to

victory victe riousrr^s.

-M' ^) fp + audrahika, as, i, am (fr. ud-vaha),

relating to norrriage; (am), n. a gift made to a

wom-n at her marriage.

.NIVJTT avdhasa, as, i, am (fr. iidhas), being

in the udder. contained in the udder (as railk).

audheya.

Wfxfrf^ihl aupoditeya.

191

^?TVH audheya, as, m pl., N. of a famrlyj

N. of a school.

aunnatya, am, n. (fr. un-nata),

height.

amiuetra, am, n. (fr. un-netri), the

office of the Un-netri.

uupakaraika, os, t, am (fr. upa +

Icat na), being near the ears.

SH!4^ctirtl^{* l}4 aupakalipya, as, a, am (fr.

upa + hcddpd), being near the girdle.

■ei(M«til5 aupakarya, am, n. (fr. upa-karya),

a r. sidencc; a tent.

Aupakvrvdnaka, as, i, am (fr. npa-kinana,

q. v.), belonging to the Upa-kurv5na.

■wlMJN tmpagava, as, t, am (fr. ttpa-gu),

belonging to Upagu; a patronymic from Upagu.

Aupagaraka, as, t, am, belonging to the A”pa-

gavas, coming from the Aupagavas; worshipping

Aipaeava; (am), n. an aiaemblagc of Aupagavas.

IM ^fVs-t Ai avpagrastika, as, m. (fr. vpa-

grasta) or aupagrahika, as, m. (fr. upa-graha),

an eclipse. the sun or moon in eclipsi..

vulMiPf^ cupadarika, as, i, am (fr. upa-

(ard), metaphorical; figurative.

oai M «i-rt PH auparchandasika, am, n. (fr.

upa + dhandas), N. of a metre of twu line*, each

cnntainir.g 16+ 18 svllabic inatants or 12 + 13 ket;

see Gratn. 970.

aupajandhuni, is, m. a patro-

nymic, N. of a teacher; also spelt ampaicmdhcmi.

vtiMJi auprjanuka, as,i, am (fr. upa +

jana), being opon or near the knees.

riflM rf oupatasv^:ni, is, m. patronymic

of a R5ma mentioned in the Satopatha-BrShmano.

rHTMdfai^ aupadesika. as, t, am (fr. upa-

deAa), living by t-aching.

aupadravika, as, i, am (fr. upa-

drava), re'ating to -~ympto:ns, troating of them.

aupadrashtrya, am, n. (fr. upa-

dmshtrf),Ved. tht state of b.ing an <ye-witness;

nperintendeno-

aupadharmya, am, n. (fr. upa-

dharrna), lal-e doctrinc, heresy; inferior virtue.

JrTtrfira aupodVka, os, i, am (fr. upa-dhi),

deceitfnl, deceptive.

aupadhenava, as, m. (fr. upa -f-

dhe.iu), N. 01 a physici-n.

oupadheya, as, i, am (fr. upa-dhi),

serving for thi part of the wherl of a carriage, called

l padhi • (am), n. the wheel of a carriage.

r-M M ri I c| fri sh atipanayrinika, as, i, am (fr.

npa-nat/ana), relating to or serving for the rite of

investiture, belonging to it.

aupanasika, as, i, am (fr. upa -f-

■ nasa), being near the nose.

oHTSpTfxfW aupanidhika, as, i, am (fr. upa-

t lidhi), forming a deposit, relating to a deposit, de-

pnsited; (a,a), n. a deposit, the thing pledged or

leposited.

'i!l|f»mr* aupanishatka, as, i, am (fr. upa-

mshad), living by an Uptnisftad.

Aupanishada, as, i, am, contamed in or tanght

in an I panishad, scnpfral, theological; (as), m. the

follower of an Upanish-d.

' 4 ril Pq^5 otipamoika, as, i, am (fr. upa 4-

nni), being near tne NIvi, i. e. a doth with which

women cover thtir loins.

nupapakshya, as, d, am (fr upa-

paksha), being in the 'rm-hole.

SiNsPrleti aupupottika, as, i, am (fr. npa-

patti), present, ready, at hand, within reaeb, fit,

oroper, answering a purpo;..

'-•t i M MI Pii «h aupapatika, as, l, am, one who

has committed an 1'pa-pat’ka, q. v.; {am), n. title

of a Jaina UpSn-ga.

vimHlJ'* aupapddvka, as, i, am (fr. vpa-

Jjad jka), prodnced by one's self.

wnjefrT aupabhrita, as, t, am, belonging to

or being in the ladle called Upa-bhnt.

srfxpraiW avpamc.nyava, as, m. a patro-

nymic from Upa-manyu; N. of Mah3f3la jabkla;

of PrSdlnasSla; of a grammarian.

'Ttxrfins aupamika, as, i, am (fr. $.upa-ma),

serving for or forming a companV-n.

Aupamya, am, n. condinon of resemblanc. or

equality, similitnde, compari; 01 ; orten nsed in com-

position (e.g. a.n-avpaihya, haviog no ecual, un-

paralleledi.

‘cilse¹ aupayaja, as, i, am, belonging to

the sentences called Upa-yaj.

'M m Pm =ti avpayika, as, i, am (fr. upoya),

leading to an < biect, answering a pmpose, proper, fit,

right; (am), n. a means, an expedient.

vtlM*tlfa(cn aupayaugika, as, t, am (fr. upa-

yoga), relating to the employment or applieation of

(a remedy &c.).

aupara, as, m. (fr. upara), a patro-

nymic of Danda.

'fi I m I Pri 3i o.ypatojika, as, d or i, am (fr.

vpa-rdja), relating to a viceroy.

dlluff? cnparishta, as, i, am (fr. upa-

rishtat), being above, produced jbov..

A<J.paHM,cdta, am, n. part of the Kama-sutra, in

amatory work by VatsySyana.

Wtfcfira anparaidhika, as, m. (fr. upara +

sdha ; sa\. danda), a statf made of th^ wood of the

Pilu tree.

auparaudhika, as, i, am, (fr. upa-

rodha), proceeding from or relating to kindness or

favour; opposing, impeding, connected with or re-

lating to a check or hindrance; (as), m. a staff of the

wood of the Pilu tree (used in guarding the women’s

apartments ?).

aupala, as, i, am (fr. vpala), stony,

of stone; raised from stones (as a tax).

vflMcTflftlQfi aupavasathika, as, i, am, or

aupavasathya, as, d, am (fr. upa-vasatha), de-

signed for or belooging to the Upa-vasatha; (am),

n., N. of a PariSishta of the S5ma-veda.

Aupavasta, am, n. (fr. upa-vasta), fasting, a fast.

Aupavastra, am, n. fasting; food suitable for a

fast.

Aupavastraka, am, n. food suitable for a fast.

Aupavasa, as, t, am, given during fasting, to be

done during fasting.

Aupavdsika, as, i, am, proper for fasting, ab!e to

fast.

Aupavasya, am, n. fasting.

^TTW*T aupavdhya, as, d, am (fr. upa-

vaha), designed for driving in a carriage or for

riding; (a cnrriage) drawn for pleasure; (as), m. a

king’s elephant, any royal vehicle.

anpavindavi, is, m. a patro-

nymic from Upavindu.

aupavesi, is, m. (fr. upa-vesa),

Ved. a patronymic of Aruna.

Aupavdika, as, i, am, living by entire devotion

to any employment.

aupasivi, is, m. a patronymic of

Upa^iva; N. of a grammarian.

axipasleshika, as, 7, am (fr. upa-

6lesha), relating to close or immediate contact.

aupasankramana, as, I, am,

anything presented or proper to be done at the

Upa-san-kramana.

aupasankhyanika, as, 7, am

(fr. upa-sankhyana), depending on the authority

of any addition or supplement, mentioned in one ;

supplemenlary.

aupasada, as, t, am, an Adhyaya

or AnuvSka in which the word Upasad occurs; (as),

m., N. of an Ek5ha ceremony.

aupasargika, as, i, am (fr. upa-

sarga), superior to adversity, able to cope with

calamity; portentous; relating to change &c.;

superinduced, produced in addition to (or out of

another disease); connected with a preposition, pre-

positive; (as), m. irregular action of the humors of

the body, producing cold sweats &c.

aupasirya, as, d, am (fr. upa +

sira), being near a plough.

aupasthana, as, i, am (fr. upa-

stlidna), one whose business is to serve, wait on, or

worship.

Aupasthanika, as, i, am, living by waiting on or

worshipping.

Aupasthika, as, i, am (fr. vpa-stha), living by

fornication.

Aupasthya, am, n. cohabitation, sexual sjnjoyment.

aupasthunya, as, d, am (fr.w^a +

sthuna), being near a post.

aupasvastt, f. a patronymic of

a woman. — Aupasvastz-putra, as, m., N. of a

teacher.

Wtmrfera avpahastika, as, t, am, living

by Upa-hasta(?).

^STRfTft^i aupaharika, am, n. (fr. upa-

hara), an offering, oblation.

^Tmrfv^T aupadhika, as, i, am (fr. upa-

dhi), conditional; pertainiug to attributes or pro-

perties, an effect produced, a property or quality

communicated (as colour, taste, &c.).

aupadhyayaka, as, i, am (fr.

upadhy-aya), preceptral, of or relating to a spiritual

teacher, coming from a teacher.

aupanahya, as, d, am (fr. upa-

nah), used for making shoes; to be tied or bound

on (as grass, leather, &c.).

vi nnftRi aupdyika = aupayika, q. v.

aupavi,is, m. (fr. updva), a patro-

nymic of j5na£ruteya.

aupasana, as, m. (fr. upasana;

scii, agni), the fire used for domestic worship;

(scii, pinda), a small cake offered to the manes;

(as, i, am), performed with the fire called AupSsana;

connected with or belonging to worship or Service,

devotional, holy.

vriM q anpeya, a patronymic fromUpeya(?).

sfhfrf^frT aupoditi, is, m. (fr. vpodita),

Ved. a patronymic of Tumihja.

Aupoditeya, as, m., N. of the son of Upodita.

/

ka.

192 w aum.

aum, ind. the sacred syllable of the

Siidr?s; [cl. omi)

ouma or aumaka or aumika, as, F, am

(fr. unia), flixen, made of flax.

Atmwa, am, n. a ficld of flax.

iHTTn auraga, as, i, am (fr. ura-ga), ser-

pent, serpentine, rclating or belonging to a snakc;

(am), n. the constellation ASlesh2.

*3TT« aurabhra, as, i, am (fr. ura-bhra),

belonging to or produced from a ram or sheep; (as),

m. a coarse woollen blankct; N. of a physician; (am),

n. mutton, the flesh of sheep; woollen cloth.

Aurabhraka, am, n. a flock of sheep.

Aurabhrika, as, i, am, relating to, produced by,

&c., sheep; (as), m. a shephcrd.

aurasa, as, m. (fr. urasa), an in-

habitant of UraJi.

tHTTH i. aurasa, as, l, am (fr. uras), be-

longing to or bcing in the bre.st; pr duced from

the oreast, i. e. the eat ot manly itrength, produced

by one’« sJf; legitimate; (as, i), m. f. a legitiir.ate

child, i. e. on- by a wife of the Same caste.

Auraska, as, I, am-, excellent, distinguish. d; [cf.

urasja.]

Aurasya ('/), belonging to or being in the breast;

legitimate.

^fTJT 2. aurasa, as, i, am (fr. urasa. or

uram), ominp from Urasa.

aurukshayasa, a patronymic

trom Uru-kshayas=Um-kihaya.

WfT7 rrr.ta oi avrncka, os, i, am (fr. urna),

.rude of wool, woollen.

Aurryinahha, a patronymic rrom f "rna-nUbh"

iunianabhaka, as, F, am, inhabited by the tribe

of the (jnu-nJbhp

Aiuna.ahha, - patronymic of Urna-vSbh'; N. of

a graounarian.

„u' ni^Ka, as, i, am, woollen.

mtifcirTfcT^ aurdkvakdlika, as, a or i, am

(fr. urdhrn-kali), rclating to sntsequent or later

time.

Avrdhvadeha, am, n. (fr. itrdhva + deha), a

tuneral ceremony.

Aurdhvadekfka, as, a, am, reftrring to the scite

after desth, re'.atit.g to a deceased per! on, ny rite

prrformed ir hon )ur of the dead ■ fbnereal, fnneral;

tam), n. the obsequie. of a deceased person; tuneral

solemnilies; whatever is give'. or performed on a

person s deCease, af buming of the body, offenng

cakci, di tributing alms, &c.

Aurdk.jadalh.ika, as, t, am, fnn.real, fui.eral.

Aurdhvasadniar.it,arii,n.(u.urdhra + g ndmau),

N. of a Slman.

Av.rdhvasrotatiko or a-irdhvasiotasika, as, I,

ani (fr. urdhva-srntus, a N. of Siva, ‘above whjm

or in whose head is the river or the Gange»’), a Saiva

or idherent of the sect which vives Siva the pic-

eminence in the HindQ triad.

aurva, as, m. (a patronymic fr. urva),

N. of a Rishi, a son of Urva end descendrnt of

Bhrigu, mentmned in Rig-veda VI1T. 102, 4 (This

Auivi, who is talled BhSrgava and describi d in Ma-

ha-bh. 1. -610. as a son of Cyavana by his wite

A r nelil nd therefnrt grandson of Bhrigu, is tlie sub-

ject of-a ltgend told in Maha-bh. I.6802. There

it i* s-id that the son of Kritnvfry i, wishing to destroy

the dc« rendants of Bhrigu in order to recover the

wealth Lft thrm by their tither, slew even the cbildren

in the womb. One ot the wom. n of the family of

Bhrigu, in order to preserv. her embryo, secreted it

in her thigh («r»), wi.ei.ee the child at its birth wrs

named Aurva; on btholding whom, the sons of

Kritavlrya wcre struck with biindness, and from whose

wrath procecJ. J a Punis that threatenrd to destroy

the World, had not Aurv¹ at the persuasion of the

BhSrgavas ust it into the ocean, where it remained

concea! d, and having the fac< of a horse. Aurva

w-s afterward- preo-ptor to Sagara and gave him the

Agneyastram, with which hc conqner .d th barba-

ri»ns who invaded his possessions; cf.badava-niukha,

badavagni); a N. of a son of \ asishtha; (as i,

am), prsdnced by Aurvu, relating to Aurva; (as),

m. submarine £re; (am), n. fos.il siit. — Aurrdnala

(jua-an°), ac, m. »abm rine rire.

■^TTTJT aurvaJa, as, I, am, an Adhyaya or

Anuvata containing the word Urva»!.

Aurvaieya, as, m. an epithet of Agastya, the son

of Urvail.

aulapi, ayas, m. pl. (a patronymic

fr. vlapa), N. of a warrior-tribe.

Adlapin, iras, m. pl., N. ot a school.

A.daii-ja, as, m. a pnnee of the Aulapis.

ST3THa«fana,Ved.areservoirforwater(?),

a sacrificial oblatiun (?).

^rhjjrai a-tiHka, am, n. t,fr. uluka), a number

of owls.

Anlukya, a patronymic tiom Uluka; (as), m. a

iollower ot the Vaiieshika doctriiie; (‘ likt an owl;'

this etymi ilogy, and perhaps th. epithet itself, owes

it» origin tr contr'versi j animosity.) — Avlu^ja-

darsana, am, n., N. of the systtm of these pniio-

«ophers treattd of m the Sarvadari-na-saneriha.

auiikhala, as,i, am (fr. ulukhala),

coming from a mortar; grouud or poonded in a

moriar.

vi 1 -q<u| avltanyu, am, n. excess, super-

ibnndance.

vu aurmaka, am, n., N. of a song

(GTtakal.

■sHfSIVf ausrma or ausanasa, as, t, am,

onginating from Usatus, p-culiar to him; (as, i), m.

f. a patronymic from Ufanas; (am), n. (scii, ia*tra)

the law-bo-k of Usanas; N. of an Upa-purana; N.

of a T*xtha.

vVlO)'R ausija, as, i, am (fr. v.slj), Ved.

desirous, vealoas wishing; a patr.mymic of Kak hlvat

and others; (as), m., N. of a Muni.

’a!$flvp ausi nara, as, i, m. f. a prince of

the Usinara ; (i), f. the wife of Pur-ravas.

Auslnari, is, m. a prince of the Uiilnaras.

auslra, as, am, m. n. (‘made of

Uslra’), the stiik which servei as a htndle to the

cow’s tail n»ed as a fan or chowr; the cow’s tail

used as a fan, the chown; (am), n. a bed, used also

as a seat; a Seat, a chair or stool; the root -f n tra-

gmnt gra"S, Andropogon Mnricatusn; an unguent,

made of Usira.

A 'isirika, f. the- jhoot tof a piant); a basin, a

bowi.

vTi mcj aushana, am. n. (fr. ushana), pun-

gency; bl-ick pepper.

-ci (M n te aushadasvi, is, m. (fr. oshcdasra),

a patr mymic of Vcsumat.

IHTtfV nushadha, as, i, am (fr. oshadhi),

consisting of herb»; (am), n. a herb, herbs callec-

tiVely; herbs used in medicine, a m Jic mei t, a drug,

a medicine in genercl; 1 vessel tor herbs; a mincral.

— Aushadkavafl Cdha-a" ''), f. a medical work com-

pos d by PrSnakrishna.

Anshadhi, is or F, f. n herb, a piant, a medicinal

herb, an animal or decidu >us piant, as grrss fice.; a

piant in eeneral, = (khadhi, q. v.; (i), f., N. of a

voddcss. — Avshadhi^pati, is, m. an epithet of the

Soma, lord of the pknts.

Ausha/lhi-kri, cl. 8. P.A. 4'aroti, -hwrute, -kar-

tum, to reduce to a medicam.nt.

.•Ius/i ulhiya. as, F, am, ITK dici.uf, consisting of

herbs, herbv

iSTirt aashara or ausharaka, am, n. (fr.

uskara), fossil salt; iron stont.

SnTfl ovshasa, as, f, am ( fr. vshas), rclat-

mg to dawn, carly, matutina!; (F), f. day-break;

morning.

Aushusya, as, d, am, sacred to Ushas or the

dawn.

Aushika, as, i, an' (fr. a. usAa), walkinc ont at

day-break; early, matutinal, tScc., with the dawn.

*UftT5T aushija or aushija, desirous &c.;

#NOM?

aashtra, as, i, am (fr. ushtra), dertved

trom or relating to a carnei; abonniir.g in camels ;

(and, n. the cimel genus or speciei, camel-nsture.

Amhtraha, as, i, am, coming or derived from a

cam.l; (am), n. a herd or multitude of camels.

Aushtraratha, os, i, am (fr. usf-tra-ratha), be-

longing to a ccniage drawn by camels.

Aushtrakshi, is, m. ffr. ushtra + aksha), epithet

of a tencher.

Av^hirika, as, F, am, coming from or relating to

a cimel.

•BIU aushtka, as, 7, am (fr. oshtha), lip-

haped.

auskmha, as, i, am, Ved. in the

Ushnih metre.

^TTrt «S aushnlka, perhaps e ivrong re ading

for aushiislia, = ushn~shin.

■et j e-fisl rushnya, am, n. (fr. vshna) or aush-

mija, am, n. ffr. ushman), heat, warmth; hnming.

ab 1. jfca,tlie first consonant of the alphabet,

and the first of the guttural letters, corresponding in

sound to k in keep or king. — Ka-kdra, 08, m. the

letter or sound ka. — Kakara-varga, as, m. the

guttural consonants collectively.

2. ka, kas, kd, kim, interrog. pron. (see

Am and 2. kad, and cf. the foliowing words in which

the interrogative base ka appears, katama, katara,

kati, katham, kada, karhi, kd, &c.), who ? which ?

what ? In its declension ka follows the pronoun lad

(Gram. 223) except in nom. acc. sing. nent., where

kim has taken the place of kad or kat in classical

Sanskrit; bnt the old form kad is found in the Veda.

The interrogative sentence introduced by ka is often

terminated by iti (e. g. kasya sa putra iti kath-

yatdm, let it be said, ‘whose son is he?’), but iti

may bc omitted and the sentence losc its direct

interrogative character (e. g. kasya sa putro na

jndyate, it is not known whose son he is). Ka with

or without as, * to be/ may express ⁴ how is it possible

that?' ‘what power have I, you, they, &c.?’ (e. g.

ke mama dhanvino'nye, what can the other archcrs

do against me ? ke avam paritratum, what power

have wc to rescue you?). Ka is often connected

with a demonstrative pron. (e. g. ko ’yam aydti, who

comes here?) or with the potential (e. g. ko Ilarim

nifidet, who will blame Hari ?). Ka is sometimes

repeated (e. g. kah ko *tra, who is there ? kan kan.

whom? whom ? i.e. which of them? cf.Gram. 53.0),

and the repetition is often due to a kind of attrac-

tion (e. g. kcshdm kiin gastram adhyayaniyam,

which book is to be read by whom ? Gram. 836. a).

When kim is connected with the inst. c. of a noun

or with the indecl. participle it may express ‘ what is

gained by doing so, 8cc. ?’ (e.g. nirujah kim au-

shadhaih, what is the useof medicine to the healthy?

kim vilambena, what is gained by delay ? kim ba~

huna, what is the use of more words? kim pauni-

sham hatvd suptam, what manliness is there in

killing one aslcep ?).

cf? ka.

lya

Ka is often followed by tbe particles iva, u, T(inia,

nu, va, svii, sume of which serve mcrelv to gene-

ralive the interrogation (e. g. him ha otad, what

can this be? ha u tiavat, who can f jssibly hear?

ho nama jdnati,v/hc indeed knows? ho nvaycm,

who is this t him »w ka>yam, what is to be done’

ho ja <levad auyah, who posjblv othcr than i vod ?

karua «vid hrvrfayam na uti, of whai petson is there

no heart?).

Ka i* occasionally used alone as an indefinite pro-

noun, c'pecially in negative senttnces (e. g. ,ia hasya

ho vallabhaJi, no orn. is a favourite of any one;

nanyo jdnatl hah, no on. ehe knows; hatham sa

ghat iyati ham, how dues he kill any one ? More

usually, h-wever, ha is only made indefinito whtn con-

nected with the particles da, Cana, did, va, and api,

in which case ha may sometim--. bt preceded by the

relative ya (e. g. ye he va, any p-rsoa. whatsoever;

ytuyai hasyai ea devatayai, to any deity whatso-

ever ; yani kani da mitrani, any fiiends whatsoever;

yat hiiida, wh itever). The partic!, dana, being

composed of da and na, prop.rly gives a negative

ibree to the pronoun (e.g. jasmad I.tdrad rite

hiddaru’., without which Indr*. there ^:s nothing), but

the negative sens- is gcneraily dropped (e. g. kaddana,

any one; na had^fana, no one), and a relative is

si imetimf > connected with it (e. g. yat kinidcma,

anything whatsoev .r). Examples of did with the

interrogative are common; vi aud api are not so

common, but the latter is often fnind in classical

Samkrit (e. g. hadHd, any "ne; hevid, some; na

hadvid, no one; na hinvid api, nothing whatso-

ever; yah haKid, any one whatsoever; hedit—

hecit, some—other»; yaemir, htmmrt va dt^st, in

any ejuntry whatsoever; na ho ’pi, no one; na

himapi, nothing wh-tev.rj.

Ka may son.etim s be used, like 2. had, at the

Leginning of a camp -und. See ha-puya, & c.

■^i 3. ha, as, m. the Who ? the Inexplieable,

the IVJaiown. By a f-rced and -rroneou. mteipreta-

tion of the inteirogitive pr jnoun occurring in a hymn

of the Rig-veda (X. ui. hasmai devaya hmiska

vidhema, what god shali we worship with oblati--ns ?)

the word ha is applied as a name to any chief ge d

or objeat of worship, as PrajSpati, lirahm., Vishnu;

airorwind; the sun; the mind; the toul; Yama;

K ima-deva, the god of love; fire; a peacock; a N. of

Daksha (3 elever or dextercus manV); a kn--t, inint;

the king of the birds; a prlnce in genoral; *hc body;

time; weaith, property; sound; Iight, splendor.

4. ka, am, n. (also regarded as ind.),

nappineas, joy, pleasure; water; the head, hair; a

head of hair. (Perhap^{* 1} this word ha: arisen from a

far-fetehed etymology of the word naha, ‘ pleasure,’

i. e. na-a-ha, ‘ not-not-plesure.’) — Ka-ja, as, d,

a,m, produced in or by water, watery, aquatic; (am),

n. a lotus, — Kd-da, as, m. ‘giving water,’ a doud.

Kam, ind. See r. ham, s.v.

3i 5. ha, a Taddhita affix much used in

fnrming adjectives. It mav also be rdded to nouns

to expre s d minution, deterioration, or similarity

(e. g. putraka, a little son; adraka, a ba i horae or

like a horse).

harnyya, as, u, am, or knrnyyv, ns, us, u

(&. I. ham), happy, prosperous; act^rding to other

authorities also written kamya or kamya or kamra.

kamvula or kavula, am, n., N. of

the eighth Yoga, = Arabie

3T3T kanfa, as, am, m. n. = kansa, q.v.

hans, cl. 2. A. kayste, -situm, to go;

to command; to destroy. See has.

kansa, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr. rt.

2. kam; aocording to others fr. the last), a vessel

made of metal, a drinking vessel, a cup, a goblet (a

noun ending in as followed by kansa in a compound

does not chacge its final, e. g. ayas-kansa, payas-

kaksha.

kansa, &c.); a particular measure; a metal, tutanag

or white copper, brass, bell-metal; cf. kansasthi and

kamya; {as), m., N. ofa king of Mathura, son of

Ugra-sena and cousin of the DevakT who was mother

of Krishna, (Ugra-sena being brother of Devaka, who

was father of Devakl.) He is usually called the unde,

but was really a cousin of Krisbna, and became his

implacable enemy because it had been prophesied to

bim that he would be killed by a child of DevakT

(Vish. Pur. p. 493); as the foe of the deity he is

identified with the Asura Kalanemi; and, as he was

ultimately slain by Krishna, the latter receives epithets

like Kansa-jit, the conqueror of Kagsa, &c. j (a), f.

N. of a daughter of Ugra-sena and sister of Kansa.

— Kansa-kdra, as, i, m. f. a worker in pewter or

white brass, a bell-founder, considered as an inter-

mediate caste. — Kansa-jit, t, m. an epithet of

Krishna, the conqueror of Kansa. — Kamaianij, k,

m. a brazier or seller of brass vessels. — Kansa-

badka, as, m. the slaying of Krishna; title of a

comedy of Sesha-Knshna. — KanscwnaksMka, am,

n. a metallic substance in large grains, a sort of

pyrites. — Kansa-yajna, as, m. a particular sacrifice.

«■ Kansa-vati, f., N. of a daughter of Ugra-sena and

sister of Kansa and Kans3. — Kama-han, a, m. an

epithet of Krishna, the destroyer of Kansa. — Kansa-

hanana, am, n. the slaying of Kagsa. — Kansardti

{°8a-ar ), is, or kansari {°sa-ari), is, m. epithet

of Krishna, the enemy of Ka^sa. — Kansasthi (°«a-

as°), i, n. tutanag, white copper, any alloy of tin and

copper. — Kamodbhavd (jsa-uiK), f. a fragrant earth.

Kansaka, am, n. a mineral substance, a salt of

iron used as an application to the eyes.

Kamika, as, i, am, made of bell-metal &c.

Kanslya, as, d, am, fit for or relating to a cup;

(am), n. bell-metal.

tl K kain-sara, as, d, am, Yed. (rice) the

grain of which hardens in the centre.

kak, cl. 1. A. kakate, 6akake, kaki-

tnm, to be unsteady; to be proud; to be

thirsty; [cf. Lat. vacillo for qvacillo.]

^rarsrrariT kakaja-krita, as, a, am, Ved.

mutilated, tora to pieces.

kakanda, as, m. gold; N. of a king.

kakara, as, m., Ved. a kind of bird.

kakardu, us, m. (?), Ved. destruction

of enemies.

«tiohiP<5cfii kakatikd, f.,Ved. a part of the

back of the human head, (enumerated together with

mastisKka, laldta, and kapdla.)

kakunjala, as, m. the bird Cataka;

[cf. Jcapifljala.]

kakutsala, as, m., Ved. an ex-

pression of endearment applied to a child (?).

kakud, t, f. a peak or surnmit (cul-

men) ; chief, head; any projecting corner; the hump

on the shoulders of the Indian bull; a hom ; an en-

sign or symbol of royalty, as the white parasol &c.;

N. of a daughter of Daksha and wife of Dharma.

(According to native grammarians kakud is the form

which must be substitutcd for kakuda at the end of

compounds, e.g. gri-^a7i:tfd,three-peaked.) — Kakut-

stha, as, m., N. of a grandson of lkshvaku and son

of ^a^Sda, said to be so called because in a battle he

stood on the hump of Indra, who had been changed

into a bull; aocording to the Ram3yana he is a son

of Bhaglratha. — Kakud-mat or kakun~mat, an,

att, at, running high (as a wave); fumished with a

hump; (a??), m. a mountain ; a buffalo with a hump

on his shoulders ; N. of a medicinal piant; (ti), f. the

hip and loins; N. of a metre ;1 fcf. Lat. mcdmenj

— Aakudmi-kanya, t.

a nver (‘ mountain-daughter'). — Kakud-min, i,ini,

i, peaked, humped ; (mi), m. a mountain; a buflalo

with a hump on his shoulders; an epithet of Vishnu;

N. of a prince of the Anartas; (ini), f., N. of a river.

— Kakudruma, as, m. (for kakud-druma t), N.

of a jackal in the Pandatantra. ^Kakud-vat, an, m.

a buffalo with a hump on his shoulders; (£i), f., N.

of the wife of Pradyumna.

Kakuda, as, am, m. n. the summit of a moun-

tain ; chief, pre-eminent; the hump on the shoulders

of the Indian bull; a species of serpent; an ensign

or symbol of royalty, as the white parasol, &c.

— Kakuda-katyayana, as, m., N. of a Brahman

who was a violent adversary of Sakya-muni. — Ka-

kuddksha (°da-ak°), as, m., N. of a man.

kakundara, am, n. the cavities of

the loins; (kakudmati-dara tj ci.kakudmati and

kukundara.)

cf&p^kakubh, p, f. (connected with kakud),

a peak or summit (cacumen); space, region or quarter,

as east, west, &c.; N.of a metre of three Padas con-

sisting of eight, twelve, and eight syllables respectively,

so calkd because the second Pada exceeds the others

by four syllables; unomamented hair or the hair

hanging down as a tail; a wreath of Campaka

flowers; splendor, beauty; a Sistra or sacred treatise;

a RaginT or personified mode of music; the personi-

fied quarter of the sky; a daughter of Daksha and

wife of Dharma.

Kakubha, as, a, am, Ved. excelling, distinguished;

(a«), m. a kind of goblin or evil spirit; the tree

Terminalia Aijuna; a part of a lute called the belly,

a wooden vessel covered with leather placed under its

neck to render the sound deeper, or a crooked piece

of wood at the end of the lute; one of the Ragas or

personified musical modes; N. of a man; N. of a

mountain; (a), f. space, region, quarter; one of the

RaginTs or female personifications of music. — Kakvr

bhadani t^bha-ad?), f. * food of the sky,’ a kind of

fragrance or perfume; [cf. naft.]

KaJcuha, as, d, am, Ved. eminent, excelling others,

excellent; (as), m., Ved. a part of a carriage, perhaps

the seat.

kakeruka, as, m. a worm in the

stomach.

3TSI; kakk, a various reading for kakk, q. v.

kakkata, as, m., Ved. a species of

animal, perhaps a kind of bird.

«tiSgrt kakkula, as, m., N. of a Bhikshu.

kakkola, as, m., N. of a piant bear-

ing a berry, the inner part of which is a waxy and

aromatic substance; (am), n. or kaJckolaka, am, n.

a perfume prepared from the berries of this piant.

kakkvalla, as, m. a patronymic of

Guna<5andra.

kakkh, a various reading for kakk,

q.v.

kakkkata, as, d, am, hard, solid;

(?), f. chalk. — Kakkhata-pattraka, as, m. the .

piant Corchorus Olitorius; (rope is.made from its

fibre.)

kaksha, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. kash),

a lurking or hiding-place; an inner recess, the interior

of a forest; a forest of dead trees, a dry wood (the

lair of wild beasts), grass, dry grass; a spreading

creeper, a climbing piant; the armpit (as the most

concealed part of the human body); the side or flank;

the orbit of a planet or the circle anciently termed a

deferent; sin; a buffalo; a gate; the Beleric Myroba-

lan or Terminalia Belerica; (a), f. painful boils in the

armpit, side, shoulder, &c.; an elephants rope, th6

string roond his neck, also his girth; a woman’s

girdle or zone; a surrounding wall, a wall; a place

surrounded by walls; a court or court-yard; an en-

closure; a secluded portioc of an edifice; a private

or inner chamber, the private apartment for women

&c., a room in general; a particular part ofa carriage;

3»

194

cRsjvt kaksha-dhara.

kutiha.

rescmtlaoce, 'imiiarity; cbiection or reply in "rpu-

mcDt; emuhtion, nvr.liy, object of omuhtion; the

jewjlerh weight, the R.tti; (as, ai, ni, f. th- tnd of

the lower garment which, alter the doth is carritd

ronnd the body, is brooeht up behind nd tucked

into the waistbmd; a bnidtr, lacv; the scalc or bssin

of a balance; (am), n. a st'.r, a coneteHation (perhaps

i wrong reading for j-iksha); (5«), m. pl., N. of a

pe »pb . — Kaksha-dJui ra, am, n. th< part ot the

body where the upper "rm is connected with the

shonlder, the shoulder-joint. — Kah lux-jm, os, m.

one of the nioe trusuros ot Kuvera j [cf. kaddhapa.]

—Kafrha-puta, a«, m. the rmpit; title of a

work on magic, — Kaksha-ruha, f. a fragrant grass,

Cypenis. — KaJ.nha-caya, as, m. a dog; [cf.

kankadaga.] — Kaksha~*una, as, m., N. of a R3-

larshi. — Kaksha-ftka, as, a, am, situabd on the

side, seated on the hip or flank.— Kakshadhyaya

(’'eha-adh°), as, ni, N. of a part of a commentaiy

by Bhudhart on the SOrva-siddhJnta. — Kakshan-

tara ('«Aa-nti¹'), am, n. the inner or private

apartm ,nt. — Kak hd-pata, at, m. a doth p-sstd

between the legs to cov er the privities. — Kaksk d-

jiu(i, is, m., N. of a physirian; wrong reoding for

kakr.haputi *). — Kak.hdvdskaka, as, m. (k-aksha

+ tnxkghaka ff. rt. iksh with ara), a gunrd of the

inner or queen’s aprtmcnts; keeper of a royai

garden; a door-keeper; a poet; a debanchee; a

player, a painter; w-math of fecling, streogth of

entiment. — Kak‘ki-krita, as, a, avi, ass-uted, pro-

misci, (touching the armpit with the hand was per-

haps a ma.iner of affirming an/thing: cf. urasi bri

under uras.) — Kakshotihd ("sJia^ttC ), f. a fragrant

grass, Cyp-rus.

Kaleehaka, as, m., N. of a Naga.

Kakshafa, vs, m., N. of a piant. ^

Krr 'shinja, nom. A. kakrhdyaft, -yihirr, tc w-it

for any one in a hidden place lit in ambush; to

intend -nything wick_d.

Kahshma, dn, m. (ff. kakshjti), N. of a ren >wned

Rishi, som-time» c illed Pajriya; ho is the anthor of

slveral hvmns of the Rig-veda, and is described in

f genis as a son ' f Usij and I)Tr rha-tamas; (antae),

i... pl. the faroily or the desctndants of KakshTvat,

Kakshitj (, as, m., N. of a son of RjudrSsv’ and

Ghritidl.

Kalcshya, as, a, am, Ved. cons^!sting of shrubs or

dry grass; s xnet; (S5y.) filling the girth, as a well-fed

horse; (a), f. the girth of an elephant or horse, con-

sisting of rope >r 1< ather; a woman’s girdle or zone;

metaphoricaliy the hngers (endrding the Soma cupi;

an upper garment, the border or lace of one; the

r ndosure of an edilice, i. e. either the wall &c. so en-

dosing it, or the court or chamber constitoting the

-odosure, the inner apartm .nt of a palace; imilarity;

clfor*, txertion; a shntb yielding the bla. k nd rtd

berry that serves as a jewcller’< weight, the Retti or

Gunja, Abms Pacatorius; (am), n. the <ep or re-

< jptacle of balance; e p; irt of a carriase — Kakshya-

jrra, as, a, a,n, Vtd. filling the girth (as . well-fed

• horst). — fCakshya-rat, an, ati, at, furnished v itn

a girth. — Kakshydyrkshaka as, m. = kaksha-

vrhshah), q.v. — Kakshya-sto*ra, am, n., N, of a

hymn by DivSkara-vatra.

kakh, cl. i. P. kakhoti, -khitum,

s.to laugh, langh at or deridet Oaus. P.

kakhayati, -yitvm, V cause to la-gh; [cf. lat.

r ac hi I,nare ; Gr. Kaxd(w, fta¹

kakhya, f. an enclo«ure, a rlivision

of a large building; (a wronn reading for kakshyd)

fOTT kacj, cl. i P. kaaati, -gitum, to act,

V perform.

"t? kank, cl. t. A. kankate, -kitum, to

g°i [cf.Hib. rtehtt, ‘ watking;’ cincalr, ‘a

way, a road Lith. kanku; ifs-kanl H, • to come to.’]

=S3? kankti, as, m. a heronfabird of prey?);

a kmd of m-ngo; an epith.it of Yama; N of a

king; a Vrishni; a ion of Ugra-sena, a son of Sdra;

pl., N. of a p-ople; a title of Yudhishthira (from his

aesuming the disguisc of a Bi ihman before king

Sfirita); a fals, or pretended Brthman; a man of

the s eond or mihtary tribe tp-rhaps a man ot that

caste pretendioc to be a Brahmar.); one of the

eighteen divisions of the continent; the brother of

Kajsa; (51, f. a sort of sandal; scent of tl,e lotus;

N. of a dar ghtcr of Ugra-sena rnd sister ot Kan-ka.

—Kanka-M, t, t, t, Ved. coiltcted inte a hsap

resembling a heron. — Kanka-fllarfa, as, ni., N. of a

Rak-has. — Kinka-trota <fs, or kcmka-troH, is, m.

a kind of hsh, ormmonly ka.ikila; Esox Kankila.

— Koaka-pattra, avi, n. a heron’s feath.-r fxed on

an rrrow; (as, a, am), fumish .J with the fcathe rs of

a heron; (as), m. an arrow furnished with heron s

feathers, — JCankapa>trin, i, (ni, i, wmished with

heron’s feather'. — Knnka-pan-an, a, m., N. of a

serpent,—Kanka^mala, f. a kind of musical instru-

ment; beating time by d tpping the hands. — Kcrtka-

,nukha, as, i, am,, shaped like a heron's rnooth;

(as, am), m. n. a pair of tongs, a *ort of frreeps.

— Kanka-iatm, us, m. the piant Desmodinm

Gangeticum. — Knrtka-Saya, as, m. a dog ^sietping

like a heco).

cf kankata or kankctoka, as, m. (gaid

to be tr. rt. ka.ik), mail, defensive armour; an iron

hjok t) goad -n eleph int.

nankateri, f. turmeric.

3^JTT knnkana, as, am, m. n. (said to be

fr. rt. kai), a bracclct, an omament of the wrist

(used also as a weapon); a string or ribbon tied

r< nnd the wrist; an omament ronnd the foot of an

elephant; any omameot or trinket; a crcst; (i), f.

a 'mali bcll or tiokling omament; at omament

furnished with hells: see kirtkini ; [cf. Lith. kan-

kala-s.]— Krnkann-pura, am, n., N. of a town,

called from Ka>tkana-var h%. — Kankana-iniya,

as, m., N. of a serv.-nt of Siva. — Ka,tkana-bhu-

shana, as, c, am, adomed w.th tinkling oma-

m^ote — hankana-mani, f. the jewel in a braoelat.

— Kankana^varsks as, m., N. of an ilohimist;

epithet of the king Ksh-magupt i.

Kankanin, t, int, i, omam-.rteil with a bracfio t.

Kaakaulkd, f. aD omament tumished with bells;

a string tied ronnd the wrist.

kankata, as. i, am,, m. f. n. or kanka-

tika, f. a comb. t hair-comb; (as), m. a tree; laccord-

ing to Sjy.) a poisonons animal, a slightlv v.nomous

rcptil- (mentioned in a verse ot Rig-veda I. tyt,

used as a mystical spell against poison).

Kankatiya, es, m. pl., N. of a family.

efTJtJT" kankara, as, i, am, vile, bod; (am),

n. buttermilk mixed with water; a high number, =

too niyutas.

kcnkaeoia, as, m. the plnn^f Alan-

gium He xapv.talum. S-e nik^c.ka.

eti kamkaiodya, am, n. a kind of

dmg,n alkalodya.

qJTW kankala, as, am, m. n. a skeleton;

[cf. Mod. Gr. KuKaXov. ] — Kankdla-ketii, us, m.,

N. of a Pinava. — K'inl dla-bhairarn-tantra, am,

n., N. of a Tantra. — Kankaln.rn.dUn, t, m. an epi-

thet of ffiva, whost n tklace is formed of bones.

ojlcd⁷! ankalnya or kalkalaya, as, m.,

N. of an riuthor.

^ kattka, vs, m. = kangu, N. of a son

of Ugra-sena and broth r ot Kanta.

kankushtha,as, m. atnedicinal earth,

d. scribed as of two cokurs, one of a silverv and on-

of a gold colour, or one of a light and one of a d*rk

yellow.

^ J-q kankisha, (?) Atharva-veda IX. 8, 2.

Hnkf-ru, vs, m, a kind of crow.

kanktlla as, m. the tree Jonesia

A^oka; a kindof pot-herb, Chenopodium Esculentum.

KanJiclU, m, m. Jonesia ASoka.

+3jto5 kankola, as, m. a king of the N agas;

N. of the author of a hymn called Ganapaty5r3dhana.

kankho, am, n. enjoyment, truition;

(perhaps a combination of ha and l;ha.)

kangu, us, f. or kungtmi, f. a kind of

Panii seed, Panirum Itahc.m; several varieties of it

ar- cultivated rnd form arrides of food for the pc ar.

— Kartguni-pattrd, f. a kind of grass, =panydndha.

stjJcJ kangula, as, m. the hand; [cf.

anguli.]

ka(, cl. I. A. ka(ate, 6aka(e, ka6i-

to bind; to shine; P. kadati, to

sound, cry; [cf. Jiant!; cf. also Hib. caejit, “ a strait,

a narrow plact.; buuds, fetters.’]

Ka(a, (u, m. th- hair (e ipecially of the ht-d); a

cicatrix, a dry or heied sore, a scar; i binding, band;

the hem of a garment; a clond; N. of a son of

Briha'pati; N. of a p’acc; (5), f. a female eleph tnt;

bi anty, brilha. icy; [d. a-kada, ut-kada, 8ci.] — Kaia-

pa, as, m. ¹ doud-drmker,’ gias.; a leaf; (am), n.

t vessel for vegetables; a Itaf of a veg stable f*).

— Kaia-paksha or kada-pasa, as, m. thick or

cmament. d hair. — Kaca-mala, as, m. smok-; iper

liaps a wrong reading for kJiaHmdta’), —Kat!a-

ripu-phala, f., N. of a tree; see *ami. — Ka a-

hasta, as, m. thick or orramented hair, a beautiiul

head of hair. — Ka^/d-kadi, ind. hair again .t hair,

pulling oach other’s hair. — Ka *aHta ( ^J!a-a<f), as, 5,

am, having long or dishevelled hsn, — Karamnda

(°da-am°), am, n. a fragrant ointment for the hair.

koiangana. am, n. a free market,

a placo of sale paying no duty or cust im; [cf. knran-

gana, angana, and angaria.]

kaiangala, am, n. the oncan ■ X.

nf a region.

sfi^T^S Ka/dkv, vs, vs, v., ill-disposed,

wickcd; intolerable, difficult to be bome; d'fficult

to b. attain _d; (us), m. a snakj.

cSqTTT kaddtura, as, m. a gallinule. See

ddtyuha.

WZ kadii, us, f. an esculent root, Arum

Colocasia and other kinds, many of which are culti-

vated for f >od. See kadvi.

kadela, am, n. a string or cover con-

taining and keeping tngether the leavr' of a m.nu-

script; (perhap- a various riading for kifama.)

&3Z kaedata, am, n. an aquatio piant, =

ialaplppiti.

cfiaT ka((ara (kad-6ara,) as, a, am, dirty,

foul; sp )iled, spoiled by dirt; vile, wickcJ. ba.i;

(am), .. butt .nuilk diluted witl water; [cf. kan-

kara, katwra, &c.]

c(^(?kai~l^:id(=kad-tHd). Seottndcr2.ind.

kaddha, as, am, m. n. (in the first

sense a PrSkrit form for krl.sha; cf. ltaddhafSci),

the hem or end of a lower garment tuek< d into th-

girdlt or wai rtd and; (aco uding to some m. f. n. in

th. next semes, accoiding to otherj only m.) a tank

or an” gmund bordering on water, as th- margin of

a river, lakv, tank, exc.; a mound or ooseway,

watery «oil, manhy ground, a marsh, a morass, low o'

flat land skirting m mntains; N. of several plaos; (as),

ni. pl. the peopii n.habiting th :m; (as), ni. a j irt

of a boat; a particul r part of a tortoist; a tre-, the

timber of which is used for making fumiture &c.,

Cedrela Toona or c-mmon Tfln; -nothtr tree,

Hibiseus Popnlneoid-s; (a), f. a crickct; the piant

Lycnpedinm Imbricatum; see rdrafii. — Kaidha-

srarq kaiiha-pn.

kati-tra.

19f>

rleia, as, m., N. of a piacf.. — KatfJui-pa, as,

m. a turtle, a tortoise (as inhabiting marshy

places); a tumour on thc palate; an apparatus used

in thc distillation of spirituous liquor, a flat kind of

stili; an attitude in wrestling; ihe tree Ccdrela

Toona; one of the nine nidhis or treasures of

Kuvcra; N. of a N5ga; a son ofVi£v5-mitra; N. of

a country; (*), f. a female tortoise or a small species

of tortoise; a cutaneous disease, wart or blotch; a

kind of lute, also the lute of Sarasvati (so named from

being similar in shape to the tortoise). — Kaddha-

pa-deda, as, m., N. of a place. — Kad&ha-bhu,

iis, f. marshy ground, a swamp, a morass. — Kaddha-

ruhd, f. a kind of grass, Durva, Agrostis Linearis,

Panicus Dactilon.— Kaddha-vihara, as, m., N. of

a marshy region. — Kaddhanta (jdha-an⁰), as, m.

the border of a lake or stream. — Kaddheiwra

(?dhari$°), as, m., N. of a town.

Kaddhatika or kaddkdtika or kaddhdti, f. the

end or hem of a lower garment of cloih gathered up

behifld and tucked into the waistband.

Kaddhapiha, f. a pimple, a blotch or wart; a

wart accompanying gonorrhoea.

Kaddhara, as, m. pl., N. of a people.

KaMhotilca, f.—kaddhaiikd, q. v.

ofrfen kaddhiya, ds, m. pl., N. of a people;

(various readings have kdksfoi and kaddha.)

kaddhu, us, or kaddhu, us, f. (said to

be fir. rt. kash), itch, formation of watery pustules on

the hands &c., scab. (The form kaddhu is the older

and more correct form.) — Kaddhitrghni, f. the piant

TrichosanthesDioeca; mother piant, = hapuyabheda.

— Kaddhii-mati, f. the piant Carpopogon Pruriens,

said to cause itching on being applicd to the skin.

Kaddhura, as, a, ara, scabby, itchy; unchaste,

libidinous; (a), f. thc piant Alhagi Maurorum; a

species of Curcuma; the piant Carpopogon Pruriens.

Kaddhora, am, n. a kind of Curcuma.

kadvi, f. a piant with an esculent

root (Arum Colocasia) cultivated for food.

kaj,. cl. i. P. kajati, -jitum, to be

V.happy; to be confused with joy, pride or

sorrow; to grow, (in the last sense a Sautra root.)

^iiT ka-ja. See under 4. ka,

kajinga, os, m. pl., N. of a people.

kajjala, as, m. (in the first sense

from kad-jala), a doud ; (am), n. lampblack, con-

sidered as a collyrium and applied to the eyelashes

or eyelids medicinally or as an omament, also sulphu-

ret of lead or antimony so used; (d, i), f. the fish

Cyprinus Atratus, or any kind peculiar to stagnant

waters, whence the name; (t), f. sulphuret of mer-

cury, j£thiop’s mineral; ink. — Kajjala-dhvaja, as,

m. a lamp. — Kajjala-rodaka, as, am, m. n. the

wooden stand or tripod on which a lamp' is placed,

a candlestick. — Kajjali-tirtha, am, n., N. of a

Tlrtha.

KajjaHta, as, d, am, covered with lampblack or

with a collyrium prepared from it.

~<Krr£s6kajjvala,am,r\. lampblack, especially

considered as an application to the eyes; [cf. kajjala.']

kahd, cl. 1. A. kahdate, dakahde,

\ kanditum, to bind; to shine; [cf. ka6

and Adnd.]

^^iZ kahdata, as, ra. the aquatic piant

Commelina Salicifolia and C. Bengalensis.

Kandada, as, m. the piant Commelina Bengalensis.

kahdara, as, m. the sun.

cfc 1 kahdikd, f. a small boil; the hranch

of a bamboo.

of leather; the cast-off skin of a snake; (1), f., N. I Clitoria Ternatea = aparajita; N. of a tree. — A”afa-

of a piant. | malint, f. wine or any vinous liquor. — Katam-

kahduka, as, m. (fr. rt. kaiid?), a dress

fitting elose to the upper part of the body ; armour,

rpail; a bodice, jacket; thc skin of a snake; cloth,

ciothes; a kind of drawers or short breeches; a strap

Kandukalu, us, m. a snake.

Kandukita, as, d, am, fumished with armour or

mail.

Kandukin, t, ini, i, fumished with armour or

mail; (i), m.an attendant on or overseer of the women’s

apartments, a chamberlain ; a libidinous man, a de-

bauchee, one addicted to women; a ierpent; N. of

several plants, Agallochum, barley, Cicer Arietinum.

— Kanduki-redaka, au, m. du. the chamberlain and

the forester.

Kandulika, f. a bodice or jacket.

Kanfiila, as, am, m. n. an article of female dress,

perhaps a bodice.

kan-ja, as, m. (fr. kam = head), the

hair; (fr. A*am=water), an epithet of Brahma; (am),

n. a lotus; the Amrita or food of the immortals;

(as, d, am), produced in or from water; (in com-

pos ition kanja may follow or precede the term

compounded with it, e. g. kanja-vadana or vadanar

kanja, a lotus-face.) — Kanja-ja, as, m. an epithet

of Brahma (bom from a lotus). — Kanja-nabha,

as, m. an epithet of Vishnu.

kanjaka, as, m. a kind of hird,

Gracula Religiosa.

Kanjana, as, m. the bird Gracula Religiosa, the

bird of Kandarpa; N. of Kandarpa, the deity of love.

Kanjala, as, m., N. of the bird Gracula Religiosa.

kanjara, as, m. the belly; an ele-

phant; the sun; an epithet of BrahmS.

Kanjara, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. kaj), a peacock;

thc belly; an elephant; a Muni or holy sage, an

hermit; the sun; an epithet ofBrahm^; also =

vyanjana (?).

kanjana, as or am, m. or n. (?), N.

of a place.

kahjika, f. the piant Siphonanthus

Indica.

~~^ j~~ 1. kat or kant, cl. 1. P. katali or

\ kantati, -litum, to go.

-arrr 2. kat, cl. 1. P. katati, dakdta, kati-

¹*\tum, to rain ; surround; to encompass, to

cover or screen.

Kata, as, m, a twist of straw or grass, a straw mat;

a screen of straw; the hip; the hollow above the hip or

the loius; the hip and loins; the temples of an elephant;

a particular throw of the dice in hazard ; (at the end of

some compounds) much, excessive (but in the words

avakata, utkafa,prakata, and sankata considered

as an affix); N. of a Rakshas; a corpse; a hearse, a

bicr, a bed &c. used for conveying a dead body; a

place where dead bodies are bumt or buried, a place

of sepulture; a time or season; excess, superabundano.;

the piant Saccharum Sara; an annual piant; grass;

a thin piece ofwood, a plank; (am), n. (considered

as an affix at the end of compounds), dust of flowers ;

(i), f. long pepper; (as, i, am), an agent in any

action. — Kata-khddaka, as, d, am, eating much,

orie who eats voraciously; (as), m. a jacka!; a crow;

a glass vessel, a tumbler or bowl. — Kala-ghosha,

as, m., N. of a region in the east of India. —Kata-

nagara, N. of a place in the East. — Kata^paUi-

kuiidika, f. a straw hut (?). — Kata-palvala, N. of a

place in the East. — Kata-putana, as, m. a kind of

demon (a Kshatriya not performing his duties is bom

after his death as such a goblin); a kind of Preta or

inhabitant of the lower regions; see putana and

andhaputana. — Kala-pru, us, m. a_t worm; one

who gambles or plays with dice; an epithet of S'iva

or Mahadeva; a Rakshas, an imp or goblin; a kind

of demi-god, one of the class of Vidyadharas. — Kata-

protha, as, m. the bnttocks. — Kata-bhanga, as,

m. gleanfng, plucking or gathering corn with the

hands; the destruction of a prince; royal raisfortune,

as deposure, defeat, &c. — Kata-bJit, f., N. of several

plants, Cardiospermum Halicacabum (an annual piant);

bhara, as, m. the piant Bignonia Indica; another

piant,—kafabhi; (a), f. several plants, Pcederia

Fetida; a medicinal piant, Katukl; a sort of cucum-

ber, Cucumis Madraspatanus; Bcerhavia Diflusa, Ale-

tris Hyadnthoides; hog-weed; a female elephant;

red arsenic. — Kata-wrana, as, m. ‘wounding in the

hips,’ a N. of Bhlma-sena. — Kata-darkara, f. a frag-

ment of a mat broken off, or of straw; the piant

Guilandina Bonducella; [cf. ka(u-karaiija.) — Kata♦

sthala, am, n. the hip and loins, an elephanti tem-

ples.— Kataksha f/a-aF), as, m. a glance or side

look, a teeT. — Katdkska-kshetra, N. of a place.

— Katdk8ha-mu8hta, as, d, am, caught by a glance.

— Kataksha-vidikha, as, m. an arrow-like look of

love. — Katakshdvekshana (°sharav⁰), am, n. east*

ing lewd or amorous glances, ogling. — Ka(agni (°(a-

ag°), is, m. a fire kept up with dry grass or straw; the

straw placed round a criminal who is to be bumt.

Kataka, as, am, m. n. a string; a ring placed as

an ornament upon an elephant’s tusk; a bracelet of

gold or of shell &c.; a zone; the link of a chain ;

a mat; the side or ridge of a hili or mountain; table

land; a circle, a wheel, an army, a camp; a royal

metropolis, a dty or town, a village, a house or

dwelling; N. of the capital of Orissa (Cuttack); sea-salt.

Ka{aHn, I, m. a mountain.

Ka(a8i, f. a cemetery.

Kata7jana,am,r\.ihe piant Andropogon Muricatus.

Kati, is, f. the hip. See below.

Ka]in, i, ini, i, matted, screened ; having hand-

some loins &c.; (i), m. an elephant.

kataka. See above

katakata, as, m. an epithet of S^iva.

See katankata.

T katakata, an onomatopoetic word

supposed to represent the noise of rubbiog together.

Katakatapaya, nom.P. katakatdpayatly-gitum,

to rub together, utter a creaking or grating noise.

75 katakola, as, m. a spitting-vessel.

W^Z katankata, as, m. an epithet of

S'iv'a or Ganes'a; [cf. katakata, Tcatdtanka.]

katanka{eri, f. turmeric; yellow

saunders; [cf. daru-haridra.']

kat ana, am, n. roof or thateh of a

house.

katamba, as, m. (said to be fr. rt.

2. kat), a kind of musical instmment; an arrow.

cRTgXT katambard, f. a medicinal planta

See katu-rohini.

kataku, us, m. a bird.

cfiTTSJ* kataksha. See under kata above.

afiTlZm katatanka, as, m. an epithet of

S’iva. Sec katankata.

cRTR kat ara, as, m. a libidinous man, a

lecher.

kataha, as, m. (according to the

Schol. m. f. n.), a fVying-pan, a boiler or a frying-

vessel of a semispheroidal shape and with handles;

a shallow boiler for oil or butter; a turtle’s shell; a

well; a^winnowing basket; a hili of earth; hell, the

infemal regions; a young female buffalo whose homs

are just appearing; a dvlpa or division of the known

continent, so called, (perhaps the Katai of the Muham-

medans or China.)

Katdhaka, am, n. a pan, a pot.

ka{i, is, or kati, f. (fr. rt. 2. kat F), the

hip; the buttocks; an elephanti cheek; (t), f. long

pepper. — Kati-kushtha, am, n. leprosy of the hip.

— Kati-kupa, as, m. the hollow above the hip, the

loins. — Kati-tata, am, n. the loins, the hip. — Kati-

tra, am, n. anything to protect thc hips; a cloth tied

qFifir^I kati-desa.

ojr3TT kadara.

196

round tht loins; a zonc; an omamc.it nf sraal) bells

wnrn rounJ the lcins; armoar for the hip or loins.

— Ka(i-desa, as, m. the loios. — Ka>i-protfia or

kati-protha, 0“, m.the buttecks; [cf. hata-protha]

— Kati ~~mMQc~~d, f. a woman’s zone. — Kafi-rokaka,

as, m. tht rid.T of an elcphant vvb o sits upm the

hinder partr of the dephant, as distiact from the

driver or the persun sitting upin tht i< >ins. — Ka^fi-

snskrha, as, m.the hip (as projecting like a head);

the hip and loins or the 'hoHow above the hip.

— Kofi-3ru'lha>a, f. a pirdlc of .mali bells. - Kati-

sutca, an,, n. a female zone or wartbend.

Katllcd, f. the hip.

Katira, as, am, m. n. the i avity of the loins or the

■liac region; (as), m. Mons Veneris; « cave; (am),

n. a hip.

Katirala, am, n. the posteriors.

chlSeJifi katillaka, as. m. a species nf the

bals-imapple,M .mordicaCharantia; [tf.kathillaka.]

katitala, as, m. a crooked sword;

a sabre or cymitar; [cf. kaditula.]

cfTJ katu, as, us or m, « (said to be fr. rt.

ka(), pungent, acrid, harp (one of the six kinds of

flavouri; pungent, stimulating (smell); stroog-soente d,

ili- melling; hitter, canstic (words); displeasing, dis-

igreeablt; f erce, impetuous, hot; envions; (<is),

m. pungency, actrtity (as a flavour); the plants

Micbeli. Champaca, Trichosanthes Diceca, camphor,

Scc.; (teg), f. vanous pl-nts,=£uf”-ro/u'jii, a mJi-

cinrl piant; Sinapis Ramosa; (vi), f., N. of a piant;

(tt), n. an improp .r action, an act which onght not

to havt been don-; blammg, reviling, scandal. — Ka-

tu-kamda, as, am, m. n. ginger, the fresh root or

the piant; g-rhe; the piant Hypemnfriera Moringa.

— Kats-karah/a, os, m. tht piant Gnilandina

Bnnducdla. — Ka‘n-ki'a or kafukitaka, as, m.

a grit or mmquito. — KatJrkvaaa, as, m. a spe-

cies of cbicken, Pana Jacana or Gcen-is (miking a

.harp or pitreing noise). — Katu-gradhi, i, n. dried

ginger; the root of long p :pper. — Katu^dtmyataka,

an,, n. an aggregate of fonr acid substances, as of

cardamoms, the bark and leaves of Lauru* Casiia

and of biack pepper.— Kaiv-itluvk.i, as, m., N. of

a tre; with pungtnt 1 caves; [cf. togata.] — Katu-

ja, as, d, au, prepared fr-m acid substances, as a

kind of durie. — KalUrtiktika, m, m. the piant

Gentiana Cfcerayta and Cannabis Sativa; (d), f., N.

of a piant. — Kat.M-tu.ndik" and kap’-tundi, f., N.

of a piant, = tikta-tundi, cjnmonly ka^utarai,

— Katu-tunibi, f. a kind of bitter <murd. — Ka(u-

traya, am, n. the aggregat,, of thret black sub-

itanee* or spices, ginger, black and long papper.

— Katu-dala, f., N. of a piant, =v. karkali. — Ka>u-

nishpldva, as, m. grun not inundated.— Ka^Ju-

pattra, as, m. the medici rui piant Oldenl ,nd:i

Bifloia, and of rnother piant Sitarhka. — Katu-

paUrikd, f., N. of a tree,=/. ari. — KaUl-pudra,

N. of a placj.—Kotu-pdka, at, 5, om, or lcatu-

pakin, i, ini, ‘, producing acrid humots m digestion.

— Kapi-phala, as, m. a sort of cucumbcr, Tricho-

santhes Pioeca.—Katr-badari, f., N. of a p!»nt and

of a vilhge cal!.-d from this piant. — Ka{u-hh mga,

as, m. dried pager. — Katu-lhodra, am, n. dried

ginger, or ginger in prenenl. — licta manjarikd, f.

the piant Achyr-nthes A pera, — Katp-moda, am,

n. a certain pjrfum,-. — Katn-rava, as, m. a frog.

— Ka^u-rnhirfi, f. the medicina! plaut Helleboms

Niger. — Katu-rartakT, f. a vari .ty of Solanum.

— Ka‘u^vipaka, as, a, am, prrducing acrid 1 umors

in digt-tion.— /urhr-rllu, f. long prpper,-Katu-

tiriitgila, am, n., N. of a vegetable.— Kalu-xntha,

as, m. the mu 'tard-seed plent, Sinapis Dichotoma.

— Knluthata {^tu-ut), at, m. giiigvr,— Katut-

kataka, ai , n. dry guig.T. — KoJphala, as, m.

(for hahi-ph ), a sm~ll trer found in the north-we«t

of HindOstan, the bark and steds of which ar' used

in medidne, and as aromaties; the fruit also is eaten;

the commun namt is Knyiphal; (d), f., N. of stveral

piant", as of Gmeiina Arborea and different kinds of

Solanum, = Oxtadall and mrigerrdru. — Kah-an.ja,

as, m. the tree Calosanthes Indica; an epithet of

Diftpa.

Katuko, as, a, am, sharp, pnng-nt, bitter, fierce,

impetuon*, hot; (as), m. pnngency, acc-bity; NI oF

several plants, Trichosanthes Diaca, r tragrant kind

of grars; gigantic swallow wort, Calotropis (Jigantea ;

a piant the t ark and se,d of which have an acrid and

bitter taste, and are used in medicine for worms,

dysentery, &c., Wrigthia Antidysenterica; Sinapi- Di-

chotoma or Ramosa; N. of a men; (d), f., N. of

several plants,=katm and ha(v-Tohinl; Areca ibau-

fel or Catechu; Ruellia Longifolia; (r), f, — kai't-

rohinl; (am), n. pnngency, acerbity (at the *nd of

compvinnds in a brd sense, e. g. dadhi-kafukam,

bad coagulated milk); a compound of pungtnt sub-

stances.as black pepper, long pepper.dry ginger. — Ka-

tula-tmya, au, n. an aggregate of three pungent

substances, a. black pepp. r, long pepper, and ginger.

— Kaiuka-tm, am, n. pungere;. — Kah l.a-jJiola,

am, n., N. of a perfume prep'.rcd from tho herries

ofthe piant Kvkkola. — Katnka-bhakshin, i, m., N.

of a man. — Kafuka-Tah.iyl, f.=kalu-rohim. — Ka-

(uko-valli, f. = lafvl. — Kalnkdldbu (°ka-al°), ns,

m. a kind of bitter gonrd, Trichosanthes Dioeca.

■diTajri, (otvnkala, f. rough raanners

"SfZ" kotura, am, n. buttermilk mived

with water,a tdkra; [cf. kankara, Icaddara, ka(-

i ara, kadara, kadeara.]

kateraka-gi ama, as, m., N. of

a village.

ofi2 l f e(i kaladaka, am, n. (fr. kata = karta

=garta * and vdaka), w-.ter for a funeral libation,

a funerai rite.

katora, f. a sliallow cup.

■^7Tc5 katola, as, m. (said to be fr. rt.

kat), a pungent flavour; a mai of an infcrioi and

degradi d tnbe, a Candaia, a P-nah, Scc.; (as, d, am),

pungent. — Katola-lina, f. a kind of lute played by

the common people or Candalas.

kattara, as, m. a weapon, a dagger.

eFJT. icatrara, as, d, am, despised; (am),

n. tlic skim or whey of crrdr; buttermik with

water; a - ance, condiment; [cf. kankara, kaSSara,

ka(ura, kadara, kadvara.]

dfZTjf katrdnga, 8 wrong reading for

khotvdnga, q.v.

gvrr kath, cl. i. P. kathati, -thitum, to

x live in distress.

eF7 katha, as, m., N. of a sage, a pupil of

VaRampayana ani founder of a branch of the Vajur-

veda, called after him; a Brahman; a note or simple

sound, (ds), m. pl. the fullowns or pupils ot Katha;

(>), f. a female follower of Katha; the wif' >f a

BrShman. — Katha-kaldpdk, the schools of Katha

and Kalapin. — ‘Katha~kautl‘umah, the schcols of

Katha and Kuthumin. — Katha-dhurta, as, m. a

Brahmcn skilled in thi Katha branch of the Yajur-

veda, — Katha^all) or katha^aUy^upaniskad, t,

or katha-iruti, is, or kathopuniskad ('tlm-vp''),

t, f., N. of an Upaniihad consisting of two AdhySyac

of three Valli each. — Kaiha-Sdlchd, f. a branch of

the Yajur-veda; also of the Rig-veda (?). — Ka(ha-

Sdtha, as, m., N. of a man; Kathatathln, inas,

m. pl., N. of a school. — Kaiho-frotriya, as, m. a

BrShman who has studicd th, Katha hnneh of the

Yajnr-veda. — Kathddhyapaka (°fha-adh ’), as, m.

a teacher of the Katha branch of the Yajnr-veda.

— Kat Hypani sSad-bM-J-ya-fild, f. a commentary

by Anantfma.ida on a Kathopam,hadbh3shya. — Ka-

tHoparishadtikashyatika-vtvaTana, am, n. a com-

mentarv by Vy5satlrtha on the last.

4<5*ft kathamarda, as, m. an epithet of

Siva; (fr. katha, distreisV riMrdo, dissipating.)

=FoL: kathara, as, d, am, hard; [cf. kathina

and kalhora.]

'ohd^ kathalya or kathalla, as or am, rn

or n. (?), gravet.

i' dl k kathdkv., as, m. (said to be fr. rt.

ka)h), a bird (or more pri'bably a parti.nlar bird).

kathahaka, as, m. a gallinulc. See

ddti/dha.

kathikd, f. rbalk; the piant eom-

monly called Tnlasf; [cf. ka (hin) and kafhiiijara.]

«tifirsre. kathihjara, as, m. the tree Ocy-

mum Sanctum, commonly Tnlasl.

vffd I kathina, as, d, am (said to be fr. rt. ‘

kath), hard, stiff (opposed to mridu); inflexible;

violent, as pain; (as), m. a thicket; (d), f. crystal-

ized sugar, a swectmeat made with relmed sugar;

(i), f. chalk; (am), n. an earthen vessel for cooking

(accurding to some also f.); [cf. Lat. catinum ; Gr.

Ko<paosi] — Kalhina-ld, f. or ka[hina-t*a, am, n.

hardness, firmoess; severity; difficulty, obscunty.

— Kathina-priditha or kalhina-prishthakca, as,

m. a tortoisc. — KaOiina-h’ idayi or kaihiua-ditta,

as, d.arn,hari-hearted, cruri, uukmd. — Kathindntah-

kurana ('na-aft), as, d, am, h-rsh, cmel, severe.

Ka(hinikd, f. chalk.

Ka>hin>-lhuta, as, d, am, hardened, indurated.

«FTTcI kathilla, as, m. the piant Mumordica

Obarantia.

Kathillak", as, m. the piant Momordica Obaran-

tia ; Ocymum Sanctum [cf. kafhinjara]; Boerhavia

I)ufu. a.

ktdhtra, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. kath),

a needy or distressed man, a pauper.

43Tfrt katherani, is, m., N. of a man;

(ayas), m. pl. the demendants of this man.

"dbiff Katheru, vs, m., N. of Kuvera (f).

qRTtT kathara, as, d, am (said to be fr. rt.

kath), hard, solid, stiff; offerirq resistanct; shnp,

pierciug; *evere, crud, hard-h.arted; fili!,c implete,

full-grown; full (as the moon); [cf kathina.] — Ka-

thora-giri-anahdtmya, am, n. a portion of the

brhm.iuda-Purina. - Ka<hnra-td, f. or kathora-

tva, am, n. hardness, firmne-s; severity, rigour.

Kathola,as,d,am, reristing, ht.rd,&c.,=kathora.

kad, cl. i. P. kadati, -ditum, to be

^ xconfuced or disturbed by pleasure or pain, to

be elated or intoxicated; cl. 6. P. lcadati, to con-

sume ; cl. io. P. kddayaH, -}litum, to brsak oft a

part, to tear, to separate or detach; to remove thi

chaff or husk ■ >f grain &c.; to preierv.; [cf. kand.]

fSuia, as, d, am (said to be fr. piuctding), dutnb,

hoar*e; ignorant, stopid; [cf. jada.] — Kadan-karo

or hadan-gam, as, m. straw, the stalks of vari us

sorts ofpulse Scc. (renderinghoarsel. — Radankariya.

or kadankarya or kadangarhja, ar, d, am, to be

fed with straw.

<*34 kadoka, am, n. sea-salt oiitained by

ovaporation.

katlonga, as, m. (fr. rt. kad?), a

spirituous liquor, a kind of rum.

SBT^ kadatra, am, n. (said to be fr. rt.

gad), a kind of vesci or rcceptarlc. See kalatra.

kadcndikd, f. Science, = kalo.n-

dild, kaHndika.

kndamha, as, m. (said to be fr. rt.

It ad), the end or point; the stalk of a pot-h.rb; (i),

f. the pot-herb Convolvulus Repens. See kalaniba.

""fnrrr kadara, as, i, am (said to be fr. rt.

gai), tawny; (as), m. tawny (the colonr); a servant.

J

kaditula.

<*(!<S ifH kanthagni.

197

=fifSiTF$ kaditula, as, m. a sword, a scymi-

tar, a sicrificiai knife; [cf. kati-tala.]

~~■jj~~ kadd, cl. i. P. kaddati, -ditum, to be

hard, rough ; to be harsh or severe.

~~j m~~ kan, cl. I. P. korati, iakana, kcuii-

ehyat!, akanlt or okanit, kanitum, to

becnm- sntall; to suur.d, rry !b io distre«s; to go or

appmaeh: Cavis, kanayati, -yitum, aor. alikaaa*

and acakanat, to sigh, sounl; cl. io. P. kanayati,

-yitum, to wink; to close the eye with the lids oi

lashes.

Knnita, am, n. crying out with pain.

kana, as, m. (said to be fr. rt. kan ;

according to others related to kane, kanishtha,

kariiyat, kanyd, in all of which the notion ot small-

ne.s prevails), a grain, a single see 1; a grain or

particle of dust; flake (of snow); a drop of water;

a spark ot fire, the spark or facet of a gem; an ear

of cori.; an atom, a minute particle; itnall, n mute;

(«), f. a kir.d of fly, commonly kumirdpokd ; Ione

pepper; cummin seed; (i), f. a drop, an atom; the

piant Premn Spino- a or Longifolia; a kind of

corn; see kanikd,— Kana-guggulv, us, m., N. of a

piant; [cf. gandhardja, svarnakarna, and others.]

— Kana-ilra, as, m. a white kind of cummin seed.

— Kana-jiraka,am, n. simii cummin .eeJ. — ha,ta-

bhalxha as, m. ‘ eatii.g atoms or grains’(?), i.e. liv-

ing on minute particles of fo >d ; a nickname of the

philosopher KanJda. — Kana-bhakshaka, a, n. a

kind of bird; [cf. bhdrita, syainacataka, lailira.]

— Ka,ia-hha!ghana, am, n. the eating of grains.

— Kana-bhuf, k, m. nickname of KanSda; see

kana-bhaksha. — Katta-ldbha, as, m. a Whirlpool.

— Kana-las, ind. in «mali parts, in minute partides.

— Kan arma (°na-an°), as, a, am, one whosc food

consists of grains.—Kunanna-t i, f. the state of ooe

who is made to feed on grains (of rice).

Kanikd, as, m. a grain, an ear of com; the meal

of pavched whf at, the heart of wheat (comm. -nly suji or

semi ule); a small particle, as a cryatal &c.; an «.emy;

N.of a purifiratory ceremony.viz whirling rou: id hmps

ut f icrifidal rites [cf. ntrajana]; N. of a minister <•.'

kmg Dhrita-rSshtra; f a), f. a drop, an atom, a small

particle j small, minute; the pL-mt Premna Spino a

or Li ngilolia; a kind of com or rice.

Kanisa, as, am, m. n. an ear or splke of com.

Kouishtha, as, a, am [cf. kartislitlaz], ihe small-

est, the most minute

Kunika, as, 5, am, small, diminutive.

Kaniyas, an, asi, <rs, very small; young, younger;

[cf. kan ~yas.]

<VVt| konnpa, as, m. a kind of spear or

rance; (various readings has e kanaya ani lo noya.)

cPTO kanabha, as, m. a kind of fly with a

itir.g; [cf. ia.ia.]

etifldlrf kanatma or kav.dti.ra or kanatiraka,

as, m. a wagtail.

ef7Trp[ kandda, as, m., N. of a relebrated

sage, considered as the author of the Vriseshika

philosophy, a branch of the Nyfiy.i. He is also

calltd KSsyapa, and considered as a Devarshi; the

nicknames kana-bhaksha and kana-bkuj refer to

the etymology of this name kana-ada, ¹ eating

atoms or grains;’ a gold.>mith; [cf. kaldda.]

«fifrfiT kanita. See under kan.

eWnr-et , anili, is, and kaniei, f. a soumi;

a tree (pallarin); a creeper in flower; the piant

Abrrs Precatorim; a cart; [cf. kanili.]

lanukaya, nom. P. (eonnected with

rt. kan), Ved. to desire to utter worus of hlame or

censyye.

«fVT kane, ind. a particle expressing the

satisfying ot a iesue. — Kane-Itatya, ind. yrt. har)

satiating one’. seif (e. g. kane-hatya payah pibati,

he drinks milk till hc is satiated.)

as, m., N. of a tree, Casearia

Ovata [cf. karnikaraJ; (a), f. a she-el vphant; a

courtezan.

Knneru, «e, ra., N. of a tree; f. a she-elephant;

a courtezan.

jjij kavt, cl. i. P. kantati, -titum, to

n go, to move.

<+TOofi kantaka, as, am, m. n. (fr. rt. kant ?),

thom; anything pointed, the point of a pin or

ncedle, a prickle, sting; a fish-t me; a finger-nail Tcf.

kara-kantaka}; the eiecthm of the hair ot the body

in thriiling emotions, horripila ion; any troublesome

seditious person who is, as it were, a thom to the

state and an enemy of order and good govemment,

paltry foe (Ishudra-Satru); a «harp stinging

pain. symptjm of t disease; a vexing or injuri--us

speech; anv annoyance or sonrce of vexation; a term

in the NySya philosophy implying refutation of argu-

ment, deteetion of enor, &c.; impediment, ibstade;

the first, fmrth, seventh, cnJ tenth .unar man ion;

(as), m., N. of a barbi r; N. of the horae of S'akya -

r.uini |a vnoaa form for kantkaka); N. of an Agri-

h,ira; (according to lexicographeis also) a b-mboo;

a workshop, a minufactory; fanlt, def’ct; N. of

Makaraor the marine monstor, the svmbol ofKSma-

deva; (I), f. a spedes of Solanum. (Ecu{al:a takes

the form kanta at the beginiung of some c amponous

and in kantala, kantatu, kantin; cf. Gr. utvriot,

Kta t6s, KHT-rfior.) — Kantaka-drmra, as, m. a

tree with thoms, a thom bush; the Sahnali or silk-

cotton tree, Bomtrx Heptaphylluiu. — Kantaka-

pidrritd, t. the piant Aloe Pertollata. — Kintaka-

phala,as, m. the Jaka or broad-fmit tree, Arto-

carpus Intemfolia; another piant, Ruellia Longifolia

(commonly called Go-kshura); the castor-oii tree;

the Datura; the term is applicabl.. to any piant the

truit ot wbich is investud with hairy or thomy coat;

[cf. kantaki-phala.] — Kantaka-bhnj, k, m. a camel

(‘eating tbom«’l. — Kaytaka-mardana, as, i, am,

treadin» down thoms; suppressing disturbane^v, an-

noyances, &c.; (am), n. the act of beating or

treadmg down thorns; suppresaing Jbturhane. &c.

— Kai,r{aka-yuf:ta,as,d, am, havuig thoms, tliomy.

— Kaittaka-rm/itaki, f. the piant Solaunm Jacquini,

a «pedes ot nightshade with thomy lca-.cs.—]\an-

taha-lnm, f. the Soianum Jacqnini; a porcupine.

— Kantaka-ethali, f., N. of a ngicm.-Kantakd-

Ichya ( ka-akkya), as, ra. the piant Trapa Bispinosa.

— Kantakayi. a (⁰ka-ag°), as, m. a kind of lizard ;

a porcupine. — l\antⁿka*ana {°ka-al°), as, m. the

cunei (eating thoms. thistlos, &c.; cf. kantaka-

bhuj). — KantakdshtkUn (°ka-ash°), as, m. a kind

of fish, having many benes. — Kantaki-kdvi, f.,

Ved. working in thorns. — KanUdr-d.ru.mn, as,

m. Acacia Catechu. — Ixantald-phala = kantalsi-

plial". — lurfita-huranta, a», m.-= jhiati, Barlcria

Cristata. — l\antal.O'ltd]iarnna (°ka-udT), am, n.

weeding, extracting thoms &c.; removing annoy-

ances; extirpating thieves, rogues, &c., or all national

and public nuumres. — Kanta-tanu, us, f. i spedes

of Solanum. — Ka.ita-d^rlld, f. the piant Pandanus

Odoratissimns. — Kanta-pattra, as, m. the piant

Flacourtia Sapida. — Ka>i(npallra-phala, f., N. of

a p'ant,= brahmedctndi. — Kanta-pada — kanta-

pattra. — Kanfa-phala, as, m., N. of severa! plants,

= gokshura; bread-fruit tree, Datura l-astursa, =■

latdkaraiija = triatikli ita {'); Ricinus Communi» ;

(a), t.=devadalilata. — Kayta-valli, f.= frzvalli-

vrilisba. — Kanta-vriksha, as, m.- ttjahphnla-

vHlisha. — lianta-phala, as. m. =kan(a-pltala.

— Kantdrtayala (°(a-ar°), f. the piant Barleria

Caerulea. — Kantahvaya ('(a-dh~), am, n. the tube-

rouc rexit of the lotus.

Ka.ntakdra, as, m., N. of a piant; (i), f., N. of

scveral plants, Solanum Jacquini; Bombax Hepta-

phyllum, the silk-cotton tree; Ha ourtia Sapida.

Kcntakarika, f. Solanum Jacquini; also the fruit

of this piant.

Kantakdla, as, m. = kan^faka-php^Ja, q.v.

Rantakdlnka, as, m. Hedj„amm Alhagi.

Kantahita, as, a, am, thomy; covemd with erert

hairs.

Katftakin, F, ini, i, thomy, pricltly; vexatiom,

anuoyiog; (i), m., N. of se-eral thomy plants,

Acacia Catechu; Vangukra Spinosa; Ruellia T-onm-

folia; Zizyphus Jujuba, bamboo; a fish; (ni), f., N.

of sevcral plants, Solanum Jacquini, red amaranth.

— Kantaki-ja, as, a, am, produced irom a fish;

produced by the Mimosa tree. — Kantai.i-ph lia, us,

m. the lnhan bread-fruit tree or Jaka; see kantaka-

phala. — Kan(alci-lata, f. a gourd.

KantakUa, as, m. a thomy kind of bamboo,

Bambusa Spinosa.

Kantala, as, m. the piant Mimosa Arabica; gene

raliy Yavala, a tree yiclding > specie - of (Ium Arabie;

the brauches aro prickly, wheoce the name.

Ka.dalv, us, m., N . of different plants; Solanutr

Jacquini; another spedes of Solanum; a bamboo.

Kantin, i, m., N. of siveral plants, Achyranthes

Aspera; Accia Catechu; Ruellia Longifolia.

kanth, cl. I. P. A., io. P. kanthati,

x-fe, -thitum, kanthayati, -yitum, to

morm; to long for; [cf. utkunth; cf. also Gr.

irlvdos, nodos; Lat. patiar.']

kantha, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr.

rt. kan), the throat, the neck (e. g. akantha-triptu,

filled up to the throat, quite satiated ,: the voice (e. g.

sanna-kanthtiia, with brok n voice); sound, espe-

dallv guttural sound; the neck (of a piteher or othei

vcsselj; the opening of the womb; metaphorically a

bud on a sta'k; immediate proximity; the spao of

an mch from tl e cdge of the hole in which sacrifidal

fire is deposited; tht tree Vanguiera Spinoso; N. of

a Miharshi; (i), f. neck, throat; a rope or leathe

round the neck of a horse ; a necklaie, a coi' ir; [cf

adhara-kaiithu,ul-kanthd; cf. al-o Lat. collum?].

— Kantha-kubia, as, m. a kind of fever. — Kanibxt-

kvbja-prafihdra, as, m. the cure of the preceding

di ease. - Ka.itjai-kunika, f. the Vina or Indian lute.

— Kantha-gc , as, d, am, reaching or extenaing to

the throat. — Kantha-g"la, as, a, am, bcing at or

in the throat; approiching or reaching the throat.

— Kantha-ta(a, as, am, m. 5. the side of the neck.

— Kantha-tajasikd (°la-as°?), f. the leather or

rope passiog round the neck of a hor e. — Jsantha-

daghnd, as, i, at,., reaching to the neck. — Kat?(ha-

ilhdna, ds, m.pl., fs.of a pcople. — Kaiitlu,-, iilul.a

as, m. halco Cheela; a kite. — Kar,ljia-..ilal:a, as,

m. a torch, a whi-p of lighted straw Occ. (— vlka,

commonly messdla). — Kantha-pandita, a-, m., N.

of a poi t. — Kantha-pd&ika, as, m. a halter; - a

rope passing round an elephantes neck. — Kan (ha-

lo xn lka, as, m. a rope ticd round an elephant’s neck.

— Kan tloi-bl'iishd, f. a collar or short necklace.

— Kantha-mari, is, m. e jewel w im on the throat,

a dear or btloved object. — Kantha-rava, as, m.,

N. of an author; N. of a certiin medical wrter

— Kautka-lagna, as, a, am, fastened or suspended

round tht throat; elinging to, embradng. — Kantha

lata, f. a collar; a horse’s halter. — Kantha-vartin,

i, ini, i, being in the throat; [cf. kon{ha-gata.]

— Kantha-sdluka, am, n. a l.ard tumonr in the

throat. -- Kautha-sundi, f. swelling of the tonsife.

— Kantha-losha, as, m. drying the throat; fhiitless

expostulation. — Kantka-sruty-upavbslmd, t, f., N.

of an Upanishad belonging to the Atharva-veda.

— Katitha-sajjana, am, n. hanging cn or round

the throat.— Kantk^-sutra, am, n. a kind of em-

bnct. — Kantha-stha, as, d, am, sticking in the

throat; being in or upon the throa" i guttural; being

in the mouth ready to be repeated by rote, leamt

and ready to be redted. — Kanthdgata \ tha-dg ),

as, d, am, com< to the throat (as tht bmath or s-uil

of a dying personi. — Kanthagni (^Jtha-ag ), is, m.

a bird (digesting in the throat or gizzard;. — Kaiphd-

3 E

\

198

^P3WFJ^VP1 kantkabkarana-darpana.

grsj kath.

hharana {°(ha-Sbk"), am, □. a ptck- imament, a

necklace; a shnrter N. of tho work callcd Sarasvatl-

kanthibh-rana. — Kn?i^fhnhharaHtM&rpana, at,

ra. a commentary of RSmasioha-deva on the last.

— Kan{hdbharana-mdrjana, a commentary by

Hari-aStha on the same work. — Kan(hdvasakta

(°tha-at°), as, d, am, clinging to the neck, em-

bracing.— Kanthi-rava, as, m. a lion (roaring from

the throat); an elephant in rut; a pigeon ; (I), f. the

piant Gendamssa Vulgaris. — Kan\he-kdla, as, m.

an epithet of Siva (‘blue on the neck*). — Kanihe~

viddha. as, m., N. of a man.— Kanthefvara-

tlrtha (°[Aci-7/°), N. of a TTrtha. — Kanthokta (°/Aa-

uk°), am, n. personal testimony.

Kanfhaka, as, m., N. of a horse of S^kya-muni;

[cf. kanfaka.']

Kanthatas, ind. from the throat, with distinet

words, explicitly.

Kanthika, f. a necklace of one string or row.

Kan{hin, I, ini, i, belonging to the throat.

Kanfhya, as, d, am, being at or in the throat;

suitable to the throat^ belonging to the throat, pro-

nounced from the throat, guttural; (according to a

Pr5tis'ikhya the guttural letters are a, h, and the

Jihvdmuliya ; according to P5nini a, k, kh, g, gh,

n, and h; according to Vopadeva also e.) — Kanfhya-

varna, as, m. a guttural letter. — Kan{hya-svara,

as, m. a guttural vowel, i. e. a and a.

^<sic? kanthala,as, m. a boat, a ship; a

hoe, a spade; war; an esculent root, Arum Campa-

nulatum; a camel [cf. kanfakafona and k an dola];

a churning-vessel; (a), f. a chuming-vessel.

Karithila, as, m. a camel; (as, a), m. f. a churn-

ing-vessel.

kand, cl. i. P. A. kaydati, -te, -di-

\tum, to be glad; cl. to. P. kandayati,

-yitum, to separate the chaff from the grain; to

protect; [cf. kad: cf. also Lith. kdndu, ¹ to bite;*

Cambro-Brit. cat, * a fragment.*]

Kandana, am, n. threshing, separating the chaff

from the grain in a mortar; that which is sepaiated

from the grain, chaff; (f), f. a wooden bowl or

mortar in which the cleaning or threshing of grain

.is performed.

^JTCI kandara, f. a sinew (of which six-

teen are considered to be in the haman body); a

Principal vessel of the body, a large artery, vein, &c.

kandarika, as, m., N. of a son of

Kau^ika.

kanddnaka, as, m., N. of a servant

of Siva.

kandikd, f. a short section, the

shortest subdivision in the arrangement of certain

Vedie compositions, as in the White Yajur-veda;

[cf. kanda and kaiidikd.]

kandu, us, m. f. or usually kandd, iis,

f. (ff. rt. lcand), scratching; itehing, the iteh ; (t«),

m., N. of a I^ishi.— Kaydu-kari, f. the piant Mu-

cuna Pruritus. — Katidu-ghna, as, m. the piant

Cathartocarpus (Cassia) Fistula; white mustard.

— Kandumaka, f. (makd = makshikd or madaha ?),

a kind^ of insect with a poisonous bite. — Kaydu-

mat, an, ati, at, scratching, itehing. — Kaydv-ddi,

ayas, m. pl. the nominal verbs, in the list of which

kanduyati is the first.

Kanduka, as, m., N. of a barber.

Kandura, as, d, am, scratchiog; (ew), m. the

piant Momordica Charantia, a spedes if reed; (d), f.

the plants Mucuna Pruritu» and Aty-amlapaml.

Kand uti, is, f. scratchiog; itehing, the iteh.

Kanduya, nom. P. A. kanduyati, -te, -yitum

to scratch, scrape, rub i Desid. kanduyiyishati.

Kanduyat, an, anti, at, scratching, rubbing.

Kanduyana, am, n. scratching, scraping, rubbing

itehing; (f), f. a brush for rubbing.

Kanduyanaka, as, i, am, scratching, scraping;

(a*), m. a tickler, one who tickles or scratch es.

Kaiiduyamana, as, a,am, scratching.

Kanduya, f. scratching, itehing.

Kanddyita, scratching.

Kanduyitri, ta, tri, tri, scratching, a scratcher.

Kandura, f. the piant Mucuna Pruritus; ‘what

causes itehing,’ alluding to the irritating property of

this piant.

Kaiidula, as, a, am, having or feeling the iteh,

itehy; (as), m. an esculent root (Arum Campanu-

latum).

kandola, as, m.a basket for holding

grain, made of bamboo or canes; a safe, any place

in which provisions are kept; a camel; [cf. kan-

thdla ; (i), f. the lute of the Cantila; [cf. ka(ola,

gandola. — Kai}dola-vind, f. the lute of the C5n-

dala, a vuJgar lute.

Kandolalia, as, m. a basket, a safc, a store-room.

kandosha, as, m. a Caterpillar.

kanva, as, a, am (said to be fr. rt.

kan), deaf; (o$), m.,Ved. a peculiar class of evil

spirits, agalnst whom charms are used; a praiser;

N. of a renowned R.ishi, author of scveral hymns of

the ^ig-veda; he is called a son of Ghora and is said

to belong to the family of An-giras; (as), m. pl. the

family or descendants of Kanva; (besides the celc-

brated Rishi there occur a Kanva NSrshada, Kanva £Tr5-

yasa, Kanva KiSyapa; the founder of a Vedic school;

a prince, son of Pratiratha and fetber of MedhStithi;

a son of Apratiratha; a son of AjamTdha and father

of MedhStithi; the author of a law-book; a gram-

mariao.) The name Kanva was perhaps originally

mythic, and afterwards transferred to a human

family, as was the case with the name An-giras;

(am), n. sin, evil. — Kanva-jamhhana, as, i, am,

Ved. consuming or destroying the evil spirits called

Kanvas. — Kanva-tama, as, d, am, Ved. very much

like Kanva, very wise. — Kanva-mat, an, ati, at,

Ved. prepared after the mar.ner of the Kanvas (as

Soma); (S5y.) united with praisers or with the

Kanvas (as Indra). — Kanva-vat, ind. like Kanva.

— Kaiivascdchi, d, m.,Ved. a friend ofthe Kanvas,

friendly disposed towards them. — Kanva-kotri, ta,

m., Ved. one whose Hotri priest is a Kanva.

Kanvaya, nom. A. kanva-yate, -yitum, to do

mischief; perhaps originally ‘ to act like a Kanva or

evil spirit.’

kata, as, m. the clearing nut piant;

see the following; N. of a Muni or saint — Kala-

phala, as, m. the clearing nut piant.

Kataka, as, m. the clearing nut piant, Stiychnos

Potatorum, (one of the seeds of this piant being rubbed

upon the inside of the water-jars used in Bengal occa-

sions a precipitation of the earthly particles diflused

through the water and removes them.)

cJTfTH katama,as,a,at (superlative of 2. ka;

declined as a pronora., Gram. 236), who or which of

many? (e. g. katamena patha ydlas te, by which

road have they gone ?). Katama is often a mere

strengthened substitute for ka, the superlative affix

imparting emphasis. Hence it may occasionally be

used for ‘ who or which of two?’ (e. g. tayoh kata-

masmai, to which of these two?). It may option-

ally be compounded with the word to which it refers

(e. g. katamah Kafhah or katama-ka(hah, which

Katha out of many?). When followed by <!a and

preceded by yatama an indefinite expression is

formed equiralent to * any whosoever/ * any whatsc-

ever/ &c. (e. g. yatarmd eva katamad 6a vklydt,

he may know anything whatsoever). In negative

sentences katama with dana or katama uath api

«not even one, none at ali (e. g. na katamad-

danakah, not even on a single day, on no day at

ali). In addition to the above uses katama is said to

mean ‘ best/ * excessively good-looking[cf. 3. A*a.]

— Katamoruga ^ma-ur), as, m., N. of a man.

Kaiara,a$, d, at (comparative of 2. ka; declined

as a pronom., Gram. 256), who or which of two?

whether of two? Analogously to katama above

katara may occasionally be nsed to express ' who or

which of many’ (e. g. katarasydm dUi, in which

quarter ?), and may optionally be compounded with

the word to which it refers (e. g. katarah Kathah

or katara-ka(hah). In negative sentence» katara

with Jana = neither of the two (e.g. na kataraJ-

Jana jlgye, neither of the two was conquered;

[cf. Gr. irdrcpos, ndrepos; Goth. Jirathar; Eng.

whether; Lat. uter; Old Germ. huedar; Slav.

kotoryi.]

Kataratas, ind. on which of the two sides ?

I. kati (fr. 2. ka, declined in pl. only, Gram. 227.

a, all the cases except the nonj* voc. and acc. taldng

terminations, whereas the correlative iti has become

fixed as an indeclinable adverb), how many ? quot ?

several (e.g. lati devah, how many gods? kati

vyapadayati kati vd tddayati, some he kills and

some he strikes). In the sense of‘several,’ ‘some,’

kati is gcnerally followed by Jid or api (e. g. katiJid

ahani, for scveral or some day^). Kati may be used

as an adverb with Jid in the sense of * oftentimes,’

* much,’ * in many ways’ (e. g. kati Jit stutah, much

or often praised). Kaii-kritvas, ind. how many

times ? kati-vidha, as, d, am, of how many kinds ?

kati-^as, how many at a time ?

Katitha, as, r, am, to what place or stage or

degree advaneed? (the how-maniest ?) with Jid*=

advanced to such and such a point (e.g. aham

katithaJJid dea, 1 was so far advanced on to such

and such a point).

Katidhd, ind. in how many places? in how many

parts ? how often ? katidhd Jit, everywhere.

Katipaya, as, d or 7, am (pl. m. e and as),

several, some; a certain number, so many; kati-

payena aharganena, after some days; also kati-

payair ahobhih, katipayahasya, 8cc. — Katipa-

yena or katipayat, ind. with some exertion; [the

affix paya has been compared with Gr. voios.]

Katipayatha, as, t, am, advanced to a certain

plaee or degree.

TF5 katamdla, as, m. fire; the right

form is khatamala; [cf. also kaJamala and kara-

mala.]

«sfrr ₂. kati, is, m., N. of a sage, son of

Visva-niitra -.nd anetstor of KJtyajana. (For i. ste

above.)

Katiha or l;atil;a, f., N. of a town.

katiiausha, am, n., N. of an Agra

hira.

WHJI ? katta-sabda, as, m. the rattling

s 'uind ofdic..

kat-trina, kat-toya, kat-tri. See

under i. kad.

katth, cl. I. A. katthat-thitum,

N to bo; st; to mention with praite, to prai.e

or celebrate; to Batti r or coax; to abuse, rcvile.

Katthava, as, d, am, boasting, praising; a boaster,

praiset; (am), n. boasting.

e»irM*l kat-paya, as. a, am (fr. 2. kad and

yaya fr. pi = pyai), Vtd. swelling, rising; (Siy.)

one wh"ie waters cause happiness.

~~ixa~~ katr, cl. io. P. katrayati, -yitum, to

” n lorscri, slacken, remove.

ofirir.T katsavara, am, n. the shoulder,

the shoulder-blad..

-m ka>h (this rt. is perhaps conneeted

^ \ with katham), cl. 10. P., ep. also A.

kathnyat), -te, aor. aiakathat or adikotkat, -yi-

tum, to converse with any one (with inst. c. alone or

after saha) ; to teli, relate, narrate, report, inform,

ipcak about, declare, expLin (with acc. of the thing

or per-on 'poken about); to describi; to denounc,

betny; to 'uppose, state: Pass. kalhynte, to bc

#NOM?

190

called ; .be regarded or considered as: Desid. dika-

thayishati, to desire to teli; [cf. Goth. qvath;

Eng. quotk and quote ; Gr. KccriXas, k&>tI\Ao>.]

Kathdka, as, a, arn, a narrator, a rei ater, ope

who recites a story or who publicly reads and ex-

pounds the PurSnas &c., one who speaks or telis;

{as, a), ra. f. the speaker of a prologue or mono-

logue; a professional story-teller; chief actor; (a*),

m., N. of a man.

Kathana, os, d, am, telling, talkative; (am), n.

the aet of telling, narration, relating, jnforming.

Katharirya, as, a, am, to be said, to be told or

declared ; worthy of relation, to be pamed.

Kathayana, as, a, am, telling, speaking.

Kathayitavya, as, a, am, to be told, to be mea-

tioned, to be communicated.

r. katha, f. conversation, speech, tale; a fable, a

feigned story; talk, mention ; (in phil.) disputation ;

la katha (with gen. or more eommonly with Ioc.

and somelimes with prati), what should one

say of? how should one speak of? (e. g. eko 'pi

IriMhrad varteta, bhuyasam lathaiva ka, even

one person would live with difficulty, what should

one say of many? i. e. how mueh more many?).

— Kathakrama (°thd-dk°), as, m. the commence-

ment of a conversation. — Katha-dhula, am, n. the

device of a fable. — Katha-java, as, m., N. of a

man. — Kathanurdga (°tha-an°), as, m. attention,

takiog pleasure in a discourse. — Kathanta (°tha-

an°), as, m. end of a conversation. — Kathantara

(^cthd-an°), am, n. the course of a conversation.

— Katha-piiha, N. of the first Lambaka or book of

the KathS-sarit-sSgara. — Katha-prabandha, as, m.

a narrative, a tale, a composed story, a fiction.— Ka-

tha-prasanga, as, m. connection of speeches or

discourse, talking, conversation, speaking to or with,

rumour, report; (as, a, am), talkative, talking much

and fooiishly, half-witted, foolish ; a conjuror, a dealcr

in antidotes &c. — Kathd-prana, as, m. an actor,

the speaker of a prologue or monologue, the intro-

ducar of a drama ; a professed story-teller. — Katha-

maya, as, I,am, consisting of tales. — Kathd-mukha,

am, n. the introduction to a tale ; N. of the second

Lambaka or book of the Kath5*sarit-sagara. — Katha-

yoga, as, m. conversation, talk, discourse. — Katha-

rarnbha (°thd-dr°), as, m. beginning of a story or

narrative, story-telling. — Katharambha-kdla ftha-

ar°), as, m. story-beginning-time. — Kathdrama

(°tkd-dr°), as, m. garden of fable. — Kaiharnava

(^Dtkd-ar°)_} as, m., N. of a collection of stories at-

tributed to SfivadSsa. — Kathalapa (°tha-aV), as,

m. speech, conversation. — Kathdvatiesha (°tha-av°),

or katha-tfeska, as, d, am, one of whom only the

narrative remains, i. e. deceased, dead; kathdva-

te&katam gatah, deceased, dead. — Kathd-virakta,

as, a, am, reserved, tacitum, disliking conversation.

— Katha-sangraha, as, ni. a collection of tales or

fables. — Kaiha-sarit-sdgar^, as, m. the ocean of

the rivers of stories; title of a work of Somadeva.

— Kathodaya (°thd-u<F), as, m. the beginning of

a tale, introduction to a tale,— Kathodghata (°tha-

ud³), as, m. the opening of a drama by the character

that first enters overhearing and repeating the last

words of the prelude. — Kathopakathana (°tkd-up°),

am, n. conversation, conference, narration. — Katho-

pdkhyana (°tha-up°), am, n. narration, narrative,

relation, telling a story.

Kath ana ka, am, n. a small tale; [cf. kraydiiaka,

bhayanaka, &c.]

Kathdpaya, nom. P. kathapayati, -yititm, to

teli, relate, &c.

Kathika, as, i, am, a narrator, a relater, a story-

teller by profession.

Kathita, as, a, am, told, said, related; (am), n.

a conversation, discourse. — Kathitapada, am, n.

repetition, tautology.

Kathi-kri, el. 8. P. A. -karati, -kurute, -karlum,

to transform into a tale. — Kathi-krita, as, a, am,

transformed imo a tale, deceased, dead (e. g. Tcathx-

kritam vapuh, a body of which one can only give

a history, a deceased body).

kadalaka.

Kathya, as, d, am, fb be spoken about, to be

told, fit to be mentioned.

Kathyamana, as, d, am, being told or mentioned,

under narration.

katham (fr. 2. ka), ind. how ? in what

manner ? whence ? (e. g. katham etat, how is that ?

katham idanim, how now? what is now to be

done ? katham maratmake tvayi vUvasah, how

can there be reliance on thee of murderous mind?

katham utsrijya tvam ga66heyam, how can I go

away deserti ng you ? katham buddhva bhavishyati

sd, how will she be when she awakes ? katham mri-

tyuh prabhavati vedavidam, whence is it that death

has power over those that know the Veda ? katham

avagamyate, whence is it inferred?), Sometimes

katham merely introduces an interrogation (e. g. ka-

tham atmdnam nivedayami katham vd atmd-

pahdram karomi, shall 1 declare myself or shall I

withdraw ?).

Katham is ofien found in connection with the

partieles iva, nama, nu, svid, which appear to gene-

ralize the interrogation (how possibly? &c.); with nu

it sometimes =■ Mmu or kutas (e. g. katham nu, how

much more ! na katham nu, how much less!).

Katham is often connected, like kim, with the

partieles dana, did, and api, which give an inde-

finite sense to the interrogative (e. g. katham dana,

in no way, not at ali). When not itself negative

katham dana — in some way, some how; scarcely,

with difficulty; na katham dana, in no way; ka-

thandit, some how or other, by some means or

other, in any way, with some difficulty, scarcely, in

a moderate degree, a little; na kathandit, not at ali,

in no way whatever; na kathandid na, in no way

not, i. e. most decidedly; yatha kathandit, in any

way whatsoever; kathandid yadi jivati, it is with

difficulty that he lives; katham api, some how or

other, with some difficulty, scarcely,a little; katham

api na, by no means, not at ali. In addition to

the above senses lexicographers assert that katham

may imply ‘amazement, surprise, pleasure, abuse;’

[with katham cf. Gr. tcard.]

At the beginning ofan adjective compound katham

may ha ve the same sense as kim. — Katham-rupa,

as, d, am, of what shape ? — Katham-virya, as,

d, am, of what power ? — Kathan-kathika, as,

a, am (fr. katham katham), one who is always

asking questions, an inquisitive person. — Kathan-

kathikadd, f. questioning, inquiring, inquisitiveness.

— Kathankathita (?), as, m. an interrogant, one

who puts questions. — Kathan-karman, d, d, a, how

acting? — Kathan-kdram, ind. in which manner?

— Kathan-td, f. enquiry, question, demand. — Ka-

tham-pramdna, as, d, am, of what measure? — Ka-

tham-bhdva, as, m. what state? — Katham-bhuta,

as, d, am, how being ? of what kind ?

2. katha, ind. (for katham), Ved. how? wheDce?

why ? Sometimes merely a particle of interrogation

(e. g. katha driyoti Indrah, does Indra hear?

yatha katha da, in any way whatsoever).

i- kad, cl. t. k.kadate, -ditum, perf.

N dakdda, to be confiised, suffer mentally; to

grieve ; to confound ; to kill or hurt; to call; to cry

or shed tears; dakdda kadanam, he accomplished a

destruction; [cf. Gr. kt)5os; Goth. haian: cf. also

kand.]

Kadana,am, n. destruction, killing, slaughter; war,

sin. — Kadana-pura, am, n., N. of a town. — Ka-

dana-priya, as, d, am, loving slaughter.

2. kad, ind. (originally the neuter form

of the interrogative pronoun ka), Ved. a particle of

interrogation, where ? Kad is used, like kim, with the

partieles dana and did (e. g. na kaddana updbdih

drinve rathasya, not at any time or in any manner

is heard the noise of thy ehariot; veti dlvah kaddid

d, he comes from heaven now and then). Kaddid is

sometimes used, like the simple kad, as a particle of in-

terrogation (e. g. kaddid drishta tvaya Damayanti,

was Damayanti seen by thee?). Kaddid may some-

times be equi valent to * 1 hope that ’ (e. g. vyadhir na

kaddit te dariram pratibadhate, I hope no illness

afflicts thy body).

Kad at the beginning of a compound marks the

uselessness, badness or defectiveness of anything; as in

the following examples. — Kat-trina,am,n.a fragranr

grass; the piant Pistia Stratiotes. — Kat-toya, am, n.

an intoxicating drink, wine or vinous spirit. — Kat-tri,

ayas, m. pl. three inferior articles. — Kad-akshara,

am, n.a bad Ietter, bad writing. — Kad-agni, is, m.

some or a little fire. — Kad-adhvan, d, m. a bad road.

— Kad-anna, am, n. bad food. — Kad-apatya, am,

n. bad posterity; bad children. — Kad-abhyasa, as,

m. a bad habit. — Kad-artha, as,m. a uselessthing;

(as, d, am), useless, unmeaning; having what purpose

or aim ? — Kadarthana, am, d, n. f. tormenting,

torture. — Kadarthaya, nom. P. kadarthayati, -yi~

tum,to despise, to estimate lightly; to torment, tor-

ture, trouble. — Kadarthita, as, d, am, despised,

disdained, rejected ; rendered useless. — Kadartht-

kri, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, •kurute, -kartum, to

disdain, despise, to estimate at smaJl value. — Ka-

darthi-krita, as, d, am, despised, disdained, ren-

dered useless and unavailing. — Kad-arya, as, d,

am, avaridous, miserly; little, insignificant, mean;

bad, disagreeable; (as), m. a miser. — Kadarya-ta,

f. or kadarya-tva, am, □. avarice; insignificanee;

badness. — Kadarya-bhava, as, m. avarice, stingi-

ness. — Kad-adva,as,m. a bad horse. — Kad-akdra,

as, d, am, ill-formed, ugly. — Kad-akhya, am, d.

the piant Costus Spedosus (‘having a bad name/

i. e. kushtka or dushta). — Kad-addra, ap, d,

am, wicked, abandoned, following evil praQtices;

(as), m. bad conduct. — Kad-indriya, ani, n. pl.

bad organs of sense. — Kad-ushtra, as, m. a bad

camel. — Kad-ushna, as, d, am, tepid, lukewarm;

(am), n. warmth, lukewarmness, gentle warm(h; [cf.

kavoshna, koshna.l — Kad-ratha, as, m. a bad

carriage. — Kad-vat, an, att, at, containing the word

ka. — Kad-vada, as, d, am, speaking ili or inaccu-

rately or indistinctly; contemptible, vile, b*se.— Kal-

lola, see s. v.

ka-da, as, m. a cloud. See 4. ka.

kadaka, as, m. an awning; [cf.

kandaka.']

kadana. See under 1. kad.

kadamba, as, m. (said to be fr. 1.

kad), the tree Naudea Cadamba, a tree with orange-

coloured fragrant blossoms; the mustard-seed piant.

Sinapis Dichotoma; a kind of grass, Andropogon

Serratus ; a particular mineral substance; turmeric;

(e), f., N. of a piant; (am), n. a multitude, an as-

semblage or collection. — Kadamba-pushpa or i, f.

a piant, the fiowers of which resemble those of the

Kadamba, eommonly called MandTri.—Kadamba-

vdyu, U8, m. a fragrant breeze.'— Kadambanila

(°ba-an°), as, m. a fragrant breeze, spring.

Kadambaka, as, m. the piant Nauclea Cadamba,

Sinapis Dichotoma, = haridru ; (am), n. a multitude.

Kadambada, as, m. the mustard-seed piant, Si-

napis Dichotoma.

kadara, as, m. a saw; an iron goad

for guiding an elephant; N. of a tree, which may be

substituted for Khadira as a sacrificial post; a white

sort of Mimosa; (as, am), m. n. a com, a callosity

of the feet caused by external friction; (am), n. coagu-

lated milk; [cf. kankarq, kattara, katura, &c.]

kadala, as, i, m. f. the plantain tree

(Musa Sapientum), called also banana. It has a soft

perishable stem, poetically a symbol of the frailty of

human Iife; (d), f., N. of several plants, Pistia Stra-

tiotes ; Bombax Heptaphyllum; (t), f. a kind of deer,

the hide of which is used as a seat &c.; a fiag, a

banner/a fiag carried by an elephant. — Kadall-

skandha, as, m. a kind of illusion.

Kadalaka, as, m. the plantain or banana tree,

Musa Sapientum.

200

nrdcSTf kadalin.

if^Z kandata.

Kndalin, I, m. a kind of antdope.

tfcdrfTmrt' kadattkshatd, f. a sort of cu-

cum b< r; a fine womfn.

kada, tnd. (fr. 2. ka), when ? at what

tum ? (with following fiit. or pres. tense); b^w?

Kadi is sometimes found with a following da and

pr.xedirif yada (e.g. yada Inia ia sunaudma

-omam, let us pres- out thi. Sorr.a es often as ma\

bt or at ili times); kada i ana, ithough originally

n.gative, veneraliy ») at some time, onc day, once;

na kada cana, never at any time; limia (it, at

some time or other, .ome-Mnes, onc~; na kada (it,

never; kadapi (kada-opi), smaimts, now ard

theo; na kadapi, never; [ri. Gr. kotc s nd ttotc ;

Lat. quando; Lith.hadd; Slav. koglnd] —Kada-

matta, as, m., N. of a man.

kodnhi, is, m., N. of a man.

kadru, us, as or iis, u (said to be fr. rt.

kav), tawoy, rtddish-brown; (os), m. trwny (the

coiouri; N. of a Ri;hi; {us), f. Soma vessel (?); a

persnmfic tion d.jcribed in certain 1 geods wbich re-

late to the bring ng down of the Soma from heaven,

aecording to the Bmhmanas' the -arth personified;’ N.

of a dauehter of Daksha, wife of KrSyapa -ad mother

oftheNf.gasorthe -erpent-race; N.ofa piant, — Jui-

dnt-putra, as, m. or !'odru-suta, as, m. a serpent.

kadryad, ait, kadrifi, ak (fr. 2. ka

and rt. ah(), Ved. tumed towards wdat ?

<*si n kad-vat. See under 2. kcd.

^ V kadrara, am, n. whey; bnttermilk

mixed w th vnter; [cf. kanharn, lia^iarn, katura,

kateara, and kodara.]

kadha-priya, as, a, am, or kadfia-

pri, is, is, i, Ved. triendly towards whom ?; (Say.)

fond of praise.

kan, cl. 1. P., Ved. kanati, 6dkc.na,

~\nkamt, i. notum (of the simple root only

th.. aor. is us-d), to be satisfied; to be contented

with, to accept pnything (•■cc.) with satisfaction;

(Siy.l to love, wisl desire; to shine; to go: Intens.

(akavti, impf. (akan, pen. (alimau and (ake, to be

«atisfied, to like, enjoy anything (with loc., pen., or

inst.); to De liked, wished, desired (with pen.); to

strive afler, seek, desire (with ace. or dat.); ct. kam

and tem: cf. also Lat. careres, canto, candeo, can-

dela; Hib. canu, ‘fuli mi-on.’]

kana, a substitute for alpa, little,

smali, not occurring aione, but regarded as the source

of the following derivrtives; [cf. lana.]

Knnatia, nam. P. kanayati, -yitnm, to mak<

less or smallcr, dimii i....

Kand, f., Ved. a girl.

Kmishtha, as, a, am, the smallest, least (opp .sed

to 11 uyishtha); the younsrest, younger b»m - opp jsed

to jyeshtka and vrtddha); t°), f. (with or without

anpilih) the little finger; (as), m. pl., N. ot a class

of deities of the fourtee-ith Mnnvantar-,; (a), f. a

kind of heroint.~ KanUhtha-ta, f. or kanuh*ha-

tvet, am, n. the state of being younger or smallcr.

— Ka.tinhi/ta-pada or !. znisktha-mula, am, n.

the least or brst root; that quantity of which the

square multiplLd bv the given multiplicator and

having the gii en addend : ddcd or subtrahe ,.d ^rub-

tractr d is cipable of affording -n exact -quare root.

Kanishtkaka, as, iia, am, Ved. the smalle.it;

(5),^ f- the little finger; (utn), n. a 'dnd of grass.

Kruii, f. a girl, a ma.den.

Kam na, as, S, am, Ved. ynung; (FY f. th. pupil

of the eve; the little fioger.

Kmtinaka, as, m. a boy, a vouth; the pupil of

the eye; the caruncula lacrymalis; (5), f. _a mai ien,

a voung girl. a virgin; the pupil of th eye; (ikdl

f. th. pupil ot the eye; the lmle finger.

Karilyas, an, asi, as (opposed to bhim/as, jyayas.

uitama), smiller, less; younger, a younger brother

or sister, a younger son ar d iughter.

Kinhjasa, as, a, am, small-r, less; younger;

(am), n. o.pper (‘ of les» value’); [cf. kemyasa.]

Kanyakd, karya. See s. v.

kunnka, am, n. 1 said to be fr. rt. Arare),

gold; N. of severd plants, Datura Metcl nnd Fistucsa,

ttiom appL ; Mesua f ut 1; Michelia Champaka;

Butea Frondosa; Bauhima Variegata, a black sort

ot Agallochum or sandal-wood; (as), m., Is. of a

pnne», a =on of Durdama; N. of a >on of n geddess;

N. of a minister of Narendriditya; (as), m. pl., N.

ol a pe iple; (a), f. one of the s -ven torgues of fire.

— Kanaka-knndala, f. the n.other of Harikeia.

— Kanaln-l.shiro, as, m. borax. — Ka„aka-giri,

is, m., N. of the founder of 1 sect. — Kan 'ika-iinln,

as, m. a golden hatehet. — Ka.mlia-tal<ihl/a (^Jla-

ahhd), os, a, am, t nght as a golden palm tree.

— Kandka-dan<Iaka, as, m. the royai paraiol

(golden-sticked 1. — Kanaka-datta, as, m. the son

of Nidhipati. — Kanaka-dhvajn, as, m., N. ol a son

of Dhr.ta-rSshtra. — Kanaka-paraga, rs, m. gold-

dsist. — Kanaka-pala, os, m. a Pala, a weight of

gold lod silver equal to sirteen Mashtkas, or 'bout

2^0 grains troy. — Knnaka-pingaln, N. of a Tirttia.

— lu ruka-pvrn, am, F, n. f., N. of a town. — Ka-

•naka-prabha, f., N. of a piant; N. of a met re con-

sistinp of four lines of thirteen syllables each; N. of

a piince s; (a.s, a, am), bnght »s gold, — Kandka-

prasara, f., N. of a plai.t. — Knnn’:a-bhanga, as,

m. 1 piece of gold. — Kanaka maua, as, i, am,

golden, consisting or made of gold. — Knnolia-

iilllni, is, m., N. of a Ii .d.ihu. — Kanalui-raiuhka,

f., N. of a piant. — Kanaka-rasa, as, m. liuid

gold; a ytilow orpiment. — Ktmaka-rehha, f., N. of

a daughter of Kanaka-prrbhS. — Kanaka*odbhava,

as, m. (fr. htmaJiarkala-udbhava^?), resin of the

piant Shorta Robo ta. — Kannka-vat~, f., N. of the

rcsidonce of king Kanaka-varna; [ct kanaka-vafi.]

— Kanaha-mrno, as, m., N. of a king -opposed to

be r former manifest tion of Sblkya-muni. _ Kandka-

rahhii, f., N. of a river (‘ gold strt .im'). — l\m aka-

vigroha, a«, m., N. of a ldng of VisSlapuri. — Ka-

naka-sakti, is, m. an epith.t of Karttiktya; [cf.

(akti-dharn.] — Kannka-sotra, am, n. a gold

cord. — Kanaka-st. rmbhn-rudro, as, a, am, shin-

ing with column of gp’.d. — Kanr.ka-sthali, f. - gold

mine, golden soil. — Keenahmtgada (‘ka-mt'), as,

m., N. of a son of Phrita-ra-,htra. — Ka,iakaiala

( ka-a(¹), a«, m. the golden mountain; an epithet

of the mountain Sumere. — Kanakadn-kkando

(Vta-mP), atre; n. a secti.>n of the Skanda-purai a.

— Kanokadhydksha i^ka-oAV), as, m. the ttea-

surer ot sups nntendent of the gold. — Knnukayu

(°ka-atni), tis, m., N. of a son of I Jhrita-rJshtra • (a

various readinp has karakoyu.) — Kanakalnka (°ka-

al°), f. a golden jar or vase. — Kimaha-vati, f. a

proper hMNe. — Kanakasntismadhasm, as, m. title

cf a v'orl:. — Knnnkalra (°ka-ih°), am, a. the

blossomofthe tree Mesua f erret. — Ka.takahvnyn,

as, m. the thirn appie; Mesua Ferrea; N. ot a

Buddha. — Konahcimm-t'.rtha (°ka-U°), am, u.,

N. of a Tirtha.

Kanakaraka, as, m. the tree Bauhinia Variegata

Lin.; [cf. liandanara and kantara.']

tsiatti nnaknrka, as, a, am, Ved. epithet

of a kind of poison.

s*in's(^ kunakhala, am, n. and (as), m. pl.,

N. of a Tirtha and the mountains surrounding it.

ksis^ kanati, f. red arsenie, = kunati.

'4iHtT7 kanadeva, as, m., X. of a Buddhist

oatriarch.

^tT?T/'ajiana,as,d,cm,one-eyed; [cf. kana.]

=*”-< M kanopo, a vartoua rcading for ka-

iiapa, q. v. _/

4iciAstik'mavaka, as, m.,X'. of a sonofSura.

srdid kano.tha, as, m., H. of a man.

s*f*tsfid kanikrada, as, a, am (an Intens.

form ot rt. k,ari), Ved. ncigtuag.

sfifsit.3; kanishka, as, m , N. of an Indo-

s^ythic ldng, eclebrated in the history of Buddhism.

— Kanishka-pvra, am, n., N. of a town touuded

by Kanishka.

<*ri« s|i»fl- q.stllJtT. See under

kana.

kanld, is, i. a oart; a creeping planr

with blof^coms; the piant Abms Precatorius.

sfit] vi kanuja, a corruption of kanya-kvhja,

q. v.— Ktiuuja-de(a, as, m. the conntry round

Kanya-kubja.

■^FvTTT kanera, f. a temale elephant; a

hari it. Sce kanera.

'sfiat kanta, as, u, am, or kanti, is, is, i (fr.

1. karr), happy.

Kantu, ut, us, u, h ippy; (us), m. the hfirt as

the 'eat or faculty ot percepti m and fceling; Kama-

deva, tht deity of love; a granary.

stirkJuF l.anthaka, as, m., X. of a mun.

. avthnri, f., X. of a tree. See kan-

tha, kanthari, k> jrajanAcd, 'Jkshnakaiiaka, &c.

sto**!T kautha, f. a rag, a patehed garment,

specially one worn by certain a< cetics; a wall; a

town (in composition the w ard is neuter if the com-

pound imply a town ot the Uiluaras); a kind of

tree; N. of a eoentry. — Ka,.thd-dharnna, am, n.

wearing a patehed garment as practised by certain

Yogis. — Kantha-dhariii, F, ini, m. f. a Yogi, a

religious mendicant, — Kanthcs‘vara-thtJut (°tha-

is'^: ), am, n., N. of a Tirtha.

hirVnft kanthari, f., X^T. of a tree.

kand, cl. 1. P. kondnti, -ditvm, to

x o-y, utter lamentat-in ; A. ka.idatc, to bo

c< infoundxd, confound; [cf. I. kad, krand, klttnd.]

kan da, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr. rt.

kan), a bulbous or tubcrous not; a bulb; the bulb-

ous root of Amc.rphophalluf Campanul tus; garlic;

a lump, swelling, knot; nn aifection ot the feminine

organ, considered as a fleshy excrescente, but ap-

parer.tly prolapsus uteri; N. of a metre of tour lines

of thiitc;n syllabks each; a cloud (in this sense fr.

kam, water, and da). — Kcnda-guduci, f., N. of a

piant, = kandaan liini, fice. — Kanda-ja, as, a,am,

growing from bulbs. — Ke.nda-da, as, a, am, giving

or forming bulbs. — Kanda-phala, i., N. of a plai.t.

— Kanda-bakuld, f., N. of a piant. — Kanda-imila,

am, n. a radish. — Knr.ia-lala, f., N. ol a piant

wi*h a bulbo;., root. — Kanda-uat, un, m. a .pecies

of the Soma piant. — Kania-ir.rihina, as, m.

the e-culent root ot An 'rphophailus C„mpanulatus.

— Kanda-ialli, f., N. of a piant. — Kanda-siirana,

as, m. the piant Amorphophallujy Canipanulatus.

— Kanda-satijna, am, n. prolapsus uteri; [cf.

lauda¹ — Knmla-samlhnva, as, a, am, growinir

from buibs. — Kanda-sara, am, n. tbe garden or

grove of Indr .. — linniadhi/a, (°da-adi ), as, m.

a kind of tuberous piant. — Kandumrila (°tla-a.n°),

f, N. of a piant,kaiidn-guduA. — Kandarha

da-ar^J), as, m. the plai.t Am. irphopha"¹ - Cam-

panulalus. — Kandodhhard (^cda-ud?), f., N. of a

pDt t,= kemda-gudad.

Kand ala, us, m., N. of sevctal plants; an escu-

lei it root; a sort of Arum &c.

Kand in, F, ini, i, havirg a bulb ius root; (F), m.

the piant Am irphophallus Campanulatus.

sbsr(sb kandnka, as, m. n ualanquin,=

lynlahi.

shwjfi kandata, am, n. the white esculent

water-lily; [cf. kandota and l.andota.]

I

kandara.

«<nH*iT7rf kapdla-bhatl

eRT^t kandara, as, a or t, am, m. f. n.

■: perhaps fr. kaw-dora), an artirioal or aatural c.ve;

i gien, a deriie, a v-tliey; (as), m. a hook for drivmg

an elephant; (am), n. dry gingtr (in this sen;e fr.

karuia, ‘consistinz of bulbs”t). — Kandnra-vot,

an, ati, at, containing cives or valleys (as a mouu

tain). — Kandarakara (°ra-ak°), as, m. a raoun-

tain. — Kandnrantara (ra-an), am, n. the interior

of a cave. — Kandardla (^Jra-Sln — alaya), an, m.,

N. of several plants, Hibiscos Populeaoides; Ficos

Infectoria. — Kandoralaka, as, m. th„ tree Ficos

Infectoria. — Knrdarorkbhovd (°ra-ud/ ), f., N. of a

piant.

qij kandarpa, as, m. (fr. kam-darpa,

* how haoghtyor, cccorJing to others, ‘ th_ in-

tlamer even of the chief of godssee 3. ka), N.

of the deity K5m~, or the god of iovc, the Copid of

the Hindfl mythol igy; leve; (a), f. one of the pre-

riding female dcities of the Jrins* exeeuting the

orders of the fifteenth Arhat. — Kandaypa-kupa,

as, m. pudendun moiiebr:, (‘a well of love.')

— Kandorpa-ketu, ns, m., N. of r prinec.-Kon-

dorpn-kdi, is, m. title of a worl , — Kardarpa-

jira, as, m., N. of a piant,— kdma-rriddhi. — lian-

da) pa-jvara, os, m. pas ion, desire.—liandarpa-

dnho.na, am, n. a secti-'n of the Siva-purJna.

— Kardarpa-musala, as, m. membrom virile.

— Kandarpo-ir-i.tkhala, as, m. a kind of ooitos.

— Kandarpo-ei'Mhanta, as, m., N. of a scholiast

nn Sup idma.

kandala, as, a, am, m. f. n. the skull

(=knpala); the chcek, or the cheek and tcnplf;

a new shoot or sprig; a low soft tona; a portent, a

natoral phenomer an sopposed to forbode cvil; re-

pro .ch, censure; (as), m. goid; war, battle; (i), f.

a species ot deer ot wf ich the hide is used; a piant,

the plautain tree or banana tree (Musa Sapientun.;

see kadali); lotus sued; a flag, a banner; (am), n.

the ftower of Musa Sapientum; perhap: a mnihrcom.

— Kondali-kara, as, m., N. ofan author. — Kan-

dalt-husmna, am, n. a mu hronm.

KandaUfa, as,d,am,corer iwlth mu-orooms r^;

budded, blown; put forth, emitted.

Kandalin, i, ini, i, covered with mushrooms;

(2), m. a kind of autelope (?).

kand’ri, f. the piant Mimosa

Pudica.

«P? ko.ndu, ns, m. f. (said to be fr. rt.

skand), a boiler, a saucepan, or other cooking

utensil of iron; an oven, or vesscl strving tor one;

(us), m., N.of a Muni. — Kond Urpakoa, os, d, am,

parched, roc sted (as min), fried &c. in a pan, dressed

without water.

3R*«(eti kanduka, as, am, m. n. (said to be

fr. the prec dingf, a ball of wood or pith for pkiying

with; (am), n. a pillow; s germ(V). — Konddka-

prostha, as, m., N. of a town. Jitmdstka-Uld, f.

any game with a ball, fives. — Kandukeia {i:a-iia),

as, m., N. of ama. — Kanduke^'<ira-linga (’ka-

i4°), am, n., N. of a Lin-ga.

kandota, as, m. the white lotus,

Nymphaea F sculenta; (am), n. the bluc lotu*.

Kandota, as, m. the white lotus, Nymphaea Escu-

lenta. See kandata,

kan-dha, as, m. (fr. kam, water, and

dha fr. rt. dha), a cloud.

Kon-dhn.ra, as, a, m. f. (fr. kam, head, and

(thura fr. rt. <i?,ri), the neck; (as), m. the piant

Amiranthn, Oleraceus; (kam—water), a cloud.

Kan-dhi, Is, m. (fr. kam, water, ar.d dh, fr. rt.

dha), the octan; (Is), f. (/.aw =head), the neck.

kanna, as, m., N. of a Rishi; (am), n.

faintiog, falling in a fit or state o^f insensibility; sin;

(a varicus reading has kalia.)

'Tf^sr^aFT kanyakd, f. (see kana), a girl, a

maiden; a young virgm; a daughter, the oonst .liation

Virgo in the zodiac; the piant Aloe Perfbliata — Kan-

ynka-guna, in, m. pl., N. of a people— Kanyat.a-

ihala, am, n. beguihng n maiden, aeduction, betrayal.

— Ka:igaka-jano, as, m. a maiden. — Karyaka-

jdta, as, m. the son of an unmarried woman.

-Kmyaka-pati, is, r... a daughur’s hirband.

Kcnuand or kanynla, f., Ved. a girL

Kopya, f. _vthe gen. pl. i.i Rig-veda is kaninam),

a girl, a virgin, a daughter; (kanyatji da otpra-dd or

pr a-yam or upa-pad in Cius., to give on ’s daughter

in murriage; kanyini prati-yrah or hri or vah, to

receive a girl in marriage, to many) ; tl e sign of the

zodiac Virgo; an epithet of Durgi; N. of a metre

of fonr lines, eacl. of th-m containing four long

syliables; an annual p'ant; N. of everal plants, the

plmt Aloe P irtoliata, a tuberous piant growiog in

Kasmira; large (irdamom, ; [cf. Zeod kaifit; Hib.

cain, ‘ chast.;, undefiled;’ ro.ile, ‘ a Ccuntrv-woman,

a harlot;’ caile-mhuil, ‘ girlish, effeminate.’] — Kan-

ya-kala, as, m. the time of virginity. — Konya-

Icubja or kanya-kubja, am, n., N. of an ancient dty

ofgreat note, in the north of Hindustan, situitcd on tlic

Kali n adi, a branth of the Ganges, in the modem

distrfct of Furmckabad. The popuf r spelliug of the

iume preert;, perhaps, crc.,ter variatione tlr n that of

any place in India (e g. Kunnqj, Knnnovj, Kivoye,

Kinnoge, Kinnauj, Ka,vy, Kannauj, Knnovj,

Canovj, Canaje, Canouj, &c.). In autiquity this

city ranks next to AyodhyS in Unde. It is known

to dissical geography as Canopyza; but the namc

lpplies also to it dependtncics and the surrounding

di-trict; the etymology (kanya, 1 girl, and kubji,

'omid-shonldccd or cr aiked) refers to a legend reiat-

mg to the hundred drughters of KulanSbha, the king

ot this city, viho were all render d crooked by Vayu

for ron-compliance with his licentious desires. The

mins of the ancient city are said to oocupy a site

lirger than that ot London. — Kanyakuhjo-dda,

as, m. the country round KanyakubJ». — KttHya-

hmaT’ or hwaya-kmmari, is, f. tht youthful ged-

dess, an epithet of Purg— — Kanyn-kupa, as, m.,

N. of 1 Tlrth i. — Kn.nya-gotn, as, S, am, inhe-

rent i: or pertaining to a virgin; the porition of

a planet in the sign Virgo. — Kanya-garbha,

as, m. the offsprin": of an unmarried woman.

— Kanya-grahan 1, am, n. takir.g a girl in mar-

riage. — Kanyata (°ya-a(a), as, 5, am, foll iw-

iDg affer young girls; (as), m. the middle of a

houi < the inner or private a partments for women.

— Ko.nya-t~.rthn, a m, n., N. of a TIrtha. — Kanya-

tva, am,, n. virginity. — Kanya-datri, td, m. a fether

v;h 2 gives a girl in marriag-. — K'in>jadnu(’ (either

"yn-rr or ~gc,-r,d'^y), am, n. giviog 1 girl in mar-

riage; receivmg a girl in m..rriayt — Kinya-dic-

fhaka, as, m. tht violator or defiler 'f a virgin;

the calumniator of a girl. — Kanya-dushano, am,

n. detiling a virgin, calnmniatinp a girl — Kanya-

dosha, as, m a biemish in a virgm, disease, bad

r pute, &c. — Kanya-dhnna, am, n. a portton,

dowrv — KnnyiX-pati, is, m. a daughter’s hnsband.

— Kanya-pdla, as, m. a deiler in -lave girls; the

fither of a maiden; [cf. knlya-pala.] — Ko.nya-

putra, as, m. tht offvprjng otan nnmarri d daughter.

— Kaayd-pura, am, n tht women’s apartments.

— Kanya-pradana, am, n. giving a daughter in

marriage. — Kanyd-bhartri or kmtya-h irtH (?), ta,

m. "n epithet of Karttik ya. — Ka.xya-hhava, as, m.

virginity. — Konya-mcyn, 0.3, i, am, consisting in a

girl (a' property 8ce.), being a girl. — Kanyn-ratna,

am, n. a jewel of a damsel, a iovely girl. — Kanya-

rama, as, m., N. of a Ruddha. — Kanyi-rdsi, is,

m. the sign Virgo. — Kanya-vedin, t, m. a sou-in-!aw.

— Konya-Sullca, am, n. the pnrchase-mom y ot a

maiden, money given to the bride’s father. — Kanya-

drama (°ya-a<°), as, m., N. of a hurmitage.

— Kmyi-samv-dyn., am, n., N. of a TIrtha.

— Kanya-sarmtdhhnva, as, m. the son of an un-

marriei girl. — Kar.ya-sampradana, am, n. the

giving away a mciden in marria-e. — Kovtja-sra-

ynmvaro, as, m. the choice of a husband by a

20}

maiden, — Kanya-harauo, am, n. canying off a

girl, rape, nivishmen*. — Kanya-hrn la, as, m., N.

of 1 T.rtha.

Konyaka 01 kanyika, f. a young girl, a virgin.

kanyasa, as. t, am (fr. kaniyas),

younger; (a), f. the little finger.

M kanynsha, am, n. tbe haiid belovv

th^ wrist.

«IP7 kop, a various reading for krap q. v

kapa, as, m. pl. a class of demuns.

e.di kapata, ns, am, m. n. (said to be fr.

rt. kamp), fraud, deceit, cheating, circumvention;

(as), m., N.of a DSnava; (i), f. a measure tqual to

the capacity of the hollow- of the two h.uds joined.

— Kapnta-ta, f. or knpata-tva, arr, n. deceitful

ness. — Kapata-tapasa, os, m. one wlio deceitfully

pretends to be an ascetic. — Kapa(a-do.itya-badhn,

as, m. title of a chaptir of the Ganesa-Purana

(‘destmetiou nf the Paitya Kapata’). — Kapo.to-

prabandha, as, m. fraud, trick, frauduient plot or

contrivance. — Kapata-hkhya,am, u. a forged docu-

ment, a false or trauJnlent siatcmcnl. — Knpat‘1-

vaiona, am, n. deceitful talk. — Kagiata-vesa, as,

d, am, issuming a false dre s or appearance, masked,

disguised; (as), m. disguise. — Kapatareiin, i, ini,

i, disguised, in masquerad 1. — KopateJvari (°/n-ii°),

f., N. of r piant.

Kapatika, as, i, am, actiug deceitfully, fraudu-

ient, dislionest, a rogut, a 'fleat.

Kupntid, 1, ini, i, frauduient, dishonest, a cheat;

(ini), f. a kmd of perfume, - fido.

«fiUriT kappna, f. (said to be fr. rt. knmpi,

Ved. a worm, a caterpill ir; [cf. icdpiir.;.]

eiliViri kaparda, as, m. a small shell or

cowii- used as a coin and as 1 dit in gambling,

Cypraa Moneta, braided and knott.J hair, cipecially

that of Siva 1 knotted so as to rjsemble the t owrie

Shell).

Kapardako,, os, m.=kapacd(’ above; (ika), f.

Cyprsei Moneti. See kaparda.

Kapordin, i", ini, i, shaggy; wearing biaided and

knotted hair like the cowri, Shell; epithet of Kcdra, of

Pⁿshan, of tne descendants of Vasishtha and of Purga;

(I), m., N. of Siva; N. of one of th eleven Rudras.

— Kapnrdi-karika, as, f. pl., N. >f a work.

— Kapardi-svSmin,, i, m., N. of a .choliast.

■7illc9 kapala, am, n., Ved. a half, a part.

oFUIZ kapata, as, i, am. ni. f. n. a door,

the leaf or pinei vf a door.— Kapd(a-ghna, as, m

one who break,- the door, a house-brcakj, a thief.

— Kupata-sundhi, is, m. the junenon of the 1 .aves

of a door; a node of multipiying in which the

multipiicand is piaced ir. - certain maDner under the

multipiying qeantity — Kopatasandhik a, da, d,am,

term rocd *iir a kind of bandoge; similarly ardka

kapaiasondhika. — Ko.pdtodnhctana ( ja-udT),

am, n. a door-key.

efilir?5 knpdla, am, n. (said to be fr. rt

kamp), a cup, a jar, a dish, used espuially tor tht

Purodai- offeting (often at the and of a cimpaund,

the hrst m mber of which is a numera], e. g. tri

kapala, ‘ con.isting of three cupsP; the ihell of an

egg, shell of a tnrtoi.e; tht cotyla ot the ltg of a

man or rnimal, any flat tone; a kind of leprosy;

(as, am), m. n. the fragm nt of a vessel, a pnt-

ri.erd; a cover or lid; the skuH, the cranium, the

skull-bone; either half of a water-jar; mnititnde,

-jsembla e, collection; a treaty of pc ce on tqual

term ,:--k'.pdta ?; (as), m., N. of an intermediate

ca-te; N. oS a man; (atr, f), n. f. a bcggar’s bowl;

[cf. Gr. Ketpa\ii; Lat. caput; G :rm. haupt; Getii.

KadbHK, Them. haubidn.) —Kopala-nalika, f. a

sort of pin or spindle for winding cotton, thread, &c.

— Kapala-pani, is, is, i, having a pet in 1 and t:>

receive food (as a beggar). — Kapalaf. a

3f

202

«iMnR kitpha-nasana.

FCTTr^Hri kapala-bhrit.

parti, alar suri ot penanc-, conusting ln alternati

-uppr.u-.ioi) and emission ot tbe brczth. — Kapala-

bhrit, t, m. a.i epithut of S in or Maha-devr- (who

wtars skulls). — KapalamiUn, i, ini, i, bearing a

garland of skulls; epithet ofS iva. — Ka pala-moaana,

am, n, N. ot a T.rtha. — Kapdkf-diras (?), a>, m.,

N. of a Muni; (a varmus reading has kaldpa-tiiras.)

— KapdH-saudhi, is, m. a tre-ty of peact on equal

tenns (—kaptdta-jmdhi'). — Kapila-spkotar, as,

m., N. of a Rrdcshas (‘splitting tlie rkuli’).

KapaUka f. a potsherd; the tartar of the tteth;

[cf. l-dpalfka.']

Kapdlin, i, ini, i, tumished with or bearing

skalls: (i, ini), m. f. a man or woman ot low casto,

son or daughter of a Brahman mothcr nd a f sherman

father; th« follower of a certain Saiva sect, [cf.

kdpaW.d]; (i), m. an epithct of Siva (ar wtaring

skulls); N. of one ot the elcvcn Rudras; N. of a

servant of S iva; (ini), f. the goddess Duiga as the

wifc of Siva-kapSlin.

SfT^T kapt, is, is, i (said to be fr. rt. kamp),

urown; (is), m. an :po or ntonkey; an elephant;

the plai t Embliia OtEcinalis or a species ot Karanja;

incense, storax >r impuri ben?oin, [cf. kapipja,

kapi-taila, &c.]; the sun; an epithet ofVishiiu ot

Krrtr;n; N. ot a Muri, the author of a Vedic verie,

«on of Uru-kshaya; (is or I), f. a fe.nale ape or

uionkey; [cf. Gr aijiros, sciros; Old Germ. nffo;

Angi.' Sax. apa; Eng. ape.] — Kapi-ka<^:i'hu, \u or

u, u«, f. the piant Mucuna Pruritus. — Kapil:ac^h u-

pkalopamd (°la-vp°), f., N. of a plait. — Kapi-

l. adchura, f. the piant Mucuna Fmntus.—Kap^;,-

kanduka, a,n, n. the skull, the cranium (‘playing-

ball of moukeys’). — Kupi-krtana, as, m. -n .pithet

of Arjuir, the third son of PSndu. — Kapi-lr<a, as,

m. monkey’s hair(?).— KapiJtoli, is, m., N. of a

piant — Kapi-ciida, f. r r kapi-duta, as, m. the trer

Spondias Magrutera. — Kapi-ja, as, a, am, bom of

a monkey; (as), m. incense, beMoin. — Kapi-taila,

am, n. benzoin or -torax. — Kap^{-tva, am, n. the

state of rn ape, apishness. — Kapi-dhwja, as, m. an

epithet of Anuna 'having a monkey as his symbol,

hi ensign or arma).— Kip i-namar, a, ni. incense.

— Kapi-jiippali, f. N, of two ditterent kinds of

planis. — Kapi-prabh,S,i. the piant Mucuna Pruritus.

— Kapi-prabha, ns, m. au epithet of Rama, g-neral

of the monkey-force, with which he invaded Lanka.

— Kapi-priya, as, m. the tree Spi ndtas Magnifera

and the tree Feronia Eleph intum. — Kapi-bhaksha,

as, m. the food of apes; N. of a certain eatable

‘ubstanc. — K xpi-ratha, as, m. an epithet of Rama;

[cf. Vapi-prahhu.] — Kapi-roma-pkald, t. tht piant

Mucuna Pruritus. — Auj ' ’ ana-phala, f. the piant

Mucuna Pruritus. — Kapi-loma, f. a kind of perfiime.

— Kapi-laha, asm, n. btass (monkey--olon/ed metali.

— KapUUka, f. (contracte d ffom kapl-vallika ’),

a piar.t bich bsats a s.ed resembling p .-pper, Sdn-

lapsus Offieinalis, ■ - gaja-pippali. — Kapi-vaktra,

aj\, m. a N. of Nanda, a saint and philosophor and

fricui of Krisbua, having a fare like a monkey.

— Kapi-vana, as, m., N. of a man, — Kap^!-vuU\,

f. the pla it Srindapsus Offit mali.. — Kapi-saka, as,

am, m. n. a cabbage — lfapi-iirska, am, u. the

upper part or coping of a wall. — Kapi-firphala,

am, n. verntiiion, the ied «ulpburet of mercury.

— Kapi-Jirihni, f. a kind of musica’ irstrument.

— hapi-skthala (pisthK ), as, m., N. of a Rishi;

(as),m.pl. the descendant otthis Rishi. — Kapi-slan-

dhr, as, m., N of - DSnava. — Kupt- thala, im, n.

^a pl^;1<- frt quented by monktys. — Kapi-svara, as,

m., N. of a man. — Kapi-hasclar, ut, f the piant

Mucun t Pfuritus, see kapi-kaMhu. — Kapijya, as,

m_. ( . 'pi-ljija ‘), the tree Mimu-ops Kauki,- Ka-

ptndra ( pi-iv ), as, m. tlt chief of the nionkt y.;

an epithet of V hnut ofj ambavat, the father -in-law

of Krishna; of Hannmat; of SuurTva, &c. — Kapi-

oat, an, m., N. of a <agc; one of the seven «ages

of thi tou-th Manvantara; (fi), f., N. of a river.

— Kaphhta (~pi-ish°), as, m. the tree Feronia

Elephantum. — Kapy-akhija, as, m. incense.

Kaiiika, f., N. of a piant.

Kapitthn, as, m. ittha^stha fr. rt. Ika, ‘on

which monk. ys dwellcf. aivattha), tho elephant

or wood ipple tnx, Feronia Elephantum; a pirticular

po'ition ot the hands and fingers; (a:r), n. the fruit

of Feronir. Hepbantum.— Kafitt/ia-h-aa, k, n. the

bark of the tree Feronia Ei phantum. — Kapittha-

par,tx and lapiChdni, f., N. of a piant, * iitra-

palti ika, &c. — Kapitthasya (' tha-osya), as, m. a

k.nd cf monkey (having a roundi ih tace, in shape

like the wood appte).

Kapitthaha, N. of a place in Avanti.

Kapilthini, f. a region abs-unding in Kapitthas.

Kipiraku —¹-apiiala, q. v.

Kap-'la, as, a, am, ‘ monkey<oloured,’ brown,

tawny, redd; sh; (as), m. the brown or nwuy c jlour;

a (brown) dog; incense; N. of an anci-nt sage,

identified by som_c with Vishnu -nd C' uisidered as the

fonnder of the San-kliya system of phili sophy; a son

of Vitatha; or a son of Va«u-deva by Nar5dl; or a

son of Karlama by Dcv.ihiiti; i form of fire; an epi-

thet of the sun, considered as king of the Nagas;

N. ot a Paravi; N. of a mountain; (as), m. pl., N.

of a people ; (d), f. a brow i cow, a fabulous cow celu-

btated in the Puranas; N. of two plants, a kind of

ffinsapa or Slinfapd itself; the piant Aloe Pertoliata;

a sort of p rfurne; a ldnd of brass; the common

leech; N. of a daughter of Daksha; N. of the femate

elepharit of the south-ea«t, the male being cailcd

PundarTka; N. of a river. — Kupiila-dcva, as, m.,

N. of the author of a bmriti. — Kapila-dytiH, is,

m. a N. of Siiry- or the sun, — Kupila-dra’sha, f.

a vine with brown or tawny coloured grapts. — Ka-

pila-drama, as, m., N. of a perfiime or -weet scented

wood (kdkshi). — Kapil i-dhara, f. an epithet ot

the GangS; N of a Tlrtha; a holy place, a plac_ of

pilorimagc. — Kup^a pduOa, f. a vine with brown

grapes. — Kajdla-bh"drd f., N. of w< >man. — Ka-

pila mata, am, n., N. of a work. — KapAla-rudra,

as, m., N. of i poot. — Kapila-vastu, u, n., N. of

th town in which b 5kva-muni or Buddba wa; bom.

— Kapila-ttnscpa, f. a variety of Siolapa with

reddish flowers. — Kapila-samhUd, f. title of an

Upa-pwrSna, diab-gue betw en Kapila and Satyajit.

— Kapilafoh’ (;'larak⁰), f. a kind of deer (‘with

I rown eyes’); a variety of Sinfapa with rejdish

flower- —RapSlahpano i^la-arf), as, m. an epithet

of biva; [cf. kapisahjcna.'] — KapiJa-t>rtha, a,n,

n. , N. of a Tlrtha, (any one bathing there obtains

tooo brownoows.) — Kapilarata. (^cla-av'), as, m.,

N of a T.rtha. — Kapfa^aa (°la-ai⁰), as, m. an

epithet of the god of Indrr ; N. of a man, a son of

Dhuiidhumara. - Ko.pild-hrad ', as, m., N. of a

Tlrthe.

Kapilala, as, ika, an,, reddish; (ika), f., N. of

a woman.

Kapili-kri, cb 8. P. A. kcrvli, -kurute, -kar-

tam, to colour brown or reddish.

liapida os, a, am, ‘ ape -cob ored/ brown, mddish-

brown, (as), m. brown or reddish colour, a coni-

pound ot lilack and yelli w; incense, storax or ,«arse

benzoin; (5 ur i), f. a spirit, a -.ort of rum; (a), f.

the inother of the denioa- called Pifadas; N. of a

riv, r — Ka;>i.‘di,jana fJa-ati⁰), as, m. an epithet

of Sm. — Kapisa-pvtra, as, m. a Pifsda, an imp

or goblin. — Kapisayana ( ia-ay°), ac, m. a deity;

i «ort of spirit or rum. — KaptJaradana (^a-av°),

N. of a Ruddhist work.

Kapiftiia, as, a, am, .mbrowncd, mad- trown

or dusky rrd.

Kapi fika, f. a kind of spintuous liquor.

Kapila, as, m., N. of a tree.

Kapitaua, as, m., N. of severa! plants; a tree

b-aring an arid fruit, Spondias Magriifera; the plani

Tbcspesia Populnea; Ac «eia Sirisa; the holy fi? tree,

Ficus Religiosa; the betel nut tree, Areca Faufel;

xEt;le Marmelos.

ofiT kapijanghiki, f. a kind of ant;

also rpelt kapAjdnpjhika.

SifrrSoS ■apmjata,as,m. (fr.ka-rpihjaluf,

sometimes ka pina ala), a biid, th, frincoline par-

tridge; the Cataka; N. of a man; also of a sparrow;

(a), f., N. of a river.—Kapiifalarma tpla-ar'"),

a,n, n., N. of a region (?).

eti'j'sss.ob ka-puMhala, am, n., Ved. the fore

p rt of a sacriiidal ladle, i. e. the part with which the

tiuid k skimmed off; hair hanging down to the

ground, or a lock of hair tied on the right side ot

die crown of a youny Brthman, when he is invested

with the s icerdotal thrtad.

«fidrysf,' rpushtika, f. a pateh of hair on

f ach side of the htad; also written kapiuh.iika.

ka-puya, as, d, am (see 2. ka), smell-

ing 1 adly, disgusting, disrgreeable.

ka-prith, t, or ka-pritho, m, m. (see

4. ka), Ved. ‘ cauring pleasurt," membrum virile.

'bslrt ka-pola, as, m. (2. ita -f pota, q. v.),

a dove. pigeon, csp xially th, spottv-ntcked pigeon;

(in the Vcdar otten a bird of tvil omen); a bird ,11

genet al; a particulae position ot the hands; the gray

ci donr of a pigi on; th, brightness of antimony (of a

gtay rolouri. — Kupnta-carana, f. a kind clpertum...

— Knpota-paka, as, m. pl., N. of a mouutain-tribe;

(d), f. , princ.-ss ot this tribe. — Kapota-pada, as,

i, am, having feet like thore of a pigeon. — Kap>o'a-

pdlikd or l ipn la-pdl\, f. a d. ve-cot, an avimy or

pigeon-housc. — Kopnta-raja, as, m. the king of

the pigeons. — Kapota-retnsa, as, m., N. of a man.

— Kapota-roman, d, m., N of a prince. — Kapola-

vankd, f., N. of a medicinal piant (u:,td as a remedy

for the stone). — Kapota-rarna, as, i, c:m, of the

colour ot a pigeon, of bright gray, lead-nav; (z),

f. s-mall cardamoms. — Kapata-"'dli, f., N. of a piant.

— Kapndasidnd, f. a kind of p rfnmc. — liapnta-

rega, f., N. of a plai.t, — Kapotn-sdta, am, n. the

brightness of antimony, antimony, — Kapnta-hasta

or kapota-hmtako, as, m. n mode of joining the

hands in prayer, u.treaty, or ftar, &c. — Kapntdngkri

(°la-on), fs, f. a kind of perfiime. — Kapotdnjana

Cta-anf), au, n. = kdpotdnjana, the brightness ot

».itimony, antimony. — Kapotshha ('ta-abha), as,

a, am, ot the colour of a pigeon, of a bright gray ;

(as), m. a pale or dirty whit. colour. — K(l])’‘tari

(^:la-ari), is, m. a hawk, a falcon.

Kapotaku, as, m. a srnall pigeon or dovt; a m cie

ofjoimog the hands; (om), n. antimony.

Kaputakiya, f. a region ibounding in pigeons.

Kapatin, F, ini, i, having pigeons, pigeon-shaped.

kapola, as, m. (said to be fr. rt.

kamp), a ch iek; (i), f. the fore part ot the knte,

the knee-cap or pan; [cf. kap>d'a. \ — Kapvla-kavi,

is, m., N. of a poct. — Kapola-kiLha, as, m. any ob

ject against which the ch .eks or temples are rubbed;

thi elephant’s temples -nd cheeks. — Kap^ln-pha-

laka, ac, m. the cheek; (perhaps) the cheek-bone.

— Kapola-bhitti, is, m. the templo- and cheek,

the upp r part of tht face, (perhap^) the opening in

the temples of an elephant duri^ rct. — Kapola-

rdga, as, m. colour or riush in the cheek.

^1 kapphina, as, m., N. of a man;

(various re-dings h ive kapphiUc, kaphina, kaphin,

kaphila, kamphilla.)

3itfi kapha, as, m. phltgm, one of the

three humois of the body (tlie other two are idja

ar.dpti/'i),watcry fn'th or fi am in general. — Kopha-

kara, as, d or F, am, 01 kapha-d", as, d, am,

producing phlegm ; occasi ining colds. — Knpha-

lcurrika, f. saliva, spittlc. — K^Jn-k°Jwja, as, m.

pulr lonary eonsumption. — Kapha-ghm, as, i, am,

removing phlegm, antiphlcpmatic, curing coids (epi-

thet of many plants); (i), f., N. of a piant. —AV

pha-ia, as, p, am, arising from or pre duced by

phlegm. — Kapha-ivam, as, m. fever arising fron.

exce-s of phlegm. — Kripha-natana, as, i, am,

WR kapha-praya.

sfrg kampra.

203

antiphle gmatie. — Knpna-praya, at, d, ant, phlegm-

atic. —Kapha-vatdhoka, as, i, am, exciting or

increasing phlegm. — Kapha-vardJkma, as, t, am,

exciting or mcre"sing phlegm; (as), m., N. of a

piant, a species of Tabemaemoutuna.— Kapha-ri-

rodhin, i, Ini, i, obstructlng the phlegm; (i), o.

pepper. — Kapha-tambkavu, as, a, a,n, arising

from phlegm. — Kapha-hara, as, a, am, or Tca-

pha-krit, t, t, t, removing phlegm, antiphiegmatic.

— Kaphatucaka ('pJia-atr), as, a, am, phlegmatic.

— Kapthantaka (pha-an°), a”, m. a kind of

piant,- rarmra. — Kapharl (°pha-ari), is, m. dry

ginger.

Kaphala, as, a, am, phiegmatic, having phlegm.

Kaphin, ?, ini, i, phlegmatic; filled with .nucus;

(i), m. an elephant; a various reading for happhina;

(mi), f., N. of a river.

Kaphdu, us, us, u, phlegmati, c msii.g or exciting

phlegm; (us), m. a phnt, Cordia Latifolia.

=tiHiR'l kapham, is, m. f. fhe elbow.

Kaphoni, is, i, m. f. the Gbow. — Knphoni-

r/hata, a-, m. a stroke with the elbow.

kaptiavda, as, m., Ved. the elbotv (?).

j.'3 kab, cl. i. A. kabate, -bitam, to

S colonr to tinge with various hues; to

praise; [cf. /tat'.]

sa-bundba or ka-vandha, as or am,

m. or n. a tig barrel or ca- k, a large-bellitd vessel;

(metaphorically) a doud; the bel'y; the elouds

wliich obscure the sua at sun et and suntise (sonie-

times they are petsooified); water; a N. of Rahu;

a headless trunk eshaped like a barrel), especiully one

retaining vitality; (as), m , N. ofan Atharvana and

Gandbarva; N. oi a Muni; N. of the DSnava or

Rakshasa called Dauu, who was son of Sri. (His sror/

is told in R?may. 111. 75. It is there related that

Indra puni-htd him for his insoience in challenging the

god to combat, by striking his h.ad and thigbs with

his thuuderbolt "nd so presdng them into his body.

Ht had enormously leug arms and a huge mouth in

his beUy. It was predictel that be would nut reoover

his nriginal hape until killed in a battle with R3ma

and Lakshmana. The whole vtoiy probably tepre-

sents one of Indra’s battles with the elouds.) — lin-

bandha-td,(. or kaband\a-tva, am, n. headlessness,

decapitation. — Kabemdha-vadha, as, m. ‘ the slay-

ing of Kabandha,’ title of a chapter ot the Padnia-

pur3na.

Kabaadhin or kavandhia, i, ini, i, Ved.‘ bearing

huge vessels of water or the elouds(S3y.) ‘ endowed

with water,’ an epithet of the Marnts who opei. the

elouds and iend de wn rain; (i), m., N. of a Kkty5-

yana.

cabitlna, as, m. the elephant or

wood ppie tres, Feronia Elephantum. Sea kapittka.

kabila, as, a, am, tawny-coloured;

(as), m. tawny (the colnur). See kapila.

kabvli, is, f. the hinder part of an

animal.

efccj kabru, Atharva-veda II. 3, 6.

1. kam, ind. (Gr. «1/), well, bene (op-

posed to alam, ‘badly’), a parride placed after the

woi I to which t belongs with an affirmative sense

(Weil,Ye^c),whioh sense, however, i- geneially so weak

that the Indian gramnurians are perhaps right in

numerating tcam among the expletives; it is often

tound attachH to a dat. case, giving to the latter a

stronger meaning, and is generally placed at the end

of the P5da (e. g. ajijana osfadhir bhojandya

kam tlnu didst create the plants for actual food);

it is also used as an enclitic with the particles nu, su,

and M, bnt is nevertheless trtatcd in the Padap5tha

-^s a separati word. Rarely kam seems to be used,

like kad and kim, as an interrogative partide; some-

times it cccur», like kim and had, ‘,t the beeinning

of compotinds, markmg the strange or unusuai cha-

racter of anything, [cf. kandarpa] ; 'ccordmg to

native h xtcographers kam means also hoad; water;

food. — Kam-vat, an, ati, at, Ved. lovely.

Kamha or kambha, as, a, am, well (?).

y.|j 2. kam, A. (not used in the con-

Njngational tenses) (akamr, kamishya.lt,

aCakamala, kam,itum, to wish, desire, long for;

to love, be in love with; to have sexual intero.urse

with: Caus. A. (ep. also P.) ka.nayate, -U, hama-

yanSakr ., kdmayishyate, aMhamata, kdmayi-

fum, to wish, desire, long for (with pot. or inf.,

e. g. kamayt bhunjita, I wish he may eat; kdiaaye

ditum, I wish to give); to love, hav» stxual inter-

epume with; to bf inflamed with love; (with bahu

or atjartham) to rate or value highly; to cause any

one to love, [cf. also kan\: De lid. iikamishatc and

dikdmayitkate Infans. Canhamyats; [d. Lat.

comis; also amo with lois of the iiutial; cd-rus for

cam-rue; Hio. caemh, ‘love, desire; fine, hand-

some, pleasant;’ caornkach, ‘ a triend, a oompanion;’

caomhalm, ‘ I -ave, spart, protectperhaps Old

Gcrm. stim, scimo, ‘ splendor;’ Armen. kam .'m.]

Kamana, Oe, d, am, wi,hing for, desirous; libi-

dmous, beautuiil, desirable, lovely; \as\, m., N. of

Kama, the god of love; N. of BrahmS; the tree

Jouesia Aioka. — Kamana-u hada ( na-dhn ) as,

m. a heron (having beautiml plunnge).

Kamaniya, as, d, am, to be desired or wlshed for,

desirable; lovely, pltasing, beautiful. — I&xtraniya-

ta, f. or kaman‘ya-tva_: am, n. lovJiness, bf auty;

desirabieness.

Kamo.ra, as, a, am, de irous, lmttul.

hajiiala, as, a, am, desirous, lusttul; (as), m. a

speJes ofdter; the Indian erane, Ardea Sibinca; an

epithet ot Brahm5; N. of a man, (am), n. (ac-

cording to some m. or n.) the lotus, Nelumbium;

water; copper; the bladder; a mediument, a drug;

N. of s towi. built by Kamal3; a fart^;cular high

number; Ved., N. of a certain coiour; (am or i),

n. f., N. of a metre of four lines of three sbort sylla-

ble^r each; (a), f. an epithet i f Lakshml; an excel-

lent woman; N. of a femal. dancer who afterwards

became thewitt ofking JayapIJa. — Kamala-kikara

">nd kamala-h.ita, N. of two GrSmas or villages.

— Kauiala-khancfa, am, n. an arsemblagt- of lotmes.

— Knmaln-gaibhabbta (°bha-abha), as, a, am,

bright as the lotus-c jp. — Kamala-devi, f, N. of th:

wife ot king Lalitiditya and motlicr of king Kuva-

laySpIda. — Kauiala-putt.akdia (^rra-ak°), as, a,

am, one wiiose eyes are like lotuses. — Kamala-

bhava, as, m. or kamala-yoni, is, m. ‘ spning

from thi lotus, |n epithet of Brahir.3. — Kamala.-

bhidd, f., N. of a Grama or vdlage. — Kamala-vati,

f. , N. of the wife of kmg Laiit3ditya. — Kamaht-

ridana, am, n. 1 lotus face, i. e. a lovely face.

— Knmala-JO,idhana, as, m., N. of a king of

Kan,pana. — Kamala-snmbhcra, as, m. au epithet

of Bn dm3. — KamaHkara i^Ia-dk⁰), as, m. an

assemblage of lotuses; a hke &c. where lotuses

abound; N. of several sarhorr, —Kauala-kesava,

as, m, N. of a sanctuaiy built by Kamaiavatl.

— Kamalaksha (°Ia-oi‘), N.of z place. — hahtala

nandana, as, m. son of Kamaia, an epithet of

Mi ra-diiiakara. — Kamala-pati, is, m., N. of a

copyist. — Kamalayataksha ("ta-iyata-ak ), as,

d, am, having large lotu. ey s. — Kavialdyudha

(’la-dif), as, m,. N. of a poet. — Kamaldlayd

( la-al"), f. an epithet of Lakshnu. — Kamaldeana

pr kamaldsana-stka ( la-as^c), as, m. an epithet of

BrahmS, — Kamald-hafta, as, m., N. of a market-

place fouuded by Kamaiavatl — i.kawaldhasa (la-

dh°), as, m. the shutting or opening of a lous. — 3.

kaiualahb*a, nom. (fr. the la->) P. -hasaii, -situm,

to smile like a \otm —Ka,nalekshana (°la-ik°),

as, d, a n, lotus-eyed. — Ka,aol<Mara (°la-ut³),

am, n. afflower, Carthamus Tinctcrim.

'Kamalaka, am, n., N. of a town.

Kamaliri, f. a number of lotus flowers or a lake

or place iboumVng with them.

Kami, f. loveliness, beauty, radiaoce.

Ka,nitri, ta, tri, tri, lusttul, desirous, cupidmou >.

Kamra, as, d, am, desirous, cupidiuous; beautiful;

desirable.

kamaka, as, m., N. of a man ; (as),

m. pl. the descendant; of this man.

TiKS kamatha, as, m. (said to be fr. 2. kam),

a tortoise; a f ircupinc; a water-jar, tspeci-lly one

made of a holiow gunrd er cocoa-nut, and used by

a: ceties t a bamboo; N. of a prince; of a Muni; -nd

01 a Daitye; (I), f. s femal. tortoise, a smaii one

— Kamatha-pati, is, m. the king of tort nses.

— Kr.mathdsura-vadha (t/ia-a^), as, m. ‘the

slaying of the Daitya Kan.atha,’ a section of the

Gane/a-PutJna.

Russei kp.mundalu, us, u, m. n. an t arthen

or wooden water-p it used by the ascetic and religious

student; a vessel with a spout; the waved-leat fig

tree, Ficus Infectoria. — Kamr,,dal,'-laru, us, m.

the tree Ficus Infectoria. — Kamandak'-dlcara, as,

m. an epithet of Riva.

kamadyu, iis, f. (fr. kama derived fr.

2. kam and dyu !), Ved., N. of i woman.

kamantaka and kamandaka, as, m.,

N. of two men; (as), m. pl. the descendauta of

thfse men.

wtl kamardka, am, n. water; (a various

reading for kahandho; c msidered a'so as r. com-

pound of kam and andha, both bting, accrrdiog to

native 1 xicogrephers, synonyms of wn.ter.)

Wrt kamaia. See under rt. 2. kam above.

kamp, cl. 1. A. (ep. also P.) kom-

\pate, kam pati, dakampe, kamplshyate,

akampishta, kampitum, to trembli, shake: Caus.

P. ka,npnyaii, -yitum, to cause to tremble, m ike

tremble, shak.; to pronounet in a tremule u manner,

i. e. with a trill or shake: Dedd. (ikampishatt.

Intims. cankampyati; faitkainpili; [cf. Gr. Kip.ii

r», rreuirai; Hib. cabhdg, ‘ hastening.’]

Kampa, as, m. trembling, trem.ir, trembling

motion, siaking; a tr mulous or trilling pronuncir

tion, a inodi.il ation of the Svarita acci nt, whicb may

take piae, if the Svaritn 'yliable u follow-d by au

UdStfi syllable; N. of a man. — Kahijia-rdja, as,

m., N. of a man. — Kampa-laJcsk.m,,, d, m. air,

wiliJ. — Kampjan^ita (°pa-an°),as,d,am, affected

with trembling, apjtate d.

Kampana, as, d, am, trembling, shaken nn-

iteady; ciusing to tremble, shaldng; (as), m. a

kind of weapon; the dewy svison (November-De-

cember); N. of a prince; N. of a country near

KsSmTra; (a), f., N. of a river; (am), n. trembling,

quiverirg; quivering proimnriation, a modification of

the Svarita accent (xe kampa); 'haking, swingiog.

Kampanhja, as, d, am, to be shaken, movable,

vibratoiy.

Ka/nprmdna, at, d, am, trembling, shaking.

Kampayat, ar, ant’, at, shaking, causing to

tremble.

Kampdhx, as, m. (a wroi g reading for kam-

pdnka), wind,

Kampita, ar, d, am, treir.bling, shaking; oai eed

to tremble, sliaken, swung; (am), n. tremblinn, a

trembling, a tremor.

Ka mpin, i, ini, i, trembling, quivering, shaking

Kampila or kampihja or ke.mpilla or kam-

pillaka or kompila, at, m.. N. of a piant, Cri-

. um Amaiyllacee(?); commonly kamaldqundi ; [cf.

kdmpilla and ivndd-ro(an:.~\ .

Kampya. ar, d, am, to be sh-ker., to be made to

tremble, to b. moved away from one’s place; to be

preinuuuced in : qui\ ring manner.

Kampra, as, d, am, trembling, shaken mova-

b’t; agile, quick.

204

«sg Kamb. eRTTcig karalamba.

«SfOT kayya, as, ra., N. of a prince, foundcr

kamb, d. I P kamhati, -bilum, to

go, move; (a various reading for karb.)

hambara, as, a, air, varieg&ted, spot-

ted; (as), m. variegattd colonr; [cf. larbwa.]

kambala, as, am, ra. n. (said to be

fr. 2. kam), a woolltn blanket or doth; =n upptr

Joth or garracat of wool; (as), m. a dtw-lip; a

•mali worm or ins.ct; a sort uf de^r; N. of » Nava;

N. of a man; (am), n. water; [cf. kmnala.}

— Kambala-ka^raka, as, m. a woollen doth manu-

ikcturer. — Kambal i-^ara /aaiya, as, m. pl. a nick-

nani_ of a school of CarSyana. — Kamhala-dha-

raka, as, m. on“ who de”is woollen d-ithes.

— Kav^ala-baihisha, as, m. N. of a man.

— Kambala-rahya, as, m. or kambalc-uahyaka,

am, n. a Idnd of c-niagc covered with a coarse

blanket i r woollen cloth and diaw,i by oxtn. (The

mor' comet ip.lliiy^T s-ems to be kambali-vahya

'■nd hamhaH-rdhynka.) — Kambala-hd, a, as, m.,

N. of a nnn; (ds), m. pi. the de--c^ndants of this man

Kambalaka, as, am, m. n. a woollen doth, a

g-rmtot of wool.

KcmtbaUn, i, in’, i, covertd with a woollen cloth

or bl-nkot. — Kamhali- rahyaka, am, a. p carriage

so covered and drawn by oxen.

Kambaltya, as, a, am, fit for woollen blanket-.

Kambalya, aut, n. ioo Palas of wuul (sc murti

being necessary for making a woolLn blanket).

Irtinjcambolayin, t,m.asortof kite.

kambi, is, f. a ladle or spoon; a

shoot, a branch or joint of a bamboo.

^ ^ kambit, us, n, ra. n. a conch, a shell;

a bivalve shell; a bracelet, a ring made of shells;

(us)_f m. an elephant; the neck; a tube-shaped

bone; a vein or tubular vessel of the body; a sort

of Curcuma. — Kambu-Jcdskika, f. the tree Physalis

Flexuosa* — Kambu^grlva, as_f m., N. of a tortoise;

(d), f. a neck marked with three lines like a shell,

and considered to be indicative of exalted fortune;

a shell-shaped neck. — Kambu-pushpi and Jcambu-

malint, f., N. of a piant. — Karribp-atayin, I, m.

the bird Falco Cheela.

Kambuka, as, m. a conch, a shell; a mean per-

am; (a), f. the tree Physalis Flexuosa; (am), n.,

N. of a town.

*3vf|J;am&», iis, us, u (said to be fr. 2. kam),

stealing; (w«), m. a thief, a plunderer; a bracelet.

kambuka, as, m.,Ved. the husk of

nce.

kamboja, as, m. pl., N. of a country

and its inhabitants; (as), m. the prince of this

country; a shell; a Idnd of shell; a species of

elephant; [cf. kambu and kamboja♦]

kambhari, f. = gambhan, tbe piant

Gm lini Arbore».

kumbhu, u, n. the fragrant root of

Andropog^n Muricatus.

W kaya, a Vedic fonn for 2. ka, ocourrmg

only in the genitive castwith <%d; e.g. knynsya tid,

>t every one; (ni *hv naina etirratirr kayasya

til, bow well down the haughtinefs of every one);

[cf. Zi nd kaya; Armu.. «».j

1 ayasfha, f. a mc.dirinal piant, =

kii ili; (probably a vanou? reading for vayastha .

cf. kayastha.)

kaya, ind,,\ed. (fr. 2. ka inst. fem.),

in what imnntr ?

3ITCT7 kayarl, l, t, t (tr.kaya for%a? and

rt. ad), V A. consuming the body; (a v -rious reading

for kraryad.)

kayadhv, tis, f., N. of the wift of

Hiranj-akaSipn.

of a sanctuary (srikayya-sramin) and of a Vihira

(kayya-vihara) called after him.

kayynka, as, m., Hl of a raan.

r. kara. as, a or I, am (fr. rt. kri, to do;

for 2. kara see p. 205), who or what does or mikes

or carnes; cansing, dning, making (ospedally at the

;nd of compotr ds, e. g. bhayan-kara, cauring fcar,

frightful; d«/iiAj-iYi)a,can ngpjin, rriddhi kara,

tiusing increase; *ampat-kara, cau-in» prosp.rity;

a ‘tha-kari tidya, a acitnce prrdnctive of wtalth

&c.); (as), m. the hand (‘ the active one’); a

measure, the breadth of tw,,nty-fnnr thut.ib'; an

vlephant’s truuk; the act of doing, miking, &c,;

(at the .nd cf sevcral compotinds with a pasrive

sen»e. e. g. ithat-kata and su-kara, casy to bt

don.; dusb-kam, difficult to be done; m,had-

ddkyair-liaru, t-asy to be made rich); [cf. Lith. haire,

‘the lcft hand.’¹—Kara-kantaha, as, m. a finger-

nail (‘thorn of the hand’). — Kara-kamala, am,

n. the hand, especially of a lovcr or a mistress &c.

(Iit. ‘ hand-lotu similar compe 1 nds are kara-pad-

,na, kara-pankaja, kenta-pcMava, Sae.).*Kara-

karaa, as, m., N. of a m.n. — liora-kalara, as,

m. the hand hollcwcd to receive water. — Jia. a-

kisalaya, as, am, m. n. a b-ind which is liko a

branch; the finger (‘shoot of tht hand’). — Kara-

favlmala, am, n. the finger (‘ bud of the hand’).

— Rara-kosha, as, ia. th. hand hollowed to receive

warer; [cf. kara-kalata.] — 1. kora-g aha, at, m.

(for 2. ser under 2. kara, p. 205), taking the haud

(of the bride in the marriage cer mony; one p irt of

the ceremony of murriagv is the plaring of the right

httnd of tho bride, with the palni uppermost, in the

right hand ot tlie bridegroom), marr age.— s. kara-

grahtma, am, n. (for 2. see under 2. Kara), takiug

the hand, marriage. — 1. lara-ijraKin, i, ini, i,

taking the hanJ. — Kara-ghanhana, as, m. a

chur ting-stick; (am), n. mbbing the. hai As together.

— Kara-gkcersfkn, f, m. the cbnming-stick. — Kara-

gha(a, as, ra. s ktnd of poisonous tree. — Kara-

tthada, as, m. the teak tree, Trophi Aspera; (d),

f. a tree, commonly cdled smiura-piishpi-vriksfia.

— Kam-ja, as, a, am, produced 1,1 or trum the

hand; (as), m. a finger-nail; N. of a timber tree,

=karanja or Pongamia Glabra; (ani), n. a per-

fnme, = t•ydghrantv-ha, resembling a nail in -ppear-

ancc. — Karaia-rardhana, as, m., N. cf a prine;.

— Karajdktiya (^>ja-akh"), as, m. a pertume,=

kara-ia. — Kara-jyntli, is, m., N. of a tree, =

hasto-jyodi, — Kara-tnla, as, m. the p-lm of the

h uid; karatali-kri, to takc in the p ilm nf the hands.

— Karatala-gala, as, d, am, b:ing in thi hand or

in om’ poss. ssion. — Karatah-dhrila, as, a, am,

h.:ld in the li.nd. — Karntala-etha, as, a, am,

held m the hand, reating in the palm of the

hand. — Kara-tas, ind. from thi hand, out of the

hand. — Kara-tala, am, n. a musical m trument,

a cymbal; (f), f. boating time by dappiog the

hands. — Ka.atalaka, am, n. a musical histru-

m.nt, a cyinDal. — Kara'dla-dhrani, is, m. the

s- nnd of eymbjl:,. — Kara-toga, f. the KaratoyS

river in thi nnrth-east of Pengal, (at tht wtdding of

Siva and Parvari the watv/ which had been poure d

into th hand of the former onstituted, upon its

being thmwn cn the grocnd, the source of this river.)

— Karat'ryini, f., N. of a river, perhaps the same as

the prtc. ding (?). — 1. };ara-da, as, d, atr (for 2. see

undvr 2. kara), om who gives his hand Xr. — Kara-

<laksla, as, a, an,, handy, dext rous, r .ady. — Kara-

druma, as, m., N. of a tree, = kdraskara. — Kara-

dhnta, a", c, am, held or mpportid by tht hand.

— Kara-nihita, as, a, am, held in thi hand. — Ka-

ran-dltama, as, m., N. of two ptlnces. — Kara-

,”jai (‘i-kapuhi,. ‘xiul, ind. the er,d of the cheek held

in the hnnd. — Knra-pattra, am, n. a saw; .splashing

water about while b thing, piayinc or gamboling in

water; s ‘e kara-patra, — Karapattraka, am, n. a

saw, — Karape.ttro.-rat, an m. the paimyra tree,

Bor ssn., i' h.bd!i:ormis, (the leas es being cnmpareo

to . saw.) — Karapattrikd, f. playmg with water

or in it, splashing it ab'‘Ut 6cc.; [cf. laTa-paHra

and kara-patra. — Kara-^ar,,a, as, m., N. of

two plants, commoi ly called hhinda-rriksha and

raktairanda. — Kara pallava, as, m. a finger, thi

hand; conversatio» with tht fingets. — Kara-patra,

am, n. splashing water ‘bout while bathing, thr iwmg

witer ebo.it in sport, the hand hoiiowtj so as to

hoid mythin ’; [cf. kara-pattra and karapatlrika.]

— Kara-pala, as, m. a iword, a scymitar (‘pt i-

tectin» the hand’). — Aarapilika, t. a cudgel, a

short dob or wixxien ,word, a sword or om -xdged

knife. — Kara-puta, as, m. joining the painn of

the hands in token of respeet; the hands joined and

holi iwed *o receive anything. — Knra-prUhtha, am,

n. the back of the hand, — 1. kara-prateya, as, d,

am (for a. sea under 2. kara), t'. be h.ld, to be

taken hoid of oy th har.d — I. kara-pradi, as, d,

am, giviog the haud &c. — Kara-prapta, at, a, am,

held in the hand; obtained, secured. — Kirabala

and karmala, as, m. (oorruptii.ns of I.ara-pah),

a swotd, a scyi. litar; a finger-nail. — KarabaUha, f.

a small sword; [cf. karaj.elika.] — Kara-blM.ijaka,

ds, m. pl., N. of a peopl ; (a various reading ha»

kamdjhafijika.) — Kara-bhdjana, as, m., N. of a

Bi niman. — Kara-bM, iis, m. a finger-nail. — Kara

bhvshana, am, n. a bracelet, an omament wnrn

ronnd the wrirt. — Knra-mvrda, as, i, m. f. a

mali tree b aring an acid fruit, Carissa Carandas;

(am), n. the fruit cf this tree. — Karamardnka, as,

m. the tret Cari .a Carandis; see the preceding.

— Kar '-<adln, f tht hand ostd as a roxiry, the

joiuts of tht finvers 1 onespooding to tht be ids.

— K'ir<’-m'ikta, am, n. (scii, astram) a missile

weapon thr iwn with the hand, a dart, a javolin, are.

— Kara-ruddho, as, u, am, -topped by the hand,

h -1J right or fast.— Kam-ruha, as, m. a finger-

nail (growing from the hir A). —KararddH (*ra-

riddhi), is, f. a cjmbal; a small musical instrnment

used for marking time, (a castanet ?); ciappine the

han.is together tbr that purpos.; [cf. kara-tala.j

— Kara-varah”, os, m. an epiihet of Skaoda.

— Karmalika, f. a smjl dub; see kardbaUkd.

— Kara-vira, as, m. a fragrant Cleander, Nerium

Odorum, a sptdes of Son,a; a sword or scymitar;

a particular magica! tormulary or spell for r.cvcring

or attrecriog lack 1 mis il weap Dn of mystic pri

ptrties after its discharge; a Cemetery, a place tor

bnming or interring th dead; N. of a N iga; of a

TJaity.i; of a mountain; of a town on the river

Venva, founded by Padma-van.ia; of a town on tht

river Dtishady atl thi resident, of Candra-sekhoa;

(d), f. red arsenic; (i), f. a « .man who has bome

a son, a mother; a good oow; N. of Ad.ti, the

mother of th, gods; (am), n. the flower of Nerium

Odorum,— Kcrariraka, as, m. tht poisonous root

of th. fragrant Oleander, a p-nson; the tree Ter-

mina lia Arjuna; a sword; N. of a N5ga. — Kara-

vira-kanda-sanjiin, at, m. a .pecics of ouion or

bulb,=taila-katrda. — Karavira-pura, am, n., N.

of a town founded by Padfna-vama. — Karsnira-

bhuja, f. Cajanur Indicus. — Kara-virya, as, m., N.

of a physician. — Knra-inkhn, f. a llngtr.— Koru-

ftkara, ar, m water expelled by an eiephant’s

trunk. — K".ra-siik'i, as, m. a finger-nail. — Kara-

dotha, as, m. mdematnus swelling of the hand».

— I. karo-sada, as, m. languor o- weaknees of the

hands. — Kara-sthalin, i, m. an epithet of ^iva,

who uses hi han Is as a vessel for holding ft d.

— Kora-svcnu, as, fn. sound produce d by beating

thi hands together. — Karagra ('ra-ag°), am, n.

tht tip of an < icpiiant's tmnk. — Karagra-pallava,

as, m. finger. — K-rarjJtcta (^ara-dgh°), as, m. 1

thnmb, a bi"W with the hand. — Kard-marda, as,

m. the tree Carissa Caiandas; [cf. kara-marda.\

— Karambuka or karamlaka, as, m., N. of the

same tn e. — Iiardrofu,as, m. 1 finger-ring; (fr. kara

and ?). — horaipita (°ra-(Tr°), as, d, am, tnken in

the hand. — Kar dia, aha (ra-dl'), as, m. the act of

supporting with the hand, giving n helping hand;

NiUcJfR karolambana.

asr»T^ karambhaka.

(as, a, am), stretching out one’s hand to support or

raise another. — Karalambana, am, n. extending

the hand, taking by the hand, helping, sustaining.

— Karoipala (°ra~a£°)» am, n. a lotus-hand.

-mKarodaka (°ra-uc£°), am, n. water held in or

poured into the hand.

i. karaka, as, am, m. n. the water-pot of the

student or ascetic; the shell of the cocoa-nut hollowed

to form a vessel; shell of the cocoa-nut in general;

(as), m. hand; a species of bird; N. of several

plants, the pomegranate tree, = dadima ; Pongamia

Glabra; Butea Frondosa ; Bauhinia Variegata ; Mi-

musops Elengi; Capparis Aphylla; (as), m. pl., N.

of a people. — Karaka-patrikd, f. a leather vessel

for holding water. — Karakambhas (°kctram°)_f as,

m. the cocoa-nut tree, Cocos Nucifera.

Karana, as, i, am, doing, making, effecting,

causing (especially at the ead of compounds; cf.

anta-harana, andhan-harana,ushi}an-karana,

&c.); Ved. elever, skilled ; (as), m., Ved. ao assistant;

a man of a mixed class, the son of a Sadra woman by

a Vaiiya, or (according to some) of an outcast Ksha-

triya (the occupation of this class is writing, accounts,

&c.); a writer, a scribe; (am), n. making, doing,

prodnring, effecting, rccomplishing (very often as last

member of a compound, e. g. mushii-karana,

committing theft; virupa-karana, produdng de-

formity); an action, especially a religions action;

business, occupatioQ (as trade &c.); the special

business of any tribe or caste; plastering, spreading

anything with the hand; the usage or practice of

the writer-caste; an act, a deed; an instrument or

means of action, an expedient; an organ, an organ

of sense or of speech; (in gram.) the immediate

cause of an action, the idea expressed by the instru-

mental case, instramentality; the body; (in law)

ao instrument, document, a bond ; a cause, motive;

the posture of an ascetic; posture in sexual intercourse,

copulation; pronunciation, articulation; (in gram.)

the term used in designating a sound or word when

referring to it as an independent part of speech or as

separated from its context, (karana may be used in

this way, like Tcara, e. g. iti-harana, the word Ut);

rhythm, time ; dramatic action (?), singing (?); an

astrological division of the day, (these Karanas are

eleven, viz. vava, valava, haulava, taitila, gara,

banija, vishti, ifakuni, datushpada, hinlughna,

and naga, two being equal to a lnnar day, or the

time during which the moon’s motion amounts to 6°;

the first seven are called ardhruvani or movable, and

fili, when eight times repeated, the space from the

second half of the first day in the moon’s increase to

the first half of the fourteenth day in its wane; the

four others are dhruvani or fixed, and occupy the

four half-days from the second half of the fourteenth

day in the wane of the moon to lhe first half of the

first day in its increase); title of a treatise ofVarS-

ha-mihira on the motions of the planets; a field;

grain (?); the mind or heart (?) ; (i), f. a woman of a

mixed caste; a surd or irrational number, a surd root

in arithmetic. — Karana-kutuhala, am, n. title of a

work on practical astronomy by Bh5skara. — Karana-

grama, as, m. the senses coi lecti vely. —iTararia-

trana, am, n. the head (‘ protecting the organs of

sense’). — Karana-tva, am, n. instramentality, medi-

ate agency.— Karana-niyama, as, m. suppression or

restraint of the organs of sense. — Karana-vinyaya,

as, m. manner of pronunciation. — Karaya-sara,

as, m. title of a work on practical astronomy by

BhJskara. — Karanasthana-bheda, as, m. differ-

ence of articulation or organ. — Karanadhikara

(°na~adk°), as, m. a section on articulation.

Karani, is, f. doing, making, effecting (only oc-

curring with a privative, e. g. a-Jcarani, q. v.).

Karaniya, as, a, am, to be done or made; feasi-

ble, to be accomplished ; to be caused or effected.

Karabka, as, m. the metacarpus, the hand from

the wrist to the root of the fingers; the tnink of

an elephant; a young elephant; a camel; a young

carnei or any young anima!; a camel three years old ;

a perfume (= nahha, commonly called nahki); an

epithet of Danta-vakra, prjnce of the KarCshas; (f),

f. a she-camel; the piant Tragia Involucrata ; [cf. Gr.

tcdpiros.] — Karabha-kandtkd, f., N. of a piant; [cf.

ushtra-handi.] — Karabha-priya, f. a piant, a sort

of Hedysarum. — Karabha-vallabha, as, m. the

tree Feronia Elephantum. — Karabhadani (°bha-

adana), f., N. of a piant; [cf. karabha-priya.]

— Karabhotu (°bha-uru), us, f. a woman whose

thighs resemble the trunk of an elephant; see uru.

Karabhaka, as, m., N. of a messenger.

Karabhin, f, m. an elephant (‘ having a trunk’).

Karas, as, n., Ved. an action, a deed.

Karasna, as, m., Ved. the arm, the fore part of

the arm; a finger-nail.

Kari, is, is, i, causing, accomplishing (at the end

of a compound, e. g. 6akrit-kari, q. v.).

Karika, f. a wound causcd by a finger-nail.

Karin, i, m. ‘ having a trunk,’ an elephant; («?),

f. a female elephaot. — Kari-kand-valli, f. a species

of pepper, Piper Chaba. — Kari-kumbha, as, m. the

frontal globe of an elephant. — Kari-kusumbha, as,

m. a fragrant powder prepared from the flowers of

N5ga-keiara. — Kari-kusumbhaka,as, m. the same.

— Kari-garjita, am, n. the roaring of elephants.

— Kari-darman, a, n. an elephant’s hide. — Kari-ja,

as, m. a young elephant. — Karini-sahaya, as, m,

the mate of the female elephaot — Kari-danta, 08,

m. an elephant’s tusk; ivory. — Kari-ddraka,a8, m. a

lion. — Kari-ndsikd, f. a musical instrument. — Kari-

pattra, am, n., N. of a piant; see talUa-patlra.

— Kari-patha, as, m. the way or habits of an

elephant. — Kari-pippali, f. a piant bearing a pun-

gent fruit, Pothos Officinalis. — Kari-pota, as, m. a

young elephant, one under ten years old. — Kari-

bandha, as, m. the post to which an elephant is

ticd. — Kari-makara, as, m. a fabulous monster.

— Kari-mddala, as, m. a lion, this animal being

considered as the natural enemy and destroyer of the

elephant; [cf. gaja-ma6ala.]— Kari-mukha, as,

m. an epithet of GaneSa, this deity having an ele-

phanti trunk on his face. — Kari-yadas, n. a water-

elephant, a hippopotamos. — Kari-vara, as, m. an

excellent elephant. Kari-vaijayanti, f. a flag car-

ri ed by an elephant. — Kari-^avaka, 'as, m, a young

elephant under five years old, (according to some)

also until ten yeaTS. — Kari-8kandka,as, m. a troop

of elephants. — Karindra (°n-f«,°), as, m. a large ele-

phant, a war or state elephant; Indra’s elephant (?).

2. kara, as, m. (fr. rfc. i. kri, to scatter;

for i.kara see p. 204), a ray of light, a sun-beam,

a moon-beam; hail; royal revenue, toll, tax, import,

tribute, — 2. kara-graha, as,m. levying or gathering

taxes, a tax-gatherer. — 2. kara-grahana, am, n.

levying or gathering taxes, —2. kara-grahin, i, ini,

i, levying a tax, a tax-collector. — Kara-jdla,am, o.a

pencil of rays, a stream of light. — 2. hara-da, as, a,

am, paying taxes, subject to tax or duty, tributary.

— Karadi-kri,c1.8.P. A. -karoti,-kurute,-kartum,

to render tributary. — Karadi-kjdta, as, a, am, made

tributary, subjugated. — Kara~pa?iya, am, n. a com-

modity given as tribute. — 2. kara-prateya, as, a,

am, to be collected by taxes, — 2. kara-prada, as,

a, am, paying taxes, subject to tax or duty, tributary.

— Kara-rudh, t, t, t, ray-obstnicting. — 2. kara-

sada, as, m. the fading away of rays. — Karotkara

(°ra-u<°), as, m. a bnndle of rays; a heavy tax.

a. karaka, as, a, am, m. f. n. (according to some

only m. and f.), hail; a thunderstone (?)} (os), m.

toll, tax, tribute (?).— r. karakasdra (?ka-ds°), as,

m. a shower of hail. —2. karakasdra, nom. P. ka-

rakasdrati, to pour or shower down like hail.

Kari-kri, cl. 8. P. A. -karoti, -kurute, -kartum,

to offer as a tribute.

■^iT 3. kara, as, d, am (fr. rt. 2. kri, to

praise), Ved. devoted, pious.

karakayu, us, m., N. of a son of

Dhrita-rashtra. See kanakayu.

^55 karanka, as, m. the skull, the head;

a cocoa-nut hollowed to form a cup or vessel, a water-

205

[ut made from a cocoa-mit, [cf. 1 frj.ro,ha]; a

kind of sogar-cane; any bone of the body. — Ka-

rania-sdli, is, m. a sort of sugar<ane.

"M Jr <'l Varangann, am, n. 0 market or fatr;

(a various reading for karartgana.)

karahja, as, m. the tree Pongamia

Glabra. 1 sed medidnally; N. of an enem) of India,

slain by this god. — Karaiija-pfuilala, as, m. hero

nia Elephantum; see ka^Attha. — Karanja-hot, as,

a, mu, Ved. [ernicious te Karanja.

Karanj.ika, as, m., N. of th<_ tree Pongamia

Glabra; "'lso of Verbesina bcandens.

°ti^ i karata, as, m. an elephant’s cheek;

r crow; a nnn of a low or deeraded profe-sinn; a

ba J BrShman; an atheist. un unbelkver, an impogner

of the doctrines of theVedas; a musical instru .a t

(rastanets ?); the piant Cartiiamuj. Tiuctoriui; the

first Srilddha ur ceremory perfomi d in 1: mour of a

der .ased relative; («sl, m. pl., N. of a people; also

of a family; (a), f. an clcphaut’s cheek; a cow

difficult to be milkt j.

Karataha, as, m. a crow; N. of a jackal in the

Hitopade a.

Kc, ati,i, i, m. an elephant; karati-kaulula, a

treatise on the .lephant and his diseases.

Jcaratu, us, m. the numidian crene;

[cf. kare(ati/a, kareiu, karlcata, &c.]

efiCUJ karana. See undet 1. kora.

«ti <.*¹ karatasutd, f. an adopted

danghter.

efiaaii km aw]a, as, m. [said to be fr. rt. 1.

kf), a bssket or covertd box of bamboo wicker

work; a bee-hive, a huney-cnn.b; a sword; a 'ort of

duck; an aqnatir weea ealled Valli ...ria; (i), f. a

b sket tor flowers; [Lat. coriis f]. — Karatfda-

ly dha, as, na. title of a Bi.ddhbt work.

Karaudaka, as, m. a basket. — Karaadaka-

nivdpa, as, m., N. of n n-gion near Rdjagriha.

Karandin, i, m. a fish; (so called beuuse caught

in a baskot t).

ofiTHI karalha, as, m., N. of a physichn.

Karaphu, a paiticular hieh number;

[cf. kalah«.]

'carabha. See under 1. kara,

karabVxra, as, m. a lion.

karamatta, as, m. the betel-nut

tiee. See guvaka.

kararrarin, a, m. a prisoner, a

captive; [o. tara.]

efiTHTr? karamola, as, m. smoke; (prohably

a comiption of hkatamila.)

<+< kc.ramha, as, d, am (said to he fr. 1.

kri), mixed, intermingled; set, inlaid; (as\ m.

fiour or meal mixed with curd . See karanibha.

Karamhita, as, d, am, interminghd, mixed,

blended, &c.; pounded, reduced to granis or dnst;

set, inlaid.

karambha, as, m. srroats or coar rely

gronnd oats «c.; a dish of parched grain; a cike, flonr

or me?¹ mixed with rurda, a kuid of gruel, generally

offered to Pfishan (as having no teeth to masticate

hard food); a mixture, a mixed odour; N. of 1

spedes of poisonoos piant; N. of a son ofS'akuni

and father of PevarUta; N. of a brother o,‘ Ramuha;

(d), f. tha piant Asparagus Raremo«us; anntlier piant,

—priyangv^rikshi; N. of a danghter of a kiiig

of Kalium and wife of Akrodhana. — Karambhid

( bha-ad), t, t, t, Ved. eating groats or gruel, epi-

tiiet of Pfishan.

Karambhaka, as, m., N. of a m n; (am'', n.

groats, coanelv ground oats Scc.; a cake, flour or

nical mixed with eurd.

3G

206

sfirfwt karambhi.

karkandhu.

KarmibM, is, m., N. of a son of Sakoni and

fsther cf D.varSta.

Earamhhin, J, ini, i, Ved. having groats,

=M --0 ka.-avi, f. the ltaf of the piant Asa

Foetida; [cf. Icari'ari, i avari, lavari.]

=ht ql +1 aravVca, as, m., N. oi' a mountain;

[cf. iara-rva.]

stRXi haras. See under I. hara.

«tu sri haras»». See under I. hara.

harahahia, f., N. of a metre of

foni line», each cjnsistir.g of sc\en syllables.

oRTtri? Karahata, as, m. the tree Vangueria

Spin. si; the fibmus root of i lotus; N. of a region.

Karahataka, as, m. the tree Vangueria Spinosa;

N. of an h< retical princc.

chu jpr haranqnna, as, m. a market or fair

visited by manj men; [cf. angaqa.]

otu 'feJ +1 karayihd, f. a bird, a small kind

of erane.

HTT^ harala, as, a, am, opentng wide,

cleavicg asunder, grping (as a wound¹; having for-

midabit; projectura teeth, formidable, dreadfid, terrible

tgspecially as an epithet of the Rakshasas, of Sivi, of

K3la, ofVishnn, and of a certain Devagandharva);

great, large, high, lofty; spacious, widc; djormjd;

(as), m. a-certain speciet r f animal ; resin, pitrh, or

a mixture of oil and the resin of the t^ree Shorta

Robusta; N. of a region; (a), f. the pia it H.mi-

desmw Iudiais; an epithet of DurgS; N. of a certain

woman; (i), f. one uf the »even tongues and nine

Samidhs of Agni; (ghw), n. a kind of Ocimum.

— Karalc-hara, as, a, arr- having a pov trfnl arm

or haud; having a largi trunk, s an elephant.

— Kardla-hdaro., as, m., N. of a lion in the

Paneatartra. — Ka. Cla-tripuid, f. a species of corn.

—Kardlr-dawhtra, as, a, am, having terrife

teeth. — Karala-hiana, as, d, am, terrific. — Ka-

ralarcadana, f. an tpithet of Durga. — Karalanana

( la-an'), as, a, am, terrific.

Kardlaha, am, n. a k ind of Ocimum.

Karuliia, as, m. a tree; a -,»ord; (a), f. an

epithet of Durga.

Kardlita, as, d, am, re: d' red formidable; afraid

of, aiarmed by or at; magnified.

hirri, &c. See under x. hara,

Kcribha, as, m. the tree Ficus Re-

ligiosa.

<*tfi < harira, as, am, m. n. the shoot of a

bamboo. See harira.

cfifVry harishtha, as, a, am (superlative fr. i.

hara), doing most, doing veiy mm h.

Karishn.i, used in oan.p. See (ilair-harisltnu,

and nir-dharhihnu.

KurUhija, as, a, am(?),Ved. to bc d >ne (?).

Kariskyat, an, ati cr and, at, willing to do,

nbont to do.

Karisnvamana, as, d, am, abont to do, going

to do.

Ktsnyas, an, a.'i, as (comparativ . fr. x. hara),

aoing more; one who doe much.

knri-hri. See under 2. hara.

hnriti, oyas, m. pl., N. nf a people.

«M"U harira, as, am, m. n. (said to be fr.

rt. i. iri), the rhoot of a bamb^o; (as), m. a water-

jar; a thomy piant, d-.scnbed as growing in deserts

ard fed upon by camel, CapparisaphyH*; (am), n.

the fruit of *his piant; ( d or 5), f. the root of an

.kphants tnek; a cricktt, a small eras-hopper.

— Karira-htna, as, m. the fruit season of Cap-

parimphylK — Karira-prastkc,, as, m., N. of a

town; <a various reading has kartri-prastha.)

Kanrka, f. the root ot an uephant’s tusk.

gittToR hartraka, am, n. fight, battle.

karila-desa, as, m., N. of a region.

=b*' M karisha, as, am, m. n. (fr. i. kri), rub-

bish, refuse, dnng; diy crw-dung; N. of a mountain;

[cf. ahhu-korisha.] — Karisha-gandhi, is, m., N.

of a man. — Katishait-kasha, as, a, am, swe.ping

away dnng; (a), t. a strong wind, a gaie. — Kari-

shaqni Csha-ag⁰), is, m. n fire of dry cow-dung ;

(this substanec is very generaily used as fuel in

HindQstan.)

Karishiha, as. m. pl., N. of a p-ople.

Karishin, I, ini, i, abounding in dnng; (ini), f.

a region iboundiog in cow-dun»; N. of a river.

<=jiteoi k amna, as, a, am (said to be fr. rt.

l. kri, but insume of its meanings Ir. l.iri),rooum-

ful, misenble, latncnfing; (am), ind. m- umifiilly,

wotuIW, pitifidly, in distress; (as), m. that wbich

causas pity, sor.ow, affliction, tendemess, pity, com-

passion; one of the nine Rasas or sentiments of a

poem, the patbetic sentiment; a fruit tree, the

pamplemou e, Citrus Decumana; N. of a Buddhc.;

a Jaina sai.it; N. of an Asura; (a), f. pity, com-

paidon; (i), f, N. of a piant, also called grshma-

pwhpi, (armi, &c.; (am), n., Ved. an action, a

holy work.— Karuna-dhuam, is, m. a ay of

di. tress. — Karuna-pandarika, am, n. tith of a

Buddhist work,— harumi-malli, f. the piant Jasmi-

num Sambac; also read har‘ind-malli.—Kar’ma-

vedirtva, am, n. compa"ion, sympathy. — Karuna-

vtdin, I, ini, », ki-owing mTuction or t^;s*ress,

svmpathising, pitifnl. — Kamnaka.ra (°na-ak°), as,

m. thr father of Pailman.iiha. — Karunatmaha

(°i}a-af), as, d, am., comparsionate, tender-hmrtid.

— harvndt .ian (°na-dt°), d, d, a, kind. —Ra-

rund-para, as, a, am, ojmpr^csionate, tinder.

— Karv.ia-nviya, as, i, am, gentlc, compassionate.

— KaruuSramlifia (^c/ia-ur°), as, d, am, engaging

in deplorabit actions. — Karunurdi a (°na-«r“), as,

a, am, tender-hearted, soft, sensitive. — Karundr-

dhita iyna-ar), as, d, am, kind. — Karv.nd-vat, an,

ati, at, being in a pititul state, pitiabie. — K^rund-

vlpralaittbiia, as, m. grief of separation svith theur.-

ceruintv of met ting again, fears oocnrring in ab: :ence.

— Ka, und-vritti, is, ts, i, disposed to pity. — Ka-

runa-reditd, f. charitabltness, kindiiness, sympathy.

Karunaya, nom. P A. -nmjaH, -te, -yitnm, to

be in a pitirul c.jndition.

Karunin, i, ini, i, being in a pitiful condition,

pitiabie.

EivKr^nH harutthama, as, m., N. of a

princc, a son of Dm.hyanta and father of Akrfda;

[cf. aivaitkdman.]

sfiTrwjefi larnndhaka, as, m., N. of a son

of S ur i and brother of Va'u-deva.

olTKR karuma, as, d, am, Ved. an epithet

<if certain spectra] or ghost-like appearanre s.

«fib- =(iZkarukara, am, n., Ved. the joint of

the lieck and the chine.

stie-cX-Xrid Karulotin,i,ini, i, Ved. one who se

teeth are deciyed and broken; [cf. the next.]

oRFTI karvsha, as, m. pl., N. of a people

descended from a son of Mann Vaivasvata, (a prince

of this people is named Danta-vakra.)

Katvshaka, cs, m., N. of a son of Mann Vaiva-

siata; (am), n., N. of a species of fruit.

tfCTZ kareta, as, m. a finger-nail.

st(| karetavya, f. or karetu, us, m. the

nomidian craoe; [cf. haratu, kariata, &c.]

"SfiTTh karenu, us, m. f. (said to be fr. rt. i.

kri; cf. I. hara), a male or temale ei iphant, gene-

raliy used for the latter; accordi g to ^romc also

kartnu; (w), ni. the tree Ptero permi m Ac-n-

folium; (w), f., N. of a piant used au a drug and

mppesed to groiv in Kssmira. — Karenu-pdla. as,

m. the grocm or keeper of a femait elephant; N. of

a man; [cf. haremipali.) — Karentiddiu, iis, m. an

epithet of PSlakSpya,— Karenu-mati, f„ N. of the

wife of Nakula, deughter of a king of C'edi. — Kc-

renn-varya, as, m. a large ur powertul elephant.

— Karina-suta, as, m. an epithet of PSlakapya.

Karennka, am, n. the poisonous fruit of the

pl int Knrenn.

Karenv, us, m. f. a male or fcmale elepb .nt.

<*!<<.kartnara, as, m. benzoin or storax.

See iart vzra.

cKnfsfi kartndukn, as, m. a species of

gras%=hhu-trina.

karevara, as, m. benzoin or storax.

karota, as, m. f. a basin, a cup; the

bones of the h. ad, the skuil.

Knrrdaka, as, m., N. of a N3ga.

Koroti, is, or karoti, f. a barin, a cup; the skuil.

ehllrtit karntkara, karotpala, &c. See

under !. -nd a. hara.

■3;- ■ kark, to langb; a Sautra root, or

\ one occurrino in grammatical Subas but

not in the Dhatu-patha.

larka, as, d, am (said to be fr. i. kri),

white; good; excellent; (as), m. s whito horse; a

crab; th< sign Cancer; a vsater-jai; fire; a mirror;

N. of various plants, -kariata, harkrtana, and

karketila; bcanty; Is.ofa commentator o n KStya-

yana’s Sraota 'Otiis; (:), f., Ved. a white cow(?).

—Rarka-kkanJa, ds, m. pl., N. of a people.

— Karla-iirhhiti (?), f. a small cui lumbe r. — Karha-

phala, am, a., N. of a piant. — Karka-sdro, am,

i. flour or me-.l mixed with curdj. — Karki-prastha,

as, m., N. of a town.

Karknta, as, m. a crab; the sign Cuneer; a kind

of bird, the numidian erane, Lamns Exc-bitor; N.

of a piant with poisi mons tuber», the fibrous root nf

a lotns; the curved end of the beam of i b lance (to

which the stringi supporbng the scale are attaihed);

a kind of coitus; the radius of a circle; compa s,

circut; (d), f. the piant M imordica Mixta; (r), f.

a female crab; a snake (?); a kind of cucumber,

Cucumis Utilissimus; the fruit of the piant Bombax

Heptaphyllnm; the curved end ot th. beam of a

balante &c.; a small water-jar; [cf. barbara, har-

haia: cfalsoGr.napnivos', Lat.crnrcr.l — Kc. J:atci'

pura, am, n., N. of a town. — Xarkat%-sri.rga,

am, n. the claw of a crab. — Kariata-Sriirgiid or

ha.iata-irinrf, f. a piant, the fruit of wbich is

compared to the claw or feeiers ^r f a CTab, the hoi i

of a goat &c., see aja-irirgi; other names of this

pla.it are hama-mdiini, l.aulird, kul.ngi, &c.

—Karkatahsha (°ta-alc°), as, m. the piant Cacu-

mii Utilissimus. — Karkatdkkyt (°ta-dkh '), f. the

piant Karkata-Srin-gl. — Karhatdrrgd (°(a-crt°), f.

the same piant. — Karlatdsthi (°ta-as ), i. the shell

or crwtof a crab. — Kar]:abiir^fl (^ta-dli ), a... m

the piant aEgle Marmelos; (d), f. the piant K.irkata-

frin-gl,- Karhatda (^:ta-i.<a), as, m., N. of a

sani-biiry.

Karhataha, as, m. a <tab; the sign Cancer; the

piant Momordica Mixta (?); a kind of sugar-s ant; a

hook shaped like the c'aw of a crab; N. of a Nlga;

(i), f. a female crab; (am), n. a pnisonons root, J

p irticulrr fractum of the bom s. — Karhataha rajjit,

us, m. a rnpe with a hook attached to it, shaped like

the claw of a crab. — Kariatakdrthi ( ha-as°), n.

the 'hell or crust of a crab.

Karhati, is, f. a sort of cucumber, Cucumis Uti-

lissimus.

Karhatihd, f., N. of a piant, a kind of gonrd; a.

komel.

Karkntini, f. the piant Curcuma Xanthorrhiza.

Karhatu, us, m. the numidian erane; [cf. haratu,

&c ]

karkandhu, us, iis, m. f. (considered

■SR^rararoi karkandhu-kum. knrna-sruva. 207

by sume as an irregular cimpnund «f karha and

andhu), the jujube tree, Zizyphus Jujnba; a species

of this tree with a larga nuit: (u), n. the fruit of

this tree, or the uneatable fruits of a wild ; peci.s;

(iis), £ the beny of this tree; (w), m., N. of a

msn. — Karkandhu-kuna, am, n. the fruit season

of the K ;rkandhu tree, — Karkandhu-prastha, as,

m., N. of a town. — Karka» ihu-ma¹!, £, N. of a

woman (?). — Karkandhu- rohita, as, a, am, red

like tht berries of the jujube tree.

i+efiMipJ karka-phala. See under karka.

<K%T karkara, as, a, am, hard, firm; (as),

m. a bone; a h’mmj; a minor [cf. karpharn);

a strap of Icather (?); N. of a Naga; (oh%), n. stone,

limestone, especially the aodule f mnd in Bengal un-

der the name ot Kan-kar; [cf. Varicata, karkaria.)

—Karl-araksha (°ra-ak°), as, m. a wagtail.

— Karkariinga (’ra-an°), as, m. a kind of bird, a

gallinule (?). — Kiirkardndl,uki (^<Va-a»^r), as, m.

t blind well, one of which the mouth is overgrown

tvitfi grass &c so as to be hidden; also reod karka-

‘dndlial.a; see andha-k apn.

seshvd Jcarkaratu, us, m. a glance, a side-

iook.

gicKTTT^i ,tarkaratuka, as, m. the numi-

dian erant.

Krrkarefu, us, m. —tht prtctding; [cf. karatu,

& c.]

karkarala, as, am, m. n. a curi, 3

ringlet.

sR^ifr karkari, is or t, f., Ved. a kind of

musitri instrument, a lute; (I), f. a water-jar.

Karkarlka, f. a small water-jar.

«ti&td karkareta, am, n. the hand curved

as a claw for the purpose of grusping anything.

e*eti<<J karkaretu. See karkaratuka.

^ s» • *

■*ef>9( kr.rkah, as, a, am, hard, har«h,

rongh (oppost d to kouiala, ilak-hna); intanrible;

violent, cruel; urfeeling, unmercitul; harsh, unkind,

miserly; (as), m. a sw >rd, a scymitar; N. of seveai

plants,=?rdmgii?la—gundamdarii fr-immon'y riled

Sunda Rochani); a kind of cassia, Cassia or Senna

Esculenta; a species of sugar-canf ; (a), £ a thoruy

piant, Tragia Involucrata; (i), f. the wild juj'nbe; [cf.

harkata, karkara.) — Karkasa-iikada, as, m. the

plants Trophts Aspera and Trichosanthes Dioeca;

(n), f. the piant Luffa Acutangula. — Karkafa-tna,

am, a hardness, harshnas, rough manners. — Kur-

ka&a-dala, as, m. the piant Trichosanthes Dia ■n ;

(n), £ another piant. — Karkada- dkya, am, n.

harsh or contumdious sp ech.

KarkaSil.il, £ wild jujube.

sfeRHIV karka-sara. See under karka.

karkaru, us, u, m. n. a kind of

gourd, Beuinlu«a Cerifera.

Karkaruka, as, m. the piant Convolvulus Pani-

culatus.

^if% karki, is, m. the sijm of the zodiac,

Cancer; also read karkm, i, m.

ntt=hTn«f :ark~-prastha. See under karka.

^STPr karketana or karketara, as, m. (?)

a kind of gem or precions stone.

■k stiT? karkota, as, m. one of the principal

serpents or NSgas of Pktiila; (is), m. pl., N. of a

people; (am), n. a paisonous truit.

Karkotaka, as, m. several plants, Momordica

Mixta; .-figie Marmelos; the surar-cane; N. of a

N5ga or erpent; (as), m. pl., N. of a barbarous

tribe '-f iow origin ; (i), f, N. of a piant; (ka), f.

the piant Momordica Mixta. — Karl;ataka-visha,

am, n. the poi.on of Karkotaka.

kar6v.ro, as, hi., N. of a piant, a kind

of Curcuma; (am), n. g >ld; anorpiment; [cf. Icar-

bura. and karbvra.]

Kanuraku, as, m. the piant Curcuma Zerambet;

also read karbwralta.

aJ karj, cl. i. P. karjati, -jitum, to

~ > pain or make uneasy.

(Ljn karn, cl. io. P. karnayati, -yitam,

•\to pierce, borc. See d-karn.

■3E3U karna, as, m. (said tobe fr.rt. i. Ari),

the ear, the handle or car of a vessel; the h Jm or

rudder of a ship; the piant - Cassia Fistula and Calo-

tropi: Gigantea; (in presody) a spondee, a foot of

two long syllables; (in geom tryi the hyjothenusa

of a triangle or tht diaponal of a tetragon • N. of a

renowned hero in the Mahi-bhnrata, king of An-ga

and elder brother by tht mother’s side of Die Pandn

prine.s, beitig the son of tht god Siirya by Pritha or

KnntI, before her marriage with Pindu. ^Afia^:d of

tht centurt of her relatives, Kunti deserted the child

and jeposed it in the river, where it was foond by a

charioteer namcd Adhi-ratha and nurtured by his

wife RJdha; Lence Karna is sometimes called Snta-

pntra ii Sota-ja, rometimes RSdheya, th-ngh named

by his foster-parents Vasu-shena); N. of a s u of

Vi£vajit; (with Lnddhist j a son of Mah3-sammata

'nd king in PotJla; N. of a king, father cf Viloka-

deva; (as, a, am), Ved. eartd, tnmished with long

ears; rumishad with chaff (as graini. Karne, (in

theatrical language) isto the car, in a low voice,

a ide; api karne, Ved. behind the car or back,

from bchir-d, arter [cf (i/d-harna); Jcarnam da,

to give ear to, Iisten tj; karnau a-gam, to come

to one’' ears, become known to. — Kanio-ka.id>i,

Us ot v, us, m. f. paintul itrhiog cf tht ear. — Karna-

kita, 1. an insect or wnrm widi many feet and of a

reddish colour, Jnlns Cunjfex; a small centipede;

according to some karna-k~(i. — liarna-kuhja,am,

n., N. of an imaginary towr:. — Karna-kshrtda, as,

m. in afLcti in of die ear, a roariug or constant

r--se in i*. — Karna-kkarilca, as, m., N. of a

Vaisya. — Karrtnnja, as, a, am, tonchinpi the ear,

hanging on it, next to the ear, extendmg to the ear.

— Knrna-ijuthn, arr, n. tar-wax; (as), m. or

Icarnn-guthaka, as, m. Irrdenmg of the wax of the

ear. — Karnc^rihita, as, d, am, stized by the ear.

— Knrna-ijrJiya, ind. seizing by tht ear — Karna-

go6nra, as, a. am, perceptible to the ear, -udible.

— Karna-graha, as, m. a htlm iman. — Karna-

qrdlui-, .t, an. a.tl, at, fumidied with a he'msman

(as a shipj. — Karna-Khtdra, am, n. the ooter

auditory passage; [cf. korna-puta, karna-randhra,

&c.] — Ka, nagapa, as, m. ‘ e?r-whisperer,’ an in-

former. — Ka. no-jalkka, f. an irueet, Jnlus; a small

centipe ie; [cf. karna-Ktd.] — Karna-jalauka, f. or

Icarna-jakrukas, as, f. the same. — Jurrrj 'i-jtipa or

kar.yi-jc/in, as, m. whispcring in the ear, tale-

bearing, .alumoiatinc. — Karnarjaha. am, n. tht

root of the ear. — Karn agit, t, m. ‘the conqueror

of Karna,’ an epithet of Anna; ,Kama having

taken the part of the Knras, was killed by Aijnna in

one of the great battles bttwcen them and the

Pandus.) — Karna-tas, ind. away from the ear.

— Karna-tala, as, m. the fl ipping of an elephant’s

tsTS. — Kariio-darpana, as, r.- «u ear-ring, an

oroament for the ear. — Katna-d'indubhi, is, £ a

kind of worm (making a noise in the ear like a

drum); see karna-kltd, — Karna-dtra,as, m., N.

of a king. — Karna-dhara, as, m. a helmiman a

pilot. — Kurnad.hdra-td, f. the rflice of an helmr-

man. — Karna-dharhii, f. a fem.de elephant.

— Karm marla, as, ni. ringing in the ear.—Karna-

nasa, f. the ears and the nose. — Karnai.du, «s, f.

a woman’< ear-ring; see karnandu. — Karna-pa,

as, m., K. of a mai , — Karna-pattralca, os, m.

the tragui, a p„rt of the extemal ear. — Kcrna-

paf.ha, as, m. the compass or range of hearing;

karn spatham a^yn or upe (npad\ to come within

the range of the ear, to be heard. — Karna-para,

as, m. an ornament for the ear. — Karnaparam-

para, f. going from cne lar to another. — Karna-

parakrama. as, m. title of a work. — Karna-

parran, a, n. ‘the Karna sectioo,¹ title of the

eighth book of the MahS-bharata. Kar.ia-pako,

as, m. inflammation of th, onter tar. — Kar.ia-pali,

is, f. the lobe of the ear; the ooter and ourving

edge of the ear; (i), f. an umamet it i >f the ear, a

garland or string of jewels peud .nt from it; N. ot a

river. — Korna-pdka, as, m. a beautiful c.ir.—Kar-

ya-pnta, am, n. tht auditory passage of the ear.

— Karua-pur, nr, f. or karna-pu/i, f. the capita)

of Karna, i. e. CampS, the ancient N. of Bhanalpnr.

— Karna-pnshpa, as, m., N. of a piant, =,aorata.

— Karna-pnra, as, m. an ornament of llowcrs wom

round die ears; an ear-ring; N. of several plants,

bln- lotus’; Aeacia Siris⁵a; J jnesia A loka; N. of the

father of Kavidandra, anthor of the AIan-k«ra Kau-

spibha. — Karaa-pvralc/,, as, m. the Kadamba

tree, Nauclea Cadamba; N. of a servant. — Karna-

pnrana, am, n. the act of filling tht ears (with

qotton &c.); any substance used for that purpose;

(as), m. ■= Iccrna-pura. — Karna-pratinaha or

karga-pratinaka, as, m. a dis.asc of the ear, sop-

prer ion of its excretion or wax, wh'ch is suppost 1

to hav„ dis-olved and pass by the nose and mouth.

— Kqrnaprayaga, a», m., N. of the confluenc: of

tht river Gan-g5 and Findar.— Knnui-prunta, as,

m. the lobe ot the ear. — Kai aa-prararana, a«, a,

am, usiog the ears for a covering; (as), m. pl., N.

of a fabuious people. — Kat nosplndi’, os m. a surt of

fish, Ophiocephahis Kunawe) — Ka i nKJiusha n n,

am, n. or karna-bhusha, £ an ear ornament.

— Karna^madgura, as, m. a sort ot shtat fijh,

Silums Unitus. — KarncMnala, am, n. tht e :aedon

or w jx of the ear. — Kir.yi-n.ukura, a", m. an ear

ornament; an ear-ring.—Karna-,nukhci, as, i,am,

headed by Karna, having Kama as 1( 'uier. — I\n, na-

miila, am, n. the root of the eir. — Kcrgamuliya,

as, a, am, near the root of the ear. — Karna-m ili,

is, f. an epithet of Devi or DnrpS in one ot hi r

forms or incarnatione (C fmundf —Karna-yoni,

is, is, i, Ved. 'having the ear as a -ource or stardng-

point, going forth from the ear, an epidiet of an

arrow, becace in shooting the bow-string is drawn

back to the ear.—Karnarmidlra, as, am, m. n.

the orifice or auditory passage of the ear; [cf. 1. anui

66hidra, karna-p-rta, &c.] — Ka, nc-roga, as, m.

disease of the ear. — Karnarcya-pratidiedha, as,

m. cure of a disease of the ear. — Kai narogo-

uljndru, am, n. diagnosis of any dis-ase of tbc ear.

— Kurna-lata, f. or kurnp-latikd, f. the lobe of

the ear.—Knrya-vanfa, as, m. an elevattd plat-

form >f bambeo.—Ka pa-vat, an, ati, at, having

ears, long-eared; trmish. d with tendrils or hooks;

having a helm. — Kar/yi-riirjit'!, as, a, etwas earle s;

(eis), m. a snake. — Karnaritka, as, d, am, fur-

nished with tar-wax. — Kcma vidriuldi, is, f. ulcer-

ation of the ear.—Karuaycivara, em, n. the audi-

tory passage of the tar. — Karna-1 ish, t, f. tar-wax.

— Karna-redha, as, m. ‘ ear-piercing,’ * religious

ceremooy performed to prevent a person from dying,

if the bir»h of a third son be expected; piercing the

car to recave ear-iings. — Karifa-V‘dhani or karna-

vrdhan'kd, f. an ir trement for pierciog the tar of

an elephant. — Karuc-vcshta, as, m. an ear-ring;

N. of a prinre ,— Karnayotshtakc, as, m. tht daps

of a eap prote-ting the tar; (as or am), m. n.(?)

an tnr-ring. — Rarna veditana, am, n. an tar-ring.

— Karna-<asKkuli, f. the onter part of th. ear, the

exterior cartilaginon» portion leading to the auditory

pa-sage.—Karna-sirtska, as, m. i Sirlsha flower

fastened to the ear as an ornament. — Karya-iula,

as, am,, m. n. ear-ache. — Knrnaivlin, i, ini, i,

having ear-ache, — Karna-ichJutna, am, n.,Ved. an

ear ornament, — Karna-<rana, aa, d, am, «udible,

1' ind. — Karno-iravas, as, m., N. of a Brihmau.

— Karr.q-srut, t, m., N. of the audior of sevenl

hymns of the Rig-v.da. — Karna-sanisrata or kar

no-sra m or karna-srara, as, m. ranmng of tht

ear, dreharge of pus or ichorous matter from the ear.

208

3OTJT karna-su.

karpura-ndlika.

—Katna-xu, us, m. the tather of Kurna, an epithet

of' SOrya. t tlw sun. — Karna-xihH, is, m. a kind of

imact. — Knrna-sphotd, f. a sort of cr-eper (cr m-

monly kinaphdta). — Kai nd-ka, ni, ind. from ear

to «ar, whispering into each otheris cvs. — Kar-

nanjali ('na-au), is, m. tht auditury passage of

the outer ear, — Karnadhaka ( na-adh ), as, m.,

N. of i man; (a, >. m, pl. the de c udant of this man.

— Karnadida ( iia-ad³), as, m. an ear-ring (?).

— Kirnanujc (°n«-em°), a», m. an epithet of

Yudlii.shthira, the youngtr bmth t ot Kama, one of

the five Patidu prine».';.— Karnantika (na-an),

as, d, aiv, near or dost to the ear — Karnaudu

(°ri a-arf), us or «, us, f. an omam-nt for the ear j

an ear-ring. — Karyabharanaka ( na-dbk ), as,

m. the tiee Cathartocaipus fCassia) f istula. — Kar-

nard ( ria and rt. yif), f. an indruraent for perfo-

rating the ear of an Jeph nt. — Kc.rndri {'nr-a,i),

it, m >n epitheto! Aijuna (as the enemy ot Kama);

the trto Terminalia Arium. — Karnatpana (°iia-

ar”), arr, n. applying the ear, giving ear, paying

attention, list.ning to. — Karn&lanhara ( ,ia-al ),

as, m. or karnalanhAya, f. or karnilanbriti, is,

f. an ear ornament, an e ar-ring. — Km n %sva (‘na-

ad t), as, m., N. of a m?n. — Korndsphdla (\ia-

as ), as, m. th. fl ipping to and fro of an elephant’s

ears. — Karar-cuTudiini, f. tale-b earing. — Tiarae*

japa, as, a, am, n anderous whisperer, a sacret

tr.ducer, a tale-baarcr, an informer. — Karne~(iri-

lira, f. tale-b~iring. — Karntndr (°na-in°), us,

f. a semidreuiar omament of the er.r, ?n ear-ring;

[cf. karnandud — Km uotpdla Cna-ut), as, m.,

N. of a p"et. — Karand i ya (na-tul ),N. of? book.

— Kaniapakarnika (' na-up ), f. a femjt tale-

bvarer or ini armer. — Km nor na fria-uf), as, a,am,

having wool on the ears (as any animal).

Ka, aaka, us, m., Vtd. a prominene., handl»;, or

projecti an on the side or sidd (of a vessel Scc.);

a t-ndril; applied also to the legs whe t spre-d ont,

N. of a man; [as), m. pl. the descendant- of this

msa. — K(xrtfabi~vH, an, ali, at, Vtd. fumiihed

with tcndril? or side br.nchcs.

KarynT-ita, as, a, am, rimiihed with t» ndrils.

Krrnala, as, 5, am, fumished wi*h ear>

Karnika, a,, a, am, having ears, having large or

ong ears; having a h Jm; (as), m. a stt^rsman;

pl., N. of a p-opL; N. of a king iu PotSla; (a), f.

an ear-ring or omam nt for the ear; a knot, tuberde;

round protnts“raac. (e. g. the rour d protuberance at

th:i end of a recd or rute); the perii arp of a lotus;

a ffait-staik; th». tip of m tlephant’* trunl ; the

t liddk finger; cha.k; a pen or small hrush; a trowel;

tl e planis Premua Spition or Longifolia, ond Odina

Pinnat’; a bowd; N. of an Apaaras: N. ot the wife

>f Karrka. — KarniTcpealn, as, m. an epithet of the

f-bnlous m.mntain Mrru; (fr. Paniika, the seed

vessel of a lotus, and atala, a moontain, Meni being

in tht centre of the world, the divisions of which

are compir d to the. kaves of a lotos); also karni-

kadri, Scc.

Kartjilcdra, as, m. tht t-ee Pterospermm». Actri-

folium; also Cassia HstuLa; the pericarp_ of a lotui;;

(mn), n. tht liow.r ot tht tree Pterospermum Ace-

rifoiium and of Cassia f istula. — Kri^rni!‘dra-pri‘ja,

as, m. an epithet of Siva.

Karnikin, i m. an eiephant.

Kar,,in, 5. ini, i, having tarj, reiating to the ear;

long-e ’,rcd; (at the ».nd of e<»mpoundsl haviog (any-

thinir) -tuchtd to th. ear; fumished With fiaps or

nvthinfr -imilrr fsaid of shoe?); barbed, fumished

w th kniit Scc. (as an irrowi; having a helm; (i),

m. tue side ot tht neck, the part near the tar; a

.tcersmau; N. of a mountatn, e>nt oi the stven prin-

enpai ranges of th» mountaim, dividing tht universe;

(ini), f. scii, ymi) a diseasj ot tht utenis, prolapsus

or p lypus nteri. - Karui-ra>ka, cu,, m. (for kerrni-

radha), a rovered car, or liccording t»> some) a litter

hir tht exinveyance of women &t., borne on mi n’s

shouiders.

Kami¹ a, as, a. am, lon veared.

Kar_;r, a ftm. lorm relatcd to karun and i.pptar-

ing in compou»ids(i .g. avac-karni). — Kar ii-fvta,

e»c, m. m epithet of Kausa, tht entmy of Krishi.»a;

according to the scnuliost the rutheir of a thieves’

mai.ual.

Karnya, at, a, am, being in or at tht ear; suita-

ble to tht ear.

karnnta, 5s, m. pl., N. of a eountry

and the people inhabiting it, wl ence the modem

K-rnatic; the name, howe v .r, was ano-ntly applitd

to the Central districts of the peninsula, including

Mysore; (i), f. a princess of Kaniata ; a piant, cum-

monly Haos. padt; ont of tht Ritginls or female

p _r.onificatinns of tlie .insit.! modes, the bride of

the R5ga Malava. — Karnatcudiia, as, m. tht

KamSta country.

Ka, nafaka, a«, m. pl., N. of a conntry and tht

people inhabiting it. — Karnataka-deda, as, m. the

Karnata country.—Kcrnd^f.aJ:n ¹dioshd, f. the dia-

lect ot Kr.mata.

snrmNr karniirpana, See under karna.

'j. j kart (a various reading for katr,

\kartr), d. io. P. kartayaH, -yitmn, to

slacktD i ir unloote, to r move.

4trl karta, as, m. (fr. i.krk ?), Yed. a hole,

a cavity; (a more recent furm is garta.)

+dri . kortana,om, n. (fr. l.krit), rutting,

cutting off or in pieces, exasion ; (i), f. scii sors.

Kartari, is, f. sciss irs.

Ka,'⁴arU:d, f. a knife, a small svvord "r cutlaio; a

hunttrsknife c»r sword, a couteau de charse; sciisors.

Kartari, f. a sdssors or sheir»; a knife; a small

swcrd or entia s; the part of an arrow to whith the

fcathers are attached.

<*rH 2. kartana, am, n. (fr. 2. krit), spin-

ning cotton or thread.

kartariya, a hind of poisonous

piant.

=tiri«t kartavya, as, a, am (fut. pass. part.

fr. i. hri), to be doue, made or a<ojmplished, what

< ught 11 be done; to b imp »ed (as a p uni hment);

to be turned towards (as the mind); to be offered;

to be acted; (am), n. what onght to be done, obliga-

tion, duty, task. — Kartavyo.-ti, f. or k'idai~ya-tva,

am, d. necessity, obligation; propriety, fimess; suit-

able measures.

Kartu, the bast of sever?l cases, used "S infiiiitive»

of the verb kr> in the Vrda (e. g. kartum, kadave,

kattavai, karios). — Ka,1u-kama, as, d, am, de-

sirous or intending to do.

Iiartn, ta, trl, tri, a doer, a makcr, ont who

makes or does, an agent, one who pract'se_ what ht

knuws; on». who acts in a r.ligious ceremony, a

priest; (very c fte at th. end of c impuunds, e. g.

bhxyeJcariA, rajyn-kartn, &c.l; (ia), m. the

creator of the worid, an epithet of BrahmS, ot

Vishnu, and of b'tva; (in gram.) an agent, one who

acts ot his own accord (sva-temhah), the ac tive uouu,

tht n» iminative case. — Kadri-ta, f. the state of teing

the agent of an action. — Kartri-t va, am, d. Igency,

the a.t or property of an agent. — K irtri-pora, am,

n., N. of a town. — Kartri*>'ddya, as, m. the activ e

voice. — Ka,tri-rtha, as, d, am, stauding or b-ing

within the agent. — Kar{{istho-kriyal'a, as, d,

am, any (root &c.t whose action tands within the

agent. — Kartrislhodhdtaka, as, d, am, any (root

&c.) whose st-te or khava stands within the agent.

Krrtmka, as, d, am, an agent, ont who does

anything. — Kartrika-tva, am, n. agency, action.

Kart)a, am, n., Ved. an incantation, charm.

Kartm, cs, d, om, Ved. to bc done or accnm-

p!^:shed; (am), n. obligation, duty; t'sk.

k artita, cs, a, am (fr. rt. I. krit),

ent, cut off.

Kartishyut, ar, ati or anti, nt, or kartiskya-

as, d, am, intending or wishing to cut.

Karttavya, as, d, am, to be cut tiown, to b;

kiikd.

Karttrlkd, f. a -mali sw -rd, a knife; [cf. the next.)

Kartfrika, f. a hunters knife.

Karttri, f. a pair of scUsurs.

Ko.rtya, as, d, am, to be cut dowa.

'jj_| kartr, cl. io. P. kartrayoti, -yitum,

' N to unloose, remove; [cf. kart and katr.)

'ara kard, cl. i. P. kardati, -ditum, to rum-

* n; ble, a? the bowels; to caw, as a rrow; or to

mak; any similar noise; [cf. pard; Gr. x°Pd-f).]

Katdana, am, n. rumblu g of the bowels, b.»r-

bi>rygmi; (i), f. the day of full moon in the mnnth

Caitn.

^ karda, as, m. (si»id to bc fr. rt. kard),

mud; day.

Kardata, as, m. mud, dirt; tfie fihrous root of

the lotu' (— karahata); any aquatic weed, as

V illisneria &c.

Kardama, as, m. mud, slime; mire, day; dirt,

dlth, sin; a kind of piant; a poisonous ldnd < >f bufo;

N. of a N5ga; N. of a Praepati, bom from the

^rhadow of BiJuni, or son of that god by ChayS, aDd

tb husband of Devvhuti and fathi r of Kapi'a; a son

of Prajapnti Pnlaha; (•), f., N. of a piant; (am),

n. flr;h; (a”, d, om), fumish.d with n.ud, liire,

dirt, filth. — Krrda.na-rdja, as, m. or kardama-

rdjar , d, m., N. of a man. a son of Kshema-gupta.

— Kardamdtaka (“ma-at°), as, m. a receptade for

filth, a sewe?, Scc.; [cf. ka.iyaia, patnyaja.)

Kardamaka, as, m. a kind of gnnulouc fruit;

a p oisooous kind of bulb; a kind of serpent.

Kardnniila, as, a, am, fumished with mud, dirty.

Ka,■damini, f. a marsb.y region.

Kardamila, arr, n., N. of r region.

xarpata, as, am, m. n. old or patehed

or ragged garmeuts; [cf. kdrpalika and ,/aiida-

kar-pata.] — Karpot/’-<Ihd> in, i, m. a rcligious men-

dir mt, a beggar in patehed or ragged dothes, or some-

times with merely a c'oth to cover the privities.

KarpaHka, as, 5, am, or karpatiu, l, ini, i,

covered with patehed or ragged garmvnts, dothed i»i

begg-r’s raiment.

knrpana, a kin l of lance or spear;

[cf. kanapa and ka.jiara.]

«tiMf. karparo, as, m. a cup, a pot, an iron

saucepan or fiyiuv-pan (acc rrding to som. aiso n.

in this sense); the skull, the cranium; a kind of

weapon; the plaiit Ficns Glomerata, [cf udnm-

hara]; (i), f. a collyrium exf -arted from the Amo-

mum Anthorhiza [cf. gha(a-karpara, khmpara.)

Karpardla, as, m. a tree described as a Pflu grow-

ing in the hilis; (a various reading for kandarala.)

KcspardSa, as, m. sand, gravel, a randy soil; (a

wrong reading for kaipardrsa, a potiherd.)

Karjiarikd, f. (diminntive fr. karpari) in karpa-

rikdtuttho, am, n. a collyrium .xtncted from the

Amomum Anthorhira.

Karpariku (?), as, m. fire.

-tiMIH karpdso, as, am, m. n. (said to be

fr. 1. hri), cotton, Gos'ypium Herbaceum; (i), f.

the cotton tree; [cf. karpdso; cf. also Gr. /cdpiro-os;

Lat. carhosus.)

karpura> as, am, m. n. (said to be

fr. rt. krip), camphor (the plaQt and resinous exuda-

tion and frait); (cw), m., N. of a poet; N. of the

fother of Gajamalla and uncle of KalySnamalla,

Karpura-kavt, is, m., N. of a poet. — Karpura-

khanda, as, m. a field of camphor. — Karpura-

gaura, am, n., N. of a lake or pond (yellowish-

white like camphor). — Karpuragaurdkhya (°ra-

as, d, am, called KarpQragaura. — Karpura-

tilaka, as, m., N. of an eiephant; (a), f. an epithet

of Jay5, one of Durg5’s female attendants or confi-

dantes. — Karpura-taila, am, n. camphor liniment

— Karpura-ndWid, f, a kind of food prepared with

karpura-prakarana. karmo-viparyaya.

camphor, rice dressed with spices and campbor and

ghee.— Karpura-prakarana, am, n. a Jaina work

by Hari. — Karpurasmanjari, f. title of a dramatic

work by RSja-£ekhara. — Karpura-mam, is, m. a

white mineral used medicinally. — Karpura-saras,

as, n., N. of a lake or pond.

2. karpura, nom. P. karpurati, -ritum, to spread

like the smell of camphor.

Karpuraka, as, in. zedoary, Curcuma Zerumbet.

karphara, as, m. a mirror; [cf. kar-

Ttara.]

karb, cl. I. P. karbati, -bitum, to

^ \ go, move, approach.

3T§Tkarbara, See karvara.

karbu, us, us, u (said to be fr. rt. kav,

to paint, colour), variegated, spotted. — Karbu-dara,

as, m. the tree Bauhioia Candida or Barleria Caerulea.

— Karbu-ddraka, as, m. the tree Cordia Latifolia.

Karbuka, as, m. pl., N. of a people.

Karbura and karvura, as, a, am, variegated» of

a spotted or variegated colour; white; (as), m. a

variegated colour; sin; a Rakshas; the piant Cur-

cuma Amhaldi or Zerumbet; rice growing amidst

inundation; (a), f. the piant Bignonia Suaveolens;

another piant, commonly called VarvarS; (I), f. an

epithet of the goddess DurgS; (am), n. gold; the

piant Datura, and the fruit of it; water. — Karbura-

phala, as, m. a piant, commonly called Sakurunda.

Karbura or karvura, as, m. a Rakshas; the piant

Curcuma Amhaldi or Zerumbet; (a), f. a leech;

(am), n. gold; a yellow orpiment.